Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K
     
(Mark One)    
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission file number 001-15787
MetLife, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware   13-4075851
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
200 Park Avenue, New York, N.Y.   10166-0188
(Address of principal
executive offices)
  (Zip Code)
(212) 578-2211
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01   New York Stock Exchange
Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, par value $0.01
  New York Stock Exchange
6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, par value $0.01
  New York Stock Exchange
5.875% Senior Notes
  New York Stock Exchange
5.375% Senior Notes
  Irish Stock Exchange
5.25% Senior Notes
  Irish Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
     
Large accelerated filer  þ   Accelerated filer  o
Non-accelerated filer  o   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o      No  þ
 
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant at June 30, 2010 was approximately $31 billion. At February 18, 2011, 986,585,463 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Part III of this Form 10-K incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 26, 2011, to be filed by the registrant with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the year ended December 31, 2010.
 


 

 
Table Of Contents
 
             
        Page
        Number
 
Part I
Item 1.   Business     4  
Item 1A.   Risk Factors     28  
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments     65  
Item 2.   Properties     66  
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings     66  
Item 4.   (Removed and Reserved)     66  
 
Part II
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     67  
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data     69  
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     71  
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     180  
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     191  
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     192  
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures     192  
Item 9B.   Other Information     194  
 
Part III
Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     195  
Item 11.   Executive Compensation     195  
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     195  
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     198  
Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services     198  
 
Part IV
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     199  
       
Signatures     200  
       
Exhibit Index     E-1  
  EX-3.6
  EX-4.12
  EX-4.13
  EX-4.14
  EX-4.41.A
  EX-4.42
  EX-4.43
  EX-4.61
  EX-4.69
  EX-4.83
  EX-4.86
  EX-10.18
  EX-10.19
  EX-10.20
  EX-10.29
  EX-10.30
  EX-10.31
  EX-10.48
  EX-10.52
  EX-10.55
  EX-10.57
  EX-10.58
  EX-10.65
  EX-10.80
  EX-10.82
  EX-10.83
  EX-10.96
  EX-10.97
  EX-10.98
  EX-10.101
  EX-10.102
  EX-12.1
  EX-21.1
  EX-23.1
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-32.1
  EX-32.2
  EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
  EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT


Table of Contents

As used in this Form 10-K, “MetLife,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1999 (the “Holding Company”), its subsidiaries and affiliates.
 
Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, may contain or incorporate by reference information that includes or is based upon forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements give expectations or forecasts of future events. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They use words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with a discussion of future operating or financial performance. In particular, these include statements relating to future actions, prospective services or products, future performance or results of current and anticipated services or products, sales efforts, expenses, the outcome of contingencies such as legal proceedings, trends in operations and financial results.
 
Any or all forward-looking statements may turn out to be wrong. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions or by known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Many such factors will be important in determining the actual future results of MetLife, Inc., its subsidiaries and affiliates. These statements are based on current expectations and the current economic environment. They involve a number of risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. These statements are not guarantees of future performance. Actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Risks, uncertainties, and other factors that might cause such differences include the risks, uncertainties and other factors identified in MetLife, Inc.’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). These factors include: (1) difficult conditions in the global capital markets; (2) increased volatility and disruption of the capital and credit markets, which may affect our ability to seek financing or access our credit facilities; (3) uncertainty about the effectiveness of the U.S. government’s programs to stabilize the financial system, the imposition of fees relating thereto, or the promulgation of additional regulations; (4) impact of comprehensive financial services regulation reform on us; (5) exposure to financial and capital market risk; (6) changes in general economic conditions, including the performance of financial markets and interest rates, which may affect our ability to raise capital, generate fee income and market-related revenue and finance statutory reserve requirements and may require us to pledge collateral or make payments related to declines in value of specified assets; (7) potential liquidity and other risks resulting from our participation in a securities lending program and other transactions; (8) investment losses and defaults, and changes to investment valuations; (9) impairments of goodwill and realized losses or market value impairments to illiquid assets; (10) defaults on our mortgage loans; (11) the impairment of other financial institutions that could adversely affect our investments or business; (12) our ability to address unforeseen liabilities, asset impairments, loss of key contractual relationships, or rating actions arising from acquisitions or dispositions, including our acquisition of American Life Insurance Company (“American Life”), a subsidiary of ALICO Holdings LLC (“ALICO Holdings”), and Delaware American Life Insurance Company (“DelAm,” together with American Life, collectively, “ALICO”) (the “Acquisition”) and to successfully integrate and manage the growth of acquired businesses with minimal disruption; (13) uncertainty with respect to the outcome of the closing agreement entered into between American Life and the United States Internal Revenue Service in connection with the Acquisition; (14) uncertainty with respect to any incremental tax benefits resulting from the planned elections for ALICO and certain of its subsidiaries under Section 338 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Section 338 Elections”); (15) the dilutive impact on our stockholders resulting from the issuance of equity securities to ALICO Holdings in connection with the Acquisition; (16) downward pressure on our stock price as a result of ALICO Holdings’ ability to sell its equity securities; (17) the conditional payment obligation of approximately $300 million to ALICO Holdings if the conversion of the preferred stock issued to ALICO Holdings in connection with the Acquisition into our common stock is not approved; (18) economic, political, currency and other risks relating to our international operations, including with respect to fluctuations of exchange rates; (19) our primary reliance, as a holding company, on dividends from our subsidiaries to meet debt payment obligations and the applicable regulatory restrictions on the ability of the subsidiaries to pay such dividends; (20) downgrades in our claims paying ability, financial strength or credit ratings; (21) ineffectiveness of risk management policies and procedures; (22) availability and effectiveness of reinsurance or indemnification arrangements, as well as default or failure of counterparties to perform; (23) discrepancies between actual


2


Table of Contents

claims experience and assumptions used in setting prices for our products and establishing the liabilities for our obligations for future policy benefits and claims; (24) catastrophe losses; (25) heightened competition, including with respect to pricing, entry of new competitors, consolidation of distributors, the development of new products by new and existing competitors, distribution of amounts available under U.S. government programs, and for personnel; (26) unanticipated changes in industry trends; (27) changes in accounting standards, practices and/or policies; (28) changes in assumptions related to deferred policy acquisition costs, deferred sales inducements, value of business acquired or goodwill; (29) increased expenses relating to pension and postretirement benefit plans, as well as health care and other employee benefits; (30) exposure to losses related to variable annuity guarantee benefits, including from significant and sustained downturns or extreme volatility in equity markets, reduced interest rates, unanticipated policyholder behavior, mortality or longevity, and the adjustment for nonperformance risk; (31) deterioration in the experience of the “closed block” established in connection with the reorganization of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“MLIC”); (32) adverse results or other consequences from litigation, arbitration or regulatory investigations; (33) inability to protect our intellectual property rights or claims of infringement of the intellectual property rights of others, (34) discrepancies between actual experience and assumptions used in establishing liabilities related to other contingencies or obligations; (35) regulatory, legislative or tax changes relating to our insurance, banking, international, or other operations that may affect the cost of, or demand for, our products or services, impair our ability to attract and retain talented and experienced management and other employees, or increase the cost or administrative burdens of providing benefits to employees; (36) the effects of business disruption or economic contraction due to terrorism, other hostilities, or natural catastrophes, including any related impact on our disaster recovery systems and management continuity planning which could impair our ability to conduct business effectively; (37) the effectiveness of our programs and practices in avoiding giving our associates incentives to take excessive risks; and (38) other risks and uncertainties described from time to time in MetLife, Inc.’s filings with the SEC.
 
We do not undertake any obligation to publicly correct or update any forward-looking statement if we later become aware that such statement is not likely to be achieved. Please consult any further disclosures MetLife, Inc. makes on related subjects in reports to the SEC.
 
Note Regarding Reliance on Statements in Our Contracts
 
In reviewing the agreements included as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, please remember that they are included to provide you with information regarding their terms and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about MetLife, Inc., its subsidiaries or affiliates, or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and:
 
  •  should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate;
 
  •  have been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement;
 
  •  may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to investors; and
 
  •  were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments.
 
Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time. Additional information about us may be found elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and MetLife, Inc.’s other public filings, which are available without charge through the SEC website at www.sec.gov.


3


Table of Contents

 
Part I
 
Item 1.    Business
 
As used in this Form 10-K, “MetLife,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1999 (the “Holding Company”), its subsidiaries and affiliates.
 
With a more than 140-year history, we have grown to become a leading global provider of insurance, annuities and employee benefit programs, serving 90 million customers in over 60 countries. Through our subsidiaries and affiliates, MetLife holds leading market positions in the United States (“U.S.”), Japan, Latin America, Asia Pacific, Europe and the Middle East. Over the past several years, we have grown our core businesses, as well as successfully executed on our growth strategy. This has included completing a number of transactions that have resulted in the acquisition and, in some cases, divestiture of certain businesses while also further strengthening our balance sheet to position MetLife for continued growth.
 
On November 1, 2010 (the “Acquisition Date”), MetLife, Inc. completed the acquisition of American Life Insurance Company (“American Life”), from ALICO Holdings LLC (“ALICO Holdings”), a subsidiary of American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”), and Delaware American Life Insurance Company (“DelAm,”) from AIG, (American Life, together with DelAm, collectively, “ALICO”) (the “Acquisition”) for a total purchase price of $16.4 billion. The business acquired in the Acquisition provides consumers and businesses with products and services, life insurance, accident and health insurance, retirement and wealth management solutions. This transaction delivers on our global growth strategies, adding significant scale and reach to MetLife’s international footprint, furthering our diversification in geographic mix and product offerings, as well as increasing our distribution strength. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
MetLife is organized into five segments: Insurance Products, Retirement Products, Corporate Benefit Funding and Auto & Home (collectively, “U.S. Business”) and International. The assets and liabilities of ALICO as of November 30, 2010 and the operating results of ALICO from the Acquisition Date through November 30, 2010 are included in the International segment. In addition, the Company reports certain of its results of operations in Banking, Corporate & Other, which includes MetLife Bank, National Association (“MetLife Bank”) and other business activities. For reporting periods beginning in 2011, our non-U.S. Business results will be presented within two separate segments: Japan and Other International Regions. MetLife’s management continues to evaluate the Company’s segment performance and allocated resources and may adjust such measurements in the future to better reflect segment profitability.
 
U.S. Business provides a variety of insurance and financial services products — including life, dental, disability, auto and homeowner insurance, guaranteed interest and stable value products, and annuities — through both proprietary and independent retail distribution channels, as well as at the workplace. This business serves over 60,000 group customers, including over 90 of the top one hundred FORTUNE 500 ® companies, and provides protection and retirement solutions to millions of individuals.
 
International operates in Japan and 64 countries within Latin America, Asia Pacific, Europe and the Middle East. MetLife is the largest life insurer in Mexico and also holds leading market positions in Japan, Poland, Chile and South Korea. This business provides life insurance, accident and health insurance, credit insurance, annuities, endowment and retirement & savings products to both individuals and groups. International is the fastest-growing of MetLife’s businesses, and we believe it will be one of the largest future growth areas.
 
Within the U.S., we also provide a variety of mortgage and deposit products through MetLife Bank. Results of our banking operation are reported in Banking, Corporate & Other.
 
Operating revenues derived from any customer did not exceed 10% of consolidated operating revenues in any of the last three years. Financial information, including revenues, expenses, operating earnings, and total assets by segment, is provided in Note 22 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Operating revenues and operating earnings are performance measures that are not based on accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for definitions of such measures.


4


Table of Contents

We are one of the largest institutional investors in the U.S. with a $476 billion general account portfolio invested primarily in investment grade corporate bonds, structured finance securities, commercial and agricultural mortgage loans, U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities, as well as real estate and corporate equity. Over the past several years, we have taken a number of actions to further diversify and strengthen our general account portfolio.
 
Our well-recognized brand, leading market positions, competitive and innovative product offerings and financial strength and expertise should help drive future growth and enhance shareholder value, building on a long history of fairness, honesty and integrity. Over the course of the next several years, we will pursue the following objectives to achieve our goals:
 
  •  Strengthen our growth platform
 
–  Focus on targeted, disciplined global growth of our businesses
 
–  Build on our widely recognized brand name
 
–  Capitalize on our large base of institutional and individual customers
 
  •  Optimize our delivery and operations
 
–  Expand and leverage our broad, diverse distribution channels
 
–  Focus on margin improvement and return on equity expansion
 
  •  Protect and extend our risk management
 
–  Build on our strong risk management and investment expertise
 
–  Maintain a balanced focus on income and protection products
 
  •  Enhance organizational effectiveness
 
–  Further our commitment to a diverse, high performance workplace
 
  •  Capitalize on innovation
 
–  Continue to introduce innovative and competitive products
 
U.S. Business
 
Overview
 
Insurance Products
 
Our Insurance Products segment offers a broad range of protection products and services aimed at serving the financial needs of our customers throughout their lives. These products are sold to individuals and corporations, as well as other institutions and their respective employees. We have built a leading position in the U.S. group insurance market through long-standing relationships with many of the largest corporate employers in the U.S., and are one of the largest issuers of individual life insurance products in the U.S. We are organized into three businesses: Group Life, Individual Life and Non-Medical Health.
 
Our Group Life insurance products and services include variable life, universal life, and term life products. We offer group insurance products as employer-paid benefits or as voluntary benefits where all or a portion of the premiums are paid by the employee. These group products and services also include employee paid supplemental life and are offered as standard products or may be tailored to meet specific customer needs.
 
Our Individual Life insurance products and services include variable life, universal life, term life and whole life products. Additionally, through our broker-dealer affiliates, we offer a full range of mutual funds and other securities products. The elimination of transactions from activity between the segments within U.S. Business occurs within Individual Life.


5


Table of Contents

The major products within both Group Life and Individual Life are as follows:
 
Variable Life.   Variable life products provide insurance coverage through a contract that gives the policyholder flexibility in investment choices and, depending on the product, in premium payments and coverage amounts, with certain guarantees. Most importantly, with variable life products, premiums and account balances can be directed by the policyholder into a variety of separate account investment options or directed to the Company’s general account. In the separate account investment options, the policyholder bears the entire risk of the investment results. We collect specified fees for the management of the investment options. The policyholder’s cash value reflects the investment return of the selected investment options, net of management fees and insurance-related and other charges. In some instances, third-party money management firms manage these investment options. With some products, by maintaining a certain premium level, policyholders may have the advantage of various guarantees that may protect the death benefit from adverse investment experience.
 
Universal Life.   Universal life products provide insurance coverage on the same basis as variable life, except that premiums, and the resulting accumulated balances, are allocated only to the Company’s general account. Universal life products may allow the insured to increase or decrease the amount of death benefit coverage over the term of the contract and the owner to adjust the frequency and amount of premium payments. We credit premiums to an account maintained for the policyholder. Premiums are credited net of specified expenses. Interest is credited to the policyholder’s account at interest rates we determine, subject to specified minimums. Specific charges are made against the policyholder’s account for the cost of insurance protection and for expenses. With some products, by maintaining a certain premium level, policyholders may have the advantage of various guarantees that may protect the death benefit from adverse investment experience.
 
Term Life.   Term life products provide a guaranteed benefit upon the death of the insured for a specified time period in return for the periodic payment of premiums. Specified coverage periods range from one year to 30 years, but in no event are they longer than the period over which premiums are paid. Death benefits may be level over the period or decreasing. Decreasing coverage is used principally to provide for loan repayment in the event of death. Premiums may be guaranteed at a level amount for the coverage period or may be non-level and non-guaranteed. Term insurance products are sometimes referred to as pure protection products, in that there are typically no savings or investment elements. Term contracts expire without value at the end of the coverage period when the insured party is still living.
 
Whole Life.   Whole life products provide a guaranteed benefit upon the death of the insured in return for the periodic payment of a fixed premium over a predetermined period. Premium payments may be required for the entire life of the contract period, to a specified age or period, and may be level or change in accordance with a predetermined schedule. Whole life insurance includes policies that provide a participation feature in the form of dividends. Policyholders may receive dividends in cash or apply them to increase death benefits, increase cash values available upon surrender or reduce the premiums required to maintain the contract in-force. Because the use of dividends is specified by the policyholder, this group of products provides significant flexibility to individuals to tailor the product to suit their specific needs and circumstances, while at the same time providing guaranteed benefits.
 
Our Non-Medical Health products and services include dental insurance, group short- and long-term disability, individual disability income, long-term care (“LTC”), critical illness and accidental death & dismemberment coverages. Other products and services include employer-sponsored auto and homeowners insurance provided through the Auto & Home segment and prepaid legal plans. We also sell administrative services-only (“ASO”) arrangements to some employers. The major products in this area are:
 
Dental.   Dental products provide insurance and ASO plans that assist employees, retirees and their families in maintaining oral health while reducing out-of-pocket expenses and providing superior customer service. Dental plans include the Preferred Dentist Program and the Dental Health Maintenance Organization.
 
Disability.   Disability products provide a benefit in the event of the disability of the insured. In most instances, this benefit is in the form of monthly income paid until the insured reaches age 65. In addition to


6


Table of Contents

income replacement, the product may be used to provide for the payment of business overhead expenses for disabled business owners or mortgage payment protection. This is offered on both a group and individual basis.
 
Long-term Care.   LTC products provide protection against the potentially high costs of LTC services. They generally pay benefits to insureds who need assistance with activities of daily living or have a cognitive impairment. In November 2010, we announced our decision to discontinue all new sales of individual and employer group LTC products, as well as our intent to file for an in-force rate increase on our employer group business. We remain committed to our existing LTC insureds and will ensure that they continue to receive the same high level of service.
 
Retirement Products
 
Our Retirement products segment includes a variety of variable and fixed annuities that are primarily sold to individuals and employees of corporations and other institutions. The major products in this area are:
 
Variable Annuities.   Variable annuities provide for both asset accumulation and asset distribution needs. Variable annuities allow the contractholder to make deposits into various investment options in a separate account, as determined by the contractholder. The risks associated with such investment options are borne entirely by the contractholder, except where guaranteed minimum benefits are involved. In certain variable annuity products, contractholders may also choose to allocate all or a portion of their account to the Company’s general account and are credited with interest at rates we determine, subject to certain minimums. In addition, contractholders may also elect certain minimum death benefit and minimum living benefit guarantees for which additional fees are charged.
 
Fixed Annuities.   Fixed annuities provide for both asset accumulation and asset distribution needs. Fixed annuities do not allow the same investment flexibility provided by variable annuities, but provide guarantees related to the preservation of principal and interest credited. Deposits made into deferred annuity contracts are allocated to the Company’s general account and are credited with interest at rates we determine, subject to certain minimums. Credited interest rates are guaranteed not to change for certain limited periods of time, ranging from one to ten years. Fixed income annuities provide a guaranteed monthly income for a specified period of years and/or for the life of the annuitant.
 
In the fourth quarter of 2010, management realigned certain income annuity products within the Company’s segments to better conform to the way it manages and assesses its business and began reporting such product results in the Retirement Products segment previously reported in the Corporate Benefit Funding segment. Accordingly, prior period segment results have been adjusted to reflect such product reclassifications. See Note 1 and Note 22 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
 
Corporate Benefit Funding
 
Our Corporate Benefit Funding segment includes an array of annuity and investment products, including, guaranteed interest products and other stable value products, income annuities, and separate account contracts for the investment management of defined benefit and defined contribution plan assets. This segment also includes certain products to fund postretirement benefits and company, bank or trust owned life insurance used to finance non-qualified benefit programs for executives. The major products in this area are:
 
Stable Value Products.   We offer general account guaranteed interest contracts, separate account guaranteed interest contracts, and similar products used to support the stable value option of defined contribution plans. We also offer private floating rate funding agreements that are used for money market funds, securities lending cash collateral portfolios and short-term investment funds.
 
Pensions Closeouts.   We offer general account and separate account annuity products, generally in connection with the termination of defined benefit pension plans, both in the U.S. and the United Kingdom (“U.K.”). We also offer partial risk transfer solutions that allow for partial transfers of pension liabilities and annuity products that include single premium buyouts.


7


Table of Contents

Torts and Settlements.   We offer innovative strategies for complex litigation settlements, primarily structured settlement annuities.
 
Capital Markets Investment Products.   Products offered include funding agreements, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and funding agreement-backed commercial paper.
 
Other Corporate Benefit Funding Products and Services.   We offer specialized life insurance products designed specifically to provide solutions for non-qualified benefit and retiree benefit funding purposes.
 
Auto & Home
 
Our Auto & Home segment includes personal lines property and casualty insurance offered directly to employees at their employer’s worksite, as well as to individuals through a variety of retail distribution channels, including independent agents, property and casualty specialists, direct response marketing and the individual distribution sales group. Auto & Home primarily sells auto insurance, which represented 68% of Auto & Home’s total net earned premiums in 2010. Homeowners and other insurance represented 32% of Auto & Home’s total net earned premiums in 2010. The major products in this area are:
 
Auto Coverages.   Auto insurance policies provide coverage for private passenger automobiles, utility automobiles and vans, motorcycles, motor homes, antique or classic automobiles and trailers. Auto & Home offers traditional coverage such as liability, uninsured motorist, no fault or personal injury protection, as well as collision and comprehensive.
 
Homeowners and Other Coverages.   Homeowners’ insurance policies provide protection for homeowners, renters, condominium owners and residential landlords against losses arising out of damage to dwellings and contents from a wide variety of perils, as well as coverage for liability arising from ownership or occupancy. Other insurance includes personal excess liability (protection against losses in excess of amounts covered by other liability insurance policies), and coverage for recreational vehicles and boat owners. Most of Auto & Home’s homeowners’ policies are traditional insurance policies for dwellings, providing protection for loss on a “replacement cost” basis. These policies also provide additional coverage for reasonable, normal living expenses incurred by policyholders that have been displaced from their homes.
 
Sales Distribution
 
U.S. Business markets our products and services through various distribution groups. Our life insurance and retirement products targeted to individuals are sold via sales forces, comprised of MetLife employees, in addition to third-party organizations. Our group life, non-medical health and corporate benefit funding products are sold via sales forces primarily comprised of MetLife employees. Personal lines property and casualty insurance products are directly marketed to employees at their employer’s worksite. Auto & Home products are also marketed and sold to individuals by independent agents and property and casualty specialists through a direct response channel and the individual distribution sales group. MetLife sales employees work with all distribution groups to better reach and service customers, brokers, consultants and other intermediaries.
 
Individual Distribution
 
Our individual distribution sales group targets the large middle-income market, as well as affluent individuals, owners of small businesses and executives of small- to medium-sized companies. We have also been successful in selling our products in various multi-cultural markets.
 
Insurance Products are sold through our individual distribution sales group and also through various third-party organizations utilizing two models. In the coverage model, wholesalers sell to high net worth individuals and small- to medium-sized businesses through independent general agencies, financial advisors, consultants, brokerage general agencies and other independent marketing organizations under contractual arrangements. In the point of sale model, wholesalers sell through financial intermediaries, including regional broker-dealers, brokerage firms, financial planners and banks.


8


Table of Contents

Retirement Products are sold through our individual distribution sales group and also through various third-party organizations such as regional broker-dealers, New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) brokerage firms, financial planners and banks.
 
The individual distribution sales group is comprised of three channels: the MetLife distribution channel, a career agency system, the New England financial distribution channel, a general agency system, and MetLife Resources, a career agency system.
 
The MetLife distribution channel had 5,053 MetLife agents under contract in 54 agencies at December 31, 2010. The career agency sales force focuses on the large middle-income and affluent markets, including multi-cultural markets. We support our efforts in multi-cultural markets through targeted advertising, specially trained agents and sales literature written in various languages.
 
The New England financial distribution channel included 33 general agencies providing support to 2,102 general agents and a network of independent brokers throughout the U.S. at December 31, 2010. The New England financial distribution channel targets high net worth individuals, owners of small businesses and executives of small- to medium-sized companies.
 
MetLife Resources, a focused distribution channel of MetLife, markets retirement, annuity and other financial products on a national basis through 547 MetLife agents and independent brokers at December 31, 2010. MetLife Resources targets the nonprofit, educational and healthcare markets.
 
We market and sell Auto & Home products through independent agents, property and casualty specialists, a direct response channel and the direct distribution group. In recent years, we have increased the number of independent agents appointed to sell these products.
 
In 2010, Auto & Home’s business was concentrated in the following states, as measured by amount and percentage of total direct earned premiums:
 
                 
    For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
    (In millions)   Percent
 
New York
  $ 391       13 %
Massachusetts
  $ 258       9 %
Illinois
  $ 203       7 %
Florida
  $ 164       5 %
Connecticut
  $ 153       5 %
Texas
  $ 142       5 %
 
Group Distribution
 
Insurance Products distributes its group life and non-medical health products and services through a sales force that is segmented by the size of the target customer. Marketing representatives sell either directly to corporate and other group customers or through an intermediary, such as a broker or consultant. Voluntary products are sold through the same sales channels, as well as by specialists for these products. Employers have been emphasizing such voluntary products and, as a result, we have increased our focus on communicating and marketing to such employees in order to further foster sales of those products. At December 31, 2010, the group life and non-medical health sales channels had 356 marketing representatives.
 
Retirement Products markets its retirement, savings, investment and payout annuity products and services to sponsors and advisors of benefit plans of all sizes. These products and services are offered to private and public pension plans, collective bargaining units, nonprofit organizations, recipients of structured settlements and the current and retired members of these and other institutions.
 
Corporate Benefit Funding products and services are distributed through dedicated sales teams and relationship managers located in 12 offices around the country. In addition, the retirement & benefits funding organization works with individual distribution and group life and non-medical health distribution areas to better reach and service customers, brokers, consultants and other intermediaries.


9


Table of Contents

Auto & Home is a leading provider of personal lines property and casualty insurance products offered to employees at their employer’s worksite. At December 31, 2010, 2,215 employers offered MetLife Auto & Home products to their employees.
 
Group marketing representatives market personal lines property and casualty insurance products to employers through a variety of means, including broker referrals and cross-selling to group customers. Once permitted by the employer, MetLife commences marketing efforts to employees. Employees who are interested in the auto and homeowners products can call a toll-free number to request a quote to purchase coverage and to request payroll deduction over the telephone. Auto & Home has also developed a proprietary software that permits an employee in most states to obtain a quote for auto insurance through Auto & Home’s internet website.
 
We have entered into several joint ventures and other arrangements with third parties to expand the marketing and distribution opportunities of group products and services. We also seek to sell our group products and services through sponsoring organizations and affinity groups. In addition, we also provide life and dental coverage to federal employees.
 
International
 
Overview
 
International provides life insurance, accident and health insurance, credit insurance, annuities, endowment and retirement & savings products to both individuals and groups. We focus on markets primarily within Japan, Latin America, Asia Pacific, Europe and the Middle East. We operate in international markets through subsidiaries and affiliates. See “Risk Factors — Fluctuations in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates Could Negatively Affect Our Profitability,” and “Risk Factors — Our International Operations Face Political, Legal, Operational and Other Risks, Including Exposure to Local and Regional Economic Conditions, That Could Negatively Affect Those Operations or Our Profitability,” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
 
Japan
 
Our Japan operation (excluding our Japan joint venture, as described below under “— Asia Pacific”) is comprised of the business acquired in the Acquisition. Our Japan operation is among the largest foreign life insurers in Japan and ranks 6th in the Japanese life insurance industry measured by total premiums according to the Statistics of Life Insurance in Japan 2009. It provides life insurance, accident and health insurance, annuities and endowment products to both individuals and groups. Its products are distributed through a multi-distribution platform consisting of captive agents, independent agents, brokers, bancassurance, and direct marketing (“DM”).
 
Latin America
 
We operate in 20 countries in Latin America, with the largest operations in Mexico, Chile and Argentina. The Mexican operation is the largest life insurance company in both the individual and group businesses in Mexico according to Asociación Mexicana de Instituciones de Seguro, a Mexican industry trade group which provides rankings for insurance companies. Our Chilean operation is the largest annuity company in Chile, based on market share according to Superintendencia Valores y Seguros, the Chilean insurance regulator. The Chilean operation also offers individual life insurance and group insurance products. We also actively market individual life insurance, group insurance products and credit life coverage in Argentina, but the nationalization of the pension system substantially reduced our presence in Argentina. The business environment in Argentina has been, and may continue to be, affected by governmental and legal actions which impact our results of operations.
 
Asia Pacific
 
We operate in 5 countries in Asia Pacific with the largest operations in South Korea, Hong Kong and Australia. Our South Korean operation has significant sales of variable universal life and annuity products. Our Hong Kong operation has significant sales of variable universal life and endowment products. Our Australia operation has significant sales of credit insurance and group life products. We also operate through joint ventures in Japan and China, the results of which are reflected in net investment income and are not consolidated in the financial results.


10


Table of Contents

We have a quota share reinsurance agreement with the joint venture in Japan, whereby we assume 100% of the living and death guarantee benefits associated with the variable annuity business written after April 2005 by the joint venture. As discussed in Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company reached an agreement to sell its 50% interest in the joint venture in Japan.
 
Europe and the Middle East
 
We operate in 39 countries in Europe and the Middle East with our largest operations in Poland, the U.K., France, and the United Arab Emirates, as well as through a consolidated joint venture in India. Our Poland operation is a leading provider of life insurance, accident and health insurance, and credit insurance. It is consistently ranked as a top 3 company in net profits according to “Rzeczpospolita” financial daily. Our U.K. operation provides life insurance, accident and health insurance and variable annuities in its home market and throughout Europe. Our operation in France provides life insurance, accident and health insurance and credit insurance. In the Middle East, we provide life insurance, accident and health insurance, credit insurance, annuities, endowment and retirement & savings products.
 
Sales Distribution
 
International markets its products and services through a multi-distribution strategy which varies by geographic region. The various distribution channels include: agency, bancassurance, DM, brokerage and e-commerce. In developing countries, agency covers the needs of the emerging middle class with primarily traditional products (e.g., endowment and accident and health). In more developed and mature markets, agents, while continuing to serve their existing customers to keep pace with their developing financial needs, also target upper middle class and high net worth customer bases with a more sophisticated product set including more investment-sensitive products, such as universal life, mutual fund and single premium deposits.
 
In the bancassurance channel, International leverages partnerships that span all regions. In addition, DM has extensive and far reaching capabilities in all regions. The DM operations deploy both broadcast marketing approaches (e.g. direct response TV, web-based lead generation) and traditional DM techniques such as telemarketing. Japan represents the largest DM market.
 
Japan
 
Japan’s multi-channel distribution strategy consists of captive agents, independent agents, bancassurance and DM. While face-to-face channels continue to be core to Japan’s business, other channels, including bancassurance and DM, have become a critical part of Japan’s distribution strategy. Our Japan operation has maintained its position in bancassurance due to its strong distribution relationship with Japan’s mega banks, trust banks and various regional banks, as well as with the Japan Post. The DM channel is supported by an industry-leading marketing platform, state-of-the-art call center infrastructure and its own campaign management system.
 
Japan has 5,397 captive agents, 10,642 independent agents, 96 bancassurance relationships, including Japan Post, and 195 DM sponsors.
 
Latin America
 
Latin America’s key distribution channels include captive agents, large multinational brokers and small-and medium-sized brokers, direct and group sales forces (mostly for group policies without broker intermediation), DM, bancassurance and worksite marketing. The region has an exclusive and captive agency distribution network with more than 3,000 agents also selling a variety of individual life, accident and health, and pension products (“AFORE”), as well as small- and medium-sized group life and medical solutions products. We currently work with over 3,300 active brokers with registered sales of group and individual life, accident and health, group medical, dental and pension products. Worksite marketing has over 2,300 agents.


11


Table of Contents

Asia Pacific
 
In Asia Pacific, distribution strategies differ by country but generally utilize a combination of captive agents, bancassurance relationships and DM. Agency sales are achieved through a force of approximately 7,500 agents and a growing force of independent general agents. Bancassurance sales are currently reliant upon a significant regional strategic partnership along with a number of smaller partnerships in each market. Throughout the region, our Asia Pacific operation leverages its expertise in DM operations management to conduct its own campaigns and provide those DM capabilities to third-party sponsors.
 
While not a significant part of the region’s overall business, sales of group life and pension business are primarily achieved through independent brokers and an employee sales force.
 
Europe and the Middle East
 
Our operation in Central and Eastern Europe (“CEE”) has a multi-channel distribution strategy, which includes significant face to face channels, built on a strong captive agency force of more than 3,450 agents, and relationships with more than 150 independent brokers and third-party multi-level agency networks. Our CEE operation also has a group/corporate business direct sales force of more than 70 and distribution relationships with more than 90 banks, other financial and non financial institutions, as well as a fast growing DM channel. The primary method of distribution is captive and third party agency and captive direct sales forces, with a growing presence in bank, other financial and non financial institutions, and DM.
 
Our operation in Continental Western Europe (“CWE”) also has a multi-channel distribution strategy, including DM, brokerage, banks and financial institutions. Our U.K. operation has built a strong position in the U.K. independent financial advisor sector through its strong distribution relationships with Britain’s leading advisory networks, serving the mainstream markets specializing particularly in guaranteed products. Recent arrangements with two U.K. banks should enhance our distribution capability going forward. Our U.K. operation also has an agency force which focuses on the protection market.
 
In the Middle East, our products are distributed via a variety of channels including approximately 16,400 agents, bancassurance, brokers and DM. Agency distribution is the primary channel, with MetLife having the largest captive network in the Middle East. Bancassurance is a growing channel with approximately 100 relationships, and approximately 250 programs providing access to millions of bank customers.
 
Banking, Corporate & Other
 
Banking, Corporate & Other contains the excess capital not allocated to the segments, which is invested to optimize investment spread and to fund company initiatives and various start-up and run-off entities. Banking, Corporate & Other also includes interest expense related to the majority of our outstanding debt and expenses associated with certain legal proceedings, as well as the financial results of MetLife Bank, which offers a variety of mortgage and deposit products. The elimination of transactions from activity between U.S. Business, International, and Banking, Corporate & Other occurs within Banking, Corporate & Other.
 
Mortgage products offered by MetLife Bank include forward and reverse residential mortgage loans. Residential mortgage loans are originated through MetLife Bank’s national sales force, mortgage brokers and mortgage correspondents.
 
The residential mortgage banking activities include the origination and servicing of mortgage loans. Mortgage loans are held-for-investment or sold primarily into Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) or Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) securities. MetLife Bank also leverages MetLife’s investment platform to source commercial and agriculture loans as investments on its balance sheet. MetLife Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB of NY”) and is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and secondarily by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Federal Reserve.


12


Table of Contents

The origination of forward and reverse mortgage single family loans include both variable and fixed rate products. MetLife Bank does not originate sub-prime or alternative residential mortgage loans (“Alt-A”) and the funding for the mortgage banking activities is provided by deposits and borrowings.
 
Deposit products include traditional savings accounts, money market savings accounts, certificates of deposit (“CDs”) and individual retirement accounts. MetLife Bank participates in the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service program through which certain customer CDs are exchanged for CDs of similar amounts from participating banks. The deposit products provide a relatively stable source of funding and liquidity and are used to fund securities and loans. In addition, MetLife Bank principally seeks deposits from direct customers via the Internet and postal mail, and takes advantage of cross-marketing opportunities, including through voluntary benefits platforms of its affiliates’ customers.
 
Policyholder Liabilities
 
We establish, and carry as liabilities, actuarially determined amounts that are calculated to meet our policy obligations when a policy matures or is surrendered, an insured dies or becomes disabled or upon the occurrence of other covered events, or to provide for future annuity payments. We compute the amounts for actuarial liabilities reported in our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. For more details on Policyholder Liabilities see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates — Liability for Future Policy Benefits” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Policyholder Liabilities.”
 
Pursuant to state insurance laws and country regulators, the Holding Company’s insurance subsidiaries establish statutory reserves, reported as liabilities, to meet their obligations on their respective policies. These statutory reserves are established in amounts sufficient to meet policy and contract obligations, when taken together with expected future premiums and interest at assumed rates. Statutory reserves generally differ from actuarial liabilities for future policy benefits determined using GAAP.
 
The New York Insurance Law and regulations require certain MetLife entities to submit to the New York Superintendent of Insurance or other state insurance departments, with each annual report, an opinion and memorandum of a “qualified actuary” that the statutory reserves and related actuarial amounts recorded in support of specified policies and contracts, and the assets supporting such statutory reserves and related actuarial amounts, make adequate provision for their statutory liabilities with respect to these obligations. See “— U.S. Regulation — Insurance Regulation — Policy and Contract Reserve Sufficiency Analysis.”
 
Underwriting and Pricing
 
Underwriting
 
Underwriting generally involves an evaluation of applications for Insurance Products, Retirement Products, Corporate Benefit Funding, and Auto & Home by a professional staff of underwriters and actuaries, who determine the type and the amount of risk that we are willing to accept. In addition to the products described above, with the exception of Auto & Home, International also offers credit insurance, accident and health, and medical products. We employ detailed underwriting policies, guidelines and procedures designed to assist the underwriter to properly assess and quantify risks before issuing policies to qualified applicants or groups.
 
Insurance underwriting considers not only an applicant’s medical history, but also other factors such as financial profile, foreign travel, vocations and alcohol, drug and tobacco use. Group underwriting generally evaluates the risk characteristics of each prospective insured group, although with certain voluntary products and for certain coverages, members of a group may be underwritten on an individual basis. We generally perform our own underwriting; however, certain policies are reviewed by intermediaries under guidelines established by us. Generally, we are not obligated to accept any risk or group of risks from, or to issue a policy or group of policies to, any employer or intermediary. Requests for coverage are reviewed on their merits and generally a policy is not issued unless the particular risk or group has been examined and approved by our underwriters.


13


Table of Contents

Our remote underwriting offices, intermediaries, as well as our corporate underwriting office, are periodically reviewed via continuous on-going internal underwriting audits to maintain high-standards of underwriting and consistency. Such offices are also subject to periodic external audits by reinsurers with whom we do business.
 
We have established senior level oversight of the underwriting process that facilitates quality sales and serves the needs of our customers, while supporting our financial strength and business objectives. Our goal is to achieve the underwriting, mortality and morbidity levels reflected in the assumptions in our product pricing. This is accomplished by determining and establishing underwriting policies, guidelines, philosophies and strategies that are competitive and suitable for the customer, the agent and us.
 
Auto & Home’s underwriting function has six principal aspects: evaluating potential worksite marketing employer accounts and independent agencies; establishing guidelines for the binding of risks; reviewing coverage bound by agents; underwriting potential insureds, on a case by case basis, presented by agents outside the scope of their binding authority; pursuing information necessary in certain cases to enable Auto & Home to issue a policy within our guidelines; and ensuring that renewal policies continue to be written at rates commensurate with risk.
 
Subject to very few exceptions, agents in each of the U.S. Business distribution channels have binding authority for risks which fall within its published underwriting guidelines. Risks falling outside the underwriting guidelines may be submitted for approval to the underwriting department; alternatively, agents in such a situation may call the underwriting department to obtain authorization to bind the risk themselves. In most states, we generally have the right within a specified period (usually the first 60 days) to cancel any policy.
 
Pricing
 
Pricing has traditionally reflected our corporate underwriting standards. Product pricing is based on the expected payout of benefits calculated through the use of assumptions for mortality, morbidity, expenses, persistency and investment returns, as well as certain macroeconomic factors, such as inflation. Investment-oriented products are priced based on various factors, which may include investment return, expenses, persistency and optionality. For certain investment oriented products in the U.S. and certain business sold internationally, pricing may include prospective and retrospective experience rating features. Prospective experience rating involves the evaluation of past experience for the purpose of determining future premium rates and all prior year gains and losses are borne by us. Retrospective experience rating also involves the evaluation of past experience for the purpose of determining the actual cost of providing insurance for the customer, however, the contract includes certain features that allow us to recoup certain losses or distribute certain gains back to the policyholder based on actual prior years’ experience.
 
Rates for group life, non-medical health, and medical health products are based on anticipated results for the book of business being underwritten. Renewals are generally reevaluated annually or biannually and are repriced to reflect actual experience on such products. Products offered by Corporate Benefit Funding are priced frequently and are very responsive to bond yields, and such prices include additional margin in periods of market uncertainty. This business is predominantly illiquid, because a majority of the policyholders have no contractual rights to cash values and no options to change the form of the product’s benefits.
 
Rates for individual life insurance products are highly regulated and must be approved by the regulators of the jurisdictions in which the product is sold. Generally such products are renewed annually and may include pricing terms that are guaranteed for a certain period of time. Fixed and variable annuity products are also highly regulated and approved by the respective regulators. Such products generally include penalties for early withdrawals and policyholder benefit elections to tailor the form of the product’s benefits to the needs of the opting policyholder. We periodically reevaluate the costs associated with such options and will periodically adjust pricing levels on our guarantees. Further, from time to time, we may also reevaluate the type and level of guarantee features currently being offered.
 
Rates for Auto & Home’s major lines of insurance are based on its proprietary database, rather than relying on rating bureaus. Auto & Home determines prices in part from a number of variables specific to each risk. The pricing of personal lines insurance products takes into account, among other things, the expected frequency and severity of losses, the costs of providing coverage (including the costs of acquiring policyholders and administering policy


14


Table of Contents

benefits and other administrative and overhead costs), competitive factors and profit considerations. The major pricing variables for personal lines insurance include characteristics of the insured property, such as age, make and model or construction type, as well as characteristics of the insureds, such as driving record and loss experience, and the insured’s personal financial management. Auto & Home’s ability to set and change rates is subject to regulatory oversight.
 
As a condition of our license to do business in each state, Auto & Home, like all other automobile insurers, is required to write or share the cost of private passenger automobile insurance for higher risk individuals who would otherwise be unable to obtain such insurance. This “involuntary” market, also called the “shared market,” is governed by the applicable laws and regulations of each state, and policies written in this market are generally written at rates higher than standard rates.
 
We continually review our underwriting and pricing guidelines so that our policies remain competitive and supportive of our marketing strategies and profitability goals. The current economic environment, with its volatility and uncertainty is not expected to materially impact the pricing of our products.
 
Reinsurance Activity
 
We participate in reinsurance activities in order to limit losses, minimize exposure to significant risks, and provide additional capacity for future growth. We enter into various agreements with reinsurers that cover individual risks, group risks or defined blocks of business, primarily on a coinsurance, yearly renewable term, excess or catastrophe excess basis. These reinsurance agreements spread risk and minimize the effect of losses. The extent of each risk retained by us depends on our evaluation of the specific risk, subject, in certain circumstances, to maximum retention limits based on the characteristics of coverages. We also cede first dollar mortality risk under certain contracts. In addition to reinsuring mortality risk, we reinsure other risks, as well as specific coverages. We obtain reinsurance for capital requirement purposes and also when the economic impact of the reinsurance agreement makes it appropriate to do so.
 
Under the terms of the reinsurance agreements, the reinsurer agrees to reimburse us for the ceded amount in the event a claim is paid. Cessions under reinsurance arrangements do not discharge our obligations as the primary insurer. In the event that reinsurers do not meet their obligations under the terms of the reinsurance agreements, reinsurance balances recoverable could become uncollectible.
 
We reinsure our business through a diversified group of well-capitalized, highly rated reinsurers. We analyze recent trends in arbitration and litigation outcomes in disputes, if any, with our reinsurers. We monitor ratings and evaluate the financial strength of our reinsurers by analyzing their financial statements. In addition, the reinsurance recoverable balance due from each reinsurer is evaluated as part of the overall monitoring process. Recoverability of reinsurance recoverable balances is evaluated based on these analyses. We generally secure large reinsurance recoverable balances with various forms of collateral, including secured trusts, funds withheld accounts and irrevocable letters of credit.
 
U.S. Business
 
For our individual life insurance products, we have historically reinsured the mortality risk primarily on an excess of retention basis or a quota share basis. We currently reinsure 90% of the mortality risk in excess of $1 million for most products and reinsure up to 90% of the mortality risk for certain other products. In addition to reinsuring mortality risk as described above, we reinsure other risks, as well as specific coverages. Placement of reinsurance is done primarily on an automatic basis and also on a facultative basis for risks with specified characteristics. On a case by case basis, we may retain up to $20 million per life and reinsure 100% of amounts in excess of the amount we retain. We evaluate our reinsurance programs routinely and may increase or decrease our retention at any time.
 
For other policies within the Insurance Products segment, we generally retain most of the risk and only cede particular risks on certain client arrangements.
 
Our Retirement Products segment reinsures a portion of the living and death benefit guarantees issued in connection with our variable annuities. Under these reinsurance agreements, we pay a reinsurance premium


15


Table of Contents

generally based on fees associated with the guarantees collected from policyholders, and receive reimbursement for benefits paid or accrued in excess of account values, subject to certain limitations.
 
Our Corporate Benefit Funding segment has periodically engaged in reinsurance activities, as considered appropriate.
 
Our Auto & Home segment purchases reinsurance to manage its exposure to large losses (primarily catastrophe losses) and to protect statutory surplus. We cede to reinsurers a portion of losses and premiums based upon the exposure of the policies subject to reinsurance. To manage exposure to large property and casualty losses, we utilize property catastrophe, casualty and property per risk excess of loss agreements.
 
International
 
For certain of our life insurance products, we reinsure risks above the corporate retention limit of up to $5 million to external reinsurers on a yearly renewable term basis. We may also reinsure certain risks with external reinsurers depending upon the nature of the risk and local regulatory requirements.
 
For selected large corporate clients, our International segment reinsures group employee benefits or credit insurance business with various client-affiliated reinsurance companies, covering policies issued to the employees or customers of the clients. Additionally, we cede and assume risk with other insurance companies when either company requires a business partner with the appropriate local licensing to issue certain types of policies in certain countries. In these cases, the assuming company typically underwrites the risks, develops the products and assumes most or all of the risk.
 
Our International segment also has reinsurance agreements in force that reinsure a portion of the living and death benefit guarantees issued in connection with our variable annuities. Under these agreements, we pay reinsurance fees associated with the guarantees collected from policyholders, and receive reimbursement for benefits paid or accrued in excess of account values, subject to certain limitations.
 
Banking, Corporate & Other
 
We also reinsure through 100% quota share reinsurance agreements certain run-off LTC and workers’ compensation business written by MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut (“MICC”), a subsidiary of the Company.
 
Catastrophe Coverage
 
We have exposure to catastrophes, which could contribute to significant fluctuations in our results of operations. We also use excess of retention and quota share reinsurance arrangements to provide greater diversification of risk and minimize exposure to larger risks. For our International segment, we currently purchase catastrophe coverage to insure risks within certain countries deemed by management to be exposed to the greatest catastrophic risks.
 
Reinsurance Recoverables
 
For information regarding ceded reinsurance recoverable balances, included in premiums, reinsurance and other receivables in the consolidated balance sheets, see Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
U.S. Regulation
 
Insurance Regulation
 
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“MLIC”) is licensed to transact insurance business in, and is subject to regulation and supervision by, all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico, Canada, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Northern Mariana Islands. Each of MetLife’s insurance subsidiaries is licensed and regulated in each U.S. and international jurisdiction where it conducts insurance business. The extent of such regulation varies, but most jurisdictions have laws and regulations governing the financial aspects of insurers, including standards of


16


Table of Contents

solvency, statutory reserves, reinsurance and capital adequacy, and the business conduct of insurers. In addition, statutes and regulations usually require the licensing of insurers and their agents, the approval of policy forms and certain other related materials and, for certain lines of insurance, the approval of rates. Such statutes and regulations also prescribe the permitted types and concentration of investments. New York Insurance Law limits the amount of compensation that insurers doing business in New York may pay to their agents, as well as the amount of total expenses, including sales commissions and marketing expenses, that such insurers may incur in connection with the sale of life insurance policies and annuity contracts throughout the U.S.
 
Each insurance subsidiary is required to file reports, generally including detailed annual financial statements, with insurance regulatory authorities in each of the jurisdictions in which it does business, and its operations and accounts are subject to periodic examination by such authorities. These subsidiaries must also file, and in many jurisdictions and in some lines of insurance obtain regulatory approval for, rules, rates and forms relating to the insurance written in the jurisdictions in which they operate.
 
The National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) has established a program of accrediting state insurance departments. NAIC accreditation contemplates that accredited states will conduct periodic examinations of insurers domiciled in such states. NAIC-accredited states will not accept reports of examination of insurers from unaccredited states, except under limited circumstances. As a direct result, insurers domiciled in unaccredited states may be subject to financial examination by accredited states in which they are licensed, in addition to any examinations conducted by their domiciliary states. In 2009, the New York State Department of Insurance (the “Department”), MLIC’s principal insurance regulator, received accreditation from the NAIC. Previously, the Department was not accredited by the NAIC, but the absence of this accreditation did not have a significant impact upon our ability to conduct our insurance businesses.
 
State and federal insurance and securities regulatory authorities and other state law enforcement agencies and attorneys general from time to time make inquiries regarding compliance by the Holding Company and its insurance subsidiaries with insurance, securities and other laws and regulations regarding the conduct of our insurance and securities businesses. We cooperate with such inquiries and take corrective action when warranted. See Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Holding Company Regulation.   The Holding Company and its U.S. insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation under the insurance holding company laws of various jurisdictions. The insurance holding company laws and regulations vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, but generally require a controlled insurance company (insurers that are subsidiaries of insurance holding companies) to register with state regulatory authorities and to file with those authorities certain reports, including information concerning its capital structure, ownership, financial condition, certain intercompany transactions and general business operations.
 
State insurance statutes also typically place restrictions and limitations on the amount of dividends or other distributions payable by insurance company subsidiaries to their parent companies, as well as on transactions between an insurer and its affiliates. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Holding Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Dividends from Subsidiaries.”
 
Guaranty Associations and Similar Arrangements.   Most of the jurisdictions in which our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are admitted to transact business require life and property and casualty insurers doing business within the jurisdiction to participate in guaranty associations, which are organized to pay certain contractual insurance benefits owed pursuant to insurance policies issued by impaired, insolvent or failed insurers. These associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in a particular state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written by member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer is engaged. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offsets.
 
In the past five years, the aggregate assessments levied against MetLife have not been material. We have established liabilities for guaranty fund assessments that we consider adequate for assessments with respect to insurers that are currently subject to insolvency proceedings. See Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on the insolvency assessments.


17


Table of Contents

Statutory Insurance Examination.   As part of their regulatory oversight process, state insurance departments conduct periodic detailed examinations of the books, records, accounts, and business practices of insurers domiciled in their states. State insurance departments also have the authority to conduct examinations of non-domiciliary insurers that are licensed in their states. During the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, MetLife has not received any material adverse findings resulting from state insurance department examinations of its insurance subsidiaries conducted during this three-year period.
 
Regulatory authorities in a small number of states, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and, occasionally, the SEC, have had investigations or inquiries relating to sales of individual life insurance policies or annuities or other products by MLIC, MetLife Securities, Inc., New England Life Insurance Company, New England Securities Corporation, General American Life Insurance Company, Walnut Street Securities, Inc., MICC and Tower Square Securities, Inc. These investigations often focus on the conduct of particular financial services representatives and the sale of unregistered or unsuitable products or the misuse of client assets. Over the past several years, these and a number of investigations by other regulatory authorities were resolved for monetary payments and certain other relief, including restitution payments. We may continue to resolve investigations in a similar manner.
 
Policy and Contract Reserve Sufficiency Analysis.   Annually, our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are required to conduct an analysis of the sufficiency of all statutory reserves. In each case, a qualified actuary must submit an opinion which states that the statutory reserves, when considered in light of the assets held with respect to such reserves, make good and sufficient provision for the associated contractual obligations and related expenses of the insurer. If such an opinion cannot be provided, the insurer must set up additional reserves by moving funds from surplus. Since inception of this requirement, our U.S. insurance subsidiaries which are required by their states of domicile to provide these opinions have provided such opinions without qualifications.
 
Surplus and Capital.   Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are subject to the supervision of the regulators in each jurisdiction in which they are licensed to transact business. Regulators have discretionary authority, in connection with the continued licensing of these insurance subsidiaries, to limit or prohibit sales to policyholders if, in their judgment, the regulators determine that such insurer has not maintained the minimum surplus or capital or that the further transaction of business will be hazardous to policyholders. See “— Risk-Based Capital.”
 
Risk-Based Capital (“ RBC ”).   Each of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries that is subject to RBC requirements reports its RBC based on a formula calculated by applying factors to various asset, premium and statutory reserve items, as well as taking into account the risk characteristics of the insurer. The major categories of risk involved are asset risk, insurance risk, interest rate risk, market risk and business risk. The formula is used as an early warning regulatory tool to identify possible inadequately capitalized insurers for purposes of initiating regulatory action, and not as a means to rank insurers generally. State insurance laws provide insurance regulators the authority to require various actions by, or take various actions against, insurers whose RBC ratio does not meet or exceed certain RBC levels. As of the date of the most recent annual statutory financial statements filed with insurance regulators, the RBC of each of these subsidiaries was in excess of each of those RBC levels. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Capital.”
 
Statutory Accounting Principles.   The NAIC provides standardized insurance industry accounting and reporting guidance through its Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual (the “Manual”). However, statutory accounting principles continue to be established by individual state laws, regulations and permitted practices. The Department has adopted the Manual with certain modifications for the preparation of statutory financial statements of insurance companies domiciled in New York. Changes to the Manual or modifications by the various state insurance departments may impact the statutory capital and surplus of the Company’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries.
 
Regulation of Investments.   Each of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are subject to state laws and regulations that require diversification of our investment portfolios and limit the amount of investments in certain asset categories, such as below investment grade fixed income securities, equity real estate, other equity investments, and derivatives. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations would cause investments exceeding regulatory limitations to be treated as non-admitted assets for purposes of measuring surplus and, in some instances, would


18


Table of Contents

require divestiture of such non-qualifying investments. We believe that the investments made by each of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries complied, in all material respects, with such regulations at December 31, 2010.
 
Until various studies are completed and final regulations are promulgated pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”), the full impact of Dodd-Frank on the investments, investment activities and insurance and annuity products of the Company remain unclear. See “Risk Factors — Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”
 
Federal Initiatives.   Although the federal government generally does not directly regulate the insurance business, federal initiatives often have an impact on our business in a variety of ways. See “Risk Factors — Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth.” From time to time, federal measures are proposed which may significantly affect the insurance business. These areas include financial services regulation, securities regulation, pension regulation, health care regulation, privacy, tort reform legislation and taxation. In addition, various forms of direct and indirect federal regulation of insurance have been proposed from time to time, including proposals for the establishment of an optional federal charter for insurance companies. Dodd-Frank established the Federal Insurance Office within the Department of Treasury to collect information about the insurance industry, recommend prudential standards, and represent the U.S. in dealings with foreign insurance regulators. See “Risk Factors — Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Heavily Regulated, and Changes in Regulation May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”
 
Financial Holding Company Regulation
 
Regulatory Agencies.   As the owner of a federally-chartered bank, MetLife, Inc. is a bank holding company and financial holding company. As such, the Holding Company is subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”), and to inspection, examination, and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. In addition, MetLife Bank is subject to regulation and examination primarily by the OCC and secondarily by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the FDIC, as described below under “— Banking Regulation.”
 
Financial Holding Company Activities.   As a financial holding company, MetLife, Inc.’s activities and investments are restricted by the BHC Act, as amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”), to those that are “financial” in nature or “incidental” or “complementary” to such financial activities. Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting, dealing and market making, sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies, insurance underwriting and agency, merchant banking and activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking. In addition, under the insurance company investment portfolio provision of the GLB Act, financial holding companies are authorized to make investments in other financial and non-financial companies, through their insurance subsidiaries, that are in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with state insurance law, provided the financial holding company does not routinely manage or operate such companies except as may be necessary to obtain a reasonable return on investment. Under Dodd-Frank, as a large, interconnected bank holding company with assets of $50 billion or more, or possibly as an otherwise systemically important financial company, MetLife, Inc. will be subject to enhanced prudential standards imposed on systemically significant financial companies. Enhanced standards will be applied to RBC, liquidity, leverage (unless another, similar standard is appropriate for the Company), resolution plan and credit exposure reporting, concentration limits, and risk management. The so-called “Volcker Rule” provisions of Dodd-Frank restrict the ability of affiliates of insured depository institutions (such as MetLife Bank) to engage in proprietary trading or sponsor or invest in hedge funds or private equity funds. See “Risk Factors — Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”
 
Capital.   MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Bank are subject to risk-based and leverage capital guidelines issued by the federal banking regulatory agencies for banks and financial holding companies. The federal banking regulatory agencies are required by law to take specific prompt corrective actions with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital standards. MetLife, Inc. may become required to comply with further requirements relating to the


19


Table of Contents

calculation of capital, commonly referred to as “Basel II,” which could require significant investment by the Company, including software. In addition, in December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published its final rules for increased capital and liquidity requirements (commonly referred to as “Basel III”) for bank holding companies, such as MetLife, Inc. Assuming these requirements are endorsed and adopted by the U.S., they are to be phased in beginning January 1, 2013. It is possible that even more stringent capital and liquidity requirements could be imposed under Dodd-Frank if MetLife, Inc. is determined to be a systemically important company. The ability of MetLife Bank and MetLife, Inc. to pay dividends could be reduced by any additional capital requirements that might be imposed as a result of the enactment of Dodd-Frank and/or the endorsement and adoption by the U.S. of Basel III. See “Risk Factors — Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth” and “Risk Factors — Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Heavily Regulated, and Changes in Regulation May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth.” At December 31, 2010, MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Bank were in compliance with applicable requirements currently in effect.
 
Consumer Protection Laws.   Numerous other federal and state laws also affect the Holding Company’s and MetLife Bank’s earnings and activities, including federal and state consumer protection laws. The GLB Act included consumer privacy provisions that, among other things, require disclosure of a financial institution’s privacy policy to customers. In addition, these provisions permit states to adopt more extensive privacy protections through legislation or regulation. As part of Dodd-Frank, Congress established the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection to supervise and regulate institutions that provide certain financial products and services to consumers. Although the consumer financial services subject to the Bureau’s jurisdiction generally exclude insurance business of the kind in which we engage, the Bureau does have authority to regulate consumer services provided by MetLife Bank.
 
Change of Control and Restrictions on Mergers and Acquisitions.   Because MetLife, Inc. is a financial holding company and bank holding company, no person may acquire control of MetLife, Inc. without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. A change of control is conclusively presumed upon acquisition of 25% or more of any class of voting securities and rebuttably presumed upon acquisition of 10% or more of any class of voting securities. Further, as a result of MetLife, Inc.’s ownership of MetLife Bank, approval from the OCC would be required in connection with a change of control (generally presumed upon the acquisition of 10% or more of any class of voting securities) of MetLife, Inc. As a result of Dodd-Frank, Federal Reserve approval would be required after July 21, 2011, for any acquisition of a non-bank firm by a bank holding company having more than $10 billion of assets, such as MetLife, Inc. As a bank holding company with assets of $50 billion or more, MetLife, Inc. will be required to provide prior notice to the Federal Reserve before acquiring control of voting shares of a company engaged in financial activities that has $10 billion or more of consolidated assets. MetLife, Inc. received the approval of the Federal Reserve prior to consummating the Acquisition.
 
Banking Regulation
 
As a federally chartered national association, MetLife Bank is subject to a wide variety of banking laws, regulations and guidelines. Federal banking laws regulate most aspects of the business of MetLife Bank, but certain state laws may apply as well. MetLife Bank is principally regulated by the OCC and secondarily by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the FDIC. Federal banking laws and regulations address various aspects of MetLife Bank’s business and operations with respect to, among other things, chartering to carry on business as a bank; maintaining minimum capital ratios; capital management in relation to the bank’s assets; safety and soundness standards; loan loss and other statutory reserves; liquidity; financial reporting and disclosure standards; counterparty credit concentration; restrictions on related party and affiliate transactions; lending limits; payment of interest; unfair or deceptive acts or practices; privacy; and bank holding company and bank change of control. MetLife Bank is also subject to the jurisdiction of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection created by Dodd-Frank to promulgate and enforce consumer protection rules for certain kinds of financial products. Dodd-Frank established a statutory standard for Federal preemption of state consumer financial protection laws, which standard will require national banks to comply with many state consumer financial protection laws that previously were considered preempted by Federal law. The FDIC has the right to assess FDIC-insured banks for funds to help pay the obligations of insolvent banks to depositors. Federal and state banking regulators regularly


20


Table of Contents

re-examine existing laws and regulations applicable to banks and their products. Changes in these laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, are often made for the benefit of the consumer at the expense of the bank.
 
Securities, Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation
 
Some of our subsidiaries and their activities in offering and selling variable insurance products are subject to extensive regulation under the federal securities laws administered by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These subsidiaries issue variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies through separate accounts that are registered with the SEC as investment companies under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). Each registered separate account is generally divided into sub-accounts, each of which invests in an underlying mutual fund which is itself a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act. In addition, the variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by the separate accounts are registered with the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Other subsidiaries are registered with the SEC as broker-dealers under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and are members of, and subject to, regulation by FINRA. Further, some of our subsidiaries are registered as investment advisers with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”), and are also registered as investment advisers in various states, as applicable. Certain variable contract separate accounts sponsored by our subsidiaries are exempt from registration, but may be subject to other provisions of the federal securities laws.
 
Federal and state securities regulatory authorities and FINRA from time to time make inquiries and conduct examinations regarding compliance by the Holding Company and its subsidiaries with securities and other laws and regulations. We cooperate with such inquiries and examinations and take corrective action when warranted.
 
Federal and state securities laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect investors in the securities markets and generally grant regulatory agencies broad rulemaking and enforcement powers, including the power to limit or restrict the conduct of business for failure to comply with such laws and regulations. We may also be subject to similar laws and regulations in the foreign countries in which we provide investment advisory services, offer products similar to those described above, or conduct other activities.
 
Environmental Considerations
 
As an owner and operator of real property, we are subject to extensive federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. Inherent in such ownership and operation is also the risk that there may be potential environmental liabilities and costs in connection with any required remediation of such properties. In addition, we hold equity interests in companies that could potentially be subject to environmental liabilities. We routinely have environmental assessments performed with respect to real estate being acquired for investment and real property to be acquired through foreclosure. We cannot provide assurance that unexpected environmental liabilities will not arise. However, based on information currently available to us, we believe that any costs associated with compliance with environmental laws and regulations or any remediation of such properties will not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) Considerations
 
We provide products and services to certain employee benefit plans that are subject to ERISA, or the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). As such, our activities are subject to the restrictions imposed by ERISA and the Code, including the requirement under ERISA that fiduciaries must perform their duties solely in the interests of ERISA plan participants and beneficiaries and the requirement under ERISA and the Code that fiduciaries may not cause a covered plan to engage in prohibited transactions with persons who have certain relationships with respect to such plans. The applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code are subject to enforcement by the Department of Labor (“DOL”), the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
 
In John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Company v. Harris Trust and Savings Bank (1993), the U.S. Supreme Court held that certain assets in excess of amounts necessary to satisfy guaranteed obligations under a participating group annuity general account contract are “plan assets.” Therefore, these assets are subject to certain fiduciary


21


Table of Contents

obligations under ERISA, which requires fiduciaries to perform their duties solely in the interest of ERISA plan participants and beneficiaries. On January 5, 2000, the Secretary of Labor issued final regulations indicating, in cases where an insurer has issued a policy backed by the insurer’s general account to or for an employee benefit plan, the extent to which assets of the insurer constitute plan assets for purposes of ERISA and the Code. The regulations apply only with respect to a policy issued by an insurer on or before December 31, 1998 (“Transition Policy”). No person will generally be liable under ERISA or the Code for conduct occurring prior to July 5, 2001, where the basis of a claim is that insurance company general account assets constitute plan assets. An insurer issuing a new policy that is backed by its general account and is issued to or for an employee benefit plan after December 31, 1998 will generally be subject to fiduciary obligations under ERISA, unless the policy is a guaranteed benefit policy.
 
The regulations indicate the requirements that must be met so that assets supporting a Transition Policy will not be considered plan assets for purposes of ERISA and the Code. These requirements include detailed disclosures to be made to the employee benefits plan and the requirement that the insurer must permit the policyholder to terminate the policy on 90 day notice and receive without penalty, at the policyholder’s option, either (i) the unallocated accumulated fund balance (which may be subject to market value adjustment) or (ii) a book value payment of such amount in annual installments with interest. We have taken and continue to take steps designed to ensure compliance with these regulations.
 
Legislative and Regulatory Developments
 
Dodd-Frank, enacted in July 2010, effected the most far-reaching overhaul of financial regulation in the U.S. in decades. Dodd-Frank also establishes the framework for new regulations relating to prudential standards for systemically significant financial companies, certain investment activities, consumer protection, the liquidation of bank holding companies, derivative transitions, corporate governance and executive compensation. These changes are particularly relevant to the Company as an insurer, public company and bank holding company. The potential impact of these changes on the Company are more fully discussed under “Risk Factors — Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth,” “Risk Factors — Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Heavily Regulated, and Changes in Regulation May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth” and “Risk Factors — New and Impending Compensation and Corporate Governance Regulations Could Hinder or Prevent Us From Attracting and Retaining Management and Other Employees with the Talent and Experience to Manage and Conduct Our Business Effectively.” The full impact of Dodd-Frank on us will depend on the numerous rulemaking initiatives required or permitted by Dodd-Frank and the various studies mandated by Dodd-Frank, which are scheduled to be completed over the next few years.
 
We cannot predict what other proposals may be made, what legislation may be introduced or enacted or the impact of any such legislation on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
International Regulation
 
With the acquisition of ALICO, the Company has significantly expanded its scope of operations in foreign jurisdictions. The Company’s international operations are regulated in the jurisdictions in which they are located or operate. The Company’s international insurance operations are subject to minimum capital, solvency and operational requirements. The authority of the Company’s international operations to conduct business is subject to licensing requirements, permits and approvals, and these authorizations are subject to modification and revocation. Periodic examinations of insurance company books and records, financial reporting requirements, market conduct examinations and policy filing requirements are among the techniques used by regulators to supervise our non-U.S. insurance businesses. The Company also has investment and pension companies in certain foreign jurisdictions that provide mutual fund, pension and other financial products and services. Those entities are subject to securities, investment, pension and other laws and regulations, and oversight by the relevant securities, pension and other authorities of the countries in which the companies operate.
 
The Company’s international operations are exposed to increased political, legal, financial, operational and other risks. Our international operations may be materially adversely affected by the actions and decisions of foreign authorities and regulators, such as through nationalization or expropriation of assets, the imposition of limits


22


Table of Contents

on foreign ownership of local companies, changes in laws (including tax laws and regulations), their application or interpretation, political instability, dividend limitations, price controls, currency exchange controls or other restrictions that prevent us from transferring funds from these operations out of the countries in which they operate or converting local currencies we hold into U.S. dollars or other currencies, as well as other adverse actions by foreign governmental authorities and regulators. Such actions may negatively affect our business in these jurisdictions. See “Risk Factors — Our International Operations Face Political, Legal, Operational and Other Risks, Including Exposure to Local and Regional Economic Conditions, That Could Negatively Affect Those Operations or Our Profitability.”
 
Certain of the Company’s international insurance operations, including Japan, may be subject to assessments, generally based on their proportionate share of business written in the relevant jurisdiction, for certain obligations to policyholders and claimants resulting from the insolvency of insurance companies. Under the Japanese Insurance Business Law, all licensed life insurers in Japan are assessed on a pre-funded basis by the Life Insurance Policyholders Protection Corporation of Japan. These assessments are aggregated across all licensed life insurers in Japan and used to satisfy certain obligations to policyholders and claimants of insolvent life insurance companies. As we cannot predict the timing and scope of future assessments, they may materially affect the results of operations of the Company’s international insurance operations in particular quarterly or annual periods. In addition, in some jurisdictions, some of the Company’s insurance products are considered “securities” under local law and may be subject to local securities regulations and oversight by local securities regulators.
 
Our operations in Japan are subject to regulation and examination by Japan’s Financial Services Agency (“FSA”). Our operations in Japan are required to file with the FSA annual reports which include financial statements. Similar to the U.S., Japanese law provides that insurers in Japan must maintain specified solvency standards for the protection of policyholders and to support the financial strength of licensed insurers. As of September 30, 2010, the date of our most recent regulatory filing in Japan, the solvency margin ratio of our Japan operations was 1,466%, which is significantly in excess of the legally mandated solvency margin in Japan. The FSA has issued a proposal to revise the current method of calculating the solvency margin ratio. The FSA intends to apply the revised method to life insurance companies for the fiscal year-end 2011 (March 31, 2012) for life insurance companies in Japan, and require the disclosure of the ratio as reference information for fiscal year-end 2010 (March 31, 2011).
 
A portion of the annual earnings of our Japan operations may be repatriated each year, and may further be distributed to the Holding Company as a dividend. We may determine not to repatriate profits from the Japan operations or to repatriate a reduced amount in order to maintain or improve the solvency margin of the Japan operations or for other reasons. In addition, the FSA may limit or not permit profit repatriations or other transfers of funds to the U.S. if such transfers would be detrimental to the solvency or financial strength of our Japan operations or for other reasons.
 
In addition, the European Commission has established Solvency II as a new capital adequacy regime for the European insurance industry, which will become effective beginning in 2013. Solvency II sets capital standards for insurers on a risk basis and has a three-pillar structure covering quantitative requirements, supervisory review, and market disclosure. Regulators in certain other countries, such as Mexico, are also establishing new capital regimes similar to Solvency II. Compliance with these new capital standards may impact the level of capital required to be held at individual legal entities. Further, the efforts required to comply with these regulations may increase operating costs at these entities.
 
We expect the scope and extent of regulation outside of the U.S., as well as regulatory oversight, generally to continue to increase. That oversight, and the legal and regulatory environment in the countries in which the Company operates, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.
 
Governmental Responses to Extraordinary Market Conditions
 
U.S. Federal Governmental Responses
 
Dodd-Frank was enacted in response to the recent economic crisis. See “— Legislative and Regulatory Developments.” Actions taken by Congress, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, the U.S. Treasury and other


23


Table of Contents

agencies of the U.S. Federal government prior to the enactment of Dodd-Frank were increasingly aggressive and, together with a series of interest rate reductions that began in the second half of 2007, intended to provide liquidity to financial institutions and markets, to avert a loss of investor confidence in particular troubled institutions and to prevent or contain the spread of the financial crisis. These measures included:
 
  •  expanding the types of institutions that have access to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s discount window;
 
  •  providing asset guarantees and emergency loans to particular distressed companies;
 
  •  a temporary ban on short selling of shares of certain financial institutions (including, for a period, MetLife);
 
  •  programs intended to reduce the volume of mortgage foreclosures by modifying the terms of mortgage loans for distressed borrowers;
 
  •  temporarily guaranteeing money market funds; and
 
  •  programs to support the mortgage-backed securities market and mortgage lending.
 
Many of the actions outlined above expired or terminated by mid-2010 or earlier.
 
In addition to these actions, pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), enacted in October 2008, the U.S. Treasury injected capital into selected financial institutions and their holding companies. EESA also authorized the U.S. Treasury to purchase mortgage-backed and other securities from financial institutions as part of the overall $700 billion available for the purpose of stabilizing the financial markets; this authority expired in October 2010. The Federal government, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, FDIC and other governmental and regulatory bodies also took other actions to address the financial crisis. For example, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York made funds available to commercial and financial companies under a number of programs, including the Commercial Paper Funding Facility (the “CPFF”), and the FDIC established the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “FDIC Program”). In March 2009, MetLife, Inc. issued $397 million of senior notes guaranteed by the FDIC under the FDIC Program. The FDIC Program and the CPFF expired in late 2009 and early 2010, respectively. During the period of its existence, the Company made limited use of the CPFF, and no amounts were outstanding under the CPFF at December 31, 2009.
 
In February 2009, the Treasury Department outlined a financial stability plan with additional measures to provide capital relief to institutions holding troubled assets, including a capital assistance program for banks that have undergone a “stress test” (the “Capital Assistance Program”) and a public-private investment fund to purchase troubled assets from financial institutions. MetLife was eligible to participate in the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program, a voluntary capital infusion program established under EESA, but elected not to participate in that program. MetLife took part in the “stress test” and was advised by the Federal Reserve in May 2009 that, based on the stress test’s economic scenarios and methodology, MetLife had adequate capital to sustain a further deterioration in the economy. In January 2011, MetLife submitted to the Federal Reserve a comprehensive capital plan, as mandated by the Federal Reserve for the same bank holding companies that completed the 2009 stress test. The capital plan projects MetLife’s capital levels to the end of 2012 under baseline and stress scenarios. The Federal Reserve has stated that it will consider the results of the capital plan exercise in evaluating proposed capital actions by participating bank holding companies, such as common stock dividend increases and stock repurchases. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it will provide its assessment of participating institutions’ capital plans in late March 2011.
 
State Insurance Regulatory Responses
 
The NAIC adopted a number of reserve and capital relief proposals during 2009. The NAIC revisited many of those adoptions and studied related and additional topics for potential adoption during 2010.
 
The NAIC revisited the mortgage experience adjustment factor (the “MEAF”) which is utilized in calculating RBC charges that are assigned to commercial and agricultural mortgages held by our domestic insurers. The MEAF calculation includes the ratio of an insurer’s commercial and agricultural mortgage default experience to the industry average commercial and agricultural mortgage default experience and, in 2009, a cap of 125% and a floor


24


Table of Contents

of 75% were adopted. The NAIC adopted during 2010 a cap of 175% and a floor of 80%. As a result of this revision in MEAF for 2010, the RBC impact on our U.S. insurance subsidiaries is not likely to be material.
 
In late 2009, the NAIC issued Statement of Statutory Accounting Principles (“SSAP”) 10R (“SSAP 10R”). SSAP 10R increased the amount of deferred tax assets that may be admitted on a statutory basis. The admission criteria for realizing the value of deferred tax assets was increased from a one year to a three year period. Further, the aggregate cap on deferred tax assets that may be admitted was increased from 10% to 15% of surplus. These changes increased the capital and surplus of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries, thereby positively impacting RBC at December 31, 2009. To temper this positive RBC impact, and as a temporary measure at December 31, 2009 only, a 5% pre-tax RBC charge must be applied to the additional admitted deferred tax assets generated by SSAP 10R. The adoption for 2009 had a December 31, 2009 sunset; however, during 2010, the 2009 adoption, including the 5% pre-tax RBC charge, was extended through December 31, 2011.
 
In late 2009, following rating agency downgrades of virtually all residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) from certain vintages, the NAIC engaged PIMCO Advisory (“PIMCO”), a provider of investment advisory services, to analyze approximately 20,000 RMBS held by insurers and evaluate the likely loss that holders of those securities would suffer in the event of a default. PIMCO’s analysis showed that the severity of expected losses on those securities evaluated that are held by our U.S. insurance companies was significantly less than would be implied by the rating agencies’ ratings of such securities. The NAIC incorporated the results of PIMCO’s analysis into the RBC charges assigned to the evaluated securities, with a beneficial impact on the RBC of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries. The NAIC utilized the solution again for 2010. The NAIC adopted a similar solution for 2010 for commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) by selecting BlackRock Solutions, a provider of investment advisory services, to assist in the RBC determination process. BlackRock Solutions will serve as a third-party modeler of the 7,000 CMBS holdings of U.S. insurance companies, including MetLife’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries. The impact of the implementation for 2010 of the modeling solution for CMBS is not known at the current time but the RBC impact on our U.S. insurance subsidiaries is not expected to be material.
 
Foreign Governmental and Intergovernmental Responses
 
In an effort to strengthen the financial condition of key financial institutions or avert their collapse, and to forestall or reduce the effects of reduced lending activity, a number of foreign governments and intergovernmental entities have taken action to enhance stability and liquidity, reduce risk and increase regulatory controls and oversight. Foreign government and intergovernmental responses have been similar to some of those taken by the U.S. Federal government, including injecting capital into domestic financial institutions in exchange for ownership stakes and, in the case of certain European Union member states such as Greece, Spain, Portugal and Ireland, providing or making available certain funds and rescue packages to support the solvency of such countries or financial institutions, and such responses are intended to achieve similar goals. We cannot predict whether foreign government and/or intergovernmental actions will achieve their intended purpose or how such actions will impact competition in the financial services industry. We expect the scope and extent of regulation outside the U.S., as well as regulatory oversight, generally to continue to increase. That oversight, and the legal and regulatory environment in the countries in which the Company operates, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.
 
Competition
 
We believe that competition faced by our segments is based on a number of factors, including service, product features, scale, price, financial strength, claims-paying ratings, credit ratings, e-business capabilities and name recognition. We compete with a large number of other insurance companies, as well as non-insurance financial services companies, such as banks, broker-dealers and asset managers, for individual consumers, employer and other group customers as well as agents and other distributors of insurance and investment products. Some of these companies offer a broader array of products, have more competitive pricing or, with respect to other insurance companies, have higher claims paying ability ratings. Many of our insurance products are underwritten annually and, accordingly, there is a risk that group purchasers may be able to obtain more favorable terms from competitors rather than renewing coverage with us.


25


Table of Contents

We believe that the turbulence in financial markets that began in the second half of 2007, its impact on the capital position of many competitors, and subsequent actions by regulators and rating agencies have altered the competitive environment. In particular, we believe that these factors have highlighted financial strength as the most significant differentiator from the perspective of some customers and certain distributors. We believe the Company is well positioned to compete in this environment. In particular, the Company distributes many of its individual products through other financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers. These distribution partners are currently placing greater emphasis on the financial strength of the company whose products they sell. In addition, the financial market turbulence has highlighted the extent of the risk associated with certain variable annuity products and has led many companies in our industry to re-examine the pricing and features of the products they offer. The effects of current market conditions may also lead to consolidation in the life insurance industry. Although we cannot predict the ultimate impact of these conditions, we believe that the strongest companies will enjoy a competitive advantage as a result of the current circumstances.
 
We must attract and retain productive sales representatives to sell our insurance, annuities and investment products. Strong competition exists among insurance companies for sales representatives with demonstrated ability. We compete with other insurance companies for sales representatives primarily on the basis of our financial position, support services and compensation and product features. See “— U.S. Business — Sales Distribution.” In the U.S. and selected international markets, we continue to undertake several initiatives to grow our career agency force, while continuing to enhance the efficiency and production of our existing sales force. We cannot provide assurance that these initiatives will succeed in attracting and retaining new agents. Sales of individual insurance, annuities and investment products and our results of operations and financial position could be materially adversely affected if we are unsuccessful in attracting and retaining agents. See “Risk Factors — We May Be Unable to Attract and Retain Sales Representatives for Our Products.”
 
Numerous aspects of our business are subject to regulation. Legislative and other changes affecting the regulatory environment can affect our competitive position within the life insurance industry and within the broader financial services industry. See “— U.S. Regulation,” “— International Regulation,” “Risk Factors — Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Heavily Regulated, and Changes in Regulation May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth” and “Risk Factors — Changes in U.S. Federal and State Securities Laws and Regulations, and State Insurance Regulations Regarding Suitability of Annuity Product Sales, May Affect Our Operations and Our Profitability.”
 
Employees
 
At December 31, 2010, we had approximately 66,000 employees. We believe that our relations with our employees are satisfactory.
 
Executive Officers of the Registrant
 
Set forth below is information regarding the executive officers of MetLife, Inc.:
 
C. Robert Henrikson, age 63, has been Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC since April 25, 2006. Previously, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC from March 1, 2006, President and Chief Operating Officer of MetLife, Inc. from June 2004, and President of the U.S. Insurance and Financial Services businesses of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC from July 2002 to June 2004. He served as President of Institutional Business of MetLife, Inc. from September 1999 to July 2002 and President of Institutional Business of MLIC from May 1999 through June 2002. He was Senior Executive Vice President, Institutional Business, of MLIC from December 1997 to May 1999, Executive Vice President, Institutional Business, from January 1996 to December 1997, and Senior Vice President, Pensions, from January 1991 to January 1995. He is a director of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC.
 
Gwenn L. Carr, age 65, has been Executive Vice President and Chief of Staff to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC since August 2009. Previously, she was Senior Vice President and Chief of Staff to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC from June 2009, Senior Vice President, Secretary and Chief of Staff to the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of MetLife, Inc, and MLIC from 2007, Senior Vice President and Secretary of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC from October 2004, and Vice President


26


Table of Contents

and Secretary of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC from August 1999. Ms. Carr was Vice President and Secretary of ITT Corporation from 1990 to 1999.
 
Kathleen A. Henkel, age 62, has been Executive Vice President, Human Resources, of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC since March 2010. Previously, she was Senior Vice President, Human Resources, of MLIC from July 2008 to March 2010 and Senior Vice President, Institutional Business, of MLIC from December 2005 to July 2008. Ms. Henkel was promoted to Senior Vice President of MLIC after serving as a Vice President of MLIC from 1992 to 2004. Ms. Henkel joined the Company in 1966 and has served in various senior management positions since that time.
 
Steven A. Kandarian, age 58, has been Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC since April 2005. Previously, he was the executive director of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation from 2001 to 2004. Before joining the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, Mr. Kandarian was founder and managing partner of Orion Capital Partners, LP, where he managed a private equity fund specializing in venture capital and corporate acquisitions for eight years. He is a director of MetLife Bank.
 
Nicholas D. Latrenta, age 59, has been Executive Vice President of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC since August 2010 and General Counsel of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC since May 2010. Previously, he was Senior Chief Counsel of MLIC supporting the Insurance Group from March 2007 to April 2010, Chief Counsel of MLIC supporting Institutional Business, ERISA and the Product Tax Legal Group from April 2006 to February 2007, Chief Counsel of MLIC supporting MetLife Business-Legal from July 2004 to March 2006, and Senior Vice President of MLIC Institutional Business from October 2000 to June 2004. Mr. Latrenta was promoted to Senior Vice President of MLIC in 1997 after serving as a Vice President of MLIC from 1986 to 1997. Mr. Latrenta joined the Company in 1969 and has served in various senior management positions since that time. Mr. Latrenta is a director of American Life Insurance Company.
 
Maria R. Morris, age 48, has been Executive Vice President, Technology and Operations, of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC since January 2008. Previously, she was Executive Vice President of MLIC from December 2005 to January 2008, Senior Vice President of MLIC from July 2003 to December 2005, and Vice President of MLIC from March 1997 to July 2003. Ms. Morris is a director of MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut.
 
William J. Mullaney, age 51, has been President, U.S. Business of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC since August 2009. Previously, he was President, Institutional Business, of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC from January 2007 to July 2009, President of Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company from January 2005 to January 2007, Senior Vice President of Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company from July 2002 to December 2004, Senior Vice President, Institutional Business, of MLIC from August 2001 to July 2002, and a Vice President of MLIC for more than five years. He is a director of MetLife Bank.
 
William J. Toppeta, age 62, has been President, International, of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC since June 2001. He was President of Client Services and Chief Administrative Officer of MetLife, Inc. from September 1999 to June 2001 and President of Client Services and Chief Administrative Officer of MLIC from May 1999 to June 2001. He was Senior Executive Vice President, Head of Client Services, of MLIC from March 1999 to May 1999, Senior Executive Vice President, Individual, from February 1998 to March 1999, Executive Vice President, Individual Business, from July 1996 to February 1998, Senior Vice President from October 1995 to July 1996 and President and Chief Executive Officer of its Canadian Operations from July 1993 to October 1995. Mr. Toppeta is a director of American Life Insurance Company.
 
William J. Wheeler, age 49, has been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of MetLife, Inc. and MLIC since December 2003, prior to which he was a Senior Vice President of MLIC from 1997 to December 2003. Previously, he was a Senior Vice President of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette for more than five years. Mr. Wheeler is a director of MetLife Bank.
 
Trademarks
 
We have a worldwide trademark portfolio that we consider important in the marketing of our products and services, including, among others, the trademark “MetLife.” We also have the exclusive license to use the Peanuts ® characters in the area of financial services and healthcare benefit services in the U.S. and internationally under an


27


Table of Contents

advertising and premium agreement with Peanuts Worldwide, LLC until December 31, 2014. We also have a non-exclusive license to use certain Citigroup-owned trademarks in connection with the marketing, distribution or sale of life insurance and annuity products under a licensing agreement with Citigroup until June 30, 2015. Furthermore, as result of the recent Acquisition, we acquired American Life Insurance Company and its trademarks, including the “Alico” trademark. We believe that our rights in our trademarks and under our Peanuts ® characters license and our Citigroup license are well protected.
 
Available Information
 
MetLife files periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such reports, proxy statements and other information may be obtained by visiting the Public Reference Room of the SEC at its Headquarters Office, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549 or by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090 or 1-800-SEC-0330 (Office of Investor Education and Advocacy). In addition, the SEC maintains an internet website (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including MetLife, Inc.
 
MetLife makes available, free of charge, on its website (www.metlife.com) through the Investor Relations page, its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to all those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing (furnishing) such reports to the SEC. Other information found on the website is not part of this or any other report filed with or furnished to the SEC.
 
Item 1A.    Risk Factors
 
Difficult Conditions in the Global Capital Markets and the Economy Generally May Materially Adversely Affect Our Business and Results of Operations and These Conditions May Not Improve in the Near Future
 
Our business and results of operations are materially affected by conditions in the global capital markets and the economy generally, both in the U.S. and elsewhere around the world. Stressed conditions, volatility and disruptions in global capital markets or in particular markets or financial asset classes can have an adverse effect on us, in part because we have a large investment portfolio and our insurance liabilities are sensitive to changing market factors. Disruptions in one market or asset class can also spread to other markets or asset classes. Although the disruption in the global financial markets that began in late 2007 has moderated, not all global financial markets are functioning normally, and some remain reliant upon government intervention and liquidity. Upheavals in the financial markets can also affect our business through their effects on general levels of economic activity, employment and customer behavior. Although the recent recession in the U.S. ended in June of 2009, the recovery from the recession has been below historic averages and the unemployment rate is expected to remain high for some time. In addition, inflation is expected to remain at low levels for some time. Some economists believe that some level of disinflation and deflation risk remains in the U.S. economy. The global recession and disruption of the financial markets has led to concerns over capital markets access and the solvency of certain European Union member states, including Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece and Spain. The Japanese economy, to which we face increased exposure as a result of the Acquisition, continues to experience low nominal growth, a deflationary environment, and weak consumer spending.
 
Our revenues and net investment income are likely to remain under pressure in such circumstances and our profit margins could erode. Also, in the event of extreme prolonged market events, such as the recent global credit crisis, we could incur significant capital and/or operating losses. Even in the absence of a market downturn, we are exposed to substantial risk of loss due to market volatility.
 
We are a significant writer of variable annuity products. The account values of these products decrease as a result of downturns in capital markets. Decreases in account values reduce the fees generated by our variable annuity products, cause the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”) to accelerate and could increase the level of insurance liabilities we must carry to support those variable annuities issued with any associated guarantees.
 
Factors such as consumer spending, business investment, government spending, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, and inflation all affect the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and


28


Table of Contents

profitability of our business. In an economic downturn characterized by higher unemployment, lower family income, lower corporate earnings, lower business investment and lower consumer spending, the demand for our financial and insurance products could be adversely affected. Group insurance, in particular, is affected by the higher unemployment rate. In addition, we may experience an elevated incidence of claims and lapses or surrenders of policies. Our policyholders may choose to defer paying insurance premiums or stop paying insurance premiums altogether. Adverse changes in the economy could affect earnings negatively and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. The recent market turmoil has precipitated, and may continue to raise the possibility of, legislative, regulatory and governmental actions. We cannot predict whether or when such actions may occur, or what impact, if any, such actions could have on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “— Actions of the U.S. Government, Federal Reserve Bank of New York and Other Governmental and Regulatory Bodies for the Purpose of Stabilizing and Revitalizing the Financial Markets and Protecting Investors and Consumers May Not Achieve the Intended Effect or Could Adversely Affect MetLife’s Competitive Position,” “— Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth,” “— Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Heavily Regulated, and Changes in Regulation May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth” and “— Competitive Factors May Adversely Affect Our Market Share and Profitability.”
 
Adverse Capital and Credit Market Conditions May Significantly Affect Our Ability to Meet Liquidity Needs, Access to Capital and Cost of Capital
 
The capital and credit markets are sometimes subject to periods of extreme volatility and disruption. Such volatility and disruption could cause liquidity and credit capacity for certain issuers to be limited.
 
We need liquidity to pay our operating expenses, interest on our debt and dividends on our capital stock, maintain our securities lending activities and replace certain maturing liabilities. Without sufficient liquidity, we will be forced to curtail our operations, and our business will suffer. The principal sources of our liquidity are insurance premiums, annuity considerations, deposit funds, and cash flow from our investment portfolio and assets, consisting mainly of cash or assets that are readily convertible into cash. Sources of liquidity in normal markets also include short-term instruments such as funding agreements and commercial paper. Sources of capital in normal markets include long-term instruments, medium- and long-term debt, junior subordinated debt securities, capital securities and equity securities.
 
In the event market or other conditions have an adverse impact on our capital and liquidity beyond expectations and our current resources do not satisfy our needs, we may have to seek additional financing. The availability of additional financing will depend on a variety of factors such as market conditions, regulatory considerations, the general availability of credit, the volume of trading activities, the overall availability of credit to the financial services industry, our credit ratings and credit capacity, as well as the possibility that customers or lenders could develop a negative perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects if we incur large investment losses or if the level of our business activity decreases due to a market downturn. Similarly, our access to funds may be impaired if regulatory authorities or rating agencies take negative actions against us. Our internal sources of liquidity may prove to be insufficient and, in such case, we may not be able to successfully obtain additional financing on favorable terms, or at all.
 
Our liquidity requirements may change if, among other things, we are required to return significant amounts of cash collateral on short notice under securities lending agreements.
 
Disruptions, uncertainty or volatility in the capital and credit markets may also limit our access to capital required to operate our business, most significantly our insurance operations. Such market conditions may limit our ability to replace, in a timely manner, maturing liabilities; satisfy regulatory capital requirements (under both insurance and banking laws); and access the capital necessary to grow our business. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Financial Holding Company Regulation” for information relating to the possible impact of Basel II and Basel III on the Company. As such, we may be forced to delay raising capital, issue different types of securities than we would otherwise, less effectively deploy such capital, issue shorter tenor securities than we prefer, or bear an unattractive cost of capital which could decrease our profitability and significantly reduce our financial flexibility. Our results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and statutory capital position could be materially adversely affected by disruptions in the financial markets.


29


Table of Contents

Actions of the U.S. Government, Federal Reserve Bank of New York and Other Governmental and Regulatory Bodies for the Purpose of Stabilizing and Revitalizing the Financial Markets and Protecting Investors and Consumers May Not Achieve the Intended Effect or Could Adversely Affect MetLife’s Competitive Position
 
In recent years, Congress, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, the FDIC, the U.S. Treasury and other agencies of the U.S. federal government took a number of increasingly aggressive actions (in addition to continuing a series of interest rate reductions that began in the second half of 2007) intended to provide liquidity to financial institutions and markets, to avert a loss of investor confidence in particular troubled institutions, to prevent or contain the spread of the financial crisis and to spur economic growth. Most of these programs have largely run their course or been discontinued. More likely to be relevant to MetLife, Inc. is the monetary policy implemented by the Federal Reserve Board, as well as Dodd-Frank, which will significantly change financial regulation in the U.S. in a number of areas that could affect MetLife. Given the large number of provisions that must be implemented through regulatory action, we cannot predict what impact this could have on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
It is not certain what effect the enactment of Dodd-Frank will have on the financial markets, the availability of credit, asset prices and MetLife’s operations. See “— Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth.” In addition, the U.S. federal government (including the FDIC) and private lenders have instituted programs to reduce the monthly payment obligations of mortgagors and/or reduce the principal payable on residential mortgage loans. As a result of such programs or of any legislation requiring loan modifications, we may need to maintain or increase our engagement in similar activities in order to comply with program or statutory requirements and to remain competitive. We cannot predict whether the funds made available by the U.S. federal government and its agencies will be enough to continue stabilizing or to further revive the financial markets or, if additional amounts are necessary, whether the Federal Reserve Board will make funds available, whether Congress will be willing to make the necessary appropriations, what the public’s sentiment would be towards any such appropriations, or what additional requirements or conditions might be imposed on the use of any such additional funds.
 
The choices made by the U.S. Treasury, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC in their distribution of funds under EESA and any future asset purchase programs, as well as any decisions made regarding the imposition of additional regulation on large financial institutions may have, over time, the effect of supporting or burdening some aspects of the financial services industry more than others. Some of our competitors have received, or may in the future receive, benefits under one or more of the federal government’s programs. This could adversely affect our competitive position. See “— Competitive Factors May Adversely Affect Our Market Share and Profitability.” See also “— New and Impending Compensation and Corporate Governance Regulations Could Hinder or Prevent Us From Attracting and Retaining Management and Other Employees with the Talent and Experience to Manage and Conduct Our Business Effectively” and “— Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Heavily Regulated, and Changes in Regulation May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”
 
Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Heavily Regulated, and Changes in Regulation May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth
 
Our insurance operations are subject to a wide variety of insurance and other laws and regulations. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Insurance Regulation.” State insurance laws regulate most aspects of our U.S. insurance businesses, and our insurance subsidiaries are regulated by the insurance departments of the states in which they are domiciled and the states in which they are licensed. Our non-U.S. insurance operations are principally regulated by insurance regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which they are domiciled or operate. See “Business — International Regulation.”
 
State laws in the U.S. grant insurance regulatory authorities broad administrative powers with respect to, among other things:
 
  •  licensing companies and agents to transact business;
 
  •  calculating the value of assets to determine compliance with statutory requirements;
 
  •  mandating certain insurance benefits;


30


Table of Contents

 
  •  regulating certain premium rates;
 
  •  reviewing and approving policy forms;
 
  •  regulating unfair trade and claims practices, including through the imposition of restrictions on marketing and sales practices, distribution arrangements and payment of inducements;
 
  •  regulating advertising;
 
  •  protecting privacy;
 
  •  establishing statutory capital and reserve requirements and solvency standards;
 
  •  fixing maximum interest rates on insurance policy loans and minimum rates for guaranteed crediting rates on life insurance policies and annuity contracts;
 
  •  approving changes in control of insurance companies;
 
  •  restricting the payment of dividends and other transactions between affiliates; and
 
  •  regulating the types, amounts and valuation of investments.
 
State insurance guaranty associations have the right to assess insurance companies doing business in their state for funds to help pay the obligations of insolvent insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. Because the amount and timing of an assessment is beyond our control, the liabilities that we have currently established for these potential liabilities may not be adequate. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Insurance Regulation — Guaranty Associations and Similar Arrangements.”
 
State insurance regulators and the NAIC regularly reexamine existing laws and regulations applicable to insurance companies and their products. Changes in these laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, are often made for the benefit of the consumer at the expense of the insurer and, thus, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Currently, the U.S. federal government does not directly regulate the business of insurance. However, Dodd-Frank allows federal regulators to compel state insurance regulators to liquidate an insolvent insurer under some circumstances if the state regulators have not acted within a specific period. It also establishes the Federal Insurance Office which has the authority to participate in the negotiations of international insurance agreements with foreign regulators for the U.S. The Federal Insurance Office also is authorized to collect information about the insurance industry and recommend prudential standards.
 
Federal legislation and administrative policies in several areas can significantly and adversely affect insurance companies. These areas include financial services regulation, securities regulation, pension regulation, health care regulation, privacy, tort reform legislation and taxation. In addition, various forms of direct and indirect federal regulation of insurance have been proposed from time to time, including proposals for the establishment of an optional federal charter for insurance companies. Other aspects of our insurance operations could also be affected by Dodd-Frank. For example, Dodd-Frank imposes new restrictions on the ability of affiliates of insured depository institutions (such as MetLife Bank) to engage in proprietary trading or sponsor or invest in hedge funds or private equity funds. See “— Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”
 
As a federally chartered national association, MetLife Bank is subject to a wide variety of banking laws, regulations and guidelines. Federal banking laws regulate most aspects of the business of MetLife Bank, but certain state laws may apply as well. MetLife Bank is principally regulated by the OCC, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC.
 
Federal banking laws and regulations address various aspects of MetLife Bank’s business and operations with respect to, among other things:
 
  •  chartering to carry on business as a bank;
 
  •  the permissibility of certain activities;
 
  •  maintaining minimum capital ratios;


31


Table of Contents

 
  •  capital management in relation to the bank’s assets;
 
  •  dividend payments;
 
  •  safety and soundness standards;
 
  •  loan loss and other related liabilities;
 
  •  liquidity;
 
  •  financial reporting and disclosure standards;
 
  •  counterparty credit concentration;
 
  •  restrictions on related party and affiliate transactions;
 
  •  lending limits (and, in addition, Dodd-Frank includes the credit exposures arising from securities lending by MetLife Bank within lending limits otherwise applicable to loans);
 
  •  payment of interest;
 
  •  unfair or deceptive acts or practices;
 
  •  privacy; and
 
  •  bank holding company and bank change of control.
 
Federal and state banking regulators regularly re-examine existing laws and regulations applicable to banks and their products. Changes in these laws and regulations, or in interpretations thereof, are often made for the benefit of the consumer at the expense of the bank and, thus, could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and results of operations of MetLife Bank.
 
In addition, Dodd-Frank establishes a new Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection that supervises and regulates institutions providing certain financial products and services to consumers. Although the consumer financial services to which this legislation applies exclude insurance business of the kind in which we engage, the new Bureau has authority to regulate consumer services provided by MetLife Bank and non-insurance consumer services provided elsewhere throughout MetLife. Dodd-Frank established a statutory standard for Federal pre-emption of state consumer financial protection laws, which standard will require national banks to comply with many state consumer financial protection laws that previously were considered preempted by Federal law. As a result, the regulatory and compliance burden on MetLife Bank may increase and could adversely affect its business and results of operations. Dodd-Frank also includes provisions on mortgage lending, anti-predatory lending and other regulatory and supervisory provisions that could impact the business and operations of MetLife Bank.
 
Dodd-Frank also authorizes the SEC to establish a standard of conduct applicable to brokers and dealers when providing personalized investment advice to retail and other customers. This standard of conduct would be to act in the best interest of the customer without regard to the financial or other interest of the broker or dealer providing the advice. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Banking Regulation” and “— Changes in U.S. Federal and State Securities Laws and Regulations, and State Insurance Regulations Regarding Suitability of Annuity Product Sales, May Affect Our Operations and Our Profitability.”
 
In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published Basel III for banks and bank holding companies, such as MetLife, Inc. Assuming regulators in the U.S. endorse and adopt Basel III, it will require banks and bank holding companies to hold greater amounts of capital, to comply with requirements for short-term liquidity and to reduce reliance on short-term funding sources. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Financial Holding Company Regulation — Capital” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Industry Trends — Financial and Economic Environment.” It is not clear how these new requirements will compare to the enhanced prudential standards that may apply to us under Dodd-Frank. See “— Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”


32


Table of Contents

As a bank holding company, MetLife, Inc.’s ability to pay dividends may be restricted by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. In addition, the ability of MetLife Bank and MetLife, Inc. to pay dividends could be restricted by any additional capital requirements that might be imposed as a result of the enactment of Dodd-Frank and/or the endorsement and adoption by the U.S. of Basel III.
 
The FDIC has the right to assess FDIC-insured banks for funds to help pay the obligations of insolvent banks to depositors. Because the amount and timing of an assessment is beyond our control, the liabilities that we have currently established for these potential liabilities may not be adequate. In addition, Dodd-Frank will result in increased assessment for banks with assets of $10.0 billion or more, which includes MetLife Bank.
 
Our international operations are subject to regulation in the jurisdictions in which they operate, as described further under “Business — International Regulation.” A significant portion of our revenues are generated through operations in foreign jurisdictions, including many countries in early stages of economic and political development. Our international operations may be materially adversely affected by foreign authorities and regulators, such as through nationalization or expropriation of assets, the imposition of limits on foreign ownership, changes in laws or their interpretation or application, political instability, dividend limitations, price controls, currency exchange controls or other restrictions that prevent us from transferring funds from these operations out of the countries in which they operate or converting local currencies we hold to U.S. dollars or other currencies, as well as adverse actions by foreign governmental authorities and regulators. This may also impact many of our customers and independent sales intermediaries. Changes in the regulations that affect their operations also may affect our business relationships with them and their ability to purchase or distribute our products. Accordingly, these changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our international operations are subject to local laws and regulations, and we expect the scope and extent of regulation outside of the U.S., as well as regulatory oversight, generally to continue to increase. The authority of our international operations to conduct business is subject to licensing requirements, permits and approvals, and these authorizations are subject to modification and revocation. The regulatory environment in the countries in which we operate and changes in laws could have a material adverse effect on us and our foreign operations. See “— Our International Operations Face Political, Legal, Operational and Other Risks, Including Exposure to Local and Regional Economic Conditions, that Could Negatively Affect Those Operations or Our Profitability” and “Business — International Regulation.”
 
Furthermore, the increase in our international operations as a result of the acquisition of ALICO may also subject us to increased supervision by the Federal Reserve Board, since the size of a bank holding company’s foreign activities is taken as an indication of the holding company’s complexity. It may also have an effect on the manner in which MetLife, Inc. is required to calculate its RBC.
 
Compliance with applicable laws and regulations is time consuming and personnel-intensive, and changes in these laws and regulations may materially increase our direct and indirect compliance and other expenses of doing business, thus having a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
From time to time, regulators raise issues during examinations or audits of MetLife, Inc.’s regulated subsidiaries that could, if determined adversely, have a material impact on us. We cannot predict whether or when regulatory actions may be taken that could adversely affect our operations. In addition, the interpretations of regulations by regulators may change and statutes may be enacted with retroactive impact, particularly in areas such as accounting or statutory reserve requirements.
 
We are also subject to other regulations and may in the future become subject to additional regulations. See “Business — U.S. Regulation” and “Business — International Regulation.”


33


Table of Contents

Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth
 
On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed Dodd-Frank. Various provisions of Dodd-Frank could affect our business operations and our profitability and limit our growth. For example:
 
  •  As a large, interconnected bank holding company with assets of $50 billion or more, or possibly as an otherwise systemically important financial company, MetLife, Inc. will be subject to enhanced prudential standards imposed on systemically significant financial companies. Enhanced standards will be applied to RBC, liquidity, leverage (unless another, similar, standard is appropriate), resolution plan and credit exposure reporting, concentration limits, and risk management. Off-balance sheet activities are required to be accounted for in meeting capital requirements. In addition, if it were determined that MetLife posed a substantial threat to U.S. financial stability, the applicable federal regulators would have the right to require it to take one or more other mitigating actions to reduce that risk, including limiting its ability to merge with or acquire another company, terminating activities, restricting its ability to offer financial products or requiring it to sell assets or off-balance sheet items to unaffiliated entities. Enhanced standards would also permit, but not require, regulators to establish requirements with respect to contingent capital, enhanced public disclosures and short-term debt limits. These standards are described as being more stringent than those otherwise imposed on bank holding companies; however, the Federal Reserve Board is permitted to apply them on an institution-by-institution basis, depending on its determination of the institution’s riskiness. In addition, under Dodd-Frank, all bank holding companies that have elected to be treated as financial holding companies, such as MetLife, Inc. will be required to be “well capitalized” and “well managed” as defined by the Federal Reserve Board, on a consolidated basis and not just at their depository institution(s), a higher standard than was applicable to financial holding companies before Dodd-Frank.
 
  •  MetLife, Inc., as a bank holding company, will have to meet minimum leverage ratio and RBC requirements on a consolidated basis to be established by the Federal Reserve Board that are not less than those applicable to insured depository institutions under so-called prompt corrective action regulations as in effect on the date of the enactment of Dodd-Frank. One consequence of these new rules will ultimately be the inability of bank holding companies to include trust-preferred securities as part of their Tier 1 capital. Because of the phase-in period for these new rules, they should have little practical effect on MetLife’s ability to treat its currently outstanding trust-preferred securities as part of its Tier 1 capital, but they do prevent MetLife, Inc. from treating the common equity units issued as part of the consideration for the Acquisition as Tier I capital, since the new rules apply immediately to instruments issued after May 19, 2010.
 
  •  Under the provisions of Dodd-Frank relating to the resolution or liquidation of certain types of financial institutions, including bank holding companies, if MetLife, Inc. were to become insolvent or were in danger of defaulting on its obligations, it could be compelled to undergo liquidation with the FDIC as receiver. For this new regime to be applicable, a number of determinations would have to be made, including that a default by the affected company would have serious adverse effects on financial stability in the U.S. If the FDIC were to be appointed as the receiver for such a company, the liquidation of that company would occur under the provisions of the new liquidation authority, and not under the Bankruptcy Code. In such a liquidation, the holders of such company’s debt could in certain a respects be treated differently than under the Bankruptcy Code. In particular, unsecured creditors and shareholders are intended to bear the losses of the company being liquidated. The FDIC is authorized to establish rules for the priority of creditors’ claims and, under certain circumstances, to treat similarly situated creditors differently. These provisions could apply to some financial institutions whose outstanding debt securities we hold in our investment portfolios. Dodd-Frank also provides for the assessment of bank holding companies with assets of $50.0 billion or more, non-bank financial companies supervised by the Federal Reserve Bank, and other financial companies with assets of $50.0 billion or more to cover the costs of liquidating any financial company subject to the new liquidation authority. Although it is not possible to assess the full impact of the liquidation authority at this time, it could affect the funding costs of large bank holding companies or financial companies that might be viewed as systemically significant. It could also lead to an increase in secured financings.
 
  •  Dodd-Frank also includes a new framework of regulation of the OTC derivatives markets which will require clearing of certain types of transactions currently traded OTC and could potentially impose additional costs,


34


Table of Contents

  including new capital, reporting and margin requirements and additional regulation on the Company. Increased margin requirements on MetLife, Inc.’s part and a smaller universe of securities that will qualify as eligible collateral could reduce its liquidity and require an increase in its holdings of cash and government securities with lower yields causing a reduction in income. However, increased margin requirements and the expanded ability to transfer trades between MetLife, Inc.’s counterparties could reduce MetLife, Inc.’s exposure to its counterparties’ default. MetLife, Inc. uses derivatives to mitigate a wide range of risks in connection with its businesses, including the impact of increased benefit exposures from our annuity products that offer guaranteed benefits. The derivative clearing requirements of Dodd-Frank could increase the cost of our risk mitigation and expose us to the risk of a default by a clearinghouse or one of its members. In addition, we are subject to the risk that hedging and other management procedures prove ineffective in reducing the risks to which insurance policies expose us or that unanticipated policyholder behavior or mortality, combined with adverse market events, produces economic losses beyond the scope of the risk management techniques employed. Any such losses could be increased by any higher costs of writing derivatives (including customized derivatives) that might result from the enactment of Dodd-Frank.
 
  •  Dodd-Frank restricts the ability of insured depository institutions and of companies, such as MetLife, Inc., that control an insured depository institution and their affiliates, to engage in proprietary trading and to sponsor or invest in funds (hedge funds and private equity funds) that rely on certain exemptions from the Investment Company Act. Dodd-Frank provides an exemption for investment activity by a regulated insurance company or its affiliate solely for the general account of such insurance company if such activity is in compliance with the insurance company investments laws of the state or jurisdiction in which such company is domiciled and the appropriate Federal regulators after consultation with relevant insurance commissioners have not jointly determined such laws to be insufficient to protect the safety and soundness of the institution or the financial stability of the U.S. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the appropriate Federal regulatory authorities are permitted under the legislation to impose, as part of rulemaking, additional capital requirements and other restrictions on any exempted activity. Dodd-Frank provides for a period of study and rule making during which the effects of the statutory language may be clarified. Among other considerations, the study is to assess and include recommendations so as to appropriately accommodate the business of insurance within an insurance company subject to regulation in accordance with relevant insurance company investments laws. While these provisions of Dodd-Frank are supposed to accommodate the business of insurance, until the related study and rulemaking are complete, it is unclear whether MetLife, Inc. may have to alter any of its future investment activities to comply.
 
  •  Until various studies are completed and final regulations are promulgated pursuant to Dodd-Frank, the full impact of Dodd-Frank on the investments and investment activities and insurance and annuity products of MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries remains unclear. For example, besides directly limiting our future investment activities, Dodd-Frank could potentially negatively impact the market for, the returns from, or liquidity in, primary and secondary investments in private equity funds and hedge funds that are connected to (either through a fund sponsorship or investor relationship) an insured depository institution. The number of sponsors of such funds going forward may diminish, which may impact our available fund investment opportunities. Although Dodd-Frank provides for various transition periods for coming into compliance, fund sponsors that are subject to Dodd-Frank, and whose funds we have invested in, may have to spin off their funds business or reduce their ownership stakes in their funds, thereby potentially impacting our related investments in such funds. In addition, should such funds be required or choose to liquidate or sell their underlying assets, the market value and liquidity of such assets or the broader related asset classes could negatively be affected, including securities and real estate assets that MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries hold or may plan to sell. Secondary sales of fund interests at significant discounts by banking institutions and their affiliates, which are not fund sponsors but nevertheless are subject to the divestment requirements of Dodd-Frank, could reduce the returns realized by investors such as MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries seeking to access liquidity by selling their fund interests. In addition, our existing derivatives counterparties and the financial institutions subject to Dodd-Frank in which we have invested also could be negatively impacted by Dodd-Frank. See also “— New and Impending Compensation and Corporate Governance Regulations Could Hinder or Prevent Us From Attracting and Retaining Management and Other Employees with the Talent and Experience to Manage and Conduct Our Business Effectively.”


35


Table of Contents

 
  •  In addition, Dodd-Frank statutorily imposes the requirement that MetLife, Inc. serve as a source of strength for MetLife Bank.
 
The addition of a new regulatory regime over MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries, the likelihood of additional regulations, and the other changes discussed above could require changes to MetLife, Inc.’s operations. Whether such changes would affect our competitiveness in comparison to other institutions is uncertain, since it is possible that at least some of our competitors, for example insurance holding companies that control thrifts, rather than banks, will be similarly affected. Competitive effects are possible, however, if MetLife, Inc. were required to pay any new or increased assessments and capital requirements are imposed, and to the extent any new prudential supervisory standards are imposed on MetLife, Inc. but not on its competitors. We cannot predict whether other proposals will be adopted, or what impact, if any, the adoption of Dodd-Frank or other proposals and the resulting studies and regulations could have on our business, financial condition or results of operations or on our dealings with other financial companies. See also “— Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses are Heavily Regulated, and Changes in Regulation May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth” and “— New and Impending Compensation and Corporate Governance Regulations Could Hinder or Prevent Us From Attracting and Retaining Management and Other Employees with the Talent and Experience to Manage and Conduct Our Business Effectively.”
 
Moreover, Dodd-Frank potentially affects such a wide range of the activities and markets in which MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries engage and participate that it may not be possible to anticipate all of the ways in which it could affect us. For example, many of our methods for managing risk and exposures are based upon the use of observed historical market behavior or statistics based on historical models. Historical market behavior may be altered by the enactment of Dodd-Frank. As a result of this enactment and otherwise, these methods may not fully predict future exposures, which could be significantly greater than our historical measures indicate.
 
The Resolution of Several Issues Affecting the Financial Services Industry Could Have a Negative Impact on Our Reported Results or on Our Relations with Current and Potential Customers
 
We will continue to be subject to legal and regulatory actions in the ordinary course of our business, both in the U.S. and internationally. This could result in a review of business sold in the past under previously acceptable market practices at the time. Regulators are increasingly interested in the approach that product providers use to select third-party distributors and to monitor the appropriateness of sales made by them. In some cases, product providers can be held responsible for the deficiencies of third-party distributors.
 
As a result of publicity relating to widespread perceptions of industry abuses, there have been numerous regulatory inquiries and proposals for legislative and regulatory reforms.
 
In Asia, where MetLife derives and will continue to derive a significant portion of its income, regulatory regimes are developing at different speeds, driven by a combination of global factors and local considerations. New requirements may be introduced that are retrospectively applied to sales made prior to their introduction.
 
We Are Exposed to Significant Financial and Capital Markets Risk Which May Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations, Financial Condition and Liquidity, and May Cause Our Net Investment Income to Vary from Period to Period
 
We are exposed to significant financial and capital markets risk, including changes in interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, real estate markets, foreign currency exchange rates, market volatility, the performance of the global economy in general, the performance of the specific obligors, including governments, included in our portfolio and other factors outside our control.
 
Our exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to the market price and cash flow variability associated with changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates will impact the net unrealized gain or loss position of our fixed income investment portfolio. If long-term interest rates rise dramatically within a six to twelve month time period, certain of our life insurance businesses and fixed annuity business may be exposed to disintermediation risk. Disintermediation risk refers to the risk that our policyholders may surrender their contracts in a rising interest rate environment, requiring us to liquidate fixed income investments in an unrealized loss position. Due to the long-term


36


Table of Contents

nature of the liabilities associated with certain of our life insurance businesses, guaranteed benefits on variable annuities, and structured settlements, sustained declines in long-term interest rates may subject us to reinvestment risks and increased hedging costs. In other situations, declines in interest rates may result in increasing the duration of certain life insurance liabilities, creating asset-liability duration mismatches.
 
Our investment portfolio also contains interest rate sensitive instruments, such as fixed income securities, which may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates from governmental monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control. Changes in interest rates will impact both the net unrealized gain or loss position of our fixed income portfolio and the rates of return we receive on funds invested. Our mitigation efforts with respect to interest rate risk are primarily focused towards maintaining an investment portfolio with diversified maturities that has a weighted average duration that is approximately equal to the duration of our estimated liability cash flow profile. However, our estimate of the liability cash flow profile may be inaccurate and we may be forced to liquidate fixed income investments prior to maturity at a loss in order to cover the cash flow profile of the liability. Although we take measures to manage the economic risks of investing in a changing interest rate environment, we may not be able to mitigate the interest rate risk of our fixed income investments relative to our liabilities. See also “— Changes in Market Interest Rates May Significantly Affect Our Profitability.”
 
Our exposure to credit spreads primarily relates to market price volatility and cash flow variability associated with changes in credit spreads. A widening of credit spreads will adversely impact both the net unrealized gain or loss position of the fixed-income investment portfolio, will increase losses associated with credit-based non-qualifying derivatives where we assume credit exposure, and, if issuer credit spreads increase significantly or for an extended period of time, will likely result in higher other-than-temporary impairments. Credit spread tightening will reduce net investment income associated with new purchases of fixed maturity securities. In addition, market volatility can make it difficult to value certain of our securities if trading becomes less frequent. As such, valuations may include assumptions or estimates that may have significant period to period changes which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. Credit spreads on both corporate and structured securities widened significantly during 2008, resulting in continuing depressed pricing. As a result of improved conditions, credit spreads narrowed in 2009 and changed to a lesser extent in 2010. If there is a resumption of significant volatility in the markets, it could cause changes in credit spreads and defaults and a lack of pricing transparency which, individually or in tandem, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or cash flows through realized investment losses, impairments, and changes in unrealized loss positions.
 
Our primary exposure to equity risk relates to the potential for lower earnings associated with certain of our insurance businesses where fee income is earned based upon the estimated fair value of the assets under management. Downturns and volatility in equity markets can have a material adverse effect on the revenues and investment returns from our savings and investment products and services. Because these products and services generate fees related primarily to the value of assets under management, a decline in the equity markets could reduce our revenues from the reduction in the value of the investments we manage. The retail variable annuity business in particular is highly sensitive to equity markets, and a sustained weakness in the equity markets could decrease revenues and earnings in variable annuity products. Furthermore, certain of our variable annuity products offer guaranteed benefits which increase our potential benefit exposure should equity markets decline. MetLife, Inc. uses derivatives and reinsurance to mitigate the impact of such increased potential benefit exposures. We are also exposed to interest rate and equity risk based upon the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return assumptions associated with our pension and other postretirement benefit obligations. Sustained declines in long-term interest rates or equity returns likely would have a negative effect on the funded status of these plans. Lastly, we invest a portion of our investments in public and private equity securities, leveraged buy-out funds, hedge funds and other private equity funds and the estimated fair value of such investments may be impacted by downturns or volatility in equity markets.
 
Our primary exposure to real estate risk relates to commercial and agricultural real estate. Our exposure to commercial and agricultural real estate risk stems from various factors. These factors include, but are not limited to, market conditions including the demand and supply of leasable commercial space, creditworthiness of tenants and partners, capital markets volatility and the inherent interest rate movement. In addition, our real estate joint venture development program is subject to risks, including, but not limited to, reduced property sales and decreased availability of financing which could adversely impact the joint venture developments and/or operations. The state of the economy


37


Table of Contents

and speed of recovery in fundamental and capital market conditions in the commercial and agricultural real estate sectors will continue to influence the performance of our investments in these sectors. These factors and others beyond our control could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or cash flows through net investment income, realized investment losses and levels of valuation allowances.
 
Our investment portfolio contains investments in government bonds issued by European nations. Recently, the European Union member states have experienced above average public debt, inflation and unemployment as the global economic downturn has developed. A number of member states are significantly impacted by the economies of their more influential neighbors, such as Germany. In addition, financial troubles of one nation can trigger a domino effect on others. In particular, a number of large European banks hold significant amounts of sovereign financial institution debt of other European nations and could experience difficulties as a result of defaults or declines in the value of such debt. Our investment portfolio also contains investments in revenue bonds issued under the auspices of U.S. states and municipalities and a limited amount of general obligation bonds of U.S. states and municipalities (collectively, “Municipal Bonds”). Recently, certain U.S. states and municipalities have faced budget deficits and financial difficulties. There can be no assurance that the financial difficulties of such U.S. states and municipalities would not have an adverse impact on our Municipal Bond portfolio.
 
Our primary foreign currency exchange risks are described under “— Fluctuations in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates Could Negatively Affect Our Profitability.” Changes in these factors, which are significant risks to us, can affect our net investment income in any period, and such changes can be substantial.
 
A portion of our investments are made in leveraged buy-out funds, hedge funds and other private equity funds, many of which make private equity investments. The amount and timing of net investment income from such investment funds tends to be uneven as a result of the performance of the underlying investments, including private equity investments. The timing of distributions from the funds, which depends on particular events relating to the underlying investments, as well as the funds’ schedules for making distributions and their needs for cash, can be difficult to predict. As a result, the amount of net investment income that we record from these investments can vary substantially from quarter to quarter. Recovering private equity markets and stabilizing credit and real estate markets during 2010 had a positive impact on returns and net investment income on private equity funds, hedge funds and real estate joint ventures, which are included within other limited partnership interests and real estate and real estate joint venture portfolios. Although volatility in most global financial markets has moderated, if there is a resumption of significant volatility, it could adversely impact returns and net investment income on these alternative investment classes.
 
Continuing challenges include continued weakness in the U.S. real estate market and increased residential mortgage loan and other consumer loan delinquencies, investor anxiety over the U.S. and European economies, rating agency downgrades of various structured products and financial issuers, unresolved issues with structured investment vehicles and monoline financial guarantee insurers, deleveraging of financial institutions and hedge funds and the continuing recovery in the inter-bank market. If there is a resumption of significant volatility in the markets, it could cause changes in interest rates, declines in equity prices, and the strengthening or weakening of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar which, individually or in tandem, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or cash flows through realized investment losses, impairments, increased valuation allowances and changes in unrealized gain or loss positions.
 
Changes in Market Interest Rates May Significantly Affect Our Profitability
 
Some of our products, principally traditional whole life insurance, fixed annuities and guaranteed interest contracts, expose us to the risk that changes in interest rates will reduce our investment margin or “spread,” or the difference between the amounts that we are required to pay under the contracts in our general account and the rate of return we are able to earn on general account investments intended to support obligations under the contracts. Our spread is a key component of our net income.
 
As interest rates decrease or remain at low levels, we may be forced to reinvest proceeds from investments that have matured or have been prepaid or sold at lower yields, reducing our investment margin. Moreover, borrowers may prepay or redeem the fixed income securities, commercial or agricultural mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities in our investment portfolio with greater frequency in order to borrow at lower market rates, which exacerbates this risk.


38


Table of Contents

Lowering interest crediting rates can help offset decreases in investment margins on some products. However, our ability to lower these rates could be limited by competition or contractually guaranteed minimum rates and may not match the timing or magnitude of changes in asset yields. As a result, our spread could decrease or potentially become negative. Our expectation for future spreads is an important component in the amortization of DAC and value of business acquired (“VOBA”), and significantly lower spreads may cause us to accelerate amortization, thereby reducing net income in the affected reporting period. In addition, during periods of declining interest rates, life insurance and annuity products may be relatively more attractive investments to consumers, resulting in increased premium payments on products with flexible premium features, repayment of policy loans and increased persistency, or a higher percentage of insurance policies remaining in force from year to year, during a period when our new investments carry lower returns. A decline in market interest rates could also reduce our return on investments that do not support particular policy obligations. Accordingly, declining interest rates may materially affect our results of operations, financial position and cash flows and significantly reduce our profitability. We recognize that a low interest rate environment will adversely affect our earnings, but we do not believe any such impact will be material in 2011.
 
The sufficiency of our life insurance statutory reserves in Taiwan is highly sensitive to interest rates and other related assumptions. This is due to the sustained low interest rate environment in Taiwan coupled with long-term interest rate guarantees of approximately 6% embedded in the life and health contracts sold prior to 2003 and the lack of availability of long-duration investments in the Taiwanese capital markets to match such long-duration liabilities. The key assumptions include current Taiwan government bond yield rates increasing approximately 1% from current levels over the next ten years, lapse rates, mortality and morbidity levels remaining consistent with recent experience, and U.S. dollar-denominated investments making up to 35% of total assets backing life insurance statutory reserves. Current reserve adequacy analysis shows that provisions are adequate; however, adverse changes in key assumptions for interest rates, lapse experience and mortality and morbidity levels could lead to a need to strengthen reserves.
 
Increases in market interest rates could also negatively affect our profitability. In periods of rapidly increasing interest rates, we may not be able to replace, in a timely manner, the investments in MetLife’s general account with higher yielding investments needed to fund the higher crediting rates necessary to keep interest sensitive products competitive. We, therefore, may have to accept a lower spread and, thus, lower profitability or face a decline in sales and greater loss of existing contracts and related assets. In addition, policy loans, surrenders and withdrawals may tend to increase as policyholders seek investments with higher perceived returns as interest rates rise. This process may result in cash outflows requiring that we sell investments at a time when the prices of those investments are adversely affected by the increase in market interest rates, which may result in realized investment losses. Unanticipated withdrawals and terminations may cause us to accelerate the amortization of DAC, VOBA and negative VOBA, which reduces net income. An increase in market interest rates could also have a material adverse effect on the value of our investment portfolio, for example, by decreasing the estimated fair values of the fixed income securities that comprise a substantial portion of our investment portfolio. Lastly, an increase in interest rates could result in decreased fee income associated with a decline in the value of variable annuity account balances invested in fixed income funds.
 
Some of Our Investments Are Relatively Illiquid and Are in Asset Classes That Have Been Experiencing Significant Market Valuation Fluctuations
 
We hold certain investments that may lack liquidity, such as privately-placed fixed maturity securities; mortgage loans; policy loans and leveraged leases; equity real estate, including real estate joint ventures and funds; and other limited partnership interests. These asset classes represented 26.6% of the carrying value of our total cash and investments at December 31, 2010. In recent years, even some of our very high quality investments experienced reduced liquidity during periods of market volatility or disruption. If we require significant amounts of cash on short notice in excess of normal cash requirements or are required to post or return cash collateral in connection with our investment portfolio, derivatives transactions or securities lending program, we may have difficulty selling these investments in a timely manner, be forced to sell them for less than we otherwise would have been able to realize, or both. The reported value of our relatively illiquid types of investments, our investments in the asset classes described above and, at times, our high quality, generally liquid asset classes, do not necessarily reflect the lowest current market price for the asset. If we were forced to sell certain of our investments in the global market, there can be no assurance that we will be able to sell them for the prices at which we have recorded them and we could be forced to sell them at significantly lower prices.


39


Table of Contents

Our Participation in a Securities Lending Program Subjects Us to Potential Liquidity and Other Risks
 
We participate in a securities lending program whereby blocks of securities, which are included in fixed maturity securities and short-term investments, are loaned to third parties, primarily brokerage firms and commercial banks. We generally obtain collateral in an amount equal to 102% of the estimated fair value of the loaned securities, which is obtained at the inception of a loan and maintained at a level greater than or equal to 100% for the duration of the loan. Returns of loaned securities by the third parties would require us to return the collateral associated with such loaned securities. In addition, in some cases, the maturity of the securities held as invested collateral (i.e., securities that we have purchased with cash collateral received from the third parties) may exceed the term of the related securities on loan and the estimated fair value may fall below the amount of cash received as collateral and invested. If we are required to return significant amounts of cash collateral on short notice and we are forced to sell securities to meet the return obligation, we may have difficulty selling such collateral that is invested in securities in a timely manner, be forced to sell securities in a volatile or illiquid market for less than we otherwise would have been able to realize under normal market conditions, or both. In addition, under stressful capital market and economic conditions, liquidity broadly deteriorates, which may further restrict our ability to sell securities. If we decrease the amount of our securities lending activities over time, the amount of net investment income generated by these activities will also likely decline. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Investments — Securities Lending.”
 
Our Requirements to Pledge Collateral or Make Payments Related to Declines in Estimated Fair Value of Specified Assets May Adversely Affect Our Liquidity and Expose Us to Counterparty Credit Risk
 
Some of our transactions with financial and other institutions specify the circumstances under which the parties are required to pledge collateral related to any decline in the estimated fair value of the specified assets. In addition, under the terms of some of our transactions, we may be required to make payments to our counterparties related to any decline in the estimated fair value of the specified assets. The amount of collateral we may be required to pledge and the payments we may be required to make under these agreements may increase under certain circumstances, which could adversely affect our liquidity. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Collateral Financing Arrangements” and Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Gross Unrealized Losses on Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities May Be Realized or Result in Future Impairments, Resulting in a Reduction in Our Net Income
 
Fixed maturity and equity securities classified as available-for-sale are reported at their estimated fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) and are, therefore, excluded from net income. Our gross unrealized losses on fixed maturity and equity securities available for sale at December 31, 2010 were $6.9 billion. The portion of the $6.9 billion of gross unrealized losses for fixed maturity and equity securities where the estimated fair value has declined and remained below amortized cost or cost by 20% or more for six months or greater was $2.1 billion at December 31, 2010. The accumulated change in estimated fair value of these available-for-sale securities is recognized in net income when the gain or loss is realized upon the sale of the security or in the event that the decline in estimated fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary and an impairment charge to earnings is taken. Realized losses or impairments may have a material adverse effect on our net income in a particular quarterly or annual period.
 
The Determination of the Amount of Allowances and Impairments Taken on Our Investments is Highly Subjective and Could Materially Impact Our Results of Operations or Financial Position
 
The determination of the amount of allowances and impairments varies by investment type and is based upon our periodic evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available. We update our evaluations regularly and reflect changes in allowances and impairments in net investment losses as such evaluations are revised. Additional impairments may need to be taken or allowances provided for in the future. Furthermore, historical trends may not be indicative of future impairments or allowances.


40


Table of Contents

For example, the cost of our fixed maturity and equity securities is adjusted for impairments deemed to be other-than-temporary. The assessment of whether impairments have occurred is based on our case-by-case evaluation of the underlying reasons for the decline in estimated fair value. The review of our fixed maturity and equity securities for impairments includes an analysis of the total gross unrealized losses by three categories of securities: (i) securities where the estimated fair value has declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by less than 20%; (ii) securities where the estimated fair value has declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by 20% or more for less than six months; and (iii) securities where the estimated fair value has declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by 20% or more for six months or greater.
 
Additionally, we consider a wide range of factors about the security issuer and use our best judgment in evaluating the cause of the decline in the estimated fair value of the security and in assessing the prospects for near term recovery. Inherent in our evaluation of the security are assumptions and estimates about the operations of the issuer and its future earnings potential. Considerations in the impairment evaluation process include, but are not limited to: (i) the length of time and the extent to which the estimated fair value has been below cost or amortized cost; (ii) the potential for impairments of securities when the issuer is experiencing significant financial difficulties; (iii) the potential for impairments in an entire industry sector or sub-sector; (iv) the potential for impairments in certain economically depressed geographic locations; (v) the potential for impairments of securities where the issuer, series of issuers or industry has suffered a catastrophic type of loss or has exhausted natural resources; (vi) with respect to fixed maturity securities, whether we have the intent to sell or will more likely than not be required to sell a particular security before recovery of the decline in estimated fair value below amortized cost; (vii) with respect to equity securities, whether we have the ability and intent to hold a particular security for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of its estimated fair value to an amount at least equal to its cost; (viii) unfavorable changes in forecasted cash flows on mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities (“ABS”); and (ix) other subjective factors, including concentrations and information obtained from regulators and rating agencies.
 
Defaults on Our Mortgage Loans and Volatility in Performance May Adversely Affect Our Profitability
 
Our mortgage loans face default risk and are principally collateralized by commercial, agricultural and residential properties. We establish valuation allowances for estimated impairments at the balance sheet date. Such valuation allowances are based on the excess carrying value of the loan over the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, the estimated fair value of the loan’s collateral if the loan is in the process of foreclosure or otherwise collateral dependent, or the loan’s observable market price. We also establish valuation allowances for loan losses for pools of loans with similar risk characteristics, such as property types, or loans having similar loan-to-value ratios and debt service coverage ratios, when based on past experience, it is probable that a credit event has occurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These valuation allowances are based on loan risk characteristics, historical default rates and loss severities, real estate market fundamentals and outlook as well as other relevant factors. At December 31, 2010, mortgage loans that were either delinquent or in the process of foreclosure totaled less than 0.6% of our mortgage loan investments. The performance of our mortgage loan investments, however, may fluctuate in the future. In addition, substantially all of our mortgage loans held-for-investment have balloon payment maturities. An increase in the default rate of our mortgage loan investments could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition through realized investment losses or increases in our valuation allowances.
 
Further, any geographic or sector concentration of our mortgage loans may have adverse effects on our investment portfolios and consequently on our results of operations or financial condition. While we seek to mitigate this risk by having a broadly diversified portfolio, events or developments that have a negative effect on any particular geographic region or sector may have a greater adverse effect on the investment portfolios to the extent that the portfolios are concentrated. Moreover, our ability to sell assets relating to such particular groups of related assets may be limited if other market participants are seeking to sell at the same time. In addition, legislative proposals that would allow or require modifications to the terms of mortgage loans could be enacted. We cannot predict whether these proposals will be adopted, or what impact, if any, such proposals or, if enacted, such laws, could have on our business or investments. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Investments — Mortgage Loans.”


41


Table of Contents

The Impairment of Other Financial Institutions Could Adversely Affect Us
 
We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, hedge funds and other investment funds and other institutions. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty. In addition, with respect to secured transactions, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the loan or derivative exposure due to us. We also have exposure to these financial institutions in the form of unsecured debt instruments, non-redeemable and redeemable preferred securities, derivative transactions, joint venture, hedge fund and equity investments. Further, potential action by governments and regulatory bodies in response to the financial crisis affecting the global banking system and financial markets, such as investment, nationalization, conservatorship, receivership and other intervention, whether under existing legal authority or any new authority that may be created, could negatively impact these instruments, securities, transactions and investments. There can be no assurance that any such losses or impairments to the carrying value of these investments would not materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
 
We Face Unforeseen Liabilities, Asset Impairments or Rating Actions Arising from Acquisitions, Including ALICO, and Dispositions of Businesses or Difficulties Integrating and Managing Growth of Such Businesses
 
We have engaged in dispositions and acquisitions of businesses in the past, and expect to continue to do so in the future. Acquisition and disposition activity exposes us to a number of risks.
 
There could be unforeseen liabilities or asset impairments, including goodwill impairments, that arise in connection with the businesses that we may sell or the businesses that we may acquire in the future.
 
In addition, there may be liabilities or asset impairments that we fail, or are unable, to discover in the course of performing due diligence investigations on each business that we have acquired or may acquire. Furthermore, even for obligations and liabilities that we do discover during the due diligence process, neither the valuation adjustment nor the contractual protections we negotiate may be sufficient to fully protect us from losses. For example, in connection with the acquisition of ALICO, we may be exposed to obligations and liabilities of ALICO that are not adequately covered, in amount, scope or duration, by the indemnification provisions in the Stock Purchase Agreement or reflected or reserved for in ALICO’s historical financial statements. Although we have rights to indemnification from ALICO Holdings under the Stock Purchase Agreement for certain losses, our rights are limited by survival periods for bringing claims and monetary limitations on the amount we may recover, and we cannot be certain that indemnification will be, among other things, collectible or sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully offset any loss we may suffer.
 
Furthermore, the use of our own funds as consideration in any acquisition would consume capital resources that would no longer be available for other corporate purposes. We also may not be able to raise sufficient funds to consummate an acquisition if, for example, we are unable to sell our securities or close related bridge credit facilities. Moreover, as a result of uncertainty and risks associated with potential acquisitions and dispositions of businesses, rating agencies may take certain actions with respect to the ratings assigned to MetLife, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries.
 
Our ability to achieve certain benefits we anticipate from any acquisitions of businesses will depend in large part upon our ability to successfully integrate such businesses in an efficient and effective manner. We may not be able to integrate such businesses smoothly or successfully, and the process may take longer than expected. The integration of operations and differences in operational culture may require the dedication of significant management resources, which may distract management’s attention from day-to-day business. If we are unable to successfully integrate the operations of such acquired businesses, we may be unable to realize the benefits we expect to achieve as a result of such acquisitions and our business and results of operations may be less than expected.


42


Table of Contents

The success with which we are able to integrate acquired operations, will depend on our ability to manage a variety of issues, including the following:
 
  •  Loss of key personnel or higher than expected employee attrition rates could adversely affect the performance of the acquired business and our ability to integrate it successfully.
 
  •  Customers of the acquired business may reduce, delay or defer decisions concerning their use of its products and services as a result of the acquisition or uncertainty related to the consummation of the acquisition, including, for example, potential unfamiliarity with the MetLife brand in regions where MetLife did not have a market presence prior to the acquisition.
 
  •  If the acquired business relies upon independent distributors to distribute its products, these distributors may not continue to generate the same volume of business for MetLife after the acquisition. Independent distributors may reexamine the scope of their relationship with the acquired business or MetLife as a result of the acquisition and decide to curtail or eliminate distribution of our products.
 
  •  Integrating acquired operations with our existing operations may require us to coordinate geographically separated organizations, address possible differences in corporate culture and management philosophies, merge financial processes and risk and compliance procedures, combine separate information technology platforms and integrate operations that were previously closely tied to the former parent of the acquired business or other service providers.
 
  •  In cases where we or an acquired business operates in certain markets through joint ventures, the acquisition may affect the continued success and prospects of the joint venture. Our ability to exercise management control or influence over these joint venture operations and our investment in them will depend on the continued cooperation between the joint venture participants and on the terms of the joint venture agreements, which allocate control among the joint venture participants. We may face financial or other exposure in the event that any of these joint venture partners fail to meet their obligations under the joint venture, encounter financial difficulty or elect to alter, modify or terminate the relationship.
 
  •  We may incur significant costs in connection with any acquisition and the related integration. The costs and liabilities actually incurred in connection with an acquisition and subsequent integration process may exceed those anticipated.
 
All of these challenges are present in our integration of ALICO, which we expect to extend over a substantial period.
 
The prospects of our business also may be materially and adversely affected if we are not able to manage the growth of any acquired business successfully. For example, the life insurance markets in many of the international markets in which ALICO operates have experienced significant growth in recent years. Management of ALICO’s growth to date has required significant management and operational resources and is likely to continue to do so. Future growth of our combined business will require, among other things, the continued development of adequate underwriting and claim handling capabilities and skills, sufficient capital base, increased marketing and sales activities, and the hiring and training of new personnel.
 
There can be no assurance that we will be successful in managing future growth of any acquired business, including ALICO. In particular, there may be difficulties in hiring and training sufficient numbers of customer service personnel and agents to keep pace with any future growth in the number of customers in our developing or developed markets. In addition, we may experience difficulties in upgrading, developing and expanding information technology systems quickly enough to accommodate any future growth. If we are unable to manage future growth, our prospects may be materially and adversely affected.
 
There Can Be No Assurance That the Closing Agreement American Life Entered Into With the IRS Will Achieve Its Intended Effect, or That American Life Will Be Able to Comply with the Related Agreed Upon Plan
 
On March 4, 2010, American Life entered into a closing agreement with the Commissioner of the IRS with respect to a U.S. withholding tax issue arising from payments by foreign branches of a life insurance company


43


Table of Contents

incorporated under U.S. law. IRS Revenue Ruling 2004-75, effective January 1, 2005, requires foreign branches of U.S. life insurance companies in certain circumstances to withhold U.S. income taxes on payments of taxable income made with respect to certain insurance and annuity products paid to customers resident in a foreign country. The closing agreement provides transitional relief under Section 7805(b) of the Code to American Life, such that American Life’s foreign branches will not be required to withhold U.S. income tax on the income portion of payments made pursuant to American Life’s life insurance and annuity contracts (“Covered Payments”) under IRS Revenue Ruling 2004-75 for any tax periods beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2013 (the “Deferral Period”). In accordance with the closing agreement, American Life submitted a plan to the IRS indicating the steps American Life will take (on a country by country basis) to ensure that no substantial amount of U.S. withholding tax will arise from Covered Payments made by American Life’s foreign branches to foreign customers after the Deferral Period. In addition, the closing agreement requires that such plan be updated in quarterly filings with the IRS. The closing agreement is final and binding upon American Life and the IRS; provided , however , that the agreement can be reopened in the event of malfeasance, fraud or a misrepresentation of a material fact, and is subject to change of law risk that occurs after the effective date of the closing agreement (with certain exceptions). In addition, the closing agreement provides that no legislative amendment to Section 861(a)(1)(A) of the Code shall shorten the Deferral Period, regardless of when such amendment is enacted. The plan American Life delivered to the IRS involves the transfer of businesses from certain of the foreign branches of American Life to one or more existing or newly-formed foreign affiliates of American Life; however, the plan is subject to change pursuant to the quarterly updates that American Life will provide to the IRS. An estimate of the costs to comply with the plan has been recorded in the financial statements. Also the achievement of the plan presented to the IRS within the required time frame of December 31, 2013 is contingent upon regulatory approvals and other requirements. Failure to achieve the plan in a timely manner could cause American Life to be required to withhold U.S. income taxes on the taxable portion of payments made by American Life’s foreign branches after December 31, 2013 to customers resident in a foreign country, which could put American Life at a competitive disadvantage with its competitors that sell similar products through foreign entities and could have a material adverse effect on American Life’s future revenues or expenses or both.
 
There Can Be No Assurance That Any Incremental Tax Benefit Will Result From the Currently Planned Elections Under Section 338 of the Code
 
MetLife, Inc. currently plans to make Section 338 Elections with respect to ALICO and certain of its subsidiaries, and MetLife, Inc. believes that ALICO and such subsidiaries should have additional amortizable basis in their assets for U.S. tax purposes as a result of such elections. No assurance can be given, however, as to the incremental tax benefit, if any, that will result from any such elections, if made.
 
The Issuance of Certain Equity Securities to ALICO Holdings in Connection with the Acquisition Will Have a Dilutive Impact on MetLife, Inc.’s Stockholders
 
As part of the consideration paid to ALICO Holdings pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, MetLife, Inc. issued to ALICO Holdings (A) 78,239,712 shares of its common stock, (B) 6,857,000 shares of the Series B Contingent Convertible Junior Participating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Convertible Preferred Stock”), which will be convertible into approximately 68,570,000 shares of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock (subject to anti-dilution adjustments) upon a favorable vote of MetLife, Inc.’s common stockholders, and (C) $3.0 billion aggregate stated amount of MetLife, Inc.’s common equity units, which initially consist of (x) purchase contracts obligating the holder to purchase a variable number of shares of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock on each of three specified future settlement dates (approximately two, three and four years after the closing of the Acquisition, subject to deferral under certain circumstances) for a fixed amount per purchase contract (an aggregate of $1.0 billion on each settlement date) (the “Stock Purchase Contracts”) and (y) an interest in each of three series of debt securities of MetLife, Inc. The aggregate amount of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock expected to be issued to ALICO Holdings in connection with the Acquisition (including shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock and shares of common stock issuable upon settlement of the Stock Purchase Contracts) is expected to be approximately 214,600,000 to 231,500,000 shares.


44


Table of Contents

As a result of the issuance of these securities, more shares of common stock will be outstanding and each existing stockholder will own a smaller percentage of our common stock then outstanding.
 
Subject to Certain Limitations, ALICO Holdings Will Be Able to Sell MetLife, Inc.’s Equity Securities at Any Time From and After the Date 270 Days After the Closing of the Acquisition, Which Could Cause MetLife, Inc.’s Stock Price to Decrease
 
ALICO Holdings agreed in the Investor Rights Agreement entered into in connection with the Acquisition, not to transfer any of MetLife, Inc.’s securities received pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, at any time up to the date 270 days after the closing of the Acquisition, without the consent of MetLife, Inc. However, from and after such date, ALICO Holdings will be able to transfer up to half of such equity securities, and from and after the first anniversary of the closing of the Acquisition, ALICO Holdings will be able to transfer all of such securities, subject in each case to certain limited volume and timing restrictions set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement. Moreover, ALICO Holdings will agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer, and it will cause its affiliates to so transfer, all of MetLife, Inc.’s securities received in connection with the Acquisition prior to the later of (i) the fifth anniversary of the closing of the Acquisition, and (ii) the first anniversary of the third stock purchase date under the Stock Purchase Contracts. Subject to certain conditions, we have agreed to register the resale of MetLife, Inc.’s equity and other securities to be issued to ALICO Holdings under the Securities Act. The sale or transfer of a substantial number of these securities within a short period of time could cause MetLife, Inc.’s stock price to decrease, make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock or acquire other businesses using MetLife, Inc.’s common stock as consideration.
 
If MetLife, Inc.’s Stockholders Do Not Vote to Approve the Conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock Into Common Stock, MetLife, Inc. Will Be Required to Pay Approximately $300 Million to ALICO Holdings
 
ALICO Holdings received shares of the Convertible Preferred Stock upon completion of the Acquisition. Each share of Convertible Preferred Stock will convert into 10 shares of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock (subject to anti-dilution adjustments) if conversion is approved by MetLife, Inc.’s common stockholders. If we fail to obtain such approval prior to the first anniversary of the closing of the Acquisition, November 1, 2011, MetLife, Inc. will be required to pay approximately $300 million to ALICO Holdings, assuming no purchase price adjustments, and, upon request, register the Convertible Preferred Stock for sale by ALICO Holdings in a public offering and list the Convertible Preferred Stock on the NYSE.
 
Fluctuations in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates Could Negatively Affect Our Profitability
 
We are exposed to risks associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar resulting from our holdings of non-U.S. dollar denominated investments, investments in foreign subsidiaries and net income from foreign operations and issuance of non-U.S. dollar denominated instruments, including guaranteed interest contracts and funding agreements. These risks relate to potential decreases in estimated fair value and income resulting from a strengthening or weakening in foreign exchange rates versus the U.S. dollar. In general, the weakening of foreign currencies versus the U.S. dollar will adversely affect the estimated fair value of our non-U.S. dollar denominated investments, our investments in foreign subsidiaries, and our net income from foreign operations. Although we use foreign currency swaps and forward contracts to mitigate foreign currency exchange rate risk, we cannot provide assurance that these methods will be effective or that our counterparties will perform their obligations. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
 
From time to time, various emerging market countries have experienced severe economic and financial disruptions, including significant devaluations of their currencies. Our exposure to foreign exchange rate risk is exacerbated by our investments in certain emerging markets.
 
Historically, we have matched substantially all of our foreign currency liabilities in our foreign subsidiaries with investments denominated in their respective foreign currency, which limits the effect of currency exchange rate fluctuation on local operating results; however, fluctuations in such rates affect the translation of these results into our U.S. dollar basis consolidated financial statements. Although we take certain actions to address this risk, foreign


45


Table of Contents

currency exchange rate fluctuation could materially adversely affect our reported results due to unhedged positions or the failure of hedges to effectively offset the impact of the foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
 
The Acquisition has increased our exposure to risks associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar and increased our exposure to emerging markets. Fluctuations in the yen/ U.S. dollar exchange rate can have a significant effect on our reported financial position and results of operations because ALICO has substantial operations in Japan and a significant portion of its premiums and investment income are received in yen. Claims and expenses are also paid in yen and ALICO primarily purchases yen-denominated assets to support yen-denominated policy liabilities. These and other yen-denominated financial statement items are, however, translated into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, fluctuations in the yen/U.S. dollar exchange rate can have a significant effect on our reported financial position and results of operations.
 
Due to our significant international operations, during periods when any foreign currency in which we derive our revenues (such as the Japanese yen) weakens, translating amounts expressed in that currency into U.S. dollars causes fewer U.S. dollars to be reported. When the relevant foreign currency strengthens, translating such currency into U.S. dollars causes more U.S. dollars to be reported. Between September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2010, the Japanese yen has strengthened against the U.S. dollar, which fluctuated from a low point of ¥80.40 to the U.S. dollar on October 29, 2010 to a high point of ¥84.26 to the U.S. dollar on November 29, 2010, which has been somewhat offset by the weakening of the euro, which fluctuated from a high point of 0.7702 euro to the U.S. dollar on November 30, 2010, to 0.7039 euro to the U.S. dollar on November 4, 2010. Any unrealized foreign currency translation adjustments are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The weakening of a foreign currency relative to the U.S. dollar will generally adversely affect the value of investments in U.S. dollar terms and reduce the level of reserves denominated in that currency.
 
Our International Operations Face Political, Legal, Operational and Other Risks, Including Exposure to Local and Regional Economic Conditions, That Could Negatively Affect Those Operations or Our Profitability
 
Our international operations face political, legal, operational and other risks that we do not face in our domestic operations. We face the risk of discriminatory regulation, nationalization or expropriation of assets, price controls and exchange controls or other restrictions that prevent us from transferring funds from these operations out of the countries in which they operate or converting local currencies we hold into U.S. dollars or other currencies. Some of our foreign insurance operations are, and are likely to continue to be, in emerging markets where these risks are heightened. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.” In addition, we rely on local sales forces in these countries and may encounter labor problems resulting from workers’ associations and trade unions in some countries. In several countries, including Japan, China and India, we operate with local business partners with the resulting risk of managing partner relationships to the business objectives. If our business model is not successful in a particular country, we may lose all or most of our investment in building and training the sales force in that country. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Executive Summary” and Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
We are expanding our international operations in certain markets where we operate and in selected new markets. This may require considerable management time, as well as start-up expenses for market development before any significant revenues and earnings are generated. Operations in new foreign markets may achieve low margins or may be unprofitable, and expansion in existing markets may be affected by local economic and market conditions. Therefore, as we expand internationally, we may not achieve expected operating margins and our results of operations may be negatively impacted.
 
In addition, in recent years, the operating environment in Argentina has been very challenging. In Argentina, we were formerly principally engaged in the pension business. In December 2008, the Argentine government nationalized private pensions and seized the pension funds’ investments, eliminating the private pensions business in Argentina. As a result, we have experienced and will continue to experience reductions in the operation’s revenues and cash flows. The Argentine government now controls all assets which previously were managed by our


46


Table of Contents

Argentine pension operations. Further governmental or legal actions related to our operations in Argentina could negatively impact our operations in Argentina and result in future losses.
 
We have market presence in over 60 different countries and increased exposure to risks posed by local and regional economic conditions. Europe has recently experienced a deep recession and countries such as Italy, Spain, Portugal and, in particular, Greece and Ireland, have been particularly affected by the recession, resulting in increased national debts and depressed economic activity. We have significant operations and investments in these countries which could be adversely affected by economic developments such as higher taxes, growing inflation, decreasing government spending, rising unemployment and currency instability.
 
In addition to fluctuations in the yen/U.S. dollar exchange rate discussed above, we face increased exposure to the Japanese markets as a result of ALICO’s considerable presence there. Deterioration in Japan’s economic recovery could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
 
We also have operations in the Middle East where the legal and political systems and regulatory frameworks are subject to instability and disruptions. Lack of legal certainty and stability in the region exposes our operations to increased risk of disruption and to adverse or unpredictable actions by regulators and may make it more difficult for us to enforce our contracts, which may negatively impact our business in this region. See also “— Changes in Market Interest Rates May Significantly Affect Our Profitability” regarding the impact of low interest rates on our Taiwanese operations.
 
As a Holding Company, MetLife, Inc. Depends on the Ability of Its Subsidiaries to Transfer Funds to It to Meet Its Obligations and Pay Dividends
 
MetLife, Inc. is a holding company for its insurance and financial subsidiaries and does not have any significant operations of its own. Dividends from its subsidiaries and permitted payments to it under its tax sharing arrangements with its subsidiaries are its principal sources of cash to meet its obligations and to pay preferred and common stock dividends. If the cash MetLife, Inc. receives from its subsidiaries is insufficient for it to fund its debt service and other holding company obligations, MetLife, Inc. may be required to raise cash through the incurrence of debt, the issuance of additional equity or the sale of assets.
 
The payment of dividends and other distributions to MetLife, Inc. by its insurance subsidiaries is regulated by insurance laws and regulations. In general, dividends in excess of prescribed limits require insurance regulatory approval. In addition, insurance regulators may prohibit the payment of dividends or other payments by its insurance subsidiaries to MetLife, Inc. if they determine that the payment could be adverse to our policyholders or contractholders. The payment of dividends and other distributions by insurance companies is also influenced by business conditions and rating agency considerations. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Insurance Regulation” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Holding Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Dividends from Subsidiaries.” The ability of MetLife Bank to pay dividends is also subject to regulation by the OCC.
 
Any payment of interest, dividends, distributions, loans or advances by our foreign subsidiaries and branches to MetLife, Inc. could be subject to taxation or other restrictions on dividends or repatriation of earnings under applicable law, monetary transfer restrictions and foreign currency exchange regulations in the jurisdiction in which such foreign subsidiaries operate. See “Business — International Regulation” and “— Our International Operations Face Political, Legal, Operational and Other Risks, Including Exposure to Local and Regional Economic Conditions, That Could Negatively Affect Those Operations or Our Profitability.”
 
A Downgrade or a Potential Downgrade in Our Financial Strength or Credit Ratings Could Result in a Loss of Business and Materially Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
Financial strength ratings, which various Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations (“NRSRO”) publish as indicators of an insurance company’s ability to meet contractholder and policyholder obligations, are important to maintaining public confidence in our products, our ability to market our products and our competitive position.


47


Table of Contents

Downgrades in our financial strength ratings could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations in many ways, including:
 
  •  reducing new sales of insurance products, annuities and other investment products;
 
  •  adversely affecting our relationships with our sales force and independent sales intermediaries;
 
  •  materially increasing the number or amount of policy surrenders and withdrawals by contractholders and policyholders;
 
  •  requiring us to reduce prices for many of our products and services to remain competitive; and
 
  •  adversely affecting our ability to obtain reinsurance at reasonable prices or at all.
 
In addition to the financial strength ratings of our insurance subsidiaries, various NRSROs also publish credit ratings for MetLife, Inc. and several of its subsidiaries. Credit ratings are indicators of a debt issuer’s ability to meet the terms of debt obligations in a timely manner and are important factors in our overall funding profile and ability to access certain types of liquidity. Downgrades in our credit ratings could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations in many ways, including adversely limiting our access to capital markets, potentially increasing the cost of debt, and requiring us to post collateral. For example, with respect to derivative transactions with credit ratings downgrade triggers, a one-notch downgrade would have increased our derivative collateral requirements by $99 million at December 31, 2010. Also, $375 million of liabilities associated with funding agreements and other capital market products were subject to credit ratings downgrade triggers that permit early termination subject to a notice period of 90 days.
 
In view of the difficulties experienced during 2008 and 2009 by many financial institutions, including our competitors in the insurance industry, we believe it is possible that the NRSROs will continue to heighten the level of scrutiny that they apply to such institutions, will continue to increase the frequency and scope of their credit reviews, will continue to request additional information from the companies that they rate, and may adjust upward the capital and other requirements employed in the NRSRO models for maintenance of certain ratings levels. Rating agencies use an “outlook statement” of “positive,” “stable,” “negative” or “developing” to indicate a medium- or long-term trend in credit fundamentals which, if continued, may lead to a ratings change. A rating may have a “stable” outlook to indicate that the rating is not expected to change; however, a “stable” rating does not preclude a rating agency from changing a rating at any time, without notice. Certain rating agencies assign rating modifiers such as “CreditWatch” or “Under Review” to indicate their opinion regarding the potential direction of a rating. These ratings modifiers are generally assigned in connection with certain events such as potential mergers and acquisitions, or material changes in a company’s results, in order for the rating agencies to perform their analyses to fully determine the rating implications of the event. Certain rating agencies have recently implemented rating actions, including downgrades, outlook changes and modifiers, for MetLife, Inc.’s and certain of its subsidiaries’ insurer financial strength and credit ratings.
 
Based on the announcement in February 2010 that MetLife was in discussions to acquire ALICO, in February 2010, S&P and A.M. Best placed the ratings of MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries on “CreditWatch with negative implications” and “under review with negative implications,” respectively. Also in connection with the announcement, in March 2010, Moody’s changed the ratings outlook of MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries from “stable” to “negative” outlook. Upon completion of the public financing transactions related to the Acquisition, in August 2010, S&P affirmed the ratings of MetLife, Inc. and subsidiaries with a “negative” outlook, and removed them from “CreditWatch.” On November 1, 2010, upon closing of the Acquisition, S&P changed the rating outlook of ALICO to “positive” from “negative” and affirmed its financial strength rating; the ratings of MetLife, Inc. and its other subsidiaries were unaffected by this ratings action. Also on November 1, 2010, Fitch Ratings upgraded by one notch (and changed the rating outlook from “Rating Watch Positive” to “stable”) the financial strength rating of American Life and affirmed all existing ratings for MetLife, Inc. and its other subsidiaries. On November 4, 2010, A.M. Best upgraded by one notch the financial strength rating of American Life and changed the rating outlook from “under review with positive implications” to “negative.” A.M. Best also changed the outlook for MetLife, Inc. and certain of its other subsidiaries to “negative” from “under review with negative implications.” Effective as of January in 2011, MetLife withdrew the American Life financial strength ratings by A.M. Best and Fitch Ratings as once it became a subsidiary of MetLife it was not deemed necessary to maintain stand-alone ratings.


48


Table of Contents

On July 1, 2010, Moody’s published revised guidance called “Revisions to Moody’s Hybrid Tool Kit” (the “Guidance”) for assigning equity credit to so-called hybrid securities, i.e., securities with both debt and equity characteristics (“Hybrids”). Moody’s evaluates Hybrids using certain specified criteria and then places each such security into a “basket,” with a specific percentage of debt and equity being associated with each basket, which is then used to adjust full sets of financial statements for purposes of, among other things, calculating the issuing company’s financial leverage. Under the Guidance, Hybrids are one element that Moody’s considers within the context of an issuer’s overall credit profile. As of December 31, 2010, we have approximately $11.1 billion of Hybrids outstanding, which includes approximately $6.2 billion of debt securities and $4.9 billion of equity securities. Application of the Guidance has resulted in Moody’s significantly reducing the amount of equity credit it assigns to these securities, including the common equity units issued to ALICO Holdings in connection with the Acquisition. We do not expect at this time, as a result of the Guidance, that a reduction in Moody’s equity treatment of our Hybrids, including the common equity units, would result in any material negative impact on MetLife, Inc.’s credit rating or the financial strength ratings of its insurance company subsidiaries. However, if we decided to increase our adjusted capital as a result of the application of the Guidance, we may seek to (i) issue additional common equity or higher equity content Hybrids satisfying the Guidance’s revised rating criteria, and/or (ii) redeem, repurchase or restructure existing Hybrids. Any sale of additional common equity would have a dilutive effect on our common stockholders.
 
We cannot predict what actions rating agencies may take, or what actions we may take in response to the actions of rating agencies, which could adversely affect our business. As with other companies in the financial services industry, our ratings could be downgraded at any time and without any notice by any NRSRO.
 
An Inability to Access Our Credit Facilities Could Result in a Reduction in Our Liquidity and Lead to Downgrades in Our Credit and Financial Strength Ratings
 
In October 2010, we entered into two senior unsecured credit facilities: a three-year $3 billion facility and a 364-day $1 billion facility. We also have other facilities which we enter into in the ordinary course of business. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Credit and Committed Facilities” and Notes 11 and 24 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
We rely on our credit facilities as a potential source of liquidity. The availability of these facilities could be critical to our credit and financial strength ratings and our ability to meet our obligations as they come due in a market when alternative sources of credit are tight. The credit facilities contain certain administrative, reporting, legal and financial covenants. We must comply with covenants under our credit facilities, including a requirement to maintain a specified minimum consolidated net worth.
 
Our right to make borrowings under these facilities is subject to the fulfillment of certain important conditions, including our compliance with all covenants, and our ability to borrow under these facilities is also subject to the continued willingness and ability of the lenders that are parties to the facilities to provide funds. Our failure to comply with the covenants in the credit facilities or fulfill the conditions to borrowings, or the failure of lenders to fund their lending commitments (whether due to insolvency, illiquidity or other reasons) in the amounts provided for under the terms of the facilities, would restrict our ability to access these credit facilities when needed and, consequently, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Defaults, Downgrades or Other Events Impairing the Carrying Value of Our Fixed Maturity or Equity Securities Portfolio May Reduce Our Earnings
 
We are subject to the risk that the issuers, or guarantors, of fixed maturity securities we own may default on principal and interest payments they owe us. We are also subject to the risk that the underlying collateral within loan-backed securities, including mortgage-backed securities, may default on principal and interest payments causing an adverse change in cash flows. Fixed maturity securities represent a significant portion of our investment portfolio. The occurrence of a major economic downturn, acts of corporate malfeasance, widening risk spreads, or other events that adversely affect the issuers, guarantors or underlying collateral of these securities could cause the estimated fair value of our fixed maturity securities portfolio and our earnings to decline and the default rate of the


49


Table of Contents

fixed maturity securities in our investment portfolio to increase. A ratings downgrade affecting issuers or guarantors of particular securities, or similar trends that could worsen the credit quality of issuers, such as the corporate issuers of securities in our investment portfolio, could also have a similar effect. With economic uncertainty, credit quality of issuers or guarantors could be adversely affected. Similarly, a ratings downgrade affecting a security we hold could indicate the credit quality of that security has deteriorated and could increase the capital we must hold to support that security to maintain our RBC levels. Any event reducing the estimated fair value of these securities other than on a temporary basis could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Levels of writedowns or impairments are impacted by our assessment of intent to sell, or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell, fixed maturity securities and the intent and ability to hold equity securities which have declined in value until recovery. If we determine to reposition or realign portions of the portfolio so as not to hold certain equity securities, or intend to sell or determine that it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell, certain fixed maturity securities in an unrealized loss position prior to recovery, then we will incur an other-than-temporary impairment charge in the period that the decision was made not to hold the equity security to recovery, or to sell, or the determination was made it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the fixed maturity security.
 
Our Risk Management Policies and Procedures May Leave Us Exposed to Unidentified or Unanticipated Risk, Which Could Negatively Affect Our Business
 
Management of risk requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record properly and verify a large number of transactions and events. We have devoted significant resources to develop our risk management policies and procedures and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our policies and procedures may not be comprehensive. Many of our methods for managing risk and exposures are based upon the use of observed historical market behavior or statistics based on historical models. As a result, these methods may not fully predict future exposures, which can be significantly greater than our historical measures indicate. Other risk management methods depend upon the evaluation of information regarding markets, clients, catastrophe occurrence or other matters that is publicly available or otherwise accessible to us. This information may not always be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”
 
Reinsurance May Not Be Available, Affordable or Adequate to Protect Us Against Losses
 
As part of our overall risk management strategy, we purchase reinsurance for certain risks underwritten by our various business segments. See “Business — Reinsurance Activity.” While reinsurance agreements generally bind the reinsurer for the life of the business reinsured at generally fixed pricing, market conditions beyond our control determine the availability and cost of the reinsurance protection for new business. In certain circumstances, the price of reinsurance for business already reinsured may also increase. Any decrease in the amount of reinsurance will increase our risk of loss and any increase in the cost of reinsurance will, absent a decrease in the amount of reinsurance, reduce our earnings. Accordingly, we may be forced to incur additional expenses for reinsurance or may not be able to obtain sufficient reinsurance on acceptable terms, which could adversely affect our ability to write future business or result in the assumption of more risk with respect to those policies we issue.
 
If the Counterparties to Our Reinsurance or Indemnification Arrangements or to the Derivative Instruments We Use to Hedge Our Business Risks Default or Fail to Perform, We May Be Exposed to Risks We Had Sought to Mitigate, Which Could Materially Adversely Affect Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
We use reinsurance, indemnification and derivative instruments to mitigate our risks in various circumstances. In general, reinsurance does not relieve us of our direct liability to our policyholders, even when the reinsurer is liable to us. Accordingly, we bear credit risk with respect to our reinsurers and indemnitors. We cannot provide assurance that our reinsurers will pay the reinsurance recoverables owed to us or that indemnitors will honor their obligations now or in the future or that they will pay these recoverables on a timely basis. A reinsurer’s or indemnitor’s insolvency, inability or unwillingness to make payments under the terms of reinsurance agreements or indemnity agreements with us could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.


50


Table of Contents

In addition, we use derivative instruments to hedge various business risks. We enter into a variety of derivative instruments, including options, forwards, interest rate, credit default and currency swaps with a number of counterparties. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Investments.” If our counterparties fail or refuse to honor their obligations under these derivative instruments, our hedges of the related risk will be ineffective. This is a more pronounced risk to us in view of the stresses suffered by financial institutions over the past few years. Such failure could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Differences Between Actual Claims Experience and Underwriting and Reserving Assumptions May Adversely Affect Our Financial Results
 
Our earnings significantly depend upon the extent to which our actual claims experience is consistent with the assumptions we use in setting prices for our products and establishing liabilities for future policy benefits and claims. Our liabilities for future policy benefits and claims are established based on estimates by actuaries of how much we will need to pay for future benefits and claims. For life insurance and annuity products, we calculate these liabilities based on many assumptions and estimates, including estimated premiums to be received over the assumed life of the policy, the timing of the event covered by the insurance policy, the amount of benefits or claims to be paid and the investment returns on the investments we make with the premiums we receive. We establish liabilities for property and casualty claims and benefits based on assumptions and estimates of damages and liabilities incurred. To the extent that actual claims experience is less favorable than the underlying assumptions we used in establishing such liabilities, we could be required to increase our liabilities.
 
Due to the nature of the underlying risks and the high degree of uncertainty associated with the determination of liabilities for future policy benefits and claims, we cannot determine precisely the amounts which we will ultimately pay to settle our liabilities. Such amounts may vary from the estimated amounts, particularly when those payments may not occur until well into the future. We evaluate our liabilities periodically based on accounting requirements, which change from time to time, the assumptions used to establish the liabilities, as well as our actual experience. We charge or credit changes in our liabilities to expenses in the period the liabilities are established or re-estimated. If the liabilities originally established for future benefit payments prove inadequate, we must increase them. Such increases could affect earnings negatively and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Catastrophes May Adversely Impact Liabilities for Policyholder Claims and Reinsurance Availability
 
Our life insurance operations are exposed to the risk of catastrophic mortality, such as a pandemic or other event that causes a large number of deaths. Significant influenza pandemics have occurred three times in the last century, but neither the likelihood, timing, nor the severity of a future pandemic can be predicted. A significant pandemic could have a major impact on the global economy or the economies of particular countries or regions, including travel, trade, tourism, the health system, food supply, consumption, overall economic output and, eventually, on the financial markets. In addition, a pandemic that affected our employees or the employees of our distributors or of other companies with which we do business could disrupt our business operations. The effectiveness of external parties, including governmental and non-governmental organizations, in combating the spread and severity of such a pandemic could have a material impact on the losses experienced by us. In our group insurance operations, a localized event that affects the workplace of one or more of our group insurance customers could cause a significant loss due to mortality or morbidity claims. These events could cause a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any period and, depending on their severity, could also materially and adversely affect our financial condition.
 
Our Auto & Home business has experienced, and will likely in the future experience, catastrophe losses that may have a material adverse impact on the business, results of operations and financial condition of the Auto & Home segment. Although Auto & Home makes every effort to manage our exposure to catastrophic risks through volatility management and reinsurance programs, these efforts do not eliminate all risk. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including hurricanes, windstorms, earthquakes, hail, tornadoes, explosions, severe winter weather (including snow, freezing water, ice storms and blizzards), fires and man-made events such as terrorist attacks. Historically, substantially all of our catastrophe-related claims have related to homeowners coverages.


51


Table of Contents

However, catastrophes may also affect other Auto & Home coverages. Due to their nature, we cannot predict the incidence, timing and severity of catastrophes. In addition, changing climate conditions, primarily rising global temperatures, may be increasing, or may in the future increase, the frequency and severity of natural catastrophes such as hurricanes.
 
Hurricanes and earthquakes are of particular note for our homeowners coverages. Areas of major hurricane exposure include coastal sections of the northeastern U.S. (including lower New York, Connecticut, Rhode Island and Massachusetts), the Gulf Coast (including Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana and Texas) and Florida. We also have some earthquake exposure, primarily along the New Madrid fault line in the central U.S. and in the Pacific Northwest.
 
The extent of losses from a catastrophe is a function of both the total amount of insured exposure in the area affected by the event and the severity of the event. Most catastrophes are restricted to small geographic areas; however, hurricanes, earthquakes and man-made catastrophes may produce significant damage or loss of life in larger areas, especially those that are heavily populated. Claims resulting from natural or man-made catastrophic events could cause substantial volatility in our financial results for any fiscal quarter or year and could materially reduce our profitability or harm our financial condition. Also, catastrophic events could harm the financial condition of our reinsurers and thereby increase the probability of default on reinsurance recoveries. Our ability to write new business could also be affected. It is possible that increases in the value, caused by the effects of inflation or other factors, and geographic concentration of insured property, could increase the severity of claims from catastrophic events in the future.
 
Most of the jurisdictions in which our insurance subsidiaries are admitted to transact business require life and property and casualty insurers doing business within the jurisdiction to participate in guaranty associations, which are organized to pay contractual benefits owed pursuant to insurance policies issued by impaired, insolvent or failed insurers. These associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in a particular state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written by member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer is engaged. In addition, certain states have government owned or controlled organizations providing life and property and casualty insurance to their citizens. The activities of such organizations could also place additional stress on the adequacy of guaranty fund assessments. Many of these organizations also have the power to levy assessments similar to those of the guaranty associations described above. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax offsets. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Insurance Regulation — Guaranty Associations and Similar Arrangements” and “Business — International Regulation.”
 
While in the past five years, the aggregate assessments levied against MetLife, Inc.’s insurance subsidiaries have not been material, it is possible that a large catastrophic event could render such guaranty funds inadequate and we may be called upon to contribute additional amounts, which may have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations in a particular period. We have established liabilities for guaranty fund assessments that we consider adequate for assessments with respect to insurers that are currently subject to insolvency proceedings, but additional liabilities may be necessary. See Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Consistent with industry practice and accounting standards, we establish liabilities for claims arising from a catastrophe only after assessing the probable losses arising from the event. We cannot be certain that the liabilities we have established will be adequate to cover actual claim liabilities. From time to time, states have passed legislation that has the effect of limiting the ability of insurers to manage risk, such as legislation restricting an insurer’s ability to withdraw from catastrophe-prone areas. While we attempt to limit our exposure to acceptable levels, subject to restrictions imposed by insurance regulatory authorities, a catastrophic event or multiple catastrophic events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our ability to manage this risk and the profitability of our property and casualty and life insurance businesses depends in part on our ability to obtain catastrophe reinsurance, which may not be available at commercially acceptable rates in the future. See “— Reinsurance May Not Be Available, Affordable or Adequate to Protect Us Against Losses.”


52


Table of Contents

Our Statutory Reserve Financings May Be Subject to Cost Increases and New Financings May Be Subject to Limited Market Capacity
 
To support statutory reserves for several products, including, but not limited to, our level premium term life and universal life with secondary guarantees and MLIC’s closed block, we currently utilize capital markets solutions for financing a portion of our statutory reserve requirements. While we have financing facilities in place for our previously written business and have remaining capacity in existing facilities to support writings through the end of 2010 or later, certain of these facilities are subject to cost increases upon the occurrence of specified ratings downgrades of MetLife or are subject to periodic repricing. Any resulting cost increases could negatively impact our financial results.
 
Future capacity for these statutory reserve funding structures in the marketplace is not guaranteed. If capacity becomes unavailable for a prolonged period of time, hindering our ability to obtain funding for these new structures, our ability to write additional business in a cost effective manner may be impacted.
 
Competitive Factors May Adversely Affect Our Market Share and Profitability
 
Our segments are subject to intense competition. We believe that this competition is based on a number of factors, including service, product features, scale, price, financial strength, claims-paying ratings, credit ratings, e-business capabilities and name recognition. We compete with a large number of other insurers, as well as non-insurance financial services companies, such as banks, broker-dealers and asset managers, for individual consumers, employers and other group customers and agents and other distributors of insurance and investment products. Some of these companies offer a broader array of products, have more competitive pricing or more attractive features in their products or, with respect to other insurers, have higher claims paying ability ratings. Some may also have greater financial resources with which to compete. National banks, which may sell annuity products of life insurers in some circumstances, also have pre-existing customer bases for financial services products. Many of our group insurance products are underwritten annually, and, accordingly, there is a risk that group purchasers may be able to obtain more favorable terms from competitors rather than renewing coverage with us. The effect of competition may, as a result, adversely affect the persistency of these and other products, as well as our ability to sell products in the future.
 
In addition, the investment management and securities brokerage businesses have relatively few barriers to entry and continually attract new entrants. See “Business — Competition.”
 
Finally, the new requirements imposed on the financial industry by Dodd-Frank could similarly have differential effects. See “— Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”
 
Industry Trends Could Adversely Affect the Profitability of Our Businesses
 
Our segments continue to be influenced by a variety of trends that affect the insurance industry, including competition with respect to product features, price, distribution capability, customer service and information technology. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Industry Trends.” The impact on our business and on the life insurance industry generally of the volatility and instability of the financial markets is difficult to predict, and our business plans, financial condition and results of operations may be negatively impacted or affected in other unexpected ways. In addition, the life insurance industry is subject to state regulation, and, as complex products are introduced, regulators may refine capital requirements and introduce new reserving standards. Dodd-Frank, Basel III and the market environment in general may also lead to changes in regulation that may benefit or disadvantage us relative to some of our competitors. See “Business — Competition,” “— Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Heavily Regulated, and Changes in Regulation May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth” and “— Competitive Factors May Adversely Affect Our Market Share and Profitability.”


53


Table of Contents

Consolidation of Distributors of Insurance Products May Adversely Affect the Insurance Industry and the Profitability of Our Business
 
The insurance industry distributes many of its individual products through other financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers. An increase in bank and broker-dealer consolidation activity may negatively impact the industry’s sales, and such consolidation could increase competition for access to distributors, result in greater distribution expenses and impair our ability to market insurance products to our current customer base or to expand our customer base. Consolidation of distributors and/or other industry changes may also increase the likelihood that distributors will try to renegotiate the terms of any existing selling agreements to terms less favorable to us.
 
Our Valuation of Fixed Maturity, Equity and Trading and Other Securities and Short-Term Investments May Include Methodologies, Estimations and Assumptions Which Are Subject to Differing Interpretations and Could Result in Changes to Investment Valuations That May Materially Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations or Financial Condition
 
Fixed maturity, equity, and trading and other securities and short-term investments which are reported at estimated fair value on the consolidated balance sheets represent the majority of our total cash and investments. We have categorized these securities into a three-level hierarchy, based on the priority of the inputs to the respective valuation technique.
 
The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). An asset or liability’s classification within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of significant input to its valuation. The input levels are as follows:
 
  Level 1 —  Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. We define active markets based on average trading volume for equity securities. The size of the bid/ask spread is used as an indicator of market activity for fixed maturity securities.
 
  Level 2 —  Quoted prices in markets that are not active or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities other than quoted prices in Level 1; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other significant inputs that are observable or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
 
  Level 3 —  Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and are significant to the estimated fair value of the assets or liabilities. Unobservable inputs reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of the estimated fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.
 
At December 31, 2010, 7.0%, 85.8% and 7.2% of these securities represented Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3, respectively. The Level 1 securities primarily consist of certain U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed fixed maturity securities; certain foreign government fixed maturity securities; exchange-traded common stock; certain trading securities; certain fair value option securities and certain short-term investments. The Level 2 assets include fixed maturity and equity securities priced principally through independent pricing services using observable inputs. These fixed maturity securities include most U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities, as well as the majority of U.S. and foreign corporate securities, RMBS, CMBS, state and political subdivision securities, foreign government securities, and ABS. Equity securities classified as Level 2 primarily consist of non-redeemable preferred securities and certain equity securities where market quotes are available but are not considered actively traded and are priced by independent pricing services. We review the valuation methodologies used by the independent pricing services on an ongoing basis and ensure that any changes to valuation methodologies are justified. Level 3 assets include fixed maturity securities priced principally through independent non-binding broker quotations or market standard valuation methodologies using inputs that are not


54


Table of Contents

market observable or cannot be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Level 3 consists of less liquid fixed maturity securities with very limited trading activity or where less price transparency exists around the inputs to the valuation methodologies including: U.S. and foreign corporate securities — including below investment grade private placements; RMBS; CMBS; and ABS — including all of those supported by sub-prime mortgage loans. Equity securities classified as Level 3 securities consist principally of nonredeemable preferred stock and common stock of companies that are privately held or companies for which there has been very limited trading activity or where less price transparency exists around the inputs to the valuation.
 
Prices provided by independent pricing services and independent non-binding broker quotations can vary widely even for the same security.
 
The determination of estimated fair values by management in the absence of quoted market prices is based on: (i) valuation methodologies; (ii) securities we deem to be comparable; and (iii) assumptions deemed appropriate given the circumstances. The fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on available market information and judgments about financial instruments, including estimates of the timing and amounts of expected future cash flows and the credit standing of the issuer or counterparty. Factors considered in estimating fair value include: coupon rate, maturity, estimated duration, call provisions, sinking fund requirements, credit rating, industry sector of the issuer, and quoted market prices of comparable securities. The use of different methodologies and assumptions may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. During periods of market disruption including periods of significantly rising or high interest rates, rapidly widening credit spreads or illiquidity, it may be difficult to value certain of our securities, for example sub-prime mortgage-backed securities, mortgage-backed securities where the underlying loans are Alt-A and CMBS, if trading becomes less frequent and/or market data becomes less observable. In times of financial market disruption, certain asset classes that were in active markets with significant observable data may become illiquid. In such cases, more securities may fall to Level 3 and thus require more subjectivity and management judgment. As such, valuations may include inputs and assumptions that are less observable or require greater estimation, as well as valuation methods which are more sophisticated or require greater estimation thereby resulting in estimated fair values which may be greater or less than the amount at which the investments may be ultimately sold. Further, rapidly changing and unprecedented credit and equity market conditions could materially impact the valuation of securities as reported within our consolidated financial statements and the period-to-period changes in estimated fair value could vary significantly. Decreases in value may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
 
If Our Business Does Not Perform Well, We May Be Required to Recognize an Impairment of Our Goodwill or Other Long-Lived Assets or to Establish a Valuation Allowance Against the Deferred Income Tax Asset, Which Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations or Financial Condition
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the amounts we paid to acquire subsidiaries and other businesses over the estimated fair value of their net assets at the date of acquisition. As of December 31, 2010, our goodwill was $11,781, of which $6,959 of goodwill was established in connection with the acquisition of ALICO. We test goodwill at least annually for impairment. Impairment testing is performed based upon estimates of the estimated fair value of the “reporting unit” to which the goodwill relates. The reporting unit is the operating segment or a business one level below that operating segment if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at that level. The estimated fair value of the reporting unit is impacted by the performance of the business. The performance of our businesses may be adversely impacted by prolonged market declines. If it is determined that the goodwill has been impaired, we must write down the goodwill by the amount of the impairment, with a corresponding charge to net income. Such writedowns could have an adverse effect on our results of operation or financial position. For example, our goodwill has increased substantially as a result of the Acquisition. Market factors, the failure of ALICO to perform well, or issues relating to the integration of ALICO could result in the reporting units containing parts of ALICO having fair values lower than their respective carrying values, which would result in a writedown of goodwill and, consequently, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates — Goodwill.”
 
Long-lived assets, including assets such as real estate, also require impairment testing to determine whether changes in circumstances indicate that MetLife will be unable to recover the carrying amount of the asset group


55


Table of Contents

through future operations of that asset group or market conditions that will impact the estimated fair value of those assets. Such writedowns could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.
 
Deferred income tax represents the tax effect of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are assessed periodically by management to determine if they are realizable. Factors in management’s determination include the performance of the business including the ability to generate future taxable income. If based on available information, it is more likely than not that the deferred income tax asset will not be realized then a valuation allowance must be established with a corresponding charge to net income. Such charges could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.
 
If Our Business Does Not Perform Well or if Actual Experience Versus Estimates Used in Valuing and Amortizing DAC, Deferred Sales Inducements (“DSI”) and VOBA Vary Significantly, We May Be Required to Accelerate the Amortization and/or Impair the DAC, DSI and VOBA Which Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations or Financial Condition
 
We incur significant costs in connection with acquiring new and renewal business. Those costs that vary with and are primarily related to the production of new and renewal business are deferred and referred to as DAC. Bonus amounts credited to certain policyholders, either immediately upon receiving a deposit or as excess interest credits for a period of time, are referred to as DSI. The recovery of DAC and DSI is dependent upon the future profitability of the related business. The amount of future profit or margin is dependent principally on investment returns in excess of the amounts credited to policyholders, mortality, morbidity, persistency, interest crediting rates, dividends paid to policyholders, expenses to administer the business, creditworthiness of reinsurance counterparties and certain economic variables, such as inflation. Of these factors, we anticipate that investment returns are most likely to impact the rate of amortization of such costs. The aforementioned factors enter into management’s estimates of gross profits or margins, which generally are used to amortize such costs.
 
If the estimates of gross profits or margins were overstated, then the amortization of such costs would be accelerated in the period the actual experience is known and would result in a charge to income. Significant or sustained equity market declines could result in an acceleration of amortization of the DAC and DSI related to variable annuity and variable universal life contracts, resulting in a charge to income. Such adjustments could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
 
VOBA is an intangible asset that represents the excess of book value over the estimated fair value of acquired insurance, annuity, and investment-type contracts in-force at the acquisition date. The estimated fair value of the acquired liabilities is based on actuarially determined projections, by each block of business, of future policy and contract charges, premiums, mortality and morbidity, separate account performance, surrenders, operating expenses, investment returns, nonperformance risk adjustment and other factors. Actual experience on the purchased business may vary from these projections. Revisions to estimates result in changes to the amounts expensed in the reporting period in which the revisions are made and could result in a charge to income. Also, as VOBA is amortized similarly to DAC and DSI, an acceleration of the amortization of VOBA would occur if the estimates of gross profits or margins were overstated. Accordingly, the amortization of such costs would be accelerated in the period in which the actual experience is known and would result in a charge to net income. Significant or sustained equity market declines could result in an acceleration of amortization of the VOBA related to variable annuity and variable universal life contracts, resulting in a charge to income. Such adjustments could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates — Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Value of Business Acquired” for further consideration of DAC and VOBA.
 
Changes in Accounting Standards Issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or Other Standard- Setting Bodies May Adversely Affect Our Financial Statements
 
Our financial statements are subject to the application of GAAP, which is periodically revised and/or expanded. Accordingly, from time to time we are required to adopt new or revised accounting standards issued by recognized authoritative bodies, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board. Market conditions have prompted accounting standard setters to expose new guidance which further interprets or seeks to revise accounting


56


Table of Contents

pronouncements related to financial instruments, structures or transactions, as well as to issue new standards expanding disclosures. The impact of accounting pronouncements that have been issued but not yet implemented is disclosed in this annual and quarterly reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q. An assessment of proposed standards is not provided as such proposals are subject to change through the exposure process and, therefore, the effects on our financial statements cannot be meaningfully assessed. It is possible that future accounting standards we are required to adopt could change the current accounting treatment that we apply to our consolidated financial statements and that such changes could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Changes in Our Discount Rate, Expected Rate of Return and Expected Compensation Increase Assumptions for Our Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans May Result in Increased Expenses and Reduce Our Profitability
 
We determine our pension and other postretirement benefit plan costs based on our best estimates of future plan experience. These assumptions are reviewed regularly and include discount rates, expected rates of return on plan assets and expected increases in compensation levels and expected medical inflation. Changes in these assumptions may result in increased expenses and reduce our profitability. See Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details on how changes in these assumptions would affect plan costs.
 
Guarantees Within Certain of Our Products that Protect Policyholders Against Significant Downturns in Equity Markets May Decrease Our Earnings, Increase the Volatility of Our Results if Hedging or Risk Management Strategies Prove Ineffective, Result in Higher Hedging Costs and Expose Us to Increased Counterparty Risk
 
Certain of our variable annuity products include guaranteed benefits. These include guaranteed death benefits, guaranteed withdrawal benefits, lifetime withdrawal guarantees, guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits, and guaranteed minimum income benefits. Periods of significant and sustained downturns in equity markets, increased equity volatility, or reduced interest rates could result in an increase in the valuation of the future policy benefit or policyholder account balance liabilities associated with such products, resulting in a reduction to net income. We use reinsurance in combination with derivative instruments to mitigate the liability exposure and the volatility of net income associated with these liabilities, and while we believe that these and other actions have mitigated the risks related to these benefits, we remain liable for the guaranteed benefits in the event that reinsurers or derivative counterparties are unable or unwilling to pay. In addition, we are subject to the risk that hedging and other management procedures prove ineffective or that unanticipated policyholder behavior or mortality, combined with adverse market events, produces economic losses beyond the scope of the risk management techniques employed. These, individually or collectively, may have a material adverse effect on net income, financial condition or liquidity. We are also subject to the risk that the cost of hedging these guaranteed minimum benefits increases as implied volatilities increase and/or interest rates decrease, resulting in a reduction to net income.
 
The valuation of certain of the foregoing liabilities (carried at fair value) includes an adjustment for nonperformance risk that reflects the credit standing of the issuing entity. This adjustment, which is not hedged, is based in part on publicly available information regarding credit spreads related to the Holding Company’s debt, including credit default swaps. In periods of extreme market volatility, movements in these credit spreads can have a significant impact on net income.
 
Guarantees Within Certain of Our Life and Annuity Products May Increase Our Exposure to Foreign Exchange Risk, and Decrease Our Earnings
 
Certain of our life and annuity products are exposed to foreign exchange risk. Payments under these contracts may be required to be made in different currencies, depending on the circumstances. Therefore, payments may be required in a different currency than the currency upon which the liability valuation is based. If the currency upon which expected future payments are made strengthens relative to the currency upon which the liability valuation is based, the liability valuation may increase, resulting in a reduction of net income.


57


Table of Contents

We May Need to Fund Deficiencies in Our Closed Block; Assets Allocated to the Closed Block Benefit Only the Holders of Closed Block Policies
 
MLIC’s plan of reorganization, as amended (the “Plan”), required that we establish and operate an accounting mechanism, known as a closed block, to ensure that the reasonable dividend expectations of policyholders who own certain individual insurance policies of MLIC are met. See Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We allocated assets to the closed block in an amount that will produce cash flows which, together with anticipated revenue from the policies included in the closed block, are reasonably expected to be sufficient to support obligations and liabilities relating to these policies, including, but not limited to, provisions for the payment of claims and certain expenses and tax, and to provide for the continuation of the policyholder dividend scales in effect for 1999, if the experience underlying such scales continues, and for appropriate adjustments in such scales if the experience changes. We cannot provide assurance that the closed block assets, the cash flows generated by the closed block assets and the anticipated revenue from the policies included in the closed block will be sufficient to provide for the benefits guaranteed under these policies. If they are not sufficient, we must fund the shortfall. Even if they are sufficient, we may choose, for competitive reasons, to support policyholder dividend payments with our general account funds.
 
The closed block assets, the cash flows generated by the closed block assets and the anticipated revenue from the policies in the closed block will benefit only the holders of those policies. In addition, to the extent that these amounts are greater than the amounts estimated at the time the closed block was funded, dividends payable in respect of the policies included in the closed block may be greater than they would be in the absence of a closed block. Any excess earnings will be available for distribution over time only to closed block policyholders.
 
Litigation and Regulatory Investigations Are Increasingly Common in Our Businesses and May Result in Significant Financial Losses and/or Harm to Our Reputation
 
We face a significant risk of litigation and regulatory investigations and actions in the ordinary course of operating our businesses, including the risk of class action lawsuits. Our pending legal and regulatory actions include proceedings specific to us and others generally applicable to business practices in the industries in which we operate. In connection with our insurance operations, plaintiffs’ lawyers may bring or are bringing class actions and individual suits alleging, among other things, issues relating to sales or underwriting practices, claims payments and procedures, product design, disclosure, administration, denial or delay of benefits and breaches of fiduciary or other duties to customers. Plaintiffs in class action and other lawsuits against us may seek very large or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages, and the damages claimed and the amount of any probable and estimable liability, if any, may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. See Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Due to the vagaries of litigation, the outcome of a litigation matter and the amount or range of potential loss at particular points in time may normally be difficult to ascertain. Uncertainties can include how fact finders will evaluate documentary evidence and the credibility and effectiveness of witness testimony, and how trial and appellate courts will apply the law in the context of the pleadings or evidence presented, whether by motion practice, or at trial or on appeal. Disposition valuations are also subject to the uncertainty of how opposing parties and their counsel will themselves view the relevant evidence and applicable law.
 
On a quarterly and annual basis, we review relevant information with respect to litigation and contingencies to be reflected in our consolidated financial statements. The review includes senior legal and financial personnel. Estimates of possible losses or ranges of loss for particular matters cannot in the ordinary course be made with a reasonable degree of certainty. Liabilities are established when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.
 
Liabilities have been established for a number of matters noted in Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. It is possible that some of the matters could require us to pay damages or make other expenditures or establish accruals in amounts that could not be estimated at December 31, 2010.


58


Table of Contents

MLIC and its affiliates are currently defendants in numerous lawsuits including class actions and individual suits, alleging improper marketing or sales of individual life insurance policies, annuities, mutual funds or other products.
 
In addition, MLIC is a defendant in a large number of lawsuits seeking compensatory and punitive damages for personal injuries allegedly caused by exposure to asbestos or asbestos-containing products. These lawsuits principally have focused on allegations with respect to certain research, publication and other activities of one or more of MLIC’s employees during the period from the 1920’s through approximately the 1950’s and have alleged that MLIC learned or should have learned of certain health risks posed by asbestos and, among other things, improperly publicized or failed to disclose those health risks. Additional litigation relating to these matters may be commenced in the future. The ability of MLIC to estimate its ultimate asbestos exposure is subject to considerable uncertainty, and the conditions impacting its liability can be dynamic and subject to change. The availability of reliable data is limited and it is difficult to predict with any certainty the numerous variables that can affect liability estimates, including the number of future claims, the cost to resolve claims, the disease mix and severity of disease in pending and future claims, the impact of the number of new claims filed in a particular jurisdiction and variations in the law in the jurisdictions in which claims are filed, the possible impact of tort reform efforts, the willingness of courts to allow plaintiffs to pursue claims against MLIC when exposure took place after the dangers of asbestos exposure were well known, and the impact of any possible future adverse verdicts and their amounts. The number of asbestos cases that may be brought or the aggregate amount of any liability that MLIC may incur, and the total amount paid in settlements in any given year are uncertain and may vary significantly from year to year. Accordingly, it is reasonably possible that our total exposure to asbestos claims may be materially greater than the liability recorded by us in our consolidated financial statements and that future charges to income may be necessary. The potential future charges could be material in the particular quarterly or annual periods in which they are recorded.
 
We are also subject to various regulatory inquiries, such as information requests, subpoenas and books and record examinations, from state and federal regulators and other authorities. A substantial legal liability or a significant regulatory action against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, even if we ultimately prevail in the litigation, regulatory action or investigation, we could suffer significant reputational harm, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, including our ability to attract new customers, retain our current customers and recruit and retain employees. Regulatory inquiries and litigation may cause volatility in the price of stocks of companies in our industry.
 
The New York Attorney General announced on July 29, 2010 that his office had launched a major fraud investigation into the life insurance industry for practices related to the use of retained asset accounts as a settlement option for death benefits and that subpoenas requesting comprehensive data related to retained asset accounts have been served on MetLife and other insurance carriers. We received the subpoena on July 30, 2010. We also have received requests for documents and information from U.S. congressional committees and members as well as various state regulatory bodies, including the New York Insurance Department. It is possible that other state and federal regulators or legislative bodies may pursue similar investigations or make related inquiries. We cannot predict what effect any such investigations might have on our earnings or the availability of our retained asset account known as the Total Control Account (“TCA”), but we believe that our financial statements taken as a whole would not be materially affected. We believe that any allegations that information about the TCA is not adequately disclosed or that the accounts are fraudulent or violate state or federal laws are without merit.
 
We cannot give assurance that current claims, litigation, unasserted claims probable of assertion, investigations and other proceedings against us will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. It is also possible that related or unrelated claims, litigation, unasserted claims probable of assertion, investigations and proceedings may be commenced in the future, and we could become subject to further investigations and have lawsuits filed or enforcement actions initiated against us. In addition, increased regulatory


59


Table of Contents

scrutiny and any resulting investigations or proceedings could result in new legal actions and precedents and industry-wide regulations that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We May Not be Able to Protect Our Intellectual Property and May be Subject to Infringement Claims
 
We rely on a combination of contractual rights with third parties and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property. Although we endeavor to protect our rights, third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property. We may have to litigate to enforce and protect our copyrights, trademarks, patents, trade secrets and know-how or to determine their scope, validity or enforceability. This would represent a diversion of resources that may be significant and our efforts may not prove successful. The inability to secure or protect our intellectual property assets could have a material adverse effect on our business and our ability to compete.
 
We may be subject to claims by third parties for (i) patent, trademark or copyright infringement, (ii) breach of copyright, trademark or license usage rights, or (iii) misappropriation of trade secrets. Any such claims and any resulting litigation could result in significant expense and liability for damages. If we were found to have infringed or misappropriated a third-party patent or other intellectual property right, we could in some circumstances be enjoined from providing certain products or services to our customers or from utilizing and benefiting from certain methods, processes, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or licenses. Alternatively, we could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements with third parties or implement a costly work around. Any of these scenarios could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
 
New and Impending Compensation and Corporate Governance Regulations Could Hinder or Prevent Us From Attracting and Retaining Management and Other Employees with the Talent and Experience to Manage and Conduct Our Business Effectively
 
The compensation and corporate governance practices of financial institutions have become and will continue to be subject to increasing regulation and scrutiny. Dodd-Frank includes new requirements that will affect our corporate governance and compensation practices, including some that have resulted in (or are likely to lead to) shareholders having the limited right to use MetLife, Inc.’s proxy statement to solicit proxies to vote for their own candidates for director, impose additional requirements for membership on Board committees, requirements for additional shareholder votes on compensation matters, requirements for policies to recover compensation previously paid to certain executives under certain circumstances, elimination of broker discretionary voting on compensation matters, requirements for additional performance and compensation disclosure, and other requirements. See “— Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth.” In addition, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and other U.S. bank regulators have released guidelines on incentive compensation that may apply to or impact MetLife, Inc. as a bank holding company. These requirements and restrictions, and others Congress or regulators may propose or implement, could hinder or prevent us from attracting and retaining management and other employees with the talent and experience to manage and conduct our business effectively.
 
Although AIG has received assurances from the Troubled Asset Relief Program Special Master for Executive Compensation that neither we nor ALICO will be subject to compensation related requirements and restrictions under programs established in whole or in part under EESA, there can be no assurance that the Acquisition will not lead to greater public or governmental scrutiny, regulation, or restrictions on our compensation practices as a result of the Acquisition and expansion into new markets outside the U.S., whether in connection with AIG’s having received U.S. government funding or as a result of other factors.
 
Legislative and Regulatory Activity in Health Care and Other Employee Benefits Could Increase the Costs or Administrative Burdens of Providing Benefits to Our Employees or Hinder or Prevent Us From Attracting and Retaining Employees, or Affect our Profitability As a Provider of Life Insurance, Annuities, and Non-Medical Health Insurance Benefit Products
 
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, signed into law on March 23, 2010, and The Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, signed into law on March 30, 2010 (together, the “Health Care Act”), may


60


Table of Contents

lead to fundamental changes in the way that employers, including us, provide health care benefits, other benefits, and other forms of compensation to their employees and former employees. Among other changes, and subject to various effective dates, the Health Care Act generally restricts certain limits on benefits, mandates coverage for certain kinds of care, extends the required coverage of dependent children through age 26, eliminates pre-existing condition exclusions or limitations, requires cost reporting and, in some cases, requires premium rebates to participants under certain circumstances, limits coverage waiting periods, establishes several penalties on employers who fail to offer sufficient coverage to their full-time employees, and requires employers under certain circumstances to provide employees with vouchers to purchase their own health care coverage. The Health Care Act also provides for increased taxation of “high cost” coverage, restricts the tax deductibility of certain compensation paid by health insurers, reduces the tax deductibility of retiree health care costs to the extent of any retiree prescription drug benefit subsidy provided to the employer by the federal government, increases Medicare taxes on certain high earners, and establishes health insurance “exchanges” for individual purchases of health insurance.
 
The impact of the Health Care Act on us as an employer and on the benefit plans we sponsor for employees or retirees and their dependents, whether those benefits remain competitive or effective in meeting their business objectives, and our costs to provide such benefits and our tax liabilities in connection with benefits or compensation, cannot be predicted. Furthermore, we cannot predict the impact of choices that will be made by various regulators, including the U.S. Treasury, the IRS, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, and state regulators, to promulgate regulations or guidance, or to make determinations under or related to the Health Care Act. Either the Health Care Act or any of these regulatory actions could adversely affect our ability to attract, retain, and motivate talented associates. They could also result in increased or unpredictable costs to provide employee benefits, and could harm our competitive position if we are subject to fees, penalties, tax provisions or other limitations in the Health Care Act and our competitors are not.
 
The Health Care Act also imposes requirements on us as a provider of non-medical health insurance benefit products, subject to various effective dates. It also imposes requirements on the purchasers of certain of these products and has implications for certain other MLIC products, such as annuities. We cannot predict the impact of the Act or of regulations, guidance or determinations made by various regulators, on the various products that we offer. Either the Health Care Act or any of these regulatory actions could adversely affect our ability to offer certain of these products in the same manner as we do today. They could also result in increased or unpredictable costs to provide certain products, and could harm our competitive position if the Health Care Act has a disparate impact on our products compared to products offered by our competitors.
 
The Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010 also includes certain provisions for defined benefit pension plan funding relief. These provisions may impact the likelihood and/or timing of corporate plan sponsors terminating their plans and/or engaging in transactions to partially or fully transfer pension obligations to an insurance company. As part of our Corporate Benefit Funding segment, we offer general account and separate account group annuity products that enable a plan sponsor to transfer these risks, often in connection with the termination of defined benefit pension plans. Consequently, this legislation could indirectly affect the mix of our business, with fewer closeouts and more non-guaranteed funding products, and adversely impact our results of operations.
 
Changes in U.S. Federal and State Securities Laws and Regulations, and State Insurance Regulations Regarding Suitability of Annuity Product Sales, May Affect Our Operations and Our Profitability
 
Federal and state securities laws and regulations apply to insurance products that are also “securities,” including variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies. As a result, some of MetLife, Inc.’s subsidiaries and their activities in offering and selling variable insurance contracts and policies are subject to extensive regulation under these securities laws. These subsidiaries issue variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies through separate accounts that are registered with the SEC as investment companies under the Investment Company Act. Each registered separate account is generally divided into sub-accounts, each of which invests in an underlying mutual fund which is itself a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act. In addition, the variable annuity contracts and variable life insurance policies issued by the separate accounts are registered with the SEC under the Securities Act. Other subsidiaries are registered with the SEC as


61


Table of Contents

broker-dealers under the Exchange Act, and are members of and subject to regulation by FINRA. Further, some of our subsidiaries are registered as investment advisers with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and are also registered as investment advisers in various states, as applicable.
 
Federal and state securities laws and regulations are primarily intended to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect investors in the securities markets, as well as protect investment advisory or brokerage clients. These laws and regulations generally grant regulatory agencies broad rulemaking and enforcement powers, including the power to limit or restrict the conduct of business for failure to comply with the securities laws and regulations. A number of changes have recently been suggested to the laws and regulations that govern the conduct of our variable insurance products business and our distributors that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. For example, Dodd-Frank authorizes the SEC to establish a standard of conduct applicable to brokers and dealers when providing personalized investment advice to retail and other customers. This standard of conduct would be to act in the best interest of the customer without regard to the financial or other interest of the broker or dealer providing the advice. Further, proposals have been made that the SEC establish a self-regulatory organization with respect to registered investment advisers, which could increase the level of regulatory oversight over such investment advisers.
 
In addition, state insurance regulators are becoming more active in adopting and enforcing suitability standards with respect to sales of annuities, both fixed and variable. In particular, the NAIC has adopted a revised Suitability in Annuity Transactions Model Regulation (“SAT”), that will, if enacted by the states, place new responsibilities upon issuing insurance companies with respect to the suitability of annuity sales, including responsibilities for training agents. Several states have already enacted laws based on the SAT.
 
We also may be subject to similar laws and regulations in the foreign countries in which we offer products or conduct other activities similar to those described above. See “Business — International Regulation.”
 
Changes in Tax Laws, Tax Regulations, or Interpretations of Such Laws or Regulations Could Increase Our Corporate Taxes; Changes in Tax Laws Could Make Some of Our Products Less Attractive to Consumers
 
Changes in tax laws, Treasury and other regulations promulgated thereunder, or interpretations of such laws or regulations could increase our corporate taxes. The Obama Administration has proposed corporate tax changes. Changes in corporate tax rates could affect the value of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. Furthermore, the value of deferred tax assets could be impacted by future earnings levels.
 
Changes in tax laws could make some of our products less attractive to consumers. A shift away from life insurance and annuity contracts and other tax-deferred products would reduce our income from sales of these products, as well as the assets upon which we earn investment income. The Obama Administration has proposed certain changes to individual income tax rates and rules applicable to certain policies.
 
We cannot predict whether any tax legislation impacting corporate taxes or insurance products will be enacted, what the specific terms of any such legislation will be or whether, if at all, any legislation would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Changes to Regulations Under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 Could Adversely Affect Our Distribution Model by Restricting Our Ability to Provide Customers With Advice
 
The prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code generally restrict the provision of investment advice to ERISA plans and participants and Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”) if the investment recommendation results in fees paid to the individual advisor, his or her firm or their affiliates that vary according to the investment recommendation chosen. In March 2010, the DOL issued proposed regulations which provide limited relief from these investment advice restrictions. If the proposed rules are issued in final form and no additional relief is provided regarding these investment advice restrictions, the ability of our affiliated broker-dealers and their registered representatives to provide investment advice to ERISA plans and participants, and with respect to IRAs, would likely be significantly restricted. Also, the fee and revenue arrangements of certain advisory


62


Table of Contents

programs may be required to be revenue neutral, resulting in potential lost revenues for these broker-dealers and their affiliates.
 
Other proposed regulatory initiatives under ERISA also may negatively impact the current business model of our broker-dealers. In particular, the DOL issued a proposed regulation in October 2010 that would, if adopted as proposed, significantly broaden the circumstances under which a person or entity providing investment advice with respect to ERISA plans or IRAs would be deemed a fiduciary under ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code. If adopted, the proposed regulations may make it easier for the DOL in enforcement actions, and for plaintiffs’ attorneys in ERISA litigation, to attempt to extend fiduciary status to advisors who would not be deemed fiduciaries under current regulations.
 
In addition, the DOL has issued a number of regulations recently that increase the level of disclosure that must be provided to plan sponsors and participants, and may issue additional such regulations in 2011. These ERISA disclosure requirements will likely increase the regulatory and compliance burden upon MetLife, resulting in increased costs.
 
We May Be Unable to Attract and Retain Sales Representatives for Our Products
 
We must attract and retain productive sales representatives to sell our insurance, annuities and investment products. Strong competition exists among insurers for sales representatives with demonstrated ability. In addition, there is competition for representatives with other types of financial services firms, such as independent broker-dealers.
 
We compete with other insurers for sales representatives primarily on the basis of our financial position, support services and compensation and product features. We continue to undertake several initiatives to grow our career agency force while continuing to enhance the efficiency and production of our existing sales force. We cannot provide assurance that these initiatives will succeed in attracting and retaining new agents. Sales of individual insurance, annuities and investment products and our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected if we are unsuccessful in attracting and retaining agents. See “Business — Competition.”
 
MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors May Control the Outcome of Stockholder Votes on Many Matters Due to the Voting Provisions of the MetLife Policyholder Trust
 
Under the Plan, we established the MetLife Policyholder Trust (the “Trust”) to hold the shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock allocated to eligible policyholders not receiving cash or policy credits under the plan. As of February 18, 2011, the Trust held 220,255,199 shares, or 22.3%, of the outstanding shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock. Because of the number of shares held in the Trust and the voting provisions of the Trust, the Trust may affect the outcome of matters brought to a stockholder vote.
 
Except on votes regarding certain fundamental corporate actions described below, the trustee will vote all of the shares of common stock held in the Trust in accordance with the recommendations given by MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors to its stockholders or, if the Board gives no such recommendations, as directed by the Board. As a result of the voting provisions of the Trust, the Board of Directors may be able to control votes on matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, excluding those fundamental corporate actions, so long as the Trust holds a substantial number of shares of common stock.
 
If the vote relates to fundamental corporate actions specified in the Trust, the trustee will solicit instructions from the Trust beneficiaries and vote all shares held in the Trust in proportion to the instructions it receives. These actions include:
 
  •  an election or removal of directors in which a stockholder has properly nominated one or more candidates in opposition to a nominee or nominees of MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors or a vote on a stockholder’s proposal to oppose a Board nominee for director, remove a director for cause or fill a vacancy caused by the removal of a director by stockholders, subject to certain conditions;


63


Table of Contents

 
  •  a merger or consolidation, a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets, or a recapitalization or dissolution, of MetLife, Inc., in each case requiring a vote of stockholders under applicable Delaware law;
 
  •  any transaction that would result in an exchange or conversion of shares of common stock held by the Trust for cash, securities or other property; and
 
  •  any proposal requiring MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors to amend or redeem the rights under MetLife, Inc.’s stockholder rights plan, other than a proposal with respect to which we have received advice of nationally-recognized legal counsel to the effect that the proposal is not a proper subject for stockholder action under Delaware law. MetLife, Inc. does not currently have a stockholder rights plan.
 
If a vote concerns any of these fundamental corporate actions, the trustee will vote all of the shares of common stock held by the Trust in proportion to the instructions it received, which will give disproportionate weight to the instructions actually given by Trust beneficiaries.
 
ALICO Holdings has agreed to vote all shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock acquired by it in connection with the Acquisition in proportion to the votes cast by all other stockholders of MetLife, Inc., including the Trust.
 
State Laws, Federal Laws, Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our By-Laws May Delay, Deter or Prevent Takeovers and Business Combinations that Stockholders Might Consider in Their Best Interests
 
State laws and our certificate of incorporation and by-laws may delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that stockholders might consider in their best interests. For instance, they may prevent stockholders from receiving the benefit from any premium over the market price of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.
 
Any person seeking to acquire a controlling interest in us would face various regulatory obstacles which may delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that stockholders of MetLife, Inc. might consider in their best interests. First, the insurance laws and regulations of the various states in which MetLife, Inc.’s insurance subsidiaries are organized may delay or impede a business combination involving us. State insurance laws prohibit an entity from acquiring control of an insurance company without the prior approval of the domestic insurance regulator. Under most states’ statutes, an entity is presumed to have control of an insurance company if it owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting stock of that insurance company or its parent company. We are also subject to banking regulations, and may in the future become subject to additional regulations. Dodd-Frank contains provisions that could restrict or impede consolidation, mergers and acquisitions by systemically significant firms and/or large bank holding companies. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Financial Holding Company Regulation — Change of Control and Restrictions on Mergers and Acquisitions.” In addition, the Investment Company Act would require approval by the contract owners of our variable contracts in order to effectuate a change of control of any affiliated investment adviser to a mutual fund underlying our variable contracts. Finally, FINRA approval would be necessary for a change of control of any FINRA registered broker-dealer that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of MetLife, Inc.
 
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may affect the ability of an “interested stockholder” to engage in certain business combinations, including mergers, consolidations or acquisitions of additional shares, for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an “interested stockholder.” An “interested stockholder” is defined to include persons owning, directly or indirectly, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation.
 
MetLife, Inc.’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws also contain provisions that may delay, deter or prevent a takeover attempt that stockholders might consider in their best interests. These provisions may adversely affect prevailing market prices for MetLife, Inc.’s common stock and include: classification of MetLife, Inc.’s Board of Directors into three classes; a prohibition on the calling of special meetings by stockholders; advance notice procedures for the nomination of candidates to the Board of Directors and stockholder proposals to be considered at stockholder meetings; and supermajority voting requirements for the amendment of certain provisions of the certificate of incorporation and by-laws.


64


Table of Contents

The Continued Threat of Terrorism and Ongoing Military Actions May Adversely Affect the Level of Claim Losses We Incur and the Value of Our Investment Portfolio
 
The continued threat of terrorism, both within the U.S. and abroad, ongoing military and other actions and heightened security measures in response to these types of threats may cause significant volatility in global financial markets and result in loss of life, property damage, additional disruptions to commerce and reduced economic activity. Some of the assets in our investment portfolio may be adversely affected by declines in the credit and equity markets and reduced economic activity caused by the continued threat of terrorism. We cannot predict whether, and the extent to which, companies in which we maintain investments may suffer losses as a result of financial, commercial or economic disruptions, or how any such disruptions might affect the ability of those companies to pay interest or principal on their securities or mortgage loans. The continued threat of terrorism also could result in increased reinsurance prices and reduced insurance coverage and potentially cause us to retain more risk than we otherwise would retain if we were able to obtain reinsurance at lower prices. Terrorist actions also could disrupt our operations centers in the U.S. or abroad. In addition, the occurrence of terrorist actions could result in higher claims under our insurance policies than anticipated. See “— Difficult Conditions in the Global Capital Markets and the Economy Generally May Materially Adversely Affect Our Business and Results of Operations and These Conditions May Not Improve in the Near Future.”
 
The Occurrence of Events Unanticipated in Our Disaster Recovery Systems and Management Continuity Planning Could Impair Our Ability to Conduct Business Effectively
 
In the event of a disaster such as a natural catastrophe, an epidemic, an industrial accident, a blackout, a computer virus, a terrorist attack or war, unanticipated problems with our disaster recovery systems could have a material adverse impact on our ability to conduct business and on our results of operations and financial position, particularly if those problems affect our computer-based data processing, transmission, storage and retrieval systems and destroy valuable data. We depend heavily upon computer systems to provide reliable service. Despite our implementation of a variety of security measures, our computer systems could be subject to physical and electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering. In addition, in the event that a significant number of our managers were unavailable in the event of a disaster, our ability to effectively conduct business could be severely compromised. These interruptions also may interfere with our suppliers’ ability to provide goods and services and our employees’ ability to perform their job responsibilities.
 
Our Associates May Take Excessive Risks Which Could Negatively Affect Our Financial Condition and Business
 
As an insurance enterprise, we are in the business of being paid to accept certain risks. The associates who conduct our business, including executive officers and other members of management, sales managers, investment professionals, product managers, sales agents, and other associates, do so in part by making decisions and choices that involve exposing us to risk. These include decisions such as setting underwriting guidelines and standards, product design and pricing, determining what assets to purchase for investment and when to sell them, which business opportunities to pursue, and other decisions. Although we endeavor, in the design and implementation of our compensation programs and practices, to avoid giving our associates incentives to take excessive risks, associates may take such risks regardless of the structure of our compensation programs and practices. Similarly, although we employ controls and procedures designed to monitor associates’ business decisions and prevent us from taking excessive risks, there can be no assurance that these controls and procedures are or may be effective. If our associates take excessive risks, the impact of those risks could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or business operations.
 
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments
 
MetLife has no unresolved comments from the SEC staff regarding its periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act.


65


Table of Contents

Item 2.    Properties
 
In 2006, we signed a lease for approximately 410,000 rentable square feet on 12 floors in an office building in Manhattan, New York. The term of that lease commenced during 2008 and continues for 21 years. In August 2009, we subleased 32,000 rentable square feet of that space to a subtenant, which has met our standards of review with respect to creditworthiness, and we currently have approximately 34,000 rentable square feet of space available for sublease. We moved certain operations from our Long Island City, Queens facility, to the Manhattan space in late 2008, but continue to maintain an on-going presence in Long Island City. Our lease in Long Island City covers 686,000 rentable square feet under a long-term lease arrangement that commenced during 2003 and continues for 20 years. In connection with the move of certain operations to Manhattan, in late 2008, we subleased 330,000 rentable square feet to four subtenants, each of which has met our standards of review with respect to creditworthiness. To date, with our occupancy and the four subtenants we have secured, we are fully subscribed at the Long Island City location.
 
In connection with the 2005 sale of the 200 Park Avenue property, we have retained rights to existing signage and are leasing space for associates in the property for 20 years with optional renewal periods through 2205.
 
We continue to own 15 other buildings in the U.S. that we use in the operation of our business. These buildings contain approximately four million rentable square feet and are located in the following states: Connecticut, Florida, Illinois, Missouri, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania and Rhode Island. Our computer center in Rensselaer, New York is not owned in fee but rather is occupied pursuant to a long-term ground lease. We lease space in approximately 700 other locations throughout the U.S., and these leased facilities consist of 8.9 million rentable square feet. Approximately 50% of these leases are occupied as sales offices for the U.S. Business operations. The balance of space is utilized for MetLife Bank and other corporate functions supporting business activities. We also own over 70 properties outside the U.S., comprised of 10 significant properties and the balance of condominium units. We lease approximately 1,200 sites in various locations outside the U.S. Of the aforementioned international locations, approximately 70 owned sites and approximately 700 leased sites were acquired recently in connection with the Acquisition. We believe that these properties are suitable and adequate for our current and anticipated business operations.
 
We arrange for property and casualty coverage on our properties, taking into consideration our risk exposures and the cost and availability of commercial coverages, including deductible loss levels. In connection with the renewal of those coverages, we have arranged $700 million of property insurance, including coverage for terrorism, on our real estate portfolio through May 15, 2011, its renewal date.
 
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings
 
See Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Item 4.    (Removed and Reserved)


66


Table of Contents

 
Part II
 
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Issuer Common Equity
 
MetLife, Inc.’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, began trading on the NYSE under the symbol “MET” on April 5, 2000.
 
The following table presents high and low closing prices for the common stock on the NYSE for the periods indicated:
 
                                 
    2010
    1st Quarter   2nd Quarter   3rd Quarter   4th Quarter
 
Common Stock Price
                               
High
  $ 43.34     $ 47.10     $ 42.73     $ 44.92  
Low
  $ 33.64     $ 37.76     $ 36.49     $ 37.74  
 
                                 
    2009
    1st Quarter   2nd Quarter   3rd Quarter   4th Quarter
 
Common Stock Price
                               
High
  $ 35.97     $ 35.50     $ 40.83     $ 38.35  
Low
  $ 12.10     $ 23.43     $ 26.90     $ 33.22  
 
At February 18, 2011, there were 90,250 stockholders of record of common stock.
 
The table below presents dividend declaration, record and payment dates, as well as per share and aggregate dividend amounts, for the common stock:
 
                             
            Dividend
Declaration Date   Record Date   Payment Date   Per Share   Aggregate
            (In millions,
            except per share data)
 
October 26, 2010
  November 9, 2010     December 14, 2010     $ 0.74     $ 784  (1)
October 29, 2009
  November 9, 2009     December 14, 2009     $ 0.74     $ 610  
 
 
(1) Includes dividends paid on Series B Contingent Convertible Junior Participating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Convertible Preferred Stock”).
 
Future common stock dividend decisions will be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors after taking into consideration factors such as our current earnings, expected medium-term and long-term earnings, financial condition, regulatory capital position, and applicable governmental regulations and policies. Furthermore, the payment of dividends and other distributions to the Company by its insurance subsidiaries is regulated by insurance laws and regulations. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Insurance Regulation,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Holding Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Dividends from Subsidiaries” and Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


67


Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Purchases of common stock made by or on behalf of the Company or its affiliates during the quarter ended December 31, 2010 are set forth below:
 
                                 
            (c) Total Number
  (d) Maximum Number
            of Shares
  (or Approximate
            Purchased as Part
  Dollar Value) of
    (a) Total Number
      of Publicly
  Shares that May Yet
    of Shares
  (b) Average Price
  Announced Plans
  Be Purchased Under the
Period   Purchased (1)   Paid per Share   or Programs   Plans or Programs (2)
 
October 1- October 31, 2010
    1,241     $ 38.92           $ 1,260,735,127  
November 1- November 30, 2010
    160     $ 42.90           $ 1,260,735,127  
December 1- December 31, 2010
    987     $ 43.90           $ 1,260,735,127  
 
 
(1) During the periods October 1 through October 31, 2010, November 1 through November 30, 2010 and December 1 through December 31, 2010, separate account affiliates of the Company purchased 1,241 shares, 160 shares and 987 shares, respectively, of common stock on the open market in nondiscretionary transactions to rebalance index funds. Except as disclosed above, no shares of common stock were repurchased by the Company.
 
(2) At December 31, 2010, the Company had $1,261 million remaining under its common stock repurchase program authorizations. In April 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional $1.0 billion common stock repurchase program, which will begin after the completion of the January 2008 $1.0 billion common stock repurchase program, of which $261 million remained outstanding at December 31, 2010. Under these authorizations, the Company may purchase its common stock from the MetLife Policyholder Trust, in the open market (including pursuant to the terms of a pre-set trading plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act) and in privately negotiated transactions. Whether or not to purchase any common stock and the size and timing of any such purchases will be determined in the Company’s complete discretion.
 
See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Liquidity and Capital Uses — Share Repurchases” for further information relating to common stock repurchases.


68


Table of Contents

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data
 
The following selected financial data has been derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements. The statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, and the balance sheet data at December 31, 2010 and 2009 have been derived from the Company’s audited financial statements included elsewhere herein. The statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the balance sheet data at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 have been derived from the Company’s audited financial statements not included herein. The selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere herein.
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
    (In millions)  
 
Statement of Operations Data (1)
                                       
Revenues:
                                       
Premiums
  $ 27,394     $ 26,460     $ 25,914     $ 22,970     $ 22,052  
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    6,037       5,203       5,381       5,238       4,711  
Net investment income
    17,615       14,837       16,289       18,055       16,239  
Other revenues
    2,328       2,329       1,586       1,465       1,301  
Net investment gains (losses)
    (392 )     (2,906 )     (2,098 )     (318 )     (1,174 )
Net derivative gains (losses)
    (265 )     (4,866 )     3,910       (260 )     (208 )
                                         
Total revenues
    52,717       41,057       50,982       47,150       42,921  
                                         
Expenses:
                                       
Policyholder benefits and claims
    29,545       28,336       27,437       23,783       22,869  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    4,925       4,849       4,788       5,461       4,899  
Policyholder dividends
    1,486       1,650       1,751       1,723       1,698  
Other expenses
    12,803       10,556       11,947       10,405       9,514  
                                         
Total expenses
    48,759       45,391       45,923       41,372       38,980  
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income tax
    3,958       (4,334 )     5,059       5,778       3,941  
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    1,181       (2,015 )     1,580       1,675       1,027  
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax
    2,777       (2,319 )     3,479       4,103       2,914  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
    9       41       (201 )     362       3,526  
                                         
Net income (loss)
    2,786       (2,278 )     3,278       4,465       6,440  
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (4 )     (32 )     69       148       147  
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
    2,790       (2,246 )     3,209       4,317       6,293  
Less: Preferred stock dividends
    122       122       125       137       134  
                                         
Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ 2,668     $ (2,368 )   $ 3,084     $ 4,180     $ 6,159  
                                         
 


69


Table of Contents

                                         
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance Sheet Data (1)
                                       
Assets:
                                       
General account assets (2)
  $ 547,569     $ 390,273     $ 380,839     $ 399,007     $ 383,758  
Separate account assets
    183,337       149,041       120,839       160,142       144,349  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 730,906     $ 539,314     $ 501,678     $ 559,149     $ 528,107  
                                         
Liabilities:
                                       
Policyholder liabilities and other policy-related balances (3)
  $ 401,905     $ 283,759     $ 282,261     $ 261,442     $ 252,099  
Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
    27,272       24,196       31,059       44,136       45,846  
Bank deposits
    10,316       10,211       6,884       4,534       4,638  
Short-term debt
    306       912       2,659       667       1,449  
Long-term debt (2)
    27,586       13,220       9,667       9,100       8,822  
Collateral financing arrangements
    5,297       5,297       5,192       4,882        
Junior subordinated debt securities
    3,191       3,191       3,758       4,075       3,381  
Other (2)
    22,583       15,989       15,374       33,186       32,277  
Separate account liabilities
    183,337       149,041       120,839       160,142       144,349  
                                         
Total liabilities
    681,793       505,816       477,693       522,164       492,861  
                                         
Redeemable noncontrolling interests in partially owned consolidated securities
    117                          
                                         
Equity:
                                       
MetLife, Inc.’s stockholders’ equity:
                                       
Preferred stock, at par value
    1       1       1       1       1  
Convertible preferred stock, at par value
                             
Common stock, at par value
    10       8       8       8       8  
Additional paid-in capital
    26,423       16,859       15,811       17,098       17,454  
Retained earnings
    21,363       19,501       22,403       19,884       16,574  
Treasury stock, at cost
    (172 )     (190 )     (236 )     (2,890 )     (1,357 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    1,000       (3,058 )     (14,253 )     1,078       1,118  
                                         
Total MetLife, Inc.’s stockholders’ equity
    48,625       33,121       23,734       35,179       33,798  
Noncontrolling interests
    371       377       251       1,806       1,448  
                                         
Total equity
    48,996       33,498       23,985       36,985       35,246  
                                         
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 730,906     $ 539,314     $ 501,678     $ 559,149     $ 528,107  
                                         
 

70


Table of Contents

                               
    Years Ended December 31,
    2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
    (In millions, except per share data)
 
Other Data (1), (4)
                             
Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ 2,668   $ (2,368)   $ 3,084   $ 4,180   $ 6,159
Return on MetLife, Inc.’s common equity
    6.9%     (9.0)%     11.2%     12.9%     20.9%
Return on MetLife, Inc.’s common equity, excluding accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    7.0%     (6.8)%     9.1%     13.3%     22.1%
EPS Data (1), (5)
                             
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations Available to MetLife, Inc.’s Common Shareholders Per Common Share:
                             
Basic
  $ 3.01   $ (2.94)   $ 4.60   $ 5.32   $ 3.64
Diluted
  $ 2.99   $ (2.94)   $ 4.54   $ 5.19   $ 3.59
Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations Per Common Share:
                             
Basic
  $ 0.01   $ 0.05   $ (0.41)   $ 0.30   $ 4.45
Diluted
  $ 0.01   $ 0.05   $ (0.40)   $ 0.29   $ 4.40
Net Income (Loss) Available to MetLife, Inc.’s Common Shareholders Per Common Share:
                             
Basic
  $ 3.02   $ (2.89)   $ 4.19   $ 5.62   $ 8.09
Diluted
  $ 3.00   $ (2.89)   $ 4.14   $ 5.48   $ 7.99
Cash Dividends Declared Per Common Share
  $ 0.74   $ 0.74   $ 0.74   $ 0.74   $ 0.59
 
 
(1) On November 1, 2010, the Holding Company acquired ALICO. The results of the Acquisition are reflected in the 2010 selected financial data. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2) At December 31, 2010, general account assets, long-term debt and other liabilities include amounts relating to variable interest entities of $11,080 million, $6,902 million and $93 million, respectively.
 
(3) Policyholder liabilities and other policy-related balances include future policy benefits, policyholder account balances, other policy-related balances, policyholder dividends payable and the policyholder dividend obligation.
 
(4) Return on MetLife, Inc.’s common equity is defined as net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders divided by MetLife, Inc.’s average common stockholders’ equity.
 
(5) For the year ended December 31, 2009, shares related to the assumed exercise or issuance of stock-based awards have been excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per common share as these assumed shares are anti-dilutive.
 
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
For purposes of this discussion, “MetLife,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1999 (the “Holding Company”), its subsidiaries and affiliates. Following this summary is a discussion addressing the consolidated results of operations and financial condition of the Company for the periods indicated. This discussion should be read in conjunction with “Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements,” “Risk Factors,” “Selected Financial Data” and the Company’s consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein.
 
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations may contain or incorporate by reference information that includes or is based upon forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements give expectations or forecasts of future events. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They use words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with a discussion of future operating or financial performance. In particular, these include statements relating to future actions, prospective services or products, future performance

71


Table of Contents

or results of current and anticipated services or products, sales efforts, expenses, the outcome of contingencies such as legal proceedings, trends in operations and financial results. Any or all forward-looking statements may turn out to be wrong. Actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. See “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
 
The following discussion includes references to our performance measures operating earnings and operating earnings available to common shareholders, that are not based on accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Operating earnings is the measure of segment profit or loss we use to evaluate segment performance and allocate resources and, consistent with GAAP accounting guidance for segment reporting, is our measure of segment performance. Operating earnings is also a measure by which our senior management’s and many other employees’ performance is evaluated for the purposes of determining their compensation under applicable compensation plans. Operating earnings is defined as operating revenues less operating expenses, net of income tax. Operating earnings available to common shareholders, which is used to evaluate the performance of Banking, Corporate & Other, as well as MetLife, is defined as operating earnings less preferred stock dividends.
 
Operating revenues is defined as GAAP revenues (i) less net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses); (ii) less amortization of unearned revenue related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses); (iii) plus scheduled periodic settlement payments on derivatives that are hedges of investments but do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment; (iv) plus income from discontinued real estate operations; (v) less net investment income related to contractholder-directed unit-linked investments; and (vi) plus, for operating joint ventures reported under the equity method of accounting, the aforementioned adjustments, those identified in the definition of operating expenses and changes in the fair value of hedges of operating joint venture liabilities, all net of income tax.
 
Operating expenses is defined as GAAP expenses (i) less changes in policyholder benefits associated with asset value fluctuations related to experience-rated contractholder liabilities and certain inflation-indexed liabilities; (ii) less costs related to business combinations (since January 1, 2009) and noncontrolling interests; (iii) less amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”) and value of business acquired (“VOBA”) and changes in the policyholder dividend obligation related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses); (iv) less interest credited to policyholder account balances (“PABs”) related to contractholder-directed unit-linked investments; and (v) plus scheduled periodic settlement payments on derivatives that are hedges of PABs but do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment.
 
In addition, operating revenues and operating expenses do not reflect the consolidation of certain securitization entities that are variable interest entities (“VIEs”) as required under GAAP.
 
We believe the presentation of operating earnings and operating earnings available to common shareholders as we measure it for management purposes enhances the understanding of our performance by highlighting the results of operations and the underlying profitability drivers of our businesses. Operating earnings and operating earnings available to common shareholders should not be viewed as substitutes for GAAP income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax. Reconciliations of operating earnings and operating earnings available to common shareholders to GAAP income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, are included in “— Results of Operations.”
 
In this discussion, we sometimes refer to sales activity for various products. These sales statistics do not correspond to revenues under GAAP, but are used as relevant measures of business activity.
 
Executive Summary
 
MetLife is a leading global provider of insurance, annuities and employee benefit programs throughout the United States (“U.S.”), Japan, Latin America, Asia Pacific, Europe and the Middle East. Through its subsidiaries and affiliates, MetLife offers life insurance, annuities, auto and homeowners insurance, retail banking and other financial services to individuals, as well as group insurance and retirement & savings products and services to corporations and other institutions. MetLife is organized into five segments: Insurance Products, Retirement Products, Corporate Benefit Funding and Auto & Home (collectively, “U.S. Business”) and International. The assets and liabilities of American Life Insurance Company (“American Life”) and Delaware American Life Insurance Company (“DelAm,” together with American Life, collectively, “ALICO”) as of November 30, 2010 and


72


Table of Contents

the operating results of ALICO from November 1, 2010 (the “Acquisition Date”) through November 30, 2010 are included in the International segment. In addition, the Company reports certain of its results of operations in Banking, Corporate & Other, which is comprised of MetLife Bank, National Association (“MetLife Bank”) and other business activities. For reporting periods beginning in 2011, our non-U.S. Business results will be presented within two separate segments: Japan and Other International Regions.
 
On the Acquisition Date, the Holding Company completed the acquisition of American Life from ALICO Holdings LLC (“ALICO Holdings”), a subsidiary of American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”), and DelAm from AIG, (the “Acquisition”) for a total purchase price of $16.4 billion. The business acquired in the Acquisition provides consumers and businesses with life insurance, accident and health insurance, retirement and wealth management solutions. This transaction delivers on our global growth strategies, adding significant scale and reach to MetLife’s international footprint, furthering our diversification in geographic mix and product offerings, as well as increasing our distribution strength. See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
As the U.S. and global financial markets continue to recover, we have experienced a significant improvement in net investment income and favorable changes in net investment and net derivative gains (losses). We also continue to experience an increase in market share and sales in some of our businesses, in part, from a flight to quality in the industry. These positive factors were somewhat dampened by the negative impact of general economic conditions, including high levels of unemployment, on the demand for certain of our products.
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax
  $ 2,777     $ (2,319 )   $ 3,479  
Less: Net investment gains (losses)
    (392 )     (2,906 )     (2,098 )
Less: Net derivative gains (losses)
    (265 )     (4,866 )     3,910  
Less: Adjustments to continuing operations (1)
    (981 )     283       (664 )
Less: Provision for income tax (expense) benefit
    401       2,683       (488 )
                         
Operating earnings
    4,014       2,487       2,819  
Less: Preferred stock dividends
    122       122       125  
                         
Operating earnings available to common shareholders
  $ 3,892     $ 2,365     $ 2,694  
                         
 
 
(1) See definitions of operating revenues and operating expenses for the components of such adjustments.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010 compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, MetLife’s income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax increased $5.1 billion to a gain of $2.8 billion from a loss of $2.3 billion in 2009, of which $2 million in losses is from the inclusion of ALICO results for one month in 2010 and the impact of financing costs for the Acquisition. The change was predominantly due to a $4.6 billion favorable change in net derivative gains (losses), before income tax, and a $2.5 billion favorable change in net investment gains (losses), before income tax. Offsetting these favorable variances were unfavorable changes in adjustments related to continuing operations of $1.3 billion, before income tax, and $2.2 billion of income tax, resulting in a total favorable variance of $3.6 billion. In addition, operating earnings available to common shareholders increased $1.5 billion to $3.9 billion in the current year from $2.4 billion in the prior year.
 
The favorable change in net derivative gains (losses) of $3.0 billion was primarily driven by net gains on freestanding derivatives in the current year compared to net losses in the prior year, partially offset by an unfavorable change in embedded derivatives from gains in the prior year to losses in the current year. The favorable change in freestanding derivatives was primarily attributable to market factors, including falling long-term and mid-term interest rates, a stronger recovery in equity markets in the prior year than the current year, equity volatility, which decreased more in the prior year as compared to the current year, a strengthening U.S. dollar and widening corporate credit spreads in the financial services sector. The favorable change in net investment gains (losses) of


73


Table of Contents

$1.6 billion was primarily driven by a decrease in impairments and a decrease in the provision for credit losses on mortgage loans. These favorable changes in net derivative and net investment gains (losses) were partially offset by an unfavorable change of $514 million in related adjustments.
 
The improvement in the financial markets, which began in the second quarter of 2009 and continued into 2010, was a key driver of the $1.5 billion increase in operating earnings available to common shareholders. Such market improvement was most evident in higher net investment income and policy fees, as well as a decrease in variable annuity guarantee benefit costs. These increases were partially offset by an increase in amortization of DAC, VOBA and deferred sales inducements (“DSI”) as a result of an increase in average separate account balances and higher current year gross margins in the closed block driven by increased investment yields and the impact of dividend scale reductions. The 2010 period also includes one month of ALICO results, contributing $114 million to the increase in operating earnings. The favorable impact of a reduction in discretionary spending associated with our enterprise-wide cost reduction and revenue enhancement initiative was more than offset by an increase in other expenses related to our International business. This increase primarily stemmed from the impact of a benefit recorded in the prior year related to the pesification in Argentina, as well as current year business growth in the segment.
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009 compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2009, MetLife’s income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, decreased $5.8 billion to a loss of $2.3 billion from income of $3.5 billion in the comparable 2008 period. The year over year change is predominantly due to an $8.8 billion unfavorable change in net derivative gains (losses), before income tax, to losses of $4.9 billion in 2009 from gains of $3.9 billion in 2008. In addition, there was an $808 million unfavorable change in net investment gains (losses), before income tax. Offsetting these variances were favorable changes in adjustments related to continuing operations of $947 million, before income tax, and $3.2 billion of income tax, resulting in a total unfavorable variance of $5.5 billion. In addition, operating earnings available to common shareholders decreased by $329 million to $2.4 billion in 2009 from $2.7 billion in 2008.
 
The unfavorable change in net derivative gains (losses) of $8.8 billion was primarily driven by losses on freestanding derivatives, partially offset by gains on embedded derivatives, most of which were associated with variable annuity minimum benefit guarantees, and lower losses on fixed maturity securities. The unfavorable change in net investment gains (losses) of $808 million was primarily driven by an increase in impairments. These unfavorable changes in gains (losses) were partially offset by a favorable change of $947 million in related adjustments.
 
The positive impact of business growth and favorable mortality in several of our businesses was more than offset by a decline in net investment income, resulting in a decrease in operating earnings of $329 million. The decrease in net investment income caused significant declines in the operating earnings of many of our businesses, especially the interest spread businesses. Also contributing to the decline in operating earnings was an increase in net guaranteed annuity benefit costs and a charge related to our closed block of business, a specific group of participating life policies that were segregated in connection with the demutualization of Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“MLIC”). The favorable impact of our enterprise-wide cost reduction and revenue enhancement initiative, was more than offset by higher pension and postretirement benefit costs, driving the increase in other expenses. The declines in operating earnings were partially offset by a change in amortization related to DAC, DSI and unearned revenue.
 
Consolidated Company Outlook
 
As a result of the Acquisition, operations outside the U.S. are expected to contribute approximately 30% of the premiums, fees and other revenues and approximately 40% of MetLife’s operating earnings in 2011.


74


Table of Contents

In 2010, general economic conditions improved and interest rates remained low throughout the year. In 2011, we expect a significant improvement in the operating earnings of the Company, driven primarily by the following:
 
  •  Premiums, fees and other revenues growth in 2011 of approximately 30%, of which 27% is directly attributable to the Acquisition. The remaining 3% increase is driven by:
 
  •  Increases in our non-U.S. businesses from continuing organic growth throughout our various geographic regions;
 
  •  Higher fees earned on separate accounts, as the equity markets continue to improve, thereby increasing the value of those separate accounts. In addition, net flows of variable annuities are expected to continue to be strong in 2011, which also increases the account values upon which these fees are earned;
 
  •  Increased sales in the pension closeout business, both in the U.S. and the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), as we expect the demand for these products to return to a more normal level in 2011.
 
  •  Focus on disciplined underwriting. We see no significant changes to the underlying trends that drive underwriting results and anticipate solid results in 2011.
 
  •  Focus on expense management. We continue to focus on expense control throughout the Company, specifically managing the costs associated with the integration of ALICO. We also expect to begin realizing cost synergies later in 2011.
 
  •  Returns on investment portfolio. Although the market environment remains challenging, we expect the returns on our investment portfolio in 2011, with respect to both income and realized gains and losses, will be in line with the results achieved in 2010.
 
More difficult to predict is the impact of potential changes in fair value of freestanding and embedded derivatives as even relatively small movements in market variables, including interest rates, equity levels and volatility, can have a large impact on the fair value of derivatives and net derivative gains (losses). Additionally, changes in fair value of embedded derivatives within certain insurance liabilities may have a material impact on net derivative gains (losses) related to the inclusion of an adjustment for nonperformance risk.
 
Industry Trends
 
Despite improvement in general economic conditions in 2010, we continue to be impacted by the unstable global financial and economic environment that has been affecting the industry.
 
Financial and Economic Environment.   Our business and results of operations are materially affected by conditions in the global capital markets and the economy, generally, both in the U.S. and elsewhere around the world. The global economy and markets are now recovering from a period of significant stress that began in the second half of 2007 and substantially increased through the first quarter of 2009. This disruption adversely affected the financial services industry, in particular. The U.S. economy entered a recession in late 2007. This recession ended in mid-2009, but the recovery from the recession has been below historic averages and the unemployment rate is expected to remain high for some time. In addition, inflation has fallen over the last several years and is expected to remain at low levels for some time. Some economists believe that some level of disinflation and deflation risk remains in the economy.
 
Throughout 2008 and continuing in 2009, Congress, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the U.S. Treasury and other agencies of the Federal government took a number of increasingly aggressive actions (in addition to continuing a series of interest rate reductions that began in the second half of 2007) intended to provide liquidity to financial institutions and markets, to avert a loss of investor confidence in particular troubled institutions, to prevent or contain the spread of the financial crisis and to spur economic growth. Most of these programs have run their course or have been discontinued. The monetary policy by the Federal Reserve Board and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”), which was signed by President Obama in July 2010, are more likely to be relevant to MetLife, Inc. and will significantly change financial regulation in the U.S. See “— Regulatory Changes.” In addition, the oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision announced in December 2010 increased capital and liquidity requirements (commonly referred


75


Table of Contents

to as “Basel III”) for bank holding companies, such as MetLife, Inc. Assuming these requirements are endorsed and adopted by the U.S., they are to be phased in beginning January 1, 2013. It is possible that even more stringent capital and liquidity requirements could be imposed under Dodd-Frank and Basel III.
 
It is not certain what effect the enactment of Dodd-Frank or Basel III will have on the financial markets, the availability of credit, asset prices and MetLife’s operations. We cannot predict whether the funds made available by the U.S. Federal government and its agencies will be enough to continue stabilizing or to further revive the financial markets or, if additional amounts are necessary, whether Congress will be willing to make the necessary appropriations, what the public’s sentiment would be towards any such appropriations, or what additional requirements or conditions might be imposed on the use of any such additional funds.
 
The imposition of additional regulation on large financial institutions may have, over time, the effect of supporting some aspects of the financial services industry more than others. This could adversely affect our competitive position.
 
Although the disruption in the global financial markets has moderated, not all such markets are functioning normally, and some remain reliant upon government intervention and liquidity. The global recession and disruption of the financial markets has also led to concerns over capital markets access and the solvency of certain European Union member states, including Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece and Spain. In response, on May 10, 2010, the European Union, the European Central Bank and the International Monetary Fund announced a rescue package of up to €750 billion, or approximately $1 trillion, for European nations in the Eurozone. This rescue package is intended to stabilize these economies. The Japanese economy, to which we face increased exposure as a result of the Acquisition, continues to experience low nominal growth, a deflationary environment, and weak consumer spending.
 
Recent global economic conditions have had and could continue to have an adverse effect on the financial results of companies in the financial services industry, including MetLife. Such global economic conditions, as well as the global financial markets, continue to impact our net investment income, our net investment and net derivative gains (losses), and the demand for and the cost and profitability of certain of our products, including variable annuities and guarantee benefits. See ‘‘— Results of Operations” and “— Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
 
Competitive Pressures.   The life insurance industry remains highly competitive. The product development and product life-cycles have shortened in many product segments, leading to more intense competition with respect to product features. Larger companies have the ability to invest in brand equity, product development, technology and risk management, which are among the fundamentals for sustained profitable growth in the life insurance industry. In addition, several of the industry’s products can be quite homogeneous and subject to intense price competition. Sufficient scale, financial strength and financial flexibility are becoming prerequisites for sustainable growth in the life insurance industry. Larger market participants tend to have the capacity to invest in additional distribution capability and the information technology needed to offer the superior customer service demanded by an increasingly sophisticated industry client base. We believe that the turbulence in financial markets that began in the second half of 2007, its impact on the capital position of many competitors, and subsequent actions by regulators and rating agencies have highlighted financial strength as a significant differentiator from the perspective of customers and certain distributors. In addition, the financial market turbulence and the economic recession have led many companies in our industry to re-examine the pricing and features of the products they offer and may lead to consolidation in the life insurance industry.
 
Regulatory Changes.   The U.S. life insurance industry is regulated at the state level, with some products and services also subject to Federal regulation. As life insurers introduce new and often more complex products, regulators refine capital requirements and introduce new reserving standards for the life insurance industry. Regulations recently adopted or currently under review can potentially impact the statutory reserve and capital requirements of the industry. In addition, regulators have undertaken market and sales practices reviews of several markets or products, including equity-indexed annuities, variable annuities and group products. The regulation of the financial services industry in the U.S. and internationally has received renewed scrutiny as a result of the disruptions in the financial markets in 2008 and 2009. Significant regulatory reforms have been proposed and these or other reforms could be implemented. See “Business — U.S. Regulation” and “Business — International Regulation.” We cannot predict whether any such reforms will be adopted, the form they will take or their effect upon us. We also cannot predict how the various government responses to the recent financial and economic difficulties will affect the financial services and insurance industries or the standing of particular companies, including us, within those industries. See “Business — Governmental


76


Table of Contents

Responses to Extraordinary Market Conditions,” “Risk Factors — Our Insurance, Brokerage and Banking Businesses Are Heavily Regulated, and Changes in Regulation May Reduce Our Profitability and Limit Our Growth” and “Risk Factors — Changes in U.S. Federal and State Securities Laws and Regulations, and State Insurance Regulations Regarding Suitability of Annuity Product Sales, May Affect Our Operations and Our Profitability.” Until various studies are completed and final regulations are promulgated pursuant to Dodd-Frank, the full impact of Dodd-Frank on the investments, investment activities and insurance and annuity products of the Company remain unclear. See “Risk Factors — Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth.” Under Dodd-Frank, as a large, interconnected bank holding company with assets of $50 billion or more, or possibly as an otherwise systemically important financial company, MetLife, Inc. will be subject to enhanced prudential standards imposed on systemically significant financial companies. Enhanced standards will be applied to Tier 1 and total risk-based capital (“RBC”), liquidity, leverage (unless another, similar standard is appropriate for the Company), resolution plan and credit exposure reporting, concentration limits, and risk management. The so-called “Volcker Rule” provisions of Dodd-Frank restrict the ability of affiliates of insured depository institutions (such as MetLife Bank) to engage in proprietary trading or sponsor or invest in hedge funds or private equity funds. See “Risk Factors — Various Aspects of Dodd-Frank Could Impact Our Business Operations, Capital Requirements and Profitability and Limit Our Growth.”
 
Mortgage and Foreclosure-Related Exposures.   In 2008 MetLife Bank acquired certain assets to enter the forward and reverse residential mortgage origination and servicing business, including rights to service residential mortgage loans. At various times since then, including most recently in the third quarter of 2010, MetLife Bank has acquired additional residential mortgage loan servicing rights. As an originator and servicer of mortgage loans, which are usually sold to an investor shortly after origination, MetLife Bank has obligations to repurchase loans upon demand by the investor due to (i) a determination that material representations made in connection with the sale of the loans (relating, for example, to the underwriting and origination of the loans) are incorrect or (ii) defects in servicing of the loan. MetLife Bank is indemnified by the sellers of the acquired assets, for various periods depending on the transaction and the nature of the claim, for origination and servicing deficiencies that occurred prior to MetLife Bank’s acquisition, including indemnification for any repurchase claims made from investors who purchased mortgage loans from the sellers. Substantially all mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) that were acquired by MetLife Bank relate to loans sold to Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”). Since the 2008 acquisitions, MetLife Bank has originated and sold mortgages primarily to FNMA, FHLMC and Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) (collectively, the “Agency Investors”) and, to a limited extent, a small number of private investors. Currently 99% of MetLife Bank’s $83 billion servicing portfolio is comprised of products sold to Agency Investors. Other than repurchase obligations which are subject to indemnification by sellers of acquired assets as described above, MetLife Bank’s exposure to repurchase obligations and losses related to origination deficiencies is limited to the approximately $52 billion of loans originated by MetLife Bank (all of which have been originated since August 2008) and to servicing deficiencies after the date of acquisition, and management is satisfied that adequate provision has been made in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all probable and reasonably estimable repurchase obligations and losses.
 
In light of recent events concerning foreclosure proceedings within the industry, MetLife Bank has undertaken a close review of its procedures. MetLife Bank verifies the accuracy of borrower information included in affidavits filed in foreclosure proceedings. We do not believe that MetLife Bank has material exposure to potential losses arising from challenges to its foreclosure procedures. Like other mortgage servicers, MetLife Bank has been the subject of recent inquiries and investigations from state attorneys general and banking regulators. See Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to adopt accounting policies and make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. The most critical estimates include those used in determining:
 
  (i)  the estimated fair value of investments in the absence of quoted market values;
 
  (ii)  investment impairments;


77


Table of Contents

 
  (iii)  the recognition of income on certain investment entities and the application of the consolidation rules to certain investments;
 
  (iv)  the estimated fair value of and accounting for freestanding derivatives and the existence and estimated fair value of embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation;
 
  (v)  the capitalization and amortization of DAC and the establishment and amortization of VOBA;
 
  (vi)  the measurement of goodwill and related impairment, if any;
 
  (vii)  the liability for future policyholder benefits and the accounting for reinsurance contracts;
 
  (viii)  accounting for income taxes and the valuation of deferred tax assets;
 
  (ix)  accounting for employee benefit plans; and
 
  (x)  the liability for litigation and regulatory matters.
 
The application of purchase accounting requires the use of estimation techniques in determining the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed — the most significant of which relate to aforementioned critical accounting estimates. In applying the Company’s accounting policies, we make subjective and complex judgments that frequently require estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. Many of these policies, estimates and related judgments are common in the insurance and financial services industries; others are specific to the Company’s businesses and operations. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
Fair Value
 
The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. In many cases, the exit price and the transaction (or entry) price will be the same at initial recognition. However, in certain cases, the transaction price may not represent fair value. The fair value of a liability is based on the amount that would be paid to transfer a liability to a third party with the same credit standing. It requires that fair value be a market-based measurement in which the fair value is determined based on a hypothetical transaction at the measurement date, considered from the perspective of a market participant. When quoted prices are not used to determine fair value of an asset, the Company considers three broad valuation techniques: (i) the market approach, (ii) the income approach, and (iii) the cost approach. The Company determines the most appropriate valuation technique to use, given what is being measured and the availability of sufficient inputs. The Company prioritizes the inputs to fair valuation techniques and allows for the use of unobservable inputs to the extent that observable inputs are not available. The Company categorizes its assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value into a three-level hierarchy, based on the priority of the inputs to the respective valuation technique. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). An asset or liability’s classification within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input to its valuation. The input levels are as follows:
 
  Level 1   Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. The Company defines active markets based on average trading volume for equity securities. The size of the bid/ask spread is used as an indicator of market activity for fixed maturity securities.
 
  Level 2   Quoted prices in markets that are not active or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities other than quoted prices in Level 1; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other significant inputs that are observable or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
 
  Level 3   Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and are significant to the estimated fair value of the assets or liabilities. Unobservable inputs reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as


78


Table of Contents

  instruments for which the determination of estimated fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.
 
Prior to January 1, 2009, the measurement and disclosures of fair value based on exit price excluded certain items such as nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities initially measured at estimated fair value in a business combination, reporting units measured at estimated fair value in the first step of a goodwill impairment test and indefinite-lived intangible assets measured at estimated fair value for impairment assessment.
 
In addition, the Company elected the fair value option (“FVO”) for certain of its financial instruments to better match measurement of assets and liabilities in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Estimated Fair Value of Investments
 
The Company’s investments in fixed maturity and equity securities, investments in trading and other securities, certain short-term investments, most mortgage loans held-for-sale, and MSRs are reported at their estimated fair value. In determining the estimated fair value of these investments, various methodologies, assumptions and inputs are utilized, as described further below.
 
When available, the estimated fair value of securities is based on quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly obtainable. Generally, these are the most liquid of the Company’s securities holdings and valuation of these securities does not involve management judgment.
 
When quoted prices in active markets are not available, the determination of estimated fair value is based on market standard valuation methodologies. The market standard valuation methodologies utilized include: discounted cash flow methodologies, matrix pricing or other similar techniques. The inputs to these market standard valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to: interest rates, credit standing of the issuer or counterparty, industry sector of the issuer, coupon rate, call provisions, sinking fund requirements, maturity, estimated duration and management’s assumptions regarding liquidity and estimated future cash flows. Accordingly, the estimated fair values are based on available market information and management’s judgments about financial instruments.
 
The significant inputs to the market standard valuation methodologies for certain types of securities with reasonable levels of price transparency are inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Such observable inputs include benchmarking prices for similar assets in active, liquid markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active and observable yields and spreads in the market.
 
When observable inputs are not available, the market standard valuation methodologies for determining the estimated fair value of certain types of securities that trade infrequently, and therefore have little or no price transparency, rely on inputs that are significant to the estimated fair value that are not observable in the market or cannot be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. These unobservable inputs can be based in large part on management judgment or estimation, and cannot be supported by reference to market activity. Even though unobservable, these inputs are based on assumptions deemed appropriate given the circumstances and consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing such securities.
 
The estimated fair value of residential mortgage loans held-for-sale is determined based on observable pricing of residential mortgage loans held-for-sale with similar characteristics, or observable pricing for securities backed by similar types of loans, adjusted to convert the securities prices to loan prices. Generally, quoted market prices are not available. When observable pricing for similar loans or securities that are backed by similar loans are not available, the estimated fair values of residential mortgage loans held-for-sale are determined using independent broker quotations, which is intended to approximate the amounts that would be received from third parties. Certain other mortgage loans have also been designated as held-for-sale which are recorded at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value less expected disposition costs determined on an individual loan basis. For these loans, estimated fair value is determined using independent broker quotations or, when the loan is in foreclosure or otherwise determined to be collateral dependent, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral estimated using internal models.


79


Table of Contents

MSRs, which are recorded in other invested assets, are measured at estimated fair value and are either acquired or are generated from the sale of originated residential mortgage loans where the servicing rights are retained by the Company. The estimated fair value of MSRs is principally determined through the use of internal discounted cash flow models which utilize various assumptions. Valuation inputs and assumptions include generally observable items such as type and age of loan, loan interest rates, current market interest rates, and certain unobservable inputs, including assumptions regarding estimates of discount rates, loan prepayments and servicing costs, all of which are sensitive to changing markets conditions. The use of different valuation assumptions and inputs, as well as assumptions relating to the collection of expected cash flows, may have a material effect on the estimated fair values of MSRs.
 
Financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity. The Company’s ability to sell securities, or the price ultimately realized for these securities, depends upon the demand and liquidity in the market and increases the use of judgment in determining the estimated fair value of certain securities.
 
Investment Impairments
 
One of the significant estimates related to available-for-sale securities is the evaluation of investments for impairments. The assessment of whether impairments have occurred is based on our case-by-case evaluation of the underlying reasons for the decline in estimated fair value. The Company’s review of its fixed maturity and equity securities for impairments includes an analysis of the total gross unrealized losses by three categories of severity and/or age of the gross unrealized loss, as described more fully in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. An extended and severe unrealized loss position on a fixed maturity security may not have any impact on the ability of the issuer to service all scheduled interest and principal payments and the Company’s evaluation of recoverability of all contractual cash flows or the ability to recover an amount at least equal to its amortized cost based on the present value of the expected future cash flows to be collected. In contrast, for certain equity securities, greater weight and consideration are given by the Company to a decline in estimated fair value and the likelihood such estimated fair value decline will recover.
 
Additionally, we consider a wide range of factors about the security issuer and use our best judgment in evaluating the cause of the decline in the estimated fair value of the security and in assessing the prospects for near-term recovery. Inherent in our evaluation of the security are assumptions and estimates about the operations of the issuer and its future earnings potential. Considerations used by the Company in the impairment evaluation process include, but are not limited to:
 
  (i)  the length of time and the extent to which the estimated fair value has been below cost or amortized cost;
 
  (ii)  the potential for impairments of securities when the issuer is experiencing significant financial difficulties;
 
  (iii)  the potential for impairments in an entire industry sector or sub-sector;
 
  (iv)  the potential for impairments in certain economically depressed geographic locations;
 
  (v)  the potential for impairments of securities where the issuer, series of issuers or industry has suffered a catastrophic type of loss or has exhausted natural resources;
 
  (vi)  with respect to fixed maturity securities, whether the Company has the intent to sell or will more likely than not be required to sell a particular security before recovery of the decline in estimated fair value below cost or amortized cost;
 
  (vii)  with respect to equity securities, whether the Company’s ability and intent to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of its value to an amount equal to or greater than cost;
 
  (viii)  unfavorable changes in projected cash flows on mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities (“ABS”); and
 
  (ix)  other subjective factors, including concentrations and information obtained from regulators and rating agencies.


80


Table of Contents

 
The cost of fixed maturity and equity securities is adjusted for the credit loss component of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment (“OTTI”) in the period in which the determination is made. When an OTTI of a fixed maturity security has occurred, the amount of the OTTI recognized in earnings depends on whether the Company intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of the decline in estimated fair value below amortized cost. If the fixed maturity security meets either of these two criteria, the OTTI recognized in earnings is equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost and its estimated fair value at the impairment measurement date. For OTTI of fixed maturity securities that do not meet either of these two criteria, the net amount recognized in earnings is equal to the difference between the amortized cost of the fixed maturity security and the present value of projected future cash flows expected to be collected from this security (“credit loss”). If the estimated fair value is less than the present value of projected future cash flows expected to be collected, this portion of OTTI related to other than credit factors (“noncredit loss”) is recorded as other comprehensive income (loss). For equity securities, the carrying value of the equity security is impaired to its estimated fair value, with a corresponding charge to earnings. The Company does not make any adjustments for subsequent recoveries in value.
 
The determination of the amount of allowances and impairments on other invested asset classes is highly subjective and is based upon the Company’s periodic evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available.
 
Recognition of Income on Certain Investment Entities
 
The recognition of income on certain investments (e.g. loan-backed securities, including mortgage-backed and ABS, certain structured investment transactions, trading and other securities) is dependent upon market conditions, which could result in prepayments and changes in amounts to be earned.
 
Application of the Consolidation Rules to Certain Investments
 
The Company has invested in certain structured transactions that are VIEs. These structured transactions include reinsurance trusts, asset-backed securitizations, hybrid securities, real estate joint ventures, other limited partnership interests and limited liability companies. The Company is required to consolidate those VIEs for which it is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. The accounting rules for the determination of when an entity is a VIE and when to consolidate a VIE are complex. The determination of the VIE’s primary beneficiary requires an evaluation of the contractual and implied rights and obligations associated with each party’s relationship with or involvement in the entity, an estimate of the entity’s expected losses and expected residual returns and the allocation of such estimates to each party involved in the entity. The Company generally uses a qualitative approach to determine whether it is the primary beneficiary.
 
For most VIEs, the entity that has both the ability to direct the most significant activities of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits that could be significant to the VIE is considered the primary beneficiary. However, for VIEs that are investment companies or apply measurement principles consistent with those utilized by investment companies, the primary beneficiary is based on a risks and rewards model and is defined as the entity that will absorb a majority of a VIE’s expected losses, receive a majority of a VIE’s expected residual returns if no single entity absorbs a majority of expected losses, or both. The Company reassesses its involvement with VIEs on a quarterly basis. The use of different methodologies, assumptions and inputs in the determination of the primary beneficiary could have a material effect on the amounts presented within the consolidated financial statements.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
The Company enters into freestanding derivative transactions including swaps, forwards, futures and option contracts to manage various risks relating to its ongoing business operations. To a lesser extent, the Company uses credit derivatives, such as credit default swaps, to synthetically replicate investment risks and returns which are not readily available in the cash market.


81


Table of Contents

The estimated fair value of derivatives is determined through the use of quoted market prices for exchange-traded derivatives and interest forwards to sell certain to-be-announced securities or through the use of pricing models for over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives. The determination of estimated fair value, when quoted market values are not available, is based on market standard valuation methodologies and inputs that are assumed to be consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing the instruments. Derivative valuations can be affected by changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, financial indices, credit spreads, default risk (including the counterparties to the contract), volatility, liquidity and changes in estimates and assumptions used in the pricing models. See Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details on significant inputs into the OTC derivative pricing models and credit risk adjustment.
 
The accounting for derivatives is complex and interpretations of the primary accounting guidance continue to evolve in practice. Judgment is applied in determining the availability and application of hedge accounting designations and the appropriate accounting treatment under such accounting guidance. If it was determined that hedge accounting designations were not appropriately applied, reported net income could be materially affected. Differences in judgment as to the availability and application of hedge accounting designations and the appropriate accounting treatment may result in a differing impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Company from that previously reported. Assessments of hedge effectiveness and measurements of ineffectiveness of hedging relationships are also subject to interpretations and estimations and different interpretations or estimates may have a material effect on the amount reported in net income.
 
Embedded Derivatives
 
The Company issues certain variable annuity products with guaranteed minimum benefits. These include guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”), guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (“GMAB”), and certain guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIB”). GMWB, GMAB and certain GMIB are embedded derivatives, which are measured at estimated fair value separately from the host variable annuity product, with changes in estimated fair value reported in net derivative gains (losses).
 
The estimated fair values of these embedded derivatives are determined based on the present value of projected future benefits minus the present value of projected future fees. The projections of future benefits and future fees require capital market and actuarial assumptions including expectations concerning policyholder behavior. A risk neutral valuation methodology is used under which the cash flows from the guarantees are projected under multiple capital market scenarios using observable risk free rates. The valuation of these embedded derivatives also includes an adjustment for the Company’s nonperformance risk and risk margins for non-capital market inputs. The nonperformance risk adjustment is determined by taking into consideration publicly available information relating to spreads in the secondary market for the Holding Company’s debt, including related credit default swaps. These observable spreads are then adjusted, as necessary, to reflect the priority of these liabilities and the claims paying ability of the issuing insurance subsidiaries compared to the Holding Company. Risk margins are established to capture the non-capital market risks of the instrument which represent the additional compensation a market participant would require to assume the risks related to the uncertainties of such actuarial assumptions as annuitization, premium persistency, partial withdrawal and surrenders. The establishment of risk margins requires the use of significant management judgment.
 
The accounting for embedded derivatives is complex and interpretations of the primary accounting standards continue to evolve in practice. If interpretations change, there is a risk that features previously not bifurcated may require bifurcation and reporting at estimated fair value in the consolidated financial statements and respective changes in estimated fair value could materially affect net income.
 
These guaranteed minimum benefits may be more costly than expected in volatile or declining equity markets. Market conditions including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity indices, market volatility and foreign currency exchange rates, changes in the Company’s nonperformance risk, variations in actuarial assumptions regarding policyholder behavior, mortality and risk margins related to non-capital market inputs may result in significant fluctuations in the estimated fair value of the guarantees that could materially affect net income.


82


Table of Contents

The Company ceded the risk associated with certain of the GMIB and GMAB described in the preceding paragraphs. The value of the embedded derivatives on the ceded risk is determined using a methodology consistent with that described previously for the guarantees directly written by the Company.
 
As part of its regular review of critical accounting estimates, the Company periodically assesses inputs for estimating nonperformance risk in fair value measurements. During the second quarter of 2010, the Company completed a study that aggregated and evaluated data, including historical recovery rates of insurance companies as well as policyholder behavior observed over the past two years as the recent financial crisis evolved. As a result, at the end of the second quarter of 2010, the Company refined the manner in which its insurance subsidiaries incorporate expected recovery rates into the nonperformance risk adjustment for purposes of estimating the fair value of investment-type contracts and embedded derivatives within insurance contracts. The refinement impacted the Company’s income from continuing operations, net of income tax, with no effect on operating earnings.
 
As described above, the valuation of variable annuity guarantees accounted for as embedded derivatives includes an adjustment for the Company’s nonperformance risk, which is subject to variability. The table below illustrates the impact that a range of reasonably likely variances in credit spreads would have on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, excluding the effect of income tax. Changes in the carrying values of PABs would be reported in net investment gains (losses) and changes in the carrying value of DAC and VOBA would be reported in other expenses. However, these estimated effects do not take into account potential changes in other variables, such as equity price levels and market volatility, that can also contribute significantly to changes in carrying values. Therefore, the table does not necessarily reflect the ultimate impact on the consolidated financial statements under the credit spread variance scenarios presented below.
 
In determining the ranges, the Company has considered current market conditions as well as the market level of spreads that can reasonably be anticipated over the near term. The ranges do not reflect extreme market conditions experienced during the 2008 and 2009 economic crisis as the Company does not consider those to be reasonably likely events in the near future.
 
                 
    Carrying Value
 
    At December 31, 2010  
          DAC and
 
    PABs     VOBA  
    (In millions)  
 
100% increase in the Company’s credit spread
  $ 1,551     $ 79  
As reported
  $ 2,357     $ 110  
50% decrease in the Company’s credit spread
  $ 2,852     $ 130  
 
The estimated fair value of the embedded equity and bond indexed derivatives contained in certain funding agreements is determined using market standard swap valuation models and observable market inputs, including an adjustment for the Company’s nonperformance risk that takes into consideration publicly available information relating to the Company’s debt, as well as its claims paying ability. Changes in equity and bond indices, interest rates and the Company’s credit standing may result in significant fluctuations in estimated the fair value of these embedded derivatives that could materially affect net income.
 
Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Value of Business Acquired
 
The Company incurs significant costs in connection with acquiring new and renewal insurance business. Costs that vary with and relate to the production of new business are deferred as DAC. Such costs consist principally of commissions and agency and policy issuance expenses. VOBA is an intangible asset that represents the excess of book value over the estimated fair value of acquired insurance, annuity, and investment-type contracts in-force at the acquisition date. The estimated fair value of the acquired liabilities is based on actuarially determined projections, by each block of business, of future policy and contract charges, premiums, mortality and morbidity, separate account performance, surrenders, operating expenses, investment returns, nonperformance risk adjustment and other factors. Actual experience on the purchased business may vary from these projections. The recovery of DAC and VOBA is dependent upon the future profitability of the related business. DAC and VOBA are aggregated in the consolidated financial statements for reporting purposes.


83


Table of Contents

Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements describes the Company’s accounting policy relating to DAC and VOBA amortization for various types of contracts.
 
Separate account rates of return on variable universal life contracts and variable deferred annuity contracts affect in-force account balances on such contracts each reporting period which can result in significant fluctuations in amortization of DAC and VOBA. The Company’s practice to determine the impact of gross profits resulting from returns on separate accounts assumes that long-term appreciation in equity markets is not changed by short-term market fluctuations, but is only changed when sustained interim deviations are expected. The Company monitors these events and only changes the assumption when its long-term expectation changes. The effect of an increase/(decrease) by 100 basis points in the assumed future rate of return is reasonably likely to result in a decrease/(increase) in the DAC and VOBA amortization of approximately $128 million with an offset to the Company’s unearned revenue liability of approximately $19 million for this factor.
 
The Company also periodically reviews other long-term assumptions underlying the projections of estimated gross margins and profits. These include investment returns, policyholder dividend scales, interest crediting rates, mortality, persistency, and expenses to administer business. We annually update assumptions used in the calculation of estimated gross margins and profits which may have significantly changed. If the update of assumptions causes expected future gross margins and profits to increase, DAC and VOBA amortization will decrease, resulting in a current period increase to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the assumption update causes expected future gross margins and profits to decrease.
 
The Company’s most significant assumption updates resulting in a change to expected future gross margins and profits and the amortization of DAC and VOBA were due to revisions to expected future investment returns, expenses, in-force or persistency assumptions and policyholder dividends on contracts included within the Insurance Products and Retirement Products segments. The Company expects these assumptions to be the ones most reasonably likely to cause significant changes in the future. Changes in these assumptions can be offsetting and the Company is unable to predict their movement or offsetting impact over time.
 
Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements provides a rollforward of DAC and VOBA for the Company for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, as well as a breakdown of DAC and VOBA by segment and reporting unit at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
At December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, DAC and VOBA for the Company was $27.3 billion, $19.3 billion and $20.1 million, respectively. The DAC and VOBA balance increased significantly as a result of the Acquisition, which contributed $8.9 billion to the balance at December 31, 2010. Approximately 55%, of the Company’s DAC and VOBA was associated with the Insurance Products and Retirement Products segments at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, DAC and VOBA for these segments was $14.9 billion, $16.1 billion and $17.4 billion, respectively. Amortization of DAC and VOBA associated with the variable and universal life and the annuities contracts within the Insurance Products and Retirement Products segments is significantly impacted by movements in equity markets. The following chart illustrates the effect on DAC and VOBA within the Company’s U.S. Business of changing each of the respective assumptions, as well as updating estimated gross margins or profits with actual gross margins or profits during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Increases (decreases) in DAC and VOBA balances, as presented below, resulted in a corresponding decrease (increase) in amortization.
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010      2009      2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Investment return
  $ 3     $ 141     $ 70  
Separate account balances
    21       (32 )     (708 )
Net investment gain (loss)
    (124 )     712       (521 )
Expense
    89       60       61  
In-force/Persistency
    17       (87 )     (159 )
Policyholder dividends and other
    (192 )     174       (30 )
                         
Total
  $ (186 )   $ 968     $ (1,287 )
                         


84


Table of Contents

The following represents significant items contributing to the changes to DAC and VOBA amortization in 2010:
 
  •  Changes in net investment gains (losses) resulted in the following changes in DAC and VOBA amortization:
 
  –  Actual gross profits increased as a result of a decrease in liabilities associated with guarantee obligations on variable annuities, resulting in an increase of DAC and VOBA amortization of $197 million, excluding the impact from the Company’s nonperformance risk and risk margins, which are described below. This increase in actual gross profits was partially offset by freestanding derivative losses associated with the hedging of such guarantee obligations, which resulted in a decrease in DAC and VOBA amortization of $88 million.
 
  –  The narrowing of the Company’s nonperformance risk adjustment increased the valuation of guarantee liabilities, decreased actual gross profits and decreased DAC and VOBA amortization by $96 million. In addition, higher risk margins which increased the guarantee liability valuations, decreased actual gross profits and decreased DAC and VOBA amortization by $18 million.
 
  –  The remainder of the impact of net investment gains (losses), which increased DAC amortization by $129 million, was primarily attributable to current period investment activities.
 
  •  Included in policyholder dividends and other was an increase in DAC and VOBA amortization of $42 million as a result of changes to long-term assumptions. In addition, amortization increased by $39 million as a result of favorable gross margin variances. The remainder of the increase was due to various immaterial items.
 
The following represents significant items contributing to the changes to DAC and VOBA amortization in 2009:
 
  •  Actual gross profits decreased as a result of increased investment losses from the portfolios associated with the hedging of guaranteed insurance obligations on variable annuities, resulting in a decrease of DAC and VOBA amortization of $141 million.
 
  •  Changes in net investment gains (losses) resulted in the following changes in DAC and VOBA amortization:
 
  –  Actual gross profits increased as a result of a decrease in liabilities associated with guarantee obligations on variable annuities, resulting in an increase of DAC and VOBA amortization of $995 million, excluding the impact from the Company’s nonperformance risk and risk margins, which are described below. This increase in actual gross profits was partially offset by freestanding derivative losses associated with the hedging of such guarantee obligations, which resulted in a decrease in DAC and VOBA amortization of $636 million.
 
  –  The narrowing of the Company’s nonperformance risk adjustment increased the valuation of guarantee liabilities, decreased actual gross profits and decreased DAC and VOBA amortization by $607 million. This was partially offset by lower risk margins which decreased the guarantee liability valuations, increased actual gross profits and increased DAC and VOBA amortization by $20 million.
 
  –  The remainder of the impact of net investment gains (losses), which decreased DAC amortization by $484 million, was primarily attributable to current period investment activities.
 
  •  Included in policyholder dividends and other was a decrease in DAC and VOBA amortization of $90 million as a result of changes to long-term assumptions. The remainder of the decrease was due to various immaterial items.
 
The following represents significant items contributing to the changes in DAC and VOBA amortization in 2008:
 
  •  The decrease in equity markets during the year significantly lowered separate account balances which led to a significant reduction in expected future gross profits on variable universal life contracts and variable deferred annuity contracts resulting in an increase of $708 million in DAC and VOBA amortization.


85


Table of Contents

 
  •  Changes in net investment gains (losses) resulted in the following changes in DAC and VOBA amortization:
 
  –  Actual gross profits decreased as a result of an increase in liabilities associated with guarantee obligations on variable annuities resulting in a reduction of DAC and VOBA amortization of $1,047 million. This decrease in actual gross profits was mitigated by freestanding derivative gains associated with the hedging of such guarantee obligations which resulted in an increase in actual gross profits and an increase in DAC and VOBA amortization of $625 million.
 
  –  The widening of the Company’s nonperformance risk adjustment decreased the valuation of guarantee liabilities, increased actual gross profits and increased DAC and VOBA amortization by $739 million. This was partially offset by higher risk margins which increased the guarantee liability valuations, decreased actual gross profits and decreased DAC and VOBA amortization by $100 million.
 
  –  Reductions in both actual and expected cumulative earnings of the closed block resulting from recent experience in the closed block combined with changes in expected dividend scales resulted in an increase in closed block DAC amortization of $195 million, $175 million of which was related to net investment gains (losses).
 
  –  The remainder of the impact of net investment gains (losses) on DAC amortization of $129 million was attributable to numerous immaterial items.
 
  •  Increases in DAC and VOBA amortization in 2008 resulting from changes in assumptions related to in-force/persistency of $159 million were driven by higher than anticipated mortality and lower than anticipated premium persistency during 2008.
 
The Company’s DAC and VOBA balance is also impacted by unrealized investment gains (losses) and the amount of amortization which would have been recognized if such gains and losses had been recognized. The increase in unrealized investment gains decreased the DAC and VOBA balance by $1.4 billion in 2010. The decrease in unrealized investment losses decreased the DAC and VOBA balance by $2.8 billion in 2009, whereas the increase in unrealized investment losses increased the DAC and VOBA balance by $3.4 billion in 2008. Notes 3 and 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements include the DAC and VOBA offset to unrealized investment losses.
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill is the excess of cost over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or circumstances, such as adverse changes in the business climate, indicate that there may be justification for conducting an interim test.
 
Impairment testing is performed using the fair value approach, which requires the use of estimates and judgment, at the “reporting unit” level. A reporting unit is the operating segment or a business one level below the operating segment, if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at that level.
 
For purposes of goodwill impairment testing, if the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, there might be an indication of impairment. In such instances, the implied fair value of the goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill that would be determined in a business acquisition. The excess of the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill would be recognized as an impairment and recorded as a charge against net income.
 
The key inputs, judgments and assumptions necessary in determining estimated fair value of the reporting units include projected operating earnings, current book value (with and without accumulated other comprehensive income), the level of economic capital required to support the mix of business, long-term growth rates, comparative market multiples, the account value of in-force business, projections of new and renewal business, as well as margins on such business, the level of interest rates, credit spreads, equity market levels, and the discount rate that we believe is appropriate for the respective reporting unit. The estimated fair values of the retirement products and individual life reporting units are particularly sensitive to the equity market levels.


86


Table of Contents

We apply significant judgment when determining the estimated fair value of our reporting units and when assessing the relationship of market capitalization to the aggregate estimated fair value of our reporting units. The valuation methodologies utilized are subject to key judgments and assumptions that are sensitive to change. Estimates of fair value are inherently uncertain and represent only management’s reasonable expectation regarding future developments. These estimates and the judgments and assumptions upon which the estimates are based will, in all likelihood, differ in some respects from actual future results. Declines in the estimated fair value of our reporting units could result in goodwill impairments in future periods which could materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial position.
 
On an ongoing basis, we evaluate potential triggering events that may affect the estimated fair value of our reporting units to assess whether any goodwill impairment exists. Deteriorating or adverse market conditions for certain reporting units may have a significant impact on the estimated fair value of these reporting units and could result in future impairments of goodwill.
 
Liability for Future Policy Benefits
 
The Company establishes liabilities for amounts payable under insurance policies, including traditional life insurance, traditional annuities, certain accident and health, and non-medical health insurance. Generally, amounts are payable over an extended period of time and related liabilities are calculated as the present value of future expected benefits to be paid reduced by the present value of future expected premiums. Such liabilities are established based on methods and underlying assumptions in accordance with GAAP and applicable actuarial standards. Principal assumptions used in the establishment of liabilities for future policy benefits are mortality, morbidity, policy lapse, renewal, retirement, disability incidence, disability terminations, investment returns, inflation, expenses and other contingent events as appropriate to the respective product type and geographical area. These assumptions are established at the time the policy is issued and are intended to estimate the experience for the period the policy benefits are payable. Utilizing these assumptions, liabilities are established on a block of business basis. If experience is less favorable than assumptions, additional liabilities may be required, resulting in a charge to policyholder benefits and claims.
 
Future policy benefit liabilities for disabled lives are estimated using the present value of benefits method and experience assumptions as to claim terminations, expenses and interest.
 
Liabilities for unpaid claims and claim expenses for property and casualty insurance are included in future policyholder benefits and represent the amount estimated for claims that have been reported but not settled and claims incurred but not reported. Other policy-related balances include claims that have been reported but not settled and claims incurred but not reported on life and non-medical health insurance. Liabilities for unpaid claims are estimated based upon the Company’s historical experience and other actuarial assumptions that consider the effects of current developments, anticipated trends and risk management programs, reduced for anticipated salvage and subrogation.
 
Future policy benefit liabilities for minimum death and income benefit guarantees relating to certain annuity contracts and secondary and paid-up guarantees relating to certain life policies are based on estimates of the expected value of benefits in excess of the projected account balance and recognizing the excess ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. Liabilities for universal and variable life secondary guarantees and paid-up guarantees are determined by estimating the expected value of death benefits payable when the account balance is projected to be zero and recognizing those benefits ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. The assumptions used in estimating these liabilities are consistent with those used for amortizing DAC, and are thus subject to the same variability and risk. The assumptions of investment performance and volatility for variable products are consistent with historical experience of the appropriate underlying equity index, such as the Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) 500 Index.
 
The Company periodically reviews its estimates of actuarial liabilities for future policy benefits and compares them with its actual experience. Differences between actual experience and the assumptions used in pricing of these policies and guarantees and in the establishment of the related liabilities result in variances in profit and could result in losses.


87


Table of Contents

Reinsurance
 
The Company enters into reinsurance agreements primarily as a purchaser of reinsurance for its various insurance products and also as a provider of reinsurance for some insurance products issued by third parties. Accounting for reinsurance requires extensive use of assumptions and estimates, particularly related to the future performance of the underlying business and the potential impact of counterparty credit risks. The Company periodically reviews actual and anticipated experience compared to the aforementioned assumptions used to establish assets and liabilities relating to ceded and assumed reinsurance and evaluates the financial strength of counterparties to its reinsurance agreements using criteria similar to that evaluated in the security impairment process discussed previously. Additionally, for each of its reinsurance agreements, the Company determines whether the agreement provides indemnification against loss or liability relating to insurance risk, in accordance with applicable accounting standards. The Company reviews all contractual features, particularly those that may limit the amount of insurance risk to which the reinsurer is subject or features that delay the timely reimbursement of claims. If the Company determines that a reinsurance agreement does not expose the reinsurer to a reasonable possibility of a significant loss from insurance risk, the Company records the agreement using the deposit method of accounting.
 
Income Taxes
 
Income taxes represent the net amount of income taxes that the Company expects to pay to or receive from various taxing jurisdictions in connection with its operations. The Company provides for federal, state and foreign income taxes currently payable, as well as those deferred due to temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The Company’s accounting for income taxes represents management’s best estimate of various events and transactions.
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities are measured at the balance sheet date using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years the temporary differences are expected to reverse.
 
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company anticipates making an election under the Internal Revenue Code Section 338 as it relates to the Acquisition. As such, the tax basis in the acquired assets and liabilities is adjusted as of the Acquisition Date resulting in a change to the related deferred income taxes.
 
The realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryback or carryforward periods under the tax law in the applicable tax jurisdiction. Valuation allowances are established when management determines, based on available information, that it is more likely than not that deferred income tax assets will not be realized. Factors in management’s determination consider the performance of the business including the ability to generate capital gains. Significant judgment is required in determining whether valuation allowances should be established, as well as the amount of such allowances. When making such determination, consideration is given to, among other things, the following:
 
  (i)  future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards;
 
  (ii)  future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;
 
  (iii)  taxable income in prior carryback years; and
 
  (iv)  tax planning strategies.
 
The Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any part of the benefit is recorded in the financial statements. A tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement. The Company may be required to change its provision for income taxes when the ultimate deductibility of certain items is challenged by taxing authorities or when estimates used in determining valuation allowances on deferred tax assets significantly change, or when receipt of new information indicates the need for adjustment in valuation allowances. Additionally, future events, such as changes in tax laws, tax regulations, or interpretations of such laws or regulations, could have an impact on the provision for income tax and the effective tax rate. Any such changes could significantly affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements in the year these changes occur.


88


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit Plans
 
Certain subsidiaries of the Holding Company sponsor and/or administer pension and other postretirement benefit plans covering employees who meet specified eligibility requirements. The obligations and expenses associated with these plans require an extensive use of assumptions such as the discount rate, expected rate of return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases, healthcare cost trend rates, as well as assumptions regarding participant demographics such as rate and age of retirements, withdrawal rates and mortality. In consultation with our external consulting actuarial firms, we determine these assumptions based upon a variety of factors such as historical performance of the plan and its assets, currently available market and industry data, and expected benefit payout streams. The assumptions used may differ materially from actual results due to, among other factors, changing market and economic conditions and changes in participant demographics. These differences may have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and liquidity.
 
Litigation Contingencies
 
The Company is a party to a number of legal actions and is involved in a number of regulatory investigations. Given the inherent unpredictability of these matters, it is difficult to estimate the impact on the Company’s financial position. Liabilities are established when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Liabilities related to certain lawsuits, including the Company’s asbestos-related liability, are especially difficult to estimate due to the limitation of available data and uncertainty regarding numerous variables that can affect liability estimates. The data and variables that impact the assumptions used to estimate the Company’s asbestos-related liability include the number of future claims, the cost to resolve claims, the disease mix and severity of disease in pending and future claims, the impact of the number of new claims filed in a particular jurisdiction and variations in the law in the jurisdictions in which claims are filed, the possible impact of tort reform efforts, the willingness of courts to allow plaintiffs to pursue claims against the Company when exposure to asbestos took place after the dangers of asbestos exposure were well known, and the impact of any possible future adverse verdicts and their amounts. On a quarterly and annual basis, the Company reviews relevant information with respect to liabilities for litigation, regulatory investigations and litigation-related contingencies to be reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. It is possible that an adverse outcome in certain of the Company’s litigation and regulatory investigations, including asbestos-related cases, or the use of different assumptions in the determination of amounts recorded could have a material effect upon the Company’s consolidated net income or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.
 
Economic Capital
 
Economic capital is an internally developed risk capital model, the purpose of which is to measure the risk in the business and to provide a basis upon which capital is deployed. The economic capital model accounts for the unique and specific nature of the risks inherent in our businesses. As a part of the economic capital process, a portion of net investment income is credited to the segments based on the level of allocated equity. This is in contrast to the standardized regulatory RBC formula, which is not as refined in its risk calculations with respect to the nuances of our businesses.
 
Acquisitions and Dispositions
 
See Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Results of Operations
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010 compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
We have experienced growth and an increase in market share in several of our businesses, which, together with improved overall market conditions compared to conditions a year ago, positively impacted our results most significantly through increased net cash flows, improved yields on our investment portfolio and increased policy fee income. Sales of our domestic annuity products were up 14%, driven by an increase in variable annuity sales compared with the prior year. We benefited in 2010 from strong sales of structured settlement products. Market penetration continues in our pension closeout business in the U.K.; however, although improving, our domestic


89


Table of Contents

pension closeout business has been adversely impacted by a combination of poor equity returns and lower interest rates. High levels of unemployment continue to depress growth across our group insurance businesses due to lower covered payrolls. While we experienced growth in our group life business, sales of non-medical health and individual life products declined. Sales of new homeowner and auto policies increased 11% and 4%, respectively, as the housing and automobile markets have improved. We experienced a 30% increase in sales of retirement and savings products abroad. During 2010, mortgage refinancing activity continued to return to more moderate levels compared to the unusually high levels experienced in 2009.
 
                                 
    Years Ended December 31,              
    2010     2009     Change     % Change  
    (In millions)        
 
Revenues
                               
Premiums
  $ 27,394     $ 26,460     $ 934       3.5 %
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    6,037       5,203       834       16.0 %
Net investment income
    17,615       14,837       2,778       18.7 %
Other revenues
    2,328       2,329       (1 )     %
Net investment gains (losses)
    (392 )     (2,906 )     2,514       86.5 %
Net derivative gains (losses)
    (265 )     (4,866 )     4,601       94.6 %
                                 
Total revenues
    52,717       41,057       11,660       28.4 %
                                 
Expenses
                               
Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends
    31,031       29,986       1,045       3.5 %
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    4,925       4,849       76       1.6 %
Interest credited to bank deposits
    137       163       (26 )     (16.0 )%
Capitalization of DAC
    (3,343 )     (3,019 )     (324 )     (10.7 )%
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    2,801       1,307       1,494       114.3 %
Interest expense on debt
    1,550       1,044       506       48.5 %
Other expenses
    11,658       11,061       597       5.4 %
                                 
Total expenses
    48,759       45,391       3,368       7.4 %
                                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income tax
    3,958       (4,334 )     8,292       191.3 %
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    1,181       (2,015 )     3,196       158.6 %
                                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax
    2,777       (2,319 )     5,096       219.7 %
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
    9       41       (32 )     (78.0 )%
                                 
Net income (loss)
    2,786       (2,278 )     5,064       222.3 %
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (4 )     (32 )     28       87.5 %
                                 
Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
    2,790       (2,246 )     5,036       224.2 %
Less: Preferred stock dividends
    122       122             %
                                 
Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ 2,668     $ (2,368 )   $ 5,036       212.7 %
                                 
 
Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax increased $5.1 billion to a gain of $2.8 billion from a loss of $2.3 billion in 2009, of which $2 million in losses was from the inclusion of one month of ALICO results in 2010. The change was predominantly due to a $3.0 billion favorable change in net derivative gains (losses) and a $1.6 billion favorable change in net investment gains (losses). Offsetting these favorable variances totaling $4.6 billion were unfavorable changes in adjustments related to net derivative and net investment gains (losses) of $514 million, net of income tax, principally associated with DAC and


90


Table of Contents

VOBA amortization, resulting in a total favorable variance related to net derivative and net investment gains (losses), net of related adjustments and income tax, of $4.1 billion.
 
We manage our investment portfolio using disciplined Asset/Liability Management (“ALM”) principles, focusing on cash flow and duration to support our current and future liabilities. Our intent is to match the timing and amount of liability cash outflows with invested assets that have cash inflows of comparable timing and amount, while optimizing, net of income tax, risk-adjusted net investment income and risk-adjusted total return. Our investment portfolio is heavily weighted toward fixed income investments, with over 80% of our portfolio invested in fixed maturity securities and mortgage loans. These securities and loans have varying maturities and other characteristics which cause them to be generally well suited for matching the cash flow and duration of insurance liabilities. Other invested asset classes including, but not limited to, equity securities, other limited partnership interests and real estate and real estate joint ventures, provide additional diversification and opportunity for long-term yield enhancement in addition to supporting the cash flow and duration objectives of our investment portfolio. We also use derivatives as an integral part of our management of the investment portfolio to hedge certain risks, including changes in interest rates, foreign currencies, credit spreads and equity market levels. Additional considerations for our investment portfolio include current and expected market conditions and expectations for changes within our specific mix of products and business segments. In addition, the general account investment portfolio includes within trading and other securities, contractholder-directed investments supporting unit-linked variable annuity type liabilities, which do not qualify for reporting and presentation as separate account assets. The returns on these investments, which can vary significantly period to period include changes in estimated fair value subsequent to purchase, inure to contractholders and are offset in earnings by a corresponding change in policyholder account balances through interest credited to policyholder account balances.
 
The composition of the investment portfolio of each business segment is tailored to the specific characteristics of its insurance liabilities, causing certain portfolios to be shorter in duration and others to be longer in duration. Accordingly, certain portfolios are more heavily weighted in longer duration, higher yielding fixed maturity securities, or certain sub-sectors of fixed maturity securities, than other portfolios.
 
Investments are purchased to support our insurance liabilities and not to generate net investment gains and losses. However, net investment gains and losses are generated and can change significantly from period to period, due to changes in external influences, including movements in interest rates, foreign currencies, credit spreads and equity markets, counterparty specific factors such as financial performance, credit rating and collateral valuation, and internal factors such as portfolio rebalancing, that can generate gains and losses. As an investor in the fixed income, equity security, mortgage loan and certain other invested asset classes, we are exposed to the above stated risks, which can lead to both impairments and credit-related losses.
 
Freestanding derivatives are used to hedge certain investments and liabilities. For those hedges not designated as accounting hedges, changes in these market risks can lead to the recognition of fair value changes in net derivative gains (losses) without an offsetting gain or loss recognized in earnings for the item being hedged even though these are effective economic hedges. Additionally, we issue liabilities and purchase assets that contain embedded derivatives whose changes in estimated fair value are sensitive to changes in market risks and are also recognized in net derivative gains (losses).
 
The favorable variance in net derivative gains (losses) of $3.0 billion, from losses of $3.2 billion in 2009 to losses of $172 million in 2010 was primarily driven by a favorable change in freestanding derivatives of $4.4 billion, comprised of a $4.5 billion favorable change from losses in the prior year of $4.3 billion to gains in the current year of $203 million and $123 million in ALICO freestanding derivative losses. This favorable variance was partially offset by an unfavorable change in embedded derivatives primarily associated with variable annuity minimum benefit guarantees of $1.4 billion from gains in the prior year of $1.1 billion to losses in the current year of $257 million, net of $5 million in ALICO embedded derivative gains.
 
We use freestanding interest rate, currency, credit and equity derivatives to provide economic hedges of certain invested assets and insurance liabilities, including embedded derivatives, within certain of our variable annuity minimum benefit guarantees. The $4.5 billion favorable variance in freestanding derivatives was primarily attributable to market factors, including falling long-term and mid-term interest rates, a stronger recovery in equity markets in the prior year than the current year, a greater decrease in equity volatility in the prior year as


91


Table of Contents

compared to the current year, a strengthening U.S. dollar and widening corporate credit spreads in the financial services sector. Falling long-term and mid-term interest rates in the current year compared to rising long-term and mid-term interest rates in the prior year had a positive impact of $2.6 billion on our interest rate derivatives, $931 million of which is attributable to hedges of variable annuity minimum benefit guarantee liabilities, which are accounted for as embedded derivatives. In addition, stronger equity market recovery and lower equity market volatility in the prior year as compared to the current year had a positive impact of $1.1 billion on our equity derivatives, which we use to hedge variable annuity minimum benefit guarantees. U.S. dollar strengthening had a positive impact of $554 million on certain of our foreign currency derivatives, which are used to hedge foreign-denominated asset and liability exposures. Finally, widening corporate credit spreads in the financial services sector had a positive impact of $221 million on our purchased protection credit derivatives.
 
Certain variable annuity products with minimum benefit guarantees contain embedded derivatives that are measured at estimated fair value separately from the host variable annuity contract, with changes in estimated fair value reported in net derivative gains (losses). These embedded derivatives also include an adjustment for nonperformance risk of the related liabilities carried at estimated fair value. The $1.4 billion unfavorable change in embedded derivatives was primarily attributable to the impact of market factors, including falling long-term and mid-term interest rates, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, equity volatility and equity market movements. Falling long-term and mid-term interest rates in the current year compared to rising long-term and mid-term interest rates in the prior year had a negative impact of $1.4 billion. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates had a negative impact of $468 million. Equity volatility decreased more in the prior year than in the current year causing a negative impact of $284 million, and a stronger recovery in the equity markets in the prior year than in the current year had a negative impact of $228 million. The unfavorable impact from these hedged risks was partially offset by a favorable change related to the adjustment for nonperformance risk of $1.2 billion, from losses of $1.3 billion in 2009 to losses of $62 million in 2010. This $62 million loss was net of a $621 million loss related to a refinement in estimating the spreads used in the adjustment for nonperformance risk made in the second quarter of 2010. Gains on the freestanding derivatives that hedged these embedded derivative risks largely offset the change in liabilities attributable to market factors, excluding the adjustment for nonperformance risk, which does not have an economic impact on the Company.
 
Improved or stabilizing market conditions across several invested asset classes and sectors as compared to the prior year resulted in decreases in impairments and in net realized losses from sales and disposals of investments in most components of our investment portfolio. These decreases, coupled with a decrease in the provision for credit losses on mortgage loans due to improved market conditions, resulted in a $1.6 billion improvement in net investment gains (losses).
 
Income from continuing operations, net of income tax for 2010 includes $138 million of expenses related to the acquisition and integration of ALICO. These expenses, which primarily consisted of investment banking and legal fees, are recorded in Banking, Corporate & Other and are not a component of operating earnings.
 
As more fully described in the discussion of performance measures above, we use operating earnings, which does not equate to income (loss) from continuing operations as determined in accordance with GAAP, to analyze our performance, evaluate segment performance, and allocate resources. Operating earnings is also a measure by which senior management’s and many other employees’ performance is evaluated for the purpose of determining their compensation under applicable compensation plans. We believe that the presentation of operating earnings, as we measure it for management purposes, enhances the understanding of our performance by highlighting the results of operations and the underlying profitability drivers of the business. Operating earnings should not be viewed as a substitute for GAAP income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax. Operating earnings available to common shareholders increased by $1.5 billion to $3.9 billion in 2010 from $2.4 billion in 2009.


92


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, to operating earnings available to common shareholders
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
                                                         
                Corporate
                Banking,
       
    Insurance
    Retirement
    Benefit
    Auto &
          Corporate
       
    Products     Products     Funding     Home     International     & Other     Total  
                (In millions)                    
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax
  $ 1,371     $ 813     $ 1,002     $ 295     $ (131 )   $ (573 )   $ 2,777  
Less: Net investment gains (losses)
    103       139       176       (7 )     (273 )     (530 )     (392 )
Less: Net derivative gains (losses)
    215       266       (193 )     (1 )     (491 )     (61 )     (265 )
Less: Adjustments to continuing operations (1)
    (237 )     (282 )     143             (427 )     (178 )     (981 )
Less: Provision for income tax (expense) benefit
    (31 )     (49 )     (44 )     3       268       254       401  
                                                         
Operating earnings
  $ 1,321     $ 739     $ 920     $ 300     $ 792       (58 )     4,014  
                                                         
Less: Preferred stock dividends
                                            122       122  
                                                         
Operating earnings available to common shareholders
                                          $ (180 )   $ 3,892  
                                                         
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
                                                         
                Corporate
                Banking,
       
    Insurance
    Retirement
    Benefit
    Auto &
          Corporate
       
    Products     Products     Funding     Home     International     & Other     Total  
                (In millions)                    
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax
  $ (418 )   $ (628 )   $ (581 )   $ 321     $ (280 )   $ (733 )   $ (2,319 )
Less: Net investment gains (losses)
    (472 )     (533 )     (1,486 )     (41 )     (105 )     (269 )     (2,906 )
Less: Net derivative gains (losses)
    (1,786 )     (1,426 )     (421 )     39       (798 )     (474 )     (4,866 )
Less: Adjustments to continuing operations (1)
    (139 )     519       125             (206 )     (16 )     283  
Less: Provision for income tax (expense) benefit
    837       504       621       1       366       354       2,683  
                                                         
Operating earnings
  $ 1,142     $ 308     $ 580     $ 322     $ 463       (328 )     2,487  
                                                         
Less: Preferred stock dividends
                                            122       122  
                                                         
Operating earnings available to common shareholders
                                          $ (450 )   $ 2,365  
                                                         
 
 
(1) See definitions of operating revenues and operating expenses for the components of such adjustments.


93


Table of Contents

 
Reconciliation of GAAP revenues to operating revenues and GAAP expenses to operating expenses
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
                                                         
                Corporate
                Banking,
       
    Insurance
    Retirement
    Benefit
    Auto &
          Corporate
       
    Products     Products     Funding     Home     International     & Other     Total  
                (In millions)                    
 
Total revenues
  $ 26,451     $ 6,881     $ 7,540     $ 3,146     $ 6,794     $ 1,905     $ 52,717  
Less: Net investment gains (losses)
    103       139       176       (7 )     (273 )     (530 )     (392 )
Less: Net derivative gains (losses)
    215       266       (193 )     (1 )     (491 )     (61 )     (265 )
Less: Adjustments related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses)
    1                                     1  
Less: Other adjustments to revenues (1)
    (144 )     (248 )     193             44       449       294  
                                                         
Total operating revenues
  $ 26,276     $ 6,724     $ 7,364     $ 3,154     $ 7,514     $ 2,047     $ 53,079  
                                                         
Total expenses
  $ 24,338     $ 5,622     $ 5,999     $ 2,781     $ 6,987     $ 3,032     $ 48,759  
Less: Adjustments related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses)
    90       35                   (7 )           118  
Less: Other adjustments to expenses (1)
    4       (1 )     50             478       627       1,158  
                                                         
Total operating expenses
  $ 24,244     $ 5,588     $ 5,949     $ 2,781     $ 6,516     $ 2,405     $ 47,483  
                                                         
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
                                                         
                Corporate
                Banking,
       
    Insurance
    Retirement
    Benefit
    Auto &
          Corporate
       
    Products     Products     Funding     Home     International     & Other     Total  
                (In millions)                    
 
Total revenues
  $ 23,483     $ 3,725     $ 5,486     $ 3,113     $ 4,383     $ 867     $ 41,057  
Less: Net investment gains (losses)
    (472 )     (533 )     (1,486 )     (41 )     (105 )     (269 )     (2,906 )
Less: Net derivative gains (losses)
    (1,786 )     (1,426 )     (421 )     39       (798 )     (474 )     (4,866 )
Less: Adjustments related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses)
    (27 )                                   (27 )
Less: Other adjustments to revenues (1)
    (74 )     (219 )     188             (169 )     22       (252 )
                                                         
Total operating revenues
  $ 25,842     $ 5,903     $ 7,205     $ 3,115     $ 5,455     $ 1,588     $ 49,108  
                                                         
Total expenses
  $ 24,165     $ 4,690     $ 6,400     $ 2,697     $ 4,868     $ 2,571     $ 45,391  
Less: Adjustments related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses)
    39       (739 )                             (700 )
Less: Other adjustments to expenses (1)
    (1 )     1       63             37       38       138  
                                                         
Total operating expenses
  $ 24,127     $ 5,428     $ 6,337     $ 2,697     $ 4,831     $ 2,533     $ 45,953  
                                                         
 
 
(1) See definitions of operating revenues and operating expenses for the components of such adjustments.


94


Table of Contents

 
Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax and are on a constant currency basis. The constant currency basis amounts for both periods are calculated using the average foreign currency exchange rates of 2010.
 
The improvement in the financial markets was the primary driver of the increase in operating earnings as evidenced by higher net investment income and an increase in average separate account balances, which resulted in an increase in policy fee income. Interest rate and equity market changes resulted in a decrease in variable annuity guarantee benefit costs. Partially offsetting this improvement was an increase in amortization of DAC, VOBA and DSI. The increase in operating earnings also includes the positive impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates in 2010. This improved reported operating earnings by $38 million for 2010 compared to 2009. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, operating earnings increased $1.5 billion from the prior period. Furthermore, the 2010 period also includes one month of ALICO results, contributing $114 million to the increase in operating earnings. The current period also benefited from the dividend scale reduction in the fourth quarter of 2009. The improvement in 2010 results compared to 2009 was partially offset by a decline in residential mortgage loan production and the prior period impact of pesification in Argentina.
 
In addition to a $133 million increase due to the inclusion of ALICO results, net investment income increased by $792 million from higher yields and $515 million from growth in average invested assets. Yields were positively impacted by the effects of stabilizing real estate markets and recovering private equity markets year over year on real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests, and by the effects of continued repositioning of the accumulated liquidity in our portfolio to longer duration and higher yielding investments, including investment grade corporate fixed maturity securities. Growth in our investment portfolio was primarily due to positive net cash flows from growth in our domestic individual and group life businesses, as well as certain international businesses; increased bank deposits, higher cash collateral balances received from our derivative counterparties, as well as the temporary investment of proceeds from the debt and common stock issuances in anticipation of the Acquisition. With the exception of the cash flows from such securities issuances, which were temporarily invested in lower yielding liquid investments, we continued to reposition the accumulated liquidity in our portfolio to longer duration and higher yielding investments.
 
Since many of our products are interest spread-based, higher net investment income is typically offset by higher interest credited expense. However, interest credited expense, including amounts reflected in policyholder benefits and claims, decreased $147 million, primarily in our domestic funding agreement business, which experienced lower average crediting rates combined with lower average account balances. Our fixed annuities business also experienced lower crediting rates. Certain crediting rates can move consistently with the underlying market indices, primarily the London Inter-Bank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”), which were lower than the prior year. The impact from the growth in our structured settlement, long-term care and disability businesses partially offset those decreases in interest credited expense.
 
A significant increase in average separate account balances is largely attributable to favorable market performance resulting from improved market conditions since the second quarter of 2009 and positive net cash flows from the annuity business. This resulted in higher policy fees and other revenues of $471 million, most notably in our Retirement Products segment. The improvement in fees is partially offset by greater DAC, VOBA and DSI amortization of $377 million. Policy fees are typically calculated as a percentage of the average assets in the separate accounts. DAC, VOBA and DSI amortization is based on the earnings of the business, which in the retirement business are derived, in part, from fees earned on separate account balances. A portion of the increase in amortization was due to the impact of higher current year gross margins, a primary component in the determination of the amount of amortization for our Insurance Products segment, mostly in the closed block resulting from increased investment yields and the impact of dividend scale reductions.
 
There was a $59 million decrease in variable annuity guaranteed benefit costs. Costs associated with our annuity guaranteed benefit liabilities, hedge programs and reinsurance programs are impacted by equity markets and interest rate levels to varying degrees. While 2010 and 2009 both experienced equity market improvements, the improvement in 2009 was greater. Interest rate levels declined in the current year and increased in the prior year. Annuity guaranteed benefit liabilities, net of a decrease in paid claims, increased benefits by $93 million primarily from our annual unlocking of assumptions related to these liabilities. The hedge and reinsurance programs which are used to mitigate the risk associated with these guarantees produced losses in both periods, but the losses in the


95


Table of Contents

prior period were more significant due to the 2009 equity market recovery. The change in hedge and reinsurance program costs decreased by $152 million. These hedge and reinsurance programs, which are a key part of our risk management strategy, performed as anticipated.
 
The reduction in the dividend scale in the fourth quarter of 2009 resulted in a $109 million decrease in policyholder dividends in the traditional life business in the current period.
 
Claims experience varied amongst our businesses with a net unfavorable impact of $153 million to operating earnings compared to the prior year. We had unfavorable claims experience in our Auto & Home segment, primarily due to increased catastrophes. Our Insurance Products segment experienced mixed claims experience with a net unfavorable impact. We experienced less favorable mortality experience in our Corporate Benefit Funding segment despite favorable experience in our structured settlements business.
 
A $15.2 billion decline in residential mortgage loan production resulted in a $131 million decrease in operating earnings, $32 million of which is reflected in net investment income from lower investment levels with the remainder largely attributable to a reduction in fee income. The increase in the serviced residential mortgage loan portfolio improved operating earnings by $41 million, including $23 million of costs associated with investment and growth in our banking business as discussed below.
 
Interest expense increased $64 million primarily as a result of the full year impact of debt issuances in 2009 and of senior notes and debt securities issued in anticipation of the Acquisition, partially offset by the impact of lower interest rates on variable rate collateral financing arrangements.
 
In addition to a $269 million increase associated with the Acquisition, operating expenses increased due to the impact of a $95 million benefit recorded in the prior period related to the pesification in Argentina, as well as an $83 million increase related to the investment and growth in our international and banking businesses. In addition, the current period includes a $14 million increase in charitable contributions and $13 million of costs associated with the integration of ALICO. Offsetting these increases was a $76 million reduction in discretionary spending, such as consulting, rent and postemployment related costs. In addition, we experienced a $47 million decline in market driven expenses, primarily pension and post retirement benefit costs. Also contributing to the decrease was a $35 million reduction in real estate-related charges and $15 million of lower legal costs.
 
Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $1,181 million, or 30% of income from continuing operations before provision for income tax, compared with income tax benefit of $2,015 million, or 47% of the loss from continuing operations before benefit for income tax, for the comparable 2009 period. The Company’s 2010 and 2009 effective tax rates differ from the U.S. statutory rate of 35% primarily due to the impact of certain permanent tax differences, including non-taxable investment income and tax credits for investments in low income housing, in relation to income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax, as well as certain foreign permanent tax differences.
 
The 2010 period includes $75 million of charges related to the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (together, the “Health Care Act”). The Federal government currently provides a Medicare Part D subsidy. The Health Care Act reduced the tax deductibility of retiree health care costs to the extent of any Medicare Part D subsidy received beginning in 2013. Because the deductibility of future retiree health care costs is reflected in our financial statements, the entire future impact of this change in law was required to be recorded as a charge in the period in which the legislation was enacted. Changes to the provision for income taxes in both periods contributed to an increase in operating earnings of $86 million for our International segment, resulting from a $34 million unfavorable impact in 2009 due to a change in assumption regarding the repatriation of earnings and a benefit of $52 million in the current year from additional permanent reinvestment of earnings, the reversal of tax provisions and favorable changes in liabilities for tax uncertainties. In addition, in 2009 we had a larger benefit of $71 million as compared to 2010 related to the utilization of tax preferenced investments which provide tax credits and deductions.


96


Table of Contents

Insurance Products
 
                                 
    Years Ended December 31,              
    2010     2009     Change     % Change  
    (In millions)        
 
OPERATING REVENUES
                               
Premiums
  $ 17,200     $ 17,168     $ 32       0.2 %
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    2,247       2,281       (34 )     (1.5 )%
Net investment income
    6,068       5,614       454       8.1 %
Other revenues
    761       779       (18 )     (2.3 )%
                                 
Total operating revenues
    26,276       25,842       434       1.7 %
                                 
OPERATING EXPENSES
                               
Policyholder benefits and dividends
    19,075       19,111       (36 )     (0.2 )%
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    963       952       11       1.2 %
Capitalization of DAC
    (841 )     (873 )     32       3.7 %
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    966       725       241       33.2 %
Interest expense on debt
    1       6       (5 )     (83.3 )%
Other expenses
    4,080       4,206       (126 )     (3.0 )%
                                 
Total operating expenses
    24,244       24,127       117       0.5 %
                                 
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    711       573       138       24.1 %
                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 1,321     $ 1,142     $ 179       15.7 %
                                 
 
Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.
 
The improvement in the global financial markets had a positive impact on net investment income, which contributed to the increase in Insurance Products’ operating earnings. In addition, we experienced overall modest revenue growth in several of our businesses despite this challenging environment. High levels of unemployment continue to depress growth across most of our group insurance businesses due to lower covered payrolls. Growth in our group life business was dampened by a decline in our non-medical health and individual life businesses. However, our dental business benefited from higher enrollment and pricing actions, partially offset by lower persistency and the loss of existing subscribers, driven by high unemployment. This business also experienced more stable utilization and benefits costs in the current year. The revenue growth from our dental business was more than offset by a decline in revenues from our disability business, mainly due to net customer cancellations, changes in benefit levels and lower covered lives. Our long-term care revenues were flat year over year, concurrent with the discontinuance of the sale of this coverage at the end of 2010. In our individual life business, the change in revenues was suppressed by the impact of a benefit recorded in the prior year related to the positive resolution of certain legal matters. Excluding this impact, the traditional life business experienced 8% growth in our open block of business. The expected run-off of our closed block more than offset this growth.
 
The significant components of the $179 million increase in operating earnings were an improvement in net investment income and the impact of a reduction in dividends to certain policyholders, coupled with lower expenses. These improvements were partially offset by an increase in DAC amortization, as well as net unfavorable claims experience across several of our businesses.
 
Higher net investment income of $295 million was due to a $202 million increase from growth in average invested assets and a $93 million increase from higher yields. Growth in the investment portfolio was attributed to an increase in net cash flows from the majority of our businesses. The increase in yields was largely due to the positive effects of recovering private equity markets and stabilizing real estate markets on other limited partnership interests and real estate joint ventures. To manage the needs of our intermediate to longer-term liabilities, our portfolio consists primarily of investment grade corporate fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans, structured finance securities (comprised of mortgage and asset-backed securities) and U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed fixed maturity securities and, to a lesser extent, certain other invested asset classes, including other


97


Table of Contents

limited partnership interests, real estate joint ventures and other invested assets which provide additional diversification and opportunity for long-term yield enhancement.
 
The increase in net investment income was partially offset by a $36 million increase in interest credited on long duration contracts, which is reflected in the change in policyholder benefits and dividends, primarily due to growth in future policyholder benefits in our long-term care and disability businesses.
 
Other expenses decreased by $82 million, largely due to a decrease of $40 million from the impact of market conditions on certain expenses, such as pension and post-retirement benefit costs. In addition, a decrease in information technology expenses of $29 million contributed to the improvement in operating earnings. A decrease in variable expenses, such as commissions and premium taxes, further reduced expenses by $11 million, a portion of which is offset by DAC capitalization.
 
The reduction in the dividend scale in the fourth quarter of 2009 resulted in a $109 million decrease in policyholder dividends in the traditional life business in the current year.
 
Claims experience varied amongst Insurance Products’ businesses with a net unfavorable impact of $42 million to operating earnings. We experienced excellent mortality results in our group life business due to a decrease in severity, as well as favorable reserve refinements in the current year. In addition, an improvement in our long-term care results was driven by favorable claim experience mainly due to higher terminations and less claimants in the current year, coupled with the impact of unfavorable reserve refinements in the prior year. Our improved dental results were driven by higher enrollment and pricing actions, as well as improved claim experience in the current year. The impact of this positive experience was surpassed by solid, but less favorable mortality, in our individual life business combined with higher incidence and severity of group disability claims in the current year, and the impact of a gain from the recapture of a reinsurance arrangement in the prior year.
 
Higher DAC amortization of $157 million was primarily driven by the impact of higher gross margins, a primary component in the determination of the amount of amortization, mostly in the closed block resulting from increased investment yields and the impact of dividend scale reductions. In addition, the net impact of various model refinements in both the prior and current year increased DAC amortization.
 
Certain events reduced operating earnings, including the impact of a benefit being recorded in the prior year of $17 million related to the positive resolution of certain legal matters and an increase in current income tax expense of $27 million, resulting from an increase in our effective tax rate.


98


Table of Contents

Retirement Products
 
                                 
    Years Ended December 31,              
    2010     2009     Change     % Change  
    (In millions)        
 
OPERATING REVENUES
                               
Premiums
  $ 875     $ 920     $ (45 )     (4.9 )%
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    2,234       1,712       522       30.5 %
Net investment income
    3,395       3,098       297       9.6 %
Other revenues
    220       173       47       27.2 %
                                 
Total operating revenues
    6,724       5,903       821       13.9 %
                                 
OPERATING EXPENSES
                               
Policyholder benefits and dividends
    1,879       1,950       (71 )     (3.6 )%
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    1,612       1,688       (76 )     (4.5 )%
Capitalization of DAC
    (1,067 )     (1,067 )           %
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    724       424       300       70.8 %
Interest expense on debt
    3             3        
Other expenses
    2,437       2,433       4       0.2 %
                                 
Total operating expenses
    5,588       5,428       160       2.9 %
                                 
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    397       167       230       137.7 %
                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 739     $ 308     $ 431       139.9 %
                                 
 
Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.
 
During 2010, overall annuity sales decreased 5% compared to 2009 as declines in fixed annuity sales were partially offset by increased sales of our variable annuity products. The financial market turmoil in early 2009 resulted in extraordinarily high sales of fixed annuity products in 2009. The high sales level was not expected to continue after the financial markets returned to more stable levels. Variable annuity product sales increased primarily due to the expansion of alternative distribution channels and fewer competitors in the market place. Surrender rates for both our variable and fixed annuities remained low during the current period as we believe our customers continue to value our products compared to other alternatives in the marketplace.
 
Interest rate and equity market changes were the primary driver of the $431 million increase in operating earnings, with the largest impact resulting from a $370 million increase in policy fees and other revenues, a $193 million increase in net investment income, and a $59 million decrease in variable annuity guarantee benefit costs, offset by a $204 million increase in DAC, VOBA and DSI amortization and a $39 million increase in commission expense resulting from growth in annuity contract balances.
 
A significant increase in average separate account balances was largely attributable to favorable market performance resulting from improved market conditions since the second quarter of 2009 and positive net cash flows from the annuity business. This resulted in higher policy fees and other revenues of $370 million, partially offset by greater DAC, VOBA and DSI amortization. Policy fees are typically calculated as a percentage of the average assets in the separate account. DAC, VOBA and DSI amortization is based on the earnings of the business, which in the retirement business are derived, in part, from fees earned on separate account balances.
 
Financial market improvements also resulted in the increase in net investment income of $193 million as a $291 million increase from higher yields was partially offset by a $98 million decrease from a decline in average invested assets. Yields were positively impacted by the effects of the continued repositioning of the accumulated liquidity in our investment portfolio to longer duration and higher yielding assets, including investment grade corporate fixed maturity securities. Yields were also positively impacted by the effects of recovering private equity markets and stabilizing real estate markets on other limited partnership interests and real estate joint ventures. Despite positive net cash flows, a reduction in the general account investment portfolio was due to the impact of


99


Table of Contents

more customers gaining confidence in the equity markets and, as a result, electing to transfer funds into our separate account investment options as market conditions improved. To manage the needs of our intermediate to longer-term liabilities, our investment portfolio consists primarily of investment grade corporate fixed maturity securities, structured finance securities, mortgage loans and U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed fixed maturity securities and, to a lesser extent, certain other invested asset classes, including other limited partnership interests, real estate joint ventures and other invested assets, in order to provide additional diversification and opportunity for long-term yield enhancement.
 
There was a $59 million decrease in variable annuity guaranteed benefit costs in 2010 compared to 2009. Costs associated with our annuity guaranteed benefit liabilities, hedge programs and reinsurance programs are impacted by equity markets and interest rate levels to varying degrees. While the equity market improved in both 2010 and 2009, the improvement in 2009 was greater. Interest rate levels declined in the current year and increased in the prior year. Annuity guaranteed benefit liabilities, net of a decrease in paid claims, increased benefits by $93 million primarily from our annual unlocking of assumptions related to these liabilities. The hedge and reinsurance programs which are used to mitigate the risk associated with these guarantees produced losses in both periods, but the losses in the prior period were more significant due to the 2009 equity market recovery. The costs related to our hedge and reinsurance programs decreased by $152 million in 2010 compared to 2009. These hedge and reinsurance programs, which are a key part of our risk management strategy, performed as anticipated.
 
Interest credited expense decreased $49 million driven by lower average crediting rates on fixed annuities and higher amortization of excess interest reserve due to one large case surrender in 2010, partially offset by growth in our fixed annuity policyholder account balances.
 
Corporate Benefit Funding
 
                                 
    Years Ended December 31,              
    2010     2009     Change     % Change  
    (In millions)        
 
OPERATING REVENUES
                               
Premiums
  $     1,938     $     2,264     $     (326 )     (14.4 )%
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    226       176       50       28.4 %
Net investment income
    4,954       4,527       427       9.4 %
Other revenues
    246       238       8       3.4 %
                                 
Total operating revenues
    7,364       7,205       159       2.2 %
                                 
OPERATING EXPENSES
                               
Policyholder benefits and dividends
    4,041       4,245       (204 )     (4.8 )%
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    1,445       1,632       (187 )     (11.5 )%
Capitalization of DAC
    (19 )     (14 )     (5 )     (35.7 )%
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    16       15       1       6.7 %
Interest expense on debt
    6       3       3       100.0 %
Other expenses
    460       456       4       0.9 %
                                 
Total operating expenses
    5,949       6,337       (388 )     (6.1 )%
                                 
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    495       288       207       71.9 %
                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 920     $ 580     $ 340       58.6 %
                                 
 
Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.
 
Corporate Benefit Funding benefited in 2010 from strong sales of structured settlement products and continued market penetration of our pension closeout business in the U.K. However, structured settlement premiums have declined $174 million, before income tax, from 2009 reflecting extraordinary sales in the fourth quarter of 2009. While market penetration continued in our pension closeout business in the U.K. as the number of sold cases


100


Table of Contents

increased, the average premium has declined, resulting in a decrease in premiums of $216 million, before income tax. Although improving, a combination of poor equity returns and lower interest rates have contributed to pension plans remaining underfunded, both in the U.S. and in the U.K., which reduces our customers’ flexibility to engage in transactions such as pension closeouts. For each of these businesses, the movement in premiums is almost entirely offset by the related change in policyholder benefits. The insurance liability that is established at the time we assume the risk under these contracts is typically equivalent to the premium recognized.
 
The $340 million increase in operating earnings was primarily driven by an improvement in net investment income and the impact of lower crediting rates, partially offset by the impact of prior period favorable liability refinements and less favorable mortality.
 
The primary driver of the $340 million increase in operating earnings was higher net investment income of $278 million, reflecting a $187 million increase from higher yields and a $91 million increase in average invested assets. Yields were positively impacted by the effects of stabilizing real estate markets and recovering private equity markets on real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests. These improvements in yields were partially offset by decreased yields on fixed maturity securities due to the reinvestment of proceeds from maturities and sales during this lower interest rate environment. Growth in the investment portfolio is due to an increase in average policyholder account balances and growth in the securities lending program. To manage the needs of our longer-term liabilities, our portfolio consists primarily of investment grade corporate fixed maturity securities, structured finance securities, mortgage loans and U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities, and, to a lesser extent, certain other invested asset classes including other limited partnership interests, real estate joint ventures and other invested assets in order to provide additional diversification and opportunity for long-term yield enhancement. For our short-term obligations, we invest primarily in structured finance securities, mortgage loans and investment grade corporate fixed maturity securities. The yields on these short-term investments have moved consistently with the underlying market indices, primarily LIBOR and U.S. Treasury, on which they are based.
 
As many of our products are interest spread-based, changes in net investment income are typically offset by a corresponding change in interest credited expense. However, interest credited expense decreased $122 million, primarily related to our funding agreement business as a result of lower average crediting rates combined with lower average account balances. Certain crediting rates can move consistently with the underlying market indices, primarily LIBOR, which were lower than the prior year. Interest credited expense related to the structured settlement businesses increased $40 million as a result of the increase in the average policyholder liabilities.
 
Mortality experience was mixed and reduced operating earnings in 2010 by $26 million. Less favorable mortality in our pension closeouts and corporate owned life insurance businesses compared to 2009 was only slightly offset by favorable mortality experience in our structured settlements business.
 
Liability refinements in both the current and prior year resulted in a $28 million decrease to operating earnings. These were largely offset by the impact of a charge in the 2009 period related to a refinement of a reinsurance recoverable in the small business recordkeeping business which increased operating earnings by $20 million.


101


Table of Contents

Auto & Home
 
                                 
    Years Ended December 31,              
    2010     2009     Change     % Change  
           (In millions)        
 
OPERATING REVENUES
                               
Premiums
  $ 2,923     $ 2,902     $ 21       0.7 %
Net investment income
    209       180       29       16.1 %
Other revenues
    22       33       (11 )     (33.3 )%
                                 
Total operating revenues
    3,154       3,115       39       1.3 %
                                 
OPERATING EXPENSES
                               
Policyholder benefits and dividends
    2,021       1,932       89       4.6 %
Capitalization of DAC
    (448 )     (435 )     (13 )     (3.0 )%
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    439       436       3       0.7 %
Other expenses
    769       764       5       0.7 %
                                 
Total operating expenses
    2,781       2,697       84       3.1 %
                                 
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    73       96       (23 )     (24.0 )%
                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 300     $ 322     $ (22 )     (6.8 )%
                                 
 
Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.
 
The improving housing and automobile markets have provided opportunities that led to increased new business sales for both homeowners and auto policies in 2010. Sales of new policies increased 11% for our homeowners business and 4% for our auto business in 2010 compared to 2009. Average premium per policy also improved in 2010 over 2009 in our homeowners businesses but remained flat in our auto business.
 
The primary driver of the $22 million decrease in operating earnings was unfavorable claims experience, partially offset by higher net investment income and increased premiums.
 
Catastrophe-related losses increased by $58 million compared to 2009 due to increases in both the number and severity of storms. Current period claim costs decreased $19 million as a result of lower frequencies in both our auto and homeowners businesses; however, this was partially offset by a $13 million increase in claims due to higher severity in our homeowners business. Also contributing to the decline in operating earnings was an increase of $7 million in loss adjusting expenses, primarily related to a decrease in our unallocated loss adjusting expense liabilities at the end of 2009.
 
The impact of the items discussed above can be seen in the unfavorable change in the combined ratio, including catastrophes, increasing to 94.6% in 2010 from 92.3% in 2009 and the favorable change in the combined ratio, excluding catastrophes, decreasing to 88.1% in 2010 from 88.9% in 2009.
 
A $19 million increase in net investment income partially offset the declines in operating earnings discussed above. Net investment income was higher primarily as a result of an increase in average invested assets, including changes in allocated equity, partially offset by a decrease in yields. This portfolio is comprised primarily of high quality municipal bonds.
 
The increase in average premium per policy in our homeowners businesses improved operating earnings by $10 million as did an increase in exposures which improved operating earnings by $1 million. Exposures are primarily each automobile for the auto line of business and each residence for the property line of business. Also improving operating earnings, through an increase in premiums, was a $5 million reduction in reinsurance costs.
 
The slight increase in other expenses was more than offset by an $8 million increase in DAC capitalization, resulting primarily from increased premiums written.
 
In addition, a first quarter 2010 write-off of an equity interest in a mandatory state underwriting pool required by a change in legislation and a decrease in income from a retroactive reinsurance contract in run-off, both of which


102


Table of Contents

were recorded in other revenues, drove a $7 million decrease in operating earnings. Auto & Home also benefited from a lower effective tax rate which improved operating earnings by $8 million primarily as a result of tax free interest income representing a larger portion of pre-tax income.
 
International
 
                                 
    Years Ended December 31,              
    2010     2009     Change     % Change  
    (In millions)        
 
OPERATING REVENUES
                               
Premiums
  $ 4,447     $ 3,187     $ 1,260       39.5 %
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    1,329       1,061       268       25.3 %
Net investment income
    1,703       1,193       510       42.7 %
Other revenues
    35       14       21       150.0 %
                                 
Total operating revenues
    7,514       5,455       2,059       37.7 %
                                 
OPERATING EXPENSES
                               
Policyholder benefits and dividends
    3,723       2,660       1,063       40.0 %
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    683       581       102       17.6 %
Capitalization of DAC
    (968 )     (630 )     (338 )     (53.7 )%
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    537       415       122       29.4 %
Interest expense on debt
    3       8       (5 )     (62.5 )%
Other expenses
    2,538       1,797       741       41.2 %
                                 
Total operating expenses
    6,516       4,831       1,685       34.9 %
                                 
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    206       161       45       28.0 %
                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 792     $ 463     $ 329       71.1 %
                                 
 
Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax and are on a constant currency basis. The constant currency basis amounts for both periods are calculated using the average foreign currency exchange rates for 2010.
 
The improvement in the global financial markets has resulted in continued growth, with a 24% increase in sales in the current period compared to the prior period excluding the results of our Japan joint venture. Retirement and savings sales increased 30% driven by strong annuity, universal life and pension sales in Europe, Mexico, Chile, South Korea and China. In our Europe and the Middle East operations, sales of annuities and universal life products remained strong, more than doubling from the prior year, partially offset by lower pension and variable universal life sales in India due to the loss of a major distributor, as well as lower credit life sales. Our Latin America operation experienced an overall increase in sales resulting from solid growth in pension and universal life sales in Mexico and an increase in fixed annuity sales in Chile due to market recovery, slightly offset by lower bank sales in Brazil resulting from incentives offered in the prior year. Sales in our Asia Pacific operation, excluding the results of our Japan joint venture, increased primarily due to higher variable universal life sales in South Korea, slightly offset by the decline in annuity sales and strong bank channel sales in China. We have experienced lower sales in Taiwan following the announcement of the planned sale of this business. While the third party’s application for approval of the sale of our Taiwan affiliate was rejected by the Taiwan Financial Supervising Commission, the Company continues to explore strategic options with respect to this affiliate.
 
Reported operating earnings increased by $329 million over the prior year. The positive impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates improved reported earnings by $38 million for 2010 compared to 2009. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, operating earnings increased $291 million, or 58%. Reported operating earnings reflect the operating results of ALICO from the Acquisition Date through November 30, 2010, which contributed $114 million to our 2010 operating earnings. As previously noted,


103


Table of Contents

ALICO’s accounting year-end is November 30; therefore, International’s results for the year include one month of ALICO results.
 
Changes in assumptions for measuring the impact of inflation on certain inflation-indexed fixed maturity securities increased operating earnings by $124 million. Changes to the provision for income taxes in both periods contributed to an increase in operating earnings of $86 million, resulting from a $34 million unfavorable impact in 2009 from a change in assumption regarding the repatriation of earnings and a benefit $52 million in the current year from additional permanent reinvestment of earnings, the reversal of tax provisions and favorable changes in liabilities for tax uncertainties. Business growth in our Latin America operation contributed to an increase in operating earnings. Operating earnings in Mexico increased $56 million from growth in our institutional and individual businesses, partially offset by the impact of unfavorable claims experience of $26 million. Higher investment yields resulting from portfolio restructuring was the primary driver in Argentina contributing $23 million to the improvement in operating earnings. India’s results benefited by $10 million primarily due to lower expenses resulting from the loss of a major distributor and slower growth resulting from market conditions.
 
Partially offsetting these increases is the impact of pesification in Argentina, which favorably impacted 2009 reported earnings by $95 million. This prior period benefit was due to a liability release resulting from a reassessment of our approach in managing existing and potential future claims related to certain social security pension annuity contractholders in Argentina. In addition, operating earnings in Australia were lower by $9 million, which was primarily due to a write-off of DAC attributable to a change in a product feature in the current period.
 
In addition to a $133 million increase due to the inclusion of ALICO results, net investment income increased $102 million from growth in average invested assets and $88 million from improved yields. Growth in average invested assets reflects growth in our businesses. Improved yields reflects the impact of increased inflation, primarily in Chile, as well as the impact of changes in assumptions for measuring the effects of inflation on certain inflation-indexed fixed maturity securities. The increase in net investment income from higher inflation was offset by an increase in the related insurance liabilities due to higher inflation. Although diversification into higher yielding investments had a positive impact on yields, this was partially offset by decreased trading and other securities results driven by a stronger recovery in equity markets in 2009 compared to 2010, primarily in Hong Kong, and by a decrease in the results of our operating joint ventures. The reduction in net investment income from our trading portfolio is entirely offset by a corresponding decrease in the interest credited on the related contractholder account balances and therefore had no impact on operating earnings.
 
In addition to a $269 million increase associated with the Acquisition, operating expenses increased due to the impact of the pesification in Argentina noted above, as well as current period business growth in South Korea, Brazil and Mexico, which resulted in $93 million of increased commissions and compensation. These increases were partially offset by $33 million of lower commissions and business expenses in India.


104


Table of Contents

Banking, Corporate & Other
 
                                 
    Years Ended December 31,              
    2010     2009     Change     % Change  
    (In millions)        
 
OPERATING REVENUES
                               
Premiums
  $ 11     $ 19     $ (8 )     (42.1 )%
Net investment income
    992       477       515       108.0 %
Other revenues
    1,044       1,092       (48 )     (4.4 )%
                                 
Total operating revenues
    2,047       1,588       459       28.9 %
                                 
OPERATING EXPENSES
                               
Policyholder benefits and dividends
    (14 )     4       (18 )     (450.0 )%
Interest credited to bank deposits
    137       163       (26 )     (16.0 )%
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    1       3       (2 )     (66.7 )%
Interest expense on debt
    1,126       1,027       99       9.6 %
Other expenses
    1,155       1,336       (181 )     (13.5 )%
                                 
Total operating expenses
    2,405       2,533       (128 )     (5.1 )%
                                 
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    (300 )     (617 )     317       51.4 %
                                 
Operating earnings
    (58 )     (328 )     270       82.3 %
Less: Preferred stock dividends
    122       122             %
                                 
Operating earnings available to common shareholders
  $ (180 )   $ (450 )   $ 270       60.0 %
                                 
 
Unless otherwise stated, all amounts discussed below are net of income tax.
 
During 2010, mortgage refinancing activity continued to return to more moderate levels compared to the unusually high levels experienced in 2009. Consistent with these market conditions, we experienced a $15.2 billion decline in residential mortgage production during 2010, while our serviced residential mortgage loans increased $20.1 billion, which includes a $16.5 billion purchase from a FDIC receivership bank in the third quarter of 2010 and a net sale of $4.8 billion to FNMA in the second quarter of 2010. Servicing run-off of existing business slowed to 18.2% in 2010 compared with 19.6% in 2009.
 
The Holding Company completed four debt financings in August 2010 in anticipation of the Acquisition, issuing $1.0 billion of 2.375% senior notes, $1.0 billion of 4.75% senior notes, $750 million of 5.875% senior notes, and $250 million of floating rate senior notes. The Holding Company also issued debt securities, which are part of the $3.0 billion stated value of common equity units. The proceeds from these debt issuances were used to finance the Acquisition. The Holding Company completed three debt issuances in 2009 in response to the economic crisis, issuing $397 million of floating rate senior notes in March 2009, $1.3 billion of senior notes in May 2009, and $500 million of junior subordinated debt securities in July 2009. The proceeds from these debt issuances were used for general corporate purposes.
 
Operating earnings available to common shareholders and operating earnings, which excludes preferred stock dividends, each increased $270 million, primarily due to an increase in net investment income and a reduction in operating expenses, partially offset by a decline in mortgage banking revenues, a decrease in tax benefit and an increase in interest expense resulting from the debt issuances noted above.
 
Net investment income increased $335 million reflecting an increase of $189 million due to higher yields and an increase of $146 million from growth in average invested assets. Yields were positively impacted by the effects of recovering private equity markets and stabilizing real estate markets on other limited partnership interests and real estate joint ventures. This was partially offset by lower fixed maturities yields which were adversely impacted by the reinvestment of proceeds from maturities and sales during this lower interest rate environment and from decreased trading and other securities results due to a stronger recovery in equity markets in 2009 as compared to 2010. In addition, due to the lower interest rate environment in the current year, less net investment income was credited to the segments in 2010 compared to 2009. Growth in average invested assets was primarily due to an


105


Table of Contents

increase in bank deposits, higher cash collateral balances received from our derivative counterparties and the temporary investment of the proceeds from the debt and common stock issuances in anticipation of the Acquisition. Our investments primarily include structured finance securities, investment grade corporate fixed maturities, mortgage loans and U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed fixed maturity securities. In addition, our investment portfolio includes the excess capital not allocated to the segments. Accordingly, it includes a higher allocation of certain other invested asset classes to provide additional diversification and opportunity for long-term yield enhancement, including leveraged leases, other limited partnership interests, real estate, real estate joint ventures, trading securities and equity securities.
 
Banking, Corporate & Other benefited in 2010 from a $76 million reduction in discretionary spending, such as consulting and postemployment related costs, a $35 million decrease in real estate-related charges and $15 million of lower legal costs. Other expenses also include a $48 million decrease in commissions as a result of the decline in residential mortgage loan production discussed below. These savings were partially offset by a $14 million increase in charitable contributions. The current year also included $44 million of internal resource costs for associates committed to the Acquisition and a $23 million increase in expenses associated with expanding the infrastructure of our banking business. Additionally, the positive resolution of certain legal matters increased operating earnings by $27 million.
 
The $15.2 billion decline in residential mortgage loan production resulted in a $131 million decrease in operating earnings, $32 million of which is reflected in net investment income with the remainder largely attributable to a reduction in fee income. The increase in the serviced residential mortgage loan portfolio improved operating earnings by $41 million despite the increased infrastructure expenses discussed above.
 
Maturing time deposits and the need for liquidity in the lower interest rate environment of 2010 resulted in a $17 million decrease in interest credited to bank deposits, despite growth of $1.7 billion in deposits.
 
Interest expense increased $64 million primarily as a result of the debt issuances in 2009 and the senior notes and debt securities issued in anticipation of the Acquisition, partially offset by the impact of lower interest rates on variable rate collateral financing arrangements.
 
The 2010 period includes $75 million of charges related to the Health Care Act. The Federal government currently provides a Medicare Part D subsidy. The Health Care Act reduced the tax deductibility of retiree health care costs to the extent of any Medicare Part D subsidy received beginning in 2013. Because the deductibility of future retiree health care costs is reflected in our financial statements, the entire future impact of this change in law was required to be recorded as a charge in the period in which the legislation was enacted. As a result, we incurred a $75 million charge in the first quarter of 2010. The Health Care Act also amended Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) as a result of which MetLife was initially considered a healthcare provider, as defined, and would be subject to limits on tax deductibility of certain types of compensation. In December 2010, the Internal Revenue Service issued Notice 2011-2 which clarified that the executive compensation deduction limitation included in the Health Care Act did not apply to insurers like MetLife selling de minimis amounts of health care coverage. As a result, in the fourth quarter of 2010, we reversed $18 million of previously recorded taxes for 2010. In 2009, Banking, Corporate & Other received a larger benefit of $36 million as compared to 2010 related to the utilization of tax preferenced investments which provide tax credits and deductions.
 
Results of Operations
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009 compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
Unfavorable market conditions continued through 2009, providing a challenging business environment. The largest and most significant impact continued to be on our investment portfolio as declining yields resulted in lower net investment income. Market sensitive expenses were also negatively impacted by the market conditions as evidenced by an increase in pension and postretirement benefit costs. Higher levels of unemployment continued to impact certain group businesses as a decrease in covered payrolls reduced growth. Our auto and homeowners business was impacted by a declining housing market, the deterioration of the new auto sales market and the continuation of credit availability issues, all of which contributed to a decrease in insured exposures. Despite the challenging business environment, revenue growth remained solid in the majority of our businesses. A flight to


106


Table of Contents

quality during the year contributed to an improvement in sales in both our domestic fixed and variable annuity products. We also saw an increase in market share, especially in the structured settlement business, where we experienced an increase of 53% in premiums. An improvement in the global financial markets contributed to a recovery of sales in most of our international regions and resulted in improved investment performance in some regions during the second half of 2009. We also benefited domestically from a strong residential mortgage refinance market and healthy growth in the reverse mortgage arena.
 
                                 
    Years Ended December 31,              
    2009     2008     Change     % Change  
    (In millions)        
 
Revenues
                               
Premiums
  $ 26,460     $ 25,914     $ 546       2.1 %
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    5,203       5,381       (178 )     (3.3 )%
Net investment income
    14,837       16,289       (1,452 )     (8.9 )%
Other revenues
    2,329       1,586       743       46.8 %
Net investment gains (losses)
    (2,906 )     (2,098 )     (808 )     (38.5 )%
Net derivative gains (losses)
    (4,866 )     3,910       (8,776 )     (224.5 )%
                                 
Total revenues
    41,057       50,982       (9,925 )     (19.5 )%
                                 
Expenses
                               
Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends
    29,986       29,188       798       2.7 %
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    4,849       4,788       61       1.3 %
Interest credited to bank deposits
    163       166       (3 )     (1.8 )%
Capitalization of DAC
    (3,019 )     (3,092 )     73       2.4 %
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    1,307       3,489       (2,182 )     (62.5 )%
Interest expense on debt
    1,044       1,051       (7 )     (0.7 )%
Other expenses
    11,061       10,333       728       7.0 %
                                 
Total expenses
    45,391       45,923       (532 )     (1.2 )%
                                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income tax
    (4,334 )     5,059       (9,393 )     (185.7 )%
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    (2,015 )     1,580       (3,595 )     (227.5 )%
                                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax
    (2,319 )     3,479       (5,798 )     (166.7 )%
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
    41       (201 )     242       120.4 %
                                 
Net income (loss)
    (2,278 )     3,278       (5,556 )     (169.5 )%
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (32 )     69       (101 )     (146.4 )%
                                 
Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
    (2,246 )     3,209       (5,455 )     (170.0 )%
Less: Preferred stock dividends
    122       125       (3 )     (2.4 )%
                                 
Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ (2,368 )   $ 3,084     $ (5,452 )     (176.8 )%
                                 
 
Unless otherwise stated, all amounts are net of income tax.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2009, MetLife’s income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax decreased $5.8 billion to a loss of $2.3 billion from income of $3.5 billion in the comparable 2008 period. The year over year change was predominantly due to a $5.7 billion unfavorable change in net derivative gains (losses) to losses of $3.2 billion in 2009 from gains of $2.5 billion in 2008, and a $525 million unfavorable change in net investment gains (losses). Offsetting these unfavorable variances totaling $6.2 billion were favorable changes in adjustments related to net derivative and net investment gains (losses) of $972 million, net of income tax, principally associated with DAC and VOBA amortization, resulting in a total unfavorable variance related to net derivative and net investment gains (losses), net of related adjustments and income tax, of $5.2 billion.
 
We manage our investment portfolio using disciplined ALM principles, focusing on cash flow and duration to support our current and future liabilities. Our intent is to match the timing and amount of liability cash outflows with invested assets that have cash inflows of comparable timing and amount, while optimizing, net of income tax, risk-adjusted net investment income and risk-adjusted total return. Our investment portfolio is heavily weighted toward fixed income investments, with over 80% of our portfolio invested in fixed maturity securities and mortgage loans.


107


Table of Contents

These securities and loans have varying maturities and other characteristics which cause them to be generally well suited for matching the cash flow and duration of insurance liabilities. Other invested asset classes including, but not limited to equity securities, other limited partnership interests and real estate and real estate joint ventures provide additional diversification and opportunity for long-term yield enhancement in addition to supporting the cash flow and duration objectives of our investment portfolio. We also use derivatives as an integral part of our management of the investment portfolio to hedge certain risks, including changes in interest rates, foreign currencies, credit spreads and equity market levels. Additional considerations for our investment portfolio include current and expected market conditions and expectations for changes within our unique mix of products and business segments.
 
The composition of the investment portfolio of each business segment is tailored to the unique characteristics of its insurance liabilities, causing certain portfolios to be shorter in duration and others to be longer in duration. Accordingly, certain portfolios are more heavily weighted in fixed maturity securities, or certain sub-sectors of fixed maturity securities, than other portfolios.
 
Investments are purchased to support our insurance liabilities and not to generate net investment gains and losses. However, net investment gains and losses are generated and can change significantly from period to period, due to changes in external influences including movements in interest rates, foreign currencies and credit spreads, counterparty specific factors such as financial performance, credit rating and collateral valuation, and internal factors such as portfolio rebalancing that can generate gains and losses. As an investor in the fixed income, equity security, mortgage loan and certain other invested asset classes, we are exposed to the above stated risks, which can lead to both impairments and credit-related losses.
 
In addition to the above risk management strategies, as an integral part of our management of the investment portfolio, we use freestanding derivatives to hedge market risks including changes in interest rates, foreign currencies, credit spreads and the equity market. We also use freestanding derivatives to hedge these same risks in certain of our liabilities, including variable annuity minimum benefit guarantees. For those hedges not designated as an accounting hedge, changes in these market risks can lead to the recognition of fair value changes in net derivative gains (losses) without an offsetting gain or loss recognized in earnings for the item being hedged even though these are effective economic hedges. Additionally, we issue liabilities and purchase assets that contain embedded derivatives whose changes in estimated fair value are sensitive to changes in market risks and are also recognized in net derivative gains (losses).
 
The unfavorable variance in net derivative gains (losses) of $5.7 billion, from gains of $2.5 billion in 2008 to losses of $3.2 billion in 2009 was primarily driven by an unfavorable change in freestanding derivatives of $8.6 billion from gains in the prior period of $4.3 billion to losses in the current period of $4.3 billion. This unfavorable variance was partially offset by a favorable change in embedded derivatives primarily associated with variable annuity minimum benefit guarantees of $2.9 billion from losses in the prior period of $1.7 billion to gains in the current period of $1.2 billion.
 
The $8.6 billion unfavorable variance in freestanding derivatives was primarily attributable to market factors, including rising interest rates, improving equity markets on equity options and futures, decreased equity volatility, weakening U.S. dollar, and narrowing credit spreads. Long-term and mid-term interest rates increased in the current period which caused a negative impact of $4.4 billion on our interest rate derivatives, $1.2 billion of which is attributable to hedges of variable annuity minimum benefit guarantees. Equity markets improved while equity volatility decreased in the current period, which had a net negative impact of $3.1 billion on our equity derivatives, which we use to hedge variable annuity minimum benefit guarantees. Weakening of the U.S. dollar in the current period had a negative impact of $646 million on certain foreign currency derivatives that are used to hedge foreign-denominated asset and liability exposures. Narrowing corporate credit spreads had a negative impact of $453 million on our purchased protection credit derivatives.
 
The variable annuity products with minimum benefit guarantees containing embedded derivatives are measured at fair value separately from the host variable annuity contract, with changes in estimated fair value reported in net derivative gains (losses). The estimated fair value of these embedded derivatives also includes an adjustment for nonperformance risk of the related liabilities carried at estimated fair value. The $2.9 billion favorable change in embedded derivatives was primarily attributable to rising interest rates, improving equity market performance, a decrease in equity volatility, and weakening of the U.S. dollar, which was offset by the


108


Table of Contents

unfavorable change in the adjustment for nonperformance risk. Both long-term and mid-term interest rates increased in the current period which had a positive impact of $2.2 billion. Improving equity markets in the current period had a positive impact of $1.5 billion. Lower equity market volatility in the current period compared to the prior period had a positive impact of $817 million, and the weakening U.S. dollar had a positive impact of $456 million. The favorable results from these hedged risks was partially offset by an unfavorable change related to the adjustment for nonperformance risk of $3.2 billion, from gains of $1.9 billion in 2008 to losses of $1.3 billion in 2009. Gains on the freestanding derivatives that hedged these embedded derivative risks more than offset the change in liabilities attributable to market factors, excluding the adjustment for nonperformance risk. Finally, there was a favorable change of $1.1 billion for all other unhedged risks on the variable annuity minimum benefit guarantee liabilities.
 
The $525 million unfavorable change in net investment gains (losses) was primarily attributable to higher net losses on mortgage loans and other limited partnership interests. The increase in losses on mortgage loans was principally due to increases in mortgage valuation allowances resulting from weakening of the real estate market and other economic fundamentals. The increase in losses on other limited partnership interests was principally due to higher impairments on certain cost method investments which experienced a reduction in net asset values of the underlying portfolio companies. The underlying valuations of the portfolio companies have decreased due to the current economic environment.
 
As more fully described in the discussion of performance measures above, operating earnings is the measure of segment profit or loss we use to evaluate performance and allocate resources. Consistent with GAAP accounting guidance for segment reporting, it is our measure of performance, as reported below. Operating earnings is not determined in accordance with GAAP and should not be viewed as a substitute for GAAP income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax. We believe that the presentation of operating earnings enhances the understanding of our performance by highlighting the results of operations and the underlying profitability drivers of the business. Operating earnings available to common shareholders decreased by $329 million to $2.4 billion in 2009 from $2.7 billion in 2008.
 
Reconciliation of income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, to operating earnings available to common shareholders
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
                                                         
                Corporate
                Banking,
       
    Insurance
    Retirement
    Benefit
    Auto &
          Corporate
       
    Products     Products     Funding     Home     International     & Other     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax
  $ (418 )   $ (628 )   $ (581 )   $ 321     $ (280 )   $ (733 )   $ (2,319 )
Less: Net investment gains (losses)
    (472 )     (533 )     (1,486 )     (41 )     (105 )     (269 )     (2,906 )
Less: Net derivative gains (losses)
    (1,786 )     (1,426 )     (421 )     39       (798 )     (474 )     (4,866 )
Less: Adjustments to continuing operations (1)
    (139 )     519       125             (206 )     (16 )     283  
Less: Provision for income tax (expense) benefit
    837       504       621       1       366       354       2,683  
                                                         
Operating earnings
  $ 1,142     $ 308     $ 580     $ 322     $ 463       (328 )     2,487  
                                                         
Less: Preferred stock dividends
                                            122       122  
                                                         
Operating earnings available to common shareholders
                                          $ (450 )   $ 2,365  
                                                         


109


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
                                                         
                Corporate
                Banking,
       
    Insurance
    Retirement
    Benefit
    Auto &
          Corporate
       
    Products     Products     Funding     Home     International     & Other     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax
  $ 2,195     $ 539     $ (256 )   $ 275     $ 553     $ 173     $ 3,479  
Less: Net investment gains (losses)
    (1,219 )     (669 )     (1,682 )     (89 )     (91 )     1,652       (2,098 )
Less: Net derivative gains (losses)
    2,777       1,842       (219 )     (45 )     260       (705 )     3,910  
Less: Adjustments to continuing operations (1)
    (193 )     (622 )     82             52       17       (664 )
Less: Provision for income tax (expense) benefit
    (480 )     (192 )     637       46       (147 )     (352 )     (488 )
                                                         
Operating earnings
  $ 1,310     $ 180     $ 926     $ 363     $ 479       (439 )     2,819  
                                                         
Less: Preferred stock dividends
                                            125       125  
                                                         
Operating earnings available to common shareholders
                                          $ (564 )   $ 2,694  
                                                         
 
 
(1) See definitions of operating revenues and operating expenses for the components of such adjustments.
 
Reconciliation of GAAP revenues to operating revenues and GAAP expenses to operating expenses
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
                                                         
                Corporate
                Banking,
       
    Insurance
    Retirement
    Benefit
    Auto &
          Corporate
       
    Products     Products     Funding     Home     International     & Other     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Total revenues
  $ 23,483     $ 3,725     $ 5,486     $ 3,113     $ 4,383     $ 867     $ 41,057  
Less: Net investment gains (losses)
    (472 )     (533 )     (1,486 )     (41 )     (105 )     (269 )     (2,906 )
Less: Net derivative gains (losses)
    (1,786 )     (1,426 )     (421 )     39       (798 )     (474 )     (4,866 )
Less: Adjustments related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses)
    (27 )                                   (27 )
Less: Other adjustments to revenues (1)
    (74 )     (219 )     188             (169 )     22       (252 )
                                                         
Total operating revenues
  $ 25,842     $ 5,903     $ 7,205     $ 3,115     $ 5,455     $ 1,588     $ 49,108  
                                                         
Total expenses
  $ 24,165     $ 4,690     $ 6,400     $ 2,697     $ 4,868     $ 2,571     $ 45,391  
Less: Adjustments related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses)
    39       (739 )                             (700 )
Less: Other adjustments to expenses (1)
    (1 )     1       63             37       38       138  
                                                         
Total operating expenses
  $ 24,127     $ 5,428     $ 6,337     $ 2,697     $ 4,831     $ 2,533     $ 45,953  
                                                         


110


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
                                                         
                Corporate
                Banking,
       
    Insurance
    Retirement
    Benefit
    Auto &
          Corporate
       
    Products     Products     Funding     Home     International     & Other     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Total revenues
  $ 26,754     $ 6,487     $ 6,700     $ 3,061     $ 6,001     $ 1,979     $ 50,982  
Less: Net investment gains (losses)
    (1,219 )     (669 )     (1,682 )     (89 )     (91 )     1,652       (2,098 )
Less: Net derivative gains (losses)
    2,777       1,842       (219 )     (45 )     260       (705 )     3,910  
Less: Adjustments related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses)
    18                                     18  
Less: Other adjustments to revenues (1)
    (1 )     (45 )     53             69       13       89  
                                                         
Total operating revenues
  $ 25,179     $ 5,359     $ 8,548     $ 3,195     $ 5,763     $ 1,019     $ 49,063  
                                                         
Total expenses
  $ 23,418     $ 5,665     $ 7,119     $ 2,728     $ 5,044     $ 1,949     $ 45,923  
Less: Adjustments related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses)
    262       577                               839  
Less: Other adjustments to expenses (1)
    (52 )           (29 )           17       (4 )     (68 )
                                                         
Total operating expenses
  $ 23,208     $ 5,088     $ 7,148     $ 2,728     $ 5,027     $ 1,953     $ 45,152  
                                                         
 
 
(1) See definitions of operating revenues and operating expenses for the components of such adjustments.
 
The volatile market conditions that began in 2008 and continued into 2009 impacted several key components of our operating earnings available to common shareholders including net investment income, hedging costs, and certain market sensitive expenses. The markets also positively impacted our operating earnings available to common shareholders as conditions began to improve during 2009, resulting in lower DAC and DSI amortization.
 
A $722 million decline in net investment income was the result of decreasing yields, including the effects of our higher quality, more liquid, but lower yielding investment position in response to the extraordinary market conditions. The impact of declining yields caused a $1.6 billion decrease in net investment income, which was partially offset by an increase of $846 million due to growth in average invested assets calculated excluding unrealized gains and losses. The decrease in yields resulted from the disruption and dislocation in the global financial markets experienced in 2008, which continued, but moderated, in 2009. The adverse yield impact was concentrated in the following four invested asset classes:
 
  •  Fixed maturity securities — primarily due to lower yields on floating rate securities from declines in short-term interest rates and an increased allocation to lower yielding, higher quality, U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities, to increase liquidity in response to the extraordinary market conditions, as well as decreased income on our securities lending program, primarily due to the smaller size of the program in the current year. These adverse impacts were offset slightly as conditions improved late in 2009 and we began to reallocate our portfolio to higher-yielding assets;
 
  •  Real estate joint ventures — primarily due to declining property valuations on certain investment funds that carry their real estate at estimated fair value and operating losses incurred on properties that were developed for sale by development joint ventures;
 
  •  Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments — primarily due to declines in short-term interest rates; and
 
  •  Mortgage loans — primarily due to lower prepayments on commercial mortgage loans and lower yields on variable rate loans reflecting declines in short-term interest rates.


111


Table of Contents

 
Equity markets experienced some recovery in 2009, which led to improved yields on other limited partnership interests. As many of our products are interest spread-based, the lower net investment income was significantly offset by lower interest credited expense on our investment and insurance products.
 
The financial market conditions also resulted in a $348 million increase in net guaranteed annuity benefit costs in our Retirement Products segment, as increased hedging losses were only partially offset by lower guaranteed benefit costs.
 
The key driver of the increase in other expenses stemmed from the impact of market conditions on certain expenses, primarily pension and postretirement benefit costs, reinsurance expenses and letter of credit fees. These increases coupled with higher variable costs, such as commissions and premium taxes, some of which have been capitalized, more than offset the favorable impact of lower information technology, travel, professional services and advertising expenses, which include the impact of our enterprise-wide cost reduction and revenue enhancement initiative.
 
The market improvement which began in the second quarter of 2009 was a key factor in the determination of our expected future gross profits, the increase of which triggered a decrease in DAC and DSI amortization, most significantly in the Retirement Products segment. The increase in our expected future gross profits stemmed primarily from an increase in the market value of our separate account balances, which is attributable, in part, to the improving financial markets. Our Insurance Products segment benefited, in the current year, from an increase in amortization of unearned revenue, primarily as a result of our annual review of assumptions that are used in the determination of the amount of amortization recognized. These collective changes in amortization resulted in a $720 million benefit, partially offsetting the declines in operating earnings available to common shareholders discussed above.
 
A portion of the decline in operating earnings available to common shareholders was caused by a $200 million reduction in the results of our closed block of business, a specific group of participating life policies that were segregated in connection with the demutualization of MLIC. Until early 2009, the operating earnings of the closed block did not have a full impact on operating earnings as the operating earnings or loss was partially offset by a change in the policyholder dividend obligation, a liability established at the time of demutualization. However, in early 2009 the policyholder dividend obligation was depleted and, as a result, the total operating earnings or loss related to the closed block for the year ended December 31, 2009 was, and in the future may be a component of operating earnings.
 
Business growth, from the majority of our businesses, along with net favorable mortality experience, had a positive impact on operating earnings available to common shareholders. These impacts were somewhat dampened by higher benefit utilization in our dental business and mixed claim activity in our Auto & Home segment. In addition, our forward and reverse residential mortgage platform acquisitions in late 2008 benefited Banking, Corporate & Other’s 2009 results.


112


Table of Contents

Insurance Products
 
                                 
    Years Ended December 31,              
    2009     2008     Change     % Change  
        (In millions)        
 
OPERATING REVENUES
                               
Premiums
  $   17,168     $   16,402     $   766       4.7 %
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    2,281       2,171       110       5.1 %
Net investment income
    5,614       5,787       (173 )     (3.0 )%
Other revenues
    779       819       (40 )     (4.9 )%
                                 
Total operating revenues
    25,842       25,179       663       2.6 %
                                 
OPERATING EXPENSES
                               
Policyholder benefits and dividends
    19,111       18,183       928       5.1 %
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    952       930       22       2.4 %
Capitalization of DAC
    (873 )     (849 )     (24 )     (2.8 )%
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    725       743       (18 )     (2.4 )%
Interest expense on debt
    6       5       1       20.0 %
Other expenses
    4,206       4,196       10       0.2 %
                                 
Total operating expenses
    24,127       23,208       919       4.0 %
                                 
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    573       661       (88 )     (13.3 )%
                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 1,142     $ 1,310     $ (168 )     (12.8 )%
                                 
 
Unfavorable market conditions, which continued through 2009, provided a challenging business environment for our Insurance Products segment. This resulted in lower net investment income and an increase in market sensitive expenses, primarily pension and postretirement benefit costs. We also experienced higher utilization of dental benefits along with a lower number of recoveries in our disability business. Higher levels of unemployment continued to impact certain group businesses as a decrease in covered payrolls reduced growth. However, revenue growth remained solid in all of our businesses. Revenue growth in our dental and individual life businesses reflected strong sales and renewals.
 
The significant components of the $168 million decline in operating earnings were the aforementioned decline in net investment income, especially in the closed block business, partially offset by an increase in the amortization of unearned revenue, the impact of a reduction in dividends to certain policyholders and favorable mortality in the individual life business.
 
Until early 2009, the earnings of the closed block did not have a full impact on operating earnings as the earnings or loss was partially offset by a change in the policyholder dividend obligation. However, in early 2009 the policyholder dividend obligation was depleted and, as a result, the total operating earnings or loss related to the closed block for the year ended December 31, 2009 was, and in the future may be, a component of operating earnings. This resulted in a $200 million decline in operating earnings in 2009.
 
The decrease in net investment income of $112 million was primarily due to a $317 million decrease from lower yields, partially offset by a $205 million increase from growth in average invested assets. Yields were adversely impacted by the severe downturn in the global financial markets, which primarily impacted other invested assets, real estate joint ventures and fixed maturity securities. In addition, income from our securities lending program decreased primarily due to the smaller size of the program in 2009. The growth in the average invested asset base was primarily from an increase in net flows from our individual life, non-medical health, and group life businesses. The moderate recovery in equity markets in 2009 led to improved yields on other limited partnership interests, which partially offset the overall reduction in yields. To manage the needs of our intermediate to longer-term liabilities, our portfolio consists primarily of investment grade corporate fixed maturity securities, structured finance securities (comprised of mortgage and asset-backed securities), mortgage loans, and U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed fixed maturity securities and, to a lesser extent, certain other invested asset classes


113


Table of Contents

including real estate joint ventures and other invested assets to provide additional diversification and opportunity for long-term yield enhancement.
 
Other expenses were essentially flat despite an increase of $137 million from the impact of market conditions on certain expenses, primarily pension and postretirement benefit costs. This increase was partially offset by a decrease of $85 million, predominantly from declines in information technology, travel, and professional services, including the positive impact of our enterprise-wide cost reduction and revenue enhancement initiative. A further reduction of expenses was achieved through a decrease in variable expenses, such as commissions and premium taxes of $46 million, a portion of which is offset by DAC capitalization.
 
The aforementioned declines in operating earnings were partially offset by the favorable impact of a $63 million decrease in policyholder dividends in the traditional life business, the result of a dividend scale reduction in the fourth quarter of 2009. In addition, favorable mortality in the individual life business was partially offset by higher benefit utilization in the dental business during 2009, reflecting the negative employment trends in the marketplace. The net impact of these two items benefited operating earnings by $36 million. The 2009 results were also favorably impacted by our review of assumptions used to determine estimated gross profits and margins, which in turn are factors in determining the amortization for DAC and unearned revenue. This review resulted in an unlocking event related to unearned revenue and, coupled with the impact from the prior year’s review, generated an increase in operating earnings of $82 million. This increase was recorded in universal life and investment-type product policy fees. Partially offsetting these increases was the impact of lower separate account balances, which resulted in lower fee income of $25 million.
 
DAC amortization reflects lower current year amortization of $108 million, stemming from the impact of the improvement in the financial markets in 2009, which increased our expected future gross profits, as well as lower current year gross margins in the closed block. This decrease was partially offset by the net impact of refinements in both the prior and current years of $98 million, the majority of which was recorded in the prior year as a result of the 2008 review of certain DAC related assumptions.
 
Retirement Products
 
                                 
    Years Ended December 31,              
    2009     2008     Change     % Change  
    (In millions)        
 
OPERATING REVENUES
                               
Premiums
  $      920     $      696     $      224       32.2 %
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    1,712       1,870       (158 )     (8.4 )%
Net investment income
    3,098       2,624       474       18.1 %
Other revenues
    173       169       4       2.4 %
                                 
Total operating revenues
    5,903       5,359       544       10.2 %
                                 
OPERATING EXPENSES
                               
Policyholder benefits and dividends
    1,950       1,271       679       53.4 %
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    1,688       1,338       350       26.2 %
Capitalization of DAC
    (1,067 )     (980 )     (87 )     (8.9 )%
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    424       1,356       (932 )     (68.7 )%
Interest expense on debt
          2       (2 )     (100.0 )%
Other expenses
    2,433       2,101       332       15.8 %
                                 
Total operating expenses
    5,428       5,088       340       6.7 %
                                 
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    167       91       76       83.5 %
                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 308     $ 180     $ 128       71.1 %
                                 
 
In 2009, Retirement Products benefited from a flight to quality, which contributed to a 10% improvement in combined sales of our fixed and variable products and a 28% reduction in surrenders and withdrawals. Our variable


114


Table of Contents

annuity sales have outpaced the industry, increasing our market share. Fixed annuity sales benefited from enhanced marketing on our income annuity with life contingency products, which increased our premium revenues by $224 million, or 32%, before income taxes. In the annuity business, the movement in premiums is almost entirely offset by the related change in policyholder benefits, as the insurance liability that we establish at the time we assume the risk under these contracts is typically equivalent to the premium earned less the amount of acquisition expenses. Our average PAB grew by $7.2 billion in 2009, primarily due to an increase in sales of fixed annuity products and more customers electing the fixed option on variable annuity sales. This has a favorable impact on earnings by increasing net investment income, which is somewhat offset by higher interest credited expense. Unfavorable market conditions resulted in poor investment performance, which outweighed the impact of higher variable annuity sales on our separate account balances causing the average separate account balance to remain lower than the previous year. This resulted in lower policy fees and other revenues which are based on daily asset balances in the policyholder separate accounts.
 
The improvement in the financial markets was the primary driver of the $128 million increase in operating earnings, with the largest impact resulting in a decrease in DAC, VOBA and DSI amortization of $655 million. The 2008 results reflected increased, or accelerated, amortization primarily stemming from a decline in the market value of our separate account balances. A factor that determines the amount of amortization is expected future earnings, which in the annuity business are derived, in part, from fees earned on separate account balances. The market value of our separate account balances declined significantly in 2008, resulting in a decrease in the expected future gross profits, triggering an acceleration of amortization in 2008. Beginning in the second quarter of 2009, the market conditions began to improve and the market value of our separate account balances began to increase, resulting in an increase in the expected future gross profits and a corresponding lower level of amortization in 2009.
 
Also contributing to the increase in operating earnings was an increase in net investment income of $308 million, which was primarily due to a $286 million increase from growth in average invested assets and a $22 million increase in yields. The increase in average invested assets was due to increased cash flows from the sales of fixed annuity products and more customers electing the fixed option on variable annuity sales, which were reinvested primarily in fixed maturity securities, other invested assets and mortgage loans. The increase in yields was due to moderate improvement in the equity markets in 2009 which led to an increase in yields principally for other limited partnership interests and certain other invested assets, which was partially offset by a decrease in yields on real estate joint ventures, reflecting the severe downturn in the global financial markets. To manage the needs of our intermediate to longer-term liabilities, our portfolio consists primarily of investment grade corporate fixed maturity securities, structured finance securities, mortgage loans and U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed fixed maturity securities and, to a lesser extent, certain other invested asset classes, including real estate joint ventures in order to provide additional diversification and opportunity for long-term yield enhancement. As is typically the case with fixed annuity products, higher net investment income was somewhat offset by higher interest credited expense. Growth in our fixed annuity policyholder account balances increased interest credited expense by $186 million in 2009 and higher average crediting rates on fixed annuities increased interest credited expense by $27 million.
 
Operating earnings were negatively impacted by $348 million of operating losses related to the hedging programs for variable annuity minimum death and income benefit guarantees, which are not embedded derivatives, partially offset by a decrease in the liability established for these variable annuity guarantees. The various hedging strategies in place to offset the risk associated with these variable annuity guarantee benefits were more sensitive to market movements than the liability for the guaranteed benefit. Market volatility, improvements in the equity markets, and higher interest rates produced operating losses on these hedging strategies in the current year. Our hedging strategies, which are a key part of our risk management, performed as anticipated. The decrease in annuity guarantee benefit liabilities was due to the improvement in the equity markets, higher interest rates and the annual unlocking of future market expectations.
 
Other expenses increased by $216 million primarily due to an increase of $123 million from the impact of market conditions on certain expenses. These expenses are largely comprised of reinsurance costs, pension and postretirement benefit expenses, and letter of credit fees. In addition, variable expenses, such as commissions and premium taxes, increased $77 million, the majority of which have been offset by DAC capitalization. The positive impact of our enterprise-wide cost reduction and revenue enhancement initiative was reflected in lower travel,


115


Table of Contents

professional services and advertising expenses, but was more than offset by increases largely due to business growth.
 
Finally, policy fees and other revenues decreased by $100 million, mainly due to lower average separate account balances in the current year versus prior year.
 
Corporate Benefit Funding
 
                                 
    Years Ended December 31,              
    2009     2008     Change     % Change  
    (In millions)        
 
OPERATING REVENUES
                               
Premiums
  $ 2,264     $ 2,348     $ (84 )     (3.6 )%
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    176       227       (51 )     (22.5 )%
Net investment income
    4,527       5,615       (1,088 )     (19.4 )%
Other revenues
    238       358       (120 )     (33.5 )%
                                 
Total operating revenues
    7,205       8,548       (1,343 )     (15.7 )%
                                 
OPERATING EXPENSES
                               
Policyholder benefits and dividends
    4,245       4,398       (153 )     (3.5 )%
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    1,632       2,297       (665 )     (29.0 )%
Capitalization of DAC
    (14 )     (18 )     4       22.2 %
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    15       29       (14 )     (48.3 )%
Interest expense on debt
    3       2       1       50.0 %
Other expenses
    456       440       16       3.6 %
                                 
Total operating expenses
    6,337       7,148       (811 )     (11.3 )%
                                 
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    288       474       (186 )     (39.2 )%
                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 580     $ 926     $ (346 )     (37.4 )%
                                 
 
Corporate Benefit Funding benefited in certain markets in 2009 as a flight to quality helped drive our increase in market share, especially in the structured settlement business, where we experienced a 53% increase in premiums. Our pension closeout business in the U.K .continues to expand and experienced premium growth during 2009 of almost $400 million, or 105% before income taxes. However, this growth was more than offset by a decline in our domestic pension closeout business driven by unfavorable market conditions and regulatory changes. A combination of poor equity returns and lower interest rates have contributed to pension plans being under funded, which reduces our customers’ flexibility to engage in transactions such as pension closeouts. Our customers’ plans funded status may be affected by a variety of factors, including the ongoing phased implementation of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, a comprehensive reform of defined benefit and defined contribution plan rules. For each of these businesses, the movement in premiums is almost entirely offset by the related change in policyholder benefits. The insurance liability that is established at the time we assume the risk under these contracts is typically equivalent to the premium earned.
 
Market conditions also contributed to a lower demand for several of our investment-type products. The decrease in sales of these investment-type products is not necessarily evident in our results of operations as the transactions related to these products are recorded through the balance sheet. Our funding agreement products, primarily the LIBOR based contracts, experienced the most significant impact from the volatile market conditions. As companies seek greater liquidity, investment managers are refraining from repurchasing the contracts when they mature and are opting for more liquid investments. In addition, unfavorable market conditions continued to impact the demand for global guaranteed interest contracts, a type of funding agreement.
 
Policyholder account balances for our investment-type products were down by approximately $10 billion during 2009, as issuances were more than offset by scheduled maturities. However, due to the timing of issuances and maturities, the average policyholder account balances and liabilities increased from 2008 to 2009. The impact


116


Table of Contents

of the decrease in policyholder account balances resulted in lower net investment income, which was somewhat offset by lower interest credited expense.
 
The primary driver of the $346 million decrease in operating earnings was lower net investment income of $707 million reflecting a $682 million decrease from lower yields and a $25 million increase due to growth in average invested assets. Yields were adversely impacted by the severe downturn in the global financial markets which impacted real estate joint ventures, fixed maturity securities, other invested assets and mortgage loans. In addition, income from our securities lending program decreased, primarily due to the smaller size of the program during the year. To manage the needs of our longer-term liabilities, our portfolio consists primarily of investment grade corporate fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans, U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities and, to a lesser extent, certain other invested asset classes including real estate joint ventures in order to provide additional diversification and opportunity for long-term yield enhancement. For our shorter-term obligations, we invest primarily in structured finance securities, mortgage loans and investment grade corporate fixed maturity securities. The yields on these investments have moved consistent with the underlying market indices, primarily LIBOR and Treasury, on which they are based. The growth in the average invested asset base is consistent with the increase in the average policyholder account balances and liabilities.
 
As many of our products are interest spread-based, the lower net investment income was somewhat offset by lower net interest credited expense of $380 million. The decrease in interest credited expense is attributed to $431 million from lower crediting rates. Crediting rates have moved consistent with the underlying market indices, primarily LIBOR, on which they are based. The increase in the average policyholder account balances resulted in a $51 million increase in interest credited expense.
 
The year over year decline in operating earnings was also due in part to lower other revenues as the prior year benefited by $44 million in fees for the cancellation of a bank owned life insurance stable value wrap policy combined with the surrender of a global guaranteed interest contract. In addition, a refinement to a reinsurance recoverable in the small business record keeping line of business in the latter part of 2009 also contributed $20 million to the decrease in operating earnings.
 
Current year results benefited from favorable liability refinements as compared to unfavorable liability refinements in 2008, as well as improved mortality experience in the current year, all in the pension closeouts business. These items improved 2009 operating earnings by approximately $90 million. Other products generated mortality gains or losses; however, the net change did not have a material impact on our year over year results.
 
Although our other expenses only increased marginally and are not a significant driver of the decrease in operating earnings, the general themes associated with the increase are consistent with those factors discussed above in the discussion of our consolidated results of operations. Market conditions triggered an increase in our pension and postretirement benefit expenses of $26 million. In addition, variable expenses, such as commissions and premium taxes, have increased $20 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $36 million, primarily in information technology, travel and professional services expenses, all of which were largely due to our enterprise-wide cost reduction and revenue enhancement initiative.


117


Table of Contents

Auto & Home
 
                                 
    Years Ended December 31,              
    2009     2008     Change     % Change  
    (In millions)        
 
OPERATING REVENUES
                               
Premiums
  $ 2,902     $ 2,971     $ (69 )     (2.3 )%
Net investment income
    180       186       (6 )     (3.2 )%
Other revenues
    33       38       (5 )     (13.2 )%
                                 
Total operating revenues
    3,115       3,195       (80 )     (2.5 )%
                                 
OPERATING EXPENSES
                               
Policyholder benefits and dividends
    1,932       1,924       8       0.4 %
Capitalization of DAC
    (435 )     (444 )     9       2.0 %
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    436       454       (18 )     (4.0 )%
Other expenses
    764       794       (30 )     (3.8 )%
                                 
Total operating expenses
    2,697       2,728       (31 )     (1.1 )%
                                 
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    96       104       (8 )     (7.7 )%
                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 322     $ 363     $ (41 )     (11.3 )%
                                 
 
Auto & Home was negatively impacted in 2009 by a declining housing market, the deterioration of the new auto sales market and the continuation of credit availability issues, all of which contributed to a decrease in insured exposures in 2009. Average premiums per policy increased slightly for our homeowners’ policies but decreased for auto policies, primarily as a result of a business shift in insured exposures by state. In particular, we experienced a large decrease in earned exposures in Massachusetts, whose market was impacted by a regulatory change, which resulted in a marked increase in competition.
 
A return to more normal weather conditions in 2009 resulted in fewer, and less severe, catastrophe events than in 2008. This was more than offset by an increase in both non-catastrophe claim frequencies and non-catastrophe claim severities in 2009.
 
Mixed claim experience and the impact of lower exposures were the primary drivers of the $41 million decrease in operating earnings. While we had a $90 million decrease in catastrophe-related losses compared to the prior year, we also recorded $68 million less of a benefit in 2009 from favorable development of prior year non-catastrophe losses. Current year claim costs rose primarily as a result of a $29 million increase in claim frequency from both our auto and homeowners products. In addition, we had a $15 million net increase in claim severity, stemming from higher severity in our auto line of business that was partially offset by lower severity in our homeowners line of business. In 2009, we experienced a decline in insured exposures, which contributed approximately $16 million to the decrease in operating earnings. While this decrease in exposures had a positive impact on the amount of claims, it was more than offset by the negative impact on premiums. The decrease in exposures is largely attributable to slightly higher non-renewal rates, partially offset by greater sales of new policies. Also contributing to the decline in earnings was a decrease of $9 million in the average premium per policy, which is primarily due to a shift in earned exposures to lower average premium states and an increase of $10 million in loss adjustment expenses, primarily related to a decrease in unallocated loss adjusting expense liabilities at the end of 2008.
 
The impact of the items discussed above can be seen in the unfavorable change in the combined ratio, excluding catastrophes, to 88.9% in 2009 from 83.1% in 2008 and the unfavorable change in the combined ratio, including catastrophes, to 92.3% in 2009 from 91.2% in 2008.
 
A $25 million decrease in other expenses, including the net change in DAC, partially offset the declines in operating earnings discussed above. This improvement resulted from decreases in sales-related expenses and from minor fluctuations in a number of expense categories, a portion of which is due to our enterprise-wide cost reduction and revenue enhancement initiative.


118


Table of Contents

Also contributing to the decrease in operating earnings was a decline in net investment income of $4 million which was primarily due to a $9 million decrease from a decline in average invested assets, partially offset by an increase of $5 million due to improved yields.
 
International
 
                                 
    Years Ended December 31,              
    2009     2008     Change     % Change  
    (In millions)        
 
OPERATING REVENUES
                               
Premiums
  $ 3,187     $ 3,470     $ (283 )     (8.2 )%
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    1,061       1,095       (34 )     (3.1 )%
Net investment income
    1,193       1,180       13       1.1 %
Other revenues
    14       18       (4 )     (22.2 )%
                                 
Total operating revenues
    5,455       5,763       (308 )     (5.3 )%
                                 
OPERATING EXPENSES
                               
Policyholder benefits and dividends
    2,660       3,185       (525 )     (16.5 )%
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    581       171       410       239.8 %
Capitalization of DAC
    (630 )     (798 )     168       21.1 %
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    415       381       34       8.9 %
Interest expense on debt
    8       9       (1 )     (11.1 )%
Other expenses
    1,797       2,079       (282 )     (13.6 )%
                                 
Total operating expenses
    4,831       5,027       (196 )     (3.9 )%
                                 
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    161       257       (96 )     (37.4 )%
                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 463     $ 479     $ (16 )     (3.3 )%
                                 
 
An improvement in the global financial markets contributed to a recovery of sales in the majority of our International regions and resulted in improved investment performance in some regions during the second half of 2009. Sales in Asia Pacific were down primarily from a decrease in variable annuity sales in Japan, primarily as a result of pricing actions we took during the latter half of 2009. This decline was somewhat offset by growth in South Korea’s fixed annuities product and an increase of variable universal life sales, which are indications that markets are beginning to recover. We experienced growth in the pension, group life, and medical businesses of our Latin America region, specifically in Mexico. Our operations in Europe and the Middle East continue to have strong growth in the European variable annuity business.
 
The reduction in operating earnings includes the adverse impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates in 2009 as the U.S. dollar strengthened against the various foreign currencies. This decreased operating earnings by $99 million in 2009 relative to 2008. Excluding the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, operating earnings increased $83 million, or 22%, from the prior year. This increase was primarily driven by higher operating earnings of $184 million in our Asia Pacific region, while operating earnings from our Latin America and Europe and Middle East decreased by $83 million and $18 million, respectively.
 
Asia Pacific.   Improving financial market conditions was the primary driver of the increase in operating earnings. net investment income in the region increased by $422 million due to an increase of $278 million from improved yields on our investment portfolio, $111 million from the change in results of operating joint ventures, and $33 million from an increase in average invested assets. The increase in yields was primarily due to higher income of $277 million on the trading and other securities portfolio, stemming from equity markets experiencing some recovery in 2009. As our trading and other securities portfolio backs unit-linked policyholder liabilities, this increase in income was entirely offset by a corresponding increase in interest credited expense. The income of the Japan joint venture improved by $103 million due to favorable investment results and lower amortization of DAC and VOBA. The decrease in DAC and VOBA amortization was primarily due to an increase in the market value of


119


Table of Contents

the joint venture’s separate account balances, which is directly tied to the improving financial markets. A factor that determines the amount of DAC and VOBA amortization is expected future fees earned on separate account balances. Since the market value of separate account balances have increased, it is expected that future earnings on this block of business will be higher than previously anticipated. As a result, the amortization of DAC and VOBA was less in the current year.
 
Operating earnings in this region also benefited from higher surrender charges of $16 million. Difficult economic conditions in South Korea during the first half of the year resulted in a higher level of surrenders. Growth in our Japan reinsurance business and an increase in reinsurance rates contributed $21 million to the increase in operating earnings. In addition, the favorable impact of a reduction in the liability for our variable annuity guarantees contributed $22 million to operating earnings. The change in the liability was primarily due to an increase in separate account balances in the Japan joint venture. These liabilities are accrued over the life of the contract in proportion to actual and future expected policy assessments based on the level of guaranteed minimum benefits generated using multiple scenarios of separate account returns. The scenarios use best estimate assumptions consistent with those used to amortize DAC. Because separate account balances have had positive returns relative to the prior year, current estimates of future benefits are lower than that previously projected which resulted in a decrease in this liability in the current period. Partially offsetting these increases, higher DAC amortization of $49 million resulted from business growth and favorable investment results.
 
Latin America.   The decrease in operating earnings was primarily driven by lower net investment income. Net investment income decreased by $297 million due to a decrease of $383 million from lower yields, partially offset by an increase of $86 million due to an increase in average invested assets. The decrease in yields was due, in part, to the impact of changes in assumptions for measuring the effects of inflation on certain inflation-indexed fixed maturity securities. This decrease was partially offset by a reduction of $221 million in the related insurance liability primarily due to lower inflation. The increase in net investment income attributable to an increase in average invested assets was primarily due to business growth and, as such, was largely offset by increases in policyholder benefits and interest credited expense.
 
Higher claims experience in Mexico resulted in a $45 million decline in operating earnings. The nationalization and reform of the pension business in Argentina impacted both years earnings, resulting in a net $36 million decline in operating earnings. In addition, operating earnings decreased due to a net income tax increase of $8 million in Mexico, resulting from a change in assumption regarding the repatriation of earnings, partially offset by the favorable impact of a lower effective tax rate in 2009.
 
Partially offsetting these decreases in operating earnings was the combination of growth in Mexico’s individual and institutional businesses and higher premium rates in its institutional business, which increased operating earnings by $51 million. Pesification in Argentina impacted both the current year and prior year earnings, resulting in a net $73 million increase in operating earnings. This benefit was largely due to a reassessment of our approach in managing existing and potential future claims related to certain social security pension annuity contract holders in Argentina resulting in a liability release. Lower expenses of $8 million resulted primarily from the impact of operational efficiencies achieved through our enterprise-wide cost reduction and revenue enhancement initiative.
 
Europe and Middle East.   The impact of foreign currency transaction gains and a tax benefit, both of which occurred in the prior year, contributed $12 million to the decline in operating earnings. Our investment of $9 million in our distribution capability and growth initiatives in 2009 also reduced operating earnings. There was an increase in net investment income of $76 million, which was due to an increase of $65 million from an improvement in yields and $11 million from an increase in average invested assets. The increase in yields was primarily due to favorable results on the trading and other securities portfolio, stemming from the equity markets experiencing some recovery in 2009. As our trading and other securities portfolio backs unit-linked policyholder liabilities, the trading and other securities portfolio results were entirely offset by a corresponding increase in interest credited expense. The increase in net investment income attributable to an increase in average invested assets was primarily due to business growth and was largely offset by increases in policyholder benefits and interest credited expense, also due to business growth.


120


Table of Contents

Banking, Corporate & Other
 
                                 
    Years Ended December 31,              
    2009     2008     Change     % Change  
    (In millions)        
 
OPERATING REVENUES
                               
Premiums
  $ 19     $ 27     $ (8 )     (29.6 )%
Net investment income
    477       808       (331 )     (41.0 )%
Other revenues
    1,092       184       908       493.5 %
                                 
Total operating revenues
    1,588       1,019       569       55.8 %
                                 
OPERATING EXPENSES
                               
Policyholder benefits and dividends
    4       46       (42 )     (91.3 )%
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
          7       (7 )     (100.0 )%
Interest credited to bank deposits
    163       166       (3 )     (1.8 )%
Capitalization of DAC
          (3 )     3       100.0 %
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    3       5       (2 )     (40.0 )%
Interest expense on debt
    1,027       1,033       (6 )     (0.6 )%
Other expenses
    1,336       699       637       91.1 %
                                 
Total operating expenses
    2,533       1,953       580       29.7 %
                                 
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    (617 )     (495 )     (122 )     (24.6 )%
                                 
Operating earnings
    (328 )     (439 )     111       25.3 %
Less: Preferred stock dividends
    122       125       (3 )     (2.4 )%
                                 
Operating earnings available to common shareholders
  $ (450 )   $ (564 )   $ 114       20.2 %
                                 
 
Banking, Corporate & Other recognized the full year impact of our forward and reverse residential mortgage platform acquisitions, a strong residential mortgage refinance market, healthy growth in the reverse mortgage arena, and a favorable interest spread environment. Our forward and reverse residential mortgage production of $37.4 billion in 2009 was up 484% compared to 2008 production. The increase in mortgage production drove higher investments in residential mortgage loans held-for-sale and MSRs. At December 31, 2009, our residential mortgage loans servicing portfolio was $64.1 billion comprised of agency (FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA) portfolios. Transaction and time deposits, which provide a relatively stable source of funding and liquidity and are used to fund loans and fixed income securities purchases, grew 48% in 2009 to $10.2 billion. Borrowings decreased 10% in 2009 to $2.4 billion. During 2009, we participated in the Federal Reserve Bank of New York Term Auction Facility, which provided short term liquidity with low funding costs.
 
In response to the economic crisis and unusual financial market events that occurred in 2008 and continued into 2009, we decided to utilize excess debt capacity. The Holding Company completed three debt issuances in 2009. The Holding Company issued $397 million of floating rate senior notes in March 2009, $1.3 billion of senior notes in May 2009, and $500 million of junior subordinated debt securities in July 2009. In February 2009, in connection with the initial settlement of the stock purchase contracts issued as part of the common equity units sold in June 2005, the Holding Company issued common stock for $1.0 billion. The proceeds from these equity and debt issuances were used for general corporate purposes and have resulted in increased investments and cash and cash equivalents held within Banking, Corporate & Other.
 
Operating earnings available to common shareholders improved by $114 million, of which $254 million was due to MetLife Bank and its acquisitions of a residential mortgage origination and servicing business and a reverse mortgage business, both during 2008. Excluding the impact of MetLife Bank, our operating earnings available to common shareholders decreased $140 million, primarily due to lower net investment income, partially offset by the impact of a lower effective tax rate. The lower effective tax rate provided an increased benefit of $139 million from the prior year. This benefit was the result of a partial settlement of certain prior year tax audit issues and increased utilization of tax preferenced investments, which provide tax credits and deductions.


121


Table of Contents

Excluding a $68 million increase from MetLife Bank, net investment income decreased $283 million, which was primarily due a decrease of $287 million due to lower yields, partially offset by an increase of $4 million due to an increase in average invested assets. Consistent with the consolidated results of operations discussion above, yields were adversely impacted by the severe downturn in the global financial markets, which primarily impacted fixed maturity securities and real estate joint ventures. The increased average invested asset base was due to cash flows from debt issuances during 2009. Our investments primarily include structured finance securities, investment grade corporate fixed maturity securities, U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed fixed maturity securities and mortgage loans. In addition, our investment portfolio includes the excess capital not allocated to the segments. Accordingly, it includes a higher allocation of certain other invested asset classes to provide additional diversification and opportunity for long-term yield enhancement including leveraged leases, other limited partnership interests, real estate, real estate joint ventures and equity securities.
 
After excluding the impact of a $394 million increase from MetLife Bank, other expenses increased by $20 million. Deferred compensation costs, which are tied to equity market performance, were higher due to a significant market rebound. We also had an increase in costs associated with the implementation of our enterprise-wide cost reduction and revenue enhancement initiative. These increases were partially offset by lower postemployment related costs and corporate-related expenses, specifically legal costs. Legal costs were lower largely due to the prior year commutation of asbestos policies. In addition, interest expense declined slightly as a result of rate reductions on variable rate collateral financing arrangements offset by debt issuances in 2009 and 2008.
 
Effects of Inflation
 
The Company does not believe that inflation has had a material effect on its consolidated results of operations, except insofar as inflation may affect interest rates.
 
Inflation in the U.S. has remained contained and been in a general downward trend for an extended period. However, in light of recent and ongoing aggressive fiscal and monetary stimulus measures by the U.S. federal government and foreign governments, it is possible that inflation could increase in the future. Globally, inflation trends can vary by region and between developed and emerging markets. The Japanese economy, to which we face increased exposure as a result of the Acquisition, continues to experience low nominal growth and a deflationary environment. As the global economy improves, inflation trends are increasing in other regions, particularly in emerging markets like China and India. In the more developed Eurozone countries, inflation rates, while not as high, have trended upward at a greater pace than in the U.S.
 
An increase in inflation could affect our business in several ways. During inflationary periods, the value of fixed income investments falls which could increase realized and unrealized losses. Inflation also increases expenses for labor and other materials, potentially putting pressure on profitability if such costs can not be passed through in our product prices. Inflation could also lead to increased costs for losses and loss adjustment expenses in certain of our businesses, which could require us to adjust our pricing to reflect our expectations for future inflation. Prolonged and elevated inflation could adversely affect the financial markets and the economy generally, and dispelling it may require governments to pursue a restrictive fiscal and monetary policy, which could constrain overall economic activity, inhibit revenue growth and reduce the number of attractive investment opportunities.
 
Investments
 
Investment Risks.   The Company’s primary investment objective is to optimize, net of income tax, risk-adjusted investment income and risk-adjusted total return while ensuring that assets and liabilities are managed on a cash flow and duration basis. The Company is exposed to four primary sources of investment risk:
 
  •  credit risk, relating to the uncertainty associated with the continued ability of a given obligor to make timely payments of principal and interest;
 
  •  interest rate risk, relating to the market price and cash flow variability associated with changes in market interest rates;


122


Table of Contents

 
  •  liquidity risk, relating to the diminished ability to sell certain investments in times of strained market conditions; and
 
  •  market valuation risk, relating to the variability in the estimated fair value of investments associated with changes in market factors such as credit spreads.
 
The Company manages risk through in-house fundamental analysis of the underlying obligors, issuers, transaction structures and real estate properties. The Company also manages credit risk, market valuation risk and liquidity risk through industry and issuer diversification and asset allocation. For real estate and agricultural assets, the Company manages credit risk and market valuation risk through geographic, property type and product type diversification and asset allocation. The Company manages interest rate risk as part of its asset and liability management strategies; product design, such as the use of market value adjustment features and surrender charges; and proactive monitoring and management of certain non-guaranteed elements of its products, such as the resetting of credited interest and dividend rates for policies that permit such adjustments. The Company also uses certain derivative instruments in the management of credit, interest rate, currency and equity market risks.
 
Current Environment.   The global economy and markets are now recovering from a period of significant stress that began in the second half of 2007 and substantially increased through the first quarter of 2009. This disruption adversely affected the financial services industry, in particular. The U.S. economy entered a recession in late 2007. This recession ended in mid-2009, but the recovery from the recession has been below historic averages and the unemployment rate is expected to remain high for some time. In addition, inflation has fallen over the last several years and is expected to remain at low levels for some time. Some economists believe that some level of disinflation and deflation risk remains in the U.S. economy.
 
Although the disruption in the global financial markets has moderated, not all such markets are functioning normally, and some remain reliant upon government intervention and liquidity. The global recession and disruption of the financial markets has also led to concerns over capital markets access and the solvency of certain European Union member states, including Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece and Spain. The Japanese economy, to which we face increased exposure to as a result of the Acquisition, continues to experience low nominal growth, a deflationary environment, and weak consumer spending. See “— Industry Trends.” See also “Investments — Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale — Concentrations of Credit Risk (Fixed Maturity Securities) — Summary” in Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information about exposure to sovereign fixed maturity securities of Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece and Spain.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, the net unrealized loss position on fixed maturity and equity securities improved from a net unrealized loss of $2.2 billion at December 31, 2009 to a net unrealized gain of $7.3 billion at December 31, 2010, as a result of a decrease in interest rates, and to a lesser extent, a decrease in credit spreads.
 
Investment Outlook.   Recovering private equity markets and stabilizing credit and real estate markets during 2010 had a positive impact on returns and net investment income on private equity funds, hedge funds and real estate funds, which are included within other limited partnership interests and real estate and real estate joint venture portfolios. Although the disruption in the global financial markets has moderated, if there is a resumption of significant disruption, it could adversely impact returns and net investment income on these alternative investment classes. Net cash flows arising from our business and our investment portfolio will be reinvested in a prudent manner and according to our ALM discipline in appropriate assets over time. We will maintain a sufficient level of liquidity to meet business needs. Net investment income may be adversely affected if excess liquidity is required over an extended period of time to meet changing business needs.


123


Table of Contents

Composition of Investment Portfolio and Investment Portfolio Results
 
The following yield table presents the investment income, investment portfolio gains (losses), annualized yields on average ending assets and ending carrying value for each of the asset classes within the Company’s investment portfolio, as well as investment income and investment portfolio gains (losses) for the investment portfolio as a whole. The yield table also presents gains (losses) on derivative instruments which are used to manage risk for certain invested assets and certain insurance liabilities:
 
                         
    At and for the Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Fixed Maturity Securities:
                       
Yield (1)
    5.53 %     5.77 %     6.40 %
Investment income (2), (3), (4)
  $ 12,650     $ 11,899     $ 12,403  
Investment gains (losses) (3)
  $ (255 )   $ (1,663 )   $ (1,953 )
Ending carrying value (2), (3)
  $ 327,878     $ 230,026     $ 189,197  
Mortgage Loans:
                       
Yield (1)
    5.51 %     5.38 %     6.08 %
Investment income (3), (4)
  $ 2,823     $ 2,735     $ 2,774  
Investment gains (losses) (3)
  $ 22     $ (442 )   $ (136 )
Ending carrying value (3)
  $ 55,536     $ 50,909     $ 51,364  
Real Estate and Real Estate Joint Ventures:
                       
Yield (1)
    1.10 %     (7.47 )%     2.98 %
Investment income
  $ 77     $ (541 )   $ 217  
Investment gains (losses)
  $ (40 )   $ (156 )   $ (9 )
Ending carrying value
  $ 8,030     $ 6,896     $ 7,586  
Policy Loans:
                       
Yield (1)
    6.37 %     6.54 %     6.22 %
Investment income
  $ 657     $ 648     $ 601  
Ending carrying value
  $ 11,914     $ 10,061     $ 9,802  
Equity Securities:
                       
Yield (1)
    4.39 %     5.12 %     5.25 %
Investment income
  $ 128     $ 175     $ 249  
Investment gains (losses)
  $ 104     $ (399 )   $ (253 )
Ending carrying value
  $ 3,606     $ 3,084     $ 3,197  
Other Limited Partnership Interests:
                       
Yield (1)
    14.99 %     3.22 %     (2.77 )%
Investment income
  $ 879     $ 173     $ (170 )
Investment gains (losses)
  $ (18 )   $ (356 )   $ (140 )
Ending carrying value
  $ 6,416     $ 5,508     $ 6,039  
Cash and Short-Term Investments:
                       
Yield (1)
    0.46 %     0.44 %     1.62 %
Investment income
  $ 81     $ 94     $ 307  
Investment gains (losses)
  $ 2     $ 6     $ 3  
Ending carrying value (3)
  $ 22,394     $ 18,486     $ 38,085  
Other Invested Assets: (5)
                       
Investment income
  $ 491     $ 339     $ 279  
Investment gains (losses)
  $ (8 )   $ (32 )   $ 313  
Ending carrying value
  $ 15,430     $ 12,709     $ 17,248  
Total Investments:
                       
Gross investment income yield (1)
    5.29 %     4.90 %     5.68 %
Investment fees and expenses yield
    (0.14 )     (0.14 )     (0.16 )
                         
Investment Income Yield (3)
    5.15 %     4.76 %     5.52 %
                         
Gross investment income
  $ 17,786     $ 15,522     $ 16,660  
Investment fees and expenses
    (465 )     (433 )     (460 )
                         
Investment Income (3), (6)
  $ 17,321     $ 15,089     $ 16,200  
                         
Ending Carrying Value (3)
  $ 451,204     $ 337,679     $ 322,518  
                         
Gross investment gains (3)
  $ 1,200     $ 1,232     $ 1,802  
Gross investment losses (3)
    (848 )     (1,429 )     (1,935 )
Writedowns
    (545 )     (2,845 )     (2,042 )
                         
Investment Portfolio Gains (Losses) (3), (6)
  $ (193 )   $ (3,042 )   $ (2,175 )
Investment portfolio gains (losses) income tax (expense) benefit
    53       1,121       795  
                         
Investment Portfolio Gains (Losses), Net of Income Tax
  $ (140 )   $ (1,921 )   $ (1,380 )
                         
Derivative Gains (Losses) (6)
  $ (614 )   $ (5,106 )   $ 3,782  
Derivative gains (losses) income tax (expense) benefit
  $ 160     $ 1,803     $ (1,438 )
                         
Derivative Gains (Losses), Net of Income Tax
  $ (454 )   $ (3,303 )   $ 2,344  
                         


124


Table of Contents

 
  As described in the footnotes below, the yield table reflects certain differences from the presentation of invested assets, net investment income, net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses) as presented in the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of operations, including the exclusion of contractholder-directed unit-linked investments classified within trading and other securities, as the contractholder, not the Company, directs the investment of the funds; and the exclusion of the effects of consolidating under GAAP certain VIEs that are consolidated securitization entities (“CSEs”). We believe this yield table presentation is consistent with how we measure our investment performance for management purposes enhances understanding.
 
  (1)  Yields are based on average of quarterly average asset carrying values, excluding recognized and unrealized investment gains (losses), collateral received from counterparties associated with our securities lending program, the effects of consolidating under GAAP certain VIEs that are treated as CSEs and, effective October 1, 2010, contractholder-directed unit-linked investments. Yields also exclude investment income recognized on mortgage loans and securities held by CSEs and, effective October 1, 2010, contractholder-directed unit-linked investments.
 
  (2)  Fixed maturity securities include $594 million, $2,384 million and $946 million at estimated fair value of trading and other securities at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Fixed maturity securities include $234 million, $400 million and ($193) million of investment income related to trading and other securities for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
  (3)  (a) Fixed maturity securities ending carrying values as presented herein, exclude (i) contractholder-directed unit-linked investments — reported within trading and other securities of $17,794 million, and (ii) securities held by CSEs that are consolidated under GAAP — reported within trading and other securities of $201 million at December 31, 2010. Net investment income as presented herein, excludes investment income on contractholder-directed unit-linked investments — reported within trading and other securities effective October 1, 2010 as shown in footnote (6) to this yield table.
 
     (b) Ending carrying values, investment income and investment gains (losses) as presented herein, exclude the effects of consolidating under GAAP certain VIEs that are treated as CSEs. The adjustment to investment income and investment gains (losses) in the aggregate are as shown in footnote (6) to this yield table. The adjustments to ending carrying value, investment income and investment gains (losses) by invested asset class are presented below. Both the invested assets and long-term debt of the CSEs are accounted for under the FVO. The adjustment to investment gains (losses) presented below and in footnote (6) to this yield table includes the effects of remeasuring both the invested assets and long-term debt in accordance with the FVO.
 
                         
    At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2010
        Impact of Excluding
  Total — With all
    As Reported in the
  Trading and Other
  Trading and Other
    Yield Table   Securities and CSEs   Securities and CSEs
    (In millions)
 
Trading and Other Securities (included within Fixed Maturity Securities):
                       
Ending carrying value
  $ 594     $ 17,995     $ 18,589  
Investment income
  $ 234     $ 226     $ 460  
Investment gains (losses)
  $     $ (30 )   $ (30 )
Mortgage Loans:
                       
Ending carrying value
  $ 55,536     $ 6,840     $ 62,376  
Investment income
  $ 2,823     $ 396     $ 3,219  
Investment gains (losses)
  $ 22     $ 36     $ 58  
Cash and Short-Term Investments:
                       
Ending carrying value
  $ 22,394     $ 39     $ 22,433  
Total Investments:
                       
Ending carrying value
  $ 451,204     $ 24,874     $ 476,078  


125


Table of Contents

  (4)  Investment income from fixed maturity securities and mortgage loans includes prepayment fees.
 
  (5)  Other invested assets are principally comprised of freestanding derivatives with positive estimated fair values and leveraged leases. Freestanding derivatives with negative estimated fair values are included within other liabilities. However, the accruals of settlement payments in other liabilities are included in net investment income as shown in Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As yield is not considered a meaningful measure of performance for other invested assets, it has been excluded from the yield table.
 
  (6)  Investment income, investment portfolio gains (losses) and derivative gains (losses) presented in this yield table vary from the most directly comparable measures presented in the GAAP consolidated statements of operations due to certain reclassifications affecting net investment income, net investment gains (losses), net derivative gains (losses), and interest credited to PABs and to exclude the effects of consolidating under GAAP certain VIEs that are treated as CSEs. Such reclassifications are presented in the tables below.
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Investment income — in the above yield table
  $ 17,321     $ 15,089     $ 16,200  
Real estate discontinued operations — deduct from net investment income
    10       (8 )     (11 )
Scheduled periodic settlement payments on derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting — deduct from net investment income, add to net derivative gains (losses)
    (208 )     (88 )     (5 )
Equity method operating joint ventures — add to net investment income, deduct from net derivative gains (losses)
    (130 )     (156 )     105  
Net investment income on contractholder-directed unit-linked investments — reported within trading and other securities — add to net investment income
    211              
Incremental net investment income from CSEs— add to net investment income
    411              
                         
Net investment income — GAAP consolidated statements of operations
  $ 17,615     $ 14,837     $ 16,289  
                         
                         
Investment portfolio gains (losses) — in the above yield table
  $ (193 )   $ (3,042 )   $ (2,175 )
Real estate discontinued operations — deduct from net investment gains (losses)
    (14 )     (8 )     (8 )
Investment gains (losses) related to CSEs — add to net investment gains (losses)
    6              
Purchased credit default swaps that offset losses incurred on certain fixed maturity securities — deduct from net investment gains (losses)
                (183 )
Other gains (losses) — add to net investment gains (losses)
    (191 )     144       268  
                         
Net investment gains (losses) — GAAP consolidated statements of operations
  $ (392 )   $ (2,906 )   $ (2,098 )
                         
                         
Derivative gains (losses) — in the above yield table
  $ (614 )   $ (5,106 )   $ 3,782  
                         
Scheduled periodic settlement payments on derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting — add to net derivative gains (losses), deduct from net investment income
    208       88       5  
Scheduled periodic settlement payments on derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting — add to net derivative gains (losses), deduct from interest credited to PABs
    11       (4 )     45  
Purchased credit default swaps that offset losses incurred on certain fixed maturity securities — add to net derivative gains (losses)
                183  
Equity method operating joint ventures — add to net investment income, deduct from net derivative gains (losses)
    130       156       (105 )
                         
Net derivative gains (losses) — GAAP consolidated statements of operations
  $ (265 )   $ (4,866 )   $ 3,910  
                         


126


Table of Contents

See “— Results of Operations — Year Ended December 31, 2010 compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2009 and Year Ended December 31, 2009 compared with the Year Ended December 31, 2008,” for an analysis of the year over year changes in net investment income and net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses).
 
Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale
 
Fixed maturity securities, which consisted principally of publicly-traded and privately placed fixed maturity securities, were $327.3 billion and $227.6 billion, or 69% and 67% of total cash and invested assets at estimated fair value, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Publicly-traded fixed maturity securities represented $286.5 billion and $191.4 billion, or 88% and 84% of total fixed maturity securities at estimated fair value, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Privately placed fixed maturity securities represented $40.8 billion and $36.2 billion, or 12% and 16% of total fixed maturity securities at estimated fair value, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Equity securities, which consisted principally of publicly-traded and privately-held common and preferred stocks, including certain perpetual hybrid securities and mutual fund interests, were $3.6 billion and $3.1 billion, or 0.8% and 0.9% of total cash and invested assets at estimated fair value, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Publicly-traded equity securities represented $2.3 billion and $2.1 billion, or 64% and 68% of total equity securities at estimated fair value, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Privately-held equity securities represented $1.3 billion and $1.0 billion, or 36% and 32% of total equity securities at estimated fair value, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Valuation of Securities.   We are responsible for the determination of estimated fair value. The estimated fair value of publicly-traded fixed maturity, equity and trading and other securities, as well as short-term securities is determined by management after considering one of three primary sources of information: quoted market prices in active markets, independent pricing services, or independent broker quotations. The number of quotes obtained varies by instrument and depends on the liquidity of the particular instrument. Generally, we obtain prices from multiple pricing services to cover all asset classes and obtain multiple prices for certain securities, but ultimately utilize the price with the highest placement in the fair value hierarchy. Independent pricing services that value these instruments use market standard valuation methodologies based on inputs that are market observable or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Such observable inputs include benchmarking prices for similar assets in active, liquid markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active and observable yields and spreads in the market. The market standard valuation methodologies utilized include: discounted cash flow methodologies, matrix pricing or similar techniques. The assumptions and inputs in applying these market standard valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to, interest rates, credit standing of the issuer or counterparty, industry sector of the issuer, coupon rate, call provisions, sinking fund requirements, maturity, estimated duration, and management’s assumptions regarding liquidity and estimated future cash flows. When a price is not available in the active market or through an independent pricing service, management will value the security primarily using independent non-binding broker quotations. Independent non-binding broker quotations utilize inputs that are not market observable or cannot be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.
 
Senior management, independent of the trading and investing functions, is responsible for the oversight of control systems and valuation policies, including reviewing and approving new transaction types and markets, for ensuring that observable market prices and market-based parameters are used for valuation, wherever possible, and for determining that judgmental valuation adjustments, if any, are based upon established policies and are applied consistently over time. We review our valuation methodologies on an ongoing basis and ensure that any changes to valuation methodologies are justified. We gain assurance on the overall reasonableness and consistent application of input assumptions, valuation methodologies and compliance with accounting standards for fair value determination through various controls designed to ensure that the financial assets and financial liabilities are appropriately valued and represent an exit price. The control systems and procedures include, but are not limited to, analysis of portfolio returns to corresponding benchmark returns, comparing a sample of executed prices of securities sold to the fair value estimates, comparing fair value estimates to management’s knowledge of the current market, reviewing the bid/ask spreads to assess activity and ongoing confirmation that independent pricing services use, wherever possible, market-based parameters for valuation. We determine the observability of inputs used in


127


Table of Contents

estimated fair values received from independent pricing services or brokers by assessing whether these inputs can be corroborated by observable market data. The Company also follows a formal process to challenge any prices received from independent pricing services that are not considered representative of estimated fair value. If we conclude that prices received from independent pricing services are not reflective of market activity or representative of estimated fair value, we will seek independent non-binding broker quotes or use an internally developed valuation to override these prices. Such overrides are classified as Level 3. Despite the credit events prevalent since the second half of 2007 described above, including market dislocation, volatility in valuation of certain investments, and reduced levels of liquidity, which has since moderated but is still present in certain portions of the global financial markets and in certain asset sectors, our internally developed valuations of current estimated fair value, which reflect our estimates of liquidity and non-performance risks, compared with pricing received from the independent pricing services, did not produce material differences for the vast majority of our fixed maturity securities portfolio. Our estimates of liquidity and non-performance risks are generally based on available market evidence and on what other market participants would use. In the absence of such evidence, management’s best estimate is used. As a result, we generally continued to use the price provided by the independent pricing service under our normal pricing protocol and pricing overrides were not material. The Company uses the results of this analysis for classifying the estimated fair value of these instruments in Level 1, 2 or 3. For example, we will review the estimated fair values received to determine whether corroborating evidence (i.e., similar observable positions and actual trades) will support a Level 2 classification in the fair value hierarchy. Security prices which cannot be corroborated due to relatively less pricing transparency and diminished liquidity will be classified as Level 3. Even some of our very high quality invested assets have been more illiquid for periods of time as a result of the market conditions described above.
 
For privately placed fixed maturity securities, the Company determines the estimated fair value generally through matrix pricing, discounted cash flow techniques or from independent pricing services after assessing that the observability of inputs used can be corroborated with observable market data. The discounted cash flow valuations rely upon the estimated future cash flows of the security, credit spreads of comparable public securities and secondary transactions, as well as taking into account, among other factors, the credit quality of the issuer and the reduced liquidity associated with privately placed debt securities.
 
The Company has reviewed the significance and observability of inputs used in the valuation methodologies to determine the appropriate fair value hierarchy level for each of its securities. Based on the results of this review and investment class analyses, each instrument is categorized as Level 1, 2 or 3 based on the priority of the inputs to the respective valuation methodologies. Certain U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed fixed maturity securities, certain foreign government fixed maturity securities, residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”), principally to-be-announced securities, exchange-traded common stock and mutual fund interests, registered mutual fund interests priced using daily net asset value provided by fund managers included within trading and other securities, certain other securities classified as trading and other securities which are similar to the above described fixed maturity and equity securities and certain short-term money market securities, including U.S. Treasury bills, have been classified into Level 1 because of high volumes of trading activity and narrow bid/ask spreads. Most securities valued by independent pricing services have been classified into Level 2 because the significant inputs used in pricing these securities are market observable or can be corroborated using market observable information. Most investment grade privately placed fixed maturity securities and certain below investment grade privately placed fixed maturity securities priced by independent pricing services that use observable inputs have been classified within Level 2. Distressed privately placed fixed maturity securities have been classified within Level 3. Below investment grade privately placed fixed maturity securities and less liquid securities with very limited trading activity where estimated fair values are determined by independent pricing services or by independent non-binding broker quotations that use unobservable inputs or cannot be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data, are classified as Level 3. Use of independent non-binding broker quotations generally indicates there is a lack of liquidity or the general lack of transparency in the process to develop these price estimates causing them to be considered Level 3.
 
Effective April 1, 2009, the Company adopted accounting guidance that clarified existing guidance regarding (1) estimating the estimated fair value of an asset or liability if there was a significant decrease in the volume and level of trading activity for these assets or liabilities and (2) identifying transactions that are not orderly. The


128


Table of Contents

Company’s valuation policies as described above and in “— Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates — Estimated Fair Values of Investments” already incorporated the key concepts from this additional guidance, accordingly, this guidance results in no material changes in our valuation policies. At April 1, 2009 and at each subsequent quarterly period in 2009 and 2010, we evaluated the markets that our fixed maturity and equity securities trade in and in our judgment, despite the increased illiquidity discussed above, believe none of these fixed maturity and equity securities trading markets should be characterized as distressed and disorderly. We will continue to re-evaluate and monitor such fixed maturity and equity securities trading markets on an ongoing basis.
 
Fair Value Hierarchy.   Fixed maturity securities and equity securities available-for-sale measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis and their corresponding fair value pricing sources and fair value hierarchy are as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Fixed Maturity
    Equity
 
    Securities     Securities  
    (In millions)  
 
Level 1:
                               
Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets
  $ 15,025       4.6 %   $ 832       23.1 %
                                 
Level 2:
                               
Independent pricing source
    257,625       78.7       616       17.1  
Internal matrix pricing or discounted cash flow techniques
    31,839       9.8       985       27.3  
                                 
Significant other observable inputs
    289,464       88.5       1,601       44.4  
                                 
Level 3:
                               
Independent pricing source
    10,481       3.2       1,011       28.0  
Internal matrix pricing or discounted cash flow techniques
    9,872       3.0       149       4.1  
Independent broker quotations
    2,442       0.7       13       0.4  
                                 
Significant unobservable inputs
    22,795       6.9       1,173       32.5  
                                 
Total estimated fair value
  $ 327,284       100.0 %   $ 3,606       100.0 %
                                 
 


129


Table of Contents

                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Fair Value Measurements Using  
    Quoted Prices
    Significant
             
    in Active
    Other
    Significant
       
    Markets for
    Observable
    Unobservable
    Total
 
    Identical Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
    Estimated
 
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Fair Value  
          (In millions)        
 
Fixed Maturity Securities:
                               
U.S. corporate securities
  $     $ 85,419     $ 7,149     $ 92,568  
Foreign corporate securities
          62,401       5,777       68,178  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    274       43,037       1,422       44,733  
Foreign government securities
    149       40,092       3,159       43,400  
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities
    14,602       18,623       79       33,304  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”)
          19,664       1,011       20,675  
Asset-backed securities
          10,142       4,148       14,290  
State and political subdivision securities
          10,083       46       10,129  
Other fixed maturity securities
          3       4       7  
                                 
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 15,025     $ 289,464     $ 22,795     $ 327,284  
                                 
Equity Securities:
                               
Common stock
  $ 832     $ 1,094     $ 268     $ 2,194  
Non-redeemable preferred stock
          507       905       1,412  
                                 
Total equity securities
  $ 832     $ 1,601     $ 1,173     $ 3,606  
                                 
 
The composition of fair value pricing sources for and significant changes in Level 3 securities at December 31, 2010 are as follows:
 
  •  The majority of the Level 3 fixed maturity and equity securities (84%, as presented above) were concentrated in four sectors: U.S. and foreign corporate securities, ABS and foreign government securities.
 
  •  Level 3 fixed maturity securities are priced principally through market standard valuation methodologies, independent pricing services and independent non-binding broker quotations using inputs that are not market observable or cannot be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Level 3 fixed maturity securities consists of less liquid fixed maturity securities with very limited trading activity or where less price transparency exists around the inputs to the valuation methodologies including alternative residential mortgage loan RMBS and less liquid prime RMBS, certain below investment grade private placements and less liquid investment grade corporate securities (included in U.S. and foreign corporate securities) and less liquid ABS including securities supported by sub-prime mortgage loans (included in ABS).
 
  •  During the year ended December 31, 2010, Level 3 fixed maturity securities increased by $371 million, or 2%, excluding the impact of the Acquisition, and $5,605 million, or 33%, including the impact of the Acquisition. The Level 3 fixed maturity securities acquired from ALICO of $5,435 million have been included in purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the table below. The increase was driven by net purchases in excess of sales and increases in estimated fair value recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). Net purchases in excess of sales of fixed maturity securities were concentrated in foreign government and ABS. The increase in estimated fair value in fixed maturity securities was concentrated in U.S. and foreign corporate securities and ABS (including RMBS backed by sub-prime mortgage loans) due to improving or stabilizing market conditions including an improvement in liquidity coupled with the effect of decreased interest rates on such securities.

130


Table of Contents

 
A rollforward of the fair value measurements for fixed maturity securities and equity securities available-for-sale measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs is as follows:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2010  
    Fixed Maturity
    Equity
 
    Securities     Securities  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 17,190     $ 1,240  
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:
               
Earnings
    (39 )     51  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    1,072       19  
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements (1)
    4,519       (122 )
Transfers into and/or out of Level 3
    53       (15 )
                 
Balance, end of year
  $ 22,795     $ 1,173  
                 
 
 
(1) Includes securities acquired from ALICO of $5,435 million for fixed maturity securities and $68 million for equity securities.
 
An analysis of transfers into and/or out of Level 3 for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:
 
  •  Total gains and losses in earnings and other comprehensive income (loss) are calculated assuming transfers in or out of Level 3 occurred at the beginning of the period. Items transferred in and out for the same period are excluded from the rollforward.
 
  •  Total gains and losses for fixed maturity securities included in earnings of ($2) million and other comprehensive income (loss) of $19 million respectively, were incurred for transfers subsequent to their transfer to Level 3, for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
  •  Net transfers into and/or out of Level 3 for fixed maturity securities were $53 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, and were comprised of transfers in of $1,736 million and transfers out of ($1,683) million, respectively.
 
Overall, transfers into and/or out of Level 3 are attributable to a change in the observability of inputs. Assets and liabilities are transferred into Level 3 when a significant input cannot be corroborated with market observable data. This occurs when market activity decreases significantly and underlying inputs cannot be observed, current prices are not available, and when there are significant variances in quoted prices, thereby affecting transparency. Assets and liabilities are transferred out of Level 3 when circumstances change such that a significant input can be corroborated with market observable data. This may be due to a significant increase in market activity, a specific event, or one or more significant input(s) becoming observable. Transfers into and/or out of any level are assumed to occur at the beginning of the period. Significant transfers in and/or out of Level 3 assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2010 are summarized below.
 
  •  During the year ended December 31, 2010, fixed maturity securities transfers into Level 3 of $1,736 million resulted primarily from current market conditions characterized by a lack of trading activity, decreased liquidity and credit ratings downgrades (e.g., from investment grade to below investment grade). These current market conditions have resulted in decreased transparency of valuations and an increased use of broker quotations and unobservable inputs to determine estimated fair value principally for certain private placements included in U.S. and foreign corporate securities and certain CMBS.
 
  •  During the year ended December 31, 2010, fixed maturity securities transfers out of Level 3 of ($1,683) million resulted primarily from increased transparency of both new issuances that subsequent to issuance and establishment of trading activity, became priced by independent pricing services and existing issuances that, over time, the Company was able to corroborate pricing received from independent pricing services with observable inputs, or there were increases in market activity and upgraded credit ratings primarily for certain U.S. and foreign corporate securities, RMBS and ABS.


131


Table of Contents

 
See “— Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates — Estimated Fair Value of Investments” for further information on the estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported above.
 
See “— Fair Value — Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value — Recurring Fair Value Measurements — Valuation Techniques and Inputs by Level Within the Three-Level Fair Value Hierarchy by Major Classes of Assets and Liabilities” in Note 5 for further information about the valuation techniques and inputs by level by major classes of invested assets that affect the amounts reported above.
 
Fixed Maturity Securities Credit Quality — Ratings.   The Securities Valuation Office of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) evaluates the fixed maturity security investments of insurers for regulatory reporting and capital assessment purposes and assigns securities to one of six credit quality categories called “NAIC designations.” If no rating is available from the NAIC, then as permitted by the NAIC, an internally developed rating is used. The NAIC ratings are generally similar to the credit quality designations of the Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organizations (“NRSROs”) for marketable fixed maturity securities, called “rating agency designations,” except for certain structured securities as described below. NAIC ratings 1 and 2 include fixed maturity securities generally considered investment grade (i.e., rated “Baa3” or better by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) or rated “BBB” or better by S&P and Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”)) by such rating organizations. NAIC ratings 3 through 6 include fixed maturity securities generally considered below investment grade (i.e., rated “Ba1” or lower by Moody’s or rated “BB+” or lower by S&P and Fitch) by such rating organizations.
 
The NAIC adopted revised rating methodologies for non-agency RMBS, including RMBS backed by sub-prime mortgage loans reported within ABS, that became effective December 31, 2009 and for CMBS and all other ABS that became effective December 31, 2010. The NAIC’s objective with the revised rating methodologies for these structured securities was to increase the accuracy in assessing expected losses, and to use the improved assessment to determine a more appropriate capital requirement for such structured securities. The revised methodologies reduce regulatory reliance on rating agencies and allow for greater regulatory input into the assumptions used to estimate expected losses from such structured securities.
 
The three tables below present fixed maturity securities based on rating agency designations and equivalent designations of the NAIC, with the exception of certain structured securities held by the Company’s insurance subsidiaries that file NAIC statutory financial statements. Non-agency RMBS, including RMBS backed by sub-prime mortgage loans reported within ABS, CMBS and all other ABS held by the Company’s insurance subsidiaries that file NAIC statutory financial statements are presented based on final ratings from the revised NAIC rating methodologies described above (which may not correspond to rating agency designations). All NAIC designation (e.g., NAIC 1) amounts and percentages presented herein are based on the revised NAIC methodologies described above. All rating agency designation (e.g., Aaa/AAA) amounts and percentages presented herein are based on rating agency designations without adjustment for the revised NAIC methodologies described above.
 
The following three tables present information about the Company’s fixed maturity securities holdings by NAIC credit quality ratings. Comparisons between NAIC ratings and rating agency designations are published by the NAIC. Rating agency designations are based on availability of applicable ratings from rating agencies on the NAIC acceptable rating organizations list, including Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and Realpoint, LLC. If no rating is available from a rating agency, then an internally developed rating is used.


132


Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company’s total fixed maturity securities by NRSRO designation and the equivalent designations of the NAIC, except for certain structured securities, which are presented using final ratings from the revised NAIC rating methodologies as described above, as well as the percentage, based on estimated fair value, that each designation is comprised of at:
 
                                                     
        December 31,  
        2010     2009  
              Estimated
                Estimated
       
NAIC
      Amortized
    Fair
    % of
    Amortized
    Fair
    % of
 
Rating   Rating Agency Designation:   Cost     Value     Total     Cost     Value     Total  
        (In millions)                          
 
1
  Aaa/Aa/A   $ 228,875     $ 233,540       71.4 %   $ 151,391     $ 151,136       66.4 %
2
  Baa     65,550       68,858       21.0       55,508       56,305       24.7  
3
  Ba     15,335       15,294       4.7       13,184       12,003       5.3  
4
  B     8,752       8,316       2.5       7,474       6,461       2.9  
5
  Caa and lower     1,343       1,146       0.4       1,809       1,425       0.6  
6
  In or near default     153       130             343       312       0.1  
                                                     
   
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 320,008     $ 327,284       100.0 %   $ 229,709     $ 227,642       100.0 %
                                                     
 
The following tables present the Company’s total fixed maturity securities, based on estimated fair value, by sector classification and by NRSRO designation and the equivalent designations of the NAIC, except for certain structured securities, which are presented as described above, that each designation is comprised of at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
                                                         
    Fixed Maturity Securities — by Sector & Credit Quality Rating at December 31, 2010  
NAIC Rating   1     2     3     4     5     6     Total
 
                            Caa and
    In or Near
    Estimated
 
Rating Agency Designation:   Aaa/Aa/A     Baa     Ba     B     Lower     Default     Fair Value  
    (In millions)  
 
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 46,754     $ 34,326     $ 7,635     $ 3,460     $ 353     $ 40     $ 92,568  
Foreign corporate securities
    39,652       24,414       2,476       1,454       173       9       68,178  
RMBS (1)
    38,984       1,109       2,271       1,993       331       45       44,733  
Foreign government securities
    32,957       7,184       2,179       1,080                   43,400  
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities
    33,304                                     33,304  
CMBS (1)
    19,385       665       363       205       56       1       20,675  
ABS (1)
    13,136       435       338       120       226       35       14,290  
State and political subdivision securities
    9,368       722       32             7             10,129  
Other fixed maturity securities
          3             4                   7  
                                                         
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 233,540     $ 68,858     $ 15,294     $ 8,316     $ 1,146     $ 130     $ 327,284  
                                                         
Percentage of total
    71.4 %     21.0 %     4.7 %     2.5 %     0.4 %     %     100.0 %
 


133


Table of Contents

                                                         
    Fixed Maturity Securities — by Sector & Credit Quality Rating at December 31, 2009  
NAIC Rating   1     2     3     4     5     6     Total
 
                            Caa and
    In or Near
    Estimated
 
Rating Agency Designation:   Aaa/Aa/A     Baa     Ba     B     Lower     Default     Fair Value  
    (In millions)  
 
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 31,848     $ 30,266     $ 6,319     $ 2,965     $ 616     $ 173     $ 72,187  
Foreign corporate securities
    16,678       17,393       2,067       1,530       281       81       38,030  
RMBS (1)
    38,464       1,563       2,260       1,391       339       3       44,020  
Foreign government securities
    5,786       4,841       890       415             15       11,947  
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities
    25,447                                     25,447  
CMBS
    15,000       434       152       22       14             15,622  
ABS
    11,573       1,033       275       124       117       40       13,162  
State and political subdivision securities
    6,337       765       40       8       58             7,208  
Other fixed maturity securities
    3       10             6                   19  
                                                         
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 151,136     $ 56,305     $ 12,003     $ 6,461     $ 1,425     $ 312     $ 227,642  
                                                         
Percentage of total
    66.4 %     24.7 %     5.3 %     2.9 %     0.6 %     0.1 %     100.0 %
 
 
(1) Presented using the final rating from revised NAIC rating methodologies.
 
Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale.   See “Investments — Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for tables summarizing the cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, including noncredit loss component of OTTI loss, and estimated fair value of fixed maturity and equity securities on a sector basis, and selected information about certain fixed maturity securities held by the Company that were below investment grade or non-rated, non-income producing, credit enhanced by financial guarantor insurers — by sector, and the ratings of the financial guarantor insurers providing the credit enhancement at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk (Equity Securities).   The Company was not exposed to any significant concentrations of credit risk in its equity securities portfolio of any single issuer greater than 10% of the Company’s equity, or 1% of total investments, at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk (Fixed Maturity Securities) — Summary.   See “Investments— Fixed Maturity Securities Available-for-Sale Concentrations” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a summary of the concentrations of credit risk related to fixed maturity securities holdings.
 
Corporate Fixed Maturity Securities.   The Company maintains a diversified portfolio of corporate fixed maturity securities across industries and issuers. This portfolio does not have exposure to any single issuer in excess of 1% of the total investments. See “Investments — Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale — Concentrations of Credit Risk (Fixed Maturity Securities) — U.S. and Foreign Corporate Securities in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the tables that present the major industry types that comprise the corporate fixed maturity securities holdings, the largest exposure to a single issuer and the combined holdings in the ten issuers to which it had the largest exposure at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

134


Table of Contents

Structured Securities.   The following table presents the types of structured securities and portion rated Aaa/AAA and portion rated NAIC 1 at:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Estimated
          Estimated
       
    Fair
    % of
    Fair
    % of
 
    Value     Total     Value     Total  
          (In millions)        
 
RMBS
  $ 44,733       56.1 %   $ 44,020       60.5 %
CMBS
    20,675       26.0       15,622       21.4  
ABS
    14,290       17.9       13,162       18.1  
                                 
Total structured securities
  $ 79,698       100.0 %   $ 72,804       100.0 %
                                 
Ratings profile:
                               
RMBS rated Aaa/AAA
  $ 36,085       80.7 %   $ 35,626       80.9 %
RMBS rated NAIC 1
  $ 38,984       87.1 %   $ 38,464       87.4 %
CMBS rated Aaa/AAA
  $ 16,901       81.7 %   $ 13,355       85.5 %
CMBS rated NAIC 1
  $ 19,385       93.7 %   $ 15,000       96.0 %
ABS rated Aaa/AAA
  $ 10,411       72.9 %   $ 9,354       71.1 %
ABS rated NAIC 1
  $ 13,136       91.9 %   $ 11,573       87.9 %
 
RMBS.   See “Investments — Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale — Concentrations of Credit Risk (Fixed Maturity Securities) — RMBS” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the tables that present the Company’s RMBS holdings by security type and risk profile at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
The majority of RMBS held by the Company was rated Aaa/AAA by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch; and the majority was rated NAIC 1 by the NAIC at December 31, 2010 and 2009, as presented above. The majority of the agency RMBS held by the Company was guaranteed or otherwise supported by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA. Non-agency RMBS includes prime and alternative residential mortgage loans (“Alt-A”) RMBS. Prime residential mortgage lending includes the origination of residential mortgage loans to the most creditworthy borrowers with high quality credit profiles. Alt-A is a classification of mortgage loans where the risk profile of the borrower falls between prime and sub-prime. Sub-prime mortgage lending is the origination of residential mortgage loans to borrowers with weak credit profiles. Included within Alt-A RMBS are resecuritization of real estate mortgage investment conduit (“Re-REMIC”) securities. Re-REMIC Alt-A RMBS involve the pooling of previous issues of Alt-A RMBS and restructuring the combined pools to create new senior and subordinated securities. The credit enhancement on the senior tranches is improved through the resecuritization. The Company’s holdings are in senior tranches with significant credit enhancement.
 
The Company’s Alt-A securities portfolio has superior structure to the overall Alt-A market. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company’s Alt-A securities portfolio has no exposure to option adjustable rate mortgages (“ARMs”) and a minimal exposure to hybrid ARMs. The Company’s Alt-A securities portfolio is comprised primarily of fixed rate mortgages which have performed better than both option ARMs and hybrid ARMs in the overall Alt-A market. Additionally, 85% and 90% at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, of the Company’s Alt-A securities portfolio has super senior credit enhancement, which typically provides double the credit enhancement of a standard Aaa/AAA rated fixed maturity security. See “Investments — Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale — Concentrations of Credit Risk (Fixed Maturity Securities) — RMBS” in Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a table that presents the estimated fair value of Alt-A securities held by the Company by vintage year, net unrealized loss, portion of holdings rated Aa/AA or better by Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, portion rated NAIC 1 by the NAIC, and portion of holdings that are backed by fixed rate collateral or hybrid ARM collateral at December 31, 2010 and 2009. The Company’s holdings of Re-REMIC Alt-A RMBS reported within Alt-A RMBS were all rated NAIC 1 and were $703 million and $782 million at estimated fair value at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.


135


Table of Contents

RMBS in which the present value of projected future cash flows expected to be collected is less than amortized cost are reviewed for impairment in accordance with our impairment policy. Based upon the analysis of the Company’s exposure to RMBS, including Alt-A RMBS, the Company expects to receive payments in accordance with the contractual terms of the securities that are considered temporarily impaired.
 
CMBS.   There have been disruptions in the CMBS market due to market perceptions that default rates will increase in part as a result of weakness in commercial real estate market fundamentals and in part to relaxed underwriting standards by some originators of commercial mortgage loans within the more recent vintage years (i.e., 2006 and later). These factors caused a pull-back in market liquidity, increased credit spreads and repricing of risk, which has led to higher levels of unrealized losses as compared to historical levels through the first quarter of 2010. However, in the second quarter of 2010, market conditions continued to improve and interest rates continue to decrease, causing our portfolio to be in a net unrealized gain position of 2% of amortized cost at December 31, 2010.
 
CMBS in which the present value of projected future cash flows expected to be collected is less than amortized cost are reviewed for impairment in accordance with our impairment policy. Based upon the analysis of the Company’s exposure to CMBS, the Company expects to receive payments in accordance with the contractual terms of the securities that are considered temporarily impaired.
 
The Company’s holdings in CMBS were $20.7 billion and $15.6 billion, at estimated fair value at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. See “Investments — Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale — Concentrations of Credit Risk (Fixed Maturity Securities) — CMBS” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for tables that present the amortized cost and estimated fair value, rating agency designation by Moody’s, S&P, Fitch or Realpoint, LLC and holdings by vintage year of such securities held by the Company at December 31, 2010 and 2009. The Company had no exposure to CMBS index securities at December 31, 2010 or 2009. The Company’s holdings of commercial real estate collateralized debt obligations securities were $138 million and $111 million at estimated fair value at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The weighted average credit enhancement of the Company’s CMBS holdings was 26% and 28% at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This credit enhancement percentage represents the current weighted average estimated percentage of outstanding capital structure subordinated to the Company’s investment holding that is available to absorb losses before the security incurs the first dollar of loss of principal. The credit protection does not include any equity interest or property value in excess of outstanding debt.
 
ABS.   The Company’s ABS are diversified both by collateral type and by issuer. See “Investments — Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale — Concentrations of Credit Risk (Fixed Maturity Securities) — ABS” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a table that presents the Company’s ABS by collateral type, portion rated Aaa/AAA, portion rated NAIC 1, and portion credit enhanced held by the Company at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
The slowing U.S. housing market, greater use of affordable mortgage products and relaxed underwriting standards for some originators of sub-prime mortgage loans have recently led to higher delinquency and loss rates, especially within the 2006 and 2007 vintage years. These factors have caused a pull-back in market liquidity and repricing of risk, which has led to higher levels of unrealized losses on securities backed by sub-prime mortgage loans as compared to historical levels. However, in 2010, market conditions improved, credit spreads narrowed on mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities and net unrealized losses on ABS backed by sub-prime mortgage loans decreased from 36% to 22% of amortized cost from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010.
 
ABS in which the present value of projected future cash flows expected to be collected is less than amortized cost are reviewed for impairment in accordance with our impairment policy. Based upon the analysis of the Company’s ABS, including sub-prime mortgage loans through its exposure to ABS, the Company expects to receive payments in accordance with the contractual terms of the securities that are considered temporarily impaired.
 
See “Investments— Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale — Concentrations of Credit Risk (Fixed Maturity Securities) — ABS” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for tables that present the Company’s holdings of ABS supported by sub-prime mortgage loans by rating agency designation and by vintage year and by NAIC rating at December 31, 2010 and 2009.


136


Table of Contents

The Company had ABS supported by sub-prime mortgage loans with estimated fair values of $1,119 million and $1,044 million and unrealized losses of $317 million and $593 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Approximately 54% of this portfolio was rated Aa or better, of which 88% was in vintage year 2005 and prior at December 31, 2010. Approximately 61% of this portfolio was rated Aa or better, of which 91% was in vintage year 2005 and prior at December 31, 2009. These older vintages from 2005 and prior benefit from better underwriting, improved enhancement levels and higher residential property price appreciation. All of the $1,119 million and $1,044 million of ABS supported by sub-prime mortgage loans were classified as Level 3 fixed maturity securities in the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
ABS also include collateralized debt obligations backed by sub-prime mortgage loans at an aggregate cost of $18 million with an estimated fair value of $17 million at December 31, 2010 and an aggregate cost of $22 million with an estimated fair value of $8 million at December 31, 2009.
 
Evaluating Available-for-Sale Securities for Other-Than-Temporary Impairment
 
See “Investments — Evaluating Available-for-Sale Securities for Other-Than-Temporary Impairment” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the regular evaluation of available-for-sale securities holdings in accordance with our impairment policy, whereby we evaluate whether such investments are other-than-temporarily impaired, new OTTI guidance adopted in 2009 and factors considered by security classification in the regular OTTI evaluation.
 
See “— Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates.”
 
Net Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses)
 
See “Investments — Net Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses)” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the components of net unrealized investment gains (losses), included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and the changes in net unrealized investment gains (losses) at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Fixed maturity securities with noncredit OTTI losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) of ($601) million at December 31, 2010, includes ($859) million recognized prior to January 1, 2010, ($212) million (($202) million, net of DAC) of noncredit OTTI losses recognized in the year ended December 31, 2010, $16 million transferred to retained earnings in connection with the adoption of guidance related to the consolidation of VIEs (see Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements) for the year ended December 31, 2010, $137 million related to securities sold for the year ended December 31, 2010, for which a noncredit OTTI loss was previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and $317 million of subsequent increases in estimated fair value during the year ended December 31, 2010, on such securities for which a noncredit OTTI loss was previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
 
Fixed maturity securities with noncredit OTTI losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) of ($859) million at December 31, 2009, includes ($126) million related to the transition adjustment recorded in 2009 upon the adoption of guidance on the recognition and presentation of OTTI, ($939) million (($857) million, net of DAC) of noncredit OTTI losses recognized in the year ended December 31, 2009 (as more fully described in Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements), $20 million related to securities sold during the year ended December 31, 2009 for which a noncredit loss was previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and $186 million of subsequent increases in estimated fair value during the year ended December 31, 2009 on such securities for which a noncredit OTTI loss was previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
 
Aging of Gross Unrealized Loss and OTTI Loss for Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale
 
See “Investments— Aging of Gross Unrealized Loss and OTTI Loss for Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the tables that present the


137


Table of Contents

cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized loss, including the portion of OTTI loss on fixed maturity securities recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2010, gross unrealized loss as a percentage of cost or amortized cost and number of securities for fixed maturity and equity securities where the estimated fair value had declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by less than 20%, or 20% or more at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Concentration of Gross Unrealized Loss and OTTI Loss for Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale
 
See “Investments — Concentration of Gross Unrealized Loss and OTTI Loss for Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the tables that present the concentration by sector and industry of the Company’s gross unrealized losses related to its fixed maturity and equity securities, including the portion of OTTI loss on fixed maturity securities recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $6.9 billion and $10.8 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Evaluating Temporarily Impaired Available-for-Sale Securities
 
See “Investments— Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale — Evaluating Temporarily Impaired Available-for-Sale Securities” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a table that presents the Company’s fixed maturity and equity securities each with a gross unrealized loss of greater than $10 million, the number of securities, total gross unrealized loss and percentage of total gross unrealized loss at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Fixed maturity and equity securities, each with a gross unrealized loss greater than $10 million, decreased $2.5 billion during the year ended December 31, 2010. The cause of the decline in, or improvement in, gross unrealized losses for the year ended December 31, 2010 was primarily attributable to a decrease in interest rates and narrowing of credit spreads. These securities were included in the Company’s OTTI review process. Based upon the Company’s current evaluation of these securities in accordance with its impairment policy and the Company’s current intentions and assessments (as applicable to the type of security) about holding, selling, and any requirements to sell these securities, the Company has concluded that these securities are not other-than-temporarily impaired.
 
In the Company’s impairment review process, the duration and severity of an unrealized loss position for equity securities is given greater weight and consideration than for fixed maturity securities. An extended and severe unrealized loss position on a fixed maturity security may not have any impact on the ability of the issuer to service all scheduled interest and principal payments and the Company’s evaluation of recoverability of all contractual cash flows or the ability to recover an amount at least equal to its amortized cost based on the present value of the expected future cash flows to be collected. In contrast, for an equity security, greater weight and consideration is given by the Company to a decline in market value and the likelihood such market value decline will recover.
 
See “Investments — Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale — Evaluating Temporarily Impaired Available-for-Sale Securities” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a table that presents certain information about the Company’s equity securities available-for-sale with a gross unrealized loss of 20% or more at December 31, 2010.
 
In connection with the equity securities impairment review process at December 31, 2010, the Company evaluated its holdings in non-redeemable preferred stock, particularly those of financial services companies. The Company considered several factors including whether there has been any deterioration in credit of the issuer and the likelihood of recovery in value of non-redeemable preferred stock with a severe or an extended unrealized loss. The Company also considered whether any non-redeemable preferred stock with an unrealized loss held by the Company, regardless of credit rating, have deferred any dividend payments. No such dividend payments had been deferred.


138


Table of Contents

With respect to common stock holdings, the Company considered the duration and severity of the unrealized losses for securities in an unrealized loss position of 20% or more and the duration of unrealized losses for securities in an unrealized loss position of less than 20% in an extended unrealized loss position (i.e., for 12 months or greater).
 
Future OTTI will depend primarily on economic fundamentals, issuer performance (including changes in the present value of future cash flows expected to be collected), changes in credit rating, changes in collateral valuation, changes in interest rates and changes in credit spreads. If economic fundamentals and any of the above factors deteriorate, additional OTTI may be incurred in upcoming quarters.
 
Net Investment Gains (Losses) Including OTTI Losses Recognized in Earnings
 
Effective April 1, 2009, the Company adopted guidance on the recognition and presentation of OTTI that amends the methodology to determine for fixed maturity securities whether an OTTI exists, and for certain fixed maturity securities, changes how OTTI losses that are charged to earnings are measured. There was no change in the methodology for identification and measurement of OTTI losses charged to earnings for impaired equity securities.
 
See “Investments — Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale — Net Investment Gains (Losses)” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a table that presents proceeds from sales or disposals of fixed maturity and equity securities and the components of fixed maturity and equity securities net investment gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Overview of Fixed Maturity and Equity Security OTTI Losses Recognized in Earnings.   Impairments of fixed maturity and equity securities were $484 million, $1.9 billion and $1.7 billion for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Impairments of fixed maturity securities were $470 million, $1.5 billion and $1.3 billion for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Impairments of equity securities were $14 million, $400 million and $430 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The Company’s credit-related impairments of fixed maturity securities were $423 million, $1.1 billion and $1.1 billion for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The Company’s three largest impairments totaled $105 million, $508 million and $528 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The Company records OTTI losses charged to earnings within net investment gains (losses) and adjusts the cost basis of the fixed maturity and equity securities accordingly. The Company does not change the revised cost basis for subsequent recoveries in value.
 
The Company sold or disposed of fixed maturity and equity securities at a loss that had an estimated fair value of $18.2 billion, $10.2 billion and $29.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Gross losses excluding impairments for fixed maturity and equity securities were $628 million, $1.2 billion and $1.8 billion for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Explanations of changes in fixed maturity and equity securities impairments are as follows:
 
  •  Year Ended December 31, 2010 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2009 — Overall OTTI losses recognized in earnings on fixed maturity and equity securities were $484 million for the current year as compared to $1.9 billion in the prior year. Improving or stabilizing market conditions across all sectors and industries, particularly the financial services industry, as compared to the prior year when there was significant stress in the global financial markets, resulted in a higher level of impairments in fixed maturity and equity securities in the prior year. The most significant decrease in the current year, as compared to the prior year, was in the Company’s financial services industry holdings which comprised $799 million in fixed maturity and equity security impairments in the prior year, as compared to $129 million in impairments in the current year. Of the $799 million in financial services industry impairments in the year, $340 million were in equity securities, of which $310 million were in financial services industry perpetual hybrid securities which were impaired as a result of deterioration in the credit rating of the issuer to below investment grade and due to a severe and extended unrealized loss position on these securities. Impairments


139


Table of Contents

  in the current year were concentrated in the RMBS, ABS and CMBS sectors reflecting current economic conditions including higher unemployment levels and continued weakness within the real estate markets. Of the fixed maturity and equity securities impairments of $484 million and $1,900 million in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, $287 million and $449 million, or 59% and 24% respectively, were in the Company’s RMBS, ABS and CMBS holdings.
 
  •  Year Ended December 31, 2009 compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2008 — Overall OTTI losses recognized in earnings on fixed maturity and equity securities were $1.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to $1.7 billion in the prior year. The stress in the global financial markets that caused a significant increase in impairments in 2008 as compared to 2007, continued into 2009. Significant impairments were incurred in several industry sectors in 2009, including the financial services industry, but to a lesser degree in the financial services industry sector than in 2008. In 2008 certain financial institutions entered bankruptcy, entered FDIC receivership or received significant government capital infusions causing 2008 financial services industry impairments to be higher than in 2009. Of the fixed maturity and equity securities impairments of $1,900 million in 2009, $799 million were concentrated in the Company’s financial services industry holdings and were comprised of $459 million in impairments on fixed maturity securities and $340 million in impairments on equity securities, and the $799 million included $623 million of perpetual hybrid securities, which were comprised of $313 million on securities classified as fixed maturity securities and $310 million on securities classified as non-redeemable preferred stock. Overall impairments in 2009 were higher due to increased fixed maturity security impairments across several industry sectors, which more than offset a reduction in impairments in the financial services industry sector. Impairments across these several industry sectors increased in 2009 due to increased financial restructurings, bankruptcy filings, ratings downgrades, collateral deterioration or difficult operating environments of the issuers as a result of the challenging economic environment. Impairments on perpetual hybrid securities in 2009 were a result of deterioration in the credit rating of the issuer to below investment grade and due to a severe and extended unrealized loss position.
 
See “Investments — Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale — Net Investment Gains (Losses)” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for tables that present fixed maturity security OTTI losses recognized in earnings by sector and by industry within the U.S. and foreign corporate securities sector for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively; and equity security OTTI losses recognized in earnings by sector and industry for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Future Impairments.   Future OTTI will depend primarily on economic fundamentals, issuer performance, changes in credit ratings, changes in collateral valuation, changes in interest rates and changes in credit spreads. If economic fundamentals and other of the above factors deteriorate, additional OTTI may be incurred in upcoming periods. See also “ — Investments — Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale — Net Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses).”
 
Credit Loss Rollforward — Rollforward of the Cumulative Credit Loss Component of OTTI Loss Recognized in Earnings on Fixed Maturity Securities Still Held for Which a Portion of the OTTI Loss was Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
See “Investments — Credit Loss Rollforward — Rollforward of the Cumulative Credit Loss Component of OTTI Loss Recognized in Earnings on Fixed Maturity Securities Still Held for Which a Portion of the OTTI Loss was Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the table that presents a rollforward of the cumulative credit loss component of OTTI loss recognized in earnings on fixed maturity securities still held by the Company at December 31, 2010 and 2009 for which a portion of the OTTI loss was recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.


140


Table of Contents

Securities Lending
 
The Company participates in securities lending programs whereby blocks of securities, which are included in fixed maturity securities and short-term investments, are loaned to third parties, primarily brokerage firms and commercial banks. The Company generally obtains collateral, generally cash, in an amount equal to 102% of the estimated fair value of the loaned securities, which is obtained at the inception of a loan and maintained at a level greater than or equal to 100% for the duration of the loan. Securities loaned under such transactions may be sold or repledged by the transferee. The Company is liable to return to its counterparties the cash collateral under its control. These transactions are treated as financing arrangements and the associated liability recorded at the amount of the cash received.
 
See “Investments — Securities Lending” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding the Company’s securities lending program.
 
The estimated fair value of the securities on loan related to the cash collateral on open at December 31, 2010 was $2,699 million, of which $2,317 million were U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities which, if put to the Company, can be immediately sold to satisfy the cash requirements. The remainder of the securities on loan were primarily U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities, and very liquid RMBS. The U.S. Treasury securities on loan are primarily holdings of on-the-run U.S. Treasury securities, the most liquid U.S. Treasury securities available. If these high quality securities that are on loan are put back to the Company, the proceeds from immediately selling these securities can be used to satisfy the related cash requirements. The reinvestment portfolio acquired with the cash collateral consisted principally of fixed maturity securities (including RMBS, U.S. corporate, U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed, and ABS). If the on loan securities or the reinvestment portfolio become less liquid, the Company has the liquidity resources of most of its general account available to meet any potential cash demands when securities are put back to the Company.
 
Security collateral on deposit from counterparties in connection with the securities lending transactions may not be sold or repledged, unless the counterparty is in default, and is not reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Separately, the Company had $49 million and $46 million, at estimated fair value, of cash and security collateral on deposit from a counterparty to secure its interest in a pooled investment that is held by a third-party trustee, as custodian, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This pooled investment is included within fixed maturity securities and had an estimated fair value of $49 million and $51 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Invested Assets on Deposit, Held in Trust and Pledged as Collateral
 
See “Investments — Invested Assets on Deposit, Held in Trust and Pledged as Collateral” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a table of the invested assets on deposit, invested assets held in trust and invested assets pledged as collateral at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
See also “ — Investments — Securities Lending” for the amount of the Company’s cash and invested assets received from and due back to counterparties pursuant to its securities lending program.
 
Trading and Other Securities
 
The Company has a trading securities portfolio, principally invested in fixed maturity securities, to support investment strategies that involve the active and frequent purchase and sale of securities (“Actively Traded Securities”) and the execution of short sale agreements. Trading and other securities also include securities for which the FVO has been elected (“FVO Securities”). FVO Securities include certain fixed maturity and equity securities held for investment by the general account to support asset and liability matching strategies for certain insurance products. FVO Securities also include contractholder-directed investments supporting unit-linked variable annuity type liabilities which do not qualify for presentation as separate account summary total assets and liabilities. These investments are primarily mutual funds, and to a lesser extent, fixed maturity and equity securities, short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents. The investment returns on these investments inure to contractholders and are offset by a corresponding change in PABs through interest credited to PABs. Changes in


141


Table of Contents

estimated fair value of such trading and other securities subsequent to purchase are included in net investment income. FVO Securities also include securities held by CSEs (former qualifying special purpose entities) with changes in estimated fair value subsequent to consolidation included in net investment gains (losses). Trading and other securities were $18.6 billion and $2.4 billion, or 3.9% and 0.7% of total cash and invested assets at estimated fair value, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The significant increase in trading and other securities in 2010 was driven primarily by inclusion of ALICO’s contractholder-directed unit-linked investments, and to a lesser extent, growth in this book of business that occurred during the ten month period ended October 31, 2010 prior to the Acquisition. See “Investments — Trading and Other Securities” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for tables which present information about the Actively Traded Securities and FVO Securities, related short sale agreement liabilities, investments pledged to secure short sale agreement liabilities, net investment income, changes in estimated fair value included in net investment income for trading and other securities and changes in estimated fair value included in net investment gains (losses) for FVO Securities held by CSEs at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
 
Trading and other securities and trading (short sale agreement) liabilities, measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis and their corresponding fair value hierarchy, are presented as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Trading and Other Securities     Trading Liabilities  
    (In millions)  
 
Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1)
  $ 6,270       33.7 %   $ 46       100.0 %
Significant other observable inputs (Level 2) (1)
    11,497       61.9              
Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
    822       4.4              
                                 
Total estimated fair value
  $ 18,589       100.0 %   $ 46       100.0 %
                                 
 
 
(1) All FVO Securities held by CSEs are classified as Level 2.
 
A rollforward of the fair value measurements for trading and other securities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs for the year ended December 31, 2010, is as follows:
 
         
    Year Ended December 31, 2010  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance, at January 1,
  $ 83  
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:
       
Earnings
    (7 )
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements (1)
    727  
Transfer in and/or out of Level 3
    19  
         
Balance, at December 31,
  $ 822  
         
 
 
(1) Includes securities acquired from ALICO of $582 million.
 
See “ — Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates” for further information on the estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported above.
 
Mortgage Loans
 
The Company’s mortgage loans are principally collateralized by commercial real estate, agricultural real estate and residential properties. The carrying value of mortgage loans was $62.4 billion and $50.9 billion, or 13.1% and 15.1% of total cash and invested assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. See “Investments — Mortgage Loans” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a table that presents the Company’s mortgage loans held-for-investment of $59.1 billion and $48.2 billion by portfolio segment at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, as well as the components of the mortgage loans held-for-sale of $3.3 billion and $2.7 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The information presented on Mortgage


142


Table of Contents

Loans herein excludes the effects of consolidating under GAAP certain VIEs that are treated as CSEs. Such amounts are presented in the aforementioned table. See “Investments — Mortgage Loans” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Commercial Mortgage Loans by Geographic Region and Property Type.   Commercial mortgage loans are the most significant component of the mortgage loan invested asset class as it represents 72% of total mortgage loans held-for-investment (excluding the effects of consolidating under GAAP certain VIEs that are treated as CSEs) at both December 31, 2010 and 2009. The Company diversifies its commercial mortgage loan portfolio by both geographic region and property type to reduce the risk of concentration. Additionally, the Company manages risk, when originating commercial and agricultural mortgage loans, by generally lending only up to 75% of the estimated fair value of the underlying real estate. The tables below present the diversification across geographic regions and property types for commercial mortgage loans at:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
          % of
          % of
 
    Amount     Total     Amount     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Region:
                               
Pacific
  $ 8,974       23.7 %   $ 8,822       25.1 %
South Atlantic
    8,016       21.2       7,460       21.2  
Middle Atlantic
    6,484       17.1       6,042       17.2  
International
    4,216       11.2       3,620       10.3  
West South Central
    3,266       8.6       2,916       8.3  
East North Central
    3,066       8.1       2,531       7.2  
New England
    1,531       4.1       1,448       4.1  
Mountain
    884       2.3       959       2.7  
West North Central
    666       1.8       675       1.9  
East South Central
    461       1.2       449       1.3  
Other
    256       0.7       254       0.7  
                                 
Total recorded investment
    37,820       100.0 %     35,176       100.0 %
                                 
Less valuation allowances
    562               589          
                                 
Carrying value, net of valuation allowances
  $ 37,258             $ 34,587          
                                 
Property Type:
                               
Office
  $ 16,857       44.6 %   $ 15,205       43.2 %
Retail
    9,215       24.3       7,964       22.6  
Apartments
    3,630       9.6       3,731       10.6  
Hotel
    3,089       8.2       3,117       8.9  
Industrial
    2,910       7.7       2,797       8.0  
Other
    2,119       5.6       2,362       6.7  
                                 
Total recorded investment
    37,820       100.0 %     35,176       100.0 %
                                 
Less valuation allowances
    562               589          
                                 
Carrying value, net of valuation allowances
  $ 37,258             $ 34,587          
                                 
 
Mortgage Loan Credit Quality — Restructured, Potentially Delinquent, Delinquent or Under Foreclosure.   The Company monitors its mortgage loan investments on an ongoing basis, including reviewing loans that are restructured, potentially delinquent, and delinquent or under foreclosure. These loan classifications are consistent with those used in industry practice.


143


Table of Contents

The Company defines restructured mortgage loans as loans in which the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the debtor that it would not otherwise consider. The Company defines potentially delinquent loans as loans that, in management’s opinion, have a high probability of becoming delinquent in the near term. The Company defines delinquent mortgage loans consistent with industry practice, when interest and principal payments are past due as follows: commercial mortgage loans — 60 days past due; agricultural mortgage loans — 90 days past due; and residential mortgage loans — 60 days past due. The Company defines mortgage loans under foreclosure as loans in which foreclosure proceedings have formally commenced.
 
The following table presents the recorded investment and valuation allowance for all mortgage loans held-for-investment distributed by the above stated loan classifications at:
 
                                                                     
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
                      % of
                      % of
 
    Recorded
    % of
    Valuation
    Recorded
    Recorded
    % of
    Valuation
    Recorded
 
    Investment     Total     Allowance     Investment     Investment     Total     Allowance     Investment  
    (In millions)  
 
Commercial :
                                                                   
Performing
  $ 37,489       99.1 %   $ 528       1.4 %     $ 35,066       99.7 %   $ 548       1.6 %  
Restructured
    93       0.2       6       6.5 %                         %  
Potentially delinquent
    180       0.5       28       15.6 %       102       0.3       41       40.2 %  
Delinquent or under foreclosure
    58       0.2             %       8                   %  
                                                                     
Total
  $ 37,820       100.0 %   $ 562       1.5 %     $ 35,176       100.0 %   $ 589       1.7 %  
                                                                     
Agricultural (1):
                                                                   
Performing
  $ 12,486       97.9 %   $ 35       0.3 %     $ 11,950       97.5 %   $ 33       0.3 %  
Restructured
    33       0.3       8       24.2 %       36       0.3       10       27.8 %  
Potentially delinquent
    62       0.5       11       17.7 %       128       1.0       34       26.6 %  
Delinquent or under foreclosure
    170       1.3       34       20.0 %       141       1.2       38       27.0 %  
                                                                     
Total
  $ 12,751       100.0 %   $ 88       0.7 %     $ 12,255       100.0 %   $ 115       0.9 %  
                                                                     
Residential (2):
                                                                   
Performing
  $ 2,221       96.2 %   $ 12       0.5 %     $ 1,389       94.4 %   $ 16       1.2 %  
Restructured
    4       0.2             %       1       0.1             %  
Potentially delinquent
    4       0.2             %       10       0.7             %  
Delinquent or under foreclosure
    79       3.4       2       2.5 %       71       4.8       1       1.4 %  
                                                                     
Total
  $ 2,308       100.0 %   $ 14       0.6 %     $ 1,471       100.0 %   $ 17       1.2 %  
                                                                     
 
 
(1) Of the $12.8 billion of agricultural mortgage loans outstanding at December 31, 2010, 53% were subject to rate resets prior to maturity. A substantial portion of these mortgage loans have been successfully renegotiated and remain outstanding to maturity.
 
(2) Residential mortgage loans held-for-investment consist primarily of first lien residential mortgage loans, and to a much lesser extent, second lien residential mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit.
 
See “Investments — Mortgage Loans” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for tables that present, by portfolio segment, mortgage loans by credit quality indicator and impaired loans, as well as information on past due and nonaccrual mortgage loans for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Mortgage Loan Credit Quality — Monitoring Process — Commercial and Agricultural Mortgage Loans.   The Company reviews all commercial mortgage loans on an ongoing basis. These reviews may include an analysis of the property financial statements and rent roll, lease rollover analysis, property inspections, market analysis, estimated valuations of the underlying collateral, loan-to-value ratios, debt service coverage ratios, and tenant


144


Table of Contents

creditworthiness. The monitoring process focuses on higher risk loans, which include those that are classified as restructured, potentially delinquent, delinquent or in foreclosure, as well as loans with higher loan-to-value ratios and lower debt service coverage ratios. The monitoring process for agricultural mortgage loans is generally similar, with a focus on higher risk loans, such as loans with higher loan-to-value ratios, including reviews on a geographic and property type basis.
 
Loan-to-value ratios and debt service coverage ratios are common measures in the assessment of the quality of commercial mortgage loans. Loan-to-value ratios are a common measure in the assessment of the quality of agricultural mortgage loans. Loan-to-value ratios compare the amount of the loan to the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral. A loan-to-value ratio greater than 100% indicates that the loan amount is greater than the collateral value. A loan-to-value ratio of less than 100% indicates an excess of collateral value over the loan amount. The debt service coverage ratio compares a property’s net operating income to amounts needed to service the principal and interest due under the loan. For commercial mortgage loans, the average loan-to-value ratio was 66% and 68% at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and the average debt service coverage ratio was 2.4x, as compared to 2.2x at December 31, 2009. For agricultural mortgage loans, the average loan-to-value ratio was 49% at both December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The values utilized in calculating these ratios are developed in connection with our review of the commercial and agricultural mortgage loans, and are updated routinely, including a periodic quality rating process and an evaluation of the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral.
 
Mortgage Loan Credit Quality — Monitoring Process — Residential Mortgage Loans.   The Company has a conservative residential mortgage loan portfolio and does not hold any option ARMs, sub-prime or low teaser rate. Higher risk loans include those that are classified as restructured, potentially delinquent, delinquent or in foreclosure, as well as loans with higher loan-to-value ratios and interest-only loans. The Company’s investment in residential junior lien loans and residential mortgage loans with a loan-to-value ratio of 80% or more was $95 million and $76 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and the majority of the higher loan-to-value residential mortgage loans have mortgage insurance coverage which reduces the loan-to-value ratio to less than 80%. Additionally, the Company’s investment in traditional residential interest-only mortgage loans was $389 million and $323 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Mortgage Loan Valuation Allowances.   The Company’s valuation allowances are established both on a loan specific basis for those loans considered impaired where a property specific or market specific risk has been identified that could likely result in a future loss, as well as for pools of loans with similar risk characteristics where a property specific or market specific risk has not been identified, but for which the Company expects to incur a loss. Accordingly, a valuation allowance is provided to absorb these estimated probable credit losses. The Company records additions to and decreases in its valuation allowances and gains and losses from the sale of loans in net investment gains (losses).
 
The Company records valuation allowances for loans considered to be impaired when it is probable that, based upon current information and events, the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Based on the facts and circumstances of the individual loans being impaired, loan specific valuation allowances are established for the excess carrying value of the loan over either: (i) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate; (ii) the estimated fair value of the loan’s underlying collateral if the loan is in the process of foreclosure or otherwise collateral dependent; or (iii) the loan’s observable market price.
 
The Company also establishes valuation allowances for loan losses for pools of loans with similar risk characteristics, such as property types, loan-to-value ratios and debt service coverage ratios when, based on past experience, it is probable that a credit event has occurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. These valuation allowances are based on loan risk characteristics, historical default rates and loss severities, real estate market fundamentals and outlook, as well as, other relevant factors.
 
The determination of the amount of, and additions or decreases to, valuation allowances is based upon the Company’s periodic evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with its loan portfolios. Such evaluations and assessments are based upon several factors, including the Company’s experience for loan losses, defaults and loss severity, and loss expectations for loans with similar risk characteristics. These evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available. We update our evaluations


145


Table of Contents

regularly, which can cause the valuation allowances to increase or decrease over time as such evaluations are revised. Negative credit migration including an actual or expected increase in the level of problem loans will result in an increase in the valuation allowance. Positive credit migration including an actual or expected decrease in the level of problem loans will result in a decrease in the valuation allowance. Such changes in the valuation allowance are recorded in net investment gains (losses).
 
See “Investments — Mortgage Loans” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a table that presents the activity in the Company’s valuation allowances, by portfolio segment, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively; and for tables that present the Company’s valuation allowances, by type of credit loss, by portfolio segment, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
The Company held $197 million and $210 million in mortgage loans which are carried at estimated fair value based on the value of the underlying collateral or independent broker quotations, if lower, of which $164 million and $202 million relate to impaired mortgage loans held-for-investment and $33 million and $8 million to certain mortgage loans held-for-sale, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These impaired mortgage loans were recorded at estimated fair value and represent a nonrecurring fair value measurement. The estimated fair value is categorized as Level 3. Included within net investment gains (losses) for such impaired mortgage loans were net impairments of $17 million and $93 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Subsequent improvements in estimated fair value on previously impaired loans recorded through a reduction in the previously established provision to the valuation allowance are reported as a (release) above.
 
Real Estate and Real Estate Joint Ventures
 
The Company diversifies its real estate investments by both geographic region and property type to reduce risk of concentration. Of the Company’s real estate investments, 88% are located in the U.S. with the remaining 12% located outside the U.S., at December 31, 2010. The carrying value of the Company’s real estate investments was $8.0 billion, or 1.7%, and $6.9 billion, or 2.0%, of total cash and invested assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. See “Investments — Real Estate” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for tables that present the Company’s real estate investments by investment strategy and by property type at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Properties acquired through foreclosure were $165 million, $127 million and less than $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and includes commercial, agricultural and residential properties. After the Company acquires properties through foreclosure, it evaluates whether the property is appropriate for retention in its traditional real estate portfolio. Foreclosed real estate held at December 31, 2010 and 2009 includes those properties the Company has not selected for retention in its traditional real estate portfolio and which do not meet the criteria to be classified as held-for-sale.
 
Impairments recognized on real estate held-for-investment were $48 million, $160 million and $20 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Impairments recognized on real estate held-for-sale were $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. There were no impairments recognized on real estate held-for-sale for each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The Company’s carrying value of real estate held-for-sale has been reduced by impairments recorded prior to 2009 of $1 million at both December 31, 2010 and 2009. The carrying value of non-income producing real estate was $137 million, $76 million and $28 million at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The impaired cost method basis real estate joint ventures were recorded at estimated fair value and represent a non-recurring fair value measurement. The estimated fair value was categorized as Level 3. Impairments to estimated fair value for such cost method basis real estate joint ventures of $25 million, $82 million, and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were recognized within net investment gains (losses) and are included in the $48 million, $160 million and $20 million of impairments on real estate investments held-for-investment for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The estimated fair value of the impaired cost method real estate joint ventures after these impairments was $8 million and $93 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.


146


Table of Contents

Other Limited Partnership Interests
 
The carrying value of other limited partnership interests (which primarily represent ownership interests in pooled investment funds that principally make private equity investments in companies in the U.S. and overseas) was $6.4 billion and $5.5 billion, or 1.3% and 1.6% of total cash and invested assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Included within other limited partnership interests were $1.0 billion, at both December 31, 2010 and 2009, of investments in hedge funds.
 
Impairments on cost basis limited partnership interests are recognized at estimated fair value determined from information provided in the financial statements of the underlying other limited partnership interests in the period in which the impairment is recognized. Consistent with equity securities, greater weight and consideration is given in the other limited partnership interests impairment review process to the severity and duration of unrealized losses on such other limited partnership interests holdings. Impairments to estimated fair value for such other limited partnership interests of $12 million, $354 million and $105 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were recognized within net investment gains (losses). The estimated fair value of the impaired other limited partnership interests after these impairments was $23 million, $561 million and $137 million at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These impairments to estimated fair value represent non-recurring fair value measurements that have been classified as Level 3 due to the limited activity and price transparency inherent in the market for such investments.
 
Other Invested Assets
 
See “Investments — Other Invested Assets” in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a table that presents the Company’s other invested assets by type at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and related information.
 
Short-term Investments
 
The carrying value of short-term investments, which include investments with remaining maturities of one year or less, but greater than three months, at the time of purchase was $9.4 billion and $8.4 billion, or 2.0% and 2.5% of total cash and invested assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company is exposed to concentrations of credit risk related to securities of the U.S. government and certain U.S. government agencies included within short-term investments, which were $4.0 billion and $7.5 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Cash Equivalents
 
The carrying value of cash equivalents, which includes investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less, at the time of purchase was $9.6 billion and $8.4 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company is exposed to concentrations of credit risk related to securities of the U.S. government and certain U.S. government agencies included within cash equivalents, which were $5.8 billion and $6.0 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Derivatives.   The Company is exposed to various risks relating to its ongoing business operations, including interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, credit risk, and equity market risk. The Company uses a variety of strategies to manage these risks, including the use of derivative instruments. See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for:
 
  •  A comprehensive description of the nature of the Company’s derivative instruments, including the strategies for which derivatives are used in managing various risks.
 
  •  Information about the notional amount, estimated fair value, and primary underlying risk exposure of the Company’s derivative financial instruments, excluding embedded derivatives held at December 31, 2010 and 2009.


147


Table of Contents

 
Hedging.   See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information about:
 
  •  The notional amount and estimated fair value of derivatives and non-derivative instruments designated as hedging instruments by type of hedge designation at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
  •  The notional amount and estimated fair value of derivatives that are not designated or do not qualify as hedging instruments by derivative type at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
  •  The statement of operations effects of derivatives in cash flow, fair value, or non-qualifying hedge relationships for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.
 
See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk — Management of Market Risk Exposures — Hedging Activities” for more information about the Company’s use of derivatives by major hedge program.
 
Fair Value Hierarchy.   Derivatives measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis and their corresponding fair value hierarchy, are presented as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Derivative
    Derivative
 
    Assets     Liabilities  
    (In millions)  
 
Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1)
  $ 156       2 %   $ 45       1 %
Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)
    7,176       92       4,245       93  
Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
    445       6       272       6  
                                 
Total estimated fair value
  $ 7,777       100 %   $ 4,562       100 %
                                 
 
The valuation of Level 3 derivatives involves the use of significant unobservable inputs and generally requires a higher degree of management judgment or estimation than the valuations of Level 1 and Level 2 derivatives. Although Level 3 inputs are based on assumptions deemed appropriate given the circumstances and are assumed to be consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing such instruments, the use of different inputs or methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair value of Level 3 derivatives and could materially affect net income.
 
Derivatives categorized as Level 3 at December 31, 2010 include: interest rate forwards with maturities which extend beyond the observable portion of the yield curve; interest rate lock commitments with certain unobservable inputs, including pull-through rates; equity variance swaps with unobservable volatility inputs or that are priced via independent broker quotations; foreign currency swaps which are cancelable and priced through independent broker quotations; interest rate swaps with maturities which extend beyond the observable portion of the yield curve; credit default swaps based upon baskets of credits having unobservable credit correlations, as well as credit default swaps with maturities which extend beyond the observable portion of the credit curves and credit default swaps priced through independent broker quotes; foreign currency forwards priced via independent broker quotations or with liquidity adjustments; implied volatility swaps with unobservable volatility inputs or that are priced via independent broker quotations; equity options with unobservable volatility inputs or that are priced via independent broker quotations; currency options based upon baskets of currencies having unobservable currency correlations; and credit forwards having unobservable repurchase rates.
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, 2.0% and 5.5%, respectively, of the net derivative estimated fair value was priced via independent broker quotations.


148


Table of Contents

A rollforward of the fair value measurements for derivatives measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:
 
         
    Year Ended December 31, 2010  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance, at January 1,
  $ 356  
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:
       
Earnings
    (5 )
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    (81 )
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements
    (75 )
Transfer in and/or out of Level 3
    (22 )
         
Balance, at December 31,
  $ 173  
         
 
See “ — Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates — Derivative Financial Instruments” for further information on the estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported above.
 
Credit Risk. See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information about how the Company manages credit risk related to its freestanding derivatives, including the use of master netting agreements and collateral arrangements.
 
Credit Derivatives. See Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for information about the estimated fair value and maximum amount at risk related to the Company’s written credit default swaps.
 
Embedded Derivatives.   The embedded derivatives measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis and their corresponding fair value hierarchy, are presented as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Net Embedded Derivatives Within  
    Asset Host Contracts     Liability Host Contracts  
    (In millions)  
 
Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1)
  $       %   $       %
Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)
                11        
Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
    185       100       2,623       100  
                                 
Total estimated fair value
  $ 185       100 %   $ 2,634       100 %
                                 
 
A rollforward of the fair value measurements for net embedded derivatives measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs is as follows:
 
         
    Year Ended December 31, 2010  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance, at January 1,
  $ (1,455 )
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses) included in:
       
Earnings
    (335 )
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    (226 )
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements
    (422 )
Transfer in and/or out of Level 3
     
         
Balance, at December 31,
  $ (2,438 )
         
 
The valuation of guaranteed minimum benefits includes an adjustment for nonperformance risk. Included in net derivative gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were gains (losses) of ($96) million and ($1,932) million, respectively, in connection with this adjustment. These amounts are net of a loss of $955 million relating to a refinement for estimating nonperformance risk in fair value measurements implemented at June 30, 2010. See “ — Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates.”


149


Table of Contents

See “ — Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates — Embedded Derivatives” for further information on the estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported above.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
Commitments to Fund Partnership Investments
 
The Company makes commitments to fund partnership investments in the normal course of business for the purpose of enhancing the Company’s total return on its investment portfolio. The amounts of these unfunded commitments were $3.8 billion and $4.1 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company anticipates that these amounts will be invested in partnerships over the next five years.
 
Mortgage Loan Commitments
 
The Company has issued interest rate lock commitments on certain residential mortgage loan applications totaling $2.5 billion and $2.7 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company intends to sell the majority of these originated residential mortgage loans. Interest rate lock commitments to fund mortgage loans that will be held-for-sale are considered derivatives pursuant to the guidance on derivatives and hedging, and their estimated fair value and notional amounts are included within interest rate forwards.
 
The Company also commits to lend funds under certain other mortgage loan commitments that will be held-for-investment in the normal course of business for the purpose of enhancing the Company’s total return on its investment portfolio. The amounts of these mortgage loan commitments were $3.8 billion and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Commitments to Fund Bank Credit Facilities, Bridge Loans and Private Corporate Bond Investments
 
The Company commits to lend funds under bank credit facilities, bridge loans and private corporate bond investments in the normal course of business for the purpose of enhancing the Company’s total return on its investment portfolio. The amounts of these unfunded commitments were $2.4 billion and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
There are no other material obligations or liabilities arising from the commitments to fund partnership investments, mortgage loans, bank credit facilities, and bridge loans and private corporate bond investment arrangements.
 
Lease Commitments
 
The Company, as lessee, has entered into various lease and sublease agreements for office space, information technology and other equipment. The Company’s commitments under such lease agreements are included within the contractual obligations table. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Liquidity and Capital Uses — Contractual Obligations.”
 
Credit Facilities, Committed Facilities and Letters of Credit
 
The Company maintains committed and unsecured credit facilities and letters of credit with various financial institutions. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Credit and Committed Facilities,” for further descriptions of such arrangements.
 
Guarantees
 
See “Guarantees” in Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Collateral for Securities Lending
 
The Company has no non-cash collateral for securities lending on deposit from customers, which cannot be sold or repledged, and which has not been recorded on its consolidated balance sheets.


150


Table of Contents

Insolvency Assessments
 
See Note 16 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Policyholder Liabilities
 
The Company establishes, and carries as liabilities, actuarially determined amounts that are calculated to meet policy obligations when a policy matures or is surrendered, an insured dies or becomes disabled or upon the occurrence of other covered events, or to provide for future annuity payments. Amounts for actuarial liabilities are computed and reported in the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. For more details on Policyholder Liabilities, see “— Summary of Critical Accounting Estimates.” Also see Notes 1 and 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for an analysis of certain policyholder liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Due to the nature of the underlying risks and the high degree of uncertainty associated with the determination of actuarial liabilities, the Company cannot precisely determine the amounts that will ultimately be paid with respect to these actuarial liabilities, and the ultimate amounts may vary from the estimated amounts, particularly when payments may not occur until well into the future.
 
However, we believe our actuarial liabilities for future benefits are adequate to cover the ultimate benefits required to be paid to policyholders. We periodically review our estimates of actuarial liabilities for future benefits and compare them with our actual experience. We revise estimates, to the extent permitted or required under GAAP, if we determine that future expected experience differs from assumptions used in the development of actuarial liabilities.
 
The Company has experienced, and will likely in the future experience, catastrophe losses and possibly acts of terrorism, and turbulent financial markets that may have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Catastrophes can be caused by various events, including pandemics, hurricanes, windstorms, earthquakes, hail, tornadoes, explosions, severe winter weather (including snow, freezing water, ice storms and blizzards), fires and man-made events such as terrorist attacks. Due to their nature, we cannot predict the incidence, timing, severity or amount of losses from catastrophes and acts of terrorism, but we make broad use of catastrophic and non-catastrophic reinsurance to manage risk from these perils.
 
Future Policy Benefits
 
The Company establishes liabilities for amounts payable under insurance policies. Generally, amounts are payable over an extended period of time and related liabilities are calculated as the present value of expected future benefits to be paid, reduced by the present value of expected future net premiums. Such liabilities are established based on methods and underlying assumptions in accordance with GAAP and applicable actuarial standards. Principal assumptions used in the establishment of liabilities for future policy benefits include mortality, morbidity, policy lapse, renewal, retirement, investment returns, inflation, expenses and other contingent events as appropriate to the respective product type. These assumptions are established at the time the policy is issued and are intended to estimate the experience for the period the policy benefits are payable. Utilizing these assumptions, liabilities are established on a block of business basis. If experience is less favorable than assumed and future losses are projected under loss recognition testing, then additional liabilities may be required, resulting in a charge to policyholder benefits and claims.
 
Insurance Products.   Future policy benefits are comprised mainly of liabilities for disabled lives under disability waiver of premium policy provisions, liabilities for survivor income benefit insurance, long-term care (“LTC”) policies, active life policies and premium stabilization and other contingency liabilities held under participating life insurance contracts. In order to manage risk, the Company has often reinsured a portion of the mortality risk on new individual life insurance policies. The reinsurance programs are routinely evaluated and this may result in increases or decreases to existing coverage. The Company entered into various derivative positions, primarily interest rate swaps and swaptions, to mitigate the risk that investment of premiums received and reinvestment of maturing assets over the life of the policy will be at rates below those assumed in the original pricing of these contracts.


151


Table of Contents

Retirement Products.   Future policy benefits are comprised mainly of liabilities for life-contingent income annuities, supplemental contracts with and without life contingencies, liabilities for Guaranteed Minimum Death Benefits (“GMDBs”) included in certain annuity contracts, and a certain portion of guaranteed living benefits. See “— Variable Annuity Guarantees.”
 
Corporate Benefit Funding.   Liabilities are primarily related to structured settlement annuities. There is no interest rate crediting flexibility on these liabilities. A sustained low interest rate environment could negatively impact earnings as a result. The Company has various derivative positions, primarily interest rate floors and interest rate swaps, to mitigate the risks associated with such a scenario.
 
Auto & Home.   Future policy benefits include liabilities for unpaid claims and claim expenses for property and casualty insurance and represent the amount estimated for claims that have been reported but not settled and claims incurred but not reported. Liabilities for unpaid claims are estimated based upon assumptions such as rates of claim frequencies, levels of severities, inflation, judicial trends, legislative changes or regulatory decisions. Assumptions are based upon the Company’s historical experience and analyses of historical development patterns of the relationship of loss adjustment expenses to losses for each line of business, and consider the effects of current developments, anticipated trends and risk management programs, reduced for anticipated salvage and subrogation.
 
International.   Future policy benefits are held primarily for traditional life and accident and health contracts in Japan, Asia Pacific and immediate annuities in Latin America. They are also held for total return pass-thru provisions included in certain universal life and savings products mainly in Japan and Latin America, and traditional life, endowment and annuity contracts sold in various countries in Asia Pacific. They also include certain liabilities for variable annuity guarantees of minimum death benefits, and longevity guarantees sold in Japan and Asia Pacific. Finally, in Europe and the Middle East, they also include unearned premium liabilities established for credit insurance contracts covering death, disability and involuntary loss of employment, as well as traditional life, accident and health and endowment contracts. Factors impacting these liabilities include sustained periods of lower yields than rates established at issue, lower than expected asset reinvestment rates, higher than expected lapse rates, asset default and more rapid improvement of mortality levels than anticipated for life contingent immediate annuities. The Company mitigates its risks by implementing an asset/liability matching policy and through the development of periodic experience studies. See “— Variable Annuity Guarantees.”
 
Estimates for the liabilities for unpaid claims and claim expenses are reset as actuarial indications change and these changes in the liability are reflected in the current results of operation as either favorable or unfavorable development of prior year losses.
 
Banking, Corporate & Other.   Future policy benefits primarily include liabilities for quota-share reinsurance agreements for certain LTC and workers’ compensation business written by MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut (“MICC”), prior to its acquisition by MetLife, Inc. These are run-off businesses that have been included within Banking, Corporate & Other since the acquisition of MICC.
 
Policyholder Account Balances
 
Policyholder account balances are generally equal to the account value, which includes accrued interest credited, but exclude the impact of any applicable surrender charge that may be incurred upon surrender.
 
Insurance Products.   Policyholder account balances are held for death benefit disbursement retained asset accounts, universal life policies, the fixed account of variable life insurance policies, specialized life insurance products for benefit programs and general account universal life policies. Policyholder account balances are credited interest at a rate set by the Company, which are influenced by current market rates. The majority of the policyholder account balances have a guaranteed minimum credited rate between 0.5% and 6.0%. A sustained low interest rate environment could negatively impact earnings as a result of the minimum credited rate guarantees. The Company has various derivative positions, primarily interest rate floors, to partially mitigate the risks associated with such a scenario.
 
Retirement Products.   Policyholder account balances are held for fixed deferred annuities and the fixed account portion of variable annuities, for certain income annuities, and for certain portions of guaranteed benefits.


152


Table of Contents

Policyholder account balances are credited interest at a rate set by the Company. Credited rates for deferred annuities are influenced by current market rates, and most of these contracts have a minimum guaranteed rate between 1.0% and 4.0%. See “— Variable Annuity Guarantees.”
 
Corporate Benefit Funding.   Policyholder account balances are comprised of funding agreements. Interest crediting rates vary by type of contract, and can be fixed or variable. Variable interest crediting rates are generally tied to an external index, most commonly 1-month or 3-month LIBOR. MetLife is exposed to interest rate risks, and foreign exchange risk when guaranteeing payment of interest and return of principal at the contractual maturity date. The Company may invest in floating rate assets, or enter into floating rate swaps, also tied to external indices, as well as caps to mitigate the impact of changes in market interest rates. The Company also mitigates its risks by implementing an asset/liability matching policy and seeks to hedge all foreign currency risk through the use of foreign currency hedges, including cross currency swaps.
 
International.   Policyholder account balances are held largely for fixed income retirement and savings plans in Japan and Latin America and to a lesser degree, amounts for unit-linked-type funds in certain countries across all regions that do not meet the GAAP definition of separate accounts. Also included are certain liabilities for retirement and savings products sold in certain countries in Japan and Asia Pacific that generally are sold with minimum credited rate guarantees. Liabilities for guarantees on certain variable annuities in Japan and Asia Pacific are established in accordance with derivatives and hedging guidance and are also included within policyholder account balances. These liabilities are generally impacted by sustained periods of low interest rates, where there are interest rate guarantees. The Company mitigates its risks by implementing an asset/liability matching policy and by hedging its variable annuity guarantees. Liabilities for unit-linked-type funds are impacted by changes in the fair value of the associated underlying investments, as the return on assets is generally passed directly to the policyholder. See “— Variable Annuity Guarantees.”
 
Variable Annuity Guarantees
 
The Company issues certain variable annuity products with guaranteed minimum benefits that provide the policyholder a minimum return based on their initial deposit (i.e., the benefit base) less withdrawals. In some cases the benefit base may be increased by additional deposits, bonus amounts, accruals or market value resets. These guarantees are accounted for as insurance liabilities or as embedded derivatives depending on how and when the benefit is paid. Specifically, a guarantee is accounted for as an embedded derivative if a guarantee is paid without requiring (i) the occurrence of specific insurable event, or (ii) the policyholder to annuitize. Alternatively, a guarantee is accounted for as an insurance liability if the guarantee is paid only upon either (i) the occurrence of a specific insurable event, or (ii) upon annuitization. In certain cases, a guarantee may have elements of both an insurance liability and an embedded derivative and in such cases the guarantee is accounted for under a split of the two models.
 
The net amount at risk (“NAR”) for guarantees can change significantly during periods of sizable and sustained shifts in equity market performance, increased equity volatility, or changes in interest rates. The NAR disclosed in Note 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements represents management’s estimate of the current value of the benefits under these guarantees if they were all exercised simultaneously at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. However, there are features, such as deferral periods and benefits requiring annuitization or death, that limit the amount of benefits that will be payable in the near future.
 
Guarantees, including portions thereof, accounted for as embedded derivatives, are recorded at estimated fair value and included in policyholder account balances. Guarantees accounted for as embedded derivatives include GMAB, the non life-contingent portion of GMWB and the portion of certain GMIB that do not require annuitization. For more detail on the determination of estimated fair value, see Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


153


Table of Contents

The table below contains the carrying value for guarantees included in policyholder account balances at:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
U.S. Business:
               
Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit
  $ 44     $ 60  
Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit
    173       154  
Guaranteed minimum income benefit
    (51 )     66  
International:
               
Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefit
    454       195  
Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit
    1,936       1,025  
                 
Total
  $ 2,556     $ 1,500  
                 
 
Included in net derivative gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were gains (losses) of ($269) million and $1,806 million, respectively, in embedded derivatives related to the change in estimated fair value of the guarantees. The carrying amount of guarantees accounted for at estimated fair value includes an adjustment for nonperformance risk. In connection with this adjustment, gains (losses) of ($96) million and ($1,932) million are included in the gains (losses) of ($269) million and $1,806 million in net derivative gains (losses) for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
The estimated fair value of guarantees accounted for as embedded derivatives can change significantly during periods of sizable and sustained shifts in equity market performance, equity volatility, interest rates or foreign exchange rates. Additionally, because the estimated fair value for guarantees accounted for at estimated fair value includes an adjustment for nonperformance risk, a decrease in the Company’s credit spreads could cause the value of these liabilities to increase. Conversely, a widening of the Company’s credit spreads could cause the value of these liabilities to decrease. The Company uses derivative instruments and reinsurance to mitigate the liability exposure, risk of loss and the volatility of net income associated with these liabilities. The derivative instruments used are primarily equity and treasury futures, equity options and variance swaps, and interest rate swaps. The change in valuation arising from the nonperformance risk is not hedged.
 
The table below presents the estimated fair value of the derivatives hedging guarantees accounted for as embedded derivatives:
 
                                                         
          December 31,  
          2010     2009  
Primary Underlying
        Notional
    Estimated Fair Value     Notional
    Estimated Fair Value  
Risk Exposure   Derivative Type     Amount     Assets     Liabilities     Amount     Assets     Liabilities  
          (In millions)  
 
Interest rate
    Interest rate swaps     $ 13,762     $ 401     $ 193     $ 8,847     $ 194     $ 275  
      Interest rate futures       5,822       32       10       4,997       5       4  
      Interest rate options       614       15                          
Foreign currency
    Foreign currency forwards       2,320       46       1       2,016       4       30  
      Currency options                         327       14        
Equity market
    Equity futures       6,959       17       9       6,033       31       20  
      Equity options       32,942       1,720       1,196       26,661       1,596       1,018  
      Variance swaps       17,635       190       118       13,267       174       58  
      Total rate of return swaps       1,547                   126              
                                                         
      Total     $ 81,601     $ 2,421     $ 1527     $ 62,274     $ 2,018     $ 1,405  
                                                         
 
Included in net derivative gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were gains (losses) of $113 million and ($3,654) million related to the change in estimated fair value of the above derivatives.


154


Table of Contents

Additionally, included in net derivative gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were gains (losses) of ($35) million and $0, respectively, related to ceded reinsurance.
 
Guarantees, including portions thereof, have liabilities established that are included in future policy benefits. Guarantees accounted for in this manner include GMDBs, the life-contingent portion of certain GMWB, and the portion of GMIB that require annuitization. These liabilities are accrued over the life of the contract in proportion to actual and future expected policy assessments based on the level of guaranteed minimum benefits generated using multiple scenarios of separate account returns. The scenarios use best estimate assumptions consistent with those used to amortize deferred acquisition costs. When current estimates of future benefits exceed those previously projected or when current estimates of future assessments are lower than those previously projected, liabilities will increase, resulting in a current period charge to net income. The opposite result occurs when the current estimates of future benefits are lower than that previously projected or when current estimates of future assessments exceed those previously projected. At each reporting period, the Company updates the actual amount of business remaining in-force, which impacts expected future assessments and the projection of estimated future benefits resulting in a current period charge or increase to earnings.
 
The table below contains the carrying value for guarantees included in future policy benefits at:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
U.S. Business:
               
Guaranteed minimum death benefit
  $ 167     $ 137  
Guaranteed minimum income benefit
    507       394  
International:
               
Guaranteed minimum death benefit
    66       23  
Guaranteed minimum income benefit
    116        
                 
Total
  $ 856     $ 554  
                 
 
Included in policyholder benefits and claims for the year ended December 31, 2010 is a charge of $302 million and for the year ended December 31, 2009 is a credit of $92 million, related to the respective change in liabilities for the above guarantees.
 
The carrying amount of guarantees accounted for as insurance liabilities can change significantly during periods of sizable and sustained shifts in equity market performance, increased equity volatility, or changes in interest rates. The Company uses reinsurance in combination with derivative instruments to mitigate the liability exposure, risk of loss and the volatility of net income associated with these liabilities. Derivative instruments used are primarily equity futures, treasury futures and interest rate swaps.
 
Included in policyholder benefits and claims associated with the hedging of the guarantees in future policy benefits for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were gains (losses) of $8 million and ($114) million, respectively, related to reinsurance treaties containing embedded derivatives carried at estimated fair value and gains (losses) of ($275) million and ($376) million, respectively, related to freestanding derivatives.
 
While the Company believes that the hedging strategies employed for guarantees included in both policyholder account balances and in future policy benefits, as well as other management actions, have mitigated the risks related to these benefits, the Company remains liable for the guaranteed benefits in the event that reinsurers or derivative counterparties are unable or unwilling to pay. Certain of the Company’s reinsurance agreements and most derivative positions are collateralized and derivatives positions are subject to master netting agreements, both of which, significantly reduces the exposure to counterparty risk. In addition, the Company is subject to the risk that hedging and other management procedures prove ineffective or that unanticipated policyholder behavior or mortality, combined with adverse market events, produces economic losses beyond the scope of the risk management techniques employed. Lastly, because the valuation of the guarantees accounted for as embedded derivatives includes an adjustment for nonperformance risk that is not hedged, changes in the nonperformance risk may result in significant volatility in net income.


155


Table of Contents

Other Policy-related Balances
 
Other policy-related balances include policy and contract claims, unearned revenue liabilities, premiums received in advance, policyholder dividends due and unpaid, and policyholder dividends left on deposit.
 
The liability for policy and contract claims generally relates to incurred but not reported death, disability, LTC and dental claims, as well as claims that have been reported but not yet settled. The liability for these claims is based on the Company’s estimated ultimate cost of settling all claims. The Company derives estimates for the development of incurred but not reported claims principally from actuarial analyses of historical patterns of claims and claims development for each line of business. The methods used to determine these estimates are continually reviewed. Adjustments resulting from this continuous review process and differences between estimates and payments for claims are recognized in policyholder benefits and claims expense in the period in which the estimates are changed or payments are made.
 
The unearned revenue liability relates to universal life-type and investment-type products and represents policy charges for services to be provided in future periods. The charges are deferred as unearned revenue and amortized using the product’s estimated gross profits and margins, similar to deferred acquisition costs. Such amortization is recorded in universal life and investment-type product policy fees.
 
Also included in other policy-related balances are policyholder dividends due and unpaid on participating policies and policyholder dividends left on deposit. Such liabilities are presented at amounts contractually due to policyholders.
 
Policyholder Dividends Payable
 
Policyholder dividends payable consists of liabilities related to dividends payable in the following calendar year on participating policies.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Overview
 
Our business and results of operations are materially affected by conditions in the global capital markets and the economy, generally, both in the U.S. and elsewhere around the world. The global economy and markets are now recovering from a period of significant stress that began in the second half of 2007 and substantially increased through the first quarter of 2009. This disruption adversely affected the financial services industry, in particular. Consequently, financial institutions paid higher spreads over benchmark U.S. Treasury securities than before the market disruption began. The U.S. economy entered a recession in late 2007. This recession ended in mid-2009, but the recovery from the recession has been below historic averages and the unemployment rate is expected to remain high for some time. Although conditions in the financial markets continued to materially improve in 2010, there is still some uncertainty as to whether the stressed conditions that prevailed during the market disruption could recur, which could affect the Company’s ability to meet liquidity needs and obtain capital.
 
Liquidity Management
 
Based upon the strength of its franchise, diversification of its businesses and strong financial fundamentals, we continue to believe the Company has ample liquidity to meet business requirements under current market conditions and unlikely but reasonably possible stress scenarios. The Company’s short-term liquidity position (cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, excluding cash collateral received under the Company’s securities lending program that has been reinvested in cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and publicly-traded securities, and cash collateral received from counterparties in connection with derivative instruments) was $17.6 billion and $11.7 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We continuously monitor and adjust our liquidity and capital plans for the Holding Company and its subsidiaries in light of changing needs and opportunities.


156


Table of Contents

The Company
 
Liquidity
 
Liquidity refers to a company’s ability to generate adequate amounts of cash to meet its needs. Liquidity needs are determined from a rolling 6-month forecast by portfolio of investment assets and are monitored daily. Asset mix and maturities are adjusted based on the forecast. Cash flow testing and stress testing provide additional perspectives on liquidity, which include various scenarios of the potential risk of early contractholder and policyholder withdrawal. The Company includes provisions limiting withdrawal rights on many of its products, including general account institutional pension products (generally group annuities, including funding agreements, and certain deposit fund liabilities) sold to employee benefit plan sponsors. Certain of these provisions prevent the customer from making withdrawals prior to the maturity date of the product.
 
In the event of significant cash requirements beyond anticipated liquidity needs, the Company has various alternatives available depending on market conditions and the amount and timing of the liquidity need. These options include cash flows from operations, the sale of liquid assets, global funding sources and various credit facilities.
 
Under certain stressful market and economic conditions, the Company’s access to, or cost of, liquidity may deteriorate. If the Company requires significant amounts of cash on short notice in excess of anticipated cash requirements, the Company may have difficulty selling investment assets in a timely manner, be forced to sell them for less than the Company otherwise would have been able to realize, or both. In addition, in the event of such forced sale, accounting rules require the recognition of a loss for certain securities in an unrealized loss position and may require the impairment of other securities based upon the Company’s ability to hold such securities, which may negatively impact the Company’s financial condition.
 
In extreme circumstances, all general account assets — other than those which may have been pledged to a specific purpose — within a statutory legal entity are available to fund obligations of the general account within that legal entity.
 
Capital
 
The Company’s capital position is managed to maintain its financial strength and credit ratings and is supported by its ability to generate strong cash flows at the operating companies, borrow funds at competitive rates and raise additional capital to meet its operating and growth needs.
 
The Company raised new capital from its debt issuances during the difficult market conditions prevailing since the second half of 2008, as well as during the rebound and recovery periods beginning in the second quarter of 2009 (see “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Debt Issuances and Other Borrowings”). The increase in credit spreads experienced since then has resulted in an increase in the cost of such new capital, as well as increases in facility fees. Conversely, as a result of reductions in interest rates, the Company’s interest expense and dividends on floating rate securities have been lower.
 
Despite the still unsettled financial markets, the Company also raised new capital from a successful offering of the Holding Company’s common stock in August 2010, which provided financing for the Acquisition. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Common Stock.”
 
Rating Agencies.   Rating agencies assign insurer financial strength ratings to the Holding Company’s domestic life insurance subsidiaries and credit ratings to the Holding Company and certain of its subsidiaries. The level and composition of regulatory capital at the subsidiary level and equity capital of the Company are among the many factors considered in determining the Company’s insurer financial strength and credit ratings. Each agency has its own capital adequacy evaluation methodology, and assessments are generally based on a combination of factors. In addition to heightening the level of scrutiny that they apply to insurance companies, rating agencies have increased and may continue to increase the frequency and scope of their credit reviews, may request additional information from the companies that they rate and may adjust upward the capital and other requirements employed in the rating agency models for maintenance of certain ratings levels.


157


Table of Contents

A downgrade in the credit or insurer financial strength ratings of the Holding Company or its subsidiaries would likely impact the cost and availability of financing for the Company and its subsidiaries and result in additional collateral requirements or other required payments under certain agreements, which are eligible to be satisfied in cash or by posting securities held by the subsidiaries subject to the agreements.
 
Statutory Capital and Dividends.   Our insurance subsidiaries have statutory surplus well above levels to meet current regulatory requirements.
 
Except for American Life, RBC requirements are used as minimum capital requirements by the NAIC and the state insurance departments to identify companies that merit regulatory action. RBC is based on a formula calculated by applying factors to various asset, premium and statutory reserve items. The formula takes into account the risk characteristics of the insurer, including asset risk, insurance risk, interest rate risk and business risk and is calculated on an annual basis. The formula is used as an early warning regulatory tool to identify possible inadequately capitalized insurers for purposes of initiating regulatory action, and not as a means to rank insurers generally. These rules apply to each of the Holding Company’s domestic insurance subsidiaries. State insurance laws provide insurance regulators the authority to require various actions by, or take various actions against, insurers whose total adjusted capital does not meet or exceed certain RBC levels. At the date of the most recent annual statutory financial statements filed with insurance regulators, the total adjusted capital of each of these subsidiaries was in excess of each of those RBC levels.
 
American Life does not write business in Delaware or any other domestic state and, as such, is exempt from RBC by Delaware law. In addition to Delaware, American Life operations are regulated by applicable authorities of the countries in which the company operates and are subject to capital and solvency requirements in those countries.
 
The amount of dividends that our insurance subsidiaries can pay to the Holding Company or other parent entities is constrained by the amount of surplus we hold to maintain our ratings and provides an additional margin for risk protection and investment in our businesses. We proactively take actions to maintain capital consistent with these ratings objectives, which may include adjusting dividend amounts and deploying financial resources from internal or external sources of capital. Certain of these activities may require regulatory approval. Furthermore, the payment of dividends and other distributions to the Company by its insurance subsidiaries is regulated by insurance laws and regulations. See “Business — U.S. Regulation — Insurance Regulation,” “— The Holding Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Dividends from Subsidiaries” and Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.”


158


Table of Contents

Summary of Primary Sources and Uses of Liquidity and Capital.   The Company’s primary sources and uses of liquidity and capital are described below, and summarized as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Sources:
                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 7,996     $ 3,803     $ 10,702  
Net cash provided by changes in policyholder account balances
    4,557             13,645  
Net cash provided by changes in payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
    3,076              
Net cash provided by changes in bank deposits
          3,164       2,185  
Net cash provided by short-term debt issuances
                1,992  
Long-term debt issued, net of issuance costs
    5,076       2,931       305  
Collateral financing arrangements issued
          105       310  
Net cash received in connection with collateral financing arrangements
          375        
Junior subordinated debt securities issued
          500       750  
Common stock issued, net of issuance costs
    3,576             290  
Common stock issued to settle stock forward contracts
          1,035        
Treasury stock issued in connection with common stock issuance, net of issuance costs
                1,936  
Treasury stock issued to settle stock forward contracts
                1,035  
Cash provided by other, net
                7  
Cash provided by the effect of change in foreign currency exchange rates
          108        
                         
Total sources
    24,281       12,021       33,157  
                         
Uses:
                       
Net cash used in investing activities
    18,314       13,935       2,671  
Net cash used for changes in policyholder account balances
          2,282        
Net cash used for changes in payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
          6,863       13,077  
Net cash used for changes in bank deposits
    32              
Net cash used for short-term debt repayments
    606       1,747        
Long-term debt repaid
    1,061       555       422  
Net cash paid in connection with collateral financing arrangements
                800  
Treasury stock acquired in connection with share repurchase agreements
                1,250  
Dividends on preferred stock
    122       122       125  
Dividends on common stock
    784       610       592  
Cash used in other, net
    299       34        
Cash used in the effect of change in foreign currency exchange rates
    129             349  
                         
Total uses
    21,347       26,148       19,286  
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2,934     $ (14,127 )   $ 13,871  
                         
 
Liquidity and Capital Sources
 
Cash Flows from Operations.   The Company’s principal cash inflows from its insurance activities come from insurance premiums, annuity considerations and deposit funds. A primary liquidity concern with respect to these


159


Table of Contents

cash inflows is the risk of early contractholder and policyholder withdrawal. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Uses — Contractual Obligations.”
 
Cash Flows from Investments.   The Company’s principal cash inflows from its investment activities come from repayments of principal, proceeds from maturities, sales of invested assets and net investment income. The primary liquidity concerns with respect to these cash inflows are the risk of default by debtors and market volatility. The Company closely monitors and manages these risks through its credit risk management process.
 
Liquid Assets.   An integral part of the Company’s liquidity management is the amount of liquid assets it holds. Liquid assets include cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and publicly-traded securities, excluding: (i) cash collateral received under the Company’s securities lending program that has been reinvested in cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and publicly-traded securities; (ii) cash collateral received from counterparties in connection with derivative instruments; (iii) cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and securities on deposit with regulatory agencies; and (iv) securities held in trust in support of collateral financing arrangements and pledged in support of debt and funding agreements. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $245.7 billion and $158.4 billion in liquid assets, respectively. For further discussion of invested assets on deposit with regulatory agencies, held in trust in support of collateral financing arrangements and pledged in support of debt and funding agreements, see “— Investments — Invested Assets on Deposit, Held in Trust and Pledged as Collateral.”
 
Global Funding Sources.   Liquidity is provided by a variety of short-term instruments, including funding agreements, credit facilities and commercial paper. Capital is provided by a variety of instruments, including short-term and long-term debt, preferred securities, junior subordinated debt securities and equity and equity-linked securities. The diversity of the Company’s funding sources enhances funding flexibility, limits dependence on any one market or source of funds and generally lowers the cost of funds. The Company’s global funding sources include:
 
  •  The Holding Company and MetLife Funding, Inc. (“MetLife Funding”) each have commercial paper programs supported by $4.0 billion in general corporate credit facilities (see “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Credit and Committed Facilities”). MetLife Funding, a subsidiary of MLIC, serves as a centralized finance unit for the Company. MetLife Funding raises cash from its commercial paper program and uses the proceeds to extend loans, through MetLife Credit Corp., another subsidiary of MLIC, to the Holding Company, MLIC and other affiliates in order to enhance the financial flexibility and liquidity of these companies. Outstanding balances for the commercial paper program fluctuate in line with changes to affiliates’ financing arrangements. Pursuant to a support agreement, MLIC has agreed to cause MetLife Funding to have a tangible net worth of at least one dollar. At both December 31, 2010 and 2009, MetLife Funding had a tangible net worth of $12 million. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, MetLife Funding had total outstanding liabilities for its commercial paper program, including accrued interest payable, of $102 million and $319 million, respectively.
 
  •  MetLife Bank is a depository institution that is approved to use the Federal Reserve Bank of New York Discount Window borrowing privileges. To utilize these privileges, MetLife Bank has pledged qualifying loans and investment securities to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as collateral. At both December 31, 2010 and 2009, MetLife Bank had no liability for advances from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York under this facility.
 
  •  MetLife Bank has a cash need to fund residential mortgage loans that it originates and generally holds for a relatively short period before selling them to one of the government-sponsored enterprises such as FNMA or FHLMC. The outstanding volume of residential mortgage originations varies from month to month and is cyclical within a month. To meet the variable funding requirements from this mortgage activity, as well as to increase overall liquidity from time to time, MetLife Bank takes advantage of short-term collateralized borrowing opportunities with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB of NY”). MetLife Bank has entered into advances agreements with the FHLB of NY whereby MetLife Bank has received cash advances and under which the FHLB of NY has been granted a blanket lien on certain of MetLife Bank’s residential mortgages, mortgage loans held-for-sale, commercial mortgages and mortgage-backed securities to collateralize MetLife Bank’s repayment obligations. Upon any event of default by MetLife Bank, the


160


Table of Contents

  FHLB of NY’s recovery is limited to the amount of MetLife Bank’s liability under the advances agreement. MetLife Bank has received advances from the FHLB of NY on both short- and long-term bases, with a total liability of $3.8 billion and $2.4 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
  •  The Company also had obligations under funding agreements with the FHLB of NY of $12.6 billion and $13.7 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, for MLIC, and with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLB of Boston”) of $100 million and $326 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, for MICC. See Note 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. In September 2010, MetLife Investors Insurance Company and General American Life Insurance Company, subsidiaries of MetLife, Inc., each became a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (“FHLB of Des Moines”), and each purchased $10 million of FHLB of Des Moines common stock. Membership in the FHLB of Des Moines provides an additional source of contingent liquidity for the Company. There were no funding agreements with the FHLB of Des Moines at December 31, 2010.
 
  •  The Company issues fixed and floating rate funding agreements, which are denominated in either U.S. dollars or foreign currencies, to certain special purpose entities (“SPEs”) that have issued either debt securities or commercial paper for which payment of interest and principal is secured by such funding agreements. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company issued $34.1 billion, $28.6 billion and $20.9 billion, respectively, and repaid $30.9 billion, $32.0 billion and $19.8 billion, respectively, of such funding agreements. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, funding agreements outstanding, which are included in policyholder account balances, were $27.2 billion and $23.3 billion, respectively.
 
  •  MLIC and MICC have each issued funding agreements to certain SPEs that have issued debt securities for which payment of interest and principal is secured by such funding agreements, and such debt securities are also guaranteed as to payment of interest and principal by the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation, a federally chartered instrumentality of the U.S. The obligations under these funding agreements are secured by a pledge of certain eligible agricultural real estate mortgage loans and may, under certain circumstances, be secured by other qualified collateral. The amount of the Company’s liability for funding agreements issued to such SPEs was $2.8 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which is included in policyholder account balances. The obligations under these funding agreements are collateralized by designated agricultural real estate mortgage loans with estimated fair values of $3.2 billion and $2.9 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Outstanding Debt.   The following table summarizes the outstanding debt of the Company at:
 
                 
    December 31,
    2010   2009
    (In millions)
 
Short-term debt
  $ 306     $ 912  
Long-term debt (1)
  $ 20,766     $ 13,156  
Collateral financing arrangements
  $ 5,297     $ 5,297  
Junior subordinated debt securities
  $ 3,191     $ 3,191  
 
 
(1) Excludes $6,820 million at December 31, 2010 of long-term debt relating to CSEs.
 
Debt Issuances and Other Borrowings.   In connection with the financing of the Acquisition (see Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements), in November 2010, MetLife, Inc. issued to ALICO Holdings $3,000 million in three series of debt securities (the “Series C Debt Securities,” the “Series D Debt Securities” and the “Series E Debt Securities,” and, together, the “Debt Securities”), which constitute a part of the MetLife, Inc. common equity units (the “Equity Units”) more fully described in Note 14 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Debt Securities are subject to remarketing, initially bear interest at 1.56%, 1.92% and 2.46%, respectively (an average rate of 1.98%), and carry initial maturity dates of June 15, 2023, June 15, 2024 and June 15, 2045, respectively. The interest rates will be reset in connection with the successful remarketings of the Debt Securities. Prior to the first scheduled attempted remarketing of the Series C Debt Securities, such Debt Securities will be divided into two tranches equal in principal amount with maturity dates of June 15, 2018 and June 15, 2023. Prior to the first scheduled attempted remarketing of the Series E Debt Securities, such Debt


161


Table of Contents

Securities will be divided into two tranches equal in principal amount with maturity dates of June 15, 2018 and June 15, 2045.
 
In August 2010, in anticipation of the Acquisition, the Holding Company issued senior notes as follows:
 
  •  $1,000 million senior notes due February 6, 2014, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 2.375%, payable semi-annually;
 
  •  $1,000 million senior notes due February 8, 2021, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 4.75%, payable semi-annually;
 
  •  $750 million senior notes due February 6, 2041, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 5.875%, payable semi-annually; and
 
  •  $250 million floating rate senior notes due August 6, 2013, which bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR, reset quarterly, plus 1.25%, payable quarterly.
 
In connection with these offerings, the Holding Company incurred $15 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized over the terms of the senior notes.
 
In July 2009, the Holding Company issued $500 million of junior subordinated debt securities with a final maturity of August 2069. Interest is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 10.75% up to, but not including, August 1, 2039, the scheduled redemption date. In the event the debt securities are not redeemed on or before the scheduled redemption date, interest will accrue at an annual rate of 3-month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 7.548%, payable quarterly in arrears. In connection with the offering, the Holding Company incurred $5 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized over the term of the securities. See Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the terms of the junior subordinated debt securities.
 
In May 2009, the Holding Company issued $1.3 billion of senior notes due June 1, 2016. The notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.75%, payable semi-annually. In connection with the offering, the Holding Company incurred $6 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized over the term of the notes.
 
In March 2009, the Holding Company issued $397 million of floating rate senior notes due June 2012 under the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. The notes bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR, reset quarterly, plus 0.32%. The notes are not redeemable prior to their maturity. In connection with the offering, the Holding Company incurred $15 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized over the term of the notes.
 
In February 2009, the Holding Company remarketed its existing $1.0 billion 4.91% Series B junior subordinated debt securities as 7.717% senior debt securities, Series B, due 2019. In August 2008, the Holding Company remarketed its existing $1.0 billion 4.82% Series A junior subordinated debt securities as 6.817% senior debt securities, Series A, due 2018. Interest on both series of debt securities is payable semi-annually. The Series A and Series B junior subordinated debt securities were originally issued in 2005 in connection with the common equity units. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Remarketing of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities and Settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts.”
 
In April 2008, MetLife Capital Trust X, a VIE consolidated by the Company, issued exchangeable surplus trust securities (the “2008 Trust Securities”) with a face amount of $750 million. Interest on the 2008 Trust Securities or debt securities is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 9.25% up to, but not including, April 8, 2038, the scheduled redemption date. In the event the 2008 Trust Securities or debt securities are not redeemed on or before the scheduled redemption date, interest will accrue at an annual rate of 3-month LIBOR plus a margin equal to 5.540%, payable quarterly in arrears. See Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the terms of these debt securities.


162


Table of Contents

Collateral Financing Arrangements.   As described more fully in Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements:
 
  •  In December 2007, the Holding Company, in connection with the collateral financing arrangement associated with MetLife Reinsurance Company of Charleston’s (“MRC”) reinsurance of the closed block liabilities, entered into an agreement with the unaffiliated financial institution that referenced the $2.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 35-year surplus notes issued by MRC. Under the agreement, the Holding Company is entitled to the interest paid by MRC on the surplus notes of 3-month LIBOR plus 0.55% in exchange for the payment of 3-month LIBOR plus 1.12%, payable quarterly on such amount as adjusted, as described below.
 
Under this agreement, the Holding Company may also be required to pledge collateral or make payments to the unaffiliated financial institution related to any decline in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes. Any such payments would be accounted for as a receivable and included in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and would not reduce the principal amount outstanding of the surplus notes. Such payments would, however, reduce the amount of interest payments due from the Holding Company under the agreement. Any payment received from the unaffiliated financial institution would reduce the receivable by an amount equal to such payment and would also increase the amount of interest payments due from the Holding Company under the agreement. In addition, the unaffiliated financial institution may be required to pledge collateral to the Holding Company related to any increase in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes. During 2008, the Holding Company paid an aggregate of $800 million to the unaffiliated financial institution relating to declines in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes. The Holding Company did not receive any payments from the unaffiliated financial institution during 2008. During 2009, on a net basis, the Holding Company received $375 million from the unaffiliated financial institution related to changes in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes. No payments were made or received by the Holding Company during 2010. Since the closing of the collateral financing arrangement in December 2007, on a net basis, the Holding Company has paid $425 million to the unaffiliated financial institution related to changes in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes. In addition, at December 31, 2010, the Holding Company had pledged collateral with an estimated fair value of $49 million to the unaffiliated financial institution. At December 31, 2009, the Holding Company had no collateral pledged to the unaffiliated financial institution in connection with this agreement. The Holding Company may also be required to make a payment to the unaffiliated financial institution in connection with any early termination of this agreement.
 
  •  In May 2007, the Holding Company, in connection with the collateral financing arrangement associated with MetLife Reinsurance Company of South Carolina’s (“MRSC”) reinsurance of universal life secondary guarantees, entered into an agreement with an unaffiliated financial institution under which the Holding Company is entitled to the return on the investment portfolio held by trusts established in connection with this collateral financing arrangement in exchange for the payment of a stated rate of return to the unaffiliated financial institution of 3-month LIBOR plus 0.70%, payable quarterly. The collateral financing agreement may be extended by agreement of the Holding Company and the unaffiliated financial institution on each anniversary of the closing. The Holding Company may also be required to make payments to the unaffiliated financial institution, for deposit into the trusts, related to any decline in the estimated fair value of the assets held by the trusts, as well as amounts outstanding upon maturity or early termination of the collateral financing arrangement. During 2010, no payments were made or received by the Holding Company. During 2009 and 2008, the Holding Company contributed $360 million and $320 million, respectively, as a result of declines in the estimated fair value of the assets in the trusts. Cumulatively, since May 2007, the Holding Company has contributed a total of $680 million as a result of declines in the estimated fair value of the assets in the trusts, all of which was deposited into the trusts.
 
In addition, the Holding Company may be required to pledge collateral to the unaffiliated financial institution under this agreement. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Holding Company had pledged $63 million and $80 million under the agreement, respectively.


163


Table of Contents

Remarketing of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities and Settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts.   In February 2009, the Holding Company closed the successful remarketing of the Series B portion of the junior subordinated debt securities underlying the common equity units. The Series B junior subordinated debt securities were modified as permitted by their terms to be 7.717% senior debt securities, Series B, due February 15, 2019. The Holding Company did not receive any proceeds from the remarketing. Most common equity unit holders chose to have their junior subordinated debt securities remarketed and used the remarketing proceeds to settle their payment obligations under the applicable stock purchase contract. For those common equity unit holders that elected not to participate in the remarketing and elected to use their own cash to satisfy the payment obligations under the stock purchase contract, the terms of the debt are the same as the remarketed debt. The subsequent settlement of the stock purchase contracts occurred on February 17, 2009, providing proceeds to the Holding Company of $1,035 million in exchange for shares of the Holding Company’s common stock. The Holding Company delivered 24,343,154 shares of its newly issued common stock to settle the stock purchase contracts.
 
In August 2008, the Holding Company closed the successful remarketing of the Series A portion of the junior subordinated debt securities underlying the common equity units. The Series A junior subordinated debt securities were modified as permitted by their terms to be 6.817% senior debt securities, Series A, due August 15, 2018. The Holding Company did not receive any proceeds from the remarketing. Most common equity unit holders chose to have their junior subordinated debt securities remarketed and used the remarketing proceeds to settle their payment obligations under the applicable stock purchase contract. For those common equity unit holders that elected not to participate in the remarketing and elected to use their own cash to satisfy the payment obligations under the stock purchase contract, the terms of the debt are the same as the remarketed debt. The initial settlement of the stock purchase contracts occurred on August 15, 2008, providing proceeds to the Holding Company of $1,035 million in exchange for shares of the Holding Company’s common stock. The Holding Company delivered 20,244,549 shares of its common stock held in treasury at a value of $1,064 million to settle the stock purchase contracts.
 
Other.   In March 2009, the Company sold Cova Corporation, the parent company of Texas Life Insurance Company, for $130 million in cash consideration, excluding $1 million of transaction costs. The proceeds of the transaction were paid to the Holding Company.
 
Credit and Committed Facilities.   The Company maintains unsecured credit facilities and committed facilities, which aggregated $4.0 billion and $12.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010. When drawn upon, these facilities bear interest at varying rates in accordance with the respective agreements.
 
The unsecured credit facilities are used for general corporate purposes, to support the borrowers’ commercial paper programs and for the issuance of letters of credit. At December 31, 2010, the Company had outstanding $1.5 billion in letters of credit and no drawdowns against these facilities. Remaining unused commitments were $2.5 billion at December 31, 2010.
 
The committed facilities are used for collateral for certain of the Company’s affiliated reinsurance liabilities. At December 31, 2010, the Company had outstanding $5.4 billion in letters of credit and $2.8 billion in aggregate drawdowns against these facilities. Remaining unused commitments were $4.2 billion at December 31, 2010.
 
See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of these facilities.
 
We have no reason to believe that our lending counterparties will be unable to fulfill their respective contractual obligations under these facilities. As commitments associated with letters of credit and financing arrangements may expire unused, these amounts do not necessarily reflect the Company’s actual future cash funding requirements.
 
As a result of the successful offerings of certain senior notes and common stock in August 2010, the commitment letter for a $5.0 billion senior credit facility, which the Holding Company signed to partially finance the Acquisition, was terminated. During March 2010, the Holding Company paid $28 million in fees related to this senior credit facility, all of which were expensed during the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Covenants.   Certain of the Company’s debt instruments, credit facilities and committed facilities contain various administrative, reporting, legal and financial covenants. The Company believes it was in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2010 and 2009.


164


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock.   During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Holding Company did not issue any non-convertible preferred stock. In December 2008, the Holding Company entered into a replacement capital covenant (the “Replacement Capital Covenant”) whereby the Company agreed for the benefit of holders of one or more series of the Company’s unsecured long-term indebtedness designated from time to time by the Company in accordance with the terms of the Replacement Capital Covenant (“Covered Debt”), that the Company will not repay, redeem or purchase and will cause its subsidiaries not to repay, redeem or purchase, on or before the termination of the Replacement Capital Covenant on December 31, 2018 (or earlier termination by agreement of the holders of Covered Debt or when there is no longer any outstanding series of unsecured long-term indebtedness which qualifies for designation as “Covered Debt”), the Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, of the Holding Company or the 6.500% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, of the Holding Company, unless such repayment, redemption or purchase is made from the proceeds of the issuance of certain replacement capital securities and pursuant to the other terms and conditions set forth in the Replacement Capital Covenant.
 
Convertible Preferred Stock.   In November 2010, the Holding Company issued to ALICO Holdings in connection with the financing of the Acquisition 6,857,000 shares of Series B contingent convertible junior participating non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock (the “Convertible Preferred Stock”) convertible into approximately 68,570,000 shares (valued at $40.90 per share at the time of the Acquisition) of the Holding Company’s common stock (subject to anti-dilution adjustments) upon a favorable vote of the Holding Company’s common stockholders. If a favorable vote of its common stockholders is not obtained by the first anniversary of the Acquisition Date, then the Holding Company must pay ALICO Holdings $300 million and use reasonable efforts to list the preferred stock on NYSE. Management considers the likelihood that the Holding Company will fail to obtain a vote of its common stockholders to be remote.
 
Common Stock.   In November 2010, the Holding Company issued to ALICO Holdings in connection with the financing of the Acquisition 78,239,712 new shares of its common stock at $40.90 per share. The aggregate amount of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock to be issued to ALICO Holdings in connection with the transaction is expected to be 214.6 million to 231.5 million shares, consisting of the 78.2 million shares issued at closing, 68.6 million shares to be issued upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock (with the stockholder vote on such conversion to be held within one year after the closing) (together with $3.0 billion aggregate stated amount of Equity Units of MetLife, Inc., the “Securities”) and between 67.8 million and 84.7 million shares of common stock, in total, issuable upon settlement of the purchase contracts forming part of the Equity Units (in three tranches approximately two, three and four years after the closing). The ownership of the Securities is subject to an investor rights agreement, which grants to ALICO Holdings certain rights and sets forth certain agreements with respect to ALICO Holdings’ ownership, voting and transfer of the Securities, including minimum holding periods, restrictions on the number of shares ALICO Holdings can sell at one time, its agreement to vote the common stock in the same proportion as the common stock voted by all other stockholders, and its agreement not to seek control or influence the Company’s management or Board of Directors. ALICO Holdings has indicated that it intends to monetize the Securities over time, subject to market conditions, following the lapse of agreed-upon minimum holding periods. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Equity Units.”
 
In August 2010, the Holding Company issued 86,250,000 new shares of its common stock at a price of $42.00 per share for gross proceeds of $3,623 million. In connection with the offering of common stock, the Holding Company incurred $94 million of issuance costs which have been recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in-capital.
 
In connection with the remarketing of the junior subordinated debt securities, in February 2009, the Holding Company delivered 24,343,154 shares of its newly issued common stock, and in August 2008, the Holding Company delivered 20,244,549 shares of its common stock from treasury stock, to settle the stock purchase contracts. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Remarketing of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities and Settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts.”
 
In October 2008, the Holding Company issued 86,250,000 shares of its common stock at a price of $26.50 per share for gross proceeds of $2.3 billion. Of these shares issued, 75,000,000 shares were issued from treasury stock, and 11,250,000 were newly issued shares.


165


Table of Contents

During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, 332,121 shares, 861,586 shares and 2,271,188 shares of common stock were issued from treasury stock for $18 million, $46 million and $118 million, respectively, to satisfy various stock option exercises. During the year ended December 31, 2010, 2,182,174 new shares of common stock were issued for $74 million to satisfy various stock option exercises. During both the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, no new shares of common stock were issued to satisfy stock option exercises.
 
Equity Units.   In November 2010, the Holding Company issued to ALICO Holdings in connection with the financing of the Acquisition $3.0 billion aggregate stated amount of Equity Units. The Equity Units, which are mandatorily convertible securities, will initially consist of (i) purchase contracts obligating the holder to purchase a variable number of shares of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock on each of three specified future settlement dates (expected to be approximately two, three and four years after closing of the Acquisition), for a fixed amount per purchase contract, (an aggregate of $1.0 billion on each settlement date) and (ii) an interest in each of three series of Debt Securities of MetLife, Inc. The value of the purchase contracts at issuance of $247 million was calculated as the present value of the future contract payments and was recorded in other liabilities. At future dates, the Series C, D and E Debt Securities will be subject to remarketing and sold to investors. Holders of the Equity Units who elect to include their Debt Securities in a remarketing can use the proceeds thereof to meet their obligations under the purchase contracts.
 
See Note 14 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the Equity Units.
 
Liquidity and Capital Uses
 
Acquisitions.   The computation of the purchase price of the Acquisition is presented below:
 
         
    November 1, 2010  
    (In millions)  
 
Cash (includes $396 million of contractual purchase price adjustments)
  $ 7,196  
MetLife, Inc.’s common stock (78,239,712 shares at $40.90 per share)
    3,200  
MetLife, Inc.’s Convertible Preferred Stock
    2,805  
MetLife, Inc.’s Equity Units ($3.0 billion aggregate stated amount)
    3,189  
         
Total purchase price
  $ 16,390  
         
 
Debt Repayments.   During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, MetLife Bank made repayments of $349 million, $497 million and $371 million, respectively, to the FHLB of NY related to long-term borrowings. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, MetLife Bank made repayments to the FHLB of NY related to short-term borrowings of $12.9 billion, $26.4 billion and $4.6 billion, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, MetLife Bank made repayments related to short-term borrowings to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York of $21.2 billion and 650 million, respectively. No repayments were made to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York during the year ended December 31, 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2009, MICC made repayments of $300 million to the FHLB of Boston related to short-term borrowings. No repayments were made to the FHLB of Boston during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2008.
 
Debt Repurchases.   We may from time to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt through cash purchases and/or exchanges for other securities, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Any such repurchases or exchanges will be dependent upon several factors, including our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions, general market conditions, and applicable regulatory, legal and accounting factors. Whether or not to repurchase any debt and the size and timing of any such repurchases will be determined in the Company’s discretion.
 
Insurance Liabilities.   The Company’s principal cash outflows primarily relate to the liabilities associated with its various life insurance, property and casualty, annuity and group pension products, operating expenses and income tax, as well as principal and interest on its outstanding debt obligations. Liabilities arising from its insurance activities primarily relate to benefit payments under the aforementioned products, as well as payments for policy


166


Table of Contents

surrenders, withdrawals and loans. For annuity or deposit type products, surrender or lapse product behavior differs somewhat by segment. In the Retirement Products segment, which includes individual annuities, lapses and surrenders tend to occur in the normal course of business. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, general account surrenders and withdrawals from annuity products were $3.8 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively. In the Corporate Benefit Funding segment, which includes pension closeouts, bank owned life insurance and other fixed annuity contracts, as well as funding agreements (including funding agreements with the FHLB of NY and the FHLB of Boston) and other capital market products, most of the products offered have fixed maturities or fairly predictable surrenders or withdrawals. With regard to Corporate Benefit Funding liabilities that provide customers with limited liquidity rights, at December 31, 2010 there were $1,615 million of funding agreements and other capital market products that could be put back to the Company after a period of notice. Of these liabilities, $1,565 million were subject to notice periods between 15 and 90 days. The remainder of the balance was subject to a notice period of 9 months or greater. An additional $375 million of Corporate Benefit Funding liabilities were subject to credit ratings downgrade triggers that permit early termination subject to a notice period of 90 days. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Uses — Contractual Obligations.”
 
Dividends.   Th e table below presents declaration, record and payment dates, as well as per share and aggregate dividend amounts, for the common stock:
 
                                 
            Dividend
Declaration Date   Record Date   Payment Date   Per Share   Aggregate
            (In millions, except per share data)
 
October 26, 2010
    November 9, 2010       December 14, 2010     $ 0.74     $ 784 (1)
October 29, 2009
    November 9, 2009       December 14, 2009     $ 0.74     $ 610  
October 28, 2008
    November 10, 2008       December 15, 2008     $ 0.74     $ 592  
 
 
(1) Includes dividends on Convertible Preferred Stock issued in November 2010. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Convertible Preferred Stock.”
 
Future common stock dividend decisions will be determined by the Holding Company’s Board of Directors after taking into consideration factors such as the Company’s current earnings, expected medium- and long-term earnings, financial condition, regulatory capital position, and applicable governmental regulations and policies. Furthermore, the payment of dividends and other distributions to the Holding Company by its insurance subsidiaries is regulated by insurance laws and regulations.


167


Table of Contents

Information on the declaration, record and payment dates, as well as per share and aggregate dividend amounts, for the Holding Company’s Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A and 6.500% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B is as follows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
                                         
            Dividend  
            Series A
    Series A
    Series B
    Series B
 
Declaration Date   Record Date   Payment Date   Per Share     Aggregate     per Share     Aggregate  
            (In millions, except per share data)  
 
November 15, 2010
  November 30, 2010   December 15, 2010   $ 0.2527777     $ 7     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  
August 16, 2010
  August 31, 2010   September 15, 2010   $ 0.2555555       6     $ 0.4062500       24  
May 17, 2010
  May 31, 2010   June 15, 2010   $ 0.2555555       7     $ 0.4062500       24  
March 5, 2010
  February 28, 2010   March 15, 2010   $ 0.2500000       6     $ 0.4062500       24  
                                         
                    $ 26             $ 96  
                                         
November 16, 2009
  November 30, 2009   December 15, 2009   $ 0.2527777     $ 7     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  
August 17, 2009
  August 31, 2009   September 15, 2009   $ 0.2555555       6     $ 0.4062500       24  
May 15, 2009
  May 31, 2009   June 15, 2009   $ 0.2555555       7     $ 0.4062500       24  
March 5, 2009
  February 28, 2009   March 16, 2009   $ 0.2500000       6     $ 0.4062500       24  
                                         
                    $ 26             $ 96  
                                         
November 17, 2008
  November 30, 2008   December 15, 2008   $ 0.2527777     $ 7     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  
August 15, 2008
  August 31, 2008   September 15, 2008   $ 0.2555555       6     $ 0.4062500       24  
May 15, 2008
  May 31, 2008   June 16, 2008   $ 0.2555555       7     $ 0.4062500       24  
March 5, 2008
  February 29, 2008   March 17, 2008   $ 0.3785745       9     $ 0.4062500       24  
                                         
                    $ 29             $ 96  
                                         
 
Share Repurchases.   At January 1, 2008, the Company had $511 million remaining under its common stock repurchase program authorizations. In both January and April 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized $1.0 billion common stock repurchase programs. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company repurchased 19,716,418 shares for $1.2 billion under accelerated share repurchases and 1,550,000 shares for $88 million in open market repurchases. At December 31, 2008, the Company had $1.3 billion remaining under its common stock repurchase program authorizations. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company did not repurchase any shares.
 
Under these common stock repurchase program authorizations, the Holding Company may purchase its common stock from the MetLife Policyholder Trust, in the open market (including pursuant to the terms of a pre-set trading plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act) and in privately negotiated transactions. Any future common stock repurchases will be dependent upon several factors, including the Company’s capital position, its liquidity, its financial strength and credit ratings, general market conditions and the price of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock compared to management’s assessment of the stock’s underlying value and applicable regulatory, legal and accounting factors. Whether or not to purchase any common stock and the size and timing of any such purchases will be determined in the Company’s complete discretion.
 
Residential Mortgage Loans Held-for-Sale.   At December 31, 2010, the Company held $3,321 million in residential mortgage loans held-for-sale, compared with $2,728 million at December 31, 2009, an increase of $593 million. From time to time, MetLife Bank has an increased cash need to fund mortgage loans that it generally holds for a relatively short period before selling them to one of the government-sponsored enterprises such as FNMA or FHLMC. To meet these increased funding requirements, as well as to increase overall liquidity, MetLife Bank takes advantage of collateralized borrowing opportunities with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the FHLB of NY. For further detail on MetLife Bank’s use of these funding sources, see “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Global Funding Sources.”
 
Investment and Other.   Additional cash outflows include those related to obligations of securities lending activities, investments in real estate, limited partnerships and joint ventures, as well as litigation-related liabilities. Also, the Company pledges collateral to, and has collateral pledged to it by, counterparties under the Company’s current derivative transactions. With respect to derivative transactions with credit ratings downgrade triggers, a two-


168


Table of Contents

notch downgrade would have increased the Company’s derivative collateral requirements by $159 million at December 31, 2010. In addition, the Company has pledged collateral and has had collateral pledged to it, and may be required from time to time to pledge additional collateral or be entitled to have additional collateral pledged to it, in connection with collateral financing arrangements related to the reinsurance of closed block liabilities and universal life secondary guarantee liabilities. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Collateral Financing Arrangements.”
 
Securities Lending.   The Company participates in a securities lending program whereby blocks of securities, which are included in fixed maturity securities and short-term investments, are loaned to third parties, primarily brokerage firms and commercial banks, and the Company receives cash collateral from the borrower, which must be returned to the borrower when the loaned securities are returned to the Company. Under the Company’s securities lending program, the Company was liable for cash collateral under its control of $24.6 billion and $21.5 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Of these amounts, $2.8 billion and $3.3 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, were on open terms, meaning that the related loaned security could be returned to the Company on the next business day upon return of cash collateral. Of the $2.7 billion of estimated fair value of the securities related to the cash collateral on open terms at December 31, 2010, $2.3 billion were U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities which, if put to the Company, can be immediately sold to satisfy the cash requirements. See “— Investments — Securities Lending” for further information.
 
Other.   In September 2008, in connection with the split-off of Reinsurance Group of America (“RGA”) as described in Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company received from MetLife stockholders 23,093,689 shares of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock with a market value of $1.3 billion and, in exchange, delivered 29,243,539 shares of RGA Class B common stock with a net book value of $1.7 billion resulting in a loss on disposition, including transaction costs, of $458 million.
 
Contractual Obligations.   The following table summarizes the Company’s major contractual obligations at December 31, 2010:
 
                                         
                More Than
    More Than
       
          One Year
    One Year to
    Three Years
    More Than
 
Contractual Obligations   Total     or Less     Three Years     to Five Years     Five Years  
    (In millions)  
 
Future policy benefits
  $ 319,565     $ 6,271     $ 10,295     $ 12,205     $ 290,794  
Policyholder account balances
    289,823       35,981       46,274       35,280       172,288  
Other policyholder liabilities
    9,983       7,995       485       124       1,379  
Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
    27,272       27,272                    
Bank deposits
    10,406       8,879       1,499       28        
Short-term debt
    306       306                    
Long-term debt
    31,184       2,340       4,773       5,932       18,139  
Collateral financing arrangements
    6,696       64       127       127       6,378  
Junior subordinated debt securities
    10,191       258       517       516       8,900  
Commitments to lend funds
    12,537       11,215       710       55       557  
Operating leases
    2,151       366       517       303       965  
Other
    15,356       14,873       52       3       428  
                                         
Total
  $ 735,470     $ 115,820     $ 65,249     $ 54,573     $ 499,828  
                                         
 
 
 
    Future policy benefits  — Future policy benefits include liabilities related to traditional whole life policies, term life policies, pension closeout and other group annuity contracts, structured settlements, master terminal funding agreements, single premium immediate annuities, long-term disability policies, individual disability income policies, LTC policies and property and casualty contracts. Included within future policy benefits are contracts where the Company is currently making payments and will continue to do so until the occurrence of a specific event such as death, as well as those where the timing of a portion of the payments has been determined


169


Table of Contents

by the contract. Also included are contracts where the Company is not currently making payments and will not make payments until the occurrence of an insurable event, such as death or illness, or where the occurrence of the payment triggering event, such as a surrender of a policy or contract, is outside the control of the Company. The Company has estimated the timing of the cash flows related to these contracts based on historical experience, as well as its expectation of future payment patterns.
 
    Liabilities related to accounting conventions, or which are not contractually due, such as shadow liabilities, excess interest reserves and property and casualty loss adjustment expenses, of $1.4 billion have been excluded from amounts presented in the table above.
 
    Amounts presented in the table above, excluding those related to property and casualty contracts, represent the estimated cash payments for benefits under such contracts including assumptions related to the receipt of future premiums and assumptions related to mortality, morbidity, policy lapse, renewal, retirement, inflation, disability incidence, disability terminations, policy loans and other contingent events as appropriate to the respective product type. Payments for case reserve liabilities and incurred but not reported liabilities associated with property and casualty contracts of $1.5 billion have been included using an estimate of the ultimate amount to be settled under the policies based upon historical payment patterns. The ultimate amount to be paid under property and casualty contracts is not determined until the Company reaches a settlement with the claimant, which may vary significantly from the liability or contractual obligation presented above especially as it relates to incurred but not reported liabilities. All estimated cash payments presented in the table above are undiscounted as to interest, net of estimated future premiums on policies currently in-force and gross of any reinsurance recoverable. The more than five years category includes estimated payments due for periods extending for more than 100 years from the present date.
 
    The sum of the estimated cash flows shown for all years in the table of $319.6 billion exceeds the liability amount of $173.4 billion included on the consolidated balance sheet principally due to the time value of money, which accounts for at least 80% of the difference, as well as differences in assumptions, most significantly mortality, between the date the liabilities were initially established and the current date.
 
    For the majority of the Company’s insurance operations, estimated contractual obligations for future policy benefits and policyholder account balance liabilities as presented in the table above are derived from the annual asset adequacy analysis used to develop actuarial opinions of statutory reserve adequacy for state regulatory purposes. These cash flows are materially representative of the cash flows under GAAP. (See “— Policyholder account balances” below.)
 
    Actual cash payments to policyholders may differ significantly from the liabilities as presented in the consolidated balance sheet and the estimated cash payments as presented in the table above due to differences between actual experience and the assumptions used in the establishment of these liabilities and the estimation of these cash payments.
 
    Policyholder account balances  — Policyholder account balances include liabilities related to conventional guaranteed interest contracts, guaranteed interest contracts associated with formal offering programs, funding agreements, individual and group annuities, total control accounts, individual and group universal life, variable universal life and company-owned life insurance.
 
    Included within policyholder account balances are contracts where the amount and timing of the payment is essentially fixed and determinable. These amounts relate to policies where the Company is currently making payments and will continue to do so, as well as those where the timing of the payments has been determined by the contract. Other contracts involve payment obligations where the timing of future payments is uncertain and where the Company is not currently making payments and will not make payments until the occurrence of an insurable event, such as death, or where the occurrence of the payment triggering event, such as a surrender of or partial withdrawal on a policy or deposit contract, is outside the control of the Company. The Company has estimated the timing of the cash flows related to these contracts based on historical experience, as well as its expectation of future payment patterns.
 
    Excess interest reserves representing purchase accounting adjustments of $539 million, as well as $2.4 billion relating to embedded derivatives, have been excluded from amounts presented in the table above as they represent accounting conventions and not contractual obligations.


170


Table of Contents

    Amounts presented in the table above represent the estimated cash payments to be made to policyholders undiscounted as to interest and including assumptions related to the receipt of future premiums and deposits; withdrawals, including unscheduled or partial withdrawals; policy lapses; surrender charges; annuitization; mortality; future interest credited; policy loans and other contingent events as appropriate to the respective product type. Such estimated cash payments are also presented net of estimated future premiums on policies currently in-force and gross of any reinsurance recoverable. For obligations denominated in foreign currencies, cash payments have been estimated using current spot rates.
 
    The sum of the estimated cash flows shown for all years in the table of $289.8 billion exceeds the liability amount of $211.0 billion included on the consolidated balance sheet principally due to the time value of money, which accounts for at least 80% of the difference, as well as differences in assumptions between the date the liabilities were initially established and the current date. See the comments under “— Future policy benefits” above regarding the source and uncertainties associated with the estimation of the contractual obligations related to future policyholder benefits and policyholder account balances.
 
    Other policyholder liabilities  — Other policyholder liabilities are comprised of other policy-related balances, policyholder dividends payable and the policyholder dividend obligation. Amounts included in the table above related to these balances are as follows:
 
   
a. Other policy-related balances includes liabilities for incurred but not reported claims and claims payable on group term life, long-term disability, long-term care and dental; policyholder dividends left on deposit and policyholder dividends due and unpaid related primarily to traditional life and group life and health; and premiums received in advance. Liabilities related to unearned revenue and negative VOBA of $2.2 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively, have been excluded from the cash payments presented in the table above because they reflect accounting conventions and not contractual obligations. With the exception of policyholder dividends left on deposit, and those items excluded as noted in the preceding sentence, the contractual obligation presented in the table above related to other policy-related balances is equal to the liability reflected in the consolidated balance sheet. Such amounts are reported in the one year or less category due to the short-term nature of the liabilities. Contractual obligations on policyholder dividends left on deposit are projected based on assumptions of policyholder withdrawal activity.
 
   
b. Policyholder dividends payable consists of liabilities related to dividends payable in the following calendar year on participating policies. As such, the contractual obligation related to policyholder dividends payable is presented in the table above in the one year or less category at the amount of the liability presented in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
   
c. The nature of the policyholder dividend obligation is described in Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Because the exact timing and amount of the ultimate policyholder dividend obligation is subject to significant uncertainty and the amount of the policyholder dividend obligation is based upon a long-term projection of the performance of the closed block, we have reflected the obligation at the amount of the liability, if any, presented in the consolidated balance sheet in the more than five years category. This was presented to reflect the long-duration of the liability and the uncertainty of the ultimate cash payment.
 
    Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions  — The Company has accepted cash collateral in connection with securities lending and derivative transactions. As the securities lending transactions expire within the next year or the timing of the return of the collateral is uncertain, the return of the collateral has been included in the one year or less category in the table above. The Company also holds non-cash collateral, which is not reflected as a liability in the consolidated balance sheet, of $984 million at December 31, 2010.
 
    Bank deposits  — Bank deposits of $10.4 billion exceed the amount on the balance sheet of $10.3 billion due to the inclusion of estimated interest payments. Liquid deposits, including demand deposit accounts, money market accounts and savings accounts, are assumed to mature at carrying value within one year. Certificates of deposit are assumed to pay all interest and principal at maturity.
 
    Short-term debt, long-term debt, collateral financing arrangements and junior subordinated debt securities  — Amounts presented in the table above for short-term debt, long-term debt, collateral financing arrangements and junior subordinated debt securities differ from the balances presented on the consolidated balance sheet as the amounts presented in the table above do not include premiums or discounts upon issuance or purchase


171


Table of Contents

accounting fair value adjustments. The amounts presented above also include interest on such obligations as described below.
 
    Short-term debt consists of borrowings with original maturities of one year or less carrying fixed interest rates. The contractual obligation for short-term debt presented in the table above represents the principal amounts due upon maturity plus the related interest for the period from January 1, 2011 through maturity.
 
    Long-term debt bears interest at fixed and variable interest rates through their respective maturity dates. Interest on fixed rate debt was computed using the stated rate on the obligations for the period from January 1, 2011 through maturity. Interest on variable rate debt was computed using prevailing rates at December 31, 2010 and, as such, does not consider the impact of future rate movements. Long-term debt also includes payments under capital lease obligations of $3 million, $2 million, $0 and $27 million, in the one year or less, more than one year to three years, more than three years to five years and more than five years categories, respectively. Long-term debt presented in the table above excludes $6,820 million at December 31, 2010 of long-term debt relating to CSEs.
 
    Collateral financing arrangements bear interest at fixed and variable interest rates through their respective maturity dates. Interest on fixed rate debt was computed using the stated rate on the obligations for the period from January 1, 2011 through maturity. Interest on variable rate debt was computed using prevailing rates at December 31, 2010 and, as such, does not consider the impact of future rate movements. Pursuant to these collateral financing arrangements, the Holding Company may be required to deliver cash or pledge collateral to the respective unaffiliated financial institutions. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Collateral Financing Arrangements.”
 
    Junior subordinated debt securities bear interest at fixed interest rates through their respective redemption dates. Interest was computed using the stated rates on the obligations for the period from January 1, 2011 through the scheduled redemption dates as it is the Company’s expectation that the debt will be redeemed at that time. Inclusion of interest payments on junior subordinated debt through the final maturity dates would increase the contractual obligation by $7.7 billion.
 
    Commitments to lend funds  — The Company commits to lend funds under mortgage loans, partnerships, bank credit facilities, bridge loans and private corporate bond investments. In the table above, the timing of the funding of mortgage loans and private corporate bond investments is based on the expiration date of the commitment. As it relates to commitments to lend funds to partnerships and under bank credit facilities, the Company anticipates that these amounts could be invested any time over the next five years; however, as the timing of the fulfillment of the obligation cannot be predicted, such obligations are presented in the one year or less category in the table above. Commitments to fund bridge loans are short-term obligations and, as a result, are presented in the one year or less category in the table above. See “— Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.”
 
    Operating leases  — As a lessee, the Company has various operating leases, primarily for office space. Contractual provisions exist that could increase or accelerate those lease obligations presented, including various leases with early buyouts and/or escalation clauses. However, the impact of any such transactions would not be material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations. See “— Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.”
 
    Other  — Includes other miscellaneous contractual obligations of $32 million not included elsewhere in the table above. Other liabilities presented in the table above are principally comprised of amounts due under reinsurance arrangements, payables related to securities purchased but not yet settled, securities sold short, accrued interest on debt obligations, estimated fair value of derivative obligations, deferred compensation arrangements, guaranty liabilities, the estimated fair value of forward stock purchase contracts, as well as general accruals and accounts payable due under contractual obligations. If the timing of any of the other liabilities is sufficiently uncertain, the amounts are included within the one year or less category.
 
    The other liabilities presented in the table above differ from the amount presented in the consolidated balance sheet by $5.0 billion due primarily to the exclusion of items such as legal liabilities, pension and postretirement benefit obligations, taxes due other than income tax, unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest, accrued severance and employee incentive compensation and other liabilities such as deferred gains and losses. Such items have been excluded from the table above as they represent accounting conventions or are not liabilities due under contractual obligations.


172


Table of Contents

    The net funded status of the Company’s pension and other postretirement liabilities included within other liabilities has been excluded from the amounts presented in the table above. Rather, the amounts presented represent the discretionary contributions of $175 million to be made by the Company to our pension plan in 2011 and the discretionary contributions of $120 million, based on the current year’s expected gross benefit payments to participants, to be made by the Company to the postretirement benefit plans during 2011. Virtually all contributions to the pension and postretirement benefit plans are made by the insurance subsidiaries of the Holding Company with little impact on the Holding Company’s cash flows.
 
    Excluded from the table above are unrecognized tax benefits and related accrued interest of $810 million and $221 million, respectively, for which the Company cannot reliably determine the timing of payment. Current income tax payable is also excluded from the table.
 
    See also “— Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.”
 
Separate account liabilities are excluded from the table above. Generally, the separate account owner, rather than the Company, bears the investment risk of these funds. The separate account assets are legally segregated and are not subject to the claims that arise out of any other business of the Company. Net deposits, net investment income and realized and unrealized capital gains and losses on the separate accounts are fully offset by corresponding amounts credited to contractholders whose liability is reflected with the separate account liabilities. Separate account liabilities are fully funded by cash flows from the separate account assets and are set equal to the estimated fair value of separate account assets.
 
The Company also enters into agreements to purchase goods and services in the normal course of business; however, these purchase obligations were not material to its consolidated results of operations or financial position at December 31, 2010.
 
Additionally, the Company has agreements in place for services it conducts, generally at cost, between subsidiaries relating to insurance, reinsurance, loans and capitalization. Intercompany transactions have appropriately been eliminated in consolidation. Intercompany transactions among insurance subsidiaries and affiliates have been approved by the appropriate departments of insurance as required.
 
Support Agreements.   The Holding Company and several of its subsidiaries (each, an “Obligor”) are parties to various capital support commitments, guarantees and contingent reinsurance agreements with certain subsidiaries of the Holding Company and a corporation in which the Holding Company owns 50% of the equity. Under these arrangements, each Obligor, with respect to the applicable entity, has agreed to cause such entity to meet specified capital and surplus levels, has guaranteed certain contractual obligations or has agreed to provide, upon the occurrence of certain contingencies, reinsurance for such entity’s insurance liabilities. We anticipate that in the event that these arrangements place demands upon the Company, there will be sufficient liquidity and capital to enable the Company to meet anticipated demands. See “— The Holding Company — Liquidity and Capital Uses — Support Agreements.”
 
Litigation.   Putative or certified class action litigation and other litigation, and claims and assessments against the Company, in addition to those discussed elsewhere herein and those otherwise provided for in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, have arisen in the course of the Company’s business, including, but not limited to, in connection with its activities as an insurer, mortgage lending bank, employer, investor, investment advisor and taxpayer. Further, state insurance regulatory authorities and other federal and state authorities regularly make inquiries and conduct investigations concerning the Company’s compliance with applicable insurance and other laws and regulations.
 
It is not possible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of all pending investigations and legal proceedings. In some of the matters referred to herein, very large and/or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages, are sought. Although in light of these considerations, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain cases could have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial position, based on information currently known by the Company’s management, in its opinion, the outcome of such pending investigations and legal proceedings are not likely to have such an effect. However, given the large and/or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these matters and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, it is possible that an adverse


173


Table of Contents

outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated net income or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.
 
The Holding Company
 
Capital
 
Restrictions and Limitations on Bank Holding Companies and Financial Holding Companies.   The Holding Company and its insured depository institution subsidiary, MetLife Bank, are subject to risk-based and leverage capital guidelines issued by the federal banking regulatory agencies for banks and bank and financial holding companies. The federal banking regulatory agencies are required by law to take specific prompt corrective actions with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital standards. As of their most recently filed reports with the federal banking regulatory agencies, the Holding Company and MetLife Bank met the minimum capital standards as per federal banking regulatory agencies with all of MetLife Bank’s risk-based and leverage capital ratios meeting the federal banking regulatory agencies “well capitalized” standards and all of the Holding Company’s risk-based and leverage capital ratios meeting the “adequately capitalized” standards. In addition to requirements which may be imposed in connection with the implementation of Dodd-Frank, if endorsed and adopted in the U.S., Basel III will also lead to increased capital and liquidity requirements for bank holding companies, such as MetLife, Inc. See “— Industry Trends — Financial and Economic Environment— Regulatory Changes.”
 
The following table contains the RBC ratios and the regulatory requirements for MetLife, Inc., as a bank holding company, and MetLife Bank:
 
MetLife, Inc.
RBC Ratios — Bank Holding Company
 
                                 
            Regulatory
  Regulatory
    December 31,   Requirements
  Requirements
    2010   2009   Minimum   “Well Capitalized”
 
Total RBC Ratio
    8.52 %     9.88 %     8.00 %     10.00 %
Tier 1 RBC Ratio
    8.21 %     9.44 %     4.00 %     6.00 %
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
    5.11 %     5.71 %     4.00 %     n/a  
 
MetLife Bank
RBC Ratios — Bank
 
                                 
            Regulatory
  Regulatory
    December 31,   Requirements
  Requirements
    2010   2009   Minimum   “Well Capitalized”
 
Total RBC Ratio
    15.00 %     13.41 %     8.00 %     10.00 %
Tier 1 RBC Ratio
    14.16 %     12.16 %     4.00 %     6.00 %
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
    7.14 %     6.64 %     4.00 %     5.00 %
 
Summary of Primary Sources and Uses of Liquidity and Capital.   For information regarding the primary sources and uses of Holding Company liquidity and capital, see “— The Company — Capital — Summary of Primary Sources and Uses of Liquidity and Capital.”
 
Liquidity and Capital
 
Liquidity and capital are managed to preserve stable, reliable and cost-effective sources of cash to meet all current and future financial obligations and are provided by a variety of sources, including a portfolio of liquid assets, a diversified mix of short- and long-term funding sources from the wholesale financial markets and the ability to borrow through credit and committed credit facilities. The Holding Company is an active participant in the global financial markets through which it obtains a significant amount of funding. These markets, which serve as cost-effective sources of funds, are critical components of the Holding Company’s liquidity and capital management. Decisions to access these markets are based upon relative costs, prospective views of balance


174


Table of Contents

sheet growth and a targeted liquidity profile and capital structure. A disruption in the financial markets could limit the Holding Company’s access to liquidity.
 
The Holding Company’s ability to maintain regular access to competitively priced wholesale funds is fostered by its current credit ratings from the major credit rating agencies. We view our capital ratios, credit quality, stable and diverse earnings streams, diversity of liquidity sources and our liquidity monitoring procedures as critical to retaining such credit ratings. See “— The Company — Capital — Rating Agencies.”
 
Liquidity is monitored through the use of internal liquidity risk metrics, including the composition and level of the liquid asset portfolio, timing differences in short-term cash flow obligations, access to the financial markets for capital and debt transactions and exposure to contingent draws on the Holding Company’s liquidity.
 
Liquidity and Capital Sources
 
Dividends from Subsidiaries.   The Holding Company relies in part on dividends from its subsidiaries to meet its cash requirements. The Holding Company’s insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the regulators of their respective domiciles. The dividend limitation for U.S. insurance subsidiaries is generally based on the surplus to policyholders at the end of the immediately preceding calendar year and statutory net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year. Statutory accounting practices, as prescribed by insurance regulators of various states in which the Company conducts business, differ in certain respects from accounting principles used in financial statements prepared in conformity with GAAP. The significant differences relate to the treatment of DAC, certain deferred income tax, required investment liabilities, statutory reserve calculation assumptions, goodwill and surplus notes.
 
The table below sets forth the dividends permitted to be paid by the respective insurance subsidiary without insurance regulatory approval and the respective dividends paid:
 
                                                         
    2011   2010   2009   2008
    Permitted
      Permitted
      Permitted
      Permitted
    w/o
      w/o
      w/o
      w/o
Company   Approval (1)   Paid (2)   Approval (3)   Paid (2)   Approval (3)   Paid (2)   Approval (3)
            (In millions)            
 
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
  $ 1,321     $ 631 (4)   $ 1,262     $     $ 552     $ 1,318 (5)   $ 1,299  
American Life Insurance Company (6)
  $ 661     $     $ 511       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut
  $ 517     $ 330     $ 659     $     $ 714     $ 500     $ 1,026  
Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company
  $     $ 260     $     $ 300     $ 9     $ 300     $  
Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company
  $ 80     $ 569 (7)   $ 93     $     $ 88     $ 277 (8)   $ 113  
 
 
(1) Reflects dividend amounts that may be paid during 2011 without prior regulatory approval. However, because dividend tests may be based on dividends previously paid over rolling 12-month periods, if paid before a specified date during 2011, some or all of such dividends may require regulatory approval.
 
(2) All amounts paid, including those requiring regulatory approval.
 
(3) Reflects dividend amounts that could have been paid during the relevant year without prior regulatory approval.
 
(4) Includes securities transferred to the Holding Company of $399 million.
 
(5) Consists of shares of RGA stock distributed by MLIC to the Holding Company as an in-kind dividend of $1,318 million.
 
(6) Reflects dividends permitted to be paid and the respective dividends paid since the Acquisition Date. See Note 2 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(7) Includes shares of an affiliate distributed to the Holding Company as an in-kind dividend of $475 million.


175


Table of Contents

 
(8) Includes shares of an affiliate distributed to the Holding Company as an in-kind dividend of $164 million.
 
In addition to the amounts presented in the table above, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, cash dividends in the aggregate amount of $0, $215 million and $235 million, respectively, were paid to the Holding Company.
 
The dividend capacity of non-U.S. operations is subject to similar restrictions established by the local regulators. The non-U.S. regulatory regimes also commonly limit the dividend payments to the parent to a portion of the prior year’s statutory income, as determined by the local accounting principles. The regulators of the non-U.S. operations, including the Japan branch of American Life, may also limit or not permit profit repatriations or other transfers of funds to the U.S. if such transfers would be detrimental to the solvency or financial strength of the operations of the non-U.S. operations, or for other reasons. Most of the non-U.S. subsidiaries are second tier subsidiaries and are not directly owned by the Holding Company. The capital and rating considerations applicable to the first tier subsidiaries may also impact the dividend flow into the Holding Company.
 
The Company’s management actively manages its target and excess capital levels and dividend flows on a pro-active basis and forecasts local capital positions as part of the financial planning cycle. The dividend capacity of certain U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries is also subject to business targets in excess of the minimum capital necessary to maintain the desired rating or level of financial strength in the relevant market. Management of the Holding Company cannot provide assurances that the Holding Company’s subsidiaries will have statutory earnings to support payment of dividends to the Holding Company in an amount sufficient to fund its cash requirements and pay cash dividends and that the applicable regulators will not disapprove any dividends that such subsidiaries must submit for approval. See Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Liquid Assets.   An integral part of the Holding Company’s liquidity management is the amount of liquid assets it holds. Liquid assets include cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and publicly-traded securities, excluding: (i) cash collateral received under the Company’s securities lending program that has been reinvested in cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and publicly-traded securities; and (ii) cash collateral received from counterparties in connection with derivative instruments. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Holding Company had $2.8 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively, in liquid assets. In addition, the Holding Company has pledged collateral and has had collateral pledged to it, and may be required from time to time to pledge additional collateral or be entitled to have additional collateral pledged to it. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Holding Company had pledged $362 million and $289 million, respectively, of liquid assets under collateral support agreements.
 
Shelf Registration.   In November 2010, the Holding Company filed a shelf registration statement (the “2010 Shelf Registration Statement”) with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), which was automatically effective upon filing, in accordance with SEC rules. SEC rules also allow for pay-as-you-go fees and the ability to add securities by filing automatically effective amendments for companies, such as the Holding Company, which qualify as “Well-Known Seasoned Issuers.” The 2010 Shelf Registration Statement registered an unlimited amount of debt and equity securities and replaces the shelf registration statement that the Holding Company filed in November 2007, which expired in the fourth quarter of 2010. The terms of any offering will be established at the time of the offering.
 
Global Funding Sources.   Liquidity is also provided by a variety of short-term instruments, including commercial paper. Capital is provided by a variety of instruments, including medium- and long-term debt, junior subordinated debt securities, collateral financing arrangements, capital securities and stockholders’ equity. The diversity of the Holding Company’s funding sources enhances funding flexibility, limits dependence on any one source of funds and generally lowers the cost of funds. Other sources of the Holding Company’s liquidity include programs for short-and long-term borrowing, as needed.
 
We continuously monitor and adjust our liquidity and capital plans for the Holding Company and its subsidiaries in light of changing requirements and market conditions.


176


Table of Contents

Long-term Debt.   The following table summarizes the outstanding long-term debt of the Holding Company at:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Long-term debt — unaffiliated
  $ 16,258     $ 10,458  
Long-term debt — affiliated
  $ 665 (1)   $ 500  
Collateral financing arrangements
  $ 2,797     $ 2,797  
Junior subordinated debt securities
  $ 1,748     $ 1,748  
 
 
(1) Includes $165 million of affiliated senior notes associated with bonds held by ALICO.
 
Short-term Debt.   MetLife, Inc. maintains a commercial paper program, proceeds of which can be used to finance the general liquidity needs of MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries. The Holding Company had no short-term debt outstanding at both December 31, 2010 and 2009. There was no short-term debt activity in 2010. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the weighted average interest rate on short-term debt, comprised only of commercial paper, was 1.25% and 2.5%, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the average daily balance on short-term debt was $5 million, and the average days outstanding was 6 days.
 
Debt Issuances and Other Borrowings.   For information on debt issuances and other borrowings entered into by the Holding Company, see “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Debt Issuances and Other Borrowings.”
 
Senior Notes.   The following table summarizes the Holding Company’s outstanding senior notes series by maturity date, excluding any premium or discount, at December 31, 2010:
 
             
Maturity Date   Principal   Interest Rate
    (In millions)    
 
2011
  $ 750     6.13%
2012
  $ 400     5.38%
2012
  $ 397     3-month LIBOR + .032%
2013
  $ 500     5.00%
2013
  $ 250     3-month LIBOR + 1.25%
2014
  $ 350     5.50%
2014
  $ 1,000     2.38%
2015
  $ 1,000     5.00%
2016
  $ 1,250     6.75%
2018
  $ 1,035     6.82%
2018 (1)
  $ 500     1.56%
2018 (2)
  $ 500     2.46%
2019
  $ 1,035     7.72%
2020
  $ 729     5.25%
2021
  $ 1,000     4.75%
2023 (1)
  $ 500     1.56%
2024
  $ 1,000     1.92%
2024
  $ 673     5.38%
2032
  $ 600     6.50%
2033
  $ 200     5.88%
2034
  $ 750     6.38%
2035
  $ 1,000     5.70%
2041
  $ 750     5.88%
2045 (2)
  $ 500     2.46%
 
 
(1) Represents one of two tranches comprising the Series C Debt Securities.
 
(2) Represents one of two tranches comprising the Series E Debt Securities.


177


Table of Contents

 
Collateral Financing Arrangements.   For information on collateral financing arrangements entered into by the Holding Company, see “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Collateral Financing Arrangements.”
 
Credit and Committed Facilities.   At December 31, 2010, the Holding Company, along with MetLife Funding, maintained $4.0 billion in unsecured credit facilities, the proceeds of which are available to be used for general corporate purposes, to support the borrowers’ commercial paper programs and for the issuance of letters of credit. At December 31, 2010, the Holding Company had outstanding $1.5 billion in letters of credit and no drawdowns against this facility. Remaining unused commitments were $2.5 billion at December 31, 2010.
 
The Holding Company maintains committed facilities with a capacity of $300 million. At December 31, 2010, the Holding Company had outstanding $300 million in letters of credit and no drawdowns against these facilities. There were no remaining unused commitments at December 31, 2010. In addition, the Holding Company is a party to committed facilities of certain of its subsidiaries, which aggregated $12.1 billion at December 31, 2010. The committed facilities are used as collateral for certain of the Company’s affiliated reinsurance liabilities.
 
See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further detail on these facilities.
 
Covenants.   Certain of the Holding Company’s debt instruments, credit facilities and committed facilities contain various administrative, reporting, legal and financial covenants. The Holding Company believes it was in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Preferred Stock, Convertible Preferred Stock, Common Stock and Equity Units.    For information on preferred stock, convertible preferred stock, common stock and common equity units issued by the Holding Company, see “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Preferred Stock,” “— Convertible Preferred Stock,” “— Common Stock,” and “— Equity Units,” respectively.
 
Liquidity and Capital Uses
 
The primary uses of liquidity of the Holding Company include debt service, cash dividends on preferred, convertible preferred and common stock, capital contributions to subsidiaries, payment of general operating expenses and acquisitions. Based on our analysis and comparison of our current and future cash inflows from the dividends we receive from subsidiaries that are permitted to be paid without prior insurance regulatory approval, our asset portfolio and other cash flows and anticipated access to the capital markets, we believe there will be sufficient liquidity and capital to enable the Holding Company to make payments on debt, make cash dividend payments on its preferred, convertible preferred and common stock, contribute capital to its subsidiaries, pay all general operating expenses and meet its cash needs.
 
Acquisitions.   For information regarding the purchase price of the Acquisition, see “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Uses — Acquisitions.”
 
Affiliated Capital Transactions.   During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Holding Company invested an aggregate of $699 million (excludes the Acquisition), $986 million and $2.6 billion, respectively, in various subsidiaries.
 
The Holding Company lends funds, as necessary, to its subsidiaries, some of which are regulated, to meet their capital requirements. Such loans are included in loans to subsidiaries and consisted of the following at:
 
                         
            December 31,  
Subsidiaries   Interest Rate   Maturity Date   2010     2009  
            (In millions)  
 
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
  6-month LIBOR + 1.80%   December 31, 2011   $ 775     $ 775  
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
  6-month LIBOR + 1.80%   December 31, 2011           300  
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
  7.13%   December 15, 2032     400       400  
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
  7.13%   January 15, 2033     100       100  
                         
Total
          $ 1,275     $ 1,575  
                         


178


Table of Contents

Debt Repayments.   The Holding Company intends to either repay all or refinance in whole or in part the debt that is due in December 2011. See “— The Holding Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Senior Notes.”
 
Support Agreements.   The Holding Company is party to various capital support commitments and guarantees with certain of its subsidiaries and a corporation in which it owns 50% of the equity. Under these arrangements, the Holding Company has agreed to cause each such entity to meet specified capital and surplus levels or has guaranteed certain contractual obligations.
 
In November 2010, the Holding Company guaranteed the obligations of Exeter Reassurance Company, Ltd. (“Exeter”) in an aggregate amount up to $1.0 billion, under a reinsurance agreement with MetLife Europe Limited (“MEL”), under which Exeter reinsures the guaranteed living benefits and guaranteed death benefits associated with certain unit-linked annuity contracts issued by MEL.
 
In January 2010, the Holding Company guaranteed the obligations of its subsidiary, Missouri Reinsurance (Barbados) Inc. (“MoRe”), under a retrocession agreement with RGA Reinsurance (Barbados) Inc., pursuant to which MoRe retrocedes certain group term life insurance issued by MLIC.
 
In December 2009, the Holding Company, in connection with MetLife Reinsurance Company of Vermont (“MRV”)’s reinsurance of certain universal life and term life insurance risks, committed to the Vermont Department of Banking, Insurance, Securities and Health Care Administration to take necessary action to cause the third protected cell of MRV to maintain total adjusted capital equal to or greater than 200% of such protected cell’s authorized control level RBC, as defined in state insurance statutes. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Credit and Committed Facilities” and Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The Holding Company, in connection with MRV’s reinsurance of certain universal life and term life insurance risks, committed to the Vermont Department of Banking, Insurance, Securities and Health Care Administration to take necessary action to cause each of the two initial protected cells of MRV to maintain total adjusted capital equal to or greater than 200% of such protected cell’s authorized control level RBC, as defined in state insurance statutes. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Credit and Committed Facilities” and Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The Holding Company, in connection with the collateral financing arrangement associated with MRC’s reinsurance of a portion of the liabilities associated with the closed block, committed to the South Carolina Department of Insurance to make capital contributions, if necessary, to MRC so that MRC may at all times maintain its total adjusted capital at a level of not less than 200% of the company action level RBC, as defined in state insurance statutes as in effect on the date of determination or December 31, 2007, whichever calculation produces the greater capital requirement, or as otherwise required by the South Carolina Department of Insurance. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Debt Issuances and Other Borrowings” and Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The Holding Company, in connection with the collateral financing arrangement associated with MRSC’s reinsurance of universal life secondary guarantees, committed to the South Carolina Department of Insurance to take necessary action to cause MRSC to maintain total adjusted capital equal to the greater of $250,000 or 100% of MRSC’s authorized control level RBC, as defined in state insurance statutes. See “— The Company — Liquidity and Capital Sources — Debt Issuances and Other Borrowings” and Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The Holding Company has net worth maintenance agreements with two of its insurance subsidiaries, MetLife Investors Insurance Company and First MetLife Investors Insurance Company. Under these agreements, as subsequently amended, the Holding Company agreed, without limitation as to the amount, to cause each of these subsidiaries to have a minimum capital and surplus of $10 million, total adjusted capital at a level not less than 150% of the company action level RBC, as defined by state insurance statutes, and liquidity necessary to enable it to meet its current obligations on a timely basis.
 
The Holding Company entered into a net worth maintenance agreement with Mitsui Sumitomo MetLife Insurance Company Limited (“MSI MetLife”), an investment in Japan of which the Holding Company owns 50% of the equity. Under the agreement, the Holding Company agreed, without limitation as to amount, to cause MSI


179


Table of Contents

MetLife to have the amount of capital and surplus necessary for MSI MetLife to maintain a solvency ratio of at least 400%, as calculated in accordance with the Insurance Business Law of Japan, and to make such loans to MSI MetLife as may be necessary to ensure that MSI MetLife has sufficient cash or other liquid assets to meet its payment obligations as they fall due. As described in Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Holding Company reached an agreement to sell its 50% interest in MSI MetLife to a third-party. Upon the close of such sale, the Holding Company’s obligations under the net worth maintenance agreement will terminate.
 
The Holding Company has guaranteed the obligations of its subsidiary, Exeter, under a reinsurance agreement with MSI MetLife, under which Exeter reinsures variable annuity business written by MSI MetLife. This guarantee will remain in place until such time as the reinsurance agreement between Exeter and MSI MetLife is terminated, notwithstanding any prior disposition of the Holding Company’s interest in MSI MetLife as described in Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The Holding Company also guarantees the obligations of a number of its subsidiaries under credit facilities with third-party banks. See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements
 
See “Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements” in Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Future Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements
 
See “Future Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements” in Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Subsequent Events
 
Dividends
 
On February 18, 2011, the Holding Company announced dividends of $0.2500000 per share, for a total of $6 million, on its Series A preferred shares, and $0.4062500 per share, for a total of $24 million, on its Series B preferred shares, subject to the final confirmation that it has met the financial tests specified in the Series A and Series B preferred shares, which the Company anticipates will be made on or about March 7, 2011. Both dividends will be payable March 15, 2011 to shareholders of record as of February 28, 2011.
 
Credit Facility
 
On February 1, 2011, the Holding Company entered into a committed facility with a third-party bank to provide letters of credit for the benefit of MoRe, a captive reinsurance subsidiary, to address its short-term solvency needs based on guidance from the regulator. This one-year facility provides for the issuance of letters of credit in amounts up to $350 million. Under the facility, a letter of credit for $250 million was issued on February 2, 2011 and increased to $295 million on February 23, 2011, which management believes satisfies MoRe’s solvency requirements.
 
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Risk Management
 
The Company must effectively manage, measure and monitor the market risk associated with its assets and liabilities. It has developed an integrated process for managing risk, which it conducts through its Enterprise Risk Management Department, Asset/Liability Management Unit, Treasury Department and Investment Department along with the management of the business segments. The Company has established and implemented comprehensive policies and procedures at both the corporate and business segment level to minimize the effects of potential market volatility.
 
The Company regularly analyzes its exposure to interest rate, equity market price and foreign currency exchange rate risks. As a result of that analysis, the Company has determined that the estimated fair values of certain


180


Table of Contents

assets and liabilities are materially exposed to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and changes in the equity markets.
 
Enterprise Risk Management.   MetLife has established several financial and non-financial senior management committees as part of its risk management process. These committees manage capital and risk positions, approve ALM strategies and establish appropriate corporate business standards. Further enhancing its committee structure, during the second quarter of 2010, MetLife created an Enterprise Risk Committee made up of the following voting members: the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Investment Officer, the President of U.S. Business, the President of International and the Chief Risk Officer. This committee is responsible for reviewing all material risks to the enterprise and deciding on actions if necessary, in the event risks exceed desirable targets, taking into consideration best practices to resolve or mitigate those risks.
 
MetLife also has a separate Enterprise Risk Management Department, which is responsible for risk management throughout MetLife and reports to MetLife’s Chief Risk Officer. The Enterprise Risk Management Department’s primary responsibilities consist of:
 
  •  implementing a corporate risk framework, which outlines the Company’s approach for managing risk on an enterprise-wide basis;
 
  •  developing policies and procedures for managing, measuring, monitoring and controlling those risks identified in the corporate risk framework;
 
  •  establishing appropriate corporate risk tolerance levels;
 
  •  deploying capital on an economic capital basis; and
 
  •  reporting on a periodic basis to the Finance and Risk Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors; with respect to credit risk, to the Investment Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors; and, reporting on various aspects of risk, to financial and non-financial senior management committees.
 
Asset/Liability Management.   The Company actively manages its assets using an approach that balances quality, diversification, asset/liability matching, liquidity, concentration and investment return. The goals of the investment process are to optimize, net of income tax, risk-adjusted investment income and risk-adjusted total return while ensuring that the assets and liabilities are reasonably managed on a cash flow and duration basis. The ALM process is the shared responsibility of the Financial Risk Management and Asset/Liability Management Unit, Enterprise Risk Management, the Portfolio Management Unit, and the senior members of the business segments and is governed by the ALM Committees. The ALM Committees’ duties include reviewing and approving target portfolios, establishing investment guidelines and limits and providing oversight of the ALM process on a periodic basis. The directives of the ALM Committees are carried out and monitored through ALM Working Groups which are set up to manage by product type. In addition, an ALM Steering Committee oversees the activities of the underlying ALM Committees.
 
MetLife establishes target asset portfolios for each major insurance product, which represent the investment strategies used to profitably fund its liabilities within acceptable levels of risk. These strategies are monitored through regular review of portfolio metrics, such as effective duration, yield curve sensitivity, convexity, liquidity, asset sector concentration and credit quality by the ALM Working Groups.
 
Market Risk Exposures
 
The Company has exposure to market risk through its insurance operations and investment activities. For purposes of this disclosure, “market risk” is defined as the risk of loss resulting from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and equity market.
 
Interest Rates.   The Company’s exposure to interest rate changes results most significantly from its holdings of fixed maturity securities, as well as its interest rate sensitive liabilities. The fixed maturity securities include U.S. and foreign government bonds, securities issued by government agencies, corporate bonds and mortgage-backed securities, all of which are mainly exposed to changes in medium- and long-term interest rates. The interest rate sensitive liabilities for purposes of this disclosure include debt, policyholder account balances related to certain investment type contracts, and net embedded derivatives on variable annuities with guaranteed minimum benefits


181


Table of Contents

which have the same type of interest rate exposure (medium- and long-term interest rates) as fixed maturity securities. The Company employs product design, pricing and ALM strategies to reduce the adverse effects of interest rate movements. Product design and pricing strategies include the use of surrender charges or restrictions on withdrawals in some products and the ability to reset credited rates for certain products. ALM strategies include the use of derivatives and duration mismatch limits. See “Risk Factors — Changes in Market Interest Rates May Significantly Affect Our Profitability.”
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Rates.   The Company’s exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. dollar results from its holdings in non-U.S. dollar denominated fixed maturity and equity securities, mortgage loans, and certain liabilities, as well as through its investments in foreign subsidiaries. The principal currencies that create foreign currency exchange rate risk in the Company’s investment portfolios are the Euro, the Japanese yen and the Canadian dollar. The principal currencies that create foreign currency risk in the Company’s liabilities are the British pound, the Euro and the Swiss franc. Selectively, the Company uses U.S. dollar assets to support certain long duration foreign currency liabilities. Through its investments in foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures, the Company is primarily exposed to the Mexican peso, the Japanese yen, the South Korean won, the Canadian dollar, the British pound, the Chilean peso, the Australian dollar, the Argentine peso, the Polish zloty, the Euro and the Hong Kong dollar. In addition to hedging with foreign currency swaps, forwards and options, local surplus in some countries is held entirely or in part in U.S. dollar assets which further minimizes exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation risk. The Company has matched much of its foreign currency liabilities in its foreign subsidiaries with their respective foreign currency assets, thereby reducing its risk to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation. See “Risk Factors — Fluctuations in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates Could Negatively Affect Our Profitability.”
 
Equity Market.   The Company has exposure to equity market risk through certain liabilities that involve long-term guarantees on equity performance such as net embedded derivatives on variable annuities with guaranteed minimum benefits, certain policyholder account balances along with investments in equity securities. We manage this risk on an integrated basis with other risks through our ALM strategies including the dynamic hedging of certain variable annuity guarantee benefits. The Company also manages equity market risk exposure in its investment portfolio through the use of derivatives. Equity exposures associated with other limited partnership interests are excluded from this section as they are not considered financial instruments under GAAP.
 
Management of Market Risk Exposures
 
The Company uses a variety of strategies to manage interest rate, foreign currency exchange rate and equity market risk, including the use of derivative instruments.
 
Interest Rate Risk Management.   To manage interest rate risk, the Company analyzes interest rate risk using various models, including multi-scenario cash flow projection models that forecast cash flows of the liabilities and their supporting investments, including derivative instruments. These projections involve evaluating the potential gain or loss on most of the Company’s in-force business under various increasing and decreasing interest rate environments. The New York State Insurance Department regulations require that MetLife perform some of these analyses annually as part of MetLife’s review of the sufficiency of its regulatory reserves. For several of its legal entities, the Company maintains segmented operating and surplus asset portfolios for the purpose of ALM and the allocation of investment income to product lines. For each segment, invested assets greater than or equal to the GAAP liabilities less the DAC asset and any non-invested assets allocated to the segment are maintained, with any excess swept to the surplus segment. The business segments may reflect differences in legal entity, statutory line of business and any product market characteristic which may drive a distinct investment strategy with respect to duration, liquidity or credit quality of the invested assets. Certain smaller entities make use of unsegmented general accounts for which the investment strategy reflects the aggregate characteristics of liabilities in those entities. The Company measures relative sensitivities of the value of its assets and liabilities to changes in key assumptions utilizing Company models. These models reflect specific product characteristics and include assumptions based on current and anticipated experience regarding lapse, mortality and interest crediting rates. In addition, these models include asset cash flow projections reflecting interest payments, sinking fund payments, principal payments, bond calls, mortgage prepayments and defaults.


182


Table of Contents

Common industry metrics, such as duration and convexity, are also used to measure the relative sensitivity of assets and liability values to changes in interest rates. In computing the duration of liabilities, consideration is given to all policyholder guarantees and to how the Company intends to set indeterminate policy elements such as interest credits or dividends. Each asset portfolio has a duration target based on the liability duration and the investment objectives of that portfolio. Where a liability cash flow may exceed the maturity of available assets, as is the case with certain retirement and non-medical health products, the Company may support such liabilities with equity investments, derivatives or curve mismatch strategies.
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk Management.   Foreign currency exchange rate risk is assumed primarily in three ways: investments in foreign subsidiaries, purchases of foreign currency denominated investments in the investment portfolio and the sale of certain insurance products.
 
  •  The Company’s Treasury Department is responsible for managing the exposure to investments in foreign subsidiaries. Limits to exposures are established and monitored by the Treasury Department and managed by the Investment Department.
 
  •  The Investment Department is responsible for managing the exposure to foreign currency investments. Exposure limits to unhedged foreign currency investments are incorporated into the standing authorizations granted to management by the Board of Directors and are reported to the Board of Directors on a periodic basis.
 
  •  The lines of business are responsible for establishing limits and managing any foreign exchange rate exposure caused by the sale or issuance of insurance products.
 
MetLife uses foreign currency swaps and forwards to hedge its foreign currency denominated fixed income investments, its equity exposure in subsidiaries and its foreign currency exposures caused by the sale of insurance products.
 
Equity Market Risk Management.   Equity market risk exposure through the issuance of variable annuities is managed by the Company’s Asset/Liability Management Unit in partnership with the Investment Department. Equity market risk is realized through its investment in equity securities and is managed by its Investment Department. MetLife uses derivatives to hedge its equity exposure both in certain liability guarantees such as variable annuities with guaranteed minimum benefit and equity securities. These derivatives include exchange-traded equity futures, equity index options contracts and equity variance swaps. The Company also employs reinsurance to manage these exposures.
 
Hedging Activities.   MetLife uses derivative contracts primarily to hedge a wide range of risks including interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, and equity risk. Derivative hedges are designed to reduce risk on an economic basis while considering their impact on accounting results and GAAP and Statutory capital. The construction of the Company’s derivative hedge programs vary depending on the type of risk being hedged. Some hedge programs are asset or liability specific while others are portfolio hedges that reduce risk related to a group of liabilities or assets. The Company’s use of derivatives by major hedge programs is as follows:
 
  •  Risks Related to Living Guarantee Benefits — The Company uses a wide range of derivative contracts to hedge the risk associated with variable annuity living guarantee benefits. These hedges include equity and interest rate futures, interest rate swaps, currency futures/forwards, equity indexed options and interest rate option contracts and equity variance swaps.
 
  •  Minimum Interest Rate Guarantees — For certain Company liability contracts, the Company provides the contractholder a guaranteed minimum interest rate. These contracts include certain fixed annuities and other insurance liabilities. The Company purchases interest rate floors to reduce risk associated with these liability guarantees.
 
  •  Reinvestment Risk in Long Duration Liability Contracts — Derivatives are used to hedge interest rate risk related to certain long duration liability contracts, such as deferred annuities. Hedges include zero coupon interest rate swaps and swaptions.


183


Table of Contents

 
  •  Foreign Currency Risk — The Company uses currency swaps and forwards to hedge foreign currency risk. These hedges primarily swap foreign currency denominated bonds, investments in foreign subsidiaries or equity exposures to U.S. dollars.
 
  •  General ALM Hedging Strategies — In the ordinary course of managing the Company’s asset/liability risks, the Company uses interest rate futures, interest rate swaps, interest rate caps, interest rate floors and inflation swaps. These hedges are designed to reduce interest rate risk or inflation risk related to the existing assets or liabilities or related to expected future cash flows.
 
Risk Measurement: Sensitivity Analysis
 
The Company measures market risk related to its market sensitive assets and liabilities based on changes in interest rates, equity prices and foreign currency exchange rates utilizing a sensitivity analysis. This analysis estimates the potential changes in estimated fair value based on a hypothetical 10% change (increase or decrease) in interest rates, equity market prices and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company believes that a 10% change (increase or decrease) in these market rates and prices is reasonably possible in the near-term. In performing the analysis summarized below, the Company used market rates at December 31, 2010. The sensitivity analysis separately calculates each of the Company’s market risk exposures (interest rate, equity market and foreign currency exchange rate) relating to its trading and non-trading assets and liabilities. The Company modeled the impact of changes in market rates and prices on the estimated fair values of its market sensitive assets and liabilities as follows:
 
  •  the net present values of its interest rate sensitive exposures resulting from a 10% change (increase or decrease) in interest rates;
 
  •  the U.S. dollar equivalent estimated fair values of the Company’s foreign currency exposures due to a 10% change (increase or decrease) in foreign currency exchange rates; and
 
  •  the estimated fair value of its equity positions due to a 10% change (increase or decrease) in equity market prices.
 
The sensitivity analysis is an estimate and should not be viewed as predictive of the Company’s future financial performance. The Company cannot ensure that its actual losses in any particular period will not exceed the amounts indicated in the table below. Limitations related to this sensitivity analysis include:
 
  •  the market risk information is limited by the assumptions and parameters established in creating the related sensitivity analysis, including the impact of prepayment rates on mortgages;
 
  •  for the derivatives that qualify as hedges, the impact on reported earnings may be materially different from the change in market values;
 
  •  the analysis excludes other significant real estate holdings and liabilities pursuant to insurance contracts; and
 
  •  the model assumes that the composition of assets and liabilities remains unchanged throughout the period.
 
Accordingly, the Company uses such models as tools and not as substitutes for the experience and judgment of its management. Based on its analysis of the impact of a 10% change (increase or decrease) in market rates and prices, MetLife has determined that such a change could have a material adverse effect on the estimated fair value of certain assets and liabilities from interest rate, foreign currency exchange rate and equity exposures.
 
The table below illustrates the potential loss in estimated fair value for each market risk exposure of the Company’s market sensitive assets and liabilities at December 31, 2010:
 
         
    December 31, 2010
    (In millions)
 
Non-trading:
       
Interest rate risk
  $ 5,358  
Foreign currency exchange rate risk
  $ 3,669  
Equity market risk
  $ 14  
Trading:
       
Interest rate risk
  $ 24  
Foreign currency exchange rate risk
  $ 346  


184


Table of Contents

Sensitivity Analysis: Interest Rates. The table below provides additional detail regarding the potential loss in fair value of the Company’s trading and non-trading interest sensitive financial instruments at December 31, 2010 by type of asset or liability:
 
                         
    December 31, 2010  
                Assuming a
 
          Estimated
    10% Increase
 
    Notional
    Fair
    in the Yield
 
    Amount     Value (3)     Curve  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets:
                       
Fixed maturity securities
          $ 327,284     $ (5,961 )
Equity securities
            3,606        
Trading and other securities
            18,589       (25 )
Mortgage loans:
                       
Held-for-investment
            60,846       (355 )
Held-for-sale
            3,321       (24 )
                         
Mortgage loans, net
            64,167       (379 )
Policy loans
            13,406       (179 )
Real estate joint ventures (1)
            482        
Other limited partnership interests (1)
            1,619        
Short-term investments
            9,387       (2 )
Other invested assets:
                       
Mortgage servicing rights
            950       70  
Other
            1,490        
Cash and cash equivalents
            13,046       (2 )
Accrued investment income
            4,381        
Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables
            4,048       (331 )
Other assets
            453       (9 )
Net embedded derivatives within asset host contracts (2)
            185       (17 )
Mortgage loan commitments
  $ 3,754       (17 )     (13 )
Commitments to fund bank credit facilities, bridge loans and private corporate bond investments
  $ 2,437              
                         
Total Assets
                  $ (6,848 )
                         
Liabilities:
                       
Policyholder account balances
          $ 152,850     $ 849  
Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
            27,272        
Bank deposits
            10,371       5  
Short-term debt
            306        
Long-term debt
            21,892       361  
Collateral financing arrangements
            4,757       (9 )
Junior subordinated debt securities
            3,461       160  
Other liabilities:
                       
Trading liabilities
            46       1  
Other
            2,777        
Net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts (2)
            2,634       1,515  
                         
Total Liabilities
                  $ 2,882  
                         
Derivative Instruments:
                       
Interest rate swaps
  $ 54,803     $ 1,138     $ (1,254 )
Interest rate floors
  $ 23,866       564       (67 )
Interest rate caps
  $ 35,412       175       57  
Interest rate futures
  $ 9,385       26       20  
Interest rate options
  $ 8,761       121       (8 )
Interest rate forwards
  $ 10,374       (29 )     (32 )
Synthetic GICs
  $ 4,397              
Foreign currency swaps
  $ 17,626       334       (12 )
Foreign currency forwards
  $ 10,443       28       1  
Currency futures
  $ 493       2        
Currency options
  $ 5,426       50        
Non-derivative hedging instruments
  $ 169       (185 )      
Credit default swaps
  $ 10,957       69        
Credit forwards
  $ 90       (1 )      
Equity futures
  $ 8,794       12        
Equity options
  $ 33,688       646       (96 )
Variance swaps
  $ 18,022       80       (9 )
Total rate of return swaps
  $ 1,547             (16 )
                         
Total Derivative Instruments
                  $ (1,416 )
                         
Net Change
                  $ (5,382 )
                         


185


Table of Contents

 
(1) Represents only those investments accounted for using the cost method.
 
(2) Embedded derivatives are recognized in the consolidated balance sheet in the same caption as the host contract.
 
(3) Separate account assets and liabilities which are interest rate sensitive are not included herein as any interest rate risk is borne by the holder of the separate account.
 
This quantitative measure of risk has increased by $1,325 million, or 33%, to $5,382 million at December 31, 2010 from $4,057 million at December 31, 2009. Excluding the Acquisition which increased risk by $647 million, the quantitative measure of risk increased by $678 million or 17% at December 31, 2010 from December 31, 2009. The increase in risk is due to a change in the net assets and liabilities bases of $641 million. In addition, an increase of $954 million was due to the use of derivatives employed by the Company ($445 million), an increase in the duration of the investment portfolio ($389 million), and an increase in premiums, reinsurance and other receivables ($120 million). This increase in risk was partially offset by a decrease in interest rates across the long end of the Swaps and U.S. Treasury curves resulting in a decrease of $424 million. Additionally, net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts increased by $520 million, partially due to a change made in the second quarter of 2010 related to how the Company estimates the spread over the swap curve for purposes of determining the discount rate used to value those derivatives, which caused a corresponding decrease in risk. The remainder of the fluctuation is attributable to numerous immaterial items.


186


Table of Contents

Sensitivity Analysis: Foreign Currency Exchange Rates . The table below provides additional detail regarding the potential loss in estimated fair value of the Company’s portfolio due to a 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates at December 31, 2010 by type of asset or liability:
 
                         
    December 31, 2010  
                Assuming a
 
          Estimated
    10% Increase
 
    Notional
    Fair
    in the Foreign
 
    Amount     Value (1)     Exchange Rate  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets:
                       
Fixed maturity securities
          $ 327,284     $ (6,516 )
Equity securities
            3,606       (74 )
Trading and other securities
            18,589       (346 )
Mortgage loans:
                       
Held-for-investment
            60,846       (414 )
Held-for-sale
            3,321        
                         
Mortgage loans, net
            64,167       (414 )
Policy loans
            13,406       (199 )
Short-term investments
            9,387       (200 )
Other invested assets:
                       
Mortgage servicing rights
            950        
Other
            1,490       (143 )
Cash and cash equivalents
            13,046       (139 )
Accrued investment income
            4,381       (11 )
Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables
            4,048       (16 )
                         
Total Assets
                  $ (8,058 )
                         
Liabilities:
                       
Policyholder account balances
          $ 152,850     $ 3,255  
Bank deposits
            10,371        
Long-term debt
            21,892       37  
Other liabilities
            2,777       9  
Net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts (2)
            2,634       437  
                         
Total Liabilities
                  $ 3,738  
                         
Derivative Instruments:
                       
Interest rate swaps
  $ 54,083     $ 1,138     $ (17 )
Interest rate floors
  $ 23,866       564        
Interest rate caps
  $ 35,412       175        
Interest rate futures
  $ 9,385       26       (2 )
Interest rate options
  $ 8,761       121       (2 )
Interest rate forwards
  $ 10,374       (29 )      
Synthetic GICs
  $ 4,397              
Foreign currency swaps
  $ 17,626       334       271  
Foreign currency forwards
  $ 10,443       28       73  
Currency futures
  $ 493       2       (49 )
Currency options
  $ 5,426       50       107  
Non-derivative hedging instruments
  $ 169       (185 )      
Credit default swaps
  $ 10,957       69        
Credit forwards
  $ 90       (1 )      
Equity futures
  $ 8,794       12       2  
Equity options
  $ 33,688       646       (77 )
Variance swaps
  $ 18,022       80       (1 )
Total rate of return swaps
  $ 1,547              
                         
Total Derivative Instruments
                  $ 305  
                         
Net Change
                  $ (4,015 )
                         


187


Table of Contents

 
(1) Estimated fair value presented in the table above represents the estimated fair value of all financial instruments within this financial statement caption not necessarily those solely subject to foreign exchange risk.
 
(2) Embedded derivatives are recognized in the consolidated balance sheet in the same caption as the host contract.
 
Foreign currency exchange rate risk increased by $3,124 million, to $4,015 million at December 31, 2010 from $891 million at December 31, 2009. Excluding the Acquisition which increased risk by $2,646 million, the foreign currency exchange risk has increased by $478 million or 54% at December 31, 2010 from December 31, 2009. This change was due to an increase in exchange rate risk relating to fixed maturity securities of $722 million due to higher exposures primarily within the British pound and the Euro and to the sale of the pension closeout business in the U.K. Additionally, a decrease in the foreign exposure related to long-term debt and PABs contributed $66 million and $41 million, respectively, to the increase. This was partially offset by an increase in the foreign exposure related to net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts and the use of derivatives employed by the Company of $315 million and $101 million, respectively. The remainder of the fluctuation is attributable to numerous immaterial items.


188


Table of Contents

Sensitivity Analysis: Equity Market Prices.   The table below provides additional detail regarding the potential loss in estimated fair value of the Company’s portfolio due to a 10% change in equity at December 31, 2010 by type of asset or liability:
 
                         
    December 31, 2010  
                Assuming a
 
          Estimated
    10% Decrease
 
    Notional
    Fair
    in Equity
 
    Amount     Value (1)     Prices  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets:
                       
Equity securities
          $ 3,606     $ (355 )
Other invested assets:
                       
Net embedded derivatives within asset host contracts (2)
            185       11  
                         
Total Assets
                  $ (344 )
                         
Liabilities:
                       
Policyholder account balances
          $ 152,850     $  
Bank deposits
            10,371        
Other liabilities:
                       
Net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts (2)
            2,634       (456 )
                         
Total Liabilities
                  $ (456 )
                         
Derivative Instruments:
                       
Interest rate swaps
  $ 54,803     $ 1,138     $  
Interest rate floors
  $ 23,866       564        
Interest rate caps
  $ 35,412       175        
Interest rate futures
  $ 9,385       26        
Interest rate options
  $ 8,761       121        
Interest rate forwards
  $ 10,374       (29 )      
Synthetic GICs
  $ 4,397              
Foreign currency swaps
  $ 17,626       334        
Foreign currency forwards
  $ 10,443       28        
Currency futures
  $ 493       2        
Currency options
  $ 5,426       50        
Non-derivative hedging instruments
  $ 169       (185 )      
Credit default swaps
  $ 10,957       69        
Credit forwards
  $ 90       (1 )      
Equity futures
  $ 8,794       12       3  
Equity options
  $ 33,688       646       628  
Variance swaps
  $ 18,022       80        
Total rate of return swaps
  $ 1,547             155  
                         
Total Derivative Instruments
                  $ 786  
                         
Net Change
                  $ (14 )
                         
 
 
(1) Estimated fair value presented in the table above represents the estimated fair value of all financial instruments within this financial statement caption not necessarily those solely subject to equity market risk.
 
(2) Embedded derivatives are recognized in the consolidated balance sheet in the same caption as the host contract.


189


Table of Contents

 
(3) During the fourth quarter of 2010, the analysis of the impact of a 10% change (increase or decrease) in equity market rates determined that due to the inclusion of ALICO, a decrease of 10% had the most adverse effect on our equity risk while the prior year end’s analysis of equity market rates shows an increase of 10% had the most adverse effect.
 
Equity price risk decreased by $204 million to $14 million at December 31, 2010 from $218 million at December 31, 2009. Excluding the Acquisition which shifted the impact of a 10% change to a decrease in the equity market rates, the equity price risk has decreased by $191 million at December 31, 2010 from December 31, 2009. This decrease is primarily due to a change of $210 million attributed to the use of derivatives employed by the Company to hedge its equity exposures. Additionally, an increase in the net exposures related to net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts of $42 million contributed to the decrease. This was partially offset by a decrease of $60 million in equity securities. The remainder of the fluctuation is attributable to numerous insignificant items.


190


Table of Contents

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules
 
         
    Page
 
    F-1  
Financial Statements at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008:
       
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-7  
    F-9  
Financial Statement Schedules at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008:
       
    F-212  
    F-213  
    F-221  
    F-223  


191


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
MetLife, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MetLife, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MetLife, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
As discussed in Note 1, the Company changed its method of accounting for the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairment losses for certain investments as required by accounting guidance adopted on April 1, 2009, and changed its method of accounting for certain assets and liabilities to a fair value measurement approach as required by accounting guidance adopted on January 1, 2008.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report, dated February 24, 2011, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/   DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
New York, New York
February 24, 2011


F-1


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2010 and 2009

(In millions, except share and per share data)
 
                 
    2010     2009  
 
Assets
               
Investments:
               
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (amortized cost: $320,008 and $229,709, respectively; includes $3,330 and $3,171, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)
  $ 327,284     $ 227,642  
Equity securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (cost: $3,625 and $3,187, respectively)
    3,606       3,084  
Trading and other securities, at estimated fair value (includes $463 and $420 of actively traded securities, respectively; and $387 and $0, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)
    18,589       2,384  
Mortgage loans:
               
Held-for-investment, principally at amortized cost (net of valuation allowances of $664 and $721, respectively; includes $6,840 and $0, respectively, at estimated fair value, relating to variable interest entities)
    59,055       48,181  
Held-for-sale, principally at estimated fair value
    3,321       2,728  
                 
Mortgage loans, net
    62,376       50,909  
Policy loans
    11,914       10,061  
Real estate and real estate joint ventures (includes $10 and $18, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)
    8,030       6,896  
Other limited partnership interests (includes $298 and $236, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)
    6,416       5,508  
Short-term investments, principally at estimated fair value
    9,387       8,374  
Other invested assets, principally at estimated fair value (includes $104 and $137, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)
    15,430       12,709  
                 
Total investments
    463,032       327,567  
Cash and cash equivalents, principally at estimated fair value (includes $69 and $68, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)
    13,046       10,112  
Accrued investment income (includes $34 and $0, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)
    4,381       3,173  
Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables (includes $2 and $0, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)
    19,830       16,752  
Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
    27,307       19,256  
Current income tax recoverable
          316  
Deferred income tax assets
          1,228  
Goodwill
    11,781       5,047  
Other assets (includes $6 and $16, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)
    8,192       6,822  
Separate account assets
    183,337       149,041  
                 
Total assets
  $ 730,906     $ 539,314  
                 
Liabilities and Equity
               
Liabilities
               
Future policy benefits
  $ 173,373     $ 135,879  
Policyholder account balances
    211,020       138,673  
Other policy-related balances
    15,806       8,446  
Policyholder dividends payable
    830       761  
Policyholder dividend obligation
    876        
Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
    27,272       24,196  
Bank deposits
    10,316       10,211  
Short-term debt
    306       912  
Long-term debt (includes $6,902 and $64, respectively, at estimated fair value, relating to variable interest entities)
    27,586       13,220  
Collateral financing arrangements
    5,297       5,297  
Junior subordinated debt securities
    3,191       3,191  
Current income tax payable
    316        
Deferred income tax liability
    1,881        
Other liabilities (includes $93 and $26, respectively, relating to variable interest entities)
    20,386       15,989  
Separate account liabilities
    183,337       149,041  
                 
Total liabilities
    681,793       505,816  
                 
Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees (Note 16)
               
Redeemable noncontrolling interests in partially owned consolidated subsidiaries
    117        
                 
Equity
               
MetLife, Inc.’s stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 200,000,000 shares authorized:
               
Preferred stock, 84,000,000 shares issued and outstanding; $2,100 aggregate liquidation preference
    1       1  
Convertible preferred stock, 6,857,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010
           
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 3,000,000,000 shares authorized; 989,031,704 and 822,359,818 shares issued at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively; 985,837,817 and 818,833,810 shares outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
    10       8  
Additional paid-in capital
    26,423       16,859  
Retained earnings
    21,363       19,501  
Treasury stock, at cost; 3,193,887 and 3,526,008 shares at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
    (172 )     (190 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    1,000       (3,058 )
                 
Total MetLife, Inc.’s stockholders’ equity
    48,625       33,121  
Noncontrolling interests
    371       377  
                 
Total equity
    48,996       33,498  
                 
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 730,906     $ 539,314  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.


F-2


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(In millions, except per share data)
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Revenues
                       
Premiums
  $ 27,394     $ 26,460     $ 25,914  
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    6,037       5,203       5,381  
Net investment income
    17,615       14,837       16,289  
Other revenues
    2,328       2,329       1,586  
Net investment gains (losses):
                       
Other-than-temporary impairments on fixed maturity securities
    (682 )     (2,439 )     (1,296 )
Other-than-temporary impairments on fixed maturity securities transferred to other comprehensive income (loss)
    212       939        
Other net investment gains (losses)
    78       (1,406 )     (802 )
                         
Total net investment gains (losses)
    (392 )     (2,906 )     (2,098 )
Net derivative gains (losses)
    (265 )     (4,866 )     3,910  
                         
Total revenues
    52,717       41,057       50,982  
                         
Expenses
                       
Policyholder benefits and claims
    29,545       28,336       27,437  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    4,925       4,849       4,788  
Policyholder dividends
    1,486       1,650       1,751  
Other expenses
    12,803       10,556       11,947  
                         
Total expenses
    48,759       45,391       45,923  
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income tax
    3,958       (4,334 )     5,059  
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    1,181       (2,015 )     1,580  
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax
    2,777       (2,319 )     3,479  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
    9       41       (201 )
                         
Net income (loss)
    2,786       (2,278 )     3,278  
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (4 )     (32 )     69  
                         
Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
    2,790       (2,246 )     3,209  
Less: Preferred stock dividends
    122       122       125  
                         
Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ 2,668     $ (2,368 )   $ 3,084  
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders per common share:
                       
Basic
  $ 3.01     $ (2.94 )   $ 4.60  
                         
Diluted
  $ 2.99     $ (2.94 )   $ 4.54  
                         
Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders per common share:
                       
Basic
  $ 3.02     $ (2.89 )   $ 4.19  
                         
Diluted
  $ 3.00     $ (2.89 )   $ 4.14  
                         
Cash dividends per common share
  $ 0.74     $ 0.74     $ 0.74  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 


F-3


Table of Contents

 
MetLife, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Equity
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010

(In millions)
 
                                                                                                         
                                        Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)                    
                                        Net
          Foreign
    Defined
    Total
             
          Convertible
          Additional
          Treasury
    Unrealized
    Other-Than-
    Currency
    Benefit
    MetLife, Inc.’s
             
    Preferred
    Preferred
    Common
    Paid-in
    Retained
    Stock
    Investment
    Temporary
    Translation
    Plans
    Stockholders’
    Noncontrolling
    Total
 
    Stock     Stock     Stock     Capital     Earnings     at Cost     Gains (Losses)     Impairments     Adjustments     Adjustment     Equity     Interests (1)     Equity  
 
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 1     $     $ 8     $ 16,859     $ 19,501     $ (190 )   $ (817 )   $ (513 )   $ (183 )   $ (1,545 )   $ 33,121     $ 377     $ 33,498  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income tax (Note 1)
                                    (12 )             31       11                       30               30  
                                                                                                         
Balance at January 1, 2010
    1             8       16,859       19,489       (190 )     (786 )     (502 )     (183 )     (1,545 )     33,151       377       33,528  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income tax (Note 1)
                                    (10 )             10                                              
Convertible preferred stock issuance
                          2,805                                                       2,805               2,805  
Common stock issuance — newly issued shares related to business acquisition
                    2       6,727                                                       6,729               6,729  
Issuance of stock purchase contracts related to common equity units
                            (69 )                                                     (69 )             (69 )
Stock-based compensation
                            101               18                                       119               119  
Dividends on preferred stock
                                    (122 )                                             (122 )             (122 )
Dividends on common stock
                                    (784 )                                             (784 )             (784 )
Change in equity of noncontrolling interests
                                                                                            (9 )     (9 )
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                                                                       
Net income (loss)
                                    2,790                                               2,790       (2 )     2,788  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                                                                                       
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of income tax
                                                    11                               11               11  
Unrealized investment gains (losses), net of related offsets and income tax
                                                    4,121       136                       4,257       (3 )     4,254  
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income tax
                                                                    (358 )             (358 )     8       (350 )
Defined benefit plans adjustment, net of income tax
                                                                            96       96               96  
                                                                                                         
Other comprehensive income (loss)
                                                                                    4,006       5       4,011  
                                                                                                         
Comprehensive income (loss)
                                                                                    6,796       3       6,799  
                                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 1     $     $ 10     $ 26,423     $ 21,363     $ (172 )   $ 3,356     $ (366 )   $ (541 )   $ (1,449 )   $ 48,625     $ 371     $ 48,996  
                                                                                                         
 
 
(1) Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests excludes gains (losses) of redeemable noncontrolling interests in partially owned consolidated subsidiaries of ($2) million.
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 


F-4


Table of Contents

 
MetLife, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Equity — (Continued)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009

(In millions)
 
                                                                                                         
                                  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)                          
                                  Net
          Foreign
    Defined
    Total
                   
                Additional
          Treasury
    Unrealized
    Other-Than-
    Currency
    Benefit
    MetLife, Inc.’s
                   
    Preferred
    Common
    Paid-in
    Retained
    Stock
    Investment
    Temporary
    Translation
    Plans
    Stockholders’
    Noncontrolling
    Total
       
    Stock     Stock     Capital     Earnings     at Cost     Gains (Losses)     Impairments     Adjustments     Adjustment     Equity     Interests     Equity        
 
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 1     $ 8     $ 15,811     $ 22,403     $ (236 )   $ (12,564 )   $     $ (246 )   $ (1,443 )   $ 23,734     $ 251     $ 23,985          
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income tax (Note 1)
                            76                       (76 )                                            
Common stock issuance — newly issued shares
                    1,035                                                       1,035               1,035          
Treasury stock transactions, net
                    (7 )             14                                       7               7          
Stock-based compensation
                    20               32                                       52               52          
Dividends on preferred stock
                            (122 )                                             (122 )             (122 )        
Dividends on common stock
                            (610 )                                             (610 )             (610 )        
Change in equity of noncontrolling interests
                                                                                    169       169          
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                                                                       
Net income (loss)
                            (2,246 )                                             (2,246 )     (32 )     (2,278 )        
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                                                                                       
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of income tax
                                            (116 )                             (116 )             (116 )        
Unrealized investment gains (losses), net of related offsets and income tax
                                            11,863       (437 )                     11,426       (11 )     11,415          
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income tax
                                                            63               63               63          
Defined benefit plans adjustment, net of income tax
                                                                    (102 )     (102 )             (102 )        
                                                                                                         
Other comprehensive income (loss)
                                                                            11,271       (11 )     11,260          
                                                                                                         
Comprehensive income (loss)
                                                                            9,025       (43 )     8,982          
                                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 1     $ 8     $ 16,859     $ 19,501     $ (190 )   $ (817 )   $ (513 )   $ (183 )   $ (1,545 )   $ 33,121     $ 377     $ 33,498          
                                                                                                         
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 


F-5


Table of Contents

 
MetLife, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Equity — (Continued)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2008

(In millions)
 
                                                                                                         
                                  Accumulated Other
                         
                                  Comprehensive Income (Loss)                                
                                  Net
    Foreign
    Defined
    Total
                         
                Additional
          Treasury
    Unrealized
    Currency
    Benefit
    MetLife, Inc.’s
    Noncontrolling Interests              
    Preferred
    Common
    Paid-in
    Retained
    Stock
    Investment
    Translation
    Plans
    Stockholders’
    Discontinued
    Continuing
    Total
       
    Stock     Stock     Capital     Earnings     at Cost     Gains (Losses)     Adjustments     Adjustment     Equity     Operations     Operations     Equity        
 
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 1     $ 8     $ 17,098     $ 19,884     $ (2,890 )   $ 971     $ 347     $ (240 )   $ 35,179     $ 1,534     $ 272     $ 36,985          
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, net of income tax (Note 1)
                            27               (10 )                     17                       17          
                                                                                                         
Balance at January 1, 2008
    1       8       17,098       19,911       (2,890 )     961       347       (240 )     35,196       1,534       272       37,002          
Common stock issuance — newly issued shares
                    290                                               290                       290          
Treasury stock transactions:
                                                                                                       
Acquired in connection with share repurchase agreements
                    450               (1,250 )                             (800 )                     (800 )        
Issued in connection with common stock issuance
                    (2,104 )             4,040                               1,936                       1,936          
Issued to settle stock forward contracts
                    (29 )             1,064                               1,035                       1,035          
Acquired in connection with split-off of subsidiary
                                    (1,318 )                             (1,318 )                     (1,318 )        
Other, net
                    (35 )             118                               83                       83          
Deferral of stock-based compensation
                    141                                               141                       141          
Dividends on preferred stock
                            (125 )                                     (125 )                     (125 )        
Dividends on common stock
                            (592 )                                     (592 )                     (592 )        
Dividends on subsidiary common stock
                                                                            34               34          
Change in equity of noncontrolling interests
                                                                            (1,409 )     (6 )     (1,415 )        
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                                                                       
Net income (loss)
                            3,209                                       3,209       94       (25 )     3,278          
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                                                                                       
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of income tax
                                            241                       241                       241          
Unrealized investment gains (losses), net of related offsets and income tax
                                            (13,766 )                     (13,766 )     (150 )     10       (13,906 )        
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income tax
                                                    (593 )             (593 )     (107 )             (700 )        
Defined benefit plans adjustment, net of income tax
                                                            (1,203 )     (1,203 )     4               (1,199 )        
                                                                                                         
Other comprehensive income (loss)
                                                                    (15,321 )     (253 )     10       (15,564 )        
                                                                                                         
Comprehensive income (loss)
                                                                    (12,112 )     (159 )     (15 )     (12,286 )        
                                                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 1     $ 8     $ 15,811     $ 22,403     $ (236 )   $ (12,564 )   $ (246 )   $ (1,443 )   $ 23,734     $     $ 251     $ 23,985          
                                                                                                         
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 


F-6


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(In millions)
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,786     $ (2,278 )   $ 3,278  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization expenses
    585       520       375  
Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts associated with investments, net
    (1,078 )     (967 )     (939 )
(Gains) losses on investments and derivatives and from sales of businesses, net
    854       7,715       (1,127 )
Undistributed equity earnings of real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests
    (430 )     1,118       679  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    4,925       4,852       4,911  
Interest credited to bank deposits
    137       163       166  
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    (6,037 )     (5,218 )     (5,462 )
Change in trading and other securities
    (1,369 )     (1,152 )     (418 )
Change in residential mortgage loans held-for-sale, net
    (487 )     (800 )     (1,946 )
Change in mortgage servicing rights
    (165 )     (687 )     (185 )
Change in accrued investment income
    (206 )     (110 )     428  
Change in premiums, reinsurance and other receivables
    (1,023 )     (1,653 )     (1,929 )
Change in deferred policy acquisition costs, net
    (541 )     (1,837 )     545  
Change in income tax recoverable (payable)
    1,292       (2,614 )     920  
Change in other assets
    1,948       (660 )     5,737  
Change in insurance-related liabilities and policy-related balances
    6,489       6,401       5,307  
Change in other liabilities
    (315 )     865       163  
Other, net
    631       145       199  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    7,996       3,803       10,702  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Sales, maturities and repayments of:
                       
Fixed maturity securities
    86,529       64,428       102,250  
Equity securities
    1,371       2,545       2,707  
Mortgage loans
    6,361       5,769       6,077  
Real estate and real estate joint ventures
    322       43       140  
Other limited partnership interests
    522       947       593  
Purchases of:
                       
Fixed maturity securities
    (100,713 )     (83,940 )     (86,874 )
Equity securities
    (949 )     (1,986 )     (1,494 )
Mortgage loans
    (8,967 )     (4,692 )     (10,096 )
Real estate and real estate joint ventures
    (786 )     (579 )     (1,170 )
Other limited partnership interests
    (1,008 )     (803 )     (1,643 )
Cash received in connection with freestanding derivatives
    1,814       3,292       8,168  
Cash paid in connection with freestanding derivatives
    (2,548 )     (5,393 )     (6,454 )
Sales of businesses, net of cash and cash equivalents disposed of $0, $180 and $0, respectively
          (50 )     (4 )
Disposal of subsidiary
          (19 )     (313 )
Purchases of businesses, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired of $4,175, $0 and $314, respectively
    (3,021 )           (469 )
Net change in policy loans
    (225 )     (259 )     (467 )
Net change in short-term investments
    3,033       5,534       (11,269 )
Net change in other invested assets
    137       1,388       (2,206 )
Other, net
    (186 )     (160 )     (147 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
  $ (18,314 )   $ (13,935 )   $ (2,671 )
                         
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.


F-7


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — (Continued)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(In millions)
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Policyholder account balances:
                       
Deposits
  $ 74,296     $ 77,517     $ 70,051  
Withdrawals
    (69,739 )     (79,799 )     (56,406 )
Net change in payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
    3,076       (6,863 )     (13,077 )
Net change in bank deposits
    (32 )     3,164       2,185  
Net change in short-term debt
    (606 )     (1,747 )     1,992  
Long-term debt issued
    5,090       2,961       339  
Long-term debt repaid
    (1,061 )     (555 )     (422 )
Collateral financing arrangements issued
          105       310  
Cash received in connection with collateral financing arrangements
          775        
Cash paid in connection with collateral financing arrangements
          (400 )     (800 )
Junior subordinated debt securities issued
          500       750  
Debt issuance costs
    (14 )     (30 )     (34 )
Common stock issued, net of issuance costs
    3,576             290  
Common stock issued to settle stock forward contracts
          1,035        
Treasury stock acquired in connection with share repurchase agreements
                (1,250 )
Treasury stock issued in connection with common stock issuance, net of issuance costs
                1,936  
Treasury stock issued to settle stock forward contracts
                1,035  
Dividends on preferred stock
    (122 )     (122 )     (125 )
Dividends on common stock
    (784 )     (610 )     (592 )
Other, net
    (299 )     (34 )     7  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    13,381       (4,103 )     6,189  
                         
Effect of change in foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents balances
    (129 )     108       (349 )
                         
Change in cash and cash equivalents
    2,934       (14,127 )     13,871  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    10,112       24,239       10,368  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 13,046     $ 10,112     $ 24,239  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, subsidiaries held-for-sale, beginning of year
  $     $ 32     $ 407  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, subsidiaries held-for-sale, end of year
  $     $     $ 32  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, from continuing operations, beginning of year
  $ 10,112     $ 24,207     $ 9,961  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, from continuing operations, end of year
  $ 13,046     $ 10,112     $ 24,207  
                         
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
Net cash paid (received) during the year for:
                       
Interest
  $ 1,489     $ 989     $ 1,107  
                         
Income tax
  $ (23 )   $ 397     $ 27  
                         
Non-cash transactions during the year:
                       
Business acquisitions:
                       
Assets acquired
  $ 125,689     $     $ 2,083  
Liabilities assumed
    (109,267 )           (1,300 )
Redeemable and non-redeemable noncontrolling interests assumed
    (130 )            
                         
Net assets acquired
    16,292             783  
Cash paid, excluding transaction costs of $88, $0 and $0, respectively
    (7,196 )           (783 )
Other purchase price adjustments
    98              
                         
Securities issued
  $ 9,194     $     $  
                         
Disposal of subsidiary:
                       
Assets disposed
  $     $     $ 22,135  
Liabilities disposed
                (20,689 )
                         
Net assets disposed
                1,446  
Cash disposed
                270  
Transaction costs, including cash paid of $0, $19 and $43, respectively
          2       60  
Treasury stock received in common stock exchange
                (1,318 )
                         
Loss on disposal of subsidiary
  $     $ 2     $ 458  
                         
Remarketing of debt securities:
                       
Fixed maturity securities redeemed
  $     $ 32     $ 32  
                         
Long-term debt issued
  $     $ 1,035     $ 1,035  
                         
Junior subordinated debt securities redeemed
  $     $ 1,067     $ 1,067  
                         
Purchase money mortgage loans on sales of real estate joint ventures
  $ 2     $ 93     $  
                         
Fixed maturity securities received in connection with insurance contract commutation
  $     $     $ 115  
                         
Real estate and real estate joint ventures acquired in satisfaction of debt
  $ 93     $ 211     $ 1  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.


F-8


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
1.   Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Business
 
“MetLife” or the “Company” refers to MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1999 (the “Holding Company”), its subsidiaries and affiliates. MetLife is a leading global provider of insurance, annuities and employee benefit programs throughout the United States, Japan, Latin America, Asia Pacific and Europe and the Middle East. Through its subsidiaries and affiliates, MetLife offers life insurance, annuities, auto and homeowners insurance, mortgage and deposit products and other financial services to individuals, as well as group insurance and retirement & savings products and services to corporations and other institutions.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries, as well as partnerships and joint ventures in which the Company has control, and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. See “— Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements.” Closed block assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are combined on a line-by-line basis with the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses outside the closed block based on the nature of the particular item. See Note 10. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
 
On November 1, 2010 (the “Acquisition Date”), MetLife, Inc. completed the acquisition of American Life Insurance Company (“American Life”) from ALICO Holdings LLC (“ALICO Holdings”), a subsidiary of American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”), and Delaware American Life Insurance Company (“DelAm”) from AIG, (American Life, together with DelAm, collectively, “ALICO”) (the “Acquisition”) for a total purchase price of $16.4 billion. The Acquisition has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, among other things, that the consideration transferred be measured at fair value at the Acquisition Date and that most assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their estimated fair values as of the Acquisition Date. In addition, acquisition-related transaction costs are expensed as incurred. Any excess of the purchase price consideration over the assigned values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. ALICO’s fiscal year-end is November 30. Accordingly, the Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect the assets and liabilities of ALICO as of November 30, 2010 and the operating results of ALICO from the Acquisition Date through November 30, 2010. See Note 2.
 
Certain amounts in the prior years’ consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform with the 2010 presentation. Such reclassifications include:
 
  •  Reclassification from other net investment gains (losses) of ($4,866) million and $3,910 million to net derivative gains (losses) in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively;
 
  •  Reclassification from net change in other invested assets of $3,292 million and $8,168 million to cash received in connection with freestanding derivatives and ($5,393) million and ($6,454) million to cash paid in connection with freestanding derivatives, all within cash flows from investing activities, in the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively; and
 
  •  Realignment that affected assets, liabilities and results of operations on a segment basis with no impact to the consolidated results. See Note 22.
 
See Note 23 for reclassifications related to discontinued operations.


F-9


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to adopt accounting policies and make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements.
 
A description of critical estimates is incorporated within the discussion of the related accounting policies which follows. In applying these policies, management makes subjective and complex judgments that frequently require estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. Many of these policies, estimates and related judgments are common in the insurance and financial services industries; others are specific to the Company’s businesses and operations. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
Fair Value
 
As described below, certain assets and liabilities are measured at estimated fair value on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. In addition, the notes to these consolidated financial statements include further disclosures of estimated fair values. The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. In many cases, the exit price and the transaction (or entry) price will be the same at initial recognition. However, in certain cases, the transaction price may not represent fair value. The fair value of a liability is based on the amount that would be paid to transfer a liability to a third party with the same credit standing. It requires that fair value be a market-based measurement in which the fair value is determined based on a hypothetical transaction at the measurement date, considered from the perspective of a market participant. When quoted prices are not used to determine fair value of an asset, the Company considers three broad valuation techniques: (i) the market approach, (ii) the income approach, and (iii) the cost approach. The Company determines the most appropriate valuation technique to use, given what is being measured and the availability of sufficient inputs. The Company prioritizes the inputs to fair valuation techniques and allows for the use of unobservable inputs to the extent that observable inputs are not available. The Company categorizes its assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value into a three-level hierarchy, based on the priority of the inputs to the respective valuation technique. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). An asset or liability’s classification within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input to its valuation. The input levels are as follows:
 
  Level 1  Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. The Company defines active markets based on average trading volume for equity securities. The size of the bid/ask spread is used as an indicator of market activity for fixed maturity securities.
 
  Level 2  Quoted prices in markets that are not active or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities other than quoted prices in Level 1; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other significant inputs that are observable or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
 
  Level 3  Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and are significant to the estimated fair value of the assets or liabilities. Unobservable inputs reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of estimated fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.
 
Prior to January 1, 2009, the measurement and disclosures of fair value based on exit price excluded certain items such as nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities initially measured at estimated fair value in a business


F-10


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
combination, reporting units measured at estimated fair value in the first step of a goodwill impairment test and indefinite-lived intangible assets measured at estimated fair value for impairment assessment.
 
In addition, the Company elected the fair value option (“FVO”) for certain of its financial instruments to better match measurement of assets and liabilities in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Investments
 
The accounting policies for the Company’s principal investments are as follows:
 
Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities.   The Company’s fixed maturity and equity securities are classified as available-for-sale and are reported at their estimated fair value.
 
Unrealized investment gains and losses on these securities are recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss), net of policyholder-related amounts and deferred income taxes. All security transactions are recorded on a trade date basis. Investment gains and losses on sales of securities are determined on a specific identification basis.
 
Interest income on fixed maturity securities is recorded when earned using an effective yield method giving effect to amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Dividends on equity securities are recorded when declared. These dividends and interest income are recorded in net investment income.
 
Included within fixed maturity securities are loan-backed securities including mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities (“ABS”). Amortization of the premium or discount from the purchase of these securities considers the estimated timing and amount of prepayments of the underlying loans. Actual prepayment experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual prepayments received and currently anticipated. Prepayment assumptions for single class and multi-class mortgage-backed and ABS are estimated by management using inputs obtained from third-party specialists, including broker-dealers, and based on management’s knowledge of the current market. For credit-sensitive mortgage-backed and ABS and certain prepayment-sensitive securities, the effective yield is recalculated on a prospective basis. For all other mortgage-backed and ABS, the effective yield is recalculated on a retrospective basis.
 
The Company periodically evaluates fixed maturity and equity securities for impairment. The assessment of whether impairments have occurred is based on management’s case-by-case evaluation of the underlying reasons for the decline in estimated fair value. The Company’s review of its fixed maturity and equity securities for impairments includes an analysis of the total gross unrealized losses by three categories of severity and/or age of the gross unrealized loss, as summarized in Note 3 “— Aging of Gross Unrealized Loss and OTTI Loss for Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale.” An extended and severe unrealized loss position on a fixed maturity security may not have any impact on the ability of the issuer to service all scheduled interest and principal payments and the Company’s evaluation of recoverability of all contractual cash flows or the ability to recover an amount at least equal to its amortized cost based on the present value of the expected future cash flows to be collected. In contrast, for certain equity securities, greater weight and consideration are given by the Company to a decline in market value and the likelihood such market value decline will recover.
 
Additionally, management considers a wide range of factors about the security issuer and uses its best judgment in evaluating the cause of the decline in the estimated fair value of the security and in assessing the prospects for near-term recovery. Inherent in management’s evaluation of the security are assumptions and estimates about the operations of the issuer and its future earnings potential. Considerations used by the Company in the impairment evaluation process include, but are not limited to: (i) the length of time and the extent to which the estimated fair value has been below cost or amortized cost; (ii) the potential for impairments of securities when the issuer is experiencing significant financial difficulties; (iii) the


F-11


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
potential for impairments in an entire industry sector or sub-sector; (iv) the potential for impairments in certain economically depressed geographic locations; (v) the potential for impairments of securities where the issuer, series of issuers or industry has suffered a catastrophic type of loss or has exhausted natural resources; (vi) with respect to fixed maturity securities, whether the Company has the intent to sell or will more likely than not be required to sell a particular security before the decline in estimated fair value below cost or amortized cost recovers; (vii) with respect to equity securities, whether the Company’s ability and intent to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of its estimated fair value to an amount equal to or greater than cost; (viii) unfavorable changes in forecasted cash flows on mortgage-backed and ABS; and (ix) other subjective factors, including concentrations and information obtained from regulators and rating agencies.
 
Effective April 1, 2009, the Company prospectively adopted guidance on the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses as described in “— Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements — Financial Instruments.” The guidance requires that an OTTI be recognized in earnings for a fixed maturity security in an unrealized loss position when it is anticipated that the amortized cost will not be recovered. In such situations, the OTTI recognized in earnings is the entire difference between the fixed maturity security’s amortized cost and its estimated fair value only when either: (i) the Company has the intent to sell the fixed maturity security; or (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the fixed maturity security before recovery of the decline in estimated fair value below amortized cost. If neither of these two conditions exist, the difference between the amortized cost of the fixed maturity security and the present value of projected future cash flows expected to be collected is recognized as an OTTI in earnings (“credit loss”). If the estimated fair value is less than the present value of projected future cash flows expected to be collected, this portion of OTTI related to other-than credit factors (“noncredit loss”) is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). There was no change for equity securities which, when an OTTI has occurred, continue to be impaired for the entire difference between the equity security’s cost and its estimated fair value with a corresponding charge to earnings. The Company does not make any adjustments for subsequent recoveries in value.
 
Prior to the adoption of the OTTI guidance, the Company recognized in earnings an OTTI for a fixed maturity security in an unrealized loss position unless it could assert that it had both the intent and ability to hold the fixed maturity security for a period of time sufficient to allow for a recovery of estimated fair value to the security’s amortized cost. Also, prior to the adoption of this guidance, the entire difference between the fixed maturity security’s amortized cost basis and its estimated fair value was recognized in earnings if it was determined to have an OTTI.
 
With respect to equity securities, the Company considers in its OTTI analysis its intent and ability to hold a particular equity security for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery of its estimated fair value to an amount equal to or greater than cost. If a sale decision is made for an equity security and it is not expected to recover to an amount at least equal to cost prior to the expected time of the sale, the security will be deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the period that the sale decision was made and an OTTI loss will be recorded in earnings. When an OTTI loss has occurred, the OTTI loss is the entire difference between the equity security’s cost and its estimated fair value with a corresponding charge to earnings.
 
With respect to perpetual hybrid securities that have attributes of both debt and equity, some of which are classified as fixed maturity securities and some of which are classified as non-redeemable preferred stock within equity securities, the Company considers in its OTTI analysis whether there has been any deterioration in credit of the issuer and the likelihood of recovery in value of the securities that are in a severe and extended unrealized loss position. The Company also considers whether any perpetual hybrid securities, with an unrealized loss, regardless of credit rating, have deferred any dividend payments. When an OTTI loss has occurred, the OTTI loss is the entire difference between the perpetual hybrid security’s cost and its estimated fair value with a corresponding charge to earnings.


F-12


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The Company’s methodology and significant inputs used to determine the amount of the credit loss on fixed maturity securities under the OTTI guidance are as follows:
 
  (i)  The Company calculates the recovery value by performing a discounted cash flow analysis based on the present value of future cash flows expected to be received. The discount rate is generally the effective interest rate of the fixed maturity security prior to impairment.
 
  (ii)  When determining the collectability and the period over which value is expected to recover, the Company applies the same considerations utilized in its overall impairment evaluation process which incorporates information regarding the specific security, fundamentals of the industry and geographic area in which the security issuer operates, and overall macroeconomic conditions. Projected future cash flows are estimated using assumptions derived from management’s best estimates of likely scenario-based outcomes after giving consideration to a variety of variables that include, but are not limited to: general payment terms of the security; the likelihood that the issuer can service the scheduled interest and principal payments; the quality and amount of any credit enhancements; the security’s position within the capital structure of the issuer; possible corporate restructurings or asset sales by the issuer; and changes to the rating of the security or the issuer by rating agencies.
 
  (iii)  Additional considerations are made when assessing the unique features that apply to certain structured securities such as residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) and ABS. These additional factors for structured securities include, but are not limited to: the quality of underlying collateral; expected prepayment speeds; current and forecasted loss severity; consideration of the payment terms of the underlying assets backing a particular security; and the payment priority within the tranche structure of the security.
 
  (iv)  When determining the amount of the credit loss for U.S. and foreign corporate securities, foreign government securities and state and political subdivision securities, management considers the estimated fair value as the recovery value when available information does not indicate that another value is more appropriate. When information is identified that indicates a recovery value other than estimated fair value, management considers in the determination of recovery value the same considerations utilized in its overall impairment evaluation process which incorporates available information and management’s best estimate of scenarios-based outcomes regarding the specific security and issuer; possible corporate restructurings or asset sales by the issuer; the quality and amount of any credit enhancements; the security’s position within the capital structure of the issuer; fundamentals of the industry and geographic area in which the security issuer operates, and the overall macroeconomic conditions.
 
The cost or amortized cost of fixed maturity and equity securities is adjusted for OTTI in the period in which the determination is made. These impairments are included within net investment gains (losses). The Company does not change the revised cost basis for subsequent recoveries in value.
 
In periods subsequent to the recognition of OTTI on a fixed maturity security, the Company accounts for the impaired security as if it had been purchased on the measurement date of the impairment. Accordingly, the discount (or reduced premium) based on the new cost basis is accreted into net investment income over the remaining term of the fixed maturity security in a prospective manner based on the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows.
 
The Company purchases and receives beneficial interests in special purpose entities (“SPEs”), which enhance the Company’s total return on its investment portfolio principally by providing equity-based returns on fixed maturity securities. These investments are generally made through structured notes and similar instruments (collectively, “Structured Investment Transactions”). The Company has not guaranteed the performance, liquidity or obligations of the SPEs and its exposure to loss is limited to its carrying value of the beneficial interests in the SPEs. The Company does not consolidate such SPEs as it has determined it is not the primary beneficiary. These Structured Investment Transactions are included in fixed maturity


F-13


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
securities and their investment income is generally recognized using the retrospective interest method. Impairments of these investments are included in net investment gains (losses). In addition, the Company has invested in certain structured transactions that are VIEs. These structured transactions include reinsurance trusts, asset-backed securitizations, hybrid securities, real estate joint ventures, other limited partnership interests, and limited liability companies. The Company consolidates those VIEs for which it is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. The Company reconsiders whether it is the primary beneficiary for investments designated as VIEs on a quarterly basis.
 
Trading and Other Securities.   Trading and other securities are stated at estimated fair value. Trading and other securities include investments that are actively purchased and sold (“Actively Traded Securities”). These Actively Traded Securities are principally fixed maturity securities. Short sale agreement liabilities related to Actively Traded Securities, included in other liabilities, are also stated at estimated fair value. Trading and other securities also includes securities for which the FVO has been elected (“FVO Securities”). FVO Securities include certain fixed maturity and equity securities held-for-investment by the general account to support asset and liability matching strategies for certain insurance products. FVO Securities also include contractholder-directed investments supporting unit-linked variable annuity type liabilities which do not qualify for presentation and reporting as separate account summary total assets and liabilities. These investments are primarily mutual funds and, to a lesser extent, fixed maturity and equity securities, short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents. The investment returns on these investments inure to contractholders and are offset by a corresponding change in policyholder account balances through interest credited to policyholder account balances. Changes in estimated fair value of such trading and other securities subsequent to purchase are included in net investment income. FVO Securities also include securities held by consolidated securitization entities (“CSEs”) (former qualifying special purpose entities (“QSPEs”)) with changes in estimated fair value subsequent to consolidation included in net investment gains (losses). Interest and dividends related to all trading and other securities are included in net investment income.
 
Securities Lending.   Securities loaned transactions, whereby blocks of securities, which are included in fixed maturity securities and short-term investments, are loaned to third parties, are treated as financing arrangements and the associated liability is recorded at the amount of cash received. At the inception of a loan, the Company obtains collateral, generally cash, in an amount at least equal to 102% of the estimated fair value of the securities loaned and maintains it at a level greater than or equal to 100% for the duration of the loan. The Company monitors the estimated fair value of the securities loaned on a daily basis with additional collateral obtained as necessary. Substantially all of the Company’s securities loaned transactions are with brokerage firms and commercial banks. Income and expenses associated with securities loaned transactions are reported as investment income and investment expense, respectively, within net investment income.
 
Mortgage Loans — Mortgage Loans Held-For-Investment.   For the purposes of determining valuation allowances the Company disaggregates its mortgage loan investments into three portfolio segments: (1) commercial, (2) agricultural, and (3) residential. The accounting and valuation allowance policies that are applicable to all portfolio segments are presented below, followed by the policies applicable to both commercial and agricultural loans, which are very similar, as well as policies applicable to residential loans.
 
Commercial, Agricultural and Residential Mortgage Loans  — Mortgage loans held-for-investment are stated at unpaid principal balance, adjusted for any unamortized premium or discount, deferred fees or expenses, and net of valuation allowances. Interest income is accrued on the principal amount of the loan based on the loan’s contractual interest rate. Amortization of premiums and discounts is recorded using the effective yield method. Interest income, amortization of premiums and discounts and prepayment fees are reported in net investment income. Interest ceases to accrue when collection of interest is not considered probable and/or when interest or principal payments are past due as follows: commercial — 60 days; and agricultural and residential — 90 days, unless, in the case of a residential loan, it is both well-secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, uncollected


F-14


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
past due interest is charged-off against net investment income. Generally, the accrual of interest income resumes after all delinquent amounts are paid and management believes all future principal and interest payments will be collected. Cash receipts on non-accruing loans are recorded in accordance with the loan agreement as a reduction of principal and/or interest income. Charge-offs occur upon the realization of a credit loss, typically through foreclosure or after a decision is made to sell a loan, or for residential loans when, after considering the individual consumer’s financial status, management believes that uncollectability is other-than-temporary. Gain or loss upon charge-off is recorded, net of previously established valuation allowances, in net investment gains (losses). Cash recoveries on principal amounts previously charged-off are generally recorded as an increase to the valuation allowance, unless the valuation allowance adequately provides for expected credit losses; then the recovery is recorded in net investment gains (losses). Gains and losses from sales of loans and increases or decreases to valuation allowances are recorded in net investment gains (losses).
 
Mortgage loans are considered to be impaired when it is probable that, based upon current information and events, the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Specific valuation allowances are established using the same methodology for all three portfolio segments as the excess carrying value of a loan over either (i) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate, (ii) the estimated fair value of the loan’s underlying collateral if the loan is in the process of foreclosure or otherwise collateral dependent, or (iii) the loan’s observable market price. A common evaluation framework is used for establishing non-specific valuation allowances for all loan portfolio segments; however, a separate non-specific valuation allowance is calculated and maintained for each loan portfolio segment that is based on inputs unique to each loan portfolio segment. Non-specific valuation allowances are established for pools of loans with similar risk characteristics where a property-specific or market-specific risk has not been identified, but for which the Company expects to incur a credit loss. These evaluations are based upon several loan portfolio segment-specific factors, including the Company’s experience for loan losses, defaults and loss severity, and loss expectations for loans with similar risk characteristics. The Company typically uses ten years, or more, of historical experience, in these evaluations. These evaluations are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available.
 
Commercial and Agricultural Mortgage Loans — All commercial and agricultural loans are monitored on an ongoing basis for potential credit losses. For commercial loans, these ongoing reviews may include an analysis of the property financial statements and rent roll, lease rollover analysis, property inspections, market analysis, estimated valuations of the underlying collateral, loan-to-value ratios, debt service coverage ratios, and tenant creditworthiness. The monitoring process focuses on higher risk loans, which include those that are classified as restructured, potentially delinquent, delinquent or in foreclosure, as well as loans with higher loan-to-value ratios and lower debt service coverage ratios. The monitoring process for agricultural loans is generally similar, with a focus on higher risk loans, including reviews on a geographic and property-type basis. Higher risk commercial and agricultural loans are reviewed individually on an ongoing basis for potential credit loss and specific valuation allowances are established using the methodology described above for all loan portfolio segments. Quarterly, the remaining loans are reviewed on a pool basis by aggregating groups of loans that have similar risk characteristics for potential credit loss, and non-specific valuation allowances are established as described above using inputs that are unique to each segment of the loan portfolio.
 
For commercial loans, the Company’s primary credit quality indicator is the debt service coverage ratio, which compares a property’s net operating income to amounts needed to service the principal and interest due under the loan. Generally, the lower the debt service coverage ratio, the higher the risk of experiencing a credit loss. The values utilized in calculating these ratios are developed in connection with the ongoing review of the commercial loan portfolio and are routinely updated.


F-15


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
For agricultural loans, the Company’s primary credit qualify indicator is the loan-to-value ratio. Loan-to-value ratios compare the amount of the loan to the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral. A loan-to-value ratio greater than 100% indicates that the loan amount is greater than the collateral value. A loan-to-value ratio of less than 100% indicates an excess of collateral value over the loan amount. Generally, the higher the loan-to-value ratio, the higher the risk of experiencing a credit loss. The values utilized in calculating these ratios are developed in connection with the ongoing review of the agricultural loan portfolio and are routinely updated.
 
Residential Mortgage Loans — The Company’s residential loan portfolio is comprised primarily of closed end, amortizing residential loans and home equity lines of credit and it does not hold any optional adjustable rate mortgages, sub-prime, or low teaser rate loans.
 
In contrast to the commercial and agricultural loan portfolios, residential loans are smaller-balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment. Non-specific valuation allowances are established using the evaluation framework described above for pools of loans with similar risk characteristics from inputs that are unique to the residential segment of the loan portfolio. Loan specific valuation allowances are only established on residential loans when they have been restructured and are established using the methodology described above for all loan portfolio segments.
 
For residential loans, the Company’s primary credit quality indicator is whether the loan is performing or non-performing. The Company generally defines non-performing residential loans as those that are 90 or more days past due and/or in non-accrual status. The determination of performing or non-performing status is assessed monthly. Generally, non-performing residential loans have a higher risk of experiencing a credit loss.
 
Also included in mortgage loans held-for-investment are commercial mortgage loans held by CSEs that were consolidated by the Company on January 1, 2010 upon the adoption of new guidance. The Company elected FVO for these commercial mortgage loans, and thus they are stated at estimated fair value with changes in estimated fair value subsequent to consolidation recognized in net investment gains (losses).
 
Mortgage Loans — Mortgage Loans Held-For-Sale.   Mortgage loans held-for-sale primarily include residential mortgage loans which are originated with the intent to sell and for which FVO was elected. These residential mortgage loans are stated at estimated fair value with subsequent changes in estimated fair value recognized in other revenue. This caption also includes mortgage loans previously designated as held-for-investment about which the Company has subsequently changed its intention. At the time of transfer to held-for-sale status, such mortgage loans are recorded at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value less expected disposition costs determined on an individual loan basis. Amortized cost is determined in the same manner as for mortgage loans held-for-investment as described above. The amount by which amortized cost exceeds estimated fair value, less expected disposition costs, is recognized in net investment gains (losses).
 
Policy Loans.   Policy loans are stated at unpaid principal balances. Interest income on such loans is recorded as earned in net investment income using the contractually agreed upon interest rate. Generally, interest is capitalized on the policy’s anniversary date. Valuation allowances are not established for policy loans, as these loans are fully collateralized by the cash surrender value of the underlying insurance policies. Any unpaid principal or interest on the loan is deducted from the cash surrender value or the death benefit prior to settlement of the policy.
 
Real Estate.   Real estate held-for-investment, including related improvements, is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset (typically 20 to 55 years). Rental income is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective leases. The Company classifies a property as held-for-sale if it commits to a plan to sell a property within one year and actively markets the property in its current condition for a price that is reasonable in


F-16


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
comparison to its estimated fair value. The Company classifies the results of operations and the gain or loss on sale of a property that either has been disposed of or classified as held-for-sale as discontinued operations, if the ongoing operations of the property will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company and if the Company will not have any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the property after the sale. Real estate held-for-sale is stated at the lower of depreciated cost or estimated fair value less expected disposition costs. Real estate is not depreciated while it is classified as held-for-sale. The Company periodically reviews its properties held-for-investment for impairment and tests properties for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable and the carrying value of the property exceeds its estimated fair value. Properties whose carrying values are greater than their undiscounted cash flows are written down to their estimated fair value, with the impairment loss included in net investment gains (losses). Impairment losses are based upon the estimated fair value of real estate, which is generally computed using the present value of expected future cash flows from the real estate discounted at a rate commensurate with the underlying risks. Real estate acquired upon foreclosure is recorded at the lower of estimated fair value or the carrying value of the mortgage loan at the date of foreclosure.
 
Real Estate Joint Ventures and Other Limited Partnership Interests.   The Company uses the equity method of accounting for investments in real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests consisting of leveraged buy-out funds, hedge funds and other private equity funds in which it has more than a minor equity interest or more than a minor influence over the joint ventures or partnership’s operations, but does not have a controlling interest and is not the primary beneficiary. The equity method is also used for such investments in which the Company has more than a minor influence or more than a 20% interest. Generally, the Company records its share of earnings using a three-month lag methodology for instances where the timely financial information is available and the contractual right exists to receive such financial information on a timely basis. The Company uses the cost method of accounting for investments in real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests in which it has a minor equity investment and virtually no influence over the joint ventures or the partnership’s operations. The Company reports the distributions from real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests accounted for under the cost method and equity in earnings from real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests accounted for under the equity method in net investment income. In addition to the investees performing regular evaluations for the impairment of underlying investments, the Company routinely evaluates its investments in real estate joint ventures and other limited partnerships for impairments. The Company considers its cost method investments for OTTI when the carrying value of real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests exceeds the net asset value (“NAV”). The Company takes into consideration the severity and duration of this excess when deciding if the cost method investment is other-than-temporarily impaired. For equity method investees, the Company considers financial and other information provided by the investee, other known information and inherent risks in the underlying investments, as well as future capital commitments, in determining whether an impairment has occurred. When an OTTI is deemed to have occurred, the Company records a realized capital loss within net investment gains (losses) to record the investment at its estimated fair value.
 
Short-term Investments.   Short-term investments include investments with remaining maturities of one year or less, but greater than three months, at the time of purchase and are stated at amortized cost, which approximates estimated fair value, or stated at estimated fair value, if available.
 
Other Invested Assets.   Other invested assets consist principally of freestanding derivatives with positive estimated fair values, leveraged leases, investments in insurance enterprise joint ventures, tax credit partnerships, funding agreements, mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) and funds withheld.
 
Freestanding derivatives with positive estimated fair values are described in the derivatives accounting policy which follows.


F-17


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Leveraged leases are recorded net of non-recourse debt. The Company participates in lease transactions which are diversified by industry, asset type and geographic area. The Company recognizes income on the leveraged leases by applying the leveraged lease’s estimated rate of return to the net investment in the lease. The Company regularly reviews residual values and impairs them to expected values.
 
Joint venture investments represent the Company’s investments in entities that engage in insurance underwriting activities and are accounted for under the equity method.
 
Tax credit partnerships are established for the purpose of investing in low-income housing and other social causes, where the primary return on investment is in the form of tax credits and are also accounted for under the equity method or under the effective yield method. The Company reports the equity in earnings of joint venture investments and tax credit partnerships in net investment income.
 
Funding agreements represent arrangements where the Company has long-term interest bearing amounts on deposit with third parties and are generally stated at amortized cost.
 
MSRs are measured at estimated fair value and are either acquired or are generated from the sale of originated residential mortgage loans where the servicing rights are retained by the Company. Changes in estimated fair value of MSRs are reported in other revenues in the period in which the change occurs.
 
Funds withheld represent amounts contractually withheld by ceding companies in accordance with reinsurance agreements. The Company records a funds withheld receivable rather than the underlying investments. The Company recognizes interest on funds withheld at rates defined by the terms of the agreement which may be contractually specified or directly related to the underlying investments and records it in net investment income.
 
Investments Risks and Uncertainties.   The Company’s investments are exposed to four primary sources of risk: credit, interest rate, liquidity risk, and market valuation. The financial statement risks, stemming from such investment risks, are those associated with the determination of estimated fair values, the diminished ability to sell certain investments in times of strained market conditions, the recognition of impairments, the recognition of income on certain investments and the potential consolidation of VIEs. The use of different methodologies, assumptions and inputs relating to these financial statement risks may have a material effect on the amounts presented within the consolidated financial statements.
 
When available, the estimated fair value of the Company’s fixed maturity and equity securities are based on quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly obtainable. Generally, these are the most liquid of the Company’s securities holdings and valuation of these securities does not involve management judgment.
 
When quoted prices in active markets are not available, the determination of estimated fair value is based on market standard valuation methodologies. The market standard valuation methodologies utilized include: discounted cash flow methodologies, matrix pricing or other similar techniques. The inputs to these market standard valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to: interest rates, credit standing of the issuer or counterparty, industry sector of the issuer, coupon rate, call provisions, sinking fund requirements, maturity, estimated duration and management’s assumptions regarding liquidity and estimated future cash flows. Accordingly, the estimated fair values are based on available market information and management’s judgments about financial instruments.
 
The significant inputs to the market standard valuation methodologies for certain types of securities with reasonable levels of price transparency are inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Such observable inputs include benchmarking prices for similar assets in active, liquid markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active and observable yields and spreads in the market.


F-18


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
When observable inputs are not available, the market standard valuation methodologies for determining the estimated fair value of certain types of securities that trade infrequently, and therefore have little or no price transparency, rely on inputs that are significant to the estimated fair value that are not observable in the market or cannot be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. These unobservable inputs can be based in large part on management judgment or estimation, and cannot be supported by reference to market activity. Even though unobservable, these inputs are based on assumptions deemed appropriate given the circumstances and consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing such securities.
 
The estimated fair value of residential mortgage loans held-for-sale is determined based on observable pricing of residential mortgage loans held-for-sale with similar characteristics, or observable pricing for securities backed by similar types of loans, adjusted to convert the securities prices to loan prices. Generally, quoted market prices are not available. When observable pricing for similar loans, or securities that are backed by similar loans, are not available, the estimated fair values of residential mortgage loans held-for-sale are determined using independent broker quotations, which is intended to approximate the amounts that would be received from third parties. Certain other mortgage loans have also been designated as held-for-sale which are recorded at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value less expected disposition costs determined on an individual loan basis. For these loans, estimated fair value is determined using independent broker quotations or, when the loan is in foreclosure or otherwise determined to be collateral dependent, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral estimated using internal models.
 
The estimated fair value of MSRs is principally determined through the use of internal discounted cash flow models which utilize various assumptions. Valuation inputs and assumptions include generally observable items such as type and age of loan, loan interest rates, current market interest rates, and certain unobservable inputs, including assumptions regarding estimates of discount rates, loan prepayments and servicing costs, all of which are sensitive to changing market conditions. The use of different valuation assumptions and inputs, as well as assumptions relating to the collection of expected cash flows, may have a material effect on the estimated fair values of MSRs.
 
Financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity. The Company’s ability to sell securities, or the price ultimately realized for these securities, depends upon the demand and liquidity in the market and increases the use of judgment in determining the estimated fair value of certain securities.
 
The determination of the amount of allowances and impairments, as applicable, is described previously by investment type. The determination of such allowances and impairments is highly subjective and is based upon the Company’s periodic evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available.
 
The recognition of income on certain investments (e.g. loan-backed securities, including mortgage-backed and ABS, certain structured investment transactions, trading and other securities) is dependent upon market conditions, which could result in prepayments and changes in amounts to be earned.
 
The accounting guidance for the determination of when an entity is a VIE and when to consolidate a VIE is complex and requires significant management judgment. The determination of the VIE’s primary beneficiary requires an evaluation of the contractual and implied rights and obligations associated with each party’s relationship with or involvement in the entity, an estimate of the entity’s expected losses and expected residual returns and the allocation of such estimates to each party involved in the entity. The Company generally uses a qualitative approach to determine whether it is the primary beneficiary.
 
For most VIEs, the entity that has both the ability to direct the most significant activities of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits that could be significant to the VIE is considered the primary beneficiary. However, for VIEs that are investment companies or apply measurement principles consistent


F-19


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
with those utilized by investment companies, the primary beneficiary is based on a risks and rewards model and is defined as the entity that will absorb a majority of a VIE’s expected losses, receive a majority of a VIE’s expected residual returns if no single entity absorbs a majority of expected losses, or both. The Company reassesses its involvement with VIEs on a quarterly basis. The use of different methodologies, assumptions and inputs in the determination of the primary beneficiary could have a material effect on the amounts presented within the consolidated financial statements.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Derivatives are financial instruments whose values are derived from interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, credit spreads, and/or other financial indices. Derivatives may be exchange-traded or contracted in the over-the-counter market. The Company uses a variety of derivatives, including swaps, forwards, futures and option contracts, to manage various risks relating to its ongoing business. To a lesser extent, the Company uses credit derivatives, such as credit default swaps, to synthetically replicate investment risks and returns which are not readily available in the cash market. The Company also purchases certain securities, issues certain insurance policies and investment contracts and engages in certain reinsurance contracts that have embedded derivatives.
 
Freestanding derivatives are carried on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets either as assets within other invested assets or as liabilities within other liabilities at estimated fair value as determined through the use of quoted market prices for exchange-traded derivatives and interest rate forwards to sell certain to-be-announced securities or through the use of pricing models for over-the-counter derivatives. The determination of estimated fair value, when quoted market values are not available, is based on market standard valuation methodologies and inputs that are assumed to be consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing the instruments. Derivative valuations can be affected by changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, financial indices, credit spreads, default risk (including the counterparties to the contract), volatility, liquidity and changes in estimates and assumptions used in the pricing models.
 
The Company does not offset the fair value amounts recognized for derivatives executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting agreement.
 
If a derivative is not designated as an accounting hedge or its use in managing risk does not qualify for hedge accounting, changes in the estimated fair value of the derivative are generally reported in net derivative gains (losses) except for those (i) in policyholder benefits and claims for economic hedges of variable annuity guarantees included in future policy benefits; (ii) in net investment income for economic hedges of equity method investments in joint ventures, or for all derivatives held in relation to the trading portfolios; (iii) in other revenues for derivatives held in connection with the Company’s mortgage banking activities; and (iv) in other expenses for economic hedges of foreign currency exposure related to the Company’s international subsidiaries. The fluctuations in estimated fair value of derivatives which have not been designated for hedge accounting can result in significant volatility in net income.
 
To qualify for hedge accounting, at the inception of the hedging relationship, the Company formally documents its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedging transaction, as well as its designation of the hedge as either (i) a hedge of the estimated fair value of a recognized asset or liability (“fair value hedge”); (ii) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”); or (iii) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. In this documentation, the Company sets forth how the hedging instrument is expected to hedge the designated risks related to the hedged item and sets forth the method that will be used to retrospectively and prospectively assess the hedging instrument’s effectiveness and the method which will be used to measure ineffectiveness. A derivative designated as a hedging instrument must be assessed as being highly effective in offsetting the designated risk of the hedged item. Hedge effectiveness is formally assessed at inception and periodically throughout the life of the designated hedging relationship. Assessments of hedge effectiveness and measurements of ineffectiveness are also subject to interpretation and estimation and different interpretations or estimates may have a material effect on the amount reported in net income.


F-20


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The accounting for derivatives is complex and interpretations of the primary accounting guidance continue to evolve in practice. Judgment is applied in determining the availability and application of hedge accounting designations and the appropriate accounting treatment under such accounting guidance. If it was determined that hedge accounting designations were not appropriately applied, reported net income could be materially affected.
 
Under a fair value hedge, changes in the estimated fair value of the hedging derivative, including amounts measured as ineffectiveness, and changes in the estimated fair value of the hedged item related to the designated risk being hedged, are reported within net derivative gains (losses). The estimated fair values of the hedging derivatives are exclusive of any accruals that are separately reported in the consolidated statement of operations within interest income or interest expense to match the location of the hedged item. However, accruals that are not scheduled to settle until maturity are included in the estimated fair value of derivatives in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
Under a cash flow hedge, changes in the estimated fair value of the hedging derivative measured as effective are reported within other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of stockholders’ equity, and the deferred gains or losses on the derivative are reclassified into the consolidated statement of operations when the Company’s earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the hedged item. Changes in the estimated fair value of the hedging instrument measured as ineffectiveness are reported within net derivative gains (losses). The estimated fair values of the hedging derivatives are exclusive of any accruals that are separately reported in the consolidated statement of operations within interest income or interest expense to match the location of the hedged item. However, accruals that are not scheduled to settle until maturity are included in the estimated fair value of derivatives in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
In a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, changes in the estimated fair value of the hedging derivative that are measured as effective are reported within other comprehensive income (loss) consistent with the translation adjustment for the hedged net investment in the foreign operation. Changes in the estimated fair value of the hedging instrument measured as ineffectiveness are reported within net derivative gains (losses).
 
The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when: (i) it is determined that the derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in the estimated fair value or cash flows of a hedged item; (ii) the derivative expires, is sold, terminated, or exercised; (iii) it is no longer probable that the hedged forecasted transaction will occur; or (iv) the derivative is de-designated as a hedging instrument.
 
When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative is not highly effective in offsetting changes in the estimated fair value or cash flows of a hedged item, the derivative continues to be carried in the consolidated balance sheets at its estimated fair value, with changes in estimated fair value recognized currently in net derivative gains (losses). The carrying value of the hedged recognized asset or liability under a fair value hedge is no longer adjusted for changes in its estimated fair value due to the hedged risk, and the cumulative adjustment to its carrying value is amortized into income over the remaining life of the hedged item. Provided the hedged forecasted transaction is still probable of occurrence, the changes in estimated fair value of derivatives recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) related to discontinued cash flow hedges are released into the consolidated statement of operations when the Company’s earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the hedged item.
 
When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is no longer probable that the forecasted transactions will occur on the anticipated date or within two months of that date, the derivative continues to be carried in the consolidated balance sheets at its estimated fair value, with changes in estimated fair value recognized currently in net derivative gains (losses). Deferred gains and losses of a derivative recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) pursuant to the discontinued cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction that is no longer probable are recognized immediately in net derivative gains (losses).
 
In all other situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative is carried at its estimated fair value in the consolidated balance sheets, with changes in its estimated fair value recognized in the current period as net derivative gains (losses).


F-21


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The Company is also a party to financial instruments that contain terms which are deemed to be embedded derivatives. The Company assesses each identified embedded derivative to determine whether it is required to be bifurcated. If the instrument would not be accounted for in its entirety at estimated fair value and it is determined that the terms of the embedded derivative are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, and that a separate instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is bifurcated from the host contract and accounted for as a freestanding derivative. Such embedded derivatives are carried in the consolidated balance sheets at estimated fair value with the host contract and changes in their estimated fair value are generally reported in net derivative gains (losses) except for those in policyholder benefits and claims related to ceded reinsurance of guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIBs”). If the Company is unable to properly identify and measure an embedded derivative for separation from its host contract, the entire contract is carried on the balance sheet at estimated fair value, with changes in estimated fair value recognized in the current period in net investment gains (losses) or net investment income. Additionally, the Company may elect to carry an entire contract on the balance sheet at estimated fair value, with changes in estimated fair value recognized in the current period in net investment gains (losses) or net investment income if that contract contains an embedded derivative that requires bifurcation.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are stated at amortized cost, which approximates estimated fair value.
 
Property, Equipment, Leasehold Improvements and Computer Software
 
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, which are included in other assets, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is determined using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as appropriate. The estimated life for company occupied real estate property is generally 40 years. Estimated lives generally range from five to ten years for leasehold improvements and three to seven years for all other property and equipment. The cost basis of the property, equipment and leasehold improvements was $2.4 billion and $1.9 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Accumulated depreciation and amortization of property, equipment and leasehold improvements was $1.2 billion and $1.0 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Related depreciation and amortization expense was $152 million, $152 million and $150 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Computer software, which is included in other assets, is stated at cost, less accumulated amortization. Purchased software costs, as well as certain internal and external costs incurred to develop internal-use computer software during the application development stage, are capitalized. Such costs are amortized generally over a four-year period using the straight-line method. The cost basis of computer software was $2.0 billion and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Accumulated amortization of capitalized software was $1.4 billion and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Related amortization expense was $189 million, $171 million and $153 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs (“DAC”) and Value of Business Acquired (“VOBA”)
 
The Company incurs significant costs in connection with acquiring new and renewal insurance business. Costs that vary with and relate to the production of new business are deferred as DAC. Such costs consist principally of commissions and agency and policy issuance expenses. VOBA is an intangible asset that represents the excess of book value over the estimated fair value of acquired insurance, annuity, and investment-type contracts in-force at the acquisition date. The estimated fair value of the acquired liabilities is based on actuarially determined projections, by each block of business, of future policy and contract charges, premiums, mortality and morbidity, separate account performance, surrenders, operating expenses, investment returns, nonperformance risk adjustment


F-22


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
and other factors. Actual experience on the purchased business may vary from these projections. The recovery of DAC and VOBA is dependent upon the future profitability of the related business. DAC and VOBA are aggregated in the consolidated financial statements for reporting purposes.
 
DAC for credit, property and casualty insurance contracts, which is primarily composed of commissions and certain underwriting expenses, is amortized on a pro rata basis over the applicable contract term or reinsurance treaty.
 
DAC and VOBA on life insurance, accident and health or investment-type contracts are amortized in proportion to gross premiums, gross margins or gross profits, depending on the type of contract as described below.
 
The Company amortizes DAC and VOBA related to non-participating and non-dividend-paying traditional contracts (term insurance, non-participating whole life insurance, traditional group life insurance, credit insurance, non-medical health insurance, and accident and health insurance) over the entire premium paying period in proportion to the present value of actual historic and expected future gross premiums. The present value of expected premiums is based upon the premium requirement of each policy and assumptions for mortality, morbidity, persistency and investment returns at policy issuance, or policy acquisition (as it relates to VOBA), that include provisions for adverse deviation and are consistent with the assumptions used to calculate future policyholder benefit liabilities. These assumptions are not revised after policy issuance or acquisition unless the DAC or VOBA balance is deemed to be unrecoverable from future expected profits. Absent a premium deficiency, variability in amortization after policy issuance or acquisition is caused only by variability in premium volumes.
 
The Company amortizes DAC and VOBA related to participating, dividend-paying traditional contracts over the estimated lives of the contracts in proportion to actual and expected future gross margins. The amortization includes interest based on rates in effect at inception or acquisition of the contracts. The future gross margins are dependent principally on investment returns, policyholder dividend scales, mortality, persistency, expenses to administer the business, creditworthiness of reinsurance counterparties and certain economic variables, such as inflation. For participating contracts within the closed block (dividend paying traditional contracts) future gross margins are also dependent upon changes in the policyholder dividend obligation. Of these factors, the Company anticipates that investment returns, expenses, persistency and other factor changes as well as policyholder dividend scales are reasonably likely to impact significantly the rate of DAC and VOBA amortization. Each reporting period, the Company updates the estimated gross margins with the actual gross margins for that period. When the actual gross margins change from previously estimated gross margins, the cumulative DAC and VOBA amortization is re-estimated and adjusted by a cumulative charge or credit to current operations. When actual gross margins exceed those previously estimated, the DAC and VOBA amortization will increase, resulting in a current period charge to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the actual gross margins are below the previously estimated gross margins. Each reporting period, the Company also updates the actual amount of business in-force, which impacts expected future gross margins. When expected future gross margins are below those previously estimated, the DAC and VOBA amortization will increase, resulting in a current period charge to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the expected future gross margins are above the previously estimated expected future gross margins. Each period, the Company also reviews the estimated gross margins for each block of business to determine the recoverability of DAC and VOBA balances.
 
The Company amortizes DAC and VOBA related to fixed and variable universal life contracts and fixed and variable deferred annuity contracts over the estimated lives of the contracts in proportion to actual and expected future gross profits. The amortization includes interest based on rates in effect at inception or acquisition of the contracts. The amount of future gross profits is dependent principally upon returns in excess of the amounts credited to policyholders, mortality, persistency, interest crediting rates, expenses to administer the business, creditworthiness of reinsurance counterparties, the effect of any hedges used and certain economic variables, such as inflation. Of these factors, the Company anticipates that investment returns, expenses and persistency are reasonably likely to impact significantly the rate of DAC and VOBA amortization. Each reporting period, the Company updates the estimated gross profits with the actual gross profits for that period. When the actual gross


F-23


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
profits change from previously estimated gross profits, the cumulative DAC and VOBA amortization is re-estimated and adjusted by a cumulative charge or credit to current operations. When actual gross profits exceed those previously estimated, the DAC and VOBA amortization will increase, resulting in a current period charge to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the actual gross profits are below the previously estimated gross profits. Each reporting period, the Company also updates the actual amount of business remaining in-force, which impacts expected future gross profits. When expected future gross profits are below those previously estimated, the DAC and VOBA amortization will increase, resulting in a current period charge to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the expected future gross profits are above the previously estimated expected future gross profits. Each period, the Company also reviews the estimated gross profits for each block of business to determine the recoverability of DAC and VOBA balances.
 
Separate account rates of return on variable universal life contracts and variable deferred annuity contracts affect in-force account balances on such contracts each reporting period which can result in significant fluctuations in amortization of DAC and VOBA. Returns that are higher than the Company’s long-term expectation produce higher account balances, which increases the Company’s future fee expectations and decreases future benefit payment expectations on minimum death and living benefit guarantees, resulting in higher expected future gross profits. The opposite result occurs when returns are lower than the Company’s long-term expectation. The Company’s practice to determine the impact of gross profits resulting from returns on separate accounts assumes that long-term appreciation in equity markets is not changed by short-term market fluctuations, but is only changed when sustained interim deviations are expected. The Company monitors these events and only changes the assumption when its long-term expectation changes.
 
The Company also periodically reviews other long-term assumptions underlying the projections of estimated gross margins and profits. These include investment returns, policyholder dividend scales, interest crediting rates, mortality, persistency and expenses to administer business. Management annually updates assumptions used in the calculation of estimated gross margins and profits which may have significantly changed. If the update of assumptions causes expected future gross margins and profits to increase, DAC and VOBA amortization will decrease, resulting in a current period increase to earnings. The opposite result occurs when the assumption update causes expected future gross margins and profits to decrease.
 
Periodically, the Company modifies product benefits, features, rights or coverages that occur by the exchange of a contract for a new contract, or by amendment, endorsement, or rider to a contract, or by election or coverage within a contract. If such modification, referred to as an internal replacement, substantially changes the contract, the associated DAC or VOBA is written off immediately through income and any new deferrable costs associated with the replacement contract are deferred. If the modification does not substantially change the contract, the DAC or VOBA amortization on the original contract will continue and any acquisition costs associated with the related modification are expensed.
 
Sales Inducements
 
The Company generally has two different types of sales inducements which are included in other assets: (i) the policyholder receives a bonus whereby the policyholder’s initial account balance is increased by an amount equal to a specified percentage of the customer’s deposit; and (ii) the policyholder receives a higher interest rate using a dollar cost averaging method than would have been received based on the normal general account interest rate credited. The Company defers sales inducements and amortizes them over the life of the policy using the same methodology and assumptions used to amortize DAC. The amortization of sales inducements is included in policyholder benefits and claims. Each year, or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potentially significant recoverability issue exists, the Company reviews the deferred sales inducements to determine the recoverability of these balances.


F-24


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Value of Distribution Agreements and Customer Relationships Acquired
 
Value of distribution agreements (“VODA”) is reported in other assets and represents the present value of expected future profits associated with the expected future business derived from the distribution agreements. Value of customer relationships acquired (“VOCRA”) is also reported in other assets and represents the present value of the expected future profits associated with the expected future business acquired through existing customers of the acquired company or business. The VODA and VOCRA associated with past acquisitions are amortized over useful lives ranging from 10 to 40 years and such amortization is included in other expenses. Each year, or more frequently if circumstances indicate a potentially significant recoverability issue exists, the Company reviews VODA and VOCRA to determine the recoverability of these balances.
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill is the excess of cost over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired which represents the future economic benefits arising from such net assets acquired that could not be individually identified. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or circumstances, such as adverse changes in the business climate, indicate that there may be justification for conducting an interim test. The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment testing during the third quarter of each year based upon data as of the close of the second quarter. Goodwill associated with a business acquisition is not tested for impairment during the year the business is acquired unless there is a significant identified impairment event.
 
Impairment testing is performed using the fair value approach, which requires the use of estimates and judgment, at the “reporting unit” level. A reporting unit is the operating segment or a business one level below the operating segment, if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at that level. For purposes of goodwill impairment testing, a significant portion of goodwill within Banking, Corporate & Other is allocated to reporting units within the Company’s segments.
 
For purposes of goodwill impairment testing, if the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, there might be an indication of impairment. In such instances, the implied fair value of the goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill that would be determined in a business acquisition. The excess of the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill would be recognized as an impairment and recorded as a charge against net income.
 
In performing the Company’s goodwill impairment tests, the estimated fair values of the reporting units are first determined using a market multiple approach. When further corroboration is required, the Company uses a discounted cash flow approach. For reporting units which are particularly sensitive to market assumptions, such as the retirement products and individual life reporting units, the Company may use additional valuation methodologies to estimate the reporting units’ fair values.
 
The key inputs, judgments and assumptions necessary in determining estimated fair value of the reporting units include projected earnings, current book value (with and without accumulated other comprehensive income), the level of economic capital required to support the mix of business, long-term growth rates, comparative market multiples, the account value of in-force business, projections of new and renewal business, as well as margins on such business, the level of interest rates, credit spreads, equity market levels and the discount rate that the Company believes is appropriate for the respective reporting unit. The estimated fair values of the retirement products and individual life reporting units are particularly sensitive to the equity market levels.
 
When testing goodwill for impairment, the Company also considers its market capitalization in relation to the aggregate estimated fair value of its reporting units.
 
The Company applies significant judgment when determining the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units and when assessing the relationship of market capitalization to the aggregate estimated fair value of its reporting units. The valuation methodologies utilized are subject to key judgments and assumptions that are


F-25


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
sensitive to change. Estimates of fair value are inherently uncertain and represent only management’s reasonable expectation regarding future developments. These estimates and the judgments and assumptions upon which the estimates are based will, in all likelihood, differ in some respects from actual future results. Declines in the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units could result in goodwill impairments in future periods which could materially adversely affect the Company’s results of operations or financial position.
 
During the 2010 impairment tests of goodwill, the Company concluded that the fair values of all reporting units were in excess of their carrying values and, therefore, goodwill was not impaired. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates potential triggering events that may affect the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units to assess whether any goodwill impairment exists. Deteriorating or adverse market conditions for certain reporting units may have a significant impact on the estimated fair value of these reporting units and could result in future impairments of goodwill.
 
See Note 7 for further consideration of goodwill impairment testing during 2010.
 
Liability for Future Policy Benefits and Policyholder Account Balances
 
The Company establishes liabilities for amounts payable under insurance policies, including traditional life insurance, traditional annuities, certain accident and health, and non-medical health insurance. Generally, amounts are payable over an extended period of time and related liabilities are calculated as the present value of future expected benefits to be paid reduced by the present value of future expected premiums. Such liabilities are established based on methods and underlying assumptions in accordance with GAAP and applicable actuarial standards. Principal assumptions used in the establishment of liabilities for future policy benefits are mortality, morbidity, policy lapse, renewal, retirement, disability incidence, disability terminations, investment returns, inflation, expenses and other contingent events as appropriate to the respective product type and geographical area. These assumptions are established at the time the policy is issued and are intended to estimate the experience for the period the policy benefits are payable. Utilizing these assumptions, liabilities are established on a block of business basis.
 
Future policy benefit liabilities for participating traditional life insurance policies are equal to the aggregate of (i) net level premium reserves for death and endowment policy benefits (calculated based upon the non-forfeiture interest rate, ranging from 3% to 7% for domestic business and 1% to 12% for international business, and mortality rates guaranteed in calculating the cash surrender values described in such contracts); and (ii) the liability for terminal dividends for domestic business.
 
Participating business represented approximately 6% of the Company’s life insurance in-force at both December 31, 2010 and 2009. Participating policies represented approximately 26%, 28% and 27% of gross life insurance premiums for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Future policy benefit liabilities for non-participating traditional life insurance policies are equal to the aggregate of the present value of expected future benefit payments and related expenses less the present value of expected future net premiums. Assumptions as to mortality and persistency are based upon the Company’s experience when the basis of the liability is established. Interest rate assumptions for the aggregate future policy benefit liabilities range from 3% to 8% for domestic business and 1% to 12% for international business.
 
Future policy benefit liabilities for individual and group traditional fixed annuities after annuitization are equal to the present value of expected future payments. Interest rate assumptions used in establishing such liabilities range from 2% to 11% for domestic business and 3% to 12% for international business.
 
Future policy benefit liabilities for non-medical health insurance, primarily related to domestic business, are calculated using the net level premium method and assumptions as to future morbidity, withdrawals and interest, which provide a margin for adverse deviation. Interest rate assumptions used in establishing such liabilities range from 4% to 7%.


F-26


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Future policy benefit liabilities for disabled lives are estimated using the present value of benefits method and experience assumptions as to claim terminations, expenses and interest. Interest rate assumptions used in establishing such liabilities range from 3% to 8% for domestic business and 2% to 9% for international business.
 
Liabilities for unpaid claims and claim expenses for property and casualty insurance are included in future policyholder benefits and represent the amount estimated for claims that have been reported but not settled and claims incurred but not reported. Liabilities for unpaid claims are estimated based upon the Company’s historical experience and other actuarial assumptions that consider the effects of current developments, anticipated trends and risk management programs, reduced for anticipated salvage and subrogation. The effects of changes in such estimated liabilities are included in the results of operations in the period in which the changes occur.
 
The Company establishes future policy benefit liabilities for minimum death and income benefit guarantees relating to certain annuity contracts and secondary and paid-up guarantees relating to certain life policies as follows:
 
  •  Guaranteed minimum death benefit (“GMDB”) liabilities are determined by estimating the expected value of death benefits in excess of the projected account balance and recognizing the excess ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. The Company regularly evaluates estimates used and adjusts the additional liability balance, with a related charge or credit to benefit expense, if actual experience or other evidence suggests that earlier assumptions should be revised. The assumptions used in estimating the GMDB liabilities are consistent with those used for amortizing DAC, and are thus subject to the same variability and risk. The assumptions of investment performance and volatility are consistent with the historical experience of the appropriate underlying equity index, such as the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Index. The benefit assumptions used in calculating the liabilities are based on the average benefits payable over a range of scenarios.
 
  •  Guaranteed minimum income benefit (“GMIB”) liabilities are determined by estimating the expected value of the income benefits in excess of the projected account balance at any future date of annuitization and recognizing the excess ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. The Company regularly evaluates estimates used and adjusts the additional liability balance, with a related charge or credit to benefit expense, if actual experience or other evidence suggests that earlier assumptions should be revised. The assumptions used for estimating the GMIB liabilities are consistent with those used for estimating the GMDB liabilities. In addition, the calculation of guaranteed annuitization benefit liabilities incorporates an assumption for the percentage of the potential annuitizations that may be elected by the contractholder. Certain GMIBs have settlement features that result in a portion of that guarantee being accounted for as an embedded derivative and are recorded in policyholder account balances as described below.
 
Liabilities for universal and variable life secondary guarantees and paid-up guarantees are determined by estimating the expected value of death benefits payable when the account balance is projected to be zero and recognizing those benefits ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. The Company regularly evaluates estimates used and adjusts the additional liability balances, with a related charge or credit to benefit expense, if actual experience or other evidence suggests that earlier assumptions should be revised. The assumptions used in estimating the secondary and paid-up guarantee liabilities are consistent with those used for amortizing DAC, and are thus subject to the same variability and risk. The assumptions of investment performance and volatility for variable products are consistent with historical S&P experience. The benefits used in calculating the liabilities are based on the average benefits payable over a range of scenarios.
 
The Company establishes policyholder account balances for guaranteed minimum benefits relating to certain variable annuity products as follows:
 
  •  Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”) guarantee the contractholder a return of their purchase payment via partial withdrawals, even if the account value is reduced to zero, provided that


F-27


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
  the contractholder’s cumulative withdrawals in a contract year do not exceed a certain limit. The initial guaranteed withdrawal amount is equal to the initial benefit base as defined in the contract (typically, the initial purchase payments plus applicable bonus amounts). The GMWB is an embedded derivative, which is measured at estimated fair value separately from the host variable annuity product.
 
  •  Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (“GMAB”) and settlement features in certain GMIB described above provide the contractholder, after a specified period of time determined at the time of issuance of the variable annuity contract, with a minimum accumulation of their purchase payments even if the account value is reduced to zero. The initial guaranteed accumulation amount is equal to the initial benefit base as defined in the contract (typically, the initial purchase payments plus applicable bonus amounts). The GMAB is an embedded derivative, which is measured at estimated fair value separately from the host variable annuity product.
 
For GMWB, GMAB and certain GMIB, the initial benefit base is increased by additional purchase payments made within a certain time period and decreases by benefits paid and/or withdrawal amounts. After a specified period of time, the benefit base may also increase as a result of an optional reset as defined in the contract.
 
GMWB, GMAB and certain GMIB are accounted for as embedded derivatives with changes in estimated fair value reported in net derivative gains (losses).
 
At inception of the GMWB, GMAB and certain GMIB contracts, the Company attributes to the embedded derivative a portion of the projected future guarantee fees to be collected from the policyholder equal to the present value of projected future guaranteed benefits. Any additional fees represent “excess” fees and are reported in universal life and investment-type product policy fees.
 
The estimated fair values of these embedded derivatives are then determined based on the present value of projected future benefits minus the present value of projected future fees. The projections of future benefits and future fees require capital market and actuarial assumptions including expectations concerning policyholder behavior. A risk neutral valuation methodology is used under which the cash flows from the guarantees are projected under multiple capital market scenarios using observable risk free rates. The valuation of these embedded derivatives also includes an adjustment for the Company’s nonperformance risk and risk margins for non-capital market inputs. The nonperformance adjustment is determined by taking into consideration publicly available information relating to spreads in the secondary market for the Holding Company’s debt, including related credit default swaps. These observable spreads are then adjusted, as necessary, to reflect the priority of these liabilities and the claims paying ability of the issuing insurance subsidiaries compared to the Holding Company. Risk margins are established to capture the non-capital market risks of the instrument which represent the additional compensation a market participant would require to assume the risks related to the uncertainties of such actuarial assumptions as annuitization, premium persistency, partial withdrawal and surrenders. The establishment of risk margins requires the use of significant management judgment.
 
These guaranteed minimum benefits may be more costly than expected in volatile or declining equity markets. Market conditions including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity indices, market volatility and foreign currency exchange rates, changes in nonperformance risk, variations in actuarial assumptions regarding policyholder behavior, mortality and risk margins related to non-capital market inputs may result in significant fluctuations in the estimated fair value of the guarantees that could materially affect net income.
 
The Company periodically reviews its estimates of actuarial liabilities for future policy benefits and compares them with its actual experience. Differences between actual experience and the assumptions used in pricing these policies and guarantees, and in the establishment of the related liabilities result in variances in profit and could result in losses. The effects of changes in such estimated liabilities are included in the results of operations in the period in which the changes occur.


F-28


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Policyholder account balances relate to investment-type contracts, universal life-type policies and certain guaranteed minimum benefits. Investment-type contracts principally include traditional individual fixed annuities in the accumulation phase and non-variable group annuity contracts. Policyholder account balances for these contracts are equal to (i) policy account values, which consist of an accumulation of gross premium payments and investment performance; (ii) credited interest, ranging from 1% to 17% for domestic business and 1% to 38% for international business, less expenses, mortality charges and withdrawals; and (iii) fair value adjustments relating to business combinations.
 
Other Policy-Related Balances
 
Other policy-related balances include policy and contract claims, unearned revenue liabilities, premiums received in advance, negative VOBA, policyholder dividends due and unpaid and policyholder dividends left on deposit.
 
The liability for policy and contract claims generally relates to incurred but not reported death, disability, long-term care and dental claims, as well as claims which have been reported but not yet settled. The liability for these claims is based on the Company’s estimated ultimate cost of settling all claims. The Company derives estimates for the development of incurred but not reported claims principally from actuarial analyses of historical patterns of claims and claims development for each line of business. The methods used to determine these estimates are continually reviewed. Adjustments resulting from this continuous review process and differences between estimates and payments for claims are recognized in policyholder benefits and claims expense in the period in which the estimates are changed or payments are made.
 
The unearned revenue liability relates to universal life-type and investment-type products and represents policy charges for services to be provided in future periods. The charges are deferred as unearned revenue and amortized using the product’s estimated gross profits and margins, similar to DAC. Such amortization is recorded in universal life and investment-type product policy fees.
 
The Company accounts for the prepayment of premiums on its individual life, group life and health contracts as premium received in advance and applies the cash received to premiums when due.
 
For certain acquired blocks of business, the estimated fair value of the in-force contract obligations exceeded the book value of assumed in-force insurance policy liabilities, resulting in negative VOBA, which is presented separately from VOBA as an additional insurance liability. The fair value of the in-force contract obligations is based on actuarial determined projections by each block of business. Negative VOBA is amortized over the policy period in proportion to the approximate consumption of losses included in the liability usually expressed in terms of insurance in-force or account value. Such amortization is recorded as a contra-expense in other expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Also included in other policy-related balances are policyholder dividends due and unpaid on participating policies and policyholder dividends left on deposit. Such liabilities are presented at amounts contractually due to policyholders.
 
Recognition of Insurance Revenue and Related Benefits
 
Premiums related to traditional life and annuity policies with life contingencies and long-duration accident and health and credit insurance policies are recognized as revenues when due from policyholders. Policyholder benefits and expenses are provided against such revenues to recognize profits over the estimated lives of the policies. When premiums are due over a significantly shorter period than the period over which benefits are provided, any excess profit is deferred and recognized into operations in a constant relationship to insurance in-force or, for annuities, the amount of expected future policy benefit payments.


F-29


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Premiums related to short-duration non-medical health and disability contracts are recognized on a pro rata basis over the applicable contract term.
 
Deposits related to universal life-type and investment-type products are credited to policyholder account balances. Revenues from such contracts consist of amounts assessed against policyholder account balances for mortality, policy administration and surrender charges and are recorded in universal life and investment-type product policy fees in the period in which services are provided. Amounts that are charged to operations include interest credited and benefit claims incurred in excess of related policyholder account balances.
 
Premiums related to property and casualty contracts are recognized as revenue on a pro rata basis over the applicable contract term. Unearned premiums, representing the portion of premium written relating to the unexpired coverage, are included in future policy benefits.
 
Premiums, policy fees, policyholder benefits and expenses are presented net of reinsurance.
 
The portion of fees allocated to embedded derivatives described previously is recognized within net derivative gains (losses) as part of the estimated fair value of embedded derivatives.
 
Other Revenues
 
Other revenues include, in addition to items described elsewhere herein, advisory fees, broker-dealer commissions and fees and administrative service fees. Such fees and commissions are recognized in the period in which services are performed. Other revenues also include changes in account value relating to corporate-owned life insurance (“COLI”). Under certain COLI contracts, if the Company reports certain unlikely adverse results in its consolidated financial statements, withdrawals would not be immediately available and would be subject to market value adjustment, which could result in a reduction of the account value.
 
Policyholder Dividends
 
Policyholder dividends are approved annually by the insurance subsidiaries’ boards of directors. The aggregate amount of policyholder dividends is related to actual interest, mortality, morbidity and expense experience for the year, as well as management’s judgment as to the appropriate level of statutory surplus to be retained by the insurance subsidiaries.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Holding Company and its includable life insurance and non-life insurance subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return in accordance with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Non-includable subsidiaries file either separate individual corporate tax returns or separate consolidated tax returns.
 
The Company’s accounting for income taxes represents management’s best estimate of various events and transactions.
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities are measured at the balance sheet date using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years the temporary differences are expected to reverse.
 
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company anticipates making an election under the Code Section 338 as it relates to the Acquisition. As such, the tax basis in the acquired assets and liabilities is adjusted as of the Acquisition Date resulting in a change to the related deferred income taxes.
 
The realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryback or carryforward periods under the tax law in the applicable tax jurisdiction. Valuation allowances are established when management determines, based on available information, that it is more likely than not that


F-30


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
deferred income tax assets will not be realized. Significant judgment is required in determining whether valuation allowances should be established, as well as the amount of such allowances. When making such determination, consideration is given to, among other things, the following:
 
  (i)  future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards;
 
  (ii)  future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences;
 
  (iii)  taxable income in prior carryback years; and
 
  (iv)  tax planning strategies.
 
The Company may be required to change its provision for income taxes in certain circumstances. Examples of such circumstances include when the ultimate deductibility of certain items is challenged by taxing authorities (see Note 15) or when estimates used in determining valuation allowances on deferred tax assets significantly change or when receipt of new information indicates the need for adjustment in valuation allowances. Additionally, future events, such as changes in tax laws, tax regulations, or interpretations of such laws or regulations, could have an impact on the provision for income tax and the effective tax rate. Any such changes could significantly affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements in the year these changes occur.
 
The Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any part of the benefit can be recorded in the financial statements. A tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement. Unrecognized tax benefits due to tax uncertainties that do not meet the threshold are included within other liabilities and are charged to earnings in the period that such determination is made.
 
The Company classifies interest recognized as interest expense and penalties recognized as a component of income tax.
 
Reinsurance
 
The Company enters into reinsurance agreements primarily as a purchaser of reinsurance for its various insurance products and also as a provider of reinsurance for some insurance products issued by third parties.
 
For each of its reinsurance agreements, the Company determines whether the agreement provides indemnification against loss or liability relating to insurance risk in accordance with applicable accounting standards. The Company reviews all contractual features, particularly those that may limit the amount of insurance risk to which the reinsurer is subject or features that delay the timely reimbursement of claims.
 
For reinsurance of existing in-force blocks of long-duration contracts that transfer significant insurance risk, the difference, if any, between the amounts paid (received), and the liabilities ceded (assumed) related to the underlying contracts is considered the net cost of reinsurance at the inception of the reinsurance agreement. The net cost of reinsurance is recorded as an adjustment to DAC and recognized as a component of other expenses on a basis consistent with the way the acquisition costs on the underlying reinsured contracts would be recognized. Subsequent amounts paid (received) on the reinsurance of in-force blocks, as well as amounts paid (received) related to new business, are recorded as ceded (assumed) premiums and ceded (assumed) future policy benefit liabilities are established.
 
For prospective reinsurance of short-duration contracts that meet the criteria for reinsurance accounting, amounts paid (received) are recorded as ceded (assumed) premiums and ceded (assumed) unearned premiums and are reflected as a component of premiums and other receivables (future policy benefits). Such amounts are amortized through earned premiums over the remaining contract period in proportion to the amount of protection provided. For retroactive reinsurance of short-duration contracts that meet the criteria of reinsurance accounting, amounts paid (received) in excess of (which do not exceed) the related insurance liabilities ceded (assumed) are


F-31


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
recognized immediately as a loss. Any gains on such retroactive agreements are deferred and recorded in other liabilities. The gains are amortized primarily using the recovery method.
 
The assumptions used to account for both long and short-duration reinsurance agreements are consistent with those used for the underlying contracts. Ceded policyholder and contract related liabilities, other than those currently due, are reported gross on the balance sheet.
 
Amounts currently recoverable under reinsurance agreements are included in premiums, reinsurance and other receivables and amounts currently payable are included in other liabilities. Such assets and liabilities relating to reinsurance agreements with the same reinsurer may be recorded net on the balance sheet, if a right of offset exists within the reinsurance agreement. In the event that reinsurers do not meet their obligations to the Company under the terms of the reinsurance agreements, reinsurance balances recoverable could become uncollectible. In such instances, reinsurance recoverable balances are stated net of allowances for uncollectible reinsurance.
 
Premiums, fees and policyholder benefits and claims include amounts assumed under reinsurance agreements and are net of reinsurance ceded. Amounts received from reinsurers for policy administration are reported in other revenues.
 
If the Company determines that a reinsurance agreement does not expose the reinsurer to a reasonable possibility of a significant loss from insurance risk, the Company records the agreement using the deposit method of accounting. Deposits received are included in other liabilities and deposits made are included within premiums, reinsurance and other receivables. As amounts are paid or received, consistent with the underlying contracts, the deposit assets or liabilities are adjusted. Interest on such deposits is recorded as other revenues or other expenses, as appropriate. Periodically, the Company evaluates the adequacy of the expected payments or recoveries and adjusts the deposit asset or liability through other revenues or other expenses, as appropriate.
 
Accounting for reinsurance requires extensive use of assumptions and estimates, particularly related to the future performance of the underlying business and the potential impact of counterparty credit risks. The Company periodically reviews actual and anticipated experience compared to the aforementioned assumptions used to establish assets and liabilities relating to ceded and assumed reinsurance and evaluates the financial strength of counterparties to its reinsurance agreements using criteria similar to that evaluated in the security impairment process discussed previously.
 
Cessions under reinsurance arrangements do not discharge the Company’s obligations as the primary insurer.
 
Employee Benefit Plans
 
Certain subsidiaries of the Holding Company (the “Subsidiaries”) sponsor and/or administer various plans that provide defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefits covering eligible employees and sales representatives. Measurement dates used for all of the Subsidiaries’ defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans correspond with the fiscal year ends of sponsoring Subsidiaries, which are December 31 for U.S. Subsidiaries and November 30 for most foreign Subsidiaries.
 
Pension benefits are provided utilizing either a traditional formula or cash balance formula. The traditional formula provides benefits based upon years of credited service and either final average or career average earnings. The cash balance formula utilizes hypothetical or notional accounts which credit participants with benefits equal to a percentage of eligible pay, as well as earnings credits, determined annually based upon the average annual rate of interest on 30-year Treasury securities, for each account balance.
 
The Subsidiaries also provide certain postemployment benefits and certain postretirement medical and life insurance benefits for retired employees. Employees of the Subsidiaries who were hired prior to 2003 (or, in certain cases, rehired during or after 2003) and meet age and service criteria while working for one of the Subsidiaries, may become eligible for these other postretirement benefits, at various levels, in accordance with the applicable plans.


F-32


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Virtually all retirees, or their beneficiaries, contribute a portion of the total cost of postretirement medical benefits. Employees hired after 2003 are not eligible for any employer subsidy for postretirement medical benefits.
 
The projected pension benefit obligation (“PBO”) is defined as the actuarially calculated present value of vested and non-vested pension benefits accrued based on future salary levels. The accumulated pension benefit obligation (“ABO”) is the actuarial present value of vested and non-vested pension benefits accrued based on current salary levels. Obligations, both PBO and ABO, of the defined benefit pension plans are determined using a variety of actuarial assumptions, from which actual results may vary, as described below.
 
The expected postretirement plan benefit obligations (“EPBO”) represents the actuarial present value of all other postretirement benefits expected to be paid after retirement to employees and their dependents and is used in measuring the periodic postretirement benefit expense. The accumulated postretirement plan benefit obligations (“APBO”) represents the actuarial present value of future other postretirement benefits attributed to employee services rendered through a particular date and is the valuation basis upon which liabilities are established. The APBO is determined using a variety of actuarial assumptions, from which actual results may vary, as described below.
 
The Company recognizes the funded status of the PBO for pension plans and the APBO for other postretirement plans for each of its plans in the consolidated balance sheets. The actuarial gains or losses, prior service costs and credits and the remaining net transition asset or obligation that had not yet been included in net periodic benefit costs are charged, net of income tax, to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
 
Net periodic benefit cost is determined using management estimates and actuarial assumptions to derive service cost, interest cost, and expected return on plan assets for a particular year. Net periodic benefit cost also includes the applicable amortization of any prior service cost (credit) arising from the increase (decrease) in prior years’ benefit costs due to plan amendments or initiation of new plans. These costs are amortized into net periodic benefit cost over the expected service years of employees whose benefits are affected by such plan amendments. Actual experience related to plan assets and/or the benefit obligations may differ from that originally assumed when determining net periodic benefit cost for a particular period, resulting in gains or losses. To the extent such aggregate gains or losses exceed 10 percent of the greater of the benefit obligations or the market-related asset value of the plans, they are amortized into net periodic benefit cost over the expected service years of employees expected to receive benefits under the plans.
 
The obligations and expenses associated with these plans require an extensive use of assumptions such as the discount rate, expected rate of return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases, healthcare cost trend rates, as well as assumptions regarding participant demographics such as rate and age of retirements, withdrawal rates and mortality. Management, in consultation with its external consulting actuarial firms, determines these assumptions based upon a variety of factors such as historical performance of the plan and its assets, currently available market and industry data and expected benefit payout streams. The assumptions used may differ materially from actual results due to, among other factors, changing market and economic conditions and changes in participant demographics. These differences may have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and liquidity.
 
The Subsidiaries also sponsor defined contribution savings and investment plans (“SIP”) for substantially all employees under which a portion of employee contributions is matched. Applicable matching contributions are made each payroll period. Accordingly, the Company recognizes compensation cost for current matching contributions. As all contributions are transferred currently as earned to the SIP trust, no liability for matching contributions is recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
As more fully described in Note 18, the Company grants certain employees and directors stock-based compensation awards under various plans that are subject to specific vesting conditions. The cost of all stock-based


F-33


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
transactions is measured at fair value at grant date and recognized over the period during which a grantee is required to provide goods or services in exchange for the award. Although the terms of the Company’s stock-based plans do not accelerate vesting upon retirement, or the attainment of retirement eligibility, the requisite service period subsequent to attaining such eligibility is considered nonsubstantive. Accordingly, the Company recognizes compensation expense related to stock-based awards over the shorter of the requisite service period or the period to attainment of retirement eligibility. An estimation of future forfeitures of stock-based awards is incorporated into the determination of compensation expense when recognizing expense over the requisite service period.
 
Foreign Currency
 
Assets, liabilities and operations of foreign affiliates and subsidiaries are recorded based on the functional currency of each entity. The determination of the functional currency is made based on the appropriate economic and management indicators. With the exception of certain foreign operations, primarily Japan, where multiple functional currencies exist, the local currencies of foreign operations are the functional currencies. Assets and liabilities of foreign affiliates and subsidiaries are translated from the functional currency to U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at each year-end and income and expense accounts are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The resulting translation adjustments are charged or credited directly to other comprehensive income or loss, net of applicable taxes. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions, including the effect of re-measurement of monetary assets and liabilities to the appropriate functional currency, are reported as part of net investment gains (losses) in the period in which they occur.
 
Discontinued Operations
 
The results of operations of a component of the Company that either has been disposed of or is classified as held-for-sale are reported in discontinued operations if the operations and cash flows of the component have been or will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company as a result of the disposal transaction and the Company will not have any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the component after the disposal transaction.
 
Earnings Per Common Share
 
Basic earnings per common share are computed based on the weighted average number of common shares, or their equivalent, outstanding during the period. The difference between the number of shares assumed issued and number of shares assumed purchased represents the dilutive shares. Diluted earnings per common share include the dilutive effect of the assumed: (i) exercise or issuance of stock-based awards using the treasury stock method; (ii) settlement of stock purchase contracts underlying common equity units using the treasury stock method; and (iii) settlement of accelerated common stock repurchase contracts. Under the treasury stock method, exercise or issuance of stock-based awards and settlement of the stock purchase contracts underlying common equity units is assumed to occur with the proceeds used to purchase common stock at the average market price for the period. See Notes 14, 18 and 20.
 
Litigation Contingencies
 
The Company is a party to a number of legal actions and is involved in a number of regulatory investigations. Given the inherent unpredictability of these matters, it is difficult to estimate the impact on the Company’s financial position. Liabilities are established when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. On a quarterly and annual basis, the Company reviews relevant information with respect to liabilities for litigation, regulatory investigations and litigation-related contingencies to be reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. It is possible that an adverse outcome in certain of the Company’s litigation and regulatory investigations, or the use of different assumptions in the determination of


F-34


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
amounts recorded, could have a material effect upon the Company’s consolidated net income or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.
 
Separate Accounts
 
Separate accounts are established in conformity with insurance laws and are generally not chargeable with liabilities that arise from any other business of the Company. Separate account assets are subject to general account claims only to the extent the value of such assets exceeds the separate account liabilities. Assets within the Company’s separate accounts primarily include: mutual funds, fixed maturity and equity securities, mortgage loans, derivatives, hedge funds, other limited partnership interests, short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents. The Company reports separately, as assets and liabilities, investments held in separate accounts and liabilities of the separate accounts if (i) such separate accounts are legally recognized; (ii) assets supporting the contract liabilities are legally insulated from the Company’s general account liabilities; (iii) investments are directed by the contractholder; and (iv) all investment performance, net of contract fees and assessments, is passed through to the contractholder. The Company reports separate account assets meeting such criteria at their fair value which is based on the estimated fair values of the underlying assets comprising the portfolios of an individual separate account. Investment performance (including investment income, net investment gains (losses) and changes in unrealized gains (losses)) and the corresponding amounts credited to contractholders of such separate accounts are offset within the same line in the consolidated statements of operations. Separate accounts credited with a contractual investment return are combined on a line-by-line basis with the Company’s general account assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the accounting for these investments is consistent with the methodologies described herein for similar financial instruments held within the general account. Unit-linked separate account investments which are directed by contractholders but do not meet one or more of the other above criteria are included in trading and other securities.
 
The Company’s revenues reflect fees charged to the separate accounts, including mortality charges, risk charges, policy administration fees, investment management fees and surrender charges.
 
Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements
 
Financial Instruments
 
Effective December 31, 2010, the Company adopted new guidance regarding disclosures about the credit quality of financing receivables and valuation allowances for credit losses, including credit quality indicators. Such disclosures must be disaggregated by portfolio segment or class based on how a company develops its valuation allowances for credit losses and how it manages its credit exposure. The Company has provided all material required disclosures in its consolidated financial statements. Certain additional disclosures will be required for reporting periods beginning March 31, 2011 and certain disclosures relating to troubled debt restructurings have been deferred indefinitely.
 
Effective July 1, 2010, the Company adopted new guidance regarding accounting for embedded credit derivatives within structured securities. This guidance clarifies the type of embedded credit derivative that is exempt from embedded derivative bifurcation requirements. Specifically, embedded credit derivatives resulting only from subordination of one financial instrument to another continue to qualify for the scope exception. Embedded credit derivative features other than subordination must be analyzed to determine whether they require bifurcation and separate accounting.
 
As a result of the adoption of this guidance, the Company elected FVO for certain structured securities that were previously accounted for as fixed maturity securities. Upon adoption, the Company reclassified $50 million of securities from fixed maturity securities to trading and other securities. These securities had cumulative unrealized losses of $10 million, net of income tax, which was recognized as a cumulative effect adjustment to decrease


F-35


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
retained earnings with a corresponding increase to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of July 1, 2010.
 
Effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted new guidance related to financial instrument transfers and consolidation of VIEs. The financial instrument transfer guidance eliminates the concept of a QSPE, eliminates the guaranteed mortgage securitization exception, changes the criteria for achieving sale accounting when transferring a financial asset and changes the initial recognition of retained beneficial interests. The new consolidation guidance changes the definition of the primary beneficiary, as well as the method of determining whether an entity is a primary beneficiary of a VIE from a quantitative model to a qualitative model. Under the new qualitative model, the entity that has both the ability to direct the most significant activities of the VIE and the obligation to absorb losses or receive benefits that could be significant to the VIE is considered to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The guidance requires a quarterly reassessment, as well as enhanced disclosures, including the effects of a company’s involvement with VIEs on its financial statements.
 
As a result of the adoption of this guidance, the Company consolidated certain former QSPEs that were previously accounted for as fixed maturity CMBS and equity security collateralized debt obligations. The Company also elected FVO for all of the consolidated assets and liabilities of these entities. Upon consolidation, the Company recorded $278 million of securities classified as trading and other securities, $6,769 million of commercial mortgage loans and $6,822 million of long-term debt based on estimated fair values at January 1, 2010 and de-recognized $179 million in fixed maturity securities and less than $1 million in equity securities. The consolidation also resulted in a decrease in retained earnings of $12 million, net of income tax, and an increase in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) of $42 million, net of income tax, at January 1, 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded $426 million of net investment income on the consolidated assets, $411 million of interest expense in other expenses on the related long-term debt, and $6 million in net investment gains (losses) to remeasure the assets and liabilities at their estimated fair values.
 
In addition, the Company also deconsolidated certain partnerships for which the Company does not have the power to direct activities and for which the Company has concluded it is no longer the primary beneficiary. These deconsolidations did not result in a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Also effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted new guidance that indefinitely defers the above changes relating to the Company’s interests in entities that have all the attributes of an investment company or for which it is industry practice to apply measurement principles for financial reporting that are consistent with those applied by an investment company. As a result of the deferral, the above guidance did not apply to certain real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests held by the Company.
 
As more fully described in “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting Estimates,” effective April 1, 2009, the Company adopted OTTI guidance. This guidance amends the previously used methodology for determining whether an OTTI exists for fixed maturity securities, changes the presentation of OTTI for fixed maturity securities and requires additional disclosures for OTTI on fixed maturity and equity securities in interim and annual financial statements.
 
The Company’s net cumulative effect adjustment of adopting the OTTI guidance was an increase of $76 million to retained earnings with a corresponding increase to accumulated other comprehensive loss to reclassify the noncredit loss portion of previously recognized OTTI losses on fixed maturity securities held at April 1, 2009. This cumulative effect adjustment was comprised of an increase in the amortized cost basis of fixed maturity securities of $126 million, net of policyholder related amounts of $10 million and net of deferred income taxes of $40 million, resulting in the net cumulative effect adjustment of $76 million. The increase in the amortized cost basis of fixed maturity securities of $126 million by sector was as follows: $53 million — ABS, $43 million — RMBS, $17 million — U.S. corporate securities and $13 million — CMBS.


F-36


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
As a result of the adoption of the OTTI guidance, the Company’s pre-tax earnings for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by $857 million, offset by an increase in other comprehensive loss representing OTTI relating to noncredit losses recognized during the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted guidance on disclosures about derivative instruments and hedging. This guidance requires enhanced qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about fair value amounts of and gains and losses on derivative instruments and disclosures about credit risk-related contingent features in derivative agreements. The Company has provided all of the material disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.
 
The following pronouncements relating to financial instruments had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements:
.
 
  •  Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted prospectively an update on accounting for transfers of financial assets and repurchase financing transactions. This update provides guidance for evaluating whether to account for a transfer of a financial asset and repurchase financing as a single transaction or as two separate transactions.
.
 
  •  Effective December 31, 2008, the Company adopted guidance on the recognition of interest income and impairment on purchased beneficial interests and beneficial interests that continue to be held by a transferor in securitized financial assets. This new guidance more closely aligns the determination of whether an OTTI has occurred for a beneficial interest in a securitized financial asset with the original guidance for fixed maturity securities classified as available-for-sale or held-to-maturity.
.
 
  •  Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted guidance relating to application of the shortcut method of accounting for derivative instruments and hedging activities. This guidance permits interest rate swaps to have a non-zero fair value at inception when applying the shortcut method of assessing hedge effectiveness as long as the difference between the transaction price (zero) and the fair value (exit price), as defined by current accounting guidance on fair value measurements, is solely attributable to a bid-ask spread. In addition, entities are not precluded from applying the shortcut method of assessing hedge effectiveness in a hedging relationship of interest rate risk involving an interest bearing asset or liability in situations where the hedged item is not recognized for accounting purposes until settlement date as long as the period between trade date and settlement date of the hedged item is consistent with generally established conventions in the marketplace.
.
 
  •  Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted guidance that permits a reporting entity to offset fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral (a receivable) or the obligation to return cash collateral (a payable) against fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement that have been offset. This guidance also includes certain terminology modifications. Upon adoption of this guidance, the Company did not change its accounting policy of not offsetting fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments under master netting arrangements.
.
 
Business Combinations and Noncontrolling Interests
 
Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted revised guidance on business combinations and accounting for noncontrolling interests in the consolidated financial statements. Under this guidance:
 
  •  All business combinations (whether full, partial or “step” acquisitions) result in all assets and liabilities of an acquired business being recorded at fair value, with limited exceptions.
 
  •  Acquisition costs are generally expensed as incurred; restructuring costs associated with a business combination are generally expensed as incurred subsequent to the acquisition date.


F-37


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
  •  The fair value of the purchase price, including the issuance of equity securities, is determined on the acquisition date.
 
  •  Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination that arise from contingencies are recognized at fair value if the acquisition-date fair value can be reasonably determined. If the fair value is not estimable, an asset or liability is recorded if existence or incurrence at the acquisition date is probable and its amount is reasonably estimable.
 
  •  Changes in deferred income tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the acquisition date generally affect income tax expense.
 
  •  Noncontrolling interests (formerly known as “minority interests”) are valued at fair value at the acquisition date and are presented as equity rather than liabilities.
 
  •  Net income (loss) includes amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests.
 
  •  When control is attained on previously noncontrolling interests, the previously held equity interests are remeasured at fair value and a gain or loss is recognized.
 
  •  Purchases or sales of equity interests that do not result in a change in control are accounted for as equity transactions.
 
  •  When control is lost in a partial disposition, realized gains or losses are recorded on equity ownership sold and the remaining ownership interest is remeasured and holding gains or losses are recognized.
 
The adoption of this guidance on a prospective basis did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Financial statements and disclosures for periods prior to 2009 reflect the retrospective application of the accounting for noncontrolling interests as required under this guidance.
.
 
Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted prospectively guidance on determination of the useful life of intangible assets. This guidance amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. This change is intended to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset and the period of expected future cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset. The Company determines useful lives and provides all of the material disclosures prospectively on intangible assets acquired on or after January 1, 2009 in accordance with this guidance.
 
Fair Value
 
Effective January 1, 2010, the Company adopted new guidance that requires new disclosures about significant transfers into and/or out of Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy and activity in Level 3. In addition, this guidance provides clarification of existing disclosure requirements about level of disaggregation and inputs and valuation techniques. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted fair value measurements guidance which defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value, establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the observability of inputs used to measure fair value, and requires enhanced disclosures about fair value measurements and applied this guidance prospectively to assets and liabilities measured at fair value. The adoption of this guidance changed the valuation of certain freestanding derivatives by moving from a mid to bid pricing convention as it relates to certain volatility inputs, as well as the addition of liquidity adjustments and adjustments for risks inherent in a particular input or valuation technique. The adoption of this guidance also changed the valuation of the Company’s embedded derivatives, most significantly the valuation of embedded derivatives associated with certain guarantees on variable annuity contracts. The change in valuation of embedded derivatives associated with guarantees on annuity contracts resulted from the incorporation of risk margins associated with non-capital market inputs and the inclusion of the Company’s nonperformance risk in their valuation. At January 1, 2008, the impact of


F-38


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
adopting the guidance on assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value was $30 million ($19 million, net of income tax) and was recognized as a change in estimate in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations where it was presented in the respective statement of operations caption to which the item measured at estimated fair value is presented. There were no significant changes in estimated fair value of items measured at fair value and reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The addition of risk margins and the Company’s nonperformance risk adjustment in the valuation of embedded derivatives associated with annuity contracts may result in significant volatility in the Company’s consolidated net income in future periods. The Company provided all of the material disclosures in Note 5.
 
In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance related to the FVO for financial assets and financial liabilities. This guidance permits entities the option to measure most financial instruments and certain other items at fair value at specified election dates and to recognize related unrealized gains and losses in earnings. The FVO is applied on an instrument-by-instrument basis upon adoption of the standard, upon the acquisition of an eligible financial asset, financial liability or firm commitment or when certain specified reconsideration events occur. The fair value election is an irrevocable election. Effective January 1, 2008, the Company elected FVO on fixed maturity and equity securities backing certain pension products sold in Brazil. Such securities are presented as trading and other securities in the consolidated balance sheets with subsequent changes in estimated fair value recognized in net investment income. Previously, these securities were accounted for as available-for-sale securities and unrealized gains and losses on these securities were recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The Company’s insurance joint venture in Japan also elected FVO for certain of its existing single premium deferred annuities and the assets supporting such liabilities. FVO was elected to achieve improved reporting of the asset/liability matching associated with these products. Adoption of this guidance by the Company and its Japanese joint venture resulted in an increase in retained earnings of $27 million, net of income tax, at January 1, 2008. The election of FVO resulted in the reclassification of $10 million, net of income tax, of net unrealized gains from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to retained earnings on January 1, 2008.
 
The following pronouncements relating to fair value had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements:
 
  •  Effective September 30, 2008, the Company adopted guidance relating to the fair value measurements of financial assets when the market for those assets is not active. It provides guidance on how a company’s internal cash flow and discount rate assumptions should be considered in the measurement of fair value when relevant market data does not exist, how observable market information in an inactive market affects fair value measurement and how the use of market quotes should be considered when assessing the relevance of observable and unobservable data available to measure fair value.
.
 
  •  Effective January 1, 2009, the Company implemented fair value measurements guidance for certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis. This guidance applies to such items as: (i) nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities initially measured at estimated fair value in a business combination; (ii) reporting units measured at estimated fair value in the first step of a goodwill impairment test; and (iii) indefinite-lived intangible assets measured at estimated fair value for impairment assessment.
.
 
  •  Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted prospectively guidance on issuer’s accounting for liabilities measured at fair value with a third-party credit enhancement. This guidance states that an issuer of a liability with a third-party credit enhancement should not include the effect of the credit enhancement in the fair value measurement of the liability. In addition, it requires disclosures about the existence of any third-party credit enhancement related to liabilities that are measured at fair value.
.
 
  •  Effective April 1, 2009, the Company adopted guidance on: (i) estimating the fair value of an asset or liability if there was a significant decrease in the volume and level of trading activity for these assets or


F-39


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
  liabilities; and (ii) identifying transactions that are not orderly. The Company has provided all of the material disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.
.
 
  •  Effective December 31, 2009, the Company adopted guidance on: (i) measuring the fair value of investments in certain entities that calculate NAV per share; (ii) how investments within its scope would be classified in the fair value hierarchy; and (iii) enhanced disclosure requirements, for both interim and annual periods, about the nature and risks of investments measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis.
.
 
  •  Effective December 31, 2009, the Company adopted guidance on measuring liabilities at fair value. This guidance provides clarification for measuring fair value in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available. In such circumstances a company is required to measure fair value using either a valuation technique that uses: (i) the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset; or (ii) quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when traded as assets; or (iii) another valuation technique that is consistent with the principles of fair value measurement such as an income approach (e.g., present value technique) or a market approach (e.g., “entry” value technique).
.
 
Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Plans
 
Effective December 31, 2009, the Company adopted guidance to enhance the transparency surrounding the types of assets and associated risks in an employer’s defined benefit pension or other postretirement benefit plans. This guidance requires an employer to disclose information about the valuation of plan assets similar to that required under other fair value disclosure guidance. The Company provided all of the material disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.
.
 
Other Pronouncements
 
Effective April 1, 2009, the Company adopted prospectively guidance which establishes general standards for accounting and disclosures of events that occur subsequent to the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued. The Company has provided all of the material disclosures in its consolidated financial statements.
 
The following pronouncements had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements:
.
 
  •  Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted guidance on determining whether an instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to an entity’s own stock. This guidance provides a framework for evaluating the terms of a particular instrument and whether such terms qualify the instrument as being indexed to an entity’s own stock.
.
 
  •  Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted guidance on written loan commitments recorded at fair value through earnings. It provides guidance on (i) incorporating expected net future cash flows when related to the associated servicing of a loan when measuring fair value; and (ii) broadening the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) staff’s view that internally-developed intangible assets should not be recorded as part of the fair value of a derivative loan commitment or to written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings. Internally-developed intangible assets are not considered a component of the related instruments.
.
 
  •  Effective January 1, 2008, the Company prospectively adopted guidance on the sale of real estate when the agreement includes a buy-sell clause. This guidance addresses whether the existence of a buy-sell arrangement would preclude partial sales treatment when real estate is sold to a jointly owned entity and concludes that the existence of a buy-sell clause does not necessarily preclude partial sale treatment under current guidance.


F-40


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Future Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncements
 
In December 2010, the FASB issued new guidance addressing when a business combination should be assumed to have occurred for the purpose of providing pro forma disclosure (Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-29, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations ). Under the new guidance, if an entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. The guidance also expands the supplemental pro forma disclosures to include additional narratives. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The Company will apply the guidance prospectively on its accounting for future acquisitions and does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2010, the FASB issued new guidance regarding goodwill impairment testing (ASU 2010-28, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts ). This guidance modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity would be required to perform Step 2 of the test if qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that goodwill impairment exists. The guidance is effective for the first quarter of 2011. The Company does not expect the adoption of this new guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In October 2010, the FASB issued new guidance regarding accounting for deferred acquisition costs (ASU 2010-26, Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts ) effective for the first quarter of 2012. This guidance clarifies the costs that should be deferred by insurance entities when issuing and renewing insurance contracts. The guidance also specifies that only costs related directly to successful acquisition of new or renewal contracts can be capitalized. All other acquisition-related costs should be expensed as incurred. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In April 2010, the FASB issued new guidance regarding accounting for investment funds determined to be VIEs (ASU 2010-15, How Investments Held through Separate Accounts Affect an Insurer’s Consolidation Analysis of Those Investments ). Under this guidance, an insurance entity would not be required to consolidate a voting-interest investment fund when it holds the majority of the voting interests of the fund through its separate accounts. In addition, an insurance entity would not consider the interests held through separate accounts for the benefit of policyholders in the insurer’s evaluation of its economics in a VIE, unless the separate account contractholder is a related party. The guidance is effective for the first quarter of 2011. The Company does not expect the adoption of this new guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
2.   Acquisitions and Dispositions
 
2010 Acquisition of ALICO
 
Description of Transaction
 
On the Acquisition Date, MetLife, Inc. acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of American Life from ALICO Holdings, a subsidiary of AIG, and DelAm from AIG for a total purchase price of $16.4 billion, which consisted of (i) cash of $7.2 billion (includes settlement of intercompany balances and certain other adjustments), and (ii) securities of MetLife, Inc. valued at $9.2 billion.
 
The $7.2 billion cash portion of the purchase price was funded through the issuance of common stock as described in Note 18, fixed and floating rate senior debt as described in Note 11 as well as cash on hand. The securities issued to ALICO Holdings included (a) 78,239,712 shares of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock; (b) 6,857,000 shares of Series B Contingent Convertible Junior Participating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Convertible Preferred Stock”) of MetLife, Inc.; and (c) 40 million common equity units


F-41


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
of MetLife, Inc. (the “Equity Units”) with an aggregate stated amount at issuance of $3.0 billion, initially consisting of (i) three purchase contracts (the “Series C Purchase Contracts,” the “Series D Purchase Contracts” and the “Series E Purchase Contracts” and, together, the “Purchase Contracts”), obligating the holder to purchase, on specified future settlement dates, a variable number of shares of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock for a fixed price; and (ii) an interest in each of three series of debt securities (the “Series C Debt Securities,” the “Series D Debt Securities” and the “Series E Debt Securities,” and, together, the “Debt Securities”) issued by MetLife, Inc. Distributions on the Equity Units will be made quarterly, through contract payments on the Purchase Contracts and interest payments on the Debt Securities, initially at an aggregate annual rate of 5.00% (an average annual rate of 3.02% on the Purchase Contracts and an average annual rate of 1.98% on the Debt Securities) as described in Note 14.
 
ALICO is an international life insurance company, providing consumers and businesses with products and services for life insurance, accident and health insurance, retirement and wealth management solutions in 54 countries. The Acquisition will significantly broaden the Company’s diversification by product, distribution and geography, meaningfully accelerate MetLife’s global growth strategy, and create the opportunity to build an international franchise leveraging the key strengths of ALICO. ALICO’s largest international market is Japan. As of December 31, 2010, the Japan operation’s total assets represented approximately 12% of the Company’s total assets.
 
Fair Value and Allocation of Purchase Price
 
The computation of total purchase consideration and the amounts recognized for each major class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based upon their respective fair values at the Acquisition Date, and the resulting goodwill, are presented below:
 
         
    November 1, 2010  
    (In millions)  
 
Cash
  $ 6,800  
MetLife, Inc.’s common stock (78,239,712 shares) (1)
    3,200  
MetLife, Inc.’s Convertible Preferred Stock (1),(2)
    2,805  
MetLife, Inc.’s Equity Units ($3.0 billion aggregate stated amount) (3)
    3,189  
         
Total cash paid and securities issued to ALICO Holdings
  $ 15,994  
Contractual purchase price adjustments (4)
    396  
         
Total purchase price
  $ 16,390  
Effective settlement of pre-existing relationships (5)
    (186 )
Contingent consideration (6)
    88  
         
Total purchase consideration for ALICO
  $ 16,292  
         
 
 
(1) Fair value is based on the opening price of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock of $40.90 on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on November 1, 2010.
 
(2) Convertible into 68,570,000 shares of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock upon a favorable vote of MetLife, Inc.’s common stockholders before the first anniversary of the Acquisition Date. See Note 18.
 
(3) The Equity Units include the Debt Securities and the Purchase Contracts that will settle in MetLife, Inc.’s common stock on specified future dates. See Note 14.
 
(4) Relates to the cash settlement of intercompany balances prior to the Acquisition for amounts in excess of certain agreed-upon thresholds and certain other adjustments.


F-42


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
(5) Effective settlement of debt securities issued by MetLife, Inc. that are owned by ALICO and reduces the total purchase consideration.
 
(6) Estimated fair value of potential payments related to the adequacy of reserves for guarantees on the fair value of a fund of assets backing certain United Kingdom (“U.K.”) unit-linked contracts.
 
The aggregate amount of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock to be issued to ALICO Holdings in connection with the transaction is expected to be between 214.6 million to 231.5 million shares, consisting of 78.2 million shares issued at closing, 68.6 million shares to be issued upon conversion of the Convertible Preferred Stock and between 67.8 million and 84.7 million shares of common stock, in total, issuable upon settlement of the Purchase Contracts forming part of the Equity Units. See Note 14. The ownership of the shares issued to ALICO Holdings is subject to an investor rights agreement, which grants to ALICO Holdings certain rights and sets forth certain agreements with respect to ALICO Holdings’ ownership of, voting on and transfer of the shares, including minimum holding periods and restrictions on the number of shares ALICO Holdings can sell at one time.
 
Recording of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
 
The following table summarizes the amounts recognized at fair value for each major class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and the resulting goodwill as of the Acquisition Date.
 
         
    November 1, 2010  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets acquired:
       
Total investments
  $ 101,036  
Cash and cash equivalents
    4,175  
Accrued investment income
    948  
Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables
    1,971  
VOBA
    9,210  
Other assets
    1,146  
Separate account assets
    244  
         
Total assets
  $ 118,730  
         
Liabilities assumed:
       
Future policy benefits
  $ 31,811  
Policyholder account balances
    66,652  
Other policy-related balances
    7,306  
Current and deferred income tax liability
    336  
Other liabilities
    2,918  
Separate account liabilities
    244  
         
Total liabilities
  $ 109,267  
         
Redeemable noncontrolling interests in partially owned consolidated subsidiaries assumed
  $ 109  
         
Noncontrolling interests
    (21 )
Goodwill
    6,959  
         
Net assets acquired
  $ 16,292  
         


F-43


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets recognized and represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired and liabilities assumed that could not be individually identified. The goodwill recorded as part of the Acquisition includes the expected synergies and other benefits that management believes will result from combining the operations of ALICO with the operations of MetLife, including further diversification in geographic mix and product offerings and an increase in distribution strength.
 
Of the $7.0 billion of goodwill, approximately $4.0 billion is estimated to be deductible for tax purposes. Of the $4.0 billion, approximately $573 million is estimated to be deductible for U.S. tax purposes prior to the completion of the anticipated restructuring of American Life’s foreign branches. See “—Branch Restructuring”. The goodwill resulting from the Acquisition was presented within the Company’s International segment.
 
Identified Intangibles
 
VOBA reflects the estimated fair value of in-force contracts acquired and represents the portion of the purchase price that is allocated to the value of future profits embedded in acquired insurance annuity and investment-type contracts in-force at the Acquisition Date.
 
The value of VODA and VOCRA, included in other assets, reflects the estimated fair value of ALICO’s distribution agreements and customer relationships acquired at November 1, 2010 and will be amortized over the useful lives. Each year the Company will review VODA and VOCRA to determine the recoverability of these balances.
 
The use of discount rates was necessary to establish the fair value of VOBA and the identifiable intangibles. In selecting the appropriate discount rates, management considered its weighted average cost of capital, as well as the weighted average cost of capital required by market participants. The fair value of acquired liabilities was determined using risk free rates adjusted for a nonperformance risk premium. The nonperformance adjustment was determined by taking into consideration publicly available information relating to spreads in the secondary market for the Holding Company’s debt, including related credit default swaps. These observable spreads were then adjusted to reflect the priority of these liabilities, the claims paying ability of the insurance subsidiaries compared to the Holding Company and, as necessary, the relative credit spreads of the liabilities’ currencies of denomination as compared to USD spreads.
 
The fair values of business acquired, distribution agreements and customer relationships and the weighted average amortization periods are as follows as of November 1, 2010:
 
                 
          Weighted Average
 
    November 1, 2010     Amortization Period  
    (In millions)     (In years)  
 
VOBA
  $ 9,210       8.2  
VODA and VOCRA
    341       10.3  
                 
Total value of amortizable intangible assets acquired
  $ 9,551       8.6  
                 
 
The estimated future amortization expense allocated to other expenses for the next five years for VOBA, VODA and VOCRA is $1,312 million in 2011, $1,076 million in 2012, $884 million in 2013, $759 million in 2014 and $653 million in 2015.
 
For certain acquired blocks of business, the estimated fair value of acquired liabilities exceeded the initial policy reserves assumed at November 1, 2010, resulting in a negative VOBA of $4.4 billion recorded at the Acquisition Date. Negative VOBA is recorded in other policy-related balances. The fair value of the in-force contract obligations was based on actuarially determined projections for each block of business. Negative VOBA is amortized over the policy period in proportion to premiums or the approximate consumption of losses included in the liability usually expressed in terms of insurance in-force or account value. Such amortization is recorded as a contra-expense in other expenses.


F-44


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Trademark Assets
 
In connection with the Acquisition, the Company recognized $47 million in trademark assets recorded in other assets. The fair value of the trademark assets will be recognized ratably over their expected useful lives which is generally between five to ten years.
 
Indemnification Assets and Contingent Consideration
 
The stock purchase agreement dated as of March 7, 2010, as amended by and among MetLife, Inc., AIG and ALICO Holdings (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”) and related agreements include indemnification provisions that allocate the risk of losses arising out of contingencies or other uncertainties that existed as of the Acquisition Date in accordance with the terms, and subject to the limitations and procedures, provided by such provisions. As applicable, the Company recognizes an indemnification asset at the same time that it recognizes the indemnified item, measured on the same basis as the indemnified item. The Company recognized the following indemnification assets and contingencies as of the Acquisition Date in accordance with the indemnification provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement and related agreements:
 
Investments  — The Company established indemnification assets for the fair value of amounts expected to be recovered from defaults of certain fixed maturity securities, CMBS and mortgage loans. These indemnification assets are included in other invested assets at December 31, 2010.
 
Litigation  — The Company established indemnification assets associated with certain settlements expected to be made in connection with the suspension of withdrawals from certain unit-linked funds offered to certain policyholders. These indemnification assets are included in other assets at December 31, 2010.
 
Section 338 Elections  — MetLife, Inc. and American Life will be fully indemnified by ALICO Holdings for all taxes and any interest and penalties resulting from anticipated elections to be made with respect to American Life and its subsidiaries under Section 338(h)(10) and Section 338(g) of the Code. This indemnification asset is included in premiums, reinsurance and other receivables at December 31, 2010.
 
The Company recognized an aggregate amount of $574 million for indemnification assets as of the Acquisition Date in accordance with the indemnification provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement and related agreements.
 
Contingent Consideration  — American Life has guaranteed that the fair value of a fund of assets backing certain U.K. unit-linked contracts will have a value of at least £1 per unit on July 1, 2012. In accordance with the provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement if the shortfall between the aggregate guaranteed amount and the fair value of the fund exceeds £106 million AIG will pay the difference to American Life and conversely, if the shortfall at July 1, 2012 is less than £106 million ALICO will pay the difference to AIG. The Company believes that the fair value of the fund will equal or exceed the guaranteed amount by July 1, 2012. Therefore, the Company recognized a contingent consideration liability in the amount of $88 million as of the Acquisition Date which was included as additional purchase consideration in determining the amount paid for ALICO.
 
Indemnification Collateral
 
ALICO Holdings may satisfy certain of its indemnification and other payment obligations by delivering cash, shares of stock or Equity Units issued by MetLife, Inc. in connection with the Acquisition. The Equity Units were deposited into an indemnification collateral account on the Acquisition Date as security for these obligations. This collateral will be released periodically over a 30-month period on each of the 12-month, 24-month and 30-month anniversaries of the Acquisition Date as follows: Equity Units with an aggregate stated amount of $1.0 billion (or such amount of net cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Units or other eligible collateral equal to such stated amount), less, on each such release date, specified reserve amounts, including, but not limited to, amounts


F-45


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
necessary to satisfy then outstanding indemnification claims made by MetLife, Inc. However, if an AIG bankruptcy event occurs, any then remaining indemnification collateral will remain in the indemnification collateral account and will be released in part on each of the 30-month, 36-month and 48-month anniversaries of the Acquisition Date, less, on each such release date, any such specified reserved amounts.
 
Branch Restructuring
 
On March 4, 2010, American Life entered into a closing agreement (the “Closing Agreement”) with the Commissioner of the IRS with respect to a U.S. withholding tax issue arising as a result of payments made by its foreign branches. The Closing Agreement provides that American Life’s foreign branches will not be required to withhold U.S. income tax on the income portion of payments made pursuant to American Life’s life insurance and annuity contracts (“Covered Payments”) for any tax periods beginning on January 1, 2005 and ending on December 31, 2013 (the “Deferral Period”). The Closing Agreement requires that American Life submit a plan to the IRS within 90 days after the close of the Acquisition, indicating the steps American Life will take (on a country by country basis) to ensure that no substantial amount of U.S. withholding tax will arise from Covered Payments made by American Life’s foreign branches to foreign customers after the Deferral Period. Such plan, which was submitted to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) on January 29, 2011, involves the transfer of businesses from certain of the foreign branches of American Life to one or more existing or newly-formed subsidiaries of MetLife, Inc. or American Life.
 
A liability of $277 million was recognized in purchase accounting as of November 1, 2010, for the anticipated and estimated costs associated with restructuring American Life’s foreign branches into subsidiaries in connection with the Closing Agreement.
 
Current and Deferred Income Tax
 
The future tax effects of temporary differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities are measured at the balance sheet dates and are recorded as deferred income tax assets and liabilities, with certain exceptions such as certain temporary differences relating to goodwill under purchase accounting.
 
For federal income tax purposes, MetLife, Inc. and ALICO Holdings are expected to make Section 338 elections with respect to American Life and certain of its subsidiaries. In addition, MetLife, Inc. and AIG are expected to make a Section 338 election with respect to DelAm. Under such elections, the U.S. tax basis of the assets deemed acquired and liabilities assumed of ALICO were adjusted as of the Acquisition Date to reflect the consequences of the Section 338 elections.
 
The reversal of temporary differences (between financial reporting and U.S. tax bases of assets and liabilities) of American Life’s foreign branches, post-branch restructuring, in connection with the Closing Agreement (i.e., generally, after the end of the Deferral Period) is not expected to result in any direct U.S. tax effect. Thus, as of November 1, 2010, American Life reduced its net deferred tax asset of $425 million by $671 million that reflects the amount of U.S. deferred tax asset that is expected to reverse post-branch restructuring. Therefore, American Life recognized a U.S. net deferred tax liability of approximately $246 million in purchase accounting.
 
As of the Acquisition Date, ALICO’s current and deferred income tax liabilities are provisional and not yet finalized. Current income taxes may be adjusted pending the resolution of the tax value of MetLife, Inc. securities delivered to ALICO Holdings as part of the purchase consideration on the Acquisition Date, the amount of taxes resulting from the Section 338 elections and the filing of income tax returns. Deferred income taxes may be adjusted as a result of changes in estimates and assumptions relating to the reversal of U.S. temporary differences prior to the completion of the anticipated restructuring of American Life’s foreign branches, the filing of income tax returns and as additional information becomes available during the measurement period. We expect to finalize these amounts as soon as possible but no later than one year from the Acquisition Date.


F-46


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Revenues and Earnings of ALICO
 
The following table presents information for ALICO that is included in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations from the Acquisition Date through November 30, 2010:
 
         
    ALICO’s Operations
    Included in MetLife’s
    Results for the
    Year Ended December 31, 2010
    (In millions)
 
Total revenues
  $ 950  
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax
  $ (2 )
 
Supplemental Pro Forma Information (unaudited)
 
The following table presents unaudited supplemental pro forma information as if the Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2010 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and on January 1, 2009 for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions, except
 
    per share data)  
 
Total revenues
  $ 64,680     $ 54,282  
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, attributable to common shareholders
  $ 3,888     $ (1,353 )
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, attributable to common shareholders per common share:
               
Basic
  $ 3.60     $ (1.29 )
Diluted
  $ 3.57     $ (1.29 )
 
The pro forma information was derived from the historical financial information of MetLife and ALICO, reflecting the results of operations of MetLife and ALICO for 2010 and 2009. The historical financial information has been adjusted to give effect to the pro forma events that are directly attributable to the Acquisition and factually supportable and expected to have a continuing impact on the combined results. Discontinued operations and the related earnings per share have been excluded from the presentation as they are non-recurring in nature. The pro forma information is not intended to reflect the results of operations of the combined company that would have resulted had the Acquisition been effective during the periods presented or the results that may be obtained by the combined company in the future. The pro forma information does not reflect future events that may occur after the Acquisition, including, but not limited to, expense efficiencies or revenue enhancements arising from the Acquisition and also does not give effect to certain one-time charges that MetLife expects to incur such as restructuring and integration costs.
 
The pro forma information primarily reflects the following pro forma adjustments:
 
  •  reduction in net investment income to reflect the amortization or accretion associated with the new cost basis of the acquired fixed maturities available-for-sale portfolio;
 
  •  elimination of amortization associated with the elimination of ALICO’s historical DAC;
 
  •  amortization of VOBA, VODA and VOCRA associated with the establishment of VOBA, VODA and VOCRA arising from the Acquisition;
 
  •  reduction in other expenses associated with the amortization of negative VOBA;
 
  •  reduction in revenues associated with the elimination of ALICO’s historical unearned revenue liability;


F-47


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
  •  interest expense associated with the issuance of the Debt Securities to ALICO Holdings and the public issuance of senior notes in connection with the financing of the Acquisition;
 
  •  certain adjustments to conform to MetLife’s accounting policies; and
 
  •  reversal of investment and derivative gains (losses) associated with certain transactions that were completed prior to the Acquisition Date (conditions of closing).
 
Costs Related to Acquisition
 
Transaction and Integration-Related Expenses.   The Company incurred $100 million of transaction costs for the year ended December 31, 2010. Transaction costs represent costs directly related to effecting the Acquisition and primarily include banking and legal expenses. Such costs have been expensed as incurred and are included in other expenses. These expenses have been reported within Banking, Corporate & Other.
 
Integration-related expenses incurred for the year ended December 31, 2010 and included in other expenses were $176 million. Integration costs represent incremental costs directly related to integrating ALICO, including expenses for consulting, rebranding and the integration of information systems. As the integration of ALICO is an enterprise-wide initiative, these expenses have been reported within Banking, Corporate & Other.
 
Restructuring Costs and Other Charges.   As part of the integration of ALICO’s operations, management has initiated restructuring plans focused on increasing productivity and improving the efficiency of the Company’s operations. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized a severance-related restructuring charge of $4 million associated with the termination of certain employees in connection with this initiative which were reflected within other expenses. The Company did not make any cash payments related to these severance costs as of December 31, 2010.
 
Estimated restructuring costs may change as management continues to execute its restructuring plans. Management anticipates further restructuring charges including severance, contract termination costs and other associated costs through the year ended December 31, 2011. However, such restructuring plans are not sufficiently developed to enable the Company to make an estimate of such restructuring charges at December 31, 2010.
 
2010 Pending Disposition
 
In October 2010, the Company and its joint venture partner, MS&AD Insurance Group Holdings, Inc. (“MS&AD”), reached an agreement under which the Company intends to sell its 50% interest in Mitsui Sumitomo MetLife Insurance Co., Ltd. (“MSI MetLife”), a Japan domiciled life insurance company, to MS&AD for approximately $275 million ( ¥ 22.5 billion). During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded an investment loss of $136 million, net of income tax, to record its investment in MSI MetLife at its estimated recoverable amount. It is anticipated that the sale will close on or about April 1, 2011, subject to customary closing conditions, including obtaining required regulatory approvals.
 
2009 Disposition
 
In March 2009, the Company sold Cova Corporation (“Cova”), the parent company of Texas Life Insurance Company (“Texas Life”) to a third-party for $130 million in cash consideration, excluding $1 million of transaction costs. The net assets sold were $101 million, resulting in a gain on disposal of $28 million, net of income tax. The Company also reclassified $4 million, net of income tax, of the 2009 operations of Texas Life into discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements. As a result, the Company recognized income from discontinued operations of $32 million, net of income tax, during the year ended December 31, 2009. See Note 23.


F-48


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
2009 Disposition through Assumption Reinsurance
 
On October 30, 2009, the Company completed the disposal, through assumption reinsurance, of substantially all of the insurance business of MetLife Canada, a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary, to a third-party. Pursuant to the assumption reinsurance agreement, the consideration paid by the Company was $259 million, comprised of cash of $14 million and fixed maturity securities, mortgage loans and other assets totaling $245 million. At the date of the assumption reinsurance agreement, the carrying value of insurance liabilities transferred was $267 million, resulting in a gain of $5 million, net of income tax. The gain was recognized in net investment gains (losses).
 
2008 Acquisitions and Disposition
 
During 2008, the Company made five acquisitions for $783 million. As a result of these acquisitions, MetLife’s Insurance Products segment increased its product offering of dental and vision benefit plans, MetLife Bank, National Association (“MetLife Bank”) within Banking, Corporate & Other entered the mortgage origination and servicing business and the International segment increased its presence in Mexico and Brazil. The acquisitions were each accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, commenced being included in the operating results of the Company upon their respective closing dates. Total consideration paid by the Company for these acquisitions consisted of $763 million in cash and $20 million in transaction costs. The net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed totaled $527 million, resulting in goodwill of $256 million. Goodwill increased by $122 million, $73 million and $61 million in the International segment, Insurance Products segment and Banking, Corporate & Other, respectively. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. VOCRA, VOBA and other intangibles increased by $137 million, $7 million and $6 million, respectively, as a result of these acquisitions. Further information on VOBA, goodwill and VOCRA is provided in Notes 6, 7 and 8, respectively.
 
In September 2008, the Company completed a tax-free split-off of its majority-owned subsidiary, Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated (“RGA”). The Company and RGA entered into a recapitalization and distribution agreement, pursuant to which the Company agreed to divest substantially all of its 52% interest in RGA to the Company’s stockholders. The split-off was effected through the following:
 
  •  A recapitalization of RGA common stock into two classes of common stock — RGA Class A common stock and RGA Class B common stock. Pursuant to the terms of the recapitalization, each outstanding share of RGA common stock, including the 32,243,539 shares of RGA common stock beneficially owned by the Company and its subsidiaries, was reclassified as one share of RGA Class A common stock. Immediately thereafter, the Company and its subsidiaries exchanged 29,243,539 shares of its RGA Class A common stock — which represented all of the RGA Class A common stock beneficially owned by the Company and its subsidiaries other than 3,000,000 shares of RGA Class A common stock — with RGA for 29,243,539 shares of RGA Class B common stock.
 
  •  An exchange offer, pursuant to which the Company offered to acquire MetLife common stock from its stockholders in exchange for all of its 29,243,539 shares of RGA Class B common stock. The exchange ratio was determined based upon a ratio of the value of the MetLife and RGA shares during the three-day period prior to the closing of the exchange offer. The 3,000,000 shares of the RGA Class A common stock were not subject to the tax-free exchange.
 
As a result of completion of the recapitalization and exchange offer, the Company received from MetLife stockholders 23,093,689 shares of the Holding Company’s common stock with a market value of $1,318 million and, in exchange, delivered 29,243,539 shares of RGA’s Class B common stock with a net book value of $1,716 million. The resulting loss on disposition, inclusive of transaction costs of $60 million, was $458 million. During the third quarter of 2009, the Company incurred $2 million, net of income tax, of additional costs related to this split-off. The 3,000,000 shares of RGA Class A common stock retained by the Company are marketable equity securities which do not constitute significant continuing involvement in the operations of RGA; accordingly, they were classified within equity securities in the consolidated financial statements of the Company at a cost basis of


F-49


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
$157 million which is equivalent to the net book value of the shares. The equity securities have been recorded at fair value at each subsequent reporting date. The Company agreed to dispose of the remaining shares of RGA within the next five years. In connection with the Company’s agreement to dispose of the remaining shares, the Company also recognized, in its provision for income tax on continuing operations, a deferred tax liability of $16 million which represents the difference between the book and taxable basis of the remaining investment in RGA. On February 15, 2011, the Company sold to RGA such remaining shares. The impact of the disposition of the Company’s investment in RGA was reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as discontinued operations. See Note 23.
 
3.   Investments
 
Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale
 
The following tables present the cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized gain and loss, estimated fair value of the Company’s fixed maturity and equity securities and the percentage that each sector represents by the respective total holdings for the periods shown. The unrealized loss amounts presented below include the noncredit loss component of OTTI loss:
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Cost or
    Gross Unrealized     Estimated
       
    Amortized
          Temporary
    OTTI
    Fair
    % of
 
    Cost     Gain     Loss     Loss     Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Fixed Maturity Securities:
                                               
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 89,713     $ 4,486     $ 1,631     $     $ 92,568       28.3 %
Foreign corporate securities
    65,784       3,333       939             68,178       20.8  
RMBS
    44,468       1,652       917       470       44,733       13.7  
Foreign government securities
    42,154       1,856       610             43,400       13.2  
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities (1)
    32,469       1,394       559             33,304       10.2  
CMBS
    20,213       740       266       12       20,675       6.3  
ABS
    14,725       274       590       119       14,290       4.4  
State and political subdivision securities
    10,476       171       518             10,129       3.1  
Other fixed maturity securities
    6       1                   7        
                                                 
Total fixed maturity securities (2), (3)
  $ 320,008     $ 13,907     $ 6,030     $ 601     $ 327,284       100.0 %
                                                 
Equity Securities:
                                               
Common stock
  $ 2,060     $ 146     $ 12     $     $ 2,194       60.8 %
Non-redeemable preferred stock (2)
    1,565       76       229             1,412       39.2  
                                                 
Total equity securities (4)
  $ 3,625     $ 222     $ 241     $     $ 3,606       100.0 %
                                                 
 


F-50


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2009  
    Cost or
    Gross Unrealized     Estimated
       
    Amortized
          Temporary
    OTTI
    Fair
    % of
 
    Cost     Gain     Loss     Loss     Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Fixed Maturity Securities:
                                               
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 72,075     $ 2,821     $ 2,699     $ 10     $ 72,187       31.7 %
Foreign corporate securities
    37,254       2,011       1,226       9       38,030       16.7  
RMBS
    45,343       1,234       1,957       600       44,020       19.3  
Foreign government securities
    11,010       1,076       139             11,947       5.2  
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities (1)
    25,712       745       1,010             25,447       11.2  
CMBS
    16,555       191       1,106       18       15,622       6.9  
ABS
    14,272       189       1,077       222       13,162       5.8  
State and political subdivision securities
    7,468       151       411             7,208       3.2  
Other fixed maturity securities
    20       1       2             19        
                                                 
Total fixed maturity securities (2), (3)
  $ 229,709     $ 8,419     $ 9,627     $ 859     $ 227,642       100.0 %
                                                 
Equity Securities:
                                               
Common stock
  $ 1,537     $ 92     $ 8     $     $ 1,621       52.6 %
Non-redeemable preferred stock (2)
    1,650       80       267             1,463       47.4  
                                                 
Total equity securities (4)
  $ 3,187     $ 172     $ 275     $     $ 3,084       100.0 %
                                                 
 
 
(1) The Company has classified within the U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities caption certain corporate fixed maturity securities issued by U.S. financial institutions that were guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) pursuant to the FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“FDIC Program”) of $223 million and $407 million at estimated fair value with unrealized gains of $4 million and $2 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
(2) Upon acquisition, the Company classifies perpetual securities that have attributes of both debt and equity as fixed maturity securities if the security has an interest rate step-up feature which, when combined with other qualitative factors, indicates that the security has more debt-like characteristics. The Company classifies perpetual securities with an interest rate step-up feature which, when combined with other qualitative factors, indicates that the security has more equity-like characteristics, as equity securities within non-redeemable preferred stock. Many of such securities have been issued by non-U.S. financial institutions that are accorded Tier 1 and Upper Tier 2 capital treatment by their respective regulatory bodies and are commonly referred to as “perpetual hybrid securities.” The following table presents the perpetual hybrid securities held by the Company at:
 
                         
            December 31,
            2010   2009
            Estimated
  Estimated
Classification   Fair
  Fair
Consolidated Balance Sheets   Sector Table   Primary Issuers   Value   Value
            (In millions)
 
Equity securities
  Non-redeemable preferred stock   Non-U.S. financial institutions   $ 1,046     $ 988  
Equity securities
  Non-redeemable preferred stock   U.S. financial institutions   $ 236     $ 349  
Fixed maturity securities
  Foreign corporate securities   Non-U.S. financial institutions   $ 2,038     $ 2,626  
Fixed maturity securities
  U.S. corporate securities   U.S. financial institutions   $ 83     $ 91  

F-51


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
(3) The Company’s holdings in redeemable preferred stock with stated maturity dates, commonly referred to as “capital securities”, were primarily issued by U.S. financial institutions and have cumulative interest deferral features. The Company held $2.7 billion and $2.5 billion at estimated fair value of such securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which are included in the U.S. and foreign corporate securities sectors within fixed maturity securities.
 
(4) Equity securities primarily consist of investments in common and preferred stocks, including certain perpetual hybrid securities and mutual fund interests. Privately-held equity securities were $1.3 billion and $1.0 billion at estimated fair value at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
The Company held foreign currency derivatives with notional amounts of $12.2 billion and $9.1 billion to hedge the exchange rate risk associated with foreign denominated fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
The below investment grade and non-income producing amounts presented below are based on rating agency designations and equivalent designations of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”), with the exception of certain structured securities described below held by the Company’s insurance subsidiaries that file NAIC statutory financial statements. Non-agency RMBS, including RMBS backed by sub-prime mortgage loans reported within ABS, CMBS and all other ABS held by the Company’s insurance subsidiaries that file NAIC statutory financial statements are presented based on final ratings from the revised NAIC rating methodologies which became effective December 31, 2009 for non-agency RMBS, including RMBS backed by sub-prime mortgage loans reported within ABS, and December 31, 2010 for CMBS and the remaining ABS (which may not correspond to rating agency designations). All NAIC designation (e.g., NAIC 1 — 6) amounts and percentages presented herein are based on the revised NAIC methodologies. All rating agency designation (e.g., Aaa/AAA) amounts and percentages presented herein are based on rating agency designations without adjustment for the revised NAIC methodologies described above. Rating agency designations are based on availability of applicable ratings from rating agencies on the NAIC acceptable rating organization list, including Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”), S&P and Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”).
 
The following table presents selected information about certain fixed maturity securities held by the Company at:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Below investment grade or non-rated fixed maturity securities:
               
Estimated fair value
  $ 24,886     $ 20,201  
Net unrealized gain (loss)
  $ (696 )   $ (2,609 )
Non-income producing fixed maturity securities:
               
Estimated fair value
  $ 130     $ 312  
Net unrealized gain (loss)
  $ (23 )   $ (31 )
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk (Fixed Maturity Securities) — Summary.   The following section contains a summary of the concentrations of credit risk related to fixed maturity securities holdings.
 
The Company was not exposed to any concentrations of credit risk of any single issuer greater than 10% of the Company’s equity, other than the government securities summarized in the table below. The estimated fair value of the Company’s holdings in sovereign fixed maturity securities of Portugal, Ireland, Italy, Greece and Spain, commonly referred to as “Europe’s perimeter region,” was $1,562 million and $6 million prior to, and was $1,392 million and $6 million, after considering net purchased credit default swap protection at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Collectively, the net exposure in these Europe perimeter region sovereign fixed maturity securities was 2.8% of the Company’s equity and 0.3% of total cash and invested assets at December 31, 2010.
 


F-52


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Estimated Fair Value  
    (In millions)  
 
Government and agency fixed maturity securities:
               
United States (1)
  $ 33,304     $ 25,447  
Japan
  $ 15,591     $  
Mexico
  $ 5,050     $ 4,813  
 
 
(1) Includes certain corporate fixed maturity securities guaranteed by the FDIC Program, as described above.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk (Fixed Maturity Securities) — U.S. and Foreign Corporate Securities.   The Company maintains a diversified portfolio of corporate fixed maturity securities across industries and issuers. This portfolio does not have an exposure to any single issuer in excess of 1% of total investments. The tables below present for all corporate fixed maturity securities holdings, corporate securities by sector, U.S. corporate securities by major industry types, the largest exposure to a single issuer and the combined holdings in the ten issuers to which it had the largest exposure at:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Estimated
          Estimated
       
    Fair
    % of
    Fair
    % of
 
    Value     Total     Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Corporate fixed maturity securities — by sector:
                               
Foreign corporate fixed maturity securities (1)
  $ 68,178       42.4 %   $ 38,030       34.5 %
U.S. corporate fixed maturity securities — by industry:
                               
Industrial
    22,314       13.9       17,246       15.6  
Consumer
    21,737       13.5       16,924       15.4  
Finance
    20,917       13.0       13,756       12.5  
Utility
    17,027       10.6       14,785       13.4  
Communications
    7,375       4.6       6,580       6.0  
Other
    3,198       2.0       2,896       2.6  
                                 
Total
  $ 160,746       100.0 %   $ 110,217       100.0 %
                                 
 
 
(1) Includes U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations of foreign obligors and other foreign fixed maturity securities.
 
                                 
    December 31,
    2010   2009
    Estimated
      Estimated
   
    Fair
  % of Total
  Fair
  % of Total
    Value   Investments   Value   Investments
    (In millions)
 
Concentrations within corporate fixed maturity securities:
                               
Largest exposure to a single issuer
  $ 2,291       0.5 %   $ 1,038       0.3 %
Holdings in ten issuers with the largest exposures
  $ 14,247       3.1 %   $ 7,506       2.3 %

F-53


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk (Fixed Maturity Securities) — RMBS.   The table below presents the Company’s RMBS holdings and portion rated Aaa/AAA and portion rated NAIC 1 at:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Estimated
          Estimated
       
    Fair
    % of
    Fair
    % of
 
    Value     Total     Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
By security type:
                               
Pass-through securities
  $ 22,430       50.1 %   $ 19,540       44.4 %
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    22,303       49.9       24,480       55.6  
                                 
Total RMBS
  $ 44,733       100.0 %   $ 44,020       100.0 %
                                 
By risk profile:
                               
Agency
  $ 34,254       76.6 %   $ 33,334       75.7 %
Prime
    6,258       14.0       6,775       15.4  
Alternative residential mortgage loans
    4,221       9.4       3,911       8.9  
                                 
Total RMBS
  $ 44,733       100.0 %   $ 44,020       100.0 %
                                 
Portion rated Aaa/AAA
  $ 36,085       80.7 %   $ 35,626       80.9 %
                                 
Portion rated NAIC 1
  $ 38,984       87.1 %   $ 38,464       87.4 %
                                 
 
Pass-through mortgage-backed securities are a type of asset-backed security that is secured by a mortgage or collection of mortgages. The monthly mortgage payments from homeowners pass from the originating bank through an intermediary, such as a government agency or investment bank, which collects the payments, and for a fee, remits or passes these payments through to the holders of the pass-through securities. Collateralized mortgage obligations are a type of mortgage-backed security structured by dividing the cash flows of mortgages into separate pools or tranches of risk that create multiple classes of bonds with varying maturities and priority of payments.
 
Prime residential mortgage lending includes the origination of residential mortgage loans to the most creditworthy borrowers with high quality credit profiles. Alternative residential mortgage loans (“Alt-A”) are a classification of mortgage loans where the risk profile of the borrower falls between prime and sub-prime. Sub-prime mortgage lending is the origination of residential mortgage loans to borrowers with weak credit profiles. Included within Alt-A RMBS are resecuritization of real estate mortgage investment conduit (“Re-REMIC”) securities. Re-REMIC Alt-A RMBS involve the pooling of previous issues of Alt-A RMBS and restructuring the combined pools to create new senior and subordinated securities. The credit enhancement on the senior tranches is improved through the resecuritization. The Company’s holdings are in senior tranches with significant credit enhancement.


F-54


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following tables present the Company’s investment in Alt-A RMBS by vintage year (vintage year refers to the year of origination and not to the year of purchase) and certain other selected data:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Estimated
          Estimated
       
    Fair
    % of
    Fair
    % of
 
    Value     Total     Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Vintage Year:
                               
2004 & Prior
  $ 93       2.2 %   $ 109       2.8 %
2005
    1,483       35.1       1,395       35.7  
2006
    1,013       24.0       811       20.7  
2007
    922       21.8       814       20.8  
2008
    7       0.2              
2009 (1)
    671       15.9       782       20.0  
2010 (1)
    32       0.8              
                                 
Total
  $ 4,221       100.0 %   $ 3,911       100.0 %
                                 
 
 
(1) All of the Company’s Alt-A RMBS holdings in the 2009 and 2010 vintage years are Re-REMIC Alt-A RMBS that were purchased in 2009 and 2010 and are comprised of original issue vintage year 2005 through 2007 Alt-A RMBS. All of the Company’s Re-REMIC Alt-A RMBS holdings are NAIC 1 rated.
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
          % of
          % of
 
    Amount     Total     Amount     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Net unrealized gain (loss)
  $ (670 )           $ (1,248 )        
Rated Aa/AA or better
            15.9 %             26.3 %
Rated NAIC 1
            39.5 %             31.3 %
Distribution of holdings — at estimated fair value — by collateral type:
                               
Fixed rate mortgage loans collateral
            90.7 %             89.3 %
Hybrid adjustable rate mortgage loans collateral
            9.3               10.7  
                                 
Total Alt-A RMBS
            100.0 %             100.0 %
                                 
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk (Fixed Maturity Securities) — CMBS.   The Company’s holdings in CMBS were $20.7 billion and $15.6 billion at estimated fair value at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company had no exposure to CMBS index securities at December 31, 2010 or 2009. The Company held commercial real estate collateralized debt obligations securities of $138 million and $111 million at estimated fair value at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.


F-55


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following tables present the Company’s holdings of CMBS by rating agency designation and by vintage year at:
 
                                                                                                 
    December 31, 2010  
                            Below
       
                            Investment
       
    Aaa     Aa     A     Baa     Grade     Total  
          Estimated
          Estimated
          Estimated
          Estimated
          Estimated
          Estimated
 
    Amortized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
    (In millions)  
 
2003 & Prior
  $ 7,411     $ 7,640     $ 282     $ 282     $ 228     $ 227     $ 74     $ 71     $ 28     $ 24     $ 8,023     $ 8,244  
2004
    3,489       3,620       277       273       216       209       181       175       91       68       4,254       4,345  
2005
    3,113       3,292       322       324       286       280       263       255       73       66       4,057       4,217  
2006
    1,463       1,545       159       160       168       168       385       398       166       156       2,341       2,427  
2007
    840       791       344       298       96       95       119       108       122       133       1,521       1,425  
2008
    2       2                                                       2       2  
2009
    3       3                                                       3       3  
2010
    8       8                   4       4                               12       12  
                                                                                                 
Total
  $ 16,329     $ 16,901     $ 1,384     $ 1,337     $ 998     $ 983     $ 1,022     $ 1,007     $ 480     $ 447     $ 20,213     $ 20,675  
                                                                                                 
Ratings Distribution
            81.7 %             6.4 %             4.8 %             4.9 %             2.2 %             100.0 %
                                                                                                 
 
The December 31, 2010 table reflects rating agency designations assigned by nationally recognized rating agencies including Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and Realpoint, LLC.
 
                                                                                                 
    December 31, 2009  
                            Below
       
                            Investment
       
    Aaa     Aa     A     Baa     Grade     Total  
          Estimated
          Estimated
          Estimated
          Estimated
          Estimated
          Estimated
 
    Amortized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
    (In millions)  
 
2003 & Prior
  $ 6,836     $ 6,918     $ 394     $ 365     $ 162     $ 140     $ 52     $ 41     $ 36     $ 18     $ 7,480     $ 7,482  
2004
    2,240       2,255       200       166       114       71       133       87       88       58       2,775       2,637  
2005
    2,956       2,853       144       108       85       65       39       24       57       51       3,281       3,101  
2006
    1,087       1,009       162       139       380       323       187       129       123       48       1,939       1,648  
2007
    432       314       13       12       361       257       234       153       35       13       1,075       749  
2008
    5       5                                                       5       5  
2009
                                                                       
                                                                                                 
Total
  $ 13,556     $ 13,354     $ 913     $ 790     $ 1,102     $ 856     $ 645     $ 434     $ 339     $ 188     $ 16,555     $ 15,622  
                                                                                                 
Ratings Distribution
            85.4 %             5.1 %             5.5 %             2.8 %             1.2 %             100.0 %
                                                                                                 
 
The December 31, 2009 table reflects rating agency designations assigned by nationally recognized rating agencies including Moody’s, S&P and Fitch.


F-56


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The NAIC rating distribution of the Company’s holdings of CMBS was as follows at:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
 
NAIC 1
    93.7 %     96.0 %
NAIC 2
    3.2 %     2.8 %
NAIC 3
    1.8 %     1.0 %
NAIC 4
    1.0 %     0.1 %
NAIC 5
    0.3 %     0.1 %
NAIC 6
    %     %
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk (Fixed Maturity Securities) — ABS.   The Company’s holdings in ABS were $14.3 billion and $13.2 billion at estimated fair value at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company’s ABS are diversified both by collateral type and by issuer.
 
The following table presents the collateral type and certain other information about ABS held by the Company at:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Estimated
          Estimated
       
    Fair
    % of
    Fair
    % of
 
    Value     Total     Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
By collateral type:
                               
Credit card loans
  $ 6,027       42.2 %   $ 7,057       53.6 %
Student loans
    2,416       16.9       1,855       14.1  
RMBS backed by sub-prime mortgage loans
    1,119       7.8       1,044       7.9  
Automobile loans
    605       4.2       963       7.3  
Other loans
    4,123       28.9       2,243       17.1  
                                 
Total
  $ 14,290       100.0 %   $ 13,162       100.0 %
                                 
Portion rated Aaa/AAA
  $ 10,411       72.9 %   $ 9,354       71.1 %
                                 
Portion rated NAIC 1
  $ 13,136       91.9 %   $ 11,573       87.9 %
                                 
 
The Company had ABS supported by sub-prime mortgage loans with estimated fair values of $1,119 million and $1,044 million and unrealized losses of $317 million and $593 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Approximately 54% of this portfolio was rated Aa or better, of which 88% was in vintage year 2005 and prior at December 31, 2010. Approximately 61% of this portfolio was rated Aa or better, of which 91% was in vintage year 2005 and prior at December 31, 2009. These older vintages from 2005 and prior benefit from better underwriting, improved enhancement levels and higher residential property price appreciation. Approximately 66% and 73% of this portfolio was rated NAIC 2 or better at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk (Equity Securities).   The Company was not exposed to any concentrations of credit risk in its equity securities holdings of any single issuer greater than 10% of the Company’s equity or 1% of total investments at December 31, 2010 and 2009.


F-57


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Maturities of Fixed Maturity Securities.   The amortized cost and estimated fair value of fixed maturity securities, by contractual maturity date (excluding scheduled sinking funds), were as follows at:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
          Estimated
          Estimated
 
    Amortized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
    (In millions)  
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 8,593     $ 8,715     $ 6,845     $ 6,924  
Due after one year through five years
    65,378       67,040       38,408       39,399  
Due after five years through ten years
    77,054       80,163       40,448       41,568  
Due after ten years
    89,577       91,668       67,838       66,947  
                                 
Subtotal
    240,602       247,586       153,539       154,838  
RMBS, CMBS and ABS
    79,406       79,698       76,170       72,804  
                                 
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 320,008     $ 327,284     $ 229,709     $ 227,642  
                                 
 
Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to the exercise of call or prepayment options. Fixed maturity securities not due at a single maturity date have been included in the above table in the year of final contractual maturity. RMBS, CMBS and ABS are shown separately in the table, as they are not due at a single maturity.
 
As discussed further in Note 2, an indemnification asset has been established in connection with certain investments acquired from American Life.
 
Evaluating Available-for-Sale Securities for Other-Than-Temporary Impairment
 
As described more fully in Note 1, the Company performs a regular evaluation, on a security-by-security basis, of its available-for-sale securities holdings, including fixed maturity securities, equity securities and perpetual hybrid securities, in accordance with its impairment policy in order to evaluate whether such investments are other-than-temporarily impaired. As described more fully in Note 1, effective April 1, 2009, the Company adopted OTTI guidance that amends the methodology for determining for fixed maturity securities whether an OTTI exists, and for certain fixed maturity securities, changes how the amount of the OTTI loss that is charged to earnings is determined. There was no change in the OTTI methodology for equity securities.


F-58


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Net Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses)
 
The components of net unrealized investment gains (losses), included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), were as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Fixed maturity securities
  $ 7,817     $ (1,208 )   $ (21,246 )
Fixed maturity securities with noncredit OTTI losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (601 )     (859 )      
                         
Total fixed maturity securities
    7,216       (2,067 )     (21,246 )
Equity securities
    (3 )     (103 )     (934 )
Derivatives
    (59 )     (144 )     (2 )
Other
    42       71       53  
                         
Subtotal
    7,196       (2,243 )     (22,129 )
                         
Amounts allocated from:
                       
Insurance liability loss recognition
    (672 )     (118 )     42  
DAC and VOBA related to noncredit OTTI losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    38       71        
DAC and VOBA
    (1,205 )     145       3,025  
Policyholder dividend obligation
    (876 )            
                         
Subtotal
    (2,715 )     98       3,067  
Deferred income tax benefit (expense) related to noncredit OTTI losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    197       275        
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)
    (1,692 )     539       6,508  
                         
Net unrealized investment gains (losses)
    2,986       (1,331 )     (12,554 )
Net unrealized investment gains (losses) attributable to noncontrolling interests
    4       1       (10 )
                         
Net unrealized investment gains (losses) attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
  $ 2,990     $ (1,330 )   $ (12,564 )
                         
 
Fixed maturity securities with noncredit OTTI losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), as presented above of ($601) million at December 31, 2010, includes ($859) million recognized prior to January 1, 2010, ($212) million (($202) million, net of DAC) of noncredit OTTI losses recognized in the year ended December 31, 2010, $16 million transferred to retained earnings in connection with the adoption of guidance related to the consolidation of VIEs (see Note 1) for the year ended December 31, 2010, $137 million related to securities sold during the year ended December 31, 2010 for which a noncredit OTTI loss was previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and $317 million of subsequent increases in estimated fair value during the year ended December 31, 2010 on such securities for which a noncredit OTTI loss was previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
 
Fixed maturity securities with noncredit OTTI losses in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), as presented above of ($859) million at December 31, 2009, includes ($126) million related to the transition adjustment recorded in 2009 upon the adoption of guidance on the recognition and presentation of OTTI, ($939) million (($857) million, net of DAC) of noncredit OTTI losses recognized in the year ended December 31, 2009 (as more fully described in Note 1), $20 million related to securities sold during the year ended December 31, 2009 for which a noncredit OTTI loss was previously recognized in accumulated comprehensive income (loss) and $186 million of subsequent increases in estimated fair value during the year


F-59


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
ended December 31, 2009 on such securities for which a noncredit OTTI loss was previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
 
The changes in net unrealized investment gains (losses) were as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance, beginning of period
  $ (1,330 )   $ (12,564 )   $ 971  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles, net of income tax
    52       (76 )     (10 )
Fixed maturity securities on which noncredit OTTI losses have been recognized
    242       (733 )      
Unrealized investment gains (losses) during the year
    9,117       20,745       (25,536 )
Unrealized investment losses of subsidiaries at the date of disposal
                149  
Unrealized investment gains (losses) relating to:
                       
Insurance liability gain (loss) recognition
    (554 )     (160 )     650  
DAC and VOBA related to noncredit OTTI losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (33 )     61        
DAC and VOBA
    (1,350 )     (2,880 )     3,370  
DAC and VOBA of subsidiary at date of disposal
                (18 )
Policyholder dividend obligation
    (876 )           789  
Deferred income tax benefit (expense) related to noncredit OTTI losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (73 )     235        
Deferred income tax benefit (expense)
    (2,208 )     (5,969 )     6,991  
Deferred income tax benefit (expense) of subsidiaries at date of disposal
                (60 )
                         
Net unrealized investment gains (losses)
    2,987       (1,341 )     (12,704 )
Net unrealized investment gains (losses) attributable to noncontrolling interests
    3       11       (10 )
Net unrealized investment gains (losses) attributable to noncontrolling interests of subsidiary at date of disposal
                150  
                         
Balance, end of period
  $ 2,990     $ (1,330 )   $ (12,564 )
                         
Change in net unrealized investment gains (losses)
  $ 4,317     $ 11,223     $ (13,665 )
Change in net unrealized investment gains (losses) attributable to noncontrolling interests
    3       11       (10 )
Change in net unrealized investment gains (losses) attributable to noncontrolling interests of subsidiary at date of disposal
                150  
                         
Change in net unrealized investment gains (losses) attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
  $ 4,320     $ 11,234     $ (13,525 )
                         
 
Continuous Gross Unrealized Loss and OTTI Loss for Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale by Sector
 
The following tables present the estimated fair value and gross unrealized loss of the Company’s fixed maturity and equity securities in an unrealized loss position, aggregated by sector and by length of time that the securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position. The unrealized loss amounts presented below include the noncredit component of OTTI loss. Fixed maturity securities on which a noncredit OTTI loss has been


F-60


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are categorized by length of time as being “less than 12 months” or “equal to or greater than 12 months” in a continuous unrealized loss position based on the point in time that the estimated fair value initially declined to below the amortized cost basis and not the period of time since the unrealized loss was deemed a noncredit OTTI loss.
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2010  
          Equal to or Greater
       
    Less than 12 Months     than 12 Months     Total  
    Estimated
    Gross
    Estimated
    Gross
    Estimated
    Gross
 
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
 
    Value     Loss     Value     Loss     Value     Loss  
    (In millions, except number of securities)  
 
Fixed Maturity Securities:
                                               
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 23,309     $ 464     $ 8,386     $ 1,167     $ 31,695     $ 1,631  
Foreign corporate securities
    22,530       417       4,007       522       26,537       939  
RMBS
    7,588       212       6,700       1,175       14,288       1,387  
Foreign government securities
    26,828       593       189       17       27,017       610  
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities
    13,401       530       118       29       13,519       559  
CMBS
    3,787       29       1,363       249       5,150       278  
ABS
    2,713       42       3,029       667       5,742       709  
State and political subdivision securities
    5,061       246       988       272       6,049       518  
Other fixed maturity securities
    1                         1        
                                                 
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 105,218     $ 2,533     $ 24,780     $ 4,098     $ 129,998     $ 6,631  
                                                 
Equity Securities:
                                               
Common stock
  $ 89     $ 12     $ 1     $     $ 90     $ 12  
Non-redeemable preferred stock
    191       9       824       220       1,015       229  
                                                 
Total equity securities
  $ 280     $ 21     $ 825     $ 220     $ 1,105     $ 241  
                                                 
Total number of securities in an unrealized loss position
    5,793               1,738                          
                                                 
 


F-61


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2009  
          Equal to or Greater
       
    Less than 12 Months     than 12 Months     Total  
    Estimated
    Gross
    Estimated
    Gross
    Estimated
    Gross
 
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
 
    Value     Loss     Value     Loss     Value     Loss  
    (In millions, except number of securities)  
 
Fixed Maturity Securities:
                                               
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 8,641     $ 395     $ 18,004     $ 2,314     $ 26,645     $ 2,709  
Foreign corporate securities
    3,786       139       7,282       1,096       11,068       1,235  
RMBS
    5,623       119       10,268       2,438       15,891       2,557  
Foreign government securities
    2,318       55       507       84       2,825       139  
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities
    15,051       990       51       20       15,102       1,010  
CMBS
    2,052       29       5,435       1,095       7,487       1,124  
ABS
    1,259       143       5,875       1,156       7,134       1,299  
State and political subdivision securities
    2,086       94       1,843       317       3,929       411  
Other fixed maturity securities
    6       2                   6       2  
                                                 
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 40,822     $ 1,966     $ 49,265     $ 8,520     $ 90,087     $ 10,486  
                                                 
Equity Securities:
                                               
Common stock
  $ 56     $ 7     $ 14     $ 1     $ 70     $ 8  
Non-redeemable preferred stock
    66       41       930       226       996       267  
                                                 
Total equity securities
  $ 122     $ 48     $ 944     $ 227     $ 1,066     $ 275  
                                                 
Total number of securities in an unrealized loss position
    2,210               3,333                          
                                                 

F-62


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Aging of Gross Unrealized Loss and OTTI Loss for Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale
 
The following tables present the cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized loss, including the portion of OTTI loss on fixed maturity securities recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), gross unrealized loss as a percentage of cost or amortized cost and number of securities for fixed maturity and equity securities where the estimated fair value had declined and remained below cost or amortized cost by less than 20%, or 20% or more at:
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Cost or Amortized Cost     Gross Unrealized Loss     Number of Securities  
    Less than
    20% or
    Less than
    20% or
    Less than
    20% or
 
    20%     more     20%     more     20%     more  
    (In millions, except number of securities)  
 
Fixed Maturity Securities:
                                               
Less than six months
  $ 105,968     $ 1,408     $ 2,379     $ 369       5,472       125  
Six months or greater but less than nine months
    1,125       376       29       102       104       29  
Nine months or greater but less than twelve months
    375       89       28       27       51       9  
Twelve months or greater
    21,721       5,567       1,876       1,821       1,267       316  
                                                 
Total
  $ 129,189     $ 7,440     $ 4,312     $ 2,319                  
                                                 
Percentage of amortized cost
                    3 %     31 %                
                                                 
Equity Securities:
                                               
Less than six months
  $ 247     $ 94     $ 10     $ 22       131       33  
Six months or greater but less than nine months
    29       65       5       16       7       2  
Nine months or greater but less than twelve months
    6       47             16       4       2  
Twelve months or greater
    518       340       56       116       40       15  
                                                 
Total
  $ 800     $ 546     $ 71     $ 170                  
                                                 
Percentage of cost
                    9 %     31 %                
                                                 
 


F-63


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2009  
    Cost or Amortized Cost     Gross Unrealized Loss     Number of Securities  
    Less than
    20% or
    Less than
    20% or
    Less than
    20% or
 
    20%     more     20%     more     20%     more  
    (In millions, except number of securities)  
 
Fixed Maturity Securities:
                                               
Less than six months
  $ 35,163     $ 2,658     $ 933     $ 713       1,725       186  
Six months or greater but less than nine months
    4,908       674       508       194       124       49  
Nine months or greater but less than twelve months
    1,723       1,659       167       517       106       79  
Twelve months or greater
    41,721       12,067       3,207       4,247       2,369       724  
                                                 
Total
  $ 83,515     $ 17,058     $ 4,815     $ 5,671                  
                                                 
Percentage of amortized cost
                    6 %     33 %                
                                                 
Equity Securities:
                                               
Less than six months
  $ 66     $ 63     $ 7     $ 14       199       8  
Six months or greater but less than nine months
    6       1       1       1       15       2  
Nine months or greater but less than twelve months
    13       94       2       39       8       6  
Twelve months or greater
    610       488       73       138       50       24  
                                                 
Total
  $ 695     $ 646     $ 83     $ 192                  
                                                 
Percentage of cost
                    12 %     30 %                
                                                 
 
Equity securities with a gross unrealized loss of 20% or more for twelve months or greater decreased from $138 million at December 31, 2009 to $116 million at December 31, 2010. As shown in the section “— Evaluating Temporarily Impaired Available-for-Sale Securities” below, the $116 million of equity securities with a gross unrealized loss of 20% or more for twelve months or greater at December 31, 2010 were non-redeemable preferred stock, of which $115 million, or 99%, were financial services industry investment grade non-redeemable preferred stock, of which 77% were rated A or better.

F-64


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Concentration of Gross Unrealized Loss and OTTI Loss for Fixed Maturity and Equity Securities Available-for-Sale
 
The Company’s gross unrealized losses related to its fixed maturity and equity securities, including the portion of OTTI loss on fixed maturity securities recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) of $6.9 billion and $10.8 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, were concentrated, calculated as a percentage of gross unrealized loss and OTTI loss, by sector and industry as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
 
Sector:
               
U.S. corporate securities
    24 %     25 %
RMBS
    20       24  
Foreign corporate securities
    14       11  
ABS
    10       12  
Foreign government securities
    9       1  
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities
    8       9  
State and political subdivision securities
    8       4  
CMBS
    4       10  
Other
    3       4  
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %
                 
Industry:
               
Mortgage-backed
    24 %     34 %
Finance
    21       22  
Asset-backed
    10       12  
Foreign government securities
    9       1  
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities
    8       9  
State and political subdivision securities
    8       4  
Utility
    5       4  
Consumer
    4       4  
Communications
    2       2  
Industrial
    2       1  
Other
    7       7  
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %
                 


F-65


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Evaluating Temporarily Impaired Available-for-Sale Securities
 
The following table presents the Company’s fixed maturity and equity securities, each with a gross unrealized loss of greater than $10 million, the number of securities, total gross unrealized loss and percentage of total gross unrealized loss at:
 
                                 
    December 31,
    2010   2009
    Fixed Maturity
  Equity
  Fixed Maturity
  Equity
    Securities   Securities   Securities   Securities
    (In millions, except number of securities)
 
Number of securities
    107       6       223       9  
Total gross unrealized loss
  $ 2,014     $ 103     $ 4,465     $ 132  
Percentage of total gross unrealized loss
    30 %     43 %     43 %     48 %
 
Fixed maturity and equity securities, each with a gross unrealized loss greater than $10 million, decreased $2.5 billion during the year ended December 31, 2010. The cause of the decline in, or improvement in, gross unrealized losses for the year ended December 31, 2010, was primarily attributable to a decrease in interest rates and narrowing of credit spreads. These securities were included in the Company’s OTTI review process. Based upon the Company’s current evaluation of these securities and other available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position in accordance with its impairment policy, and the Company’s current intentions and assessments (as applicable to the type of security) about holding, selling and any requirements to sell these securities, the Company has concluded that these securities are not other-than-temporarily impaired.
 
In the Company’s impairment review process, the duration and severity of an unrealized loss position for equity securities is given greater weight and consideration than for fixed maturity securities. An extended and severe unrealized loss position on a fixed maturity security may not have any impact on the ability of the issuer to service all scheduled interest and principal payments and the Company’s evaluation of recoverability of all contractual cash flows or the ability to recover an amount at least equal to its amortized cost based on the present value of the expected future cash flows to be collected. In contrast, for an equity security, greater weight and consideration is given by the Company to a decline in market value and the likelihood such market value decline will recover.
 
The following table presents certain information about the Company’s equity securities available-for-sale with a gross unrealized loss of 20% or more at December 31, 2010:
 
                                                                 
          Non-Redeemable Preferred Stock  
          All Types of
             
    All Equity
    Non-Redeemable
    Investment Grade  
    Securities     Preferred Stock     All Industries     Financial Services Industry  
    Gross
    Gross
    % of All
    Gross
    % of All
    Gross
          % A
 
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Equity
    Unrealized
    Non-Redeemable
    Unrealized
    % of All
    Rated or
 
    Loss     Loss     Securities     Loss     Preferred Stock     Loss     Industries     Better  
    (In millions)  
 
Less than six months
  $ 22     $ 18       82 %   $ 9       50 %   $ 9       100 %     100 %
Six months or greater but less than twelve months
    32       32       100 %     32       100 %     32       100 %     50 %
Twelve months or greater
    116       116       100 %     115       99 %     115       100 %     77 %
                                                                 
All equity securities with a gross unrealized loss of 20% or more
  $ 170     $ 166       98 %   $ 156       94 %   $ 156       100 %     73 %
                                                                 
 
In connection with the equity securities impairment review process, the Company evaluated its holdings in non-redeemable preferred stock, particularly those companies in the financial services industry. The Company considered several factors including whether there has been any deterioration in credit of the issuer and the likelihood of recovery in value of non-redeemable preferred stock with a severe or an extended unrealized loss. The


F-66


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Company also considered whether any issuers of non-redeemable preferred stock with an unrealized loss held by the Company, regardless of credit rating, have deferred any dividend payments. No such dividend payments had been deferred.
 
With respect to common stock holdings, the Company considered the duration and severity of the unrealized losses for securities in an unrealized loss position of 20% or more; and the duration of unrealized losses for securities in an unrealized loss position of less than 20% in an extended unrealized loss position (i.e., 12 months or greater).
 
Future OTTIs will depend primarily on economic fundamentals, issuer performance (including changes in the present value of future cash flows expected to be collected), changes in credit rating, changes in collateral valuation, changes in interest rates and changes in credit spreads. If economic fundamentals and any of the above factors deteriorate, additional OTTIs may be incurred in upcoming quarters.
 
Net Investment Gains (Losses)
 
See “— Evaluating Available-for-Sale Securities for Other-Than-Temporary Impairment” for a discussion of changes in guidance adopted April 1, 2009 that impacted how fixed maturity security OTTI losses that are charged to earnings are measured.
 
The components of net investment gains (losses) were as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Total gains (losses) on fixed maturity securities:
                       
Total OTTI losses recognized
  $ (682 )   $ (2,439 )   $ (1,296 )
Less: Noncredit portion of OTTI losses transferred to and recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)
    212       939        
                         
Net OTTI losses on fixed maturity securities recognized in earnings
    (470 )     (1,500 )     (1,296 )
Fixed maturity securities — net gains (losses) on sales and disposals
    215       (163 )     (657 )
                         
Total gains (losses) on fixed maturity securities
    (255 )     (1,663 )     (1,953 )
Other net investment gains (losses):
                       
Equity securities
    104       (399 )     (253 )
Mortgage loans
    22       (442 )     (136 )
Real estate and real estate joint ventures
    (54 )     (164 )     (18 )
Other limited partnership interests
    (18 )     (356 )     (140 )
Other investment portfolio gains (losses)
    (6 )     (26 )     134  
                         
Subtotal — investment portfolio gains (losses)
    (207 )     (3,050 )     (2,366 )
                         
FVO consolidated securitization entities:
                       
Commercial mortgage loans
    758              
Securities
    (78 )            
Long-term debt — related to commercial mortgage loans
    (722 )            
Long-term debt — related to securities
    48              
Other gains (losses) (1)
    (191 )     144       268  
                         
Subtotal FVO consolidated securitization entities and other gains (losses)
    (185 )     144       268  
                         
Total net investment gains (losses)
  $ (392 )   $ (2,906 )   $ (2,098 )
                         
 
 
(1) Other gains (losses) for the year ended December 31, 2010 includes a loss of $209 million related to recording the Company’s investment in MSI MetLife at its estimated recoverable amount. See Note 2.


F-67


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
See “— Variable Interest Entities” for discussion of CSEs included in the table above.
 
Gains (losses) from foreign currency transactions included within net investment gains (losses) were $246 million, $226 million and $363 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Proceeds from sales or disposals of fixed maturity and equity securities and the components of fixed maturity and equity securities net investment gains (losses) were as shown below. Investment gains and losses on sales of securities are determined on a specific identification basis.
 
                                                                         
    Years Ended December 31,     Years Ended December 31,     Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2010     2009     2008     2010     2009     2008  
    Fixed Maturity Securities     Equity Securities     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Proceeds
  $ 54,559     $ 38,972     $ 62,495     $ 623     $ 950     $ 2,107     $ 55,182     $ 39,922     $ 64,602  
                                                                         
Gross investment gains
    832       947       858       129       134       440       961       1,081       1,298  
                                                                         
Gross investment losses
    (617 )     (1,110 )     (1,515 )     (11 )     (133 )     (263 )     (628 )     (1,243 )     (1,778 )
                                                                         
Total OTTI losses recognized in earnings:
                                                                       
Credit-related
    (423 )     (1,137 )     (1,138 )                       (423 )     (1,137 )     (1,138 )
Other (1)
    (47 )     (363 )     (158 )     (14 )     (400 )     (430 )     (61 )     (763 )     (588 )
                                                                         
Total OTTI losses recognized in earnings
    (470 )     (1,500 )     (1,296 )     (14 )     (400 )     (430 )     (484 )     (1,900 )     (1,726 )
                                                                         
Net investment gains (losses)
  $ (255 )   $ (1,663 )   $ (1,953 )   $ 104     $ (399 )   $ (253 )   $ (151 )   $ (2,062 )   $ (2,206 )
                                                                         
 
 
(1) Other OTTI losses recognized in earnings include impairments on equity securities, impairments on perpetual hybrid securities classified within fixed maturity securities where the primary reason for the impairment was the severity and/or the duration of an unrealized loss position and fixed maturity securities where there is an intent to sell or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of the decline in estimated fair value.


F-68


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Fixed maturity security OTTI losses recognized in earnings related to the following sectors and industries within the U.S. and foreign corporate securities sector:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Sector:
                       
U.S. and foreign corporate securities — by industry:
                       
Finance
  $ 126     $ 459     $ 673  
Consumer
    36       211       107  
Communications
    16       235       134  
Utility
    3       89       5  
Industrial
    2       30       26  
Other industries
          26       185  
                         
Total U.S. and foreign corporate securities
    183       1,050       1,130  
ABS
    103       168       99  
RMBS
    98       193        
CMBS
    86       88       65  
Foreign government securities
          1       2  
                         
Total
  $ 470     $ 1,500     $ 1,296  
                         
 
Equity security OTTI losses recognized in earnings related to the following sectors and industries:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Sector:
                       
Non-redeemable preferred stock
  $ 7     $ 333     $ 319  
Common stock
    7       67       111  
                         
Total
  $  14     $   400     $   430  
                         
Industry:
                       
Financial services industry:
                       
Perpetual hybrid securities
  $ 3     $ 310     $ 90  
Common and remaining non-redeemable preferred stock
          30       251  
                         
Total financial services industry
    3       340       341  
Other industries
    11       60       89  
                         
Total
  $ 14     $ 400     $ 430  
                         


F-69


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Credit Loss Rollforward — Rollforward of the Cumulative Credit Loss Component of OTTI Loss Recognized in Earnings on Fixed Maturity Securities Still Held for Which a Portion of the OTTI Loss Was Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
The table below presents a rollforward of the cumulative credit loss component of OTTI loss recognized in earnings on fixed maturity securities still held by the Company at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, for which a portion of the OTTI loss was recognized in other comprehensive income (loss):
 
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance, at January 1,
  $ 581     $  
Credit loss component of OTTI loss not reclassified to other comprehensive income (loss) in the cumulative effect transition adjustment
          230  
Additions:
               
Initial impairments — credit loss OTTI recognized on securities not previously impaired
    109       311  
Additional impairments — credit loss OTTI recognized on securities previously impaired
    125       91  
Reductions:
               
Due to sales (maturities, pay downs or prepayments) during the period of securities previously credit loss OTTI impaired
    (260 )     (49 )
Due to securities de-recognized in connection with the adoption of new guidance related to the consolidation of VIEs
    (100 )      
Due to securities impaired to net present value of expected future cash flows
    (2 )      
Due to increases in cash flows — accretion of previous credit loss OTTI
    (10 )     (2 )
                 
Balance, at December 31,
  $ 443     $ 581  
                 


F-70


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Net Investment Income
 
The components of net investment income were as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Investment income:
                       
Fixed maturity securities
  $ 12,489     $ 11,617     $ 13,577  
Equity securities
    128       178       258  
Trading and other securities — Actively Traded Securities and FVO general account securities
    73       116       (27 )
Mortgage loans
    2,826       2,743       2,855  
Policy loans
    657       648       601  
Real estate and real estate joint ventures
    439       (197 )     572  
Other limited partnership interests
    879       174       (170 )
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
    102       129       353  
International joint ventures (1)
    (81 )     (115 )     43  
Other
    235       205       350  
                         
Subtotal
    17,747       15,498       18,412  
Less: Investment expenses
    930       945       1,957  
                         
Subtotal, net
    16,817       14,553       16,455  
                         
Trading and other securities — FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments
    372       284       (166 )
FVO consolidated securitization entities:
                       
Commercial mortgage loans
    411              
Securities
    15              
                         
Subtotal
    798       284       (166 )
                         
Net investment income
  $ 17,615     $ 14,837     $ 16,289  
                         
 
 
(1) Amounts are presented net of changes in estimated fair value of derivatives related to economic hedges of the Company’s investment in these equity method international joint venture investments that do not qualify for hedge accounting of $36 million, ($143) million and $178 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
See “— Variable Interest Entities” for discussion of CSEs included in the table above.
 
Securities Lending
 
The Company participates in securities lending programs whereby blocks of securities, which are included in fixed maturity securities and short-term investments, are loaned to third parties, primarily brokerage firms and commercial banks. The Company generally obtains collateral, generally cash, in an amount equal to 102% of the estimated fair value of the securities loaned, which is obtained at the inception of a loan and maintained at a level greater than or equal to 100% for the duration of the loan. Securities loaned under such transactions may be sold or repledged by the transferee. The Company is liable to return to its counterparties the cash collateral under its control. These transactions are treated as financing arrangements and the associated liability is recorded at the amount of the cash received.


F-71


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Elements of the securities lending programs are presented below at:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Securities on loan:
               
Amortized cost
  $ 23,715     $ 21,012  
Estimated fair value
  $ 24,230     $ 20,949  
Aging of cash collateral liability:
               
Open (1)
  $ 2,752     $ 3,290  
Less than thirty days
    12,301       13,605  
Thirty days or greater but less than sixty days
    4,399       3,534  
Sixty days or greater but less than ninety days
    2,291       92  
Ninety days or greater
    2,904       995  
                 
Total cash collateral liability
  $ 24,647     $ 21,516  
                 
Security collateral on deposit from counterparties
  $     $ 6  
                 
Reinvestment portfolio — estimated fair value
  $ 24,177     $ 20,339  
                 
 
 
(1) Open — meaning that the related loaned security could be returned to the Company on the next business day requiring the Company to immediately return the cash collateral.
 
The estimated fair value of the securities on loan related to the cash collateral on open at December 31, 2010 was $2.7 billion, of which $2.3 billion were U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities which, if put to the Company, can be immediately sold to satisfy the cash requirements. The remainder of the securities on loan were primarily U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities, and very liquid RMBS. The reinvestment portfolio acquired with the cash collateral consisted principally of fixed maturity securities (including RMBS, U.S. corporate, U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed and ABS).
 
Security collateral on deposit from counterparties in connection with the securities lending transactions may not be sold or repledged, unless the counterparty is in default, and is not reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Separately, the Company had $49 million and $46 million, at estimated fair value, of cash and security collateral on deposit from a counterparty to secure its interest in a pooled investment that is held by a third-party trustee, as custodian, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. This pooled investment is included within fixed maturity securities and had an estimated fair value of $49 million and $51 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.


F-72


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Invested Assets on Deposit, Held in Trust and Pledged as Collateral
 
The invested assets on deposit, invested assets held in trust and invested assets pledged as collateral are presented in the table below. The amounts presented in the table below are at estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, fixed maturity, equity, trading and other securities and at carrying value for mortgage loans.
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Invested assets on deposit:
               
Regulatory agencies (1)
  $ 2,110     $ 1,383  
Invested assets held in trust:
               
Collateral financing arrangements (2)
    5,340       5,653  
Reinsurance arrangements (3)
    3,090       2,719  
Invested assets pledged as collateral:
               
Funding agreements and advances — FHLB of NY (4)
    21,975       20,612  
Funding agreements — FHLB of Boston (4)
    211       419  
Funding agreements — Farmer Mac (5)
    3,159       2,871  
Federal Reserve Bank of New York (6)
    1,822       1,537  
Collateral financing arrangements (7)
    112       80  
Derivative transactions (8)
    1,726       1,671  
Short sale agreements (9)
    465       496  
                 
Total invested assets on deposit, held in trust and pledged as collateral
  $ 40,010     $ 37,441  
                 
 
 
(1) The Company has investment assets on deposit with regulatory agencies consisting primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, fixed maturity securities and equity securities.
 
(2) The Company held in trust cash and securities, primarily fixed maturity and equity securities, to satisfy collateral requirements.
 
(3) The Company held in trust certain investments, primarily fixed maturity securities, in connection with certain reinsurance transactions.
 
(4) The Company has pledged fixed maturity securities and mortgage loans in support of its funding agreements with, and advances from, the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB of NY”) and has pledged fixed maturity securities in support of its funding agreements with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLB of Boston”). The nature of these Federal Home Loan Bank arrangements is described in Notes 8 and 11.
 
(5) The Company has pledged certain agricultural mortgage loans in connection with funding agreements issued to certain SPEs that have issued securities guaranteed by the Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation (“Farmer Mac”). The nature of these Farmer Mac arrangements is described in Note 8.
 
(6) The Company has pledged qualifying mortgage loans and fixed maturity securities in connection with collateralized borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Term Auction Facility. The nature of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York arrangements is described in Note 11.
 
(7) The Holding Company has pledged certain collateral in support of the collateral financing arrangements described in Note 12.
 
(8) Certain of the Company’s invested assets are pledged as collateral for various derivative transactions as described in Note 4.


F-73


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
(9) Certain of the Company’s Actively Traded Securities and cash and cash equivalents are pledged to secure liabilities associated with short sale agreements in the Actively Traded Securities portfolio.
 
See also “— Securities Lending” for the amount of the Company’s cash received from and due back to counterparties pursuant to the Company’s securities lending program. See “— Variable Interest Entities” for assets of certain CSEs that can only be used to settle liabilities of such entities.
 
Trading and Other Securities
 
The tables below present certain information about the Company’s trading securities and other securities for which the FVO has been elected:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Actively Traded Securities
  $ 463     $ 420  
FVO general account securities
    131       78  
FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments
    17,794       1,886  
FVO securities held by consolidated securitization entities
    201        
                 
Total trading and other securities — at estimated fair value
  $ 18,589     $ 2,384  
                 
Actively Traded Securities — at estimated fair value
  $ 463     $ 420  
Short sale agreement liabilities — at estimated fair value
    (46 )     (106 )
                 
Net long/short position — at estimated fair value
  $ 417     $ 314  
                 
Investments pledged to secure short sale agreement liabilities
  $ 465     $ 496  
                 
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Actively Traded Securities:
                       
Net investment income
  $ 54     $ 98     $ (13 )
Changes in estimated fair value included in net investment income
  $ 12     $ 18     $ (2 )
FVO general account securities:
                       
Net investment income
  $ 19     $ 18     $ (14 )
Changes in estimated fair value included in net investment income
  $ 18     $ 16     $ (17 )
FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments:
                       
Net investment income
  $ 372     $ 284     $ (166 )
Changes in estimated fair value included in net investment income
  $ 322     $ 275     $ (155 )
FVO securities held by consolidated securitization entities:
                       
Net investment income
  $ 15     $     $  
Changes in estimated fair value included in net investment gains (losses)
  $ (78 )   $     $  
 
See Note 1 for discussion of FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments and “— Variable Interest Entities” for discussion of CSEs included in the tables above. The FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments held as of December 31, 2010 were primarily due to the Acquisition (see Note 2).


F-74


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Mortgage Loans
 
Mortgage loans are summarized as follows at:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Carrying
    % of
    Carrying
    % of
 
    Value     Total     Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Mortgage loans held-for-investment:
                               
Commercial mortgage loans
  $ 37,820       60.7 %   $ 35,176       69.0 %
Agricultural mortgage loans
    12,751       20.4       12,255       24.1  
Residential mortgage loans
    2,308       3.7       1,471       2.9  
                                 
Subtotal
    52,879       84.8       48,902       96.0  
Valuation allowances
    (664 )     (1.1 )     (721 )     (1.4 )
                                 
Subtotal mortgage loans held-for-investment, net
    52,215       83.7       48,181       94.6  
Commercial mortgage loans held by consolidated securitization entities — FVO
    6,840       11.0              
                                 
Total mortgage loans held-for-investment, net
    59,055       94.7       48,181       94.6  
                                 
Mortgage loans held-for-sale:
                               
Residential mortgage loans — FVO
    2,510       4.0       2,470       4.9  
Mortgage loans — lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value (1)
    811       1.3       258       0.5  
                                 
Total mortgage loans held-for-sale
    3,321       5.3       2,728       5.4  
                                 
Total mortgage loans, net
  $ 62,376       100.0 %   $ 50,909       100.0 %
                                 
 
 
(1) Includes agricultural and residential mortgage loans.
 
See “— Variable Interest Entities” for discussion of CSEs included in the table above.
 
Concentration of Credit Risk  — The Company diversifies its mortgage loan portfolio by both geographic region and property type to reduce the risk of concentration. The Company’s commercial and agricultural mortgage loans are collateralized by properties primarily located in the United States, at 91%, with the remaining 9% collateralized by properties located outside the United States, calculated as a percent of total mortgage loans held-for-investment (excluding commercial mortgage loans held by CSEs) at December 31, 2010. The carrying value of the Company’s commercial and agricultural mortgage loans located in California, New York and Texas were 21%, 8% and 7%, respectively, of total mortgage loans held-for-investment (excluding commercial mortgage loans held by CSEs) at December 31, 2010. Additionally, the Company manages risk when originating commercial and agricultural mortgage loans by generally lending only up to 75% of the estimated fair value of the underlying real estate.
 
Certain of the Company’s real estate joint ventures have mortgage loans with the Company. The carrying values of such mortgage loans were $283 million and $368 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.


F-75


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following tables present the recorded investment in mortgage loans held-for-investment, by portfolio segment, by method of evaluation of credit loss, and the related valuation allowances, by type of credit loss, at:
 
                                                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2010     2009     2010     2009     2010     2009  
    Commercial     Agricultural     Residential     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Mortgage loans:
                                                               
Evaluated individually for credit losses
  $ 120     $ 102     $ 146     $ 211     $ 15     $ 3     $ 281     $ 316  
Evaluated collectively for credit losses
    37,700       35,074       12,605       12,044       2,293       1,468       52,598       48,586  
                                                                 
Total mortgage loans
    37,820       35,176       12,751       12,255       2,308       1,471       52,879       48,902  
                                                                 
Valuation allowances:
                                                               
Specific credit losses
    36       41       52       82                   88       123  
Non-specifically identified credit losses
    526       548       36       33       14       17       576       598  
                                                                 
Total valuation allowances
    562       589       88       115       14       17       664       721  
                                                                 
Mortgage loans, net of valuation allowance
  $ 37,258     $ 34,587     $ 12,663     $ 12,140     $ 2,294     $ 1,454     $ 52,215     $ 48,181  
                                                                 
 
The following tables present the changes in the valuation allowance, by portfolio segment:
 
                                 
    Mortgage Loan Valuation Allowances  
    Commercial     Agricultural     Residential     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1, 2008
  $ 167     $ 24     $ 6     $ 197  
Provision (release)
    145       49       6       200  
Charge-offs, net of recoveries
    (80 )     (12 )     (1 )     (93 )
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2008
    232       61       11       304  
Provision (release)
    384       79       12       475  
Charge-offs, net of recoveries
    (27 )     (25 )     (6 )     (58 )
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2009
    589       115       17       721  
Provision (release)
    (5 )     12       2       9  
Charge-offs, net of recoveries
    (22 )     (39 )     (5 )     (66 )
                                 
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 562     $ 88     $ 14     $ 664  
                                 


F-76


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Commercial Mortgage Loans — by Credit Quality Indicators with Estimated Fair Value:   Presented below for the commercial mortgage loans held-for-investment is the recorded investment, prior to valuation allowances, by the indicated loan-to-value ratio categories and debt service coverage ratio categories and estimated fair value of such mortgage loans by the indicated loan-to-value ratio categories at:
 
                                                         
    December 31, 2010  
    Recorded Investment              
    Debt Service Coverage Ratios                 Estimated
       
    > 1.20x     1.00x - 1.20x     < 1.00x     Total     % of Total     Fair Value     % of Total  
    (In millions)     (In millions)  
 
Loan-to-value ratios:
                                                       
Less than 65%
  $ 16,664     $ 125     $ 483     $ 17,272       45.7 %   $ 18,183       46.9 %
65% to 75%
    9,023       765       513       10,301       27.2       10,686       27.6  
76% to 80%
    3,033       304       135       3,472       9.2       3,536       9.1  
Greater than 80%
    4,155       1,813       807       6,775       17.9       6,374       16.4  
                                                         
Total
  $ 32,875     $ 3,007     $ 1,938     $ 37,820       100.0 %   $ 38,779       100.0 %
                                                         
 
Agricultural and Residential Mortgage Loans — by Credit Quality Indicator:   The recorded investment in agricultural and residential mortgage loans held-for-investment, prior to valuation allowances, by credit quality indicator, was at:
 
                                     
    December 31, 2010  
    Agricultural Mortgage Loans         Residential Mortgage Loans  
    Recorded Investment     % of Total         Recorded Investment     % of Total  
    (In millions)               (In millions)        
 
Loan-to-value ratios:
                  Performance indicators:                
Less than 65%
  $ 11,483       90.1 %   Performing   $ 2,225       96.4 %
65% to 75%
    885       6.9     Nonperforming     83       3.6  
                                     
76% to 80%
    48       0.4       Total   $ 2,308       100.0 %
                                     
Greater than 80%
    335       2.6                      
                                     
Total
  $ 12,751       100.0 %                    
                                     
 
Past Due and Interest Accrual Status of Mortgage Loans.   The Company has a high quality, well performing, mortgage loan portfolio with approximately 99% of all mortgage loans classified as performing.
 
Past Due.   The Company defines delinquent mortgage loans consistent with industry practice, when interest and principal payments are past due as follows: commercial mortgage loans — 60 days past due; agricultural mortgage loans — 90 days past due; and residential mortgage loans — 60 days past due. The recorded investment in mortgage loans held-for-investment, prior to valuation allowances, past due according to these aging categories was $58 million, $159 million and $79 million for commercial, agricultural and residential mortgage loans, respectively, at December 31, 2010; and for all mortgage loans was $296 million and $220 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Accrual Status. Past Due 90 Days or More and Still Accruing Interest.   The recorded investment in mortgage loans held-for-investment, prior to valuation allowances, that were past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest was $1 million, $13 million and $11 million for commercial, agricultural and residential mortgage loans, respectively, at December 31, 2010; and for all mortgage loans, was $25 million and $14 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Accrual Status. Mortgage Loans in Nonaccrual Status.   The recorded investment in mortgage loans held-for-investment, prior to valuation allowances, that were in nonaccrual status was $7 million, $177 million


F-77


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
and $25 million for commercial, agricultural and residential mortgage loans, respectively, at December 31, 2010; and for all mortgage loans, was $209 million and $263 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Impaired Mortgage Loans.   The unpaid principal balance, recorded investment, valuation allowances and carrying value, net of valuation allowances, for impaired mortgage loans held-for-investment, by portfolio segment, at December 31, 2010 and for all impaired mortgage loans held-for-investment at December 31, 2009, were as follows at:
 
                                                                 
    Impaired Mortgage Loans  
          Loans without
       
    Loans with a Valuation Allowance     a Valuation Allowance     All Impaired Loans  
    Unpaid
                      Unpaid
          Unpaid
       
    Principal
    Recorded
    Valuation
    Carrying
    Principal
    Recorded
    Principal
    Carrying
 
    Balance     Investment     Allowances     Value     Balance     Investment     Balance     Value  
    (In millions)  
 
At December 31, 2010:
                                                               
Commercial mortgage loans
  $ 120     $ 120     $ 36     $ 84     $ 99     $ 87     $ 219     $ 171  
Agricultural mortgage loans
    146       146       52       94       123       119       269       213  
Residential mortgage loans
    3       3             3       16       16       19       19  
                                                                 
Total
  $ 269     $ 269     $ 88     $ 181     $ 238     $ 222     $ 507     $ 403  
                                                                 
Total mortgage loans at December 31, 2009
  $ 316     $ 316     $ 123     $ 193     $ 106     $ 106     $ 422     $ 299  
                                                                 
 
Unpaid principal balance is generally prior to any charge-off.
 
The average investment in impaired mortgage loans held-for-investment, and the related interest income, by portfolio segment, for the year ended December 31, 2010 and for all mortgage loans for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, was:
 
                         
    Average Investment              
    Impaired Mortgage Loans  
          Interest Income Recognized  
          Cash Basis     Accrual Basis  
    (In millions)  
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010:
                       
Commercial mortgage loans
  $ 192     $ 5     $ 1  
Agricultural mortgage loans
    284       6       2  
Residential mortgage loans
    16              
                         
Total
  $ 492     $ 11     $ 3  
                         
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009
  $ 338     $ 8     $ 1  
                         
For the Year Ended December 31, 2008
  $ 389     $ 12     $ 10  
                         


F-78


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Real Estate and Real Estate Joint Ventures
 
Real estate investments by type consisted of the following:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Carrying
    % of
    Carrying
    % of
 
    Value     Total     Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Traditional
  $ 5,163       64.3 %   $ 4,135       60.0 %
Real estate joint ventures and funds
    2,707       33.7       2,579       37.4  
                                 
Real estate and real estate joint ventures
    7,870       98.0       6,714       97.4  
Foreclosed
    152       1.9       127       1.8  
                                 
Real estate held-for-investment
    8,022       99.9       6,841       99.2  
Real estate held-for-sale
    8       0.1       55       0.8  
                                 
Total real estate and real estate joint ventures
  $ 8,030       100.0 %   $ 6,896       100.0 %
                                 
 
The Company classifies within traditional real estate its investment in income-producing real estate, which is comprised primarily of wholly-owned real estate and, to a much lesser extent joint ventures with interests in single property income-producing real estate. The Company classifies within real estate joint ventures and funds, its investments in joint ventures with interests in multi-property projects with varying strategies ranging from the development of properties to the operation of income-producing properties as well as its investments in real estate private equity funds. From time to time, the Company transfers investments from these joint ventures to traditional real estate, if the Company retains an interest in the joint venture after a completed property commences operations and the Company intends to retain an interest in the property.
 
Properties acquired through foreclosure were $165 million, $127 million and less than $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and includes commercial, agricultural and residential properties. After the Company acquires properties through foreclosure, it evaluates whether the property is appropriate for retention in its traditional real estate portfolio. Foreclosed real estate held at December 31, 2010 and 2009 includes those properties the Company has not selected for retention in its traditional real estate portfolio and which do not meet the criteria to be classified as held-for-sale.
 
The wholly-owned real estate within traditional real estate is net of accumulated depreciation of $1.7 billion and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Related depreciation expense on traditional wholly-owned real estate was $151 million, $135 million and $136 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These amounts include depreciation expense related to discontinued operations of less than $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, and $1 million for both the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The estimated fair value of the traditional real estate investment portfolio was $6.6 billion and $5.4 billion at December 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively.
 
Impairments recognized on real estate held-for-investment were $48 million, $160 million and $20 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Impairments recognized on real estate held-for-sale were $1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. There were no impairments recognized on real estate held-for-sale for each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The Company’s carrying value of real estate held-for-sale has been reduced by impairments recorded prior to 2009 of $1 million at both December 31, 2010 and 2009. The carrying value of non-income producing real estate was $137 million, $76 million and $28 million at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The Company diversifies its real estate investments by both geographic region and property type to reduce risk of concentration. The Company’s real estate investments are primarily located in the United States, at 88%, with the


F-79


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
remaining 12% located outside the United States , at December 31, 2010. The three locations with the largest real estate investments were California, Florida and Japan at 21%, 12% and 10%, respectively, at December 31, 2010.
 
The Company’s real estate investments by property type are categorized as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Carrying
    % of
    Carrying
    % of
 
    Value     Total     Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Office
  $ 4,369       54.4 %   $ 3,557       51.6 %
Apartments
    1,774       22.1       1,438       20.9  
Real estate private equity funds
    552       6.9       504       7.3  
Industrial
    433       5.4       436       6.3  
Retail
    389       4.8       467       6.8  
Hotel
    233       2.9       203       2.9  
Land
    133       1.7       110       1.6  
Agriculture
    17       0.2       57       0.8  
Other
    130       1.6       124       1.8  
                                 
Total real estate and real estate joint ventures
  $ 8,030       100.0 %   $ 6,896       100.0 %
                                 
 
Other Limited Partnership Interests
 
The carrying value of other limited partnership interests (which primarily represent ownership interests in pooled investment funds that principally make private equity investments in companies in the United States and overseas) was $6.4 billion and $5.5 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Included within other limited partnership interests were $1.0 billion, at both December 31, 2010 and 2009, of investments in hedge funds. Impairments of other limited partnership interests, principally cost method other limited partnership interests, were $12 million, $354 million and $105 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Collectively Significant Equity Method Investments
 
The Company holds investments in real estate joint ventures, real estate funds and other limited partnership interests consisting of leveraged buy-out funds, hedge funds, private equity funds, joint ventures and other funds. The portion of these investments accounted for under the equity method had a carrying value of $8.7 billion as of December 31, 2010. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss related to these equity method investments is limited to the carrying value of these investments plus unfunded commitments of $2.9 billion as of December 31, 2010. Except for certain real estate joint ventures, the Company’s investments in real estate funds and other limited partnership interests are generally of a passive nature in that the Company does not participate in the management of the entities.
 
As further described in Note 1, the Company generally records its share of earnings in its equity method investments using a three-month lag methodology and within net investment income. As of December 31, 2010, aggregate net investment income from these equity method real estate joint ventures, real estate funds and other limited partnership interests exceeded 10% of the Company’s consolidated pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations. Accordingly, the Company is providing the following aggregated summarized financial data for such equity method investments. This aggregated summarized financial data does not represent the Company’s proportionate share of the assets, liabilities, or earnings of such entities.
 
As of, and for the year ended December 31, 2010, the aggregated summarized financial data presented below reflects the latest available financial information. Aggregate total assets of these entities totaled $262.9 billion and


F-80


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
$209.9 billion as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Aggregate total liabilities of these entities totaled $77.6 billion and $64.5 billion as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Aggregate net income (loss) of these entities totaled $18.7 billion, $22.8 billion and ($23.3) billion for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Aggregate net income (loss) from real estate joint ventures, real estate funds and other limited partnership interests is primarily comprised of investment income, including recurring investment income and realized and unrealized investment gains (losses).
 
Other Invested Assets
 
The following table presents the carrying value of the Company’s other invested assets by type at:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Carrying
    % of
    Carrying
    % of
 
    Value     Total     Value     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Freestanding derivatives with positive fair values
  $ 7,777       50.4 %   $ 6,133       48.2 %
Leveraged leases, net of non-recourse debt
    2,191       14.2       2,227       17.5  
Tax credit partnerships
    976       6.3       719       5.7  
MSRs
    950       6.2       878       6.9  
Joint venture investments
    694       4.5       977       7.7  
Funds withheld
    551       3.6       505       4.0  
Funding agreements
                409       3.2  
Other
    2,291       14.8       861       6.8  
                                 
Total
  $ 15,430       100.0 %   $ 12,709       100.0 %
                                 
 
See Note 4 for information regarding the freestanding derivatives with positive estimated fair values. See the following sections, “Leveraged Leases” and “Mortgage Servicing Rights,” for the composition of leveraged leases and for information on MSRs. Tax credit partnerships are established for the purpose of investing in low-income housing and other social causes, where the primary return on investment is in the form of income tax credits, and are accounted for under the equity method or under the effective yield method. Joint venture investments are accounted for under the equity method and represent the Company’s investment in insurance underwriting joint ventures in China, Japan (see Note 2) and Chile. Funds withheld represent amounts contractually withheld by ceding companies in accordance with reinsurance agreements. Funding agreements represent arrangements where the Company has long-term interest bearing amounts on deposit with third parties and are generally stated at amortized cost.
 
Leveraged Leases
 
Investment in leveraged leases, included in other invested assets, consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Rental receivables, net
  $ 1,882     $ 1,698  
Estimated residual values
    1,682       1,921  
                 
Subtotal
    3,564       3,619  
Unearned income
    (1,373 )     (1,392 )
                 
Investment in leveraged leases
  $ 2,191     $ 2,227  
                 


F-81


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
The rental receivables set forth above are generally due in periodic installments. The payment periods range from one to 15 years, but in certain circumstances are as long as 30 years. For rental receivables, the Company’s primary credit quality indicator is whether the rental receivable is performing or non-performing. The Company generally defines non-performing rental receivables as those that are 90 days or more past due. The determination of performing or non-performing status is assessed monthly. As of December 31, 2010, all of the rental receivables were performing.
 
The Company’s deferred income tax liability related to leveraged leases was $1.4 billion and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
The components of net income from investment in leveraged leases were as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Net income from investment in leveraged leases
  $ 123     $ 114     $ 116  
Less: Income tax expense on leveraged leases net investment income
    (43 )     (40 )     (40 )
                         
Net investment income after income tax from investment in leveraged leases
  $ 80     $ 74     $ 76  
                         
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
The following table presents the carrying value and changes in capitalized MSRs, which are included in other invested assets:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Estimated fair value at January 1,
  $ 878     $ 191     $  
Acquisition of MSRs
    110       117       350  
Origination of MSRs
    220       511        
Reductions due to loan payments
    (136 )     (113 )     (10 )
Reductions due to loan sales
    (43 )            
Changes in estimated fair value due to:
                       
Changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions
    (79 )     172       (149 )
                         
Estimated fair value at December 31,
  $ 950     $ 878     $ 191  
                         
 
The Company recognizes the rights to service residential mortgage loans as MSRs. MSRs are either acquired or are generated from the sale of originated residential mortgage loans where the servicing rights are retained by the Company. MSRs are carried at estimated fair value and changes in estimated fair value, primarily due to changes in valuation inputs and assumptions and to the collection of expected cash flows, are reported in other revenues in the period in which the change occurs. Valuation inputs and assumptions include generally observable inputs such as type and age of loan, loan interest rates, current market interest rates and certain unobservable inputs, including assumptions regarding estimates of discount rates, loan prepayments and servicing costs, all of which are sensitive to changing market conditions. See Note 5 for further information about how the estimated fair value of MSRs is determined and other related information.
 
Short-term Investments
 
The carrying value of short-term investments, which includes investments with remaining maturities of one year or less, but greater than three months, at the time of purchase was $9.4 billion and $8.4 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company is exposed to concentrations of credit risk related to securities of the


F-82


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
U.S. government and certain U.S. government agencies included within short-term investments, which were $4.0 billion and $7.5 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Cash Equivalents
 
The carrying value of cash equivalents, which includes investments with an original or remaining maturity of three months or less, at the time of purchase was $9.6 billion and $8.4 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company is exposed to concentrations of credit risk related to securities of the U.S. government and certain U.S. government agencies included within cash equivalents, which were $5.8 billion and $6.0 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Purchased Credit Impaired Investments
 
Investments acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination and for which it is probable at the acquisition date that the Company will be unable to collect all contractually required payments are classified as purchased credit impaired investments. For each investment, the excess of the cash flows expected to be collected as of the acquisition date over its acquisition date fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized as net investment income on an effective yield basis. If subsequently, based on current information and events, it is probable that there is a significant increase in cash flows previously expected to be collected or if actual cash flows are significantly greater than cash flows previously expected to be collected, the accretable yield is adjusted prospectively. The excess of the contractually required payments (including interest) as of the acquisition date over the cash flows expected to be collected as of the acquisition date is referred to as the nonaccretable difference, and this amount is not expected to be realized as net investment income. Decreases in cash flows expected to be collected can result in OTTI or the recognition of mortgage loan valuation allowances (see Note 1).
 
The table below presents the purchased credit impaired investments, by invested asset class, held at:
 
                 
    December 31, 2010
    Fixed Maturity Securities   Mortgage Loans
    (In millions)
 
Outstanding principal and interest balance (1)
  $ 1,548     $ 504  
Carrying value (2)
  $ 1,050     $ 195  
 
 
(1) Represents the contractually required payments which is the sum of contractual principal, whether or not currently due, and accrued interest.
 
(2) Estimated fair value plus accrued interest for fixed maturity securities and amortized cost, plus accrued interest, less any valuation allowances for mortgage loans.
 
The following table presents information about purchased credit impaired investments, as of their respective acquisition dates, for:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31, 2010
    Fixed Maturity Securities   Mortgage Loans
    (In millions)
 
Contractually required payments (including interest)
  $ 2,126     $ 553  
Cash flows expected to be collected (1) (2)
  $ 1,782     $ 374  
Fair value of investments acquired
  $ 1,076     $ 201  
 
 
(1) Represents undiscounted principal and interest cash flow expectations, at the date of acquisition.
 
(2) A portion of the difference between the contractually required payments (including interest) and the cash flows expected to be collected on certain of the investments acquired from American Life has been established as an indemnification asset as discussed further in Note 2.


F-83


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
The following table presents activity for the accretable yield on purchased credit impaired investments for:
 
                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Fixed Maturity Securities     Mortgage Loans  
    (In millions)  
 
Accretable yield, January 1,
  $     $  
Investments purchased
    606        
Acquisition (1)
    100       173  
Accretion recognized in net investment income
    (62 )     (3 )
Reclassification (to) from nonaccretable difference
    (103 )      
                 
Accretable yield, December 31,
  $ 541     $ 170  
                 
 
 
(1) As described further in Note 2, all investments acquired with American Life were recorded at estimated fair value as of the Acquisition Date. This activity relates to acquired fixed maturity securities and mortgage loans with a credit impairment inherent in the estimated fair value.
 
Variable Interest Entities
 
The Company holds investments in certain entities that are VIEs. In certain instances, the Company holds both the power to direct the most significant activities of the entity, as well as an economic interest in the entity and, as such, consistent with the new guidance described in Note 1, is deemed to be the primary beneficiary or consolidator of the entity. The following table presents the total assets and total liabilities relating to VIEs for which the Company has concluded that it is the primary beneficiary and which are consolidated in the Company’s financial statements at December 31, 2010 and 2009. Creditors or beneficial interest holders of VIEs where the Company is the primary beneficiary have no recourse to the general credit of the Company, as the Company’s obligation to the VIEs is limited to the amount of its committed investment.
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Total
    Total
    Total
    Total
 
    Assets     Liabilities     Assets     Liabilities  
          (In millions)        
 
Consolidated securitization entities (1)
  $ 7,114     $ 6,892     $     $  
MRSC collateral financing arrangement (2)
    3,333             3,230        
Other limited partnership interests
    319       85       367       72  
Trading securities
    186                    
Other invested assets
    108       1       27       1  
Real estate joint ventures
    20       17       22       17  
                                 
Total
  $ 11,080     $ 6,995     $ 3,646     $ 90  
                                 
 
 
(1) As discussed in Note 1, upon the adoption of new guidance effective January 1, 2010, the Company consolidated former QSPEs that are structured as CMBS and former QSPEs that are structured as collateralized debt obligations. At December 31, 2010, these entities held total assets of $7,114 million, consisting of $201 million of FVO securities held by CSEs classified within trading and other securities, $6,840 million of commercial mortgage loans, $34 million of accrued investment income and $39 million of cash. These entities had total liabilities of $6,892 million, consisting of $6,820 million of long-term debt and $72 million of other liabilities. The assets of these entities can only be used to settle their respective liabilities, and under no circumstances is the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates liable for any principal or interest shortfalls should any arise. The Company’s exposure is limited to that of its remaining investment in the


F-84


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
former QSPEs of $201 million at estimated fair value at December 31, 2010. The long-term debt referred to above bears interest at primarily fixed rates ranging from 2.25% to 5.57%, payable primarily on a monthly basis and is expected to be repaid over the next 7 years. Interest expense related to these obligations, included in other expenses, was $411 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
(2) See Note 12 for a description of the MetLife Reinsurance Company of South Carolina (“MRSC”) collateral financing arrangement. These assets consist of the following, at estimated fair value at:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale:
               
ABS
  $ 1,333     $ 963  
U.S. corporate securities
    893       1,049  
RMBS
    547       672  
CMBS
    383       348  
Foreign corporate securities
    139       80  
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities
          33  
State and political subdivision securities
    30       21  
Foreign government securities
    5       5  
Cash and cash equivalents (including cash held in trust of less than $1 million for both years)
    3       59  
                 
Total
  $ 3,333     $ 3,230  
                 
 
The following table presents the carrying amount and maximum exposure to loss relating to VIEs for which the Company holds significant variable interests but is not the primary beneficiary and which have not been consolidated at:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
          Maximum
          Maximum
 
    Carrying
    Exposure
    Carrying
    Exposure
 
    Amount     to Loss (1)     Amount     to Loss (1)  
          (In millions)        
 
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale:
                               
RMBS (2)
  $ 44,733     $ 44,733     $     $  
CMBS (2)
    20,675       20,675              
ABS (2)
    14,290       14,290              
Foreign corporate securities
    2,968       2,968       1,254       1,254  
U.S. corporate securities
    2,447       2,447       1,216       1,216  
Other limited partnership interests
    4,383       6,479       2,543       2,887  
Trading securities
    789       789              
Other invested assets
    576       773       416       409  
Mortgage loans
    350       350              
Real estate joint ventures
    40       108       30       30  
Equity securities available-for-sale:
                               
Non-redeemable preferred stock
                31       31  
                                 
Total
  $ 91,251     $ 93,612     $ 5,490     $ 5,827  
                                 


F-85


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
(1) The maximum exposure to loss relating to the fixed maturity, equity and trading securities is equal to the carrying amounts or carrying amounts of retained interests. The maximum exposure to loss relating to the other limited partnership interests and real estate joint ventures is equal to the carrying amounts plus any unfunded commitments of the Company. Such a maximum loss would be expected to occur only upon bankruptcy of the issuer or investee. The maximum exposure to loss relating to the mortgage loans is equal to the carrying amounts plus any unfunded commitments of the Company. For certain of its investments in other invested assets, the Company’s return is in the form of income tax credits which are guaranteed by a creditworthy third-party. For such investments, the maximum exposure to loss is equal to the carrying amounts plus any unfunded commitments, reduced by amounts guaranteed by third parties of $231 million and $232 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
(2) As discussed in Note 1, the Company adopted new guidance effective January 1, 2010 which eliminated the concept of a QSPE. As a result, the Company concluded it held variable interests in RMBS, CMBS and ABS. For these interests, the Company’s involvement is limited to that of a passive investor.
 
As described in Note 16, the Company makes commitments to fund partnership investments in the normal course of business. Excluding these commitments, the Company did not provide financial or other support to investees designated as VIEs during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
 
4.   Derivative Financial Instruments
 
Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments
 
See Note 1 for a description of the Company’s accounting policies for derivative financial instruments.
 
See Note 5 for information about the fair value hierarchy for derivatives.
 
Primary Risks Managed by Derivative Financial Instruments and Non-Derivative Financial Instruments
 
The Company is exposed to various risks relating to its ongoing business operations, including interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, credit risk and equity market risk. The Company uses a variety of strategies to manage these risks, including the use of derivative instruments. The following table presents the gross notional amount,


F-86


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
estimated fair value and primary underlying risk exposure of the Company’s derivative financial instruments, excluding embedded derivatives, held at:
 
                                                     
        December 31,  
        2010     2009  
              Estimated Fair
          Estimated Fair
 
Primary Underlying
      Notional
    Value (1)     Notional
    Value (1)  
Risk Exposure   Instrument Type   Amount     Assets     Liabilities     Amount     Assets     Liabilities  
        (In millions)  
 
Interest rate
  Interest rate swaps   $ 54,803     $ 2,654     $ 1,516     $ 38,152     $ 1,570     $ 1,255  
    Interest rate floors     23,866       630       66       23,691       461       37  
    Interest rate caps     35,412       176       1       28,409       283        
    Interest rate futures     9,385       43       17       7,563       8       10  
    Interest rate options     8,761       144       23       4,050       117       57  
    Interest rate forwards     10,374       106       135       9,921       66       27  
    Synthetic GICs     4,397                   4,352              
Foreign currency
  Foreign currency swaps     17,626       1,616       1,282       16,879       1,514       1,392  
    Foreign currency forwards     10,443       119       91       6,485       83       57  
    Currency futures     493       2                          
    Currency options     5,426       50             822       18        
    Non-derivative hedging instruments (2)     169             185                    
Credit
  Credit default swaps     10,957       173       104       6,723       74       130  
    Credit forwards     90       2       3       220       2       6  
Equity market
  Equity futures     8,794       21       9       7,405       44       21  
    Equity options     33,688       1,843       1,197       27,175       1,712       1,018  
    Variance swaps     18,022       198       118       13,654       181       58  
    Total rate of return swaps     1,547                   376             47  
                                                     
      Total   $ 254,253     $ 7,777     $ 4,747     $ 195,877     $ 6,133     $ 4,115  
                                                     
 
 
(1) The estimated fair value of all derivatives in an asset position is reported within other invested assets in the consolidated balance sheets and the estimated fair value of all derivatives in a liability position is reported within other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
(2) The estimated fair value of non-derivative hedging instruments represents the amortized cost of the instruments, as adjusted for foreign currency transaction gains or losses. Non-derivative hedging instruments are reported within policyholder account balances in the consolidated balance sheets.


F-87


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
The following table presents the gross notional amount of derivative financial instruments by maturity at December 31, 2010:
 
                                         
    Remaining Life  
          After One Year
    After Five Years
             
    One Year or
    Through Five
    Through Ten
    After Ten
       
    Less     Years     Years     Years     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Interest rate swaps
  $ 4,970     $ 14,491     $ 16,403     $ 18,939     $ 54,803  
Interest rate floors
          13,048       7,318       3,500       23,866  
Interest rate caps
    5,000       28,436       1,976             35,412  
Interest rate futures
    9,385                         9,385  
Interest rate options
    1,853       5,206       1,702             8,761  
Interest rate forwards
    9,409       860       105             10,374  
Synthetic GICs
    4,397                         4,397  
Foreign currency swaps
    3,262       5,857       5,999       2,508       17,626  
Foreign currency forwards
    10,337       24       20       62       10,443  
Currency futures
    493                         493  
Currency options
    5,426                         5,426  
Non-derivative hedging instruments
    169                         169  
Credit default swaps
    111       10,197       649             10,957  
Credit forwards
    90                         90  
Equity futures
    8,794                         8,794  
Equity options
    20,856       3,346       9,486             33,688  
Variance swaps
    1,411       1,795       14,493       323       18,022  
Total rate of return swaps
    1,492       55                   1,547  
                                         
Total
  $ 87,455     $ 83,315     $ 58,151     $ 25,332     $ 254,253  
                                         
 
Interest rate swaps are used by the Company primarily to reduce market risks from changes in interest rates and to alter interest rate exposure arising from mismatches between assets and liabilities (duration mismatches). In an interest rate swap, the Company agrees with another party to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed rate and floating rate interest amounts as calculated by reference to an agreed notional principal amount. These transactions are entered into pursuant to master agreements that provide for a single net payment to be made by the counterparty at each due date. The Company utilizes interest rate swaps in fair value, cash flow and non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
The Company also enters into basis swaps to better match the cash flows from assets and related liabilities. In a basis swap, both legs of the swap are floating with each based on a different index. Generally, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract and no principal payments are made by either party. A single net payment is usually made by one counterparty at each due date. Basis swaps are included in interest rate swaps in the preceding table. The Company utilizes basis swaps in non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
Inflation swaps are used as an economic hedge to reduce inflation risk generated from inflation-indexed liabilities. Inflation swaps are included in interest rate swaps in the preceding table. The Company utilizes inflation swaps in non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
Implied volatility swaps are used by the Company primarily as economic hedges of interest rate risk associated with the Company’s investments in mortgage-backed securities. In an implied volatility swap, the Company exchanges fixed payments for floating payments that are linked to certain market volatility measures. If implied volatility rises, the floating payments that the Company receives will increase, and if implied volatility falls, the floating payments that the Company receives will decrease. Implied volatility swaps are included in interest rate


F-88


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
swaps in the preceding table. The Company utilizes implied volatility swaps in non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
The Company purchases interest rate caps and floors primarily to protect its floating rate liabilities against rises in interest rates above a specified level, and against interest rate exposure arising from mismatches between assets and liabilities (duration mismatches), as well as to protect its minimum rate guarantee liabilities against declines in interest rates below a specified level, respectively. In certain instances, the Company locks in the economic impact of existing purchased caps and floors by entering into offsetting written caps and floors. The Company utilizes interest rate caps and floors in non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
In exchange-traded interest rate (Treasury and swap) futures transactions, the Company agrees to purchase or sell a specified number of contracts, the value of which is determined by the different classes of interest rate securities, and to post variation margin on a daily basis in an amount equal to the difference in the daily market values of those contracts. The Company enters into exchange- traded futures with regulated futures commission merchants that are members of the exchange. Exchange-traded interest rate (Treasury and swap) futures are used primarily to hedge mismatches between the duration of assets in a portfolio and the duration of liabilities supported by those assets, to hedge against changes in value of securities the Company owns or anticipates acquiring and to hedge against changes in interest rates on anticipated liability issuances by replicating Treasury or swap curve performance. The Company utilizes exchange-traded interest rate futures in non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
Swaptions are used by the Company to hedge interest rate risk associated with the Company’s long-term liabilities and invested assets. A swaption is an option to enter into a swap with a forward starting effective date. In certain instances, the Company locks in the economic impact of existing purchased swaptions by entering into offsetting written swaptions. The Company pays a premium for purchased swaptions and receives a premium for written swaptions. Swaptions are included in interest rate options in the preceding table. The Company utilizes swaptions in non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
The Company writes covered call options on its portfolio of U.S. Treasuries as an income generation strategy. In a covered call transaction, the Company receives a premium at the inception of the contract in exchange for giving the derivative counterparty the right to purchase the referenced security from the Company at a predetermined price. The call option is “covered” because the Company owns the referenced security over the term of the option. Covered call options are included in interest rate options in the preceding table. The Company utilizes covered call options in non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
The Company enters into interest rate forwards to buy and sell securities. The price is agreed upon at the time of the contract and payment for such a contract is made at a specified future date. The Company also uses interest rate forwards to sell to be announced securities as economic hedges against the risk of changes in the fair value of mortgage loans held-for-sale and interest rate lock commitments. The Company utilizes interest rate forwards in cash flow and non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
Interest rate lock commitments are short-term commitments to fund mortgage loan applications in process (the pipeline) for a fixed term for a fixed rate or spread. During the term of an interest rate lock commitment, the Company is exposed to the risk that interest rates will change from the rate quoted to the potential borrower. Interest rate lock commitments to fund mortgage loans that will be held-for-sale are considered derivative instruments. Interest rate lock commitments are included in interest rate forwards in the preceding table. Interest rate lock commitments are not designated as hedging instruments.
 
A synthetic GIC is a contract that simulates the performance of a traditional guaranteed interest contract through the use of financial instruments. Under a synthetic GIC, the policyholder owns the underlying assets. The Company guarantees a rate return on those assets for a premium. Synthetic GICs are not designated as hedging instruments.


F-89


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Foreign currency derivatives, including foreign currency swaps, foreign currency forwards and currency option contracts, are used by the Company to reduce the risk from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates associated with its assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. The Company also uses foreign currency forwards and swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk associated with certain of its net investments in foreign operations.
 
In a foreign currency swap transaction, the Company agrees with another party to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between one currency and another at a fixed exchange rate, generally set at inception, calculated by reference to an agreed upon principal amount. The principal amount of each currency is exchanged at the inception and termination of the currency swap by each party. The Company utilizes foreign currency swaps in fair value, cash flow, net investment in foreign operations and non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
In a foreign currency forward transaction, the Company agrees with another party to deliver a specified amount of an identified currency at a specified future date. The price is agreed upon at the time of the contract and payment for such a contract is made in a different currency at the specified future date. The Company utilizes foreign currency forwards in net investment in foreign operations and non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
In exchange-traded currency futures transactions, the Company agrees to purchase or sell a specified number of contracts, the value of which is determined by referenced currencies, and to post variation margin on a daily basis in an amount equal to the difference in the daily market values of those contracts. The Company enters into exchange-traded futures with regulated futures commission merchants that are members of the exchange. Exchange-traded currency futures are used primarily to hedge currency mismatches between assets and liabilities. The Company utilizes exchange-traded currency futures in non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
The Company enters into currency option contracts that give it the right, but not the obligation, to sell the foreign currency amount in exchange for a functional currency amount within a limited time at a contracted price. The contracts may also be net settled in cash, based on differentials in the foreign exchange rate and the strike price. The Company uses currency options to hedge against the foreign currency exposure inherent in certain of its variable annuity products. The Company also uses currency options as an economic hedge of foreign currency exposure related to the Company’s international subsidiaries. The Company utilizes currency options in non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
The Company uses certain of its foreign currency denominated funding agreements to hedge portions of its net investments in foreign operations against adverse movements in exchange rates. Such contracts are included in non-derivative hedging instruments in the preceding table.
 
Swap spreadlocks are used by the Company to hedge invested assets on an economic basis against the risk of changes in credit spreads. Swap spreadlocks are forward transactions between two parties whose underlying reference index is a forward starting interest rate swap where the Company agrees to pay a coupon based on a predetermined reference swap spread in exchange for receiving a coupon based on a floating rate. The Company has the option to cash settle with the counterparty in lieu of maintaining the swap after the effective date. The Company utilizes swap spreadlocks in non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
Certain credit default swaps are used by the Company to hedge against credit-related changes in the value of its investments and to diversify its credit risk exposure in certain portfolios. In a credit default swap transaction, the Company agrees with another party, at specified intervals, to pay a premium to hedge credit risk. If a credit event, as defined by the contract, occurs, generally the contract will require the swap to be settled gross by the delivery of par quantities of the referenced investment equal to the specified swap notional in exchange for the payment of cash amounts by the counterparty equal to the par value of the investment surrendered. The Company utilizes credit default swaps in non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
Credit default swaps are also used to synthetically create investments that are either more expensive to acquire or otherwise unavailable in the cash markets. These transactions are a combination of a derivative and a cash


F-90


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
instrument such as a U.S. Treasury or Agency security. The Company also enters into certain credit default swaps held in relation to trading portfolios for the purpose of generating profits on short-term differences in price. These credit default swaps are not designated as hedging instruments.
 
The Company enters into forwards to lock in the price to be paid for forward purchases of certain securities. The price is agreed upon at the time of the contract and payment for the contract is made at a specified future date. When the primary purpose of entering into these transactions is to hedge against the risk of changes in purchase price due to changes in credit spreads, the Company designates these as credit forwards. The Company utilizes credit forwards in cash flow hedging relationships.
 
In exchange-traded equity futures transactions, the Company agrees to purchase or sell a specified number of contracts, the value of which is determined by the different classes of equity securities, and to post variation margin on a daily basis in an amount equal to the difference in the daily market values of those contracts. The Company enters into exchange-traded futures with regulated futures commission merchants that are members of the exchange. Exchange-traded equity futures are used primarily to hedge liabilities embedded in certain variable annuity products offered by the Company. The Company utilizes exchange-traded equity futures in non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
Equity index options are used by the Company primarily to hedge minimum guarantees embedded in certain variable annuity products offered by the Company. To hedge against adverse changes in equity indices, the Company enters into contracts to sell the equity index within a limited time at a contracted price. The contracts will be net settled in cash based on differentials in the indices at the time of exercise and the strike price. Certain of these contracts may also contain settlement provisions linked to interest rates. In certain instances, the Company may enter into a combination of transactions to hedge adverse changes in equity indices within a pre-determined range through the purchase and sale of options. Equity index options are included in equity options in the preceding table. The Company utilizes equity index options in non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
Equity variance swaps are used by the Company primarily to hedge minimum guarantees embedded in certain variable annuity products offered by the Company. In an equity variance swap, the Company agrees with another party to exchange amounts in the future, based on changes in equity volatility over a defined period. Equity variance swaps are included in variance swaps in the preceding table. The Company utilizes equity variance swaps in non-qualifying hedging relationships.
 
Total rate of return swaps (“TRRs”) are swaps whereby the Company agrees with another party to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between the economic risk and reward of an asset or a market index and the London Inter-Bank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”), calculated by reference to an agreed notional principal amount. No cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract. Cash is paid and received over the life of the contract based on the terms of the swap. These transactions are entered into pursuant to master agreements that provide for a single net payment to be made by the counterparty at each due date. The Company uses TRRs to hedge its equity market guarantees in certain of its insurance products. TRRs can be used as hedges or to synthetically create investments. The Company utilizes TRRs in non-qualifying hedging relationships.


F-91


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Hedging
 
The following table presents the gross notional amount and estimated fair value of derivatives designated as hedging instruments by type of hedge designation at:
 
                                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
          Estimated
          Estimated
 
    Notional
    Fair Value     Notional
    Fair Value  
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments   Amount     Assets     Liabilities     Amount     Assets     Liabilities  
    (In millions)  
 
Fair Value Hedges:
                                               
Foreign currency swaps
  $ 4,524     $ 907     $ 145     $ 4,807     $ 854     $ 132  
Interest rate swaps
    5,108       823       169       4,824       500       75  
                                                 
Subtotal
    9,632       1,730       314       9,631       1,354       207  
                                                 
Cash Flow Hedges:
                                               
Foreign currency swaps
    5,556       213       347       4,108       127       347  
Interest rate swaps
    3,562       102       116       1,740             48  
Interest rate forwards
    1,140             107                    
Credit forwards
    90       2       3       220       2       6  
                                                 
Subtotal
    10,348       317       573       6,068       129       401  
                                                 
Foreign Operations Hedges:
                                               
Foreign currency forwards
    1,935       9       26       1,880       27       13  
Non-derivative hedging instruments
    169             185                    
                                                 
Subtotal
    2,104       9       211       1,880       27       13  
                                                 
Total Qualifying Hedges
  $ 22,084     $ 2,056     $ 1,098     $ 17,579     $ 1,510     $ 621  
                                                 


F-92


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
The following table presents the gross notional amount and estimated fair value of derivatives that were not designated or do not qualify as hedging instruments by derivative type at:
 
                                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
          Estimated
          Estimated
 
Derivatives Not Designated or Not
  Notional
    Fair Value     Notional
    Fair Value  
Qualifying as Hedging Instruments   Amount     Assets     Liabilities     Amount     Assets     Liabilities  
    (In millions)  
 
Interest rate swaps
  $ 46,133     $ 1,729     $ 1,231     $ 31,588     $ 1,070     $ 1,132  
Interest rate floors
    23,866       630       66       23,691       461       37  
Interest rate caps
    35,412       176       1       28,409       283        
Interest rate futures
    9,385       43       17       7,563       8       10  
Interest rate options
    8,761       144       23       4,050       117       57  
Interest rate forwards
    9,234       106       28       9,921       66       27  
Synthetic GICs
    4,397                   4,352              
Foreign currency swaps
    7,546       496       790       7,964       533       913  
Foreign currency forwards
    8,508       110       65       4,605       56       44  
Currency futures
    493       2                          
Currency options
    5,426       50             822       18        
Credit default swaps
    10,957       173       104       6,723       74       130  
Equity futures
    8,794       21       9       7,405       44       21  
Equity options
    33,688       1,843       1,197       27,175       1,712       1,018  
Variance swaps
    18,022       198       118       13,654       181       58  
Total rate of return swaps
    1,547                   376             47  
                                                 
Total non-designated or non-qualifying derivatives
  $ 232,169     $ 5,721     $ 3,649     $ 178,298     $ 4,623     $ 3,494  
                                                 
 
Net Derivative Gains (Losses)
 
The components of net derivative gains (losses) were as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Derivatives and hedging gains (losses) (1)
  $ 122     $ (6,624 )   $ 6,560  
Embedded derivatives
    (387 )     1,758       (2,650 )
                         
Total net derivative gains (losses)
  $ (265 )   $ (4,866 )   $ 3,910  
                         
 
 
(1) Includes foreign currency transaction gains (losses) on hedged items in cash flow and non-qualifying hedge relationships, which are not presented elsewhere in this note.


F-93


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
The following table presents the settlement payments recorded in income for the:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Qualifying hedges:
                       
Net investment income
  $ 83     $ 49     $ 19  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    233       220       105  
Other expenses
    (6 )     (3 )     (9 )
Non-qualifying hedges:
                       
Net investment income
    (3 )     (2 )     1  
Net derivative gains (losses)
    65       91       49  
Other revenues
    108       77       3  
                         
Total
  $ 480     $ 432     $ 168  
                         
 
Fair Value Hedges
 
The Company designates and accounts for the following as fair value hedges when they have met the requirements of fair value hedging: (i) interest rate swaps to convert fixed rate investments to floating rate investments; (ii) interest rate swaps to convert fixed rate liabilities to floating rate liabilities; and (iii) foreign currency swaps to hedge the foreign currency fair value exposure of foreign currency denominated investments and liabilities.
 
The Company recognizes gains and losses on derivatives and the related hedged items in fair value hedges within net derivative gains (losses). The following table represents the amount of such net derivative gains (losses) recognized for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
                             
        Net Derivative
          Ineffectiveness
 
        Gains (Losses)
    Net Derivative Gains
    Recognized in
 
Derivatives in Fair Value
  Hedged Items in Fair Value
  Recognized
    (Losses) Recognized
    Net Derivative
 
Hedging Relationships   Hedging Relationships   for Derivatives     for Hedged Items     Gains (Losses)  
        (In millions)  
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010:
Interest rate swaps:
  Fixed maturity securities   $ (14 )   $ 16     $ 2  
    Policyholder account balances (1)     140       (142 )     (2 )
Foreign currency swaps:
  Foreign-denominated fixed maturity securities     14       (14 )      
    Foreign-denominated policyholder account balances (2)     9       (20 )     (11 )
                             
Total
  $ 149     $ (160 )   $ (11 )
                         
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009:
Interest rate swaps:
  Fixed maturity securities   $ 49     $ (42 )   $ 7  
    Policyholder account balances (1)     (963 )     951       (12 )
Foreign currency swaps:
  Foreign-denominated fixed maturity securities     (13 )     10       (3 )
    Foreign-denominated policyholder account balances (2)     462       (449 )     13  
                             
Total
  $ (465 )   $ 470     $ 5  
                         
For the Year Ended December 31, 2008
  $ 245     $ (248 )   $ (3 )
                         
 
 
(1) Fixed rate liabilities
 
(2) Fixed rate or floating rate liabilities


F-94


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
All components of each derivative’s gain or loss were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
The Company designates and accounts for the following as cash flow hedges when they have met the requirements of cash flow hedging: (i) interest rate swaps to convert floating rate investments to fixed rate investments; (ii) interest rate swaps to convert floating rate liabilities to fixed rate liabilities; (iii) foreign currency swaps to hedge the foreign currency cash flow exposure of foreign currency denominated investments and liabilities; (iv) interest rate forwards and credit forwards to lock in the price to be paid for forward purchases of investments; (v) interest rate swaps and interest rate forwards to hedge the forecasted purchases of fixed-rate investments; and (vi) interest rate swaps and interest rate forwards to hedge forecasted fixed-rate borrowings.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized $1 million and ($3) million, respectively, of net derivative gains (losses) which represented the ineffective portion of all cash flow hedges. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company did not recognize any net derivative gains (losses) which represented the ineffective portion of all cash flow hedges. All components of each derivative’s gain or loss were included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. In certain instances, the Company discontinued cash flow hedge accounting because the forecasted transactions did not occur on the anticipated date or within two months of that date. The net amounts reclassified into net derivative gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 related to such discontinued cash flow hedges were gains (losses) of $9 million, ($7) million and ($12) million, respectively. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the maximum length of time over which the Company was hedging its exposure to variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions did not exceed seven years and five years, respectively. There were no hedged forecasted transactions, other than the receipt or payment of variable interest payments, for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
The following table presents the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), before income tax, related to cash flow hedges:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), balance at January 1,
  $ (76 )   $ 82     $ (270 )
Gains (losses) deferred in other comprehensive income (loss) on the effective portion of cash flow hedges
    (51 )     (221 )     203  
Amounts reclassified to net derivative gains (losses)
    65       54       140  
Amounts reclassified to net investment income
    4       8       9  
Amounts reclassified to other expenses
    (1 )     3       (1 )
Amortization of transition adjustment
          (2 )     1  
                         
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), balance at December 31,
  $ (59 )   $ (76 )   $ 82  
                         
 
At December 31, 2010, $3 million of deferred net losses on derivatives in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) was expected to be reclassified to earnings within the next 12 months.


F-95


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following table presents the effects of derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships on the consolidated statements of operations and the consolidated statements of equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
                                                 
    Amount of Gains
    Amount and Location
       
    (Losses) Deferred
    of Gains (Losses)
    Amount and Location
 
    in Accumulated Other
    Reclassified from
    of Gains (Losses)
 
Derivatives in Cash Flow
  Comprehensive Income
    Accumulated Other Comprehensive
    Recognized in Income (Loss)
 
Hedging Relationships   (Loss) on Derivatives     Income (Loss) into Income (Loss)     on Derivatives  
                (Ineffective Portion and
 
                Amount Excluded from
 
    (Effective Portion)     (Effective Portion)     Effectiveness Testing)  
          Net Derivative
    Net Investment
    Other
    Net Derivative
    Net Investment
 
          Gains (Losses)     Income     Expenses     Gains (Losses)     Income  
    (In millions)  
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010:
                                               
Interest rate swaps
  $ 13     $     $     $ (1 )   $ 3     $  
Foreign currency swaps
    34       (79 )     (6 )     2              
Interest rate forwards
    (117 )     14       2             (2 )      
Credit forwards
    19                                
                                                 
Total
  $ (51 )   $ (65 )   $ (4 )   $ 1     $ 1     $  
                                                 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009:
                                               
Interest rate swaps
  $ (45 )   $     $     $ (4 )   $ (2 )   $  
Foreign currency swaps
    (319 )     (133 )     (6 )     1       (1 )      
Interest rate forwards
    147       79                          
Credit forwards
    (4 )                              
                                                 
Total
  $ (221 )   $ (54 )   $ (6 )   $ (3 )   $ (3 )   $  
                                                 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2008:
                                               
Foreign currency swaps
  $ 203     $ (140 )   $ (10 )   $ 1     $     $  
                                                 
 
Hedges of Net Investments in Foreign Operations
 
The Company uses foreign exchange contracts, which may include foreign currency swaps, forwards and options, to hedge portions of its net investments in foreign operations against adverse movements in exchange rates. The Company measures ineffectiveness on these contracts based upon the change in forward rates. In addition, the Company may also use non-derivative financial instruments to hedge portions of its net investments in foreign operations against adverse movements in exchange rates. The Company measures ineffectiveness on non-derivative financial instruments based upon the change in spot rates.
 
When net investments in foreign operations are sold or substantially liquidated, the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are reclassified to the consolidated statements of operations, while a pro rata portion will be reclassified upon partial sale of the net investments in foreign operations.


F-96


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following table presents the effects of derivatives and non-derivative financial instruments in net investment hedging relationships in the consolidated statements of operations and the consolidated statements of equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
                                                 
          Amount and Location
 
                      of Gains (Losses)
 
                      Reclassified From Accumulated Other
 
    Amount of Gains (Losses)
    Comprehensive Income
 
    Deferred in Accumulated
    (Loss) into Income (Loss)
 
    Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
    (Effective Portion)  
    (Effective Portion)     Net Investment Gains (Losses)  
Derivatives and Non-Derivative Hedging Instruments in Net
  Years Ended December 31,     Years Ended December 31,  
Investment Hedging Relationships (1), (2)   2010     2009     2008     2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Foreign currency forwards
  $ (167 )   $ (244 )   $ 338     $     $ (59 )   $  
Foreign currency swaps
          (18 )     76             (63 )      
Non-derivative hedging instruments
    (16 )     (37 )     81             (11 )      
                                                 
Total
  $ (183 )   $ (299 )   $ 495     $     $ (133 )   $  
                                                 
 
 
(1) During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2008, there were no sales or substantial liquidations of net investments in foreign operations that would have required the reclassification of gains or losses from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company substantially liquidated, through assumption reinsurance (see Note 2), the portion of its Canadian operations that was being hedged in a net investment hedging relationship. As a result, the Company reclassified losses of $133 million from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings.
 
(2) There was no ineffectiveness recognized for the Company’s hedges of net investments in foreign operations.
 
At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the cumulative foreign currency translation gain (loss) recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to hedges of net investments in foreign operations was ($223) million and ($40) million, respectively.
 
Non-Qualifying Derivatives and Derivatives for Purposes Other Than Hedging
 
The Company enters into the following derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting or for purposes other than hedging: (i) interest rate swaps, implied volatility swaps, caps and floors and interest rate futures to economically hedge its exposure to interest rates; (ii) foreign currency forwards, swaps, option contracts, and future contracts to economically hedge its exposure to adverse movements in exchange rates; (iii) credit default swaps to economically hedge exposure to adverse movements in credit; (iv) equity futures, equity index options, interest rate futures, TRRs and equity variance swaps to economically hedge liabilities embedded in certain variable annuity products; (v) swap spreadlocks to economically hedge invested assets against the risk of changes in credit spreads; (vi) interest rate forwards to buy and sell securities to economically hedge its exposure to interest rates; (vii) credit default swaps and TRRs to synthetically create investments; (viii) basis swaps to better match the cash flows of assets and related liabilities; (ix) credit default swaps held in relation to trading portfolios; (x) swaptions to hedge interest rate risk; (xi) inflation swaps to reduce risk generated from inflation-indexed liabilities; (xii) covered call options for income generation; (xiii) interest rate lock commitments; (xiv) synthetic GICs; and (xv) equity options to economically hedge certain invested assets against adverse changes in equity indices.


F-97


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following tables present the amount and location of gains (losses) recognized in income for derivatives that were not designated or qualifying as hedging instruments:
 
                                         
    Net
    Net
    Policyholder
             
    Derivative
    Investment
    Benefits
    Other
    Other
 
    Gains (Losses)     Income (1)     and Claims (2)     Revenues (3)     Expenses (4)  
    (In millions)  
 
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010:
                                       
Interest rate swaps
  $ 622     $ 4     $ 39     $ 172     $  
Interest rate floors
    144                          
Interest rate caps
    (185 )                        
Interest rate futures
    77       (4 )           (3 )      
Equity futures
    (58 )     (25 )     (314 )            
Foreign currency swaps
    52                          
Foreign currency forwards
    250       55                    
Currency futures
    (23 )                        
Currency options
    (83 )     (1 )                 (4 )
Equity options
    (683 )     (16 )                  
Interest rate options
    25                   (6 )      
Interest rate forwards
    8                   (74 )      
Variance swaps
    (55 )                        
Credit default swaps
    34       (2 )                  
Total rate of return swaps
    14                          
                                         
Total
  $ 139     $ 11     $ (275 )   $ 89     $ (4 )
                                         
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009:
                                       
Interest rate swaps
  $ (1,700 )   $ (5 )   $ (13 )   $ (161 )   $  
Interest rate floors
    (907 )                        
Interest rate caps
    33                          
Interest rate futures
    (366 )     2                    
Equity futures
    (681 )     (38 )     (363 )            
Foreign currency swaps
    (405 )                        
Foreign currency forwards
    (102 )     (24 )                  
Currency options
    (36 )     (1 )                 (3 )
Equity options
    (1,713 )     (68 )                  
Interest rate options
    (379 )                        
Interest rate forwards
    (7 )                 (4 )      
Variance swaps
    (276 )     (13 )                  
Swap spreadlocks
    (38 )                        
Credit default swaps
    (243 )     (11 )                  
Total rate of return swaps
    63                          
                                         
Total
  $ (6,757 )   $ (158 )   $ (376 )   $ (165 )   $ (3 )
                                         
For the Year Ended December 31, 2008
  $ 6,688     $ 240     $ 331     $ 146     $  
                                         
 
 
(1) Changes in estimated fair value related to economic hedges of equity method investments in joint ventures, and changes in estimated fair value related to derivatives held in relation to trading portfolios.


F-98


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
(2) Changes in estimated fair value related to economic hedges of variable annuity guarantees included in future policy benefits.
 
(3) Changes in estimated fair value related to derivatives held in connection with the Company’s mortgage banking activities.
 
(4) Changes in estimated fair value related to economic hedges of foreign currency exposure associated with the Company’s international subsidiaries.
 
Credit Derivatives
 
In connection with synthetically created investment transactions and credit default swaps held in relation to the trading portfolio, the Company writes credit default swaps for which it receives a premium to insure credit risk. Such credit derivatives are included within the non-qualifying derivatives and derivatives for purposes other than hedging table. If a credit event occurs, as defined by the contract, generally the contract will require the Company to pay the counterparty the specified swap notional amount in exchange for the delivery of par quantities of the referenced credit obligation. The Company’s maximum amount at risk, assuming the value of all referenced credit obligations is zero, was $5,089 million and $3,101 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company can terminate these contracts at any time through cash settlement with the counterparty at an amount equal to the then current fair value of the credit default swaps. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company would have received $62 million and $53 million, respectively, to terminate all of these contracts.
 
The following table presents the estimated fair value, maximum amount of future payments and weighted average years to maturity of written credit default swaps at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
                                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
          Maximum
                Maximum
       
    Estimated
    Amount
          Estimated
    Amount of
       
    Fair Value
    of Future
    Weighted
    Fair Value
    Future
    Weighted
 
    of Credit
    Payments under
    Average
    of Credit
    Payments under
    Average
 
Rating Agency Designation of Referenced
  Default
    Credit Default
    Years to
    Default
    Credit Default
    Years to
 
Credit Obligations (1)   Swaps     Swaps (2)     Maturity (3)     Swaps     Swaps (2)     Maturity (3)  
    (In millions)  
 
Aaa/Aa/A
                                               
Single name credit default swaps (corporate)
  $ 5     $ 470       3.8     $ 5     $ 175       4.3  
Credit default swaps referencing indices
    45       2,928       3.7       46       2,676       3.4  
                                                 
Subtotal
    50       3,398       3.7       51       2,851       3.5  
                                                 
Baa
                                               
Single name credit default swaps (corporate)
    5       735       4.3       2       195       4.8  
Credit default swaps referencing indices
    7       931       5.0             10       5.0  
                                                 
Subtotal
    12       1,666       4.7       2       205       4.8  
                                                 
Ba
                                               
Single name credit default swaps (corporate)
          25       4.4             25       5.0  
Credit default swaps referencing indices
                                   
                                                 
Subtotal
          25       4.4             25       5.0  
                                                 
B
                                               
Single name credit default swaps (corporate)
                                   
Credit default swaps referencing indices
                            20       5.0  
                                                 
Subtotal
                            20       5.0  
                                                 
Total
  $ 62     $ 5,089       4.1     $ 53     $ 3,101       3.6  
                                                 


F-99


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
(1) The rating agency designations are based on availability and the midpoint of the applicable ratings among Moody’s, S&P and Fitch. If no rating is available from a rating agency, then an internally developed rating is used.
 
(2) Assumes the value of the referenced credit obligations is zero.
 
(3) The weighted average years to maturity of the credit default swaps is calculated based on weighted average notional amounts.
 
The Company has also entered into credit default swaps to purchase credit protection on certain of the referenced credit obligations in the table above. As a result, the maximum amounts of potential future recoveries available to offset the $5,089 million and $3,101 million from the table above were $120 million and $31 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Credit Risk on Freestanding Derivatives
 
The Company may be exposed to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to derivative financial instruments. Generally, the current credit exposure of the Company’s derivative contracts is limited to the net positive estimated fair value of derivative contracts at the reporting date after taking into consideration the existence of netting agreements and any collateral received pursuant to credit support annexes.
 
The Company manages its credit risk related to over-the-counter derivatives by entering into transactions with creditworthy counterparties, maintaining collateral arrangements and through the use of master agreements that provide for a single net payment to be made by one counterparty to another at each due date and upon termination. Because exchange-traded futures are effected through regulated exchanges, and positions are marked to market on a daily basis, the Company has minimal exposure to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to such derivative instruments. See Note 5 for a description of the impact of credit risk on the valuation of derivative instruments.
 
The Company enters into various collateral arrangements, which require both the pledging and accepting of collateral in connection with its derivative instruments. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company was obligated to return cash collateral under its control of $2,625 million and $2,680 million, respectively. This unrestricted cash collateral is included in cash and cash equivalents or in short-term investments and the obligation to return it is included in payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions in the consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had also accepted collateral consisting of various securities with a fair market value of $984 million and $221 million, respectively, which were held in separate custodial accounts. The Company is permitted by contract to sell or repledge this collateral, but at December 31, 2010, none of the collateral had been sold or repledged.
 
The Company’s collateral arrangements for its over-the-counter derivatives generally require the counterparty in a net liability position, after considering the effect of netting agreements, to pledge collateral when the fair value of that counterparty’s derivatives reaches a pre-determined threshold. Certain of these arrangements also include credit-contingent provisions that provide for a reduction of these thresholds (on a sliding scale that converges toward zero) in the event of downgrades in the credit ratings of the Company and/or the counterparty. In addition, certain of the Company’s netting agreements for derivative instruments contain provisions that require the Company to maintain a specific investment grade credit rating from at least one of the major credit rating agencies. If the Company’s credit ratings were to fall below that specific investment grade credit rating, it would be in violation of these provisions, and the counterparties to the derivative instruments could request immediate payment or demand immediate and ongoing full overnight collateralization on derivative instruments that are in a net liability position after considering the effect of netting agreements.
 
The following table presents the estimated fair value of the Company’s over-the-counter derivatives that are in a net liability position after considering the effect of netting agreements, together with the estimated fair value and


F-100


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
balance sheet location of the collateral pledged. The table also presents the incremental collateral that the Company would be required to provide if there was a one notch downgrade in the Company’s credit rating at the reporting date or if the Company’s credit rating sustained a downgrade to a level that triggered full overnight collateralization or termination of the derivative position at the reporting date. Derivatives that are not subject to collateral agreements are not included in the scope of this table.
 
                                         
          Estimated Fair Value of
    Fair Value of Incremental Collateral
 
          Collateral Provided:     Provided Upon:  
                            Downgrade in the
 
                      One Notch
    Company’s Credit Rating
 
                      Downgrade
    to a Level that Triggers
 
    Estimated
                in the
    Full Overnight
 
    Fair Value (1) of
                Company’s
    Collateralization or
 
    Derivatives in Net
    Fixed Maturity
          Credit
    Termination
 
    Liability Position     Securities (2)     Cash (3)     Rating     of the Derivative Position  
    (In millions)  
 
December 31, 2010:
                                       
Derivatives subject to credit-contingent provisions
  $ 1,167     $ 1,024     $     $ 99     $ 231  
Derivatives not subject to credit-contingent provisions
    22             43              
                                         
Total
  $ 1,189     $ 1,024     $ 43     $ 99     $ 231  
                                         
December 31, 2009:
                                       
Derivatives subject to credit-contingent provisions
  $ 1,163     $ 1,017     $     $ 90     $ 218  
Derivatives not subject to credit-contingent provisions
    48       42                    
                                         
Total
  $ 1,211     $ 1,059     $     $ 90     $ 218  
                                         
 
 
(1) After taking into consideration the existence of netting agreements.
 
(2) Included in fixed maturity securities in the consolidated balance sheets. The counterparties are permitted by contract to sell or repledge this collateral.
 
(3) Included in premiums, reinsurance and other receivables in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
Without considering the effect of netting agreements, the estimated fair value of the Company’s over-the-counter derivatives with credit-contingent provisions that were in a gross liability position at December 31, 2010 was $1,742 million. At December 31, 2010, the Company provided securities collateral of $1,024 million in connection with these derivatives. In the unlikely event that both: (i) the Company’s credit rating was downgraded to a level that triggers full overnight collateralization or termination of all derivative positions; and (ii) the Company’s netting agreements were deemed to be legally unenforceable, then the additional collateral that the Company would be required to provide to its counterparties in connection with its derivatives in a gross liability position at December 31, 2010 would be $718 million. This amount does not consider gross derivative assets of $575 million for which the Company has the contractual right of offset.
 
The Company also has exchange-traded futures and options, which require the pledging of collateral. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company pledged securities collateral for exchange-traded futures and options of $40 million and $50 million, respectively, which is included in fixed maturity securities. The counterparties are permitted by contract to sell or repledge this collateral. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company provided cash collateral for exchange-traded futures and options of $662 million and $562 million, respectively, which is included in premiums, reinsurance and other receivables.


F-101


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Embedded Derivatives
 
The Company has certain embedded derivatives that are required to be separated from their host contracts and accounted for as derivatives. These host contracts principally include: variable annuities with guaranteed minimum benefits, including GMWBs, GMABs and certain GMIBs; ceded reinsurance contracts of guaranteed minimum benefits related to GMABs and certain GMIBs; and funding agreements with equity or bond indexed crediting rates.
 
The following table presents the estimated fair value of the Company’s embedded derivatives at:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Net embedded derivatives within asset host contracts:
               
Ceded guaranteed minimum benefits
  $ 185     $ 76  
Options embedded in debt or equity securities
    (57 )     (37 )
                 
Net embedded derivatives within asset host contracts
  $ 128     $ 39  
                 
Net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts:
               
Direct guaranteed minimum benefits
  $ 2,556     $ 1,500  
Other
    78       5  
                 
Net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts
  $ 2,634     $ 1,505  
                 
 
The following table presents changes in estimated fair value related to embedded derivatives:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,
    2010   2009   2008
    (In millions)
 
Net derivative gains (losses) (1)
  $ (387 )   $ 1,758     $ (2,650 )
Policyholder benefits and claims
  $ 8     $ (114 )   $ 182  
 
 
(1) The valuation of guaranteed minimum benefits includes an adjustment for nonperformance risk. Included in net derivative gains (losses), in connection with this adjustment, were gains (losses) of ($96) million, ($1,932) million and $2,994 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Net derivative gains (losses) for the year ended December 31, 2010 included a loss of $955 million relating to a refinement for estimating nonperformance risk in fair value measurements implemented at June 30, 2010. See Note 5.
 
5.   Fair Value
 
Considerable judgment is often required in interpreting market data to develop estimates of fair value and the use of different assumptions or valuation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.


F-102


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value
 
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
 
The assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis, including those items for which the Company has elected the FVO, were determined as described below. These estimated fair values and their corresponding placement in the fair value hierarchy are summarized as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using        
    Quoted Prices in
                   
    Active Markets for
          Significant
    Total
 
    Identical Assets
    Significant Other
    Unobservable
    Estimated
 
    and Liabilities
    Observable Inputs
    Inputs
    Fair
 
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Value  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets
                               
Fixed maturity securities:
                               
U.S. corporate securities
  $     $ 85,419     $ 7,149     $ 92,568  
Foreign corporate securities
          62,401       5,777       68,178  
RMBS
    274       43,037       1,422       44,733  
Foreign government securities
    149       40,092       3,159       43,400  
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities
    14,602       18,623       79       33,304  
CMBS
          19,664       1,011       20,675  
ABS
          10,142       4,148       14,290  
State and political subdivision securities
          10,083       46       10,129  
Other fixed maturity securities
          3       4       7  
                                 
Total fixed maturity securities
    15,025       289,464       22,795       327,284  
                                 
Equity securities:
                               
Common stock
    832       1,094       268       2,194  
Non-redeemable preferred stock
          507       905       1,412  
                                 
Total equity securities
    832       1,601       1,173       3,606  
                                 
Trading and other securities:
                               
Actively Traded Securities
          453       10       463  
FVO general account securities
          54       77       131  
FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments
    6,270       10,789       735       17,794  
FVO securities held by consolidated securitization entities
          201             201  
                                 
Total trading and other securities
    6,270       11,497       822       18,589  
Short-term investments (1)
    3,026       4,681       858       8,565  
Mortgage loans:
                               
Mortgage loans held by consolidated securitization entities
          6,840             6,840  
Mortgage loans held-for-sale (2)
          2,486       24       2,510  
                                 
Total mortgage loans
          9,326       24       9,350  
MSRs (3)
                950       950  
Other invested assets — investment funds
    373       121             494  
Derivative assets: (4)
                               
Interest rate contracts
    131       3,583       39       3,753  
Foreign currency contracts
    2       1,711       74       1,787  
Credit contracts
          125       50       175  
Equity market contracts
    23       1,757       282       2,062  
                                 
Total derivative assets
    156       7,176       445       7,777  
Net embedded derivatives within asset host contracts (5)
                185       185  
Separate account assets (6)
    25,660       155,589       2,088       183,337  
                                 
Total assets
  $ 51,342     $ 479,455     $ 29,340     $ 560,137  
                                 


F-103


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using        
    Quoted Prices in
                   
    Active Markets for
          Significant
    Total
 
    Identical Assets
    Significant Other
    Unobservable
    Estimated
 
    and Liabilities
    Observable Inputs
    Inputs
    Fair
 
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Value  
    (In millions)  
 
Liabilities
                               
Derivative liabilities: (4)
                               
Interest rate contracts
  $ 35     $ 1,598     $ 125     $ 1,758  
Foreign currency contracts
          1,372       1       1,373  
Credit contracts
          101       6       107  
Equity market contracts
    10       1,174       140       1,324  
                                 
Total derivative liabilities
    45       4,245       272       4,562  
Net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts (5)
          11       2,623       2,634  
Long-term debt of consolidated securitization entities
          6,636       184       6,820  
Trading liabilities (7)
    46                   46  
                                 
Total liabilities
  $ 91     $ 10,892     $ 3,079     $ 14,062  
                                 
 
See “— Variable Interest Entities” in Note 3 for discussion of CSEs included in the table above.
 
                                 
    December 31, 2009  
    Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using        
    Quoted Prices in
                   
    Active Markets for
          Significant
    Total
 
    Identical Assets
    Significant Other
    Unobservable
    Estimated
 
    and Liabilities
    Observable Inputs
    Inputs
    Fair
 
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Value  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets
                               
Fixed maturity securities:
                               
U.S. corporate securities
  $     $ 65,493     $ 6,694     $ 72,187  
Foreign corporate securities
          32,738       5,292       38,030  
RMBS
          42,180       1,840       44,020  
Foreign government securities
    306       11,240       401       11,947  
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities
    10,951       14,459       37       25,447  
CMBS
          15,483       139       15,622  
ABS
          10,450       2,712       13,162  
State and political subdivision securities
          7,139       69       7,208  
Other fixed maturity securities
          13       6       19  
                                 
Total fixed maturity securities
    11,257       199,195       17,190       227,642  
                                 
Equity securities:
                               
Common stock
    490       995       136       1,621  
Non-redeemable preferred stock
          359       1,104       1,463  
                                 
Total equity securities
    490       1,354       1,240       3,084  
                                 
Trading and other securities
    1,886       415       83       2,384  
Short-term investments (1)
    5,650       2,500       23       8,173  
Mortgage loans held-for-sale (2)
          2,445       25       2,470  
MSRs (3)
                878       878  
Derivative assets (4)
    103       5,600       430       6,133  
Net embedded derivatives within asset host contracts (5)
                76       76  
Separate account assets (6)
    17,601       129,545       1,895       149,041  
                                 
Total assets
  $ 36,987     $ 341,054     $ 21,840     $ 399,881  
                                 
Liabilities
                               
Derivative liabilities (4)
  $ 51     $ 3,990     $ 74     $ 4,115  
Net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts (5)
          (26 )     1,531       1,505  
Trading liabilities (7)
    106                   106  
                                 
Total liabilities
  $ 157     $ 3,964     $ 1,605     $ 5,726  
                                 

F-104


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
(1) Short-term investments as presented in the tables above differ from the amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets because certain short-term investments are not measured at estimated fair value (e.g., time deposits, etc.), and therefore are excluded from the tables presented above.
 
(2) Mortgage loans held-for-sale as presented in the tables above differ from the amount presented in the consolidated balance sheets as these tables only include residential mortgage loans held-for-sale measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis.
 
(3) MSRs are presented within other invested assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
(4) Derivative assets are presented within other invested assets in the consolidated balance sheets and derivative liabilities are presented within other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The amounts are presented gross in the tables above to reflect the presentation in the consolidated balance sheets, but are presented net for purposes of the rollforward in the Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) tables which follow. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, certain non-derivative hedging instruments of $185 million and $0, respectively, which are carried at amortized cost, are included with the liabilities total in Note 4 but excluded from derivative liabilities in the tables above as they are not derivative instruments.
 
(5) Net embedded derivatives within asset host contracts are presented within premiums, reinsurance and other receivables in the consolidated balance sheets. Net embedded derivatives within liability host contracts are presented primarily within policyholder account balances in the consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2010, fixed maturity securities and equity securities also included embedded derivatives of $5 million and ($62) million, respectively. At December 31, 2009, fixed maturity securities and equity securities included embedded derivatives of $0 and ($37) million, respectively.
 
(6) Separate account assets are measured at estimated fair value. Investment performance related to separate account assets is fully offset by corresponding amounts credited to contractholders whose liability is reflected within separate account liabilities. Separate account liabilities are set equal to the estimated fair value of separate account assets.
 
(7) Trading liabilities are presented within other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments are summarized as follows:
 
Fixed Maturity Securities, Equity Securities, Trading and Other Securities and Short-term Investments
 
When available, the estimated fair value of the Company’s fixed maturity, equity and trading and other securities are based on quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly obtainable. Generally, these are the most liquid of the Company’s securities holdings and valuation of these securities does not involve management judgment.
 
When quoted prices in active markets are not available, the determination of estimated fair value is based on market standard valuation methodologies. The market standard valuation methodologies utilized include: discounted cash flow methodologies, matrix pricing or other similar techniques. The inputs in applying these market standard valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to: interest rates, credit standing of the issuer or counterparty, industry sector of the issuer, coupon rate, call provisions, sinking fund requirements, maturity and management’s assumptions regarding estimated duration, liquidity and estimated future cash flows. Accordingly, the estimated fair values are based on available market information and management’s judgments about financial instruments.
 
The significant inputs to the market standard valuation methodologies for certain types of securities with reasonable levels of price transparency are inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally


F-105


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
from or corroborated by observable market data. Such observable inputs include benchmarking prices for similar assets in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active and observable yields and spreads in the market.
 
When observable inputs are not available, the market standard valuation methodologies for determining the estimated fair value of certain types of securities that trade infrequently, and therefore have little or no price transparency, rely on inputs that are significant to the estimated fair value that are not observable in the market or cannot be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. These unobservable inputs can be based in large part on management judgment or estimation and cannot be supported by reference to market activity. Even though unobservable, these inputs are assumed to be consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing such securities and are considered appropriate given the circumstances.
 
The estimated fair value of FVO securities held by CSEs is determined on a basis consistent with the methodologies described herein for fixed maturity securities and equity securities. As discussed in Note 1, the Company adopted new guidance effective January 1, 2010 and consolidated certain securitization entities that hold securities that have been accounted for under the FVO and classified within trading and other securities.
 
The use of different methodologies, assumptions and inputs may have a material effect on the estimated fair values of the Company’s securities holdings.
 
Mortgage Loans
 
Mortgage loans presented in the tables above consist of commercial mortgage loans held by CSEs and residential mortgage loans held-for-sale for which the Company has elected the FVO and which are carried at estimated fair value. As discussed in Note 1, the Company adopted new guidance effective January 1, 2010 and consolidated certain securitization entities that hold commercial mortgage loans. See “— Valuation Techniques and Inputs by Level Within the Three-Level Fair Value Hierarchy by Major Classes of Assets and Liabilities” below for a discussion of the methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments.
 
MSRs
 
Although MSRs are not financial instruments, the Company has included them in the preceding table as a result of its election to carry MSRs at estimated fair value. See “— Valuation Techniques and Inputs by Level Within the Three-Level Fair Value Hierarchy by Major Classes of Assets and Liabilities” below for a discussion of the methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments.
 
Other Invested Assets — Investment Funds
 
The estimated fair value of these investment funds is determined on a basis consistent with the methodologies described herein for trading and other securities.
 
Derivatives
 
The estimated fair value of derivatives is determined through the use of quoted market prices for exchange-traded derivatives and interest rate forwards to sell certain to be announced securities, or through the use of pricing models for over-the-counter derivatives. The determination of estimated fair value, when quoted market values are not available, is based on market standard valuation methodologies and inputs that are assumed to be consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing the instruments. Derivative valuations can be affected by changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, financial indices, credit spreads, default risk (including the counterparties to the contract), volatility, liquidity and changes in estimates and assumptions used in the pricing models.
 
The significant inputs to the pricing models for most over-the-counter derivatives are inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.


F-106


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Significant inputs that are observable generally include: interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, interest rate curves, credit curves and volatility. However, certain over-the-counter derivatives may rely on inputs that are significant to the estimated fair value that are not observable in the market or cannot be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Significant inputs that are unobservable generally include: independent broker quotes, credit correlation assumptions, references to emerging market currencies and inputs that are outside the observable portion of the interest rate curve, credit curve, volatility or other relevant market measure. These unobservable inputs may involve significant management judgment or estimation. Even though unobservable, these inputs are based on assumptions deemed appropriate given the circumstances and are assumed to be consistent with what other market participants would use when pricing such instruments.
 
The credit risk of both the counterparty and the Company are considered in determining the estimated fair value for all over-the-counter derivatives, and any potential credit adjustment is based on the net exposure by counterparty after taking into account the effects of netting agreements and collateral arrangements. The Company values its derivative positions using the standard swap curve which includes a spread to the risk free rate. This credit spread is appropriate for those parties that execute trades at pricing levels consistent with the standard swap curve. As the Company and its significant derivative counterparties consistently execute trades at such pricing levels, additional credit risk adjustments are not currently required in the valuation process. The Company’s ability to consistently execute at such pricing levels is in part due to the netting agreements and collateral arrangements that are in place with all of its significant derivative counterparties. The evaluation of the requirement to make additional credit risk adjustments is performed by the Company each reporting period.
 
Most inputs for over-the-counter derivatives are mid market inputs but, in certain cases, bid level inputs are used when they are deemed more representative of exit value. Market liquidity, as well as the use of different methodologies, assumptions and inputs, may have a material effect on the estimated fair values of the Company’s derivatives and could materially affect net income.
 
Embedded Derivatives Within Asset and Liability Host Contracts
 
Embedded derivatives principally include certain direct, assumed and ceded variable annuity guarantees and equity or bond indexed crediting rates within certain funding agreements. Embedded derivatives are recorded in the consolidated financial statements at estimated fair value with changes in estimated fair value reported in net income.
 
The Company issues certain variable annuity products with guaranteed minimum benefit guarantees. GMWBs, GMABs and certain GMIBs are embedded derivatives, which are measured at estimated fair value separately from the host variable annuity contract, with changes in estimated fair value reported in net derivative gains (losses). These embedded derivatives are classified within policyholder account balances in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
The fair value of these guarantees is estimated using the present value of future benefits minus the present value of future fees using actuarial and capital market assumptions related to the projected cash flows over the expected lives of the contracts. A risk neutral valuation methodology is used under which the cash flows from the guarantees are projected under multiple capital market scenarios using observable risk free rates, currency exchange rates and observable and estimated implied volatilities.
 
The valuation of these guarantee liabilities includes adjustments for nonperformance risk and for a risk margin related to non-capital market inputs. Both of these adjustments are captured as components of the spread which, when combined with the risk free rate, is used to discount the cash flows of the liability for purposes of determining its fair value.
 
The nonperformance adjustment is determined by taking into consideration publicly available information relating to spreads in the secondary market for the Holding Company’s debt, including related credit default swaps.


F-107


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
These observable spreads are then adjusted, as necessary, to reflect the priority of these liabilities and the claims paying ability of the issuing insurance subsidiaries compared to the Holding Company.
 
Risk margins are established to capture the non-capital market risks of the instrument which represent the additional compensation a market participant would require to assume the risks related to the uncertainties of such actuarial assumptions as annuitization, premium persistency, partial withdrawal and surrenders. The establishment of risk margins requires the use of significant management judgment, including assumptions of the amount and cost of capital needed to cover the guarantees. These guarantees may be more costly than expected in volatile or declining equity markets. Market conditions including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, equity indices, market volatility and foreign currency exchange rates; changes in nonperformance risk; and variations in actuarial assumptions regarding policyholder behavior, mortality and risk margins related to non-capital market inputs may result in significant fluctuations in the estimated fair value of the guarantees that could materially affect net income.
 
The Company ceded the risk associated with certain of the GMIB and GMAB described above. These reinsurance contracts contain embedded derivatives which are included in premiums, reinsurance and other receivables in the consolidated balance sheets with changes in estimated fair value reported in net derivative gains (losses) or policyholder benefits and claims depending on the statement of operations classification of the direct risk. The value of the embedded derivatives on the ceded risk is determined using a methodology consistent with that described previously for the guarantees directly written by the Company.
 
As part of its regular review of critical accounting estimates, the Company periodically assesses inputs for estimating nonperformance risk (commonly referred to as “own credit”) in fair value measurements. During the second quarter of 2010, the Company completed a study that aggregated and evaluated data, including historical recovery rates of insurance companies, as well as policyholder behavior observed over the past two years as the recent financial crisis evolved. As a result, at the end of the second quarter of 2010, the Company refined the way in which its insurance subsidiaries incorporate expected recovery rates into the nonperformance risk adjustment for purposes of estimating the fair value of investment-type contracts and embedded derivatives within insurance contracts. The Company recognized a loss of $577 million, net of DAC and income tax, relating to implementing the refinement at June 30, 2010. The refinement reduced both basic and diluted net income available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders per common share by $0.65 for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
The estimated fair value of the embedded derivatives within funds withheld related to certain ceded reinsurance is determined based on the change in estimated fair value of the underlying assets held by the Company in a reference portfolio backing the funds withheld liability. The estimated fair value of the underlying assets is determined as described above in “— Fixed Maturity Securities, Equity Securities, Trading and Other Securities and Short-term Investments.” The estimated fair value of these embedded derivatives is included, along with their funds withheld hosts, in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets with changes in estimated fair value recorded in net derivative gains (losses). Changes in the credit spreads on the underlying assets, interest rates and market volatility may result in significant fluctuations in the estimated fair value of these embedded derivatives that could materially affect net income.
 
The estimated fair value of the embedded equity and bond indexed derivatives contained in certain funding agreements is determined using market standard swap valuation models and observable market inputs, including an adjustment for nonperformance risk. The estimated fair value of these embedded derivatives are included, along with their funding agreements host, within policyholder account balances with changes in estimated fair value recorded in net derivative gains (losses). Changes in equity and bond indices, interest rates and the Company’s credit standing may result in significant fluctuations in the estimated fair value of these embedded derivatives that could materially affect net income.


F-108


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Separate Account Assets
 
Separate account assets are carried at estimated fair value and reported as a summarized total on the consolidated balance sheets. The estimated fair value of separate account assets is based on the estimated fair value of the underlying assets owned by the separate account. Assets within the Company’s separate accounts include: mutual funds, fixed maturity securities, equity securities, mortgage loans, derivatives, hedge funds, other limited partnership interests, short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents. See “— Valuation Techniques and Inputs by Level Within the Three-Level Fair Value Hierarchy by Major Classes of Assets and Liabilities” below for a discussion of the methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments.
 
Long-term Debt of CSEs
 
The Company has elected the FVO for the long-term debt of CSEs, which are carried at estimated fair value. See “— Valuation Techniques and Inputs by Level Within the Three-Level Fair Value Hierarchy by Major Classes of Assets and Liabilities” below for a discussion of the methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of these financial instruments.
 
Trading Liabilities
 
Trading liabilities are recorded at estimated fair value with subsequent changes in estimated fair value recognized in net investment income. The estimated fair value of trading liabilities is determined on a basis consistent with the methodologies described in “— Fixed Maturity Securities, Equity Securities and Trading and Other Securities.”
 
Valuation Techniques and Inputs by Level Within the Three-Level Fair Value Hierarchy by Major Classes of Assets and Liabilities
 
A description of the significant valuation techniques and inputs to the determination of estimated fair value for the more significant asset and liability classes measured at fair value on a recurring basis is as follows:
 
The Company determines the estimated fair value of its investments using primarily the market approach and the income approach. The use of quoted prices for identical assets and matrix pricing or other similar techniques are examples of market approaches, while the use of discounted cash flow methodologies is an example of the income approach. The Company attempts to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs in selecting whether the market or income approach is used.
 
While certain investments have been classified as Level 1 from the use of unadjusted quoted prices for identical investments supported by high volumes of trading activity and narrow bid/ask spreads, most investments have been classified as Level 2 because the significant inputs used to measure the fair value on a recurring basis of the same or similar investment are market observable or can be corroborated using market observable information for the full term of the investment. Level 3 investments include those where estimated fair values are based on significant unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and may reflect our own assumptions about what factors market participants would use in pricing these investments.
 
Level 1 Measurements:
 
Fixed Maturity Securities, Equity Securities, Trading and Other Securities and Short-term Investments
 
These securities are comprised of U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed fixed maturity securities, foreign government securities, RMBS — principally to-be-announced securities, exchange traded common stock, exchange traded mutual fund interests included in equity securities, exchange traded registered mutual fund interests included in trading and other securities and short-term money market securities, including U.S. Treasury bills. Valuation of these securities is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are readily and


F-109


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
regularly available. Contractholder-directed unit-linked investments reported within trading and other securities include certain registered mutual fund interests priced using daily NAV provided by the fund managers.
 
Derivative Assets and Derivative Liabilities
 
These assets and liabilities are comprised of exchange-traded derivatives, as well as interest rate forwards to sell certain to be announced securities. Valuation of these assets and liabilities is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly available.
 
Separate Account Assets
 
These assets are comprised of securities that are similar in nature to the fixed maturity securities, equity securities and short-term investments referred to above; and certain exchange-traded derivatives, including financial futures and owned options. Valuation is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are readily and regularly available.
 
Level 2 Measurements:
 
Fixed Maturity Securities, Equity Securities, Trading and Other Securities and Short-term Investments
 
This level includes fixed maturity securities and equity securities priced principally by independent pricing services using observable inputs. Trading and other securities and short-term investments within this level are of a similar nature and class to the Level 2 securities described below; accordingly, the valuation techniques and significant market standard observable inputs used in their valuation are also similar to those described below. Contractholder-directed unit-linked investments reported within trading and other securities include certain mutual fund interests without readily determinable fair values given prices are not published publicly. Valuation of these mutual funds is based upon quoted prices or reported NAV provided by the fund managers, which were based on observable inputs.
 
U.S. corporate and foreign corporate securities.   These securities are principally valued using the market and income approaches. Valuation is based primarily on quoted prices in markets that are not active, or using matrix pricing or other similar techniques that use standard market observable inputs such as a benchmark yields, spreads off benchmark yields, new issuances, issuer rating, duration, and trades of identical or comparable securities. Investment grade privately placed securities are valued using a discounted cash flow methodologies using standard market observable inputs, and inputs derived from, or corroborated by, market observable data including market yield curve, duration, call provisions, observable prices and spreads for similar publicly traded or privately traded issues that incorporate the credit quality and industry sector of the issuer. This level also includes certain below investment grade privately placed fixed maturity securities priced by independent pricing services that use observable inputs.
 
Structured securities comprised of RMBS, CMBS and ABS.   These securities are principally valued using the market approach. Valuation is based primarily on matrix pricing or other similar techniques using standard market inputs including spreads for actively traded securities, spreads off benchmark yields, expected prepayment speeds and volumes, current and forecasted loss severity, rating, weighted average coupon, weighted average maturity, average delinquency rates, geographic region, debt-service coverage ratios and issuance-specific information including, but not limited to: collateral type, payment terms of the underlying assets, payment priority within the tranche, structure of the security, deal performance and vintage of loans.
 
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities.   These securities are principally valued using the market approach. Valuation is based primarily on quoted prices in markets that are not active, or using matrix pricing or other similar techniques using standard market observable inputs such as benchmark U.S. Treasury yield curve, the spread off the U.S. Treasury curve for the identical security and comparable securities that are actively traded.


F-110


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Foreign government and state and political subdivision securities.   These securities are principally valued using the market approach. Valuation is based primarily on matrix pricing or other similar techniques using standard market observable inputs including benchmark U.S. Treasury or other yields, issuer ratings, broker-dealer quotes, issuer spreads and reported trades of similar securities, including those within the same sub-sector or with a similar maturity or credit rating.
 
Common and non-redeemable preferred stock.   These securities are principally valued using the market approach where market quotes are available but are not considered actively traded. Valuation is based principally on observable inputs including quoted prices in markets that are not considered active.
 
Mortgage Loans Held by CSEs
 
These commercial mortgage loans are principally valued using the market approach. The principal market for these commercial loan portfolios is the securitization market. The Company uses the quoted securitization market price of the obligations of the CSEs to determine the estimated fair value of these commercial loan portfolios. These market prices are determined principally by independent pricing services using observable inputs.
 
Mortgage Loans Held-For-Sale
 
Residential mortgage loans held-for-sale are principally valued using the market approach and valued primarily using readily available observable pricing for similar loans or securities backed by similar loans. The unobservable adjustments to such prices are insignificant.
 
Derivative Assets and Derivative Liabilities
 
This level includes all types of derivative instruments utilized by the Company with the exception of exchange-traded derivatives and interest rate forwards to sell certain to be announced securities included within Level 1 and those derivative instruments with unobservable inputs as described in Level 3. These derivatives are principally valued using an income approach.
 
Interest rate contracts.
 
Non-option-based — Valuations are based on present value techniques, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve, LIBOR basis curves, and repurchase rates.
 
Option-based — Valuations are based on option pricing models, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve, LIBOR basis curves, and interest rate volatility.
 
Foreign currency contracts.
 
Non-option-based — Valuations are based on present value techniques, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve, LIBOR basis curves, currency spot rates, and cross currency basis curves.
 
Option-based — Valuations are based on option pricing models, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve, LIBOR basis curves, currency spot rates, cross currency basis curves, and currency volatility.
 
Credit contracts.
 
Non-option-based — Valuations are based on present value techniques, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve, credit curves, and recovery rates.


F-111


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Equity market contracts.
 
Non-option-based — Valuations are based on present value techniques, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve, spot equity index levels, and dividend yield curves.
 
Option-based — Valuations are based on option pricing models, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve, spot equity index levels, dividend yield curves, and equity volatility.
 
Embedded Derivatives Contained in Certain Funding Agreements
 
These derivatives are principally valued using an income approach. Valuations are based on present value techniques, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve and the spot equity and bond index level.
 
Separate Account Assets
 
These assets are comprised of investments that are similar in nature to the fixed maturity securities, equity securities, short-term investments and derivatives referred to above. Also included are certain mutual funds and hedge funds without readily determinable fair values given prices are not published publicly. Valuation of the mutual funds and hedge funds is based upon quoted prices or reported NAV provided by the fund managers.
 
Long-term Debt of CSEs
 
The estimated fair value of the long-term debt of the Company’s CSEs is based on quoted prices when traded as assets in active markets or, if not available, based on market standard valuation methodologies, consistent with the Company’s methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of comparable fixed maturity securities.
 
Level 3 Measurements:
 
In general, investments classified within Level 3 use many of the same valuation techniques and inputs as described above. However, if key inputs are unobservable, or if the investments are less liquid and there is very limited trading activity, the investments are generally classified as Level 3. The use of independent non-binding broker quotations to value investments generally indicates there is a lack of liquidity or the general lack of transparency in the process to develop the valuation estimates generally causing these investments to be classified in Level 3.
 
Fixed Maturity Securities, Equity Securities, Trading and Other Securities and Short-term Investments
 
This level includes fixed maturity securities and equity securities priced principally by independent broker quotations or market standard valuation methodologies using inputs that are not market observable or cannot be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. Trading and other securities and short-term investments within this level are of a similar nature and class to the Level 3 securities described below; accordingly, the valuation techniques and significant market standard observable inputs used in their valuation are also similar to those described below.
 
U.S. corporate and foreign corporate securities.   These securities, including financial services industry hybrid securities classified within fixed maturity securities, are principally valued using the market and income approaches. Valuations are based primarily on matrix pricing or other similar techniques that utilize unobservable inputs or cannot be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data, including illiquidity premiums and spread adjustments to reflect industry trends or specific credit-related issues. Valuations may be based on independent non-binding broker quotations. Generally, below investment grade privately placed or distressed securities included in this level are valued using discounted cash flow


F-112


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
methodologies which rely upon significant, unobservable inputs and inputs that cannot be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.
 
Structured securities comprised of RMBS, CMBS and ABS.   These securities are principally valued using the market approach. Valuation is based primarily on matrix pricing or other similar techniques that utilize inputs that are unobservable or cannot be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data, or are based on independent non-binding broker quotations. Below investment grade securities and ABS supported by sub-prime mortgage loans included in this level are valued based on inputs including quoted prices for identical or similar securities that are less liquid and based on lower levels of trading activity than securities classified in Level 2, and certain of these securities are valued based on independent non-binding broker quotations.
 
Foreign government and state and political subdivision securities.   These securities are principally valued using the market approach. Valuation is based primarily on matrix pricing or other similar techniques, however these securities are less liquid and certain of the inputs are based on very limited trading activity.
 
Common and non-redeemable preferred stock.   These securities, including privately held securities and financial services industry hybrid securities classified within equity securities, are principally valued using the market and income approaches. Valuations are based primarily on matrix pricing or other similar techniques using inputs such as comparable credit rating and issuance structure. Equity securities valuations determined with discounted cash flow methodologies use inputs such as earnings multiples based on comparable public companies, and industry-specific non-earnings based multiples. Certain of these securities are valued based on independent non-binding broker quotations.
 
Mortgage Loans
 
Mortgage loans include residential mortgage loans held-for-sale for which pricing for similar loans or securities backed by similar loans is not observable and the estimated fair value is determined using unobservable independent broker quotations or valuation models.
 
MSRs
 
MSRs, which are valued using an income approach, are carried at estimated fair value and have multiple significant unobservable inputs including assumptions regarding estimates of discount rates, loan prepayments and servicing costs. Sales of MSRs tend to occur in private transactions where the precise terms and conditions of the sales are typically not readily available and observable market valuations are limited. As such, the Company relies primarily on a discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of the MSRs. The model requires inputs such as type of loan (fixed vs. variable and agency vs. other), age of loan, loan interest rates and current market interest rates that are generally observable. The model also requires the use of unobservable inputs including assumptions regarding estimates of discount rates, loan prepayments and servicing costs.
 
Derivative Assets and Derivative Liabilities
 
These derivatives are principally valued using an income approach. Valuations of non-option-based derivatives utilize present value techniques, whereas valuations of option-based derivatives utilize option pricing models. These valuation methodologies generally use the same inputs as described in the corresponding sections above for Level 2 measurements of derivatives. However, these derivatives result in Level 3 classification because one or more of the significant inputs are not observable in the market or cannot be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.
 
Interest rate contracts.
 
Non-option-based — Significant unobservable inputs may include pull through rates on interest rate lock commitments and the extrapolation beyond observable limits of the swap yield curve and LIBOR basis curves.


F-113


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Option-based — Significant unobservable inputs may include the extrapolation beyond observable limits of the swap yield curve, LIBOR basis curves, and interest rate volatility.
 
Foreign currency contracts.
 
Non-option-based — Significant unobservable inputs may include the extrapolation beyond observable limits of the swap yield curve, LIBOR basis curves and cross currency basis curves. Certain of these derivatives are valued based on independent non-binding broker quotations.
 
Option-based — Significant unobservable inputs may include currency correlation and the extrapolation beyond observable limits of the swap yield curve, LIBOR basis curves, cross currency basis curves and currency volatility.
 
Credit contracts.
 
Non-option-based — Significant unobservable inputs may include credit correlation, repurchase rates, and the extrapolation beyond observable limits of the swap yield curve and credit curves. Certain of these derivatives are valued based on independent non-binding broker quotations.
 
Equity market contracts.
 
Non-option-based — Significant unobservable inputs may include the extrapolation beyond observable limits of dividend yield curves.
 
Option-based — Significant unobservable inputs may include the extrapolation beyond observable limits of dividend yield curves and equity volatility. Certain of these derivatives are valued based on independent non-binding broker quotations.
 
Guaranteed Minimum Benefit Guarantees
 
These embedded derivatives are principally valued using an income approach. Valuations are based on option pricing techniques, which utilize significant inputs that may include swap yield curve, currency exchange rates and implied volatilities. These embedded derivatives result in Level 3 classification because one or more of the significant inputs are not observable in the market or cannot be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data. Significant unobservable inputs generally include: the extrapolation beyond observable limits of the swap yield curve and implied volatilities, actuarial assumptions for policyholder behavior and mortality and the potential variability in policyholder behavior and mortality, nonperformance risk and cost of capital for purposes of calculating the risk margin.
 
Reinsurance Ceded on Certain Guaranteed Minimum Benefit Guarantees
 
These embedded derivatives are principally valued using an income approach. Valuations are based on option pricing techniques, which utilize significant inputs that may include swap yield curve, currency exchange rates and implied volatilities. These embedded derivatives result in Level 3 classification because one or more of the significant inputs are not observable in the market or cannot be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data. Significant unobservable inputs generally include: the extrapolation beyond observable limits of the swap yield curve and implied volatilities, actuarial assumptions for policyholder behavior and mortality and the potential variability in policyholder behavior and mortality, counterparty credit spreads and cost of capital for purposes of calculating the risk margin.
 
Embedded Derivatives Within Funds Withheld Related to Certain Ceded Reinsurance
 
These derivatives are principally valued using an income approach. Valuations are based on present value techniques, which utilize significant inputs that may include the swap yield curve and the fair value of assets within the


F-114


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
reference portfolio. These embedded derivatives result in Level 3 classification because one or more of the significant inputs are not observable in the market or cannot be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data. Significant unobservable inputs generally include: the fair value of certain assets within the reference portfolio which are not observable in the market and cannot be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.
 
Separate Account Assets
 
These assets are comprised of investments that are similar in nature to the fixed maturity securities, equity securities and derivatives referred to above. Separate account assets within this level also include mortgage loans and other limited partnership interests. The estimated fair value of mortgage loans is determined by discounting expected future cash flows, using current interest rates for similar loans with similar credit risk. Other limited partnership interests are valued giving consideration to the value of the underlying holdings of the partnerships and by applying a premium or discount, if appropriate, for factors such as liquidity, bid/ask spreads, the performance record of the fund manager or other relevant variables which may impact the exit value of the particular partnership interest.
 
Long-term Debt of CSEs
 
The estimated fair value of the long-term debt of the Company’s CSEs are priced principally through independent broker quotations or market standard valuation methodologies using inputs that are not market observable or cannot be derived from or corroborated by observable market data.
 
Transfers between Levels 1 and 2:
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, transfers between Levels 1 and 2 were not significant.
 
Transfers into or out of Level 3:
 
Overall, transfers into and/or out of Level 3 are attributable to a change in the observability of inputs. Assets and liabilities are transferred into Level 3 when a significant input cannot be corroborated with market observable data. This occurs when market activity decreases significantly and underlying inputs cannot be observed, current prices are not available, and/or when there are significant variances in quoted prices, thereby affecting transparency. Assets and liabilities are transferred out of Level 3 when circumstances change such that a significant input can be corroborated with market observable data. This may be due to a significant increase in market activity, a specific event, or one or more significant input(s) becoming observable. Transfers into and/or out of any level are assumed to occur at the beginning of the period. Significant transfers into and/or out of Level 3 assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2010 are summarized below.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, fixed maturity securities transfers into Level 3 of $1,736 million and separate account assets transfers into Level 3 of $46 million, resulted primarily from current market conditions characterized by a lack of trading activity, decreased liquidity and credit ratings downgrades (e.g., from investment grade to below investment grade). These current market conditions have resulted in decreased transparency of valuations and an increased use of broker quotations and unobservable inputs to determine estimated fair value principally for certain private placements included in U.S. and foreign corporate securities and certain CMBS.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, fixed maturity securities transfers out of Level 3 of $1,683 million and separate account assets transfers out of Level 3 of $234 million, resulted primarily from increased transparency of both new issuances that subsequent to issuance and establishment of trading activity, became priced by independent pricing services and existing issuances that, over time, the Company was able to corroborate pricing received from independent pricing services with observable inputs or increases in market activity and upgraded credit ratings primarily for certain U.S. and foreign corporate securities, RMBS and ABS.


F-115


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
A rollforward of all assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs is as follows:
 
                                                         
    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
          Total Realized/Unrealized
                         
          Gains (Losses) included in:     Purchases,
                   
                Other
    Sales,
                   
    Balance,
          Comprehensive
    Issuances and
    Transfer Into
    Transfer Out
    Balance,
 
    January 1,     Earnings (1), (2)     Income (Loss)     Settlements (3)     Level 3 (4)     of Level 3 (4)     December 31,  
    (In millions)  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010:
                                                       
Assets:
                                                       
Fixed maturity securities:
                                                       
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 6,694     $ 9     $ 277     $ (415 )   $ 898     $ (314 )   $ 7,149  
Foreign corporate securities
    5,292       (19 )     323       304       501       (624 )     5,777  
RMBS
    1,840       27       63       (303 )     87       (292 )     1,422  
Foreign government securities
    401       1       (93 )     2,965       40       (155 )     3,159  
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities
    37             2       (6 )     46             79  
CMBS
    139       (5 )     89       684       132       (28 )     1,011  
ABS
    2,712       (53 )     411       1,286       32       (240 )     4,148  
State and political subdivision securities
    69             (2 )     9             (30 )     46  
Other fixed maturity securities
    6       1       2       (5 )                 4  
                                                         
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 17,190     $ (39 )   $ 1,072     $ 4,519     $ 1,736     $ (1,683 )   $ 22,795  
                                                         
Equity securities:
                                                       
Common stock
  $ 136     $ 5     $ 7     $ 128     $ 1     $ (9 )   $ 268  
Non-redeemable preferred stock
    1,104       46       12       (250 )           (7 )     905  
                                                         
Total equity securities
  $ 1,240     $ 51     $ 19     $ (122 )   $ 1     $ (16 )   $ 1,173  
                                                         
Trading and other securities:
                                                       
Actively Traded Securities
  $ 32     $     $     $ (22 )   $     $     $ 10  
FVO general account securities
    51       8             (1 )     37       (18 )     77  
FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments
          (15 )           750                   735  
                                                         
Total trading and other securities
  $ 83     $ (7 )   $     $ 727     $ 37     $ (18 )   $ 822  
                                                         
Short-term investments
  $ 23     $ 2     $ (9 )   $ 842     $     $     $ 858  
Mortgage loans held-for-sale
  $ 25     $ (2 )   $     $     $ 10     $ (9 )   $ 24  
MSRs (5), (6)
  $ 878     $ (79 )   $     $ 151     $     $     $ 950  
Net derivatives: (7)
                                                       
Interest rate contracts
  $ 7     $ 37     $ (107 )   $ (23 )   $     $     $ (86 )
Foreign currency contracts
    108       42       2       (57 )           (22 )     73  
Credit contracts
    42       4       13       (15 )                 44  
Equity market contracts
    199       (88 )     11       20                   142  
                                                         
Total net derivatives
  $ 356     $ (5 )   $ (81 )   $ (75 )   $     $ (22 )   $ 173  
                                                         
Separate account assets (8)
  $ 1,895     $ 139     $     $ 242     $ 46     $ (234 )   $ 2,088  
 


F-116


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                         
    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
        Total Realized/Unrealized
               
        (Gains) Losses included in:   Purchases,
           
            Other
  Sales,
           
    Balance,
      Comprehensive
  Issuances and
  Transfer Into
  Transfer Out
  Balance,
    January 1,   Earnings (1), (2)   Income (Loss)   Settlements (3)   Level 3 (4)   of Level 3 (4)   December 31,
    (In millions)
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010:
                                                       
Liabilities:
                                                       
Net embedded derivatives (9)
  $ 1,455     $ 335     $ 226     $ 422     $     $     $ 2,438  
Long-term debt of consolidated securitization entities (10)
  $     $ (48 )   $     $ 232     $     $     $ 184  
Trading liabilities
  $     $     $     $     $     $     $  
 
                                                 
    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
          Total Realized/Unrealized
                   
          Gains (Losses) included in:     Purchases,
             
                Other
    Sales,
    Transfer Into
       
    Balance,
          Comprehensive
    Issuances and
    and/or Out
    Balance,
 
    January 1,     Earnings (1), (2)     Income (Loss)     Settlements (3)     of Level 3 (4)     December 31,  
    (In millions)  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009:
                                               
Assets:
                                               
Fixed maturity securities:
                                               
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 7,498     $ (429 )   $ 939     $ (1,358 )   $ 44     $ 6,694  
Foreign corporate securities
    5,944       (330 )     1,517       (511 )     (1,328 )     5,292  
RMBS
    595       31       105       1,199       (90 )     1,840  
Foreign government securities
    408       (40 )     54       6       (27 )     401  
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities
    88             (1 )     (29 )     (21 )     37  
CMBS
    260       (36 )     53       (44 )     (94 )     139  
ABS
    2,452       (121 )     578       (212 )     15       2,712  
State and political subdivision securities
    123             7       (19 )     (42 )     69  
Other fixed maturity securities
    40       1             (35 )           6  
                                                 
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 17,408     $ (924 )   $ 3,252     $ (1,003 )   $ (1,543 )   $ 17,190  
                                                 
Equity securities:
                                               
Common stock
  $ 105     $ (2 )   $ 6     $ 23     $ 4     $ 136  
Non-redeemable preferred stock
    1,274       (357 )     486       (254 )     (45 )     1,104  
                                                 
Total equity securities
  $ 1,379     $ (359 )   $ 492     $ (231 )   $ (41 )   $ 1,240  
                                                 
Trading and other securities
  $ 175     $ 16     $     $ (108 )   $     $ 83  
Short-term investments
  $ 100     $ (21 )   $     $ (51 )   $ (5 )   $ 23  
Mortgage loans held-for-sale
  $ 177     $ (3 )   $     $ 2     $ (151 )   $ 25  
MSRs (5), (6)
  $ 191     $ 172     $     $ 515     $     $ 878  
Net derivatives (7)
  $ 2,547     $ (273 )   $ (11 )   $ 97     $ (2,004 )   $ 356  
Separate account assets (8)
  $ 1,758     $ (213 )   $     $ 485     $ (135 )   $ 1,895  
 
                                                 
    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
        Total Realized/Unrealized
           
        (Gains) Losses included in:   Purchases,
       
            Other
  Sales,
  Transfer Into
   
    Balance,
      Comprehensive
  Issuances and
  and/or Out
  Balance,
    January 1,   Earnings (1), (2)   Income (Loss)   Settlements (3)   of Level 3 (4)   December 31,
    (In millions)
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009:
                                               
Liabilities:
                                               
Net embedded derivatives (9)
  $ 2,929     $ (1,602 )   $ (15 )   $ 143     $     $ 1,455  
 

F-117


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                                 
    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
                      Total Realized/Unrealized
                   
                      Gains (Losses) included in:     Purchases,
             
                            Other
    Sales,
    Transfer Into
       
    Balance,
    Impact of
    Balance,
          Comprehensive
    Issuances and
    and/or Out
    Balance,
 
    December 31, 2007     Adoption (11)     January 1,     Earnings (1), (2)     Income (Loss)     Settlements (3)     of Level 3 (4)     December 31,  
    (In millions)  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008:
                                                               
Assets:
                                                               
Fixed maturity securities:
                                                               
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 8,368     $     $ 8,368     $ (696 )   $ (1,758 )   $ 859     $ 725     $ 7,498  
Foreign corporate securities
    7,228       (8 )     7,220       (12 )     (2,873 )     (57 )     1,666       5,944  
RMBS
    1,423             1,423       4       (218 )     (204 )     (410 )     595  
Foreign government securities
    785             785       19       (101 )     (295 )           408  
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities
    80             80             (1 )     3       6       88  
CMBS
    539             539       (72 )     (136 )     2       (73 )     260  
ABS
    4,490             4,490       (125 )     (1,136 )     (740 )     (37 )     2,452  
State and political subdivision securities
    124             124             (8 )     45       (38 )     123  
Other fixed maturity securities
    289             289       1       (41 )     (209 )           40  
                                                                 
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 23,326     $ (8 )   $ 23,318     $ (881 )   $ (6,272 )   $ (596 )   $ 1,839     $ 17,408  
                                                                 
Equity securities:
                                                               
Common stock
  $ 183     $     $ 183     $ (2 )   $ (12 )   $ (46 )   $ (18 )   $ 105  
Non-redeemable preferred stock
    2,188             2,188       (195 )     (466 )     (242 )     (11 )     1,274  
                                                                 
Total equity securities
  $ 2,371     $     $ 2,371     $ (197 )   $ (478 )   $ (288 )   $ (29 )   $ 1,379  
                                                                 
Trading and other securities
  $ 183     $ 8     $ 191     $ (26 )   $     $ 18     $ (8 )   $ 175  
Short-term investments
  $ 179     $     $ 179     $     $     $ (79 )   $     $ 100  
Mortgage loans held-for-sale
  $     $     $     $ 4     $     $ 171     $ 2     $ 177  
MSRs (5), (6)
  $     $     $     $ (149 )   $     $ 340     $     $ 191  
Net derivatives (7)
  $ 789     $ (1 )   $ 788     $ 1,729     $     $ 29     $ 1     $ 2,547  
Separate account assets (8)
  $ 1,464     $     $ 1,464     $ (129 )   $     $ 90     $ 333     $ 1,758  
 
                                                                 
    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)  
                      Total Realized/Unrealized
                   
                      (Gains) Losses included in:     Purchases,
             
                            Other
    Sales,
    Transfer Into
       
    Balance,
    Impact of
    Balance,
          Comprehensive
    Issuances and
    and/or Out
    Balance,
 
    December 31, 2007     Adoption (11)     January 1,     Earnings (1), (2)     Income (Loss)     Settlements (3)     of Level 3 (4)     December 31,  
    (In millions)  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008:
                                                               
Liabilities:
                                                               
Net embedded derivatives (9)
  $ 278     $ (24 )   $ 254     $ 2,500     $ 81     $ 94     $     $ 2,929  
 
 
(1) Amortization of premium/discount is included within net investment income which is reported within the earnings caption of total gains (losses). Impairments charged to earnings on securities and certain mortgage loans are included within net investment gains (losses) which are reported within the earnings caption of total gains (losses); while changes in estimated fair value of certain mortgage loans and MSRs are recorded in other revenues. Lapses associated with embedded derivatives are included with the earnings caption of total gains (losses).

F-118


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
(2) Interest and dividend accruals, as well as cash interest coupons and dividends received, are excluded from the rollforward.
 
(3) The amount reported within purchases, sales, issuances and settlements is the purchase/issuance price (for purchases and issuances) and the sales/settlement proceeds (for sales and settlements) based upon the actual date purchased/issued or sold/settled. Items purchased/issued and sold/settled in the same period are excluded from the rollforward. For embedded derivatives, attributed fees are included within this caption along with settlements, if any. Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements for the year ended December 31, 2010 include financial instruments acquired from ALICO as follows: fixed maturity securities $5,435 million, equity securities $68 million, trading and other securities $582 million, short-term investments $216 million, net derivatives ($10) million, separate account assets $244 million and net embedded derivatives ($116) million.
 
(4) Total gains and losses (in earnings and other comprehensive income (loss)) are calculated assuming transfers into and/or out of Level 3 occurred at the beginning of the period. Items transferred into and out in the same period are excluded from the rollforward.
 
(5) The additions and reductions (due to loan payments and sales) affecting MSRs were $330 million and ($179) million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010. The additions and reductions (due to loan payments) affecting MSRs were $628 million and ($113) million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009. The additions and reductions (due to loan payments) affecting MSRs were $350 million and ($10) million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
(6) The changes in estimated fair value due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions and other changes in estimated fair value affecting MSRs were ($79) million, $172 million and ($149) million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
(7) Freestanding derivative assets and liabilities are presented net for purposes of the rollforward.
 
(8) Investment performance related to separate account assets is fully offset by corresponding amounts credited to contractholders whose liability is reflected within separate account liabilities.
 
(9) Embedded derivative assets and liabilities are presented net for purposes of the rollforward.
 
(10) The long-term debt at January 1, 2010 of the CSEs is reported within the purchases, sales, issuances and settlements activity column of the rollforward.
 
(11) The impact of adoption of fair value measurement guidance represents the amount recognized in earnings resulting from a change in estimate for certain Level 3 financial instruments held at January 1, 2008. The net impact of adoption on Level 3 assets and liabilities presented in the table above was a $23 million increase to net assets. Such amount was also impacted by an increase to DAC of $17 million. The impact of this adoption on RGA — not reflected in the table above as a result of the inclusion of RGA in discontinued operations — was a net increase of $2 million (i.e., a decrease in Level 3 net embedded derivative liabilities of $17 million, offset by a DAC decrease of $15 million) for a total increase of $42 million in Level 3 net assets. This increase of $42 million, offset by a $12 million reduction in the estimated fair value of Level 2 freestanding derivatives, resulted in a total net impact of adoption of $30 million.


F-119


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The tables below summarize both realized and unrealized gains and losses due to changes in estimated fair value recorded in earnings for Level 3 assets and liabilities:
 
                                                         
    Total Gains and Losses  
    Classification of Realized/Unrealized Gains
 
    (Losses) included in Earnings  
          Net
    Net
                         
    Net
    Investment
    Derivative
          Policyholder
             
    Investment
    Gains
    Gains
    Other
    Benefits and
    Other
       
    Income     (Losses)     (Losses)     Revenues     Claims     Expenses     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010:
                                                       
Assets:
                                                       
Fixed maturity securities:
                                                       
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 22     $ (13 )   $     $     $     $     $ 9  
Foreign corporate securities
    15       (34 )                             (19 )
RMBS
    36       (9 )                             27  
Foreign government securities
    6       (5 )                             1  
CMBS
    1       (6 )                             (5 )
ABS
    37       (90 )                             (53 )
State and political subdivision securities
                                         
Other fixed maturity securities
    1                                     1  
                                                         
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 118     $ (157 )   $     $     $     $     $ (39 )
                                                         
Equity securities:
                                                       
Common stock
  $     $ 5     $     $     $     $     $ 5  
Non-redeemable preferred stock
          46                               46  
                                                         
Total equity securities
  $     $ 51     $     $     $     $     $ 51  
                                                         
Trading and other securities:
                                                       
Actively Traded Securities
  $     $     $     $     $     $     $  
FVO general account securities
    8                                     8  
FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments
    (15 )                                   (15 )
                                                         
Total trading and other securities
  $ (7 )   $     $     $     $     $     $ (7 )
                                                         
Short-term investments
  $ 2     $     $     $     $     $     $ 2  
Mortgage loans held-for-sale
  $     $     $     $ (2 )   $     $     $ (2 )
MSRs
  $     $     $     $ (79 )   $     $     $ (79 )
Net derivatives:
                                                       
Interest rate contracts
  $     $     $ 36     $ 1     $     $     $ 37  
Foreign currency contracts
                46                   (4 )     42  
Credit contracts
                4                         4  
Equity market contracts
                (88 )                       (88 )
                                                         
Total net derivatives
  $     $     $ (2 )   $ 1     $     $ (4 )   $ (5 )
                                                         
Liabilities:
                                                       
Net embedded derivatives
  $     $     $ (343 )   $     $ 8     $     $ (335 )
Long-term debt of consolidated securitization entities
  $     $ 48     $     $     $     $     $ 48  
 


F-120


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                         
    Total Gains and Losses  
    Classification of Realized/Unrealized Gains
 
    (Losses) included in Earnings  
          Net
    Net
                         
    Net
    Investment
    Derivative
          Policyholder
             
    Investment
    Gains
    Gains
    Other
    Benefits and
    Other
       
    Income     (Losses)     (Losses)     Revenues     Claims     Expenses     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009:
                                                       
Assets:
                                                       
Fixed maturity securities:
                                                       
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 15     $ (444 )   $     $     $     $     $ (429 )
Foreign corporate securities
    (4 )     (326 )                             (330 )
RMBS
    30       1                               31  
Foreign government securities
    12       (52 )                             (40 )
CMBS
    1       (37 )                             (36 )
ABS
    8       (129 )                             (121 )
State and political subdivision securities
                                         
Other fixed maturity securities
    1                                     1  
                                                         
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 63     $ (987 )   $     $     $     $     $ (924 )
                                                         
Equity securities:
                                                       
Common stock
  $     $ (2 )   $     $     $     $     $ (2 )
Non-redeemable preferred stock
          (357 )                             (357 )
                                                         
Total equity securities
  $     $ (359 )   $     $     $     $     $ (359 )
                                                         
Trading and other securities
  $ 16     $     $     $     $     $     $ 16  
Short-term investments
  $     $ (21 )   $     $     $     $     $ (21 )
Mortgage loans held-for-sale
  $     $     $     $ (3 )   $     $     $ (3 )
MSRs
  $     $     $     $ 172     $     $     $ 172  
Net derivatives
  $ (13 )   $     $ (225 )   $ (33 )   $     $ (2 )   $ (273 )
Liabilities:
                                                       
Net embedded derivatives
  $     $     $ 1,716     $     $ (114 )   $     $ 1,602  
 

F-121


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                         
    Total Gains and Losses  
    Classification of Realized/Unrealized Gains
 
    (Losses) included in Earnings  
          Net
    Net
                         
    Net
    Investment
    Derivative
          Policyholder
             
    Investment
    Gains
    Gains
    Other
    Benefits and
    Other
       
    Income     (Losses)     (Losses)     Revenues     Claims     Expenses     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008:
                                                       
Assets:
                                                       
Fixed maturity securities:
                                                       
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 15     $ (711 )   $     $     $     $     $ (696 )
Foreign corporate securities
    123       (135 )                             (12 )
RMBS
    3       1                               4  
Foreign government securities
    27       (8 )                             19  
CMBS
    4       (76 )                             (72 )
ABS
    4       (129 )                             (125 )
State and political subdivision securities
    (1 )     1                                
Other fixed maturity securities
    1                                     1  
                                                         
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 176     $ (1,057 )   $     $     $     $     $ (881 )
                                                         
Equity securities:
                                                       
Common stock
  $     $ (2 )   $     $     $     $     $ (2 )
Non-redeemable preferred stock
          (195 )                             (195 )
                                                         
Total equity securities
  $     $ (197 )   $     $     $     $     $ (197 )
                                                         
Trading and other securities
  $ (26 )   $     $     $     $     $     $ (26 )
Short-term investments
  $ 1     $ (1 )   $     $     $     $     $  
Mortgage loans held-for-sale
  $     $     $     $ 4     $     $     $ 4  
MSRs
  $     $     $     $ (149 )   $     $     $ (149 )
Net derivatives
  $ 103     $     $ 1,587     $ 39     $     $     $ 1,729  
Liabilities:
                                                       
Net embedded derivatives
  $     $     $ (2,682 )   $     $ 182     $     $ (2,500 )

F-122


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
The tables below summarize the portion of unrealized gains and losses, due to changes in estimated fair value, recorded in earnings for Level 3 assets and liabilities that were still held at the respective time periods:
 
                                                         
    Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 
    Relating to Assets and Liabilities Held at December 31, 2010  
          Net
    Net
                         
    Net
    Investment
    Derivative
          Policyholder
             
    Investment
    Gains
    Gains
    Other
    Benefits and
    Other
       
    Income     (Losses)     (Losses)     Revenues     Claims     Expenses     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010:
                                                       
Assets:
                                                       
Fixed maturity securities:
                                                       
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 13     $ (44 )   $     $     $     $     $ (31 )
Foreign corporate securities
    15       (43 )                             (28 )
RMBS
    36                                     36  
Foreign government securities
    10                                     10  
CMBS
    1       (6 )                             (5 )
ABS
    36       (52 )                             (16 )
State and political subdivision securities
                                         
Other fixed maturity securities
    1                                     1  
                                                         
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 112     $ (145 )   $     $     $     $     $ (33 )
                                                         
Equity securities:
                                                       
Common stock
  $     $ (2 )   $     $     $     $     $ (2 )
Non-redeemable preferred stock
          (3 )                             (3 )
                                                         
Total equity securities
  $     $ (5 )   $     $     $     $     $ (5 )
                                                         
Trading and other securities:
                                                       
Actively Traded Securities
  $     $     $     $     $     $     $  
FVO general account securities
    12                                     12  
FVO contractholder-directed unit-linked investments
    (15 )                                   (15 )
                                                         
Total trading and other securities
  $ (3 )   $     $     $     $     $     $ (3 )
                                                         
Short-term investments
  $ 2     $     $     $     $     $     $ 2  
Mortgage loans held-for-sale
  $     $     $     $ (2 )   $     $     $ (2 )
MSRs
  $     $     $     $ (28 )   $     $     $ (28 )
Net derivatives:
                                                       
Interest rate contracts
  $     $     $ 36     $ 5     $     $     $ 41  
Foreign currency contracts
                45                         45  
Credit contracts
                6                         6  
Equity market contracts
                (82 )                       (82 )
                                                         
Total net derivatives
  $     $     $ 5     $ 5     $     $     $ 10  
                                                         
Liabilities:
                                                       
Net embedded derivatives
  $     $     $ (363 )   $     $ 8     $     $ (355 )
Long-term debt of consolidated securitization entities
  $     $ 48     $     $     $     $     $ 48  
 


F-123


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                         
    Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 
    Relating to Assets and Liabilities Held at December 31, 2009  
          Net
    Net
                         
    Net
    Investment
    Derivative
          Policyholder
             
    Investment
    Gains
    Gains
    Other
    Benefits and
    Other
       
    Income     (Losses)     (Losses)     Revenues     Claims     Expenses     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009:
                                                       
Assets:
                                                       
Fixed maturity securities:
                                                       
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 18     $ (412 )   $     $     $     $     $ (394 )
Foreign corporate securities
    (3 )     (176 )                             (179 )
RMBS
    30       6                               36  
Foreign government securities
    11                                     11  
CMBS
    1       (61 )                             (60 )
ABS
    8       (136 )                             (128 )
State and political subdivision securities
                                         
Other fixed maturity securities
    1                                     1  
                                                         
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 66     $ (779 )   $     $     $     $     $ (713 )
                                                         
Equity securities:
                                                       
Common stock
  $     $ (1 )   $     $     $     $     $ (1 )
Non-redeemable preferred stock
          (168 )                             (168 )
                                                         
Total equity securities
  $     $ (169 )   $     $     $     $     $ (169 )
                                                         
Trading and other securities
  $ 15     $     $     $     $     $     $ 15  
Short-term investments
  $     $ 1     $     $     $     $     $ 1  
Mortgage loans held-for-sale
  $     $     $     $ (3 )   $     $     $ (3 )
MSRs
  $     $     $     $ 147     $     $     $ 147  
Net derivatives
  $ (13 )   $     $ (194 )   $ 5     $     $ (2 )   $ (204 )
Liabilities:
                                                       
Net embedded derivatives
  $     $     $ 1,697     $     $ (114 )   $     $ 1,583  
 

F-124


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                         
    Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 
    Relating to Assets and Liabilities Held at December 31, 2008  
          Net
    Net
                         
    Net
    Investment
    Derivative
          Policyholder
             
    Investment
    Gains
    Gains
    Other
    Benefits and
    Other
       
    Income     (Losses)     (Losses)     Revenues     Claims     Expenses     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008:
                                                       
Assets:
                                                       
Fixed maturity securities:
                                                       
U.S. corporate securities
  $ 12     $ (497 )   $     $     $     $     $ (485 )
Foreign corporate securities
    117       (125 )                             (8 )
RMBS
    4                                     4  
Foreign government securities
    23                                     23  
CMBS
    4       (69 )                             (65 )
ABS
    3       (102 )                             (99 )
State and political subdivision securities
    (1 )                                   (1 )
Other fixed maturity securities
    1                                     1  
                                                         
Total fixed maturity securities
  $ 163     $ (793 )   $     $     $     $     $ (630 )
                                                         
Equity securities:
                                                       
Common stock
  $     $ (1 )   $     $     $     $     $ (1 )
Non-redeemable preferred stock
          (163 )                             (163 )
                                                         
Total equity securities
  $     $ (164 )   $     $     $     $     $ (164 )
                                                         
Trading and other securities
  $ (17 )   $     $     $     $     $     $ (17 )
Short-term investments
  $     $     $     $     $     $     $  
Mortgage loans held-for-sale
  $     $     $     $ 3     $     $     $ 3  
MSRs
  $     $     $     $ (150 )   $     $     $ (150 )
Net derivatives
  $ 114     $     $ 1,504     $ 38     $     $     $ 1,656  
Liabilities:
                                                       
Net embedded derivatives
  $     $     $ (2,779 )   $     $ 182     $     $ (2,597 )

F-125


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
FVO — Mortgage Loans Held-For-Sale
 
The following table presents residential mortgage loans held-for-sale carried under the FVO at:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Unpaid principal balance
  $ 2,473     $ 2,418  
Excess of estimated fair value over unpaid principal balance
    37       52  
                 
Carrying value at estimated fair value
  $ 2,510     $ 2,470  
                 
Loans in non-accrual status
  $ 2     $ 4  
Loans more than 90 days past due
  $ 3     $ 2  
Loans in non-accrual status or more than 90 days past due, or both — difference between aggregate estimated fair value and unpaid principal balance
  $ (1 )   $ (2 )
 
Residential mortgage loans held-for-sale accounted for under the FVO are initially measured at estimated fair value. Interest income on residential mortgage loans held-for-sale is recorded based on the stated rate of the loan and is recorded in net investment income. Gains and losses from initial measurement, subsequent changes in estimated fair value and gains or losses on sales are recognized in other revenues. Such changes in estimated fair value for these loans were due to the following:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Instrument-specific credit risk based on changes in credit spreads for non-agency loans and adjustments in individual loan quality
  $ (1 )   $ (2 )   $  
Other changes in estimated fair value
    487       600       55  
                         
Total gains (losses) recognized in other revenues
  $ 486     $ 598     $ 55  
                         
 
FVO — Consolidated Securitization Entities
 
As discussed in Note 1, upon the adoption of new guidance effective January 1, 2010, the Company elected fair value accounting for the following assets and liabilities held by CSEs: commercial mortgage loans, securities and long-term debt. Information on the estimated fair value of the securities classified as trading and other securities is presented in Note 3. The following table presents these commercial mortgage loans carried under the FVO at:
 
         
    December 31, 2010  
    (In millions)  
 
Unpaid principal balance
  $ 6,636  
Excess of estimated fair value over unpaid principal balance
    204  
         
Carrying value at estimated fair value
  $ 6,840  
         


F-126


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
The following table presents the long-term debt carried under the FVO related to both the commercial mortgage loans and securities classified as trading and other securities at:
 
         
    December 31, 2010  
    (In millions)  
 
Contractual principal balance
  $ 6,619  
Excess of estimated fair value over contractual principal balance
    201  
         
Carrying value at estimated fair value
  $ 6,820  
         
 
Interest income on both commercial mortgage loans and securities classified as trading and other securities held by CSEs is recorded in net investment income. Interest expense on long-term debt of CSEs is recorded in other expenses. Gains and losses from initial measurement, subsequent changes in estimated fair value and gains or losses on sales of both the commercial mortgage loans and long-term debt are recognized in net investment gains (losses), which is summarized in Note 3.
 
Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements
 
Certain assets are measured at estimated fair value on a non-recurring basis and are not included in the tables presented above. The amounts below relate to certain investments measured at estimated fair value during the period and still held at the reporting dates.
 
                                                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
          Estimated
    Net
          Estimated
    Net
          Estimated
    Net
 
    Carrying
    Fair
    Investment
    Carrying
    Fair
    Investment
    Carrying
    Fair
    Investment
 
    Value Prior to
    Value After
    Gains
    Value Prior to
    Value After
    Gains
    Value Prior to
    Value After
    Gains
 
    Measurement     Measurement     (Losses)     Measurement     Measurement     (Losses)     Measurement     Measurement     (Losses)  
    (In millions)  
 
Mortgage loans: (1)
                                                                       
Held-for-investment
  $ 179     $ 164     $ (15 )   $ 294     $ 202     $ (92 )   $ 257     $ 188     $ (69 )
Held-for-sale
    35       33       (2 )     9       8       (1 )     42       32       (10 )
                                                                         
Mortgage loans, net
  $ 214     $ 197     $ (17 )   $ 303     $ 210     $ (93 )   $ 299     $ 220     $ (79 )
                                                                         
Other limited partnership interests (2)
  $ 35     $ 23     $ (12 )   $ 915     $ 561     $ (354 )   $ 242     $ 137     $ (105 )
Real estate joint ventures (3)
  $ 33     $ 8     $ (25 )   $ 175     $ 93     $ (82 )   $     $     $  
 
 
(1) Mortgage loans — The impaired mortgage loans presented above were written down to their estimated fair values at the date the impairments were recognized and are reported as losses above. Subsequent improvements in estimated fair value on previously impaired loans recorded through a reduction in the previously established valuation allowance are reported as gains above. Estimated fair values for impaired mortgage loans are based on observable market prices or, if the loans are in foreclosure or are otherwise determined to be collateral dependent, on the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, or the present value of the expected future cash flows. Impairments to estimated fair value and decreases in previous impairments from subsequent improvements in estimated fair value represent non-recurring fair value measurements that have been categorized as Level 3 due to the lack of price transparency inherent in the limited markets for such mortgage loans.
 
(2) Other limited partnership interests — The impaired investments presented above were accounted for using the cost method. Impairments on these cost method investments were recognized at estimated fair value determined from information provided in the financial statements of the underlying entities in the period in which the impairment was incurred. These impairments to estimated fair value represent non-recurring fair value measurements that have been classified as Level 3 due to the limited activity and price transparency


F-127


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
inherent in the market for such investments. This category includes several private equity and debt funds that typically invest primarily in a diversified pool of investments across certain investment strategies including domestic and international leveraged buyout funds; power, energy, timber and infrastructure development funds; venture capital funds; below investment grade debt and mezzanine debt funds. The estimated fair values of these investments have been determined using the NAV of the Company’s ownership interest in the partners’ capital. Distributions from these investments will be generated from investment gains, from operating income from the underlying investments of the funds and from liquidation of the underlying assets of the funds. It is estimated that the underlying assets of the funds will be liquidated over the next 2 to 10 years. Unfunded commitments for these investments were $34 million at December 31, 2010.
 
(3) Real estate joint ventures — The impaired investments presented above were accounted for using the cost method. Impairments on these cost method investments were recognized at estimated fair value determined from information provided in the financial statements of the underlying entities in the period in which the impairment was incurred. These impairments to estimated fair value represent non-recurring fair value measurements that have been classified as Level 3 due to the limited activity and price transparency inherent in the market for such investments. This category includes several real estate funds that typically invest primarily in commercial real estate. The estimated fair values of these investments have been determined using the NAV of the Company’s ownership interest in the partners’ capital. Distributions from these investments will be generated from investment gains, from operating income from the underlying investments of the funds and from liquidation of the underlying assets of the funds. It is estimated that the underlying assets of the funds will be liquidated over the next 2 to 10 years. Unfunded commitments for these investments were $6 million at December 31, 2010.


F-128


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Amounts related to the Company’s financial instruments that were not measured at fair value on a recurring basis, were as follows:
 
                         
                Estimated
 
    Notional
    Carrying
    Fair
 
December 31, 2010   Amount     Value     Value  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets
                       
Mortgage loans: (1)
                       
Held-for-investment
          $ 52,215     $ 54,006  
Held-for-sale
          $ 811     $ 811  
                         
Mortgage loans, net
          $ 53,026     $ 54,817  
Policy loans
          $ 11,914     $ 13,406  
Real estate joint ventures (2)
          $ 451     $ 482  
Other limited partnership interests (2)
          $ 1,539     $ 1,619  
Short-term investments (3)
          $ 822     $ 822  
Other invested assets (2)
          $ 1,490     $ 1,490  
Cash and cash equivalents
          $ 13,046     $ 13,046  
Accrued investment income
          $ 4,381     $ 4,381  
Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables (2)
          $ 3,752     $ 4,048  
Other assets (2)
          $ 466     $ 453  
Liabilities
                       
Policyholder account balances (2)
          $ 146,927     $ 152,850  
Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
          $ 27,272     $ 27,272  
Bank deposits
          $ 10,316     $ 10,371  
Short-term debt
          $ 306     $ 306  
Long-term debt (2)
          $ 20,734     $ 21,892  
Collateral financing arrangements
          $ 5,297     $ 4,757  
Junior subordinated debt securities
          $ 3,191     $ 3,461  
Other liabilities (2)
          $ 2,777     $ 2,777  
Separate account liabilities (2)
          $ 42,160     $ 42,160  
Commitments (4)
                       
Mortgage loan commitments
  $ 3,754     $     $ (17 )
Commitments to fund bank credit facilities, bridge loans and private corporate bond investments
  $ 2,437     $     $  
 


F-129


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                         
                Estimated
 
    Notional
    Carrying
    Fair
 
December 31, 2009   Amount     Value     Value  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets
                       
Mortgage loans: (1)
                       
Held-for-investment
          $ 48,181     $ 46,315  
Held-for-sale
            258       258  
                         
Mortgage loans, net
          $ 48,439     $ 46,573  
Policy loans
          $ 10,061     $ 11,294  
Real estate joint ventures (2)
          $ 115     $ 127  
Other limited partnership interests (2)
          $ 1,571     $ 1,581  
Short-term investments (3)
          $ 201     $ 201  
Other invested assets (2)
          $ 1,241     $ 1,284  
Cash and cash equivalents
          $ 10,112     $ 10,112  
Accrued investment income
          $ 3,173     $ 3,173  
Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables (2)
          $ 3,375     $ 3,532  
Other assets (2)
          $ 425     $ 440  
Liabilities
                       
Policyholder account balances (2)
          $ 97,131     $ 96,735  
Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
          $ 24,196     $ 24,196  
Bank deposits
          $ 10,211     $ 10,300  
Short-term debt
          $ 912     $ 912  
Long-term debt (2)
          $ 13,185     $ 13,831  
Collateral financing arrangements
          $ 5,297     $ 2,877  
Junior subordinated debt securities
          $ 3,191     $ 3,167  
Other liabilities (2)
          $ 1,788     $ 1,788  
Separate account liabilities (2)
          $ 32,171     $ 32,171  
Commitments (4)
                       
Mortgage loan commitments
  $ 2,220     $     $ (48 )
Commitments to fund bank credit facilities, bridge loans and private corporate bond investments
  $ 1,261     $     $ (52 )
 
 
(1) Mortgage loans held-for-investment as presented in the tables above differ from the amount presented in the consolidated balance sheets because these tables do not include commercial mortgage loans held by CSEs. Mortgage loans held-for-sale as presented in the tables above differ from the amount presented in the consolidated balance sheets because these tables do not include residential mortgage loans held-for-sale accounted for under the FVO.
 
(2) Carrying values presented herein differ from those presented in the consolidated balance sheets because certain items within the respective financial statement caption are not considered financial instruments. Financial statement captions excluded from the table above are not considered financial instruments.
 
(3) Short-term investments as presented in the tables above differ from the amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets because these tables do not include short-term investments that meet the definition of a security, which are measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis.
 
(4) Commitments are off-balance sheet obligations. Negative estimated fair values represent off-balance sheet liabilities.

F-130


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments are summarized as follows:
 
The assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis include: fixed maturity securities, equity securities, trading and other securities, mortgage loans held by CSEs, mortgage loans held-for-sale accounted for under the FVO, MSRs, derivative assets and liabilities, net embedded derivatives within asset and liability host contracts, separate account assets, long-term debt of CSEs and trading liabilities. These assets and liabilities are described in the section “— Recurring Fair Value Measurements” and, therefore, are excluded from the tables above. The estimated fair value for these financial instruments approximates carrying value.
 
Mortgage Loans
 
These mortgage loans are principally comprised of commercial and agricultural mortgage loans, which are originated for investment purposes and are primarily carried at amortized cost. Residential mortgage and consumer loans are generally purchased from third parties for investment purposes and are principally carried at amortized cost, while those originated for sale and not carried under the FVO are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. The estimated fair values of these mortgage loans are determined as follows:
 
Mortgage loans held-for-investment. — For commercial and agricultural mortgage loans held-for-investment and carried at amortized cost, estimated fair value was primarily determined by estimating expected future cash flows and discounting them using current interest rates for similar mortgage loans with similar credit risk. For residential mortgage loans held-for-investment and carried at amortized cost, estimated fair value was primarily determined from observable pricing for similar loans.
 
Mortgage loans held-for-sale. — Certain mortgage loans previously classified as held-for-investment have been designated as held-for-sale. For these mortgage loans, estimated fair value is determined using independent broker quotations or, when the mortgage loan is in foreclosure or otherwise determined to be collateral dependent, the fair value of the underlying collateral is estimated using internal models. For residential mortgage loans originated for sale, the estimated fair value is determined principally from observable market pricing or from internal models.
 
Policy Loans
 
For policy loans with fixed interest rates, estimated fair values are determined using a discounted cash flow model applied to groups of similar policy loans determined by the nature of the underlying insurance liabilities. Cash flow estimates are developed applying a weighted-average interest rate to the outstanding principal balance of the respective group of policy loans and an estimated average maturity determined through experience studies of the past performance of policyholder repayment behavior for similar loans. These cash flows are discounted using current risk-free interest rates with no adjustment for borrower credit risk as these loans are fully collateralized by the cash surrender value of the underlying insurance policy. The estimated fair value for policy loans with variable interest rates approximates carrying value due to the absence of borrower credit risk and the short time period between interest rate resets, which presents minimal risk of a material change in estimated fair value due to changes in market interest rates.
 
Real Estate Joint Ventures and Other Limited Partnership Interests
 
Real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests included in the preceding tables consist of those investments accounted for using the cost method. The remaining carrying value recognized in the consolidated balance sheets represents investments in real estate carried at cost less accumulated depreciation, or real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests accounted for using the equity method, which do not meet the definition of financial instruments for which fair value is required to be disclosed.


F-131


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The estimated fair values for other limited partnership interests and real estate joint ventures accounted for under the cost method are generally based on the Company’s share of the NAV as provided in the financial statements of the investees. In certain circumstances, management may adjust the NAV by a premium or discount when it has sufficient evidence to support applying such adjustments.
 
Short-term Investments
 
Certain short-term investments do not qualify as securities and are recognized at amortized cost in the consolidated balance sheets. For these instruments, the Company believes that there is minimal risk of material changes in interest rates or credit of the issuer such that estimated fair value approximates carrying value. In light of recent market conditions, short-term investments have been monitored to ensure there is sufficient demand and maintenance of issuer credit quality and the Company has determined additional adjustment is not required.
 
Other Invested Assets
 
Other invested assets within the preceding tables are principally comprised of an investment in a funding agreement, funds withheld, various interest-bearing assets held in foreign subsidiaries and certain amounts due under contractual indemnifications.
 
The estimated fair value of the investment in funding agreements is estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows using current market rates and the credit risk of the note issuer. For funds withheld and the various interest-bearing assets held in foreign subsidiaries, the Company evaluates the specific facts and circumstances of each instrument to determine the appropriate estimated fair values. These estimated fair values were not materially different from the recognized carrying values.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Due to the short-term maturities of cash and cash equivalents, the Company believes there is minimal risk of material changes in interest rates or credit of the issuer such that estimated fair value generally approximates carrying value. In light of recent market conditions, cash and cash equivalent instruments have been monitored to ensure there is sufficient demand and maintenance of issuer credit quality, or sufficient solvency in the case of depository institutions, and the Company has determined additional adjustment is not required.
 
Accrued Investment Income
 
Due to the short term until settlement of accrued investment income, the Company believes there is minimal risk of material changes in interest rates or credit of the issuer such that estimated fair value approximates carrying value. In light of recent market conditions, the Company has monitored the credit quality of the issuers and has determined additional adjustment is not required.
 
Premiums, Reinsurance and Other Receivables
 
Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables in the preceding tables are principally comprised of certain amounts recoverable under reinsurance contracts, amounts on deposit with financial institutions to facilitate daily settlements related to certain derivative positions and amounts receivable for securities sold but not yet settled.
 
Premiums receivable and those amounts recoverable under reinsurance treaties determined to transfer sufficient risk are not financial instruments subject to disclosure and thus have been excluded from the amounts presented in the preceding tables. Amounts recoverable under ceded reinsurance contracts, which the Company has determined do not transfer sufficient risk such that they are accounted for using the deposit method of accounting, have been included in the preceding tables. The estimated fair value is determined as the present value of expected future cash flows under the related contracts, which were discounted using an interest rate determined to reflect the appropriate credit standing of the assuming counterparty.


F-132


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The amounts on deposit for derivative settlements essentially represent the equivalent of demand deposit balances and amounts due for securities sold are generally received over short periods such that the estimated fair value approximates carrying value. In light of recent market conditions, the Company has monitored the solvency position of the financial institutions and has determined additional adjustments are not required.
 
Other Assets
 
Other assets in the preceding tables is a receivable for cash paid to an unaffiliated financial institution under the MetLife Reinsurance Company of Charleston (“MRC”) collateral financing arrangement as described in Note 12. With the exception of the receivable for cash paid to the unaffiliated financial institution, other assets are not considered financial instruments subject to disclosure. Accordingly, the amount presented in the preceding tables represents the receivable for the cash paid to the unaffiliated financial institution under the MRC collateral financing arrangement for which the estimated fair value was determined by discounting the expected future cash flows using a discount rate that reflects the credit rating of the unaffiliated financial institution.
 
Policyholder Account Balances
 
Policyholder account balances in the tables above include investment contracts. Embedded derivatives on investment contracts and certain variable annuity guarantees accounted for as embedded derivatives are included in this caption in the consolidated financial statements but excluded from this caption in the tables above as they are separately presented in “— Recurring Fair Value Measurements.” The remaining difference between the amounts reflected as policyholder account balances in the preceding table and those recognized in the consolidated balance sheets represents those amounts due under contracts that satisfy the definition of insurance contracts and are not considered financial instruments.
 
The investment contracts primarily include certain funding agreements, fixed deferred annuities, modified guaranteed annuities, fixed term payout annuities and total control accounts. The fair values for these investment contracts are estimated by discounting best estimate future cash flows using current market risk-free interest rates and adding a spread to reflect the nonperformance risk in the liability.
 
Payables for Collateral Under Securities Loaned and Other Transactions
 
The estimated fair value for payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions approximates carrying value. The related agreements to loan securities are short-term in nature such that the Company believes there is limited risk of a material change in market interest rates. Additionally, because borrowers are cross-collateralized by the borrowed securities, the Company believes no additional consideration for changes in nonperformance risk are necessary.
 
Bank Deposits
 
Due to the frequency of interest rate resets on customer bank deposits held in money market accounts, the Company believes that there is minimal risk of a material change in interest rates such that the estimated fair value approximates carrying value. For time deposits, estimated fair values are estimated by discounting the expected cash flows to maturity using a discount rate based on an average market rate for certificates of deposit being offered by a representative group of large financial institutions at the date of the valuation.
 
Short-term and Long-term Debt, Collateral Financing Arrangements and Junior Subordinated Debt Securities
 
The estimated fair value for short-term debt approximates carrying value due to the short-term nature of these obligations. The estimated fair values of long-term debt, collateral financing arrangements and junior subordinated debt securities are generally determined by discounting expected future cash flows using market rates currently available for debt with similar remaining maturities and reflecting the credit risk of the Company, including inputs


F-133


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
when available, from actively traded debt of the Company or other companies with similar types of borrowing arrangements. Risk-adjusted discount rates applied to the expected future cash flows can vary significantly based upon the specific terms of each individual arrangement, including, but not limited to: subordinated rights; contractual interest rates in relation to current market rates; the structuring of the arrangement; and the nature and observability of the applicable valuation inputs. Use of different risk-adjusted discount rates could result in different estimated fair values.
 
The carrying value of long-term debt presented in the table above differs from the amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets as it does not include capital leases which are not required to be disclosed at estimated fair value.
 
Other Liabilities
 
Other liabilities included in the tables above reflect those other liabilities that satisfy the definition of financial instruments subject to disclosure. These items consist primarily of interest and dividends payable; amounts due for securities purchased but not yet settled; and amounts payable under certain assumed reinsurance treaties accounted for as deposit type treaties. The Company evaluates the specific terms, facts and circumstances of each instrument to determine the appropriate estimated fair values, which were not materially different from the carrying values.
 
Separate Account Liabilities
 
Separate account liabilities included in the preceding tables represent those balances due to policyholders under contracts that are classified as investment contracts. The remaining amounts presented in the consolidated balance sheets represent those contracts classified as insurance contracts, which do not satisfy the definition of financial instruments.
 
Separate account liabilities classified as investment contracts primarily represent variable annuities with no significant mortality risk to the Company such that the death benefit is equal to the account balance; funding agreements related to group life contracts; and certain contracts that provide for benefit funding.
 
Separate account liabilities are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at an equivalent value of the related separate account assets. Separate account assets, which equal net deposits, net investment income and realized and unrealized investment gains and losses, are fully offset by corresponding amounts credited to the contractholders’ liability which is reflected in separate account liabilities. Since separate account liabilities are fully funded by cash flows from the separate account assets which are recognized at estimated fair value as described in the section “— Recurring Fair Value Measurements,” the Company believes the value of those assets approximates the estimated fair value of the related separate account liabilities.
 
Mortgage Loan Commitments and Commitments to Fund Bank Credit Facilities, Bridge Loans and Private Corporate Bond Investments
 
The estimated fair values for mortgage loan commitments that will be held for investment and commitments to fund bank credit facilities, bridge loans and private corporate bonds that will be held for investment reflected in the above tables represent the difference between the discounted expected future cash flows using interest rates that incorporate current credit risk for similar instruments on the reporting date and the principal amounts of the commitments.


F-134


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
6.   Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs and Value of Business Acquired
 
Information regarding DAC and VOBA is as follows:
 
                         
    DAC     VOBA     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1, 2008
  $ 14,260     $ 3,550     $ 17,810  
Capitalizations
    3,092             3,092  
Acquisitions
          (5 )     (5 )
                         
Subtotal
    17,352       3,545       20,897  
                         
Amortization related to:
                       
Net investment gains (losses)
    (489 )     (32 )     (521 )
Other expenses
    (2,460 )     (508 )     (2,968 )
                         
Total amortization
    (2,949 )     (540 )     (3,489 )
                         
Unrealized investment gains (losses)
    2,753       599       3,352  
Effect of foreign currency translation and other
    (503 )     (113 )     (616 )
                         
Balance at December 31, 2008
    16,653       3,491       20,144  
Capitalizations
    3,019             3,019  
                         
Subtotal
    19,672       3,491       23,163  
                         
Amortization related to:
                       
Net investment gains (losses)
    625       87       712  
Other expenses
    (1,754 )     (265 )     (2,019 )
                         
Total amortization
    (1,129 )     (178 )     (1,307 )
                         
Unrealized investment gains (losses)
    (2,314 )     (505 )     (2,819 )
Effect of foreign currency translation and other
    163       56       219  
                         
Balance at December 31, 2009
    16,392       2,864       19,256  
Capitalizations
    3,343             3,343  
Acquisitions
          9,210       9,210  
                         
Subtotal
    19,735       12,074       31,809  
                         
Amortization related to:
                       
Net investment gains (losses)
    (108 )     (16 )     (124 )
Other expenses
    (2,247 )     (494 )     (2,741 )
                         
Total amortization
    (2,355 )     (510 )     (2,865 )
                         
Unrealized investment gains (losses)
    (1,258 )     (125 )     (1,383 )
Effect of foreign currency translation and other
    97       (351 )     (254 )
                         
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 16,219     $ 11,088     $ 27,307  
                         
 
See Note 2 for a description of acquisitions and dispositions.
 
The estimated future amortization expense allocated to other expenses for the next five years for VOBA is $1,661 million in 2011, $1,373 million in 2012, $1,128 million in 2013, $959 million in 2014 and $816 million in 2015.


F-135


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Amortization of DAC and VOBA is attributed to both investment gains and losses and to other expenses for the amount of gross margins or profits originating from transactions other than investment gains and losses. Unrealized investment gains and losses represent the amount of DAC and VOBA that would have been amortized if such gains and losses had been recognized.
 
Information regarding DAC and VOBA by segment and reporting unit is as follows:
 
                                                 
    DAC     VOBA     Total  
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2010     2009     2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
U.S. Business:
                                               
Insurance Products:
                                               
Group life
  $ 25     $ 27     $     $     $ 25     $ 27  
Individual life
    7,257       8,129       833       1,005       8,090       9,134  
Non-medical health
    965       942                   965       942  
                                                 
Total Insurance Products
    8,247       9,098       833       1,005       9,080       10,103  
Retirement Products
    4,706       4,612       1,094       1,412       5,800       6,024  
Corporate Benefit Funding
    74       72       1       2       75       74  
Auto & Home
    190       181                   190       181  
                                                 
Total U.S. Business
    13,217       13,963       1,928       2,419       15,145       16,382  
International
    3,000       2,426       9,159       444       12,159       2,870  
Banking, Corporate & Other
    2       3       1       1       3       4  
                                                 
Total
  $ 16,219     $ 16,392     $ 11,088     $ 2,864     $ 27,307     $ 19,256  
                                                 
 
7.   Goodwill
 
Goodwill is the excess of cost over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired. Information regarding goodwill is as follows:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 5,047     $ 5,008     $ 4,814  
Acquisitions
    6,959             256  
Effect of foreign currency translation and other
    (225 )     39       (62 )
                         
Balance at December 31,
  $ 11,781     $ 5,047     $ 5,008  
                         


F-136


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Information regarding allocated goodwill by segment and reporting unit is as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
U.S. Business:
               
Insurance Products:
               
Group life
  $ 2     $ 2  
Individual life
    1,263       1,263  
Non-medical health
    149       149  
                 
Total Insurance Products
    1,414       1,414  
Retirement Products
    1,692       1,692  
Corporate Benefit Funding
    900       900  
Auto & Home
    157       157  
                 
Total U.S. Business
    4,163       4,163  
                 
International:
               
Latin America
    229       214  
Asia Pacific
    72       160  
Europe and the Middle East
    38       40  
                 
Total International
    339       414  
                 
Banking, Corporate & Other
    470       470  
                 
Total
  $ 4,972     $ 5,047  
                 
 
The above table does not include goodwill of $6,809 million at December 31, 2010, associated with ALICO which has not yet been allocated to a reporting unit due to the timing of the Acquisition. See Note 2 for a description of acquisitions and dispositions.
 
As described in more detail in Note 1, the Company performed its annual goodwill impairment tests during the third quarter of 2010 based upon data at June 30, 2010. The tests indicated that goodwill was not impaired.
 
Management continues to evaluate current market conditions that may affect the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units to assess whether any goodwill impairment exists. Continued deteriorating or adverse market conditions for certain reporting units may have a significant impact on the estimated fair value of these reporting units and could result in future impairments of goodwill.


F-137


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
8.   Insurance
 
Insurance Liabilities
 
Insurance liabilities were as follows:
 
                                                 
    Future Policy
    Policyholder Account
    Other Policy-Related
 
    Benefits     Balances     Balances  
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2010     2009     2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
U.S. Business:
                                               
Insurance Products:
                                               
Group life
  $ 2,717     $ 2,981     $ 9,175     $ 8,985     $ 2,454     $ 2,411  
Individual life
    56,533       55,291       19,731       18,632       2,752       2,911  
Non-medical health
    13,686       12,738       501       501       625       616  
                                                 
Total Insurance Products
    72,936       71,010       29,407       28,118       5,831       5,938  
Retirement Products
    8,829       8,226       46,517       46,855       146       122  
Corporate Benefit Funding
    39,187       37,377       57,773       55,522       184       197  
Auto & Home
    3,036       2,972                   171       184  
                                                 
Total U.S. Business
    123,988       119,585       133,697       130,495       6,332       6,441  
International
    43,587       10,830       77,281       8,128       9,051       1,637  
Banking, Corporate & Other
    5,798       5,464       42       50       423       368  
                                                 
Total
  $ 173,373     $ 135,879     $ 211,020     $ 138,673     $ 15,806     $ 8,446  
                                                 
 
Value of Distribution Agreements and Customer Relationships Acquired
 
Information regarding VODA and VOCRA, which are reported in other assets, was as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 792     $ 822     $ 706  
Acquisitions
    356             144  
Amortization
    (42 )     (34 )     (25 )
Effect of foreign currency translation and other
    (12 )     4       (3 )
                         
Balance at December 31,
  $ 1,094     $ 792     $ 822  
                         
 
The estimated future amortization expense allocated to other expenses for the next five years for VODA and VOCRA is $63 million in 2011, $74 million in 2012, $80 million in 2013, $84 million in 2014 and $82 million in 2015. See Note 2 for a description of acquisitions and dispositions.


F-138


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Sales Inducements
 
Information regarding deferred sales inducements, which are reported in other assets, was as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 841     $ 711     $ 677  
Capitalization
    157       193       176  
Amortization
    (80 )     (63 )     (142 )
                         
Balance at December 31,
  $ 918     $ 841     $ 711  
                         
 
Separate Accounts
 
Separate account assets and liabilities include two categories of account types: pass-through separate accounts totaling $149.2 billion and $121.4 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, for which the policyholder assumes all investment risk, and separate accounts for which the Company contractually guarantees either a minimum return or account value to the policyholder which totaled $34.1 billion and $27.6 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The latter category consisted primarily of funding agreements and participating close-out contracts. The average interest rate credited on these contracts was 3.32% and 3.35% at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Fees charged to the separate accounts by the Company (including mortality charges, policy administration fees and surrender charges) are reflected in the Company’s revenues as universal life and investment-type product policy fees and totaled $3.2 billion, $2.6 billion and $3.2 billion for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The Company’s proportional interest in separate accounts was included in the consolidated balance sheets as follows at:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Fixed maturity securities
  $ 257     $ 11  
Equity securities
  $ 33     $ 57  
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 74     $ 2  
 
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, there were no investment gains (losses) on transfers of assets from the general account to the separate accounts.
 
Obligations Under Funding Agreements
 
The Company issues fixed and floating rate funding agreements, which are denominated in either U.S. dollars or foreign currencies, to certain SPEs that have issued either debt securities or commercial paper for which payment of interest and principal is secured by such funding agreements. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company issued $34.1 billion, $28.6 billion and $20.9 billion, respectively, and repaid $30.9 billion, $32.0 billion and $19.8 billion, respectively, of such funding agreements. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, funding agreements outstanding, which are included in policyholder account balances, were $27.2 billion and $23.3 billion, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, interest credited on the funding agreements, which is included in interest credited to policyholder account balances, was $0.6 billion, $0.7 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively.


F-139


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut (“MICC”) is a member of the FHLB of Boston and held $70 million of common stock of the FHLB of Boston at both December 31, 2010 and 2009, which is included in equity securities. MICC has also entered into funding agreements with the FHLB of Boston in exchange for cash and for which the FHLB of Boston has been granted a blanket lien on certain MICC assets, including RMBS, to collateralize MICC’s obligations under the funding agreements. MICC maintains control over these pledged assets, and may use, commingle, encumber or dispose of any portion of the collateral as long as there is no event of default and the remaining qualified collateral is sufficient to satisfy the collateral maintenance level. Upon any event of default by MICC, the FHLB of Boston’s recovery on the collateral is limited to the amount of MICC’s liability to the FHLB of Boston. The amount of MICC’s liability for funding agreements with the FHLB of Boston was $100 million and $326 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which is included in policyholder account balances. The advances on these funding agreements are collateralized by mortgage-backed securities with estimated fair values of $211 million and $419 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, interest credited on the funding agreements, which is included in interest credited to policyholder account balances, was $1 million, $6 million and $15 million, respectively.
 
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“MLIC”) is a member of the FHLB of NY and held $890 million and $742 million of common stock of the FHLB of NY at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which is included in equity securities. MLIC has also entered into funding agreements with the FHLB of NY in exchange for cash and for which the FHLB of NY has been granted a lien on certain MLIC assets, including RMBS to collateralize MLIC’s obligations under the funding agreements. MLIC maintains control over these pledged assets, and may use, commingle, encumber or dispose of any portion of the collateral as long as there is no event of default and the remaining qualified collateral is sufficient to satisfy the collateral maintenance level. Upon any event of default by MLIC, the FHLB of NY’s recovery on the collateral is limited to the amount of MLIC’s liability to the FHLB of NY. The amount of the MLIC’s liability for funding agreements with the FHLB of NY was $12.6 billion and $13.7 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which is included in policyholder account balances. The advances on these agreements were collateralized by mortgage-backed securities with estimated fair values of $14.2 billion and $15.1 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, interest credited on the funding agreements, which is included in interest credited to policyholder account balances, was $276 million, $333 million and $229 million, respectively.
 
During 2010, MetLife Investors Insurance Company (“MLIIC”) and General American Life Insurance Company (“GALIC”) became members of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (“FHLB of Des Moines) and each held $10 million of common stock of the FHLB of Des Moines at December 31, 2010, which is included in equity securities. MLIIC and GALIC had no funding agreements with the FHLB of Des Moines at December 31, 2010.
 
MLIC and MICC have each issued funding agreements to certain SPEs that have issued debt securities for which payment of interest and principal is secured by such funding agreements, and such debt securities are also guaranteed as to payment of interest and principal by Farmer Mac, a federally chartered instrumentality of the United States. The obligations under these funding agreements are secured by a pledge of certain eligible agricultural real estate mortgage loans and may, under certain circumstances, be secured by other qualified collateral. The amount of the Company’s liability for funding agreements issued to such SPEs was $2.8 billion and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which is included in policyholder account balances. The obligations under these funding agreements are collateralized by designated agricultural real estate mortgage loans with estimated fair values of $3.2 billion and $2.9 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, interest credited on the funding agreements, which is included in interest credited to policyholder account balances, was $135 million, $132 million and $132 million, respectively.


F-140


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Liabilities for Unpaid Claims and Claim Expenses
 
Information regarding the liabilities for unpaid claims and claim expenses relating to property and casualty, group accident and non-medical health policies and contracts, which are reported in future policy benefits and other policy-related balances, is as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 8,219     $ 8,260     $ 7,836  
Less: Reinsurance recoverables
    547       1,042       955  
                         
Net balance at January 1,
    7,672       7,218       6,881  
                         
Acquisitions, net
    583              
Incurred related to:
                       
Current year
    6,482       6,569       6,263  
Prior years
    (75 )     (152 )     (353 )
                         
Total incurred
    6,407       6,417       5,910  
                         
Paid related to:
                       
Current year
    (4,050 )     (3,972 )     (3,861 )
Prior years
    (2,102 )     (1,991 )     (1,712 )
                         
Total paid
    (6,152 )     (5,963 )     (5,573 )
                         
Net balance at December 31,
    8,510       7,672       7,218  
Add: Reinsurance recoverables
    2,198       547       1,042  
                         
Balance at December 31,
  $ 10,708     $ 8,219     $ 8,260  
                         
 
During 2010, 2009 and 2008, as a result of changes in estimates of insured events in the respective prior year, claims and claim adjustment expenses associated with prior years decreased by $75 million, $152 million and $353 million, respectively, due to a reduction in prior year automobile bodily injury and homeowners’ severity, reduced loss adjustment expenses, improved loss ratio for non-medical health claim liabilities and improved claim management.
 
Guarantees
 
The Company issues annuity contracts which may include contractual guarantees to the contractholder for: (i) return of no less than total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals (“return of net deposits”); and (ii) the highest contract value on a specified anniversary date minus any withdrawals following the contract anniversary, or total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals plus a minimum return (“anniversary contract value” or “minimum return”). The Company also issues annuity contracts that apply a lower rate of funds deposited if the contractholder elects to surrender the contract for cash and a higher rate if the contractholder elects to annuitize (“two tier annuities”). These guarantees include benefits that are payable in the event of death, maturity or at annuitization.
 
The Company also issues universal and variable life contracts where the Company contractually guarantees to the contractholder a secondary guarantee or a guaranteed paid-up benefit.


F-141


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Information regarding the types of guarantees relating to annuity contracts and universal and variable life contracts is as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    In the
    At
    In the
    At
 
    Event of Death     Annuitization     Event of Death     Annuitization  
    (In millions)  
 
Annuity Contracts (1)
                               
Return of Net Deposits
                               
Separate account value
  $ 55,753     $ 390     $ 41,125       N/A  
Net amount at risk (2)
  $ 6,194  (3)   $ 289  (4)   $ 4,585  (3)     N/A  
Average attained age of contractholders
    62 years       67 years       62 years       N/A  
Anniversary Contract Value or Minimum Return
                               
Separate account value
  $ 92,041     $ 55,668     $ 78,808     $ 40,234  
Net amount at risk (2)
  $ 5,297  (3)   $ 6,373  (4)   $ 9,039  (3)   $ 7,361  (4)
Average attained age of contractholders
    62 years       61 years       61 years       61 years  
Two Tier Annuities
                               
General account value
    N/A     $ 280       N/A     $ 282  
Net amount at risk (2)
    N/A     $ 49  (5)     N/A     $ 50  (5)
Average attained age of contractholders
    N/A       62 years       N/A       61 years  
 
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Secondary
    Paid-Up
    Secondary
    Paid-Up
 
    Guarantees     Guarantees     Guarantees     Guarantees  
    (In millions)  
 
Universal and Variable Life Contracts (1)
                               
Account value (general and separate account)
  $ 11,015     $ 4,102     $ 9,483     $ 4,104  
Net amount at risk (2)
  $ 156,432  (3)   $ 26,851  (3)   $ 150,905  (3)   $ 28,826  (3)
Average attained age of policyholders
    52 years       58 years       52 years       57 years  
 
 
(1) The Company’s annuity and life contracts with guarantees may offer more than one type of guarantee in each contract. Therefore, the amounts listed above may not be mutually exclusive.
 
(2) The net amount at risk is based on the direct and assumed amount at risk (excluding ceded reinsurance).
 
(3) The net amount at risk for guarantees of amounts in the event of death is defined as the current GMDB in excess of the current account balance at the balance sheet date.
 
(4) The net amount at risk for guarantees of amounts at annuitization is defined as the present value of the minimum guaranteed annuity payments available to the contractholder determined in accordance with the terms of the contract in excess of the current account balance.
 
(5) The net amount at risk for two tier annuities is based on the excess of the upper tier, adjusted for a profit margin, less the lower tier.


F-142


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Information regarding the liabilities for guarantees (excluding base policy liabilities) relating to annuity and universal and variable life contracts is as follows:
 
                                         
          Universal and Variable
       
    Annuity Contracts     Life Contracts        
    Guaranteed
    Guaranteed
                   
    Death
    Annuitization
    Secondary
    Paid-Up
       
    Benefits     Benefits     Guarantees     Guarantees     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Direct
                                       
Balance at January 1, 2008
  $ 80     $ 78     $ 152     $ 121     $ 431  
Incurred guaranteed benefits
    267       325       119       19       730  
Paid guaranteed benefits
    (96 )                       (96 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2008
    251       403       271       140       1,065  
Incurred guaranteed benefits
    118       (1 )     233       34       384  
Paid guaranteed benefits
    (201 )                       (201 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2009
    168       402       504       174       1,248  
Acquisitions
    46       110       2,952             3,108  
Incurred guaranteed benefits
    149       111       536       24       820  
Paid guaranteed benefits
    (91 )           (1 )           (92 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 272     $ 623     $ 3,991     $ 198     $ 5,084  
                                         
Ceded
                                       
Balance at January 1, 2008
  $ 6     $ 4     $ 55     $ 75     $ 140  
Incurred guaranteed benefits
    18       (4 )     25       15       54  
Paid guaranteed benefits
    (16 )                       (16 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2008
    8             80       90       178  
Incurred guaranteed benefits
    26             102       32       160  
Paid guaranteed benefits
    (28 )                       (28 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2009
    6             182       122       310  
Acquisitions
    30                         30  
Incurred guaranteed benefits
    18       (1 )     412       17       446  
Paid guaranteed benefits
    (15 )                       (15 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 39     $ (1 )   $ 594     $ 139     $ 771  
                                         
Net
                                       
Balance at January 1, 2008
  $ 74     $ 74     $ 97     $ 46     $ 291  
Incurred guaranteed benefits
    249       329       94       4       676  
Paid guaranteed benefits
    (80 )                       (80 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2008
    243       403       191       50       887  
Incurred guaranteed benefits
    92       (1 )     131       2       224  
Paid guaranteed benefits
    (173 )                       (173 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2009
    162       402       322       52       938  
Acquisitions
    16       110       2,952             3,078  
Incurred guaranteed benefits
    131       112       124       7       374  
Paid guaranteed benefits
    (76 )           (1 )           (77 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 233     $ 624     $ 3,397     $ 59     $ 4,313  
                                         


F-143


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Account balances of contracts with insurance guarantees are invested in separate account asset classes as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Fund Groupings:
               
Equity
  $ 59,546     $ 48,852  
Balanced
    40,199       31,011  
Bond
    9,539       7,166  
Money Market
    1,584       2,104  
Specialty
    2,192       1,865  
                 
Total
  $ 113,060     $ 90,998  
                 
 
9.   Reinsurance
 
The Company participates in reinsurance activities in order to limit losses, minimize exposure to significant risks and provide additional capacity for future growth.
 
For its individual life insurance products, the Company has historically reinsured the mortality risk primarily on an excess of retention basis or a quota share basis. The Company currently reinsures 90% of the mortality risk in excess of $1 million for most products and reinsures up to 90% of the mortality risk for certain other products. In addition to reinsuring mortality risk as described above, the Company reinsures other risks, as well as specific coverages. Placement of reinsurance is done primarily on an automatic basis and also on a facultative basis for risks with specified characteristics. On a case by case basis, the Company may retain up to $20 million per life and reinsure 100% of amounts in excess of the amount the Company retains. The Company evaluates its reinsurance programs routinely and may increase or decrease its retention at any time.
 
For other policies within the Insurance Products segment, the Company generally retains most of the risk and only cedes particular risks on certain client arrangements.
 
The Company’s Retirement Products segment reinsures a portion of the living and death benefit guarantees issued in connection with its variable annuities. Under these reinsurance agreements, the Company pays a reinsurance premium generally based on fees associated with the guarantees collected from policyholders, and receives reimbursement for benefits paid or accrued in excess of account values, subject to certain limitations.
 
The Company’s Corporate Benefit Funding segment periodically engages in reinsurance activities, as considered appropriate. The impact of these activities on the financial results of this segment has not been significant.
 
The Company’s Auto & Home segment purchases reinsurance to manage its exposure to large losses (primarily catastrophe losses) and to protect statutory surplus. The Company cedes to reinsurers a portion of losses and premiums based upon the exposure of the policies subject to reinsurance. To manage exposure to large property and casualty losses, the Company utilizes property catastrophe, casualty and property per risk excess of loss agreements.
 
For its life insurance products within the International segment, the Company reinsures, depending on the product, risks above the corporate retention limit of up to $5 million to external reinsurers on a yearly renewable term basis. The Company’s international businesses may also reinsure certain risks with external reinsurers depending upon the nature of the risk and local regulatory requirements. The Company’s International segment reinsures, for selected large corporate customers, its group employee benefits or credit insurance business with various client-affiliated reinsurance companies, covering policies issued to the employees or customers of the


F-144


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
clients. Additionally, the Company cedes and assumes risk with other insurance companies when either company requires a business partner with the appropriate local licensing to issue certain types of policies in certain countries. In these cases, the assuming company typically underwrites the risks, develops the products and assumes most or all of the risk. The Company’s International segment also has reinsurance agreements in force that reinsure a portion of the living and death benefit guarantees issued in connection with its variable annuities. Under these agreements, the Company pays reinsurance fees associated with the guarantees collected from policyholders, and receives reimbursement for benefits paid or accrued in excess of account values, subject to certain limitations.
 
The Company also reinsures, through 100% quota share reinsurance agreements, certain long-term care and workers’ compensation business written by MICC. These are run-off businesses which have been included within Banking, Corporate & Other.
 
The Company has exposure to catastrophes, which could contribute to significant fluctuations in the Company’s results of operations. The Company uses excess of retention and quota share reinsurance agreements to provide greater diversification of risk and minimize exposure to larger risks. For its International segment, the Company currently purchases catastrophe coverage to insure risks within certain countries deemed by management to be exposed to the greatest catastrophic risks.
 
The Company reinsures its business through a diversified group of well-capitalized, highly rated reinsurers. The Company analyzes recent trends in arbitration and litigation outcomes in disputes, if any, with its reinsurers. The Company monitors ratings and evaluates the financial strength of its reinsurers by analyzing their financial statements. In addition, the reinsurance recoverable balance due from each reinsurer is evaluated as part of the overall monitoring process. Recoverability of reinsurance recoverable balances is evaluated based on these analyses. The Company generally secures large reinsurance recoverable balances with various forms of collateral, including secured trusts, funds withheld accounts and irrevocable letters of credit. These reinsurance recoverable balances are stated net of allowances for uncollectible reinsurance, which at December 31, 2010 and 2009, were immaterial.
 
The Company has secured certain reinsurance recoverable balances with various forms of collateral, including secured trusts, funds withheld accounts and irrevocable letters of credit. The Company had $5.5 billion and $4.4 billion of unsecured unaffiliated reinsurance recoverable balances at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
At December 31, 2010, the Company had $13.1 billion of net unaffiliated ceded reinsurance recoverables. Of this total, $10.0 billion, or 76%, were with the Company’s five largest unaffiliated ceded reinsurers, including $3.6 billion of which were unsecured. At December 31, 2009, the Company had $11.7 billion of net unaffiliated ceded reinsurance recoverables. Of this total, $9.2 billion, or 79%, were with the Company’s five largest unaffiliated ceded reinsurers, including $3.0 billion of which were unsecured.
 
The Company has reinsured with an unaffiliated third-party reinsurer, 49.25% of the closed block through a modified coinsurance agreement. The Company accounts for this agreement under the deposit method of accounting. The Company, having the right of offset, has offset the modified coinsurance deposit with the deposit recoverable.


F-145


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The amounts in the consolidated statements of operations include the impact of reinsurance. Information regarding the effect of reinsurance is as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Premiums:
                       
Direct premiums
  $ 27,923     $ 27,472     $ 27,058  
Reinsurance assumed
    1,377       1,313       1,466  
Reinsurance ceded
    (1,906 )     (2,325 )     (2,610 )
                         
Net premiums
  $ 27,394     $ 26,460     $ 25,914  
                         
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees:
                       
Direct universal life and investment-type product policy fees
  $ 6,630     $ 5,790     $ 5,909  
Reinsurance assumed
    138       106       79  
Reinsurance ceded
    (731 )     (693 )     (607 )
                         
Net universal life and investment-type product policy fees
  $ 6,037     $ 5,203     $ 5,381  
                         
Other revenues:
                       
Direct other revenues
  $ 2,256     $ 2,264     $ 1,481  
Reinsurance assumed
          1        
Reinsurance ceded
    72       64       105  
                         
Net other revenues
  $ 2,328     $ 2,329     $ 1,586  
                         
Policyholder benefits and claims:
                       
Direct policyholder benefits and claims
  $ 31,762     $ 30,363     $ 29,772  
Reinsurance assumed
    1,275       1,024       1,235  
Reinsurance ceded
    (3,492 )     (3,051 )     (3,570 )
                         
Net policyholder benefits and claims
  $ 29,545     $ 28,336     $ 27,437  
                         
Interest credited to policyholder account balances:
                       
Direct interest credited to policyholder account balances
  $ 4,923     $ 4,846     $ 4,787  
Reinsurance assumed
    2       3       1  
Reinsurance ceded
                 
                         
Net interest credited to policyholder account balances
  $ 4,925     $ 4,849     $ 4,788  
                         
Policyholder dividends:
                       
Direct policyholder dividends
  $ 1,486     $ 1,650     $ 1,751  
Reinsurance assumed
    17       13       5  
Reinsurance ceded
    (17 )     (13 )     (5 )
                         
Net policyholder dividends
  $ 1,486     $ 1,650     $ 1,751  
                         
Other expenses:
                       
Direct other expenses
  $ 12,911     $ 10,602     $ 12,107  
Reinsurance assumed
    116       100       57  
Reinsurance ceded
    (224 )     (146 )     (217 )
                         
Net other expenses
  $ 12,803     $ 10,556     $ 11,947  
                         


F-146


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
The amounts in the consolidated balance sheets include the impact of reinsurance. Information regarding the effect of reinsurance is as follows:
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Total
                   
    Balance
                Total, Net of
 
    Sheet     Assumed     Ceded     Reinsurance  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets:
                               
Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables
  $ 19,830     $ 722     $ 13,561     $ 5,547  
Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
    27,307       176       (179 )     27,310  
                                 
Total assets
  $ 47,137     $ 898     $ 13,382     $ 32,857  
                                 
Liabilities:
                               
Future policy benefits
  $ 173,373     $ 2,074     $ (65 )   $ 171,364  
Policyholder account balances
    211,020       2,237             208,783  
Other policy-related balances
    15,806       265       506       15,035  
Other liabilities
    20,386       608       2,703       17,075  
                                 
Total liabilities
  $ 420,585     $ 5,184     $ 3,144     $ 412,257  
                                 
 
                                 
    December 31, 2009  
    Total
                   
    Balance
                Total, Net of
 
    Sheet     Assumed     Ceded     Reinsurance  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets:
                               
Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables
  $ 16,752     $ 550     $ 12,274     $ 3,928  
Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
    19,256       190       (206 )     19,272  
                                 
Total assets
  $ 36,008     $ 740     $ 12,068     $ 23,200  
                                 
Liabilities:
                               
Future policy benefits
  $ 135,879     $ 2,000     $ (43 )   $ 133,922  
Policyholder account balances
    138,673       1,321             137,352  
Other policy-related balances
    8,446       257       494       7,695  
Other liabilities
    15,989       364       2,489       13,136  
                                 
Total liabilities
  $ 298,987     $ 3,942     $ 2,940     $ 292,105  
                                 
 
Reinsurance agreements that do not expose the Company to a reasonable possibility of a significant loss from insurance risk are recorded using the deposit method of accounting. The deposit assets on ceded reinsurance were $2,530 million and $2,564 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The deposit liabilities for assumed reinsurance were $47 million and $52 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
10.   Closed Block
 
On April 7, 2000 (the “Demutualization Date”), MLIC converted from a mutual life insurance company to a stock life insurance company and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of MetLife, Inc. The conversion was pursuant to an order by the New York Superintendent of Insurance (the “Superintendent”) approving MLIC’s plan of reorganization, as amended (the “Plan”). On the Demutualization Date, MLIC established a closed block for the benefit of holders of certain individual life insurance policies of MLIC. Assets have been allocated to the closed block in an amount that has been determined to produce cash flows which, together with anticipated revenues from the policies included in the closed block, are reasonably expected to be sufficient to support obligations and


F-147


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
liabilities relating to these policies, including, but not limited to, provisions for the payment of claims and certain expenses and taxes, and to provide for the continuation of policyholder dividend scales in effect for 1999, if the experience underlying such dividend scales continues, and for appropriate adjustments in such scales if the experience changes. At least annually, the Company compares actual and projected experience against the experience assumed in the then-current dividend scales. Dividend scales are adjusted periodically to give effect to changes in experience.
 
The closed block assets, the cash flows generated by the closed block assets and the anticipated revenues from the policies in the closed block will benefit only the holders of the policies in the closed block. To the extent that, over time, cash flows from the assets allocated to the closed block and claims and other experience related to the closed block are, in the aggregate, more or less favorable than what was assumed when the closed block was established, total dividends paid to closed block policyholders in the future may be greater than or less than the total dividends that would have been paid to these policyholders if the policyholder dividend scales in effect for 1999 had been continued. Any cash flows in excess of amounts assumed will be available for distribution over time to closed block policyholders and will not be available to stockholders. If the closed block has insufficient funds to make guaranteed policy benefit payments, such payments will be made from assets outside of the closed block. The closed block will continue in effect as long as any policy in the closed block remains in-force. The expected life of the closed block is over 100 years.
 
The Company uses the same accounting principles to account for the participating policies included in the closed block as it used prior to the Demutualization Date. However, the Company establishes a policyholder dividend obligation for earnings that will be paid to policyholders as additional dividends as described below. The excess of closed block liabilities over closed block assets at the Demutualization Date (adjusted to eliminate the impact of related amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income) represents the estimated maximum future earnings from the closed block expected to result from operations attributed to the closed block after income taxes. Earnings of the closed block are recognized in income over the period the policies and contracts in the closed block remain in-force. Management believes that over time the actual cumulative earnings of the closed block will approximately equal the expected cumulative earnings due to the effect of dividend changes. If, over the period the closed block remains in existence, the actual cumulative earnings of the closed block are greater than the expected cumulative earnings of the closed block, the Company will pay the excess of the actual cumulative earnings of the closed block over the expected cumulative earnings to closed block policyholders as additional policyholder dividends unless offset by future unfavorable experience of the closed block and, accordingly, will recognize only the expected cumulative earnings in income with the excess recorded as a policyholder dividend obligation. If over such period, the actual cumulative earnings of the closed block are less than the expected cumulative earnings of the closed block, the Company will recognize only the actual earnings in income. However, the Company may change policyholder dividend scales in the future, which would be intended to increase future actual earnings until the actual cumulative earnings equal the expected cumulative earnings.
 
Experience within the closed block, in particular mortality and investment yields, as well as realized and unrealized gains and losses, directly impact the policyholder dividend obligation. The policyholder dividend obligation increased to $876 million at December 31, 2010, from zero at December 31, 2009, as a result of recent unrealized gains in the closed block. Amortization of the closed block DAC, which resides outside of the closed block, is based upon cumulative actual and expected earnings within the closed block. Accordingly, the Company’s net income continues to be sensitive to the actual performance of the closed block.


F-148


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Information regarding the closed block liabilities and assets designated to the closed block was as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Closed Block Liabilities
               
Future policy benefits
  $ 43,456     $ 43,576  
Other policy-related balances
    316       307  
Policyholder dividends payable
    579       615  
Policyholder dividend obligation
    876        
Current income tax payable
    178        
Other liabilities
    627       576  
                 
Total closed block liabilities
    46,032       45,074  
                 
Assets Designated to the Closed Block
               
Investments:
               
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (amortized cost: $27,067 and $27,129, respectively)
    28,768       27,375  
Equity securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (cost: $110 and $204, respectively)
    102       218  
Mortgage loans
    6,253       6,200  
Policy loans
    4,629       4,538  
Real estate and real estate joint ventures held-for-investment
    328       321  
Short-term investments
    1       1  
Other invested assets
    729       463  
                 
Total investments
    40,810       39,116  
Cash and cash equivalents
    236       241  
Accrued investment income
    518       489  
Premiums, reinsurance and other receivables
    95       78  
Current income tax recoverable
          112  
Deferred income tax assets
    474       612  
                 
Total assets designated to the closed block
    42,133       40,648  
                 
Excess of closed block liabilities over assets designated to the closed block
    3,899       4,426  
                 
Amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
               
Unrealized investment gains (losses), net of income tax of $594 and $89, respectively
    1,101       166  
Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments, net of income tax of $5 and ($3), respectively
    10       (5 )
Allocated to policyholder dividend obligation, net of income tax of ($307) and $0, respectively
    (569 )      
                 
Total amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    542       161  
                 
Maximum future earnings to be recognized from closed block assets and liabilities
  $ 4,441     $ 4,587  
                 
 
Information regarding the closed block policyholder dividend obligation was as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $     $     $ 789  
Change in unrealized investment and derivative gains (losses)
    876             (789 )
                         
Balance at December 31,
  $ 876     $     $  
                         


F-149


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Information regarding the closed block revenues and expenses was as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues
                       
Premiums
  $ 2,461     $ 2,708     $ 2,787  
Net investment income
    2,294       2,197       2,248  
Net investment gains (losses):
                       
Other-than-temporary impairments on fixed maturity securities
    (32 )     (107 )     (94 )
Other-than-temporary impairments on fixed maturity securities transferred to other comprehensive income (loss)
          40        
Other net investment gains (losses)
    71       327       (19 )
                         
Total net investment gains (losses)
    39       260       (113 )
Net derivative gains (losses)
    (27 )     (128 )     29  
                         
Total revenues
    4,767       5,037       4,951  
                         
Expenses
                       
Policyholder benefits and claims
    3,115       3,329       3,393  
Policyholder dividends
    1,235       1,394       1,498  
Other expenses
    199       203       217  
                         
Total expenses
    4,549       4,926       5,108  
                         
Revenues, net of expenses before provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    218       111       (157 )
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    72       36       (68 )
                         
Revenues, net of expenses and provision for income tax expense (benefit)
  $ 146     $ 75     $ (89 )
                         
 
The change in the maximum future earnings of the closed block was as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at December 31,
  $ 4,441     $ 4,587     $ 4,518  
Less:
                       
Closed block adjustment (1)
          144        
Balance at January 1,
    4,587       4,518       4,429  
                         
Change during year
  $ (146 )   $ (75 )   $ 89  
                         
 
 
(1) The closed block adjustment represents an intra-company reallocation of assets which affected the closed block. The adjustment had no impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
MLIC charges the closed block with federal income taxes, state and local premium taxes and other additive state or local taxes, as well as investment management expenses relating to the closed block as provided in the Plan. MLIC also charges the closed block for expenses of maintaining the policies included in the closed block.


F-150


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
11.   Long-term and Short-term Debt
 
Long-term and short-term debt outstanding is as follows:
 
                                 
    Interest Rates                  
        Weighted
        December 31,  
    Range   Average     Maturity   2010     2009  
                  (In millions)  
 
Senior notes
   0.61%-7.72%     5.58 %   2011-2045   $ 16,258     $ 10,458  
Advances agreements
   0.23%-4.86%     2.41 %   2011-2015     3,600       1,846  
Surplus notes
   7.63%-7.88%     7.85 %   2015-2025     699       698  
Fixed rate notes
  3.76%-15.00%     8.67 %   2011-2012     82       63  
Other notes with varying interest rates
   1.98%-8.00%     7.20 %   2013-2030     95       120  
Capital lease obligations
                    32       35  
                                 
Total long-term debt (1)
                    20,766       13,220  
Total short-term debt
                    306       912  
                                 
Total
                  $ 21,072     $ 14,132  
                                 
 
 
(1) Excludes $6,820 million at December 31, 2010 of long-term debt relating to CSEs. See Note 3.
 
The aggregate maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2010 for the next five years and thereafter are $1,405 million in 2011, $1,520 million in 2012, $1,464 million in 2013, $1,653 million in 2014, $2,365 million in 2015 and $12,358 million thereafter.
 
Advances agreements and capital lease obligations are collateralized and rank highest in priority, followed by unsecured senior debt which consists of senior notes, fixed rate notes and other notes with varying interest rates, followed by subordinated debt which consists of junior subordinated debt securities. Payments of interest and principal on the Company’s surplus notes, which are subordinate to all other obligations at the operating company level and senior to obligations at the Holding Company, may be made only with the prior approval of the insurance department of the state of domicile. Collateral financing arrangements are supported by either surplus notes of subsidiaries or financing arrangements with the Holding Company and, accordingly, have priority consistent with other such obligations.
 
Certain of the Company’s debt instruments, credit facilities and committed facilities contain various administrative, reporting, legal and financial covenants. The Company believes it was in compliance with all covenants at both December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Senior Notes — Senior Debt Securities Underlying Equity Units
 
In connection with the financing of the Acquisition (see Note 2) in November 2010, MetLife, Inc. issued to ALICO Holdings $3,000 million (estimated fair value of $3,011 million) in three series of Debt Securities, which constitute a part of the Equity Units more fully described in Note 14. The Debt Securities (Series C, D and E) are subject to remarketing, initially bear interest at 1.56%, 1.92% and 2.46%, respectively (an average rate of 1.98%), and carry initial maturity dates of June 15, 2023, June 15, 2024 and June 15, 2045, respectively. The interest rates will be reset in connection with the successful remarketings of the Debt Securities. Prior to the first scheduled attempted remarketing of the Series C Debt Securities, such Debt Securities will be divided into two tranches equal in principal amount with maturity dates of June 15, 2018 and June 15, 2023. Prior to the first scheduled attempted remarketing of the Series E Debt Securities, such Debt Securities will be divided into two tranches equal in principal amount with maturity dates of June 15, 2018 and June 15, 2045.


F-151


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Senior Notes — Other
 
In August 2010, in anticipation of the Acquisition, MetLife, Inc. issued senior notes as follows:
 
  •  $1,000 million senior notes due February 6, 2014, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 2.375%, payable semiannually;
 
  •  $1,000 million senior notes due February 8, 2021, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 4.75%, payable semiannually;
 
  •  $750 million senior notes due February 6, 2041, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 5.875%, payable semiannually; and
 
  •  $250 million floating rate senior notes due August 6, 2013, which bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR, reset quarterly, plus 1.25%, payable quarterly.
 
In connection with these offerings, MetLife, Inc. incurred $15 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized over the terms of the senior notes.
 
In May 2009, MetLife, Inc. issued $1,250 million of senior notes due June 1, 2016. The notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.75%, payable semiannually. In connection with the offering, the Holding Company incurred $6 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized over the term of the notes.
 
In March 2009, MetLife, Inc. issued $397 million of floating rate senior notes due June 29, 2012 under the FDIC Program. The notes bear interest at a rate equal to three-month LIBOR, reset quarterly, plus 0.32%. The notes are not redeemable prior to their maturity. In connection with the offering, the Holding Company incurred $15 million of issuance costs which have been capitalized and included in other assets. These costs are being amortized over the term of the notes.
 
In February 2009, MetLife, Inc. remarketed its existing $1,035 million 4.91% Series B junior subordinated debt securities as 7.717% senior debt securities, Series B, due 2019. In August 2008, the Holding Company remarketed its existing $1,035 million 4.82% Series A junior subordinated debt securities as 6.817% senior debt securities, Series A, due 2018. Interest on both series of debt securities is payable semiannually. The Series A and Series B junior subordinated debt securities were originally issued in 2005 in connection with certain common equity units. See Notes 13 and 14.
 
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York
 
MetLife Bank is a member of the FHLB of NY and held $187 million and $124 million of common stock of the FHLB of NY at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which is included in equity securities. MetLife Bank has also entered into advances agreements with the FHLB of NY whereby MetLife Bank has received cash advances and under which the FHLB of NY has been granted a blanket lien on certain of MetLife Bank’s residential mortgage loans, mortgage loans held-for-sale, commercial mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities to collateralize MetLife Bank’s repayment obligations. Upon any event of default by MetLife Bank, the FHLB of NY’s recovery is limited to the amount of MetLife Bank’s liability under the advances agreements. The amount of MetLife Bank’s liability for advances from the FHLB of NY was $3.8 billion and $2.4 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which is included in long-term debt and short-term debt depending upon the original tenor of the advance. During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, MetLife Bank received advances related to long-term borrowings totaling $2,103 million, $1,280 million and $220 million, respectively, from the FHLB of NY. MetLife Bank made repayments to the FHLB of NY of $349 million, $497 million and $371 million related to long-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The advances related to both long-term and short-term debt were collateralized by residential mortgage loans, mortgage loans held-for-sale,


F-152


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
commercial mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities with estimated fair values of $7.8 billion and $5.5 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Collateralized Borrowing from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
 
MetLife Bank is a depository institution that is approved to use the Federal Reserve Bank of New York Discount Window borrowing privileges. In order to utilize these privileges, MetLife Bank has pledged qualifying loans and investment securities to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as collateral. MetLife Bank had no liability for advances from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at both December 31, 2010 and 2009. The estimated fair value of loan and investment security collateral pledged by MetLife Bank to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $1.8 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the weighted average interest rate on these advances was 0.26% and 0.79%, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the average daily balance of these advances was $1,513 million and these advances were outstanding for an average of 24 days. There were no such advances during the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Short-term Debt
 
Short-term debt with maturities of one year or less is as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Commercial paper
  $ 102     $ 319  
MetLife Bank, N.A. — Advances agreements with the FHLB of NY
    190       585  
Other
    14       8  
                 
Total short-term debt
  $ 306     $ 912  
                 
Average daily balance
  $ 687     $ 2,845  
Average days outstanding
    21 days       16 days  
 
During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the weighted average interest rate on short-term debt was 0.35%, 0.42% and 2.40%, respectively.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense related to the Company’s indebtedness included in other expenses was $815 million, $713 million and $554 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and does not include interest expense on collateral financing arrangements, junior subordinated debt securities or common equity units. See Notes 12, 13 and 14.
 
Credit and Committed Facilities
 
The Company maintains unsecured credit facilities and committed facilities, which aggregated $4.0 billion and $12.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2010. When drawn upon, these facilities bear interest at varying rates in accordance with the respective agreements.
 
Credit Facilities.   The unsecured credit facilities are used for general corporate purposes, to support the borrowers’ commercial paper programs and for the issuance of letters of credit. Total fees expensed associated with


F-153


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
these credit facilities were $17 million, $43 million and $17 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Information on these credit facilities at December 31, 2010 is as follows:
 
                                     
              Letter of
             
              Credit
          Unused
 
Borrower(s)   Expiration   Capacity     Issuances     Drawdowns     Commitments  
              (In millions)        
 
MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc. 
  October 2011   $ 1,000     $     $     —     $ 1,000  
MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc. 
  October 2013 (1)     3,000       1,507             1,493  
                                     
Total
      $ 4,000     $ 1,507     $     $ 2,493  
                                     
 
 
(1) All borrowings under the credit agreement must be repaid by October 2013, except that letters of credit outstanding upon termination may remain outstanding until October 2014.
 
Committed Facilities.   The committed facilities are used for collateral for certain of the Company’s affiliated reinsurance liabilities. Total fees expensed associated with these committed facilities were $92 million, $55 million and $35 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Information on these committed facilities at December 31, 2010 is as follows:
 
                                             
              Letter of
                   
              Credit
          Unused
    Maturity
 
Account Party/Borrower(s)   Expiration   Capacity     Issuances     Drawdowns     Commitments     (Years)  
    (In millions)  
 
MetLife, Inc. 
  August 2011   $ 300     $ 300     $     $        
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd., MetLife, Inc., & Missouri Reinsurance (Barbados), Inc. 
  June 2016     500       490             10       5  
MetLife Reinsurance Company of Vermont & MetLife, Inc. 
  December 2020 (1)     350       350                   10  
Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. 
  December 2027 (1)     650       535             115       17  
MetLife Reinsurance Company of South Carolina & MetLife, Inc. 
  June 2037     3,500             2,797       703       26  
MetLife Reinsurance Company of Vermont & MetLife, Inc. 
  December 2037 (1)     2,896       1,603             1,293       27  
MetLife Reinsurance Company of Vermont & MetLife, Inc. 
  September 2038 (1)     4,250       2,160             2,090       27  
                                             
Total (2)
      $ 12,446     $ 5,438     $ 2,797     $ 4,211          
                                             
 
 
(1) The Holding Company is a guarantor under this agreement.
 
(2) See also Note 24.
 
As a result of the offerings of certain senior notes (see “— Senior Notes — Other”) and common stock (see Note 18), the commitment letter for a $5.0 billion senior credit facility, which the Holding Company signed to partially finance the Acquisition, was terminated. During March 2010, the Holding Company paid $28 million in fees related to this senior credit facility, all of which were expensed during the year ended December 31, 2010. See Note 19.


F-154


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
12.   Collateral Financing Arrangements
 
Associated with the Closed Block
 
In December 2007, MLIC reinsured a portion of its closed block liabilities to MRC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. In connection with this transaction, MRC issued, to investors placed by an unaffiliated financial institution, $2.5 billion in aggregate principal amount of 35-year surplus notes to provide statutory reserve support for the assumed closed block liabilities. Interest on the surplus notes accrues at an annual rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 0.55%, payable quarterly. The ability of MRC to make interest and principal payments on the surplus notes is contingent upon South Carolina regulatory approval. At both December 31, 2010 and 2009, the amount of the surplus notes outstanding was $2.5 billion.
 
Simultaneous with the issuance of the surplus notes, the Holding Company entered into an agreement with the unaffiliated financial institution, under which the Holding Company is entitled to the interest paid by MRC on the surplus notes of 3-month LIBOR plus 0.55% in exchange for the payment of 3-month LIBOR plus 1.12%, payable quarterly on such amount as adjusted, as described below. The Holding Company may also be required to pledge collateral or make payments to the unaffiliated financial institution related to any decline in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes. Any such payments would be accounted for as a receivable and included in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and would not reduce the principal amount outstanding of the surplus notes. Such payments would, however, reduce the amount of interest payments due from the Holding Company under the agreement. Any payment received from the unaffiliated financial institution would reduce the receivable by an amount equal to such payment and would also increase the amount of interest payments due from the Holding Company under the agreement. In addition, the unaffiliated financial institution may be required to pledge collateral to the Holding Company related to any increase in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes. During 2008, the Holding Company paid an aggregate of $800 million to the unaffiliated financial institution relating to declines in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes. The Holding Company did not receive any payments from the unaffiliated financial institution during 2008. During 2009, on a net basis, the Holding Company received $375 million from the unaffiliated financial institution related to changes in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes. No payments were made or received by the Holding Company during 2010. Since the closing of the collateral financing arrangement in December 2007, on a net basis, the Holding Company has paid $425 million to the unaffiliated financial institution related to changes in the estimated fair value of the surplus notes. In addition, at December 31, 2008, the Holding Company had pledged collateral with an estimated fair value of $230 million to the unaffiliated financial institution. At December 31, 2009, the Holding Company had no collateral pledged to the unaffiliated financial institution in connection with this agreement. At December 31, 2010, the Holding Company had pledged collateral with an estimated fair value of $49 million to the unaffiliated financial institution. The Holding Company may also be required to make a payment to the unaffiliated financial institution in connection with any early termination of this agreement.
 
A majority of the proceeds from the offering of the surplus notes was placed in a trust, which is consolidated by the Company, to support MRC’s statutory obligations associated with the assumed closed block liabilities. During 2007, MRC deposited $2.0 billion into the trust, from the proceeds of the surplus notes issued in 2007. During 2008, MRC deposited an additional $314 million into the trust. No amount was deposited into the trust during 2009. During 2010, MRC transferred $497 million out of the trust. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the estimated fair value of assets held in trust by the Company was $2.0 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively. The assets are principally invested in fixed maturity securities and are presented as such within the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, with the related income included within net investment income in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Interest on the collateral financing arrangement is included as a component of other expenses.
 
Total interest expense related to the collateral financing arrangement was $36 million, $51 million and $117 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.


F-155


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Associated with Secondary Guarantees
 
In May 2007, the Holding Company and MRSC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a 30-year collateral financing arrangement with an unaffiliated financial institution that provides up to $3.5 billion of statutory reserve support for MRSC associated with reinsurance obligations under intercompany reinsurance agreements. Such statutory reserves are associated with universal life secondary guarantees and are required under U.S. Valuation of Life Policies Model Regulation (commonly referred to as Regulation A-XXX). At both December 31, 2010 and 2009, $2.8 billion had been drawn upon under the collateral financing arrangement. The collateral financing arrangement may be extended by agreement of the Holding Company and the unaffiliated financial institution on each anniversary of the closing.
 
Proceeds from the collateral financing arrangement were placed in trusts to support MRSC’s statutory obligations associated with the reinsurance of secondary guarantees. The trusts are VIEs which are consolidated by the Company. The unaffiliated financial institution is entitled to the return on the investment portfolio held by the trusts. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company held assets in trust with an estimated fair value of $3.3 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, associated with the collateral financing arrangement. The assets are principally invested in fixed maturity securities and are presented as such within the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, with the related income included within net investment income in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Interest on the collateral financing arrangement is included as a component of other expenses.
 
In connection with the collateral financing arrangement, the Holding Company entered into an agreement with the same unaffiliated financial institution under which the Holding Company is entitled to the return on the investment portfolio held by the trusts established in connection with this collateral financing arrangement in exchange for the payment of a stated rate of return to the unaffiliated financial institution of 3-month LIBOR plus 0.70%, payable quarterly. The collateral financing agreement may be extended by agreement of the Holding Company and the unaffiliated financial institution on each anniversary of the closing. The Holding Company may also be required to make payments to the unaffiliated financial institution, for deposit into the trusts, related to any decline in the estimated fair value of the assets held by the trusts, as well as amounts outstanding upon maturity or early termination of the collateral financing arrangement. During 2010, no payments were made or received by the Holding Company. During 2009 and 2008, the Holding Company contributed $360 million and $320 million, respectively, as a result of declines in the estimated fair value of the assets in the trusts. Cumulatively, since May 2007, the Holding Company has contributed a total of $680 million as a result of declines in the estimated fair value of the assets in the trusts, all of which was deposited into the trusts.
 
In addition, the Holding Company may be required to pledge collateral to the unaffiliated financial institution under this agreement. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Holding Company had pledged $63 million and $80 million, respectively, under the agreement.
 
Transaction costs associated with the collateral financing arrangement of $5 million have been capitalized, are included in other assets, and are being amortized over the period from May 2007, the date the Holding Company entered into the collateral financing arrangement, to its expiration. Total interest expense related to the collateral financing arrangement was $30 million, $44 million and $107 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.


F-156


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
13.   Junior Subordinated Debt Securities
 
Outstanding Junior Subordinated Debt Securities
 
Outstanding junior subordinated debt securities and trust securities which MetLife, Inc. will exchange for junior subordinated debt securities prior to redemption or repayment were as follows:
 
                                                 
                        Interest Rate
               
                        Subsequent to
               
                    Scheduled
  Scheduled
      Carrying Value
 
        Face
    Interest
    Redemption
  Redemption
  Final
  at December 31,  
Issuer   Issue Date   Value     Rate (2)     Date   Date (3)   Maturity   2010     2009  
        (In millions)                 (In millions)  
 
MetLife, Inc. 
  July 2009   $ 500       10.750 %   August 2039   LIBOR + 7.548%   August 2069   $ 500     $ 500  
MetLife Capital Trust X (1)
  April 2008   $ 750       9.250 %   April 2038   LIBOR + 5.540%   April 2068     750       750  
MetLife Capital Trust IV (1)
  December 2007   $ 700       7.875 %   December 2037   LIBOR + 3.960%   December 2067     694       694  
MetLife, Inc. 
  December 2006   $ 1,250       6.400 %   December 2036   LIBOR + 2.205%   December 2066     1,247       1,247  
                                                 
                                    $ 3,191     $ 3,191  
                                                 
 
 
(1) MetLife Capital Trust X and MetLife Capital Trust IV are VIEs which are consolidated in the financial statements of the Company. The securities issued by these entities are exchangeable surplus trust securities, which will be exchanged for a like amount of the Holding Company’s junior subordinated debt securities on the scheduled redemption date; mandatorily under certain circumstances, and at any time upon the Holding Company exercising its option to redeem the securities. The exchangeable surplus trust securities are classified as junior subordinated debt securities for purposes of financial statement presentation.
 
(2) Prior to the scheduled redemption date, interest is payable semiannually in arrears.
 
(3) In the event the securities are not redeemed on or before the scheduled redemption date, interest will accrue after such date at an annual rate of 3-month LIBOR plus a margin, payable quarterly in arrears.
 
In connection with each of the securities described above, the Holding Company may redeem or may cause the redemption of the securities (i) in whole or in part, at any time on or after the date five years prior to the scheduled redemption date at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption, or (ii) in certain circumstances, in whole or in part, prior to the date five years prior to the scheduled redemption date at their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption or, if greater, a make-whole price. The Holding Company also has the right to, and in certain circumstances the requirement to, defer interest payments on the securities for a period up to ten years. Interest compounds during such periods of deferral. If interest is deferred for more than five consecutive years, the Holding Company is required to use proceeds from the sale of its common stock or warrants on common stock to satisfy interest payment obligation. In connection with each of the securities described above, the Holding Company entered into a replacement capital covenant (“RCC”). As part of the RCC, the Holding Company agreed that it will not repay, redeem, or purchase the securities on or before a date ten years prior to the final maturity date of each issuance, unless, subject to certain limitations, it has received proceeds during a specified period from the sale of specified replacement securities. The RCC will terminate upon the occurrence of certain events, including an acceleration of the securities due to the occurrence of an event of default. The RCC is not intended for the benefit of holders of the securities and may not be enforced by them. The RCC is for the benefit of holders of one or more other designated series of the Holding Company’s indebtedness (which will initially be its 5.70% senior notes due June 2035). The Holding Company also entered into a replacement capital obligation which will commence during the six month period prior to the scheduled redemption date and under which the Holding Company must use reasonable commercial efforts to raise replacement capital to permit repayment of the securities through the issuance of certain qualifying capital securities.
 
Issuance costs associated with the issuance of the securities of $5 million and $8 million were incurred during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These issuance costs have been capitalized, are


F-157


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
included in other assets, and are amortized over the period from the issuance date until the scheduled redemption date of the respective issuances. Interest expense on outstanding junior subordinated debt securities was $258 million, $231 million and $186 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Junior Subordinated Debt Securities Underlying Common Equity Units
 
In June 2005, the Holding Company issued $1,067 million 4.82% Series A and $1,067 million 4.91% Series B junior subordinated debt securities due no later than February 2039 and February 2040, respectively, for a total of $2,134 million, in exchange for $64 million in trust common securities of MetLife Capital Trust II (“Series A Trust”) and MetLife Capital Trust III (“Series B Trust”) and, together with the Series A Trust, (the “Capital Trusts”), both subsidiary trusts of MetLife, Inc., and $2,070 million in aggregate cash proceeds from the sale by the subsidiary trusts of trust preferred securities, constituting part of the common equity units. The subsidiary trusts each issued $1,035 million of trust preferred securities and $32 million of trust common securities.
 
In August 2008, the Series A Trust was dissolved and $32 million of the Series A junior subordinated debt securities were returned to the Holding Company concurrently with the cancellation of the $32 million of trust common securities of the Series A Trust held by MetLife, Inc. Upon dissolution of the Series A Trust, the remaining $1,035 million of Series A junior subordinated debt securities were distributed to the holders of the trust preferred securities and such trust preferred securities were cancelled. In connection with the remarketing transaction in August 2008, the remaining $1,035 million of MetLife, Inc. Series A junior subordinated debt securities were modified, as permitted by their terms, to be 6.817% senior debt securities, Series A, due August 2018. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the remarketing. See also Notes 11, 14 and 18.
 
In February 2009, the Series B Trust was dissolved and $32 million of the Series B junior subordinated debt securities were returned to the Holding Company concurrently with the cancellation of the $32 million of trust common securities of the Series B Trust held by MetLife, Inc. Upon dissolution of the Series B Trust, the remaining $1,035 million of Series B junior subordinated debt securities were distributed to the holders of the trust preferred securities and such trust preferred securities were cancelled. In connection with the remarketing transaction in February 2009, the remaining $1,035 million of MetLife, Inc. Series B junior subordinated debt securities were modified, as permitted by their terms, to be 7.717% senior debt securities, Series B, due February 2019. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the remarketing. See also Notes 11, 14 and 18.
 
Interest expense on the junior subordinated debt securities underlying the common equity units was $6 million and $84 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. There was no interest expense on the junior subordinated debt securities underlying the common equity units for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
14.   Common Equity Units
 
Acquisition of ALICO
 
In connection with the financing of the Acquisition (see Note 2) in November 2010, MetLife, Inc. issued to ALICO Holdings 40.0 million Equity Units with an aggregate stated amount at issuance of $3,000 million and an estimated fair value of $3,189 million. Each Equity Unit has an initial stated amount of $75 per unit and initially consists of: (i) three Purchase Contracts, each of which obligates the holder to purchase, on a subsequent settlement date, a variable number of shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock, par value $0.01 per share, for a purchase price of $25 ($75 in the aggregate); and (ii) a 1 / 40 undivided beneficial ownership interest in each of three series of Debt Securities issued by MetLife, Inc., each series of Debt Securities having an aggregate principal amount of $1,000 million. Distributions on the Equity Units will be made quarterly, and will consist of contract payments on the Purchase Contracts and interest payments on the Debt Securities, at an aggregate annual rate of 5.00% of the stated amount at any time. The excess of the estimated fair value of the Equity Units over the estimated fair value of the Debt Securities (see Note 11), after accounting for the present value of future contract payments recorded in


F-158


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
other liabilities, results in a net decrease to additional paid-in capital of $69 million, representing the fair value of the Purchase Contracts discussed below.
 
The Equity Units, the Debt Securities and the common stock issuable upon settlement of the Purchase Contracts are subject to the terms of an investor rights agreement entered into among MetLife, Inc., AIG and ALICO Holdings, which grants to ALICO Holdings certain rights and sets forth certain agreements with respect to ALICO Holdings’ ownership, voting and transfer of the shares, including minimum holding periods, restrictions on the number of shares ALICO Holdings can sell at one time, its agreement to vote the common stock in the same proportion as the common stock voted by all other holders and its agreement not to seek control or influence the Company’s management or Board of Directors. The Equity Units are not listed on any exchange or inter-dealer quotation system. The Equity Units have been pledged to secure certain indemnification obligations of ALICO Holdings under the Stock Purchase Agreement. See Note 2.
 
Purchase Contracts
 
Settlement of the Purchase Contracts of each series will occur upon the successful remarketing of the related series of Debt Securities, or upon a final failed remarketing of the related series, as described below under “— Debt Securities.” On each settlement date subsequent to a successful remarketing, the holder will pay $25 per Equity Unit and MetLife, Inc. will issue to such holder a variable number of shares of its common stock in settlement of the applicable Purchase Contract. The number of shares to be issued will depend on the average of the daily volume-weighted average prices of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock during the 20 trading day periods ending on, and including, the third day prior to the initial scheduled settlement date for each series of Purchase Contracts. The initially-scheduled settlement dates are October 10, 2012 for the Series C Purchase Contracts, September 11, 2013 for the Series D Purchase Contracts and October 8, 2014 for the Series E Purchase Contracts. If the average value of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock as calculated pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement during the applicable 20 trading day period is less than or equal to $35.42, as such amount may be adjusted (the “Reference Price”), the number of shares to be issued in settlement of the Purchase Contract will equal $25 divided by the Reference Price, as calculated pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Maximum Settlement Rate”). If the market value of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock is greater than or equal to $44.275, as such amount may be adjusted (the “Threshold Appreciation Price”), the number of shares to be issued in settlement of the Purchase Contract will equal $25 divided by the Threshold Appreciation Price, as so calculated (the “Minimum Settlement Rate”). If the market value of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock is greater than the Reference Price and less than the Threshold Appreciation Price, the number of shares to be issued will equal $25 divided by the applicable market value, as so calculated. In the event of an unsuccessful remarketing of any series of Debt Securities and the postponement of settlement to a later date, the average market value used to calculate the settlement rate for a particular series will not be recalculated, although certain corporate events may require adjustments to the settlement rate. After settlement of all the Purchase Contracts, MetLife, Inc. will receive proceeds of $3,000 million and issue between 67.8 million and 84.7 million shares of its common stock, subject to certain adjustments. The holder of an Equity Unit may, at its option, settle the related Purchase Contracts before the applicable settlement date. However, upon early settlement, the holder will receive the Minimum Settlement Rate.
 
Distributions on the Purchase Contracts will be made quarterly at an average annual rate of 3.02%. The value of the Purchase Contracts at issuance of $247 million was calculated as the present value of the future contract payments and was recorded in other liabilities with an offsetting decrease in additional paid-in capital. The other liabilities balance will be reduced as contract payments are made. For the year ended December 31, 2010, no contract payments were made.
 
Debt Securities
 
The Debt Securities are senior, unsecured notes of MetLife, Inc. which, in the aggregate, pay quarterly distributions at an initial average annual rate of 1.98% and are included in long-term debt (see Note 11 for further


F-159


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
discussion of terms). The Debt Securities will be initially pledged as collateral to secure the obligations of each Equity Unit holder under the related Purchase Contracts. Each series of the Debt Securities will be subject to a remarketing and sold on behalf of participating holders to investors. The proceeds of a remarketing, net of any related fees, will be applied on behalf of participating holders who so elect to settle any obligation of the holder to pay cash under the related Purchase Contract on the applicable settlement dates. The initially-scheduled remarketing dates are October 10, 2012 for the Series C Debt Securities, September 11, 2013 for the Series D Debt Securities and October 8, 2014 for the Series E Debt Securities, subject to delay if there are one or more unsuccessful remarketings. If the initial attempted remarketing of a series is unsuccessful, up to two additional remarketing attempts will occur. At the remarketing date, the remarketing agent may reset the interest rate on the Debt Securities, subject to a reset cap for each of the first two attempted remarketings of each series. If a remarketing is successful, the reset rate will apply to all outstanding Debt Securities of the applicable tranche of the remarketed series, whether or not the holder participated in the remarketing and will become effective on the settlement date of such remarketing. If the first remarketing attempt with respect to a series is unsuccessful, the applicable Purchase Contract settlement date will be delayed for three calendar months, at which time a second remarketing attempt will occur in connection with settlement. If the second remarketing attempt is unsuccessful, one additional delay may occur on the same basis. If both additional remarketing attempts are unsuccessful, a “final failed remarketing” will have occurred, and the interest rate on such series of Debt Securities will not be reset and the holder may put such series of Debt Securities to MetLife, Inc. at a price equal to its principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and apply the principal amount against the holder’s obligations under the related Purchase Contract.
 
Earnings Per Common Share
 
The treasury stock method is used to determine the potential dilution of the Purchase Contracts on earnings per common share. There was no dilution associated with the Purchase Contracts for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Acquisition of The Travelers Insurance Company
 
In connection with financing the acquisition of The Travelers Insurance Company on July 1, 2005, the Holding Company distributed and sold 82.8 million 6.375% common equity units for $2,070 million in proceeds in a registered public offering on June 21, 2005. The common equity units consisted of interests in trust preferred securities issued by MetLife Capital Trusts II and III, and stock purchase contracts issued by the Holding Company. The only assets of MetLife Capital Trusts II and III were junior subordinated debt securities issued by the Holding Company. The common equity units ceased to exist upon the closing of the remarketing of the underlying debt instruments and the settlement of the stock purchase contracts in August 2008 and February 2009. See Notes 13 and 18.


F-160


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
15.   Income Tax
 
The provision for income tax from continuing operations was as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ 141     $ (231 )   $ (35 )
State and local
    21       12       10  
Foreign
    203       236       623  
                         
Subtotal
    365       17       598  
                         
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    670       (2,135 )     1,056  
State and local
    (7 )     26       (6 )
Foreign
    153       77       (68 )
                         
Subtotal
    816       (2,032 )     982  
                         
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
  $ 1,181     $ (2,015 )   $ 1,580  
                         
 
The reconciliation of the income tax provision at the U.S. statutory rate to the provision for income tax as reported for continuing operations was as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Tax provision at U.S. statutory rate
  $ 1,385     $ (1,517 )   $ 1,771  
Tax effect of:
                       
Tax-exempt investment income
    (242 )     (288 )     (254 )
State and local income tax
    9       17       2  
Prior year tax
    59       (26 )     53  
Tax credits
    (82 )     (87 )     (58 )
Foreign tax rate differential and change in valuation allowance
    26       (118 )     65  
Other, net
    26       4       1  
                         
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
  $ 1,181     $ (2,015 )   $ 1,580  
                         


F-161


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Deferred income tax represents the tax effect of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Net deferred income tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Deferred income tax assets:
               
Policyholder liabilities and receivables
  $ 5,169     $ 3,929  
Net operating loss carryforwards
    1,400       871  
Employee benefits
    664       661  
Capital loss carryforwards
    408       551  
Tax credit carryforwards
    459       401  
Net unrealized investment losses
          816  
Litigation-related and government mandated
    227       240  
Other
    331       276  
                 
      8,658       7,745  
Less: Valuation allowance
    261       217  
                 
      8,397       7,528  
                 
Deferred income tax liabilities:
               
Investments, including derivatives
    1,253       1,434  
Intangibles
    3,068       334  
Net unrealized investment gains
    1,490        
DAC
    4,342       4,439  
Other
    125       93  
                 
      10,278       6,300  
                 
Net deferred income tax asset (liability)
  $ (1,881 )   $ 1,228  
                 
 
Domestic net operating loss carryforwards of $2,181 million at December 31, 2010 will expire beginning in 2020. State net operating loss carryforwards of $123 million at December 31, 2010 will expire beginning in 2011. Foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $2,132 million at December 31, 2010 were generated in various foreign countries with expiration periods of five years to indefinite expiration. Domestic capital loss carryforwards of $1,130 million at December 31, 2010 will expire beginning in 2011. Foreign capital loss carryforwards of $35 million at December 31, 2010 will expire beginning in 2014. Tax credit carryforwards were $459 million at December 31, 2010.
 
The Company has recorded a valuation allowance related to tax benefits of certain state and foreign net operating and capital loss carryforwards and certain foreign unrealized losses. The valuation allowance reflects management’s assessment, based on available information, that it is more likely than not that the deferred income tax asset for certain foreign net operating and capital loss carryforwards and certain foreign unrealized losses will not be realized. The tax benefit will be recognized when management believes that it is more likely than not that these deferred income tax assets are realizable. In 2010, the Company recorded an overall increase to the deferred tax valuation allowance of $44 million, comprised of a decrease of $2 million related to certain foreign unrealized losses, an increase of $18 million related to certain foreign capital loss carryforwards, an increase of $28 million related to certain state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards.
 
The Company has not provided U.S. deferred taxes on cumulative earnings of certain non-U.S. affiliates and associated companies that have been reinvested indefinitely. These earnings relate to ongoing operations and have


F-162


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
been reinvested in active non-U.S. business operations. The Company does not intend to repatriate these earnings to fund U.S. operations. Deferred taxes are provided for earnings of non-U.S. affiliates and associated companies when the Company plans to remit those earnings. At December 31, 2010, the Company has not made a provision for U.S. taxes on approximately $1,045 million of the excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of investments in foreign subsidiaries that are essentially permanent in duration. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of deferred tax liability related to investments in these foreign subsidiaries.
 
The Company files income tax returns with the U.S. federal government and various state and local jurisdictions, as well as foreign jurisdictions. The Company is under continuous examination by the IRS and other tax authorities in jurisdictions in which the Company has significant business operations. The income tax years under examination vary by jurisdiction. With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or foreign income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2000. In early 2009, the Company and the IRS completed and substantially settled the audit years of 2000 to 2002. A few issues not settled have been escalated to the next level, IRS Appeals. In April 2010, the IRS exam of the current audit cycle, years 2003 to 2006 began.
 
The Company’s liability for unrecognized tax benefits may decrease in the next 12 months pending the outcome of remaining issues, tax-exempt income and tax credits associated with the 2000 to 2002 IRS audit. A reasonable estimate of the decrease cannot be made at this time. However, the Company continues to believe that the ultimate resolution of the issues will not result in a material change to its consolidated financial statements, although the resolution of income tax matters could impact the Company’s effective tax rate for a particular future period.
 
The Company classifies interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense, included within other expenses, while penalties are included in income tax expense.
 
At December 31, 2010, the Company’s total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $810 million and the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized, was $536 million. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits increased by $37 million from December 31, 2009 primarily due to increases for tax positions of prior years offset by reductions for tax positions of prior years and settlements reached with the IRS. The increases for tax positions of prior years included $169 million from the acquisition of American Life. Settlements with tax authorities amounted to $59 million, all of which was reclassified to current and deferred income tax payable, as applicable, with $3 million paid in 2010.
 
At December 31, 2009, the Company’s total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $773 million and the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized, was $583 million. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits increased by $7 million from December 31, 2008 primarily due to additions for tax positions of the current and prior years offset by settlements reached with the IRS. Settlements with tax authorities amounted to $46 million, of which $44 million was reclassified to current income tax payable and paid in 2009 and $2 million reduced current income tax expense.
 
At December 31, 2008, the Company’s total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $766 million and the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized, was $567 million. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits decreased by $74 million from December 31, 2007 primarily due to settlements reached with the IRS with respect to certain significant issues involving demutualization, leasing and tax credits offset by additions for tax positions of the current year. As a result of the settlements, items within the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, in the amount of $153 million, were reclassified to current and deferred income tax payable, as applicable, of which $20 million was paid in 2008 and $133 million was paid in 2009.


F-163


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits was as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 773     $ 766     $ 840  
Additions for tax positions of prior years
    186       43       11  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
    (84 )     (33 )     (51 )
Additions for tax positions of current year
    13       52       147  
Reductions for tax positions of current year
    (8 )     (9 )     (22 )
Settlements with tax authorities
    (59 )     (46 )     (153 )
Lapses of statutes of limitations
    (11 )           (6 )
                         
Balance at December 31,
  $ 810     $ 773     $ 766  
                         
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized $39 million in interest expense associated with the liability for unrecognized tax benefits. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $221 million of accrued interest associated with the liability for unrecognized tax benefits. The $23 million increase from December 31, 2009 in accrued interest associated with the liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulted primarily from an increase of $20 million from the acquisition of American Life, along with an increase of $39 million of interest expense and a $36 million decrease primarily resulting from the aforementioned IRS settlements. Of the $36 million decrease, $18 million has been reclassified to current income tax payable, of which $2 million was paid in 2010. The remaining $18 million reduced interest expense.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized $44 million in interest expense associated with the liability for unrecognized tax benefits. At December 31, 2009, the Company had $198 million of accrued interest associated with the liability for unrecognized tax benefits. The $22 million increase from December 31, 2008 in accrued interest associated with the liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulted from an increase of $44 million of interest expense and a $22 million decrease primarily resulting from the aforementioned IRS settlements. Of the $22 million decrease, $20 million was reclassified to current income tax payable and was paid in 2009. The remaining $2 million reduced interest expense.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recognized $37 million in interest expense associated with the liability for unrecognized tax benefits. At December 31, 2008, the Company had $176 million of accrued interest associated with the liability for unrecognized tax benefits. The $42 million decrease from December 31, 2007 in accrued interest associated with the liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulted from an increase of $37 million of interest expense and a $79 million decrease primarily resulting from the aforementioned IRS settlements. Of the $79 million decrease, $78 million was reclassified to current income tax payable in 2008, with $7 million and $71 million paid in 2008 and 2009, respectively. The remaining $1 million reduced interest expense.
 
The U.S. Treasury Department and the IRS have indicated that they intend to address through regulations the methodology to be followed in determining the dividends received deduction (“DRD”), related to variable life insurance and annuity contracts. The DRD reduces the amount of dividend income subject to tax and is a significant component of the difference between the actual tax expense and expected amount determined using the federal statutory tax rate of 35%. Any regulations that the IRS ultimately proposes for issuance in this area will be subject to public notice and comment, at which time insurance companies and other interested parties will have the opportunity to raise legal and practical questions about the content, scope and application of such regulations. As a result, the ultimate timing and substance of any such regulations are unknown at this time. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized an income tax benefit of $87 million and $216 million, respectively, related to the separate account DRD. The 2010 benefit included an expense of $57 million related to a


F-164


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
true-up of the 2009 tax return. The 2009 benefit included a benefit of $33 million related to a true up of the 2008 tax return.
 
16.   Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees
 
Contingencies
 
Litigation
 
The Company is a defendant in a large number of litigation matters. In some of the matters, very large and/or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages, are sought. Modern pleading practice in the United States permits considerable variation in the assertion of monetary damages or other relief. Jurisdictions may permit claimants not to specify the monetary damages sought or may permit claimants to state only that the amount sought is sufficient to invoke the jurisdiction of the trial court. In addition, jurisdictions may permit plaintiffs to allege monetary damages in amounts well exceeding reasonably possible verdicts in the jurisdiction for similar matters. This variability in pleadings, together with the actual experience of the Company in litigating or resolving through settlement numerous claims over an extended period of time, demonstrates to management that the monetary relief which may be specified in a lawsuit or claim bears little relevance to its merits or disposition value.
 
Due to the vagaries of litigation, the outcome of a litigation matter and the amount or range of potential loss at particular points in time may normally be difficult to ascertain. Uncertainties can include how fact finders will evaluate documentary evidence and the credibility and effectiveness of witness testimony, and how trial and appellate courts will apply the law in the context of the pleadings or evidence presented, whether by motion practice, or at trial or on appeal. Disposition valuations are also subject to the uncertainty of how opposing parties and their counsel will themselves view the relevant evidence and applicable law.
 
On a quarterly and annual basis, the Company reviews relevant information with respect to litigation and contingencies to be reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The review includes senior legal and financial personnel. Estimates of possible losses or ranges of loss for particular matters cannot in the ordinary course be made with a reasonable degree of certainty. Liabilities are established when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Liabilities have been established for a number of the matters noted below. It is possible that some of the matters could require the Company to pay damages or make other expenditures or establish accruals in amounts that could not be estimated at December 31, 2010.
 
Asbestos-Related Claims
 
MLIC is and has been a defendant in a large number of asbestos-related suits filed primarily in state courts. These suits principally allege that the plaintiff or plaintiffs suffered personal injury resulting from exposure to asbestos and seek both actual and punitive damages. MLIC has never engaged in the business of manufacturing, producing, distributing or selling asbestos or asbestos-containing products nor has MLIC issued liability or workers’ compensation insurance to companies in the business of manufacturing, producing, distributing or selling asbestos or asbestos-containing products. The lawsuits principally have focused on allegations with respect to certain research, publication and other activities of one or more of MLIC’s employees during the period from the 1920’s through approximately the 1950’s and allege that MLIC learned or should have learned of certain health risks posed by asbestos and, among other things, improperly publicized or failed to disclose those health risks. MLIC believes that it should not have legal liability in these cases. The outcome of most asbestos litigation matters, however, is uncertain and can be impacted by numerous variables, including differences in legal rulings in various jurisdictions, the nature of the alleged injury and factors unrelated to the ultimate legal merit of the claims asserted against MLIC. MLIC employs a number of resolution strategies to manage its asbestos loss exposure, including seeking resolution of pending litigation by judicial rulings and settling individual or groups of claims or lawsuits under appropriate circumstances.


F-165


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Claims asserted against MLIC have included negligence, intentional tort and conspiracy concerning the health risks associated with asbestos. MLIC’s defenses (beyond denial of certain factual allegations) include that: (i) MLIC owed no duty to the plaintiffs— it had no special relationship with the plaintiffs and did not manufacture, produce, distribute or sell the asbestos products that allegedly injured plaintiffs; (ii) plaintiffs did not rely on any actions of MLIC; (iii) MLIC’s conduct was not the cause of the plaintiffs’ injuries; (iv) plaintiffs’ exposure occurred after the dangers of asbestos were known; and (v) the applicable time with respect to filing suit has expired. During the course of the litigation, certain trial courts have granted motions dismissing claims against MLIC, while other trial courts have denied MLIC’s motions to dismiss. There can be no assurance that MLIC will receive favorable decisions on motions in the future. While most cases brought to date have settled, MLIC intends to continue to defend aggressively against claims based on asbestos exposure, including defending claims at trials.
 
The approximate total number of asbestos personal injury claims pending against MLIC as of the dates indicated, the approximate number of new claims during the years ended on those dates and the approximate total settlement payments made to resolve asbestos personal injury claims at or during those years are set forth in the following table:
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions, except number of claims)  
 
Asbestos personal injury claims at year end
    68,513       68,804       74,027  
Number of new claims during the year
    5,670       3,910       5,063  
Settlement payments during the year (1)
  $ 34.9     $ 37.6     $ 99.0  
 
 
(1) Settlement payments represent payments made by MLIC during the year in connection with settlements made in that year and in prior years. Amounts do not include MLIC’s attorneys’ fees and expenses and do not reflect amounts received from insurance carriers.
 
In 2007, MLIC received approximately 7,161 new claims, ending the year with a total of approximately 79,717 claims, and paid approximately $28.2 million for settlements reached in 2007 and prior years. In 2006, MLIC received approximately 7,870 new claims, ending the year with a total of approximately 87,070 claims, and paid approximately $35.5 million for settlements reached in 2006 and prior years. In 2005, MLIC received approximately 18,500 new claims, ending the year with a total of approximately 100,250 claims, and paid approximately $74.3 million for settlements reached in 2005 and prior years. In 2004, MLIC received approximately 23,900 new claims, ending the year with a total of approximately 108,000 claims, and paid approximately $85.5 million for settlements reached in 2004 and prior years. In 2003, MLIC received approximately 58,750 new claims, ending the year with a total of approximately 111,700 claims, and paid approximately $84.2 million for settlements reached in 2003 and prior years. The number of asbestos cases that may be brought, the aggregate amount of any liability that MLIC may incur, and the total amount paid in settlements in any given year are uncertain and may vary significantly from year to year.
 
The ability of MLIC to estimate its ultimate asbestos exposure is subject to considerable uncertainty, and the conditions impacting its liability can be dynamic and subject to change. The availability of reliable data is limited and it is difficult to predict with any certainty the numerous variables that can affect liability estimates, including the number of future claims, the cost to resolve claims, the disease mix and severity of disease in pending and future claims, the impact of the number of new claims filed in a particular jurisdiction and variations in the law in the jurisdictions in which claims are filed, the possible impact of tort reform efforts, the willingness of courts to allow plaintiffs to pursue claims against MLIC when exposure to asbestos took place after the dangers of asbestos exposure were well known, and the impact of any possible future adverse verdicts and their amounts.
 
The ability to make estimates regarding ultimate asbestos exposure declines significantly as the estimates relate to years further in the future. In the Company’s judgment, there is a future point after which losses cease to be probable and reasonably estimable. It is reasonably possible that the Company’s total exposure to asbestos claims


F-166


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
may be materially greater than the asbestos liability currently accrued and that future charges to income may be necessary. While the potential future charges could be material in the particular quarterly or annual periods in which they are recorded, based on information currently known by management, management does not believe any such charges are likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position.
 
During 1998, MLIC paid $878 million in premiums for excess insurance policies for asbestos-related claims. The excess insurance policies for asbestos-related claims provided for recovery of losses up to $1.5 billion in excess of a $400 million self-insured retention. The Company’s initial option to commute the excess insurance policies for asbestos-related claims would have arisen at the end of 2008. On September 29, 2008, MLIC entered into agreements commuting the excess insurance policies at September 30, 2008. As a result of the commutation of the policies, MLIC received cash and securities totaling $632 million. Of this total, MLIC received $115 million in fixed maturity securities on September 26, 2008, $200 million in cash on October 29, 2008, and $317 million in cash on January 29, 2009. MLIC recognized a loss on commutation of the policies in the amount of $35.3 million during 2008.
 
In the years prior to commutation, the excess insurance policies for asbestos-related claims were subject to annual and per claim sublimits. Amounts exceeding the sublimits during 2007, 2006 and 2005 were approximately $16 million, $8 million and $0, respectively. Amounts were recoverable under the policies annually with respect to claims paid during the prior calendar year. Each asbestos-related policy contained an experience fund and a reference fund that provided for payments to MLIC at the commutation date if the reference fund was greater than zero at commutation or pro rata reductions from time to time in the loss reimbursements to MLIC if the cumulative return on the reference fund was less than the return specified in the experience fund. The return in the reference fund was tied to performance of the S&P 500 Index and the Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index. A claim with respect to the prior year was made under the excess insurance policies in each year from 2003 through 2008 for the amounts paid with respect to asbestos litigation in excess of the retention. The foregone loss reimbursements were approximately $62.2 million with respect to claims for the period of 2002 through 2007. Because the policies were commuted at September 30, 2008, there will be no claims under the policies or forgone loss reimbursements with respect to payments made in 2008 and thereafter.
 
The Company believes adequate provision has been made in its consolidated financial statements for all probable and reasonably estimable losses for asbestos-related claims. MLIC’s recorded asbestos liability is based on its estimation of the following elements, as informed by the facts presently known to it, its understanding of current law and its past experiences: (i) the probable and reasonably estimable liability for asbestos claims already asserted against MLIC, including claims settled but not yet paid; (ii) the probable and reasonably estimable liability for asbestos claims not yet asserted against MLIC, but which MLIC believes are reasonably probable of assertion; and (iii) the legal defense costs associated with the foregoing claims. Significant assumptions underlying MLIC’s analysis of the adequacy of its recorded liability with respect to asbestos litigation include: (i) the number of future claims; (ii) the cost to resolve claims; and (iii) the cost to defend claims.
 
MLIC reevaluates on a quarterly and annual basis its exposure from asbestos litigation, including studying its claims experience, reviewing external literature regarding asbestos claims experience in the United States, assessing relevant trends impacting asbestos liability and considering numerous variables that can affect its asbestos liability exposure on an overall or per claim basis. These variables include bankruptcies of other companies involved in asbestos litigation, legislative and judicial developments, the number of pending claims involving serious disease, the number of new claims filed against it and other defendants and the jurisdictions in which claims are pending. As previously disclosed, in 2002 MLIC increased its recorded liability for asbestos-related claims by $402 million from approximately $820 million to $1,225 million. Based upon its regular reevaluation of its exposure from asbestos litigation, MLIC has updated its liability analysis for asbestos-related claims through December 31, 2010.


F-167


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Regulatory Matters
 
The Company receives and responds to subpoenas or other inquiries from state regulators, including state insurance commissioners; state attorneys general or other state governmental authorities; federal regulators, including the SEC; federal governmental authorities, including congressional committees; and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) seeking a broad range of information. The issues involved in information requests and regulatory matters vary widely. The Company cooperates in these inquiries.
 
Attorneys general from 50 states and several state banking and mortgage regulators announced a multistate joint investigation of mortgage servicers to determine whether inaccurate affidavits or other documents were submitted in support of foreclosure proceedings. MetLife Bank, and specifically its mortgage servicing department within MetLife Home Loans, received requests for information from some of these state attorneys general and other regulators. Also, the Acting Comptroller of the Currency disclosed in testimony before Congress that 14 mortgage servicing businesses affiliated with banking organizations, including that of MetLife Bank, have been the subject of an intra-agency confidential “horizontal examination” of mortgage servicing and foreclosure activities. The Acting Comptroller also testified that federal banking regulators expect to issue administrative enforcement orders to such businesses and to seek civil money penalties. The Acting Comptroller’s testimony also indicated that other federal agencies, including the Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission, were examining potential actions with respect to such businesses. MetLife is cooperating with its regulators in connection with their review of these matters but cannot predict the outcome of these matters. It is possible that additional state or federal regulators or legislative bodies may pursue similar investigations or make related inquiries. Management believes that the Company’s financial statements as a whole will not be materially affected by the MetLife Bank regulatory matters.
 
United States of America v. EME Homer City Generation, L.P., et al. (W.D. Pa., filed January 4, 2011).   On January 4, 2011, the United States commenced a civil action in United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania against EME Homer City Generation L.P. (“EME Homer City”), Homer City OL6 LLC, and other defendants regarding the operations of the Homer City Generating Station, an electricity generating facility. Homer City OL6 LLC, an entity owned by MLIC, is a passive investor with a noncontrolling interest in the electricity generating facility, which is solely operated by the lessee, EME Homer City. The complaint seeks injunctive relief and assessment of civil penalties for alleged violations of the federal Clean Air Act and Pennsylvania’s State Implementation Plan. The alleged violations were the subject of Notices of Violations (“NOVs”) that the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) issued to EME Homer City, Homer City OL6 LLC, and others in June 2008 and May 2010. On January 7, 2011, the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania granted the motion by the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection and the State of New York to intervene in the lawsuit as additional plaintiffs. On January 7, 2011, two plaintiffs filed a putative class action titled Scott Jackson and Maria Jackson v. EME Homer City Generation L.P., et. al. in the United States District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania on behalf of a putative class of persons who have allegedly incurred damage to their persons and/or property because of the violations alleged in the action brought by the United States. Homer City OL6 LLC is a defendant in this action. EME Homer City has acknowledged its obligation to indemnify Homer City OL6 LLC for any claims relating to the NOVs.
 
In the Matter of Chemform, Inc. Site, Pompano Beach, Broward County, Florida.   In July 2010, the EPA advised MLIC that it believed payments were due under two settlement agreements, known as “Administrative Orders on Consent,” that New England Mutual Life Insurance Company (“New England Mutual”) signed in 1989 and 1992 with respect to the cleanup of a Superfund site in Florida (the “Chemform Site”). The EPA originally contacted MLIC (as successor to New England Mutual) and a third party in 2001, and advised that they owed additional clean-up costs for the Chemform Site. The matter was not resolved at that time. The EPA is requesting payment of an amount under $1 million from MLIC and a third party for past costs and for future environmental testing costs at the Chemform Site.
 
Regulatory authorities in a small number of states and FINRA, and occasionally the SEC, have had investigations or inquiries relating to sales of individual life insurance policies or annuities or other products


F-168


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
by MLIC, MICC, New England Life Insurance Company and GALIC, and the four Company broker-dealers, which are MetLife Securities, Inc. (“MSI”), New England Securities Corporation, Walnut Street Securities, Inc. and Tower Square Securities, Inc. These investigations often focus on the conduct of particular financial services representatives and the sale of unregistered or unsuitable products or the misuse of client assets. Over the past several years, these and a number of investigations by other regulatory authorities were resolved for monetary payments and certain other relief, including restitution payments. The Company may continue to resolve investigations in a similar manner. The Company believes adequate provision has been made in its consolidated financial statements for all probable and reasonably estimable losses for these sales practices-related investigations or inquiries.
 
Retained Asset Account Matters
 
The New York Attorney General announced on July 29, 2010 that his office had launched a major fraud investigation into the life insurance industry for practices related to the use of retained asset accounts as a settlement option for death benefits and that subpoenas requesting comprehensive data related to retained asset accounts had been served on MetLife and other insurance carriers. The Company received the subpoena on July 30, 2010. The Company also has received requests for documents and information from U.S. congressional committees and members as well as various state regulatory bodies, including the New York Insurance Department. It is possible that other state and federal regulators or legislative bodies may pursue similar investigations or make related inquiries. Management cannot predict what effect any such investigations might have on the Company’s earnings or the availability of the Company’s retained asset account known as the Total Control Account (“TCA”), but management believes that the Company’s consolidated financial statements taken as a whole would not be materially affected. Management believes that any allegations that information about the TCA is not adequately disclosed or that the accounts are fraudulent or otherwise violate state or federal laws are without merit.
 
MLIC is a defendant in lawsuits related to the TCA. The lawsuits include claims of breach of contract, breach of a common law fiduciary duty or a quasi-fiduciary duty such as a confidential or special relationship, or breach of a fiduciary duty under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”).
 
Clark, et al. v. Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (D. Nev., filed March 28, 2008).   This putative class action lawsuit alleges breach of contract and breach of a common law fiduciary and/or quasi-fiduciary duty arising from use of the TCA to pay life insurance policy death benefits. As damages, plaintiffs seek disgorgement of the difference between the interest paid to the account holders and the investment earnings on the assets backing the accounts. In March 2009, the court granted in part and denied in part MLIC’s motion to dismiss, dismissing the fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment claims but allowing a breach of contract claim and a special or confidential relationship claim to go forward. On September 9, 2010, the court granted MLIC’s motion for summary judgment. On September 20, 2010, plaintiff filed a Notice of Appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.
 
Faber, et al. v. Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (S.D.N.Y., filed December 4, 2008).   This putative class action lawsuit alleges that MLIC’s use of the TCA as the settlement option under group life insurance policies violates MLIC’s fiduciary duties under ERISA. As damages, plaintiffs seek disgorgement of the difference between the interest paid to the account holders and the investment earnings on the assets backing the accounts. On October 23, 2009, the court granted MLIC’s motion to dismiss with prejudice. On November 24, 2009, plaintiffs filed a Notice of Appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.
 
Keife, et al. v. Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (D. Nev., filed in state court on July 30, 2010 and removed to federal court on September 7, 2010). This putative class action lawsuit raises a breach of contract claim arising from MLIC’s use of the TCA to pay life insurance benefits under the Federal Employees’ Group Life Insurance program. As damages, plaintiffs seek disgorgement of the difference between the interest paid to the account holders and the investment earnings on the assets backing the accounts. In September 2010, plaintiffs filed a motion for class certification of the breach of contract claim, which the court has stayed. On November 22, 2010, MLIC filed a motion to dismiss.


F-169


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Other U.S. Litigation
 
Travelers Ins. Co., et al. v. Banc of America Securities LLC (S.D.N.Y., filed December 13, 2001).   On January 6, 2009, after a jury trial , the district court entered a judgment in favor of The Travelers Insurance Company, now known as MICC, in the amount of approximately $42 million in connection with securities and common law claims against the defendant. On May 14, 2009, the district court issued an opinion and order denying the defendant’s post judgment motion seeking a judgment in its favor or, in the alternative, a new trial. On July 20, 2010, the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit issued an order affirming the district court’s judgment in favor of MICC and the district court’s order denying defendant’s post-trial motions. On October 14, 2010, the Second Circuit issued an order denying defendant’s petition for rehearing of its appeal. On October 20, 2010, the defendant paid MICC approximately $42 million, which represents the judgment amount due to MICC. This lawsuit is now fully resolved.
 
Roberts, et al. v. Tishman Speyer Properties, et al. (Sup. Ct., N.Y. County, filed January 22, 2007) . This lawsuit was filed by a putative class of market rate tenants at Stuyvesant Town and Peter Cooper Village against parties including Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company (“MTL”) and Metropolitan Insurance and Annuity Company. Metropolitan Insurance and Annuity Company has merged into MTL and no longer exists as a separate entity. These tenants claim that MTL, as former owner, and the current owner improperly deregulated apartments while receiving J-51 tax abatements. The lawsuit seeks declaratory relief and damages for rent overcharges. Although the tenants allege over $200 million in damages in the complaint, MTL strongly disputes the tenants’ damages amounts. In October 2009, the New York State Court of Appeals issued an opinion denying MTL’s motion to dismiss the complaint. The lawsuit has returned to the trial court where MTL continues to vigorously defend against the claims. The Company believes adequate provision has been made in its consolidated financial statements for all probable and reasonably estimable losses for this lawsuit. It is reasonably possible that the Company’s total exposure may be greater than the liability currently accrued and that future charges to income may be necessary. Management believes that the Company’s financial statements as a whole will not be materially affected by any such future charges.
 
Thomas, et al. v. Metropolitan Life Ins. Co., et al. (W.D. Okla., filed January 31, 2007).   A putative class action complaint was filed against MLIC and MSI. Plaintiffs asserted legal theories of violations of the federal securities laws and violations of state laws with respect to the sale of certain proprietary products by the Company’s agency distribution group. Plaintiffs sought rescission, compensatory damages, interest, punitive damages and attorneys’ fees and expenses. In August 2009, the district court granted defendants’ motion for summary judgment. On February 2, 2011, the United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit affirmed the judgment of the district court granting MLIC’s and MSI’s summary judgment motion.
 
Sales Practices Claims.   Over the past several years, the Company has faced numerous claims, including class action lawsuits, alleging improper marketing or sales of individual life insurance policies, annuities, mutual funds or other products. Some of the current cases seek substantial damages, including punitive and treble damages and attorneys’ fees. The Company continues to vigorously defend against the claims in these matters. The Company believes adequate provision has been made in its consolidated financial statements for all probable and reasonably estimable losses for sales practices matters.
 
International Litigation
 
Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada v. Metropolitan Life Ins. Co. (Super. Ct., Ontario, October 2006).   In 2006, Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (“Sun Life”), as successor to the purchaser of MLIC’s Canadian operations, filed this lawsuit in Toronto, seeking a declaration that MLIC remains liable for “market conduct claims” related to certain individual life insurance policies sold by MLIC and that have been transferred to Sun Life. Sun Life had asked that the court require MLIC to indemnify Sun Life for these claims pursuant to indemnity provisions in the sale agreement for the sale of MLIC’s Canadian operations entered into in June of 1998. In January 2010, the court found that Sun Life had given timely notice of its claim for indemnification but, because it found


F-170


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
that Sun Life had not yet incurred an indemnifiable loss, granted MLIC’s motion for summary judgment. Both parties appealed. In September 2010, Sun Life notified MLIC that a purported class action lawsuit was filed against Sun Life in Toronto, Kang v. Sun Life Assurance Co. (Super. Ct., Ontario, September 2010) , alleging sales practices claims regarding the same individual policies sold by MLIC and transferred to Sun Life. Sun Life contends that MLIC is obligated to indemnify Sun Life for some or all of the claims in this lawsuit. MLIC is currently not a party to the Kang v. Sun Life lawsuit.
 
Italy Fund Redemption Suspension Complaints and Litigation.   As a result of suspension of withdrawals and diminution in value in certain funds offered within certain unit-linked policies sold by the Italian branch of Alico Life International, Ltd. (“ALIL”), a number of policyholders invested in those funds have either commenced or threatened litigation against ALIL, alleging misrepresentation, inadequate disclosures and other related claims. These policyholders contacted ALIL beginning in July 2009 alleging that the funds operated at variance to the published prospectus and that prospectus risk disclosures were allegedly wrong, unclear, and misleading. The limited number of lawsuits that have been filed to date have either been resolved or are proceeding through litigation. In March 2010, ALIL learned that the public prosecutor in Milan had opened a formal investigation into the actions of ALIL employees, as well as of employees of ALIL’s major distributor, based upon a policyholder complaint. The complaint filed by the policyholder has now been withdrawn. ALIL is cooperating with the Italian and Irish regulatory authorities, which have jurisdiction in connection with this matter. The Stock Purchase Agreement includes a provision pursuant to which the Holding Company and certain related parties may seek indemnification for liabilities in excess of an agreed upon amount arising out of certain specified policyholder claims and governmental investigations in connection with the above-mentioned unit-linked policies. See also “Indemnification Assets and Contingent Consideration” in Note 2.
 
Summary
 
Putative or certified class action litigation and other litigation and claims and assessments against the Company, in addition to those discussed previously and those otherwise provided for in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, have arisen in the course of the Company’s business, including, but not limited to, in connection with its activities as an insurer, mortgage lending bank, employer, investor, investment advisor and taxpayer. Further, state insurance regulatory authorities and other federal and state authorities regularly make inquiries and conduct investigations concerning the Company’s compliance with applicable insurance and other laws and regulations.
 
It is not possible to predict the ultimate outcome or provide reasonable ranges of potential losses of all pending investigations and legal proceedings. In some of the matters referred to previously, very large and/or indeterminate amounts, including punitive and treble damages, are sought. Although in light of these considerations it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain cases could have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial position, based on information currently known by the Company’s management, in its opinion, the outcomes of such pending investigations and legal proceedings are not likely to have such an effect. However, given the large and/or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these matters and the inherent unpredictability of litigation, it is possible that an adverse outcome in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated net income or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods.
 
Insolvency Assessments
 
Most of the jurisdictions in which the Company is admitted to transact business require insurers doing business within the jurisdiction to participate in guaranty associations, which are organized to pay contractual benefits owed pursuant to insurance policies issued by impaired, insolvent or failed insurers. These associations levy assessments, up to prescribed limits, on all member insurers in a particular state on the basis of the proportionate share of the premiums written by member insurers in the lines of business in which the impaired, insolvent or failed insurer engaged. Some states permit member insurers to recover assessments paid through full or partial premium tax


F-171


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
offsets. In addition, Japan has established a Policyholder Protection Commission as a contingency to protect policyholders against the insolvency of life insurance companies in Japan through assessments to companies licensed to provide life insurance.
 
Assets and liabilities held for insolvency assessments were as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Other Assets:
               
Premium tax offset for future undiscounted assessments
  $ 55     $ 54  
Premium tax offsets currently available for paid assessments
    8       9  
Receivable for reimbursement of paid assessments (1)
    6       4  
                 
    $ 69     $ 67  
                 
Other Liabilities:
               
Insolvency assessments
  $ 94     $ 86  
                 
 
 
(1) The Company holds a receivable from the seller of a prior acquisition in accordance with the purchase agreement.
 
Assessments levied against the Company were $4 million, $2 million and $2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Argentina
 
The Argentine economic, regulatory and legal environment, including interpretations of laws and regulations by regulators and courts, is uncertain. Potential legal or governmental actions related to pension reform, fiduciary responsibilities, performance guarantees and tax rulings could adversely affect the results of the Company.
 
In 2007, pension reform legislation in Argentina was enacted which relieved the Company of its obligation to provide death and disability policy coverages and resulted in the elimination of related insurance liabilities. The reform reinstituted the government’s pension plan system and allowed for pension participants to transfer their future contributions to the government pension plan system.
 
Although it no longer received compensation, the Company continued to be responsible for managing the funds of those participants that transferred to the government system. This change resulted in the establishment of a liability for future servicing obligations and the elimination of the Company’s obligations under death and disability policy coverages. During 2008, the future servicing obligation was reduced by $23 million, net of income tax, when information regarding the level of participation in the government pension plan became fully available.
 
In September 2008, the Argentine Supreme Court ruled against the validity of the 2002 Pesification Law enacted by the Argentine government. This ruling applied to certain social security pension annuity contractholders that had filed a lawsuit against the 2002 Pesification Law. The annuity contracts impacted by this ruling, which were deemed peso denominated under the 2002 Pesification Law, are now considered to be U.S. dollar denominated obligations of the Company. The applicable contingent liabilities were then adjusted and refined to be consistent with this ruling. The impact of the refinements resulting from the change in these contingent liabilities and the associated future policyholder benefits was an increase to net income of $34 million, net of income tax, during the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
In October 2008, the Argentine government announced its intention to nationalize private pensions and, in December 2008, the Argentine government nationalized the private pension system seizing the underlying investments of participants which were being managed by the Company. With this action, the Company’s


F-172


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
pension business in Argentina ceased to exist and the Company eliminated certain assets and liabilities held in connection with the pension business. Deferred acquisition costs, deferred tax assets, and liabilities — primarily the liability for future servicing obligation referred to above — were eliminated and the Company incurred severance costs associated with the termination of employees. The impact of the elimination of assets and liabilities and the incurral of severance costs was an increase to net income of $6 million, net of income tax, during the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
In March 2009, in light of market developments resulting from the Supreme Court ruling contrary to the Pesification Law and the implementation by the Company of a program to allow the contractholders that had not filed a lawsuit to convert to U.S. dollars the social security annuity contracts denominated in pesos by the Pesification Law, the Company further reduced the outstanding contingent liabilities by $108 million, net of income tax, which was partially offset by the establishment of contingent liabilities from the implementation of the program to convert these contracts to U.S. dollars of $13 million, net of income tax, resulting in a decrease to net loss of $95 million, net of income tax, for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Further governmental or legal actions are possible in Argentina. Such actions may impact the level of existing liabilities or may create additional obligations or benefits to the Company’s operations in Argentina. Management has made its best estimate of its obligations based upon information currently available; however, further governmental or legal actions could result in changes in obligations which could materially impact the amounts presented within the consolidated financial statements.
 
Commitments
 
Leases
 
In accordance with industry practice, certain of the Company’s income from lease agreements with retail tenants are contingent upon the level of the tenants’ revenues. Additionally, the Company, as lessee, has entered into various lease and sublease agreements for office space, information technology and other equipment. Future minimum rental and sublease income, and minimum gross rental payments relating to these lease agreements are as follows:
 
                         
            Gross
    Rental
  Sublease
  Rental
    Income   Income   Payments
    (In millions)
 
2011
  $ 444     $ 18     $ 366  
2012
  $ 375     $ 17     $ 280  
2013
  $ 331     $ 16     $ 237  
2014
  $ 286     $ 10     $ 167  
2015
  $ 236     $ 6     $ 136  
Thereafter
  $ 724     $ 44     $ 965  
 
During 2008, the Company moved certain of its operations in New York from Long Island City, Queens to Manhattan. As a result of this movement of operations and current market conditions, which precluded the Company’s immediate and complete sublet of all unused space in both Long Island City and Manhattan, the Company incurred a lease impairment charge of $38 million which is included within other expenses in Banking, Corporate & Other. The impairment charge was determined based upon the present value of the gross rental payments less sublease income discounted at a risk-adjusted rate over the remaining lease terms which range from 15-20 years. The Company has made assumptions with respect to the timing and amount of future sublease income in the determination of this impairment charge. During 2009, pending sublease deals were impacted by the further decline of market conditions, which resulted in an additional lease impairment charge of $52 million. See Note 19


F-173


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
for discussion of $28 million of such charges related to restructuring. Additional impairment charges could be incurred should market conditions deteriorate further or last for a period significantly longer than anticipated.
 
Commitments to Fund Partnership Investments
 
The Company makes commitments to fund partnership investments in the normal course of business. The amounts of these unfunded commitments were $3.8 billion and $4.1 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company anticipates that these amounts will be invested in partnerships over the next five years.
 
Mortgage Loan Commitments
 
The Company has issued interest rate lock commitments on certain residential mortgage loan applications totaling $2.5 billion and $2.7 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company intends to sell the majority of these originated residential mortgage loans. Interest rate lock commitments to fund mortgage loans that will be held-for-sale are considered derivatives and their estimated fair value and notional amounts are included within interest rate forwards in Note 4.
 
The Company also commits to lend funds under certain other mortgage loan commitments that will be held-for-investment. The amounts of these mortgage loan commitments were $3.8 billion and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Commitments to Fund Bank Credit Facilities, Bridge Loans and Private Corporate Bond Investments
 
The Company commits to lend funds under bank credit facilities, bridge loans and private corporate bond investments. The amounts of these unfunded commitments were $2.4 billion and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Guarantees
 
In the normal course of its business, the Company has provided certain indemnities, guarantees and commitments to third parties pursuant to which it may be required to make payments now or in the future. In the context of acquisition, disposition, investment and other transactions, the Company has provided indemnities and guarantees, including those related to tax, environmental and other specific liabilities and other indemnities and guarantees that are triggered by, among other things, breaches of representations, warranties or covenants provided by the Company. In addition, in the normal course of business, the Company provides indemnifications to counterparties in contracts with triggers similar to the foregoing, as well as for certain other liabilities, such as third-party lawsuits. These obligations are often subject to time limitations that vary in duration, including contractual limitations and those that arise by operation of law, such as applicable statutes of limitation. In some cases, the maximum potential obligation under the indemnities and guarantees is subject to a contractual limitation ranging from less than $1 million to $800 million, with a cumulative maximum of $1.6 billion, while in other cases such limitations are not specified or applicable. Since certain of these obligations are not subject to limitations, the Company does not believe that it is possible to determine the maximum potential amount that could become due under these guarantees in the future. Management believes that it is unlikely the Company will have to make any material payments under these indemnities, guarantees, or commitments.
 
In addition, the Company indemnifies its directors and officers as provided in its charters and by-laws. Also, the Company indemnifies its agents for liabilities incurred as a result of their representation of the Company’s interests. Since these indemnities are generally not subject to limitation with respect to duration or amount, the Company does not believe that it is possible to determine the maximum potential amount that could become due under these indemnities in the future.
 
The Company has also guaranteed minimum investment returns on certain international retirement funds in accordance with local laws. Since these guarantees are not subject to limitation with respect to duration or amount,


F-174


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
the Company does not believe that it is possible to determine the maximum potential amount that could become due under these guarantees in the future.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company did not record any additional liabilities for indemnities, guarantees and commitments. The Company’s recorded liabilities were $5 million at both December 31, 2010 and 2009, for indemnities, guarantees and commitments.
 
17.   Employee Benefit Plans
 
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
 
The Subsidiaries sponsor and/or administer various qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement employee benefit plans covering employees and sales representatives who meet specified eligibility requirements. Pension benefits are provided utilizing either a traditional formula or cash balance formula. The traditional formula provides benefits that are primarily based upon years of credited service and final average earnings. The cash balance formula primarily utilizes hypothetical or notional accounts which credit participants with benefits equal to a percentage of eligible pay, as well as earnings credits, determined annually based upon the average annual rate of interest on 30-year U.S. Treasury securities, for each account balance. At December 31, 2010, the majority of active participants were accruing benefits under the cash balance formula; however, approximately 90% of the Subsidiaries’ obligations result from benefits calculated with the traditional formula. The U.S. non-qualified pension plans provide supplemental benefits in excess of limits applicable to a qualified plan.
 
The Subsidiaries also provide certain postemployment benefits and certain postretirement medical and life insurance benefits for retired employees. Employees of the Subsidiaries who were hired prior to 2003 (or, in certain cases, rehired during or after 2003) and meet age and service criteria while working for one of the Subsidiaries may become eligible for these other postretirement benefits, at various levels, in accordance with the applicable plans. Virtually all retirees, or their beneficiaries, contribute a portion of the total costs of postretirement medical benefits. Employees hired after 2003 are not eligible for any employer subsidy for postretirement medical benefits.
 
In connection with the Acquisition, domestic American Life employees who became employees of certain Subsidiaries (including those who remained employees of companies acquired in the Acquisition) were credited with service recognized by AIG for purposes of determining eligibility under the pension plans with respect to benefits earned under the pension plans subsequent to the closing date of the Acquisition.
 
Additionally, in connection with the Acquisition, the Company acquired certain pension plans sponsored by American Life. As of the end of the year, these plans had liabilities of approximately $595 million and assets of approximately $97 million.
 
Measurement dates used for all of the Subsidiaries’ defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans correspond with the fiscal year ends of sponsoring Subsidiaries, which are December 31 for most Subsidiaries and November 30 for American Life.


F-175


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Obligations, Funded Status and Net Periodic Benefit Costs
 
                                 
          Other
 
    Pension
    Postretirement
 
    Benefits     Benefits  
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2010     2009  
          (In millions)        
 
Change in benefit obligations:
                               
Benefit obligations at beginning of year
  $ 6,649     $ 6,041     $ 1,847     $ 1,632  
Service costs
    180       170       17       22  
Interest costs
    399       395       113       125  
Plan participants’ contributions
                34       30  
Net actuarial (gains) losses
    271       421       73       351  
Acquisition, settlements and curtailments
    639       12              
Change in benefits
    1       (6 )     (80 )     (167 )
Prescription drug subsidy
                12       12  
Benefits paid
    (420 )     (384 )     (154 )     (158 )
Transfers
                (17 )      
                                 
Benefit obligations at end of year
    7,719       6,649       1,845       1,847  
                                 
Change in plan assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    5,770       5,559       1,121       1,011  
Actual return on plan assets
    716       525       102       137  
Acquisition and settlements
    97                    
Plan participants’ contributions
                34       2  
Employer contributions
    325       70       95       4  
Benefits paid
    (420 )     (384 )     (140 )     (33 )
Transfers
                (12 )      
                                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    6,488       5,770       1,200       1,121  
                                 
Funded status at end of year
  $ (1,231 )   $ (879 )   $ (645 )   $ (726 )
                                 
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:
                               
Other assets
  $ 112     $     $     $  
Other liabilities
    (1,343 )     (879 )     (645 )     (726 )
                                 
Net amount recognized
  $ (1,231 )   $ (879 )   $ (645 )   $ (726 )
                                 
Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss:
                               
Net actuarial losses
  $ 2,092     $ 2,267     $ 400     $ 388  
Prior service costs (credit)
    20       25       (285 )     (288 )
                                 
Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss
    2,112       2,292       115       100  
Deferred income tax (benefit)
    (738 )     (811 )     (40 )     (36 )
                                 
Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss, net of income tax
  $ 1,374     $ 1,481     $ 75     $ 64  
                                 


F-176


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
The aggregate projected benefit obligation and aggregate fair value of plan assets for the pension benefit plans were as follows:
 
                                                 
    Qualified Plans     Non-Qualified Plans     Total  
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2010     2009     2010     2009  
                (In millions)              
 
Aggregate fair value of plan assets
  $ 6,484     $ 5,770     $ 4     $     $ 6,488     $ 5,770  
Aggregate projected benefit obligations
    6,835       5,862       884       787       7,719       6,649  
                                                 
Over (under) funded
  $ (351 )   $ (92 )   $ (880 )   $ (787 )   $ (1,231 )   $ (879 )
                                                 
 
The accumulated benefit obligations for all defined benefit pension plans were $7,320 million and $6,321 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
The aggregate pension accumulated benefit obligation and aggregate fair value of plan assets for pension benefit plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets was as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions)  
 
Projected benefit obligations
  $ 1,436     $ 798  
Accumulated benefit obligations
  $ 1,307     $ 714  
Fair value of plan assets
  $ 106     $ 1  
 
Information for pension and other postretirement benefit plans with a projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets were as follows:
 
                                 
          Other
 
    Pension
    Postretirement
 
    Benefits     Benefits  
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2010     2009  
          (In millions)        
 
Projected benefit obligations
  $ 1,803     $ 6,580     $ 1,845     $ 1,847  
Fair value of plan assets
  $ 461     $ 5,700     $ 1,200     $ 1,121  
 
Net periodic pension costs and net periodic other postretirement benefit plan costs are comprised of the following:
 
  i)  Service Costs — Service costs are the increase in the projected (expected) pension benefit obligation resulting from benefits payable to employees of the Subsidiaries on service rendered during the current year.
 
  ii)  Interest Costs on the Liability — Interest costs are the time value adjustment on the projected (expected) pension benefit obligation at the end of each year.
 
  iii)  Settlement and Curtailment Costs — The aggregate amount of net gains (losses) recognized in net periodic benefit costs due to settlements and curtailments. Settlements result from actions that relieve/eliminate the plan’s responsibility for benefit obligations or risks associated with the obligations or assets used for the settlement. Curtailments result from an event that significantly reduces/eliminates plan participants’ expected years of future services or benefit accruals.
 
  iv)  Expected Return on Plan Assets — Expected return on plan assets is the assumed return earned by the accumulated pension and other postretirement fund assets in a particular year.


F-177


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
  v)  Amortization of Net Actuarial Gains (Losses) — Actuarial gains and losses result from differences between the actual experience and the expected experience on pension and other postretirement plan assets or projected (expected) pension benefit obligation during a particular period. These gains and losses are accumulated and, to the extent they exceed 10% of the greater of the PBO or the fair value of plan assets, the excess is amortized into pension and other postretirement benefit costs over the expected service years of the employees.
 
  vi)  Amortization of Prior Service Costs — These costs relate to the recognition of increases or decreases in pension and other postretirement benefit obligation due to amendments in plans or initiation of new plans. These increases or decreases in obligation are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at the time of the amendment. These costs are then amortized to pension and other postretirement benefit costs over the expected service years of the employees affected by the change.
 
The components of net periodic benefit costs and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:
 
                                                 
          Other
 
    Pension
    Postretirement
 
    Benefits     Benefits  
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2010     2009     2008  
                (In millions)              
 
Net Periodic Benefit Costs:
                                               
Service costs
  $ 180     $ 170     $ 164     $ 17     $ 22     $ 21  
Interest costs
    399       395       379       113       125       103  
Settlement and curtailment costs
    8       17             1              
Expected return on plan assets
    (450 )     (439 )     (517 )     (79 )     (72 )     (86 )
Amortization of net actuarial (gains) losses
    196       227       24       38       42       (1 )
Amortization of prior service costs (credit)
    7       10       15       (83 )     (36 )     (37 )
                                                 
Net periodic benefit costs
    340       380       65       7       81        
Net periodic benefit costs of subsidiary at date of disposal
                1                    
                                                 
Total net periodic benefit costs
    340       380       66       7       81        
                                                 
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):
                                               
Net actuarial (gains) losses
    22       310       1,561       50       283       259  
Prior service costs (credit)
    1       (10 )     (19 )     (80 )     (167 )     36  
Amortization of net actuarial gains (losses)
    (196 )     (227 )     (24 )     (38 )     (42 )     1  
Amortization of prior service (costs) credit
    (7 )     (10 )     (15 )     83       36       37  
                                                 
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)
    (180 )     63       1,503       15       110       333  
                                                 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit costs and other comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 160     $ 443     $ 1,569     $ 22     $ 191     $ 333  
                                                 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, included within other comprehensive income (loss) were other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations associated with pension benefits of ($180) million and other postretirement benefits of $15 million for an aggregate reduction in other comprehensive income (loss) of ($165) million before income tax and ($96) million, net of income tax.


F-178


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The estimated net actuarial (gains) losses and prior service costs (credit) for the pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit costs over the next year are $176 million and $5 million, respectively.
 
The estimated net actuarial (gains) losses and prior service costs (credit) for the defined benefit other postretirement benefit plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into net periodic benefit costs over the next year are $34 million and ($108) million, respectively.
 
The Medicare Modernization Act of 2003 created various subsidies for sponsors of retiree drug programs. Two common ways of providing subsidies were the Retiree Drug Subsidy (“RDS”) and Medicare Part D Prescription Drug Plans (“PDP”). From 2006 through 2010, the Company applied for and received the RDS each year. The RDS program provides the subsidy through cash payments made by Medicare to the Company, resulting in smaller net claims paid by the Company. A summary of the reduction to the APBO and the related reduction to the components of net periodic other postretirement benefits plan costs resulting from receipt of the RDS is presented below. As of January 1, 2011, as a result of changes made under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, the Company will no longer apply for the RDS. Instead it has joined PDP and will indirectly receive Medicare subsidies in the form of smaller gross benefit payments for prescription drug coverage.
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Cumulative reduction in other postretirement benefits obligations:
                       
Balance at January 1,
  $ 247     $ 317     $ 299  
Service costs
    3       2       5  
Interest costs
    16       16       20  
Net actuarial gains (losses)
    (255 )     (76 )     3  
Prescription drug subsidy
    (11 )     (12 )     (10 )
                         
Balance at December 31,
  $     $ 247     $ 317  
                         
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Reduction in net periodic other postretirement benefit costs:
                       
Service costs
  $ 3     $ 2     $ 5  
Interest costs
    16       16       20  
Amortization of net actuarial gains (losses)
    10       11        
                         
Total reduction in net periodic benefit costs
  $ 29     $ 29     $ 25  
                         
 
The Company received subsidies of $8 million, $12 million and $12 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.


F-179


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Assumptions
 
Assumptions used in determining benefit obligations were as follows:
 
                 
            Other
    Pension
  Postretirement
    Benefits   Benefits
    December 31,
    2010   2009   2010   2009
 
Weighted average discount rate
  5.80%   6.25%   5.80%   6.25%
Rate of compensation increase
  3.5%-7.5%   2.0%-7.5%   N/A   N/A
 
Assumptions used in determining net periodic benefit costs were as follows:
 
                         
                Other
    Pension
  Postretirement
    Benefits   Benefits
    December 31,
    2010   2009   2008   2010   2009   2008
 
Weighted average discount rate
  6.25%   6.60%   6.65%   6.25%   6.60%   6.65%
Weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets
  8.00%   8.25%   8.25%   7.20%   7.36%   7.33%
Rate of compensation increase
  3.5%-7.5%   3.5%-7.5%   3.5%-8%   N/A   N/A   N/A
 
The weighted average discount rate for most plans is determined annually based on the yield, measured on a yield to worst basis, of a hypothetical portfolio constructed of high quality debt instruments available on the valuation date, which would provide the necessary future cash flows to pay the aggregate projected benefit obligation when due.
 
The weighted average expected rate of return on plan assets is based on anticipated performance of the various asset sectors in which the plans invest, weighted by target allocation percentages. Anticipated future performance is based on long-term historical returns of the plan assets by sector, adjusted for the Subsidiaries’ long-term expectations on the performance of the markets. While the precise expected return derived using this approach will fluctuate from year to year, the policy of most of the Subsidiaries’ is to hold this long-term assumption constant as long as it remains within reasonable tolerance from the derived rate.
 
The weighted average expected return on plan assets for use in that plan’s valuation in 2011 is currently anticipated to be 7.25% for pension benefits and postretirement medical benefits and 5.25% for postretirement life benefits.
 
The assumed healthcare costs trend rates used in measuring the APBO and net periodic benefit costs were as follows:
 
         
    December 31,
    2010   2009
 
Pre-and Post-Medicare eligible claims
  7.8% in 2011, gradually decreasing each year until 2083 reaching the ultimate rate of 4.4%.   8.2% in 2010, gradually decreasing each year until 2079 reaching the ultimate rate of 4.1%.


F-180


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Assumed healthcare costs trend rates may have a significant effect on the amounts reported for healthcare plans. A one-percentage point change in assumed healthcare costs trend rates would have the following effects:
 
                 
    One Percent
    One Percent
 
    Increase     Decrease  
    (In millions)  
 
Effect on total of service and interest costs components
  $ 8     $ (8 )
Effect of accumulated postretirement benefit obligations
  $ 86     $ (104 )
 
Plan Assets
 
Most Subsidiaries have issued group annuity and life insurance contracts supporting the pension and other postretirement benefit plans assets, which are invested primarily in separate accounts.
 
The underlying assets of the separate accounts are principally comprised of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, fixed maturity and equity securities, mutual funds, real estate, private equity investments and hedge funds investments.
 
The comparative presentation of the 2009 plan assets has been realigned to conform to the 2010 presentation to disclose the estimated fair value of the underlying assets of each separate account at the security level.


F-181


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The pension and postretirement plan assets and liabilities measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis were determined as described below. These estimated fair values and their corresponding placement in the fair value hierarchy are summarized as follows:
 
                                                                 
    December 31, 2010        
          Other
 
    Pension
    Postretirement
 
    Benefits     Benefits  
    Fair Value Measurements at
          Fair Value Measurements at
       
    Reporting Date Using           Reporting Date Using        
    Quoted
                      Quoted
                   
    Prices
                      Prices
                   
    In Active
                      In Active
                   
    Markets
                      Markets
                   
    for
    Significant
                for
    Significant
             
    Identical
    Other
    Significant
    Total
    Identical
    Other
    Significant
    Total
 
    Assets and
    Observable
    Unobservable
    Estimated
    Assets and
    Observable
    Unobservable
    Estimated
 
    Liabilities
    Inputs
    Inputs
    Fair
    Liabilities
    Inputs
    Inputs
    Fair
 
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Value     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Value  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets
                                                               
Fixed maturity securities:
                                                               
Corporate
  $     $ 1,528     $ 49     $ 1,577     $     $ 67     $ 4     $ 71  
Federal agencies
          175             175             15             15  
Foreign bonds
    1       222       4       227             19             19  
Municipals
          137             137             37       1       38  
Preferred stocks
          4             4                          
U.S. government bonds
    650       136             786       82                   82  
                                                                 
Total fixed maturity securities
    651       2,202       53       2,906       82       138       5       225  
                                                                 
Equity securities:
                                                               
Common stock — domestic
    1,410       93       240       1,743       359       3             362  
Common stock — foreign
    469       35             504       77                   77  
                                                                 
Total equity securities
    1,879       128       240       2,247       436       3             439  
                                                                 
Money market securities
    200       100             300       1       1             2  
Pass-through securities
          321       2       323             73       6       79  
Derivative securities
    3       (5 )     11       9                          
Short-term investments
    (9 )     105             96       8       443             451  
Other invested assets
    16       63       471       550                          
Other receivables
          39             39             3             3  
Securities receivable
          70             70             2             2  
Real estate
                8       8                          
                                                                 
Total assets
  $ 2,740     $ 3,023     $ 785     $ 6,548     $ 527     $ 663     $ 11     $ 1,201  
                                                                 
Liabilities
                                                               
Securities payable
  $     $ 60     $     $ 60     $     $ 1     $     $ 1  
                                                                 
Total liabilities
  $     $ 60     $     $ 60     $     $ 1     $     $ 1  
                                                                 
Total assets and liabilities
  $ 2,740     $ 2,963     $ 785     $ 6,488     $ 527     $ 662     $ 11     $ 1,200  
                                                                 
 


F-182


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                                 
    December 31, 2009  
          Other
 
    Pension
    Postretirement
 
    Benefits     Benefits  
    Fair Value Measurements at
          Fair Value Measurements at
       
    Reporting Date Using           Reporting Date Using        
    Quoted
                      Quoted
                   
    Prices
                      Prices
                   
    In Active
                      In Active
                   
    Markets
    Significant
                Markets
    Significant
             
    for
    Other
    Significant
    Total
    for
    Other
    Significant
    Total
 
    Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
    Estimated
    Identical
    Observable
    Unobservable
    Estimated
 
    Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
    Fair
    Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
    Fair
 
    (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Value     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)     Value  
    (In millions)  
 
Assets
                                                               
Fixed maturity securities:
                                                               
Corporate
  $     $ 1,458     $ 68     $ 1,526     $     $ 48     $     $ 48  
Federal agencies
    (41 )     140             99             30             30  
Foreign bonds
    1       195       5       201             6             6  
Municipals
          56             56             21             21  
Preferred stocks
          2             2                          
U.S. government bonds
    319       50             369       45                   45  
U.S. treasury notes
                            12                   12  
                                                                 
Total fixed maturity securities
    279       1,901       73       2,253       57       105             162  
                                                                 
Equity securities:
                                                               
Common stock — domestic
    1,565       238       241       2,044       342       6             348  
Common stock — foreign
    393                   393       72                   72  
                                                                 
Total equity securities
    1,958       238       241       2,437       414       6             420  
                                                                 
Money market securities
    72       56             128       12       1             13  
Pass-through securities
    1       376       69       446             75       9       84  
Derivative securities
    3                   3                          
Short-term investments
    2       115             117             442             442  
Other invested assets
    13             373       386                          
                                                                 
Total assets
  $ 2,328     $ 2,686     $ 756     $ 5,770     $ 483     $ 629     $ 9     $ 1,121  
                                                                 
 
The pension and other postretirement benefit plan assets are categorized into the three-level fair value hierarchy, as defined in Note 1, based upon the priority of the inputs to the respective valuation technique. The following summarizes the types of assets included within the three-level fair value hierarchy presented in the table above.
 
  Level 1   This category includes investments in liquid securities, such as cash, short-term money market and bank time deposits, expected to mature within a year.
 
  Level 2   This category includes certain separate accounts that are primarily invested in liquid and readily marketable securities. The estimated fair value of such separate account is based upon reported NAV provided by fund managers and this value represents the amount at which transfers into and out of the respective separate account are effected. These separate accounts provide reasonable levels of price transparency and can be corroborated through observable market data.
 
Certain separate accounts are invested in investment partnerships designated as hedge funds. The values for these separate accounts is determined monthly based on the NAV of the underlying hedge fund investment. Additionally, such hedge funds generally contain lock out or other waiting period provisions for redemption requests to be filled. While the reporting and redemption restrictions may

F-183


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
limit the frequency of trading activity in separate accounts invested in hedge funds, the reported NAV, and thus the referenced value of the separate account, provides a reasonable level of price transparency that can be corroborated through observable market data. Directly held investments are primarily invested in U.S. and foreign government and corporate securities.
 
  Level 3   This category includes separate accounts that are invested in real estate and private equity investments that provide little or no price transparency due to the infrequency with which the underlying assets trade and generally require additional time to liquidate in an orderly manner. Accordingly, the values for separate accounts invested in these alternative asset classes are based on inputs that cannot be readily derived from or corroborated by observable market data.
 
A rollforward of all pension and other postretirement benefit plan assets measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs is as follows:
 
                                                         
          Total Realized/Unrealized
                         
          Gains (Losses) included in:     Purchases,
                   
                Other
    Sales,
                   
    Balance,
          Comprehensive
    Issuances and
    Transfer Into
    Transfer Out
    Balance,
 
    January 1,     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Settlements     Level 3     of Level 3     December 31,  
    (In millions)  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010:
                                                       
Pension:
                                                       
Fixed maturity securities:
                                                       
Corporate
  $ 68     $     $ 7     $ (17 )   $ 4     $ (13 )   $ 49  
Foreign bonds
    5             1       (2 )                 4  
                                                         
Total fixed maturity securities
    73             8       (19 )     4       (13 )     53  
                                                         
Equity securities:
                                                       
Common stock — domestic
    241             (2 )     1                   240  
                                                         
Total equity securities
    241             (2 )     1                   240  
                                                         
Pass-through securities
    69       (11 )     14       (71 )     2       (1 )     2  
Derivative securities (1)
          3       (3 )     (1 )     12             11  
Other invested assets
    373       78       (4 )     24                   471  
Real estate (1)
                            8             8  
                                                         
Total pension assets
  $ 756     $ 70     $ 13     $ (66 )   $ 26     $ (14 )   $ 785  
                                                         
Other postretirement:
                                                       
Fixed maturity securities:
                                                       
Corporate
  $     $     $ 1     $     $ 3     $     $ 4  
Municipals
                            1             1  
                                                         
Total fixed maturity securities
                1             4             5  
                                                         
Pass-through securities
    9       (4 )     1       (1 )     1             6  
                                                         
Total other postretirement assets
  $ 9     $ (4 )   $ 2     $ (1 )   $ 5     $     $ 11  
                                                         
Total assets
  $ 765     $ 66     $ 15     $ (67 )   $ 31     $ (14 )   $ 796  
                                                         
 
 
(1) Derivative securities and real estate transfers into Level 3 are due to the Acquisition and are not related to the changes in Level 3 classification at the security level.
 


F-184


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                 
          Total Realized/Unrealized
                   
          Gains (Losses) included in:     Purchases,
             
                Other
    Sales,
    Transfer Into
       
    Balance,
          Comprehensive
    Issuances and
    and/or Out
    Balance,
 
    January 1,     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Settlements     of Level 3     December 31,  
                (In millions)              
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009:
                                               
Pension:
                                               
Fixed maturity securities:
                                               
Corporate
  $ 57     $ (5 )   $ 21     $ (3 )   $ (2 )   $ 68  
Foreign bonds
    4       (1 )     5       (3 )           5  
                                                 
Total fixed maturity securities
    61       (6 )     26       (6 )     (2 )     73  
                                                 
Equity securities:
                                               
Common stock — domestic
    460             (232 )     13             241  
                                                 
Total equity securities
    460             (232 )     13             241  
                                                 
Pass-through securities
    80       (2 )     8       (24 )     7       69  
Derivative securities
    40       36       (39 )     (37 )            
Other invested assets
    392       4       (59 )     36             373  
                                                 
Total pension assets
  $ 1,033     $ 32     $ (296 )   $ (18 )   $ 5     $ 756  
                                                 
Other postretirement:
                                               
Pass-through securities
  $ 13     $ (17 )   $ 17     $ (4 )   $     $ 9  
                                                 
Total other postretirement assets
  $ 13     $ (17 )   $ 17     $ (4 )   $     $ 9  
                                                 
Total assets
  $ 1,046     $ 15     $ (279 )   $ (22 )   $ 5     $ 765  
                                                 
 
The U.S. Subsidiaries provide employees with benefits under various ERISA benefit plans. These include qualified pension plans, postretirement medical plans and certain retiree life insurance coverage. The assets of the Subsidiaries’ qualified pension plans are held in insurance group annuity contracts, and the vast majority of the assets of the postretirement medical plan and backing the retiree life coverage are held in insurance contracts. All of these contracts are issued by Company insurance affiliates, and the assets under the contracts are held in insurance separate accounts that have been established by the Company. The insurance contract provider engages investment management firms (“Managers”) to serve as sub-advisors for the separate accounts based on the specific investment needs and requests identified by the plan fiduciary. These Managers have portfolio management discretion over the purchasing and selling of securities and other investment assets pursuant to the respective investment management agreements and guidelines established for each insurance separate account. The assets of the qualified pension plans and postretirement medical plans (the “Invested Plans”) are well diversified across multiple asset categories and across a number of different Managers, with the intent of minimizing risk concentrations within any given asset category or with any given Manager.
 
The Invested Plans, other than those held in participant directed investment accounts, are managed in accordance with investment policies consistent with the longer-term nature of related benefit obligations and within prudent risk parameters. Specifically, investment policies are oriented toward (i) maximizing the Invested Plan’s funded status; (ii) minimizing the volatility of the Invested Plan’s funded status; (iii) generating asset returns that exceed liability increases; and (iv) targeting rates of return in excess of a custom benchmark and industry standards over appropriate reference time periods. These goals are expected to be met through identifying appropriate and

F-185


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
diversified asset classes and allocations, ensuring adequate liquidity to pay benefits and expenses when due and controlling the costs of administering and managing the Invested Plan’s investments. Independent investment consultants are periodically used to evaluate the investment risk of Invested Plan’s assets relative to liabilities, analyze the economic and portfolio impact of various asset allocations and management strategies and to recommend asset allocations.
 
Certain foreign subsidiaries sponsor defined benefit plans that cover employees and sales representatives who meet specified eligibility requirements. Pension benefits are provided utilizing either a traditional formula or cash balance formula, similar to the U.S. plans discussed above. The investment objectives are also similar, subject to local regulations. Generally, these international pension plans invest directly in high quality equity and fixed maturity securities. The assets of the foreign pension plans are comprised of cash and cash equivalents, equity and fixed maturity securities, real estate and hedge fund investments.
 
Derivative contracts may be used to reduce investment risk, to manage duration and to replicate the risk/return profile of an asset or asset class. Derivatives may not be used to leverage a portfolio in any manner, such as to magnify exposure to an asset, asset class, interest rates or any other financial variable. Derivatives are also prohibited for use in creating exposures to securities, currencies, indices or any other financial variable that are otherwise restricted.
 
The tables below summarize the actual weighted average allocation by major asset class for the Invested Plans:
 
                         
    Actual Allocation  
    Defined Benefit Plan     Postretirement Medical     Postretirement Life  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010:
                       
Asset Class:
                       
Fixed maturity securities (target range)
    50% to 80 %     20% to 50 %      
Corporate
    24 %     9 %      
Federal agency
    3       2        
Foreign bonds
    3       3        
Municipals
    2       5        
U.S. government bonds
    12       11        
                         
Total fixed maturity securities
    44 %     30 %      
                         
Equity securities (target range)
    0% to 40 %     50% to 80 %      
Common stock — domestic
    27 %     48 %      
Common stock — foreign
    8       10        
                         
Total equity securities
    35 %     58 %      
                         
Money market securities
    5 %            
Pass-through securities
    5       10        
Short-term investments
    1       1       100 %
Other invested assets
    8              
Other receivables
    1       1        
Securities receivable
    1              
                         
Total assets
    100 %     100 %     100 %
                         
 


F-186


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                         
    Actual Allocation  
    Defined Benefit Plan     Postretirement Medical     Postretirement Life  
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009:
                       
Asset Class:
                       
Fixed maturity securities (target range)
    35% to 55%       10% to 40%        
Corporate
    26%       7%        
Federal agency
    2       4        
Foreign bonds
    4       1        
Municipals
    1       3        
U.S. government bonds
    6       7        
U.S. treasury notes
          2        
                         
Total fixed maturity securities
    39%       24%        
                         
Equity securities (target range)
    25% to 45%       50% to 80%        
Common stock — domestic
    35%       51%        
Common stock — foreign
    7       11        
                         
Total equity securities
    42%       62%        
                         
Money market securities
    2%       2%        
Pass-through securities
    8       12        
Short-term investments
    2             100 %
Other invested assets
    7              
                         
Total assets
    100%       100%       100 %
                         
 
The target ranges in the tables above are forward-looking.
 
Expected Future Contributions and Benefit Payments
 
It is the Subsidiaries’ practice to make contributions to the qualified pension plan to comply with minimum funding requirements of ERISA. In accordance with such practice, no contributions were required for both of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. No contributions will be required for 2011. The Subsidiaries made discretionary contributions of $255 million to the qualified pension plan during the year ended December 31, 2010. The Subsidiaries made no discretionary contributions to the qualified pension plan during the year ended December 31, 2009. The Subsidiaries expect to make additional discretionary contributions to the qualified pension plan of $175 million in 2011.
 
Benefit payments due under the non-qualified pension plans are primarily funded from the Subsidiaries’ general assets as they become due under the provision of the plans. These payments totaled $70 million and $57 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These payments are expected to be at approximately the same level in 2011.
 
Postretirement benefits, other than those provided under qualified pension plans, are either: (i) not vested under law; (ii) a non-funded obligation of the Subsidiaries; or (iii) both. Current regulations do not require funding for these benefits. The Subsidiaries use their general assets, net of participant’s contributions, to pay postretirement medical claims as they come due in lieu of utilizing any plan assets. Total payments equaled $154 million and $158 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
The Subsidiaries expect to make contributions of $120 million, net of participant’s contributions, towards benefit obligations (other than those under qualified pension plans) in 2011. As noted previously, the Subsidiaries

F-187


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
no longer expect to receive the RDS under the Medicare Modernization Act of 2003 to partially offset payment of such benefits. Instead, the gross benefit payments that will be made under the PDP will already reflect subsidies.
 
Gross benefit payments for the next ten years, which reflect expected future service where appropriate, are expected to be as follows:
 
                 
          Other
 
    Pension
    Postretirement
 
    Benefits     Benefits  
    (In millions)  
 
2011
  $ 446     $ 120  
2012
  $ 454     $ 121  
2013
  $ 463     $ 122  
2014
  $ 486     $ 123  
2015
  $ 500     $ 124  
2016-2020
  $ 2,789     $ 631  
 
Additional Information
 
As previously discussed, most of the assets of the pension and other postretirement benefit plans are held in group annuity and life insurance contracts issued by the Subsidiaries. Total revenues from these contracts recognized in the consolidated statements of operations were $46 million, $45 million and $42 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and included policy charges and net investment income from investments backing the contracts and administrative fees. Total investment income (loss), including realized and unrealized gains (losses), credited to the account balances was $767 million, $725 million and ($1,090) million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The terms of these contracts are consistent in all material respects with those the Subsidiaries offer to unaffiliated parties that are similarly situated.
 
Savings and Investment Plans
 
The Subsidiaries sponsor savings and investment plans for substantially all Company employees under which a portion of employee contributions are matched. The Subsidiaries contributed $86 million, $93 million and $70 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
18.   Equity
 
Preferred Stock
 
There are 200,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock, of which 6,857,000 shares were designated for issuance of convertible preferred stock in connection with the financing of the Acquisition. See “— Convertible Preferred Stock” below.
 
The Holding Company has outstanding 24 million shares of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A preferred shares”) with a $0.01 par value per share, and a liquidation preference of $25 per share, for aggregate proceeds of $600 million.
 
The Holding Company has outstanding 60 million shares of 6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B (the “Series B preferred shares”), with a $0.01 par value per share, and a liquidation preference of $25 per share, for aggregate proceeds of $1.5 billion.
 
The Series A and Series B preferred shares (the “Preferred Shares”) rank senior to the Convertible Preferred Stock and the common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation rights. Dividends on the Preferred Shares are not cumulative. Holders of the Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive dividend payments only when, as and if


F-188


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
declared by the Holding Company’s Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board. If dividends are declared on the Series A preferred shares, they will be payable quarterly, in arrears, at an annual rate of the greater of: (i) 1.00% above 3-month LIBOR on the related LIBOR determination date; or (ii) 4.00%. Any dividends declared on the Series B preferred shares will be payable quarterly, in arrears, at an annual fixed rate of 6.50%. Accordingly, in the event that dividends are not declared on the Preferred Shares for payment on any dividend payment date, then those dividends will cease to accrue and be payable. If a dividend is not declared before the dividend payment date, the Holding Company has no obligation to pay dividends accrued for that dividend period whether or not dividends are declared and paid in future periods. No dividends may, however, be paid or declared on the Holding Company’s common stock — or any other securities ranking junior to the Preferred Shares — unless the full dividends for the latest completed dividend period on all Preferred Shares, and any parity stock, have been declared and paid or provided for.
 
The Holding Company is prohibited from declaring dividends on the Preferred Shares if it fails to meet specified capital adequacy, net income and equity levels. In addition, under Federal Reserve Bank of New York Board policy, the Holding Company may not be able to pay dividends if it does not earn sufficient operating income.
 
The Preferred Shares do not have voting rights except in certain circumstances where the dividends have not been paid for an equivalent of six or more dividend payment periods whether or not those periods are consecutive. Under such circumstances, the holders of the Preferred Shares have certain voting rights with respect to members of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company.
 
The Preferred Shares are not subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund, retirement fund, purchase fund or similar provisions. The Preferred Shares are redeemable at the Holding Company’s option in whole or in part, at a redemption price of $25 per Preferred Share, plus declared and unpaid dividends.
 
In December 2008, the Holding Company entered into an RCC related to the Preferred Shares. As a part of the RCC, the Holding Company agreed that it will not repay, redeem or purchase the Preferred Shares on or before December 31, 2018, unless such repayment, redemption or purchase is made from the proceeds of the issuance of certain capital securities. The RCC is for the benefit of holders of one or more series of its indebtedness as designated from time to time by the Holding Company. The RCC will terminate upon the occurrence of certain events, including the date on which there are no series of outstanding eligible debt securities.
 
In connection with the offering of the Preferred Shares, the Holding Company incurred $57 million of issuance costs which have been recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.


F-189


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Information on the declaration, record and payment dates, as well as per share and aggregate dividend amounts, for the Preferred Shares is as follows:
 
                                         
            Dividend  
            Series A
    Series A
    Series B
    Series B
 
Declaration Date   Record Date   Payment Date   Per Share     Aggregate     Per Share     Aggregate  
            (In millions, except per share data)  
 
November 15, 2010
  November 30, 2010   December 15, 2010   $ 0.2527777     $ 7     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  
August 16, 2010
  August 31, 2010   September 15, 2010   $ 0.2555555       6     $ 0.4062500       24  
May 17, 2010
  May 31, 2010   June 15, 2010   $ 0.2555555       7     $ 0.4062500       24  
March 5, 2010
  February 28, 2010   March 15, 2010   $ 0.2500000       6     $ 0.4062500       24  
                                         
                    $ 26             $ 96  
                                         
November 16, 2009
  November 30, 2009   December 15, 2009   $ 0.2527777     $ 7     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  
August 17, 2009
  August 31, 2009   September 15, 2009   $ 0.2555555       6     $ 0.4062500       24  
May 15, 2009
  May 31, 2009   June 15, 2009   $ 0.2555555       7     $ 0.4062500       24  
March 5, 2009
  February 28, 2009   March 16, 2009   $ 0.2500000       6     $ 0.4062500       24  
                                         
                    $ 26             $ 96  
                                         
November 17, 2008
  November 30, 2008   December 15, 2008   $ 0.2527777     $ 7     $ 0.4062500     $ 24  
August 15, 2008
  August 31, 2008   September 15, 2008   $ 0.2555555       6     $ 0.4062500       24  
May 15, 2008
  May 31, 2008   June 16, 2008   $ 0.2555555       7     $ 0.4062500       24  
March 5, 2008
  February 29, 2008   March 17, 2008   $ 0.3785745       9     $ 0.4062500       24  
                                         
                    $ 29             $ 96  
                                         
 
See Note 24 for information on subsequent dividends declared.
 
Convertible Preferred Stock
 
In connection with the financing of the Acquisition (see Note 2) in November 2010, the Holding Company issued to ALICO Holdings 6,857,000 shares of Convertible Preferred Stock with a $0.01 par value per share, a liquidation preference of $0.01 per share and a fair value of $2,805 million.
 
The Convertible Preferred Stock will convert into 68,570,000 shares of the Holding Company’s common stock (subject to anti-dilution adjustments) upon a favorable vote of the Holding Company’s common stockholders. If the Company (i) pays a dividend or makes another distribution on common stock to all holders of common stock payable, in whole or in part, in shares of common stock; (ii) subdivides or splits the outstanding shares of common stock into a greater number of shares; or (iii) combines or reclassifies the outstanding shares of common stock into a smaller number of shares, then the conversion rate will be adjusted by multiplying the conversion rate by the number of shares of common stock which a person who owns only one share of common stock immediately before the record date or effective date of the applicable event would own immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, subdivision, split, combination or reclassification. If a favorable vote of its common stockholders is not obtained by the first anniversary of the Acquisition Date, then the Company must pay ALICO Holdings approximately $300 million and use reasonable efforts to list the preferred stock on NYSE. The Convertible Preferred Stock ranks senior to the common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation rights, and holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive dividend payments only when, as and if declared by the Holding Company’s Board of Directors. Under the terms of the Convertible Preferred Stock, the Board will declare a dividend payment or other distribution on the Convertible Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis at any time and with the same terms as any dividend or other distribution declared on MetLife, Inc.’s common stock. No distribution is payable on the Convertible Preferred Stock unless there is a concurrent distribution on the MetLife, Inc. common stock.


F-190


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The Convertible Preferred Stock does not have voting rights except in certain circumstances when the Convertible Preferred Stock is listed on the same exchange on which MetLife, Inc.’s common stock is listed, and where the dividends have not been paid notwithstanding payment of dividends on MetLife, Inc.’s common stock for an equivalent of six or more dividend payment periods whether or not those periods are consecutive. Under such circumstances, the holders of the Convertible Preferred Stock have certain voting rights with respect to members of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company. The Convertible Preferred Stock is not redeemable and is not subject to any sinking fund, retirement fund, purchase fund or similar provisions.
 
For purposes of the earnings per common share calculation, the Convertible Preferred Stock is assumed converted into shares of common stock for both basic and diluted weighted average shares. See Note 20.
 
Common Stock
 
Issuances
 
In connection with the financing of the Acquisition (see Note 2) in November 2010, the Holding Company issued to ALICO Holdings 78,239,712 new shares of its common stock at $40.90 per share with a fair value of $3,200 million.
 
In anticipation of the Acquisition (see Note 2), in August 2010, the Holding Company issued 86,250,000 new shares of its common stock at $42.00 per share for gross proceeds of $3,623 million. In connection with the offering of common stock, the Holding Company incurred $94 million of issuance costs which have been recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.
 
In February 2009, the Holding Company delivered 24,343,154 shares of newly issued common stock for $1,035 million, and in August 2008 the Holding Company delivered 20,244,549 shares of its common stock from treasury stock also for $1,035 million. Each issuance was made in connection with the initial settlement of the stock purchase contracts issued as part of the common equity units sold in June 2005, as described in Note 14.
 
In October 2008, the Holding Company issued 86,250,000 shares of its common stock at a price of $26.50 per share for gross proceeds of $2,286 million. Of the shares issued, 75,000,000 shares, with a value of $4,040 million were issued from treasury stock for consideration of $1,988 million. In connection with the offering of common stock, the Holding Company incurred $60 million of issuance costs which have been recorded as a reduction of additional paid-in capital.
 
During the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, 332,121 shares, 861,586 shares and 2,271,188 shares of common stock were issued from treasury stock for $18 million, $46 million and $118 million, respectively, to satisfy various stock option exercises and other stock-based awards. During the year ended December 31, 2010, 2,182,174 new shares of common stock were issued for $74 million to satisfy various stock option exercises and other stock-based awards. There were no new shares of common stock issued to satisfy the various stock option exercises and other stock-based awards during both of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
 
Repurchase Programs
 
At January 1, 2008, the Company had $511 million remaining under its September 2007 stock repurchase program authorization. In both January and April 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized additional $1.0 billion common stock repurchase programs. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company repurchased 19,716,418 shares under accelerated share repurchase programs and 1,550,000 shares under open market repurchases for $1,162 million and $88 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company did not repurchase any shares. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $1,261 million remaining under its January and April 2008 stock repurchase program authorizations.


F-191


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Under these authorizations, the Holding Company may purchase its common stock from the MetLife Policyholder Trust, in the open market (including pursuant to the terms of a pre-set trading plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act) and in privately negotiated transactions. Any future common stock repurchases will be dependent upon several factors, including the Company’s capital position, its liquidity, its financial strength and credit ratings, general market conditions and the market price of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock compared to management’s assessment of the stock’s underlying value and applicable regulatory, legal and accounting factors. Whether or not to purchase any common stock and the size and timing of any such purchases will be determined in the Company’s complete discretion.
 
Other
 
In September 2008, in connection with the split-off of RGA as described in Note 2, the Holding Company received from MetLife, Inc. stockholders 23,093,689 shares of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock with a fair market value of $1,318 million and, in exchange, delivered 29,243,539 shares of RGA Class B common stock with a net book value of $1,716 million resulting in a loss on disposition, including transaction costs, of $458 million.
 
Dividends
 
The table below presents declaration, record and payment dates, as well as per share and aggregate dividend amounts, for the common stock:
 
                         
            Dividend
            Per Share   Aggregate
            (In millions, except
Declaration Date   Record Date   Payment Date   per share data)
 
October 26, 2010
  November 9, 2010   December 14, 2010   $ 0.74     $ 784 (1)
October 29, 2009
  November 9, 2009   December 14, 2009   $ 0.74     $ 610  
October 28, 2008
  November 10, 2008   December 15, 2008   $ 0.74     $ 592  
 
 
(1) Includes dividends on Convertible Preferred Stock (see above).
 
Stock-Based Compensation Plans
 
Description of Plans for Employees and Agents — General Terms
 
The MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2000 Stock Plan”) authorized the granting of awards to employees and agents in the form of options to buy shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock (“Stock Options”) that either qualify as incentive Stock Options under Section 422A of the Code or are non-qualified. By December 31, 2009 all awards under the 2000 Stock Plan had either vested or been forfeited. No awards were made under the 2000 Stock Plan in 2010.
 
Under the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2005 Stock Plan”), awards granted to employees and agents may be in the form of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Share Units, Cash-Based Awards and Stock-Based Awards (each as defined in the 2005 Stock Plan with reference to MetLife, Inc. common stock).
 
The aggregate number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan is 68,000,000, plus those shares available but not utilized under the 2000 Stock Plan and those shares utilized under the 2000 Stock Plan that are recovered due to forfeiture of Stock Options. Each share issued under the 2005 Stock Plan in connection with a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right reduces the number of shares remaining for issuance under that plan by one, and each share issued under the 2005 Stock Plan in connection with awards other than Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights reduces the number of shares remaining for issuance under that plan by 1.179 shares. At December 31, 2010, the aggregate number of shares remaining available for issuance pursuant to the 2005 Stock


F-192


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Plan was 40,477,451. Stock Option exercises and other awards settled in shares are satisfied through the issuance of shares held in treasury by the Company or by the issuance of new shares.
 
Compensation expense related to awards under the 2005 Stock Plan is recognized based on the number of awards expected to vest, which represents the awards granted less expected forfeitures over the life of the award, as estimated at the date of grant. Unless a material deviation from the assumed forfeiture rate is observed during the term in which the awards are expensed, any adjustment necessary to reflect differences in actual experience is recognized in the period the award becomes payable or exercisable.
 
Compensation expense related to awards under the 2005 Stock Plan is principally related to the issuance of Stock Options, Performance Shares and Restricted Stock Units. The majority of the awards granted each year under the 2005 Stock Plan are made in the first quarter of each year.
 
Description of Plans for Directors — General Terms
 
The MetLife, Inc. 2000 Directors Stock Plan, as amended (the “2000 Directors Stock Plan”) authorized the granting of awards in the form of MetLife, Inc. common stock, non-qualified Stock Options, or a combination of the foregoing to non-management Directors of MetLife, Inc. As of December 31, 2009, all awards under the 2000 Directors Stock Plan had either vested or been forfeited. No awards were made under the 2000 Directors Stock Plan in 2010.
 
Under the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Non-Management Director Stock Compensation Plan (the “2005 Directors Stock Plan”), awards granted may be in the form of non-qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, or Stock-Based Awards (each as defined in the 2005 Directors Stock Plan with reference to MetLife, Inc. common stock) to non-management Directors of MetLife, Inc. The number of shares authorized for issuance under the 2005 Directors Stock Plan is 2,000,000. There were no shares carried forward from the 2000 Directors Stock Plan to the 2005 Directors Stock Plan. At December 31, 2010, the aggregate number of shares remaining available for issuance pursuant to the 2005 Directors Stock Plan was 1,808,114. Stock Option exercises and other awards settled in shares are satisfied through the issuance of shares held in treasury by the Company or by the issuance of new shares.
 
Compensation expense related to awards under the 2005 Directors Plan is recognized based on the number of shares awarded. The Stock-Based Awards granted under the 2005 Directors Plan have vested immediately. The majority of the awards granted each year under the 2005 Directors Stock Plan are made in the second quarter of each year.
 
Compensation Expense Related to Stock-Based Compensation
 
The components of compensation expense related to stock-based compensation, excluding the insignificant compensation expense related to the 2005 Directors Stock Plan, is as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Stock Options
  $ 45     $ 55     $ 51  
Performance Shares (1)
    29       11       70  
Restricted Stock Units
    10       3       2  
                         
Total compensation expenses related to the Incentive Plans
  $ 84     $ 69     $ 123  
                         
Income tax benefits
  $ 29     $ 24     $ 43  
                         
 
 
(1) Performance Shares expected to vest and the related compensation expenses may be further adjusted by the performance factor most likely to be achieved, as estimated by management, at the end of the performance period.


F-193


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
The following table presents the total unrecognized compensation expense related to stock-based compensation and the expected weighted average period over which these expenses will be recognized at:
 
                 
    December 31, 2010
        Weighted Average
    Expense   Period
    (In millions)   (Years)
 
Stock Options
  $ 39       1.73  
Performance Shares
  $ 30       1.74  
Restricted Stock Units
  $ 14       1.87  
 
Stock Options
 
Stock Options are the contingent right of award holders to purchase shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock at a stated price for a limited time. All Stock Options have an exercise price equal to the closing price of MetLife, Inc. common stock reported on the NYSE on the date of grant, and have a maximum term of ten years. The vast majority of Stock Options granted have become or will become exercisable at a rate of one-third of each award on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date. Other Stock Options have become or will become exercisable on the third anniversary of the grant date. Vesting is subject to continued service, except for employees who are retirement eligible and in certain other limited circumstances.
 
A summary of the activity related to Stock Options for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:
 
                                 
                Weighted
       
                Average
       
                Remaining
    Aggregate
 
    Shares Under
    Weighted Average
    Contractual
    Intrinsic
 
    Option     Exercise Price     Term     Value (1)  
                (Years)     (In millions)  
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2010
    30,152,405     $ 38.51       5.50     $  
                                 
Granted (2)
    4,683,144     $ 35.06                  
Exercised
    (1,742,003 )   $ 29.74                  
Expired
    (154,947 )   $ 47.78                  
Forfeited
    (236,268 )   $ 34.64                  
                                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
    32,702,331     $ 38.47       5.30     $ 195  
                                 
Aggregate number of stock options expected to vest at December 31, 2010
    31,930,964     $ 38.62       5.21     $ 186  
                                 
Exercisable at December 31, 2010
    23,405,998     $ 40.43       4.00     $ 94  
                                 
 
 
(1) The aggregate intrinsic value was computed using the closing share price on December 31, 2010 of $44.44 and December 31, 2009 of $35.35, as applicable.
 
(2) The total fair value on the date of the grant was $53 million.
 
The fair value of Stock Options is estimated on the date of grant using a binomial lattice model. Significant assumptions used in the Company’s binomial lattice model, which are further described below, include: expected volatility of the price of MetLife, Inc. common stock; risk-free rate of return; expected dividend yield on MetLife, Inc. common stock; exercise multiple; and the post-vesting termination rate.
 
Expected volatility is based upon an analysis of historical prices of MetLife, Inc. common stock and call options on that common stock traded on the open market. The Company uses a weighted-average of the implied volatility for publicly-traded call options with the longest remaining maturity nearest to the money as of each


F-194


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
valuation date and the historical volatility, calculated using monthly closing prices of MetLife, Inc.’s common stock. The Company chose a monthly measurement interval for historical volatility as it believes this better depicts the nature of employee option exercise decisions being based on longer-term trends in the price of the underlying shares rather than on daily price movements.
 
The binomial lattice model used by the Company incorporates different risk-free rates based on the imputed forward rates for U.S. Treasury Strips for each year over the contractual term of the option. The table below presents the full range of rates that were used for options granted during the respective periods.
 
Dividend yield is determined based on historical dividend distributions compared to the price of the underlying common stock as of the valuation date and held constant over the life of the Stock Option.
 
The binomial lattice model used by the Company incorporates the contractual term of the Stock Options and then factors in expected exercise behavior and a post-vesting termination rate, or the rate at which vested options are exercised or expire prematurely due to termination of employment, to derive an expected life. Exercise behavior in the binomial lattice model used by the Company is expressed using an exercise multiple, which reflects the ratio of exercise price to the strike price of Stock Options granted at which holders of the Stock Options are expected to exercise. The exercise multiple is derived from actual historical exercise activity. The post-vesting termination rate is determined from actual historical exercise experience and expiration activity under the Incentive Plans.
 
The following table presents the weighted average assumptions, with the exception of risk-free rate, which is expressed as a range, used to determine the fair value of Stock Options issued:
 
             
    Years Ended December 31,
    2010   2009   2008
 
Dividend yield
  2.11%   3.15%   1.21%
Risk-free rate of return
  0.35%-5.88%   0.73%-6.67%   1.91%-7.21%
Expected volatility
  34.41%   44.39%   24.85%
Exercise multiple
  1.75   1.76   1.73
Post-vesting termination rate
  3.64%   3.70%   3.05%
Contractual term (years)
  10   10   10
Expected life (years)
  7   6   6
Weighted average exercise price of stock options granted
  $35.06   $23.61   $59.48
Weighted average fair value of stock options granted
  $11.29   $8.37   $17.51
 
The following table presents a summary of Stock Option exercise activity:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,
    2010   2009   2008
    (In millions)
 
Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised
  $ 22     $ 1     $ 36  
Cash received from exercise of stock options
  $ 52     $ 8     $ 45  
Tax benefit realized from stock options exercised
  $ 8     $  —     $ 13  
 
Performance Shares
 
Performance Shares are units that, if they vest, are multiplied by a performance factor to produce a number of final Performance Shares which are payable in shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock. Performance Shares are accounted for as equity awards, but are not credited with dividend-equivalents for actual dividends paid on MetLife, Inc. common stock during the performance period. Accordingly, the estimated fair value of Performance Shares is based upon the closing price of MetLife, Inc. common stock on the date of grant, reduced by the present value of estimated dividends to be paid on that stock during the performance period.


F-195


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Performance Share awards normally vest in their entirety at the end of the three-year performance period. Vesting is subject to continued service, except for employees who are retirement eligible and in certain other limited circumstances. Vested Performance Shares are multiplied by a performance factor of 0.0 to 2.0 based largely on MetLife, Inc.’s performance in change in annual net operating earnings and total shareholder return over the applicable three-year performance period compared to the performance of its competitors. A performance factor of 0.94 was applied for the January 1, 2007 — December 31, 2009 performance period.
 
The following table presents a summary of Performance Share activity for the year ended December 31, 2010:
 
                 
          Weighted Average
 
    Performance
    Grant Date
 
    Shares     Fair Value  
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2010
    3,493,435     $ 38.43  
Granted (1)
    1,528,065     $ 32.24  
Forfeited
    (58,176 )   $ 30.06  
Payable (2)
    (807,750 )   $ 60.83  
                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
    4,155,574     $ 31.91  
                 
Performance Shares expected to vest at December 31, 2010
    3,972,769     $ 33.40  
                 
 
 
(1) The total fair value on the date of the grant was $49 million.
 
(2) Includes both shares paid and shares deferred for later payment.
 
Performance Share amounts above represent aggregate initial target awards and do not reflect potential increases or decreases resulting from the performance factor determined after the end of the respective performance periods. At December 31, 2010, the three year performance period for the 2008 Performance Share grants was completed, but the performance factor has not yet been calculated. Included in the immediately preceding table are 824,825 outstanding Performance Shares to which the performance factor will be applied.
 
Restricted Stock Units
 
Restricted Stock Units are units that, if they vest, are payable in shares of MetLife, Inc. common stock. Restricted Stock Units are accounted for as equity awards, but are not credited with dividend-equivalents for actual dividends paid on MetLife, Inc. common stock during the performance period. Accordingly, the estimated fair value of Restricted Stock Units is based upon the closing price of MetLife, Inc. common stock on the date of grant, reduced by the present value of estimated dividends to be paid on that stock during the performance period.
 
The vast majority of Restricted Stock Units normally vest in their entirety on the third anniversary of their grant date. Other Restricted Stock Units normally vest in their entirety on the fifth anniversary of their grant date. Vesting is subject to continued service, except for employees who are retirement eligible and in certain other limited circumstances.


F-196


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
The following table presents a summary of Restricted Stock Unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2010:
 
                 
          Weighted Average
 
    Restricted Stock
    Grant Date
 
    Units     Fair Value  
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2010
    393,362     $ 28.05  
Granted (1)
    607,200     $ 32.32  
Forfeited
    (31,275 )   $ 27.31  
Payable (2)
    (32,115 )   $ 63.32  
                 
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
    937,172     $ 29.63  
                 
Restricted Stock Units expected to vest at December 31, 2010
    937,172     $ 29.63  
                 
 
 
(1) The total fair value on the date of the grant was $20 million.
 
(2) Includes both shares paid and shares deferred for later payment.
 
Statutory Equity and Income
 
Except for American Life, each insurance company’s state of domicile imposes minimum risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements that were developed by the NAIC. The formulas for determining the amount of RBC specify various weighting factors that are applied to financial balances or various levels of activity based on the perceived degree of risk. Regulatory compliance is determined by a ratio of total adjusted capital, as defined by the NAIC, to authorized control level RBC, as defined by the NAIC. Companies below specific trigger points or ratios are classified within certain levels, each of which requires specified corrective action. Each of the Holding Company’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries exceeded the minimum RBC requirements for all periods presented herein.
 
American Life does not write business in Delaware or any other domestic state and, as such, is exempt from RBC by Delaware law. American Life operations are regulated by applicable authorities of the countries in which the company operates and are subject to capital and solvency requirements in those countries.
 
The NAIC has adopted the Codification of Statutory Accounting Principles (“Statutory Codification”). Statutory Codification is intended to standardize regulatory accounting and reporting to state insurance departments. However, statutory accounting principles continue to be established by individual state laws and permitted practices. The New York Insurance Department (the “Department”) has adopted Statutory Codification with certain modifications for the preparation of statutory financial statements of insurance companies domiciled in New York. Modifications by the various state insurance departments may impact the effect of Statutory Codification on the statutory capital and surplus of the Holding Company’s U.S. insurance subsidiaries.
 
Statutory accounting principles differ from GAAP primarily by charging policy acquisition costs to expense as incurred, establishing future policy benefit liabilities using different actuarial assumptions, reporting surplus notes as surplus instead of debt and valuing securities on a different basis.
 
In addition, certain assets are not admitted under statutory accounting principles and are charged directly to surplus. The most significant assets not admitted by the Company are net deferred income tax assets resulting from temporary differences between statutory accounting principles basis and tax basis not expected to reverse and become recoverable within three years. Further, statutory accounting principles do not give recognition to purchase accounting adjustments.
 
Statutory net income (loss) of MLIC, a New York domiciled insurer, was $2,066 million, $1,221 million and ($338) million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Statutory capital and surplus, to be filed with the Department, was $13.2 billion and $12.6 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.


F-197


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Statutory net income of American Life, a Delaware domiciled insurer, of approximately $800 million will be reported in the Statutory Annual Statement for the year ended December 31, 2010. Statutory capital and surplus, to be filed with the Delaware Insurance Department was approximately $4.0 billion at December 31, 2010.
 
Statutory net income of MICC, a Connecticut domiciled insurer, was $668 million, $81 million and $242 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Statutory capital and surplus, to be filed with the Connecticut Insurance Department, was $5.1 billion and $4.9 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Statutory net income of Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company (“MPC”), a Rhode Island domiciled insurer, was $273 million, $266 million and $308 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Statutory capital and surplus, to be filed with the Insurance Department of Rhode Island, was $1.8 billion at both December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
Statutory net income of MTL, a Delaware domiciled insurer, was $151 million, $57 million and $212 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Statutory capital and surplus, to be filed with the Delaware Insurance Department was $805 million and $867 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Dividend Restrictions
 
The table below sets forth the dividends permitted to be paid by the respective insurance subsidiary without insurance regulatory approval and the respective dividends paid:
 
                                         
    2011     2010     2009  
    Permitted w/o
          Permitted w/o
          Permitted w/o
 
Company   Approval (1)       Paid (2)       Approval (3)     Paid (2)     Approval (3)  
    (In millions)  
 
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
  $ 1,321     $ 631 (4)   $ 1,262     $     $ 552  
American Life Insurance Company (5)
  $ 661     $     $ 511       N/A       N/A  
MetLife Insurance Company of Connecticut
  $ 517     $ 330     $ 659     $     $ 714  
Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company
  $     $ 260     $     $ 300     $ 9  
Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company
  $ 80     $ 569 (6)   $ 93     $     $ 88  
 
 
(1) Reflects dividend amounts that may be paid during 2011 without prior regulatory approval. However, because dividend tests may be based on dividends previously paid over rolling 12-month periods, if paid before a specified date during 2011, some or all of such dividends may require regulatory approval.
 
(2) All amounts paid, including those requiring regulatory approval.
 
(3) Reflects dividend amounts that could have been paid during the relevant year without prior regulatory approval.
 
(4) Includes securities transferred to the Holding Company of $399 million.
 
(5) Reflects approximate dividends permitted to be paid and the respective dividends paid since the Acquisition Date. See Note 2.
 
(6) Includes shares of an affiliate distributed to the Holding Company as an in-kind dividend of $475 million.
 
In addition to the amounts presented in the table above, for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, cash dividends in the aggregate amount of $0 and $215 million, respectively, were paid to the Holding Company.
 
Under New York State Insurance Law, MLIC is permitted, without prior insurance regulatory clearance, to pay stockholder dividends to the Holding Company as long as the aggregate amount of all such dividends in any calendar year does not exceed the lesser of: (i) 10% of its surplus to policyholders as of the end of the immediately


F-198


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
preceding calendar year; or (ii) its statutory net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year (excluding realized capital gains). MLIC will be permitted to pay a dividend to the Holding Company in excess of the lesser of such two amounts only if it files notice of its intention to declare such a dividend and the amount thereof with the Superintendent and the Superintendent does not disapprove the dividend within 30 days of its filing. Under New York State Insurance Law, the Superintendent has broad discretion in determining whether the financial condition of a stock life insurance company would support the payment of such dividends to its shareholders.
 
Under Delaware State Insurance Law, each of American Life and MTL is permitted, without prior insurance regulatory clearance, to pay a stockholder dividend to the Holding Company as long as the amount of the dividend when aggregated with all other dividends in the preceding 12 months does not exceed the greater of: (i) 10% of its surplus to policyholders as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar year; or (ii) its statutory net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year (excluding realized capital gains). Each of American Life and MTL will be permitted to pay a dividend to the Holding Company in excess of the greater of such two amounts only if it files notice of the declaration of such a dividend and the amount thereof with the Delaware Commissioner of Insurance (the “Delaware Commissioner”) and the Delaware Commissioner either approves the distribution of the dividend or does not disapprove the distribution within 30 days of its filing. In addition, any dividend that exceeds earned surplus (defined as unassigned funds) as of the last filed annual statutory statement requires insurance regulatory approval. Under Delaware State Insurance Law, the Delaware Commissioner has broad discretion in determining whether the financial condition of a stock life insurance company would support the payment of such dividends to its shareholders.
 
Under Connecticut State Insurance Law, MICC is permitted, without prior insurance regulatory clearance, to pay stockholder dividends to its stockholders as long as the amount of such dividends, when aggregated with all other dividends in the preceding 12 months, does not exceed the greater of: (i) 10% of its surplus to policyholders as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar year; or (ii) its statutory net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year. MICC will be permitted to pay a dividend in excess of the greater of such two amounts only if it files notice of its declaration of such a dividend and the amount thereof with the Connecticut Commissioner of Insurance (the “Connecticut Commissioner”) and the Connecticut Commissioner does not disapprove the payment within 30 days after notice. In addition, any dividend that exceeds earned surplus (unassigned funds, reduced by 25% of unrealized appreciation in value or revaluation of assets or unrealized profits on investments) as of the last filed annual statutory statement requires insurance regulatory approval. Under Connecticut State Insurance Law, the Connecticut Commissioner has broad discretion in determining whether the financial condition of a stock life insurance company would support the payment of such dividends to its shareholders.
 
Under Rhode Island State Insurance Law, MPC is permitted, without prior insurance regulatory clearance, to pay a stockholder dividend to the Holding Company as long as the aggregate amount of all such dividends in any twelve-month period does not exceed the lesser of: (i) 10% of its surplus to policyholders as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar year; or (ii) net income, not including realized capital gains, for the immediately preceding calendar year, which may include carry forward net income from the second and third preceding calendar years excluding realized capital gains and less dividends paid in the second and immediately preceding calendar years. MPC will be permitted to pay a dividend to the Holding Company in excess of the lesser of such two amounts only if it files notice of its intention to declare such a dividend and the amount thereof with the Rhode Island Commissioner of Insurance (the “Rhode Island Commissioner”) and the Rhode Island Commissioner does not disapprove the distribution within 30 days of its filing. Under Rhode Island State Insurance Code, the Rhode Island Commissioner has broad discretion in determining whether the financial condition of a stock property and casualty insurance company would support the payment of such dividends to its shareholders.


F-199


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
The following table sets forth the reclassification adjustments required for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 in other comprehensive income (loss) that are included as part of net income for the current year that have been reported as a part of other comprehensive income (loss) in the current or prior year:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Holding gains (losses) on investments arising during the year
  $ 10,092     $ 18,548     $ (26,650 )
Income tax effect of holding gains (losses)
    (3,516 )     (6,243 )     8,989  
Reclassification adjustments:
                       
Recognized holding (gains) losses included in current year income
    (143 )     1,954       2,040  
Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts associated with investments
    (590 )     (490 )     (926 )
Income tax effect
    255       (493 )     (377 )
Allocation of holding (gains) losses on investments relating to other policyholder amounts
    (2,813 )     (2,979 )     4,809  
Income tax effect of allocation of holding (gains) losses to other policyholder amounts
    980       1,002       (1,621 )
Unrealized investment loss of subsidiary at date of sale
                131  
Deferred income tax on unrealized investment loss of subsidiary at date of sale
                (60 )
                         
Net unrealized investment gains (losses), net of income tax
    4,265       11,299       (13,665 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income tax
    (350 )     63       (700 )
Defined benefit plans adjustment, net of income tax
    96       (102 )     (1,199 )
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    4,011       11,260       (15,564 )
Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (5 )     11       (10 )
Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests of subsidiary at date of disposal
                150  
Foreign currency translation adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests of subsidiary at date of disposal
                107  
Defined benefit plans adjustment attributable to noncontrolling interests of subsidiary at date of disposal
                (4 )
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc., excluding cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    4,006       11,271       (15,321 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income tax of $27 million, $40 million and $0 (see Note 1)
    52       (76 )      
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
  $ 4,058     $ 11,195     $ (15,321 )
                         


F-200


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
19.   Other Expenses
 
Information on other expenses was as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Compensation
  $ 3,584     $ 3,402     $ 3,299  
Pension, postretirement & postemployment benefit costs
    380       452       120  
Commissions
    3,646       3,433       3,384  
Volume-related costs
    379       407       354  
Interest credited to bank deposits
    137       163       166  
Capitalization of DAC
    (3,343 )     (3,019 )     (3,092 )
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    2,801       1,307       3,489  
Interest expense on debt and debt issue costs
    1,550       1,044       1,051  
Premium taxes, licenses & fees
    514       527       471  
Professional services
    1,104       902       949  
Rent, net of sublease income
    307       385       373  
Other
    1,744       1,553       1,383  
                         
Total other expenses
  $ 12,803     $ 10,556     $ 11,947  
                         
 
Capitalization of DAC and Amortization of DAC and VOBA
 
See Note 6 for DAC and VOBA by segment and a rollforward of each including impacts of capitalization and amortization. See also Note 10 for a description of the DAC amortization impact associated with the closed block. Amortization of DAC and VOBA includes amortization of negative VOBA related to the Acquisition of $64 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Negative VOBA is recorded in other policy-related balances (see Note 2) and therefore, the amortization of negative VOBA is an offset to the VOBA amortization in Note 6.
 
Interest Expense on Debt and Debt Issue Costs
 
See Notes 11, 12, 13 and 14 for attribution of interest expense by debt issuance. Interest expense on debt and debt issue costs includes interest expense related to CSEs of $411 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, and $0 for both of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. See Note 3.
 
Lease Impairments
 
See Note 16 for description of lease impairments included within other expenses.
 
Costs Related to the Acquisition
 
See Note 2 for transaction costs and integration-related expenses related to the Acquisition which were included in other expenses.
 
Restructuring Charges
 
In September 2008, the Company began an enterprise-wide cost reduction and revenue enhancement initiative which is expected to be fully implemented by December 31, 2011. This initiative is focused on reducing complexity, leveraging scale, increasing productivity and improving the effectiveness of the Company’s operations, as well as providing a foundation for future growth. These restructuring costs were included in


F-201


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
other expenses. As the expenses relate to an enterprise-wide initiative, they were incurred within Banking, Corporate & Other. Estimated restructuring costs may change as management continues to execute its restructuring plans. Restructuring charges associated with this enterprise-wide initiative were as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Balance at January 1,
  $ 36     $ 86     $  
Severance charges
    17       84       109  
Change in severance charge estimates
    (1 )     (8 )     (8 )
Cash payments
    (45 )     (126 )     (15 )
                         
Balance at December 31,
  $ 7     $ 36     $ 86  
                         
Restructuring charges incurred in current period
  $ 16     $ 76     $ 101  
                         
Total restructuring charges incurred since inception of program
  $ 193     $ 177     $ 101  
                         
 
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the change in severance charge estimates of ($1) million, ($8) million and ($8) million, respectively, was due to changes in estimates for variable incentive compensation, COBRA benefits, employee outplacement services and for employees whose severance status changed.
 
In addition to the above charges, the Company has recognized lease charges of $28 million associated with the consolidation of office space since the inception of the initiative.
 
Management anticipates further restructuring charges, including severance, lease and asset impairments, will be incurred during the year ending December 31, 2011. However, such restructuring plans were not sufficiently developed to enable the Company to make an estimate of such restructuring charges at December 31, 2010.
 
See Note 2 for discussion of restructuring charges related to the Acquisition.


F-202


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
20.   Earnings Per Common Share
 
The following table presents the weighted average shares used in calculating basic earnings per common share and those used in calculating diluted earnings per common share for each income category presented below:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions, except share and per share data)  
 
Weighted Average Shares:
                       
Weighted average common stock outstanding for basic earnings per common share (1)
    882,436,532       818,462,150       735,184,337  
Incremental common shares from assumed:
                       
Stock purchase contracts underlying common equity units (2)
                2,043,553  
Exercise or issuance of stock-based awards (3)
    7,131,346             7,557,540  
                         
Weighted average common stock outstanding for diluted earnings per common share(1)
    889,567,878       818,462,150       744,785,430  
                         
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations:
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax
  $ 2,777     $ (2,319 )   $ 3,479  
Less: Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (4 )     (32 )     (25 )
Less: Preferred stock dividends
    122       122       125  
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ 2,659     $ (2,409 )   $ 3,379  
                         
Basic
  $ 3.01     $ (2.94 )   $ 4.60  
                         
Diluted
  $ 2.99     $ (2.94 )   $ 4.54  
                         
Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations:
                       
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
  $ 9     $ 41     $ (201 )
Less: Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax, attributable to noncontrolling interests
                94  
                         
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax, available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ 9     $ 41     $ (295 )
                         
Basic
  $ 0.01     $ 0.05     $ (0.41 )
                         
Diluted
  $ 0.01     $ 0.05     $ (0.40 )
                         
Net Income (Loss):
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,786     $ (2,278 )   $ 3,278  
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (4 )     (32 )     69  
Less: Preferred stock dividends
    122       122       125  
                         
Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ 2,668     $ (2,368 )   $ 3,084  
                         
Basic
  $ 3.02     $ (2.89 )   $ 4.19  
                         
Diluted
  $ 3.00     $ (2.89 )   $ 4.14  
                         
 
 
(1) For purposes of the earnings per common share calculation, the Convertible Preferred Stock is assumed converted into shares of common stock for both basic and diluted weighted average shares. See Note 18 for a description of the Convertible Preferred Stock.
 
(2) See Note 14 for a description of the Company’s common equity units.


F-203


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
(3) For the year ended December 31, 2009, 4,213,700 shares related to the assumed exercise or issuance of stock-based awards have been excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per common share as these assumed shares are anti-dilutive.
 
21.   Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)
 
The unaudited quarterly results of operations for 2010 and 2009 are summarized in the table below:
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
    (In millions, except per share data)  
 
2010
                               
Total revenues
  $ 13,190     $ 14,245     $ 12,444     $ 12,838  
Total expenses
  $ 11,999     $ 11,875     $ 12,051     $ 12,834  
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax
  $ 833     $ 1,540     $ 322     $ 82  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
  $ 1     $ 7     $ (2 )   $ 3  
Net income (loss)
  $ 834     $ 1,547     $ 320     $ 85  
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
  $ (1 )   $ (10 )   $ 4     $ 3  
Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
  $ 835     $ 1,557     $ 316     $ 82  
Less: Preferred stock dividends
  $ 30     $ 31     $ 30     $ 31  
Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ 805     $ 1,526     $ 286     $ 51  
Basic earnings per common share:
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ 0.98     $ 1.84     $ 0.33     $ 0.05  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax, attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
  $     $ 0.01     $     $  
Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
  $ 1.02     $ 1.90     $ 0.36     $ 0.08  
Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ 0.98     $ 1.85     $ 0.33     $ 0.05  
Diluted earnings per common share:
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ 0.97     $ 1.83     $ 0.32     $ 0.05  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax, attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
  $     $ 0.01     $     $  
Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
  $ 1.01     $ 1.87     $ 0.36     $ 0.08  
Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ 0.97     $ 1.84     $ 0.32     $ 0.05  
2009
                               
Total revenues
  $ 10,214     $ 8,264     $ 10,238     $ 12,341  
Total expenses
  $ 11,176     $ 10,640     $ 11,413     $ 12,162  
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax
  $ (585 )   $ (1,420 )   $ (624 )   $ 310  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
  $ 37     $ 2     $ (1 )   $ 3  
Net income (loss)
  $ (548 )   $ (1,418 )   $ (625 )   $ 313  
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
  $ (4 )   $ (16 )   $ (5 )   $ (7 )
Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
  $ (544 )   $ (1,402 )   $ (620 )   $ 320  
Less: Preferred stock dividends
  $ 30     $ 31     $ 30     $ 31  
Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ (574 )   $ (1,433 )   $ (650 )   $ 289  
Basic earnings per common share:
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ (0.76 )   $ (1.74 )   $ (0.79 )   $ 0.35  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax, attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
  $ 0.05     $     $     $  
Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
  $ (0.67 )   $ (1.71 )   $ (0.75 )   $ 0.39  
Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ (0.71 )   $ (1.74 )   $ (0.79 )   $ 0.35  
Diluted earnings per common share:
                               
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax, available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ (0.76 )   $ (1.74 )   $ (0.79 )   $ 0.35  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax, attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
  $ 0.05     $     $     $  
Net income (loss) attributable to MetLife, Inc. 
  $ (0.67 )   $ (1.71 )   $ (0.75 )   $ 0.39  
Net income (loss) available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
  $ (0.71 )   $ (1.74 )   $ (0.79 )   $ 0.35  


F-204


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
22.   Business Segment Information
 
MetLife is organized into five segments: Insurance Products, Retirement Products, Corporate Benefit Funding and Auto & Home (collectively, “U.S. Business”) and International. The assets and liabilities of ALICO as of November 30, 2010 and the operating results of ALICO from the Acquisition Date through November 30, 2010 are included in the International segment. In addition, the Company reports certain of its results of operations in Banking, Corporate & Other, which includes MetLife Bank and other business activities. For reporting purposes beginning in 2011, our non-U.S. Business results will be presented within two separate segments: Japan and Other International Regions.
 
Insurance Products offers a broad range of protection products and services to individuals and corporations, as well as other institutions and their respective employees, and is organized into three distinct businesses: Group Life, Individual Life and Non-Medical Health. Group Life insurance products and services include variable life, universal life and term life products. Individual Life insurance products and services include variable life, universal life, term life and whole life products. Non-Medical Health products and services include dental insurance, short- and long-term disability, long-term care and other insurance products. Retirement Products offers asset accumulation and income products, including a wide variety of annuities. Corporate Benefit Funding offers pension risk solutions, structured settlements, stable value and investment products and other benefit funding products. Auto & Home provides personal lines property and casualty insurance, including private passenger automobile, homeowners and personal excess liability insurance. In the fourth quarter of 2010, management realigned certain income annuity products within the Company’s segments to better conform to the way it manages and assesses its business and began reporting such product results in the Retirement Products segment, previously reported in the Corporate Benefit Funding segment. Accordingly, prior period results for these segments have been adjusted by $29 million and $13 million of operating losses, net of $15 million and $8 million of income tax benefits, for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, to reflect such product reclassifications.
 
International provides life insurance, accident and health insurance, credit insurance, annuities, endowments and retirement & savings products to both individuals and groups.
 
Banking, Corporate & Other contains the excess capital not allocated to the segments, the results of operations of MetLife Bank, various start-up entities and run-off entities, as well as interest expense related to the majority of the Company’s outstanding debt and expenses associated with certain legal proceedings and income tax audit issues. Banking, Corporate & Other also includes the elimination of intersegment amounts, which generally relate to intersegment loans, which bear interest rates commensurate with related borrowings.
 
Operating earnings is the measure of segment profit or loss the Company uses to evaluate segment performance and allocate resources. Consistent with GAAP accounting guidance for segment reporting, it is the Company’s measure of segment performance reported below. Operating earnings does not equate to income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax or net income (loss) as determined in accordance with GAAP and should not be viewed as a substitute for those GAAP measures. The Company believes the presentation of operating earnings herein as the Company measures it for management purposes enhances the understanding of its performance by highlighting the results from operations and the underlying profitability drivers of the businesses.
 
Operating earnings is defined as operating revenues less operating expenses, net of income tax.
 
Operating revenues is defined as GAAP revenues (i) less net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses); (ii) less amortization of unearned revenue related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses); (iii) plus scheduled periodic settlement payments on derivatives that are hedges of investments but do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment; (iv) plus income from discontinued real estate operations; (v) less net investment income related to contractholder-directed unit-linked investments; and (vi) plus, for operating joint ventures reported under the equity method of accounting, the aforementioned adjustments, those identified in the definition of operating expenses and changes in fair value of hedges of operating joint venture liabilities, all net of income tax.


F-205


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
Operating expenses is defined as GAAP expenses (i) less changes in policyholder benefits associated with asset value fluctuations related to experience-rated contractholder liabilities and certain inflation-indexed liabilities; (ii) less costs related to business combinations (since January 1, 2009) and noncontrolling interests; (iii) less amortization of DAC and VOBA and changes in the policyholder dividend obligation related to net investment gains (losses) and net derivative gains (losses); (iv) less interest credited to policyholder account balances related to contractholder-directed unit-linked investments; and (v) plus scheduled periodic settlement payments on derivatives that are hedges of policyholder account balances but do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment.
 
In addition, operating revenues and operating expenses do not reflect the consolidation of certain securitization entities that are VIEs as required under GAAP.
 
Set forth in the tables below is certain financial information with respect to the Company’s segments, as well as Banking, Corporate & Other for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and at December 31, 2010 and 2009. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those of the Company, except for the method of capital allocation and the accounting for gains (losses) from intercompany sales, which are eliminated in consolidation. Economic capital is an internally developed risk capital model, the purpose of which is to measure the risk in the business and to provide a basis upon which capital is deployed. The economic capital model accounts for the unique and specific nature of the risks inherent in the Company’s businesses. As a part of the economic capital process, a portion of net investment income is credited to the segments based on the level of allocated equity. The Company allocates certain non-recurring items, such as expenses associated with certain legal proceedings, to Banking, Corporate & Other.
 


F-206


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                                                 
    Operating Earnings              
    U.S. Business                                
                Corporate
                      Banking,
                   
    Insurance
    Retirement
    Benefit
    Auto
                Corporate
                Total
 
Year Ended December 31, 2010   Products     Products     Funding     & Home     Total     International     & Other     Total     Adjustments     Consolidated  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues
                                                                               
Premiums
  $ 17,200     $ 875     $ 1,938     $ 2,923     $ 22,936     $ 4,447     $ 11     $ 27,394     $     $ 27,394  
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    2,247       2,234       226             4,707       1,329             6,036       1       6,037  
Net investment income
    6,068       3,395       4,954       209       14,626       1,703       992       17,321       294       17,615  
Other revenues
    761       220       246       22       1,249       35       1,044       2,328             2,328  
Net investment gains (losses)
                                                    (392 )     (392 )
Net derivative gains (losses)
                                                    (265 )     (265 )
                                                                                 
Total revenues
    26,276       6,724       7,364       3,154       43,518       7,514       2,047       53,079       (362 )     52,717  
                                                                                 
Expenses
                                                                               
Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends
    19,075       1,879       4,041       2,021       27,016       3,723       (14 )     30,725       306       31,031  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    963       1,612       1,445             4,020       683             4,703       222       4,925  
Interest credited to bank deposits
                                        137       137             137  
Capitalization of DAC
    (841 )     (1,067 )     (19 )     (448 )     (2,375 )     (968 )           (3,343 )           (3,343 )
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    966       724       16       439       2,145       537       1       2,683       118       2,801  
Interest expense on debt
    1       3       6             10       3       1,126       1,139       411       1,550  
Other expenses
    4,080       2,437       460       769       7,746       2,538       1,155       11,439       219       11,658  
                                                                                 
Total expenses
    24,244       5,588       5,949       2,781       38,562       6,516       2,405       47,483       1,276       48,759  
                                                                                 
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    711       397       495       73       1,676       206       (300 )     1,582       (401 )     1,181  
                                                                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 1,321     $ 739     $ 920     $ 300     $ 3,280     $ 792     $ (58 )     4,014                  
                                                                                 
Adjustments to:
                                                                               
Total revenues
                                                            (362 )                
Total expenses
                                                            (1,276 )                
Provision for income tax (expense) benefit
                                                            401                  
                                                                                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax
                                                          $ 2,777             $ 2,777  
                                                                                 
 
                                                                 
    U.S. Business                    
                Corporate
                      Banking,
       
    Insurance
    Retirement
    Benefit
    Auto
                Corporate
       
At December 31, 2010:   Products     Products     Funding     & Home     Total     International     & Other     Total  
    (In millions)  
 
Total assets
  $ 141,366     $ 177,056     $ 172,918     $ 5,541     $ 496,881     $ 164,995     $ 69,030     $ 730,906  
Separate account assets
  $ 9,567     $ 107,335     $ 56,571     $     $ 173,473     $ 9,864     $     $ 183,337  
Separate account liabilities
  $ 9,567     $ 107,335     $ 56,571     $     $ 173,473     $ 9,864     $     $ 183,337  
 

F-207


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                                                 
    Operating Earnings              
    U.S. Business                                
                Corporate
                      Banking,
                   
    Insurance
    Retirement
    Benefit
    Auto
                Corporate
                Total
 
Year Ended December 31, 2009   Products     Products     Funding     & Home     Total     International     & Other     Total     Adjustments     Consolidated  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues
                                                                               
Premiums
  $ 17,168     $ 920     $ 2,264     $ 2,902     $ 23,254     $ 3,187     $ 19     $ 26,460     $     $ 26,460  
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    2,281       1,712       176             4,169       1,061             5,230       (27 )     5,203  
Net investment income
    5,614       3,098       4,527       180       13,419       1,193       477       15,089       (252 )     14,837  
Other revenues
    779       173       238       33       1,223       14       1,092       2,329             2,329  
Net investment gains (losses)
                                                    (2,906 )     (2,906 )
Net derivative gains (losses)
                                                    (4,866 )     (4,866 )
                                                                                 
Total revenues
    25,842       5,903       7,205       3,115       42,065       5,455       1,588       49,108       (8,051 )     41,057  
                                                                                 
Expenses
                                                                               
Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends
    19,111       1,950       4,245       1,932       27,238       2,660       4       29,902       84       29,986  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    952       1,688       1,632             4,272       581             4,853       (4 )     4,849  
Interest credited to bank deposits
                                        163       163             163  
Capitalization of DAC
    (873 )     (1,067 )     (14 )     (435 )     (2,389 )     (630 )           (3,019 )           (3,019 )
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    725       424       15       436       1,600       415       3       2,018       (711 )     1,307  
Interest expense on debt
    6             3             9       8       1,027       1,044             1,044  
Other expenses
    4,206       2,433       456       764       7,859       1,797       1,336       10,992       69       11,061  
                                                                                 
Total expenses
    24,127       5,428       6,337       2,697       38,589       4,831       2,533       45,953       (562 )     45,391  
                                                                                 
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    573       167       288       96       1,124       161       (617 )     668       (2,683 )     (2,015 )
                                                                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 1,142     $ 308     $ 580     $ 322     $ 2,352     $ 463     $ (328 )     2,487                  
                                                                                 
Adjustments to:
                                                                               
Total revenues
                                                            (8,051 )                
Total expenses
                                                            562                  
Provision for income tax (expense) benefit
                                                            2,683                  
                                                                                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax
                                                          $ (2,319 )           $ (2,319 )
                                                                                 
 
                                                                 
    U.S. Business            
            Corporate
              Banking,
   
    Insurance
  Retirement
  Benefit
  Auto
          Corporate
   
At December 31, 2009:   Products   Products   Funding   & Home   Total   International   & Other   Total
    (In millions)
 
Total assets
  $ 132,720     $ 154,228     $ 153,795     $ 5,517     $ 446,260     $ 33,923     $ 59,131     $ 539,314  
Separate account assets
  $ 8,838     $ 87,157     $ 45,688     $     $ 141,683     $ 7,358     $     $ 149,041  
Separate account liabilities
  $ 8,838     $ 87,157     $ 45,688     $     $ 141,683     $ 7,358     $     $ 149,041  
 

F-208


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
                                                                                 
    Operating Earnings              
    U.S. Business                                
                Corporate
    Auto
                Banking,
                   
    Insurance
    Retirement
    Benefit
    &
                Corporate
                Total
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008   Products     Products     Funding     Home     Total     International     & Other     Total     Adjustments     Consolidated  
    (In millions)  
 
Revenues
                                                                               
Premiums
  $ 16,402     $ 696     $ 2,348     $ 2,971     $ 22,417     $ 3,470     $ 27     $ 25,914     $     $ 25,914  
Universal life and investment-type product policy fees
    2,171       1,870       227             4,268       1,095             5,363       18       5,381  
Net investment income
    5,787       2,624       5,615       186       14,212       1,180       808       16,200       89       16,289  
Other revenues
    819       169       358       38       1,384       18       184       1,586             1,586  
Net investment gains (losses)
                                                    (2,098 )     (2,098 )
Net derivative gains (losses)
                                                    3,910       3,910  
                                                                                 
Total revenues
    25,179       5,359       8,548       3,195       42,281       5,763       1,019       49,063       1,919       50,982  
                                                                                 
Expenses
                                                                               
Policyholder benefits and claims and policyholder dividends
    18,183       1,271       4,398       1,924       25,776       3,185       46       29,007       181       29,188  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    930       1,338       2,297             4,565       171       7       4,743       45       4,788  
Interest credited to bank deposits
                                        166       166             166  
Capitalization of DAC
    (849 )     (980 )     (18 )     (444 )     (2,291 )     (798 )     (3 )     (3,092 )           (3,092 )
Amortization of DAC and VOBA
    743       1,356       29       454       2,582       381       5       2,968       521       3,489  
Interest expense on debt
    5       2       2             9       9       1,033       1,051             1,051  
Other expenses
    4,196       2,101       440       794       7,531       2,079       699       10,309       24       10,333  
                                                                                 
Total expenses
    23,208       5,088       7,148       2,728       38,172       5,027       1,953       45,152       771       45,923  
                                                                                 
Provision for income tax expense (benefit)
    661       91       474       104       1,330       257       (495 )     1,092       488       1,580  
                                                                                 
Operating earnings
  $ 1,310     $ 180     $ 926     $ 363     $ 2,779     $ 479     $ (439 )     2,819                  
                                                                                 
Adjustments to:
                                                                               
Total revenues
                                                            1,919                  
Total expenses
                                                            (771 )                
Provision for income tax (expense) benefit
                                                            (488 )                
                                                                                 
Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of income tax
                                                          $ 3,479             $ 3,479  
                                                                                 
 
Net investment income is based upon the actual results of each segment’s specifically identifiable asset portfolio adjusted for allocated equity. Other costs are allocated to each of the segments based upon: (i) a review of the nature of such costs; (ii) time studies analyzing the amount of employee compensation costs incurred by each segment; and (iii) cost estimates included in the Company’s product pricing.
 
Operating revenues derived from any customer did not exceed 10% of consolidated operating revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Operating revenues from U.S. operations were $44.9 billion, $42.8 billion and $42.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, which represented 85%, 87% and 87%, respectively, of consolidated operating revenues.

F-209


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
23.   Discontinued Operations
 
Real Estate
 
The Company actively manages its real estate portfolio with the objective of maximizing earnings through selective acquisitions and dispositions. Income related to real estate classified as held-for-sale or sold is presented in discontinued operations. These assets are carried at the lower of depreciated cost or estimated fair value less expected disposition costs. Income from discontinued real estate operations, net of income tax, was $3 million, $11 million and $13 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
The carrying value of real estate related to discontinued operations was $8 million and $55 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Operations
 
Texas Life Insurance Company
 
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the Holding Company entered into an agreement to sell its wholly-owned subsidiary, Cova, the parent company of Texas Life, to a third-party and the sale occurred in March 2009. See Note 2. The following table presents the amounts related to the operations of Cova that have been reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations:
 
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Total revenues
  $ 25     $ 134  
Total expenses
    19       119  
                 
Income before provision for income tax
    6       15  
Provision for income tax
    2       4  
                 
Income from operations of discontinued operations, net of income tax
    4       11  
Gain on disposal, net of income tax
    28       37  
                 
Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax
  $ 32     $ 48  
                 


F-210


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)
 
 
Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated
 
As more fully described in Note 2, the Company completed a tax-free split-off of its majority-owned subsidiary, RGA in September 2008. The following table presents the amounts related to the operations of RGA that have been reflected as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of operations:
 
         
    Year Ended
 
    December 31, 2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Total revenues
  $ 3,952  
Total expenses
    3,796  
         
Income before provision for income tax
    156  
Provision for income tax
    53  
         
Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax, available to MetLife, Inc.’s common shareholders
    103  
Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax, attributable to noncontrolling interests
    94  
Loss on disposal, net of income tax
    (458 )
         
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income tax
  $ (261 )
         
 
The operations of RGA included direct policies and reinsurance agreements with MetLife and some of its subsidiaries. These agreements are generally terminable by either party upon 90 days written notice with respect to future new business. Agreements related to existing business generally are not terminable, unless the underlying policies terminate or are recaptured. These direct policies and reinsurance agreements do not constitute significant continuing involvement by the Company with RGA. Included in continuing operations in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations are amounts related to these transactions, including ceded amounts that reduced premiums and fees by $158 million and ceded amounts that reduced policyholder benefits and claims by $136 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 that have not been eliminated as these transactions have continued after the RGA disposition.
 
24.   Subsequent Events
 
Dividends
 
On February 18, 2011, the Holding Company announced dividends of $0.2500000 per share, for a total of $6 million, on its Series A preferred shares, and $0.4062500 per share, for a total of $24 million, on its Series B preferred shares, subject to the final confirmation that it has met the financial tests specified in the Series A and Series B preferred shares, which the Company anticipates will be made on or about March 7, 2011. Both dividends will be payable March 15, 2011 to shareholders of record as of February 28, 2011.
 
Credit Facility
 
On February 1, 2011, the Holding Company entered into a committed facility with a third-party bank to provide letters of credit for the benefit of Missouri Reinsurance (Barbados) Inc. (“MoRe”), a captive reinsurance subsidiary, to address its short-term solvency needs based on guidance from the regulator. This one-year facility provides for the issuance of letters of credit in amounts up to $350 million. Under the facility, a letter of credit for $250 million was issued on February 2, 2011 and increased to $295 million on February 23, 2011, which management believes satisfies MoRe’s solvency requirements.


F-211


Table of Contents

Schedule I

Consolidated Summary of Investments

MetLife, Inc.
 
Schedule I
 
Consolidated Summary of Investments —
Other Than Investments in Related Parties
December 31, 2010
(In millions)
 
                         
                Amount at
 
    Cost or
    Estimated
    Which Shown on
 
Type of Investments   Amortized Cost (1)     Fair Value     Balance Sheet  
 
Fixed maturity securities:
                       
Bonds:
                       
Foreign government securities
  $ 42,154     $ 43,400     $ 43,400  
U.S. Treasury, agency and government guaranteed securities
    32,469       33,304       33,304  
Public utilities
    11,416       12,040       12,040  
State and political subdivision securities
    10,476       10,129       10,129  
All other corporate bonds
    138,873       143,851       143,851  
                         
Total bonds
    235,388       242,724       242,724  
Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities
    79,406       79,698       79,698  
Redeemable preferred stock
    5,208       4,855       4,855  
Other fixed maturity securities
    6       7       7  
                         
Total fixed maturity securities
    320,008       327,284       327,284  
                         
Trading and other securities
    18,263       18,589       18,589  
                         
Equity securities:
                       
Common stock:
                       
Industrial, miscellaneous and all other
    2,036       2,167       2,167  
Banks, trust and insurance companies
    18       19       19  
Public utilities
    6       8       8  
Non-redeemable preferred stock
    1,565       1,412       1,412  
                         
Total equity securities
    3,625       3,606       3,606  
                         
Mortgage loans:
                       
Held-for-investment
    59,055               59,055  
Held-for-sale
    3,321               3,321  
                         
Mortgage loans, net
    62,376               62,376  
                         
Policy loans
    11,914               11,914  
Real estate and real estate joint ventures
    7,878               7,878  
Real estate acquired in satisfaction of debt
    152               152  
Other limited partnership interests
    6,416               6,416  
Short-term investments
    9,387               9,387  
Other invested assets
    15,430               15,430  
                         
Total investments
  $ 455,449             $ 463,032  
                         
 
 
(1) The Company’s trading and other securities portfolio is mainly comprised of fixed maturity and equity securities, including mutual funds, and to a lesser extent, short-term investments and cash and cash equivalents. Cost or amortized cost for fixed maturity securities and mortgage loans held-for-investment represents original cost reduced by repayments, valuation allowances and impairments from other-than-temporary declines in estimated fair value that are charged to earnings and adjusted for amortization of premiums or discounts; for equity securities, cost represents original cost reduced by impairments from other-than-temporary declines in estimated fair value; for real estate, cost represents original cost reduced by impairments and adjusted for valuation allowances and depreciation; for real estate joint ventures and other limited partnership interests cost represents original cost reduced for other-than-temporary impairments or original cost adjusted for equity in earnings and distributions.


F-212


Table of Contents

Schedule II

MetLife, Inc.
 
Schedule II
 
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
December 31, 2010 and 2009
(In millions, except share and per share data)
 
                 
    2010     2009  
 
Condensed Balance Sheets
               
Assets
               
Investments:
               
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (amortized cost: $2,691 and $3,173, respectively)
  $ 2,740     $ 3,187  
Equity securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (cost: $18 and $20, respectively)
    15       17  
Short-term investments, principally at estimated fair value
    33       303  
Other invested assets, at estimated fair value
    114       37  
                 
Total investments
    2,902       3,544  
Cash and cash equivalents
    624       679  
Accrued investment income
    42       36  
Investment in subsidiaries
    65,832       42,997  
Loans to subsidiaries
    1,275       1,575  
Receivables from subsidiaries
    73       11  
Other assets
    1,320       991  
                 
Total assets
  $ 72,068     $ 49,833  
                 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
               
Liabilities
               
Payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
  $ 660     $ 427  
Long-term debt — unaffiliated
    16,258       10,458  
Long-term debt — affiliated
    665       500  
Collateral financing arrangements
    2,797       2,797  
Junior subordinated debt securities
    1,748       1,748  
Other liabilities
    1,315       782  
                 
Total liabilities
  $ 23,443     $ 16,712  
                 
Stockholders’ Equity
               
Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 200,000,000 shares authorized:
               
Preferred stock, 84,000,000 shares issued and outstanding; $2,100 aggregate liquidation preference
    1       1  
Convertible preferred stock, 6,857,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010
           
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 3,000,000,000 shares authorized; 989,031,704 and 822,359,818 shares issued at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively; 985,837,817 and 818,833,810 shares outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
    10       8  
Additional paid-in capital
    26,423       16,859  
Retained earnings
    21,363       19,501  
Treasury stock, at cost; 3,193,887 and 3,526,008 shares at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
    (172 )     (190 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    1,000       (3,058 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    48,625       33,121  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 72,068     $ 49,833  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to the condensed financial information.


F-213


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Schedule II
 
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant — (Continued)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
(In millions)
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Condensed Statements of Operations
                       
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries
  $ 3,441     $ (1,811 )   $ 3,666  
Net investment income
    144       153       167  
Other income
    144       155       149  
Net investment gains (losses):
                       
Other-than-temporary impairments on fixed maturity securities
          (23 )     (12 )
Other net investment gains (losses)
    31       (85 )     139  
                         
Total net investment gains (losses)
    31       (108 )     127  
Net derivative gains (losses)
    (81 )     199       (399 )
Interest expense
    (882 )     (776 )     (736 )
Other expenses
    (319 )     (202 )     (89 )
                         
Income (loss) before provision for income tax
    2,478       (2,390 )     2,885  
Provision for income tax benefit
    (312 )     (144 )     (324 )
                         
Net income (loss)
    2,790       (2,246 )     3,209  
Less: Preferred stock dividends
    122       122       125  
                         
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
  $ 2,668     $ (2,368 )   $ 3,084  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to the condensed financial information.


F-214


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Schedule II
 
Condensed Financial Information of Registrant — (Continued)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
(In millions)
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
                       
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,790     $ (2,246 )   $ 3,209  
Earnings of subsidiaries
    (3,441 )     1,811       (3,666 )
Dividends from subsidiaries
    916       515       1,148  
Other, net
    376       (458 )     509  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    641       (378 )     1,200  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Sales of fixed maturity securities
    7,422       1,005       3,970  
Purchases of fixed maturity securities
    (6,542 )     (3,002 )     (2,983 )
Sales of equity securities
    5              
Purchases of equity securities
          (3 )     (1 )
Cash received in connection with freestanding derivatives
    200       239       613  
Cash paid in connection with freestanding derivatives
    (450 )     (496 )     (315 )
Sales of businesses
          130        
Disposal of subsidiary
          (19 )     (43 )
Purchases of businesses
    (7,196 )           (202 )
Expense paid on behalf of subsidiaries
    (72 )     (69 )      
Repayments of loans to subsidiaries
    300             400  
Investment in preferred stock of subsidiary
    (50 )     (75 )      
Returns of capital from subsidiaries
    54              
Capital contributions to subsidiaries
    (374 )     (876 )     (1,284 )
Net change in short-term investments
    271       772       (1,073 )
Other, net
    (35 )     186       (241 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (6,467 )     (2,208 )     (1,159 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Net change in payables for collateral under securities loaned and other transactions
    233       84       (471 )
Net change in short-term debt
          (300 )     (10 )
Long-term debt issued
    2,987       1,647        
Long-term debt paid
                 
Cash received in connection with collateral financing arrangements
          775        
Cash paid in connection with collateral financing arrangements
          (400 )     (800 )
Junior subordinated debt securities issued
          500        
Debt issuance costs
    (14 )     (30 )     (8 )
Stock options exercised
    5       8       45  
Common stock issued, net of issuance costs
    3,576             290  
Common stock issued to settle stock forward contracts
          1,035        
Treasury stock acquired in connection with share repurchase agreements
                (1,250 )
Treasury stock issued in connection with common stock issuance, net of issuance costs
                1,936  
Treasury stock issued to settle stock forward contracts
                1,035  
Dividends on preferred stock
    (122 )     (122 )     (125 )
Dividends on common stock
    (784 )     (610 )     (592 )
Other, net
    (110 )            
                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    5,771       2,587       50  
                         
Change in cash and cash equivalents
    (55 )     1       91  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    679       678       587  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 624     $ 679     $ 678  
                         


F-215


Table of Contents

                         
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
Net cash paid (received) during the year for:
                       
Interest
  $ 808     $ 704     $ 696  
                         
Income tax
  $ (474 )   $ 104     $ (249 )
                         
Non-cash transactions during the year:
                       
Business acquisition:
                       
Assets acquired
  $ 125,689     $     $  
Liabilities assumed
    (109,267 )            
Redeemable and non-redeemable noncontrolling interests assumed
    (130 )            
                         
Net assets acquired
    16,292              
Cash paid, excluding transaction costs of $88, $0 and $0, respectively
    (7,196 )            
Other purchase price adjustments
    98              
                         
Securities issued
  $ 9,194     $     $  
                         
Disposal of subsidiary:
                       
Investment in subsidiary disposed
  $     $     $ 1,716  
Transaction costs, including cash paid of $0, $19 and $43, respectively
          2       60  
Treasury stock received in common stock exchange
                (1,318 )
                         
Loss on disposal of subsidiary
  $     $ 2     $ 458  
                         
Remarketing of debt securities:
                       
Fixed maturity securities redeemed
  $     $ 32     $ 32  
                         
Long-term debt issued
  $     $ 1,035     $ 1,035  
                         
Junior subordinated debt securities redeemed
  $     $ 1,067     $ 1,067  
                         
Contribution of goodwill to subsidiaries
  $     $     $ 22  
                         
Contribution of other intangible assets to subsidiaries, net of deferred income tax
  $     $     $ 97  
                         
Issuance of collateral financing arrangements
  $     $ 105     $ 310  
                         
Dividends from subsidiaries
  $ 874     $     $  
                         
Capital contribution to subsidiary
  $     $ 105     $ 310  
                         
Allocation of interest expense to subsidiary
  $ 30     $ 44     $ 107  
                         
Allocation of interest income to subsidiary
  $ 46     $ 56     $ 110  
                         
Issuance of loan to subsidiary via transfer of fixed maturity securities
  $     $ 300     $  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to the condensed financial information.

F-216


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Schedule II
 
Notes to the Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
 
1.   Basis of Presentation
 
The condensed financial information of MetLife, Inc. (the “Holding Company” or the “Registrant”) should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of MetLife, Inc. and its subsidiaries and the notes thereto (the “Consolidated Financial Statements”). These condensed unconsolidated financial statements reflect the results of operations, financial position and cash flows for the Holding Company. Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.
 
The preparation of these condensed unconsolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to adopt accounting policies and make certain estimates and assumptions. The most important of these estimates and assumptions relate to the fair value measurements, the accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets and the provision for potential losses that may arise from litigation and regulatory proceedings and tax audits, which may affect the amounts reported in the condensed unconsolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
2.   Acquisition
 
On November 1, 2010, the Holding Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of American Life Insurance Company (“American Life”) and Delaware American Life Insurance Company (collectively, “ALICO”). For further information on the $16.4 billion purchase price including cash, common stock, convertible preferred stock and common equity units, as well as on the capital raised in anticipation of the acquisition, see Notes 2, 11, 14 and 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
3.   Loans to Subsidiaries
 
The Holding Company lends funds, as necessary, to its subsidiaries, some of which are regulated, to meet their capital requirements. Such loans are included in loans to subsidiaries and consisted of the following at:
 
                         
    Interest
  Maturity
  December 31,  
Subsidiaries   Rate   Date   2010     2009  
            (In millions)  
 
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
  6-month LIBOR + 1.80%   December 31, 2011   $ 775     $ 775  
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
  6-month LIBOR + 1.80%   December 31, 2011           300  
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
  7.13%   December 15, 2032     400       400  
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
  7.13%   January 15, 2033     100       100  
                         
Total
          $ 1,275     $ 1,575  
                         
 
In December 2009, the $700 million surplus note issued to the Holding Company by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“MLIC”) was renewed and increased to $775 million, extending the maturity to December 31, 2011 with an interest rate of 6-month LIBOR + 1.80%.
 
In December 2009, MLIC issued a surplus note to the Holding Company for $300 million maturing in 2011 with an interest rate of 6-month LIBOR + 1.80%. MLIC received securities in exchange for the surplus note. On December 29, 2010, MLIC repaid the $300 million surplus note to the Holding Company in cash.
 
In June 2008, MetLife Investors USA Insurance Company repaid the $400 million surplus note with an interest rate of 7.35% to the Holding Company.
 
Interest income earned on loans to subsidiaries of $63 million, $50 million and $81 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, is included in net investment income.


F-217


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Schedule II
 
Notes to the Condensed Financial Information of Registrant — (Continued)
 
Payments of interest and principal on surplus notes, which are subordinate to all other obligations of the issuing company, may be made only with the prior approval of the insurance department of the state of domicile.
 
4.   Long-term and Short-term Debt
 
Long-term Debt
 
Long-term debt outstanding is as follows:
 
                                 
    Interest Rates         December 31,  
    Range   Weighted Average   Maturity     2010     2009  
                  (In millions)  
 
Senior notes — unaffiliated
  0.61%-7.72%   5.58%     2011-2045     $ 16,258     $ 10,458  
Senior notes — affiliated (1)
  5.00%-6.82%   5.62%     2011-2020       165        
Other affiliated debt
  0.95%-1.23%   1.04%     2015-2016       500       500  
                                 
Total
                  $ 16,923     $ 10,958  
                                 
 
 
(1) Consists of affiliated senior notes associated with bonds held by ALICO.
 
The aggregate maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2010 for the next five years and thereafter are $751 million in 2011, $797 million in 2012, $749 million in 2013, $1,350 million in 2014, $1,284 million in 2015 and $11,992 million thereafter.
 
Short-term Debt
 
There was no short-term debt outstanding at both December 31, 2010 and 2009. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the weighted average interest rate on short-term debt was 1.25% and 2.5%, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the average daily balance on short-term debt was $5 million, and the average days outstanding was 6 days. There was no short-term debt activity in 2010.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense is comprised of the following:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In millions)  
 
Short-term debt
  $     $     $ 10  
Long-term debt — unaffiliated
    689       589       412  
Long-term debt — affiliated
    15       16       28  
Collateral financing arrangements
    44       59       121  
Junior subordinated debt securities
    134       112       164  
Stock purchase contracts
                1  
                         
Total interest expense
  $ 882     $ 776     $ 736  
                         
 
5.   Support Agreements
 
The Holding Company is party to various capital support commitments and guarantees with certain of its subsidiaries and a corporation in which it owns 50% of the equity. Under these arrangements, the Holding Company


F-218


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Schedule II
 
Notes to the Condensed Financial Information of Registrant — (Continued)
 
has agreed to cause each such entity to meet specified capital and surplus levels or has guaranteed certain contractual obligations.
 
In November 2010, the Holding Company guaranteed the obligations of Exeter Reassurance Company Ltd. (“Exeter”) in an aggregate amount up to $1.0 billion, under a reinsurance agreement with MetLife Europe Limited (“MEL”), under which Exeter reinsures the guaranteed living benefits and guaranteed death benefits associated with certain unit-linked annuity contracts issued by MEL.
 
In January 2010, the Holding Company guaranteed the obligations of its subsidiary, Missouri Reinsurance (Barbados) Inc. (“MoRe”), under a retrocession agreement with RGA Reinsurance (Barbados) Inc., pursuant to which MoRe retrocedes certain group term life insurance issued by MLIC.
 
In December 2009, the Holding Company, in connection with MetLife Reinsurance Company of Vermont’s (“MRV”) reinsurance of certain universal life and term life insurance risks, committed to the Vermont Department of Banking, Insurance, Securities and Health Care Administration to take necessary action to cause the third protected cell of MRV to maintain total adjusted capital equal to or greater than 200% of such protected cell’s authorized control level risk-based capital (“RBC”), as defined in state insurance statutes. See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The Holding Company, in connection with MRV’s reinsurance of certain universal life and term life insurance risks, committed to the Vermont Department of Banking, Insurance, Securities and Health Care Administration to take necessary action to cause each of the two initial protected cells of MRV to maintain total adjusted capital equal to or greater than 200% of such protected cell’s authorized control level RBC, as defined in state insurance statutes. See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The Holding Company, in connection with the collateral financing arrangement associated with MetLife Reinsurance Company of Charleston’s (“MRC”) reinsurance of a portion of the liabilities associated with the closed block, committed to the South Carolina Department of Insurance to make capital contributions, if necessary, to MRC so that MRC may at all times maintain its total adjusted capital at a level of not less than 200% of the company action level RBC, as defined in state insurance statutes as in effect on the date of determination or December 31, 2007, whichever calculation produces the greater capital requirement, or as otherwise required by the South Carolina Department of Insurance. See Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The Holding Company, in connection with the collateral financing arrangement associated with MetLife Reinsurance Company of South Carolina’s (“MRSC”) reinsurance of universal life secondary guarantees, committed to the South Carolina Department of Insurance to take necessary action to cause MRSC to maintain total adjusted capital equal to the greater of $250,000 or 100% of MRSC’s authorized control level RBC, as defined in state insurance statutes. See Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The Holding Company has net worth maintenance agreements with two of its insurance subsidiaries, MetLife Investors Insurance Company and First MetLife Investors Insurance Company. Under these agreements, as subsequently amended, the Holding Company agreed, without limitation as to the amount, to cause each of these subsidiaries to have a minimum capital and surplus of $10 million, total adjusted capital at a level not less than 150% of the company action level RBC, as defined by state insurance statutes, and liquidity necessary to enable it to meet its current obligations on a timely basis.
 
The Holding Company has a net worth maintenance agreement with Mitsui Sumitomo MetLife Insurance Company Limited (“MSI MetLife”), an investment in Japan of which the Holding Company owns 50% of the equity. Under the agreement, the Holding Company agreed, without limitation as to amount, to cause MSI MetLife to have the amount of capital and surplus necessary for MSI MetLife to maintain a solvency ratio of at least 400%, as calculated in accordance with the Insurance Business Law of Japan, and to make such loans to MSI MetLife as may be necessary to ensure that MSI MetLife has sufficient cash or other liquid assets to meet its payment


F-219


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Schedule II
 
Notes to the Condensed Financial Information of Registrant — (Continued)
 
obligations as they fall due. As described in Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Holding Company reached an agreement to sell its 50% interest in MSI MetLife to a third-party. Upon the close of such sale, the Holding Company’s obligations under the net worth maintenance agreement will terminate.
 
The Holding Company has guaranteed the obligations of its subsidiary, Exeter, under a reinsurance agreement with MSI MetLife under which Exeter reinsures variable annuities written by MSI MetLife. This guarantee will remain in place until such time as the reinsurance agreement between Exeter and MSI MetLife is terminated, notwithstanding any prior disposition of the Holding Company’s interest in MSI MetLife as described in Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The Holding Company also guarantees the obligations of a number of its subsidiaries under credit facilities with third-party banks. See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-220


Table of Contents

 
Schedule III

MetLife, Inc.
 
Schedule III
 
Consolidated Supplementary Insurance Information
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
(In millions)
 
                                         
          Future Policy Benefits,
                   
          Other Policy-Related
                   
    DAC
    Balances and
    Policyholder
    Policyholder
       
    and
    Policyholder Dividend
    Account
    Dividends
    Unearned
 
Segment   VOBA     Obligation     Balances     Payable     Revenue (1)  
 
2010
                                       
U.S. Business:
                                       
Insurance Products
  $ 9,080     $ 79,643     $ 29,407     $ 722     $ 988  
Retirement Products
    5,800       8,975       46,517             103  
Corporate Benefit Funding
    75       39,371       57,773             53  
Auto & Home
    190       3,207                    
                                         
Total U.S. Business
    15,145       131,196       133,697       722       1,144  
International
    12,159       52,638       77,281       108       975  
Banking, Corporate & Other
    3       6,221       42              
                                         
Total
  $ 27,307     $ 190,055     $ 211,020     $ 830     $ 2,119  
                                         
2009
                                       
U.S. Business:
                                       
Insurance Products
  $ 10,103     $ 76,948     $ 28,118     $ 761     $ 1,123  
Retirement Products
    6,024       8,348       46,855             79  
Corporate Benefit Funding
    74       37,574       55,522             62  
Auto & Home
    181       3,156                    
                                         
Total U.S. Business
    16,382       126,026       130,495       761       1,264  
International
    2,870       12,467       8,128             805  
Banking, Corporate & Other
    4       5,832       50              
                                         
Total
  $ 19,256     $ 144,325     $ 138,673     $ 761     $ 2,069  
                                         
2008
                                       
U.S. Business:
                                       
Insurance Products
  $ 11,555     $ 74,515     $ 26,510     $ 1,023     $ 1,213  
Retirement Products
    5,889       7,924       44,316             54  
Corporate Benefit Funding
    74       36,763       66,375             73  
Auto & Home
    183       3,126                    
                                         
Total U.S. Business
    17,701       122,328       137,201       1,023       1,340  
International
    2,436       10,468       5,654             583  
Banking, Corporate & Other
    7       5,521       66              
                                         
Total
  $ 20,144     $ 138,317     $ 142,921     $ 1,023     $ 1,923  
                                         
 
 
(1) Amounts are included within the future policy benefits, other policy-related balances and policyholder dividend obligation column.


F-221


Table of Contents

MetLife, Inc.
 
Schedule III — (Continued)
 
Consolidated Supplementary Insurance Information
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
(In millions)
 
                                                 
                      Amortization of
             
    Premium
    Net
    Policyholder
    DAC and VOBA
    Other
       
    Revenue and
    Investment
    Benefits and
    Charged to
    Operating
    Premiums Written
 
Segment   Policy Charges     Income     Interest Credited     Other Expenses     Expenses (1)     (Excluding Life)  
 
2010
                                               
U.S. Business:
                                               
Insurance Products
  $ 19,448     $ 5,924     $ 18,568     $ 1,056     $ 4,714     $ 5,899  
Retirement Products
    3,109       3,147       3,491       759       1,372        
Corporate Benefit Funding
    2,164       5,147       5,539       16       444        
Auto & Home
    2,923       209       2,021       439       321       2,970  
                                                 
Total U.S. Business
    27,644       14,427       29,619       2,270       6,851       8,869  
International
    5,776       1,747       4,865       530       1,592       1,183  
Banking, Corporate & Other
    11       1,441       (14 )     1       3,045        
                                                 
Total
  $ 33,431     $ 17,615     $ 34,470     $ 2,801     $ 11,488     $ 10,052  
                                                 
2009
                                               
U.S. Business:
                                               
Insurance Products
  $ 19,422     $ 5,540     $ 18,431     $ 753     $ 4,981     $ 5,936  
Retirement Products
    2,632       2,879       3,638       (315 )     1,367        
Corporate Benefit Funding
    2,440       4,715       5,942       15       443        
Auto & Home
    2,902       180       1,930       436       331       2,898  
                                                 
Total U.S. Business
    27,396       13,314       29,941       889       7,122       8,834  
International
    4,248       1,024       3,240       415       1,213       645  
Banking, Corporate & Other
    19       499       4       3       2,564        
                                                 
Total
  $ 31,663     $ 14,837     $ 33,185     $ 1,307     $ 10,899     $ 9,479  
                                                 
2008
                                               
U.S. Business:
                                               
Insurance Products
  $ 18,591     $ 5,786     $ 17,640     $ 687     $ 5,091     $ 5,594  
Retirement Products
    2,566       2,579       2,609       1,933       1,123        
Corporate Benefit Funding
    2,575       5,668       6,666       29       424        
Auto & Home
    2,971       186       1,919       454       355       2,949  
                                                 
Total U.S. Business
    26,703       14,219       28,834       3,103       6,993       8,543  
International
    4,565       1,249       3,338       381       1,325       846  
Banking, Corporate & Other
    27       821       53       5       1,891        
                                                 
Total
  $ 31,295     $ 16,289     $ 32,225     $ 3,489     $ 10,209     $ 9,389  
                                                 
 
 
(1) Includes other expenses and policyholder dividends, excluding amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”) and value of business acquired (“VOBA”), charged to other expenses.


F-222


Table of Contents

Schedule IV

MetLife, Inc.
 
Schedule IV
 
Consolidated Reinsurance
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
(In millions)
 
                                         
                            % Amount
 
                            Assumed
 
    Gross Amount     Ceded     Assumed     Net Amount     to Net  
 
2010
                                       
Life insurance in-force
  $ 4,208,692     $ 743,438     $ 628,879     $ 4,094,133       15.4 %
                                         
Insurance premium
                                       
Life insurance
  $ 17,576     $ 1,472     $ 1,183     $ 17,287       6.8 %
Accident and health
    7,349       365       189       7,173       2.6 %
Property and casualty insurance
    2,998       69       5       2,934       0.2 %
                                         
Total insurance premium
  $ 27,923     $ 1,906     $ 1,377     $ 27,394       5.0 %
                                         
2009
                                       
Life insurance in-force
  $ 3,800,380     $ 715,405     $ 740,196     $ 3,825,171       19.4 %
                                         
Insurance premium
                                       
Life insurance
  $ 17,594     $ 1,816     $ 1,223     $ 17,001       7.2 %
Accident and health
    6,897       430       79       6,546       1.2 %
Property and casualty insurance
    2,981       79       11       2,913       0.4 %
                                         
Total insurance premium
  $ 27,472     $ 2,325     $ 1,313     $ 26,460       5.0 %
                                         
2008
                                       
Life insurance in-force
  $ 3,697,999     $ 715,741     $ 684,281     $ 3,666,539       18.7 %
                                         
Insurance premium
                                       
Life insurance
  $ 17,252     $ 2,066     $ 1,224     $ 16,410       7.5 %
Accident and health
    6,741       444       226       6,523       3.5 %
Property and casualty insurance
    3,065       100       16       2,981       0.5 %
                                         
Total insurance premium
  $ 27,058     $ 2,610     $ 1,466     $ 25,914       5.7 %
                                         


F-223


Table of Contents

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.
 
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures
 
Management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
 
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Management of MetLife, Inc. and subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. In fulfilling this responsibility, estimates and judgments by management are required to assess the expected benefits and related costs of control procedures. The objectives of internal control include providing management with reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, and that transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization and recorded properly to permit the preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).
 
Management has documented and evaluated the effectiveness of the internal control of the Company at December 31, 2010 pertaining to financial reporting in accordance with the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
On November 1, 2010, the Holding Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of American Life Insurance Company and Delaware American Life Insurance Company (collectively, “ALICO”). As allowed under the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) guidance, management’s assessment of and conclusion regarding the design and effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting excluded the internal control over financial reporting of ALICO, which is relevant to the Company’s 2010 consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010. ALICO represents 17% of total assets, and 2% of total revenues of MetLife, Inc. as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010. The financial reporting systems of ALICO have not yet been integrated into the Company’s financial reporting systems and, as such, the Company did not have the practical ability to perform an assessment of ALICO’s internal control over financial reporting in time for this current year-end. Management expects to complete the process of integrating ALICO’s internal control over financial reporting over the course of 2011. The ALICO acquisition represents a material change in internal control over financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) during the quarter ended December 31, 2010.
 
In the opinion of management, MetLife, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2010.
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedules included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on their audit of the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedules is included at page F-1.
 
Attestation Report of the Company’s Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has issued their attestation report on management’s internal control over financial reporting which is set forth below.


192


Table of Contents

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
MetLife, Inc.:
 
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of MetLife, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. As described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment the internal control over financial reporting at ALICO, acquired on November 1, 2010, as the financial reporting systems of ALICO have not yet been integrated into the Company’s financial reporting systems and, as such, the Company did not have the practical ability to perform an assessment of ALICO’s internal control over financial reporting in time for this current year-end. ALICO represents 17% of total assets and 2% of total revenues of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at ALICO. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010, and our report dated February 24, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules.
 
/s/   DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
New York, New York
February 24, 2011


193


Table of Contents

Item 9B.    Other Information
 
None.


194


Table of Contents

 
Part III
 
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
The information called for by this Item pertaining to Directors is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Proposal 1 — Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance — Information About the Board of Directors,” “Corporate Governance — Board Committees,” “Corporate Governance — Membership on Board Committees” and “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in MetLife, Inc.’s definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 26, 2011, to be filed by MetLife, Inc. with the SEC pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the year ended December 31, 2010 (the “2011 Proxy Statement”).
 
The information called for by this Item pertaining to Executive Officers appears in “Part I — Item 1. Business — Executive Officers of the Registrant” and “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers — Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the 2011 Proxy Statement.
 
The Company has adopted the MetLife Financial Management Code of Professional Conduct (the “Financial Management Code”), a “code of ethics” as defined under the rules of the SEC, that applies to the Holding Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and all professionals in finance and finance-related departments. In addition, the Company has adopted the Directors’ Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Directors’ Code”) which applies to all members of the Holding Company’s Board of Directors, including the Chief Executive Officer, and the Employee Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (together with the Financial Management Code and the Directors’ Code, collectively, the “Ethics Codes”), which applies to all employees of the Company, including the Holding Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer. The Ethics Codes are available on the Company’s website at http://www.metlife.com/about/corporate-profile/corporate-governance/corporate-conduct/index.html. The Company intends to satisfy its disclosure obligations under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K by posting information about amendments to, or waivers from a provision of, the Ethics Codes that apply to the Holding Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer on the Company’s website at the address given above.
 
Item 11.    Executive Compensation
 
The information called for by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Corporate Governance — Board Committees,” “Corporate Governance — Compensation of Non-Management Directors,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Summary Compensation Table,” “Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2010,” “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year-End,” “Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2010,” “Pension Benefits,” “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation” and “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control” in the 2011 Proxy Statement.
 
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
The information called for by this Item pertaining to ownership of the Holding Company’s common stock is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” in the 2011 Proxy Statement. The following table provides


195


Table of Contents

information, at December 31, 2010, regarding the securities authorized for issuance under the Holding Company’s equity compensation plans:
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information at December 31, 2010
 
                         
            Number of Securities
            Remaining Available for
            Future Issuance Under
    Number of Securities to
  Weighted-average
  Equity Compensation
    be Issued upon Exercise
  Exercise Price of
  Plans (Excluding
    of Outstanding Options,
  Outstanding Options,
  Securities Reflected
    Warrants and Rights (2)
  Warrants and Rights (3)
      in Column (a)) (4)    
Plan Category   (a)   (b)   (c)
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)
    44,703,216     $ 38.47       42,285,559  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
    None             None  
Total     44,703,216     $ 38.47       42,285,559  
 
 
(1) Includes the MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2000 Stock Plan”) and the MetLife, Inc. 2000 Directors Stock Plan (the “2000 Directors Stock Plan”) each of which was approved by Metropolitan Life Insurance Company (“MLIC”), the sole shareholder of the Holding Company at the time of approval. The policyholders of MLIC entitled to vote on its plan of reorganization (the “Plan of Reorganization”) approved the Plan of Reorganization, which included both the 2000 Stock Plan and the 2000 Directors Stock Plan. The policyholders entitled to so vote received a summary description of each plan, including the applicable limits on the number of shares of common stock of the Holding Company (“Shares”) available for issuance under each plan. Also includes the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2005 Stock Plan”) and the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Non-Management Director Stock Compensation Plan (the “2005 Directors Stock Plan”), which were approved by Holding Company security holders.
 
(2) As of December 31, 2010, awards of Stock Options remained outstanding under the 2000 Stock Plan and 2000 Directors Stock Plan, and awards of Stock Options, Performance Shares, and Restricted Stock Units (each as defined in the 2005 Stock Plan) remained outstanding under the 2005 Stock Plan. In addition, as of December 31, 2010, a number of Shares that had vested and become payable from any awards under any plan, but had been deferred, remained deferred and unpaid (“Deferred Shares”).
 
Under the award agreements that apply to the Performance Share awards made under the 2005 Stock Plan as of December 31, 2010, Shares are payable to eligible award recipients following the conclusion of the performance period. The number of shares payable is determined by multiplying the number of performance shares by a performance factor (from 0% to 200%) based on the performance of the Holding Company with respect to: (i) change in annual net operating earnings per share; and (ii) proportionate total shareholder return, as defined, as a percentile of the performance of other companies in the Fortune 500 ® companies in the Standard & Poor’s Insurance Index, with such exceptions as the Holding Company Compensation Committee has determined, with regard to the performance period. With respect to Performance Share awards made in 2010, no Performance Shares will be payable unless the Holding Company generates positive net income for either the third year of the performance period or for the performance period as a whole. In addition, with respect to Performance Share awards made in 2009 and 2010, the performance factor will be multiplied by 0.75 if the Holding Company’s total shareholder return with regard to the performance period is zero percent or less.
 
Under the award agreements that apply to the Restricted Stock Unit awards made under the 2005 Stock Plan as of December 31, 2010, Shares equal to the number of Restricted Stock Units awarded are normally payable to eligible award recipients on the third or later anniversary of the date the Restricted Stock Units were granted.
 
(3) Column (b) reflects the weighted average exercise price of all Stock Options under any plan that, as of December 31, 2010, had been granted but not forfeited, expired, or exercised. Performance Shares, Restricted Stock Units, and Deferred Shares are not included in determining the weighted average in column (b) because they have no exercise price.


196


Table of Contents

 
(4) The aggregate number of Shares available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan is 68,000,000. In addition, 6,099,881 Shares that were available but had not been utilized under the 2000 Stock Plan became available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan at the time the 2005 Stock Plan became effective. At December 31, 2010, 6,957,603 additional Shares recovered due to forfeiture or expiration of awards under the 2000 Stock Plan, or that, under the Plan of Reorganization, would otherwise have reduced the number of Shares available for issuance under the 2000 Stock Plan, from the time the 2005 Stock Plan became effective to December 31, 2010, were also available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan. The aggregate number of Shares available for issuance under the 2005 Directors Stock Plan is 2,000,000.
 
Each Share issued under the 2005 Stock Plan in connection with awards other than Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights (including Shares payable on account of Performance Shares, Restricted Stock Units, and Stock-Based Awards) reduces the number of Shares remaining for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan by 1.179 Shares. Each Share issued under the 2005 Stock Plan in connection with a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right reduces the number of Shares remaining for issuance under the 2005 Stock Plan by 1.0.
 
As of December 31, 2010, all Stock-Based awards made under the 2005 Directors Stock Plan have been immediately vested. Share awards to Directors under the 2000 Directors Stock Plan were made under a separate Share award authorization under that plan, and have not reduced the number of Shares remaining available for issuance under any plan as of December 31, 2010.
 
Under the 2005 Stock Plan, awards may be in the form of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Share Units, Cash-Based Awards, and Stock-Based Awards (each as defined in the 2005 Stock Plan). Under the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Non-Management Director Stock Compensation Plan (the “2005 Directors Stock Plan”), awards granted may be in the form of non-qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, or Stock-Based Awards (each as defined in the 2005 Directors Stock Plan). Under both the 2005 Stock Plan and the 2005 Directors Stock Plan, in the event of a corporate event or transaction (including, but not limited to, a change in the Shares or the capitalization of the Holding Company) such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, separation, stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split up, spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of the Holding Company, combination of securities, exchange of securities, dividend in kind, or other like change in capital structure or distribution (other than normal cash dividends) to shareholders of the Holding Company, or any similar corporate event or transaction, the appropriate committee of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company (each, a “Committee”), in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights under the applicable plan, shall in its sole discretion substitute or adjust, as applicable, the number and kind of Shares that may be issued under that plan and shall adjust the number and kind of Shares subject to outstanding awards. Any Shares related to awards under either plan which: (i) terminate by expiration, forfeiture, cancellation, or otherwise without the issuance of Shares; (ii) are settled in cash either in lieu of Shares or otherwise; or (iii) are exchanged with the appropriate Committee’s permission for awards not involving Shares, are available again for grant under the applicable plan. If the option price of any Stock Option granted under either plan or the tax withholding requirements with respect to any award granted under either plan are satisfied by tendering Shares to the Holding Company (by either actual delivery or by attestation), or if a Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, only the number of Shares issued, net of the Shares tendered, if any, will be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares available for issuance under that plan. The maximum number of Shares available for issuance under either plan shall not be reduced to reflect any dividends or dividend equivalents that are reinvested into additional Shares or credited as additional Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, or Stock-Based Awards.


197


Table of Contents

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
The information called for by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the sections entitled “Corporate Governance — Procedures for Reviewing Related Person Transactions,” “Corporate Governance — Related Person Transactions” and “Corporate Governance — Information About the Board of Directors — Responsibilities, Independence and Composition of the Board of Directors” in the 2011 Proxy Statement.
 
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section entitled “Proposal 4 — Ratification of Appointment of the Independent Auditor” in the 2011 Proxy Statement.


198


Table of Contents

 
Part IV
 
Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
The following documents are filed as part of this report:
 
1. Financial Statements
 
The financial statements are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules on page 191.
 
2. Financial Statement Schedules
 
The financial statement schedules are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules on page 191.
 
3. Exhibits
 
The exhibits are listed in the Exhibit Index which begins on page E-1.


199


Table of Contents

 
Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
February 24, 2011
 
METLIFE, INC.
 
  By 
/s/   C. Robert Henrikson
Name:     C. Robert Henrikson
  Title:  Chairman of the Board, President
and Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature   Title   Date
 
         
/s/   Sylvia Mathews Burwell

Sylvia Mathews Burwell
  Director   February 24, 2011
         
     

Eduardo Castro-Wright
  Director    
         
/s/   Cheryl W. Grisé

Cheryl W. Grisé
  Director   February 24, 2011
         
/s/   R. Glenn Hubbard

R. Glenn Hubbard
  Director   February 24, 2011
         
/s/   John M. Keane

John M. Keane
  Director   February 24, 2011
         
/s/   Alfred F. Kelly, Jr.

Alfred F. Kelly, Jr.
  Director   February 24, 2011
         
/s/   James M. Kilts

James M. Kilts
  Director   February 24, 2011
         
/s/   Catherine R. Kinney

Catherine R. Kinney
  Director   February 24, 2011
         
/s/   Hugh B. Price

Hugh B. Price
  Director   February 24, 2011
         
/s/   David Satcher, M.D.

David Satcher, M.D.
  Director   February 24, 2011


200


Table of Contents

             
Signature   Title   Date
 
         
/s/   Kenton J. Sicchitano

Kenton J. Sicchitano
  Director   February 24, 2011
         
/s/   Lulu C. Wang

Lulu C. Wang
  Director   February 24, 2011
         
/s/   C. Robert Henrikson

C. Robert Henrikson
  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   February 24, 2011
         
/s/   William J. Wheeler

William J. Wheeler
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)   February 24, 2011
         
/s/   Peter M. Carlson

Peter M. Carlson
  Executive Vice President, Finance Operations and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)   February 24, 2011


201


Table of Contents

 
Exhibit Index
 
( Note Regarding Reliance on Statements in Our Contracts:   In reviewing the agreements included as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, please remember that they are included to provide you with information regarding their terms and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about MetLife, Inc., its subsidiaries or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) have been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement; (iii) may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to investors; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments. Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time. Additional information about us may be found elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and MetLife, Inc.’s other public filings, which are available without charge through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.)
 
         
Exhibit
       
    No.         Description      
 
2.1
  Plan of Reorganization (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-91517) (the “S-1 Registration Statement”)).    
2.2
  Amendment to Plan of Reorganization dated as of March 9, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the S-1 Registration Statement).    
2.3
  Acquisition Agreement between MetLife, Inc. and Citigroup Inc., dated as of January 31, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 (the “2009 Annual Report”)).    
2.4
  Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2010, by and among MetLife, Inc., ALICO Holdings LLC (“ALICO Holdings”) and American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to MetLife, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 7, 2010 (the “May 7, 2010 Form 8-K”)).    
2.5
  Amendment dated October 28, 2010 among MetLife, Inc., ALICO Holdings and AIG amending the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2010 by and among MetLife, Inc., ALICO Holdings and AIG (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 27, 2010 (the “October 27, 2010 Form 8-K”)).    
2.6
  Amendment dated October 29, 2010 among MetLife, Inc., ALICO Holdings and AIG amending the Stock Purchase Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the October 27, 2010 Form 8-K).    
3.1
  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of MetLife, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (the “2006 Annual Report”)).    
3.2
  Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on April 7, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the 2006 Annual Report).    
3.3
  Certificate of Designations of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 10, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to MetLife, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on June 10, 2005).    
3.4
  Certificate of Designations of 6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 14, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to MetLife, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on June 15, 2005).    
3.5
  Certificate of Designations of Series B Contingent Convertible Junior Participating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 27, 2010 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 27, 2010).    


E-1


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
       
    No.         Description      
 
3.6
  MetLife, Inc. Amended and Restated By-Laws effective January 26, 2010.    
4.1(a)
  Indenture dated as of November 9, 2001 between MetLife, Inc. and Bank One Trust Company, N.A. (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) relating to Senior Debt Securities (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1(a) to the 2006 Annual Report).    
4.1(b)
  Form of Indenture for Senior Debt Securities between MetLife, Inc. and one or more banking institutions to be qualified as Trustee pursuant to Section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (Included in Exhibit 4.1(a) incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1(a) to the 2006 Annual Report, except for the name of the trustee).    
4.2
  Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 27, 2001 between MetLife, Inc. and Bank One Trust Company, N.A. (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) relating to the 6.125% Senior Notes due December 1, 2011(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the 2006 Annual Report).    
4.3
  Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 10, 2002 between MetLife, Inc. and Bank One Trust Company, N.A. (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) relating to the 5.375% Senior Notes due December 15, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 (the “2007 Annual Report”)).    
4.4
  Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 10, 2002 between MetLife, Inc. and Bank One Trust Company, N.A. (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) relating to the 6.50% Senior Notes due December 15, 2032 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the 2007 Annual Report).    
4.5
  Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 21, 2003 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) relating to the 5.875% Senior Notes due November 21, 2033 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 (the “2008 Annual Report”)).    
4.6
  Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 24, 2003 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) relating to the 5.00% Senior Notes due November 24, 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the 2008 Annual Report).    
4.7
  Seventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 3, 2004 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, relating to the 5.50% Senior Notes due June 15, 2014 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the 2009 Annual Report).    
4.8
  Eighth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 3, 2004 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, relating to the 6.375% Senior Notes due June 15, 2034 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the 2009 Annual Report).    
4.9
  Ninth Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 23, 2004 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, relating to the 5.50% Senior Notes due June 15, 2014 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the 2009 Annual Report).    
4.10
  Tenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 23, 2004 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, relating to the 6.375% Senior Notes due June 15, 2034 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the 2009 Annual Report).    
4.11
  Eleventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 9, 2004 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, relating to the 5.375% Senior Notes due December 9, 2024 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the 2009 Annual Report).    
4.12
  Twelfth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 23, 2005 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, relating to the 5.00% Senior Notes due June 15, 2015.    
4.13
  Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 23, 2005 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, relating to the 5.70% Senior Notes due June 15, 2035.    


E-2


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
       
    No.         Description      
 
4.14
  Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 29, 2005 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee, relating to the 5.25% Senior Notes due June 29, 2020.    
4.15
  Fifteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated May 29, 2009, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.)), as trustee, relating to the 6.75% Senior Notes due June 1, 2016 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 29, 2009 (the “May 2009 Form 8-K”)).    
4.16
  Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated August 6, 2010 between the MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.)), as trustee, relating to the 2014 Senior Notes (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 6, 2010 (the “August 6, 2010 Form 8-K”)).    
4.17
  Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture, dated August 6, 2010, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.)), as trustee, relating to the 2021 Senior Notes (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the August 6, 2010 Form 8-K).    
4.18
  Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture dated August 6, 2010, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.)), as trustee, relating to the 2041 Senior Notes (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the August 6, 2010 Form 8-K).    
4.19
  Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture dated August 6, 2010, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.)), as trustee, relating to the Floating Rate Senior Notes (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the August 6, 2010 Form 8-K).    
4.20
  Twentieth Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 1, 2010 between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, supplementing the Indenture dated as of November 9, 2001, between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company National Association (as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.)), as Trustee (such Indenture dated November 9, 2001, the “Original Indenture”) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the October 27, 2010 Form 8-K).    
4.21
  Twenty-First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 1, 2010 between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., supplementing the Original Indenture (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the October 27, 2010 Form 8-K).    
4.22
  Twenty-Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 1, 2010 between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., supplementing the Original Indenture (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the October 27, 2010 Form 8-K).    
4.23
  Form of 6.125% Senior Note due December 1, 2011 (Included in Exhibit 4.2 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the 2006 Annual Report).    
4.24
  Form of 5.375% Senior Note due December 15, 2012 (Included in Exhibit 4.3 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the 2007 Annual Report).    
4.25
  Form of 6.50% Senior Note due December 15, 2032 (Included in Exhibit 4.4 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the 2007 Annual Report).    
4.26
  Form of 5.875% Senior Note due November 21, 2033 (Included in Exhibit 4.5 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the 2008 Annual Report).    
4.27
  Form of 5.00% Senior Note due November 24, 2013 (Included in Exhibit 4.6 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the 2008 Annual Report).    
4.28
  Form of 5.50% Senior Note due June 15, 2014 (Included in Exhibit 4.7 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the 2009 Annual Report).    
4.29
  Form of 6.375% Senior Note due June 15, 2034 (Included in Exhibit 4.8 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the 2009 Annual Report).    
4.30
  Form of 5.50% Senior Note due June 15, 2014 (Included in Exhibit 4.9 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the 2009 Annual Report).    
4.31
  Form of 6.375% Senior Note due June 15, 2034 (Included in Exhibit 4.10 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the 2009 Annual Report).    


E-3


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
       
    No.         Description      
 
4.32
  Form of 5.375% Senior Note due December 9, 2024 (Included in Exhibit 4.11 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the 2009 Annual Report).    
4.33
  Form of 5.00% Senior Note due June 15, 2015 (Included in Exhibit 4.12).    
4.34
  Form of 5.70% Senior Note due June 15, 2035 (Included in Exhibit 4.13).    
4.35
  Form of 5.25% Senior Note due June 29, 2020 (Included in Exhibit 4.14).    
4.36
  Form of 6.75% Senior Note due June 1, 2016 (Included in Exhibit 4.15 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the May 2009 Form 8-K).    
4.37
  Form of 2014 Senior Note (Included in Exhibit 4.16 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the August 6, 2010 Form 8-K).    
4.38
  Form of 2021 Senior Note (Included in Exhibit 4.17 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the August 6, 2010 Form 8-K).    
4.39
  Form of 2041 Senior Note (Included in Exhibit 4.18 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the August 6, 2010 Form 8-K).    
4.40
  Floating Rate Senior Note (Included in Exhibit 4.19 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the August 6, 2010 Form 8-K).    
4.41(a)
  Indenture dated as of June 21, 2005 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.) relating to Subordinated Debt Securities (the “Subordinated Indenture”).    
4.41(b)
  Form of Indenture for Subordinated Debt Securities between MetLife, Inc. and one or more banking institutions to be qualified as Trustee pursuant to Section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.41(a), except for the name of the trustee).    
4.42
  First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 21, 2005 to the Subordinated Indenture between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association.    
4.43
  Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 21, 2005 to the Subordinated Indenture between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.).    
4.44
  Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 21, 2006 to the Subordinated Indenture between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 22, 2006 (the “December 2006 Form 8-K”)).    
4.45
  Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 7, 2008 to the Subordinated Indenture between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 8, 2008).    
4.46
  Seventh Supplemental Indenture dated February 6, 2009 for the Subordinated Indenture between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 9, 2009).    
4.47
  Eighth Supplemental Indenture dated July 8, 2009 to the Subordinated Indenture between MetLife, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (as successor in interest to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association), as trustee (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 8, 2009 (the “July 2009 Form 8-K”)).    
4.48
  Form of Series A Debenture (Included in Exhibit 4.42).    
4.49
  Form of Series B Debenture (Included in Exhibit 4.43).    
4.50
  Form of junior subordinated debenture (Included in Exhibit 4.44 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the December 2006 Form 8-K).    
4.51
  Form of security certificate representing MetLife, Inc.’s 6.817% Senior Debt Securities, Series A, due 2018 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 15, 2008).    
4.52
  Form of security certificate representing MetLife, Inc.’s 7.717% Senior Debt Securities, Series B, due 2019 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 18, 2009).    


E-4


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
       
    No.         Description      
 
4.53
  Form of security certificate representing MetLife, Inc.’s 10.750% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2069 (Included in Exhibit 4.47 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the July 2009 Form 8-K).    
4.54
  Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust III (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to MetLife, Inc.’s, MetLife Capital Trust II’s and MetLife Capital Trust III’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-61282, 333-61282-01 and 333-61282-02) (the “2001 S-3 Registration Statement”)).    
4.55
  Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust III (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to MetLife, Inc.’s., MetLife Capital Trust II’s and MetLife Capital Trust III’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-112073, 333-112073-01 and 333-112073-02) (the “2004 S-3 Registration Statement”)).    
4.56
  Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust V (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to MetLife, Inc.’s, MetLife Capital Trust V’s, MetLife Capital Trust VI’s, MetLife Capital Trust VII’s, MetLife Capital Trust VIII’s and MetLife Capital Trust IX’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Nos. 333-147180, 333-147180-01, 333-147180-02, 333-147180-03, 333-147180-04 and 333-147180-05) (the “2007 S-3 Registration Statement”)).    
4.57
  Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust VI (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).    
4.58
  Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust VII (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).    
4.59
  Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust VIII (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).    
4.60
  Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust IX (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).    
4.61
  Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust III dated as of June 21, 2005.    
4.62
  Declaration of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust V (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).    
4.63
  Declaration of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust VI (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).    
4.64
  Declaration of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust VII (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).    
4.65
  Declaration of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust VIII (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).    
4.66
  Declaration of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust IX (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).    
4.67
  Form of Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust (substantially identical, except for names and dates, for MetLife Capital Trust V, MetLife Capital Trust VI, MetLife Capital Trust VII, MetLife Capital Trust VIII and MetLife Capital Trust IX) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).    
4.68
  Form of Trust Preferred Security Certificate (substantially identical, except for names and dates, for MetLife Capital Trust V, MetLife Capital Trust VI, MetLife Capital Trust VII, MetLife Capital Trust VIII and MetLife Capital Trust IX) (Included in Exhibit 4.67 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).    
4.69
  Guarantee Agreement dated June 21, 2005 by and between MetLife, Inc., as Guarantor, and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as Guarantee Trustee, relating to MetLife Capital Trust III.    
4.70
  Form of Trust Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement (substantially identical, except for names and dates, for MetLife Capital Trust V, MetLife Capital Trust VI, MetLife Capital Trust VII, MetLife Capital Trust VIII and MetLife Capital Trust IX) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).    
4.71
  Form of Common Securities Guarantee Agreement (substantially identical, except for names and dates, for MetLife Capital Trust V, MetLife Capital Trust VI, MetLife Capital Trust VII, MetLife Capital Trust VIII and MetLife Capital Trust IX) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement).    


E-5


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
       
    No.         Description      
 
4.72
  Removal and Appointment of Trustees of MetLife Capital Trust III (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the 2004 S-3 Registration Statement).    
4.73
  Form of Certificate for Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the S-1 Registration Statement).    
4.74
  Rights Agreement dated as of April 4, 2000 (expired on April 4, 2010) between MetLife, Inc. and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C. (predecessor to Mellon Investor Services LLC) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.48 to the 2006 Annual Report).    
4.75
  Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on April 7, 2000 (See Exhibit 3.2 above).    
4.76
  Form of Right Certificate (Included as Exhibit B of Exhibit 4.74 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.48 to the 2006 Annual Report).    
4.77
  Form of Warrant Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.21 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement)**.    
4.78
  Form of Deposit Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement)**.    
4.79
  Form of Depositary Receipt (Included in Exhibit 4.78 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement)**.    
4.80
  Form of Purchase Contract Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.24 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement)**.    
4.81
  Form of Pledge Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement)**.    
4.82
  Form of Unit Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.26 to the 2007 S-3 Registration Statement)**.    
4.83
  Stock Purchase Contract Agreement dated June 21, 2005 between MetLife, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as Stock Purchase Contract Agent.    
4.84
  Form of Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate (Included in Exhibit 4.83).    
4.85
  Form of Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate (Included in Exhibit 4.83).    
4.86
  Pledge Agreement dated as of June 21, 2005 among MetLife, Inc., JP Morgan Chase Bank, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary, and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (predecessor to The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as Stock Purchase Contract Agent.    
4.87
  Certificate of Designations of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 10, 2005 (See Exhibit 3.3 above).    
4.88
  Form of Stock Certificate, Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, of MetLife, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to MetLife, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on June 10, 2005).    
4.89
  Certificate of Designations of 6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, of MetLife, Inc., filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 14, 2005 (See Exhibit 3.4 above).    
4.90
  Form of Stock Certificate, 6.50% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series B, of MetLife, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to MetLife, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on June 15, 2005).    
4.91
  Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of December 21, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the December 2006 Form 8-K).    
4.92
  Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of December 12, 2007 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 12, 2007).    
4.93
  Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of April 8, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 8, 2008).    
4.94
  Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of December 30, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 30, 2008 (the “December 2008 Form 8-K”)).    


E-6


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
       
    No.         Description      
 
4.95
  Replacement Capital Covenant, dated as of July 8, 2009 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the July 2009 Form 8-K).    
4.96
  Investor Rights Agreement dated as of November 1, 2010 among MetLife, Inc., ALICO Holdings and AIG (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K dated October 27, 2010).    
4.97
  Stock Purchase Contract Agreement dated as of November 1, 2010 among MetLife, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K dated October 27, 2010).    
4.98
  Indemnification Collateral Account Security and Control Agreement dated as of November 1, 2010 among MetLife, Inc., ALICO Holdings, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Securities Intermediary, Pledge Collateral Agent and Stock Purchase Contract Agent, and AIG (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Form 8-K dated October 27, 2010).    
4.99
  Pledge Agreement dated as of November 1, 2010 among MetLife, Inc. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company America as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent, Securities Intermediary and Stock Purchase Contract Agent (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Form 8-K dated October 27, 2010).    
4.100
  Form of Transition Services Agreement between MetLife, Inc. and AIG (Included in Exhibit 2.4 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to May 7, 2010 Form 8-K).    
4.101
  Form of Special Asset Protection Agreement by and among MetLife, Inc., AIG and ALICO Holdings (Included in Exhibit 2.4 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to May 7, 2010 Form 8-K).    
4.102
  Form of Hold Harmless Agreement by and among MetLife, Inc., AIG, ALICO Holdings and National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa. (Included in Exhibit 2.4 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to May 7, 2010 Form 8-K).    
10.1
  MetLife Executive Severance Plan (effective as of December 17, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 13, 2007)*.    
10.2
  MetLife Executive Severance Plan (as amended and restated effective June 14, 2010) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 21, 2009 (the “December 2009 Form 8-K”))*.    
10.3
  Separation Agreement, Waiver and General Release dated as of February 27, 2009 between Ruth A. Fattori and MetLife Group, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009)*.    
10.4
  Separation Agreement, Waiver and General Release dated August 17, 2009 between Lisa M. Weber and MetLife Group, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 3, 2009).*    
10.5
  Employment Agreement, effective as of April 30, 2010, by and between James L. Lipscomb and MetLife, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated June 30, 2010)*.    
10.6
  MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated March 28, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the S-1 Registration Statement)*.    
10.7
  MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, effective February 8, 2002 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the 2007 Annual Report)*.    
10.8
  Form of Management Stock Option Agreement under the MetLife, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the 2008 Annual Report)*.    
10.9
  Form of Management Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 15, 2009) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the December 2009 Form 8-K)*.    
10.10
  MetLife, Inc. 2000 Directors Stock Plan, as amended and restated March 28, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the S-1 Registration Statement)*.    
10.11
  MetLife, Inc. 2000 Directors Stock Plan, as amended effective February 8, 2002 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the 2007 Annual Report)*.    
10.12
  Form of Director Stock Option Agreement under the MetLife, Inc. 2000 Directors Stock Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the 2008 Annual Report)*.    
10.13
  MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan, effective April 15, 2005 (the “2005 SIC Plan”) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the 2009 Annual Report)*.    
10.14
  MetLife, Inc. 2005 Non-Management Director Stock Compensation Plan, effective April 15, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the 2009 Annual Report)*.    


E-7


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
       
    No.         Description      
 
10.15
  Form of Management Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the 2009 Annual Report)*.    
10.16
  Form of Management Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective as of April 25, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 (the “First Quarter 2007 10-Q”))*.    
10.17
  Amendment to Stock Option Agreements under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective as of April 25, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the First Quarter 2007 10-Q)*.    
10.18
  Form of Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan*.    
10.19
  Amendment to Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 31, 2005)*.    
10.20
  Form of Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 31, 2005)*.    
10.21
  Form of Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective as of April 25, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the First Quarter 2007 10-Q)*.    
10.22
  Amendment to Restricted Stock Unit Agreements under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective as of April 25, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the First Quarter 2007 10-Q)*.    
10.23
  Form of Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 11, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 13, 2007 (the “December 13, 2007 Form 8-K”))*.    
10.24
  Amendment to Restricted Stock Unit Agreements under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective as of December 31, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the 2007 Annual Report)*.    
10.25
  Form of Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 15, 2009) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the December 2009 Form 8-K)*.    
10.26
  Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective January 27, 2009) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 30, 2009)*.    
10.27
  Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective February 24, 2009) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 13, 2009)*.    
10.28
  Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 15, 2009) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the December 2009 Form 8-K)*.    
10.29
  Clarification of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan*.    
10.30
  Amendment to Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 31, 2005)*.    
10.31
  Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 31, 2005)*.    
10.32
  Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective February 27, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the 2006 Annual Report)*.    
10.33
  Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective as of April 25, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the First Quarter 2007 10-Q)*.    
10.34
  Amendment to Management Performance Share Agreements under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective as of April 25, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the First Quarter 2007 10-Q)*.    
10.35
  Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 11, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the December 13, 2007 Form 8-K)*.    
10.36
  Amendment to Management Performance Share Agreements under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective as of December 31, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the December 13, 2007 Form 8-K)*.    
10.37
  Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective February 21, 2010) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 18, 2010)*.    
10.38
  Form of Management Performance Share Agreement under the 2005 SIC Plan (effective December 14, 2010) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 14, 2010)*.    


E-8


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
       
    No.         Description      
 
10.39
  MetLife Policyholder Trust Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the S-1 Registration Statement).    
10.40
  Amendment to MetLife Policyholder Trust Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the MetLife Policyholder Trust’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007).    
10.41
  Five-Year $3,000,000,000 Credit Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2007, among MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc., as borrowers, and other parties signatory thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 25, 2007).    
10.42
  Amended and Restated $2,850,000 Five-Year Credit Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2007 and amended and restated as of December 23, 2008, among MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc., as borrowers, and other parties signatory thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the December 2008 Form 8-K).    
10.43
  Three-Year Credit Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2010, among MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc., as borrowers, and the other parties signatory thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 15, 2010).    
10.44
  364-Day Credit Agreement, dated as of October 15, 2010, among MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc., as borrowers, and the other parties signatory thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 15, 2010).    
10.45
  Amended and Restated $2,850,000 Five-Year Credit Agreement, dated as of June 20, 2007 and amended and restated as of December 23, 2008, among MetLife, Inc. and MetLife Funding, Inc., as borrowers, and other parties signatory thereto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the December 2008 Form 8-K).    
10.46
  Amended and Restated Commitment Letter for $5.0 Billion Senior Credit Facility, dated March 16, 2010 among MetLife, Inc. and the various lenders named therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated March 31, 2010).    
10.47
  MetLife Annual Variable Incentive Plan (“AVIP”) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the 2009 Annual Report)*.    
10.48
  Amendment Number One to the AVIP*.    
10.49
  Resolutions of the MetLife, Inc. Board of Directors (adopted December 11, 2007) regarding the selection of performance measures for 2008 awards under the AVIP (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to the 2007 Annual Report)*.    
10.50
  Resolutions of the MetLife, Inc. Board of Directors (adopted January 27, 2009) regarding the selection of performance measures for 2009 awards under the AVIP (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009)*.    
10.51
  Resolutions of the MetLife, Inc. Board of Directors (adopted February 18, 2010) regarding the selection of performance measures for 2010 awards under the MetLife Annual Variable Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated March 31, 2010)*.    
10.52
  Resolutions of MetLife, Inc. Board of Directors (adopted December 14, 2010) regarding the selection of performance measures for 2011 under the MetLife Annual Variable Incentive Plan.    
10.53
  Metropolitan Life Auxiliary Savings and Investment Plan (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2008) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to the 2007 Annual Report)*.    
10.54
  Amendment 1 to the Metropolitan Life Auxiliary Savings and Investment Plan (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2008) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to the 2009 Annual Report)*.    
10.55
  Amendment Number Two to the Metropolitan Life Auxiliary Savings and Investment Plan (Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008)*.    
10.56
  MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers, as amended and restated, effective November 1, 2003 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the 2008 Annual Report)*.    
10.57
  Amendment Number One to the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers, dated May 4, 2005*.    
10.58
  Amendment Number Two to The MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers, effective December 14, 2005*.    


E-9


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
       
    No.         Description      
 
10.59
  Amendment Number Three to The MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers (as amended and restated as of November 1, 2003, effective February 26, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the 2006 Annual Report)*.    
10.60
  MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan, dated November 2, 2006 (as amended and restated effective with respect to salary and cash incentive compensation, January 1, 2005, and with respect to stock compensation, April 15, 2005) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 (the “Third Quarter 2006 10-Q”))*.    
10.61
  Amendment Number One to The MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 13, 2007 (effective as of December 31, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 to the 2007 Annual Report)*.    
10.62
  Amendment Number Two to The MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 11, 2008 (effective December 31, 2008) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the 2008 Annual Report)*.    
10.63
  Amendment Number Three to The MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 11, 2009 (effective January 1, 2010) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to the 2009 Annual Report)*.    
10.64
  Amendment Number Four to The MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 11, 2009 (effective December 31, 2009) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to the 2009 Annual Report)*.    
10.65
  Amendment Number Five to The MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 11, 2009 (effective January 1, 2011)*.    
10.66
  MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors (effective December 9, 2003) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the 2008 Annual Report)*.    
10.67
  Amendment Number One to The MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors (as amended and restated as of December, 2003, effective February 26, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the 2006 Annual Report)*.    
10.68
  MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan, dated November 2, 2006 (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2005) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Third Quarter 2006 10-Q)*.    
10.69
  Amendment Number One to The MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated as of December, 2006, effective February 26, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to the 2006 Annual Report)*.    
10.70
  MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 5, 2007 (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2005) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.68 to the 2007 Annual Report)*.    
10.71
  The MetLife Non-Management Director Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 9, 2008 (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to the 2008 Annual Report)*.    
10.72
  MetLife, Inc. Director Indemnity Plan (dated and effective July 22, 2008) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 25, 2008)*.    
10.73
  MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan dated August 7, 2006 (as amended and restated, effective June 30, 2006) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 (the “Second Quarter 2006 10-Q”))*.    
10.74
  MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan dated December 21, 2006 (amending and restating Part I thereof, effective January 1, 2007) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to the 2006 Annual Report)*.    
10.75
  MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan dated December 21, 2007 (amending and restating Part I thereof, effective January 1, 2008) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 28, 2007)*.    
10.76
  Amendment #1 to the MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008) dated October 24, 2008 (effective October 1, 2008) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58 to the 2008 Annual Report)*.    
10.77
  Amendment Number Two to the MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008) dated December 12, 2008 (effective December 31, 2008) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to the 2008 Annual Report)*.    


E-10


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
       
    No.         Description      
 
10.78
  Amendment Number Three to the MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008) dated March 25, 2009 (effective January 1, 2009) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 31, 2009)*.    
10.79
  Amendment Number Four to the MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008) (effective January 1, 2010) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the December 2009 Form 8-K)*.    
10.80
  Amendment Number Five to the MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008) (effective January 1, 2010).    
10.81
  MetLife Plan for Transition Assistance for Officers, dated January 7, 2000, as amended (the “MPTA”) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.70 to the 2009 Annual Report)*.    
10.82
  Amendment Number Ten to the MPTA, dated January 26, 2005*.    
10.83
  Amendment Number Eleven to the MPTA, dated February 28, 2006*.    
10.84
  Amendment Number Twelve to the MPTA, dated August 7, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Second Quarter 2006 10-Q)*.    
10.85
  Amendment Number Thirteen to the MPTA, dated August 7, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Second Quarter 2006 10-Q)*.    
10.86
  Amendment Number Fourteen to the MPTA, dated January 26, 2007 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 to the 2006 Annual Report)*.    
10.87
  Amendment Number Fifteen to the MPTA, dated June 1, 2007 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007)*.    
10.88
  Amendment Number Sixteen to the MPTA, dated December 12, 2007 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.81 to the 2007 Annual Report)*.    
10.89
  Amendment Number Seventeen to the MPTA, dated June 3, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to MetLife, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008)*.    
10.90
  Amendment Number Eighteen to the MPTA, dated August 13, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.69 to the 2008 Annual Report)*.    
10.91
  Amendment Number Nineteen to the MPTA, dated December 8, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.70 to the 2008 Annual Report)*.    
10.92
  Amendment Number Twenty to the MPTA, dated December 16, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.71 to the 2008 Annual Report)*.    
10.93
  Amendment Number Twenty-One to the MPTA, dated December 18, 2008 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.72 to the 2008 Annual Report)*.    
10.94
  Amendment Number Twenty-Two to the MPTA, dated December 21, 2009 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the 2009 Annual Report)*.    
10.95
  MetLife Plan for Transition Assistance for Officers, dated December 28, 2009 (as amended and restated, effective January 1, 2010) (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the 2009 Annual Report)*.    
10.96
  Amendment Number One to the MetLife Plan for Transition Assistance for Officers (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2010)*.    
10.97
  One Madison Avenue Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of March 29, 2005, between Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, as Seller, and 1 Madison Venture LLC and Column Financial, Inc., collectively, as Purchaser.    
10.98
  MetLife Building, 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of April 1, 2005, between Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company, as Seller, and Tishman Speyer Development, L.L.C., as Purchaser.    
10.99
  Stuyvesant Town, New York, New York, Purchase and Sale Agreement between Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company, as Seller, and Tishman Speyer Development Corp., as Purchaser, dated as of October 17, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Third Quarter 2006 10-Q).    
10.100
  Peter Cooper Village, New York, New York, Purchase and Sale Agreement between Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company, as Seller, and Tishman Speyer Development Corp., as Purchaser, dated as of October 17, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Third Quarter 2006 10-Q).    
10.101
  International Distribution Agreement dated as of July 1, 2005 between MetLife, Inc. and Citigroup Inc.    
10.102
  Domestic Distribution Agreement dated as of July 1, 2005 between MetLife, Inc. and Citigroup Inc.    


E-11


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
       
    No.         Description      
 
12.1
  Statement re: Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.    
21.1
  Subsidiaries of the Registrant.    
23.1
  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.    
31.1
  Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    
31.2
  Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    
32.1
  Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    
32.2
  Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    
 
     
101.INS
  XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.LAB
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
 
 
* Indicates management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.
 
** Indicates document to be filed as an exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K or Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K and incorporated herein by reference.


E-12

Exhibit 3.6
 
METLIFE, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED BY LAWS
Effective January 26, 2010
 

 


 

METLIFE, INC.
BY LAWS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
SECTION   PAGE
ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS
 
       
1.01. Annual Meetings
    1  
1.02. Special Meetings
    1  
1.03. Notice of Meetings; Waiver
    1  
1.04. Quorum and Required Vote
    2  
1.05. Voting Rights
    2  
1.06. Voting by Ballot
    2  
1.07. Adjournment
    2  
1.08. Proxies
    3  
1.09. Presiding Officer and Secretary of the Meeting
    3  
1.10. Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations
    4  
1.11. Inspectors of Elections
    7  
1.12. Opening and Closing of Polls
    8  
1.13. Confidential Voting
    8  
1.14. No Stockholder Action by Written Consent
    8  
 
       
ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
       
2.01. General Powers
    9  
2.02. Number of Directors
    9  
2.03. Director Elections
    9  
2.04. Annual and Regular Meetings
    10  
2.05. Special Meetings; Notice
    11  
2.06. Quorum; Voting
    11  
2.07. Adjournment
    11  
2.08. Action Without a Meeting
    11  
2.09. Regulations; Manner of Acting
    11  
2.10. Action by Telephonic Communications
    12  
2.11. Resignations
    12  
2.12. Removal of Directors
    12  
2.13. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships
    12  
2.14. Compensation
    13  
2.15. Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc.
    13  

 


 

         
SECTION   PAGE
ARTICLE III
BOARD COMMITTEES
 
       
3.01. How Constituted, Committee Powers
    13  
3.02. Quorum and Manner of Acting
    13  
3.03. Action by Telephonic Communications
    14  
3.04. Resignations
    14  
3.05. Removal
    14  
3.06. Vacancies
    14  
 
       
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
 
       
4.01. Number
    14  
4.02. Election
    14  
4.03. Salaries
    15  
4.04. Removal and Resignation; Vacancies
    15  
4.05. Authority and Duties of Officers
    15  
4.06. The Chairman
    15  
4.07. The Chief Executive Officer
    15  
4.08. The President
    15  
4.09. Absence or Disability of the Chief Executive Officer
    16  
4.10. Vice Presidents
    16  
4.11. The Secretary
    16  
4.12. The Chief Financial Officer
    16  
4.13. The Treasurer
    16  
4.14. The Controller
    17  
4.15. The General Counsel
    17  
4.16. Additional Officers
    17  
4.17. Security
    17  
 
       
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL STOCK
 
       
5.01. Certificates of Stock, Uncertificated Shares
    17  
5.02. Signatures; Facsimile
    18  
5.03. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    18  
5.04. Transfer of Stock
    18  
5.05. Record Date
    18  
5.06. Registered Stockholders
    19  
5.07. Transfer Agent and Registrar
    19  
 
       
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION
 
       
6.01. Nature of Indemnity
    19  

 


 

         
SECTION   PAGE
6.02. Determination that Indemnification is Proper
    20  
6.03. Advance Payment of Expenses
    20  
6.04. Procedure for Indemnification of Directors and Officers
    21  
6.05. Survival; Preservation of Other Rights
    21  
6.06. Insurance
    22  
6.07. Severability
    22  
 
       
ARTICLE VII
OFFICES
 
       
7.01. Registered Office
    22  
7.02. Other Offices
    22  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
       
8.01. Dividends
    23  
8.02. Reserves
    23  
8.03. Execution of Instruments
    23  
8.04. Corporate Indebtedness
    23  
8.05. Deposits
    24  
8.06. Checks
    24  
8.07. Sale, Transfer, etc. of Securities
    24  
8.08. Voting as Stockholder
    24  
8.09. Fiscal Year
    24  
8.10. Seal
    25  
 
       
ARTICLE IX
EMERGENCY BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
       
9.01. Emergency Board of Directors
    25  
 
       
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS
 
       
10.01. Amendment
    26  
 
       
ARTICLE XI
CONSTRUCTION
 
       
11.01. Construction
    26  

 


 

METLIFE, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED BY LAWS
Effective January 26, 2010
 
ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1.01. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation for the election of Directors and for the transaction of such other business as properly may come before such meeting shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such date and at such time, as may be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and set forth in the notice or waiver of notice of the meeting.
Section 1.02. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Lead Director or the Chief Executive Officer (or, in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or disability, by the President or any Director who is also an officer (hereafter, an “Officer Director”)). A special meeting shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer (or, in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or disability, by the President or any Officer Director) or by the Secretary pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors. Such special meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such places, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice thereof. Any power of the stockholders of the Corporation to call a special meeting is specifically denied.
Section 1.03. Notice of Meetings; Waiver . The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall cause written notice of the place, date and hour of each meeting of the stockholders and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is called, to be given personally or by mail, or in the case of stockholders who have consented to such delivery, by electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission, not less than ten nor more than sixty days prior to the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If such notice is mailed, it shall be deemed to have been given to a stockholder when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the record of stockholders of the Corporation. If such notice is given by electronic transmission, it will be deemed given: (a) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; or (b) if by posting on an electronic network with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; or (c) if by other means of electronic transmission,

1


 

at the time specified in the applicable provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Such further notice of meetings of stockholders shall be given as may be required by applicable law.
A written waiver of any notice of any annual or special meeting signed by the person entitled thereto, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders needs to be specified in a written waiver of notice. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
Section 1.04. Quorum and Required Vote . Except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of record of one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting. Except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws or the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, the vote of a majority (or, in the case of the election of Directors, a plurality) of the shares represented in person or by proxy and voting on the subject matter at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient for the transaction of any business at such meeting.
Section 1.05. Voting Rights . Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock, every holder of record of shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share outstanding in such stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation at the close of business on the date fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.05 hereof as the record date for the determination of the stockholders who shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting.
Section 1.06. Voting by Ballot . No vote of the stockholders need be taken by written ballot unless otherwise required by law. Any vote not required to be taken by ballot may be conducted in any manner approved by the presiding officer at the meeting at which such vote is taken.
Section 1.07. Adjournment . If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the stockholders, the presiding officer shall have the power to adjourn any such meeting from time to time until a quorum is present. Notice of any adjourned meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation need not be given if the place, date and hour thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed pursuant to Section 5.05 of these By-Laws, a notice of the adjourned meeting,

2


 

conforming to the requirements of Section 1.03 hereof, shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted on the original date of the meeting.
Section 1.08. Proxies . Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders may authorize another person or persons to vote at any such meeting for such stockholder by proxy. A stockholder may authorize a valid proxy by executing a written instrument signed by such stockholder, or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent, or by causing such signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature, or by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram, data and voice telephonic communications, computer network, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission to the person designated as the holder of the proxy, a proxy solicitation firm, a proxy support service organization or a like authorized agent. No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after the expiration of three years from the date of such proxy, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder executing it, except in those cases where applicable law provides that a proxy shall be irrevocable. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or by filing another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary. Proxies by telegram, cablegram, data and voice telephonic communications, computer network, e-mail or other electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that such electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such electronic transmission is valid, the inspectors shall specify the information upon which they relied. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of a writing or transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.
Section 1.09. Presiding Officer and Secretary of the Meeting .
(a) At every meeting of stockholders the presiding officer shall be the Chairman or, in the event of the Chairman’s absence or disability, the Lead Director, or in the event of the Lead Director’s absence or disability, the President, or in the event of the President’s absence or disability, any officer designated by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or the failure of the Chief Executive Officer to designate an officer for such purpose, any officer chosen by resolution of the Board of Directors. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at every meeting of stockholders may be determined by the presiding officer. The Secretary, or in the event of the

3


 

Secretary’s absence or disability, any Assistant Secretary designated by the presiding officer, if any, or if there be no Assistant Secretary, in the absence of the Secretary, an appointee of the presiding officer, shall act as Secretary of the meeting.
(b) Conduct of Meetings . The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with any such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the presiding officer shall have the right and authority to convene and to adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding officer, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the presiding officer, may include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the presiding officer shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. Meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.
Section 1.10. Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .
(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders .
     (i) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made only (A) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or (B) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.10(a) and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation.
     (ii) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, pursuant to clause (B) of paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 1.10, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and any such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 120 calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting was changed by more than 30 days from the anniversary date of the previous

4


 

year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder must be so received by the later of 120 calendar days prior to such annual meeting or 10 calendar days following the date on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting (or the public announcement thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 1.01(a). Such stockholder’s notice shall (x) be accompanied by a completed disclosure questionnaire, the form of which shall be approved by the Directors from time to time and posted by the Corporation on its website, and (y) set forth (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a Director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a Director if elected; (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend either the Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment; (C) any material interest in such business of such stockholder and of any beneficial owner on whose behalf the proposal is made and, in case of nominations, a description of all arrangements or understandings between any stockholder and each nominee and any other persons (naming them) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder; (D) satisfactory evidence that each stockholder is a beneficial owner, or a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record, of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by a qualified representative at the meeting to propose such business or nomination; (E) if the stockholder intends to solicit proxies in support of such stockholder’s business proposal or nomination, a representation to that effect; and (F) as to such stockholder and each other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or on whose behalf such stockholder is acting in connection with such nomination or other business (each, a “Proponent”) , (1) the name and address of such Proponent; and (2) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such Proponent. If such stockholder does not appear or send a qualified representative to present such business proposal or nomination at such annual meeting, the Corporation need not present such proposal or nomination for a vote at such meeting, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. The presiding officer of any annual meeting of stockholders shall refuse to permit any business proposed or nomination made by a stockholder to be brought before such annual meeting without compliance with the foregoing procedures or if the stockholder solicits proxies in support of such stockholder’s business proposal or nomination without such stockholder having made the representation required by clause (E) above.

5


 

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders .
     (i) Only such business as shall have been brought before the special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting pursuant to Section 1.02 of these By-Laws shall be conducted at such meeting.
     (ii) In the event that Directors are to be elected at a special meeting of stockholders pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at such special meeting of stockholders (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (2) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.10 and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. Nominations by stockholders of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at such special meeting of stockholders if the stockholder has delivered notice containing the information described in paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 1.10, including the disclosure questionnaire described in such paragraph (a)(ii), to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation by the later of 150 calendar days prior to such special meeting or 10 calendar days following the date on which public announcement of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees to be elected at such meeting is first made. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of a special meeting (or the public announcement thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
(c) General .
     (i) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.10 shall be eligible to serve as Directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.10. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the presiding officer of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.10 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this Section 1.10, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.
     (ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.10, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1.10; provided, however, that any references in these By-Laws to the Exchange Act or any section of thereof and the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to

6


 

nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to Section 1.10. Nothing in this Section 1.10 shall be deemed to affect any rights (a) of stockholders to request inclusion of business proposals or nominations in the Corporation’s proxy statement to the extent required under Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, or (b) of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock to the extent provided under any applicable preferred stock Certificate of Designation (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation).
Section 1.11. Inspectors of Elections .
(a) Prior to any meeting of the stockholders, the Board of Directors shall appoint one or more persons to act as Inspectors of Elections, and may designate one or more alternate inspectors. If no inspector or alternate is able to act, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of an inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall:
     (i) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each;
     (ii) determine the shares represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots;
     (iii) specify the information relied upon to determine the validity of electronic transmissions in accordance with Section 1.08 hereof;
     (iv) count all votes and ballots;
     (v) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors;
     (vi) certify such inspector’s determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and such inspector’s count of all votes and ballots.
(b) The inspector may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist in the performance of the duties of inspector.
(c) When determining the shares represented and the validity of proxies and ballots, the inspector shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with those proxies, any proxies provided in accordance with Section 1.08 of these By-Laws, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation. The inspector may consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers or their nominees or a similar person which represent more votes than

7


 

the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the stockholder holds of record. If the inspector considers other reliable information as outlined in this section, the inspector, at the time of certification pursuant to (a)(vi) of this Section 1.11, shall specify the precise information considered, the person or persons from whom such information was obtained, when this information was obtained, the means by which such information was obtained, and the basis for the inspector’s belief that such information is accurate and reliable.
Section 1.12. Opening and Closing of Polls . The time for the opening and the closing of the polls for the matters to be voted upon at a stockholder meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the presiding officer. The inspector of the election shall be prohibited from accepting any ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations thereof or changes thereto after the closing of the polls, unless the Delaware Court of Chancery upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise.
Section 1.13. Confidential Voting .
(a) Proxies and ballots that identify the votes of specific stockholders shall be kept in confidence by the inspectors of election unless
     (i) there is an opposing solicitation with respect to the election or removal of Directors,
     (ii) disclosure is required by applicable law,
     (iii) a stockholder expressly requests or otherwise authorizes disclosure in relation to such stockholder’s vote, or
     (iv) the Corporation concludes in good faith that a bona fide dispute exists as to the authenticity of one or more proxies, ballots or votes, or as to the accuracy of any tabulation of such proxies, ballots or votes.
(b) The inspectors of election and any authorized agents or other persons engaged in the receipt, count and tabulation of proxies and ballots shall be advised of this By-Law and instructed to comply herewith.
(c) The inspectors of election shall certify, to the best of their knowledge based on due inquiry, that proxies and ballots have been kept in confidence as required by this Section 1.13.
Section 1.14. No Stockholder Action by Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, and the ability of the stockholders to consent in writing to the taking of any action is specifically denied.

8


 

ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 2.01. General Powers . Except as may otherwise be provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws, the property, affairs and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors may exercise all the powers of the Corporation.
Section 2.02. Number of Directors . Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock, if any, the number of Directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, but the Board of Directors shall at no time consist of fewer than three (3) Directors.
Section 2.03. Director Elections .
(a) Classified Board. The Directors of the Corporation, subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any class or series of preferred stock, shall be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, one class (“ Class I ”) whose term expires at the 2000 annual meeting stockholders, another class (“ Class II ”) whose term expires at the 2001 annual meeting of stockholders, and another class (“ Class III ”) whose term expires at the 2002 annual meeting of stockholders, with each class to hold office until its successors are elected and qualified. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 2.12 and 2.13 of these By-Laws, at each annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any class or series of preferred stock, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election.
(b) Majority Voting Standard in Director Elections. The Company has established a majority voting standard in uncontested elections of Directors. In an uncontested election of Directors (i.e., an election where the only nominees are those recommended by the board of Directors), following certification of the shareholder vote, any nominee for election as Director who received a greater number of votes “withheld” from his or her election than votes “for” his or her election shall promptly tender his or her resignation to the Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall inform the Chair of the Governance Committee of such tender of resignation and the Governance Committee shall promptly consider such resignation and recommend to the board whether to accept the tendered resignation or reject it. In deciding upon its recommendation, the Governance committee shall consider all relevant factors

9


 

including, without limitation, the length of service and qualifications of the Director who has tendered his or her resignation and the Director’s contributions to the Corporation and the Board.
     (i) The Board shall act on the Governance Committee’s recommendation no later than 90 days following certification of the shareholder vote. The Board shall consider the factors considered by the Governance Committee and such additional information and factors the Board deems relevant. The Corporation shall promptly publicly disclose the Board’s decision and, if applicable, the reasons for rejecting the tendered resignation, in a Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities Exchange Commission.
     (ii) If a Director’s resignation is accepted by the board, the Governance Committee shall recommend to the board whether to fill the vacancy created by such resignation or to reduce the size of the board. Any Director who tenders his or her resignation as provided above shall not participate in the Governance Committee’s or the Board’s consideration of whether or not to accept his or her tendered resignation.
     (iii) If a majority of the members of the Governance Committee were required to tender their resignations as described above, the Directors whom the Board has affirmatively determined to be independent in accordance with applicable stock exchange listing standards and who were not required to tender their resignations shall appoint a special committee of the Board to consider the tendered resignations and whether to accept or reject them.
     (iv) This provision shall be summarized or set forth in its entirety in each proxy statement relating to an election of Directors of the Corporation.
Section 2.04. Annual and Regular Meetings . The annual meeting of the Board of Directors for the purpose of electing officers and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting shall be held as soon as practicable following adjournment of the annual meeting of the stockholders. Notice of such annual meeting of the Board of Directors need not be given. The Board of Directors from time to time may by resolution provide for the holding of regular meetings and fix the place (which may be within or without the State of Delaware) and the date of such meetings. Notice of regular meetings need not be given; provided , however , that if the Board of Directors shall fix or change the time or place of any regular meeting, notice of such action shall be mailed promptly, or sent by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, electronic mail or other electronic means, to each Director who shall not have been present at the meeting at which such action was taken, addressed or transmitted to him or her at such Director’s usual place of business, or shall be delivered or transmitted to him or her personally. Notice of such action need not be given to any Director who attends the first regular meeting after such action is

10


 

taken without protesting the lack of notice to him or her, prior to or at the commencement of such meeting, or to any Director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after such meeting.
Section 2.05. Special Meetings; Notice . Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held whenever called by the Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer (or, in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or disability, by the President or any Officer Director) or by the Secretary pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, at such place (within or without the State of Delaware), date and hour as may be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, if notice is given to each Director personally or by telephone, including a voice messaging system, or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, telegraph, facsimile, electronic mail or other electronic means, or on five (5) days’ notice, if notice is mailed to each Director, addressed or transmitted to him or her at such Director’s usual place of business or other designated location. Notice of any special meeting need not be given to any Director who attends such meeting without protesting the lack of notice to him or her, prior to or at the commencement of such meeting, or to any Director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after such meeting, and any business may be transacted thereat.
Section 2.06. Quorum; Voting . At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the presence of a majority of the total number of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise required by law, the vote of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
Section 2.07. Adjournment . A majority of the Directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any meeting of the Board of Directors to another time or place. No notice need be given of any adjourned meeting unless the time and place of the adjourned meeting are not announced at the time of adjournment, in which case notice conforming to the requirements of Section 2.05 of these By-Laws shall be given to each Director.
Section 2.08. Action Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing, and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.
Section 2.09. Regulations; Manner of Acting . To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws, the Board of Directors may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings of the Board of Directors and for the management of the property, affairs and business of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate.

11


 

The Directors shall act only as a Board and the individual Directors shall have no power as such.
Section 2.10 Action by Telephonic Communications . Members of the Board of Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in any meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 2.11. Resignations . Any Director may resign at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such Director, to the Chairman or the Secretary. Unless otherwise specified therein, and subject to Section 2.03(b) of these By-Laws, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.
Section 2.12. Removal of Directors . Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock, if any, to elect additional Directors under specified circumstances, any Director may be removed at any time, but only for cause, upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors caused by any such removal may be filled at such meeting by the stockholders entitled to vote for the election of the Director so removed. A Director filling any such vacancy shall be of the same class as that of the Director whose removal created such vacancy and shall hold office until such Director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. If such stockholders do not fill such vacancy at such meeting, such vacancy may be filled in the manner provided in Section 2.13 of these By-Laws.
Section 2.13. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock, if any, to elect additional Directors under specified circumstances, and except as provided in Section 2.12, if any vacancies shall occur in the Board of Directors, by reason of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, or if the authorized number of Directors shall be increased pursuant to Section 2.02 hereof, the Directors then in office shall continue to act, and such vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum. Any Director filling a vacancy shall be of the same class as that of the Director whose death, resignation, removal or other event caused the vacancy, and any Director filling a newly created directorship shall be of the class specified by the Board of Directors at the time the newly created directorships were created. A Director elected to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship shall hold office until such Director’s successor has been elected and qualified or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

12


 

Section 2.14. Compensation . The amount, if any, which each Director shall be entitled to receive as compensation for such Director’s services as such shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Section 2.15. Reliance on Accounts and Reports, etc . A Director, and any member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such Director’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees designated by the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to the matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.
ARTICLE III
BOARD COMMITTEES
Section 3.01. How Constituted; Committee Powers . The Board of Directors shall designate such Committees as may be required by applicable laws, rules, regulations and stock exchange listing standards, including an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Governance Committee, which Committees shall be constituted to comply with applicable requirements thereunder, and may designate one or more additional Committees, including an Executive Committee. Each Committee shall consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. Each such Committee, to the extent provided in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it; provided, however, that no such Committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any By-Law of the Corporation. Each Committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings.
Section 3.02. Quorum and Manner of Acting . Except as may be otherwise provided in any resolution of the Board of Directors, at all meetings of any Committee the presence of members constituting a majority of the total membership of such Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of the majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such Committee. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of any such Committee may be taken without a meeting, if all members of such Committee shall consent to such action in writing and such writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the

13


 

proceedings of the Committee. The members of any such Committee shall act only as a Committee, and the individual members of such Committee shall have no power as such.
Section 3.03. Action by Telephonic Communications . Members of any Committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of such Committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 3.04. Resignations . Any member of any Committee may resign at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such member, to the Chairman or the President. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery.
Section 3.05. Removal . Any member of any Committee may be removed from the position as a member of such Committee at any time, either for or without cause, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors.
Section 3.06. Vacancies . If any vacancy shall occur in any Committee, by reason of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, the remaining members shall continue to act, and any such vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 4.01. Number . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Controller and a General Counsel. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate, provided that officers of the rank of Vice-President and below may be appointed by the Compensation Committee. Such other officers shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer or President. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. No officer, other than the Chairman, need be a Director of the Corporation.
Section 4.02. Election . Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors, and shall be elected to hold office until the next succeeding annual meeting of the Board of Directors. In the event of the failure to elect officers at such meeting, officers may be elected at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Officers of the rank of Vice-President and below may be elected by the Compensation Committee. Each officer shall

14


 

hold office until such officer’s successor has been elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.
Section 4.03. Salaries . The salaries of all principal officers (as determined by the Board of Directors) of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.
Section 4.04. Removal and Resignation; Vacancies . Any officer may be removed for or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time by delivering a written notice of resignation, signed by such officer, to the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon delivery. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise, shall be filled by the Board of Directors.
Section 4.05. Authority and Duties of Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be specified in these By-Laws, except that in any event each officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be required by law.
Section 4.06. The Chairman . The Directors shall elect from among the members of the Board of Directors a Chairman of the Board. The Chairman shall have such duties and powers as set forth in these By-Laws or as shall otherwise be conferred upon the Chairman from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Chairman shall preside over all meetings of the Stockholders and the Board of Directors, other than meetings of the Board of Directors held in executive session, which shall be presided over by the Lead Director.
Section 4.07. The Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall have general control and supervision of the policies and operations of the Corporation. He or she shall manage and administer the Corporation’s business and affairs and shall also perform all duties and exercise all powers usually pertaining to the office of a chief executive officer of a corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
Section 4.08. The President . The President, subject to the authority of the Chief Executive Officer (if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer), shall have primary responsibility for, and authority with respect to, the management of the day-to-day business and affairs of the Corporation, to the extent prescribed by the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or (if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer) the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

15


 

Section 4.09. Absence or Disability of the Chief Executive Officer . In the event of the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s inability to act, the officer, if any, designated by resolution of the Board of Directors (or in the event there is more than one such designated officer, then in the order of designation) shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers and be subject to all the restrictions of the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 4.10. Vice Presidents . The Vice Presidents shall have such designations and shall perform such other duties and have such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may from time to time prescribe.
Section 4.11. The Secretary . The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept a record of all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall cause all notices to be duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws and as required by law. The Secretary shall be the custodian of the records and of the seal of the Corporation and cause such seal (or a facsimile thereof) to be affixed to instruments when appropriate. The Secretary shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may be specified in these By-Laws or as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.
Section 4.12. The Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall be the principal financial officer of the Corporation and shall have responsibility for the financial affairs of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are normally incident to the office of chief financial officer and as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.
Section 4.13. The Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have charge and supervision over and be responsible for the moneys, securities, receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, and shall keep or cause to be kept full and accurate records of all receipts of the Corporation, and shall cause the moneys and other valuable effects of the Corporation to be deposited in the name and to the credit of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall cause the moneys of the Corporation to be disbursed by checks or drafts upon the authorized depositaries of the Corporation and cause to be taken and preserved proper vouchers for all moneys disbursed. The Treasurer shall perform, in general, all duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as may be specified in these By-Laws or as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Financial Officer.

16


 

Section 4.14. The Controller . The Controller shall keep or cause to be kept correct records of the business and transactions of the Corporation. The Controller shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are normally incident to the office of controller and as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.
Section 4.15. The General Counsel . The General Counsel shall have responsibility for the legal affairs of the Corporation. The General Counsel shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are normally incident to the office of general counsel and as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.
Section 4.16. Additional Officers . The Board of Directors from time to time may delegate to any officer the power to appoint subordinate officers and to prescribe their respective rights, terms of office, authorities and duties. Any such officer may remove any such subordinate officer appointed by him or her, for or without cause, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such subordinate officer or agent, if any, with the Corporation.
Section 4.17. Security . The Board of Directors may require any officer, agent or employee of the Corporation to provide security for the faithful performance of such officer’s, agent’s or employee’s duties, in such amount and of such character as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL STOCK
Section 5.01. Certificates of Stock, Uncertificated Shares . The shares of the Corporation may be either represented by certificates or uncertificated shares, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Any resolution of the Board of Directors providing for uncertificated shares shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and, upon request, every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation, (i) by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President, and (ii) by the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Such certificate shall be in such form as the Board of Directors may determine, to the extent consistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws.

17


 

Section 5.02. Signatures; Facsimile . All of such signatures on the certificate referred to in Section 5.01 of these By-Laws may be a facsimile, engraved or printed, to the extent permitted by law. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate representing shares of the Corporation shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
Section 5.03. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct that a new certificate be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon delivery to the Board of Directors of an affidavit of the owner or owners of such certificate, setting forth such allegation. The Board of Directors may require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.
Section 5.04. Transfer of Stock . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Within a reasonable time after the transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws, the Board of Directors may prescribe such additional rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate relating to the issue, transfer and registration of shares of the Corporation.
Section 5.05. Record Date .
(a) Stockholders Meetings . In order to determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of the

18


 

meeting is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.
(b) Dividends and Other Distributions . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights of the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
Section 5.06. Registered Stockholders . Prior to due surrender of a certificate for registration of transfer, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to receive dividends and other distributions, to vote, to receive notice and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of the shares represented by such certificate, and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice of such claim or interests. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented to the Corporation for transfer or uncertificated shares are requested to be transferred, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so.
Section 5.07. Transfer Agent and Registrar . The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars, and may require all certificates representing shares to bear the signature of any such transfer agents or registrars.
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 6.01. Nature of Indemnity . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (a “ Proceeding ”), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her

19


 

behalf in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful; except that in the case of an action or suit by or in the name of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor (1) such indemnification shall be limited to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in the defense or settlement of such action or suit, and (2) no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section 6.05 of these By-Laws, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify a director or officer of the Corporation in respect of a Proceeding (or such part thereof) instituted by such director or officer, unless such Proceeding (or such part thereof) has been authorized by the Board of Directors.
The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
Section 6.02. Determination that Indemnification is Proper . Unless ordered by a court, no indemnification of a present or former director or officer of the Corporation under Section 6.01 hereof (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation if a determination is made that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is not proper in the circumstances because he or she has not met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 6.01 hereof.
Section 6.03. Advance Payment of Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount with interest, as determined by the Corporation, if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation’s counsel to represent such director or

20


 

officer in any action, suit or proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such action, suit or proceeding.
Section 6.04. Procedure for Indemnification of Directors and Officers . Any indemnification of a director or officer of the Corporation under Section 6.01, or advance of costs, charges and expenses to a director or officer under Section 6.04 of these By-Laws, shall be made promptly, and in any event within thirty (30) days, upon the written request of the director or officer. If a determination by the Corporation that the director or officer is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article VI is required, and the Corporation fails to respond within sixty (60) days to a written request for indemnity, the Corporation shall be deemed to have approved such request. If the Corporation denies a written request for indemnity or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within thirty (30) days, the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article VI shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing such person’s right to indemnification or advances, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of costs, charges and expenses under Section 6.03 of these By-Laws where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 6.01 of these By-Laws, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 6.01 of these By-Laws, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel, and its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
Section 6.05. Survival; Preservation of Other Rights . The foregoing indemnification and advancement provisions shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer who serves in any such capacity at any time while these provisions as well as the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware are in effect and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any right or obligation then existing with respect to any state of facts then or previously existing or any action, suit or proceeding previously or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts. Such a “contract right” may not be modified retroactively without the consent of such director or officer.

21


 

The indemnification and advancement provided by this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and, once an event has occurred with respect to which a Director or Officer is or may be entitled to indemnification under this Article, such entitlement shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
Section 6.06. Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person or on such person’s behalf in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI; provided that such insurance is available on acceptable terms, which determination shall be made by the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 6.07. Severability . If this Article VI or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director or officer as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article VI that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
ARTICLE VII
OFFICES
Section 7.01. Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.
Section 7.02. Other Offices . The Corporation may maintain offices or places of business at such other locations within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

22


 

ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 8.01. Dividends . Subject to any applicable provisions of law and the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and any such dividend may be paid in cash, property or shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.
A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the Director reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation, as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities and/or net profits of the Corporation, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of surplus or other funds from which dividends might properly be declared and paid.
Section 8.02. Reserves . There may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, thinks proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may similarly modify or abolish any such reserve.
Section 8.03. Execution of Instruments . The Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer may enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. The Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may authorize any other officer or agent to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. Any such authorization may be general or limited to specific contracts or instruments.
Section 8.04. Corporate Indebtedness . No loan shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation, and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name, unless authorized by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer. Such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances. Loans so authorized may be effected at any time for the Corporation from any bank, trust company or other institution, or from any firm, corporation or individual. All bonds, debentures, notes and other obligations or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation issued for such loans shall be

23


 

made, executed and delivered as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer shall authorize. When so authorized by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer, any part of or all the properties, including contract rights, assets, business or good will of the Corporation, whether then owned or thereafter acquired, may be mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated or conveyed or assigned in trust as security for the payment of such bonds, debentures, notes and other obligations or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, and of the interest thereon, by instruments executed and delivered in the name of the Corporation.
Section 8.05. Deposits . Any funds of the Corporation may be deposited from time to time in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as may be determined by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Treasurer or the Chief Financial Officer or by such officers or agents as may be authorized by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, the Treasurer or the Chief Financial Officer to make such determination.
Section 8.06. Checks . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner, as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer from time to time may determine.
Section 8.07. Sale, Transfer, etc. of Securities . To the extent authorized by the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer or any other officers designated by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may sell, transfer, endorse, and assign any shares of stock, bonds or other securities owned by or held in the name of the Corporation, and may make, execute and deliver in the name of the Corporation, under its corporate seal (if required), any instruments that may be appropriate to effect any such sale, transfer, endorsement or assignment.
Section 8.08. Voting as Stockholder . Unless otherwise determined by resolution of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Corporation to attend any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation may hold stock, and to act, vote (or execute proxies to vote) and exercise in person or by proxy all other rights, powers and privileges incident to the ownership of such stock. Such officers acting on behalf of the Corporation shall have full power and authority to execute any instrument expressing consent to or dissent from any action of any such corporation without a meeting. The Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time confer such power and authority upon any other person or persons.
Section 8.09. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January of each year (except for the Corporation’s first fiscal year

24


 

which shall commence on the date of incorporation) and shall terminate in each case on December 31.
Section 8.10. Seal . The seal of the Corporation shall be circular in form and shall contain the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal” and “Delaware”. The form of such seal shall be subject to alteration by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or reproduced, or may be used in any other lawful manner.
ARTICLE IX
EMERGENCY BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 9.01. Emergency Board of Directors . Notwithstanding any different provision in the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or these By-Laws, in the event of any emergency (herein defined as (i) resulting from an attack on the United States or on a locality in which the Corporation conducts business or customarily holds meetings of its Board of Directors, (ii) any nuclear, enemy or terrorist attack, or (iii) the existence of any other catastrophe, disaster or other similar emergency condition), as a result of which emergency a quorum of the Board of Directors cannot readily be convened for action, this By-Law provision shall apply. All the powers and duties vested in the Board of Directors shall vest automatically in an Emergency Board of Directors, which shall consist of all members of the Board of Directors who are readily available and capable of acting. The Emergency Board of Directors shall use all reasonable efforts to promptly provide notice of the change in the status of the Board of Directors to the Securities and Exchange Commission. This Emergency Board shall have and may exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. A meeting of the Emergency Board may be called by any Director or any member of the most senior executive management committee of the Corporation (the “Executive Group”). Notice of the time and place of the meeting shall be given by or on behalf of the person calling the meeting to only such of the Directors as it may be feasible to reach at the time and by such means as may be feasible at the time, including by telephone, personal delivery, facsimile or email. Such notice shall be given at such time in advance of the meeting as circumstances permit in the judgment of the person calling the meeting. Two members in attendance shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Emergency Board. The Emergency Board shall continue to be vested with the powers and duties of the Board of Directors until such time following the emergency as a quorum of the original members of the Board of Directors prior to such emergency can readily be convened for action.

25


 

ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS
Section 10.01. Amendment . These By-Laws may be amended, altered or repealed:
(a) by resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors at any special or regular meeting of the Board of Directors if, in the case of such special meeting only, notice of such amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting; or
(b) at any regular or special meeting of the stockholders upon the affirmative vote of the holders of three-fourths ( 3 / 4 ) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors if, in the case of such special meeting only, notice of such amendment, alteration or repeal is contained in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.
ARTICLE XI
CONSTRUCTION
Section 11.01. Construction . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of these By-Laws as in effect from time to time and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as in effect from time to time, the provisions of such Certificate of Incorporation shall be controlling.

26

EXHIBIT 4.12

METLIFE, INC.,

as Issuer

and

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
(as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.),

as Trustee


TWELFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of June 23, 2005

SUPPLEMENT TO THE INDENTURE

Dated as of November 9, 2001


$1,000,000,000

5.00% SENIOR NOTES

DUE JUNE 15, 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS(1)

ARTICLE I

5.00% SENIOR NOTES DUE JUNE 15, 2015

SECTION 1.01.  Establishment.............................................................   1
SECTION 1.02.  Definitions...............................................................   2
SECTION 1.03.  Payment of Principal and Interest.........................................   2
SECTION 1.04.  Denominations.............................................................   3
SECTION 1.05.  Global Securities.........................................................   3
SECTION 1.06.  Transfer..................................................................   4
SECTION 1.07.  Defeasance................................................................   4
SECTION 1.08.  Redemption at the Option of the Company...................................   4

ARTICLE II

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 2.01.  Recitals by the Company...................................................   6
SECTION 2.02.  Ratification and Incorporation of Original Indenture......................   6
SECTION 2.03.  Executed in Counterparts..................................................   6


(1) This Table of Contents does not constitute part of the Twelfth Supplemental Indenture and shall not have any bearing on the interpretation of any of its terms or provisions.

i

THIS TWELFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE is made as of the 23rd day of June, 2005, by and between METLIFE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.), a national banking corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee):

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore entered into an Indenture, dated as of November 9, 2001 (the "Original Indenture") with the Trustee;

WHEREAS, the Original Indenture is incorporated herein by this reference and the Original Indenture, as supplemented by this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture, is herein called the "Indenture";

WHEREAS, under the Original Indenture, a new series of Securities may at any time be established by the Board of Directors of the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Original Indenture or the terms of such series may be described by a supplemental indenture executed by the Company and the Trustee;

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to create under the Indenture a new series of Securities;

WHEREAS, additional Securities of other series hereafter established, except as may be limited in the Original Indenture as at the time supplemented and modified, may be issued from time to time pursuant to the Original Indenture as at the time supplemented and modified; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

5.00% Senior Notes Due June 15, 2015

SECTION 1.01. Establishment.

(a) There is hereby established a new series of Securities to be issued under the Indenture, to be designated as the Company's 5.00% Senior Notes due June 15, 2015 (the "2015 Senior Notes").

(b) There are to be authenticated and delivered 2015 Senior Notes, initially limited in aggregate principal amount to $1,000,000,000, and no further 2015 Senior Notes shall be authenticated and delivered except as provided by Section 2.05, 2.07, 2.11, 3.03 or 9.04 of the Original Indenture; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of the 2015 Senior Notes may be increased in the future, without the consent of the holders of the 2015 Senior Notes, on the same terms and with the same CUSIP and ISIN numbers as the 2015 Senior Notes, except


for the issue price, Original Issue Date and first Interest Payment Date, provided, that no Event of Default with respect to the 2015 Senior Notes shall have occurred and be continuing. The 2015 Senior Notes shall be issued in fully registered form.

(c) The 2015 Senior Notes shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities, in substantially the form set out in Exhibit A hereto. The Depositary with respect to the 2015 Senior Notes shall be The Depository Trust Company.

(d) The form of the Trustee's Certificate of Authentication for the 2015 Senior Notes shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto.

(e) Each 2015 Senior Note shall be dated the date of authentication thereof and shall bear interest from the Original Issue Date or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for.

SECTION 1.02. Definitions.

(a) The following defined terms used herein shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the meanings specified below. Capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Original Indenture.

"Interest Payment Date" means June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 2005.

"Original Issue Date" means June 23, 2005.

"Regular Record Date" means, with respect to each Interest Payment Date, the close of business on the preceding May 31 or November 30, as the case may be (whether or not a Business Day).

"Stated Maturity" means June 15, 2015.

SECTION 1.03. Payment of Principal and Interest

(a) The principal of the 2015 Senior Notes shall be due at Stated Maturity. The unpaid principal amount of the 2015 Senior Notes shall bear interest at the rate of 5.00% per year until paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be paid semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing June 23, 2005, to the Persons in whose names the 2015 Senior Notes are registered on the Regular Record Date for such Interest Payment Date, provided that interest payable at the Stated Maturity of principal or upon redemption will be paid to the Persons to whom principal is payable. Any such interest that is not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the holders on such Regular Record Date and may be paid as provided in Section 2.03 of the Original Indenture.

(b) Payments of interest on the 2015 Senior Notes will include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. Interest payments for the 2015 Senior Notes shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

2

(c) In the event that any date on which interest is payable on the 2015 Senior Notes is not a Business Day, then payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable.

(d) All payments of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the 2015 Senior Notes due at the Stated Maturity or upon redemption will be made upon surrender of the 2015 Senior Notes at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

(e) The principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the 2015 Senior Notes shall be paid in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments of interest (including interest on any Interest Payment Date) will be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, at the option of the Company,
(i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Trustee at least 15 days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto.

SECTION 1.04. Denominations.

The 2015 Senior Notes may be issued in denominations of $2,000, and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

SECTION 1.05. Global Securities.

(a) The 2015 Senior Notes will be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. Except under the limited circumstances described below, 2015 Senior Notes represented by Global Securities will not be exchangeable for, and will not otherwise be issuable as, 2015 Senior Notes in definitive form. The Global Securities described above may not be transferred except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or its nominee.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture, owners of beneficial interests in such Global Securities will not be considered the holders thereof for any purpose under the Indenture, and no Global Security representing a 2015 Senior Note shall be exchangeable, except for another Global Security of like denomination and tenor to be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee or to a successor Depositary or its nominee. The rights of holders of such Global Securities shall be exercised only through the Depositary.

(c) A Global Security shall be exchangeable for 2015 Senior Notes registered in the names of Persons other than the Depositary or its nominee only as provided by Section 2.11(c) of the Original Indenture, subject to the procedures of the Depositary. Any Global Security that is exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be exchangeable for 2015 Senior Notes registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct.

3

SECTION 1.06. Transfer.

No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of 2015 Senior Notes, but payment will be required of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

SECTION 1.07. Defeasance.

The provisions of Sections 13.02 and 13.03 of the Original Indenture will apply to the 2015 Senior Notes.

SECTION 1.08. Redemption at the Option of the Company.

(a)(i) If the Acquisition is not consummated or is terminated on or prior to September 30, 2005, the 2015 Senior Notes will be redeemable, at the option of the Company, in whole (but not in part) at any time on a date selected by the Company on or prior to November 7, 2005 (such date fixed for redemption, the "Trigger Redemption Date"), at a redemption price (the "Trigger Redemption Price") equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed, not including any portion of the payments of interest accrued as of such Trigger Redemption Date, discounted to such Trigger Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, plus 87 basis points; plus in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, such Trigger Redemption Date.

(ii) The 2015 Senior Notes will be redeemable, at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time (any such date fixed for redemption, an "Optional Redemption Date"), at a redemption price (the "Optional Redemption Price") equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed, not including any portion of the payments of interest accrued as of such Optional Redemption Date, discounted to such Optional Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, plus 15 basis points; plus in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, such Optional Redemption Date.

(iii) "Acquisition" means the acquisition by the Company of The Travelers Life Insurance Company, The Travelers Life & Annuity Reinsurance Company and Citicorp Life Insurance Company pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement by and between Citigroup Inc. and the Company, dated as of January 31, 2005, as amended.

(iv) "Treasury Rate" means the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as the case

4

may be. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as the case may be.

(v) "Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security selected by the Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the 2015 Senior Notes.

(vi) "Independent Investment Banker" means either Banc of America Securities LLC or Goldman, Sachs & Co., as selected by the Company, and any successor firm or, if such firm is unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

(vii) "Comparable Treasury Price" means with respect to any Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as the case may be, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

(viii) "Reference Treasury Dealer" means each of Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and two other primary U.S. government securities dealers (each a "Primary Treasury Dealer"), as specified by the Company; provided that (1) if any of Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. or any Primary Treasury Dealer as specified by the Company shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer and (2) if the Company fails to select a substitute within a reasonable period of time, then the substitute will be a Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

(ix) "Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to the Reference Treasury Dealer and any Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed, in each case, as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as the case may be.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 3.02 of the Original Indenture, (i) the notice of redemption with respect to the redemption referred to in Section 1.08(a)(i) above, shall be mailed not less than 15 Business Days and not more than 20 Business Days before the Trigger Redemption Date and (ii) the notice of redemption with respect to the redemption referred to in Section 1.08(a)(i) and
Section 1.08(a)(ii) above need not set forth the Optional Redemption Price or the Trigger Redemption Price, as applicable, but only the manner of calculation thereof. Notices of redemption of the 2015 Senior Notes shall state that payment of the Optional Redemption Price or

5

the Trigger Redemption Price, as applicable, of such 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed shall be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and shall specify the CUSIP No. and ISIN No. of such 2015 Senior Notes.

(c) The Company shall notify the Trustee of the Optional Redemption Price or Trigger Redemption Price, as applicable, with respect to the foregoing redemption promptly after the calculation thereof. The Trustee shall not be responsible for calculating said Optional Redemption Price or Trigger Redemption Price.

(d) If less than all of the 2015 Senior Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the 2015 Senior Notes or portions of the 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed by such method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate. The Trustee may select for redemption 2015 Senior Notes and portions of 2015 Senior Notes in amounts of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

(e) The Company shall give the Trustee notice of a Trigger Redemption Date promptly after the later of September 30, 2005 or the date that the Company determines to redeem the 2015 Senior Notes pursuant to Section 1.08 (a)(i). Prior to a redemption of the 2015 Senior Notes pursuant to Section 1.08(a)(i) above, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture to the right of the Company to redeem the 2015 Senior Notes pursuant to such Section 1.08(a)(i) have been complied with.

ARTICLE II

Miscellaneous Provisions

SECTION 2.01. Recitals by the Company.

The recitals in this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture are made by the Company only and not by the Trustee, and all of the provisions contained in the Original Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers and duties of the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of the 2015 Senior Notes and of this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like effect as if set forth herein in full.

SECTION 2.02. Ratification and Incorporation of Original Indenture.

As supplemented hereby, the Original Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and the Original Indenture and this Twelfth Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

SECTION 2.03. Executed in Counterparts.

This Twelfth Supplemental Indenture may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

6

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this instrument to be signed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written.

METLIFE, INC.

By: /s/ Anthony J. Williamson
    ------------------------------------------
    Name: Anthony J. Williamson
    Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By: /s/ James Heaney
    ------------------------------------------
    Name: James Heaney
    Title: Vice President

7

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF 5.00% SENIOR NOTE DUE JUNE 15, 2015

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY ("DTC"), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, TO METLIFE, INC. OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 2.11 OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE, THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY TO DTC, TO ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

A-1

No.__ CUSIP No.: 5156RAN8

ISIN No.: US59156RAN89

METLIFE, INC.

                                5.00% Senior Note
                                Due June 15, 2015

Principal Amount:         $

Regular Record Date:      With respect to each Interest Payment Date, the close
                          of business on the preceding May 31 or November 30, as
                          the case may be (whether or not a Business Day)

Original Issue Date:      June 23, 2005

Stated Maturity:          June 15, 2015

Interest Payment Dates:   June 15 and December 15, commencing December 15, 2005

Interest Rate:            5.00% per year

Authorized Denomination:  $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of
                          $2,000

MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company," which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received, hereby promises to pay to _______________________, or registered assigns, the principal sum of ________________ ($________________) on the Stated Maturity shown above, and to pay interest thereon from the Original Issue Date shown above, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date as specified above, commencing on December 15, 2005, and on the Stated Maturity at the rate per year shown above until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment and on any overdue principal and on any overdue installment of interest at such rate to the extent permitted by law. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (other than an Interest Payment Date that is the Stated Maturity or a Trigger Redemption Date or an Optional Redemption Date) will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date as specified above next preceding such Interest Payment Date, provided that any interest payable at Stated Maturity or on a Trigger Redemption Date or an Optional Redemption Date will be paid to the Person to whom principal is payable. Any such interest that is not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the holders on such Regular Record Date and may be paid as provided in Section 2.03 of the Original Indenture.

A-2

Payments of interest on this Note will include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. Interest payments for this Note shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Note is not a Business Day, then payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable.

Payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest due at the Stated Maturity or earlier redemption of this Note shall be made upon surrender of this Note at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Note shall be paid in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payment of interest (including interest on an Interest Payment Date) will be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, at the option of the Company, (i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Trustee at least 15 days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto.

The 2015 Senior Notes (as defined on the reverse hereof) will be unsecured obligations of the Company and will rank equally in right of payment with all of the other unsecured, unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company from time to time outstanding. The 2015 Senior Notes will rank senior to any subordinated indebtedness of the Company.

REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF, WHICH FURTHER PROVISIONS SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS IF SET FORTH AT THIS PLACE.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

A-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

METLIFE, INC.

By: ______________________________
Name:
Title:

Attest:


Name:
Title:

[Seal of MetLife, Inc.]

Dated:

A-4

(Reverse Side of Note)

1. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of senior notes of the Company (the "Securities") issued and issuable in one or more series under an Indenture dated as of November 9, 2001 (the "Original Indenture"), as supplemented by the Twelfth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 23, 2005 (the "Twelfth Supplemental Indenture," and together with the Original Indenture, the "Indenture"), between the Company and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.), as Trustee (the "Trustee," which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures incidental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Securities issued thereunder and of the terms upon which said Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Note is one of the series designated on the face hereof as 5.00% Senior Notes due June 15 2015 (the "2015 Senior Notes"), initially limited in aggregate principal amount to $1,000,000,000; provided, however, that (subject to the provisions of the Twelfth Supplemental Indenture) the aggregate principal amount of the 2015 Senior Notes may be increased in the future, without the consent of the holders of the 2015 Senior Notes, on the same terms and with the same CUSIP and ISIN numbers as the 2015 Senior Notes. Capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. This Note is exchangeable in whole or from time to time in part for 2015 Senior Notes in definitive registered form only as provided herein and in the Indenture. If (i) at any time the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for this Note or if at any time the Depositary shall no longer be registered or in good standing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other applicable statute or regulation, and the Company does not appoint a successor Depositary within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such condition, as the case may be, or (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that this Note shall be exchangeable for 2015 Senior Notes in definitive registered form and executes and delivers to the Security Registrar a written order of the Company providing that this Note shall be so exchangeable, this Note (subject to the procedures of the Depositary) shall be exchangeable for 2015 Senior Notes in definitive registered form, provided that the definitive 2015 Senior Notes so issued in exchange for this Note shall be in denominations of $2,000 and any whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, without coupons, and be of like aggregate principal amount and tenor as the portion of this Note to be exchanged. Except as provided above, owners of beneficial interests in this Note will not be entitled to have 2015 Senior Notes registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to physical delivery of 2015 Senior Notes in definitive registered form and will not be considered the holders thereof for any purpose under the Indenture. Neither the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent nor the Security Registrar shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in this Note, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

3. If an Event of Default with respect to the 2015 Senior Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the 2015 Senior Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

A-5

4. The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the holders of the Securities under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders of this Note and of any 2015 Senior Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

5. The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of (a) the entire indebtedness of the Company pursuant to this Note and (b) restrictive covenants and the related Events of Default, upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein, which provisions apply to this Note.

6. (a) If the Acquisition is not consummated, or is terminated, on or prior to September 30, 2005, the 2015 Senior Notes will be redeemable, at the option of the Company, in whole (but not in part) at any time on a date selected by the Company on or prior to November 7, 2005 (such date fixed for redemption, the "Trigger Redemption Date"), at a redemption price (the "Trigger Redemption Price") equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed, not including any portion of the payments of interest accrued as of such Trigger Redemption Date, discounted to such Trigger Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, plus 87 basis points; plus in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, such Trigger Redemption Date.

(b) The 2015 Senior Notes will be redeemable, at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time (any such date fixed for redemption, an "Optional Redemption Date"), at a redemption price (the "Optional Redemption Price") equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed, not including any portion of the payments of interest accrued as of such Optional Redemption Date, discounted to such Optional Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, plus 15 basis points; plus in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, such Optional Redemption Date.

"Acquisition" means the acquisition by the Company of The Travelers Life Insurance Company, The Travelers Life & Annuity Reinsurance Company and Citicorp Life Insurance Company pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement by and between Citigroup Inc. and the Company, dated as of January 31, 2005, as amended.

A-6

"Treasury Rate" means the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as the case may be. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as the case may be.

"Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security selected by the Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the 2015 Senior Notes.

"Independent Investment Banker" means either of Banc of America Securities LLC or Goldman, Sachs & Co., as selected by the Company, and any successor firm or, if such firm is unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

"Comparable Treasury Price" means with respect to any Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as the case may be, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

"Reference Treasury Dealer" means each of Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and two other primary U.S. government securities dealers (each a "Primary Treasury Dealer"), as specified by the Company; provided that (1) if any of Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. or any Primary Treasury Dealer as specified by the Company shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer and (2) if the Company fails to select a substitute within a reasonable period of time, then the substitute will be a Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

"Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to the Reference Treasury Dealer and any Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed, in each case, as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as the case may be.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 3.02 of the Original Indenture, (i) the notice of redemption with respect to the redemption referred to in Section 6(a) above, shall be mailed not less than 15 Business Days and not more than 20 Business Days before the Trigger Redemption Date and (ii) the notice of redemption with respect to the redemption referred to in Section 6(a) and Section 6(b) above need not set forth the Optional Redemption Price or the Trigger Redemption Price, as applicable, but only the manner of calculation thereof. Notices of redemption of the 2015 Senior Notes shall state that payment of the Optional Redemption Price or the Trigger Redemption Price, as applicable, of such

A-7

2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed shall be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and shall specify the CUSIP No. and ISIN No. of such 2015 Senior Notes.

(d) The Company shall notify the Trustee of the Optional Redemption Price or Trigger Redemption Price, as applicable, with respect to the foregoing redemption promptly after the calculation thereof. The Trustee shall not be responsible for calculating said Optional Redemption Price or Trigger Redemption Price.

(e) If less than all of the 2015 Senior Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select the 2015 Senior Notes or portions of 2015 Senior Notes to be redeemed by such method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate. The Trustee may select for redemption 2015 Senior Notes and portions of 2015 Senior Notes in amounts of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

7. No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on this Note at the time, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

8. (a) As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company for such purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or the Security Registrar and duly executed by, the holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new 2015 Senior Notes, of authorized denominations and of like tenor and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer, but the Company will require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

(b) Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent and the Security Registrar of the Company or the Trustee may deem and treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing thereon made by anyone other than the Security Registrar, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent nor the Security Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. Except as provided in Section 1.03(a) of the Twelfth Supplemental Indenture, all payments of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Note made to or upon the order of the registered holder hereof shall, to the extent of the amount or amounts so paid, effectually satisfy and discharge liability for moneys payable on this Note.

(c) The 2015 Senior Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, 2015 Senior Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of 2015 Senior Notes of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the holder surrendering the same upon surrender of the 2015 Senior Note or 2015 Senior Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Company.

A-8

9. No recourse shall be had for payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on this Note, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released.

10. Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

11. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York.

A-9

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this instrument, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM -   as tenants in common           UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - Custodian under
                                           Uniform Gift to Minors Act

                                           _____________________________________
                                           (State)

TEN ENT -   as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN -    as joint tenants with right
            of survivorship and not as
            tenants in common

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not on the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s) and transfer(s) unto

PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE




(please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing



agent to transfer said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:______________                          __________________________________

                                              NOTICE: The signature to this
                                              assignment must correspond with
                                              the name as written upon the face
                                              of the within instrument in every
                                              particular without alteration or
                                              enlargement, or any change
                                              whatsoever.

A-10

EXHIBIT B
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the 5.00% Senior Notes due June 15, 2015 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

J.P.MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:________________________________
Authorized Officer

B-1

EXHIBIT 4.13

METLIFE, INC.,

as Issuer

and

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
(as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.),

as Trustee


THIRTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of June 23, 2005

SUPPLEMENT TO THE INDENTURE

Dated as of November 9, 2001


$1,000,000,000

5.70% SENIOR NOTES

DUE JUNE 15, 2035


TABLE OF CONTENTS(1)

ARTICLE I

5.70% SENIOR NOTES DUE JUNE 15, 2035

SECTION 1.01.  Establishment....................................................  1
SECTION 1.02.  Definitions......................................................  2
SECTION 1.03.  Payment of Principal and Interest................................  2
SECTION 1.04.  Denominations....................................................  3
SECTION 1.05.  Global Securities................................................  3
SECTION 1.06.  Transfer.........................................................  4
SECTION 1.07.  Defeasance.......................................................  4
SECTION 1.08.  Redemption at the Option of the Company..........................  4

                                   ARTICLE II

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 2.01.  Recitals by the Company..........................................  6
SECTION 2.02.  Ratification and Incorporation of Original Indenture.............  6
SECTION 2.03.  Executed in Counterparts.........................................  6


(1) This Table of Contents does not constitute part of the Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture and shall not have any bearing on the interpretation of any of its terms or provisions.

i

THIS THIRTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE is made as of the 23rd day of June, 2005, by and between METLIFE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.), a national banking corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee):

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore entered into an Indenture, dated as of November 9, 2001 (the "Original Indenture") with the Trustee;

WHEREAS, the Original Indenture is incorporated herein by this reference and the Original Indenture, as supplemented by this Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture, is herein called the "Indenture";

WHEREAS, under the Original Indenture, a new series of Securities may at any time be established by the Board of Directors of the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Original Indenture or the terms of such series may be described by a supplemental indenture executed by the Company and the Trustee;

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to create under the Indenture a new series of Securities;

WHEREAS, additional Securities of other series hereafter established, except as may be limited in the Original Indenture as at the time supplemented and modified, may be issued from time to time pursuant to the Original Indenture as at the time supplemented and modified; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

5.70% Senior Notes Due June 15, 2035

SECTION 1.01. Establishment.

(a) There is hereby established a new series of Securities to be issued under the Indenture, to be designated as the Company's 5.70% Senior Notes due June 15, 2035 (the "2035 Senior Notes").

(b) There are to be authenticated and delivered 2035 Senior Notes, initially limited in aggregate principal amount to $1,000,000,000, and no further 2035 Senior Notes shall be authenticated and delivered except as provided by Section 2.05, 2.07, 2.11, 3.03 or 9.04 of the Original Indenture; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of the 2035 Senior Notes may be increased in the future, without the consent of the holders of the 2035 Senior Notes, on the same terms and with the same CUSIP and ISIN numbers as the 2035 Senior Notes, except


for the issue price, Original Issue Date and first Interest Payment Date, provided, that no Event of Default with respect to the 2035 Senior Notes shall have occurred and be continuing. The 2035 Senior Notes shall be issued in fully registered form.

(c) The 2035 Senior Notes shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities, in substantially the form set out in Exhibit A hereto. The Depositary with respect to the 2035 Senior Notes shall be The Depository Trust Company.

(d) The form of the Trustee's Certificate of Authentication for the 2035 Senior Notes shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto.

(e) Each 2035 Senior Note shall be dated the date of authentication thereof and shall bear interest from the Original Issue Date or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for.

SECTION 1.02. Definitions.

(a) The following defined terms used herein shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the meanings specified below. Capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Original Indenture.

"Interest Payment Date" means June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 2005.

"Original Issue Date" means June 23, 2005.

"Regular Record Date" means, with respect to each Interest Payment Date, the close of business on the preceding May 31 or November 30, as the case may be (whether or not a Business Day).

"Stated Maturity" means June 15, 2035.

SECTION 1.03. Payment of Principal and Interest

(a) The principal of the 2035 Senior Notes shall be due at Stated Maturity. The unpaid principal amount of the 2035 Senior Notes shall bear interest at the rate of 5.70% per year until paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be paid semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing June 23, 2005, to the Persons in whose names the 2035 Senior Notes are registered on the Regular Record Date for such Interest Payment Date, provided that interest payable at the Stated Maturity of principal or upon redemption will be paid to the Persons to whom principal is payable. Any such interest that is not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the holders on such Regular Record Date and may be paid as provided in Section 2.03 of the Original Indenture.

(b) Payments of interest on the 2035 Senior Notes will include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. Interest payments for the 2035 Senior Notes shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

2

(c) In the event that any date on which interest is payable on the 2035 Senior Notes is not a Business Day, then payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable.

(d) All payments of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the 2035 Senior Notes due at the Stated Maturity or upon redemption will be made upon surrender of the 2035 Senior Notes at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

(e) The principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the 2035 Senior Notes shall be paid in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments of interest (including interest on any Interest Payment Date) will be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, at the option of the Company,
(i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Trustee at least 15 days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto.

SECTION 1.04. Denominations.

The 2035 Senior Notes may be issued in denominations of $2,000, and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

SECTION 1.05. Global Securities.

(a) The 2035 Senior Notes will be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. Except under the limited circumstances described below, 2035 Senior Notes represented by Global Securities will not be exchangeable for, and will not otherwise be issuable as, 2035 Senior Notes in definitive form. The Global Securities described above may not be transferred except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or its nominee.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture, owners of beneficial interests in such Global Securities will not be considered the holders thereof for any purpose under the Indenture, and no Global Security representing a 2035 Senior Note shall be exchangeable, except for another Global Security of like denomination and tenor to be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee or to a successor Depositary or its nominee. The rights of holders of such Global Securities shall be exercised only through the Depositary.

(c) A Global Security shall be exchangeable for 2035 Senior Notes registered in the names of Persons other than the Depositary or its nominee only as provided by Section 2.11(c) of the Original Indenture, subject to the procedures of the Depositary. Any Global Security that is exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be exchangeable for 2035 Senior Notes registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct.

3

SECTION 1.06. Transfer.

No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of 2035 Senior Notes, but payment will be required of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

SECTION 1.07. Defeasance.

The provisions of Sections 13.02 and 13.03 of the Original Indenture will apply to the 2035 Senior Notes.

SECTION 1.08. Redemption at the Option of the Company.

(a)(i) If the Acquisition is not consummated or is terminated on or prior to September 30, 2005, the 2035 Senior Notes will be redeemable, at the option of the Company, in whole (but not in part) at any time on a date selected by the Company on or prior to November 7, 2005 (such date fixed for redemption, the "Trigger Redemption Date"), at a redemption price (the "Trigger Redemption Price") equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed, not including any portion of the payments of interest accrued as of such Trigger Redemption Date, discounted to such Trigger Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, plus 127 basis points; plus in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, such Trigger Redemption Date.

(ii) The 2035 Senior Notes will be redeemable, at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time (any such date fixed for redemption, an "Optional Redemption Date"), at a redemption price (the "Optional Redemption Price") equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed, not including any portion of the payments of interest accrued as of such Optional Redemption Date, discounted to such Optional Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, plus 20 basis points; plus in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, such Optional Redemption Date.

(iii) "Acquisition" means the acquisition by the Company of The Travelers Life Insurance Company, The Travelers Life & Annuity Reinsurance Company and Citicorp Life Insurance Company pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement by and between Citigroup Inc. and the Company, dated as of January 31, 2005, as amended.

(iv) "Treasury Rate" means the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as the case

4

may be. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as the case may be.

(v) "Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security selected by the Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the 2035 Senior Notes.

(vi) "Independent Investment Banker" means either Banc of America Securities LLC or Goldman, Sachs & Co., as selected by the Company, and any successor firm or, if such firm is unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

(vii) "Comparable Treasury Price" means with respect to any Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as the case may be, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

(viii) "Reference Treasury Dealer" means each of Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and two other primary U.S. government securities dealers (each a "Primary Treasury Dealer"), as specified by the Company; provided that (1) if any of Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. or any Primary Treasury Dealer as specified by the Company shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer and (2) if the Company fails to select a substitute within a reasonable period of time, then the substitute will be a Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

(ix) "Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to the Reference Treasury Dealer and any Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed, in each case, as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as the case may be.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 3.02 of the Original Indenture, (i) the notice of redemption with respect to the redemption referred to in Section 1.08(a)(i) above, shall be mailed not less than 15 Business Days and not more than 20 Business Days before the Trigger Redemption Date and (ii) the notice of redemption with respect to the redemption referred to in Section 1.08(a)(i) and
Section 1.08(a)(ii) above need not set forth the Optional Redemption Price or the Trigger Redemption Price, as applicable, but only the manner of calculation thereof. Notices of redemption of the 2035 Senior Notes shall state that payment of the Optional Redemption Price or

5

the Trigger Redemption Price, as applicable, of such 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed shall be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and shall specify the CUSIP No. and ISIN No. of such 2035 Senior Notes.

(c) The Company shall notify the Trustee of the Optional Redemption Price or Trigger Redemption Price, as applicable, with respect to the foregoing redemption promptly after the calculation thereof. The Trustee shall not be responsible for calculating said Optional Redemption Price or Trigger Redemption Price.

(d) If less than all of the 2035 Senior Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the 2035 Senior Notes or portions of the 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed by such method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate. The Trustee may select for redemption 2035 Senior Notes and portions of 2035 Senior Notes in amounts of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

(e) The Company shall give the Trustee notice of a Trigger Redemption Date promptly after the later of September 30, 2005 or the date that the Company determines to redeem the 2035 Senior Notes pursuant to Section 1.08 (a)(i). Prior to a redemption of the 2035 Senior Notes pursuant to Section 1.08(a)(i) above, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture to the right of the Company to redeem the 2035 Senior Notes pursuant to such Section 1.08(a)(i) have been complied with.

ARTICLE II

Miscellaneous Provisions

SECTION 2.01. Recitals by the Company.

The recitals in this Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture are made by the Company only and not by the Trustee, and all of the provisions contained in the Original Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers and duties of the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of the 2035 Senior Notes and of this Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like effect as if set forth herein in full.

SECTION 2.02. Ratification and Incorporation of Original Indenture.

As supplemented hereby, the Original Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and the Original Indenture and this Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

SECTION 2.03. Executed in Counterparts.

This Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

6

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this instrument to be signed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written.

METLIFE, INC.

By: /s/ Anthony J. Williamson
   ------------------------------------------
   Name: Anthony J. Williamson
   Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By: /s/ James Heaney
   ------------------------------------------
   Name: James Heaney
   Title: Vice President

7

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF 5.70% SENIOR NOTE DUE JUNE 15, 2035

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY ("DTC"), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, TO METLIFE, INC. OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 2.11 OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE, THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY TO DTC, TO ANOTHER NOMINEE OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

A-1

No.___ CUSIP No.: 59156RAM0

ISIN No.: US59156RAM07

METLIFE, INC.

                                5.70% Senior Note
                                Due June 15, 2035

Principal Amount:          $

Regular Record Date:       With respect to each Interest Payment Date, the close
                           of business on the preceding May 31 or November 30,
                           as the case may be (whether or not a Business Day)

Original Issue Date:       June 23, 2005

Stated Maturity:           June 15, 2035

Interest Payment Dates:    June 15 and December 15, commencing December 15, 2005

Interest Rate:             5.70% per year

Authorized Denomination:   $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of
                           $2,000

MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company," which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received, hereby promises to pay to _______________________, or registered assigns, the principal sum of ________________ ($________________) on the Stated Maturity shown above, and to pay interest thereon from the Original Issue Date shown above, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date as specified above, commencing on December 15, 2005, and on the Stated Maturity at the rate per year shown above until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment and on any overdue principal and on any overdue installment of interest at such rate to the extent permitted by law. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (other than an Interest Payment Date that is the Stated Maturity or a Trigger Redemption Date or an Optional Redemption Date) will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date as specified above next preceding such Interest Payment Date, provided that any interest payable at Stated Maturity or on a Trigger Redemption Date or an Optional Redemption Date will be paid to the Person to whom principal is payable. Any such interest that is not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the holders on such Regular Record Date and may be paid as provided in Section 2.03 of the Original Indenture.

A-2

Payments of interest on this Note will include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. Interest payments for this Note shall be computed and paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Note is not a Business Day, then payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable.

Payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest due at the Stated Maturity or earlier redemption of this Note shall be made upon surrender of this Note at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Note shall be paid in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payment of interest (including interest on an Interest Payment Date) will be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, at the option of the Company, (i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be designated in writing to the Trustee at least 15 days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto.

The 2035 Senior Notes (as defined on the reverse hereof) will be unsecured obligations of the Company and will rank equally in right of payment with all of the other unsecured, unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company from time to time outstanding. The 2035 Senior Notes will rank senior to any subordinated indebtedness of the Company.

REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF, WHICH FURTHER PROVISIONS SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS IF SET FORTH AT THIS PLACE.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

A-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

METLIFE, INC.

By:______________________________
Name:
Title:

Attest:


Name:
Title:

[Seal of MetLife, Inc.]

Dated:

A-4

(Reverse Side of Note)

1. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of senior notes of the Company (the "Securities") issued and issuable in one or more series under an Indenture dated as of November 9, 2001 (the "Original Indenture"), as supplemented by the Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 23, 2005 (the "Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture," and together with the Original Indenture, the "Indenture"), between the Company and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.), as Trustee (the "Trustee," which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures incidental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Securities issued thereunder and of the terms upon which said Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Note is one of the series designated on the face hereof as 5.70% Senior Notes due June 15 2035 (the "2035 Senior Notes"), initially limited in aggregate principal amount to $1,000,000,000; provided, however, that (subject to the provisions of the Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture) the aggregate principal amount of the 2035 Senior Notes may be increased in the future, without the consent of the holders of the 2035 Senior Notes, on the same terms and with the same CUSIP and ISIN numbers as the 2035 Senior Notes. Capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. This Note is exchangeable in whole or from time to time in part for 2035 Senior Notes in definitive registered form only as provided herein and in the Indenture. If (i) at any time the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for this Note or if at any time the Depositary shall no longer be registered or in good standing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other applicable statute or regulation, and the Company does not appoint a successor Depositary within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such condition, as the case may be, or (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that this Note shall be exchangeable for 2035 Senior Notes in definitive registered form and executes and delivers to the Security Registrar a written order of the Company providing that this Note shall be so exchangeable, this Note (subject to the procedures of the Depositary) shall be exchangeable for 2035 Senior Notes in definitive registered form, provided that the definitive 2035 Senior Notes so issued in exchange for this Note shall be in denominations of $2,000 and any whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, without coupons, and be of like aggregate principal amount and tenor as the portion of this Note to be exchanged. Except as provided above, owners of beneficial interests in this Note will not be entitled to have 2035 Senior Notes registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to physical delivery of 2035 Senior Notes in definitive registered form and will not be considered the holders thereof for any purpose under the Indenture. Neither the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent nor the Security Registrar shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in this Note, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

3. If an Event of Default with respect to the 2035 Senior Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the 2035 Senior Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

A-5

4. The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the holders of the Securities under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders of this Note and of any 2035 Senior Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

5. The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of (a) the entire indebtedness of the Company pursuant to this Note and (b) restrictive covenants and the related Events of Default, upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein, which provisions apply to this Note.

6. (a) If the Acquisition is not consummated, or is terminated, on or prior to September 30, 2005, the 2035 Senior Notes will be redeemable, at the option of the Company, in whole (but not in part) at any time on a date selected by the Company on or prior to November 7, 2005 (such date fixed for redemption, the "Trigger Redemption Date"), at a redemption price (the "Trigger Redemption Price") equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed, not including any portion of the payments of interest accrued as of such Trigger Redemption Date, discounted to such Trigger Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, plus 127 basis points; plus in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, such Trigger Redemption Date.

(b) The 2035 Senior Notes will be redeemable, at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time (any such date fixed for redemption, an "Optional Redemption Date"), at a redemption price (the "Optional Redemption Price") equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed, not including any portion of the payments of interest accrued as of such Optional Redemption Date, discounted to such Optional Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, plus 20 basis points; plus in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, such Optional Redemption Date.

"Acquisition" means the acquisition by the Company of The Travelers Life Insurance Company, The Travelers Life & Annuity Reinsurance Company and Citicorp Life Insurance Company pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement by and between Citigroup Inc. and the Company, dated as of January 31, 2005, as amended.

A-6

"Treasury Rate" means the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as the case may be. The Treasury Rate shall be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as the case may be.

"Comparable Treasury Issue" means the United States Treasury security selected by the Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the 2035 Senior Notes.

"Independent Investment Banker" means either of Banc of America Securities LLC or Goldman, Sachs & Co., as selected by the Company, and any successor firm or, if such firm is unwilling or unable to select the Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

"Comparable Treasury Price" means with respect to any Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as the case may be, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

"Reference Treasury Dealer" means each of Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and two other primary U.S. government securities dealers (each a "Primary Treasury Dealer"), as specified by the Company; provided that (1) if any of Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. or any Primary Treasury Dealer as specified by the Company shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer and (2) if the Company fails to select a substitute within a reasonable period of time, then the substitute will be a Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

"Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations" means, with respect to the Reference Treasury Dealer and any Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed, in each case, as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such Trigger Redemption Date or Optional Redemption Date, as the case may be.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 3.02 of the Original Indenture, (i) the notice of redemption with respect to the redemption referred to in Section 6(a) above, shall be mailed not less than 15 Business Days and not more than 20 Business Days before the Trigger Redemption Date and (ii) the notice of redemption with respect to the redemption referred to in Section 6(a) and Section 6(b) above need not set forth the Optional Redemption Price or the Trigger Redemption Price, as applicable, but only the manner of calculation thereof. Notices of redemption of the 2035 Senior Notes shall state that payment of the Optional Redemption Price or the Trigger Redemption Price, as applicable, of such

A-7

2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed shall be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and shall specify the CUSIP No. and ISIN No. of such 2035 Senior Notes.

(d) The Company shall notify the Trustee of the Optional Redemption Price or Trigger Redemption Price, as applicable, with respect to the foregoing redemption promptly after the calculation thereof. The Trustee shall not be responsible for calculating said Optional Redemption Price or Trigger Redemption Price.

(e) If less than all of the 2035 Senior Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select the 2035 Senior Notes or portions of 2035 Senior Notes to be redeemed by such method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate. The Trustee may select for redemption 2035 Senior Notes and portions of 2035 Senior Notes in amounts of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

7. No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on this Note at the time, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

8. (a) As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company for such purpose, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or the Security Registrar and duly executed by, the holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new 2035 Senior Notes, of authorized denominations and of like tenor and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer, but the Company will require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

(b) Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent and the Security Registrar of the Company or the Trustee may deem and treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing thereon made by anyone other than the Security Registrar, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent nor the Security Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. Except as provided in Section 1.03(a) of the Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture, all payments of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on this Note made to or upon the order of the registered holder hereof shall, to the extent of the amount or amounts so paid, effectually satisfy and discharge liability for moneys payable on this Note.

(c) The 2035 Senior Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, 2035 Senior Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of 2035 Senior Notes of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the holder surrendering the same upon surrender of the 2035 Senior Note or 2035 Senior Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Company.

A-8

9. No recourse shall be had for payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on this Note, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released.

10. Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

11. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York.

A-9

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this instrument, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM -   as tenants in common            UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - Custodian under
                                            Uniform Gift to Minors Act

                                            ____________________________________
                                            (State)

TEN ENT -   as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN -    as joint tenants with right
            of survivorship and not as
            tenants in common

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not on the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s) and transfer(s) unto

PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE




(please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing



agent to transfer said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: ______________                       ____________________________________

                                            NOTICE: The signature to this
                                            assignment must correspond with the
                                            name as written upon the face of the
                                            within instrument in every
                                            particular without alteration or
                                            enlargement, or any change
                                            whatsoever.

A-10

EXHIBIT B
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the 5.70% Senior Notes due June 15, 2035 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

J.P.MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:________________________________
Authorized Officer

B-1

EXHIBIT 4.14

METLIFE, INC.,

as Issuer

and

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
(as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.),

as Trustee


FOURTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of June 29, 2005

SUPPLEMENT TO THE INDENTURE

Dated as of November 9, 2001


GBP400,000,000

5.25% SENIOR NOTES DUE JUNE 29, 2020


TABLE OF CONTENTS(1)

                                    ARTICLE I

                      5.25% SENIOR NOTES DUE JUNE 29, 2020

SECTION 1.01.  Establishment .......................................................     2
SECTION 1.02.  Definitions .........................................................     3
SECTION 1.03.  Payment of Principal and Interest ...................................     4
SECTION 1.04.  Denominations .......................................................     5
SECTION 1.05.  Global Securities ...................................................     5
SECTION 1.06.  Transfer ............................................................     6
SECTION 1.07.  Defeasance ..........................................................     6
SECTION 1.08.  Redemption at the Option of the Company .............................     6
SECTION 1.09.  Notices .............................................................     7

                                   ARTICLE II

        MATTERS RELATING TO SECURITIES DENOMINATED IN A FOREIGN CURRENCY

SECTION 2.01.  Currency Indemnity ..................................................     7
SECTION 2.02.  Satisfaction and Discharge ..........................................     8
SECTION 2.03.  Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance ..................................     8
SECTION 2.04.  Distributions .......................................................     8
SECTION 2.05.  Undertakings ........................................................     9
SECTION 2.06.  Conversion Event ....................................................     9

                                   ARTICLE III

                     MATTERS RELATING TO ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS

SECTION 3.01.  Additional Amounts ..................................................    10

                       ARTICLE IV

                MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 4.01.  Recitals by the Company .............................................    10
SECTION 4.02.  Ratification and Incorporation of Original Indenture ................    10
SECTION 4.03.  Executed in Counterparts ............................................    10


(1) This Table of Contents does not constitute part of the Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture and shall not have any bearing on the interpretation of any of its terms or provisions.

THIS FOURTEENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE is made as of the 29th day of June, 2005, by and between METLIFE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.), a national banking corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee", which term includes any successor trustee):

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore entered into an Indenture, dated as of November 9, 2001 (the "Original Indenture"), with the Trustee;

WHEREAS, the Original Indenture is incorporated herein by this reference and the Original Indenture, as supplemented by this Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture, is herein called the "Indenture";

WHEREAS, under the Original Indenture a new series of Securities may at any time be established by the Board of Directors of the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Original Indenture or the terms of such series may be described by a supplemental indenture executed by the Company and the Trustee;

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to create under the Indenture a new series of Securities;

WHEREAS, additional Securities of other series hereafter established, except as may be limited in the Original Indenture as at the time supplemented and modified, may be issued from time to time pursuant to the Original Indenture as at the time supplemented and modified; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

5.25% SENIOR NOTES DUE JUNE 29, 2020

SECTION 1.01. Establishment.

(a) There is hereby established a new series of Securities to be issued under the Indenture, to be designated as the Company's 5.25% Senior Notes due June 29, 2020 (the "2020 Senior Notes").

(b) There are to be authenticated and delivered 2020 Senior Notes, initially limited in aggregate principal amount to GBP400,000,000, and no further 2020 Senior Notes shall be authenticated and delivered except as provided by Section 2.05, 2.07, 2.11, 3.03 or 9.04 of the Original Indenture; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of the 2020 Senior

2

Notes may be increased in the future, without the consent of the holders of the 2020 Senior Notes, on the same terms and with the same ISIN number and Common Code as the 2020 Senior Notes, except for the issue price, Original Issue Date and first Interest Payment Date, provided, that no Event of Default with respect to the 2020 Senior Notes shall have occurred and be continuing. The 2020 Senior Notes shall be issued in fully registered form.

(c) The 2020 Senior Notes shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities, in substantially the form set out in Exhibit A hereto (the "Form of 2020 Senior Note"), registered in the name of Chase Nominees Limited, as nominee of the common depositary, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London branch (the "Common Depositary"), for Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme Luxembourg; and Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as more fully described in Section 1.05 of this Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture.

(d) The form of the Trustee's Certificate of Authentication for the 2020 Senior Notes shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto.

(e) Each 2020 Senior Note shall be dated the date of authentication thereof and shall bear interest from the Original Issue Date or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for.

SECTION 1.02 Definitions.

(a) The following defined terms used herein shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the meanings specified below. Capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Original Indenture.

"Additional Amounts" means any additional amounts which may be required by a 2020 Senior Note, under the circumstances specified herein or therein, to be paid by the Company in respect of certain taxes, assessments or other governmental charges imposed on beneficial holders specified therein and which are owing to such beneficial holders.

"Conversion Event" means the cessation of use of (i) a Foreign Currency both by the government of the country or the confederation which issued such Foreign Currency and for the settlement of transactions by a central bank or other public institutions of or within the international banking community or
(ii) any currency unit or composite currency for the purposes for which it was established.

"Dollars" means a dollar or other equivalent unit of legal tender for payment of public or private debts in the United States of America.

"Foreign Currency" means, with respect to any payment, deposit or other transfer in respect of principal (whether at the Stated Maturity of the 2020 Senior Notes, upon redemption, or otherwise) of, premium, if any, or interest on, or Additional Amounts, if any, in respect of any 2020 Senior Note, Pounds Sterling or, if the United Kingdom adopts the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Communities, as amended from time to time, euros.

"Interest Payment Date" means June 29 of each year, commencing June 29, 2006.

3

"Original Issue Date" means June 29, 2005.

"Pounds Sterling" or "GBP" means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

"Regular Record Date" means, with respect to each Interest Payment Date, the close of business on the preceding June 15 (whether or not a Business Day).

"Stated Maturity" means June 29, 2020.

SECTION 1.03. Payment of Principal and Interest.

(a) The principal of the 2020 Senior Notes shall be due at Stated Maturity. The unpaid principal amount of the 2020 Senior Notes shall bear interest at the rate of 5.25% per year until paid or duly provided for. Additional Amounts, if any, will also be payable in respect of the 2020 Senior Notes, as provided in Section 7 of the Form of 2020 Senior Note. Interest shall be paid annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, commencing June 29, 2006, to the Persons in whose names the 2020 Senior Notes are registered on the Regular Record Date for such Interest Payment Date, provided that interest payable at the Stated Maturity of principal or upon redemption will be paid to the Persons to whom principal is payable. Any such interest that is not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the holders on such Regular Record Date and may be paid as provided in Section 2.03 of the Original Indenture.

(b) Payments of interest on the 2020 Senior Notes will include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. Interest payments for the 2020 Senior Notes shall be computed and paid on an Actual/Actual (ISMA) day fraction basis. Actual/Actual (ISMA) means that interest on the 2020 Senior Notes shall be calculated on the basis of (i) the actual number of days in the period from and including the last Interest Payment Date (or the Original Issue Date with respect to the first Interest Payment Date) to but excluding the date on which the Interest Payment Date falls divided by (ii) the product of (x) the actual number of days in the period from and including the last Interest Payment Date (or the Original Issue Date with respect to the first Interest Payment Date) to but excluding the date on which the Interest Payment Date falls and (y) the number of Interest Payment Dates per year.

(c) In the event that any date on which interest is payable on the 2020 Senior Notes is not a Business Day, then payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable.

For purposes of the foregoing, "Business Day" means any day, other than a day on which federal or state banking institutions in London or the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or regulation to close.

(d) In accordance with Section 2.01(14) of the Original Indenture and for the purposes of the definition of "Outstanding" in Section 1.01 of the Original Indenture, the principal amount of a 2020 Senior Note that shall be deemed Outstanding as of any date of

4

calculation shall be the equivalent in Dollars determined as of such calculation date by using the rate of exchange quoted by Reuters (or its successor) at 10:00
a.m. (New York time) for spot purchases of Dollars with the Foreign Currency, including any premiums payable and costs of exchange. If Reuters (or its successor) ceases or is otherwise unable to provide quotes for spot purchases of Dollars with the Foreign Currency, the Trustee shall refer to the rate of exchange quoted by another foreign exchange quoting service of substantially similar international reputation and widely used by international foreign exchange brokers to determine the applicable market exchange rates between the Dollar and the Foreign Currency.

(e) All payments of principal (and Optional Redemption Price as defined in
Section 6 of the Form of 2020 Senior Note, or Tax Redemption Price, as defined in Section 7(b) of the Form of 2020 Senior Note, if any) of, premium, if any, and interest on and Additional Amounts, if any, in respect of the 2020 Senior Notes due at Stated Maturity or upon redemption will be made upon surrender of the 2020 Senior Notes at the office or agency of J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association which will be the U.S. Paying Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, at the main office in London, England of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London branch which will be the London Paying Agent and, for so long as the 2020 Senior Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the Irish Stock Exchange shall so require, at the main office in Dublin, Ireland, of J.P. Morgan Bank (Ireland) plc which will be the Irish Paying Agent in Dublin, Ireland.

(f) The principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the 2020 Senior Notes shall be paid in such coin or currency of the United Kingdom as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments of interest (including interest and any Additional Amounts payable with respect to interest on any Interest Payment Date) will be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, at the option of the Company, (i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United Kingdom as may be designated in writing to the Trustee at least 10 days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto.

(g) Pursuant to Sections 2.05(b) and 4.03 of the Original Indenture and
Section 2.05 of this Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture, J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association will be the registrar, U.S. paying agent and U.S. transfer agent for the 2020 Senior Notes, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London branch will be the London paying agent and transfer agent for the 2020 Senior Notes and J.P. Morgan Bank (Ireland) plc will be the Irish paying agent and transfer agent for the 2020 Senior Notes.

SECTION 1.04. Denominations.

The 2020 Senior Notes may be issued in denominations of GBP50,000, or whole multiples of GBP1,000 in excess of GBP50,000.

SECTION 1.05. Global Securities.

(a) The 2020 Senior Notes will be issued in the form of one or more Global Securities registered in the name of Chase Nominees Limited, as nominee of the Common

5

Depositary, for Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, Luxembourg, and Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. Except under the limited circumstances described below, 2020 Senior Notes represented by Global Securities will not be exchangeable for, and will not otherwise be issuable as, 2020 Senior Notes in definitive form. The Global Securities described above may not be transferred except by the Common Depositary to a nominee of the Common Depositary or by a nominee of the Common Depositary to the Common Depositary or another nominee of the Common Depositary or to a successor Common Depositary or its nominee.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture, owners of beneficial interests in such Global Securities will not be considered the holders thereof for any purpose under the Indenture, and no Global Security representing a 2020 Senior Note shall be exchangeable, except for another Global Security of like denomination and tenor to be registered in the name of the Common Depositary or its nominee or a successor Common Depositary or its nominee. The rights of holders of such Global Securities shall be exercised only through the Common Depositary.

(c) A Global Security shall be exchangeable for 2020 Senior Notes registered in the names of Persons other than the Common Depositary or its nominee only as provided by Section 2.11(c) of the Original Indenture (as if all references to "Depositary" in said Section 2.11(c) were references to "Common Depositary"). Any Global Security that is exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be exchangeable for 2020 Senior Notes registered in such names as the Common Depositary shall direct.

SECTION 1.06. Transfer.

No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of 2020 Senior Notes, but payment will be required of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

SECTION 1.07. Defeasance.

The provisions of Sections 13.02 and 13.03 of the Original Indenture will apply to the 2020 Senior Notes as modified by Section 2.03 of this Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 1.08. Redemption at the Option of the Company.

(a) The 2020 Senior Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time pursuant to Section 6 of the Form of 2020 Senior Note. The Company may also redeem the 2020 Senior Notes upon the occurrence of certain tax events pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Form of 2020 Senior Note.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 3.02 of the Original Indenture, the notice of redemption with respect to the redemption specified in Section 6 of the Form of 2020 Senior Note need not set forth the Optional Redemption Price, but only the manner of calculation thereof. Notices of redemption of 2020 Senior Notes shall state that payment of the Optional Redemption Price or Tax Redemption Price, as applicable, of such 2020 Senior Notes to be redeemed shall be made at the offices or agencies of the Company set forth in Section 1.03(e) of this Fourteenth

6

Supplemental Indenture and shall specify the ISIN No. and Common Code of such 2020 Senior Notes.

SECTION 1.09. Notices.

If the Company is required to give notice to the holders of the 2020 Senior Notes pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, then it shall do so by the means and in the manner set forth in the Original Indenture. In addition, the Trustee shall publish notices regarding the 2020 Senior Notes in a daily newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York and in London and, for so long as the 2020 Senior Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange require notice by publication, in a daily newspaper of general circulation in Dublin, Ireland. Initially, such publication shall be made in The City of New York in The Wall Street Journal, in London in the Financial Times and in Ireland in the Irish Times. If publication in Dublin, Ireland is not practical, the Trustee will publish notices in an English language newspaper of general circulation elsewhere in Europe. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of publication or, if published more than once, on the date of the first publication. If publication as described above becomes impossible, the Trustee may publish sufficient notice by alternative means that approximate the terms and conditions described in this
Section 1.09.

ARTICLE II

MATTERS RELATING TO SECURITIES DENOMINATED IN A FOREIGN CURRENCY

SECTION 2.01. Currency Indemnity.

The Company agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the sum due in respect of the principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on or Additional Amounts, if any, in respect of, the 2020 Senior Notes (the "Required Currency") into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the "Judgment Currency"), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the requisite amount of the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the New York Banking Day preceding the day on which a final unappealable judgment is given and (b) its obligations under the Indenture to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be satisfied or discharged by any tender, or any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not entered in accordance with clause (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the actual receipt, by the payee, of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments,
(ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under the Indenture. For purposes of the foregoing, "New York Banking Day" means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in The City of New York or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to be closed.

7

SECTION 2.02. Satisfaction and Discharge.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.01 of this Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture, whenever a payment, deposit or transfer is required to be made under the Indenture in respect of the 2020 Senior Notes, the Company's obligation to make such payment, deposit or transfer shall not be satisfied or discharged unless and until such payment, deposit or transfer shall be made in the Foreign Currency in which the 2020 Senior Notes are then payable including, without limitation, principal (whether at the Stated Maturity of the 2020 Senior Notes, upon redemption or otherwise) of, premium, if any, and interest on, and Additional Amounts, if any, in respect of any 2020 Senior Note.

SECTION 2.03. Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.

(a) Without limiting the provisions of Section 2.02 of this Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture, but subject to the provisions of subsection (b) of this
Section 2.03, all deposits, if any, of money made under Articles XI (Satisfaction and Discharge) and XIII (Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance) of the Original Indenture shall be made by the Company in the Foreign Currency in which the 2020 Senior Notes are then payable.

(b) If, after a deposit referred to in Article XI or Section 13.04(1) of the Original Indenture has been made in respect of the 2020 Senior Notes, a Conversion Event occurs in respect of the Foreign Currency in which the deposit pursuant to Article XI or Section 13.04(1) has been made, the indebtedness represented by the 2020 Senior Notes shall be deemed to have been, and will be, fully satisfied and discharged through the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on, and Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to, the 2020 Senior Notes as the same becomes due out of the proceeds yielded by converting the amount or other property deposited in respect of the 2020 Senior Notes into the Foreign Currency in which the 2020 Senior Notes become payable as a result of such Conversion Event based on the applicable market exchange rate for such Foreign Currency in effect (as nearly as feasible) at the time of such Conversion Event.

(c) The term "Government Obligations", when used with respect to the 2020 Senior Notes shall mean securities that are (i) direct obligations of the government or governments or confederation or association of governments which issued the Foreign Currency in which the principal of or any premium or interest on the 2020 Senior Notes or any Additional Amounts in respect thereof shall be payable, in each case for the payment or payments of which the full faith and credit of such government or governments or confederation or association of governments are pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of such government or governments or confederation or association of governments, in each case the timely payment or payments of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by such government or governments or confederation or association of governments, and which, in the case of (i) or (ii), are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer or issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) as custodian with respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific payment of principal of, or interest on, or other amount with respect to any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt; provided, however, that (except as

8

required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal of, or interest on or other amount with respect to the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

SECTION 2.04. Distributions.

Whenever the Indenture provides for distributions to holders of Securities, any amount in respect of any 2020 Senior Note denominated in a Foreign Currency shall be treated for any such distribution as the equivalent in Dollars determined as of the record date with respect to such 2020 Senior Notes for such distribution (or if there is no applicable record date, such other date reasonably proximate to the date of such distribution) by using the rate of exchange quoted by Reuters (or its successor) at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) for spot purchases of Dollars with the Foreign Currency, including any premiums payable and costs of exchange. If Reuters (or its successor) ceases or is otherwise unable to provide quotes for spot purchases of Dollars with the Foreign Currency, the Trustee shall refer to the rate of exchange quoted by another foreign exchange quoting service of substantially similar international reputation and widely used by international foreign exchange brokers to determine the applicable market exchange rates between the Dollar and the Foreign Currency.

SECTION 2.05. Undertakings.

(a) If the 2020 Senior Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and such stock exchange shall so require, the Company will maintain a Paying Agent for the 2020 Senior Notes in Dublin, Ireland, or any other required city located in Ireland, for so long as the 2020 Senior Notes are listed on such exchange and, subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, in a Place of Payment for the 2020 Senior Notes located in Ireland, an office for registration of transfer or exchange of the 2020 Senior Notes.

(b) J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association is hereby appointed the Calculation Agent in respect of the 2020 Senior Notes. As long as the 2020 Senior Notes are subject to redemption at the option of the Company pursuant to
Section 6 of the Form of 2020 Senior Note, the Company shall maintain a Calculation Agent for the 2020 Senior Notes to perform the duties described in said Section 6.

SECTION 2.06. Conversion Event.

Subject to Section 2.03(b) of this Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture, if at any time prior to the maturity of the 2020 Senior Notes, there is a Conversion Event such that the United Kingdom adopts the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Communities, as amended from time to time, the 2020 Senior Notes shall be re-denominated into euro, the regulations of the European Commission relating to the euro shall apply to the 2020 Senior Notes and the references in, and obligations arising under, the Indenture expressed in Pounds Sterling shall be translated into euro at the official rate of exchange recognized for that purpose by the Bank of England on the date of such Conversion Event or such other date reasonably proximate to such Conversion Event.

9

ARTICLE III

MATTERS RELATING TO ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS

SECTION 3.01. Additional Amounts.

For the purposes of the Original Indenture, as supplemented by this Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture, all references in the Indenture and the 2020 Senior Notes to principal, premium, if any, or interest payable on the 2020 Senior Notes shall be deemed to include references to Additional Amounts, if any, payable in respect of the 2020 Senior Notes.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 4.01. Recitals by the Company.

The recitals in this Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture are made by the Company only and not by the Trustee, and all of the provisions contained in the Original Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers and duties of the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of the 2020 Senior Notes and of this Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like effect as if set forth herein in full.

SECTION 4.02. Ratification and Incorporation of Original Indenture.

As supplemented hereby, the Original Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and the Original Indenture and this Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

SECTION 4.03. Executed in Counterparts.

This Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this instrument to be signed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written.

METLIFE, INC.

By: /s/ Anthony J. Williamson
   --------------------------------------------
   Name:  Anthony J. Williamson
   Title:  Senior Vice President and Treasurer

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By: /s/ Albert P. Mari, Jr.
   --------------------------------------------
   Name:   Albert P. Mari, Jr.
   Title:  Vice President

11

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF 5.25% SENIOR NOTE DUE JUNE 29, 2020

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CLEARSTREAM BANKING, SOCIETE ANONYME LUXEMBOURG ("CLEARSTREAM") OR EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.V. ("EUROCLEAR") TO METLIFE, INC. OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CHASE NOMINEES LIMITED, AS NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH (THE "COMMON DEPOSITARY") OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CLEARSTREAM OR EUROCLEAR (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CHASE NOMINEES LIMITED OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CLEARSTREAM OR EUROCLEAR), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CHASE NOMINEES LIMITED, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 2.11 OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN) (AND AS IF ALL REFERENCES TO "DEPOSITARY" IN SAID SECTION 2.11 OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE WERE REFERENCES TO "COMMON DEPOSITARY"), THIS NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE OR TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

A-1

No.____ ISIN No.: XSO223386417

Common Code: 022338641

METLIFE, INC.

5.25% Senior Note Due June 29, 2020

Principal Amount:               GBP_____________

Regular Record Date:            With respect to each Interest Payment Date,
                                the close of business on the preceding June 15
                                (whether or not a Business Day)

Original Issue Date:            June 29, 2005

Stated Maturity:                June 29, 2020

Interest Payment Date:          June 29, commencing June 29, 2006

Interest Rate:                  5.25% per year

Authorized Denomination         GBP50,000 and whole multiples of GBP1,000 in
                                excess of GBP50,000

MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company," which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received, hereby promises to pay to _____________________, or registered assigns, the principal sum of __________________ POUNDS STERLING (GBP_________) on the Stated Maturity shown above, and to pay interest thereon from the Original Issue Date shown above, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, annually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date as specified above, commencing on June 29, 2006, and on the Stated Maturity at the rate per year shown above until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment and on any overdue principal and on any overdue installment of interest at such rate to the extent permitted by law. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (other than an Interest Payment Date that is the Stated Maturity, an Optional Redemption Date or a Tax Redemption Date) will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date as specified above next preceding such Interest Payment Date, provided that any interest payable at Stated Maturity or on an Optional Redemption Date or a Tax Redemption Date will be paid to the Person to whom principal is payable. Any such interest that is not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the holders on such Regular Record Date and may be paid as provided in Section 2.03 of the Original Indenture.

Payments of interest on this Note will include interest accrued to but excluding the respective Interest Payment Dates. Interest payments for this Note shall be computed and paid on

A-2

an Actual/Actual (ISMA) day fraction basis. Actual/Actual (ISMA) means that interest on this Note shall be calculated on the basis of (a) the actual number of days in the period from and including the last Interest Payment Date (or the Original Issue Date with respect to the first Interest Payment Date) to but excluding the date on which the Interest Payment Date falls divided by (b) the product of (x) the actual number of days in the period from and including the last Interest Payment Date (or the Original Issue Date with respect to the first Interest Payment Date) to but excluding the date on which the Interest Payment Date falls and (y) the number of Interest Payment Dates per year. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Note is not a Business Day, then payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. The term "Business Day" means any day, other than a day on which federal or state banking institutions in London or the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or regulation to close.

Payment of the principal (and Optional Redemption Price or Tax Redemption Price, if any) of, premium, if any, and interest on and Additional Amounts, if any, in respect of this Note due at the Stated Maturity or earlier redemption of this Note shall be made upon surrender of this Note at the office or agency of any of the U.S. Paying Agent (as defined herein) in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the London Paying Agent (as defined herein) in London and, for so long as the Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange, the Irish Paying Agent (as defined herein) in Dublin, Ireland. The principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note shall be paid in such coin or currency of the United Kingdom as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payment of interest (including interest and any Additional Amounts payable with respect to interest on an Interest Payment Date) will be made, subject to such surrender where applicable, at the option of the Company,
(i) by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register or (ii) by wire transfer at such place and to such account at a banking institution in the United Kingdom as may be designated in writing to the Trustee at least 10 days prior to the date for payment by the Person entitled thereto.

The 2020 Senior Notes (as defined on the reverse hereof) will be unsecured obligations of the Company and will rank equally in right of payment with all of the other unsecured, unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company from time to time outstanding. The 2020 Senior Notes will rank senior to any subordinated indebtedness of the Company.

REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF, WHICH FURTHER PROVISIONS SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS IF SET FORTH AT THIS PLACE.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

A-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

METLIFE, INC.

By:_________________________________
Name:
Title:

Attest:
Name:
Title:

[Seal of MetLife, Inc.]

Dated:

A-4

(Reverse Side of Note)

1. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of senior notes of the Company (the "Securities") issued and issuable in one or more series under an Indenture dated as of November 9, 2001 (the "Original Indenture"), as supplemented by the Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 29, 2005 (the "Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture," and together with the Original Indenture, the "Indenture"), between the Company and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (as successor to Bank One Trust Company, N.A.), as Trustee (the "Trustee," which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures incidental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the holders of the Securities issued thereunder and of the terms upon which said Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. This Note is one of the series designated on the face hereof as 5.25% Senior Notes due June 29, 2020 (the "2020 Senior Notes"), initially limited in aggregate principal amount to GBP400,000,000; provided, however, that (subject to the provisions of the Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture) the aggregate principal amount of the 2020 Senior Notes may be increased in the future, without the consent of the holders of the 2020 Senior Notes, on the same terms and with the same ISIN number and Common Code as the 2020 Senior Notes. Capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

2. This Note is exchangeable in whole or from time to time in part for 2020 Senior Notes in definitive registered form only as provided herein and in the Indenture. If (i) at any time the Common Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Common Depositary for this Note, and the Company does not appoint a successor Common Depositary within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such condition, as the case may be, or (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that this Note shall be exchangeable for 2020 Senior Notes in definitive registered form and executes and delivers to the Security Registrar a written order of the Company providing that this Note shall be so exchangeable, this Note shall be exchangeable for 2020 Senior Notes in definitive registered form, provided that the definitive 2020 Senior Notes so issued in exchange for this Note shall be in denominations of GBP50,000 and any whole multiples of GBP1,000 in excess of GBP50,000, without coupons, and be of like aggregate principal amount and tenor as the portion of this Note to be exchanged. Except as provided above, owners of beneficial interests in this Note will not be entitled to have 2020 Senior Notes registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to physical delivery of 2020 Senior Notes in definitive registered form and will not be considered the holders thereof for any purpose under the Indenture. Neither the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent nor the Security Registrar shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in this Note, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

3. If an Event of Default with respect to the 2020 Senior Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the 2020 Senior Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

A-5

4. The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the holders of the Securities under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders of this Note and of any 2020 Senior Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

5. The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of (a) the entire indebtedness of the Company pursuant to this Note and (b) restrictive covenants and the related Events of Default, upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein, which provisions apply to this Note.

6. (a) The 2020 Senior Notes will be redeemable, at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time (any such date fixed for redemption, an "Optional Redemption Date"), at a redemption price (the "Optional Redemption Price") equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 2020 Senior Notes to be redeemed and (ii) as determined by the Calculation Agent, the price at which the yield on the Outstanding principal amount of the 2020 Senior Notes on the Reference Date is equal to the yield on the Benchmark Gilt as of that date as determined by reference to the middle-market price on the Benchmark Gilt at 3:00 p.m., London time, on that date, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the 2020 Senior Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Optional Redemption Date.

"Benchmark Gilt" means the 8.00% Treasury Stock due June 7, 2021 or such other U.K. government stock as the Calculation Agent, with the advice of three brokers and/or U.K. gilt-edged market makers or three other persons operating in the U.K. gilt-edged market that may be chosen by the Calculation Agent, may determine from time to time to be the most appropriate benchmark U.K. government stock for the 2020 Senior Notes.

"Calculation Agent" means J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, or any successor entity.

"Reference Date" means the date that is the first dealing day in London prior to the publication of the notice of redemption referred to in Section 6(b) below.

(b) Not less than 30 days but not more than 90 days before the Optional Redemption Date, notice of any redemption will be mailed to each holder of the 2020 Senior Notes to be redeemed and published as provided in Section 12 hereof.

(c) If less than all the 2020 Senior Notes at the time Outstanding are to be redeemed, the Trustee will select the 2020 Senior Notes or portions of 2020 Senior Notes to be redeemed in

A-6

compliance with the rules and requirements of the Irish Stock Exchange or the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the 2020 Senior Notes are listed, or, if the 2020 Senior Notes are not so listed or that exchange prescribes no method of selection, by such method as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate. If this Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to this Note will state the portion of the principal amount hereof to be redeemed. A new 2020 Senior Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion hereof shall be issued and delivered to the Common Depositary, or its nominee, upon cancellation of this Note. The Trustee may select for redemption 2020 Senior Notes and portions of 2020 Senior Notes in amounts of GBP50,000 and whole multiples of GBP1,000 in excess of GBP50,000.

(d) If notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 12 hereof, the 2020 Senior Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed shall, on the Optional Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Optional Redemption Price, and from and after such date, unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Optional Redemption Price and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, such 2020 Senior Notes or portions thereof shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of the 2020 Senior Notes for redemption in accordance with such notice, the 2020 Senior Notes or portions thereof called for redemption shall be paid by the Company at the Optional Redemption Price, together with accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to the Optional Redemption Date.

(e) On or before the opening of business on any Optional Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the U.S. Paying Agent (as defined herein), the London Paying Agent (as defined herein) or the Irish Paying Agent (as defined herein) or, if the Company is acting as its own paying agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in the Original Indenture, an amount of money sufficient to pay the Optional Redemption Price of, and accrued but unpaid interest on, the 2020 Senior Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on the Redemption Date.

7. (a) The Company shall pay to the beneficial owner of this Note who is a Non-U.S. Person (as defined below) such additional amounts as may be necessary so that every net payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note to such beneficial owner, after deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed upon such beneficial owner by the United States of America or any taxing authority thereof or therein, will not be less than the amount provided in this Note to be then due and payable (such amounts, the "Additional Amounts"); provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to make any payment of Additional Amounts for or on account of:

(i) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that would not have been imposed but for (A) the existence of any present or former connection between such beneficial owner, or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary of, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such beneficial owner, if such beneficial owner is an estate, trust, partnership or corporation, and the United States including, without limitation, such beneficial owner, or such fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, shareholder or possessor, being or having been a citizen or resident of the United States of America or treated as a resident thereof or being or having been engaged in trade or business or present in the United States of America, or (B) the presentation of this Note for payment on a date more

A-7

than 30 days after the later of (x) the date on which such payment becomes due and payable and (y) the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for;

(ii) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, excise, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

(iii) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed by reason of such beneficial owner's past or present status as a passive foreign investment company, a controlled foreign corporation, a personal holding company or foreign personal holding company with respect to the United States of America, or as a corporation which accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income tax;

(iv) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge which is payable otherwise than by withholding from payment of principal of or interest on this Note;

(v) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge required to be withheld by any paying agent from any payment of principal of or interest on this Note if that payment can be made without withholding by any other paying agent;

(vi) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge which would not have been imposed but for the failure to comply with certification, information, documentation or other reporting requirements concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connections with the United States of America of the beneficial owner or any holder of this Note, if such compliance is required by statute or by regulation of the U.S. Treasury Department as a precondition to relief or exemption from such tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

(vii) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed on interest received by (A) a 10% shareholder (as defined in Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and the regulations that may be promulgated thereunder) of the Company or (B) a controlled foreign corporation with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Code;

(viii) any withholding or deduction that is imposed on a payment to an individual and is required to be made pursuant to that European Union Directive relating to the taxation of savings adopted on June 3, 2003 by the European Union's Economic and Financial Affairs Council, or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such Directive; or

(ix) any combination of items (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi),
(vii) and (viii) in this Section 7(a);

nor shall any Additional Amounts be paid to any beneficial owner or holder of this Note who is a fiduciary or partnership to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to that fiduciary, or a member of such partnership or a beneficial owner thereof would not have been entitled to the payment of those Additional Amounts had that beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the beneficial owner of this Note.

A-8

"Non-U.S. Person" means any corporation, partnership, individual or fiduciary that is, as to the United States of America, a foreign corporation, a non-resident alien individual who has not made a valid election to be treated as a United States resident, a non-resident fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust, or a foreign partnership one or more of the members of which is, as to the United States of America, a foreign corporation, a non-resident alien individual or a non-resident fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust.

(b) The 2020 Senior Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company in whole, but not in part, on a date (such date, the "Tax Redemption Date") to be fixed by the Company upon at least 30 days, but not more than 90 days' notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2020 Senior Notes (the "Tax Redemption Price") plus accrued but unpaid interest, if any, thereon, if the Company determines that as a result of any change in or amendment to the laws, treaties, regulations or rulings of the United States of America or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, or any proposed change in such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings, or any change in the official application, enforcement or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings, including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States of America, or any other action (except for an action predicated on law generally known on or before June 22, 2005 but excluding proposals before the U.S. Congress before such date) taken by any taxing authority or a court of competent jurisdiction in the United States of America, or the official proposal of any such action, whether or not such action or proposal was taken or made with respect to the Company, (1) the Company has or will become obligated to pay Additional Amounts or (2) there is a substantial possibility that the Company will be required to pay such Additional Amounts.

Prior to the publication of any notice of redemption pursuant to Section 12 hereof, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee (1) an Officers' Certificate stating that the Company is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the rights of the Company to so redeem have occurred and (2) an Opinion of Counsel (who shall not be an employee of the Company) to such effect based on such statement of facts.

If the Company elects to redeem the 2020 Senior Notes pursuant to this
Section 7(b), then it shall give notice to the holders pursuant to Section 12 hereof.

On or before the opening of business on any Tax Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the U.S. Paying Agent, London Paying Agent or the Irish Paying Agent or, if the Company is acting as its own paying agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in the Original Indenture, an amount of money sufficient to pay the Tax Redemption Price of, and accrued but unpaid interest on, the 2020 Senior Notes to be redeemed on such Tax Redemption Date.

The notice of redemption having been given as specified above, the 2020 Senior Notes shall, on the Tax Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Tax Redemption Price, and from and after such date, unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Tax Redemption Price and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, the 2020 Senior Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of the 2020 Senior Notes for redemption in accordance with such

A-9

notice, the Notes shall be paid by the Company at the Tax Redemption Price, together with accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to the Tax Redemption Date.

8. If, prior to the maturity of the 2020 Senior Notes, the United Kingdom adopts the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Communities, as amended from time to time, the 2020 Senior Notes will be re-denominated into euro, and the regulations of the European Commission relating to the euro shall apply to the 2020 Senior Notes.

9. No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note at the time, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

10. (a) As provided herein and in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations herein and therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer either at the office or agency to be designated and maintained by the Company for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or in London or, so long as the Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange, in Dublin, Ireland, or at any of such other offices or agencies as may be designated and maintained by the Company for such purpose pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or the Security Registrar and duly executed by, the holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new 2020 Senior Notes, of authorized denominations and of like tenor and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer, but the Company will require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

(b) Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee, and any agent of the Company or of the Trustee may deem and treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the absolute owner of this Note (whether or not the 2020 Senior Notes shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone other than the Security Registrar), for the purpose of receiving payments hereon, or on account hereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or of the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. Except as provided in Section 1.03(a) of the Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture, all payments of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note made to or upon the order of the registered holder hereof shall, to the extent of the amount or amounts so paid, effectually satisfy and discharge liability for moneys payable on this Note.

(c) The 2020 Senior Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of GBP50,000 and whole multiples of GBP1,000 in excess of GBP50,000. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the 2020 Senior Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of 2020 Senior Notes of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the holder surrendering the same upon surrender of the 2020 Senior Note or 2020 Senior Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the Company.

A-10

(d) Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this Section 10, any registration of transfer or exchange of a Global Note shall be subject to the terms of the legend appearing on the initial page thereof.

11. J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association is hereby appointed the registrar for the purpose of registering the 2020 Senior Notes and transfers and exchanges of the 2020 Senior Notes pursuant to the Indenture and this Note (the "Security Registrar"), paying agent pursuant to Section 4.03 of the Original Indenture (the "U.S. Paying Agent") and transfer agent (the "U.S. Transfer Agent") with respect to the 2020 Senior Notes in the United States at its offices in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London branch is hereby appointed paying agent pursuant to Section 4.03 of the Original Indenture (the "London Paying Agent") and transfer agent (the "London Transfer Agent") with respect to the 2020 Senior Notes in the United Kingdom at its offices in London.

J.P. Morgan Bank (Ireland) plc has been appointed, in connection with the listing of the 2020 Senior Notes on the Irish Stock Exchange, the paying agent pursuant to Section 4.03 of the Original Indenture (the "Irish Paying Agent"), and the transfer agent (the "Irish Transfer Agent") with respect to the 2020 Senior Notes in Ireland.

If for any reason J.P. Morgan Bank (Ireland) plc shall not continue as Irish Paying Agent or Irish Transfer Agent and the 2020 Senior Notes remain listed on the Irish Stock Exchange, the Company shall appoint a substitute Irish Paying Agent or Irish Transfer Agent, as the case may be, with an office in Ireland, in accordance with the rules then in effect of the Irish Stock Exchange and the provisions of the Indenture, including Section 2.05 of the Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture, and the 2020 Senior Notes. Following the appointment of the substitute Irish Paying Agent or Irish Transfer Agent, as the case may be, the Company shall give the holders of the 2020 Senior Notes notice of such appointment pursuant to Section 12 hereof.

12. If the Company is required to give notice to the holders of the 2020 Senior Notes pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, then it shall do so by the means and in the manner set forth in the Original Indenture.

In addition, the Trustee shall publish notices regarding the 2020 Senior Notes in a daily newspaper of general circulation in The City of New York and in London and, for so long as the 2020 Senior Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange require notice by publication, in a daily newspaper of general circulation in Dublin, Ireland. Initially, such publication shall be made in The City of New York in The Wall Street Journal, in London in the Financial Times and in Ireland in the Irish Times. If publication in Dublin, Ireland is not practical, the Trustee will publish notices in an English language newspaper of general circulation elsewhere in Europe. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of publication or, if published more than once, on the date of the first publication. If publication as described above becomes impossible, the Trustee may publish sufficient notice by alternative means that approximate the terms and conditions described in this
Section 12.

A-11

13. No recourse shall be had for payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on this Note, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released.

14. Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

15. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York.

A-12

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this instrument, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common       UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - Custodian under Uniform
                                     Gift to Minors Act

                                     _________________________________________
                                     (State)

TEN ENT  -as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN   -as joint tenants with right of
          survivorship and not as tenants
          in common

                    Additional abbreviations may also be used
                          though not on the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s) and transfer(s) unto

PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE




(please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing



agent to transfer said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:__________________________             ___________________________________
                                             NOTICE: The signature to this
                                             assignment must correspond with the
                                             name as written upon the face of
                                             the within instrument in every
                                             particular without alteration or
                                             enlargement, or any change
                                             whatsoever.

A-13

EXHIBIT B

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the 5.25% Senior Notes due June 29, 2020 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

J.P.MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:______________________________________
Authorized Officer


EXHIBIT 4.41(a)


METLIFE, INC.,
Issuer

and

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
Trustee

INDENTURE

Dated as of June 21, 2005

Subordinated Debt Securities



CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE(1)

        SECTION OF TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF  SECTION OF 1939, AS AMENDED               INDENTURE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------    ------------
310(a)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
310(b)..........................................................................    7.08
310(c)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
311(a)..........................................................................    7.13
311(b)..........................................................................    7.13
311(c)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
312(b)..........................................................................    5.02(c)
312(c)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
313(a)..........................................................................    5.04(a)
313(b)..........................................................................    5.04(b)
313(c)..........................................................................    5.04(b)
313(d)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
314(a)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
314(b)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
314(c)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
314(d)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
314(e)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
314(f)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
315(a)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
315(b)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
315(c)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
315(d)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
315(e)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
316(a)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
316(b)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
316(c)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
317(a)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
317(b)..........................................................................    Inapplicable
318(a)..........................................................................    Inapplicable


(1) This Cross-Reference Table does not constitute part of the Indenture and shall not have any bearing on the interpretation of any of its terms or provisions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS(1)

                                                                                   PAGE
                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01  Definitions of Terms..............................................     1

                                   ARTICLE II
     DESCRIPTION, TERMS, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES

Section 2.01  Designation and Terms of Securities...............................     8

Section 2.02  Form of Securities and Trustee's Certificate......................    11

Section 2.03  Denominations; Provisions for Payment.............................    11

Section 2.04  Execution and Authentications.....................................    13

Section 2.05  Registration of Transfer and Exchange.............................    13

Section 2.06  Temporary Securities..............................................    14

Section 2.07  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities...................    15

Section 2.08  Cancellation......................................................    16

Section 2.09  Benefits of Indenture.............................................    16

Section 2.10  Authenticating Agent..............................................    16

Section 2.11  Global Securities.................................................    17

                                   ARTICLE III
              REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES AND SINKING FUND PROVISIONS

Section 3.01  Redemption........................................................    18

Section 3.02  Notice of Redemption..............................................    18

Section 3.03  Payment Upon Redemption...........................................    19

Section 3.04  Sinking Fund......................................................    19

Section 3.05  Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.............    20

Section 3.06  Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.........................    20

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                CERTAIN COVENANTS

Section 4.01  Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest........................    20

Section 4.02  Maintenance of Office or Agency...................................    21

Section 4.03  Paying Agents.....................................................    22


(1) This Table of Contents does not constitute part of the Indenture and shall not have any bearing upon the interpretation of any of its terms or provisions.

-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                     PAGE
Section 4.04  Statement by Officers as to Default..................................   23

Section 4.05  Existence............................................................   23

Section 4.06  Payment of Taxes.....................................................   23

Section 4.07  Covenants as to MetLife Trusts.......................................   24

Section 4.08  Waiver of Certain Covenants..........................................   24

Section 4.09  Appointment to Fill Vacancy in Office of Trustee.....................   24

Section 4.10  Compliance with Consolidation Provisions.............................   24

                                     ARTICLE V
         SECURITYHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

Section 5.01  Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Securityholders....   25

Section 5.02  Preservation Of Information; Communications With Securityholders.....   25

Section 5.03  Reports by the Company...............................................   25

Section 5.04  Reports by the Trustee...............................................   26

                                    ARTICLE VI
          REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS ON EVENT OF DEFAULT

Section 6.01  Events of Default....................................................   26

Section 6.02  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee......   29

Section 6.03  Application of Moneys Collected......................................   30

Section 6.04  Limitation on Suits..................................................   31

Section 6.05  Rights and Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission Not Waiver.........   32

Section 6.06  Control by Securityholders...........................................   32

Section 6.07  Undertaking to Pay Costs.............................................   32

Section 6.08  Waiver of Past Defaults..............................................   33

                                    ARTICLE VII
                              CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

Section 7.01  Certain Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee.......................   33

Section 7.02  Certain Rights of Trustee............................................   34

-ii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                     PAGE
Section 7.03   Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance or Securities......   35

Section 7.04   May Hold Securities.................................................   36

Section 7.05   Moneys Held in Trust................................................   36

Section 7.06   Compensation and Reimbursement......................................   36

Section 7.07   Reliance on Officers' Certificate...................................   37

Section 7.08   Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.............................   37

Section 7.09   Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.............................   37

Section 7.10   Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor...................   37

Section 7.11   Acceptance of Appointment By Successor..............................   39

Section 7.12   Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.........   40

Section 7.13   Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company...............   40

                                   ARTICLE VIII
                          CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

Section 8.01   Evidence of Action by Securityholders...............................   40

Section 8.02   Proof of Execution by Securityholders...............................   41

Section 8.03   Who May be Deemed Owners............................................   41

Section 8.04   Certain Securities Owned by Company Disregarded.....................   41

Section 8.05   Actions Binding on Future Securityholders...........................   42

                                    ARTICLE IX
                              SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 9.01   Supplemental Indentures Without the Consent of Securityholders......   42

Section 9.02   Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Securityholders.............   44

Section 9.03   Effect of Supplemental Indentures...................................   45

Section 9.04   Securities Affected by Supplemental Indentures......................   45

Section 9.05   Execution of Supplemental Indentures................................   45

                                     ARTICLE X
               CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

Section 10.01  When the Company May Consolidate, Merge, Etc........................   46

-iii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                     PAGE
                                    ARTICLE XI
                            SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.............................   46

Section 11.02  Discharge of Obligations............................................   47

Section 11.03  Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust................................   47

Section 11.04  Payment of Moneys Held by Paying Agents.............................   48

Section 11.05  Repayment to Company................................................   48

                                    ARTICLE XII
          IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 12.01  No Recourse.........................................................   48

                                   ARTICLE XIII
                        DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 13.01  Company's Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance........   49

Section 13.02  Defeasance and Discharge............................................   49

Section 13.03  Covenant Defeasance.................................................   49

Section 13.04  Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.....................   50

Section 13.05  Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust;
               Miscellaneous Provisions............................................   51

Section 13.06  Reinstatement.......................................................   52

                                    ARTICLE XIV
                             MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 14.01  Effect on Successors and Assigns....................................   52

Section 14.02  Actions by Successor................................................   52

Section 14.03  Surrender of Company Powers.........................................   52

Section 14.04  Notices.............................................................   52

Section 14.05  Governing Law.......................................................   53

Section 14.06  Treatment of Securities as Debt.....................................   53

Section 14.07  Compliance Certificates and Opinions................................   53

Section 14.08  Payments on Business Days...........................................   53

Section 14.09  Conflict with Trust Indenture Act...................................   54

-iv-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                     PAGE
Section 14.10  Counterparts........................................................   54

Section 14.11  Separability........................................................   54

Section 14.12  Assignment..........................................................   54

Section 14.13  Acknowledgment of Rights............................................   54

                                    ARTICLE XV
                            SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES

Section 15.01  Agreement to Subordinate............................................   55

Section 15.02  Default on Senior Indebtedness......................................   55

Section 15.03  Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy................................   55

Section 15.04  Subrogation.........................................................   57

Section 15.05  Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.................................   57

Section 15.06  Notice by the Company...............................................   58

Section 15.07  Rights of the Trustee; Holders of Senior Indebtedness...............   58

Section 15.08  Subordination May Not Be Impaired...................................   59

-v-

INDENTURE, dated as of June 21, 2005, between MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the "Trustee"):

WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of unsecured subordinated debt securities, debentures, notes, bonds, or other evidences of indebtedness (hereinafter referred to as the "Securities"), in an unlimited aggregate principal amount to be issued from time to time in one or more series, as provided in this Indenture, including, without limitation, Securities to be issued and sold from time to time to one or more MetLife Trusts (as defined herein);

WHEREAS, to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, the Company has duly authorized the execution of this Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed as follows for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of Securities:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions of Terms.

The terms defined in this Section (except as in this Indenture otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section and shall include the plural as well as the singular. All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, or that are by reference in such Act defined in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires), shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in said Trust Indenture Act and in said Securities Act as in force at the date of the execution of this instrument.

"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. When used with respect to any Person, "control" means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" and "under common control with" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

"Authenticating Agent" means an authenticating agent with respect to all or any of the series of Securities appointed with respect to all or any series of the Securities by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.10.


"Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law for the relief of debtors.

"Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of such Board.

"Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

"Business Day" means, with respect to any series of Securities, any day other than a day on which federal or state banking institutions in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or regulation to close.

"Certificate" means a certificate signed by the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company. The Certificate need not comply with the provisions of Section 14.07.

"Company" means MetLife, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and, subject to the provisions of Article Ten, shall also include its successors and assigns.

"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the"Exchange Act"), or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

"Common Securities" means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of a MetLife Trust which rank pari passu with Preferred Securities issued by such MetLife Trust; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights of holders of Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of Preferred Securities.

"Common Securities Guarantee" means any guarantee agreement executed by the Company with respect to the Common Securities issued by a MetLife Trust pursuant to which the Company agrees to pay the guarantee payments under any such guarantee agreement to the holders of such Common Securities.

"Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, Worldwide Securities Services, 4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor, New York, NY 10004.

"Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

2

"Declaration," with respect to a MetLife Trust, means the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of such MetLife Trust.

"Default" means any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

"Deferral Period," with respect to any series of Securities, means any period during which the Company elects to extend the interest payment period on such series of Securities pursuant to Section 4.01(b); provided that a Deferral Period (or any extension thereof) may not extend beyond the Stated Maturity or the Redemption Date of any Security of such series and must end on an Interest Payment Date or, if the Securities are redeemed, on an Interest Payment Date or the Redemption Date for such Securities.

"Depositary" means, with respect to Securities of any series, for which the Company shall determine that such Securities will be issued as a Global Security, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, another clearing agency, or any successor registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act, or other applicable statute or regulation, which, in each case, shall be designated by the Company pursuant to either Section 2.01 or Section 2.11.

"Event of Default" means, with respect to Securities of a particular series any event specified in Section 6.01, continued for the period of time, if any, therein designated.

"Global Security" means, with respect to any series of Securities, a Security executed by the Company and delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary's instruction, all in accordance with the Indenture, which shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.

"Governmental Obligations" means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America that, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) as custodian with respect to any such Governmental Obligation or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Governmental Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided, however, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Governmental Obligation or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Governmental Obligation evidenced by such depositary receipt.

"herein,""hereof" and"hereunder," and other words of similar import, refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

"Indebtedness" of any person means the principal of and premium, if any, and interest due on indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, which is (a) indebtedness for money borrowed, and (b)

3

any amendments, renewals, extensions, modifications and refundings of any such indebtedness. For the purposes of this definition, "indebtedness for money borrowed" means (i) any obligation of, or any obligation guaranteed by, such Person for the repayment of borrowed money, whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other written instruments, (ii) any obligation of, or any such obligation guaranteed by, such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar written instruments, including obligations assumed or incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses (provided, however, that the deferred purchase price of any other business or property or assets shall not be considered Indebtedness if the purchase price thereof is payable in full within 90 days from the date on which such indebtedness was created), and (iii) any obligations of such Person as lessee under leases required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee under generally accepted accounting principles and leases of property or assets made as part of any sale and lease-back transaction to which such Person is a party.

"Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be a part of and govern this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, respectively. The term "Indenture" shall also include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 2.01.

"Interest Payment Date," when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on a Security of a particular series.

"Investment Company Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

"MetLife Trust" means each of MetLife Capital Trust II and MetLife Capital Trust III (together, the "Trusts"), each a statutory business trust formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any other similar trust created for the purpose of issuing preferred securities in connection with the issuance of Securities under this Indenture.

"MLIC" means Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, an insurance company duly organized and existing under the insurance laws of the State of New York or any Person successor thereto.

"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer, President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Controller or an Assistant Controller or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company that is delivered to the Trustee in accordance with the terms hereof. Each such certificate shall include the statements provided for in Section 14.07, if and to the extent required by the provisions thereof.

"Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion in writing of legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel for the Company and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee that is delivered to the Trustee in accordance with the terms hereof. Each such opinion shall

4

include the statements provided for in Section 14.07, if and to the extent required by the provisions thereof.

"Original Issue Discount Security" means any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01(b).

"Outstanding," when used with reference to Securities of any series, means, subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, as of any particular time, all Securities of that series theretofore authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except (a) Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or delivered to the Trustee or any Paying Agent for cancellation or that have previously been canceled; (b) Securities or portions thereof for the payment or redemption of which moneys or Governmental Obligations in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent); provided, however, that if such Securities or portions of such Securities are to be redeemed prior to the maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given as in Article Three provided, or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made for giving such notice; (c) Securities in lieu of or in substitution for which other Securities shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.07; and (d) Securities as to which Defeasance (as defined in Section 13.02) has been effected pursuant to Section 13.02, provided, however, that in determining whether the holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given, made or taken any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action hereunder as of any date, (A) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security which shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof which would be due and payable as of such date upon acceleration of the maturity thereof to such date pursuant to Section 6.01(b), (B) if, as of such date, the principal amount payable at the Stated Maturity of a Security is not determinable, the principal amount of such Security which shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount as specified or determined as contemplated by
Section 2.01, (C) the principal amount of a Security denominated in one or more foreign currencies or currency units which shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent, determined as of such date in the manner provided as contemplated by Section 2.01, of the principal amount of such Security (or, in the case of a Security described in Clause (A) or (B) above, of the amount determined as provided in such Clause), and (D) Securities beneficially owned by the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

"Paying Agent" means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities on behalf of the Company.

5

"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint-venture, joint-stock company, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

"Place of Payment," when used with respect to the Securities of any series, means the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on the Securities of that series are payable as specified as contemplated by Section 2.01.

"Predecessor Security" of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 2.07 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Security.

"Preferred Securities" means undivided beneficial interests in the assets of a MetLife Trust which rank pari passu with Common Securities issued by such MetLife Trust; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights of holders of Common Securities to payment in respect of distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise are subordinated to the rights of holders of Preferred Securities.

"Preferred Securities Guarantee" means any guarantee agreement executed by the Company with respect to the Preferred Securities issued by a MetLife Trust pursuant to which the Company agrees to pay the guarantee payments under any such guarantee agreement to the holders of such Preferred Securities.

"Property Trustee" has the meaning set forth in the Declaration of the applicable MetLife Trust.

"Redemption Date," when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

"Redemption Price," when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

"Responsible Officer," when used with respect to the Trustee, means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice-President, the Secretary, the Treasurer, any trust officer, any corporate trust officer or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

"Securities" has the meaning stated in the preamble of this Indenture and more particularly means any Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933 and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

6

"Securityholder," "holder of Securities," "registered holder," or other similar term, means the Person or Persons in whose name or names a particular Security shall be registered on the books of the Company kept for that purpose in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

"Senior Indebtedness" means with respect to the Company, all amounts due on obligations in connection with any of the following, whether Outstanding at the date of execution of this Indenture, or thereafter incurred or created, (i) the principal of or any premium and interest in respect of (A) indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by securities, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments issued by the Company (other than the Securities); (ii) all capital lease obligations of the Company; all obligations of the Company issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of the Company and all obligations of the Company under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business); (iv) all obligations of the Company for the reimbursement on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance, security purchase facility or similar credit transaction; (v) all obligations of the Company in respect of interest rate swap, cap or other agreements, interest rate future or options contracts, currency swap arrangements, currency future or option contracts and other similar agreements; (vi) all obligations of the types referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above of other persons for the payment of which the Company is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise; and (vii) all obligations of the types referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above of other persons secured by any lien on any property or asset of the Company (whether or not such obligation is assumed by the Company); provided, that, "Senior Indebtedness" shall not include: (1) indebtedness or monetary obligations to trade creditors created or assumed by the Company in the ordinary course of business in connection with the obtaining of materials or services; indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated to or ranks equal with the Securities; or (3) any indebtedness of the Company to its Affiliates (including all debt securities and guarantees in respect of those debt securities, issued to (a) any MetLife Trust or (b) any other trust, partnership or other entity affiliated with the Company that is a financing vehicle of the Company (a" financing entity") in connection with the issuance by such financing entity of preferred securities or other securities guaranteed by the Company) unless otherwise expressly provided in the terms of any such indebtedness.

"Stated Maturity," when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.

"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation at least a majority of whose outstanding Voting Stock shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or by one or more of its Subsidiaries or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any general partnership, joint venture or similar entity, at least a majority of whose outstanding partnership or similar interests shall at the time be owned by such Person, or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries and (iii) any limited partnership of which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner.

"Trustee" means J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association and, subject to the provisions of Article Seven, shall also include its successors and assigns and, if at any time there is more than one Person acting in such capacity hereunder, "Trustee" shall mean each such

7

Person. The term "Trustee" as used with respect to a particular series of the Securities shall mean the trustee with respect to that series.

"Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, subject to the provisions of Sections 9.01, 9.02, and 10.01, as in effect at the date of execution of this instrument.

"Trust Securities" means, collectively, Common Securities and Preferred Securities of a MetLife Trust.

"Voting Stock," as applied to stock of any Person, means shares, interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the directors (or the equivalent) of such Person, other than shares, interests, participations or other equivalents having such power only by reason of the occurrence of a contingency.

"Yield to Maturity" means the yield to maturity on a series of securities calculated at the time of issuance of such series or, if applicable, of the most recent redetermination of interest on such series, and calculated in accordance with accepted financial practice.

ARTICLE II

DESCRIPTION, TERMS, EXECUTION,
REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES

Section 2.01 Designation and Terms of Securities.

(a) The aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Securities may be issued in one or more series up to the aggregate principal amount of Securities of that series from time to time authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Company or pursuant to one or more indentures supplemental hereto. Prior to the initial issuance of Securities of any series, there shall be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Company, and set forth in an Officers' Certificate of the Company, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto:

(1) the title of the Security of the series (which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from all other Securities);

(2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of that series);

(3) the price or prices at which the Company will sell the Securities;

(4) the Stated Maturity of the Securities;

8

(5) the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest or the manner of calculation of such rate or rates, if any;

(6) the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest will be payable or the manner of determination of such Interest Payment Dates and the record date for the determination of holders to whom interest is payable on any such Interest Payment Dates;

(7) the right, if any, to extend the interest payment periods and the duration of any such Deferral Period, including the maximum consecutive period during which interest payment periods may be extended;

(8) if the amount of principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of the series may be determined with reference to any index, formula, or other method, such as one or more currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices, and the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

(9) the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on any Securities of the series shall be payable;

(10) the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which, Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company;

(11) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem, repay or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions (including payments made in cash in participation of future sinking fund obligations) or at the option of a holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions upon which, Securities of the series shall be redeemed, repaid or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

(12) if other than denominations of one thousand U.S. dollars ($1,000) or any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which the Securities of the series shall be issuable;

(13) if other than the full principal amount thereof, the portion or, methods of determining the portion, of the principal amount of Securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01;

(14) if other than the currency of the United States of America, the currency, currencies or currency units in which the principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities of the series shall be payable and the manner of determining the equivalent thereof in the currency of the United States of America for any purpose, including for purposes of the definition of "Outstanding" in Section 1.01;

(15) provisions granting special rights to holders of the Securities upon the occurrence of specific events;

9

(16) any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or the Company's covenants provided for with respect to the Securities of the series;

(17) if applicable, that the Securities of the series, in whole or any specified part, shall be defeasible pursuant to Section 13.02 or
Section 13.03 or both such Sections and, if other than by a Board Resolution, the manner in which any election by the Company to defease such Securities shall be evidenced;

(18) whether the subordination provisions contained in Article XV or different subordination provisions will apply to the Securities.

(19) whether the Securities will be convertible into shares of common stock or other securities or property of the Company and, if so, the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so convertible, including the conversion price and the conversion period;

(20) whether the Securities are issuable as a Global Security and, in such case, the identity for the Depositary for such series and the terms and conditions upon which Global Securities may be exchanged for certificated debt securities;

(21) any special tax implications of the Securities of the series, including any provisions for Original Issue Discount Securities, if offered;

(22) any change in the right of the Trustee or the requisite holders of such Securities to declare the principal amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 6.01;

(23) any trustees, authenticating or Paying Agents, transfer agents or registrars or other agents with respect to the Securities; and

(24) any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, except as permitted by
Section 9.01(11)), but which may modify or delete any provision of this Indenture with respect to such series, provided that no such term may modify or delete any provision hereof if imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, and provided, further that any modification or deletion of the rights, duties or immunities of the Trustee hereunder shall have been consented to in writing by the Trustee).

All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to any such Board Resolution or in any indentures supplemental hereto.

If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution of the Company, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers' Certificate of the Company setting forth the terms of the series.

10

Securities of any particular series may be issued at various times, with different dates on which the principal or any installment of principal is payable, with different rates of interest, if any, or different methods by which rates of interest may be determined, with different dates on which such interest may be payable and with different redemption dates.

Section 2.02 Form of Securities and Trustee's Certificate.

The Securities of any series and the Trustee's certificate of authentication to be borne by such Securities shall be substantially of the tenor and purport as set forth in one or more indentures supplemental hereto or as provided in a Board Resolution of the Company and as set forth in an Officers' Certificate of the Company and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements printed, lithographed or engraved thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which Securities of that series may be listed, or to conform to usage.

Section 2.03 Denominations; Provisions for Payment.

The Securities shall be issuable as registered Securities and in the denominations of one thousand U.S. dollars ($1,000) or any integral multiple thereof, subject to Section 2.01(11). The Securities of a particular series shall bear interest payable on the dates and at the rate specified with respect to that series. Unless otherwise provided pursuant to Section 2.01, the principal of and the interest on the Securities of any series, as well as any premium thereon in case of redemption thereof prior to maturity, shall be payable in the coin or currency of the United States of America that at the time is legal tender for public and private debt, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. Interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months.

The interest installment on any Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities of that series shall be paid to the Person in whose name said Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment. In the event that any Security of a particular series or portion thereof is called for redemption and the redemption date is subsequent to a regular record date with respect to any Interest Payment Date and prior to such Interest Payment Date, interest on such Security will be paid upon presentation and surrender of such Security as provided in Section 3.03.

Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01, any interest on any Security that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities of the same series (herein called "Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holder on the relevant regular record date by virtue of having been such holder; and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Company, at its election, as provided in clause (1) or clause (2) below:

11

(1) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on Securities to the Persons in whose names such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner: the Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall not be more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder at his or her address as it appears in the Security Register (as hereinafter defined), not less than 10 days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such special record date and shall be no longer payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on any Securities in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. Unless otherwise set forth in a Board Resolution of the Company or one or more indentures supplemental hereto establishing the terms of any series of Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof, the term "regular record date" as used in this Section with respect to a series of Securities with respect to any Interest Payment Date for such series shall mean either the fifteenth day of the month immediately preceding the month in which an Interest Payment Date established for such series pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof shall occur, if such Interest Payment Date is the first day of a month, or the last day of the month immediately preceding the month in which an Interest Payment Date established for such series pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof shall occur, if such Interest Payment Date is the fifteenth day of a month, whether or not such date is a Business Day.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security of a series delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security of such series shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Security.

12

Section 2.04 Execution and Authentications.

The Securities shall be signed on behalf of the Company by its President, or one of its Vice Presidents, or its Treasurer, or one of its Assistant Treasurers, or its Secretary, or one of its Assistant Secretaries. Signatures may be in the form of a manual or facsimile signature. The Company may use the facsimile signature of any Person who shall have been a President or Vice President thereof, or of any Person who shall have been a Secretary or Assistant Secretary thereof, notwithstanding the fact that at the time the Securities shall be authenticated and delivered or disposed of such Person shall have ceased to be the President or a Vice President, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company. The Securities may contain such notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication by the Trustee.

A Security shall not be valid until authenticated manually by an authorized signatory of the Trustee, or by an Authenticating Agent. Such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a written order of the Company for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, signed by its President or any Vice President and its Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, and the Trustee in accordance with such written order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities.

In authenticating such Securities and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the form and terms thereof have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

The Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner that is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

Section 2.05 Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Securities of any series may be exchanged upon presentation thereof at the office or agency of the Company designated for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, for other Securities of such series of authorized denominations, and for a like aggregate principal amount, upon payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge in relation thereto, all as provided in this Section. In respect of any Securities so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, the Trustee shall authenticate and such office or agency shall deliver in exchange therefor the Security or Securities of the same series that the Securityholder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive, bearing numbers not contemporaneously outstanding.

13

(b) The Company shall keep, or cause to be kept, at its office or agency designated for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, or such other location designated by the Company a register or registers (herein referred to as the "Security Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall register the Securities and the transfers of Securities as in this Article provided and which at all reasonable times shall be open for inspection by the Trustee. The registrar for the purpose of registering Securities and transfer of Securities as herein provided shall be appointed as authorized by Board Resolution (the "Security Registrar").

Upon surrender for transfer of any Security at the office or agency of the Company designated for such purpose, the Company shall execute, the Trustee shall authenticate and such office or agency shall deliver in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Security or Securities of the same series as the Security presented for a like aggregate principal amount.

All Securities presented or surrendered for exchange or registration of transfer, as provided in this Section, shall be accompanied (if so required by the Company or the Security Registrar) by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company or the Security Registrar, duly executed by the registered holder or by such holder's duly authorized attorney in writing.

(c) No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Securities, or issue of new Securities in case of partial redemption of any series, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge in relation thereto, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 2.06, the second paragraph of Section 3.03 and Section 9.04 not involving any transfer.

(d) The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, exchange or register the transfer of any Securities during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of less than all the Outstanding Securities of the same series and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, nor (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Securities of any series or portions thereof called for redemption. The provisions of this Section 2.05 are, with respect to any Global Security, subject to Section 2.11 hereof.

Section 2.06 Temporary Securities.

Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities (printed, lithographed or typewritten) of any authorized denomination. Such temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued, but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Securities, all as may be determined by the Company. Every temporary Security of any series shall be executed by the Company and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with like effect, as the definitive Securities of such series. Without unnecessary delay the Company will execute and will furnish definitive Securities of such series and thereupon any or all temporary Securities of such series may be surrendered in exchange therefor (without charge to the holders), at the office or agency of the Company designated for

14

the purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, and the Trustee shall authenticate and such office or agency shall deliver in exchange for such temporary Securities an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of such series, unless the Company advises the Trustee to the effect that definitive Securities need not be executed and furnished until further notice from the Company. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of such series shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 2.07 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Securities.

In case any temporary or definitive Security shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company (subject to the next succeeding sentence) shall execute, and upon the Company's request the Trustee (subject as aforesaid) shall authenticate and deliver, a new Security of the same series, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Security, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Security so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Security shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company and the Trustee evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of the applicant's Security and of the ownership thereof. The Trustee may authenticate any such substituted Security and deliver the same upon the written request or authorization of any officer of the Company. Upon the issuance of any substituted Security, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith. In case any Security that has matured or is about to mature shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Security, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Security) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as they may require to save them harmless, and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence to the satisfaction of the Company and the Trustee of the destruction, loss or theft of such Security and of the ownership thereof.

Every replacement Security issued pursuant to the provisions of this
Section shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be found at any time, or be enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of the same series duly issued hereunder. All Securities shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities, and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) any and all other rights or remedies, notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

Section 2.08 Cancellation.

All Securities surrendered for the purpose of payment, redemption, exchange or registration of transfer shall, if surrendered to the Company or any Paying Agent, be delivered to

15

the Trustee for cancellation, or, if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be canceled by it, and no Securities shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly required or permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture. On request of the Company at the time of such surrender, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company canceled Securities held by the Trustee. In the absence of such request the Trustee may dispose of canceled Securities in accordance with its standard procedures and deliver a certificate of disposition to the Company. If the Company shall otherwise acquire any of the Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the same are delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.09 Benefits of Indenture.

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and the holders of the Securities any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Indenture, or under any covenant, condition or provision herein contained; all such covenants, conditions and provisions being for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and of the holders of the Securities.

Section 2.10 Authenticating Agent.

So long as any of the Securities of any series remain Outstanding there may be an Authenticating Agent for any or all such series of Securities which the Trustee shall have the right to appoint. Said Authenticating Agent shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon exchange, transfer or partial redemption thereof, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. All references in this Indenture to the authentication of Securities by the Trustee shall be deemed to include authentication by an Authenticating Agent for such series. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall be a corporation that has a combined capital and surplus, as most recently reported or determined by it, sufficient under the laws of any jurisdiction under which it is organized or in which it is doing business to conduct a trust business, and that is otherwise authorized under such laws to conduct such business and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities. If at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with these provisions, it shall resign immediately.

Any Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time (and upon request by the Company shall) terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon resignation, termination or cessation of eligibility of any Authenticating Agent, the Trustee may appoint an eligible successor Authenticating Agent acceptable to the Company. Any successor Authenticating Agent, upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder, shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent pursuant hereto.

16

Section 2.11 Global Securities.

(a) If the Company shall establish pursuant to Section 2.01 that the Securities of a particular series are to be issued as a Global Security, then the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 2.04, authenticate and deliver, a Global Security that (i) shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, all of the Outstanding Securities of such series, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary's instruction and (iv) shall bear a legend substantially to the following effect: "Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.11 of the Indenture, this Security may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor Depositary or to a nominee of such successor Depositary."

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.05, the Global Security of a series may be transferred, in whole but not in part and in the manner provided in Section 2.05, only to another nominee of the Depositary for such series, or to a successor Depositary for such series selected or approved by the Company or to a nominee of such successor Depositary.

(c) If at any time the Depositary for a series of the Securities notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such series or if at any time the Depositary for such series shall no longer be registered or in good standing under the Exchange Act, or other applicable statute or regulation, and a successor Depositary for such series is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such condition, as the case may be, this Section 2.11 shall no longer be applicable to the Securities of such series and the Company will execute, and subject to Section 2.05, the Trustee will authenticate and deliver the Securities of such series in definitive registered form without coupons, in authorized denominations, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security of such series in exchange for such Global Security. In addition, the Company may at any time determine that the Securities of any series shall no longer be represented by a Global Security and that the provisions of this Section 2.11 shall no longer apply to the Securities of such series. In such event the Company will execute and subject to Section 2.05, the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officers' Certificate evidencing such determination by the Company, will authenticate and deliver the Securities of such series in definitive registered form without coupons, in authorized denominations, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security of such series in exchange for such Global Security. Upon the exchange of the Global Security for such Securities in definitive registered form without coupons, in authorized denominations, the Global Security shall be canceled by the Trustee. Such Securities in definitive registered form issued in exchange for the Global Security pursuant to this
Section 2.11(c) shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee. The Trustee shall deliver such Securities to the Depositary for delivery to the Persons in whose names such Securities are so registered.

17

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES AND SINKING FUND PROVISIONS

Section 3.01 Redemption.

The Company may redeem the Securities of any series issued hereunder on and after the dates and in accordance with the terms established for such series pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof.

Section 3.02 Notice of Redemption.

(a) In case the Company shall desire to exercise such right to redeem all or, as the case may be, a portion of the Securities of any series in accordance with the right reserved so to do, the Company shall, or shall cause the Trustee to, give notice of such redemption to holders of the Securities of such series to be redeemed by mailing, first class postage prepaid, a notice of such redemption not less than 30 days and not more than 90 days before the date fixed for redemption of that series to such holders at their last addresses as they shall appear upon the Security Register unless a shorter period is specified in the Securities to be redeemed. Any notice that is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the registered holder receives the notice. In any case, failure duly to give such notice to the holder of any Security of any series designated for redemption in whole or in part, or any defect in the notice, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Securities of such series or any other series. In the case of any redemption of Securities prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers' Certificate evidencing compliance with any such restriction.

Each such notice of redemption shall specify the date fixed for redemption and the redemption price at which Securities of that series are to be redeemed, and shall state that payment of the redemption price of such Securities to be redeemed will be made at the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, upon presentation and surrender of such Securities, that interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in said notice, that from and after said date interest will cease to accrue and that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case. If less than all the Securities of a series are to be redeemed, the notice to the holders of Securities of that series to be redeemed in whole or in part shall specify the particular Securities to be so redeemed. In case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice that relates to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, and shall state that on and after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Security, a new Security or Securities of such series in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.

(b) If less than all the Securities of a series are to be redeemed, the Company shall give the Trustee at least 45 days' notice in advance of the date fixed for redemption as to the aggregate principal amount of Securities of the series to be redeemed, and thereupon the Trustee shall select, by lot or in such other manner as it shall deem appropriate and fair in its discretion and that may provide for the selection of a portion or portions (equal to one thousand U.S.

18

dollars ($1,000) or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of such Securities of a denomination larger than $1,000, the Securities to be redeemed and shall thereafter promptly notify the Company in writing of the numbers of the Securities to be redeemed, in whole or in part.

The Company may, if and whenever it shall so elect, by delivery of instructions signed on its behalf by its President or any Vice President, instruct the Trustee or any Paying Agent to call all or any part of the Securities of a particular series for redemption and to give notice of redemption in the manner set forth in this Section, such notice to be in the name of the Company or its own name as the Trustee or such Paying Agent may deem advisable. In any case in which notice of redemption is to be given by the Trustee or any such Paying Agent, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to, or permit to remain with, the Trustee or such Paying Agent, as the case may be, such Security Register, transfer books or other records, or suitable copies or extracts therefrom, sufficient to enable the Trustee or such Paying Agent to give any notice by mail that may be required under the provisions of this Section.

Section 3.03 Payment Upon Redemption.

(a) If the giving of notice of redemption shall have been completed as above provided, the Securities or portions of Securities of the series to be redeemed specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the date and at the place stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price, together with interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption and interest on such Securities or portions of Securities shall cease to accrue on and after the date fixed for redemption, unless the Company shall default in the payment of such redemption price and accrued interest with respect to any such Security or portion thereof. On presentation and surrender of such Securities on or after the date fixed for redemption at the place of payment specified in the notice, said Securities shall be paid and redeemed at the applicable redemption price for such series, together with interest accrued thereon to the date fixed for redemption (but if the date fixed for redemption is an interest payment date, the interest installment payable on such date shall be payable to the registered holder at the close of business on the applicable record date pursuant to
Section 2.03).

(b) Upon presentation of any Security of such series that is to be redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and the office or agency where the Security is presented shall deliver to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Security of the same series of authorized denominations in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Security so presented.

Section 3.04 Sinking Fund.

The provisions of Sections 3.04, 3.05 and 3.06 shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.01 for Securities of such series.

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a "mandatory sinking fund payment," and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of any series

19

is herein referred to as an "optional sinking fund payment". If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 3.05. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.

Section 3.05 Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.

The Company (i) may deliver Outstanding Securities of a series (other than any Securities previously called for redemption) and (ii) may apply as a credit Securities of a series that have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of such series required to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities as provided for by the terms of such series, provided that such Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the redemption price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

Section 3.06 Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.

Not less than 45 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of the series, the portion thereof, if any, that is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 3.05 and the basis for such credit and will, together with such Officers' Certificate, deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered. Not less than 30 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 3.02 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 3.02. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Section 3.03.

ARTICLE IV

CERTAIN COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

(a) The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of and premium, if any, and interest (including interest accruing during any Deferral Period) on the Securities on or prior to the dates and in the manner provided in such Securities or pursuant to this Indenture. An installment of principal, premium, if any, or interest shall be considered paid on the applicable due date if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds, in accordance with this Indenture, money sufficient to pay all of such installment then due.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.01(a) or any other provision herein to the contrary, the Company shall have the right, as provided in an Officer's Certificate or Supplemental Indenture issued pursuant to Section 2.01, in its sole and absolute discretion at any

20

time and from time to time while the Securities of any series are outstanding, so long as no Event of Default with respect to such series of Securities has occurred and is continuing, to defer payments of interest by extending the interest payment period for such series of Securities for the maximum consecutive period, if any, specified for such series of Securities, provided that such Deferral Period (or any extension thereof) may not extend beyond the Stated Maturity date or Redemption Date of any Security of such series, and must end on an Interest Payment Date or, if the Securities are redeemed, on an Interest Payment Date or the Redemption Date for such Securities, and provided further that at the end of each Deferral Period the Company shall pay all interest then accrued and unpaid (together with interest thereon to the extent permitted by applicable law at the rate accruing on such Securities). Prior to the termination of a Deferral Period, the Company may shorten or may further extend the interest payment period for such series of Securities, provided that such Deferral Period together with all such previous and further extensions may not exceed the maximum consecutive period specified for such series of Securities, end on a date other than an Interest Payment Date or extend beyond the Stated Maturity date or Redemption Date of any Security of such series. The Company shall give the Trustee written notice of the Company's election to begin a Deferral Period for any series of Securities and any shortening or extension thereof at least five Business Days prior to the earlier of (i) the date the interest on such Securities or distributions on the related Preferred Securities are payable or the date the trustees of a MetLife Trust are required to give notice to holders of Preferred Securities of such MetLife Trust of the record date or the date such distributions are payable, but in any event not less than five Business Days prior to such record date. The Company shall give or cause the Trustee to give notice (a form of which shall be provided by the Company to the Trustee) of the Company's election to begin a Deferral Period to the Holders by first class mail, postage prepaid.

Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

So long as any series of the Securities remain Outstanding, the Company agrees to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, with respect to each such series and at such other location or locations as may be designated as provided in this Section 4.02, where (i) Securities of that series may be presented for payment, (ii) Securities of that series may be presented as hereinabove authorized for registration of transfer and exchange, and (iii) notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be given or served, such designation to continue with respect to such office or agency until the Company shall, by written notice signed by its President or a Vice President and delivered to the Trustee, designate some other office or agency for such purposes or any of them. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, notices and demands.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such purposes. The

21

Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

Section 4.03 Paying Agents.

(a) If the Company shall appoint one or more Paying Agents for all or any series of the Securities, other than the Trustee, the Company will cause each such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section:

(1) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of and premium, if any or interest on the Securities of that series (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Company or by any other obligor of such Securities) in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto;

(2) that it will give the Trustee notice of any failure by the Company (or by any other obligor of such Securities) to make any payment of the principal of and premium, if any or interest on the Securities of that series when the same shall be due and payable;

(3) that it will, at any time during the continuance of any failure referred to in the preceding paragraph (a)(2) above, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; and

(4) that it will perform all other duties of Paying Agent as set forth in this Indenture.

(b) If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of the Securities, it will on or before each due date of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on Securities of that series, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay such principal, and premium, if any, or interest so becoming due on Securities of that series until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of such action, or any failure (by it or any other obligor on such Securities) to take such action. Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on any Securities of that series, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal, and premium, if any, or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of this action or failure so to act.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, (i) the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section is subject to the provisions of Section 11.05, and (ii) the Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same terms and conditions as those upon which such sums were held by the Company

22

or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

(d) Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01, any money or Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company at its option at the request of the Company, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 4.04 Statement by Officers as to Default.

The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers' Certificate, stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.

Section 4.05 Existence.

Subject to Article Ten, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the holders.

Section 4.06 Payment of Taxes.

The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary, which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment or governmental charge

23

whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

Section 4.07 Covenants as to MetLife Trusts.

In the event Securities are issued to a MetLife Trust or a trustee of such trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities of such MetLife Trust, for so long as such Trust Securities remain outstanding, the Company will covenant (i) to directly or indirectly maintain 100% ownership of the Common Securities of such MetLife Trust; provided, however, that any permitted successor of the Company under this Indenture may succeed to the Company's ownership of such Common Securities, (ii) to use its reasonable efforts to cause such MetLife Trust (a) to remain a statutory business trust, except in connection with the distribution of Securities to the holders of Trust Securities in liquidation of such MetLife Trust, the redemption of all of the Trust Securities of such MetLife Trust, or certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration of such MetLife Trust, and
(b) to continue to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes and (iii) to use its reasonable efforts to cause each holder of Trust Securities to be treated as owning an undivided beneficial interest in the Securities.

Section 4.08 Waiver of Certain Covenants.

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.01 for Securities of such series, the Company may, with respect to the Securities of any series, omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in any covenant provided pursuant to Sections 2.01(16), 9.01(4) or 9.01(7) for the benefit of the holders of such series or in Section 4.06, if before the time for such compliance the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall, by act of such holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 4.09 Appointment to Fill Vacancy in Office of Trustee.

The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 7.10, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

Section 4.10 Compliance with Consolidation Provisions.

The Company will not, while any of the Securities remain Outstanding, consolidate with, or merge into, or merge into itself, or sell or convey all or substantially all of its property to any other company unless the provisions of Article Ten hereof are complied with.

24

ARTICLE V

SECURITYHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS
BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

Section 5.01 Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Securityholders.

The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee (a) on a monthly basis on each regular record date a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the holders of each series of Securities as of such regular record date, provided that the Company shall not be obligated to furnish or cause to furnish such list at any time that the list shall not differ in any respect from the most recent list furnished to the Trustee by the Company and (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, that, in either case, no such list need be furnished for any series for which the Trustee shall be the Security Registrar.

Section 5.02 Preservation Of Information; Communications With Securityholders.

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the holders of Securities contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in
Section 5.01 and as to the names and addresses of holders of Securities received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar (if acting in such capacity).

(b) The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in
Section 5.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(c) Securityholders may communicate as provided in Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities.

Section 5.03 Reports by the Company.

(a) The Company covenants and agrees to file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) that the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act; or, if the Company is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of such sections, then to file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports that may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, in respect of a security listed and registered on a

25

national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations.

(b) The Company covenants and agrees to file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed from to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants provided for in this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations.

(c) The Company covenants and agrees to transmit to the Securityholders, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of this Section as may be required by the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

Section 5.04 Reports by the Trustee.

(a) On or before July 15 in each year in which any of the Securities are Outstanding, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Securityholders, as their names and addresses appear upon the Security Register, a brief report dated as of the preceding May 15, if and to the extent required under Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.

(b) The Trustee shall comply with Sections 313(b) and 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act.

(c) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Securityholders, be filed by the Trustee with the Company, with each stock exchange upon which any Securities are listed (if so listed) and also with the Commission. The Company agrees to notify the Trustee when any Securities become listed on any stock exchange.

ARTICLE VI

REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND SECURITYHOLDERS
ON EVENT OF DEFAULT

Section 6.01 Events of Default.

(a) Whenever used herein with respect to Securities of a particular series, "Event of Default" means any one or more of the following events that has occurred and is continuing, unless such event is specifically deleted or modified in accordance with Section 2.01:

(1) the Company defaults in the payment of any installment of interest upon any of the Securities of that series, as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; provided, however, that during any Deferral Period for the Securities of that series, failure to pay interest on the Securities of that series shall not constitute a default in the payment of interest for this purpose; and, provided, further, that a valid extension of an interest payment period by the Company in accordance with the terms of any indenture supplemental hereto, shall not constitute a default in the payment of interest for this purpose;

26

(2) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on any of the Securities of that series as and when the same shall become due and payable whether at maturity, upon redemption, because of acceleration or otherwise, or in any payment required by any sinking or analogous fund established with respect to that series; provided, however, that a valid extension of the maturity of such Securities in accordance with the terms of any indenture supplemental hereto shall not constitute a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any;

(3) the Company fails to observe or perform any other of its covenants or agreements with respect to that series contained in this Indenture or otherwise established with respect to that series of Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof (other than a covenant or agreement that has been expressly included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of one or more series of Securities other than such series) for a period of 90 days after the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder, shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee, by registered or certified mail, or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Securities of that series at the time Outstanding;

(4) an event of default, as defined in any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any Indebtedness for money borrowed of the Company (other than a default under this Indenture with respect to Securities of any series or a default with respect to any non-recourse Indebtedness), whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, shall happen and shall result in a principal amount in excess of $100,000,000 of Indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable, and such acceleration shall not have been rescinded or annulled, or such Indebtedness shall not have been discharged, within a period of 15 days after there has been given, by registered or certified United States mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such event of default and requiring the Company to cause such acceleration to be rescinded or annulled or to cause such Indebtedness to be discharged and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder;

(5) the entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of:

(i) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(ii) a decree or order adjudging the Company to be insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of the Company and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

27

(iii) a final and non-appealable order appointing a Custodian of the Company or of any substantial part of the property of the Company, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company;

(6) the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: (i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding; (iii) files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief or consents to such filing or to the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, and such Custodian is not discharged within 60 days;
(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (v) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due;

(7) in the event Securities are issued to a MetLife Trust or a trustee of such trust in connection with the issuance of Trust Securities by such MetLife Trust, such MetLife Trust shall have voluntarily or involuntarily dissolved, wound up its business or otherwise terminated its existence, except in connection with (i) the distribution of Securities to holders of Trust Securities in liquidation of their interests in such MetLife Trust, (ii) the redemption of all of the outstanding Trust Securities of such MetLife Trust or (iii) certain mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the Declaration of such MetLife Trust; or

(8) any other Event of Default provided for pursuant to Section 2.01 with respect to Securities of that series.

(b) Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01, if an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(a)(5) or 6.01(a)(6)) with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, either the Trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series then Outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by such Securityholders), may declare the principal of all the Securities of that series (or, if any Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such series) to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(a)(5) or 6.01(a)(6) with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs, the principal amount of all the Securities of that series (or, if any Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount of such Securities as may be specified by the terms thereof) shall automatically, and without any declaration or other action on the part of the Trustee or any holder, become immediately due and payable.

(c) At any time after the principal of the Securities of that series shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of that series then Outstanding hereunder, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if: (i) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

28

all matured installments of interest upon all the Securities of that series and the principal of, and premium, if any, on any and all Securities of that series that shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent that such payment is enforceable under applicable law, upon overdue installments of interest, at the rate per annum or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities) expressed in the Securities of that series (or at the respective rates of interest or Yields to Maturity of all the Securities, as the case may be) to the date of such payment or deposit) and the amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06, and (ii) any and all Events of Default under the Indenture with respect to such series, other than the nonpayment of principal on Securities of that series (or, if any Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such series) that shall not have become due by their terms, shall have been remedied or waived as provided in Section 6.08.

No such rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(d) In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right with respect to Securities of that series under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of such rescission or annulment or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, and the Trustee shall be restored respectively to their former positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company and the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceedings had been taken.

Section 6.02 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

(a) The Company covenants that (1) in case it shall default in the payment of any installment of interest on any of the Securities of a series, or any payment required by any sinking or analogous fund established with respect to that series as and when the same shall have become due and payable, and such default shall have continued for a period of 90 Business Days, or (2) in case it shall default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, on any of the Securities of a series when the same shall have become due and payable, whether upon maturity of the Securities of a series or upon redemption or upon declaration or otherwise, then, upon demand of the Trustee, the Company will pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Securities of that series, the whole amount that then shall have been become due and payable on all such Securities for principal, and premium, if any, or interest, or both, as the case may be, with interest upon the overdue principal, and premium, if any, and (to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law) upon overdue installments of interest at the rate per annum expressed in the Securities of that series; and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, and the amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06.

(b) If the Company shall fail to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any action or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute any such action or proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or other obligor upon the

29

Securities of that series and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or other obligor upon the Securities of that series, wherever situated.

(c) In case of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, readjustment, arrangement, composition or judicial proceedings affecting the Company, or its creditors or property, the Trustee shall have power to intervene in such proceedings and take any action therein that may be permitted by the court and shall (except as may be otherwise provided by law) be entitled to file such proofs of claim and other papers and documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and of the holders of Securities of such series allowed for the entire amount due and payable by the Company under the Indenture at the date of institution of such proceedings and for any additional amount that may become due and payable by the Company after such date, and to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claim, and to distribute the same after the deduction of the amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06; and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby authorized by each of the holders of Securities of such series to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to such Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it under Section 7.06.

(d) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the terms established with respect to Securities of that series, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of such Securities, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for payment to the Trustee of any amounts due under Section 7.06, be for the ratable benefit of the holders of the Securities of such series.

In case of an Event of Default hereunder, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities of that series or the rights of any holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.03 Application of Moneys Collected.

Any moneys collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article with respect to a particular series of Securities shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such moneys on account of principal, or premium, if

30

any, or interest, upon presentation of the Securities of that series, and notation thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

FIRST: To the payment of costs and expenses of collection and of all amounts payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06;

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon Securities of such series for principal, and premium, if any, and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal, and premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

THIRD: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company, its successors or assigns or to whomever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

Section 6.04 Limitation on Suits.

No holder of any Security of any series shall have any right by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless (i) such holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof with respect to the Securities of such series specifying such Event of Default, as hereinbefore provided; (ii) the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as trustee hereunder; (iii) such holder or holders shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby; and (iv) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity, shall have failed to institute any such action, suit or proceeding and (v) during such 60 day period, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of that series do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any other provisions of this Indenture, the right of any holder of any Security to receive payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on such Security, as therein provided, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Security (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates or redemption date, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder and by accepting a Security hereunder it is expressly understood, intended and covenanted by the taker and holder of every Security of such series with every other such taker and holder and the Trustee, that no one or more holders of Securities of such series shall have any right in any manner whatsoever by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of the holders of any other of such Securities, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all holders of Securities of such series. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this

31

Section, each and every Securityholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

Section 6.05 Rights and Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.07, all powers and remedies given by this Article to the Trustee or to the Securityholders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the holders of the Securities, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture or otherwise established with respect to such Securities.

(b) No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any holder of any of the Securities to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or on acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 6.04, every power and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Securityholders.

Section 6.06 Control by Securityholders.

The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any series at the time Outstanding, determined in accordance with Section 8.04, shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to such series; provided, however, that such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture or be unduly prejudicial to the rights of holders of Securities of any other series at the time Outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee shall determine in good faith that the proceeding so directed would expose the Trustee to personal liability.

Section 6.07 Undertaking to Pay Costs.

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each holder of any Securities by such holder's acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of Securityholders, holding more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any,

32

or interest on any Security of such series, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Security or established pursuant to this Indenture.

Section 6.08 Waiver of Past Defaults.

The holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, determined in accordance with Section 8.04, may on behalf of the holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default

(1) in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any Security of such series, or

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected; provided, however, that if the Securities of such series are held by a MetLife Trust or a trustee of such trust, such waiver or modification to such waiver shall not be effective until the holders of a majority in liquidation preference of Trust Securities of the applicable MetLife Trust shall have consented to such waiver or modification to such waiver; provided, further, that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Security is required, such waiver shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the applicable MetLife Trust shall have consented to such waiver.

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

ARTICLE VII

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

Section 7.01 Certain Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of a series and after the curing of all Events of Default with respect to the Securities of that series that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform with respect to the Securities of such series such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. In case an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of a series has occurred (that has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise with respect to Securities of that series such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

(b) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

33

(1) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of a series and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default with respect to that series that may have occurred:

(a) the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall with respect to the Securities of such series be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to the Securities of such series except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(b) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may with respect to the Securities of such series conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture;

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities of any series at the time Outstanding relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of that series; and

(4) None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or liability is not reasonably assured to it under the terms of this Indenture or adequate indemnity against such risk is not reasonably assured to it.

Section 7.02 Certain Rights of Trustee.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01:

(a) The Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, security or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

34

(b) Any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution or an instrument signed in the name of the Company, by the President or any Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer thereof (unless other evidence in respect thereof is specifically prescribed herein);

(c) The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(d) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Securityholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred therein or thereby; nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to a series of the Securities (that has not been cured or waived) to exercise with respect to Securities of that series such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs;

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;

(f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, security, or other papers or documents, unless requested in writing so to do by the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of the particular series affected thereby (determined as provided in Section 8.04); provided, however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such costs, expenses or liabilities as a condition to so proceeding. The reasonable expense of every such examination shall be paid by the Company or, if paid by the Trustee, shall be repaid by the Company upon demand; and

(g) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

Section 7.03 Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance or Securities.

(a) The recitals contained herein and in the Securities shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same.

35

(b) The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities.

(c) The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any of the Securities or of the proceeds of such Securities, or for the use or application of any moneys paid over by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture or established pursuant to Section 2.01, or for the use or application of any moneys received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

Section 7.04 May Hold Securities.

The Trustee or any Paying Agent or Security Registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent or Security Registrar.

Section 7.05 Moneys Held in Trust.

Subject to the provisions of Section 11.05, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any moneys received by it hereunder except such as it may agree with the Company to pay thereon.

Section 7.06 Compensation and Reimbursement.

(a) The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, such reasonable compensation (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust), as the Company, and the Trustee may from time to time agree in writing, for all services rendered by it in the execution of the trusts hereby created and in the exercise and performance of any of the powers and duties hereunder of the Trustee, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence or bad faith. The Company also covenants to indemnify the Trustee (and its officers, agents, directors and employees) for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability in the premises.

(b) The obligations of the Company under this Section to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. Such additional indebtedness shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the holders of particular Securities.

36

Section 7.07 Reliance on Officers' Certificate.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee and such certificate, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

Section 7.08 Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.

If the Trustee has or shall acquire any "conflicting interest" within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee and the Company shall in all respects comply with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 7.09 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.

There shall at all times be a Trustee with respect to the Securities issued hereunder which shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any State or Territory thereof or of the District of Columbia, or a corporation or other Person permitted to act as trustee by the Commission, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least 50 million U.S. dollars ($50,000,000), and subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial, or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. The Company may not, nor may any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company, serve as Trustee. In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 7.10.

Section 7.10 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

(a) The Trustee or any successor hereafter appointed, may at any time resign with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company and by transmitting notice of resignation by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Securityholders of such series, as their names and addresses appear upon the Security Register. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee with respect to Securities of such series by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of

37

resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee with respect to Securities of such series, or any Securityholder of that series who has been a bona fide holder of a Security or Securities for at least six months may on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.

(b) In case at any time any one of the following shall occur:

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of Section 7.08 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security or Securities for at least six months; or

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.09 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder; or

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or commence a voluntary bankruptcy proceeding, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or consented to, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation; then, in any such case, (i) the Company may remove the Trustee with respect to all Securities and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or (ii) unless the Trustee's duty to resign is stayed as provided herein, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide holder of a Security or Securities for at least six months may, on behalf of that holder and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee.

(c) The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any series at the time Outstanding may at any time remove the Trustee with respect to such series by so notifying the Trustee and the Company and may appoint a successor Trustee for such series with the consent of the Company.

(d) Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee with respect to the Securities of a series pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 7.11.

(e) Any successor trustee appointed pursuant to this Section may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more series or all of such series, and at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series.

38

Section 7.11 Acceptance of Appointment By Successor.

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights, powers, and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor trustee relates, (2) shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and
(3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust, that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee and that no Trustee shall be responsible for any act or failure to act on the part of any other Trustee hereunder; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein, such retiring Trustee shall with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor trustee relates have no further responsibility for the exercise of rights and powers or for the performance of the duties and obligations vested in the Trustee under this Indenture, and each such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor trustee, to the extent contemplated by such supplemental indenture, the property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor trustee relates.

(c) Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

39

(d) No successor trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

(e) Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section, the Company shall transmit notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Securityholders, as their names and addresses appear upon the Security Register. If the Company fails to transmit such notice within ten days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be transmitted at the expense of the Company.

Section 7.12 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided that such corporation shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 7.08 and eligible under the provisions of Section 7.09, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.

Section 7.13 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company.

The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, excluding any creditor relationship described in Section 311(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to
Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act to the extent included therein.

ARTICLE VIII

CONCERNING THE SECURITYHOLDERS

Section 8.01 Evidence of Action by Securityholders.

Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the holders of a majority or specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of a particular series may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action the holders of such majority or specified percentage of that series have joined therein may be evidenced by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by such holders of Securities of that series in Person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing.

If the Company shall solicit from the Securityholders of any series any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, the Company may, at its option, as evidenced by an Officers' Certificate, fix in advance a record date for such series for the

40

determination of Securityholders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action may be given before or after the record date, but only the Securityholders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Securityholders for the purposes of determining whether Securityholders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Securities of that series have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, and for that purpose the Outstanding Securities of that series shall be computed as of the record date; provided, however, that no such authorization, agreement or consent by such Securityholders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date.

Section 8.02 Proof of Execution by Securityholders.

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Securityholder (such proof will not require notarization) or his agent or proxy and proof of the holding by any Person of any of the Securities shall be sufficient if made in the following manner:

(a) The fact and date of the execution by any such Person of any instrument may be proved in any reasonable manner acceptable to the Trustee.

(b) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register of such Securities or by a certificate of the Security Registrar thereof.

(c) The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section as it shall deem necessary.

Section 8.03 Who May be Deemed Owners.

Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of any Security, the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent and any Security Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name such Security shall be registered upon the books of the Company as the absolute owner of such Security (whether or not such Security shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing thereon made by anyone other than the Security Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and (subject to Section 2.03) interest on such Security and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent nor any Security Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Section 8.04 Certain Securities Owned by Company Disregarded.

In determining whether the holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Securities of a particular series have concurred in any direction, consent of waiver under this Indenture, the Securities of that series that are owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Securities of that series or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under common control with the Company or any other obligor on the Securities of that series

41

shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding for the purpose of any such determination, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent or waiver, only Securities of such series that the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. The Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding for the purposes of this Section, if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not a Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any such other obligor. In case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee.

Section 8.05 Actions Binding on Future Securityholders.

At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.01, of the taking of any action by the holders of the majority or percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of a particular series specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any holder of a Security of that series that is shown by the evidence to be included in the Securities the holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee, and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 8.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Security. Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the holder of any Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders and owners of such Security, and of any Security issued in exchange therefor, on registration of transfer thereof or in place thereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Security. Any action taken by the holders of the majority or percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of a particular series specified in this Indenture in connection with such action shall be conclusively binding upon the Company, the Trustee and the holders of all the Securities of that series.

ARTICLE IX

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 9.01 Supplemental Indentures Without the Consent of Securityholders.

In addition to any supplemental indenture otherwise authorized by this Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect), without the consent of the Securityholders, for one or more of the following purposes:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect, or inconsistency herein, in the Securities of any series;

(2) to comply with Article Ten;

(3) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities;

42

(4) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders of all or any Series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company;

(5) to add to, delete from, or revise the conditions, limitations, and restrictions on the authorized amount, terms, or purposes of issue, authentication, and delivery of Securities, as herein set forth;

(6) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder in any material respect;

(7) to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of the Securities of any series as provided in Section 2.01, to establish the form of any certifications required to be furnished pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or any series of Securities, or to add to the rights of the holders of any series of Securities;

(8) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company;

(9) to add any additional Events of Default for the benefit of the holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such additional Events of Default are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such additional Events of Default are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series);

(10) to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in uncertificated form;

(11) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture in respect of one or more series of Securities, provided that any such addition, change or elimination (A) shall neither (i) apply to any Security of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor modify the rights of the holder of any such Security with respect to such provision or (B) shall become effective only when there is no such Security Outstanding;

(12) to secure the Securities; or

(13) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 7.11.

43

The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Company in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section may be executed by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of the holders of any of the Securities at the time Outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.02.

Section 9.02 Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Securityholders.

With the consent (evidenced as provided in Section 8.01) of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture or indentures at the time Outstanding, the Company, when authorized by Board Resolutions, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner not covered by
Section 9.01 the rights of the holders of the Securities of such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the holders of each Security then Outstanding and affected thereby, (i) extend the fixed maturity of any Securities of any series, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any premium payable upon the redemption thereof; (ii) reduce the amount of principal of an Original Issue Discount Security or any other Security payable upon acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01(b); (iii) change the currency in which any Security or any premium or interest is payable; (iv) impair the right to enforce any payment on or with respect to any Security; (v) adversely change the right to convert or exchange, including decreasing the conversion rate or increasing the conversion price of, such Security (if applicable); (vi) reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose holders is required for modification or amendment of this Indenture or for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults; (vii) reduce the requirements contained in this Indenture for quorum or voting; or (viii) modify any of the above provisions; provided, further, that if the Securities of such series are held by a MetLife Trust or a trustee of such Trust, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until the holders of not less than a majority in liquidation preference of Trust Securities of the applicable MetLife Trust shall have consented to such supplemental indenture; and, provided, further, that if the consent of the holder of each outstanding Security is required, such supplemental indenture shall not be effective until each holder of the Trust Securities of the applicable MetLife Trust shall have consented to such supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Securityholders of any series affected thereby under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

44

Section 9.03 Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article or of Article X, this Indenture shall, with respect to such series, be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company and the holders of Securities of the series affected thereby shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

Section 9.04 Securities Affected by Supplemental Indentures.

Securities of any series, affected by a supplemental indenture, authenticated and delivered after the execution of such supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article or of Article X, may bear a notation in form approved by the Company, provided such form meets the requirements of any exchange upon which such series may be listed, as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of that series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared by the Company, authenticated by the Trustee and delivered in exchange for the Securities of that series then Outstanding.

Section 9.05 Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by its Board Resolutions authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Securityholders required to consent thereto as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may, in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture. The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, may receive an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article is authorized or permitted by, and conforms to, the terms of this Article and that it is proper for the Trustee under the provisions of this Article to join in the execution thereof; provided, however, that such Opinion of Counsel need not be provided in connection with the execution of a supplemental indenture that establishes the terms of a series of Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof.

Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, a notice, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture, to the Securityholders of all series affected thereby as their names and addresses appear upon the Security Register. Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

45

ARTICLE X

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE,
TRANSFER OR LEASE

Section 10.01 When the Company May Consolidate, Merge, Etc.

The Company may not (a) merge with or into or consolidate with, or (b) sell, assign, transfer, lease or convey all or substantially all of its properties and assets to, any Person other than, with respect to this clause
(b), a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and no Person shall (x) merge with or into or consolidate with the Company, or (y) except for any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, sell, assign, transfer, lease or convey all or substantially all of its properties and assets to the Company, unless:

(a) the Company is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving such merger or consolidation or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance shall have been made (the "Successor"), if other than the Company, shall expressly assume by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Securities, this Indenture, the Common Securities Guarantee and the Preferred Securities Guarantee;

(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(c) if at the time any Preferred Securities are outstanding, such transaction is not prohibited under the Declaration and the Preferred Securities Guarantee; and

(d) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture.

The Successor will be the successor to the Company, and will be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power and become the obligor on the Securities with the same effect as if the Successor had been named as the Company herein but, in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, the predecessor Company will not be released from its obligations to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities.

ARTICLE XI

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

If at any time: (a) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Securities of a series theretofore authenticated (other than any Securities that shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07) and Securities for whose payment money or Governmental Obligations have theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company (and thereupon repaid to the

46

Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 11.05); or (b) all such Securities of a particular series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds the entire amount in moneys or Governmental Obligations sufficient or a combination thereof, sufficient in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay at maturity or upon redemption all Securities of that series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal, and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to such date of maturity or date fixed for redemption, as the case may be, and if the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder with respect to such series by the Company then this Indenture shall thereupon cease to be of further effect with respect to such series except for the provisions of Sections 2.03, 2.05, 2.07, 4.01, 4.02, 4.03 and 7.10, that shall survive until the date of maturity or redemption date, as the case may be, and Sections 7.06 and 11.05, that shall survive to such date and thereafter, and the Trustee, on demand of the Company and at the cost and expense of the Company shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture with respect to such series.

Section 11.02 Discharge of Obligations.

If at any time all such Securities of a particular series not heretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or that have not become due and payable as described in Section 11.01 shall have been paid by the Company by depositing irrevocably with the Trustee as trust funds money in U.S. dollars sufficient or an amount of non-callable Governmental Obligations, the principal of and interest on which when due, will be sufficient or a combination thereof, sufficient in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay at maturity or upon redemption all such Securities of that series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal, and premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to such date of maturity or date fixed for redemption, as the case may be, and if the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company with respect to such series, then after the date such moneys or Governmental Obligations, as the case may be, are deposited with the Trustee the obligations of the Company under this Indenture with respect to such series shall cease to be of further effect except for the provisions of Sections 2.03, 2.05, 2.07, 4.01, 4.02, 4.03, 7.06, 7.10 and 11.05 hereof that shall survive until such Securities shall mature and be paid. Thereafter, Sections 7.06 and 11.05 shall survive.

Section 11.03 Deposited Moneys to be Held in Trust.

All moneys or Governmental Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Sections 11.01 or 11.02 shall be held in trust and shall be available for payment as due, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent), to the holders of the particular series of Securities for the payment or redemption of which such moneys or Governmental Obligations have been deposited with the Trustee.

47

Section 11.04 Payment of Moneys Held by Paying Agents.

In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture all moneys or Governmental Obligations then held by any Paying Agent under the provisions of this Indenture shall, upon demand of the Company, be paid to the Trustee and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys or Governmental Obligations.

Section 11.05 Repayment to Company.

Any moneys or Governmental Obligations deposited with any Paying Agent or the Trustee, or then held by the Company, in trust for payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Securities of a particular series that are not applied but remain unclaimed by the holders of such Securities for at least two years after the date upon which the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on such Securities shall have respectively become due and payable, shall be repaid to the Company on May 31 of each year or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and thereupon the Paying Agent and the Trustee shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys or Governmental Obligations, and the holder of any of the Securities entitled to receive such payment shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for the payment thereof.

ARTICLE XII

IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 12.01 No Recourse.

No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of this Indenture, or of any Security, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, either directly or through the Company or any such predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that this Indenture and the obligations issued hereunder are solely corporate obligations, and that no such personal liability whatever shall attach to, or is or shall be incurred by, the incorporators, stockholders, officers or directors as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, or any of them, because of the creation of the indebtedness hereby authorized, or under or by reason of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities or implied therefrom; and that any and all such personal liability of every name and nature, either at common law or in equity or by constitution or statute, of, and any and all such rights and claims against, every such incorporator, stockholder, officer or director as such, because of the creation of the indebtedness hereby authorized, or under or by reason of the obligations, covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities or implied therefrom, are hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issuance of such Securities.

48

ARTICLE XIII

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 13.01 Company's Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The Company may elect, at its option at any time, to have Section 13.02 or
Section 13.03 applied to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, designated pursuant to Section 2.01 as being defeasible pursuant to such Sections 13.02 or 13.03, in accordance with any applicable requirements provided pursuant to Section 2.01 and upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article. Any such election shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution or in another manner specified as contemplated by Section 2.01 for such Securities.

Section 13.02 Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Company's exercise of its option (if any) to have this Section applied to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to such Securities as provided in this Section on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 13.04 are satisfied (hereinafter called "Defeasance"). For this purpose, such Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by such Securities and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture insofar as such Securities are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), subject to the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (1) the rights of holders of such Securities to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 13.04 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and any premium and interest on such Securities when payments are due, (2) the Company's obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 4.01, 4.02 and 4.03, (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (4) this Article. Subject to compliance with this Article, the Company may exercise its option (if any) to have this Section applied to any Securities notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option (if any) to have Section 13.03 applied to such Securities.

Section 13.03 Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Company's exercise of its option (if any) to have this Section applied to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, (1) the Company shall be released from its obligations under Article X, Section 4.06, and any covenants provided pursuant to Sections 2.01(16), 9.01(4) or 9.01(7) for the benefit of the holders of such Securities and (2) the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 6.01(3) (with respect to any of Article X,
Section 4.06, and any such covenants provided pursuant to Sections 2.01(16), 9.01(4) or 9.01(7)), 6.01(a)(7) and 6.01(a)(8) shall be deemed not to be or result in an Event of Default, in each case with respect to such Securities as provided in this Section on and after the date the conditions set forth in
Section 13.04 are satisfied (hereinafter called "Covenant Defeasance"). For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to such Securities, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in

49

any such specified Section (to the extent so specified in the case of Section 6.01(3)), whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or by reason of any reference in any such Section to any other provision herein or in any other document, but the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby.

Section 13.04 Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The following shall be the conditions to the application of Section 13.02 or Section 13.03 to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be:

(1) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee which satisfies the requirements contemplated by Section 7.09 and agrees to comply with the provisions of this Article applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefits of the holders of such Securities, (A) money in an amount, or (B) Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or any such other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal of and any premium and interest on such Securities on the respective Stated Maturities, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Securities.

(2) In the event of an election to have Section 13.02 apply to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case (A) or (B) to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the holders of such Securities will not recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, Defeasance and discharge to be effected with respect to such Securities and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit, Defeasance and discharge were not to occur.

(3) In the event of an election to have Section 13.03 apply to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case may be, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the holders of such Securities will not recognize gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and Covenant Defeasance to be effected with respect to such Securities and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit and Covenant Defeasance were not to occur.

(4) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate to the effect that it has been informed by the relevant securities exchange(s) that neither

50

such Securities nor any other Securities of the same series, if then listed on any securities exchange, will be delisted as a result of such deposit.

(5) No event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to such Securities or any other Securities shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such deposit or, with regard to any such event specified in Sections 6.01(a)(5) and 6.01(a)(6), at any time on or prior to the 90th day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until after such 90th day).

(6) Such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any indenture or other agreement or instrument for borrowed money, pursuant to which in excess of $100,000,000 principal amount is then outstanding, to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

(7) Such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in the trust arising from such deposit constituting an investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act unless such trust shall be registered under such Act or exempt from registration thereunder.

(8) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent with respect to such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Section 13.05 Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to the provisions of Section 4.03(d), all money and Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee or other qualifying trustee (solely for purposes of this Section and Section 13.06, the Trustee and any such other trustee are referred to collectively as the "Trustee") pursuant to Section 13.04 in respect of any Securities shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any such Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the holders of such Securities, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal and any premium and interest, but money so held in trust need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 13.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the holders of Outstanding Securities.

Anything in this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon request of the Company any money or Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 13.04 with respect to any Securities which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would

51

then be required to be deposited to effect the Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, with respect to such Securities.

Section 13.06 Reinstatement.

If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with this Article with respect to any Securities by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations under this Indenture and such Securities from which the Company has been discharged or released pursuant to Sections 13.02 or 13.03 shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article with respect to such Securities, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all money held in trust pursuant to Section 13.05 with respect to such Securities in accordance with this Article; provided, however, that if the Company makes any payment of principal of or any premium or interest on any such Security following such reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights (if any) of the holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money so held in trust.

ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 14.01 Effect on Successors and Assigns.

All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Indenture contained by or on behalf of the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 14.02 Actions by Successor.

Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Company shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the corresponding board, committee or officer of any corporation that shall at the time be the lawful sole successor of the Company.

Section 14.03 Surrender of Company Powers.

The Company by instrument in writing executed by authority of 2/3 (two- thirds) of its Board of Directors and delivered to the Trustee may surrender any of the powers reserved to the Company under this Indenture, and thereupon such power so surrendered shall terminate both as to the Company and as to any successor corporation.

Section 14.04 Notices.

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein any notice or demand that by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the holders of Securities to or on the Company may be given or served by being deposited first class postage prepaid in a post-office letterbox addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Trustee), as follows: MetLife, Inc., One Madison Avenue, New York,

52

New York 10010-10036, Attention: Treasurer, with copies of any notice of an Event of Default to the attention of the General Counsel at the same address. Any notice, election, request or demand by the Company or any Securityholder to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given or made in writing at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

Section 14.05 Governing Law.

This Indenture and each Security shall be deemed to be a contract made under the internal laws of the State of New York, and for all purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws of said State.

Section 14.06 Treatment of Securities as Debt.

It is intended that the Securities will be treated as indebtedness and not as equity for federal income tax purposes. The provisions of this Indenture shall be interpreted to further this intention.

Section 14.07 Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

(a) Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company, shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

(b) Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant in this Indenture shall include (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 14.08 Payments on Business Days.

Except as provided pursuant to Section 2.01 pursuant to a Board Resolution, and as set forth in an Officers' Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture, in any case where the date of maturity of interest or principal of any Security or the date of redemption of any Security shall not be a Business Day, then payment of interest or principal, and premium, if any, may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the nominal date of maturity or redemption, and no interest shall accrue for the period after such nominal date.

53

Section 14.09 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Sections 310 to 317, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties shall control.

Section 14.10 Counterparts.

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 14.11 Separability.

In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Indenture or in the Securities of any series shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Indenture or of such Securities, but this Indenture and such Securities shall be construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or therein.

Section 14.12 Assignment.

The Company will have the right at all times to assign any of its rights or obligations under this Indenture to a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, provided that, in the event of any such assignment, the Company, will remain liable for all such obligations. Subject to the foregoing, the Indenture is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties thereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Indenture may not otherwise be assigned by the parties thereto.

Section 14.13 Acknowledgment of Rights.

The Company acknowledges that, with respect to any Securities held by a MetLife Trust or a trustee of such Trust, if the Property Trustee of such Trust fails to enforce its rights under this Indenture as the holder of the series of Securities held as the assets of such MetLife Trust, any holder of Preferred Securities may institute legal proceedings directly against the Company to enforce such Property Trustee's rights under this Indenture without first instituting any legal proceedings against such Property Trustee or any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such event is attributable to the failure of the Company to pay interest or principal on the applicable series of Securities on the date such interest or principal is otherwise payable (or in the case of redemption, on the redemption date), the Company acknowledges that a holder of Preferred Securities may directly institute a proceeding for enforcement of payment to such holder of the principal of or interest on the applicable series of Securities having a principal amount equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Preferred Securities of such holder as determined after the respective due date specified in the applicable series of Securities.

54

ARTICLE XV

SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES

Section 15.01 Agreement to Subordinate.

The Company covenants and agrees, and each holder of Securities issued hereunder and under any supplemental indenture or by any resolutions by the Board of Directors ("Additional Provisions") by such holder's acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all Securities shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article Fifteen; and each holder of a Security, whether upon original issue or upon transfer or assignment thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such provisions.

The payment by the Company of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all Securities issued hereunder and under any Additional Provisions shall, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, be subordinate in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding at the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred.

No provision of this Article Fifteen shall prevent the occurrence of any default or Event of Default hereunder.

Section 15.02 Default on Senior Indebtedness.

In the event and during the continuation of any default by the Company in the payment of principal, premium, interest or any other payment due on any Senior Indebtedness of the Company, as the case may be, or in the event that the maturity of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company, as the case may be, has been accelerated because of a default, then, in either case, no payment shall be made by the Company with respect to the principal (including redemption and sinking fund payments) of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Securities.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment shall be received by the Trustee when such payment is prohibited by the preceding paragraph of this Section 15.02, before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, such payment shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their respective representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear.

Section 15.03 Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.

Upon any payment by the Company or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, general assignment, marshaling of any assets or liabilities for the benefit of creditors or other proceedings, all amounts due upon all Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall first be paid in full, or payment thereof provided for in money in accordance with its terms, before any payment is made by the Company on account of the principal, and premium, if any, or interest on the Securities; and upon any such dissolution or

55

winding-up or liquidation or reorganization, any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the holders or the Trustee would be entitled to receive from the Company, except for the provisions of this Article Fifteen, shall be paid by the Company or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the holders or by the Trustee under the Indenture if received by them or it, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by such holders, as calculated by the Company) or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full, in money or money's worth, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the holders or to the Trustee.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, prohibited by the foregoing, shall be received by the Trustee before all Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full, or provision is made for such payment in money in accordance with its terms, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over or delivered to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, and their respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, as the case may be, remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Senior Indebtedness in full in money in accordance with its terms, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

For purposes of this Article Fifteen, the words "cash, property or securities" shall not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article Fifteen with respect to the Securities to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, as the case may be, that may at the time be outstanding, provided that such Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new corporation, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance or transfer of its property as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon the terms and conditions provided for in Article Ten of this Indenture shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section 15.03 if such other corporation shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated in Article Ten of this Indenture. Nothing in Section 15.02 or in this
Section 15.03 shall apply to claims of, or payments, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.06 of this Indenture.

56

Section 15.04 Subrogation.

Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the rights of the holders of the Securities shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company, as the case may be, applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until the principal of, and premium, if any and interest on the Securities shall be paid in full; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article Fifteen, and no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article Fifteen to or for the benefit of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness by holders of the Securities or the Trustee, shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the holders of the Securities, be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account of such Senior Indebtedness. It is understood that the provisions of this Article Fifteen are and are intended solely for the purposes of defining the relative rights of the holders of the Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of such Senior Indebtedness on the other hand.

Nothing contained in this Article Fifteen or elsewhere in this Indenture, any Additional Provisions or in the Securities is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and the holders of the Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the holders of the Securities the principal of, and premium, if any and interest on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company, as the case may be, other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, as the case may be, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the holder of any Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article Fifteen of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company, as the case may be, received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article Fifteen, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article Seven of this Indenture, and the holders shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidation trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the holders, for the purposes of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, as the case may be, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Fifteen.

Section 15.05 Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.

Each holder of Securities by such holder's acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on such holder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to

57

effectuate the subordination provided in this Article Fifteen and appoints the Trustee such holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

Section 15.06 Notice by the Company.

The Company shall give prompt written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article Fifteen. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article Fifteen or any other provision of this Indenture or any Additional Provisions, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article Fifteen, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or a holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee therefor; and before the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article Six of this Indenture, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided, however, that if the Trustee shall not have received the notice provided for in this Section 15.06 at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any money may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any or interest on any debt security), then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such money and to apply the same to the purposes for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within two Business Days prior to such date.

The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Article Seven of this Indenture, shall be entitled to conclusively rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, as the case may be (or a trustee on behalf of such holder), to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Indebtedness or a trustee on behalf of any such holder or holders. In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of such Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Fifteen, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article Fifteen, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

Section 15.07 Rights of the Trustee; Holders of Senior Indebtedness.

The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article Fifteen in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture or any Additional Provisions shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically

58

set forth in this Article Fifteen, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture or any Additional Provisions against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and, subject to the provisions of Article Seven of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of such Senior Indebtedness if it shall pay over or deliver to holders, the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article Fifteen or otherwise.

Nothing in this Article Fifteen shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.06.

Section 15.08 Subordination May Not Be Impaired.

No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company, as the case may be, or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder of Securities, or by any noncompliance by the Company, as the case may be, with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with.

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the holders of Securities, without incurring responsibility to the holders of Securities and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article Fifteen or the obligations hereunder of the holders of the Securities to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, such Senior Indebtedness, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner such Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which such Senior Indebtedness is outstanding; (ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing such Senior Indebtedness; (iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of such Senior Indebtedness; and (iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company, as the case may be, and any other Person.

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original. But all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

59

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

METLIFE, INC.

By: /s/ Anthony J. Williamson
    -----------------------------
    Name:
    Title:

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By: /s/ Paul J. Schmalzel
    -----------------------------
    Name:  Paul J. Schmalzel
    Title: Authorized Signatory

60

EXHIBIT 4.42


METLIFE, INC.,
ISSUER

and

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
TRUSTEE

First Supplemental Indenture

Dated as of June 21, 2005

Supplement to the Indenture of MetLife, Inc. dated as of June 21, 2005



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                     Page
                                                                                     ----
                                    ARTICLE I
                              DEFINITIONS AND SCOPE

Section 1.1  Definition of Terms................................................       2

Section 1.2  Scope..............................................................       4

                                   ARTICLE II
             GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE SERIES A DEBENTURES

Section 2.1  Designation, Principal Amount and Authorized Denomination..........       4

Section 2.2  Maturity...........................................................       5

Section 2.3  Form and Payment...................................................       5

Section 2.4  Global Series A Debenture..........................................       5

Section 2.5  Interest...........................................................       7

Section 2.6  Redemption of the Series A Debentures..............................       7

Section 2.7  Put Right of Holders...............................................       7

Section 2.8  Restrictions on Certain Payments, Including on Deferral of
             Interest...........................................................       8

Section 2.9  Notice of Defaults; Amount Payable upon Acceleration...............       9

Section 2.10 CUSIP Numbers......................................................       9

Section 2.11 Security Registrar and Paying Agent................................       9

Section 2.12 Company Elections in Connection with Remarketing...................       9

                                   ARTICLE III
                                    EXPENSES

Section 3.1  Expenses...........................................................      11

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           FORM OF SERIES A DEBENTURES

Section 4.1  Form of Series A Debentures........................................      11

                                    ARTICLE V
                      ORIGINAL ISSUE OF SERIES A DEBENTURES

Section 5.1  Original Issue of Series A Debentures..............................      21

                                   ARTICLE VI
                      EVENTS OF DEFAULT, WAIVER AND NOTICE

Section 6.1  Event of Default...................................................      21

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                  SUBORDINATION

i

Section 7.1  Subordination......................................................      23

Section 7.2  Company Election to End Subordination..............................      23

Section 7.3  Compliance with Federal Reserve Board Rules........................      23

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1  Effectiveness......................................................      24

Section 8.2  Further Assurances.................................................      24

Section 8.3  Effect of Recitals.................................................      24

Section 8.4  Ratification of Base Indenture.....................................      24

Section 8.5  Governing Law......................................................      24

Section 8.6  Counterparts.......................................................      24

ii

THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of June 21, 2005 (this "First Supplemental Indenture"), to the Base Indenture (as defined below), dated as of the date hereof, between METLIFE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee under the Indenture (as defined below), a national banking association (the "Trustee").

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have entered into an Indenture, dated as of the date hereof (the "Base Indenture," and together with this First Supplemental Indenture, the "Indenture"); and

WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture provides that the Base Indenture may be amended without the consent of any Holder (i) to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of the Securities (as defined in the Base Indenture) of any series as provided in
Section 2.01 of the Base Indenture and (ii) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of the Base Indenture in respect of one or more series of Securities, provided that any such addition, change or elimination does not apply to any Security of any series created prior to the execution of the amendment;

WHEREAS, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers' Certificate pursuant to Section 14.07 of the Base Indenture to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in the Base Indenture to the Trustee's execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture have been complied with;

WHEREAS, MetLife Capital Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust (the "Trust"), has offered to the public its Series A Trust Preferred Securities (the "Trust Preferred Securities"), representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, and proposes to invest the proceeds from such offering, together with the proceeds of the issuance and sale by the Trust to the Company of its Common Securities (together with the Trust Preferred Securities, the "Trust Securities"), in the Series A Debentures;

WHEREAS, the Trust Preferred Securities and the Series A Debentures will be subject to Remarketing, in connection with which certain terms of the Trust Preferred Securities and the Series A Debentures may be changed, all in accordance with the procedures to be set forth in a Remarketing Agreement to be entered into among the Company, the Trust (in the event the Trust Preferred Securities are outstanding on any Remarketing Date), the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and the Remarketing Agent; and

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this First Supplemental Indenture and satisfy all requirements necessary to make this First Supplemental Indenture a valid instrument in accordance with its terms, and to make the Series A Debentures, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, the valid obligations of the Company and all acts and things necessary have been done and performed to make this First Supplemental Indenture enforceable in accordance with its terms, and the execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized in all respects:

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Trustee agree as follows:

1

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND SCOPE

Section 1.1 Definition of Terms.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term defined in the Base Indenture has the same meaning when used in this First Supplemental Indenture unless otherwise specified herein;

(b) a term defined anywhere in this First Supplemental Indenture has the same meaning throughout;

(c) the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

(d) headings are for convenience of reference only and do not affect interpretation;

(e) the following terms have the meanings given to them in the Trust Agreement: Administrative Trustee; Delaware Trustee; Distributions; Initial Liquidation Amount; Property Trustee; Record Date; Remarketing; Remarketing Agent; Remarketing Agreement; Remarketing Date; Remarketing Settlement Date; Trust Preferred Securities Certificate; Stock Purchase Contract Agent and Successful.

(f) the following terms have the meanings given to them in this Section 1.1(f):

"Accreted Interest" means, for any Interest Period for any Series A Debenture as of any date of determination, (i) the Accreted Principal Amount of such Series A Debenture at the beginning of the Interest Period in which such date occurs, multiplied by (ii) the Applicable Yield for such Interest Period, multiplied by (iii) the quotient of the actual number of days elapsed from and including the first day of such Interest Period, to but excluding the date of determination divided by 360; provided that the Accreted Interest for any full Interest Period shall be calculated by reference to the actual number of days in such Interest Period divided by 360.

"Accreted Principal Amount" means, for any Series A Debenture as of any date of determination, (i) the Original Principal Amount of such Series A Debenture, plus (ii) the sum of the Accreted Interest (if any) for each Interest Period concluding on or prior to such date, plus (iii) the Accreted Interest for the Interest Period in which such date occurs as of the date of determination.

"Additional Interest" means the interest that shall accrue on any interest on the Series A Debentures the payment of which has not been made on the applicable Interest Payment Date. References herein to "interest" include Additional Interest unless the context otherwise requires.

"Applicable Yield" means (1) prior to the Remarketing Settlement Date, 0%, (2) if a Remarketing occurs, unless the Company has elected that the Series A Debentures will

2

bear cash interest, from and after the applicable Remarketing Settlement Date, for any Interest Period, the Reset Yield for such Interest Period and (3) if a Remarketing has occurred and the Company has elected to have the Series A Debentures bear cash interest, 0%.

"Collateral Agent" has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Creditor" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

"Holder" means a Securityholder (as defined in the Base Indenture) of the Series A Debentures.

"Early Termination Event" means the dissolution of the Trust and the distribution of the Series A Debentures held by the Property Trustee to the holders of the Trust Securities issued by the Trust pro rata in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

"Final Failed Remarketing" has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Global Series A Debentures" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

"Interest Period" means (1) prior to the Stock Purchase Date, the period from and including the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly made available for payment (or June 21, 2005 if no interest has been paid or been duly made available for payment) to, but excluding, the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, (2) if a Remarketing occurs, unless the Company has elected that the Series A Debentures will bear cash interest from and after such Remarketing, the period from and including the applicable Remarketing Settlement Date to the Stated Maturity of the Series A Debentures, and (3) if a Remarketing has occurred and the Company has elected to have the Series A Debentures bear cash interest, the period from and including the applicable Remarketing Settlement Date or, if later, the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly made available, to but excluding the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, or, if earlier, then the Stated Maturity of the Series A Debentures.

"Non Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

"Normal Common Equity Units" has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Original Principal Amount" of a Series A Debenture means the stated Original Principal Amount as set forth on the face of such Series A Debenture.

"Reset Rate" means the rate of interest on the Series A Debentures, if any, set in a Remarketing in which the Company elected that the Series A Debentures would pay

3

interest in cash following such Remarketing (defined in the Trust Agreement as the "Reset Rate" applicable in such circumstances).

"Reset Yield" means the yield to maturity on the Series A Debentures, if any, set in a Remarketing in which the Company did not elect that the Series A Debentures would pay interest in cash following such Remarketing (defined in the Trust Agreement as the "Reset Rate" applicable in such circumstances).

"Series A Debentures" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

"Stock Purchase Contract" has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Stock Purchase Contract Agreement" means that certain agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Company and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

"Stock Purchase Date" has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Trust" has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

"Trust Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, as sponsor, the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees and the several Holders (as defined therein) relating to the Trust.

"Trust Securities" has the meaning provided in the recitals hereto.

Section 1.2 Scope. The changes, modifications and supplements to the Base Indenture effected by this First Supplemental Indenture shall only be applicable with respect to, and govern the terms of, the Series A Debentures and shall not apply to any other series of Securities that may be issued under the Base Indenture unless a supplemental indenture with respect to such other series of Securities specifically incorporates such changes, modifications and supplements.

ARTICLE II

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE SERIES A DEBENTURES

Section 2.1 Designation, Principal Amount and Authorized Denomination.

There is hereby authorized a series of Securities designated the 4.82% Junior Subordinated Debt Securities, Series A, due 2039 (the "Series A Debentures"), limited in aggregate principal amount to $1,067,010,000, which amount to be issued shall be as set forth in any written order of the Company for the authentication and delivery of Series A Debentures pursuant to the Indenture. The Series A Debentures shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 Original Principal Amount and integral multiples thereof.

4

Section 2.2 Maturity.

The Stated Maturity of the Series A Debentures will be February 15, 2039, subject to change as provided in Section 2.12.

Section 2.3 Form and Payment.

Except as provided in Section 2.4, the Series A Debentures shall be issued in fully registered definitive form without interest coupons. Principal of and interest on the Series A Debentures issued in definitive form will be payable, the transfer of such Series A Debentures will be registrable and such Series A Debentures will be exchangeable for Series A Debentures bearing identical terms and provisions at the office or agency of the Trustee; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the Holder at such address as shall appear in the Register or by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the bank account number of the Holder specified in writing by the Holder and entered in the Register by the Registrar. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Holder of any Series A Debenture is the Property Trustee, the payment of the principal of and interest (including expenses and taxes of the Trust set forth in Section 3.1 hereof, if any) on such Series A Debentures held by the Property Trustee will be made at such place and to such account as may be designated in writing by the Property Trustee.

Section 2.4 Global Series A Debenture.

(a) The Depository Trust Company shall serve as the initial Depositary for the Series A Debentures.

(b) The Series A Debentures shall be issued initially in fully registered form in the name of the Property Trustee, in its capacity as such. In connection with an Early Termination Event,

(i) the Series A Debentures in definitive form may be presented to the Trustee by the Property Trustee for exchange for one or more Global Securities (as defined in the Base Indenture) representing Series A Debentures in an aggregate Original Principal Amount equal to the aggregate Original Principal Amount of all outstanding Series A Debentures (each a "Global Series A Debenture"), to be registered in the name of the Depositary, or its nominee, and delivered by the Property Trustee to the Depositary for crediting to the accounts of its participants pursuant to the instructions of the Administrative Trustees. The Company upon any such presentation shall execute one or more Global Series A Debentures in such aggregate Original Principal Amount and deliver the same to the Trustee for authentication and delivery in accordance with the Indenture. The Trustee, upon receipt of such Global Series A Debentures, together with an Officers' Certificate requesting authentication, will authenticate such Global Series A Debentures. Payments on the Series A Debentures issued as Global Series A Debentures will be made to the Depositary; and

(ii) if any Trust Preferred Securities are held in non book-entry definitive form, the Series A Debentures in certificated form may be presented to the Trustee by the Property Trustee and any Trust Preferred Securities Certificate which represents Trust Preferred Securities other

5

than Trust Preferred Securities held by the Depositary or its nominee ("Non Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities") will be deemed to represent beneficial interests in the Series A Debentures presented to the Trustee by the Property Trustee having an aggregate Original Principal Amount equal to the aggregate Initial Liquidation Amount of the Non Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities until such Trust Preferred Securities Certificates are presented to the Property Trustee for transfer or reissuance, at which time such Trust Preferred Securities Certificates will be cancelled and a Series A Debenture, registered in the name of the Holder of the Trust Preferred Securities Certificate or the transferee of the Holder of such Trust Preferred Securities Certificate, as the case may be, with an aggregate Original Principal Amount equal to the aggregate Initial Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities Certificate cancelled, will be executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and delivery in accordance with the Indenture to such Holder. The Trustee, upon receipt of such Series A Debenture together with an Officers' Certificate requesting authentication, shall authenticate such Series A Debenture. On issue of such Series A Debentures, Series A Debentures with an equivalent aggregate Original Principal Amount that were presented by the Property Trustee to the Trustee will be deemed to have been cancelled.

(c) Unless and until it is exchanged for the Series A Debentures in definitive form, a Global Series A Debenture may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only by the Depository or the nominee of the Depository to another nominee of the Depositary, or to a successor Depositary selected or approved by the Company or to a nominee of such successor Depositary.

(d) If after Global Series A Debentures are issued (a) at any time the Depositary for Global Series A Debentures notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Series A Debentures or if at any time the Depositary for such Global Series A Debentures shall no longer be a clearing agency registered or in good standing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or other applicable statute or regulation when the Depository is required to be so registered to act as the Depository, and in either case a successor Depositary for such Global Series A Debentures is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such condition, as the case may be, or (b) the Company determines in its sole discretion that the Series A Debentures shall no longer be represented by one or more Global Series A Debentures and delivers to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate evidencing such determination, then the Company will execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officer's Certificate evidencing such determination by the Company, will authenticate and deliver Series A Debentures of like tenor in definitive registered form, in authorized denominations, and in aggregate Original Principal Amount equal to the Original Principal Amount of the Global Series A Debentures in exchange for such Global Series A Debentures. Upon the exchange of Global Series A Debentures for such Series A Debentures in definitive registered form without coupons, in authorized denominations, the Global Series A Debentures shall be canceled by the Trustee. Such Series A Debentures in definitive registered form issued in exchange for Global Series A Debentures pursuant to this Section shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee. The Trustee shall deliver such Series A Debentures to the Persons in whose names such Series A Debentures are so registered.

6

Section 2.5 Interest.

(a) Each Series A Debenture will bear interest and, following the Remarketing Settlement Date, interest or Accreted Interest, as applicable, all as provided in the form of Series A Debentures set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.

(b) The Company shall have the right to defer the payment of cash interest on the Series A Debentures, as provided in Section 4.01 of the Base Indenture, for one or more Deferral Periods of not longer than five years each. The Company shall give the Trustee notice of its election to begin any such Deferral Period at least five Business Days prior to the earlier of (i) the next succeeding date on which Distributions on the Trust Preferred Securities would be payable but for such deferral, and (ii) the date on which the Property Trustee is required to give notice to holders of the Trust Preferred Securities of the Record Date or the date such Distributions are payable, but in any event not less than five Business Days prior to such Record Date, provided, however, that in no event shall such notice of election be sent more than fifteen Business Days prior to the date on which payments of all amounts then due in respect of the Trust Preferred Securities are scheduled to occur.

(c) The Series A Debentures are not entitled to any sinking fund payments.

Section 2.6 Redemption of the Series A Debentures.

(a) The Series A Debentures shall not be subject to the right of redemption specified in Section 3.01 of the Base Indenture.

(b) If in connection with the Remarketing the Series A Debentures become redeemable at the option of the Company, any such redemption shall be effected in accordance with Article III of the Base Indenture.

Section 2.7 Put Right of Holders.

If a there has not been a Successful Remarketing prior to February 15, 2009, each Holder of Series A Debentures will have the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of its Series A Debentures on such date as described below. Such right will be exercisable only upon delivery of notice to the Trustee (i) for as long as the Series A Debentures are held by the Property Trustee, on or prior to 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately prior to February 15, 2009, or (ii) in all other cases, on or prior to 11:00 A.M., New York City time on the second Business Day prior to February 15, 2009. The Company shall purchase such Series A Debentures at a Repayment Price consisting of cash in an amount equal to 100% of the Accreted Principal Amount thereof as of such date, plus a junior subordinated note of the Company (which shall be subordinated and rank junior in right of payment to all of the Company's existing and future Senior Indebtedness), bearing interest at the rate of 4.82% per annum, in the amount of the accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest), if any, to, but excluding such date and payable on August 15, 2010 or, if February 15, 2009 is during a Deferral Period, the fifth anniversary of the first day of such Deferral Period. Settlement of such purchase shall be effected on February 15, 2009. Subject to the foregoing, any such purchase by the Company shall be effected in accordance with Article III of the Base Indenture.

7

Section 2.8 Restrictions on Certain Payments, Including on Deferral of Interest.

If there shall have occurred and be continuing any event that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would be an Event of Default with respect to the Series A Debentures of which the Company shall have actual knowledge and which the Company shall not have taken reasonable steps to cure; the Series A Debentures shall be held by the Trust and the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Guarantee; or the Company shall have given notice of its election to begin a Deferral Period with respect to the Series A Debentures as provided herein and shall not have rescinded such notice, and such Deferral Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, then the Company covenants and agrees with the Holders that it shall not:

(a) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any shares of capital stock of the Company other than

(i) any repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with (x) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors, consultants or independent contractors, (y) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder purchase plan, or (z) the issuance of capital stock of the Company, or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock, as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Event of Default, Default or Deferral Period, as the case may be;

(ii) any exchange, redemption or conversion of any class or series of capital stock of the Company, or the capital stock of one of the Company's subsidiaries, for any other class or series of capital stock of the Company, or of any class or series of the Company's indebtedness for any class or series of capital stock of the Company;

(iii) any purchase of, or payment of cash in lieu of, fractional interests in shares of capital stock of the Company pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the securities being converted or exchanged;

(iv) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto;

(v) payments by the Company under any Guarantee related to the Trust Preferred Securities; or

(vi) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks equal with or junior to such stock;

(b) make any payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities issued by the Company that rank equal with or junior to the Series A Debentures; or

8

(c) make any payment under any guarantee that ranks equally with or junior to the Guarantee related to the Trust Preferred Securities.

Section 2.9 Notice of Defaults; Amount Payable upon Acceleration.

(a) The Trustee shall provide to the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities such notices as it shall from time to time provide under Section 6.01 of the Base Indenture. In addition, the Trustee shall provide to the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities notice of any Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default with respect to the Series A Debentures within 30 days after such Event of Default or other event becomes known to the Trustee.

(b) Upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity of the Series A Debentures pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Base Indenture, the Accreted Principal Amount of and all accrued but unpaid interest on all Series A Debentures shall become due and payable immediately.

Section 2.10 CUSIP Numbers.

The Company may from time to time obtain CUSIP numbers for the Series A Debentures and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Series A Debentures or as contained in any notice and that reliance may be placed only the other identification numbers printed on the Series A Debentures, and no action shall be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

Section 2.11 Security Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as the Security Registrar and Paying Agent for the Series A Debentures.

Section 2.12 Company Elections in Connection with Remarketing.

In connection with Remarketings, the Company shall have the right hereunder to change certain terms of the Series A Debentures as provided below in this Section 2.12. By not later than the 25th Business Day prior to each Remarketing Date, the Company will specify the following information or elections in a notice to the Remarketing Agent, the Property Trustee, the Trustee and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent (paragraph (a) through (e) applying only if the Remarketing is Successful and paragraph (f) applying only if the related Remarketing is the Final Failed Remarketing):

(a) whether from and after the Remarketing Settlement Date the Series A Debentures will pay interest in cash (it being understood and agreed that, unless the Company affirmatively elects to cause the Series A Debentures to pay interest in cash from and after the Remarketing Settlement Date, interest will not be paid in cash but, instead, will accrete as provided in the Series A Debentures);

9

(b) whether the Stated Maturity of the Series A Debentures will remain at February 15, 2039 or will be changed to an earlier date (specifying such date if applicable); provided, however, that the Stated Maturity of the Series A Debentures may not be changed to a date earlier than the second anniversary of the Stock Purchase Date or, if the Remarketing Settlement Date occurs during a Deferral Period, the fifth anniversary of the first day of such Deferral Period;

(c) whether the Series A Debentures will be redeemable at the Company's option on a day prior to the Stated Maturity of the Series A Debentures and, if so, the date on and after which the Series A Debentures may be so redeemed; provided, however, that an early redemption date may not be a date earlier than the second anniversary of the Stock Purchase Date or, if the Remarketing Settlement Date occurs during a Deferral Period, the fifth anniversary of the first day of such Deferral Period;

(d) whether the Company elects, in connection with the Remarketing, to add any additional financial covenants to the Indenture, including the form of supplemental indenture proposed to be entered into in order to give effect to any such additional financial covenants;

(e) whether in connection with such Remarketing the Company is exercising its right under Section 6.2 of this First Supplemental Indenture to cause the subordination provisions in the Indenture applicable to the Series A Debentures to no longer be of force and effect from and after the then current Remarketing Settlement Date; and if so, whether it also elects that the Series A Debentures shall no longer be subject to the interest deferral provisions of Section 4.01 of the Base Indenture; and

(f) if the related Remarketing is the Final Failed Remarketing:

(i) whether the Stated Maturity of the Series A Debentures will remain at February 15, 2039 or will be changed to an earlier date (specifying such date if applicable); and

(ii) whether the Series A Debentures will be redeemable at the Company's option on a date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Series A Debentures and, if so, the date on and after which the Series A Debentures may be so redeemed;

provided, however, any changed Stated Maturity of the Series A Debentures determined pursuant to clause (i) or early redemption date determined pursuant to clause (ii) may not be a date earlier than the second anniversary of the Stock Purchase Date or, if February 15, 2009 occurs during a Deferral Period, the fifth anniversary of the first day of such Deferral Period.

Prior to an Early Termination Event, any such elections made by the Company as Sponsor pursuant to the Trust Agreement shall, upon successful completion of a Remarketing, automatically apply and come into effect in respect of the Series A Debentures. In the event of an Early Termination Event, the provisions of Article X of the Trust Agreement shall be deemed thereafter to apply, mutatis mutandis, to any Remarketing of the Series A Debentures, and the Company and the Trustee shall promptly enter into a supplemental indenture, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, making provision for remarketing and reset mechanics, including notices in respect thereof, on the basis set forth in such Article X.

10

ARTICLE III

EXPENSES

Section 3.1 Expenses.

In connection with the offering, sale and issuance of the Series A Debentures to the Property Trustee and in connection with the sale of the Trust Preferred Securities by the Trust, the Company, in its capacity as borrower with respect to the Series A Debentures, shall:

(a) pay all costs and expenses relating to the offering, sale and issuance of the Series A Debentures, including commissions to the underwriters payable pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and compensation, fees and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) of the Trustee under the Indenture in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; and

(b) be responsible for and shall pay all debts and obligations and all costs and expenses of the Trust (including, but not limited to, costs and expenses relating to the organization, maintenance and dissolution of the Trust), the offering, sale and issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities (including commissions to the underwriters in connection therewith), the fees and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) of the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees, the costs and expenses relating to the operation of the Trust, including, without limitation, costs and expenses of accountants, attorneys, statistical or bookkeeping services, expenses for printing and engraving and computing or accounting equipment, paying agent(s), registrar(s), transfer agent(s), duplicating, travel and telephone and other telecommunications expenses and costs and expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition, financing, and disposition of Trust assets and the enforcement by the Property Trustee of the rights of the Holders of the Series A Debentures.

The Company's obligations under this Section 3.1 shall be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, any person to whom such debts, obligations and costs are owed (a "Creditor") whether or not such Creditor has received notice hereof. Any such Creditor may enforce the Company's obligations under this
Section 3.1 directly against the Company and the Company irrevocably waives any right or remedy to require that any such Creditor take any action against the Trust or any other Person before proceeding against the Company. The Company agrees to execute such additional agreements as may be necessary or desirable in order to give full effect to the provisions of this Section 3.1.

Article IV

FORM OF SERIES A DEBENTURES

Section 4.1 Form of Series A Debentures.

The Series A Debentures and the Trustee's Certificate of Authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the following forms:

11

[IF THE SERIES A DEBENTURE IS TO BE A GLOBAL SERIES A DEBENTURE,

INSERT - This Series A Debenture is a Global Series A Debenture within the meaning of the Indenture (as defined on the reverse hereof) and is registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary. This Series A Debenture is exchangeable for Series A Debentures registered in the name of a person other than the Depositary or its nominee only in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture, and no transfer of this Series A Debenture (other than a transfer of this Series A Debenture as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary) may be registered except in limited circumstances.

Unless this Series A Debenture is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company (55 Water Street, New York, New York) to the issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Series A Debenture issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other name as requested by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company and any payment hereon is made to Cede & Co., ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY A PERSON IS WRONGFUL since the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.]

12

THE SERIES A DEBENTURES ARE THE UNSECURED AND UNSUBORDINATED OBLIGATIONS OF METLIFE, INC. AND ARE NOT DEPOSITS, SAVINGS ACCOUNTS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF ANY BANK OR SAVINGS ASSOCIATION. THE SERIES A DEBENTURES ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, THE BANK INSURANCE FUND OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY OR INSURER.

13

No. _____________________                       Original Principal Amount: $____
Issue Date: June 21, 2005                       CUSIP No.: _____________________
                                                ISIN: __________________________

METLIFE, INC.

4.82% JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITIES, SERIES A, DUE 2039

METLIFE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company", which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture (as defined on the reverse hereof)) for value received, hereby promises to pay to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, AS PROPERTY TRUSTEE, the Accreted Principal Amount (as defined in the Indenture) on February 15, 2039 or such earlier date as may be specified by the Company following a Remarketing (as defined in the Indenture) (such date is hereinafter referred to as the "Stated Maturity Date"). This Series A Debenture shall bear interest and Accreted Interest (as defined in the Indenture) as specified on the reverse hereof and in the Indenture.

This Series A Debenture shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose, until the Certificate of Authentication hereon shall have been executed by the Trustee.

14

The provisions of this Series A Debenture are continued on the reverse side hereof and such continued provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed.

Dated:

METLIFE, INC.

By:____________________________
Name:
Title:

15

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series A Debentures referred to in the Indenture.

Dated:

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By: ___________________________
Authorized Signatory

16

(FORM OF REVERSE OF SERIES A DEBENTURE)

This Series A Debenture is one of a duly authorized series (the "Series A Debentures") of the Securities (as defined in the Base Indenture) of the Company, issued under and pursuant to a Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2005 (the "Base Indenture"), between the Company and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (the "Trustee"), as amended and supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2005 between the Company and the Trustee (the "First Supplemental Indenture", and together with the Base Indenture, the "Indenture"), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of the Series A Debentures. By the terms of the Indenture, the Securities are issuable in series that may vary as to amount, date of maturity, rate of interest and in other respects as provided in the Base Indenture.

This Series A Debenture will bear interest from June 21, 2005 or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, at the rate per annum equal to 4.82%, subject to reset as set forth below; in addition, each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during any Deferral Period shall bear Additional Interest to the extent permitted by applicable law, which shall accrue at the rate per annum at which interest accrues in respect of the principal of the Series A Debentures, compounded quarterly prior to the Stock Purchase Date, and semi-annually thereafter, from the applicable Interest Payment Date. Subject to the Company's right to defer interest payments as provided in the Indenture, such interest shall be payable, (1) prior to the Stock Purchase Date, quarterly in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year (each, an "Interest Payment Date"), commencing August 15, 2005, and (2) after the Stock Purchase Date, if the Series A Debentures continue to bear cash interest, semi-annually in arrears on the Interest Payment Dates following six months and twelve months after the Stock Purchase Date and thereafter on the respective anniversaries thereof. Interest on this Series A Debenture shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months. Interest payable on this Series A Debenture on any Interest Payment Date will include interest for the immediately preceding Interest Period. The interest so payable and punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Series A Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Series A Debenture) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest payment, which shall be the first day of the month in which such interest payment is due. Any interest which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder hereof on the relevant regular record date by virtue of having been such Holder, and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Series A Debenture (or one or More Predecessor Series A Debenture) is registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Company, notice whereof shall be given to the Holders of Series A Debenture not less than 10 days prior to such special record date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Series A Debentures may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture.

From and after the Stock Purchase Date, the Company will no longer be required to pay cash interest unless the Company elects prior to the Remarketing that following the Remarketing

17

the Series A Debentures will bear cash interest pursuant to the Indenture. From and after the Stock Purchase Date, the Original Principal Amount of this Series A Debenture shall accrete daily at the Applicable Yield for each Interest Period, which shall be 0% during any period for which the Company has elected pursuant to the Indenture that the Series A Debentures will bear cash interest.

If the Accreted Principal Amount hereof or any portion of such Accreted Principal Amount is not paid when due (whether upon acceleration, upon the date set for payment of the Redemption Price or upon the Stated Maturity of this Series A Debenture) or if interest due hereon (or any portion of such interest), is not paid when due, then in each such case the overdue amount shall, to the extent permitted by law, bear interest at the rate then borne by this Series A Debenture or, if any overdue amount exists on or after the Repurchase Settlement Date, at the Applicable Yield or Reset Yield or Reset Rate, if any, of this Series A Debenture for the applicable Interest Period, compounded at the end of such Interest Period, which interest shall accrue from the date such overdue amount was originally due to the date payment of such amount, including interest thereon, has been made or duly provided for. All such interest shall be payable as set forth in the Indenture.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company will make payments in respect of the Redemption Price and at the Stated Maturity of the Series A Debentures to Holders who surrender Series A Debentures to a Paying Agent to collect such payments in respect of the Series A Debentures; provided that if any Redemption Date is an Interest Payment Date, accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Holder of record as of the applicable regular record date. The Company will pay cash amounts in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may make such cash payments by check payable in such money; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest on all Global Series A Debentures. If any Interest Payment Date (other than an Interest Payment Date coinciding with the Stated Maturity or earlier Redemption Date) falls on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date will be postponed to the next succeeding Business Day and no interest on such payment will accrue for the period from and after the Interest Payment Date to such next succeeding Business Day, but if that Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, then that payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on that date. If the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date of this Series A Debenture would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment of interest, if any, and principal will be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest on such payment will accrue and no principal will accrete for the period from and after the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date to such next succeeding Business Day.

No sinking fund is provided for the Series A Debentures. Prior to the Remarketing Settlement Date, the Series A Debentures shall not be redeemable at the option of the Company. If the Company so specifies in connection with the Remarketing, the Series A Debentures shall be redeemable on and after the date so specified by the Company for cash as a whole, or from time to time in part, at the option of the Company at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the Accreted Principal Amount of the Series A Debentures, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

18

If the Company redeems less than all of the outstanding Series A Debentures, the Trustee will select the Series A Debentures to be redeemed (i) by lot; (ii) pro rata; or (iii) by another method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. The Company may not redeem less than all of the outstanding Series A Debentures if the Accreted Principal Amount has been accelerated and such acceleration has not been rescinded.

Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Series A Debentures to be redeemed at the Holder's registered address. If money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all Series A Debentures (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the Redemption Date is deposited with the Paying Agent prior to or on the Redemption Date, immediately after such Redemption Date interest shall cease to accrue and principal will cease to accrete on such Series A Debentures or portions thereof. Series A Debentures in denominations larger than $1,000 Original Principal Amount may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000.

If a Remarketing occurs, then the Series A Debentures shall be remarketed and the Reset Yield or Reset Rate, as the case may be, shall be established as set forth in the Indenture.

If there has not been a Successful Remarketing prior to February 15, 2009, each Holder of Series A Debentures will have the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of its Series A Debentures on such date, as set forth in the Indenture. The Company shall purchase such Series A Debentures at a Repayment Price consisting of cash in an amount equal to 100% of the Accreted Principal Amount thereof as of such date, plus a note of the Company, bearing interest at the rate of 4.82% per annum, in the amount of the accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest), if any, to, but excluding such date and payable on August 15, 2010 or, if February 15, 2009 is during a Deferral Period, the fifth anniversary of the first day of such Deferral Period.

In case an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, shall have occurred and be continuing, the Accreted Principal Amount of all of the Series A Debentures may be declared, and upon such declaration shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series A Debentures at the time Outstanding (as defined in the Indenture) to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of, among other things, adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Series A Debentures; provided, however, that, among other things, no such supplemental indenture shall (i) reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon without the consent of the Holder of each Series A Debenture so affected, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Series A Debentures, the Holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture, without the consent of the Holders of each Series A Debenture then Outstanding and affected thereby. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series A Debentures at the time Outstanding affected thereby, on behalf of all of the Holders of the Series A Debentures, to waive a default or

19

Event of Default with respect to the Series A Debentures, and its consequences, except a default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any of the Series A Debentures or a default in respect of a provision that under Article IX of the Base Indenture cannot be amended without the consent of each holder affected thereby. Any such consent or waiver by the registered Holder of this Series A Debenture (unless revoked as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of this Series A Debenture and of any Series A Debenture issued in exchange for or in place hereof (whether by registration of transfer or otherwise) irrespective of whether or not any notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Series A Debenture.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Series A Debenture or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Series A Debenture at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Series A Debenture is transferable by the registered Holder hereof on the Security Register of the Company, upon surrender of this Series A Debenture for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Trustee in The City of New York and State of New York accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee duly executed by the registered Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Series A Debentures of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be made for any such transfer, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge payable in relation thereto.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this Series A Debenture, the Company, the Trustee, any paying agent and the Security Registrar may deem and treat the registered holder hereof as the absolute owner hereof (whether or not this Series A Debenture shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing hereon made by anyone other than the Security Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal hereof and interest due hereon and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying agent nor any Security Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Series A Debenture, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, shareholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released.

The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company to, among other things, merge or consolidate with any other Person or sell, assign, transfer, lease or convey all or substantially all of its properties and assets. All such covenants and limitations are subject to a

20

number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must report periodically to the Trustee on compliance with the covenants in the Indenture.

The Series A Debentures are issuable only in registered form without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 Original Principal Amount and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Series A Debentures so issued are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Series A Debentures of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

All terms used in this Series A Debenture that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

This Series A Debenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

21

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Series A Debenture to:




(Insert assignee's social security or tax identification number)




(Insert address and zip code of assignee)

agent to transfer this Series A Debenture on the books of the Security Registrar. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Dated: Signature:

Signature Guarantee:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Series A Debenture)

Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

22

ARTICLE V

ORIGINAL ISSUE OF SERIES A DEBENTURES

Section 5.1 Original Issue of Series A Debentures.

Series A Debentures in the aggregate principal amount of $1,067,010,000 may, upon execution of this First Supplemental Indenture, be executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver said Series A Debentures in accordance with a Company Order. The Issue Date of the Series A Debentures shall be deemed to be June 21, 2005.

ARTICLE VI

EVENTS OF DEFAULT, WAIVER AND NOTICE

Section 6.1 Event of Default

(a) An "Event of Default," when used in the Indenture with respect to the Series A Debentures, means any one or more of the following events that shall have occurred and be continuing:

(i) the Company defaults in the payment of any installment of interest (including Additional Interest) upon the Series A Debentures, as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 20 consecutive quarters; provided, however, that during any Deferral Period for the Series A Debentures, failure to pay interest on the Series A Debentures shall not constitute a default in the payment of interest for this purpose;

(ii) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of the Series A Debentures as and when the same shall become due and payable whether at maturity, upon redemption, because of acceleration or otherwise, or in any payment required by any sinking or analogous fund establishment with respect to the Series A Debentures; or

(iii) the entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of:

(A) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(B) a decree or order adjudging the Company to be insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of the Company and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

(C) a final and non-appealable order appointing a Custodian (as defined in the Base Indenture) of the Company or MetLife Bank, National Association ("MetLife Bank") or of any substantial part of the property of the Company or MetLife Bank, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company or of MetLife Bank;

23

(iv) the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law; (A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding; (C) files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief or consents to such filing or to the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, and such Custodian is not discharged within 60 days; (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (E) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due.

(b) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.1(a)(iii) and 6.1(a)(iv) hereof) with respect to the Series A Debentures at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, either the Trustee or the Holders of no less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Series A Debentures then Outstanding, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if by such Holders), may declare the Accreted Principal Amount of and all accrued but unpaid interest on all the Series A Debentures to be due and payable immediately, and upon such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable.

(c) At any time after the principal of the Series A Debentures shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series A Debentures then Outstanding hereunder, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if: (i) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Series A Debentures and the principal of, and premium, if any, on any and all Series A Debentures that shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent that such payment is enforceable under applicable law, upon overdue installments of interest, at 4.82% per annum and the amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06 of the Base Indenture, and (ii) any and all Events of Default under the Indenture, other than the nonpayment of Accreted Principal Amount on the Series A Debentures that shall not have become due by their terms, shall have been remedied or waived as provided in Section 6.08 of the Base Indenture.

No such rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(d) The Company shall, within 120 days of the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating, to the knowledge of the certifying Officer, as to whether any Event of Default as defined in the Indenture has occurred and is continuing.

(e) If the Series A Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, notwithstanding Section 6.04 of the Base Indenture or any other provision in this Indenture, any registered Holder of the Trust Preferred Securities shall have the right, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Sections 6.1(a)(i) and 6.1(a)(ii) hereof, to institute a suit directly, or to cause the Property Trustee to institute a suit against the Company for enforcement of payment to such Holder of the interest, subject to Section 4.01 of the Base Indenture, on the

24

Series A Debentures; and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder, subject, however, to the provisions of Article XV of the Base Indenture and Article VII of this First Supplemental Indenture.

ARTICLE VII

SUBORDINATION

Section 7.1 Subordination.

The subordination provisions contained in Article XV of the Base Indenture shall apply to the Series A Debentures. For purposes of the Series A Debentures and application of Article XV of the Base Indenture to the Series A Debentures, "Senior Indebtedness" means any obligation of the Company to its creditors, whether outstanding at the date of the execution of this Supplemental Indenture or subsequently incurred, including the items enumerated in clauses(i)-(vii) of the definition of "Senior Indebtedness" in Section 1.01 of the Base Indenture, other than any obligation as to which, in the instrument creating or evidencing the obligation or pursuant to which the obligation is outstanding, it is provided that such obligation is not senior in right of payment to the Series A Debentures, but does not include trade accounts payable or any junior subordinated debt securities underlying Tier 1 eligible trust preferred securities issued in the future or other deeply subordinated capital instruments that the Federal Reserve Board may authorize in the future for inclusion as Tier 1 capital. The Series A Debentures shall rank equal with, and shall not be senior in right of payment to, the Company's 4.91% Junior Subordinated Securities, Series B, due 2040 to be issued pursuant to the Base Indenture as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture thereto, to be dated the date hereof, and the Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreements to be dated the date hereof.

Section 7.2 Company Election to End Subordination.

The Company may elect, at any time effective on or after the Stock Purchase Date, including in connection with a Remarketing, that its obligations under the Series A Debentures shall be senior obligations instead of subordinated obligations, in which case the provisions this Article VII and, if the Company so elects, Section 4.01 of the Base Indenture, shall thereafter no longer apply to the Series A Debentures. The Company shall give the Trustee notice of any such election not later than the effective time, and shall promptly issue a press release through Bloomberg Business News or other reasonable means of distribution.

Section 7.3 Compliance with Federal Reserve Board Rules.

The Company shall not incur any additional indebtedness for borrowed money that ranks pari passu with or junior to the Series A Debentures (if then subject to this Article VII), except in compliance with applicable regulation and guidelines of the Federal Reserve Board.

25

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1 Effectiveness.

This First Supplemental Indenture will become effective upon its execution and delivery.

Section 8.2 Further Assurances.

The Company will, at its own cost and expense, execute and deliver any documents or agreements, and take any other actions, which the Trustee or its counsel may from time to time request in order to assure the Trustee of the benefits of the rights granted to the Trustee under the Indenture.

Section 8.3 Effect of Recitals.

The recitals in this First Supplemental Indenture are made by the Company and not by the Trustee, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency hereof.

Section 8.4 Ratification of Base Indenture.

The Base Indenture as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and the Base Indenture and this First Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed part of the Indenture in the manner and to the extent herein and therein provided.

Section 8.5 Governing Law.

THE INDENTURE AND EACH SERIES A DEBENTURE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF SAID STATE.

Section 8.6 Counterparts.

This First Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

26

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, on the date or dates indicated in the acknowledgments and as of the day and year first above written.

METLIFE, INC.

By: /s/ Anthony J. Williamson
    --------------------------------
     Name:
     Title:

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By: /s/ Paul J. Schmalzel
    --------------------------------
    Name:  Paul J. Schmalzel
    Title: Authorized Signatory

27

EXHIBIT 4.43


METLIFE, INC.,
ISSUER

and

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
TRUSTEE

Second Supplemental Indenture

Dated as of June 21, 2005

Supplement to the Indenture of MetLife, Inc. dated as of June 21, 2005



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                         Page
                                                                                         ----
                                    ARTICLE I
                              DEFINITIONS AND SCOPE

Section 1.1  Definition of Terms....................................................      2

Section 1.2  Scope..................................................................      4

                                   ARTICLE II
             GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE SERIES B DEBENTURES

Section 2.1  Designation, Principal Amount and Authorized Denomination..............      4

Section 2.2  Maturity...............................................................      5

Section 2.3  Form and Payment.......................................................      5

Section 2.4  Global Series B Debenture..............................................      5

Section 2.5  Interest...............................................................      7

Section 2.6  Redemption of the Series B Debentures..................................      7

Section 2.7  Put Right of Holders...................................................      7

Section 2.8  Restrictions on Certain Payments, Including on Deferral of Interest....      8

Section 2.9  Notice of Defaults; Amount Payable upon Acceleration...................      9

Section 2.10 CUSIP Numbers..........................................................      9

Section 2.11 Security Registrar and Paying Agent....................................      9

Section 2.12 Company Elections in Connection with Remarketing.......................      9

                                   ARTICLE III
                                    EXPENSES

Section 3.1  Expenses...............................................................     11

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           FORM OF SERIES B DEBENTURES

Section 4.1  Form of Series B Debentures............................................     11

                                    ARTICLE V
                      ORIGINAL ISSUE OF SERIES B DEBENTURES

Section 5.1  Original Issue of Series B Debentures..................................     21

                                   ARTICLE VI
                      EVENTS OF DEFAULT, WAIVER AND NOTICE

Section 6.1  Event of Default.......................................................     21

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                  SUBORDINATION

i

Section 7.1  Subordination..........................................................     23

Section 7.2  Company Election to End Subordination..................................     23

Section 7.3  Compliance with Federal Reserve Board Rules............................     23

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1  Effectiveness..........................................................     24

Section 8.2  Further Assurances.....................................................     24

Section 8.3  Effect of Recitals.....................................................     24

Section 8.4  Ratification of Base Indenture.........................................     24

Section 8.5  Governing Law..........................................................     24

Section 8.6  Counterparts...........................................................     24

ii

THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of June 21, 2005 (this "Second Supplemental Indenture"), to the Base Indenture (as defined below), dated as of the date hereof, between METLIFE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee under the Indenture (as defined below), a national banking association (the "Trustee").

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have entered into an Indenture, dated as of the date hereof (the "Base Indenture," and together with this Second Supplemental Indenture, the "Indenture"); and

WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture provides that the Base Indenture may be amended without the consent of any Holder (i) to provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of the Securities (as defined in the Base Indenture) of any series as provided in
Section 2.01 of the Base Indenture and (ii) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of the Base Indenture in respect of one or more series of Securities, provided that any such addition, change or elimination does not apply to any Security of any series created prior to the execution of the amendment;

WHEREAS, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers' Certificate pursuant to Section 14.07 of the Base Indenture to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in the Base Indenture to the Trustee's execution and delivery of this Second Supplemental Indenture have been complied with;

WHEREAS, MetLife Capital Trust III, a Delaware statutory trust (the "Trust"), has offered to the public its Series B Trust Preferred Securities (the "Trust Preferred Securities"), representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, and proposes to invest the proceeds from such offering, together with the proceeds of the issuance and sale by the Trust to the Company of its Common Securities (together with the Trust Preferred Securities, the "Trust Securities"), in the Series B Debentures;

WHEREAS, the Trust Preferred Securities and the Series B Debentures will be subject to Remarketing, in connection with which certain terms of the Trust Preferred Securities and the Series B Debentures may be changed, all in accordance with the procedures to be set forth in a Remarketing Agreement to be entered into among the Company, the Trust (in the event the Trust Preferred Securities are outstanding on any Remarketing Date), the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and the Remarketing Agent; and

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Trustee execute and deliver this Second Supplemental Indenture and satisfy all requirements necessary to make this Second Supplemental Indenture a valid instrument in accordance with its terms, and to make the Series B Debentures, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, the valid obligations of the Company and all acts and things necessary have been done and performed to make this Second Supplemental Indenture enforceable in accordance with its terms, and the execution and delivery of this Second Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized in all respects:

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and the Trustee agree as follows:

1

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND SCOPE

Section 1.1 Definition of Terms.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term defined in the Base Indenture has the same meaning when used in this Second Supplemental Indenture unless otherwise specified herein;

(b) a term defined anywhere in this Second Supplemental Indenture has the same meaning throughout;

(c) the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

(d) headings are for convenience of reference only and do not affect interpretation;

(e) the following terms have the meanings given to them in the Trust Agreement: Administrative Trustee; Delaware Trustee; Distributions; Initial Liquidation Amount; Property Trustee; Record Date; Remarketing; Remarketing Agent; Remarketing Agreement; Remarketing Date; Remarketing Settlement Date; Trust Preferred Securities Certificate; Stock Purchase Contract Agent and Successful.

(f) the following terms have the meanings given to them in this Section 1.1(f):

"Accreted Interest" means, for any Interest Period for any Series B Debenture as of any date of determination, (i) the Accreted Principal Amount of such Series B Debenture at the beginning of the Interest Period in which such date occurs, multiplied by (ii) the Applicable Yield for such Interest Period, multiplied by (iii) the quotient of the actual number of days elapsed from and including the first day of such Interest Period, to but excluding the date of determination divided by 360; provided that the Accreted Interest for any full Interest Period shall be calculated by reference to the actual number of days in such Interest Period divided by 360.

"Accreted Principal Amount" means, for any Series B Debenture as of any date of determination, (i) the Original Principal Amount of such Series B Debenture, plus (ii) the sum of the Accreted Interest (if any) for each Interest Period concluding on or prior to such date, plus (iii) the Accreted Interest for the Interest Period in which such date occurs as of the date of determination.

"Additional Interest" means the interest that shall accrue on any interest on the Series B Debentures the payment of which has not been made on the applicable Interest Payment Date. References herein to "interest" include Additional Interest unless the context otherwise requires.

"Applicable Yield" means (1) prior to the Remarketing Settlement Date, 0%, (2) if a Remarketing occurs, unless the Company has elected that the Series B Debentures will

2

bear cash interest, from and after the applicable Remarketing Settlement Date, for any Interest Period, the Reset Yield for such Interest Period and (3) if a Remarketing has occurred and the Company has elected to have the Series B Debentures bear cash interest, 0%.

"Collateral Agent" has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Creditor" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

"Holder" means a Securityholder (as defined in the Base Indenture) of the Series B Debentures.

"Early Termination Event" means the dissolution of the Trust and the distribution of the Series B Debentures held by the Property Trustee to the holders of the Trust Securities issued by the Trust pro rata in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

"Final Failed Remarketing" has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Global Series B Debentures" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

"Interest Period" means (1) prior to the Stock Purchase Date, the period from and including the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly made available for payment (or June 21, 2005 if no interest has been paid or been duly made available for payment) to, but excluding, the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, (2) if a Remarketing occurs, unless the Company has elected that the Series B Debentures will bear cash interest from and after such Remarketing, the period from and including the applicable Remarketing Settlement Date to the Stated Maturity of the Series B Debentures, and (3) if a Remarketing has occurred and the Company has elected to have the Series B Debentures bear cash interest, the period from and including the applicable Remarketing Settlement Date or, if later, the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly made available, to but excluding the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, or, if earlier, then the Stated Maturity of the Series B Debentures.

"Non Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

"Normal Common Equity Units" has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Original Principal Amount" of a Series B Debenture means the stated Original Principal Amount as set forth on the face of such Series B Debenture.

"Reset Rate" means the rate of interest on the Series B Debentures, if any, set in a Remarketing in which the Company elected that the Series B Debentures would pay

3

interest in cash following such Remarketing (defined in the Trust Agreement as the "Reset Rate" applicable in such circumstances).

"Reset Yield" means the yield to maturity on the Series B Debentures, if any, set in a Remarketing in which the Company did not elect that the Series B Debentures would pay interest in cash following such Remarketing (defined in the Trust Agreement as the "Reset Rate" applicable in such circumstances).

"Series B Debentures" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

"Stock Purchase Contract" has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Stock Purchase Contract Agreement" means that certain agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Company and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

"Stock Purchase Date" has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Trust" has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

"Trust Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, as sponsor, the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees and the several Holders (as defined therein) relating to the Trust.

"Trust Securities" has the meaning provided in the recitals hereto.

Section 1.2 Scope. The changes, modifications and supplements to the Base Indenture effected by this Second Supplemental Indenture shall only be applicable with respect to, and govern the terms of, the Series B Debentures and shall not apply to any other series of Securities that may be issued under the Base Indenture unless a supplemental indenture with respect to such other series of Securities specifically incorporates such changes, modifications and supplements.

ARTICLE II

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE SERIES B DEBENTURES

Section 2.1 Designation, Principal Amount and Authorized Denomination.

There is hereby authorized a series of Securities designated the 4.91% Junior Subordinated Debt Securities, Series B, due 2040 (the "Series B Debentures"), limited in aggregate principal amount to $1,067,010,000, which amount to be issued shall be as set forth in any written order of the Company for the authentication and delivery of Series B Debentures pursuant to the Indenture. The Series B Debentures shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 Original Principal Amount and integral multiples thereof.

4

Section 2.2 Maturity.

The Stated Maturity of the Series B Debentures will be February 15, 2040, subject to change as provided in Section 2.12.

Section 2.3 Form and Payment.

Except as provided in Section 2.4, the Series B Debentures shall be issued in fully registered definitive form without interest coupons. Principal of and interest on the Series B Debentures issued in definitive form will be payable, the transfer of such Series B Debentures will be registrable and such Series B Debentures will be exchangeable for Series B Debentures bearing identical terms and provisions at the office or agency of the Trustee; provided, however, that payment of interest may be made at the option of the Company by check mailed to the Holder at such address as shall appear in the Register or by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the bank account number of the Holder specified in writing by the Holder and entered in the Register by the Registrar. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Holder of any Series B Debenture is the Property Trustee, the payment of the principal of and interest (including expenses and taxes of the Trust set forth in Section 3.1 hereof, if any) on such Series B Debentures held by the Property Trustee will be made at such place and to such account as may be designated in writing by the Property Trustee.

Section 2.4 Global Series B Debenture.

(a) The Depository Trust Company shall serve as the initial Depositary for the Series B Debentures.

(b) The Series B Debentures shall be issued initially in fully registered form in the name of the Property Trustee, in its capacity as such. In connection with an Early Termination Event,

(i) the Series B Debentures in definitive form may be presented to the Trustee by the Property Trustee for exchange for one or more Global Securities (as defined in the Base Indenture) representing Series B Debentures in an aggregate Original Principal Amount equal to the aggregate Original Principal Amount of all outstanding Series B Debentures (each a "Global Series B Debenture"), to be registered in the name of the Depositary, or its nominee, and delivered by the Property Trustee to the Depositary for crediting to the accounts of its participants pursuant to the instructions of the Administrative Trustees. The Company upon any such presentation shall execute one or more Global Series B Debentures in such aggregate Original Principal Amount and deliver the same to the Trustee for authentication and delivery in accordance with the Indenture. The Trustee, upon receipt of such Global Series B Debentures, together with an Officers' Certificate requesting authentication, will authenticate such Global Series B Debentures. Payments on the Series B Debentures issued as Global Series B Debentures will be made to the Depositary; and

(ii) if any Trust Preferred Securities are held in non book-entry definitive form, the Series B Debentures in certificated form may be presented to the Trustee by the Property Trustee and any Trust Preferred Securities Certificate which represents Trust Preferred Securities other

5

than Trust Preferred Securities held by the Depositary or its nominee ("Non Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities") will be deemed to represent beneficial interests in the Series B Debentures presented to the Trustee by the Property Trustee having an aggregate Original Principal Amount equal to the aggregate Initial Liquidation Amount of the Non Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities until such Trust Preferred Securities Certificates are presented to the Property Trustee for transfer or reissuance, at which time such Trust Preferred Securities Certificates will be cancelled and a Series B Debenture, registered in the name of the Holder of the Trust Preferred Securities Certificate or the transferee of the Holder of such Trust Preferred Securities Certificate, as the case may be, with an aggregate Original Principal Amount equal to the aggregate Initial Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities Certificate cancelled, will be executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and delivery in accordance with the Indenture to such Holder. The Trustee, upon receipt of such Series B Debenture together with an Officers' Certificate requesting authentication, shall authenticate such Series B Debenture. On issue of such Series B Debentures, Series B Debentures with an equivalent aggregate Original Principal Amount that were presented by the Property Trustee to the Trustee will be deemed to have been cancelled.

(c) Unless and until it is exchanged for the Series B Debentures in definitive form, a Global Series B Debenture may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only by the Depository or the nominee of the Depository to another nominee of the Depositary, or to a successor Depositary selected or approved by the Company or to a nominee of such successor Depositary.

(d) If after Global Series B Debentures are issued (a) at any time the Depositary for Global Series B Debentures notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Series B Debentures or if at any time the Depositary for such Global Series B Debentures shall no longer be a clearing agency registered or in good standing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or other applicable statute or regulation when the Depository is required to be so registered to act as the Depository, and in either case a successor Depositary for such Global Series B Debentures is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such condition, as the case may be, or (b) the Company determines in its sole discretion that the Series B Debentures shall no longer be represented by one or more Global Series B Debentures and delivers to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate evidencing such determination, then the Company will execute and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officer's Certificate evidencing such determination by the Company, will authenticate and deliver Series B Debentures of like tenor in definitive registered form, in authorized denominations, and in aggregate Original Principal Amount equal to the Original Principal Amount of the Global Series B Debentures in exchange for such Global Series B Debentures. Upon the exchange of Global Series B Debentures for such Series B Debentures in definitive registered form without coupons, in authorized denominations, the Global Series B Debentures shall be canceled by the Trustee. Such Series B Debentures in definitive registered form issued in exchange for Global Series B Debentures pursuant to this Section shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee. The Trustee shall deliver such Series B Debentures to the Persons in whose names such Series B Debentures are so registered.

6

Section 2.5 Interest.

(a) Each Series B Debenture will bear interest and, following the Remarketing Settlement Date, interest or Accreted Interest, as applicable, all as provided in the form of Series B Debentures set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.

(b) The Company shall have the right to defer the payment of cash interest on the Series B Debentures, as provided in Section 4.01 of the Base Indenture, for one or more Deferral Periods of not longer than five years each. The Company shall give the Trustee notice of its election to begin any such Deferral Period at least five Business Days prior to the earlier of (i) the next succeeding date on which Distributions on the Trust Preferred Securities would be payable but for such deferral, and (ii) the date on which the Property Trustee is required to give notice to holders of the Trust Preferred Securities of the Record Date or the date such Distributions are payable, but in any event not less than five Business Days prior to such Record Date, provided, however, that in no event shall such notice of election be sent more than fifteen Business Days prior to the date on which payments of all amounts then due in respect of the Trust Preferred Securities are scheduled to occur.

(c) The Series B Debentures are not entitled to any sinking fund payments.

Section 2.6 Redemption of the Series B Debentures.

(a) The Series B Debentures shall not be subject to the right of redemption specified in Section 3.01 of the Base Indenture.

(b) If in connection with the Remarketing the Series B Debentures become redeemable at the option of the Company, any such redemption shall be effected in accordance with Article III of the Base Indenture.

Section 2.7 Put Right of Holders.

If a there has not been a Successful Remarketing prior to February 15, 2009, each Holder of Series B Debentures will have the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of its Series B Debentures on such date as described below. Such right will be exercisable only upon delivery of notice to the Trustee (i) for as long as the Series B Debentures are held by the Property Trustee, on or prior to 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately prior to February 15, 2009, or (ii) in all other cases, on or prior to 11:00 A.M., New York City time on the second Business Day prior to February 15, 2009. The Company shall purchase such Series B Debentures at a Repayment Price consisting of cash in an amount equal to 100% of the Accreted Principal Amount thereof as of such date, plus a junior subordinated note of the Company (which shall be subordinated and rank junior in right of payment to all of the Company's existing and future Senior Indebtedness), bearing interest at the rate of 4.91% per annum, in the amount of the accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest), if any, to, but excluding such date and payable on August 15, 2010 or, if February 15, 2009 is during a Deferral Period, the fifth anniversary of the first day of such Deferral Period. Settlement of such purchase shall be effected on February 15, 2009. Subject to the foregoing, any such purchase by the Company shall be effected in accordance with Article III of the Base Indenture.

7

Section 2.8 Restrictions on Certain Payments, Including on Deferral of Interest.

If there shall have occurred and be continuing any event that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would be an Event of Default with respect to the Series B Debentures of which the Company shall have actual knowledge and which the Company shall not have taken reasonable steps to cure; the Series B Debentures shall be held by the Trust and the Company shall be in default with respect to its payment of any obligations under the Guarantee; or the Company shall have given notice of its election to begin a Deferral Period with respect to the Series B Debentures as provided herein and shall not have rescinded such notice, and such Deferral Period, or any extension thereof, shall be continuing, then the Company covenants and agrees with the Holders that it shall not:

(a) declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any shares of capital stock of the Company other than

(i) any repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with (x) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors, consultants or independent contractors, (y) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder purchase plan, or (z) the issuance of capital stock of the Company, or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock, as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Event of Default, Default or Deferral Period, as the case may be;

(ii) any exchange, redemption or conversion of any class or series of capital stock of the Company, or the capital stock of one of the Company's subsidiaries, for any other class or series of capital stock of the Company, or of any class or series of the Company's indebtedness for any class or series of capital stock of the Company;

(iii) any purchase of, or payment of cash in lieu of, fractional interests in shares of capital stock of the Company pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the securities being converted or exchanged;

(iv) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto;

(v) payments by the Company under any Guarantee related to the Trust Preferred Securities; or

(vi) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks equal with or junior to such stock;

(b) make any payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities issued by the Company that rank equal with or junior to the Series B Debentures; or

8

(c) make any payment under any guarantee that ranks equally with or junior to the Guarantee related to the Trust Preferred Securities.

Section 2.9 Notice of Defaults; Amount Payable upon Acceleration.

(a) The Trustee shall provide to the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities such notices as it shall from time to time provide under Section 6.01 of the Base Indenture. In addition, the Trustee shall provide to the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities notice of any Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default with respect to the Series B Debentures within 30 days after such Event of Default or other event becomes known to the Trustee.

(b) Upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity of the Series B Debentures pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Base Indenture, the Accreted Principal Amount of and all accrued but unpaid interest on all Series B Debentures shall become due and payable immediately.

Section 2.10 CUSIP Numbers.

The Company may from time to time obtain CUSIP numbers for the Series B Debentures and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Series B Debentures or as contained in any notice and that reliance may be placed only the other identification numbers printed on the Series B Debentures, and no action shall be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

Section 2.11 Security Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as the Security Registrar and Paying Agent for the Series B Debentures.

Section 2.12 Company Elections in Connection with Remarketing.

In connection with Remarketings, the Company shall have the right hereunder to change certain terms of the Series B Debentures as provided below in this Section 2.12. By not later than the 25th Business Day prior to each Remarketing Date, the Company will specify the following information or elections in a notice to the Remarketing Agent, the Property Trustee, the Trustee and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent (paragraph (a) through (e) applying only if the Remarketing is Successful and paragraph (f) applying only if the related Remarketing is the Final Failed Remarketing):

(a) whether from and after the Remarketing Settlement Date the Series B Debentures will pay interest in cash (it being understood and agreed that, unless the Company affirmatively elects to cause the Series B Debentures to pay interest in cash from and after the Remarketing Settlement Date, interest will not be paid in cash but, instead, will accrete as provided in the Series B Debentures);

9

(b) whether the Stated Maturity of the Series B Debentures will remain at February 15, 2040 or will be changed to an earlier date (specifying such date if applicable); provided, however, that the Stated Maturity of the Series B Debentures may not be changed to a date earlier than the second anniversary of the Stock Purchase Date or, if the Remarketing Settlement Date occurs during a Deferral Period, the fifth anniversary of the first day of such Deferral Period;

(c) whether the Series B Debentures will be redeemable at the Company's option on a day prior to the Stated Maturity of the Series B Debentures and, if so, the date on and after which the Series B Debentures may be so redeemed; provided, however, that an early redemption date may not be a date earlier than the second anniversary of the Stock Purchase Date or, if the Remarketing Settlement Date occurs during a Deferral Period, the fifth anniversary of the first day of such Deferral Period;

(d) whether the Company elects, in connection with the Remarketing, to add any additional financial covenants to the Indenture, including the form of supplemental indenture proposed to be entered into in order to give effect to any such additional financial covenants;

(e) whether in connection with such Remarketing the Company is exercising its right under Section 6.2 of this Second Supplemental Indenture to cause the subordination provisions in the Indenture applicable to the Series B Debentures to no longer be of force and effect from and after the then current Remarketing Settlement Date; and if so, whether it also elects that the Series B Debentures shall no longer be subject to the interest deferral provisions of Section 4.01 of the Base Indenture; and

(f) if the related Remarketing is the Final Failed Remarketing:

(i) whether the Stated Maturity of the Series B Debentures will remain at February 15, 2040 or will be changed to an earlier date (specifying such date if applicable); and

(ii) whether the Series B Debentures will be redeemable at the Company's option on a date prior to the Stated Maturity of the Series B Debentures and, if so, the date on and after which the Series B Debentures may be so redeemed;

provided, however, any changed Stated Maturity of the Series B Debentures determined pursuant to clause (i) or early redemption date determined pursuant to clause (ii) may not be a date earlier than the second anniversary of the Stock Purchase Date or, if February 15, 2009 occurs during a Deferral Period, the fifth anniversary of the first day of such Deferral Period.

Prior to an Early Termination Event, any such elections made by the Company as Sponsor pursuant to the Trust Agreement shall, upon successful completion of a Remarketing, automatically apply and come into effect in respect of the Series B Debentures. In the event of an Early Termination Event, the provisions of Article X of the Trust Agreement shall be deemed thereafter to apply, mutatis mutandis, to any Remarketing of the Series B Debentures, and the Company and the Trustee shall promptly enter into a supplemental indenture, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, making provision for remarketing and reset mechanics, including notices in respect thereof, on the basis set forth in such Article X.

10

ARTICLE III

EXPENSES

Section 3.1 Expenses.

In connection with the offering, sale and issuance of the Series B Debentures to the Property Trustee and in connection with the sale of the Trust Preferred Securities by the Trust, the Company, in its capacity as borrower with respect to the Series B Debentures, shall:

(a) pay all costs and expenses relating to the offering, sale and issuance of the Series B Debentures, including commissions to the underwriters payable pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and compensation, fees and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) of the Trustee under the Indenture in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; and

(b) be responsible for and shall pay all debts and obligations and all costs and expenses of the Trust (including, but not limited to, costs and expenses relating to the organization, maintenance and dissolution of the Trust), the offering, sale and issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities (including commissions to the underwriters in connection therewith), the fees and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) of the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees, the costs and expenses relating to the operation of the Trust, including, without limitation, costs and expenses of accountants, attorneys, statistical or bookkeeping services, expenses for printing and engraving and computing or accounting equipment, paying agent(s), registrar(s), transfer agent(s), duplicating, travel and telephone and other telecommunications expenses and costs and expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition, financing, and disposition of Trust assets and the enforcement by the Property Trustee of the rights of the Holders of the Series B Debentures.

The Company's obligations under this Section 3.1 shall be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, any person to whom such debts, obligations and costs are owed (a "Creditor") whether or not such Creditor has received notice hereof. Any such Creditor may enforce the Company's obligations under this
Section 3.1 directly against the Company and the Company irrevocably waives any right or remedy to require that any such Creditor take any action against the Trust or any other Person before proceeding against the Company. The Company agrees to execute such additional agreements as may be necessary or desirable in order to give full effect to the provisions of this Section 3.1.

ARTICLE IV

FORM OF SERIES B DEBENTURES

Section 4.1 Form of Series B Debentures.

The Series B Debentures and the Trustee's Certificate of Authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be substantially in the following forms:

11

[IF THE SERIES B DEBENTURE IS TO BE A GLOBAL SERIES B DEBENTURE,

INSERT - This Series B Debenture is a Global Series B Debenture within the meaning of the Indenture (as defined on the reverse hereof) and is registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary. This Series B Debenture is exchangeable for Series B Debentures registered in the name of a person other than the Depositary or its nominee only in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture, and no transfer of this Series B Debenture (other than a transfer of this Series B Debenture as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary) may be registered except in limited circumstances.

Unless this Series B Debenture is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company (55 Water Street, New York, New York) to the issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Series B Debenture issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other name as requested by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company and any payment hereon is made to Cede & Co., ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY A PERSON IS WRONGFUL since the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.]

12

THE SERIES B DEBENTURES ARE THE UNSECURED AND UNSUBORDINATED OBLIGATIONS OF METLIFE, INC. AND ARE NOT DEPOSITS, SAVINGS ACCOUNTS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF ANY BANK OR SAVINGS ASSOCIATION. THE SERIES B DEBENTURES ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, THE BANK INSURANCE FUND OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY OR INSURER.

13

No. ____________________                        Original Principal Amount: $____
Issue Date: June 21, 2005                       CUSIP No.: _____________________
                                                ISIN: __________________________

METLIFE, INC.

4.91% JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT SECURITIES, SERIES B, DUE 2040

METLIFE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company", which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture (as defined on the reverse hereof)) for value received, hereby promises to pay to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, AS PROPERTY TRUSTEE, the Accreted Principal Amount (as defined in the Indenture) on February 15, 2040 or such earlier date as may be specified by the Company following a Remarketing (as defined in the Indenture) (such date is hereinafter referred to as the "Stated Maturity Date"). This Series B Debenture shall bear interest and Accreted Interest (as defined in the Indenture) as specified on the reverse hereof and in the Indenture.

This Series B Debenture shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture, be valid or become obligatory for any purpose, until the Certificate of Authentication hereon shall have been executed by the Trustee.

The provisions of this Series B Debenture are continued on the reverse side hereof and such continued provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed.

Dated:

METLIFE, INC.

By:_________________________________
Name:
Title:

Attest

By: ________________________
Name:
Title:

14

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Series B Debentures referred to in the Indenture.

Dated:

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By: ________________________________
Authorized Signatory

15

(FORM OF REVERSE OF SERIES B DEBENTURE)

This Series B Debenture is one of a duly authorized series (the "Series B Debentures") of the Securities (as defined in the Base Indenture) of the Company, issued under and pursuant to a Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2005 (the "Base Indenture"), between the Company and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association (the "Trustee"), as amended and supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2005 between the Company and the Trustee (the "Second Supplemental Indenture", and together with the Base Indenture, the "Indenture"), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of the Series B Debentures. By the terms of the Indenture, the Securities are issuable in series that may vary as to amount, date of maturity, rate of interest and in other respects as provided in the Base Indenture.

This Series B Debenture will bear interest from June 21, 2005 or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, at the rate per annum equal to 4.91%, subject to reset as set forth below; in addition, each installment of interest that would otherwise have been due and payable during any Deferral Period shall bear Additional Interest to the extent permitted by applicable law, which shall accrue at the rate per annum at which interest accrues in respect of the principal of the Series B Debentures, compounded quarterly prior to the Stock Purchase Date, and semi-annually thereafter, from the applicable Interest Payment Date. Subject to the Company's right to defer interest payments as provided in the Indenture, such interest shall be payable, (1) prior to the Stock Purchase Date, quarterly in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year (each, an "Interest Payment Date"), commencing August 15, 2005, and (2) after the Stock Purchase Date, if the Series B Debentures continue to bear cash interest, semi-annually in arrears on the Interest Payment Dates following six months and twelve months after the Stock Purchase Date and thereafter on the respective anniversaries thereof. Interest on this Series B Debenture shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months. Interest payable on this Series B Debenture on any Interest Payment Date will include interest for the immediately preceding Interest Period. The interest so payable and punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Series B Debenture (or one or more Predecessor Series B Debenture) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest payment, which shall be the first day of the month in which such interest payment is due. Any interest which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder hereof on the relevant regular record date by virtue of having been such Holder, and may be paid to the Person in whose name this Series B Debenture (or one or More Predecessor Series B Debenture) is registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Company, notice whereof shall be given to the Holders of Series B Debenture not less than 10 days prior to such special record date, or may be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Series B Debentures may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Indenture.

From and after the Stock Purchase Date, the Company will no longer be required to pay cash interest unless the Company elects prior to the Remarketing that following the Remarketing

16

the Series B Debentures will bear cash interest pursuant to the Indenture. From and after the Stock Purchase Date, the Original Principal Amount of this Series B Debenture shall accrete daily at the Applicable Yield for each Interest Period, which shall be 0% during any period for which the Company has elected pursuant to the Indenture that the Series B Debentures will bear cash interest.

If the Accreted Principal Amount hereof or any portion of such Accreted Principal Amount is not paid when due (whether upon acceleration, upon the date set for payment of the Redemption Price or upon the Stated Maturity of this Series B Debenture) or if interest due hereon (or any portion of such interest), is not paid when due, then in each such case the overdue amount shall, to the extent permitted by law, bear interest at the rate then borne by this Series B Debenture or, if any overdue amount exists on or after the Repurchase Settlement Date, at the Applicable Yield or Reset Yield or Reset Rate, if any, of this Series B Debenture for the applicable Interest Period, compounded at the end of such Interest Period, which interest shall accrue from the date such overdue amount was originally due to the date payment of such amount, including interest thereon, has been made or duly provided for. All such interest shall be payable as set forth in the Indenture.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company will make payments in respect of the Redemption Price and at the Stated Maturity of the Series B Debentures to Holders who surrender Series B Debentures to a Paying Agent to collect such payments in respect of the Series B Debentures; provided that if any Redemption Date is an Interest Payment Date, accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Holder of record as of the applicable regular record date. The Company will pay cash amounts in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may make such cash payments by check payable in such money; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest on all Global Series B Debentures. If any Interest Payment Date (other than an Interest Payment Date coinciding with the Stated Maturity or earlier Redemption Date) falls on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date will be postponed to the next succeeding Business Day and no interest on such payment will accrue for the period from and after the Interest Payment Date to such next succeeding Business Day, but if that Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, then that payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made on that date. If the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date of this Series B Debenture would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment of interest, if any, and principal will be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest on such payment will accrue and no principal will accrete for the period from and after the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date to such next succeeding Business Day.

No sinking fund is provided for the Series B Debentures. Prior to the Remarketing Settlement Date, the Series B Debentures shall not be redeemable at the option of the Company. If the Company so specifies in connection with the Remarketing, the Series B Debentures shall be redeemable on and after the date so specified by the Company for cash as a whole, or from time to time in part, at the option of the Company at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the Accreted Principal Amount of the Series B Debentures, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

17

If the Company redeems less than all of the outstanding Series B Debentures, the Trustee will select the Series B Debentures to be redeemed (i) by lot; (ii) pro rata; or (iii) by another method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. The Company may not redeem less than all of the outstanding Series B Debentures if the Accreted Principal Amount has been accelerated and such acceleration has not been rescinded.

Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Series B Debentures to be redeemed at the Holder's registered address. If money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all Series B Debentures (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the Redemption Date is deposited with the Paying Agent prior to or on the Redemption Date, immediately after such Redemption Date interest shall cease to accrue and principal will cease to accrete on such Series B Debentures or portions thereof. Series B Debentures in denominations larger than $1,000 Original Principal Amount may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000.

If a Remarketing occurs, then the Series B Debentures shall be remarketed and the Reset Yield or Reset Rate, as the case may be, shall be established as set forth in the Indenture.

If there has not been a Successful Remarketing prior to February 15, 2009, each Holder of Series B Debentures will have the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion of its Series B Debentures on such date, as set forth in the Indenture. The Company shall purchase such Series B Debentures at a Repayment Price consisting of cash in an amount equal to 100% of the Accreted Principal Amount thereof as of such date, plus a note of the Company, bearing interest at the rate of 4.91% per annum, in the amount of the accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest), if any, to, but excluding such date and payable on August 15, 2010 or, if February 15, 2009 is during a Deferral Period, the fifth anniversary of the first day of such Deferral Period.

In case an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, shall have occurred and be continuing, the Accreted Principal Amount of all of the Series B Debentures may be declared, and upon such declaration shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series B Debentures at the time Outstanding (as defined in the Indenture) to execute supplemental indentures for the purpose of, among other things, adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Series B Debentures; provided, however, that, among other things, no such supplemental indenture shall (i) reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon without the consent of the Holder of each Series B Debenture so affected, or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Series B Debentures, the Holders of which are required to consent to any such supplemental indenture, without the consent of the Holders of each Series B Debenture then Outstanding and affected thereby. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series B Debentures at the time Outstanding affected thereby, on behalf of all of the Holders of the Series B Debentures, to waive a default or

18

Event of Default with respect to the Series B Debentures, and its consequences, except a default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any of the Series B Debentures or a default in respect of a provision that under Article IX of the Base Indenture cannot be amended without the consent of each holder affected thereby. Any such consent or waiver by the registered Holder of this Series B Debenture (unless revoked as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of this Series B Debenture and of any Series B Debenture issued in exchange for or in place hereof (whether by registration of transfer or otherwise) irrespective of whether or not any notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Series B Debenture.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Series B Debenture or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Series B Debenture at the time and place and at the rate and in the money herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, this Series B Debenture is transferable by the registered Holder hereof on the Security Register of the Company, upon surrender of this Series B Debenture for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Trustee in The City of New York and State of New York accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company or the Trustee duly executed by the registered Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Series B Debentures of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be made for any such transfer, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge payable in relation thereto.

Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of this Series B Debenture, the Company, the Trustee, any paying agent and the Security Registrar may deem and treat the registered holder hereof as the absolute owner hereof (whether or not this Series B Debenture shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice of ownership or writing hereon made by anyone other than the Security Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal hereof and interest due hereon and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any paying agent nor any Security Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or the interest on this Series B Debenture, or for any claim based hereon, or otherwise in respect hereof, or based on or in respect of the Indenture, against any incorporator, shareholder, officer or director, past, present or future, as such, of the Company or of any predecessor or successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issuance hereof, expressly waived and released.

The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company to, among other things, merge or consolidate with any other Person or sell, assign, transfer, lease or convey all or substantially all of its properties and assets. All such covenants and limitations are subject to a

19

number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Company must report periodically to the Trustee on compliance with the covenants in the Indenture.

The Series B Debentures are issuable only in registered form without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 Original Principal Amount and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Series B Debentures so issued are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Series B Debentures of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

All terms used in this Series B Debenture that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

This Series B Debenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

20

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Series B Debenture to:




(Insert assignee's social security or tax identification number)




(Insert address and zip code of assignee)

agent to transfer this Series B Debenture on the books of the Security Registrar. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Dated: Signature:

Signature Guarantee:

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Series B Debenture)

Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

21

ARTICLE V

ORIGINAL ISSUE OF SERIES B DEBENTURES

Section 5.1 Original Issue of Series B Debentures.

Series B Debentures in the aggregate principal amount of $1,067,010,000 may, upon execution of this Second Supplemental Indenture, be executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver said Series B Debentures in accordance with a Company Order. The Issue Date of the Series B Debentures shall be deemed to be June 21, 2005.

ARTICLE VI

EVENTS OF DEFAULT, WAIVER AND NOTICE

Section 6.1 Event of Default

(a) An "Event of Default," when used in the Indenture with respect to the Series B Debentures, means any one or more of the following events that shall have occurred and be continuing:

(i) the Company defaults in the payment of any installment of interest (including Additional Interest) upon the Series B Debentures, as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 20 consecutive quarters; provided, however, that during any Deferral Period for the Series B Debentures, failure to pay interest on the Series B Debentures shall not constitute a default in the payment of interest for this purpose;

(ii) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of the Series B Debentures as and when the same shall become due and payable whether at maturity, upon redemption, because of acceleration or otherwise, or in any payment required by any sinking or analogous fund establishment with respect to the Series B Debentures; or

(iii) the entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of:

(A) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary proceeding under any applicable Bankruptcy Law and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(B) a decree or order adjudging the Company to be insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of the Company and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

(C) a final and non-appealable order appointing a Custodian (as defined in the Base Indenture) of the Company or MetLife Bank, National Association ("MetLife Bank") or of any substantial part of the property of the Company or MetLife Bank, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company or of MetLife Bank;

22

(iv) the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law; (A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding; (C) files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief or consents to such filing or to the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, and such Custodian is not discharged within 60 days; (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (E) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due.

(b) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.1(a)(iii) and 6.1(a)(iv) hereof) with respect to the Series B Debentures at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, either the Trustee or the Holders of no less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Series B Debentures then Outstanding, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if by such Holders), may declare the Accreted Principal Amount of and all accrued but unpaid interest on all the Series B Debentures to be due and payable immediately, and upon such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable.

(c) At any time after the principal of the Series B Debentures shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Series B Debentures then Outstanding hereunder, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if: (i) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Series B Debentures and the principal of, and premium, if any, on any and all Series B Debentures that shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent that such payment is enforceable under applicable law, upon overdue installments of interest, at 4.91% per annum and the amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.06 of the Base Indenture, and (ii) any and all Events of Default under the Indenture, other than the nonpayment of Accreted Principal Amount on the Series B Debentures that shall not have become due by their terms, shall have been remedied or waived as provided in Section 6.08 of the Base Indenture.

No such rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(d) The Company shall, within 120 days of the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, furnish to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating, to the knowledge of the certifying Officer, as to whether any Event of Default as defined in the Indenture has occurred and is continuing.

(e) If the Series B Debentures are held by the Trust or a trustee of the Trust, notwithstanding Section 6.04 of the Base Indenture or any other provision in this Indenture, any registered Holder of the Trust Preferred Securities shall have the right, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Sections 6.1(a)(i) and 6.1(a)(ii) hereof, to institute a suit directly, or to cause the Property Trustee to institute a suit against the Company for enforcement of payment to such Holder of the interest, subject to Section 4.01 of the Base Indenture, on the

23

Series B Debentures; and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder, subject, however, to the provisions of Article XV of the Base Indenture and Article VII of this Second Supplemental Indenture.

ARTICLE VII

SUBORDINATION

Section 7.1 Subordination.

The subordination provisions contained in Article XV of the Base Indenture shall apply to the Series B Debentures. For purposes of the Series B Debentures and application of Article XV of the Base Indenture to the Series B Debentures, "Senior Indebtedness" means any obligation of the Company to its creditors, whether outstanding at the date of the execution of this Supplemental Indenture or subsequently incurred, including the items enumerated in clauses(i)-(vii) of the definition of "Senior Indebtedness" in Section 1.01 of the Base Indenture, other than any obligation as to which, in the instrument creating or evidencing the obligation or pursuant to which the obligation is outstanding, it is provided that such obligation is not senior in right of payment to the Series B Debentures, but does not include trade accounts payable or any junior subordinated debt securities underlying Tier 1 eligible trust preferred securities issued in the future or other deeply subordinated capital instruments that the Federal Reserve Board may authorize in the future for inclusion as Tier 1 capital. The Series B Debentures shall rank equal with, and shall not be senior in right of payment to, the Company's 4.91% Junior Subordinated Securities, Series B, due 2040 to be issued pursuant to the Base Indenture as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture thereto, to be dated the date hereof, and the Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreements to be dated the date hereof.

Section 7.2 Company Election to End Subordination.

The Company may elect, at any time effective on or after the Stock Purchase Date, including in connection with a Remarketing, that its obligations under the Series B Debentures shall be senior obligations instead of subordinated obligations, in which case the provisions this Article VII and, if the Company so elects, Section 4.01 of the Base Indenture, shall thereafter no longer apply to the Series B Debentures. The Company shall give the Trustee notice of any such election not later than the effective time, and shall promptly issue a press release through Bloomberg Business News or other reasonable means of distribution.

Section 7.3 Compliance with Federal Reserve Board Rules.

The Company shall not incur any additional indebtedness for borrowed money that ranks pari passu with or junior to the Series B Debentures (if then subject to this Article VII), except in compliance with applicable regulation and guidelines of the Federal Reserve Board.

24

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1 Effectiveness.

This Second Supplemental Indenture will become effective upon its execution and delivery.

Section 8.2 Further Assurances.

The Company will, at its own cost and expense, execute and deliver any documents or agreements, and take any other actions, which the Trustee or its counsel may from time to time request in order to assure the Trustee of the benefits of the rights granted to the Trustee under the Indenture.

Section 8.3 Effect of Recitals.

The recitals in this Second Supplemental Indenture are made by the Company and not by the Trustee, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency hereof.

Section 8.4 Ratification of Base Indenture.

The Base Indenture as supplemented by this Second Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and the Base Indenture and this Second Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed part of the Indenture in the manner and to the extent herein and therein provided.

Section 8.5 Governing Law.

THE INDENTURE AND EACH SERIES B DEBENTURE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF SAID STATE.

Section 8.6 Counterparts.

This Second Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

25

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, on the date or dates indicated in the acknowledgments and as of the day and year first above written.

METLIFE, INC.

By: /s/ Anthony J. Williamson
    --------------------------------
    Name:
    Title:

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By: /s/ Paul J. Schmalzel
    --------------------------------
   Name:  Paul J. Schmalzel
   Title: Authorized Signatory

26

EXHIBIT 4.61


AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST

OF

METLIFE CAPITAL TRUST III

among

METLIFE, INC.,

as Sponsor,

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Property Trustee,

CHASE BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Delaware Trustee,

the Administrative Trustees (as named herein),

and the several Holders of the Trust Securities

Dated as of June 21, 2005



EXECUTION COPY

METLIFE, INC.

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated as of June 21, 2005

 TRUST INDENTURE
   ACT SECTION                                               TRUST AGREEMENT SECTION
   -----------                                               -----------------------
Section 310(a)(1)                                            8.7
           (a)(2)                                            8.7
           (a)(3)                                            8.9
           (a)(4)                                            2.7(a)(ii)
           (b)                                               8.8
           (c)                                               Not applicable
Section 311(a)                                               8.13
           (b)                                               8.13
Section 312(a)                                               12.10
           (b)                                               12.10
           (c)                                               5.7
Section 313(a)                                               8.15(a), 8.15(b)
           (b)                                               8.15(b)
           (c)                                               12.8
           (d)                                               8.15(c)
Section 314(a)                                               8.16
           (b)                                               Not applicable
           (c)(1)                                            8.17
           (c)(2)                                            8.17
           (c)(3)                                            Not applicable
           (d)                                               Not applicable
           (e)                                               1.1, "Officers'
                                                             Certificates," 8.17
Section 315(a)                                               8.1(d), (e), 8.3(a)
           (b)                                               8.2,12.8
           (c)                                               8.1(c)
           (d)                                               8.1, 8.3
           (e)                                               12.10
Section 316(a)                                               Not applicable
           (a)(1)(A)                                         Not applicable
           (a)(1)(B)                                         5.14
           (a)(2)                                            Not applicable
           (b)                                               5.14
           (c)                                               6.7
Section 317(a)(1)                                            12.10
           (a)(2)                                            12.10
           (b)                                               5.9, 12.10
Section 318(a)                                               12.10
           (b)                                               12.10
           (c)                                               12.10

Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose be deemed to be part of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust.

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                               PAGE
ARTICLE I    DEFINED TERMS

       Section 1.1.     Definitions....................................................................          2

ARTICLE II   CONTINUATION OF THE TRUST

       Section 2.1.     Name...........................................................................         13
       Section 2.2.     Office of the Delaware Trustee; Principal Place of Business....................         13
       Section 2.3.     Initial Contribution of Trust Property; Organizational Expenses................         13
       Section 2.4.     Issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities.....................................         13
       Section 2.5.     Issuance of the Common Securities; Subscription and Purchase Debentures........         14
       Section 2.6.     Trust Agreement................................................................         14
       Section 2.7.     Authorization to Enter into Certain Transactions...............................         14
       Section 2.8.     Assets of Trust................................................................         18
       Section 2.9.     Title to Trust Property........................................................         18

ARTICLE III  PAYMENT ACCOUNT

       Section 3.1.     Payment Account................................................................         19

ARTICLE IV   DISTRIBUTIONS; REDEMPTION

       Section 4.1.     Distributions..................................................................         19
       Section 4.2.     Redemption.....................................................................         21
       Section 4.3.     Subordination of Common Securities.............................................         23
       Section 4.4.     Payment Procedures.............................................................         23
       Section 4.5.     Tax Returns and Reports........................................................         24
       Section 4.6.     Payment of Expenses of the Trust...............................................         24
       Section 4.7.     Payments under Indenture or Pursuant to Direct Actions.........................         24

ARTICLE V    TRUST SECURITIES CERTIFICATES

       Section 5.1.     Initial Ownership..............................................................         24
       Section 5.2.     The Trust Securities Certificates..............................................         25
       Section 5.3.     Execution, Authentication and Delivery of Trust Securities Certificates........         25
       Section 5.4.     Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Trust Preferred Securities
                        Certificates...................................................................         25
       Section 5.5.     Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Trust Securities Certificates.............         26
       Section 5.6.     Persons Deemed Holders.........................................................         27
       Section 5.7.     Access to List of Holders' Names and Addresses.................................         27
       Section 5.8.     Maintenance of Office Agency...................................................         27
       Section 5.9.     Appointment of Paying Agent....................................................         27

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                                               PAGE
       Section 5.10.    Ownership of Common Securities by Sponsor......................................         28
       Section 5.11.    Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities Certificates; Common Securities
                        Certificate....................................................................         28
       Section 5.12.    Notices to Clearing Agency.....................................................         29
       Section 5.13.    Definitive Trust Preferred Securities Certificates.............................         29
       Section 5.14.    Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults....................................         30
       Section 5.15.    CUSIP Numbers..................................................................         32
       Section 5.16.    Cancellation...................................................................         32

ARTICLE VI   ACTS OF HOLDERS; MEETINGS; VOTING

       Section 6.1.     Limitations on Voting Rights...................................................         33
       Section 6.2.     Notice of Meetings.............................................................         33
       Section 6.3.     Meetings of Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities..........................         34
       Section 6.4.     Voting Rights..................................................................         34
       Section 6.5.     Proxies........................................................................         34
       Section 6.6.     Holder Action by Written Consent...............................................         34
       Section 6.7.     Record Date for Voting and Other Purposes......................................         35
       Section 6.8.     Acts of Holders................................................................         35
       Section 6.9.     Inspection of Records..........................................................         36
       Section 6.10.    Action With Respect to the Debenture...........................................         36

ARTICLE VII  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

       Section 7.1.     Representations and Warranties of the Property Trustee and the Delaware
                        Trustee........................................................................         36
       Section 7.2.     Representations and Warranties of Sponsor......................................         37

ARTICLE VIII THE TRUSTEES

       Section 8.1.     Certain Duties and Responsibilities............................................         38
       Section 8.2.     Certain Notices................................................................         40
       Section 8.3.     Certain Rights of Property Trustee.............................................         41
       Section 8.4.     Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.........................         43
       Section 8.5.     May Hold Securities............................................................         43
       Section 8.6.     Compensation; Indemnity; Fees..................................................         43
       Section 8.7.     Corporate Property Trustee Required; Eligibility of Trustees and
                        Administrative Trustees........................................................         44
       Section 8.8.     Conflicting Interests..........................................................         45
       Section 8.9.     Co-Trustees and Separate Trustee...............................................         45
       Section 8.10.    Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor..............................         46
       Section 8.11.    Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.........................................         48
       Section 8.12.    Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business....................         48
       Section 8.13.    Preferential Collection of Claims Against Sponsor or Trust.....................         48

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                                               PAGE
       Section 8.14.    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim...............................................         49
       Section 8.15.    Reports by Property Trustee....................................................         49
       Section 8.16.    Reports to the Property Trustee................................................         50
       Section 8.17.    Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent...............................         50
       Section 8.18.    Number of Trustees.............................................................         50
       Section 8.19.    Delegation of Power............................................................         51
       Section 8.20.    Trust Liabilities..............................................................         51

ARTICLE IX   DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND MERGER

       Section 9.1.     Dissolution Upon Expiration Date...............................................         51
       Section 9.2.     Early Dissolution..............................................................         51
       Section 9.3.     Dissolution....................................................................         52
       Section 9.4.     Liquidation....................................................................         52
       Section 9.5.     Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations or Replacements of Trust................         54

ARTICLE X    REMARKETING AND RESET RATE MECHANICS

       Section 10.1.    Obligation to Conduct Remarketing and Related Requirements.....................         55
       Section 10.2.    Sponsor Decisions in Connection With Remarketing...............................         56
       Section 10.3.    Reset of Distribution Rate in Connection with Remarketings and Related
                        Changes in Terms...............................................................         57
       Section 10.4.    Remarketing Procedures.........................................................         59
       Section 10.5.    Put Right......................................................................         62
       Section 10.6.    Common Securities..............................................................         63

ARTICLE XI   OTHER COMMON EQUITY UNIT RELATED PROVISIONS

       Section 11.1.    Tax Treatment..................................................................         63

ARTICLE XII       MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

       Section 12.1.    Limitation of Rights of Holders................................................         63
       Section 12.2.    Amendment......................................................................         63
       Section 12.3.    Separability...................................................................         65
       Section 12.4.    Governing Law..................................................................         65
       Section 12.5.    Payments Due on Non-Business Day...............................................         65
       Section 12.6.    Successors.....................................................................         66
       Section 12.7.    Headings.......................................................................         66
       Section 12.8.    Reports, Notices and Demands...................................................         66
       Section 12.9.    Agreement Not to Petition......................................................         67
       Section 12.10.   Trust Indenture Act; Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.........................         67

iv

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                                               PAGE
Section 12.11.   Acceptance of Terms of Trust Agreement, Guarantee Agreement and Indenture.............         67
Section 12.12.   Counterparts..........................................................................         68

v

EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A - Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Trust

Exhibit B - Form of Common Securities Certificate

Exhibit C - Form of Trust Preferred Securities Certificate

vi

AMENDED AND RESTATED DECLARATION OF TRUST (the "Trust Agreement"), dated as of June 21, 2005 among (i) MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successors or assigns, the "Sponsor"), (ii) J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as property trustee (in such capacity, the "Property Trustee"), (iii) Chase Bank USA, National Association, a national banking association, as Delaware trustee (in such capacity, the "Delaware Trustee"), and (iv) Anthony J. Williamson, an individual, Philip Salmon, an individual and Thomas Curran, an individual, each of whose address is c/o MetLife, Inc., 27-01 Queens Plaza North, Long Island City, New York 11101 (each, an "Administrative Trustee," and collectively, the "Administrative Trustees") (the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee, and the Administrative Trustees being referred to collectively as the "Trustees"), and
(v) the several Holders, as hereinafter defined.

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, the Sponsor and certain of the Trustees have heretofore duly declared and established a statutory trust (the "Trust") pursuant to the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (as hereinafter defined) by entering into that certain Declaration of Trust, dated as of May 17, 2001 (the "Original Declaration of Trust"), and by the execution and filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware the Certificate of Trust, filed on May 17, 2001, as amended, attached as Exhibit A hereto (the "Certificate of Trust"); and

WHEREAS, certain of the Trustees of the Trust were removed and new trustees were appointed pursuant to that certain Removal and Appointment of Trustees of the Trust, dated as of January 16, 2004;

WHEREAS, certain of the Trustees of the Trust were removed and appointed pursuant to that certain Removal and Appointment of Trustees of the Trust, dated as of June 15, 2005;

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend and restate the Original Declaration of Trust in its entirety as set forth herein to provide for, among other things, (i) the issuance of the Common Securities by the Trust to the Sponsor, (ii) the issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities by the Trust as a component of Normal Common Equity Units and their issuance and sale pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, and (iii) the acquisition by the Trust from the Sponsor of all of the right, title and interest in the Debentures;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each party, for the benefit of the other parties and for the benefit of the Holders, hereby amends and restates the Original Declaration of Trust in its entirety and agrees as follows:

1

ARTICLE I
DEFINED TERMS

Section 1.1 Definitions.

For all purposes of this Trust Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

The terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular;

All other terms used herein that are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;

The words "include," "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation";

All accounting terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles;

Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an "Article," a "Section" or an "Exhibit" refers to an Article, a Section or an Exhibit, as the case may be, of or to this Trust Agreement; and

The words "hereby," "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Trust Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

"Accreted Liquidation Amount" means per Trust Security (i) through the Reset Date, $1,000 (which is also the Initial Liquidation Amount per Trust Security) and (ii) thereafter, an amount equal to the Accreted Principal Amount of a Like Amount of Debentures as determined pursuant to the Indenture (changing as and when such Accreted Principal Amount shall change).

"Accreted Principal Amount" has the meaning specified in the Supplemental Indenture.

"Act" has the meaning specified in Section 6.8.

"Additional Amount" means, with respect to Trust Securities of a given Initial Liquidation Amount and/or a given period, the amount of Additional Interest (as defined in the Indenture) paid by the Sponsor on a Like Amount of Debentures for such period.

"Additional Interest" has the meaning specified in the Supplemental Indenture.

"Administrative Trustee" means each of the individuals identified as an "Administrative Trustee" in the preamble to this Trust Agreement solely in such individual's capacity as Administrative Trustee of the Trust and not in such individual's individual capacity, or such Administrative Trustee's successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor trustee appointed as herein provided.

2

"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

"Agreement as to Expenses and Liabilities" means the Agreement as to Expenses and Liabilities, dated as of June 21, 2005 between the Trust and the Sponsor.

"Authorized Officer" of any Person means any executive officer of such Person or any Person authorized by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of such Person.

"Bankruptcy Event" means, with respect to any Person:

(a) the entry of a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises judging such Person a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjudication or composition of or in respect of such Person under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of such Person or of any substantial part of its property or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

(b) the institution by such Person of proceedings to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of such Person or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due and its willingness to be adjudicated a bankrupt, or the taking of corporate action by such Person in furtherance of any such action.

"Bankruptcy Laws" has the meaning specified in Section 12.9.

"Base Indenture" means the Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2005, between the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee.

"Board of Directors" of any Person means the board of directors (or equivalent body) of such Person, or, in the case of a limited liability company issuer of Debentures, the sole member, or a committee designated by the board of directors (or equivalent body) of such Person (or any such committee), comprised of one or more members of the board of directors (or equivalent body) of such Person or officers of such Person, or both.

3

"Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities" means Trust Preferred Securities, the ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 5.11.

"Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities Certificate" means a Trust Preferred Securities Certificate evidencing ownership of Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities.

"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or any other day on which banking institutions and trust companies in New York City are permitted or required by any applicable law to close.

"Certificate of Trust" has the meaning specified in the recitals hereof, as amended from time to time.

"Certificate Depository Agreement" means the agreement among the Trust, the Paying Agent and DTC, as the initial Clearing Agency, dated as of the Closing Date.

"Clearing Agency" means an organization registered as a "clearing agency" pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC will be the initial Clearing Agency.

"Clearing Agency Participant" means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency.

"Closing Date" means the "Closing Date" under the Underwriting Agreement.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act or, if at any time after the execution of this Trust Agreement such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

"Common Equity Unit" has the meaning specified in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Common Securities Certificate" means a certificate evidencing ownership of Common Securities, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B.

"Common Security" means an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust, having an Initial Liquidation Amount of $1,000 and having the rights provided therefor in this Trust Agreement, including the right to receive Distributions and a Liquidation Distribution as provided herein.

"Common Stock" has the meaning specified in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

4

"Corporate Trust Office" means (i) when used with respect to the Property Trustee, the office of the Property Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at Worldwide Securities Services, 4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10004, and (ii) when used with respect to the Debenture Trustee, the office of the Debenture Trustee located at Worldwide Securities Services, 4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10004.

"Debenture Event of Default" means any "Event of Default" specified in
Section 6.1 of the Supplemental Indenture.

"Debenture Redemption Date" means, with respect to any Debentures to be redeemed under the Indenture, the date fixed for redemption of such Debentures under the Indenture.

"Debentures" means the $927.8 million initial aggregate principal amount of the Sponsor's Series B junior subordinated debt securities, due 2040 issued pursuant to the Indenture (which amount may be increased to $1,067.0 million in connection with the exercise under the Underwriting Agreement by the underwriters named therein of their option to buy additional Common Equity Units).

"Debenture Stated Date" means February 15, 2040, unless such date is changed to an earlier date pursuant to Article X.

"Debenture Trustee" means J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee under the Indenture, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor trustee appointed as provided in the Indenture.

"Deferral Period" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

"Definitive Trust Preferred Securities Certificates" means either or both (as the context requires) of (i) Trust Preferred Securities Certificates issued as Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities Certificates as provided in Section 5.11, and (ii) Trust Preferred Securities Certificates issued in certificated, fully registered form as provided in Section 5.13.

"Delaware Statutory Trust Act" means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code, 12 Del. C. Section 3801 et seq., as it may be amended from time to time.

"Delaware Trustee" means the Person identified as the "Delaware Trustee" in the preamble to this Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Delaware Trustee of the Trust and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor Delaware trustee appointed as herein provided.

"Distribution Date" has the meaning specified in Section 4.1(a)(iii).

"Distribution Period" means each period of time beginning on a Distribution Date (or the Closing Date in the case of the initial Distribution Period) and continuing to but not including the next succeeding Distribution Date.

5

"Distribution Rate" means (i) from the Closing Date to but not including the earlier of (A) the Reset Date and (B) the Scheduled Redemption Date, 4.91% per annum and (ii) for each Distribution Period commencing on or after the Reset Date, the Reset Rate as determined in accordance with Article X.

"Distributions" means amounts payable in respect of the Trust Securities as provided in Section 4.1.

"DTC" means The Depository Trust Company.

"Early Dissolution Event" has the meaning specified in Section 9.2.

"Event of Default" means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such event and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a) the occurrence of a Debenture Event of Default; or

(b) default by the Trust in the payment of any Distribution when it becomes due and payable, and continuation of such default for a period of 30 days; or

(c) default by the Trust in the payment of any Redemption Price of any Trust Security when it becomes due and payable; or

(d) default in the performance, or breach, in any material respect, of any covenant or warranty of the Trustees in this Trust Agreement (other than those specified in clause (b) or (c) above) and continuation of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Trustees and to the Sponsor by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Trust Preferred Securities a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or

(e) the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event with respect to the Property Trustee if a successor Property Trustee has not been appointed within 90 days thereof.

"Excess Proceeds Remarketing Amount" means, in connection with a Remarketing, for each Trust Preferred Security being remarketed an amount equal to the amount, if any, by which the proceeds of the Remarketing, net of the Remarketing Agent's Fee, exceed the Par Proceeds Remarketing Amount.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

"Expiration Date" has the meaning specified in Section 9.1.

"Failed Remarketing" means a Remarketing that is not Successful.

6

"Federal Reserve" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as from time to time constituted, or if at any time after the execution of this Trust Agreement the Federal Reserve is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it, then the body performing such duties at such time.

"Final Failed Remarketing" means the Remarketing on the Third Remarketing Settlement Date in respect of the Series B Trust Preferred Securities, if such Remarketing is a Failed Remarketing.

"Guarantee" means the Guarantee Agreement executed and delivered by the Sponsor and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as guarantee trustee, contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Trust Agreement, for the benefit of the holders of the Trust Preferred Securities, as amended from time to time.

"Holder" means a Person in whose name a Trust Security or Trust Securities are registered in the Securities Register; any such Person shall be deemed to be a beneficial owner within the meaning of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.

"Indenture" means the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture, taken together.

"Initial Liquidation Amount" means the stated amount of $1,000 per Trust Security.

"Investment Company Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940, or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

"Lien" means any lien, pledge, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, adverse ownership interest, hypothecation, assignment, security interest or preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever.

"Like Amount" means (a) with respect to a redemption of any Trust Securities, Trust Securities having an Accreted Liquidation Amount equal to the Accreted Principal Amount of Debentures to be contemporaneously redeemed in accordance with the Indenture, the proceeds of which will be used to pay the Redemption Price of such Trust Securities, (b) with respect to a distribution of Debentures to Holders of Trust Securities in connection with a dissolution or liquidation of the Trust, Debentures having an Accreted Principal Amount equal to the Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities of the Holder to whom such Debentures are distributed, and (c) with respect to any distribution of Additional Amounts to Holders of Trust Securities, Debentures having an Accreted Principal Amount equal to the Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities in respect of which such distribution is made.

"Liquidation Date" means the date of the dissolution, winding-up or dissolution of the Trust pursuant to Section 9.4.

"Liquidation Distribution" has the meaning specified in Section 9.4(d).

"Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities" or "Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Common Securities" means, except as provided by the Trust Indenture Act, Trust Preferred Securities or Common Securities, as the

7

case may be, representing more than 50% of the aggregate Accreted Liquidation Amount of all then Outstanding Trust Preferred Securities or Common Securities, as the case may be.

"Normal Common Equity Unit" has the meaning specified in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate" has the meaning specified in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Officers' Certificate" means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by any two Authorized Officers of such Person. Any Officers' Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Trust Agreement shall include:

(a) a statement by each officer signing the Officers' Certificate that such officer has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by such officer in rendering the Officers' Certificate;

(c) a statement that such officer has made such examination or investigation as, in such officer's opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for or an employee of the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor, who shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Relevant Trustee.

"Original Declaration of Trust" has the meaning specified in the recitals to this Trust Agreement.

"Outstanding," when used with respect to Trust Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Trust Securities theretofore executed and delivered under this Trust Agreement, except:

(a) Trust Securities theretofore canceled by the Property Trustee or delivered to the Property Trustee for cancellation;

(b) Trust Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Property Trustee or any Paying Agent; provided that, if such Trust Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Trust Agreement; and

(c) Trust Securities that have been paid or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Trust Preferred Securities have been executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 5.4, 5.5 and 5.11; provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite Accreted

8

Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Trust Preferred Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Trust Preferred Securities owned by the Sponsor, any Trustee, or any Affiliate of the Sponsor or any Trustee shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that (a) in determining whether any Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Trust Preferred Securities that such Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded, and (b) the foregoing shall not apply at any time when all of the outstanding Trust Preferred Securities are owned by the Sponsor, one or more of the Trustees, and/or any such Affiliate. Trust Preferred Securities so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Administrative Trustees the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Trust Preferred Securities and that the pledgee is not the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Trust Preferred Securities that are a component of Normal Common Equity Units and pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement shall not be deemed to be not Outstanding only by reason of such pledge.

"Owner" means each Person who is the beneficial owner of Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities as reflected in the records of the Clearing Agency or, if a Clearing Agency Participant is not the Owner, then as reflected in the records of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or indirectly, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

"Par Proceeds Remarketing Amount" means, in connection with a Remarketing, an amount for each Trust Preferred Securities being remarketed equal to 100% of its Accreted Liquidation Amount.

"Paying Agent" means any paying agent or co-paying agent appointed pursuant to Section 5.9 and shall initially be J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association.

"Payment Account" means a segregated non-interest-bearing corporate trust account maintained by the Property Trustee (in its corporate capacity and not as Property Trustee) in its trust department for the benefit of the Holders in which all amounts paid in respect of the Debentures will be held and from which the Property Trustee, through the Paying Agent, shall make payments to the Holders in accordance with Sections 4.1 and 4.2.

"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

"Pledge Agreement" means the Pledge Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Sponsor, JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary, and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent and attorney-in-fact for the Holders (as defined in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement) of the Stock Purchase Contracts, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

9

"Property Trustee" means the Person identified as the "Property Trustee" in the preamble to this Trust Agreement, solely in its capacity as Property Trustee of the Trust and not in its individual capacity, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor property trustee appointed as herein provided.

"Put Consideration" has the meaning specified in Section 10.5(a).

"Put Right" has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(a).

"Redemption Date" means, with respect to any Trust Security to be redeemed, the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Trust Agreement; provided that each Debenture Redemption Date and the stated maturity of the Debentures shall be a Redemption Date for a Like Amount of Trust Securities.

"Redemption Price" means, with respect to any Trust Security, the Accreted Liquidation Amount of such Trust Security, plus accumulated and unpaid Distributions to the Redemption Date, plus the related amount of the premium, if any, paid by the Sponsor upon the concurrent redemption of a Like Amount of Debentures.

"Relevant Trustee" shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.10.

"Remarketing" means a remarketing of Trust Preferred Securities pursuant to Article X and the related Remarketing Agreement.

"Remarketing Agent" means, as to a Remarketing and related Remarketing Agreement, the remarketing agent and any successor or replacement remarketing agent appointed by the Sponsor and the Trust pursuant to Section 10.1.

"Remarketing Agent's Fee" means, as to the Remarketing Agent and a Remarketing, the fee provided for in the related Remarketing Agreement.

"Remarketing Agreement" means, with respect to a Remarketing, the remarketing agreement entered into among the Sponsor, the Trust and the Remarketing Agent pursuant to Section 10.1 with respect to such Remarketing of Trust Preferred Securities.

"Remarketing Date" means, as to a Remarketing Settlement Date, the third Business Day immediately preceding such Remarketing Settlement Date.

"Remarketing Purchase Date" means a Reset Date on which the Trust is required to purchase the Trust Preferred Securities, subject to and in accordance with Section 10.5.

"Remarketing Settlement Date" means each of the First Remarketing Settlement Date, the Second Remarketing Settlement Date, the Third Remarketing Settlement Date in respect to the Series B Trust Preferred Securities as specified in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Reset Cap", as of any Remarketing Settlement Date, means the prevailing market yield, as determined by the Remarketing Agent, of the benchmark U.S. treasury security having a remaining maturity that most closely corresponds to the period from such date until the

10

Scheduled Redemption Date (after giving effect to any change in the Scheduled Redemption Date being made pursuant to Article X on the Remarketing Settlement Date if the Remarketing is Successful), plus 350 basis points per annum.

"Reset Date" means the first date that is a Remarketing Settlement Date on which a Successful Remarketing occurs.

"Reset Rate" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(a).

"Responsible Officer" means, with respect to any Trustee, the President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Trust Officer or Assistant Trust Officer of such Trustee or any other officer of such Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of or familiarity with the particular subject.

"Scheduled Redemption Date" means August 15, 2040 or, if such date is changed to an earlier date in accordance with Article X, such earlier date.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, and any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

"Securities Intermediary" has the meaning specified in the Stock Purchase Agreement.

"Securities Register" and "Securities Registrar" have the respective meanings specified in Section 5.4.

"Separate Trust Preferred Securities" means Trust Preferred Securities that are no longer a component of Normal Common Equity Units.

"Sponsor" has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Trust Agreement.

"Stock Purchase Contract" has the meaning specified in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Stock Purchase Contract Agent" means J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as stock purchase contract agent and any successor thereto as stock purchase contract agent, under the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Stock Purchase Contract Agreement" means the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Sponsor and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

"Stock Purchase Date" has the meaning specified in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

11

"Stripped Common Equity Unit" has the meaning specified in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Successful" means, as to a Remarketing, that the Remarketing is conducted in accordance with Article X and the Remarketing Agent finds buyers for all of the Trust Preferred Securities offered in the Remarketing by 4:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Remarketing Date.

"Supplemental Indenture" means the Second Supplemental Indenture to the Base Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2005, between the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee.

"Time of Delivery" means June 21, 2005.

"Trust" means the Delaware statutory trust known as "MetLife Capital Trust III" which was created under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act pursuant to the Original Declaration of Trust and the filing of the Certificate of Trust, and continued pursuant to this Trust Agreement.

"Trust Agreement" means this Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, as the same may be modified, amended or supplemented in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, including (i) all exhibits, and (ii) for all purposes of this Trust Agreement and any such modification, amendment or supplement, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be a part of and govern this Trust Agreement and any such modification, amendment or supplement, respectively.

"Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in force at the date as of which this Trust Agreement was executed; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, "Trust Indenture Act" means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended.

"Trust Preferred Securities" means the series of securities known as the "Series B Trust Preferred Securities" of the Trust.

"Trust Preferred Securities Certificate" means a certificate evidencing ownership of Trust Preferred Securities, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C.

"Trust Property" means (a) the Debentures, (b) any cash on deposit in, or owing to, the Payment Account, and (c) all proceeds and rights in respect of the foregoing and any other property and assets for the time being held or deemed to be held by the Property Trustee pursuant to the trusts of this Trust Agreement.

"Trust Securities Certificate" means any one of the Common Securities Certificates or the Trust Preferred Securities Certificates.

"Trust Security" means any one of the Common Securities or the Trust Preferred Securities.

"Trustees" means, collectively, the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee, and the Administrative Trustees.

12

"Underwriting Agreement" means the Underwriting Agreement, dated June 15, 2005, among the Company, the Trust, MetLife Capital Trust II and the several underwriters named in Schedule I (the "Underwriters") to the Pricing Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among the Company, the Trust, MetLife Capital Trust III and the Underwriters.

"Vice President," when used with respect to the Sponsor, means any duly appointed vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title "vice president."

ARTICLE II
CONTINUATION OF THE TRUST

SECTION 2.1. Name.

The trust continued hereby shall be known as "MetLife Capital Trust III" as such name may be modified from time to time by the Administrative Trustees following written notice to the Holders and the other Trustees, in which name the Administrative Trustees and the other Trustees may conduct the business of the Trust, make and execute contracts and other instruments on behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued on behalf of the Trust.

SECTION 2.2. Office of the Delaware Trustee; Principal Place of Business.

The address of the Delaware Trustee in the State of Delaware is c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank, 500 Stanton Christiana Road, 3rd Floor/OPS4, Newark, DE 19713, Attention: Worldwide Securities Services, or such other address in the State of Delaware as the Delaware Trustee may designate by written notice to the Sponsor, the Property Trustee and the Administrative Trustees. The principal executive office of the Trust is c/o Chase Bank USA, National Association, 500 Stanton Christiana Road, 3rd Floor/OPS4, Newark, Delaware 19713, Attention:
Institutional Trust Services.

SECTION 2.3. Initial Contribution of Trust Property; Organizational Expenses.

The Trustees acknowledge receipt from the Sponsor in connection with the Original Declaration of Trust of the sum of $10, which constituted the initial Trust Property. The Sponsor shall pay organizational expenses of the Trust as they arise or shall, upon request of any Trustee, promptly reimburse such Trustee for any such expenses paid by such Trustee. The Sponsor shall not make any claim upon the Trust Property for the payment of such expenses.

SECTION 2.4. Issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities.

On June 15, 2005, the Sponsor, on behalf of the Trust, executed and delivered the Underwriting Agreement. Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Trust Agreement, an Administrative Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, in connection with the execution and delivery on such date of 82,800,000 Normal Common Equity Units to the underwriters named in the Underwriting Agreement, shall execute in accordance with Section 5.3 and deliver to the Securities Intermediary a Trust Preferred Securities Certificate, registered in the name of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent with the form of assignment attached thereto executed in blank, in an aggregate Initial Liquidation Amount of $1,035,000,000, against payment of

13

$1,035,000,000 as the purchase price therefor in immediately available funds, which funds such Administrative Trustee shall promptly deliver to the Property Trustee or its designee.

SECTION 2.5. Issuance of the Common Securities; Subscription and Purchase Debentures.

Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Trust Agreement, an Administrative Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall execute in accordance with Section 5.3 and deliver to the Sponsor a Common Securities Certificate, registered in the name of the Sponsor, evidencing 32,010 Common Securities having an aggregate Initial Liquidation Amount of $32,010,000 against payment by the Sponsor of the purchase price therefor in immediately available funds, which amount such Administrative Trustee shall promptly deliver to the Property Trustee or its designee. Contemporaneously therewith, an Administrative Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall subscribe to and purchase from the Sponsor the Debentures registered in the name of the Trust and having an aggregate initial principal amount equal to $1,067,010,000 and shall deliver to the Sponsor the purchase price therefor (being the sum of the amounts delivered to the Property Trustee pursuant to (i) the second sentence of Section 2.4 and (ii) the first sentence of this Section 2.5).

SECTION 2.6. Trust Agreement.

The exclusive purposes and functions of the Trust are (a) to issue and sell Trust Securities, (b) to use the proceeds from such sale to acquire the Debentures, and (c) to engage in those activities necessary or incidental thereto. The Sponsor hereby appoints the Trustees as trustees of the Trust, to have all the rights, powers and duties to the extent set forth herein, and the Trustees hereby accept such appointment. The Property Trustee hereby declares that it will hold the Trust Property upon and subject to the conditions set forth herein for the benefit of the Trust and the Holders. The Administrative Trustees shall have all rights, powers and duties set forth herein and in accordance with applicable law with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust. The Delaware Trustee shall be one of the trustees of the Trust for the sole and limited purpose of fulfilling the requirements of Section 3807(a) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and for taking such actions as are required to be taken by a Delaware trustee under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.

SECTION 2.7. Authorization to Enter into Certain Transactions.

(a) The Trustees shall conduct the affairs of the Trust in accordance with the terms of this Trust Agreement. Subject to the limitations set forth in paragraph (b) of this Section, and in accordance with the following provisions (i) and (ii), the Trustees shall have the authority to enter into all transactions and agreements determined by the Trustees to be appropriate in exercising the authority, express or implied, otherwise granted to the Trustees under this Trust Agreement, and to perform all acts in furtherance thereof, including the following:

(i) As among the Trustees, the Administrative Trustees, and each of them, shall have the power, duty and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

14

(A) the issuance and sale of the Trust Securities;

(B) to cause the Trust to enter into, and to execute, deliver and perform on behalf of the Trust the common securities purchase agreement and to cause the Trust to enter into, and to execute, deliver and perform on behalf of the Trust the Certificate Depository Agreement and such other agreements as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the purposes and function of the Trust;

(C) to cause the Trust to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under Remarketing Agreements entered into pursuant to Article X and, except as otherwise expressly provided in Article X, cause the Trust to take such actions with respect to Remarketings as are provided for in Article X or as may be necessary or, as determined by the Administrative Trustees, useful in connection with Remarketings;

(D) to cause the Trust to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Agreement as to Expenses and Liabilities;

(E) assisting in the registration of the Trust Preferred Securities under the Securities Act and under state securities or blue sky laws, and the qualification of this Trust Agreement under the Trust Indenture Act;

(F) assisting in the listing of the Trust Preferred Securities upon such securities exchange or exchanges, if any, as shall be determined by the Sponsor, with the registration of the Trust Preferred Securities under the Exchange Act, if required, and with the preparation and filing of all periodic and other reports and other documents pursuant to the foregoing;

(G) assisting in the sending of notices (other than notices of default) and other information regarding the Trust Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

(H) the appointment of a Paying Agent and Securities Registrar in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

(I) to the extent provided in this Trust Agreement, the winding up of the affairs of and liquidation of the Trust and the execution and filing of the certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware;

(J) execution of the Trust Securities on behalf of the Trust in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

(K) execution and delivery of closing certificates, if any, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement and any Remarketing Agreement and application for a taxpayer identification number for the Trust;

(L) unless otherwise required by the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, the Trust Indenture Act or other applicable law, to execute on behalf of the Trust (either acting

15

alone or together with any or all of the Administrative Trustees) any documents that the Administrative Trustees have the power to execute pursuant to this Trust Agreement;

(M) the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as the Trustees may from time to time determine is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Trust Agreement; and

(N) the preparation, execution and filing of the certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

(ii) As among the Trustees, the Property Trustee shall have the power, duty and authority to act on behalf of the Trust with respect to the following matters:

(A) the establishment of the Payment Account;

(B) the receipt of the Debentures;

(C) to authenticate the Trust Securities Certificates;

(D) the collection of interest, principal and any other payments or instruments (including due bills or promissory notes of the Sponsor issuable under or with respect to the Debentures) made in respect of the Debentures and the holding of such amounts in the Payment Account;

(E) the distribution through the Paying Agent of amounts or property or instruments (including due bills or promissory notes of the Sponsor issuable under or with respect to the Debentures) distributable to the Holders in respect of the Trust Securities;

(F) the exercise of all of the rights, powers and privileges of a holder of the Debentures;

(G) the sending of notices of default and other information regarding the Trust Securities and the Debentures to the Holders in accordance with this Trust Agreement;

(H) the distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with the terms of this Trust Agreement;

(I) acting as Paying Agent and/or Security Registrar to the extent appointed under this Trust Agreement;

(J) to the extent provided in this Trust Agreement, the winding up of the affairs of and liquidation of the Trust; and

(K) after an Event of Default (other than under paragraph (b),(c),
(d) or (e) of the definition of such term if such Event of Default is by or with respect to the Property Trustee), and subject to the provisions of Article VIII, the taking of any action incidental to the foregoing as is necessary or advisable to give effect to the terms of this Trust

16

Agreement and protect and conserve the Trust Property for the benefit of the Holders (without consideration of the effect of any such action on any particular Holder).

Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.7(a)(ii), the Property Trustee shall have none of the duties, liabilities, powers or the authority of the Administrative Trustees set forth in Section 2.7(a)(i).

(b) So long as this Trust Agreement remains in effect, the Trust (or the Trustees acting on behalf of the Trust, solely in their respective capacities as Trustees) shall not undertake any business, activities or transactions except as expressly provided herein or contemplated hereby. In particular, the Trustees (acting on behalf of the Trust, solely in their respective capacities as Trustees) shall not (i) acquire any investments or engage in any activities not authorized by this Trust Agreement, (ii) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, mortgage, pledge, set-off or otherwise dispose of any of the Trust Property or interests therein, including to Holders, except as expressly provided herein, (iii) take any action that would reasonably be expected to cause the Trust to become taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States Federal income tax purposes, (iv) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any other debt, (v) take or consent to any action that would result in the placement of a Lien on any of the Trust Property, (vi) invest any proceeds received by the Trust from holding the Debentures, but shall distribute all such proceeds to Holders of Trust Securities pursuant to the terms of this Trust Agreement and of the Trust Securities, (vii) acquire any assets other than the Trust Property, (viii) possess any power or otherwise act in such a way as to vary the Trust Property, (ix) possess any power or otherwise act in such a way as to vary the terms of the Trust Securities in any way whatsoever (except to the extent expressly authorized in this Trust Agreement or by the terms of the Trust Securities) or (x) issue any securities or other evidences of beneficial ownership of, or beneficial interest in, the Trust other than the Trust Securities. The Property Trustee shall defend all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming any Lien on any of the Trust Property adverse to the interest of the Trust or the Holders in their capacity as Holders.

(c) In connection with the issuance and sale of the Trust Preferred Securities, the Sponsor shall have the right and, if the Sponsor shall desire that the actions be taken, the responsibility to assist the Trust with respect to, or effect on behalf of the Trust, the following (and any actions taken by the Sponsor in furtherance of the following prior to the date of this Trust Agreement are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects):

(i) the preparation and filing by the Trust with the Commission of and the execution on behalf of the Trust of a registration statement on the appropriate form in relation to the Trust Preferred Securities, including any amendments thereto;

(ii) the determination of the states in which to take appropriate action to qualify or register for sale all or part of the Trust Preferred Securities and the determination of any and all such acts, other than actions that must be taken by or on behalf of the Trust, and the advice to the Trust of actions they must take on behalf of the Trust, and the preparation for execution and filing of any documents to be

17

executed and filed by the Trust or on behalf of the Trust, as the Sponsor deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with the applicable laws of any such states;

(iii) the preparation for filing by the Trust and execution on behalf of the Trust of an application to the New York Stock Exchange or any other national stock exchange or the Nasdaq National Market or any other automated quotation system for listing upon notice of issuance of any Trust Preferred Securities and filing with such exchange or self-regulatory organization such notification and documents as may be necessary from time to time to maintain such listing;

(iv) the negotiation of the terms of, and the execution and delivery of, the Underwriting Agreement providing for the sale of the Trust Preferred Securities; and

(v) the taking of any other actions necessary or desirable to carryout any of the foregoing activities.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrative Trustees are authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of the Trust and to operate the Trust so that the Trust will not be deemed to be an "investment company" required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, and will not be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States Federal income tax purposes and so that the Debentures will be treated as indebtedness of the Sponsor for United States Federal income tax purposes. In this connection, the Sponsor and the Administrative Trustees are authorized to take any action, not inconsistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Trust or this Trust Agreement, that they determine in their discretion to be necessary or desirable for such purposes, as long as such action does not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Holders of the Outstanding Trust Preferred Securities. In no event shall the Sponsor or the Trustees be liable to the Trust or the Holders for any failure to comply with this Section that results from a change in law or regulation or in the interpretation thereof.

SECTION 2.8. Assets of Trust.

The assets of the Trust shall consist solely of the Trust Property.

SECTION 2.9. Title to Trust Property.

Legal title to all Trust Property shall be vested at all times in the Property Trustee (in its capacity as such) and shall be held and administered by the Property Trustee in trust for the benefit of the Trust and the Holders in accordance with this Trust Agreement.

18

ARTICLE III
PAYMENT ACCOUNT

SECTION 3.1. Payment Account.

(a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Property Trustee shall establish the Payment Account. The Property Trustee and its agents shall have exclusive control and sole right of withdrawal with respect to the Payment Account for the purpose of making deposits in and withdrawals from the Payment Account in accordance with this Trust Agreement. All monies and other property deposited or held from time to time in the Payment Account shall be held by the Property Trustee in the Payment Account for the exclusive benefit of the Holders and for distribution as herein provided, including (and subject to) any priority of payments provided for herein.

(b) The Property Trustee shall deposit in the Payment Account, promptly upon receipt, all payments of principal of or interest on, and any other payments or proceeds with respect to, the Debentures. Amounts held in the Payment Account shall not be invested by the Property Trustee pending distribution thereof.

ARTICLE IV
DISTRIBUTIONS; REDEMPTION

SECTION 4.1. Distributions.

(a) The Trust Securities represent undivided beneficial interests in the Trust Property, and Distributions (including of Additional Amounts) will be made on the Trust Securities at the rate and on the dates that payments of interest (including Additional Interest, as defined in the Indenture) are made on the Debentures. Accordingly:

(i) Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be cumulative and will accumulate from the Time of Delivery as and when interest accrues on the Debentures.

(ii) Distributions shall accumulate on the Trust Securities for each Distribution Period at the Distribution Rate for such Distribution Period.

(iii) Distributions payable in cash will be payable quarterly in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing August 15, 2005, to and including the Stock Purchase Date, and on and after the Stock Purchase Date, Distributions payable in cash, if any, will be payable semi-annually on each February 15 and August 15 or May 15 and November 15, as applicable, with the first such semi-annual distribution date, if any, occurring on a date that is six months after the Stock Purchase Date (each such date a "Distribution Date"), in each case subject to the Trust having funds available for such Distributions.

(iv) For Distribution Periods commencing on or after the Stock Purchase Date, Distributions will accrete at the Distribution Rate instead of being paid in cash (with the amount of accretion on any date for each Trust Security being

19

equal to the amount of accretion on a Like Amount of Debentures), unless the Sponsor elects to pay interest on the Debentures in cash pursuant to Section 10.2 or the Stock Purchase Date is August 15, 2010 and the Remarketing for settlement on such date is a Failed Remarketing.

(v) If any date which is otherwise a Distribution Date pursuant to paragraph (iii) above is not a Business Day, then the payment of cash Distributions on such Distribution Date, if applicable, shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of such delay), with the same force and effect as if made on the date on which such payment was originally payable; provided, however, that if the next succeeding Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, then the payment of cash distributions shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(vi) Distributions shall be payable in cash on each Distribution Date on which the Sponsor is obligated to pay interest on the Debentures in cash, and the amount of such cash Distribution (net of any withholding tax required by law to be withheld on such payments which shall be remitted to the appropriate taxing jurisdiction) on the Accredited Liquidation Amount of each Trust Security shall equal the amount of interest payable in cash on such Distribution Date on a Like Amount of Debentures.

IRS Circular 230 disclosure: To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, we inform you that any U.S. federal tax advice contained in this communication (including any attachments) is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of (i) avoiding penalties under the Internal Revenue Code or (ii) promoting, marketing or recommending to another party any transaction or matter addressed herein.

(vii) The amount of Distributions payable for any Distribution Period shall include the Additional Amounts, if any.

(viii) Distributions on the Trust Securities shall be made by the Property Trustee from the Payment Account and shall be payable on each Distribution Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Distributions.

(b) Distributions in cash on the Trust Securities with respect to a Distribution Date shall be payable to the Holders thereof as they appear on the Securities Register for the Trust Securities at the close of business on the relevant record date for such Distribution Date, which shall be the first date of the month in which the relevant Distribution Date falls. Distributions payable on any Trust Securities that are not punctually paid on any Distribution Date will cease to be payable to the Person in whose name such Trust Securities are registered on the relevant record date, and such defaulted Distribution will instead be payable to the Person in whose name such Trust Securities are registered on the special record date or other specified date for determining Holders entitled to such defaulted interest established in accordance with the Indenture.

20

SECTION 4.2. Redemption.

(a) On each Debenture Redemption Date and on the Debenture Stated Maturity Date, the Trust will be required to redeem a Like Amount of Trust Securities at the Redemption Price.

(b) Upon receipt of notice of a Debenture Redemption Date, notice of redemption of a Like Amount of Trust Securities shall be given by the Property Trustee by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder of Trust Securities to be redeemed, at such Holder's address appearing in the Security Register. All notices of redemption shall state:

(i) the Redemption Date;

(ii) the Redemption Price or if the Redemption Price cannot be calculated prior to the time the notice is required to be sent, the estimate of the Redemption Price together with a statement that it is an estimate and that the actual Redemption Price will be calculated on the third Business Day prior to the Redemption Date (and if an estimate is provided, a further notice shall be sent of the actual Redemption Price on the date that such Redemption Price is calculated);

(iii) the CUSIP number or CUSIP numbers of the Trust Preferred Securities affected;

(iv) if less than all the Outstanding Trust Securities are to be redeemed, the identification and/or the aggregate Liquidation Amount of the particular Trust Securities to be redeemed;

(v) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Trust Security to be redeemed and that Distributions thereon will cease to accumulate on and after said date, except as provided in Section 4.2(d) below; and

(vi) if the Trust Preferred Securities are not in book-entry-only form, the place or places where the Trust Preferred Securities Certificates are to be surrendered for the payment of the Redemption Price.

(c) The Trust Securities redeemed on each Redemption Date shall be redeemed at the Redemption Price with the proceeds from the contemporaneous redemption or payment at the Debenture Stated Maturity Date of the Debentures. Redemptions of the Trust Securities shall be made and the Redemption Price shall be payable on each Redemption Date only to the extent that the Trust has funds then on hand and available in the Payment Account for the payment of such Redemption Price.

(d) If the Property Trustee gives a notice of redemption in respect of any Trust Preferred Securities, then, by 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Redemption Date, subject to Section 4.2(c), the Property Trustee will, with respect to Book-Entry Trust

21

Preferred Securities, irrevocably deposit with the Clearing Agency for such Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities, to the extent available therefor, funds sufficient to pay the applicable Redemption Price and will give such Clearing Agency irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Redemption Price to the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities. With respect to Trust Preferred Securities that are not Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities, the Property Trustee, subject to Section 4.2(c), will irrevocably deposit with the Paying Agent, to the extent available therefor, funds sufficient to pay the applicable Redemption Price and will give the Paying Agent irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the Redemption Price to the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities upon surrender of their Trust Preferred Securities Certificates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Distributions payable on or prior to the Redemption Date for any Trust Securities called for redemption shall be payable to the Holders of such Trust Securities as they appear on the Securities Register for the Trust Securities on the relevant record dates for the related Distribution Dates. If notice of redemption shall have been given and funds deposited as required, then upon the date of such deposit, all rights of Holders holding Trust Securities so called for redemption will cease, except the right of such Holders to receive the Redemption Price and any Distribution payable in respect of the Trust Securities on or prior to the Redemption Date, but without interest, and such Trust Securities will cease to be outstanding. In the event that any date on which any Redemption Price is payable is not a Business Day, then payment of the Redemption Price payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), with the same force and effect as if made on such date. In the event that payment of the Redemption Price in respect of any Trust Securities called for redemption is improperly withheld or refused and not paid either by the Trust or by the Sponsor pursuant to the Guarantee, Distributions on such Trust Securities will continue to accumulate, as set forth in Section 4.1, from the Redemption Date originally established by the Trust for such Trust Securities to the date such Redemption Price is actually paid, in which case the actual payment date will be the date fixed for redemption for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price.

(e) Subject to Section 4.3(a), if less than all the Outstanding Trust Securities are to be redeemed on a Redemption Date, then the aggregate Accreted Liquidation Amount of Trust Securities to be redeemed shall be allocated pro rata to the Common Securities and the Trust Preferred Securities based upon the relative Accreted Liquidation Amounts of such classes. The particular Trust Preferred Securities to be redeemed shall be selected on a pro rata basis based upon their respective Accreted Liquidation Amounts not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Property Trustee from the Outstanding Trust Preferred Securities not previously called for redemption by any method the Property Trustee deems fair and appropriate, provided that so long as the Trust Preferred Securities are in book-entry-only form, such selection shall be made in accordance with the customary procedures for the Clearing Agency for the Trust Preferred Securities. The Property Trustee shall promptly notify the Securities Registrar in writing of the Trust Preferred Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Trust Preferred Securities selected for partial redemption, the Accreted Liquidation Amount thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Trust Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Trust Preferred

22

Securities shall relate, in the case of any Trust Preferred Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the aggregate Liquidation Amount of Trust Preferred Securities that has been or is to be redeemed.

SECTION 4.3. Subordination of Common Securities.

(a) Payment of Distributions (including any Additional Amounts) on, the Redemption Price of, and the Liquidation Distribution in respect of, the Trust Securities, as applicable, shall be made, subject to Section 4.2(e), pro rata among the Common Securities and the Trust Preferred Securities based on the Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities; provided, however, that if on any Distribution Date, Redemption Date or Liquidation Date any Event of Default resulting from a Debenture Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(1) or 6.1(a)(2) of the Supplemental Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing, no payment of any Distribution (including any Additional Amounts) on, Redemption Price of, or Liquidation Distribution in respect of, any Common Security, and no other payment on account of the redemption, liquidation or other acquisition of Common Securities, shall be made unless payment in full in cash of all accumulated and unpaid Distributions (including any Additional Amounts) on all Outstanding Trust Preferred Securities for all Distribution Periods terminating on or prior thereto, or in the case of payment of the Redemption Price the full amount of such Redemption Price on all Outstanding Trust Preferred Securities then called for redemption, or in the case of payment of the Liquidation Distribution the full amount of such Liquidation Distribution on all Outstanding Trust Preferred Securities, shall have been made or provided for, and all funds immediately available to the Property Trustee shall first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all Distributions (including any Additional Amounts) on, or the Redemption Price of, the Trust Preferred Securities then due and payable.

(b) In the case of the occurrence of any Event of Default resulting from any Debenture Event of Default, the Holders of the Common Securities shall have no right to act with respect to any such Event of Default under this Trust Agreement until the effect of all such Events of Default with respect to the Trust Preferred Securities have been cured, waived or otherwise eliminated. Until all such Events of Default under this Trust Agreement with respect to the Trust Preferred Securities have been so cured, waived or otherwise eliminated, the Property Trustee shall act solely on behalf of the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities and not on behalf of the Holders of the Common Securities, and only the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities will have the right to direct the Property Trustee to act on their behalf.

SECTION 4.4. Payment Procedures.

Payments of cash Distributions (including any Additional Amounts) in respect of the Trust Preferred Securities shall, subject to the next succeeding sentence, be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear on the Securities Register or, if the Trust Preferred Securities are held by a Clearing Agency, such Distributions shall be made to the Clearing Agency by wire transfer of immediately available funds. A Holder of $1,000,000 or more in aggregate Initial Liquidation Amount of Trust Preferred Securities may

23

receive payments of cash Distributions (including any Additional Amounts) by wire transfer of immediately available funds upon written request to the Property Trustee not later than the 15th calendar day, whether or not a Business Day, before the relevant Distribution Date. Payments in respect of the Common Securities shall be made in such manner as shall be mutually agreed between the Property Trustee and the Holders of the Common Securities.

SECTION 4.5. Tax Returns and Reports.

The Administrative Trustees shall prepare (or cause to be prepared), at the Sponsor's expense, and file all United States Federal, state and local tax and information returns and reports required to be filed by or in respect of the Trust. In this regard, the Administrative Trustees shall (a) prepare and file (or cause to be prepared and filed) all Internal Revenue Service forms required to be filed in respect of the Trust in each taxable year of the Trust, and (b) prepare and furnish (or cause to be prepared and furnished) to each Holder all Internal Revenue Service forms required to be provided by the Trust. The Administrative Trustees shall provide the Sponsor and the Property Trustee with a copy of all such returns and reports promptly after such filing or furnishing. The Trustees shall comply with United States Federal withholding and backup withholding tax laws and information reporting requirements with respect to any payments to Holders under the Trust Securities.

SECTION 4.6. Payment of Expenses of the Trust.

The Sponsor shall pay to the Trust, and reimburse the Trust for, the full amount of any costs, expenses or liabilities of the Trust (other than obligations of the Trust to pay the Holders of any Trust Preferred Securities or other similar interests in the Trust the amounts due such Holders pursuant to the terms of the Trust Preferred Securities or such other similar interests, as the case may be), including, without limitation, any taxes, duties or other governmental charges of whatever nature (other than withholding taxes) imposed on the Trust by the United States or any other taxing authority. Such payment obligation includes any such costs, expenses or liabilities of the Trust that are required by applicable law to be satisfied in connection with a dissolution of the Trust.

SECTION 4.7. Payments under Indenture or Pursuant to Direct Actions.

Any amount payable hereunder to any Holder of Trust Preferred Securities (or any Owner with respect thereto) shall be reduced by the amount of any corresponding payment such Holder (or Owner) has directly received pursuant to
Section 6.3 of the Supplemental Indenture or Section 5.14 of this Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE V
TRUST SECURITIES CERTIFICATES

SECTION 5.1. Initial Ownership.

Upon the formation of the Trust and the contribution by the Sponsor pursuant to Section 2.3 and until the issuance of the Trust Securities, and at any time during which no Trust Securities are outstanding, the Sponsor shall be the sole beneficial owner of the Trust.

24

SECTION 5.2. The Trust Securities Certificates.

The Trust Preferred Securities Certificates shall be issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 Initial Liquidation Amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, and the Common Securities Certificates shall be issued in denominations of $1,000 Initial Liquidation Amount and integral multiples thereof. The Trust Securities Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by manual signature of at least one Administrative Trustee. Trust Securities Certificates bearing the manual signatures of individuals who were, at the time when such signatures shall have been affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Trust or the Property Trustee shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, and entitled to the benefits of this Trust Agreement, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them shall have ceased to be so authorized prior to the delivery of such Trust Securities Certificates or did not hold such offices at the date of delivery of such Trust Securities Certificates. A transferee of a Trust Securities Certificate shall become a Holder, and shall be entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a Holder hereunder, upon due registration of such Trust Securities Certificate in such transferee's name pursuant to Sections 5.4, 5.11 or 5.13.

SECTION 5.3. Execution, Authentication and Delivery of Trust Securities Certificates.

At the Time of Delivery, at least one of the Administrative Trustees shall cause Trust Securities Certificates, in an aggregate Liquidation Amount as provided in Sections 2.4 and 2.5, to be executed on behalf of the Trust and delivered to or upon the written order of the Sponsor, such written order executed by one Authorized Officer thereof, without further corporate action by the Sponsor, in authorized denominations.

From time to time, an Administrative may deliver Trust Securities Certificates executed by an Administrative Trustee to the Property Trustee for authentication, together with a written order executed by an Authorized Officer of the sponsor for authentication of such Certificates. No Trust Securities Certificate shall be entitled to any benefit under this Trust Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Trust Securities Certificate a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by an authorized officer of the Property Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Trust Securities Certificate shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Trust Securities Certificate has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

SECTION 5.4. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Trust Preferred Securities Certificates.

The Sponsor shall keep or cause to be kept, at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 5.8, a register or registers for the purpose of registering Trust Securities Certificates and transfers and exchanges of Trust Preferred Securities Certificates (the "Securities Register") in which the registrar designated by the Sponsor (the "Securities Registrar"), subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, shall provide for the registration of Trust Preferred Securities Certificates and Common Securities Certificates (subject to Section 5.10 in the case of the Common Securities Certificates) and registration of transfers and exchanges of Trust

25

Preferred Securities Certificates as herein provided. J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association shall be the initial Securities Registrar. The provisions of Sections 8.1, 8.3 and 8.6 herein shall apply to the Property Trustee also in its role as Securities Registrar, for so long as the Property Trustee shall act as Securities Registrar.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Trust Preferred Securities Certificate at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 5.8, the Administrative Trustees or any one of them shall execute on behalf of the Trust and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Trust Preferred Securities Certificates in authorized denominations of a like aggregate Initial Liquidation Amount dated the date of execution by such Administrative Trustee or Trustees. The Securities Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of any Trust Preferred Securities that have been called for redemption during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of selection for such redemption. At the option of a Holder, Trust Preferred Securities Certificates may be exchanged for other Trust Preferred Securities Certificates in authorized denominations of the same class and of a like aggregate Initial Liquidation Amount upon surrender of the Trust Preferred Securities Certificates to be exchanged at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 5.8.

Every Trust Preferred Securities Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to an Administrative Trustee and the Securities Registrar duly executed by the Holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing. Each Trust Preferred Securities Certificate surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be canceled and subsequently disposed of by an Administrative Trustee in accordance with such Person's customary practice.

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Trust Preferred Securities Certificates, but the Securities Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Trust Preferred Securities Certificates.

SECTION 5.5. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Trust Securities Certificates.

If (a) any mutilated Trust Securities Certificate shall be surrendered to the Securities Registrar, or if the Securities Registrar shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Trust Securities Certificate, and (b) there shall be delivered to the Securities Registrar and the Administrative Trustees such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then in the absence of notice that such Trust Securities Certificate shall have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Administrative Trustees, or any one of them, on behalf of the Trust shall execute and make available for delivery, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Trust Securities Certificate, a new Trust Securities Certificate of like class, tenor and denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new Trust Securities Certificate under this Section 5.5, the Administrative Trustees or the Securities Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. Any duplicate Trust Securities Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute conclusive evidence of an undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust corresponding to

26

that evidenced by the lost, stolen or destroyed Trust Securities Certificate, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Trust Securities Certificate shall be found at any time.

SECTION 5.6. Persons Deemed Holders.

The Trustees and the Securities Registrar shall each treat the Person in whose name any Trust Securities Certificate shall be registered in the Securities Register as the owner of such Trust Securities Certificate for the purpose of receiving Distributions and for all other purposes whatsoever, and none of the Trustees, the Administrative Trustees and the Securities Registrar shall be bound by any notice to the contrary.

SECTION 5.7. Access to List of Holders' Names and Addresses.

Each Holder and each Owner shall be deemed to have agreed not to hold the Sponsor, the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee or the Administrative Trustees accountable by reason of the disclosure of its name and address, regardless of the source from which such information was derived.

SECTION 5.8. Maintenance of Office Agency.

The Administrative Trustees shall designate an office or offices or agency or agencies where Trust Preferred Securities Certificates may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Trustees in respect of the Trust Securities Certificates may be served. The Administrative Trustees initially designate J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, Attention: Worldwide Securities Services, as their office and agency for such purposes. An Administrative Trustee shall give prompt written notice to the Sponsor, the Property Trustees and to the Holders of any change in the location of the Securities Register or any such office or agency.

SECTION 5.9. Appointment of Paying Agent.

The Paying Agent shall make Distributions to Holders from the Payment Account and shall report the amounts of such Distributions to the Property Trustee and the Administrative Trustees. Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Payment Account solely for the purpose of making the Distributions referred to above. The Property Trustee may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent in its sole discretion. The Paying Agent shall initially be J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association. Any Person acting as Paying Agent shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon 30 days' written notice to the Administrative Trustees and the Property Trustee. If the Property Trustee shall no longer be the Paying Agent or a successor Paying Agent shall resign or its authority to act be revoked, the Administrative Trustees shall appoint a successor (which shall be a bank or trust company) that is reasonably acceptable to the Sponsor to act as Paying Agent. Such successor Paying Agent or any additional Paying Agent shall execute and deliver to the Trustees an instrument in which such successor Paying Agent or additional Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustees that as Paying Agent, such successor Paying Agent or additional Paying Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Holders in trust for the benefit of the Holders entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Holders. The Paying Agent shall return all unclaimed funds to the Property Trustee and upon removal of a Paying Agent such Paying Agent

27

shall also return all funds in its possession to the Property Trustee. The provisions of Sections 8.1, 8.3 and 8.6 herein shall apply to the Property Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent, for so long as the Property Trustee shall act as Paying Agent and, to the extent applicable, to any other paying agent appointed hereunder. Any reference in this Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise.

SECTION 5.10. Ownership of Common Securities by Sponsor.

At the Time of Delivery, the Sponsor shall acquire beneficial and record ownership of the Common Securities. To the fullest extent permitted by law, other than a transfer in connection with a consolidation or merger of the Sponsor into another Person, or any conveyance, transfer or lease by the Sponsor of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Base Indenture, any attempted transfer of the Common Securities other than to a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Sponsor shall be void. The Administrative Trustees shall cause each Common Securities Certificate issued to the Sponsor to contain a legend consistent with this Section 5.10.

SECTION 5.11. Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities Certificates; Common Securities Certificate.

(a) Trust Preferred Securities Certificates that are no longer a component of Normal Common Equity Units and are released from the Collateral Account (as defined in the Pledge Agreement), will be issued in the form of a typewritten Trust Preferred Securities Certificate or Certificates representing Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities Certificates, to be delivered to, or on behalf of, DTC, the initial Clearing Agency, by, or on behalf of, the Trust. Such Trust Preferred Securities Certificate or Certificates shall initially be registered on the Securities Register in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of the initial Clearing Agency, and no Owner will receive a Definitive Trust Preferred Securities Certificate representing such Owner's interest in such Trust Preferred Securities, except as provided in Section 5.13. Except where Definitive Trust Preferred Securities Certificates have been issued to the Securities Intermediary or to Owners pursuant to Section 5.13:

(i) the provisions of this Section 5.11(a) shall be in full force and effect;

(ii) the Securities Registrar and the Trustees shall be entitled to deal with the Clearing Agency for all purposes of this Trust Agreement relating to the Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities Certificates (including the payment of the Liquidation Amount of and Distributions on the Trust Preferred Securities evidenced by Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities Certificates and the giving of instructions or directions to Owners of Trust Preferred Securities evidenced by Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities Certificates) as the sole Holder of Trust Preferred Securities evidenced by Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities Certificates and shall have no obligations to the Owners thereof;

28

(iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section 5.11 conflict with any other provisions of this Trust Agreement, the provisions of this Section 5.11 shall control; and

(iv) the rights of the Owners of the Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities Certificate shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants. Pursuant to the Certificate Depository Agreement, unless and until Definitive Trust Preferred Securities Certificates are issued pursuant to Section 5.13, the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit payments on the Trust Preferred Securities to such Clearing Agency Participants.

(b) A single Common Securities Certificate representing the Common Securities shall be issued to the Sponsor in the form of a definitive Common Securities Certificate.

SECTION 5.12. Notices to Clearing Agency.

To the extent that a notice or other communication to the Holders is required under this Trust Agreement, for so long as Trust Preferred Securities are represented by a Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities Certificates, the Trustee shall give all such notices and communications specified herein to be given to the Clearing Agency, and shall have no obligations to the Owners.

SECTION 5.13. Definitive Trust Preferred Securities Certificates.

The Trust Preferred Securities Certificates issued at the Time of Delivery and upon the underwriters' exercise of their over-allotment option, as contemplated by Section 2.4, shall be issued as Definitive Trust Preferred Securities Certificates in accordance with Section 2.4. Additionally, if (a) the Sponsor advises the Trustees in writing that the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Trust Preferred Securities Certificates, and the Sponsor is unable to locate a qualified successor, (b) the Sponsor at its option advises the Trustees in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Clearing Agency or (c) after the occurrence of a Debenture Event of Default, Owners of Trust Preferred Securities Certificates representing beneficial interests aggregating at least a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities advise the Administrative Trustees in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through the Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interest of the Owners of Trust Preferred Securities Certificates, then the Administrative Trustees shall notify the other Trustees and the Clearing Agency, and the Clearing Agency, in accordance with its customary rules and procedures, shall notify all Clearing Agency Participants for whom it holds Trust Preferred Securities of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of the Definitive Trust Preferred Securities Certificates to Owners of such class or classes, as applicable, requesting the same. Upon surrender to the Administrative Trustees of the typewritten Trust Preferred Securities Certificate or Certificates representing the Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities Certificates by the Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions, the Administrative Trustees, or any

29

one of them, shall execute the Definitive Trust Preferred Securities Certificates in accordance with the instructions of the Clearing Agency. Neither the Securities Registrar nor the Trustees shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Trust Preferred Securities Certificates, the Trustees shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Trust Preferred Securities Certificates as holders of Trust Securities. The Definitive Trust Preferred Securities Certificates shall be typewritten, printed, lithographed or engraved or may be produced in any other manner as is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Trustees that meets the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Trust Preferred Securities are then listed or approved for trading, as evidenced by the execution thereof by the Administrative Trustees or any one of them.

SECTION 5.14. Rights of Holders; Waivers of Past Defaults.

(a) The legal title to the Trust Property is vested exclusively in the Property Trustee (in its capacity as such) in accordance with Section 2.9, and the Holders shall not have any right or title therein other than the undivided beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust conferred by their Trust Securities and they shall have no right to call for any partition or division of property, profits or rights of the Trust except as described below. The Trust Securities shall be personal property giving only the rights specifically set forth therein and in this Trust Agreement. The Trust Preferred Securities shall have no preemptive or similar rights and when issued and delivered to Holders against payment of the purchase price therefor will be fully paid and nonassessable undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust. The Holders of the Trust Securities, in their capacities as such, shall be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(b) For so long as any Trust Preferred Securities remain Outstanding, if, upon a Debenture Event of Default, the Debenture Trustee fails or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debentures fail to declare the principal of all of the Debentures to be immediately due and payable, the Property Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities then Outstanding shall have the right to make such declaration by a notice in writing to the Sponsor, the Debenture Trustee and the Property Trustee, in the case of notice by the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities, or to the Sponsor, the Debenture Trustee and the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities, in the case of notice by the Property Trustee, and upon any such declaration such principal amount of and the accrued interest on all of the Debentures shall become immediately due and payable, provided that the payment of principal and interest on such Debentures shall remain subordinated to the extent provided in the Indenture.

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Debentures has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Debenture Trustee as in the Indenture provided, the Holders of at least a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities, by written notice to the Property Trustee,

30

the Sponsor and the Debenture Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i) the Sponsor has paid or deposited with the Debenture Trustee a sum sufficient to pay

(A) all overdue installments of interest on all of the Debentures,

(B) any accrued Additional Interest (as defined in the Indenture) on all of the Debentures,

(C) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Debentures that have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest and Additional Interest (as defined in the Indenture) thereon at the rate borne by the Debentures, and

(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Debenture Trustee under the Indenture and all amounts due to the Debenture Trustee under Section 7.06 of the Base Indenture and to the Property Trustee under Section 8.6 hereof; and

(ii) all Events of Default with respect to the Debentures, other than the non-payment of the principal of the Debentures that has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 6.08 of the Base Indenture.

The Holders of at least a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Trust Preferred Securities, waive any past default under the Indenture, except a default in the payment of principal or interest (unless such default has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and principal due otherwise than by acceleration has been deposited with the Debenture Trustee) or a default in respect of a covenant or provision that under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Debenture. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Upon receipt by the Property Trustee of written notice declaring such an acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, by Holders of any part of the Trust Preferred Securities a record date shall be established for determining Holders of Outstanding Trust Preferred Securities entitled to join in such notice, which record date shall be at the close of business on the day the Property Trustee receives such notice. The Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such notice, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that, unless such declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having joined in such notice prior to the day that is 90 days after such record date, such notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment, as the case may be, shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect. Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder, or a proxy of a Holder, from giving, after expiration of such 90-day period, a new written notice of declaration of acceleration, or rescission and annulment thereof, as the case may be, that is identical to a written

31

notice that has been canceled pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.14(b).

(c) For so long as any Trust Preferred Securities remain Outstanding, to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the terms of this Trust Agreement and the Indenture, upon a Debenture Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(1) or 6.1(a)(2) of the Supplemental Indenture, any Holder of Trust Preferred Securities shall have the right to institute a proceeding directly against the Sponsor, pursuant to
Section 6.02 of the Base Indenture, for enforcement of payment to such Holder of any amounts payable in respect of a Like Amount of Debentures (a "Direct Action"). Except as set forth in Section 5.14(b) and this Section 5.14(c), the Holders of Trust Preferred Securities shall have no right to exercise directly any right or remedy available to the holders of, or in respect of, the Debentures.

(d) Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 5.14, the Holders of at least a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Trust Preferred Securities, waive any past default or Event of Default and its consequences. Upon such waiver, any such default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any default or Event of Default arising there from shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Trust Agreement, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 5.15. CUSIP Numbers.

The Administrative Trustees in issuing the Trust Preferred Securities may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Property Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Trust Preferred Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Trust Preferred Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Administrative Trustees will promptly notify the Property Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

SECTION 5.16. Cancellation.

All Trust Securities Certificates surrendered upon the transfer of Trust Preferred Securities or for delivery of Trust Preferred Securities or Treasury Securities, as the case may be, after the occurrence of a Termination Event or pursuant to a Cash Settlement, an Early Settlement or a Cash Merger Early Settlement, or upon the registration of transfer or exchange of a Common Equity Unit, or a Collateral Substitution or the recreation of a Normal Common Equity Unit shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Property Trustee, be delivered to the Property Trustee along with appropriate written instructions regarding the cancellation thereof and, if not already cancelled, shall be promptly cancelled by it. No Trust Securities Certificates shall be authenticated, executed and delivered in lieu of or in exchange for any Trust Securities Certificates cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this

32

Trust Agreement. All cancelled Trust Securities Certificates held by the Property Trustee shall be disposed of in accordance with its customary practices.

ARTICLE VI
ACTS OF HOLDERS; MEETINGS; VOTING

SECTION 6.1. Limitations on Voting Rights.

(a) Except as expressly provided in this Trust Agreement and in the Indenture and as otherwise required by law, no Holder of Trust Preferred Securities shall have any right to vote or in any manner otherwise control the administration, operation and management of the Trust or the obligations of the parties hereto, nor shall anything herein set forth, or contained in the terms of the Trust Securities Certificates, be construed so as to constitute the Holders from time to time as partners or members of an association.

(b) So long as any Debentures are held by the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust, the Trustees shall not (i) direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Debenture Trustee, or execute any trust or power conferred on the Debenture Trustee with respect to the Debentures, (ii) waive any past default that may be waived under Section 6.08 of the Base Indenture, (iii) exercise any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the Debentures shall be due and payable, or (iv) consent to any amendment, modification or termination of the Indenture or the Debentures, where such consent shall be required, without, in each case, obtaining the prior approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities; provided, however, that where a consent under the Indenture would require the consent of each holder of Debentures affected thereby, no such consent shall be given by the Property Trustee without the prior written consent of each Holder of Trust Preferred Securities. The Property Trustee shall not revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote of the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities, except by a subsequent vote of the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities. The Property Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities of any notice of default received with respect to the Debentures. In addition to obtaining the foregoing approvals of the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities, prior to taking any of the foregoing actions, the Trustees shall, at the expense of the Sponsor, obtain an Opinion of Counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that such action shall not cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States Federal income tax purposes.

SECTION 6.2. Notice of Meetings.

Notice of all meetings of the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities, stating the time, place and purpose of the meeting, shall be given by the Property Trustee pursuant to Section 12.8 to each Holder of Trust Preferred Securities, at such Holder's registered address, at least 15 days and not more than 90 days before the meeting. At any such meeting, any business properly before the meeting may be so considered whether or not stated in the notice of the meeting. Any adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

33

SECTION 6.3. Meetings of Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities.

No annual meeting of Holders is required to be held. The Property Trustee, however, shall call a meeting of the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities to vote on any matter upon the written request of the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Outstanding Trust Preferred Securities and the Administrative Trustees or the Property Trustee may, at any time in their discretion, call a meeting of the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities to vote on any matters as to which such Holders are entitled to vote.

The Holders of at least a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities.

If a quorum is present at a meeting, an affirmative vote by the Holders present, in person or by proxy, holding Trust Preferred Securities representing at least a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities held by the Holders present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting shall constitute the action of the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities, unless this Trust Agreement requires a greater number of affirmative votes.

SECTION 6.4. Voting Rights.

Holders shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 of Initial Liquidation Amount represented by their Outstanding Trust Securities in respect of any matter as to which such Holders are entitled to vote.

SECTION 6.5. Proxies.

At any meeting of Holders, any Holder entitled to vote there at may vote by proxy, provided that no proxy shall be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the Administrative Trustees, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Administrative Trustees may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such vote shall be taken. Pursuant to a resolution of the Administrative Trustees, proxies may be solicited in the name of the Administrative Trustees or one or more officers of the Administrative Trustees. Only Holders of record shall be entitled to vote. When Trust Securities are held jointly by several persons, any one of them may vote at any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Trust Securities, but if more than one of them shall be present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Trust Securities. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Holder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. No proxy shall be valid more than three years after its date of execution.

SECTION 6.6. Holder Action by Written Consent.

Any action that may be taken by Holders at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if Holders holding at least a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of all Trust Preferred Securities entitled to vote in respect of such action (or such larger proportion thereof as shall be required by any other provision of this Trust Agreement) shall consent to the action in writing.

34

SECTION 6.7. Record Date for Voting and Other Purposes.

For the purposes of determining the Holders who are entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting or by written consent, or to participate in any Distribution on the Trust Securities in respect of which a record date is not otherwise provided for in this Trust Agreement, or for the purpose of any other action, the Administrative Trustees may from time to time fix a date, not more than 90 days prior to the date of any meeting of Holders or the payment of a Distribution or other action, as the case may be, as a record date for the determination of the identity of the Holders of record for such purposes.

SECTION 6.8. Acts of Holders.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Trust Agreement to be given, made or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Property Trustee. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Trust Agreement and (subject to Section 8.1) conclusive in favor of the Trustees, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that any Trustee receiving the same deems sufficient.

The ownership of Trust Securities shall be proved by the Securities Register. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Trust Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Trust Security and the Holder of every Trust Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustees, or the Trust in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Trust Security.

Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Trust Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the Accreted Liquidation Amount of such Trust Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such Accreted Liquidation Amount.

35

If any dispute shall arise between the Holders and the Trustees or among the Holders or the Trustees with respect to the authenticity, validity or binding nature of any request, demand, authorization, direction, consent, waiver or other Act of such Holder or Trustee under this Article VI, then the determination of such matter by the Property Trustee shall be conclusive with respect to such matter.

A Holder may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Sponsor under the Guarantee to enforce its rights under the Guarantee without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Guarantee Trustee (as defined in the Guarantee), the Trust, any Trustee, or any Person or entity.

SECTION 6.9. Inspection of Records.

Upon reasonable notice to the Administrative Trustees and the Property Trustee, the records of the Trust shall be open to inspection by Holders during normal business hours for any purpose reasonably related to such Holder's interest as a Holder.

SECTION 6.10. Action With Respect to the Debenture.

So long as the Debentures are held by the Property Trustee on behalf of the Trust, with respect to any waiver, amendment or similar action that requires the consent of the Holders of the Debentures under the Indenture, the Property Trustee shall act at the written direction of the Holders of a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities (unless a different percentage of Holders shall be specified in the Indenture with respect to such action).

ARTICLE VII
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 7.1. Representations and Warranties of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee.

The Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee, each severally on behalf of and as to itself, hereby represents and warrants for the benefit of the Sponsor and the Holders that:

(a) the Property Trustee is a national banking association, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States of America;

(b) the Property Trustee has full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Trust Agreement;

(c) the Delaware Trustee is a national banking association, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the federal laws of the United States of America.

(d) the Delaware Trustee has full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Trust Agreement and has taken all

36

necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Trust Agreement;

(e) this Trust Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and constitutes the valid and legally binding agreement of each of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee enforceable against each of them in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity principles;

(f) the execution, delivery and performance of this Trust Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the part of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and do not require any approval of stockholders of the Property Trustee and the Delaware Trustee and such execution, delivery and performance will not (i) violate the articles of association or by-laws of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, (ii) violate any provision of, or constitute, with or without notice or lapse of time, a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of, any Lien on any properties included in the Trust Property pursuant to the provisions of, any indenture, mortgage, credit agreement, license or other agreement or instrument to which the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee is a party or by which it is bound, or (iii) violate any law, governmental rule or regulation of the State of New York or the State of Delaware, as the case may be, governing the banking, trust or general powers of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee (as appropriate in context) or any order, judgment or decree applicable to the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee;

(g) neither the authorization, execution or delivery by the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee of this Trust Agreement nor the consummation of any of the transactions by the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee (as the case may be) contemplated herein requires the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration with or the taking of any other action with respect to any governmental authority or agency under any existing law of the State of New York or the State of Delaware, governing the [banking], trust or general powers of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee (as appropriate in context), other than the filing of the Certificate of Trust with the Delaware Secretary of State; and

(h) to the best of each of the Property Trustee's and the Delaware Trustee's knowledge, there are no proceedings pending or threatened against or affecting the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee in any court or before any governmental authority, agency or arbitration board or tribunal that, individually or in the aggregate, would materially and adversely affect the Trust or would question the right, power and authority of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, as the case may be, to enter into or perform its obligations as one of the Trustees under this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 7.2. Representations and Warranties of Sponsor.

The Sponsor hereby represents and warrants for the benefit of the Holders that:

37

(a) the Trust Securities Certificates issued at the Time of Delivery on behalf of the Trust have been duly authorized and will have been duly and validly executed, issued and delivered by the Administrative Trustees pursuant to the terms and provisions of, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Trust Agreement, and the Holders will be, as of such date, entitled to the benefits of this Trust Agreement; and

(b) there are no taxes, fees or other governmental charges payable by the Trust (or the Trustees on behalf of the Trust) under the laws of the State of Delaware or any political subdivision thereof in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by any Trustee of this Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII
THE TRUSTEES

SECTION 8.1. Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

(a) The duties and responsibilities of the Trustees shall be as provided by this Trust Agreement, subject to Section 12.10 hereof with respect to the Property Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Trust Agreement shall require any of the Trustees to expend or risk its or their own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its or their duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its or their rights or powers, if it or they shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Trust Agreement relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustees shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 8.1. To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Administrative Trustee or the Delaware Trustee has duties and liabilities relating to the Trust or to the Holders, such Administrative Trustee or the Delaware Trustee shall not be liable to the Trust or to any Holder for such Administrative Trustee's or Delaware Trustee's good faith reliance on the provisions of this Trust Agreement. The provisions of this Trust Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of the Administrative Trustees or the Delaware Trustee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Sponsor and the Holders to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Administrative Trustees or the Delaware Trustee.

(b) All payments made by the Property Trustee or a Paying Agent in respect of the Trust Securities shall be made only from the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property and only to the extent that there shall be sufficient revenue or proceeds from the Trust Property to enable the Property Trustee or a Paying Agent to make payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Each Holder, by its acceptance of a Trust Security, agrees that it will look solely to the revenue and proceeds from the Trust Property to the extent legally available for distribution to it as herein provided and that the Trustees are not personally liable to such Holder for any amount distributable in respect of any Trust Security or for any other liability in respect of any Trust Security. This Section 8.1(b) does not limit the liability of the Trustees expressly set forth elsewhere in this Trust Agreement or, in the case of the Property Trustee, in the Trust Indenture Act.

38

(c) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Property Trustee shall enforce this Trust Agreement for the benefit of the Holders.

(d) The Property Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing of all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Trust Agreement (including pursuant to Section 12.10), and no implied covenants shall be read into this Trust Agreement against the Property Trustee. If an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 5.14), the Property Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Trust Agreement, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(e) No provision of this Trust Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Property Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default that may have occurred:

(A) the duties and obligations of the Property Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Trust Agreement (including pursuant to Section 12.10), and the Property Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Trust Agreement (including pursuant to
Section 12.10); and

(B) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Property Trustee, the Property Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Property Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Trust Agreement; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof or of the Trust Indenture Act are specifically required to be furnished to the Property Trustee, the Property Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Trust Agreement;

(ii) the Property Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an authorized officer of the Property Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Property Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(iii) the Property Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of at least a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Property Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement;

(iv) the Property Trustee's sole duty with respect to the custody, safe keeping and physical preservation of the Debentures and the Payment Account shall

39

be to deal with such property in a similar manner as the Property Trustee deals with similar property for its own account, subject to the protections and limitations on liability afforded to the Property Trustee under this Trust Agreement and the Trust Indenture Act;

(v) the Property Trustee shall not be liable for any interest on any money received by it except as it may otherwise agree with the Sponsor; and money held by the Property Trustee need not be segregated from other funds held by it except in relation to the Payment Account maintained by the Property Trustee pursuant to
Section 3.1 and except to the extent otherwise required by law;

(vi) the Property Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance by the Administrative Trustees or the Sponsor with their respective duties under this Trust Agreement, nor shall the Property Trustee be liable for the default or misconduct of any other Trustee, the Administrative Trustees or the Sponsor; and

(vii) no provision of this Trust Agreement shall require the Property Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if the Property Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or liability is not reasonably assured to it under the terms of this Trust Agreement or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(f) The Administrative Trustees shall not be responsible for monitoring the compliance by the other Trustees or the Sponsor with their respective duties under this Trust Agreement, nor shall either Administrative Trustee be liable for the default or misconduct of any other Trustee or the Sponsor.

(g) The Delaware Trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any powers, nor shall the Delaware Trustee have any of the duties and liabilities of the Property Trustee or the Administrative Trustees set forth herein. The duties of the Delaware Trustee shall be limited to (i) accepting legal process served on the Trust in the State of Delaware and
(ii) the execution of any certificates required to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State which the Delaware Trustee is required to execute under Section 3811 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act. The Delaware Trustee shall be entitled to all of the same rights, protections indemnities and immunities under the Trust Agreement and with respect to the Trust as the Property Trustee.

SECTION 8.2. Certain Notices.

Within thirty days after the occurrence of any Event of Default actually known to the Property Trustee, the Property Trustee shall transmit, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 12.8, notice of such Event of Default to the Holders and the Administrative Trustees, unless such Event of Default shall have been cured or waived.

Within five Business Days after the receipt of notice of the Sponsor's exercise of its right to defer the payment of interest on the Debentures pursuant to the Indenture, the Property Trustee

40

shall transmit, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 12.8, notice of such exercise to the Holders and the Administrative Trustees, unless such exercise shall have been revoked.

The Property Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default unless the Property Trustee shall have received written notice or a Responsible Officer of the Property Trustee charged with the administration of this Trust Agreement shall have obtained actual knowledge of such Event of Default.

SECTION 8.3. Certain Rights of Property Trustee.

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.1:

(a) the Property Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith upon any resolution, Opinion of Counsel, certificate, written representation of a Holder or transferee, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) if (i) in performing its duties under this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee is required to decide between alternative courses of action, (ii) in construing any of the provisions of this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee finds the same ambiguous or inconsistent with any other provisions contained herein, or (iii) the Property Trustee is unsure of the application of any provision of this Trust Agreement, then, except as to any matter as to which the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities are entitled to vote under the terms of this Trust Agreement, the Property Trustee shall deliver a notice to the Sponsor requesting the Sponsor's opinion as to the course of action to be taken; provided, however, that if the Sponsor fails to deliver such opinion within 10 Business Days, the Property Trustee may take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Property Trustee shall determine in the interests of the Holders, in which event the Property Trustee shall have no liability except for its own bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct;

(c) any direction or act of the Sponsor or the Sponsor contemplated by this Trust Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers' Certificate;

(d) any direction or act of an Administrative Trustee contemplated by this Trust Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by a certificate executed by such Administrative Trustee and setting forth such direction or act;

(e) the Property Trustee shall have no duty to see to any recording, filing or registration of any instrument (including any financing or continuation statement or any filing under tax or securities laws) or any rerecording, refiling or re-registration thereof;

(f) the Property Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection (which counsel may be counsel to the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates, and may include any of its employees) and the advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith

41

and in reliance thereon and in accordance with such advice; the Property Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Trust Agreement from any court of competent jurisdiction;

(g) the Property Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Trust Agreement at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Trust Agreement, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Property Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; provided that, nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Property Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (that has not been cured or waived) to exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs;

(h) the Property Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by one or more Holders, but the Property Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit at the expense of the Sponsor and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation;

(i) the Property Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents or attorneys, provided that the Property Trustee shall be responsible for its own negligence or misconduct with respect to selection of any agent or attorney appointed by it hereunder;

(j) whenever in the administration of this Trust Agreement the Property Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder, the Property Trustee (i) may request instructions from the Holders (which instructions may only be given by the Holders of the same proportion in Liquidation Amount of the Trust Securities as would be entitled to direct the Property Trustee under the terms of the Trust Securities in respect of such remedy, right or action), (ii) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received, and (iii) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions; and

(k) except as otherwise expressly provided by this Trust Agreement, the Property Trustee shall not be under any obligation to take any action that is discretionary under the provisions of this Trust Agreement. No provision of this Trust Agreement shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on any Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it, in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which such Person shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable law, to perform any such act or acts, or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to any Trustee shall be construed to be a duty.

42

SECTION 8.4. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

The recitals contained herein and in the Trust Securities Certificates shall be taken as the statements of the Trust and the Sponsor, and the Trustees do not assume any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustees shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Sponsor of the proceeds of the Debentures.

The Property Trustee makes no representation as to the title to, or value or condition of, the Trust Property or any part thereof, including the Debentures, nor as to the validity or sufficiency of the Trust Agreement, the Debentures or the Trust Securities. The Property Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or the qualification of the Trust as a Delaware statutory trust or a grantor trust or as to the sale of the Trust Preferred Securities by the Trust, including without limitation, any registration exemptions applicable to the Trust Securities.

SECTION 8.5. May Hold Securities.

Any Trustee or any other agent of any Trustee or the Trust, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Trust Securities and, subject to Sections 8.8 and 8.13, and except as provided in the definition of the term "Outstanding" in Article I, may otherwise deal with the Trust with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or such other agent.

SECTION 8.6. Compensation; Indemnity; Fees.

The Sponsor agrees:

(a) to pay to the Trustees from time to time such reasonable compensation for all services rendered by them hereunder as may be separately agreed by the Sponsor and the Trustees from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(b) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustees upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustees in accordance with any provision of this Trust Agreement (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of their agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by their own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; and

(c) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Trustee, (ii) any Affiliate of any Trustee,
(iii) any officer, director, shareholder, employee, representative or agent of any Trustee, and (iv) any employee or agent of the Trust (referred to herein as an "Indemnified Person") from and against any loss, damage, liability, tax, penalty, expense or claim of any kind or nature whatsoever incurred by such Indemnified Person by reason of the creation, operation or dissolution of the Trust or any act or omission performed or omitted by such Indemnified Person in good faith on behalf of the Trust and in a manner such Indemnified Person reasonably believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Indemnified Person by this Trust Agreement, except that no Indemnified Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in

43

respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Indemnified Person by reason of negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.

The provisions of this Section 8.6 shall survive the termination of this Trust Agreement and the removal or resignation of any Trustee. No Trustee may claim any Lien on any Trust Property as a result of any amount due pursuant to this Section 8.6.

Subject to Section 8.8, The Sponsor and any Trustee may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the Trust, and the Trust and the Holders of Trust Securities shall have no rights by virtue of this Trust Agreement in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if competitive with the business of the Trust, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. Neither the Sponsor nor any Trustee shall be obligated to present any particular investment or other opportunity to the Trust even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Trust, could be taken by the Trust, and the Sponsor and any Trustee shall have the right to take for its own account (individually or as a partner or fiduciary) or to recommend to others any such particular investment or other opportunity. Any Trustee may engage or be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Sponsor or any Affiliate of the Sponsor, or may act as depository for, trustee or agent for, or act on any committee or body of holders of, securities or other obligations of the Sponsor or its Affiliates.

SECTION 8.7. Corporate Property Trustee Required; Eligibility of Trustees and Administrative Trustees.

(a) There shall at all times be a Property Trustee hereunder with respect to the Trust Securities. The Property Trustee shall be a Person that is a national or state chartered bank or trust company and eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If any such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 8.7 and to the extent permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Property Trustee with respect to the Trust Securities shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.7(a), it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VIII. At the time of appointment, the Property Trustee must have securities rated in one of the three highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

(b) There shall at all times be one or more Administrative Trustees hereunder with respect to the Trust Securities. Each Administrative Trustee shall be either a natural person who is at least 21 years of age or a legal entity that shall act through one or more persons authorized to bind that entity.

(c) There shall at all times be a Delaware Trustee with respect to the Trust Securities. The Delaware Trustee shall either be (i) a natural person who is at least 21

44

years of age and a resident of the State of Delaware, or (ii) a legal entity with its principal place of business in the State of Delaware and that otherwise meets the requirements of applicable Delaware law and that shall act through one or more persons authorized to bind such entity.

SECTION 8.8. Conflicting Interests.

(a) If the Property Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Property Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Trust Agreement.

(b) The Guarantee Agreement and the Indenture shall be deemed to be specifically described in this Trust Agreement for the purposes of clause
(i) of the first proviso contained in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

SECTION 8.9. Co-Trustees and Separate Trustee.

Unless and until a Debenture Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at any time or times, for the purpose of meeting the legal requirements of the Trust Indenture Act or of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust Property may at the time be located, the Holder of Common Securities and the Administrative Trustees shall have the power to appoint one or more Persons either to act as co-trustee, jointly with the Property Trustee, of all or any part of such Trust Property, or to the extent required by law to act as separate trustee of any such property, in either case with such powers as may be provided in the instrument of appointment, and to vest in such Person or Persons in the capacity aforesaid, any property, title, right or power deemed necessary or desirable, subject to the other provisions of this Section. If a Debenture Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Property Trustee shall have the sole power to so appoint such a co-trustee or separate trustee, and upon the written request of the Property Trustee, the Sponsor and the Administrative Trustees shall for such purpose join with the Property Trustee in the execution, delivery, and performance of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to appoint such co-trustee or separate trustee. Any co-trustee or separate trustee appointed pursuant to this Section shall either be (i) a natural person who is at least 21 years of age and a resident of the United States, or (ii) a legal entity with its principal place of business in the United States that shall act through one or more persons authorized to bind such entity.

Should any written instrument from the Sponsor be required by any co-trustee or separate trustee so appointed for more fully confirming to such co-trustee or separate trustee such property, title, right, or power, any and all such instruments shall, on request, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Sponsor.

Every co-trustee or separate trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, but to such extent only, be appointed subject to the following terms, namely:

(a) The Trust Securities shall be executed by one or more Administrative Trustees, and the Trust Securities shall be delivered by the Property Trustee, and all rights, powers, duties, and obligations hereunder in respect of the custody of securities,

45

cash and other personal property held by, or required to be deposited or pledged with, the Property Trustee specified hereunder shall be exercised solely by the Property Trustee and not by such co-trustee or separate trustee.

(b) The rights, powers, duties, and obligations hereby conferred or imposed upon the Property Trustee in respect of any property covered by such appointment shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Property Trustee or by the Property Trustee and such co-trustee or separate trustee jointly, as shall be provided in the instrument appointing such co-trustee or separate trustee, except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be performed, the Property Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations shall be exercised and performed by such co-trustee or separate trustee.

(c) The Property Trustee at any time, by an instrument in writing executed by it, with the written concurrence of the Sponsor, may accept the resignation of or remove any co-trustee or separate trustee appointed under this Section 8.9, and, in case a Debenture Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Property Trustee shall have power to accept the resignation of, or remove, any such co-trustee or separate trustee without the concurrence of the Sponsor. Upon the written request of the Property Trustee, the Sponsor shall join with the Property Trustee in the execution, delivery and performance of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to effectuate such resignation or removal. A successor to any co-trustee or separate trustee so resigning or removed may be appointed in the manner provided in this Section 8.9.

No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of the Property Trustee or any other trustee hereunder.

(d) The Property Trustee shall not be liable by reason of any act or omission of a co-trustee or separate trustee.

(e) Any Act of Holders delivered to the Property Trustee shall be deemed to have been delivered to each such co-trustee and separate trustee.

SECTION 8.10. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

No resignation or removal of any Trustee (the "Relevant Trustee") and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article VIII shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 8.11.

Subject to the immediately preceding paragraph, the Relevant Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Sponsor and by appointing a successor Relevant Trustee, which successor shall be acceptable to the Sponsor. The Relevant Trustee shall appoint a successor by requesting from at least three Persons meeting the eligibility requirements its expenses and charges to serve as the Relevant Trustee on a form provided by the Administrative Trustees, and selecting the Person who agrees to the lowest expenses and charges. If the instrument of acceptance by the successor Trustee required by Section 8.11 shall not have been

46

delivered to the Relevant Trustee within 60 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the Relevant Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Sponsor, in the case of the Property Trustee, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Relevant Trustee.

The Administrative Trustees, or any of them, may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of Common Securities delivered to the Relevant Trustee.

The Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, or both of them, may be removed by Act of the Holders of at least a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities, delivered to the Relevant Trustee (in its individual capacity and, in the case of the Property Trustee, on behalf of the Trust) (i) for cause (including upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in subparagraph (d) of the definition thereof with respect to the Relevant Trustee), or (ii) at any time if a Debenture Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Unless and until a Debenture Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, or both of them, may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of the Common Securities.

If a resigning Property Trustee or Delaware Trustee shall fail to appoint a successor, or if the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee shall be removed or become incapable of acting as Trustee, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee for any cause, the Holders of the Common Securities by Act of such Holders delivered to the Relevant Trustee or, if a Debenture Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities, by Act of the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities then Outstanding delivered to such Relevant Trustee, may appoint a successor Relevant Trustee or Trustees, and such successor Trustee shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 8.11. If no successor Relevant Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Holders of the Common Securities or Trust Preferred Securities, as the case may be, and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 8.11, any Holder, on behalf of such Holder and all others similarly situated, or any other Trustee, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Relevant Trustee.

The resigning Trustee shall give notice of each resignation or each removal of an Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 12.8 and shall give notice to the Sponsor and to the other Trustees. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Relevant Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office if it is the Property Trustee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Trust Agreement, if any Delaware Trustee who is a natural person dies or becomes, in the opinion of the Holders of the Common Securities, incompetent or incapacitated, the vacancy created by such death, incompetence or incapacity may be filled by the Property Trustee following the procedures regarding expenses and charges set forth above (with the successor being a Person who satisfies the eligibility requirement for the Delaware Trustee set forth in Section 8.7).

47

SECTION 8.11. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor to a Relevant Trustee, the Sponsor, the retiring Relevant Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Trust Securities shall execute and deliver an amendment hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (a) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Relevant Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Trust Securities and the Trust, and (b) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Trust Agreement as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Trust by more than one party hereto, it being understood that nothing herein or in such amendment shall constitute such parties co-trustees and upon the execution and delivery of such amendment the resignation or removal of the retiring Relevant Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Relevant Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Relevant Trustee, other than the filing of an amendment to the Certificate of Trust to the extent required under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act; but, on request of the Trust or any successor Trustee, such retiring Relevant Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all Trust Property, all proceeds thereof and money held by such retiring Relevant Trustee hereunder with respect to the Trust Securities and the Trust.

Upon request of any such successor party, the Trust shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor party all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in the preceding paragraph.

No successor party shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor party shall be qualified and eligible under this Article VIII.

SECTION 8.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any Person into which the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Relevant Trustee shall be a party, or any Person, succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of such Relevant Trustee, shall be the successor of such Relevant Trustee hereunder, provided that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VIII, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, other than the filing of an amendment to the Certificate of Trust to the extent required under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.

SECTION 8.13. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Sponsor or Trust.

If and when the Property Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Sponsor or the Trust (or any other obligor upon the Trust Preferred Securities), the Property Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against the Sponsor or the Trust (or any such other obligor).

48

SECTION 8.14. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

In case of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other similar judicial proceeding relative to the Trust or any other obligor upon the Trust Securities or the property of the Trust (including the Debentures) or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Property Trustee (irrespective of whether any Distributions on the Trust Securities shall then be due and payable and irrespective of whether the Property Trustee shall have made any demand on the Trust for the payment of any past due Distributions) shall be entitled and empowered, to the fullest extent permitted by law, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of any Distributions owing and unpaid in respect of the Trust Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Property Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Property Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding,

(b) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Property Trustee and, in the event the Property Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Property Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Property Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Property Trustee under Section 8.6, and

(c) without prejudice to any other rights available to the Property Trustee under applicable law, when the Property Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with a Bankruptcy Event, such expenses (including legal fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expense of administration under any Bankruptcy Law or law relating to creditors' rights generally.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Property Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement adjustment or compensation affecting the Trust Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Property Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 8.15. Reports by Property Trustee.

(a) Within 60 days after May 15 of each year commencing with May 15, 2006, the Property Trustee shall transmit to all Holders in accordance with Section 12.8, and to the Sponsor, a brief report dated as of the immediately preceding May 15 with respect to:

49

(i) its eligibility under Section 8.7 or, in lieu thereof, if to the best of its knowledge it has continued to be eligible under said Section, a written statement to such effect;

(ii) a statement that the Property Trustee has complied with all of its obligations under this Trust Agreement during the twelve-month period (or, in the case of the initial report, the period since the Closing Date) ending with such May 15 or, if the Property Trustee has not complied in any material respect with such obligations, a description of such noncompliance; and

(iii) any change in the property and funds in its possession as Property Trustee since the date of its last report and any action taken by the Property Trustee in the performance of its duties hereunder which it has not previously reported and which in its opinion materially affects the Trust Securities.

(b) In addition, the Property Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Property Trustee and its actions under this Trust Agreement as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto.

(c) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Property Trustee with each national stock exchange, the Nasdaq National Market or such other interdealer quotation system or self-regulatory organization upon which the Trust Preferred Securities are listed or quoted, if any, and with the Commission and the Sponsor.

SECTION 8.16. Reports to the Property Trustee.

Each of the Sponsor and the Administrative Trustees shall provide to the Property Trustee such documents, reports and information as required by Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act (if any) and the compliance certificate required by Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act in the form, in the manner and at the times required by Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act. The Sponsor and the Administrative Trustees shall annually file with the Property Trustee a certificate specifying whether such Person is in compliance with all of the terms and covenants (if any) applicable to such Person hereunder.

SECTION 8.17. Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent.

Each of the Sponsor and the Administrative Trustees shall provide to the Property Trustee such evidence of compliance with any conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Trust Agreement that relate to any of the matters set forth in Section 314(c) of the Trust Indenture Act. Any certificate or opinion required to be given by an officer pursuant to Section 314(c)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act shall be given in the form of an Officers' Certificate.

SECTION 8.18. Number of Trustees.

(a) The number of Trustees shall be five, unless the Property Trustee also acts as the Delaware Trustee, in which case the number of Trustees may be three.

50

(b) If an Trustee ceases to hold office for any reason, a vacancy shall occur. The vacancy shall be filled with an Trustee appointed in accordance with Section 8.10.

(c) The death, resignation, retirement, removal, bankruptcy, incompetence or incapacity to perform the duties of an Trustee shall not operate to annul or dissolve the Trust.

SECTION 8.19. Delegation of Power.

(a) Any Administrative Trustee may, by power of attorney consistent with applicable law, delegate to any other natural person over the age of 21 his or her power for the purpose of executing any documents contemplated in Section 2.7(a) or making any governmental filing; and

(b) The Administrative Trustees shall have power to delegate from time to time to such of their number the doing of such things and the execution of such instruments either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Administrative Trustees or otherwise as the Administrative Trustees may deem expedient, to the extent such delegation is not prohibited by applicable law or contrary to the provisions of this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 8.20. Trust Liabilities.

All liabilities of the Trust will be liabilities of the Trust as an entity, and will be paid or satisfied from the Trust Property and the other assets of the Trust. No liability of the Trust will be payable in whole or in part by the Property Trustee in its individual capacity or in its capacity as Property Trustee or by any member, partner, shareholder, director, officer, employee, agent or attorney of the Property Trustee.

ARTICLE IX
DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND MERGER

SECTION 9.1. Dissolution Upon Expiration Date.

Unless earlier dissolved, the Trust shall automatically dissolve, and its affairs be wound up, on May 17, 2056 (the "Expiration Date"), following the distribution of the Trust Property in accordance with Section 9.4.

SECTION 9.2. Early Dissolution.

The first to occur of any of the following events is an "Early Dissolution Event":

(a) the occurrence of a Bankruptcy Event in respect of, or the dissolution or liquidation of, the Sponsor, unless the Common Securities shall be transferred as provided by Section 5.10, in which case this provision shall refer instead to any such successor Holder of the Common Securities;

51

(b) the written direction to the Property Trustee from all of the Holders of the Common Securities at any time to dissolve the Trust and, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as provided by applicable law, to distribute the Debentures to Holders in exchange for the Trust Preferred Securities (which direction is optional and wholly within the discretion of the Holders of the Common Securities);

(c) the redemption of all of the Trust Preferred Securities in connection with the redemption or repayment of all the Debentures; and

(d) the entry of an order for dissolution of the Trust by a court of competent jurisdiction.

SECTION 9.3. Dissolution.

The respective obligations and responsibilities of the Trustees and the Trust shall terminate upon the latest to occur of the following: (a) the distribution by the Property Trustee to Holders of all amounts required to be distributed hereunder upon the liquidation of the Trust pursuant to Section 9.4, or upon the redemption of all of the Trust Securities pursuant to Section 4.2;
(b) the payment of any and all expenses owed by the Trust; (c) the discharge of all administrative duties of the Administrative Trustees, including the performance of any tax reporting obligations with respect to the Trust or the Holders; and (d) the filing of a certificate of cancellation, at the direction and expense of the Sponsor, by the Trustees with the Delaware Secretary of State pursuant to Section 3810 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.

SECTION 9.4. Liquidation.

(a) If an Early Dissolution Event specified in clause (a), (b) or
(d) of Section 9.2 occurs or upon the Expiration Date, the Trust shall be liquidated by the Property Trustee as expeditiously as the Property Trustee determines to be possible by distributing, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as provided by applicable law, to each Holder a Like Amount of Debentures, subject to Section 9.4(d). Notice of liquidation shall be given by the Property Trustee by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Liquidation Date to each Holder of Trust Securities at such Holder's address appearing in the Securities Register. All such notices of liquidation shall:

(i) state the CUSIP Number of the Trust Securities;

(ii) state the Liquidation Date;

(iii) state that from and after the Liquidation Date, the Trust Securities will no longer be deemed to be Outstanding and any Trust Securities Certificates not surrendered for exchange will be deemed to represent a Like Amount of Debentures, or if Section 9.4(d) applies, a right to receive a Liquidating Distribution; and

(iv) provide such information with respect to the mechanics by which Holders may exchange Trust Securities Certificates for Debentures, or if Section

52

9.4(d) applies, receive a Liquidation Distribution, as the Property Trustee (after consultation with the Administrative Trustees) shall determine.

(b) Except where Section 9.2(c) or 9.4(d) applies, in order to effect the liquidation of the Trust and distribution of the Debentures to Holders, the Property Trustee, either itself acting as exchange agent or through the appointment of a separate exchange agent, shall establish a record date for such distribution (which shall be not more than 30 days prior to the Liquidation Date) and, establish such procedures as it shall deem appropriate to effect the distribution of Debentures in exchange for the Outstanding Trust Securities Certificates.

(c) Except where Section 9.2(c) or 9.4(d) applies, after the Liquidation Date, (i) the Trust Securities will no longer be deemed to be Outstanding, (ii) certificates representing a Like Amount of Debentures will be issued to Holders of Trust Securities Certificates, upon surrender of such Certificates to the exchange agent for exchange, (iii) any Trust Securities Certificates not so surrendered for exchange will be deemed to represent a Like Amount of Debentures bearing accrued and unpaid interest in an amount equal to the accumulated and unpaid Distributions on such Trust Securities Certificates until such certificates are so surrendered (and until such certificates are so surrendered, no payments of interest or principal will be made to Holders of Trust Securities Certificates with respect to such Debentures) and (iv) all rights of Holders holding Trust Securities will cease, except the right of such Holders to receive Debentures upon surrender of Trust Securities Certificates.

(d) If, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 9.4, whether because of an order for dissolution entered by a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise, distribution of the Debentures in the manner provided herein is determined by the Property Trustee not to be practical, or if an Early Dissolution Event specified in clause (c) of
Section 9.2 occurs, the Trust Property shall be liquidated, and the Trust shall be dissolved and its affairs wound-up, by the Property Trustee in such manner as the Property Trustee determines. In such event, the Holders, if any, will be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to Holders, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as provided by applicable law, an amount equal to the Accreted Liquidation Amount per Trust Security plus accumulated and unpaid Distributions thereon to the date of payment (such amount being the "Liquidation Distribution"). If the Liquidation Distribution can be paid only in part because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate Accreted Liquidation Distribution, then, subject to the next succeeding sentence, the amounts payable by the Trust on the Trust Securities shall be paid on a pro rata basis (based upon Liquidation Amounts). The Holders of the Common Securities will be entitled to receive Liquidation Distributions pro rata (determined as aforesaid) with Holders of Trust Preferred Securities, except that, if a Debenture Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(1) or 6.1(a)(2) of the Supplemental Indenture has occurred and is continuing, the Trust Preferred Securities shall have a priority over the Common Securities as provided in Section 4.3.

53

SECTION 9.5. Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations or Replacements of Trust.

The Trust may not merge with or into, consolidate, amalgamate, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person or other body, except pursuant to this Section 9.5 or Section 9.4. At the request of the Holders of the Common Securities, with the consent of the Administrative Trustees, but without the consent of the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities, the Property Trustee or the Delaware Trustee, the Trust may merge with or into, consolidate, amalgamate, or be replaced by or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to a trust organized as such under the laws of any state; provided, that (i) such successor entity either (a) expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust with respect to the Trust Preferred Securities, or (b) substitutes for the Trust Preferred Securities other securities having substantially the same terms as the Trust Preferred Securities (the "Successor Securities") so long as the Successor Securities have the same priority as the Trust Preferred Securities with respect to distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise, (ii) a trustee of such successor entity possessing substantially the same powers and duties as the Property Trustee is appointed to hold the Debentures, (iii) the Successor Securities are listed, or any Successor Securities will be listed upon notification of issuance, on any national securities exchange or other organization on which the Trust Preferred Securities are listed, (iv) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not cause the Trust Preferred Securities (including any Successor Securities) to be downgraded by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization, (v) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect, (vi) such successor entity has a purpose substantially identical to that of the Trust, (vii) prior to such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, the Property Trustee has received an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (a) such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities (including any Successor Securities) in any material respect, and (b) following such merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, neither the Trust nor such successor entity will be required to register as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act, and (viii) the Sponsor or its permitted transferee owns all of the common securities of such successor entity and the Sponsor guarantees the obligations of such successor entity under the Successor Securities at least to the extent provided by the Guarantee Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust shall not, except with the consent of Holders of all of the Trust Preferred Securities, consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or be replaced by or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any other Person or permit any other Person to consolidate, amalgamate, merge with or into, or replace it if such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease would cause the Trust or the successor entity to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States Federal income tax purposes.

54

ARTICLE X
REMARKETING AND RESET RATE MECHANICS

SECTION 10.1. Obligation to Conduct Remarketing and Related Requirements.

(a) The Sponsor and the Trust shall appoint a nationally recognized investment banking firm as Remarketing Agent and enter into a Remarketing Agreement at least 30 days prior to each Remarketing Date. The Sponsor and the Trust may appoint different Remarketing Agents for Remarketings on and in connection with different Remarketing Dates, provided that they shall have appointed a Remarketing Agent and caused the related Remarketing Agreement to be in effect for the period commencing not less than 30 days prior to the related Remarketing Date and continuing through such Remarketing Date and the determination in accordance with this Article X that the related Remarketing is a Successful Remarketing or Failed Remarketing. Each Remarketing Agreement shall include such terms, conditions and other provisions as the Sponsor, the Trust and the Remarketing Agent may agree among themselves but shall in any event include provisions to substantially the following effect:

(i) provide that the Remarketing Agent will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a price for the Trust Preferred Securities to be remarketed in the Remarketing which results in proceeds, net of the Remarketing Agent's Fee, equal to at least 100% of their aggregate Accreted Liquidation Amount, plus accrued and unpaid Distributions, if any, to the Remarketing Settlement Date (including the Additional Interest, if any, that remains accrued and unpaid on the Remarketing Settlement Date because the Sponsor has exercised its right to defer interest on the Debentures in accordance with Section 4.01 of the Base Indenture);

(ii) provide that the Remarketing Agent will in its sole discretion reset the Distribution Rate on the Trust Preferred Securities (as a yield to the Scheduled Redemption Date unless the Sponsor elects, pursuant to Section 2.13 of the First Supplemental Indenture and Section 10.2 of this Trust Agreement, to cause interest on the Debentures to be paid in cash, and then as a rate per annum for payment of interest in cash on each applicable Distribution Date) in order to give effect to clause (i) above for Distribution Periods commencing on or after such Remarketing Settlement Date, subject to Section 10.3;

(iii) provide that the Remarketing Agent will deduct the Remarketing Agent's Fee from the proceeds of the Remarketing and remit any proceeds remaining after such deduction to or at the direction of the Property Trustee, who either will apply such proceeds (or will have given the Remarketing Agent instructions to remit such proceeds in a manner that will result in their application) as follows (allocated to the Trust Preferred Securities that participated in the Remarketing on a pro rata basis in proportion to their Accreted Liquidation Amounts):

(iv) to the extent such proceeds relate to Trust Preferred Securities that are a part of Normal Common Equity Units, to pay such proceeds up to the aggregate Par Proceeds Remarketing Amount to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for

55

application in accordance with the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and to pay the Excess Proceeds Remarketing Amount, if any, to the applicable selling Holders; and

(b) to the extent the proceeds relate to Separate Trust Preferred Securities, to pay such proceeds to the applicable selling Holders; and

(i) provide that the Remarketing Agent's Fee for the Remarketing will be as agreed among the Sponsor, the Trust and the Remarketing Agent and set forth in the Remarketing Agreement.

(c) The Sponsor and the Trust shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to effect remarketing of the Trust Preferred Securities as described in this Article X. If in the judgment of counsel to the Sponsor or to the Remarketing Agent it is necessary for a registration statement covering the Trust Preferred Securities to have been filed and have become effective under the Securities Act in order to effect the Remarketing, then the Sponsor and the Trust shall use their commercially reasonable efforts (i) to ensure that a registration statement covering the full Accreted Liquidation Amount of Trust Preferred Securities to be remarketed shall have become effective in a form that will enable the Remarketing Agent to rely on it in connection with the Remarketing or (ii) effect such Remarketing pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or another available exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act.

SECTION 10.2. Sponsor Decisions in Connection With Remarketing.

In connection with Remarketings, the Sponsor shall have the right hereunder to change certain terms of the Trust Preferred Securities (and under
Section 2.10 of the Supplement Indenture, the Sponsor has the right to make corresponding changes in certain terms of the Debentures) as provided below in this Section 10.2. By not later than the 30th day prior to each Remarketing Date, the Sponsor will specify the following information or decisions in a notice to the Remarketing Agent, the Property Trustee, the Debenture Trustee and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent (paragraphs (a) through (e) applying only if the Remarketing is Successful and paragraph (f) applying only if the related Remarketing Settlement Date is February 15, 2009 and the Remarketing is a Failed Remarketing):

(a) whether from and after the Remarketing Settlement Date the Debentures will pay interest (and, accordingly, the Trust Preferred Securities will pay Distributions) in cash (it being understood and agreed that, unless the Sponsor affirmatively elects to cause the Debentures to pay interest (and the Trust Preferred Securities to pay Distributions) in cash from and after the Remarketing Settlement Date, interest will not be paid or Distributions made in cash but, instead, will accrete in accordance with Section 4.1(a) of this Agreement and Section 2.10 of the Supplemental Indenture, as applicable);

(b) whether the Debenture Stated Maturity Date (and, accordingly, the Scheduled Redemption Date) will remain at February 15, 2040 or will be changed to an earlier date (specifying such date if applicable); provided, however, that the Debenture Stated Maturity Date may not be changed to a date earlier than the second anniversary of

56

the Stock Purchase Date or, if the Remarketing Settlement Date occurs during a Deferral Period, the fifth anniversary of the first day of such Deferral Period;

(c) whether the Debentures (and, accordingly, the Trust Preferred Securities) will be redeemable at the Sponsor's option on a day prior to the Debenture Stated Maturity Date and, if so, the date on and after which the Debentures may be so redeemed and the redemption price or prices; provided, however, that an early redemption date for the Debentures and related early Redemption Date hereunder may not be a date earlier than the second anniversary of the Stock Purchase Date or, if the Remarketing Settlement Date occurs during a Deferral Period, the fifth anniversary of the first day of such Deferral Period;

(d) whether the Sponsor elects, in connection with the Remarketing, to add any additional financial covenants to the Indenture applicable to the Debentures, including the form of supplemental indenture proposed to be entered into in order to give effect to such additional financial covenants if the Sponsor is choosing to add any financial covenants;

(e) whether in connection with such Remarketing the Sponsor is exercising its right under Section 6.1 of the Supplemental Indenture and
Section 6.3 of the Guarantee Agreement to cause the subordination provisions in the Indenture applicable to the Debentures and in the Guarantee Agreement to no longer be of force and effect from and after the then current Remarketing Settlement Date; and

(f) if the Remarketing Settlement Date is February 15, 2009 and if the related Remarketing is a Failed Remarketing:

(i) whether the Debenture Stated Maturity Date (and, accordingly, the Scheduled Redemption Date) will remain at February 15, 2040 or will be changed to an earlier date (specifying such date if applicable); and

(ii) whether the Debentures (and, accordingly, the Trust Preferred Securities) will be redeemable at the Sponsor's option on a date prior to the Debenture Stated Maturity Date and, if so, the date on and after which the Debentures may be so redeemed;

provided, however, any changed Debenture Stated Maturity Date and Scheduled Redemption Date determined pursuant to clause (i) or early redemption date determined pursuant to clause (ii) may not be a date earlier than August 15, 2010 or, if February 15, 2009 occurs during a Deferral Period, the fifth anniversary of the first day of such Deferral Period.

SECTION 10.3. Reset of Distribution Rate in Connection with Remarketings and Related Changes in Terms.

(a) As part of and in connection with each Remarketing, the Remarketing Agent shall reset the Distribution Rate, as contemplated by
Section 10.1(a)(ii) and in accordance with the other provisions of this Article X, to a new rate (the "Reset Rate"), rounded to the nearest one-thousandth (0.001) of one percent per annum, that will apply

57

to all Trust Preferred Securities (whether or not the Holders thereof participated in the Remarketing) if such Remarketing is Successful for each Distribution Period commencing on or after such Remarketing Settlement Date, subject to the following provisions and limitations:

(i) the Reset Rate in connection with a Remarketing for settlement on the Remarketing Settlement Date, if such date is on or prior to November 15, 2008, may not be reset to a rate per annum that exceeds the Reset Cap; and

(ii) the Reset Rate may not be less than 0% per annum in connection with any Remarketing.

(b) If the Remarketing has been determined to be Successful in accordance with Section 10.4(e), by approximately 4:30 P.M., New York City time, on any Remarketing Date, the Remarketing Agent shall notify the Sponsor, the Property Trustee, the Debenture Trustee and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent that the Remarketing was Successful and the Reset Rate determined as part of such Remarketing in accordance with this Article X.

(c) If a Remarketing is Successful, then commencing with the related Remarketing Settlement Date the Distribution Rate shall be reset to the Reset Rate determined in accordance with this Article X pursuant to such Remarketing and the other changes, if any, in the terms of the Debentures and the Trust Preferred Securities, as applicable, as notified by the Sponsor pursuant to Section 10.2, shall become effective (in accordance with the Indenture in the case of the Debentures).

(d) If a Remarketing for a settlement on a Remarketing Settlement Date prior to February 15, 2009 is not Successful:

(i) no Trust Preferred Securities will be sold in such Remarketing;

(ii) the Distribution Rate will remain unchanged unless and until it is reset pursuant to a subsequent Remarketing in accordance with this Article X;

(iii) the other changes, if any, in the terms of the Debentures and the Trust Preferred Securities, as applicable, as notified by the Sponsor pursuant to Section 10.2, shall not become effective (whether pursuant to this Agreement in the case of the Trust Preferred Securities or pursuant to the Indenture in the case of the Debentures); and

(iv) the Sponsor, the Trust and the applicable Remarketing Agent shall attempt another Remarketing on the next succeeding date that is a Remarketing Settlement Date.

58

(e) If a Remarketing for a settlement on the February 15, 2009 Remarketing Settlement Date is not Successful:

(i) no Trust Preferred Securities will be sold in such Remarketing and no further attempts at Remarketing shall be made;

(ii) the Distribution Rate will remain unchanged and, in accordance with the Supplemental Indenture, the Debentures will continue to bear cash interest (and under this Trust Agreement the Trust Preferred Securities will continue to bear cash Distributions) at the Distribution Rate otherwise in effect, payable semi-annually on each February 15 and August 15 thereafter;

(iii) the other changes, if any, in the terms of the Debentures and the Trust Preferred Securities, as applicable, as notified by the Sponsor pursuant to clauses (a) through (e) of the second sentence in Section 10.2, shall not become effective (whether pursuant to this Trust Agreement in the case of the Trust Preferred Securities or pursuant to the Indenture in the case of the Debentures);

(iv) the Debenture Stated Maturity Date, Scheduled Redemption Date, and early redemption date for the Debentures and Trust Preferred Securities, will change in accordance with paragraph (f) of the second sentence of Section 10.2, as applicable;

(v) in the case of Trust Preferred Securities that are included in Normal Common Equity Units, such Trust Preferred Securities will be applied in satisfaction of the Holders' obligations under Stock Purchase Contracts in accordance with the Pledge Agreement; and

(vi) in the case of Separate Trust Preferred Securities, such Trust Preferred Securities will be returned to the related Holders in accordance with the Pledge Agreement and Holders of Separate Trust Preferred Securities will have the rights provided for in
Section 10.5.

SECTION 10.4. Remarketing Procedures.

(a) The Property Trustee will give Holders hereunder, the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement provides the Stock Purchase Agent will give Holders (as defined therein) of Common Equity Units, and the Sponsor will request that DTC give to its participants holding Common Equity Units or Trust Preferred Securities, notice of a Remarketing at least 21 Business Days prior to the related Remarketing Date. Such notice will set forth:

(i) whether for Distribution Periods commencing on or after the Remarketing Settlement Date the Debentures will pay interest (and, accordingly, the Trust Preferred Securities will pay Distributions) in cash or instead will accrete interest and Distributions, as applicable, together with the applicable Distribution Dates and related record dates;

59

(ii) any change in the Debenture Stated Maturity Date and Scheduled Redemption Date and, if applicable, the date on and after which the Sponsor will have the right to redeem the Debentures (resulting in a redemption by the Trust of the Trust Preferred Securities);

(iii) whether the Sponsor's obligations under the Debentures and the Guarantee Agreement will remain subordinated after the Remarketing Settlement Date;

(iv) any other changes in the terms of the Debentures or the Trust Preferred Securities notified by the Sponsor in connection with such Remarketing pursuant to Section 10.2 (including, if the Remarketing Settlement Date is February 15, 2009 and the Remarketing is a Failed Remarketing, any change in the Debenture Stated Maturity Date and Scheduled Redemption Date and, if applicable, the date on or after which the Sponsor will have the right to redeem the Debentures (resulting in a redemption by the Sponsor of the Common Equity Units));

(v) the procedures a beneficial owner must follow if it holds its Trust Preferred Securities as a component of Normal Common Equity Units to elect not to participate in the Remarketing and the date by which such election must be made;

(vi) the procedures a beneficial owner must follow if it holds Separate Trust Preferred Securities to elect to participate in the Remarketing; and

(vii) in the case of a Remarketing for settlement on the February 15, 2009 Remarketing Settlement Date, the procedures an Owner must follow in the event such Remarketing is a Failed Remarketing if such Owner holds Separate Trust Preferred Securities to exercise its Put Right.

(b) On any Remarketing Date, all outstanding Trust Preferred Securities included in Normal Common Equity Units will be tendered or deemed tendered to the Remarketing Agent for Remarketing unless the Holder thereof elects not to participate in the Remarketing. Each Holder of Trust Preferred Securities included in Normal Common Equity Units, by purchasing such Trust Preferred Securities, agrees to have such Trust Preferred Securities remarketed on any Remarketing Date (unless such Holder elects not to participate in the Remarketing as provided herein) and authorizes the Remarketing Agent to take any and all action on its behalf necessary to effect the Remarketing. On any Remarketing Date, each Holder of Trust Preferred Securities included in Normal Common Equity Units will have the right to elect not to have its Trust Preferred Securities remarketed by giving notice and taking the other actions provided for in Section 5.05 of the Pledge Agreement.

(c) Each Holder of Separate Trust Preferred Securities may elect to have such Holder's Separate Trust Preferred Securities remarketed in any Remarketing. A Holder making such an election must, pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, notify the Custodial Agent and deliver such Separate Trust Preferred Securities to the Custodial Agent on or prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on or prior to the fifth Business Day

60

immediately preceding the applicable Remarketing Date (but no earlier than the Distribution Date immediately preceding the applicable Remarketing Date). Any such notice and delivery may not be conditioned upon the level at which the Reset Rate is established in the Remarketing or any other condition. Any such notice and delivery may be withdrawn on or prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Remarketing Date in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Pledge Agreement. Any such notice and delivery not withdrawn by such time will be irrevocable with respect to such Remarketing. Pursuant to Section 5.07(c) of the Pledge Agreement, promptly after 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Remarketing Date, the Custodial Agent, based on the notices and deliveries received by it prior to such time, shall notify the Remarketing Agent of the Initial Liquidation Amount of Separate Trust Preferred Securities to be tendered for Remarketing and shall cause such Separate Trust Preferred Securities to be presented to the Remarketing Agent.

(d) If the Remarketing on a Remarketing Date is Successful, then the Remarketing Agent shall deduct the Remarketing Agent's Fee to which it is entitled as provided in Section 10.1 and the related Remarketing Agreement from the proceeds of such Remarketing and remit the remaining proceeds to the Property Trustee in accordance with Section 10.1(a)(iii) for application as provided therein.

(e) If by 4:00 P.M., New York City time, on any Remarketing Date the Remarketing Agent has found buyers for all of the Trust Preferred Securities offered in the Remarketing in accordance with this Article X, a Successful Remarketing shall be deemed to have occurred. In the event of a Successful Remarketing, the Sponsor shall issue a press release through Bloomberg Business News or other reasonable means of distribution stating that such Remarketing was successful and specifying the Reset Rate and shall post such information on its website on the World Wide Web.

(f) If, by 4:00 P.M., New York City time, on any Remarketing Date the Remarketing Agent is unable to find buyers for all of the Trust Preferred Securities offered in the Remarketing in accordance with this Article X, a Failed Remarketing shall be deemed to have occurred. In the event of a Failed Remarketing, the Sponsor shall issue a press release through Bloomberg Business News or other reasonable means of distribution stating that such Remarketing was a Failed Remarketing and, if such Failed Remarketing was for settlement on February 15, 2009, stating the aggregate principal amount of Debentures that the Sponsor will be required to repurchase as required pursuant to Section 2.7 of the Supplemental Indenture, and the related aggregate Accreted Liquidation Amount of Trust Preferred Securities that the Trust will be required to purchase pursuant to Section 10.5, and publish such information on its website on the World Wide Web.

(g) The right of each Holder (whether of Separate Trust Preferred Securities or of Trust Preferred Securities included in Normal Common Equity Units) to have its Trust Preferred Securities remarketed and sold in connection with any Remarketing shall be limited to the extent that (i) the Remarketing Agent conducts a Remarketing pursuant to the terms of the Remarketing Agreement, (ii) the Remarketing Agent is able to find a

61

purchaser or purchasers for the Trust Preferred Securities offered in the Remarketing in accordance with this Article X and the Remarketing Agreement, and (iii) the purchaser or purchasers deliver the purchase price therefor to the Remarketing Agent as and when required.

(h) Neither the Property Trustee, the Sponsor nor the Remarketing Agent shall be obligated in any case to provide funds to make payment upon tender of Trust Preferred Securities for remarketing.

SECTION 10.5. Put Right.

(a) Subject to Section 10.5(b), if there has been a Final Failed Remarketing, Holders of Trust Preferred Securities will, subject to this
Section 10.5, have the right (the "Put Right") to require:

(i) the Property Trustee, as Holder (as defined in the Indenture) of Debentures, to exercise its right under Section 2.7 of the Supplemental Indenture to require the Sponsor to purchase thereunder a Like Amount of Debentures; and

(ii) as a consequence, to require the Sponsor to purchase on February 15, 2010 under and in accordance with such Section 2.7 of the Supplemental Indenture a Like Amount of Debentures for consideration per Debenture (the "Put Consideration") of cash in an amount equal to 100% of their Accreted Principal Amount as of such date plus a junior subordinated note of the Sponsor, bearing interest at the rate of 4.91% per annum, in the amount of the accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest) to but excluding such date on such Debentures and payable on August 15, 2010 or, if February 15, 2010 is during a Deferral Period and such Deferral Period ends after August 15, 2010, the fifth anniversary of the first day of such Deferral Period.

The Property Trustee will remit to each Holder of Separate Trust Preferred Securities making such election the Put Consideration upon receipt of the Put Consideration from the Sponsor.

(b) The Put Right of a Holder of Separate Trust Preferred Securities will only be exercisable upon delivery of a notice to the Property Trustee by such Holder on or prior to 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the second Business Day prior to the February 15, 2010 Remarketing Settlement Date. A Holder may give such notice by, when it makes its election under
Section 10.4(c) to cause its Trust Preferred Securities to be offered in the Remarketing, stating in such notice that, in the event such Remarketing is in connection with the February 15, 2010 Remarketing Settlement Date and if such Remarketing is a Failed Remarketing, then such Holder makes the election provided for under this Section 10.5.

(c) The rights of Holders of Trust Preferred Securities included in Normal Common Equity Units, including their Put Rights, will be subject to the security interest in favor of the Sponsor provided for in the Pledge Agreement.

62

SECTION 10.6. Common Securities.

The terms of the Common Securities shall automatically be modified as and when the terms of Trust Preferred Securities change pursuant to this Article, with the consequence that the terms of the Trust Preferred Securities shall at all times be identical to the terms of the Common Securities, except (i) for the subordination of the Common Securities pursuant to Section 4.3 and (ii) that
Section 10.5 shall apply only to the Trust Preferred Securities.

ARTICLE XI
OTHER COMMON EQUITY UNIT RELATED PROVISIONS

SECTION 11.1. Tax Treatment.

Each Holder of Trust Preferred Securities agrees, by acceptance of Trust Preferred Securities, and each Owner agrees, by acceptance of a beneficial interest in Trust Preferred Securities, to treat for all United States federal income tax purposes (i) the Trust as a grantor trust, (ii) itself as the owner of the Stock Purchase Contracts and the related ownership interest in the Trust Preferred Securities or treasury securities pledged under the Pledge Agreement, as the case may be, (iii) the Debentures as indebtedness of the Sponsor, and
(iv) the fair market value of each undivided beneficial interest in each ownership interest in the Trust Preferred Securities included in each Normal Common Equity Unit as $12.50 and the fair market value of each Stock Purchase Contract as $0.

ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 12.1. Limitation of Rights of Holders.

Except as set forth in Section 9.2, the death or incapacity of any person having an interest, beneficial or otherwise, in Trust Securities shall not operate to terminate this Trust Agreement, nor dissolve or annul the Trust, nor entitle the legal representatives or heirs of such Person or any Holder for such person, to claim an accounting, take any action or bring any proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of the arrangements contemplated hereby, nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto or any of them.

SECTION 12.2. Amendment.

(a) This Trust Agreement may be amended from time to time by the Administrative Trustees and the Holders of all of the Common Securities, without the consent of any Holder of the Trust Preferred Securities, (i) to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision herein that may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Trust Agreement, which shall not be inconsistent with the other provisions of this Trust Agreement, or (ii) to modify, eliminate or add to any provisions of this Trust Agreement to such extent as shall be necessary to ensure that the Trust will not be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States Federal income tax purposes at all times that any Trust Securities are outstanding, to ensure that the Trust will not be required to register as an "investment company" under the

63

Investment Company Act or to ensure the treatment of the Trust Preferred Securities as Tier 1 regulatory capital under the prevailing Federal Reserve rules and regulations; provided, however, that in the case of either clause (i) or (ii), such action shall not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Holder. Any such amendment shall become effective when notice is given to the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities.

(b) Except as provided in Section 12.2(c), any provision of this Trust Agreement may be amended by the Administrative Trustees, the Property Trustee, and the Holders of all of the Common Securities and with
(i) the consent of Holders of at least a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities, and (ii) receipt by the Trustees of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment or the exercise of any power granted to the Trustees or the Administrative Trustees in accordance with such amendment will not affect the Trust's status as a grantor trust or cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or as other than a grantor trust for United States Federal income tax purposes or affect the Trust's exemption from status as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act.

(c) In addition to and notwithstanding any other provision in this Trust Agreement, without the consent of each affected Holder (such consent being obtained in accordance with Section 6.3 or 6.6 hereof), this Trust Agreement may not be amended to (i) change the amount or timing of any Distribution on the Trust Securities or otherwise adversely affect the amount of any Distribution required to be made in respect of the Trust Securities as of a specified date, or (ii) restrict the right of a Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such date; and notwithstanding any other provision herein, without the unanimous consent of the Holders (such consent being obtained in accordance with Section 6.3 or 6.6 hereof), this paragraph (c) of this
Section 12.2 may not be amended.

(d) If any proposed amendment to the Trust Agreement provides for, or the Trustees otherwise propose to effect, (i) any action that would adversely affect in any material respect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Trust Preferred Securities, whether by way of amendment to the Trust Agreement or otherwise, or (ii) the dissolution and winding-up of the Trust, other than pursuant to the terms of this Trust Agreement, then the Holders of Outstanding Trust Preferred Securities as a class will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the approval of the Holders of at least a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Trust Agreement, no amendment to this Trust Agreement may be made if, as a result of such amendment, it would cause the Trust to be taxable as a corporation or classified as other than a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Trust Agreement, no Trustee shall enter into or consent to any amendment to this Trust Agreement that would cause the Trust to fail or cease to qualify for the exemption from status as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act or to be taxable as a corporation or to be classified as other than a grantor trust for United States Federal income tax purposes.

64

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Trust Agreement to the contrary, without the consent of the Sponsor and the Administrative Trustees, this Trust Agreement may not be amended in a manner that imposes any additional obligation on the Sponsor or the Administrative Trustees.

(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Trust Agreement to the contrary, without the consent of the Property Trustee, this Trust Agreement may not be amended in a manner that imposes any additional obligation on, or adversely affects any rights, immunities or indemnities of, the Property Trustee.

(h) Notwithstanding anything in this Trust Agreement to the contrary, without the consent of the Delaware Trustee, this Trust Agreement may not be amended in a manner that imposes any additional obligation on, or adversely affects any rights, immunities or indemnities of, the Delaware Trustee.

(i) In the event that any amendment to this Trust Agreement is made, the Administrative Trustees shall promptly provide to the Sponsor and the Property Trustee a copy of such amendment.

(j) Neither the Property Trustee nor the Delaware Trustee shall be required to enter into any amendment to this Trust Agreement that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Trust Agreement. The Property Trustee shall be entitled to receive an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers' Certificate stating that any amendment to this Trust Agreement is in compliance with this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 12.3. Separability.

In case any provision in this Trust Agreement or in the Trust Securities Certificates shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 12.4. Governing Law.

This Trust Agreement and the rights and obligations of each of the Holders, the Trust, the Sponsor and the Trustees with respect to this Trust Agreement and the Trust Securities shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to its conflicts of laws provisions.

SECTION 12.5. Payments Due on Non-Business Day.

If the date fixed for any payment on any Trust Security shall be a day that is not a Business Day, then such payment need not be made on such date but may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, with the same force and effect as though made on the date fixed for such payment, and no Distributions shall accumulate on such unpaid amount for the period after such date.

65

SECTION 12.6. Successors.

This Trust Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of any successor to the Sponsor, the Trust and any Trustee, including any successor by operation of law. Except in connection with a consolidation, merger or sale involving the Sponsor that is permitted under Article X of the Base Indenture and pursuant to which the assignee agrees in writing to perform the Sponsor's obligations hereunder, the Sponsor shall not assign its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 12.7. Headings.

The Article and Section headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Trust Agreement.

SECTION 12.8. Reports, Notices and Demands.

Any report, notice, demand or other communication that by any provision of this Trust Agreement is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon any Holder, the Sponsor or the Sponsor may be given or served in writing by deposit thereof, first-class postage prepaid, in the United States mail, hand delivery or facsimile transmission, in each case, addressed, (a) in the case of a Holder of Trust Preferred Securities, to such Holder as such Holder's name and address may appear on the Securities Register and (b) in the case of the Holder of the Common Securities or the Sponsor, to MetLife, Inc., 27-01 Queens Plaza North, Long Island City, New York 11101, facsimile 212-578-0266, Attention:
Treasurer, or to such other address as may be specified in a written notice by the Sponsor to the Property Trustee. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon a Holder shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, upon hand delivery, mailing or transmission. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon the Sponsor or the Holder of the Common Securities shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of the writing by the Sponsor or the Holder of the Common Securities, as the case may be. Any notice, demand or other communication that by any provision of this Trust Agreement is required or permitted to be given or served to or upon the Trust, the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee, the Administrative Trustees or the Trust shall be given in writing addressed to such Person as follows: (a) with respect to the Property Trustee, to J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, Worldwide Securities Services, 4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Worldwide Securities Services, Telephone: (212) 623-5233, Facsimile: (212) 623-6215; (b) with respect to the Delaware Trustee, to Chase Bank USA, National Association, c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank, 500 Stanton Christiana Road, 3rd Floor/OPS4, Newark, DE 19713, Attention: Worldwide Securities Services; (c) with respect to the Administrative Trustees, to them at c/o Chase Bank USA, National Association, 500 Stanton Christiana Road, 3rd Floor/OPS4, Newark, Delaware 19713, Attention:
Institutional Trust Services, facsimile: (302) 552-6280; and (d) with respect to the Trust, to its principal office specified in Section 2.2, with a copy to the Property Trustee. Such notice, demand or other communication to or upon the Trust, the Delaware Trustee, the Property Trustee or the Administrative Trustees shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made only upon actual receipt of the writing by the Trust, the Property Trustee or such Administrative Trustee.

66

SECTION 12.9. Agreement Not to Petition.

Each of the Trustees and the Sponsor agree for the benefit of the Holders that, until at least one year and one day after the Trust has been dissolved in accordance with Article IX, they shall not file, or join in the filing of, a petition against the Trust under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law (including the United States Bankruptcy Code) (collectively, "Bankruptcy Laws") or otherwise join in the commencement of any proceeding against the Trust under any Bankruptcy Law. If the Sponsor takes action in violation of this Section 12.9, the Property Trustee agrees, for the benefit of Holders, that at the expense of the Sponsor, it shall file an answer with the bankruptcy court or otherwise properly contest the filing of such petition by the Sponsor against the Trust or the commencement of such action and raise the defense that the Sponsor has agreed in writing not to take such action and should be stopped and precluded therefrom and such other defenses, if any, as counsel for the Trustee or the Trust may assert.

SECTION 12.10. Trust Indenture Act; Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Trust Indenture Act shall apply as a matter of contract to this Trust Agreement for purposes of interpretation, construction and defining the rights and obligations hereunder, and this Trust Agreement, the Sponsor and the Property Trustee shall be deemed for all purposes hereof to be subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act to the same extent as would be the case if this Trust Agreement were qualified under that Act on the date hereof. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if and to the extent that any provision of this Trust Agreement limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Sections 310 to 317, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties shall control.

(b) The Property Trustee shall be the only Trustee that is a trustee for the purposes of the Trust Indenture Act.

(c) The application of the Trust Indenture Act to this Trust Agreement shall not affect the nature of the Trust Securities as equity securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust.

SECTION 12.11. Acceptance of Terms of Trust Agreement, Guarantee Agreement and Indenture.

THE RECEIPT AND ACCEPTANCE OF A TRUST SECURITY OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN BY OR ON BEHALF OF A HOLDER OR ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER, WITHOUT ANY SIGNATURE OR FURTHER MANIFESTATION OF ASSENT, SHALL CONSTITUTE THE UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE HOLDER AND ALL OTHERS HAVING A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH TRUST SECURITY OF ALL THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS TRUST AGREEMENT, THE GUARANTEE AGREEMENT AND THE INDENTURE, AND AGREEMENT TO THE SUBORDINATION PROVISIONS AND OTHER TERMS OF THE GUARANTEE AGREEMENT AND THE INDENTURE, AND SHALL CONSTITUTE THE AGREEMENT OF THE TRUST, SUCH HOLDER AND SUCH OTHERS THAT THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS TRUST

67

AGREEMENT SHALL BE BINDING, OPERATIVE AND EFFECTIVE AS BETWEEN THE TRUST AND SUCH HOLDER AND SUCH OTHERS.

SECTION 12.12. Counterparts.

This Trust Agreement may contain more than one counterpart of the signature page and this Trust Agreement may be executed by the affixing of the signature of each of the parties to one of such counterpart signature pages. All of such counterpart signature pages shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all of the signers had signed a single signature page.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

68

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust.

METLIFE, INC., as Sponsor

By:   /s/ Joseph Prochaska, Jr.
    -------------------------------
    Name:
    Title:

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Property
Trustee

By:  /s/ Paul J. Schmalzel
    -------------------------------
    Name:  Paul J. Schmalzel
    Title: Authorized Signer

CHASE BANK USA, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Delaware Trustee

By:  /s/ John J. Cashin
    -------------------------------
    Name:  John J. Cashin
    Title: Vice President

ANTHONY J. WILLIAMSON
as Administrative Trustee

By:  /s/ Anthony J. Williamson
    -------------------------------
    Name:
    Title:

PHILIP SALMON,
as Administrative Trustee

By:  /s/ Philip Salmon
    -------------------------------
    Name:
    Title:

69

THOMAS CURRAN,
as Administrative Trustee

By:  /s/ Thomas Curran
   --------------------------------
    Name:
    Title:

70

STATE OF New York )
)ss
COUNTY OF Queens )

On before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of New York, County of New York, personally appeared Joseph Prochaska, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her authorized capacity, and that the foregoing instrument is the free act and deed of the entity upon behalf of which such person acted.

WITNESS my hand and official seal

                                             SIGNATURE:  /s/ Irina Kristen Azer

(This area for official notarial seal)

STATE OF New York )
)ss
COUNTY OF Queens )

On before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of New York, County of New York, personally appeared Anthony J. Williamson, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her authorized capacity, and that the foregoing instrument is the free act and deed of the entity upon behalf of which such person acted.

WITNESS my hand and official seal

SIGNATURE:  /s/ Irina Kristen Azer

71

(This area for official notarial seal)

STATE OF New York )
)ss
COUNTY OF Queens )

On before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of New York, County of New York, personally appeared Philip Salmon, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her authorized capacity, and that the foregoing instrument is the free act and deed of the entity upon behalf of which such person acted.

WITNESS my hand and official seal

                                            SIGNATURE:  /s/ Irina Kristen Azer

(This area for official notarial seal)

STATE OF New York )
)ss
COUNTY OF Queens )

On before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of New York, County of New York, personally appeared Thomas Curran, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her authorized capacity, and that the foregoing instrument is the free act and deed of the entity upon behalf of which such person acted.

WITNESS my hand and official seal

SIGNATURE:  /s/ Irina Kristen Azer

72

(This area for official notarial seal)

STATE OF     New York )
                      )ss
COUNTY OF    New York )

On before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the County and State of New York, personally appeared Paul J. Schmalzel, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her authorized capacity, and that the foregoing instrument is the free act and deed of the entity upon behalf of which such person acted.

WITNESS my hand and official seal

                                             SIGNATURE:  /s/ Emily Fayan

(This area for official notarial seal)

STATE OF Delaware )
)ss
COUNTY OF New Castle )

On before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the State of Delaware, New Castle County, personally appeared John J. Cashin, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her authorized capacity, and that the foregoing instrument is the free act and deed of the entity upon behalf of which such person acted.

WITNESS my hand and official seal

                                             SIGNATURE:  /s/ Sarika M. Sheth
(This area for official notarial seal)

73

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
CERTIFICATE OF TRUST
OF
METLIFE CAPITAL TRUST III

THIS Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Trust of MetLife Capital Trust III (the "Trust"), is being duly executed and filed by the undersigned trustee to amend the Certificate of Trust of the Trust, dated May 17, 2001 (the "Certificate of Trust"), pursuant to the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (12 Del. C. Section 3801, et seq.) (the "Act").

1. Name. The name of the statutory trust is MetLife Capital Trust III.

2. Amendment to Certificate of Trust. The Certificate of Trust is hereby amended by amending and restating Section 2 thereof in its entirety as follows:

"2. Delaware Trustee. The name and business address of the trustee of the Trust with a principal place of business in the State of Delaware is:

Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association 500 Stanton Christiana Road OPS4/3rd Floor Newark, Delaware 19713 Attn: "Institutional Trust Services"

3. Effective Date. This Certificate of Amendment shall be effective upon filing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned trustees of the Trust has executed this Certificate of Amendment in accordance with Section 3811(a)(2) of the Act.

CHASE MANHATTAN BANK USA,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
not in its individual capacity but
solely as trustee

By: /s/ John J. Cashin
    ------------------------------
    Name: John J. Cashin
    Title: Vice President

A-1

EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF COMMON SECURITIES CERTIFICATE]
THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW
AND SECTION 5.10 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT

Certificate Number _______________ Number of Common Securities __________

Certificate Evidencing Common Securities
of MetLife Capital Trust III

6.375% Common Securities

(Initial Liquidation Amount $1,000 per Common Security)

MetLife Capital Trust III, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Trust"), hereby certifies that ________________ (the "Holder") is the registered owner of _________________ (___________) Common Securities of the Trust representing undivided common beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and designated the 6.375% Common Securities (Initial Liquidation Amount $1,000 per Common Security) (the "Common Securities"). Except in accordance with the Trust Agreement (as defined below), the Common Securities are not transferable and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any attempted transfer hereof other than in accordance therewith shall be void. The designations, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Common Securities are set forth in, and this certificate and the Common Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, dated as of June 21, 2005, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Trust Agreement"), among MetLife, Inc., as Sponsor, J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Property Trustee, Chase Bank USA, National Association, as Delaware Trustee, the Administrative Trustees named therein, and the Holders of Trust Securities, including the designation of the terms of the Common Securities as set forth therein. The Trust will furnish a copy of the Trust Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Trust at its principal place of business or registered office. Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Trust Agreement and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

Terms used but not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

B-1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, one of the Administrative Trustees of the Trust has executed this certificate this _______ day of ____________, 20__.

METLIFE CAPITAL TRUST III

By: ____________________________
Name:
Title: Administrative Trustee

B-2

PROPERTY TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Common Securities referred to in the above mentioned Trust Agreement.

Dated: _______________


As Property Trustee

By: _____________________________
Name:
Title: Administrative Trustee

B-3

EXHIBIT C

[FORM OF TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES CERTIFICATE]

[This Trust Preferred Securities Certificate is a Book-Entry Trust Preferred Securities Certificate within the meaning of the Trust Agreement hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of a Clearing Agency or a nominee of a Clearing Agency. This Trust Preferred Securities Certificate is exchangeable for Trust Preferred Securities Certificates registered in the name of a person other than the Clearing Agency or its nominee only in the limited circumstances described in the Trust Agreement and may not be transferred except as a whole by the Clearing Agency to a nominee of the Clearing Agency or by a nominee of the Clearing Agency to the Clearing Agency or another nominee of the Clearing Agency, except in the limited circumstances described in the Trust Agreement.

Unless this Trust Preferred Securities Certificate is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York Corporation ("DTC"), to MetLife Capital Trust III or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Trust Preferred Securities Certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO A PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.]1

NO EMPLOYEE BENEFIT OR OTHER PLAN SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA"), OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE") (EACH, A "PLAN"), NO ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE "PLAN ASSETS" BY REASON OF ANY PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY (A "PLAN ASSET ENTITY"), AND NO PERSON INVESTING "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN, MAY ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES CERTIFICATE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN, UNLESS SUCH ACQUISITION OR HOLDING WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER ERISA SECTION 406 OR CODE SECTION 4975, OR SUCH PURCHASER OR HOLDER IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION CLASS EXEMPTION ("PTCE") 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING AND, IN THE CASE OF ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER RELYING ON ANY EXEMPTION OTHER THAN PTCE 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGULATION SECTION 2550.401c-1, HAS COMPLIED WITH ANY REQUEST BY THE SPONSOR OR THE TRUST FOR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE WITH RESPECT TO THE AVAILABILITY OF SUCH EXEMPTION. ANY PURCHASER OR HOLDER OF THIS TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES CERTIFICATE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED BY ITS PURCHASE AND HOLDING HEREOF THAT (A) IT IS NOT A PLAN OR A PLAN ASSET ENTITY AND IS NOT PURCHASING SUCH SECURITIES ON BEHALF OF OR WITH "PLAN ASSETS" OF ANY PLAN, (B) ITS

C-1

PURCHASE AND HOLDING OF SUCH SECURITIES WILL NOT RESULT IN A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER ERISA SECTION 406 OR CODE SECTION 4975, OR (C) IT IS ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXEMPTIVE RELIEF AVAILABLE UNDER PTCE 96-23, 95-60, 91-38, 90-1 OR 84-14 OR ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION WITH RESPECT TO SUCH PURCHASE OR HOLDING.


1 Insert on Global Certificates only.

C-2

Certificate Number __________ Number of Trust Preferred Securities________ CUSIP NO. [-]

Certificate Evidencing Series B Trust Preferred Securities of MetLife Capital Trust III 4.91% Series B Trust Preferred Securities


(Initial Liquidation Amount $1,000 per Trust Preferred Securities)

MetLife Capital Trust III, a statutory trust created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Trust"), hereby certifies that (the "Holder") is the registered owner of ________________ Trust Preferred Securities of the Trust representing an undivided preferred beneficial interest in the assets of the Trust and designated the MetLife Capital Trust III 4.91% Series B Trust Preferred Securities (Initial Liquidation Amount $1,000 per Trust Preferred Securities) (the "Trust Preferred Securities"). The Trust Preferred Securities are transferable on the books and records of the Trust, in person or by a duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this certificate duly endorsed and in proper form for transfer as provided in the Trust Agreement (as defined below). The designations, rights, privileges, restrictions, preferences and other terms and provisions of the Trust Preferred Securities are set forth in, and this certificate and the Trust Preferred Securities represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust, dated as of June 21, 2005, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Trust Agreement"), among MetLife, Inc., as Sponsor, J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Property Trustee, Chase Bank USA, National Association, as Delaware Trustee, the Administrative Trustees named therein, and the Holders of Trust Securities, including the designation of the terms of the Trust Preferred Securities as set forth therein. The Holder is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2005, as the same may be amended from time to time (the "Guarantee Agreement"), by and between MetLife, Inc., as Guarantor, and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Guarantee Trustee, to the extent provided therein. The Trust will furnish a copy of the Trust Agreement and the Guarantee Agreement to the Holder without charge upon written request to the Trust at its principal place of business or registered office.

Upon receipt of this certificate, the Holder is bound by the Trust Agreement and is entitled to the benefits thereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, one of the Administrative Trustees of the Trust has executed this certificate this day of

METLIFE CAPITAL TRUST III

By: ____________________________
Name:
Title: Administrative Trustee

C-3

PROPERTY TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Capital Securities referred to in the above mentioned Trust Agreement.

Dated: _______________


As Property Trustee

By: ____________________________
Name:
Title: Administrative Trustee

C-4

ASSIGNMENT

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Trust Preferred Security to: ________________ (Insert assignee's social security or tax identification number) (Insert address and zip code of assignee) and irrevocably appoints ____________________ agent to transfer this Trust Preferred Securities Certificate on the books of the Trust. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

Date:                                        Signature:________________________

                                             (Sign exactly as your name appears
                                             on the other side of this Trust
                                             Preferred Securities Certificate)
                                             The signature(s) should be
                                             guaranteed by an eligible guarantor
                                             institution (banks, stockbrokers,
                                             savings and loan associations and
                                             credit unions with membership in an
                                             approved signature guarantee
                                             medallion program), pursuant to
                                             S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

C-5

EXHIBIT 4.69


GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

by and between

METLIFE, INC.,
as Guarantor

and

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Guarantee Trustee

relating to

METLIFE CAPITAL TRUST III

Dated as of June 21, 2005



METLIFE, INC.

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2005

Trust Indenture
  Act Section                                               Guarantee Section
---------------                                             -----------------
Section. 310(a)  ..................................         4.1(a)
            (b)  ..................................         2.8, 4.1(c)
            (c)  ..................................         Not applicable
Section. 311(a)  ..................................         2.2(b)
            (b)  ..................................         2.2(b)
            (c)  ..................................         Not applicable
Section. 312(a)  ..................................         2.2(a)
            (b)  ..................................         2.2(b)
Section. 313     ..................................         2.3
Section. 314(a)  ..................................         2.4
            (b)  ..................................         Not applicable
            (c)  ..................................         2.5
            (d)  ..................................         Not applicable
            (e)  ..................................         1.1, 2.5, 3.2
            (f)  ..................................         2.1, 3.2
Section. 315(a)  ..................................         3.1(d)
            (b)  ..................................         2.7
            (c)  ..................................         3.1(c)
            (d)  ..................................         3.1(d)
            (e)  ..................................         2.1
Section. 316(a)  ..................................         1.1, 2.6, 5.4
            (b)  ..................................         5.4
            (c)  ..................................         2.1
Section.  37(a)  ..................................         2.1
            (b)  ..................................         2.1
Section. 318(a)  ..................................         2.1
            (b)  ..................................         2.1
            (c)  ..................................         2.1

Note: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose be deemed to be part of the Guarantee Agreement.

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                           PAGE
                                           ARTICLE I
                                          DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1   Definitions.......................................................              1

                                          ARTICLE II
                                      TRUST INDENTURE ACT

Section 2.1   Trust Indenture Act; Application..................................              5

Section 2.2   List of Holders...................................................              5

Section 2.3   Reports by the Guarantee Trustee..................................              5

Section 2.4   Periodic Reports to the Guarantee Trustee.........................              5

Section 2.5   Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent..................              6

Section 2.6   Events of Default; Waiver.........................................              6

Section 2.7   Event of Default; Notice..........................................              6

Section 2.8   Conflicting Interests.............................................              6

                                          ARTICLE III
                      POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

Section 3.1   Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee........................              7

Section 3.2   Certain Rights of Guarantee Trustee...............................              8

Section 3.3   Compensation; Indemnity; Fees.....................................             10

                                          ARTICLE IV
                                       GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

Section 4.1   Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility....................................             10

Section 4.2   Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee.....             11

                                           ARTICLE V
                                           GUARANTEE

Section 5.1   Guarantee.........................................................             12

Section 5.2   Waiver of Notice and Demand.......................................             12

Section 5.3   Obligations Not Affected..........................................             12

Section 5.4   Rights of Holders.................................................             13

Section 5.5   Guarantee of Payment..............................................             13

Section 5.6   Subrogation.......................................................             13

Section 5.7   Independent Obligations...........................................             14

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                            PAGE
                                   ARTICLE VI
                           COVENANTS AND SUBORDINATION

Section 6.1   Subordination.....................................             14

Section 6.2   Pari Passu Guarantees.............................             14

Section 6.3   Guarantor Election to End Subordination...........             14

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   TERMINATION

Section 7.1   Termination.......................................             15

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1   Successors and Assigns............................             15

Section 8.2   Amendments........................................             15

Section 8.3   Notices...........................................             15

Section 8.4   Benefit...........................................             16

Section 8.5   Governing Law.....................................             16

Section 8.6   Counterparts......................................             16

ii

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT, dated as of June 21, 2005 (the "Guarantee Agreement"), between MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Guarantor"), having its principal executive offices at 200 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10166, and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the "Guarantee Trustee"), for the benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Trust Preferred Securities of METLIFE CAPITAL TRUST III, a Delaware statutory trust (the "Trust").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, of even date herewith (the "Trust Agreement"), among MetLife, Inc., as Sponsor, the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee, and the Administrative Trustees (each as named therein) and the holders from time to time of undivided beneficial ownership interests in the assets of the Trust, the Trust is issuing $1,035,000,000 aggregate Initial Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of its Trust Preferred Securities having the terms set forth in the Trust Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Trust Preferred Securities will be issued by the Trust, and the proceeds thereof, together with the proceeds from the issuance of the Trust's Common Securities, will be used to purchase the Debentures, which Debentures will be deposited with J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Property Trustee under the Trust Agreement, as trust assets; and

WHEREAS, as an incentive for the Holders to purchase the Trust Preferred Securities, the Guarantor desires irrevocably and unconditionally to agree, to the extent set forth herein, to pay to the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities the Guarantee Payments and to make certain other payments on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the purchase of Trust Preferred Securities by each Holder, which purchase the Guarantor hereby acknowledges shall benefit the Guarantor, the Guarantor executes and delivers this Guarantee Agreement for the benefit of the Holders from time to time.

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions.

For all purposes of this Guarantee Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) The terms defined in this Article I have the meanings assigned to them in this Article I, and include the plural as well as the singular;

(b) All other terms used herein that are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;


(c) The words "include," "includes" and "including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation;"

(d) All accounting terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles;

(e) Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an "Article" or a "Section" refers to an Article or a Section, as the case may be, of this Guarantee Agreement; and

(f) The words "hereby," "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Guarantee Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control," when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

"Authorized Officer" of any Person means any executive officer of such Person or any person authorized by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors (or equivalent body) of such Person.

"Base Indenture" has the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement.

"Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Guarantor or any committee of the board of directors of the Guarantor, comprised of one or more members of the board of directors of the Guarantor or officers of the Guarantor, or both.

"Common Securities" has the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement.

"Debentures" has the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement.

"Distributions" has the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement.

"Event of Default" means (i) a default by the Guarantor in any of its payment obligations under this Guarantee Agreement; or (ii) a default by the Guarantor in any other obligation hereunder that remains unremedied for 30 days.

"Guarantee Agreement" means this Guarantee Agreement, as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time.

"Guarantee Payments" means the following payments or distributions, without duplication, with respect to the Trust Preferred Securities, to the extent not paid or made by or on behalf of the Trust: (i) any accumulated and unpaid Distributions required to be paid on the Trust Preferred Securities, to the extent the Trust shall have funds on hand available therefor at such time;
(ii) the Redemption Price with respect to any Trust Preferred Securities called for

2

redemption by the Trust, to the extent the Trust shall have funds on hand available therefor at such time; and (iii) upon a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, winding-up or liquidation of the Trust, other than in connection with the distribution of Debentures to the Holders or the redemption of the Trust Preferred Securities, the lesser of (a) the Liquidation Distribution with respect to the Trust Preferred Securities, to the extent that the Trust shall have funds on hand available therefor at such time, and (b) the amount of assets of the Trust remaining available for distribution to Holders on liquidation of the Trust.

"Guarantee Trustee" means J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, solely in its capacity as Guarantee Trustee and not in its individual capacity, until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee Agreement, and thereafter means each such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

"Guarantor" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Guarantee Agreement.

"Holder" means any Holder (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of any Trust Preferred Securities; provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite percentage of Trust Preferred Securities have given any request, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, "Holder" shall not include the Guarantor, the Guarantee Trustee, or any Affiliate of the Guarantor or the Guarantee Trustee.

"Indenture" has the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement.

"Indenture Supplement" has the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement.

"Liquidation Distribution" has the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement.

"List of Holders" has the meaning specified in Section 2.2(a).

"Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities" has the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement.

"Officers' Certificate" means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by any two Authorized Officers of such person. Any Officers' Certificate delivered with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Guarantee Agreement shall include:

(a) a statement by each officer signing the Officers' Certificate that such officer has read the covenant or condition and the definitions relating thereto;

(b) a brief statement of the nature and scope of the examination or investigation undertaken by each officer in rendering the Officers' Certificate;

(c) a statement that each officer has made such examination or investigation as, in each such officer's opinion, is necessary to enable such officer to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

3

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each officer, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, company, limited liability company, trust, statutory or business trust, unincorporated association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity of whatever nature.

"Redemption Price" has the meaning set forth in the Trust Agreement.

"Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Guarantee Trustee, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, any Trust Officer or Assistant Trust Officer or any other officer of the corporate trust department of the Guarantee Trustee and also means, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of that officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

"Senior Debt" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 of the Indenture Supplement.

"Trust Preferred Securities" has the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement.

"Stock Purchase Date" has the meaning specified in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Guarantor and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

"Successor Guarantee Trustee" means a successor Guarantee Trustee possessing the qualifications to act as Guarantee Trustee under Section 4.1.

"Trust" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Guarantee Agreement.

"Trust Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of the Trust referred to in the recitals to this Guarantee Agreement, as modified, amended or supplemented from time to time.

"Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended as in force at the date as of which this Guarantee Agreement was executed; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, "Trust Indenture Act" means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended.

"Vice President," when used with respect to the Guarantor, means any duly appointed vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title "vice president."

4

ARTICLE II
TRUST INDENTURE ACT

Section 2.1 Trust Indenture Act; Application.

The Trust Indenture Act shall apply as a matter of contract to this Guarantee Agreement for purposes of interpretation, construction and defining the rights and obligations hereunder, and this Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantor and the Guarantee Trustee shall be deemed for all purposes hereof to be subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act to the same extent as would be the case if this Guarantee Agreement were qualified under the Trust Indenture Act on the date hereof. If and to the extent that any provision of this Guarantee Agreement limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Sections 310 to 317, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties shall control.

Section 2.2 List of Holders.

(a) The Guarantor shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Guarantee Trustee (a) semi-annually, on or before June 30 and December 31 of each year, a list, in such form as the Guarantee Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders (a "List of Holders") as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the delivery thereof, and (b) at such other times as the Guarantee Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Guarantor of any such request, a List of Holders as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished, in each case to the extent such information is in the possession or control of the Guarantor and has not otherwise been received by the Guarantee Trustee in its capacity as such. The Guarantee Trustee may destroy any List of Holders previously given to it on receipt of a new List of Holders.

(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall comply with the requirements of Section
311(a), Section 311(b) and Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 2.3 Reports by the Guarantee Trustee.

Within 60 days after May 15 each year, commencing May 15, 2006, the Guarantee Trustee shall provide to the Holders such reports as are required by
Section 313 of the Trust Indenture Act, if any, in the form and in the manner provided by Section 313 of the Trust Indenture Act. If this Guarantee Agreement shall have been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee shall also comply with the requirements of Section 313(d) of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 2.4 Periodic Reports to the Guarantee Trustee.

The Guarantor shall provide to the Guarantee Trustee and the Holders such documents, reports and information, if any, as required by Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act and the compliance certificate required by Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act, in the form, in the manner and at the times required by
Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act, provided that such documents, reports and information shall be required to be provided to the Securities and

5

Exchange Commission only if this Guarantee Agreement shall have been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 2.5 Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent.

The Guarantor shall provide to the Guarantee Trustee such evidence of compliance with such conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Guarantee Agreement that relate to any of the matters set forth in Section 314(c) of the Trust Indenture Act. Any certificate or opinion required to be given by an officer of the Guarantor pursuant to Section 314(c)(1) may be given in the form of an Officers' Certificate.

Section 2.6 Events of Default; Waiver.

The Holders of at least a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Trust Preferred Securities, waive any past default or Event of Default and its consequences, other than an Event of Default arising from the nonpayment of amounts that shall have become due by the terms of this Guarantee Agreement. Upon such waiver, any such default or Event of Default shall cease to exist, and any default or Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Guarantee Agreement, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 2.7 Event of Default; Notice.

(a) The Guarantee Trustee shall, within 30 days after the occurrence of an Event of Default known to the Guarantee Trustee, transmit by mail, first class postage prepaid, to the Holders, notice of any such Event of Default known to the Guarantee Trustee, unless such Event of Default has been cured before the giving of such notice, provided that, except in the case of a default in the payment of a Guarantee Payment, the Guarantee Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Guarantee Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders.

(b) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Event of Default unless the Guarantee Trustee shall have received written notice, or a Responsible Officer charged with the administration of this Guarantee Agreement shall have obtained written notice, of such Event of Default.

Section 2.8 Conflicting Interests.

The Trust Agreement and the Indenture shall be deemed to be specifically described in this Guarantee Agreement for the purposes of clause (i) of the first proviso contained in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

6

ARTICLE III
POWERS, DUTIES AND RIGHTS OF THE GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

Section 3.1 Powers and Duties of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a) This Guarantee Agreement shall be held by the Guarantee Trustee for the benefit of the Holders, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not transfer this Guarantee Agreement to any Person except to a Successor Guarantee Trustee on acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment to act as Guarantee Trustee hereunder. The right, title and interest of the Guarantee Trustee, as such, hereunder shall automatically vest in any Successor Guarantee Trustee, upon acceptance by such Successor Guarantee Trustee of its appointment hereunder, and such vesting and cessation of title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been executed and delivered pursuant to the appointment of such Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Guarantee Trustee shall enforce this Guarantee Agreement for the benefit of the Holders.

(c) The Guarantee Trustee, before the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing of all Events of Default that may have occurred, shall undertake to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee Agreement (including pursuant to Section 2.1), and no implied covenants shall be read into this Guarantee Agreement against the Guarantee Trustee. If an Event of Default has occurred (that has not been cured or waived pursuant to Section 2.6), the Guarantee Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee Agreement, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

(d) No provision of this Guarantee Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Guarantee Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) prior to the occurrence of any Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default that may have occurred:

(A) the duties and obligations of the Guarantee Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Guarantee Agreement (including pursuant to Section 2.1), and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Guarantee Agreement (including pursuant to Section 2.1); and

(B) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Guarantee Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Guarantee Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Guarantee Agreement (but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Guarantee

7

Trustee, the Guarantee Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Guarantee Agreement);

(ii) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantee Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Guarantee Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts upon which such judgment was made;

(iii) the Guarantee Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee Agreement; and

(iv) no provision of this Guarantee Agreement shall require the Guarantee Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if the Guarantee Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the repayment of such funds or liability is not reasonably assured to it under the terms of this Guarantee Agreement or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Guarantee Agreement relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Guarantee Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

Section 3.2 Certain Rights of Guarantee Trustee.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 3.1:

(i) The Guarantee Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or presented by the proper party or parties.

(ii) Any direction or act of the Guarantor contemplated by this Guarantee Agreement shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers' Certificate unless otherwise prescribed herein.

(iii) Whenever, in the administration of this Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established before taking, suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (unless other evidence is herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, request and rely upon an Officers' Certificate which, upon receipt of such request from the Guarantee Trustee, shall be promptly delivered by the Guarantor.

8

(iv) The Guarantee Trustee may consult with legal counsel, and the advice or opinion of such legal counsel with respect to legal matters shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion. Such legal counsel may be legal counsel to the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates and may be one of its employees. The Guarantee Trustee shall have the right at any time to seek instructions concerning the administration of this Guarantee Agreement from any court of competent jurisdiction.

(v) The Guarantee Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Guarantee Agreement at the request or direction of any Holder unless such Holder shall have provided to the Guarantee Trustee such adequate security and indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction, including such reasonable advances as may be requested by the Guarantee Trustee; nothing contained herein shall, however, relieve the Guarantee Trustee of the obligation, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (that has not been cured or waived) to exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Guarantee Agreement, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

(vi) The Guarantee Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Guarantee Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit at the expense of the Guarantor and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(vii) The Guarantee Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through its agents or attorneys, and the Guarantee Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent or attorney appointed by it with due care hereunder.

(viii) Whenever in the administration of this Guarantee Agreement the Guarantee Trustee shall deem it desirable to receive instructions with respect to enforcing any remedy or right or taking any other action hereunder, the Guarantee Trustee (A) may request instructions from the Holders of a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities, (B) may refrain from enforcing such remedy or right or taking such other action until such instructions are received and shall not be liable to any Person for so refraining, and (C) shall be protected in acting in accordance with such instructions.

(b) No provision of this Guarantee Agreement shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Guarantee Trustee to perform any act or acts or exercise any right, power, duty or obligation conferred or imposed on it in any jurisdiction in which it shall be illegal, or in which the Guarantee Trustee shall be unqualified or incompetent in accordance with applicable

9

law, to perform any such act or acts or to exercise any such right, power, duty or obligation. No permissive power or authority available to the Guarantee Trustee shall be construed to be a duty to act in accordance with such power and authority.

(c) The recitals contained herein and in the Trust Preferred Securities and the Trust Agreement shall be taken as the statements of the Guarantor and the Trust, respectively, and the Guarantee Trustee assumes no responsibility for this correctness. The Guarantee Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Guarantee Agreement, the Guarantee or the Trust Preferred Securities.

Section 3.3 Compensation; Indemnity; Fees.

The Guarantor agrees:

(a) to pay to the Guarantee Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as may be agreed by the Guarantor and the Guarantee Trustee from time to time (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(b) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Guarantee Trustee upon request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Guarantee Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Guarantee Agreement (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by its own negligence or bad faith; and

(c) to indemnify the Guarantee Trustee, any Affiliate of the Guarantee Trustee and any officer, director, shareholder, employee, representative or agent of the Guarantee Trustee (each, an "Indemnified Person") for, and to hold each Indemnified Person harmless against, any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense incurred without negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Indemnified Person, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Guarantee Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

The Guarantee Trustee will not claim or exact any lien or charge on any Guarantee Payments as a result of any amount due to it under this Guarantee Agreement.

The provisions of this Section 3.3 shall survive the termination of this Guarantee Agreement or the resignation or removal of the Guarantee Trustee.

10

ARTICLE IV

GUARANTEE TRUSTEE

Section 4.1 Guarantee Trustee; Eligibility.

(a) There shall at all times be a Guarantee Trustee which shall:

(i) not be an Affiliate of the Guarantor; and

(ii) be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, and shall be a Person meeting the requirements of Section 310(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, then, for the purposes of this Section 4.1 and to the extent permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.

(b) If at any time the Guarantee Trustee shall cease to be eligible to so act under Section 4.1(a), the Guarantee Trustee shall immediately resign in the manner and with the effect set out in Section 4.2.

(c) If the Guarantee Trustee has or shall acquire any "conflicting interest" within the meaning of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Guarantee Trustee and Guarantor shall in all respects comply with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 4.2 Appointment, Removal and Resignation of the Guarantee Trustee.

(a) Subject to Section 4.2(c), the Guarantee Trustee may be appointed or removed at any time by the action of the Holders of a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities delivered to the Guarantee Trustee and the Guarantor (i) for cause or (ii) if a Debenture Event of Default (as defined in the Trust Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing at any time.

(b) Subject to Section 4.2(c), the Guarantee Trustee may resign from office (without need for prior or subsequent accounting) by giving written notice thereof to the Holders and the Guarantor and by appointing a successor Guarantee Trustee, which successor shall be acceptable to the Guarantor. The Guarantee Trustee shall appoint a successor by requesting from at least three Persons meeting the requirements of Section 4.1(a) their expenses and charges to serve as the Guarantee Trustee, and selecting the Person who agrees to the lowest expenses and charges.

(c) The Guarantee Trustee appointed hereunder shall hold office until a Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and shall have accepted such appointment. No removal or resignation of a Guarantee Trustee shall be effective until a Successor Guarantee Trustee has been appointed and has accepted such appointment by written instrument executed by such Successor Guarantee Trustee and delivered to the Guarantor and, in the case of any resignation, the resigning Guarantee Trustee.

11

(d) If no Successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been appointed and accepted appointment as provided in this Section 4.2 within 60 days after delivery to the Holders and the Guarantor of a notice of resignation, the resigning Guarantee Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Guarantor, any court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a Successor Guarantee Trustee. Such court may thereupon, after prescribing such notice, if any, as it may deem proper, appoint a Successor Guarantee Trustee.

(e) If a resigning Guarantee Trustee shall fail to appoint a successor, or if a Guarantee Trustee shall be removed or become incapable of acting as Guarantee Trustee and a replacement shall not be appointed prior to such resignation or removal, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Guarantee Trustee for any cause, the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities, by the action of the Holders of record of not less than 25% in aggregate Accreted Liquidation Amount (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of the Trust Preferred Securities then Outstanding (as defined in the Trust Agreement) delivered to such Guarantee Trustee, may appoint a Successor Guarantee Trustee or Trustees. If no successor Guarantee Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities and accepted appointment, any Holder, on behalf of such Holder and all others similarly situated, or any other Guarantee Trustee, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Guarantee Trustee.

ARTICLE V

GUARANTEE

Section 5.1 Guarantee.

The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to pay in full to the Holders the Guarantee Payments (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by or on behalf of the Trust), as and when due, regardless of any defense, right of set-off or counterclaim that the Trust may have or assert, except the defense of payment. The Guarantor's obligation to make a Guarantee Payment may be satisfied by direct payment of the required amounts by the Guarantor to the Holders or by causing the Trust to pay such amounts to the Holders.

Section 5.2 Waiver of Notice and Demand.

The Guarantor hereby waives notice of acceptance of this Guarantee Agreement and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, presentment, demand for payment, any right to require a proceeding first against the Guarantee Trustee, the Trust or any other Person before proceeding against the Guarantor, protest, notice of nonpayment, notice of dishonor, notice of redemption and all other notices and demands.

Section 5.3 Obligations Not Affected.

The obligations, covenants, agreements and duties of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement shall in no way be affected or impaired by reason of the happening from time to time of any of the following:

12

(a) the release or waiver, by operation of law or otherwise, of the performance or observance by the Trust of any express or implied agreement, covenant, term or condition relating to the Trust Preferred Securities to be performed or observed by the Trust;

(b) the extension of time for the payment by the Trust of any portion of the Distributions (other than an extension of time for payment of Distributions that results from the extension of any interest payment period on the Debentures as provided in the Indenture), Redemption Price, Liquidation Distribution or any other sums payable under the terms of the Trust Preferred Securities or the extension of time for the performance of any other obligation under, arising out of, or in connection with, the Trust Preferred Securities;

(c) any failure, omission, delay or lack of diligence on the part of the Holders to enforce, assert or exercise any right, privilege, power or remedy conferred on the Holders pursuant to the terms of the Trust Preferred Securities, or any action on the part of the Trust granting indulgence or extension of any kind;

(d) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of debt of, or other similar proceedings affecting, the Trust or any of the assets of the Trust;

(e) any invalidity of, or defect or deficiency in, the Trust Preferred Securities;

(f) the settlement or compromise of any obligation guaranteed hereby or hereby incurred; or

(g) any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (other than payment of the underlying obligation), it being the intent of this Section 5.3 that the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.

There shall be no obligation of the Holders to give notice to, or obtain the consent of, the Guarantor with respect to the happening of any of the foregoing.

Section 5.4 Rights of Holders.

The Guarantor expressly acknowledges that: (i) this Guarantee Agreement will be deposited with the Guarantee Trustee to be held for the benefit of the Holders; (ii) the Guarantee Trustee has the right to enforce this Guarantee Agreement on behalf of the Holders; (iii) the Holders of a Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Guarantee Trustee in respect of this Guarantee Agreement or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Guarantee Trustee under this Guarantee Agreement; and (iv) any Holder may institute a legal proceeding directly against the Guarantor to enforce its rights under this Guarantee Agreement without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Guarantee Trustee, the Trust or any other Person.

13

Section 5.5 Guarantee of Payment.

This Guarantee Agreement creates a guarantee of payment and not of collection. This Guarantee Agreement will not be discharged except by payment of the Guarantee Payments in full (without duplication of amounts theretofore paid by the Trust) or upon the distribution of Debentures to Holders as provided in the Trust Agreement.

Section 5.6 Subrogation.

The Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights (if any) of the Holders against the Trust in respect of any amounts paid to the Holders by the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement; provided, however, that the Guarantor shall not (except to the extent required by mandatory provisions of law) be entitled to enforce or exercise any rights which it may acquire by way of subrogation or any indemnity, reimbursement or other agreement, in all cases as a result of payment under this Guarantee Agreement, if, at the time of any such payment, any amounts are due and unpaid under this Guarantee Agreement. If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence, the Guarantor agrees to hold such amount in trust for the Holders and to pay over such amount to the Holders.

Section 5.7 Independent Obligations.

The Guarantor acknowledges that its obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of the Trust with respect to the Trust Preferred Securities and that the Guarantor shall be liable as principal and as debtor hereunder to make Guarantee Payments pursuant to the terms of this Guarantee Agreement notwithstanding the occurrence of any event referred to in subsections (a) through (g), inclusive, of Section 5.3 hereof.

ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS AND SUBORDINATION

Section 6.1 Subordination.

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement will constitute unsecured obligations of the Guarantor and will rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to all Senior Debt of the Guarantor to the extent and in the manner set forth in the Indenture with respect to the Debt Securities (as defined therein), and the provisions of Article XV of the Base Indenture as modified by Section 6.1 of the Indenture Supplement will apply, mutatis mutandis, to the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder. The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder do not constitute Senior Debt of the Guarantor.

Section 6.2 Pari Passu Guarantees.

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement shall rank pari passu with the obligations of the Guarantor under (i) any similar guarantee agreements issued by the Guarantor on behalf of the holders of preferred or capital securities issued by any statutory trust, (ii) the Indenture and the Debt Securities (as defined therein) issued thereunder, (iii) any expense agreements entered into by the Guarantor in connection with the offering of preferred or capital

14

securities by any statutory trust, and (iv) any other security, guarantee or other agreement or obligation that is expressly stated to rank pari passu with the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement or with any obligation that ranks pari passu with the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement.

Section 6.3 Guarantor Election to End Subordination.

The Guarantor may elect, at any time effective on or after the Stock Purchase Date, including in connection with a remarketing of the Trust Preferred Securities that its obligations hereunder shall be senior obligations instead of subordinated obligations, in which case the provisions of Section 6.1 hereof shall thereafter no longer apply to the obligations of Guarantor under this Guarantee Agreement. The Guarantor shall give the Guarantee Trustee notice of any such election not later than the effective time, and shall promptly issue a press release through Bloomberg Business News or other reasonable means of distribution.

ARTICLE VII

TERMINATION

Section 7.1 Termination.

This Guarantee Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (i) full payment of the Redemption Price of all Trust Preferred Securities, (ii) the distribution of Debentures to the Holders in exchange for all of the Trust Preferred Securities or (iii) full payment of the amounts payable in accordance with Article IX of the Trust Agreement upon liquidation of the Trust. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Guarantee Agreement will continue to be effective or will be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any Holder is required to repay any sums paid with respect to Trust Preferred Securities or this Guarantee Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.1 Successors and Assigns.

All guarantees and agreements contained in this Guarantee Agreement shall bind the successors, assigns, receivers, trustees and representatives of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities then outstanding. Except in connection with a consolidation, merger or sale involving the Guarantor that is permitted under Article X of the Base Indenture and pursuant to which the successor or assignee agrees in writing to perform the Guarantor's obligations hereunder, the Guarantor shall not assign its obligations hereunder, and any purported assignment other than in accordance with this provision shall be void.

Section 8.2 Amendments.

Except with respect to any changes that do not adversely affect the rights of the Holders in any material respect (in which case no consent of the Holders will be required), this Guarantee Agreement may only be amended with the prior approval of the Holders of not less than a

15

Majority in Accreted Liquidation Amount of the Trust Preferred Securities. The provisions of Article VI of the Trust Agreement concerning meetings of the Holders shall apply to the giving of such approval.

Section 8.3 Notices.

Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing, duly signed by the party giving such notice, and delivered, telecopied or mailed by first class mail as follows:

(a) if given to the Guarantor, to the address or telecopy number set forth below or such other address or facsimile number as the Guarantor may give notice to the Guarantee Trustee and the Holders:

MetLife, Inc.
27-01 Queens Plaza North Long Island City, New York 11101 Attention: Treasurer Facsimile: (212) 578-0266

(b) if given to the Guarantee Trustee, to the address or telecopy number set forth below or such other address or facsimile number as the Guarantee Trustee may give notice to the Guarantor and Holders:

J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association Worldwide Securities Services 4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor New York, NY 10004 Attention: Worldwide Securities Services Telephone: (212) 623-5233 Facsimile: (212) 623-6215

with a copy to:

MetLife Capital Trust III c/o Chase Bank USA, National Association 500 Stanton Christiana Road 3rd Floor/OPS4
Newark, Delaware 19713 Attention: Institutional Trust Services Facsimile: (302) 552-6280

(c) if given to any Holder, at the address set forth on the books and records of the Trust.

All notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given when received in person, telecopied with receipt confirmed, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, except that if a notice or other document is refused delivery or cannot be delivered because of a changed address

16

of which no notice was given, such notice or other document shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date of such refusal or inability to deliver.

Section 8.4 Benefit.

This Guarantee Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Holders and is not separately transferable from the Trust Preferred Securities.

Section 8.5 Governing Law.

THIS GUARANTEE AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE

WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 8.6 Counterparts.

This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

17

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Guarantee Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

METLIFE, INC.,
as Guarantor

By: /s/ Joseph Prochaska, Jr.
    -------------------------------
Name:
Title:

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Guarantee Trustee

By: /s/ Paul Schmalzel
    -------------------------------
Name:  Paul Schmalzel
Title: Authorized Signer


EXHIBIT 4.83


STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT

between

METLIFE, INC.

and

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Stock Purchase Contract Agent

Dated as of June 21, 2005



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                          PAGE
                                                  ARTICLE I
                           DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

Section 1.01    Definitions......................................................................           1

Section 1.02    Compliance Certificates and Opinions.............................................          13

Section 1.03    Form of Documents Delivered to Stock Purchase Contract Agent.....................          14

Section 1.04    Acts of Holders; Record Dates....................................................          15

Section 1.05    Notices..........................................................................          16

Section 1.06    Notice to Holders; Waiver........................................................          17

Section 1.07    Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.........................................          18

Section 1.08    Successors and Assigns...........................................................          18

Section 1.09    Separability Clause..............................................................          18

Section 1.10    Benefits of Agreement............................................................          18

Section 1.11    Governing Law....................................................................          18

Section 1.12    Legal Holidays...................................................................          18

Section 1.13    Counterparts.....................................................................          19

Section 1.14    Inspection of Agreement..........................................................          19

Section 1.15    Appointment of Financial Institution as Agent for the Company....................          19

Section 1.16    No Waiver........................................................................          19

                                                 ARTICLE II
                                              CERTIFICATE FORMS

Section 2.01    Forms of Certificates Generally..................................................          19

Section 2.02    Form of Stock Purchase Contract Agent's Certificate of Authentication............          20

                                                 ARTICLE III
                                           THE COMMON EQUITY UNITS

Section 3.01    Amount; Form and Denominations...................................................          21

Section 3.02    Rights and Obligations Evidenced by the Certificates.............................          21

Section 3.03    Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating...................................          22

Section 3.04    Temporary Certificates...........................................................          23

Section 3.05    Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange..............................          23

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

                                                                                                          PAGE
Section 3.06    Book-Entry Interests.............................................................          25

Section 3.07    Notices to Holders...............................................................          26

Section 3.08    Appointment of Successor Depositary..............................................          26

Section 3.09    Definitive Certificates..........................................................          26

Section 3.10    Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Certificates...............................          27

Section 3.11    Persons Deemed Owners............................................................          28

Section 3.12    Cancellation.....................................................................          29

Section 3.13    Creation of Stripped Common Equity Units by Substitution of Treasury
                Securities.......................................................................          29

Section 3.14    Recreation of Normal Common Equity Units.........................................          31

Section 3.15    Transfer of Collateral upon Occurrence of Termination Event......................          32

Section 3.16    No Consent to Assumption.........................................................          33

                                                 ARTICLE IV
                                       THE TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES

Section 4.01    Distributions; Rights to Distributions Preserved.................................          33

Section 4.02    Notice and Voting................................................................          34

                                                  ARTICLE V
                                           THE PURCHASE CONTRACTS

Section 5.01    Purchase of Shares of Common Stock...............................................          35

Section 5.02    Remarketing; Payment of Purchase Price...........................................          39

Section 5.03    Issuance of Shares of Common Stock...............................................          41

Section 5.04    Adjustment of Fixed Daily Settlement Rates.......................................          42

Section 5.05    Notice of Adjustments and Certain Other Events...................................          49

Section 5.06    Termination Event; Notice........................................................          49

Section 5.07    Early Settlement.................................................................          50

Section 5.08    No Fractional Shares.............................................................          52

Section 5.09    Charges and Taxes................................................................          52

Section 5.10    Contract Payments................................................................          53

Section 5.11    Deferral of Contract Payments....................................................          57

                                                 ARTICLE VI
                                                  REMEDIES

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

                                                                                                          PAGE
Section 6.01    Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Contract Payments and to Purchase
                Shares of Common Stock...........................................................          60

Section 6.02    Restoration of Rights and Remedies...............................................          60

Section 6.03    Rights and Remedies Cumulative...................................................          60

Section 6.04    Delay or Omission Not Waiver.....................................................          60

Section 6.05    Undertaking for Costs............................................................          60

Section 6.06    Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.................................................          61

                                                 ARTICLE VII
                                      THE STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT

Section 7.01    Certain Duties and Responsibilities..............................................          61

Section 7.02    Notice of Default................................................................          62

Section 7.03    Certain Rights of Stock Purchase Contract Agent..................................          62

Section 7.04    Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Common Equity Units..................          64

Section 7.05    May Hold Common Equity Units.....................................................          65

Section 7.06    Money Held in Custody............................................................          65

Section 7.07    Compensation and Reimbursement...................................................          65

Section 7.08    Corporate Stock Purchase Contract Agent Required, Eligibility....................          66

Section 7.09    Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor................................          66

Section 7.10    Acceptance of Appointment by Successor...........................................          67

Section 7.11    Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business......................          68

Section 7.12    Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders...........................          68

Section 7.13    No Obligations of Stock Purchase Contract Agent..................................          69

Section 7.14    Tax Compliance...................................................................          69

                                                ARTICLE VIII
                                           SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS

Section 8.01    Supplemental Agreements Without Consent of Holders...............................          70

Section 8.02    Supplemental Agreements with Consent of Holders..................................          70

Section 8.03    Execution of Supplemental Agreements.............................................          71

Section 8.04    Effect of Supplemental Agreements................................................          72

Section 8.05    Reference to Supplemental Agreements.............................................          72

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

                                                                                                          PAGE
                                                 ARTICLE IX
                            CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

Section 9.01    Covenant Not to Consolidate, Merge, Convey, Transfer or Lease Property
                Except under Certain Conditions..................................................          72

Section 9.02    Rights and Duties of Successor Corporation.......................................          73

Section 9.03    Officers' Certificate and Opinion of Counsel Given to Stock Purchase
                Contract Agent...................................................................          73

                                                  ARTICLE X
                                                  COVENANTS

Section 10.01   Performance Under Stock Purchase Contracts.......................................          73

Section 10.02   Maintenance of Office or Agency..................................................          74

Section 10.03   Company to Reserve Common Stock..................................................          74

Section 10.04   Covenants as to Common Stock.....................................................          74

Section 10.05   Statements of Officers of the Company as to Default..............................          74

Section 10.06   ERISA............................................................................          75

Section 10.07   Tax Treatment....................................................................          75

EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A  -   Form of Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate
Exhibit B  -   Form of Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate
Exhibit C  -   Instruction to Stock Purchase Contract Agent
Exhibit D  -   Notice from Stock Purchase Contract Agent to Holders
Exhibit E  -   Notice to Settle by Cash
Exhibit F  -   Notice From Stock Purchase Contract Agent To Collateral Agent
               (Settlement of Purchase Contract through Remarketing)

iv

STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT, dated as of June 21, 2005, between MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, acting as stock purchase contract agent for the Holders of Common Equity Units (as defined herein) from time to time (the "Stock Purchase Contract Agent").

RECITALS

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Certificates (as defined herein) evidencing the Common Equity Units.

All things necessary to make the Stock Purchase Contracts (as defined herein), when the Certificates are executed by the Company and authenticated, executed on behalf of the Holders and delivered by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, as provided in this Agreement, the valid obligations of the Company, and to constitute these presents a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done. For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Common Equity Units by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS
OF GENERAL APPLICATION

Section 1.01 Definitions.

For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) the terms defined in this Article I have the meanings assigned to them in this Article I and include the plural as well as the singular, and nouns and pronouns of the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders;

(b) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States;

(c) the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section, Exhibit or other subdivision; and the following terms have the meanings given to them in this Section 1.01(c):

"Act" has the meaning, with respect to any Holder, set forth in
Section 1.04(a).

"Adjustment Factor" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by


contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

"Agreement" means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more agreements supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.

"Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date" means with respect to each series of Trust Preferred Securities, as of any Determination Date, the next potential Remarketing Settlement Date following such Determination Date for such series, unless there has previously been a Successful Remarketing of such series, in which case the term means, with respect to such series, the Remarketing Date.

"Applicants" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.12(b).

"Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States Code, or any other law of the United States that from time to time provides a uniform system of bankruptcy laws.

"Base Indenture" means the Indenture, dated as of June 21, 2005 between the Company and the Debenture Trustee, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

"Beneficial Owner" means, with respect to a Book-Entry Interest, a Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Interest as reflected on the books of the Depositary or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Depositary (directly as a Depositary Participant or as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of such Depositary).

"Board Of Directors" means the board of directors of the Company or a duly authorized committee of that board.

"Board Resolution" means one or more resolutions of the Board of Directors, a copy of which has been certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

"Book-Entry Interest" means a beneficial interest in a Global Certificate, registered in the name of a Depositary or a nominee thereof, ownership and transfers of which shall be maintained and made through book entries by such Depositary as described in Section 3.06.

"Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions and trust companies in New York City are permitted or required by any applicable law to close.

"Capital Stock" means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participation or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated, whether

2

voting or non-voting) corporate stock or similar equity or membership interests in other types of entities.

"Cash Merger" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.04(b)(ii).

"Cash Merger Early Settlement" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.04(b)(ii).

"Cash Merger Early Settlement Date" has the meaning set forth in
Section 5.04(b)(ii).

"Cash Settlement" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(b)(i).

"Certificate" means a Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate or a Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate.

"Closing Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Collateral" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.01(e) of the Pledge Agreement.

"Collateral Account" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.01(e) of the Pledge Agreement.

"Collateral Agent" means JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent under the Pledge Agreement until a successor Collateral Agent shall have become appointed as such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Pledge Agreement, and thereafter "Collateral Agent" shall mean the Person who is then the Collateral Agent thereunder.

"Collateral Substitution" means (i) with respect to a Normal Common Equity Unit, the substitution for the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities included in such Normal Common Equity Unit by Treasury Securities or portions thereof in an aggregate principal amount at maturity equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of such Pledged Trust Preferred Securities, or (ii) with respect to a Stripped Common Equity Unit, the substitution for the Pledged Treasury Securities included in such Stripped Common Equity Unit by Trust Preferred Securities in an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the aggregate principal amount at stated maturity of the Pledged Treasury Securities.

"Common Equity Unit" means a Normal Common Equity Unit or a Stripped Common Equity Unit, as the case may be.

"Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

3

"Company" means the Person named as the "Company" in the first paragraph of this Agreement until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Agreement, and thereafter "Company" shall mean such successor.

"Constituent Person" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.04(b)(i).

"Contract Payments" means the payments payable by the Company on the Payment Dates in respect of each Stock Purchase Contract, at a rate per year of 1.510% on the Stated Amount of $25.00 per Stock Purchase Contract from and including the issue date of Common Equity Units to but excluding the Initial Stock Purchase Date, and at a rate per year of 1.465% on the remaining Stated Amount of $12.50 per Stock Purchase Contract from and including the Initial Stock Purchase Date to but excluding the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date.

"Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent at which, at any particular time, its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at Worldwide Securities Services, 4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor, New York, NY 10004.

"Current Market Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.04(a)(viii).

"Custodial Agent" means JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Custodial Agent under the Pledge Agreement until a successor Custodial Agent shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Pledge Agreement, and thereafter "Custodial Agent" shall mean the Person who is then the Custodial Agent thereunder.

"Daily Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

"Debentures", in respect of a series of Trust Preferred Securities, has the meaning set forth in the applicable Trust Agreements.

"Debenture Trustee" means J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as trustee pursuant to the Indenture, or its successor in interest in such capacity, or any successor trustee appointed as provided in the Indenture.

"Deferred Contract Payments" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(a).

"Depositary" means a clearing agency registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act that is designated to act as Depositary for the Common Equity Units as contemplated by Sections 3.06 and 3.08.

"Depositary Participant" means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time the Depositary effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Depositary.

"Determination Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

4

"Distribution Rate, in respect of a series of Trust Preferred Securities," has the meaning set forth in the applicable Trust Agreement.

"Dividend Threshold Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.04(a)(iv).

"DTC" means The Depository Trust Company.

"Early Settlement" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07(a).

"Early Settlement Amount" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07(b).

"Early Settlement Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07(b).

"Early Settlement Rate" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07(c).

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"Expiration Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.04(e).

"Expiration Time" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.04(a)(v).

"Failed Remarketing", in respect of a series of Trust Preferred Securities, has the meaning set forth in the applicable Trust Agreements.

"First Supplemental Indenture" means the First Supplemental Indenture to the Base Indenture, dated as of the date hereof, between the Company and the Debenture Trustee, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

"First Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date" means, with respect to the Series A Trust Preferred Securities, August 15, 2008; with respect to the Series B Trust Preferred Securities, six months after the earlier of (i) the Remarketing Settlement Date of a Successful Remarketing of the Series A Trust Preferred Securities or (ii) February 15, 2009.

"Fixed Daily Settlement Rates" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

"Global Certificate" means a Certificate that evidences all or part of the Common Equity Units and is registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee thereof.

"Holder" means, with respect to a Common Equity Unit, the Person in whose name the Common Equity Units evidenced by a Certificate is registered in the Security Register; provided, however, that solely for the purpose of determining whether the Holders of the requisite number of Common Equity Units have voted on any matter (and not for any other purpose hereunder), if the Common Equity Units remain in the form of

5

one or more Global Certificates and if the Depositary that is, or the nominee of whom is the registered holder of such Global Certificate has sent an omnibus proxy assigning voting rights to the Depositary Participants to whose accounts the Common Equity Units are credited on the record date, the term "Holder" shall mean such Depositary Participant acting at the direction of the Beneficial Owners.

"Indemnitees" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.07(c).

"Indenture" means the Base Indenture and the First Supplemental Indenture, taken together.

"Initial Liquidation Amount", in respect of a series of Trust Preferred Securities, has the meaning set forth in the applicable Trust Agreement.

"Initial Stock Purchase Date" means August 15, 2008 provided that the Initial Stock Purchase Date may be deferred for quarterly periods until February 15, 2009 in accordance with Section 5.02(b)(v).

"Issuer Order" or "Issuer Request" means a written order or request signed in the name of the Company by (i) either its Chief Executive Officer, its President or one of its Vice Presidents, and (ii) either its Corporate Secretary or one of its Assistant Corporate Secretaries or its Treasurer or one of its Assistant Treasurers, and delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

"Market Disruption Event" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

"Maximum Daily Settlement Rate" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

"Minimum Daily Settlement Rate" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

"Non-Electing Share" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.04(b)(i).

"Normal Common Equity Unit" means the collective rights and obligations of a Holder of a Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate in respect of (i) a 1/80 undivided beneficial interest in a Series A Trust Security, (ii) a 1/80 undivided beneficial interest in a Series B Trust Security, in each case subject to the Pledge thereof, and (iii) the related Stock Purchase Contract.

"Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate" means a certificate evidencing the rights and obligations of a Holder in respect of the number of Normal Common Equity Units specified on such certificate.

"NYSE" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by (i) either the Company's Chief Executive Officer, its President or one of its Vice Presidents, and (ii) either the Company's Corporate Secretary or one of its Assistant Corporate Secretaries or its

6

Treasurer or one of its Assistant Treasurers, and delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

"Opinion Of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel to the Company (and who may be an employee of the Company), and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent. An Opinion of Counsel may rely on certificates as to matters of fact.

"Outstanding Common Equity Units" means as of the date of determination, all Common Equity Units evidenced by Certificates theretofore authenticated, executed and delivered under this Agreement, except:

(i) if a Termination Event has occurred, (x) Normal Common Equity Units for which the underlying Trust Preferred Securities have been theretofore deposited with the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in trust for the Holders of such Normal Common Equity Units and (y) Stripped Common Equity Units;

(ii) Common Equity Units evidenced by Certificates theretofore cancelled by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for cancellation or deemed cancelled pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; and

(iii) Common Equity Units evidenced by Certificates in exchange for or in lieu of which other Certificates have been authenticated, executed on behalf of the Holder and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, other than any such Certificate in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent proof satisfactory to it that such Certificate is held by a protected purchaser in whose hands the Common Equity Units evidenced by such Certificate are valid obligations of the Company;

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite number of the Common Equity Units have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Common Equity Units owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding Common Equity Units, except that, in determining whether the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be authorized and protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Common Equity Units that a Responsible Officer of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Common Equity Units so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding Common Equity Units if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent the pledgee's right so to act with respect to such Common Equity Units and that the pledgee is not the Company or any Affiliate of the Company.

"Payment Date" means each February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing August 15, 2005.

"Person" means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company,

7

trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity of whatever nature.

"Plan" means an employee benefit plan that is subject to ERISA, a plan or individual retirement account that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code or any entity whose assets are considered assets of any such plan.

"Pledge" means the pledge under the Pledge Agreement of the Trust Preferred Securities or the Treasury Securities, as the case may be, in each case constituting a part of the Common Equity Units.

"Pledge Agreement" means the Pledge Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, on its own behalf and as attorney-in-fact for the Holders from time to time of the Common Equity Units, as amended from time to time.

"Pledged Treasury Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.01(e) of the Pledge Agreement.

"Pledged Trust Preferred Securities" has the meaning set forth in
Section 1.01(e) of the Pledge Agreement.

"Predecessor Certificate" means a Predecessor Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate or a Predecessor Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate.

"Predecessor Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate" of any particular Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate means every previous Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate evidencing all or a portion of the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under the Normal Common Equity Units evidenced thereby; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate authenticated and delivered under Section 3.10 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate shall be deemed to evidence the same rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate.

"Predecessor Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate" of any particular Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate means every previous Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate evidencing all or a portion of the rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder under the Stripped Common Equity Units evidenced thereby; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate authenticated and delivered under Section 3.10 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate shall be deemed to evidence the same rights and obligations of the Company and the Holder as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate.

"Proceeds" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.01(e) of the Pledge Agreement.

8

"Prospectus" means the prospectus relating to the delivery of shares or any securities in connection with an Early Settlement pursuant to
Section 5.07 or a Cash Merger Early Settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts pursuant to Section 5.04(b)(ii), in the form in which first filed, or transmitted for filing, with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the effective date of the Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, including the documents incorporated by reference therein as of the date of such Prospectus.

"Purchase Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

"Purchased Shares" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.04(a)(vi)(A).

"Record Date" for any distribution and Contract Payment payable on any Payment Date means, as to any Global Certificate or any other Certificate, the first business day of the calendar month in which the relevant Payment Date falls; provided that the Company may, at its option, upon notice to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, select any other day as the Record Date for any Payment Date so long as such Record Date selected is more than one Business Day but less than 60 Business Days prior to such Payment Date.

"Reference Dealer" means a dealer engaged in trading of convertible securities.

"Reference Price" means $43.35.

"Registration Statement" means a registration statement under the Securities Act prepared by the Company covering, inter alia, the delivery by the Company of any securities in connection with an Early Settlement on the Early Settlement Date or a Cash Merger Early Settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts on the Cash Merger Early Settlement Date under Section 5.04(b)(ii), including all exhibits thereto and the documents incorporated by reference in the prospectus contained in such registration statement, and any post-effective amendments thereto.

"Relevant Exchange" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

"Remarketing", in respect of a series of Trust Preferred Securities, has the meaning set forth in the applicable Trust Agreement.

"Remarketing Agent", in respect of a series of Trust Preferred Securities," has the meaning set forth in the applicable Trust Agreement.

"Remarketing Agreement", in respect of a series of Trust Preferred Securities, has the meaning set forth in the applicable Trust Agreement.

"Remarketing Date", in respect of a series of Trust Preferred Securities, has the meaning set forth in the applicable Trust Agreement.

"Remarketing Fee", in respect of a series of Trust Preferred Securities, has the meaning set forth in the applicable Trust Agreement.

9

"Remarketing Settlement Date" each "Remarketing Settlement Date" as defined the Trust Agreement relating to MetLife Capital Trust II and "Remarketing Settlement Date" as defined the Trust Agreement relating to MetLife Capital Trust III.

"Reorganization Event" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.04(b).

"Responsible Officer" shall mean, when used with respect to the Stock Purchase Contact Agent, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Agreement.

"Second Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date" means, with respect to the Series A Trust Preferred Securities, November 15, 2008, if the Remarketing of the Series A Trust Preferred Securities on the First Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series A Trust Preferred Securities is a Failed Remarketing; with respect to the Series B Trust Preferred Securities, three months after the First Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series B Trust Preferred Securities, if the Remarketing of the Series B Trust Preferred Securities on the First Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series B Trust Preferred Securities is a Failed Remarketing.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"Securities Intermediary" means JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Securities Intermediary under the Pledge Agreement until a successor Securities Intermediary shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Pledge Agreement, and thereafter "Securities Intermediary" shall mean such successor or any subsequent successor who is appointed pursuant to the Pledge Agreement.

"Security Register" and "Security Registrar" have the respective meanings set forth in Section 3.05.

"Senior Debt" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 of the First Supplemental Indenture.

"Separate Trust Preferred Securities" means Trust Preferred Securities that are no longer a component of Normal Common Equity Units.

"Series A Trust Preferred Security" means a "Trust Preferred Security" as defined in the Trust Agreement relating to MetLife Capital Trust II.

"Series B Trust Preferred Security" means a "Trust Preferred Security" as defined the Trust Agreement relating to MetLife Capital Trust III.

10

"Settlement Rate" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

"Stated Amount" means, with respect to any one Normal Common Equity Unit or Stripped Common Equity Unit, $25.00 prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date and $12.50 thereafter after the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date $12.50, and, with respect to any one Trust Preferred Security, $1,000.

"Stock Purchase Contract" means, with respect to any Common Equity Units, the contract forming a part of such Common Equity Units and obligating (i) the Company to sell, and the Holder of such Common Equity Units to purchase, shares of Common Stock and (ii) the Company to pay the Holder thereof Contract Payments, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article V hereof.

"Stock Purchase Contract Agent" means the Person named as the "Stock Purchase Contract Agent" in the first paragraph of this Agreement until a successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement, and thereafter "Stock Purchase Contract Agent" shall mean such Person or any subsequent successor who is appointed pursuant to this Agreement.

"Stock Purchase Contract Settlement Fund" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03.

"Stock Purchase Date" means each of the Initial Stock Purchase Date and the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date.

"Stripped Common Equity Units" means, following the substitution of Treasury Securities for Pledged Trust Preferred Securities as collateral to secure a Holder's obligations under the applicable Stock Purchase Contract, the collective rights and obligations of a Holder of a Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate in respect of such Treasury Securities, subject to the Pledge thereof, and the related Stock Purchase Contract.

"Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate" means a certificate evidencing the rights and obligations of a Holder in respect of the number of Stripped Common Equity Units specified on such certificate.

"Subsequent Stock Purchase Date" means February 15, 2009, provided that the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date may be deferred for quarterly periods until February 15, 2010 in accordance with Section 5.02(b)(v).

"Successful", in respect of a series of Trust Preferred Securities, has the meaning set forth in the applicable Trust Agreement.

"Termination Date" means the date, if any, on which a Termination Event occurs.

"Termination Event" means the occurrence of any of the following events:

11

(i) at any time on or prior to the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date, a judgment, decree or court order shall have been entered granting relief under the Bankruptcy Code, adjudicating the Company to be insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization or liquidation of the Company or any other similar applicable federal or state law and if such judgment, decree or order shall have been entered more than 60 days prior to the Stock Purchase Date, such decree or order shall have continued undischarged and unstayed for a period of 60 days;

(ii) at any time on or prior to the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date, a judgment, decree or court order for the appointment of a receiver or liquidator or trustee or assignee n bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or of its property, or for the termination or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered and if such judgment, decree or order shall have been entered more than 60 days prior to the Stock Purchase Date, such judgment, decree or order shall have continued undischarged and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or

(iii) at any time on or prior to the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date, the Company shall file a petition for relief under the Bankruptcy Code, or shall consent to the filing of a bankruptcy proceeding against it, or shall file a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or liquidation under the Bankruptcy Code or any other similar applicable federal or state law, or shall consent to the filing of any such petition, or shall consent to the appointment of a receiver or liquidator or trustee or assignee in bankruptcy or insolvency of it or of its property, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due.

"Third Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date" means, with respect to the Series A Trust Preferred Securities, February 15, 2009, if the Remarketing of the Series A Trust Preferred Securities on the Second Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series A Trust Preferred Securities is a Failed Remarketing; and, with respect to the Series B Trust Preferred Securities, the day that is three months after the Second Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series B Trust Preferred Securities, if the Remarketing of the Series B Trust Preferred Securities on the Second Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series B Trust Preferred Securities was a Failed Remarketing.

"Threshold Appreciation Price" means $53.10.

"TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time, or any successor legislation.

"Trading Day" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

"Trading Day Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

"Treasury Security" means a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury Security maturing on the Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date with a principal amount of $1,000 payable on the Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date and with the CUSIP numbers as set forth

12

below:

ZERO COUPON TREASURY SECURITY MATURITY DATE                  CUSIP NO.
-------------------------------------------                  ---------
              August 15, 2008                                912833CU2
             November 15, 2008                               912833GD6
             February 15, 2009                               912833CV0
                May 15, 2009                                 912833GE4
              August 15, 2009                                912833CW8
             November 15, 2009                               912833GF1
             February 15, 2010                               912833CX6

"Trust Agreement" means each of the Amended and Restated Declarations of Trust, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, as Sponsor, the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees (each as named therein) and the several Holders (as defined therein) relating to MetLife Capital Trust II and MetLife Capital Trust III, respectively.

"Trust Preferred Securities" means the Series A Trust Preferred Securities and the Series B Trust Preferred Securities, collectively.

"Underwriters" means the underwriters identified in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement.

"Underwriting Agreement" means the Underwriting Agreement, dated June 15 2005, among the Company, MetLife Capital Trust II, MetLife Capital Trust III, and the Underwriters, relating to the issuance of Normal Common Equity Units by the Company.

"Unsecured Notes" means the unsecured junior subordinated notes of the Company that will be issued pursuant to the Base Indenture, in the Company's sole discretion, as provided in Section 5.11(c).

"Vice President" means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title "Vice President."

Section 1.02 Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

Except as otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement, upon any application or request by the Company to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent to take any action in accordance with any provision of this Agreement, the Company shall furnish to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this

13

Agreement relating to the proposed action have been complied with and, if reasonably requested by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Agreement relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. Notwithstanding any portion of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to furnish the Stock Purchase Contract Agent an Opinion of Counsel in connection with the issuance of the Common Equity Units pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Agreement (other than the Officers' Certificate provided for in Section 10.05) shall include:

(i) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 1.03 Form of Documents Delivered to Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents. Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which its certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

14

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Agreement, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Section 1.04 Acts of Holders; Record Dates.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Agreement to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Agreement and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favor of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved in any manner that the Stock Purchase Contract Agent deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Common Equity Units shall be proved by the Security Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Common Equity Units shall bind every future Holder of the same Common Equity Units and the Holder of every Certificate evidencing such Common Equity Units issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Certificate.

(e) The Company may set any date as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Common Equity Units entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Agreement to be given, made or taken by Holders of Common Equity Units. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of the Outstanding Normal Common Equity Units and the Outstanding Stripped Common Equity Units, as the case may be, on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action with respect to the Normal Common Equity Units or the Stripped Common Equity Units, as the case may be, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken prior to or on the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite number of Outstanding Common Equity Units on such record date. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Company from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and be of no effect), and nothing contained in this paragraph shall be construed to

15

render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite number of Outstanding Common Equity Units on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in writing and to each Holder of Common Equity Units in the manner set forth in Section 1.06.

With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.04(e), the Company may designate any date as the "Expiration Date" and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in writing, and to each Holder of Common Equity Unit in the manner set forth in Section 1.06, prior to or on the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the Company shall be deemed to have initially designated the 180th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the 180th day after the applicable record date.

Section 1.05 Notices.

Any notice or communication is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier (with receipt confirmed) or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others' address; provided that notice shall be deemed given to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent only upon receipt thereof:

If to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent:

J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association
Worldwide Securities Services
4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor
New York, NY 10004
Attention: Worldwide Securities Services
Telephone: (212) 623-5233
Facsimile: (212) 623-6215

If to the Company:

MetLife, Inc.
27-01 Queens Plaza North
Long Island City, NY 11101
Attention: Treasurer
Facsimile: 212-578-0266

16

If to the Collateral Agent:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association
Worldwide Securities Services
4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor
New York, NY 10004
Attention: Worldwide Securities Services
Telephone: (212) 623-5233
Facsimile: (212) 623-6215

If to the Debenture Trustee:

J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association
Worldwide Securities Services
4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor
New York, NY 10004
Attention: Worldwide Securities Services
Telephone: (212) 623-5233
Facsimile: (212) 623-6215

The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall send to the Debenture Trustee at the telecopier number set forth above a copy of any notices in the form of Exhibits C, D, E or F it sends or receives.

Section 1.06 Notice to Holders; Waiver.

Where this Agreement provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at its address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular Holder, shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this Agreement provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

17

Section 1.07 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 1.08 Successors and Assigns.

All covenants and agreements in this Agreement by the Company and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall bind their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 1.09 Separability Clause.

In case any provision in this Agreement or in the Common Equity Units shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 1.10 Benefits of Agreement.

Nothing contained in this Agreement or in the Common Equity Units, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and, to the extent provided hereby, the Holders, any benefits or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement. The Holders from time to time shall be beneficiaries of this Agreement and shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions hereof and of the Common Equity Units evidenced by their Certificates by their acceptance of delivery of such Certificates.

Section 1.11 Governing Law.

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE COMMON EQUITY UNITS SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND

CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 1.12 Legal Holidays.

In any case where any Payment Date shall not be a Business Day (notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Common Equity Units), Contract Payments or other distributions shall not be paid on such date, but Contract Payments or such other distributions shall be paid on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such Payment Date, provided that if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, then payment of the Contract Payments or other distributions will be made on the Business Day immediately preceding such Payment Date. No interest shall accrue or be payable by the Company or to any Holder for the period from and after any such Payment Date.

In any case where the Initial Stock Purchase Date, the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date or any Early Settlement Date or Cash Merger Early Settlement Date shall not be a Business Day (notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Common Equity Units), Stock Purchase Contracts shall not be performed and Early Settlement and Cash Merger Early Settlement shall not be effected on such date, but Stock Purchase Contracts shall be performed or Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement shall be effected, as applicable, on the next

18

succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such Stock Purchase Date, Early Settlement Date or Cash Merger Early Settlement Date, as applicable.

Section 1.13 Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts by the parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 1.14 Inspection of Agreement.

A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times during normal business hours at the Corporate Trust Office for inspection by any Holder or Beneficial Owner.

Section 1.15 Appointment of Financial Institution as Agent for the Company.

The Company may appoint a financial institution (which may be the Collateral Agent) to act as its agent in performing its obligations and in accepting and enforcing performance of the obligations of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and the Holders, under this Agreement and the Stock Purchase Contracts, by giving notice of such appointment in the manner provided in
Section 1.05 hereof. Any such appointment shall not relieve the Company in any way from its obligations hereunder.

Section 1.16 No Waiver.

No failure on the part of the Company, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Securities Intermediary or any of their respective agents to exercise, and no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Company, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Securities Intermediary or any of their respective agents of any right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

ARTICLE II

CERTIFICATE FORMS

Section 2.01 Forms of Certificates Generally.

The Certificates (including the form of Stock Purchase Contract forming part of each Common Equity Units evidenced thereby) shall be in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto (in the case of Certificates evidencing Normal Common Equity Units) or Exhibit B hereto (in the case of Certificates evidencing Stripped Common Equity Units), with such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements printed, lithographed or engraved thereon as may be required by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Common Equity Units are listed or any depositary therefor, or as may,

19

consistently herewith, be determined by the officers of the Company executing such Certificates, as evidenced by their execution of the Certificates.

The definitive Certificates shall be produced in any manner as determined by the officers of the Company executing the Common Equity Units evidenced by such Certificates, consistent with the provisions of this Agreement, as evidenced by their execution thereof.

Every Global Certificate authenticated, executed on behalf of the Holders and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS CERTIFICATE IS A GLOBAL CERTIFICATE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., AS NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (THE "DEPOSITARY"), THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY. THIS CERTIFICATE IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR CERTIFICATES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REQUESTED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

Section 2.02 Form of Stock Purchase Contract Agent's Certificate of Authentication.

The form of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent's certificate of authentication of the Common Equity Units shall be in substantially the form set forth on the form of the applicable Certificates.

20

ARTICLE III

THE COMMON EQUITY UNITS

Section 3.01 Amount; Form and Denominations.

The aggregate number of Common Equity Units evidenced by Certificates authenticated, executed on behalf of the Holders and delivered hereunder is limited to 72,000,000 (or 82,800,000 if the option granted to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement is exercised in full), except for Certificates authenticated, executed and delivered upon registration of transfer of, in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Certificates pursuant to Section 3.04,
Section 3.05, Section 3.10, Section 3.13, Section 3.14 or Section 8.05.

The Certificates shall be issuable only in registered form and only in denominations of a single Normal Common Equity Unit or Stripped Common Equity Unit and any integral multiple thereof.

Section 3.02 Rights and Obligations Evidenced by the Certificates.

Each Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate shall evidence the number of Normal Common Equity Units specified therein, with each such Normal Common Equity Unit representing (1) prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date, the ownership by the Holder thereof of a 1/80 undivided beneficial interest in a Series A Trust Preferred Security, subject to the Pledge of such Series A Trust Preferred Security by such Holder pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, (2) the ownership by the Holder thereof of a 1/80 undivided beneficial interest in a Series B Trust Preferred Security and (3) one Stock Purchase Contract. The Stock Purchase Contract Agent is hereby authorized, as attorney-in-fact for, and on behalf of, the Holder of each Normal Common Equity Unit, to pledge, pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, the Trust Preferred Securities forming a part of such Normal Common Equity Unit, to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Company, and to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Company, a security interest in the right, title and interest of such Holder (i) the Series A Trust Preferred Securities to secure the obligation of the Holder under each Stock Purchase Contract to purchase shares of Common Stock on the Initial Stock Purchase Date and (ii) the Series B Trust Preferred Securities to secure the obligation of the Holder under each Stock Purchase Contract to purchase shares of Common Stock on the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date.

Upon the creation of a Stripped Common Equity Unit pursuant to Section 3.13, each Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate shall evidence the number of Stripped Common Equity Units specified therein, with each such Stripped Common Equity Unit representing (1) if such Stripped Common Equity Unit is created prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date, the ownership by the Holder thereof of a 1/80 undivided beneficial interest in a Treasury Security that matures as of the Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series A Trust Preferred Securities with a principal amount at maturity equal to $1,000, subject to the Pledge of such interest by such Holder pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, (2) the ownership by the Holder thereof of a 1/80 undivided beneficial interest in a Treasury Security that matures as of the Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series B Trust Preferred Securities with a principal amount at maturity equal to $1,000, subject to the Pledge of such interest by such

21

Holder pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, and (3) one Stock Purchase Contract. The Stock Purchase Contract Agent is hereby authorized, as attorney-in-fact for, and on behalf of, the Holder of each Stripped Common Equity Unit, to pledge, pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, such Holder's interest in each Treasury Security forming a part of such Stripped Common Equity Unit to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Company, and to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Company, a security interest in the right, title and interest of such Holder (i) the Series A Treasury Security to secure the obligation of the Holder under each Stock Purchase Contract to purchase shares of Common Stock on the Initial Stock Purchase Date and (ii) the Series B Treasury Security to secure the obligation of the Holder under each Stock Purchase Contract to purchase Shares of Common Stock on the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date.

Such Stock Purchase Contract shall not entitle the Holder of a Common Equity Unit to any of the rights of a holder of shares of Common Stock, prior to the purchase of shares of Common Stock under each Stock Purchase Contract, including, without limitation, the right to vote or receive any dividends or other payments or to consent or to receive notice as a stockholder in respect of the meetings of stockholders or for the election of directors of the Company or for any other matter, or any other rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company.

Section 3.03 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.13 and Section 3.14 hereof, upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and at any time and from time to time thereafter, the Company may deliver Certificates executed by the Company to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for authentication, execution on behalf of the Holders and delivery, together with a written order from the Company for authentication of such Certificates, and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in accordance with such written order shall authenticate, execute on behalf of the Holders and deliver such Certificates.

The Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board of Directors, its Chief Executive Officer, its President, its Chief Financial Officer, its Treasurer or one of its Vice Presidents. The signature of any of these officers on the Certificates may be manual or facsimile.

Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Certificates or did not hold such offices at the date of such Certificates.

No Stock Purchase Contract evidenced by a Certificate shall be valid until such Certificate has been executed on behalf of the Holder by the manual signature of an authorized officer of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, as such Holder's attorney-in-fact. Such signature by an authorized officer of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be conclusive evidence that the Holder of such Certificate has entered into the Stock Purchase Contracts evidenced by such Certificate.

Each Certificate shall be dated the date of its authentication.

22

No Certificate shall be entitled to any benefit under this Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Certificate a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by an authorized officer of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Certificate shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Certificate has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 3.04 Temporary Certificates.

Pending the preparation of definitive Certificates, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall authenticate, execute on behalf of the Holders, and deliver, in lieu of such definitive Certificates, temporary Certificates that are in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A or Exhibit B hereto, as the case may be, with such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements printed, lithographed or engraved thereon as may be required by the rules of any securities exchange on which the Normal Common Equity Units or Stripped Common Equity Units, as the case may be, are listed, or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers of the Company executing such Certificates, as evidenced by their execution of the Certificates.

If temporary Certificates are issued, the Company will cause definitive Certificates to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Certificates, the temporary Certificates shall be exchangeable for definitive Certificates upon surrender of the temporary Certificates at the Corporate Trust Office, at the expense of the Company and without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Certificates, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall authenticate, execute on behalf of the Holder, and deliver in exchange therefor, one or more definitive Certificates of like tenor and denominations and evidencing a like number of Common Equity Units as the temporary Certificate or Certificates so surrendered. Until so exchanged, the temporary Certificates shall in all respects evidence the same benefits and the same obligations with respect to the Common Equity Units evidenced thereby as definitive Certificates.

Section 3.05 Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall keep at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the "Security Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall provide for the registration of Certificates and of transfers of Certificates (the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, in such capacity, the "Security Registrar"). The Security Registrar shall record separately the registration and transfer of the Certificates evidencing Normal Common Equity Units and Stripped Common Equity Units.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Certificate at the Corporate Trust Office, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall authenticate, execute on behalf of the designated transferee or transferees, and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more

23

new Certificates of any authorized denominations, of like tenor, and evidencing a like number of Normal Common Equity Units or Stripped Common Equity Units, as the case may be.

At the option of the Holder, Certificates evidencing Normal Common Equity Units or Stripped Common Equity Units may be exchanged for other Certificates, of any authorized denominations and evidencing a like number of Normal Common Equity Units or Stripped Common Equity Units, as the case may be, upon surrender of the Certificates to be exchanged at the Corporate Trust Office. Whenever any Certificates are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall authenticate, execute on behalf of the Holder, and deliver the Certificates that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

All Certificates issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of a Certificate shall evidence the ownership of the same number of Normal Common Equity Units or Stripped Common Equity Units, as the case may be, and be entitled to the same benefits and subject to the same obligations under this Agreement as the Normal Common Equity Units or Stripped Common Equity Units, as the case may be, evidenced by the Certificate surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

Every Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Security Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent duly executed, by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of a Certificate, but the Company and the Security Registrar may require payment from the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Certificates, other than any exchanges pursuant to
Section 3.04, Section 3.06 and Section 8.05 not involving any transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to execute and deliver to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be obligated to authenticate, execute on behalf of the Holder and deliver any Certificate in exchange for any other Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange on or after the Business Day immediately preceding the earliest to occur of any Early Settlement Date with respect to the Common Equity Units evidenced by such Certificate, any Cash Merger Early Settlement Date with respect to the Common Equity Units evidenced by such Certificate, the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date or the Termination Date. In lieu of delivery of a new Certificate, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified above in this Section and receipt of appropriate registration or transfer instructions from such Holder, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall:

(i) if the Initial Stock Purchase Date or the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date (including upon any Cash Settlement) or an Early Settlement Date or a Cash Merger Early Settlement Date with respect to such other Certificate has occurred, deliver to such Holder the shares of Common Stock issuable in respect of the Stock Purchase Contracts forming a part of the Common Equity Units evidenced by such other Certificate;

24

(ii) if a Termination Event shall have occurred prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date, transfer the Series A Trust Preferred Securities or the Treasury Securities pledged in lieu thereof, as the case may be, evidenced thereby, to such Holder, in each case subject to the applicable conditions and in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.15 and Article V hereof; or

(iii) if a Termination Event shall have occurred prior to the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date, transfer the Series B Trust Preferred Securities or the Treasury Securities pledged in lieu thereof, as the case may be, evidenced thereby, to such Holder, in each case subject to the applicable conditions and in accordance with the applicable provisions of
Section 3.15 and Article V hereof.

Section 3.06 Book-Entry Interests.

The Certificates, on original issuance, will be issued in the form of one or more fully registered Global Certificates, to be delivered to the Depositary or its custodian by, or on behalf of, the Company. The Company hereby designates DTC as the initial Depositary. Such Global Certificates shall initially be registered on the books of the Security Registrar in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of the Depositary, and no Beneficial Owner will receive a definitive Certificate representing such Beneficial Owner's interest in such Global Certificate, except as provided in Section 3.09. The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall enter into an agreement with the Depositary if so requested by the Company. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Certificates have been issued to Beneficial Owners pursuant to Section 3.09:

(i) the provisions of this Section 3.06 shall be in full force and effect;

(ii) the Company, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and the Security Registrar shall be entitled to deal with the Depositary for all purposes of this Agreement (including, without limitation, making Contract Payments and receiving approvals, votes or consents hereunder) as the Holder of the Common Equity Units and the sole holder of the Global Certificates and shall have no obligation to the Beneficial Owners; provided that any Beneficial Owner may directly enforce against the Company, without the involvement of the Depositary or any other Person, its right to receive definitive Certificates pursuant to Section 3.09;

(iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section 3.06 conflict with any other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 3.06 shall control; and

(iv) the rights of the Beneficial Owners shall be exercised only through the Depositary and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Beneficial Owners and the Depositary or the Depositary Participants; provided that any Beneficial Owner may directly enforce against the Company, without the involvement of the Depositary or any other Person, its right to receive definitive Certificates pursuant to
Section 3.09.

Transfers of securities evidenced by Global Certificates shall be made through the facilities of the Depositary, and any cancellation of, or increase or decrease in the number of, such securities (including the creation of Stripped Common Equity Units and the recreation of Normal Common

25

Equity Units pursuant to Section 3.13 and Section 3.14 respectively) shall be accomplished by making appropriate annotations on the Schedule of Increases and Decreases for such Global Certificate.

Section 3.07 Notices to Holders.

Whenever a notice or other communication to the Holders is required to be given under this Agreement, the Company, the Company's agent or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, as the case may be, shall give such notices and communications to the Holders and, with respect to any Common Equity Units registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary, the Company, the Company's agent or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, as the case may be, shall, except as set forth herein, have no obligations to the Beneficial Owners.

Section 3.08 Appointment of Successor Depositary.

If the Depositary elects to discontinue its services as securities depositary with respect to the Common Equity Units, the Company may, in its sole discretion, appoint a successor Depositary with respect to the Common Equity Units.

Section 3.09 Definitive Certificates.

If:

(i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue its services as securities depositary with respect to the Common Equity Units and no successor Depositary has been appointed pursuant to Section 3.08 within 90 days after such notice; or

(ii) the Depositary ceases to be a "clearing agency" registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act when the Depositary is required to be so registered to act as the Depositary and so notifies the Company, and no successor Depositary has been appointed pursuant to Section 3.08 within 90 days after such notice; or

(iii) any event of default has occurred and is continuing under either series of Debentures or this Agreement; or

(iv) the Company determines in its sole discretion that the Global Certificates shall be exchangeable for definitive Certificates,

then (x) definitive Certificates may be prepared by the Company with respect to such Common Equity Units and delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and
(y) upon surrender of the Global Certificates representing the Common Equity Units by the Depositary, accompanied by registration instructions, the Company shall cause definitive Certificates to be delivered to Beneficial Owners in accordance with the instructions of the Depositary. The Company and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on and shall be authorized and protected in relying on, such instructions. Each definitive Certificate so delivered shall evidence Common Equity Units of the same kind and tenor as the Global Certificate so surrendered in respect thereof.

26

Section 3.10 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Certificates.

If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall authenticate, execute on behalf of the Holder, and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate, evidencing the same number of Normal Common Equity Units or Stripped Common Equity Units, as the case may be, and bearing a Certificate number not contemporaneously outstanding.

If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate, and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to hold each of them and any agent of any of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent that such Certificate has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall authenticate, execute on behalf of the Holder, and deliver to the Holder, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate, evidencing the same number of Normal Common Equity Units or Stripped Common Equity Units, as the case may be, and bearing a Certificate number not contemporaneously outstanding.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to execute and deliver to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be obligated to authenticate, execute on behalf of the Holder, and deliver to the Holder, a Certificate on or after the Business Day immediately preceding the earliest of any Early Settlement Date with respect to such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Certificate, any Cash Merger Early Settlement Date with respect to such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Certificate, the Initial Stock Purchase Date, the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date or the Termination Date. In lieu of delivery of a new Certificate, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified above in this Section and receipt of appropriate registration or transfer instructions from such Holder, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall:

(i) if the Initial Stock Purchase Date, the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date or Early Settlement Date or Cash Merger Early Settlement Date with respect to such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Certificate has occurred, deliver to such Holder the shares of Common Stock issuable in respect of the Stock Purchase Contracts forming a part of the Common Equity Units evidenced by such Certificate; or

(ii) if a Cash Settlement with respect to such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Certificate or if a Termination Event shall have occurred prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date or prior to the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date, transfer the Series A Trust Preferred Securities and the Series B Trust Preferred Securities (in the case of a Termination Event occurring prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date) or the Series B Trust Preferred Securities (in the case of a Termination Event occurring prior to the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date) or the Treasury Securities pledged in substitution for the applicable Trust Preferred Securities, as the case may be, evidenced thereby, in each case subject to the applicable conditions and in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 3.15 and Article V hereof.

27

Upon the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section, the Company and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may require the payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other fees and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent) connected therewith.

Every new Certificate issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company and of the Holder in respect of the Common Equity Units evidenced thereby, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate (and the Common Equity Units evidenced thereby) shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits and be subject to all the obligations of this Agreement equally and proportionately with any and all other Certificates delivered hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude, to the extent lawful, all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificates.

Section 3.11 Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment of a Certificate for registration of transfer, the Company and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, and any agent of the Company, the Security Registrar or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, may treat the Person in whose name such Certificate is registered as the owner of the Common Equity Units evidenced thereby for purposes of (subject to any applicable record date) any payment or distribution on the Trust Preferred Securities, payment of Contract Payments and performance of the Stock Purchase Contracts and for all other purposes whatsoever in connection with such Common Equity Units, whether or not such payment, distribution, or performance shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, and none of the Company, the Security Registrar or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, nor any agent of the Company, the Security Registrar or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Global Certificate, nothing contained herein shall prevent the Company, the Security Registrar, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or any agent of the Company, the Security Registrar or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary (or its nominee), as a Holder, with respect to such Global Certificate, or impair, as between such Depositary and the related Beneficial Owner, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of rights of the Depositary (or its nominee) as Holder of such Global Certificate. None of the Company, the Security Registrar, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or any agent of the Company, the Security Registrar or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Certificate or maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

28

Section 3.12 Cancellation.

All Certificates surrendered for delivery of shares of Common Stock on or after the Initial Stock Purchase Date or the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date, as applicable, or upon the transfer of Trust Preferred Securities or for delivery of Trust Preferred Securities or Treasury Securities, as the case may be, after the occurrence of a Termination Event or pursuant to a Cash Settlement, an Early Settlement or a Cash Merger Early Settlement, or upon the registration of transfer or exchange of a Common Equity Unit, or a Collateral Substitution or the recreation of a Normal Common Equity Unit shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, be delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent along with appropriate written instructions from the Company regarding the cancellation thereof and, if not already cancelled, shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for cancellation any Certificates previously authenticated, executed and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Certificates so delivered shall, upon an Issuer Order, be promptly cancelled by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent. No Certificates shall be authenticated, executed on behalf of the Holder and delivered in lieu of or in exchange for any Certificates cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Agreement. All cancelled Certificates held by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be disposed of in accordance with its customary practices.

If the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall acquire any Certificate, such acquisition shall not operate as a cancellation of such Certificate unless and until such Certificate is delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent cancelled or for cancellation.

Section 3.13 Creation of Stripped Common Equity Units by Substitution of Treasury Securities.

Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, a Holder may, at any time from and after the date of this Agreement and until 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the seventh Business Day immediately preceding any Remarketing Settlement Date, effect a Collateral Substitution and separate the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities from the related Stock Purchase Contracts in respect of all or a portion of such Holder's Normal Common Equity Units by substituting for such Pledged Trust Preferred Securities of each series, Treasury Securities or portions thereof maturing on the corresponding Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date in an aggregate principal amount at maturity equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of such Pledged Trust Preferred Securities; provided that Holders may make Collateral Substitutions only in integral multiples of 80 Normal Common Equity Units. To effect such substitution, the Holder must:

(1) if the substitution is made prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date, deposit with the Collateral Agent a Treasury Security that has a principal amount payable on the Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series A Trust Preferred Securities of $1,000;

(2) deposit with the Collateral Agent a Treasury Security that has a principal amount payable on the Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series B Trust Preferred Securities of $1,000; and

29

(3) transfer 80 Normal Common Equity Units to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent accompanied by a notice to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto,
(i) stating that the Holder has deposited the relevant amount of Treasury Securities with the Securities Intermediary for credit to the Collateral Account and (ii) instructing the Stock Purchase Contract Agent to instruct the Collateral Agent to release the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities underlying such Normal Common Equity Units, whereupon the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall promptly provide an instruction to such effect to the Collateral Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit A to the Pledge Agreement.

Upon receipt of the Treasury Securities described in clauses (1) and (2) above and the instruction described in clause (3) above, in accordance with the terms of the Pledge Agreement, the Collateral Agent will cause the Securities Intermediary to effect the release of such Pledged Trust Preferred Securities from the Pledge and the transfer of such Trust Preferred Securities to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of the Holder free and clear of the Company's security interest therein. Upon receipt of such Trust Preferred Securities, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall promptly:

(ii) cancel the related Normal Common Equity Units;

(iii) transfer the Series A Trust Preferred Securities (if prior to the Initial Stock Settlement Date) and Series B Trust Preferred Securities to the Holder (such Trust Preferred Securities shall be tradeable as a separate security, independent of the resulting Stripped Common Equity Units); and

(iv) authenticate, execute on behalf of such Holder and deliver Stripped Common Equity Units in book-entry form, or if applicable, in the form of a Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate executed by the Company in accordance with Section 3.03 evidencing the same number of Stock Purchase Contracts as were evidenced by the cancelled Normal Common Equity Units.

Holders who elect to separate the Trust Preferred Securities from the related Stock Purchase Contracts and to substitute Treasury Securities for such Trust Preferred Securities shall be responsible for any fees or expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses payable to the Collateral Agent for its services as Collateral Agent) in respect of the substitution, and neither the Company nor the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be responsible for any such fees or expenses.

In the event a Holder making a Collateral Substitution pursuant to this
Section 3.13 fails to effect a book-entry transfer of the Normal Common Equity Units or fails to deliver Normal Common Equity Unit Certificates to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent after depositing Treasury Securities with the Securities Intermediary, any distributions on the Trust Preferred Securities constituting a part of such Normal Common Equity Units shall be held in the name of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or its nominee in trust for the benefit of such Holder, until such Normal Common Equity Units are so transferred or the Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate is so delivered, as the case may be, or until such Holder provides evidence

30

satisfactory to the Company and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent that such Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate has been destroyed, lost or stolen, together with any indemnity that may be required by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and the Company.

Except as described in Section 5.02 or in this Section 3.13 or in connection with a Cash Settlement, an Early Settlement, a Cash Merger Early Settlement or a Termination Event, for so long as the Stock Purchase Contract underlying a Normal Common Equity Unit remains in effect, such Normal Common Equity Unit shall not be separable into its constituent parts, and the rights and obligations of the Holder in respect of the Trust Preferred Securities and the Stock Purchase Contract comprising such Normal Common Equity Unit may be acquired, and may be transferred and exchanged, only as a Normal Common Equity Unit.

Section 3.14 Recreation of Normal Common Equity Units

Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, a Holder of Stripped Common Equity Units may recreate Normal Common Equity Units (i) at any time until 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the seventh Business Day immediately preceding any Remarketing Settlement Date; provided that Holders of Stripped Common Equity Units may only recreate Normal Common Equity Units in integral multiples of 80 Stripped Common Equity Units. To recreate Normal Common Equity Units, the Holder must:

(1) if the substitution is made prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date, transfer to the Securities Intermediary Series A Trust Preferred Securities having an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the aggregate principal amount at stated maturity of the corresponding Pledged Treasury Securities comprising part of the Stripped Common Equity Units;

(2) transfer to the Securities Intermediary Series B Trust Preferred Securities having an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the aggregate principal amount at stated maturity of the corresponding Pledged Treasury Securities comprising part of the Stripped Common Equity Units; and

(3) transfer the related Stripped Common Equity Units to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent accompanied by a notice to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, (i) stating that the Holder has transferred the relevant amount of Series A Trust Preferred Securities (if the substitution is made prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date) and Series B Trust Preferred Securities to the Securities Intermediary for deposit in the Collateral Account and (ii) instructing the Stock Purchase Contract Agent to instruct the Collateral Agent to release the Pledged Treasury Securities underlying such Stripped Common Equity Units, whereupon the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall promptly provide an instruction to such effect to the Collateral Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Pledge Agreement.

Upon receipt of the Trust Preferred Securities described in clauses (1) and (2) above and the instruction described in clause (3) above, in accordance with the terms of the Pledge Agreement,

31

the Collateral Agent will cause the Securities Intermediary to effect the release of the Pledged Treasury Securities having a corresponding aggregate principal amount at maturity from the Pledge and the transfer thereof to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of the Holder free and clear of the Company's security interest therein. Upon receipt of such Treasury Securities, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall promptly:

(i) cancel the related Stripped Common Equity Units;

(ii) transfer the Treasury Securities to the Holder; and

(iii) authenticate, execute on behalf of such Holder and deliver Normal Common Equity Units in book-entry form or, if applicable, in the form of a Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate executed by the Company in accordance with Section 3.03 evidencing the same number of Stock Purchase Contracts as were evidenced by the cancelled Stripped Common Equity Units.

Holders who elect to recreate Normal Common Equity Units shall be responsible for any fees or expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses payable to the Collateral Agent for its services as Collateral Agent) in respect of the recreation, and neither the Company nor the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be responsible for any such fees or expenses.

Except as provided in Section 5.02 or in this Section 3.14 or in connection with a Cash Settlement, an Early Settlement, a Cash Merger Early Settlement or a Termination Event, for so long as the Stock Purchase Contract underlying a Stripped Common Equity Unit remains in effect, such Stripped Common Equity Unit shall not be separable into its constituent parts and the rights and obligations of the Holder of such Stripped Common Equity Unit in respect of the 1/80 of a Treasury Security and the Stock Purchase Contract comprising such Stripped Common Equity Unit may be acquired, and may be transferred and exchanged, only as a Stripped Common Equity Unit.

Section 3.15 Transfer of Collateral upon Occurrence of Termination Event.

Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event and the transfer to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent of the Trust Preferred Securities or the Treasury Securities, as the case may be, underlying the Normal Common Equity Units and the Stripped Common Equity Units, as the case may be, pursuant to the terms of the Pledge Agreement, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall request transfer instructions with respect to such Trust Preferred Securities or Treasury Securities, as the case may be, from each Holder by written request, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, mailed to such Holder at its address as it appears in the Security Register.

Upon book-entry transfer of the Normal Common Equity Units or the Stripped Common Equity Units or delivery of a Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate or Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent with such transfer instructions, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall transfer the Trust Preferred Securities or Treasury Securities, as the case may be, underlying such Normal Common Equity Units or Stripped Common Equity Units, as the case may be, to such Holder by book-entry transfer, or other appropriate procedures, in accordance with such instructions. In the event a Holder of Normal Common Equity Units or Stripped Common Equity Units fails to effect such transfer or delivery,

32

the Trust Preferred Securities or Treasury Securities, as the case may be, underlying such Normal Common Equity Units or Stripped Common Equity Units, as the case may be, and any distributions thereon, shall be held in the name of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or its nominee in trust for the benefit of such Holder, until the earlier to occur of:

(i) the transfer of such Normal Common Equity Units or Stripped Common Equity Units or surrender of the Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate or Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate or the receipt by the Company and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent from such Holder of satisfactory evidence that such Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate or Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate has been destroyed, lost or stolen, together with any indemnity that may be required by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and the Company; and

(ii) the expiration of the time period specified in the abandoned property laws of the relevant State in which the Stock Purchase Contract Agent holds such property.

Section 3.16 No Consent to Assumption.

Each Holder of a Common Equity Unit, by acceptance thereof, shall be deemed expressly to have withheld any consent to the assumption under Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, of the Stock Purchase Contract by the Company or its trustee, receiver, liquidator or a person or entity performing similar functions in the event that the Company becomes the debtor under the Bankruptcy Code or subject to other similar state or Federal law providing for reorganization or liquidation.

ARTICLE IV

THE TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES

Section 4.01 Distributions; Rights to Distributions Preserved.

Any payment on any Trust Preferred Security which is paid on any Payment Date shall, subject to receipt thereof by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent from the Company (in the case of a Trust Preferred Security that is held in the name of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent) or from the Collateral Agent as provided by the terms of the Pledge Agreement (in the case of a Trust Preferred Security that is held in the name of the Collateral Agent), be paid by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent to the Person in whose name the Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate (or one or more Predecessor Normal Common Equity Unit Certificates) of which such Trust Preferred Securities form a part is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such Payment Date.

Each Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate evidencing the ownership interest in the underlying Trust Preferred Securities delivered under this Agreement upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate shall carry the right to accrued and unpaid interest or distributions, and to accrue distributions, which were carried by the Trust Preferred Securities underlying such other Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate.

33

In the case of any Normal Common Equity Units with respect to which (A) a Cash Settlement of the underlying Stock Purchase Contract is properly effected pursuant to Section 5.02(b) or Section 5.02(e) hereof, (B) an Early Settlement of the underlying Stock Purchase Contract is properly effected pursuant to
Section 5.07 hereof, (C) a Cash Merger Early Settlement of the underlying Stock Purchase Contract is properly effected pursuant to Section 5.04(b)(ii) hereof, (D) a Collateral Substitution is properly effected pursuant to Section 3.13, or (E) a Successful Remarketing occurs with respect to the Trust Preferred Securities that are part of such Normal Common Equity Units, in each case on a date that is after any Record Date and prior to or on the next succeeding Payment Date, distributions on the Trust Preferred Securities underlying such Normal Common Equity Units otherwise payable on such Payment Date shall be payable on such Payment Date notwithstanding such Cash Settlement, Early Settlement, Cash Merger Early Settlement, Collateral Substitution or Successful Remarketing, and such payment or distributions shall, subject to receipt thereof by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, be payable to the Person in whose name the Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate (or one or more Predecessor Normal Common Equity Unit Certificates) was registered at the close of business on the Record Date.

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the immediately preceding paragraph, in the case of any Normal Common Equity Units with respect to which Cash Settlement, Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement of the underlying Stock Purchase Contract is properly effected, or with respect to which a Collateral Substitution has been effected, payments on the related Trust Preferred Securities that would otherwise be payable or made after the Initial Stock Purchase Date (for the Series A Trust Preferred Securities), the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date (for the Series B Trust Preferred Securities), Early Settlement Date, Cash Merger Early Settlement Date or the date of the Collateral Substitution, as the case may be, shall not be payable hereunder to the Holder of such Normal Common Equity Units; provided, however, that to the extent that such Holder continues to hold Separate Trust Preferred Securities that formerly comprised a part of such Holder's Normal Common Equity Units, such Holder shall be entitled to receive distributions on such Separate Trust Preferred Securities.

Section 4.02 Notice and Voting.

Under the terms of the Pledge Agreement, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent will be entitled to exercise the voting and any other consensual rights pertaining to the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities, but only to the extent instructed in writing by the Holders as described below. Upon receipt of notice of any meeting at which holders of any series of Trust Preferred Securities are entitled to vote or upon any solicitation of consents, waivers or proxies of holders of any series of Trust Preferred Securities, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, mail, first class, postage pre-paid, to the Holders of Normal Common Equity Units a notice:

(i) containing such information as is contained in the notice or solicitation;

(ii) stating that each Holder on the record date set by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent therefor (which, to the extent possible, shall be the same date as the record date for determining the holders of the applicable series of Trust Preferred Securities, as the case may be, entitled to vote) shall be entitled to instruct the Stock

34

Purchase Contract Agent as to the exercise of the voting rights pertaining to such Trust Preferred Securities underlying their Normal Common Equity Units; and

(iii) stating the manner in which such instructions may be given.

Upon the written request of the Holders of Normal Common Equity Units on such record date received by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent at least six days prior to such meeting, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall endeavor insofar as practicable to vote or cause to be voted, in accordance with the instructions set forth in such requests, the maximum number of Trust Preferred Securities, as the case may be, as to which any particular voting instructions are received. In the absence of specific instructions from the Holder of a Normal Common Equity Unit, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall abstain from voting the Trust Preferred Securities underlying such Normal Common Equity Unit. The Company hereby agrees, if applicable, to solicit Holders of Normal Common Equity Units to timely instruct the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in order to enable the Stock Purchase Contract Agent to vote such Trust Preferred Securities.

The Holders of Normal Common Equity Units and Stripped Common Equity Units shall have no voting or other rights in respect of Common Stock.

ARTICLE V

THE PURCHASE CONTRACTS

Section 5.01 Purchase of Shares of Common Stock.

(a) Each Stock Purchase Contract shall obligate the Holder of the related Common Equity Unit to purchase, and the Company to sell, on each of the Initial Stock Purchase Date and the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date at a price equal to $12.50 (the "Purchase Price"), a number of newly issued or treasury shares of Common Stock per Common Equity Unit (subject to Section 5.09) equal to the applicable Settlement Rate (as defined below) unless an Early Settlement, a Cash Merger Early Settlement or a Termination Event with respect to the Common Equity Units of which such Stock Purchase Contract is a part shall have occurred. The "Settlement Rate" with respect to each Stock Purchase Contract, shall be an amount equal to the sum of the "Daily Amounts" (as defined below) calculated for each Determination Date during the Trading Day Period. The "Daily Amount" for each Determination Date in the Trading Day Period, subject to any then applicable anti-dilution adjustments, is defined as:

(i) for each Determination Date on which the Closing Price (as defined below) for the Common Stock is less than or equal to the Reference Price, a fraction of one share of Common Stock per Common Equity Unit equal to:

1/20 times $12.50 divided by the Reference Price (the "Maximum Daily Settlement Rate"),

(ii) for each Determination Date on which the Closing Price for the Common Stock is greater than the Reference Price but less than the Threshold Appreciation Price, a fraction of one share of Common Stock per Common Equity Unit equal to:

35

1/20 times $12.50 divided by the Closing Price, and

(iii) for each Determination Date on which the Closing Price for the Common Stock is greater than or equal to the Threshold Appreciation Price, a fraction of one share of Common Stock per Common Equity Unit equal to:

1/20 times $12.50 divided by the Threshold Appreciation Price (the "Minimum Daily Settlement Rate" and, together with the Maximum Daily Settlement Rate, the "Fixed Daily Settlement Rates"),

in each case subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.04 (and in each case rounded upward or downward to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share).

The Company shall give notice to the Holders if a Market Disruption Event occurs during a day that would otherwise constitute one of the 20 Trading Days in the Trading Day Period for determining the Daily Amounts.

If the 20 Trading Days in the Trading Day Period have not occurred prior to the third Business Day immediately prior to the applicable Stock Purchase Date, all remaining Trading Days in the Trading Day Period will be determined to occur on that third Business Day and the Closing Price for each of the remaining Trading Days in the Trading Day Period will be the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock on such third Business Day or if such Business Day is not a Trading Day, the Closing Price as determined in its reasonable discretion by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained by the Company for this purpose.

The "Closing Price" of the Common Stock on any Determination Date means:

(i) the closing sale price as of the close of the principal trading session (or, if no closing price is reported, the last reported sale price) on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the "NYSE") on that date; or

(ii) if the Common Stock is not listed for trading on the NYSE on any such date, the closing sale price (or, if no closing price is reported, the last reported sale price) per share as reported in the composite transactions for the principal United States national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is so listed; or

(iii) if the Common Stock is not so listed on a United States national or regional securities exchange, the last closing sale price per share as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market; or

(iv) if the Common Stock is not so reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market, the last quoted bid price for the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market as reported by PinkSheets LLC (formerly known as the National Quotation Bureau) or similar organization; or

(v) if the bid price referred to in clause (iv) is not available, the market value of the Common Stock on such date as determined by a nationally recognized independent

36

investment banking firm retained by the Company for purposes of determining the Closing Price.

"Determination Date" means any Trading Day in the Trading Day Period on which a portion of the Common Stock deliverable in respect of the applicable Stock Purchase Contract is determined herein.

A "Market Disruption Event" means any of the following events that the Company, in its reasonable discretion, determines has occurred and is material:

(i) any suspension of, or limitation imposed on, trading by any exchange or quotation system on which the closing price is determined pursuant to the definition of the Trading Day (a "Relevant Exchange") during the one-hour period prior to the close of trading for the regular trading session on the Relevant Exchange and whether by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the Relevant Exchange, or otherwise:

(1) relating to Common Stock; or

(2) in futures or options contracts relating to the Common Stock on the Relevant Exchange;

(ii) any event (other than an event described in clause (iii)) that disrupts or impairs (as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion) the ability of market participants during the one-hour period prior to the close of trading for the regular trading session on the Relevant Exchange in general:

(1) to effect transactions in, or obtain market values for, the Common Stock on the Relevant Exchange; or

(2) to effect transactions in, or obtain market values for, futures or options contracts relating to the Common Stock on the Relevant Exchange; or

(iii) the failure to open of the Relevant Exchange on which futures or options contracts relating to the Common Stock, are traded or the closure of such exchange prior to its respective scheduled closing time for the regular trading session on such day (without regard to after hours or any other trading outside of the regular trading session hours) unless such earlier closing time is announced by such exchange at least one hour prior to the earlier of:

(1) the actual closing time for the regular trading session on such day, and

(2) the submission deadline for orders to be entered into such exchange for execution at the actual closing time on such day.

A "Trading Day" means a Business Day on which the Relevant Exchange is scheduled to be open for business and on which there has not occurred or does not exist a Market Disruption Event.

37

"Trading Day Period" means the 20 consecutive Trading Days beginning on July 9, 2008 for the Initial Stock Purchase Date, and the 20 consecutive Trading Days beginning on January 7, 2009 for the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date.

(b) Each Holder of a Normal Common Equity Unit or a Stripped Common Equity Unit, by its acceptance of such Common Equity Unit will be deemed to have:

(i) duly appointed the Stock Purchase Contract Agent to enter into and perform the related Stock Purchase Contract and the Pledge Agreement on its behalf and in its name as its attorney-in-fact (including, without limitation, the execution of Certificates on behalf of such Holder);

(ii) irrevocably agreed to be bound by the terms and provisions of such Stock Purchase Contract and the Pledge Agreement;

(iii) covenanted and agreed to perform its obligations under such Stock Purchase Contract for so long as such Holder remains a Holder of a Normal Common Equity Unit or a Stripped Common Equity Unit;

(iv) irrevocably authorized the Stock Purchase Contract Agent to enter into and perform this Agreement and the Pledge Agreement on its behalf and in its name as its attorney-in-fact;

(v) consents to, and agrees to be bound by, the Pledge of such Holder's right, title and interest in and to the Collateral Account, including the Trust Preferred Securities and the Treasury Securities pursuant to the Pledge Agreement;

(vi) for United States federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes, agrees to take the positions set forth in Section 10.07(b);

(vii) irrevocably directed the Stock Purchase Contract Agent to execute the Remarketing Agreement at the direction of the Company, without the receipt of any opinion or certificate,

provided that upon a Termination Event, the rights of the Holder of such Common Equity Units under the Stock Purchase Contract may be enforced without regard to any other rights or obligations.

(c) Each Holder of a Normal Common Equity Unit or a Stripped Common Equity Unit, by its acceptance thereof, shall be deemed to have further covenanted and agreed that to the extent and in the manner provided in Section 5.02 hereof and the provisions of the Pledge Agreement, but subject to the terms thereof, Proceeds of the Trust Preferred Securities or the Treasury Securities, as applicable, on the Stock Purchase Date, shall be paid by the Collateral Agent to the Company in satisfaction of such Holder's obligations under such Stock Purchase Contract and such Holder shall acquire no right, title or interest in such Proceeds except that any proceeds of the Remarketing in excess of the aggregate Purchase Price applicable to the related Normal Common Equity Units plus the portion of the Remarketing Fee attributable to such

38

Pledged Trust Preferred Securities will be remitted to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for payment to the Holders of the related Normal Common Equity Units.

(d) Upon registration of transfer of a Certificate, the transferee shall be bound (without the necessity of any other action on the part of such transferee) by the terms of this Agreement, the Stock Purchase Contracts underlying such Certificate and the Pledge Agreement and the transferor shall be released from the obligations under this Agreement, the Stock Purchase Contracts underlying the Certificate so transferred and the Pledge Agreement. The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of a Certificate, by its acceptance thereof, likewise shall be deemed to have covenanted and agreed, to be bound by the provisions of this paragraph.

Section 5.02 Remarketing; Payment of Purchase Price.

(a) (i) The Company shall conduct a Remarketing of each series of Trust Preferred Securities in accordance with Article X of the relevant Trust Agreement and the Remarketing Agreement.

(ii) With respect to any Trust Preferred Securities which constitute part of Normal Common Equity Units which are subject to the Remarketing with respect to the Third Remarketing Settlement Date for each series of the Trust Preferred Securities, the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Company reserves all of its rights as a secured party with respect thereto and, subject to applicable law and Section 5.02(c) below, may, among other things, (A) retain such Trust Preferred Securities in full satisfaction of the Holders' obligations under the Stock Purchase Contracts or (B) sell such Trust Preferred Securities in one or more public or private sales or otherwise.

(iii) Prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Remarketing Date Holders of Separate Trust Preferred Securities may elect to have their Separate Trust Preferred Securities remarketed under the Remarketing Agreement by delivering their Separate Trust Preferred Securities, along with a notice of such election, substantially in the form of Exhibit F to the Pledge Agreement, to the Custodial Agent. The Custodial Agent shall hold Separate Trust Preferred Securities in an account separate from the Collateral Account in which the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities (as defined in the Pledge Agreement) shall be held. Holders of Separate Trust Preferred Securities electing to have their Separate Trust Preferred Securities remarketed will also have the right to withdraw that election by written notice to the Custodial Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit G to the Pledge Agreement, by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Remarketing Date, upon which notice the Custodial Agent shall return such Separate Trust Preferred Securities to such Holder. Promptly after 11:00 a.m. on the Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Remarketing Date, the Custodial Agent shall notify the Remarketing Agent of the aggregate liquidation amount of the Separate Trust Preferred Securities to be remarketed. After such time, such election shall become an irrevocable election to have such Separate Trust Preferred Securities remarketed in such Remarketing.

39

(iv) The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall give Holders of Common Equity Units, and the Company shall request that the Depositary or its nominee give Depositary Participants holding Common Equity Units and Separate Trust Preferred Securities, notice of a Remarketing at least 21 Business Days prior to the related Remarketing Date. Such notice will set forth the information required to be set forth in the notice pursuant to
Section 10.4(a) of the relevant Trust Agreement.

(b) (i) Unless an Early Settlement or a Cash Merger Early Settlement has occurred prior to the applicable Stock Purchase Date, each Holder of Normal Common Equity Units shall have the right to satisfy such Holder's obligations under the Stock Purchase Contract on such Stock Purchase Date in cash by notifying the Stock Purchase Contract Agent by use of a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto of its intention to pay in cash ("Cash Settlement") by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Stock Purchase Date. Promptly following 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Stock Purchase Date, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall notify the Collateral Agent of the receipt of such notices from Holders intending to make a Cash Settlement by use of a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto.

(ii) A Holder of a Normal Common Equity Unit who has so notified the Stock Purchase Contract Agent of its intention to effect a Cash Settlement shall pay the Purchase Price to the Collateral Agent for deposit in the Collateral Account by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fourth Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Stock Purchase Date, in lawful money of the United States by certified or cashiers' check or wire transfer of immediately available funds payable to or upon the order of the Securities Intermediary. Any cash so received shall be paid to the Company on the applicable Stock Purchase Date in partial settlement, in the case of the Initial Stock Purchase Date, and full settlement, in the case of the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date, of the Stock Purchase Contracts in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Pledge Agreement.

(iii) If a Holder of a Normal Common Equity Unit does not notify the Stock Purchase Contract Agent of its intention to make a Cash Settlement in accordance with Section 5.02(b)(ii) above, or does notify the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in accordance with Section 5.02(b)(i) above but fails to make such payment as required by Section 5.02(b)(ii) above, such Holder shall be deemed to have consented to the disposition of the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities pursuant to the next applicable Remarketing.

(iv) As soon as practicable after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fourth Business Day preceding the applicable Stock Purchase Date, the Collateral Agent, based on cash payments received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 5.02(b)(ii) hereof, shall promptly notify the Stock Purchase Contract Agent of the aggregate liquidation amount of Trust Preferred Securities to be tendered for purchase in the Remarketing in a notice pursuant to the terms of the Pledge Agreement.

40

(v) In the event of a Failed Remarketing in respect of the Series A Trust Preferred Securities, (A) the Initial Stock Purchase Date shall be deferred for a quarterly period (except in the case of a Failed Remarketing with respect to the Third Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series A Trust Preferred Securities, in which case the Stock Purchase Date shall occur on the Third Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series A Trust Preferred Securities), and (B) if the Holders of Common Equity Units have delivered cash in order to effect Cash Settlement in accordance with
Section 5.02(b)(ii) above, the Collateral Agent will promptly return the cash that it has received with respect to the Cash Settlement to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for distribution to the applicable Holders of Normal Common Equity Units.

(vi) In the event of a Failed Remarketing in respect of the Series B Trust Preferred Securities, (A) the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date shall be deferred for a quarterly period (except in the case of a Failed Remarketing with respect to the Third Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series B Trust Preferred Securities, in which case the Stock Purchase Date shall occur on the Third Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series B Trust Preferred Securities), and (B) if the Holders of Common Equity Units have delivered cash in order to effect Cash Settlement in accordance with
Section 5.02(b)(ii) above, the Collateral Agent will promptly return the cash that it has received with respect to the Cash Settlement to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for distribution to the applicable Holders of Normal Common Equity Units.

(vii) In the event of a Successful Remarketing, if the Holders of Common Equity Units have delivered cash in order to effect Cash Settlement, the Collateral Agent will cause (i) the Securities Intermediary to effect the release from the Pledge such Holders related of Pledged Trust Preferred Securities of the series subject to the Successful Remarketing as to which such Holders have effected a Cash Settlement and
(ii) the transfer of such Trust Preferred Securities to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of the Holders free and clear of the Company's security interest therein. Upon receipt of such Trust Preferred Securities, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall promptly transfer the Trust Preferred Securities to the Holders.

(c) The obligations of the Holders to pay the Purchase Price are non-recourse obligations and, except to the extent satisfied by Early Settlement, Cash Merger Early Settlement or Cash Settlement, are payable solely out of the Proceeds of any Collateral pledged to secure the obligations of the Holders, and in no event will Holders be liable for any deficiency between the Proceeds of the disposition of Collateral and the Purchase Price.

(d) The Company shall not be obligated to issue any shares of Common Stock in respect of a Stock Purchase Contract or deliver any certificates thereof to the Holder of the related Common Equity Units unless the Company shall have received payment for the Common Stock to be purchased thereunder in the manner herein set forth.

Section 5.03 Issuance of Shares of Common Stock.

Unless a Termination Event, an Early Settlement or a Cash Merger Early Settlement shall have occurred, subject to Section 5.04(b)(ii), on the applicable Stock Purchase Date upon receipt

41

of the aggregate Purchase Price payable on all Outstanding Common Equity Units, the Company shall issue and deposit with the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, for the benefit of the Holders of the Outstanding Common Equity Units, by book entry transfer or in the form of one or more certificates representing newly issued or treasury shares of Common Stock registered in the name of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent (or its nominee) as custodian for the Holders (such certificates for shares of Common Stock, together with any dividends or distributions for which a record date and payment date for such dividend or distribution has occurred after the Stock Purchase Date, being hereinafter referred to as the "Stock Purchase Contract Settlement Fund") to which the Holders are entitled hereunder.

Subject to the foregoing, upon surrender of a Certificate to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent on or after the Initial Stock Purchase Date, the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date, the Early Settlement Date or the Cash Merger Early Settlement Date, as the case may be, together with settlement instructions thereon duly completed and executed, the Holder of such Certificate shall be entitled to receive forthwith in exchange therefor, by book entry transfer or in the form of a certificate, that whole number of newly issued or treasury shares of Common Stock which such Holder is entitled to receive pursuant to the provisions of this Article V (after taking into account all Common Equity Units then held by such Holder), together with cash in lieu of fractional shares as provided in Section 5.09 and any dividends or distributions with respect to such shares constituting part of the Stock Purchase Contract Settlement Fund, but without any interest thereon, and the Certificate so surrendered shall forthwith be cancelled. Such shares shall be registered in the name of the Holder or the Holder's designee as specified in the settlement instructions provided by the Holder to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent. If any shares of Common Stock issued in respect of a Stock Purchase Contract are to be registered to a Person other than the Person in whose name the Certificate evidencing a Common Equity Unit of which such Stock Purchase Contract forms a part is registered (but excluding any Depositary or nominee thereof), no such registration shall be made unless the Person requesting such registration has paid any transfer and other taxes required by reason of such registration in a name other than that of the registered Holder of the Certificate evidencing such Stock Purchase Contract or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax either has been paid or is not payable.

Section 5.04 Adjustment of Fixed Daily Settlement Rates.

The Fixed Daily Settlement Rates and the number of shares of Common Stock to be delivered upon an Early Settlement will be subject to adjustment, without duplication, under the following circumstances:

(a) Adjustments for Dividends, Distributions, Stock Splits, etc.

(i) Adjustment for Change in Capital Stock. If, after the date of this Agreement, the Company: (A) pays a dividend or makes another distribution on Common Stock to all holders of Common Stock payable exclusively in shares of Common Stock; (B) subdivides or splits the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares; or (C) combines the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then the Fixed Daily Settlement Rates in effect immediately prior to such action shall be adjusted so that the Holder of the related Common Equity Units thereafter

42

settled may receive the number of shares of Common Stock which such Holder would have owned immediately following such action if such Holder had settled the Stock Purchase Contract immediately prior to such action.

The adjustment shall become effective immediately after the record date in the case of a dividend, distribution or subdivision and immediately after the effective date in the case of a combination.

(ii) Adjustment for Rights Issue. If, after the date of this Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, the Company distributes any rights, options or warrants, other than pursuant to any dividend reinvestment, share purchase or similar plans, to all holders of the Company's Common Stock entitling them to purchase or subscribe for, for a period expiring within 60 days from the date of issuance of the rights or warrants, shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the Current Market Price as of the Time of Determination (as defined in Section 5.04(a) below) (except that no adjustment will be made if Holders of the Common Equity Units may participate in the distribution on a basis and with the notice that the Company's Board of Directors determines to be fair and appropriate), the Fixed Daily Settlement Rates shall be adjusted by multiplying them by a fraction:

(A) the numerator of which is the sum of (1) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record date fixed for the applicable distribution plus (2) the total number of additional shares of Common Stock offered for subscription or purchase, and

(B) the denominator of which is the sum of (1) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record date fixed for the distribution plus (2) the total number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares offered for subscription or purchase would purchase at the Current Market Price.

The adjustment shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive the rights, warrants or options to which this Section 5.04(b)(ii) applies. To the extent that such rights or warrants are not exercised prior to their expiration (and as a result no additional shares of Common Stock are delivered or issued pursuant to such rights or warrants), the Fixed Daily Settlement Rates shall be readjusted to the Fixed Daily Settlement Rates that would then be in effect had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights or warrants been made on the basis of delivery or issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered or issued.

(iii) Adjustments for Other Distributions. If, after the date of this Agreement, the Company dividends or distributes to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock any of its debt, Capital Stock, securities or assets or any rights, warrants or options to purchase securities of the Company (including securities or cash, but excluding (1) distributions of Common Stock referred to in Section 5.04(a)(i)(A) and distributions of rights, warrants or options referred to in Section 5.04(a)(ii) and (2) dividends or

43

distributions that are paid exclusively in cash referred to in Section 5.04(a)(iv)) the Fixed Daily Settlement Rates shall be adjusted, subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of this Section 5.04(a)(iii), by multiplying them by a fraction:

(A) the numerator of which is the Current Market Price of Common Stock, and

(B) the denominator of which is the Current Market Price of Common Stock minus the fair market value of the portion of those assets distributed in respect of each share of Common Stock.

In the event the Company distributes shares of Capital Stock of a subsidiary, the share components will be adjusted, if at all, based on the market value of the subsidiary stock so distributed relative to the market value of the Common Stock, as discussed below. The Board of Directors shall determine fair market values for the purposes of this Section 5.05(a)(iii), except that in respect of a dividend or other distribution of shares of Capital Stock of any class or series, or similar equity interests, of or relating to a subsidiary or other business unit of the Company (a "Spin-off"), the fair market value of the securities to be distributed shall equal the average of the daily Closing Prices of those securities for the five consecutive Trading Days commencing on and including the sixth day of trading of those securities after the effectiveness of the Spin-off. In the event, however, that an underwritten initial public offering of the securities in the Spin-off occurs simultaneously with the Spin-off, fair market value of the securities distributed in the Spin-off shall mean the initial public offering price of such securities and the Current Market Price shall mean the Closing Price for the Common Stock on the same Trading Day.

The adjustment shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive the distribution to which this Section 5.04(a)(iii) applies, except that an adjustment related to a Spin-off shall become effective at the earlier to occur of (i) 10 Trading Days after the effective date of the Spin-off and
(ii) the initial public offering of the securities distributed in the Spin-off.

(iv) Cash Dividends and Distributions. In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, pay regular quarterly, semi-annual or annual cash dividends or make any other distributions consisting exclusively of cash to all holders of its Common Stock, excluding any regular cash dividend or distribution on the Common Stock to the extent that the aggregate cash dividend or distribution per share of Common Stock in any fiscal year does not exceed $0.46 (the "Dividend Threshold Amount") (the Dividend Threshold Amount is subject to adjustment on the same basis as the Daily Amounts for any adjustment made pursuant to Section 5.04(a)(i)), then the Fixed Daily Settlement Rates will be adjusted as follows:

(A) in the event of a regular dividend to which this Section 5.04(a)(iv) applies, the Fixed Daily Settlement Rates will be adjusted by multiplying them by a fraction, (1) the numerator of which is the Current Market Price of Common Stock, and (2) the denominator of which is the Current Market Price of Common

44

Stock, minus the excess, if any, of the amount per share of such dividend or distribution over the Dividend Threshold Amount; and

(B) in the event of a cash dividend or distribution that is not a regular dividend, the Fixed Daily Settlement Rates will be adjusted by multiplying them by a fraction, (1) the numerator of which is the Current Market Price of Common Stock, and (2) the denominator of which is the Current Market Price of Common Stock minus the amount per share of such dividend or distribution.

In either case, the adjustment shall be made on the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, to be effective at the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution. In the event that any such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, each Fixed Daily Settlement Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Fixed Daily Settlement Rates that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.

(v) Adjustment for Company Tender Offer. If, after the date of this Agreement, the Company or any subsidiary of the Company pays holders of the Common Stock in respect of a tender or exchange offer, other than an odd-lot offer, by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for Common Stock to the extent that the offer involves aggregate consideration that, together with (A) any cash and the fair market value of any other consideration payable in respect of any tender offer (other than an odd-lot offer) by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for shares of Common Stock consummated within the preceding 12 months not triggering a Settlement Rate adjustment and (B) all-cash distributions to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock made within the preceding 12 months (other than regular quarterly, semi-annual or annual cash dividends), exceeds an amount equal to 10% of the aggregate market capitalization of the Company on the expiration date of the tender offer, the share components will be adjusted by multiplying them by a fraction,

(A) the numerator of which is the sum of (1) the fair market value, as determined by the Board of Directors, of the aggregate consideration payable based upon the acceptance (up to any maximum specified in the terms of the tender or exchange offer) of all shares of Common Stock validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the last time tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (the "Expiration Time") (the shares deemed so accepted, up to any such maximum, being referred to as the "Purchased Shares") and (2) the product of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (less any Purchased Shares) at the Expiration Time and (y) the closing price of Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time, and

(B) the denominator of which will be the product of (1) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, including any Purchased Shares, at the Expiration Time and (2) the Closing Price of Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time.

45

(vi) Calculation of Adjustments. All adjustments to the Fixed Daily Settlement Rates shall be calculated by the Company to the nearest 1/10,000th of one share of Common Stock (or if there is not a nearest 1/10,000th of a share, to the next lower 1/10,000th of a share). No adjustment to the Settlement Rate shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or a decrease of at least one percent; provided that any adjustments not made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment and notwithstanding whether or not such 1/10,000th of a share threshold shall have been met, all such adjustments shall be made on the applicable Stock Purchase Date. If an adjustment is made to the Settlement Rate pursuant to paragraph (i) through (v) or (vii) of this Section 5.04(a), an adjustment shall also be made to the Closing Price for the Company's Common Stock solely to determine which of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of the definition of Daily Amount in Section 5.01(a) will apply on each Determination Date. Such adjustment shall be made by multiplying the Closing Price for the Company's Common Stock by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the applicable Fixed Daily Settlement Rate immediately after such adjustment pursuant to paragraph (i) through (v) or (vii) of this Section 5.04(a) and the denominator of which shall be the applicable Fixed Daily Settlement Rate immediately before such adjustment; provided that if such adjustment to the applicable Fixed Daily Settlement Rate is required to be made pursuant to the occurrence of any of the events contemplated by paragraph
(i) through (v) or (vii) of this Section 5.04(a) during the period taken into consideration for determining the Daily Amounts, appropriate and customary adjustments shall be made to such Fixed Daily Settlement Rate.

(vii) When No Adjustment Required. No adjustment of the Fixed Daily Settlement Rates, and the number of shares to be delivered on Early Settlement need be made as a result of: (1) the issuance of the rights;
(2) the distribution of separate certificates representing the rights; (3) the exercise or redemption of the rights in accordance with any rights agreement; or (4) the termination or invalidation of the rights, in each case, pursuant to the Company's stockholder rights plan existing on the date of this Agreement, as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, or any newly adopted stockholder rights plans; provided, however, that to the extent that the Company has a stockholder rights plan in effect upon settlement of a Stock Purchase Contract (including the Company's rights plan existing on the date of this Agreement), the Holder shall receive, in addition to the shares of Common Stock, the rights under such rights plan, unless, prior to any settlement of a Stock Purchase Contract, the rights have separated from the Common Stock, in which case the applicable Fixed Daily Settlement Rate will be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Company made a distribution to all holders of Common Stock as described in clause (iii) above, subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of the rights. In addition, no adjustment to Fixed Daily Settlement Rates need be made:

(A) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on securities of the Company and the investment of additional optional amounts in Common Stock under any plan;

46

(B) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or options or rights to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; or

(C) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right, or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security outstanding as of the date the Common Equity Units were first issued.

No adjustment to the Fixed Daily Settlement Rates need be made for a transaction referred to in 5.04(a)(ii) or 5.04(a)(iii) if Holders of the Common Equity Units may participate in the transaction on a basis and with notice that the Board of Directors determines to be fair and appropriate in light of the basis and notice on which holders of Common Stock participate in the transaction. No adjustment to the Fixed Daily Settlement Rates need be made for a change in the par value or no par value of the Common Stock.

(viii) Use of Terms.

"Time of Determination" means the time and date of the earlier of (A) the determination of stockholders entitled to receive rights, warrants or options or a distribution in each case, to which Section 5.04(a)(ii) or
Section 5.04(a)(iii) applies and (B) the time ("Ex-Dividend Time") immediately prior to the commencement of "ex-dividend" trading for such rights, warrants or options or distribution on the NYSE or such other U.S. national or regional exchange or market on which the Common Stock are then listed or quoted.

"Current Market Price" per share of Common Stock on any day means the average of the Closing Price per share of Common Stock on each Determination Date ending on the earlier of the day in question and the day before the "ex date" with respect to the issuance or distribution requiring such computation. For purposes of this paragraph, the term "ex date," when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the shares of Common Stock trade without the right to receive the issuance or distribution.

(ix) Adjustments During Trading Day Period. If an event requiring an adjustment occurs on any Determination Date during the Trading Day Period, the applicable Fixed Daily Settlement Rate calculated for each Determination Date before the event requiring an adjustment occurs will be adjusted in the same manner as the adjustment to the Fixed Daily Settlement Rates for each Determination Date on or after the event requiring an adjustment occurs pursuant to the procedures described above.

(b) Adjustment for Consolidation, Merger or Other Reorganization Event. In the event of (1) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another Person (other than a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the continuing corporation and in which the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the merger or consolidation are not exchanged for cash, securities other property of the Company or another corporation), (2) any

47

sale, transfer, lease or conveyance to another Person of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, (3) any statutory exchange of securities of the Company with another Person (other than in connection with a merger or acquisition) or any binding share exchange which reclassifies or changes its outstanding Common Stock, or (4) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company other than as a result of or after the occurrence of a Termination Event (any such event, a "Reorganization Event"),

(i) each share of Common Stock covered by each Stock Purchase Contract forming part of a Common Equity Unit immediately prior to such Reorganization Event shall, after such Reorganization Event, be converted for purposes of the Stock Purchase Contract into the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable in such Reorganization Event (without any interest thereon, and without any right to dividends or distribution thereon which have a record date that is prior to the applicable Stock Purchase Date) per share of Common Stock by a holder of Common Stock that (A) is not a Person with which the Company consolidated or into which the Company merged or which merged into the Company or to which such sale or transfer was made, as the case may be (any such Person, a "Constituent Person"), or an Affiliate of a Constituent Person to the extent such Reorganization Event provides for different treatment of Common Stock held by Affiliates of the Company and non-Affiliates, and (B) failed to exercise his rights of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such Reorganization Event (provided that if the kind or amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such Reorganization Event is not the same for each share of Common Stock held immediately prior to such Reorganization Event by a Person other than a Constituent Person or an Affiliate thereof and in respect of which such rights of election shall not have been exercised ("Non-electing Share"), then for the purpose of this Section 5.04 the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such Reorganization Event in respect of each Non-electing Share shall be deemed to be the kind and amount so receivable per share of Common Stock by a plurality of the Non-electing Shares). On the Stock Purchase Date, the Settlement Rate then in effect will be applied to the value on the Stock Purchase Date of such securities, cash or other property.

In the event of such a Reorganization Event, the Person formed by such consolidation, merger or exchange or the Person which acquires the assets of the Company or, in the event of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the Company or a liquidating trust created in connection therewith, shall execute and deliver to the Purchase Contract Agent an agreement supplemental hereto providing that the Holder of each Outstanding Common Equity Unit shall have the rights provided by this
Section 5.04. Such supplemental agreement shall provide for adjustments which, for events subsequent to the effective date of such supplemental agreement, shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 5.04. The above provisions of this Section 5.04 shall similarly apply to successive Reorganization Events.

(c) Successive Adjustments. After an adjustment to a Fixed Daily Settlement Rate under this Section 5.04, any subsequent event requiring an adjustment under this Section 5.04 shall cause an adjustment to such Fixed Daily Settlement Rate as so adjusted.

48

(d) Multiple Adjustments. For the avoidance of doubt, if an event occurs that would trigger an adjustment to a Fixed Daily Settlement Rate pursuant to this Section 5.04 under more than one subsection hereof, such event, to the extent fully taken into account in a single adjustment, shall not result in multiple adjustments hereunder.

Section 5.05 Notice of Adjustments and Certain Other Events.

(a) Whenever a Fixed Daily Settlement Rate is adjusted as provided under Sections 5.04(a) or 5.04(b), the Company shall within 10 Business Days following the occurrence of an event that requires such adjustment (or if the Company is not aware of such occurrence, as soon as reasonably practicable after becoming so aware):

(i) compute the adjusted applicable Fixed Daily Settlement Rate in accordance with Section 5.04 and prepare and transmit to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent an Officers' Certificate setting forth the applicable Fixed Daily Settlement Rate, as the case may be, the method of calculation thereof in reasonable detail, and the facts requiring such adjustment and upon which such adjustment is based; and

(ii) provide a written notice to the Holders of the Common Equity Units of the occurrence of such event and a statement in reasonable detail setting forth the method by which the adjustment to the applicable Fixed Daily Settlement Rate was determined and setting forth the adjusted applicable Fixed Daily Settlement Rate.

(b) The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Common Equity Units to determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the applicable Fixed Daily Settlement Rate or with respect to the nature or extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed in making the same. The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be fully authorized and protected in relying on any Officers' Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.05(a)(i) and any adjustment contained therein and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment unless and until it has received such certificate. The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock, or of any securities or property, which may at the time be issued or delivered with respect to any Stock Purchase Contract; and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent makes no representation with respect thereto. The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Purchase Contract or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company contained in this Article V.

Section 5.06 Termination Event; Notice.

The Stock Purchase Contracts and all obligations and rights of the Company and the Holders thereunder, including, without limitation, the rights of the Holders to receive and the obligation of the Company to pay any Contract Payments (including any accrued and unpaid Contract Payments), if the Company shall have such obligation, and the rights and obligations of Holders to purchase Common Stock, shall immediately and automatically terminate, without the

49

necessity of any notice or action by any Holder, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or the Company, if, prior to or on the Stock Purchase Date, a Termination Event shall have occurred.

Upon and after the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Common Equity Units shall thereafter represent the right to receive the Trust Preferred Securities or the Treasury Securities, as the case may be, forming part of such Common Equity Units, in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.04 of the Pledge Agreement. Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Company shall promptly but in no event later than two Business Days thereafter give written notice to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Holders, at their addresses as they appear in the Security Register.

Section 5.07 Early Settlement.

(a) Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Section 5.07, at the option of the Holder thereof, Stock Purchase Contracts underlying Common Equity Units having an aggregated Stated Amount equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof may be settled early ("Early Settlement") at any time until 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Stock Purchase Date; provided that no Early Settlement will be permitted pursuant to this Section 5.07 unless, at the time such Early Settlement is effected, there is an effective Registration Statement with respect to any securities to be issued and delivered in connection with such Early Settlement, if such a Registration Statement is required (in the view of counsel, which need not be in the form of a written opinion, for the Company) under the Securities Act. If such a Registration Statement is so required, the Company covenants and agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) have in effect a Registration Statement covering any securities to be delivered in respect of the Stock Purchase Contracts being settled and (ii) provide a Prospectus in connection therewith, in each case in a form that may be used in connection with such Early Settlement.

(b) In order to exercise the right to effect Early Settlement with respect to any Stock Purchase Contracts, the Holder of the Certificate evidencing Common Equity Units shall deliver such Certificate to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent at the Corporate Trust Office duly endorsed for transfer to the Company or in blank with the "Election to Settle Early" form on the reverse thereof duly completed and accompanied by payment (payable to the Company in immediately available funds) in an amount (the "Early Settlement Amount") equal to the sum of:

(i) the product of (A) the Stated Amount times (B) the number of Stock Purchase Contracts with respect to which the Holder has elected to effect Early Settlement, plus

(ii) if such delivery is made with respect to any Stock Purchase Contracts during the period from the close of business on any Record Date next preceding any Payment Date to the opening of business on such Payment Date, an amount equal to the Contract Payments payable on such Payment Date with respect to such Stock Purchase Contracts.

Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, no payment shall be made upon Early Settlement of any Stock Purchase Contract on account of any Contract Payments

50

accrued on such Stock Purchase Contract or on account of any dividends on the Common Stock issued upon such Early Settlement. If the foregoing requirements are first satisfied with respect to Stock Purchase Contracts underlying any Common Equity Units by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day, such day shall be the "Early Settlement Date" with respect to such Common Equity Units and if such requirements are first satisfied after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day or on a day that is not a Business Day, the "Early Settlement Date" with respect to such Common Equity Units shall be the next succeeding Business Day.

Upon the receipt of such Certificate and Early Settlement Amount from the Holder, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall pay to the Company such Early Settlement Amount, the receipt of which payment the Company shall confirm in writing. The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall then, in accordance with
Section 5.06 of the Pledge Agreement, notify the Collateral Agent that (A) such Holder has elected to effect an Early Settlement, which notice shall set forth the number of such Stock Purchase Contracts as to which such Holder has elected to effect Early Settlement and (B) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent has received from such Holder, and paid to the Company as confirmed in writing by the Company, the related Early Settlement Amount.

Holders of Stripped Common Equity Units may only effect Early Settlement pursuant to this Section 5.07 in integral multiples of 80 Stripped Common Equity Units.

Upon Early Settlement of the Stock Purchase Contracts, the rights of the Holders to receive and the obligation of the Company to pay any Contract Payments (including any accrued and unpaid Contract Payments) with respect to such Stock Purchase Contracts shall immediately and automatically terminate.

(c) Upon Early Settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts by a Holder of the related Common Equity Units, the Company shall issue, and the Holder shall be entitled to receive, a number of newly issued or treasury shares of Common Stock equal to the Minimum Settlement Rate, as adjusted in the same manner and the same time as the Fixed Settlement Settlement Rates are adjusted (the "Early Settlement Rate").

(d) No later than the third Business Day after the applicable Early Settlement Date, the Company shall cause:

(i) the shares of Common Stock issuable upon Early Settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts to be issued and delivered, together with payment in lieu of any fraction of a share, as provided in Section 5.09; and

(ii) the related Pledged Trust Preferred Securities, in the case of Normal Common Equity Units, or the related Pledged Treasury Securities, in the case of Stripped Common Equity Units, to be released from the Pledge by the Collateral Agent, free and clear of the Company's security interest therein, and transferred, in each case, to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for delivery to the Holder thereof or its designee.

(e) Upon Early Settlement of any Stock Purchase Contracts, and subject to receipt of shares of Common Stock from the Company and the Trust Preferred Securities or Treasury Securities, as the case may be, from the Securities Intermediary, as applicable, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall, in accordance with the instructions provided by the Holder

51

thereof on the applicable form of Election to Settle Early on the reverse of the Certificate evidencing the related Common Equity Units:

(i) transfer to the Holder the Trust Preferred Securities or Treasury Securities, as the case may be, forming a part of such Common Equity Units,

(ii) deliver to the Holder by book-entry transfer or in the form of a certificate or certificates for the full number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Early Settlement, together with payment in lieu of any fraction of a share, as provided in Section 5.09, as received from the Company, and

(iii) if so required under the Securities Act, deliver a Prospectus for the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Early Settlement as contemplated by (a), as received from the Company.

(f) In the event that Early Settlement is effected with respect to Stock Purchase Contracts underlying less than all the Common Equity Units evidenced by a Certificate, upon such Early Settlement the Company shall execute and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall execute on behalf of the Holder, authenticate and deliver to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a Certificate evidencing the Common Equity Units as to which Early Settlement was not effected.

(g) A Holder of a Common Equity Unit who effects Early Settlement may elect to have the Preferred Trust Securities no longer a part of a Normal Common Equity Unit remarketed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.02.

Section 5.08 No Fractional Shares.

No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered upon settlement on any Stock Purchase Date, or upon Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement of any Stock Purchase Contracts. If Certificates evidencing more than one Stock Purchase Contract shall be surrendered for settlement at one time by the same Holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock that shall be delivered upon settlement shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of Stock Purchase Contracts evidenced by the Certificates so surrendered. Instead of any fractional share of Common Stock that would otherwise be deliverable upon settlement of any Stock Purchase Contracts on the Stock Purchase Date, or upon Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement, the Company, through the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, shall make a cash payment in respect of such fractional interest in an amount equal to the percentage of such fractional share times the Closing Price as of the Trading Day immediately preceding such Stock Purchase Date, or upon Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement. The Company shall provide the Stock Purchase Contract Agent from time to time with sufficient funds to permit the Stock Purchase Contract Agent to make all cash payments required by this Section 5.08 in a timely manner.

Section 5.09 Charges and Taxes.

The Company will pay all stock transfer and similar taxes attributable to the initial issuance and delivery of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Purchase Contracts;

52

provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any such tax or taxes which may be payable in respect of any exchange of or substitution for a Certificate evidencing a Common Equity Unit or any issuance of a share of Common Stock in a name other than that of the registered Holder of a Certificate surrendered in respect of the Common Equity Units evidenced thereby, other than in the name of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, as custodian for such Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver such share certificates or Certificates unless or until the Person or Persons requesting the transfer or issuance thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

Section 5.10 Contract Payments.

(a) Subject to Section 5.10(d) and Section 5.11, the Company shall pay, on each Payment Date, the Contract Payments (net of any withholding tax required by law to be withheld by the Company on such payments, which shall be remitted to the appropriate taxing jurisdiction) payable in respect of each Stock Purchase Contract to the Person in whose name a Certificate is registered at the close of business on the Record Date relating to such Payment Date. The Contract Payments will be payable at the office of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City maintained for that purpose. If the book-entry system for the Common Equity Units has been terminated, the Contract Payments will be payable, at the option of the Company, by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto at such Person's address as it appears on the Security Register, or by wire transfer to the account designated by such Person by a prior written notice to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent. If any date on which Contract Payments are to be made is not a Business Day, then payment of the Contract Payments payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (and without any interest in respect of such delay). Contract Payments payable for any period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Contract Payments will accrue from June 21, 2005.

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Company's obligation to pay future Contract Payments (including any accrued Contract Payments) shall cease.

(c) Each Certificate delivered under this Agreement upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of (including as a result of a Collateral Substitution or the recreation of Normal Common Equity Units) any other Certificate shall carry the right to accrued and unpaid Contract Payments, which right was carried by the Stock Purchase Contracts underlying such other Certificates.

(d) In the case of any Common Equity Units with respect to which Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement of the underlying Stock Purchase Contract is effected on a date that is after any Record Date and prior to or on the next succeeding Payment Date, Contract Payments otherwise payable on such Payment Date shall be payable on such Payment Date notwithstanding such Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement, and such Contract Payments shall be paid to the Person in whose name the Certificate evidencing such Common Equity Units is registered at the close of business on such Record Date. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the immediately preceding sentence, and the right to receive accrued and unpaid Contract Payments as set forth in Section 5.04(b)(ii), in the case of any Common Equity

53

Units with respect to which Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement of the underlying Stock Purchase Contract is effected, Contract Payments that would otherwise be payable after the Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement Date with respect to such Stock Purchase Contract shall not be payable.

(e) The Company's obligations with respect to Contract Payments, if any, will be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the Company's obligations under any existing or future Senior Debt.

(f) In the event of (A) any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, readjustment, composition or other similar proceeding relating to the Company, its creditors or its property, (B) any proceeding for the liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the Company, voluntary or involuntary, whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings, (C) any assignment by the Company for the benefit of creditors, or (D) any other marshalling of the assets of the Company:

(i) all existing and future Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any such proceedings) shall first be paid in full before any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made to any Holder of Common Equity Units;

(ii) any payment or distribution, whether in cash, securities or other property, which would otherwise (but for these subordination provisions) be payable or deliverable in respect of the Common Equity Units shall be paid or delivered directly to the holders of existing and future Senior Debt in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders until all existing and future Senior Debt (including any interest thereon accruing after the commencement of any such proceedings) shall have been paid in full;

(iii) after payment in full of all sums owing with respect to Senior Debt, the Holders of Common Equity Units, together with the holders of any obligations of the Company ranking on a parity with the Common Equity Units, shall be entitled to be paid from the remaining assets of the Company the amounts at the time due and owing on account of unpaid Contract Payments and interest thereon and such other obligations before any payment or other distribution, whether in cash, property or otherwise, shall be made on account of any capital stock or any obligations of the Company ranking junior to the Company's obligations under the Stock Purchase Contracts and such other obligations; and

(iv) in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of any character or any security, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be received by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or any Holder of Common Equity Units in contravention of any of the terms hereof such payment or distribution or security shall be received in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered and transferred to, the holders of the Senior Debt at the time outstanding in accordance with the priorities then existing among such holders for application to the payment of all secured and Senior Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay all such existing and future Senior Debt in full. In the event of the failure of the Stock Purchase

54

Contract Agent or any Holder of Common Equity Units to endorse or assign any such payment, distribution or security, each holder of existing and future Senior Debt is hereby irrevocably authorized to endorse or assign the same.

(g) For purposes of Section 5.11(e) through (q), the words "cash, property or securities" shall not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other Person provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided in Section 5.10(e) through (q) with respect to such Contract Payments on the Common Equity Units to the payment of all existing and future Senior Debt which may at the time be outstanding; provided that (i) the indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness, as the case may be, that constitutes Senior Debt is assumed by the Person, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of the Senior Debt are not, without the consent of each such holder adversely affected thereby, altered by such reorganization or readjustment.

(h) Any failure by the Company to make any payment on or perform any other obligation under existing and future Senior Debt, other than any indebtedness incurred by the Company or assumed or guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by the Company for money borrowed (or any deferral, renewal, extension or refunding thereof) or any indebtedness or obligation as to which the provisions of Section 5.10(e) through (q) shall have been waived by the Company in the instrument or instruments by which the Company incurred, assumed, guaranteed or otherwise created such indebtedness or obligation, shall not be deemed a default or event of default under this Agreement if (i) the Company shall be disputing its obligation to make such payment or perform such obligation and (ii) either (A) no final judgment relating to such dispute shall have been issued against the Company which is in full force and effect and is not subject to further review, including a judgment that has become final by reason of the expiration of the time within which a party may seek further appeal or review, or (B) in the event a judgment that is subject to further review or appeal has been issued, the Company shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or other proceeding for review and a stay of execution shall have been obtained pending such appeal or review.

(i) Subject to the irrevocable payment in full of all existing and future Senior Debt, the Holders of the Common Equity Units shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with the holders of all obligations of the Company which by their express terms are subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company to the same extent as payment of the Contract Payments in respect of the Stock Purchase Contracts underlying the Common Equity Units is subordinated and which are entitled to like rights of subrogation) to the rights of the holders of Senior Debt to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company applicable to the Senior Debt until all such Contract Payments owing on the Common Equity Units shall be paid in full, and as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of such Senior Debt and the Holders, no such payment or distribution made to the holders of Senior Debt by virtue of Section 5.10(e) through (q) that otherwise would have been made to the Holders shall be deemed to be a payment by the Company on account of such Senior Debt, it being understood that the provisions of Section 5.10(e) through (q) are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders, on the one hand, and the holders of Senior Debt, on the other hand.

55

(j) Nothing contained in Section 5.10(e) through (q) or elsewhere in this Agreement or in the Common Equity Units is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Debt and the Holders, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders such Contract Payments on the Common Equity Units as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders and creditors of the Company other than the holders of Senior Debt, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or any Holder from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Agreement, subject to the rights, if any, under Section 5.10(e) through (q), of the holders of Senior Debt in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

(k) Upon payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in
Section 5.10(e) through (q), the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and the Holders shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which any such dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization proceeding affecting the affairs of the Company is pending or upon a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidating trustee or Stock Purchase Contract Agent or other person making any payment or distribution, delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or to the Holders, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Section 5.10(e) through (q).

(l) The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee or representative on behalf of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior Debt or a trustee or representative on behalf of any such holder or holders. In the event that the Stock Purchase Contract Agent determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to Section 5.10(e) through (q), the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent as to the amount of Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under Section 5.10(e) through (q), and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may defer payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

(m) Nothing contained in Section 5.10(e) through (q) shall affect the obligations of the Company to make, or prevent the Company from making, payment of the Contract Payments, except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.10(e) through (q).

(n) Each Holder of Common Equity Units, by its acceptance thereof, shall be deemed to have authorized and directed the Stock Purchase Contract Agent on its behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in Section 5.10(e) through (q) and appointed the Stock Purchase Contract Agent its attorney-in-fact, as the case may be, for any and all such purposes.

56

(o) The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in respect of the Common Equity Units pursuant to the provisions of this Section. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.11(e) through (q) or any other provisions of this Agreement, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, or the taking of any other action by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, unless and until the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall have received written notice thereof mailed or delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent at its Corporate Trust Office department from the Company, any Holder, or the holder or representative of any Senior Debt; provided that if at least two Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such moneys may become payable for any purpose, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not have received with respect to such moneys the notice provided for in this Section, then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall have full power and authority to receive such moneys and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be received by it within two Business Days prior to or on or after such date.

(p) The Stock Purchase Contract Agent in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Section with respect to any Senior Debt at the time held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt and nothing in this Agreement shall deprive the Stock Purchase Contract Agent of any of its rights as such holder.

(q) No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Debt to enforce the subordination herein shall at any time or in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Agreement, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with.

(r) Nothing in this Section 5.10 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent under or pursuant to Section 7.07.

(s) With respect to the holders of existing and future Senior Debt, (i) the duties and obligations of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Agreement; (ii) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall, acting in good faith, mistakenly pay over or distribute to the Holders or to the Company or any other Person cash, property or securities to which any holders of existing and future Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Section 5.11 or otherwise; (iii) no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Stock Purchase Contract Agent; and (iv) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary as to such holders.

Section 5.11 Deferral of Contract Payments.

(a) The Company shall have the right, at any time prior to February 15, 2010, to defer the payment of any or all of the Contract Payments otherwise payable on any Payment Date, but

57

only if the Company shall give the Holders and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent written notice of its election to defer each such deferred Contract Payment (specifying the amount to be deferred) at least ten Business Days prior to the earlier of (i) the next succeeding Payment Date or (ii) the date the Company is required to give notice of the Record Date or Payment Date with respect to payment of such Contract Payments to the NYSE or other applicable self-regulatory organization or to Holders of the Common Equity Units, but in any event not less than one Business Day prior to such Record Date. Any Contract Payments so deferred shall, to the extent permitted by law, accrue interest thereon at the rate of 6.375% per year (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months), compounding on each succeeding Payment Date, until paid in full (such deferred installments of Contract Payments, if any, together with the additional Contract Payments, if any, accrued thereon, being referred to herein as the "Deferred Contract Payments"). Deferred Contract Payments, if any, shall be due on the next succeeding Payment Date except to the extent that payment is deferred pursuant to this Section 5.11. No Contract Payments may be deferred to a date that is after February 15, 2010 and no such deferral period may end other than on a Payment Date. If the Stock Purchase Contracts are terminated upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Holder's right to receive Contract Payments, if any, and any Deferred Contract Payments, will terminate.

(b) In the event that the Company elects to defer the payment of Contract Payments on the Stock Purchase Contracts until a Payment Date prior to the Stock Purchase Date, then all Deferred Contract Payments, if any, shall be payable to the registered Holders as of the close of business on the Record Date immediately preceding such Payment Date.

(c) In the event that the Company elects or is directed by the Federal Reserve Board to defer the payment of Contract Payments on the Stock Purchase Contracts, each Holder will receive in respect of such deferred payments on the Stock Purchase Date in lieu of a cash payment, in the sole discretion of the Company, either (i) a number of shares of Common Stock (in addition to a number of shares of Common Stock per Common Equity Unit equal to the Settlement Rate) equal to (A) the aggregate amount of Deferred Contract Payments payable to such Holder (net of any required tax withholding on such Deferred Contract Payment, which shall be remitted to the appropriate taxing jurisdiction) divided by (B)
(1) in the case of Contract Payments payable on or before the Initial Stock Purchase Date, the greater of (x) the Closing Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Initial Stock Purchase Date and (y) $14.45, and (2) in the case of Contract Payments payable after the Initial Stock Purchase Date, the greater of (x) Closing Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date) and (y) $14.45, subject in each case to adjustment in the same manner and under the same circumstances as the Fixed Daily Settlement Rates pursuant to Section 5.04, or
(ii) Unsecured Notes which will (A) have a principal amount equal to the aggregate amount of Deferred Contract Payments, (B) mature on August 15, 2010,
(C) bear interest at an annual rate equal to the then market rate of interest for similar instruments (not to exceed 10%), as determined by a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Company, (D) be subordinate and rank junior in right of payment to all of the Company's existing and future Senior Debt on the same basis as the Contract Payments, and (E) not be redeemable by the Company prior to their stated maturity.

(d) No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued by the Company with respect to the payment of Deferred Contract Payments on the Stock Purchase Date. In lieu of

58

fractional shares otherwise issuable with respect to such payment of Deferred Contract Payments, the Holder will be entitled to receive an amount in cash as provided in Section 5.08.

(e) In the event the Company exercises its option to defer the payment of Contract Payments then, until the earlier of (x) the Termination Date or (y) the date on which the Deferred Contract Payments have been paid, the Company shall not (A) declare or pay dividends on, make distributions with respect to, or redeem, purchase or acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of the Company's Capital Stock; (B) make any payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on or repay, repurchase or redeem the other series of junior subordinated debt securities or any debt securities issued by the Company that rank equally with or junior to the Company's junior subordinated debt securities (except for partial payments of interest with respect to the junior subordinated debt securities); and (C) make any payment under any guarantee that ranks equally with or junior to the Company's guarantee related to the Trust Preferred Securities other than, in each case:

(i) any repurchase, redemption or other acquisition of shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with (x) any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors, consultants or independent contractors, (y) a dividend reinvestment or stockholder purchase plan, or (z) the issuance of capital stock of the Company, or securities convertible into or exercisable for such capital stock, as consideration in an acquisition transaction entered into prior to the applicable Event of Default, Default or Deferral Period, as the case may be;

(ii) any exchange, redemption or conversion of any class or series of capital stock of the Company, or the capital stock of one of the Company's subsidiaries, for any other class or series of capital stock of the Company, or of any class or series of the Company's indebtedness for any class or series of capital stock of the Company;

(iii) any purchase of, or payment of cash in lieu of, fractional interests in shares of capital stock of the Company pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such capital stock or the securities being converted or exchanged;

(iv) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto;

(v) payments by the Company under the Guarantee related to the applicable Trust Preferred Securities; or

(vi) any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other rights where the dividend stock or stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants, options or other rights is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks equal with or junior to such stock.

59

ARTICLE VI

REMEDIES

Section 6.01 Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Contract Payments and to Purchase Shares of Common Stock.

Each Holder of a Common Equity Unit shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, (i) subject to Article V, to receive each Contract Payment with respect to the Stock Purchase Contract comprising part of such Common Equity Units on the respective Payment Date for such Common Equity Units and (ii) except upon and following a Termination Event, to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to such Stock Purchase Contract and, in each such case, to institute suit for the enforcement of any such right to receive Contract Payments and the right to purchase shares of Common Stock, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.02 Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Agreement and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company and such Holder shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of such Holder shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 6.03 Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificates in the last paragraph of
Section 3.10, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 6.04 Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of any Holder to exercise any right upon a default or remedy upon a default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such right. Every right and remedy given by this Article VI or by law to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by such Holders.

Section 6.05 Undertaking for Costs.

All parties to this Agreement agree, and each Holder of a Common Equity Unit, by its acceptance of such Common Equity Units shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this

60

Agreement, or in any suit against the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Stock Purchase Contract Agent, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and costs against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided that the provisions of this
Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% of the Outstanding Common Equity Units, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of interest on any Trust Preferred Securities or Contract Payments on or after the respective Payment Date therefor in respect of any Common Equity Units held by such Holder, or for enforcement of the right to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Stock Purchase Contracts constituting part of any Common Equity Units held by such Holder.

Section 6.06 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Agreement; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or the Holders, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE VII

THE STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT

Section 7.01 Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

(a) The Stock Purchase Contract Agent:

(i) undertakes to perform, with respect to the Common Equity Units, such duties and only such duties as are or will be specifically set forth in this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and the Remarketing Agreement and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement or the Remarketing Agreement against the Stock Purchase Contract Agent; and

(ii) in the absence of bad faith or negligence on its part, may, with respect to the Common Equity Units, conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and conforming to the requirements of this Agreement or the Pledge Agreement or the Remarketing Agreement, as applicable, but in the case of any certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not

61

they conform to the requirements of this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement or the Remarketing Agreement, as applicable (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of the mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(b) No provision of this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement or the Remarketing Agreement shall be construed to relieve the Stock Purchase Contract Agent from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of subsection (a) of this Section;

(ii) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be conclusively determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Stock Purchase Contract Agent was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) no provision of this Agreement or the Pledge Agreement or the Remarketing Agreement shall require the Stock Purchase Contract Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(c) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and the Remarketing Agreement relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be subject to the provisions of this Article.

(d) The Stock Purchase Contract Agent is authorized to execute and deliver the Pledge Agreement and the Remarketing Agreement in its capacity as Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

Section 7.02 Notice of Default.

Within 30 days after the occurrence of any default by the Company hereunder of which a Responsible Officer of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent has actual knowledge, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall transmit by mail to the Company and the Holders of Common Equity Units, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, notice of such default hereunder, unless such default shall have been cured or waived.

Section 7.03 Certain Rights of Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01:

(a) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may, in the absence of bad faith, conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond,

62

Trust Preferred Securities, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers' Certificate, Issuer Order or Issuer Request, and any resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

(c) whenever in the administration of this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement or the Remarketing Agreement the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed in this Agreement) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers' Certificate of the Company;

(d) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder, or under the Pledge Agreement or the Remarketing Agreement, in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(e) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may make reasonable further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters related to the execution, delivery and performance of the Stock Purchase Contracts, and, if the Stock Purchase Contract Agent makes such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the relevant books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

(f) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may execute any of the powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder, or under the Pledge Agreement or the Remarketing Agreement, either directly or by or through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees or an Affiliate and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent, attorney, custodian or nominee or an Affiliate appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(g) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Agreement, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(h) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in the absence of bad faith or negligence by it;

(i) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of any default hereunder unless a Responsible Officer of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event that is in fact such a default is received

63

by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent at the Corporate Trust Office of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, and such notice references the Common Equity Units and this Agreement;

(j) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may request that the Company deliver an Officers' Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Agreement, which Officers' Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers' Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded;

(k) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;

(l) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be required to initiate or conduct any litigation or collection proceedings hereunder and shall have no responsibilities with respect to any default hereunder except as expressly set forth herein; and

(m) In each case that the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may or is required hereunder or under the Pledge Agreement or the Remarketing Agreement to take any action, including without limitation to make any determination or judgment, to give consents, to exercise rights, powers or remedies, or otherwise to act hereunder or thereunder, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may seek direction from the Holders of at least a majority in number of the Outstanding Common Equity Units. The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction from the Holders of at least a majority in number of the Outstanding Common Equity Units. If the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall request direction from the Holders of at least a majority in number of the Outstanding Common Equity Units with respect to any action, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such action unless and until such the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall have received direction from the Holders of at least a majority in number of the Outstanding Common Equity Units, and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining.

Section 7.04 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Common Equity Units.

The recitals contained herein, in the Pledge Agreement, the Remarketing Agreement and in the Certificates shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent assumes no responsibility for their accuracy or validity. The Stock Purchase Contract Agent makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of either this Agreement or of the Common Equity Units, or of the Pledge Agreement or the Pledge or the Collateral and shall have no responsibility for perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest in the Collateral. The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the proceeds in respect of the Stock Purchase Contracts.

64

The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall only be responsible for transferring money, securities or other property in accordance with the terms herein to the extent that such money, securities or other property are actually received by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

Section 7.05 May Hold Common Equity Units.

Any Security Registrar or any other agent of the Company, or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and its Affiliates, in their individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Common Equity Units and may otherwise deal with the Company, the Collateral Agent or any other Person with the same rights it would have if it were not Security Registrar or such other agent, or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent. The Company may become the owner or pledgee of Common Equity Units.

Section 7.06 Money Held in Custody.

Money held by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in custody hereunder need not be segregated from the Stock Purchase Contract Agent's other funds except to the extent required by law or provided herein. The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be under no obligation to invest or pay interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise provided hereunder or agreed in writing with the Company.

Section 7.07 Compensation and Reimbursement.

The Company agrees:

(a) to pay to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder, under the Pledge Agreement and under the Remarketing Agreement as the Company and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall from time to time agree in writing;

(b) except as otherwise expressly provided for herein, to reimburse the Stock Purchase Contract Agent upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in accordance with any provision of this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and the Remarketing Agreement (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and the Remarketing Agreement and any modification, supplement or waiver of any of the terms thereof, except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith; and

(c) to indemnify the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and any predecessor Stock Purchase Contract Agent (and each of its directors, officers, agents and employees (collectively, the "Indemnitees") for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, claim, damage, fine, penalty, liability or expense (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred without negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties hereunder and under the Pledge Agreement and the Remarketing Agreement, including the Indemnitees' reasonable costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, a Holder or any other Person)

65

or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent's powers or duties hereunder or thereunder.

The provisions of this Section shall survive the resignation or removal of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and the termination of this Agreement.

Section 7.08 Corporate Stock Purchase Contract Agent Required, Eligibility.

There shall at all times be a Stock Purchase Contract Agent hereunder which shall be a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having (or being a member of a bank holding company having) a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority and having a corporate trust office in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, if there be such a Person in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, qualified and eligible under this Article VII and willing to act on reasonable terms. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VII.

Section 7.09 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

(a) No resignation or removal of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and no appointment of a successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent pursuant to this Article VII shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 7.10.

(b) The Stock Purchase Contract Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company 30 days prior to the effective date of such resignation. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent required by Section 7.10 shall not have been delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Stock Purchase Contract Agent may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

(c) The Stock Purchase Contract Agent may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of at least a majority in number of the Outstanding Common Equity Units delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent required by Section 7.10 shall not have been delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent within 30 days after such Act, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent being removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment at the expense of the Company of a successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

66

(d) If at any time:

(i) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent fails to comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA, as if the Stock Purchase Contract Agent were an indenture trustee under an indenture qualified under the TIA, and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Common Equity Unit for at least six months;

(ii) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall cease to be eligible under Section 7.8 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder; or

(iii) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then, in any such case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, or (ii) any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Common Equity Unit for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and the appointment of a successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

(e) If the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Stock Purchase Contract Agent for any cause, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 7.10. If no successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall have been so appointed by the Company and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 7.10, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Common Equity Unit for at least six months, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

(f) The Company shall give, or shall cause such successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent to give, notice of each resignation and each removal of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and each appointment of a successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent by mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders as their names and addresses appear in the applicable Security Register. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

Section 7.10 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent, every such successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Stock Purchase Contract Agent an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring

67

Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall become effective and such successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, agencies and duties of the retiring Stock Purchase Contract Agent; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent, such retiring Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Stock Purchase Contract Agent and duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent all property and money held by such retiring Stock Purchase Contract Agent hereunder.

(b) Upon request of any such successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent all such rights, powers and agencies referred to in subsection (a) of this Section.

(c) No successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be qualified and eligible under this Article VII.

(d) No successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall at the same time act as the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary and the Company shall not act as the Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

Section 7.11 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any Person into which the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, shall be the successor of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent hereunder, provided that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Certificates shall have been authenticated and executed on behalf of the Holders, but not delivered, by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such Stock Purchase Contract Agent may adopt such authentication and execution and deliver the Certificates so authenticated and executed with the same effect as if such successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent had itself authenticated and executed such Common Equity Units.

Section 7.12 Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.

(a) The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders received by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in its capacity as Security Registrar.

(b) If three or more Holders (herein referred to as "Applicants") apply in writing to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, and furnish to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Common Equity Unit for a period of at least six

68

months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Agreement or under the Common Equity Units and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall mail to all the Holders copies of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such request, with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent of the materials to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of such mailing.

Section 7.13 No Obligations of Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

Except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent assumes no obligations and shall not be subject to any liability under this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Remarketing Agreement or any Stock Purchase Contract in respect of the obligations of the Holder of any Common Equity Units thereunder. The Company agrees, and each Holder of a Certificate, by its acceptance thereof, shall be deemed to have agreed, that the Stock Purchase Contract Agent's execution of the Certificates on behalf of the Holders shall be solely as agent and attorney-in-fact for the Holders, and that the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall have no obligation to perform such Stock Purchase Contracts on behalf of the Holders, except to the extent expressly provided in Article V hereof. Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or its officers, directors, employees or agents be liable under this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement or the Remarketing Agreement to any third party for indirect, incidental, special, punitive, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including lost profits, whether or not the likelihood of such loss or damage was known to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and regardless of the form of action.

Section 7.14 Tax Compliance.

(a) The Stock Purchase Contract Agent, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Company, will comply with all applicable certification, information reporting and withholding (including "backup" withholding) requirements imposed by applicable tax laws, regulations or administrative practice with respect to
(i) any payments made with respect to the Common Equity Units or (ii) the issuance, delivery, holding, transfer, redemption or exercise of rights under the Common Equity Units. Such compliance shall include, without limitation, the preparation and timely filing of required returns and the timely payment of all amounts required to be withheld to the appropriate taxing authority or its designated agent.

(b) The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall comply in accordance with the terms hereof with any written direction received from the Company with respect to the execution or certification of any required documentation and the application of such requirements to particular payments or Holders or in other particular circumstances, and may for purposes of this Agreement conclusively rely on any such direction in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.01(a) hereof.

(c) The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall maintain all appropriate records documenting compliance with such requirements, and shall make such records available, on

69

written request, to the Company or its authorized representative within a reasonable period of time after receipt of such request.

ARTICLE VIII

SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENTS

Section 8.01 Supplemental Agreements Without Consent of Holders.

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more agreements supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Company and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, to:

(a) evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Certificates;

(b) add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders, or surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company;

(c) evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent;

(d) make provision with respect to the rights of Holders pursuant to the requirements of Section 5.04(b);

(e) cure any ambiguity (or formal defect) or correct or supplement any provisions herein which may be inconsistent with any other provisions herein; or

(f) make any other provisions with respect to such matters or questions arising under this Agreement, provided that such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect.

Section 8.02 Supplemental Agreements with Consent of Holders.

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in number of the Outstanding Common Equity Units voting together as one class, including without limitation the consent of the Holders obtained in connection with a tender or an exchange offer, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, the Company, when duly authorized, and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may enter into an agreement or agreements supplemental hereto for the purpose of modifying in any manner the terms of the Stock Purchase Contracts, or the provisions of this Agreement or the rights of the Holders in respect of the Common Equity Units; provided, however, that, except as contemplated herein, no such supplemental agreement shall, without the unanimous consent of the Holders of each Outstanding Common Equity Unit affected thereby,

(a) change any Payment Date;

70

(b) change the amount or the type of Collateral required to be Pledged to secure a Holder's obligations under the Stock Purchase Contract, impair the right of the Holder of any Common Equity Unit to receive distributions on the related Collateral or otherwise adversely affect the Holder's rights in or to such Collateral or adversely alter the rights in or to such Collateral;

(c) reduce any Contract Payments or change any place where, or the coin or currency in which, any Contract Payment is payable;

(d) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any Stock Purchase Contract or any Contract Payments;

(e) reduce the number of shares of Common Stock or the amount of any other property to be purchased pursuant to any Stock Purchase Contract, increase the price to purchase shares of Common Stock or any other property upon settlement of any Stock Purchase Contract or change the Stock Purchase Date or the right to Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement or otherwise adversely affect the Holder's rights under the Stock Purchase Contract; or

(f) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Common Equity Units the consent of whose Holders is required for any modification or amendment to the provisions of this Agreement, the Stock Purchase Contracts or the Pledge Agreement;

provided that if any amendment or proposal referred to above would adversely affect only the Normal Common Equity Units or the Stripped Common Equity Units, then only the affected class of Holders as of the record date for the Holders entitled to vote thereon will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal, and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the consent of Holders of not less than a majority of such class; and provided, further, that the unanimous consent of the Holders of each outstanding Common Equity Unit of such class affected thereby shall be required to approve any amendment or proposal specified in clauses (a) through (f) above.

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental agreement, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

Section 8.03 Execution of Supplemental Agreements.

In executing, or accepting the additional agencies created by, any supplemental agreement permitted by this Article VIII or the modifications thereby of the agencies created by this Agreement, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be provided, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully authorized and protected in relying upon, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that the execution of such supplemental agreement is authorized or permitted by this Agreement and that any and all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such supplemental agreement have been satisfied. The Stock Purchase Contract Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental agreement which affects the Stock Purchase Contract Agent's own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

71

Section 8.04 Effect of Supplemental Agreements.

Upon the execution of any supplemental agreement under this Article VIII, this Agreement shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental agreement shall form a part of this Agreement for all purposes; and every Holder of Certificates theretofore or thereafter authenticated, executed on behalf of the Holders and delivered hereunder, shall be bound thereby.

Section 8.05 Reference to Supplemental Agreements.

Certificates authenticated, executed on behalf of the Holders and delivered after the execution of any supplemental agreement pursuant to this Article VIII may, and shall if required by the Company, bear a notation in form approved by the Company as to any matter provided for in such supplemental agreement. If the Company shall so determine, new Certificates so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Company, to any such supplemental agreement may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated, executed on behalf of the Holders and delivered by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in exchange for outstanding Certificates.

ARTICLE IX

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

Section 9.01 Covenant Not to Consolidate, Merge, Convey, Transfer or Lease Property Except under Certain Conditions.

The Company covenants that it will not consolidate with, convert into, or merge with and into, any other corporation or sell, assign, transfer, lease or convey all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, unless:

(a) either the Company shall be the continuing corporation, or the successor (if other than the Company) shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or a State thereof or the District of Columbia and such corporation shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the Stock Purchase Contracts, this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, the Trust Agreements, and the Remarketing Agreement by one or more supplemental agreements in form reasonably satisfactory to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and the Collateral Agent, executed and delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and the Collateral Agent by such corporation; and

(b) the Company or such successor corporation, as the case may be, shall not, immediately after such consolidation, conversion, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance, be in default of payment obligations under the Stock Purchase Contracts, this Agreement, the Pledge Agreement, either Trust Agreement, or the Remarketing Agreement or in material default in the performance of any other covenants under any of the foregoing agreements.

72

Section 9.02 Rights and Duties of Successor Corporation.

In case of any such merger, consolidation, share exchange, sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance and upon any such assumption by a successor corporation in accordance with Section 9.01, such successor corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the Company. Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Certificates evidencing Common Equity Units issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent; and, upon the order of such successor corporation, instead of the Company, and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Agreement prescribed, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall authenticate and execute on behalf of the Holders and deliver any Certificates which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for authentication and execution, and any Certificate evidencing Common Equity Units which such successor corporation thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for that purpose. All the Certificates issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Agreement as the Certificates theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement as though all of such Certificates had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

In case of any such merger, consolidation, share exchange, sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance, such change in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Certificates evidencing Common Equity Units thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

Section 9.03 Officers' Certificate and Opinion of Counsel Given to Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

The Stock Purchase Contract Agent, subject to Section 7.01 and Section 7.03, shall receive an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such merger, consolidation, share exchange, sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance, and any such assumption, complies with the provisions of this Article IX and that all conditions precedent to the consummation of any such merger, consolidation, share exchange, sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance have been met.

ARTICLE X

COVENANTS

Section 10.01 Performance Under Stock Purchase Contracts.

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Common Equity Units that it will duly and punctually perform its obligations under the Stock Purchase Contracts in accordance with the terms of the Stock Purchase Contracts and this Agreement.

73

Section 10.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City an office or agency where Certificates may be presented or surrendered for acquisition of shares of Common Stock upon settlement of the Stock Purchase Contracts either the Stock Purchase Date or upon Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement and for transfer of Collateral upon occurrence of a Termination Event, where Certificates may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, for a Collateral Substitution or recreation of Normal Common Equity Units and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Common Equity Units and this Agreement may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. The Company initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent as such office of the Company. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Stock Purchase Contract Agent with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office, and the Company hereby appoints the Stock Purchase Contract Agent as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where Certificates may be presented or surrendered for any or all purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The Company hereby designates as the place of payment for the Common Equity Units the Corporate Trust Office and appoints the Stock Purchase Contract Agent at its Corporate Trust Office as paying agent in such city.

Section 10.03 Company to Reserve Common Stock.

The Company shall at all times prior to the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock the full number of shares of Common Stock then issuable against tender of payment in respect of all Stock Purchase Contracts constituting a part of the Common Equity Units evidenced by Outstanding Certificates.

Section 10.04 Covenants as to Common Stock.

The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock which may be issued against tender of payment in respect of any Stock Purchase Contract constituting a part of the Outstanding Common Equity Units will, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Section 10.05 Statements of Officers of the Company as to Default.

The Company will deliver to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officers' Certificate, stating whether or not to the knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default in the

74

performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions hereof, and if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which the Company have knowledge.

Section 10.06 ERISA.

Each Holder from time to time of the Common Equity Units that is a Plan or who used assets of a Plan to purchase Common Equity Units hereby represents that either (i) no portion of the assets used by such Holder to acquire the Normal Common Equity Units constitutes assets of the Plan or (ii) the purchase or holding of the Normal Common Equity Units by such purchaser or transferee will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or
Section 4975 of the Code or similar violation under any applicable laws.

Section 10.07 Tax Treatment.

(a) The Company covenants and agrees, for United States federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes, to (i) treat a Holder's acquisition of the Normal Common Equity Units as the acquisition of the Trust Preferred Securities and Stock Purchase Contract constituting the Normal Common Equity Units and (ii) treat each Holder as the owner of the applicable interest in the Collateral Account, including the Trust Preferred Securities or the Treasury Securities.

(b) Each Holder of Common Equity Units shall be deemed to have agreed, by acceptance of Common Equity Units, and each Beneficial Owner shall be deemed to have agreed, by acceptance of a beneficial interest in Common Equity Units, to treat for all United States federal income tax purposes (i) MetLife Capital Trust II and MetLife Capital Trust III as grantor trusts, (ii) itself as the owner of the Stock Purchase Contracts and the related ownership interest in the Trust Preferred Securities or Treasury Securities, as applicable, pledged under the Pledge Agreement, (iii) the Debentures as indebtedness of the Company, and
(iv) the fair market value of each undivided beneficial interest in each ownership interest in the Trust Preferred Securities included in each Normal Common Equity Unit as $12.50 and the fair market value of each Stock Purchase Contract as $0.

SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE

75

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

METLIFE, INC.

By:  /s/ Joseph Prochaska, Jr.
   ---------------------------------
    Name:
    Title:

J.P.MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Stock Purchase Contract Agent

By:  /s/ Paul J. Schmalzel
   ---------------------------------
    Name:  Paul J. Schmalzel
    Title: Authorized Signer

76

EXHIBIT A

(FORM OF FACE OF NORMAL COMMON EQUITY UNIT CERTIFICATE)

{For inclusion in Global Certificates only - THIS CERTIFICATE IS A GLOBAL CERTIFICATE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., AS THE NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (THE "DEPOSITARY"), THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY. THIS CERTIFICATE IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR CERTIFICATES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.}

No. _________ CUSIP No.
Number of Normal Common Equity Units: ___________________

METLIFE, INC.
Normal Common Equity Units

This Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate certifies that {Cede & Co.} is the registered Holder of the number of Normal Common Equity Units set forth above {for inclusion in Global Certificates only - or such other number of Normal Common Equity Units reflected in the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Certificate attached hereto}. Each Normal Common Equity Unit consists of (i) prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date a 1/80 beneficial ownership interest of the Holder in one series A trust preferred security (the "series A trust preferred securities") of MetLife Capital Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust, subject to the Pledge of such interest in the series A trust preferred security by such Holder pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, (ii) a 1/80 beneficial ownership interest of the Holder in one series B trust preferred security (the "series B trust preferred security") of MetLife Capital Trust III, a Delaware statutory trust, subject to the Pledge of such interest in the series B trust preferred

A-1

securities by such Holder pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, and (iii) one Stock Purchase Contract with MetLife, Inc. (the "Company"). All capitalized terms used herein which are defined in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement (as defined on the reverse hereof) have the meaning set forth therein.

Pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, the Trust Preferred Securities, constituting part of each Normal Common Equity Unit evidenced hereby have been pledged to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Company, to secure the obligations of the Holder under the Stock Purchase Contract comprising part of such Normal Common Equity Units.

The Pledge Agreement provides that all distributions on any Pledged Trust Preferred Securities constituting part of the Normal Common Equity Units received by the Securities Intermediary shall be paid by wire transfer in same day funds (i) in the case of (A) distributions on Pledged Trust Preferred Securities to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent to the account designated by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day such payment is received by the Securities Intermediary (provided that in the event such payment is received by the Securities Intermediary on a day that is not a Business Day or after 12:30 p.m., New York City time, on a Business Day, then such payment shall be made no later than 10:30 a.m., New York City time, on the next succeeding Business Day) and (ii) in the case of payments with respect to the liquidation amount of the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities, to the Company on the Stock Purchase Date (as described herein) in accordance with the terms of the Pledge Agreement, in full satisfaction of the respective obligations of the Holders of the Normal Common Equity Units of which such Pledged Trust Preferred Securities are a part under the Stock Purchase Contracts forming a part of such Normal Common Equity Units. Distributions on the Trust Preferred Securities forming part of a Normal Common Equity Unit evidenced hereby, which are payable quarterly in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15, and November 15 of each year, commencing August 15, 2005 (a "Payment Date"), shall, subject to receipt thereof by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent from the Securities Intermediary, be paid to the Person in whose name this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate (or a Predecessor Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate) is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such Payment Date.

Each Stock Purchase Contract evidenced hereby obligates the Holder of this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate to purchase, and the Company to sell, on each of the Initial Stock Purchase Date and on the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date, at a price equal to $12.50 (the "Purchase Price"), a number of newly issued or treasury shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Common Stock"), of the Company, per Normal Common Equity equal to the applicable Settlement Rate, unless on or prior to the applicable Stock Purchase Date there shall have occurred a Termination Event or an Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement with respect to such Stock Purchase Contract, all as provided in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and more fully described on the reverse hereof. The Purchase Price for the shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to each Stock Purchase Contract evidenced hereby, if not paid earlier, shall be paid on the applicable Stock Purchase Date by application of payment received in respect of the liquidation amount with respect to any Pledged Trust Preferred Securities pursuant to the Remarketing pledged to secure the obligations under such Stock Purchase Contract of the Holder of the Normal Common Equity Units of which such Stock Purchase Contract is a part.

A-2

Each Stock Purchase Contract evidenced hereby obligates the holder to agree, for United States federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes, to treat (i) itself as the owner of the Stock Purchase Contracts and the related ownership interest in the Trust Preferred Securities pledged under the Pledge Agreement, (ii) the Debentures as indebtedness of the Company, (iii) MetLife Capital Trust II and MetLife Capital Trust III as grantor trusts and
(iv) the fair market value of each undivided beneficial interest in the Series A Trust Preferred Securities as $12.50, the fair market value of each ownership interest in the Series B Trust Preferred Securities as $12.50 and the fair market value of the Stock Purchase Contract as $0.

The Company shall pay, on each Payment Date, in respect of each Stock Purchase Contract forming part of a Normal Common Equity Unit evidenced hereby, an amount (the "Contract Payments") equal to (1) from and including the issue date to but excluding the Initial Stock Purchase Date, at an annual rate of 1.510% of the Stated Amount and (2) from and including the initial stock purchase date to but excluding the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date, at an annual rate of 1.465% of the remaining Stated Amount, subject to its rights provided for in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement to defer Contract Payments. Such Contract Payments shall be payable to the Person in whose name this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such Payment Date.

Distributions on the Trust Preferred Securities and the Contract Payments will be payable at the office of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in New York City. If the book-entry system for the Normal Common Equity Units has been terminated, the Contract Payments will be payable, at the option of the Company, by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto at such Person's address as it appears on the Security Register, or by wire transfer to the account designated by such Person by a prior written notice to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent by manual signature, this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Pledge Agreement or the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

A-3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Holder specified above have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

METLIFE, INC.

By: ______________________________________
Name:
Title:

HOLDER SPECIFIED ABOVE (as to
obligations of such Holder under the Stock
Purchase Contracts)

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as attorney-
in-fact of such Holder as Stock Purchase
Contract Agent

By: ______________________________________
Name:
Title:

Date: _________________

A-4

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
OF STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT

This is one of the Normal Common Equity Unit Certificates referred to in the within mentioned Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

By: J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION,

as Stock Purchase Contract Agent

By: ___________________________________
Name:
Title:

Date: ______________________

A-5

(FORM OF REVERSE OF NORMAL COMMON EQUITY UNIT CERTIFICATE)

Each Stock Purchase Contract evidenced hereby is governed by a Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2005 (as may be supplemented from time to time, the "STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT"), between the Company and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent (including its successors hereunder, the "STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT"), to which Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and supplemental agreements thereto reference, is hereby made for a description of the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, the Company, and the Holders and of the terms upon which the Normal Common Equity Unit Certificates are, and are to be, executed and delivered.

Each Stock Purchase Contract evidenced hereby obligates the Holder of this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate to purchase, and the Company to sell, on each of the Initial Stock Purchase Date and on the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date at a price equal to $12.50 (the "PURCHASE PRICE"), a number of shares of newly issued or treasury shares of Common Stock per Common Equity Unit equal to the applicable Settlement Rate, unless an Early Settlement, a Cash Merger Early Settlement or a Termination Event with respect to the Common Equity Units of which such Stock Purchase Contract is a part shall have occurred. The "SETTLEMENT RATE" is equal to the sum of the Daily Amounts. The "DAILY AMOUNT" for each Trading Day during the 20 consecutive Trading Days beginning on July 9, 2008 for the Initial Stock Purchase Date or the 20 consecutive Trading Days beginning on January 7, 2009 for the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date (each, a "DETERMINATION DATE") equals:

(1) for each Determination Date on which the Closing Price for the Common Stock is less than or equal to $43.35 (the "REFERENCE PRICE"), a fraction of one share of Common Stock per Common Equity Unit equal to

1/20 times $12.50 divided by Reference Price,

(2) for each Determination Date on which the Closing Price for the Common Stock is greater than the Reference Price but less than $53.10 (the "THRESHOLD APPRECIATION PRICE"), a fraction of one share of Common Stock per Common Equity Unit equal to

1/20 times $12.50 divided by the Closing Price, and

(3) for each Determination Date on which the Closing Price for the Common Stock is greater than or equal to the Threshold Appreciation Price, a fraction of one share of Common Stock per Common Equity Unit equal to

1/20 times $12.50 divided by Threshold Appreciation Price,

in each case subject to adjustment as provided in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement (and in each case rounded upward or downward to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share).

A-6

No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued upon settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts, as provided in Section 5.08 of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

Each Stock Purchase Contract evidenced hereby, which is settled through Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement, shall obligate the Holder of the related Normal Common Equity Units to purchase at the Purchase Price, and the Company to sell, a number of newly issued or treasury shares of Common Stock equal to the Early Settlement Rate (in the case of an Early Settlement) or applicable Settlement Rate (in the case of a Cash Merger Early Settlement).

The "CLOSING PRICE" per share of Common Stock on any date of determination means:

(1) the closing sale price as of the close of the principal trading session (or, if no closing price is reported, the last reported sale price) per share on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the "NYSE") on that date;

(2) if Common Stock is not listed for trading on the NYSE on any such date, the closing sale price (or, if no closing price is reported, the last reported sale price) per share as reported in the composite transactions for the principal United States national or regional securities exchange on which Common Stock is so listed;

(3) if Common Stock is not so listed on a United States national or regional securities exchange, the last closing sale price per share as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market.;

(4) if Common Stock is not so reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market, the last quoted bid price for the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market as reported by the PinkSheets LLC (formerly known as) National Quotation Bureau) or similar organization; or

(5) if the bid price referred to above is not available, the market value of Common Stock on such date as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained by the Company for purposes of determining the Closing Price.

A "TRADING DAY" means a day on which the Relevant Exchange is scheduled to be open for business and a day on which there has not occurred or does not exist a Market Disruption Event as provided by Section 5.01(a) of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

In accordance with the terms of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, the Holder of this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate may pay the Purchase Price for the shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to each Stock Purchase Contract evidenced hereby by effecting a Cash Settlement, an Early Settlement or, if applicable, a Cash Merger Early Settlement or from the proceeds of or a Remarketing of the related Pledged Trust Preferred Securities. A Holder of Normal Common Equity Units who (1) does not, on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Stock Purchase Date, notify the Stock Purchase Contract Agent of its intention to effect a Cash

A-7

Settlement, or who does so notify the Stock Purchase Contract Agent but fails to make an effective Cash Settlement on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fourth Business Day immediately preceding the Stock Purchase Date, or (2) on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day prior to the applicable Stock Purchase Date, does not make an effective Early Settlement, shall pay the Purchase Price for the shares of Common Stock to be delivered under the related Stock Purchase Contract from the proceeds of the sale of the related Pledged Trust Preferred Securities held by the Collateral Agent in the Remarketing unless the Holder has previously made a Cash Merger Early Settlement. Such sale will be made by the Remarketing Agent pursuant to the terms of the Remarketing Agreement on the applicable Remarketing Date.

Upon the occurrence of a Failed Remarketing with respect to the Third Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series A Trust Preferred Securities or a Failed Remarketing with respect to the Third Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series B Trust Preferred Securities, the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Company, will exercise its rights as a secured party with respect to the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities underlying the Normal Common Equity Units, and may, among other things, (A) retain such Trust Preferred Securities in full satisfaction of the Holders' obligations under the Stock Purchase Contracts or (B) sell such Trust Preferred Securities in one or more public or private sales or otherwise. In the event of a Failed Remarketing with respect to the Third Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series A Trust Preferred Securities or a Failed Remarketing with respect to the Third Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series B Trust Preferred Securities, the Company will issue a note, payable on August 15, 2010 and bearing interest at the rate of 4.91%, in the amount of any accrued and unpaid distributions on such Pledged Trust Preferred Securities as of February 15, 2009 or February 15, 2010, respectively, to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for delivery to the Holders of the related Trust Preferred Securities.

The Company shall not be obligated to issue any shares of Common Stock in respect of a Stock Purchase Contract or deliver any certificates therefor to the Holder unless it shall have received payment of the aggregate Purchase Price for the shares of Common Stock to be purchased thereunder in the manner set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

Under the terms of the Pledge Agreement and the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent will be entitled to exercise the voting and any other consensual rights pertaining to the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities, but only to the extent instructed in writing by the Holders. Upon receipt of notice of any meeting at which holders of Trust Preferred Securities are entitled to vote or upon any solicitation of consents, waivers or proxies of holders of Trust Preferred Securities, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, mail, first class, postage pre-paid, to the Normal Common Equity Units Holders a notice:

(1) containing such information as is contained in the notice or solicitation;

(2) stating that each Holder on the record date set by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent therefor (which, to the extent possible, shall be the same date as the record date for determining the holders of Trust Preferred Securities, as the case may be, entitled to vote) shall be entitled to instruct the Stock Purchase Contract Agent as to the exercise of the

A-8

voting rights pertaining to the Trust Preferred Securities underlying such Holder's Normal Common Equity Units; and

(3) stating the manner in which such instructions may be given.

Upon the written request of the Normal Common Equity Units Holders on such record date received by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent at least six days prior to such meeting, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall endeavor insofar as practicable to vote or cause to be voted, in accordance with the instructions set forth in such requests, the maximum aggregate liquidation amount of Trust Preferred Securities, as the case may be, as to which any particular voting instructions are received. In the absence of specific instructions from the Holder of a Normal Common Equity Unit, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall abstain from voting the Trust Preferred Securities evidenced by such Normal Common Equity Units. The Company hereby agrees, if applicable, to solicit Holders of Normal Common Equity Units to timely instruct the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in order to enable the Stock Purchase Contract Agent to vote the Trust Preferred Securities. The Holders of Normal Common Equity Units shall have no voting or other rights in respect of Common Stock.

Upon the occurrence of a Successful Remarketing, the Collateral Agent shall, in accordance with the Pledge Agreement, cause the Securities Intermediary to transfer the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities upon confirmation of deposit by the Remarketing Agent of the proceeds of such Successful Remarketing in the Collateral Account. The Remarketing Agent will deduct a remarketing fee in accordance with the terms of the Remarketing Agreement. With respect to Pledged Trust Preferred Securities upon a Successful Remarketing, any proceeds of the Remarketing in excess of the aggregate Purchase Price applicable to the related Normal Common Equity Units plus the portion of the Remarketing Fee attributable to such Pledged Trust Preferred Securities will be remitted to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for payment to the Holders of the related Normal Common Equity Units.

The Normal Common Equity Unit Certificates are issuable only in registered form and only in denominations of a single Normal Common Equity Unit and any integral multiple thereof. The transfer of any Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate will be registered and Normal Common Equity Unit Certificates may be exchanged as provided in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement. The Security Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents permitted by the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement. No service charge shall be required for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. A Holder who elects to substitute a Treasury Security for a Trust Preferred Security, thereby creating Stripped Common Equity Units, shall be responsible for any fees or expenses payable in connection therewith. Except as provided in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, for so long as the Stock Purchase Contract underlying a Normal Common Equity Unit remains in effect, such Normal Common Equity Units shall not be separable into its constituent parts, and the rights and obligations of the Holder of such Normal Common Equity Units in respect of the Trust Preferred Securities and Stock Purchase Contract constituting such Normal Common Equity Units may be transferred and exchanged only as a Normal Common Equity Unit.

A-9

Subject to the conditions set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, a Holder may, at any time on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the seventh Business Day immediately preceding any Remarketing Settlement Date, effect a Collateral Substitution and separate the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities from the related Stock Purchase Contracts in respect of all or a portion of such Holder's Normal Common Equity Units by substituting for such Pledged Trust Preferred Securities, Treasury Securities or portions thereof in an aggregate liquidation amount at maturity equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of such Pledged Trust Preferred Securities; provided that Holders may make Collateral Substitutions only in integral multiples of 80 Normal Common Equity Units.

The Company shall pay, on each Payment Date, the Contract Payments payable in respect of each Stock Purchase Contract to the Person in whose name the Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate evidencing such Stock Purchase Contract is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such Payment Date. Contract Payments will be payable at the office of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in New York City. If the book-entry system for the Normal Common Equity Units has been terminated, the Contract Payments will be payable, at the option of the Company, by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto at such Person's address as it appears on the Security Register, or by wire transfer to the account designated by such Person by a prior written notice to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

The Company shall have the right, at any time prior to the February 15, 2010, to defer the payment of any or all of the Contract Payments otherwise payable on any Payment Date, but only if the Company shall give the Holders and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent written notice of its election to defer each such deferred Contract Payment pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement. Any Contract Payments so deferred shall, to the extent permitted by law, accrue additional Contract Payments thereon at the rate of 6.375% per year (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months), compounding on each succeeding Payment Date, until paid in full (such deferred installments of Contract Payments, if any, together with the additional Contract Payments, if any, accrued thereon, being referred to herein as the "Deferred Contract Payments"). Deferred Contract Payments, if any, shall be due on the next succeeding Payment Date except to the extent that payment is deferred pursuant to the Section 5.11 of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement. No Contract Payments may be deferred to a date that is after the Stock Purchase Date and no such deferral period may end other than on a Payment Date. If the Stock Purchase Contracts are terminated upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Holder's right to receive Contract Payments, if any, and any Deferred Contract Payments, will terminate.

The Stock Purchase Contracts and all obligations and rights of the Company and the Holders thereunder, including, without limitation, the rights of the Holders to receive and the obligation of the Company to pay any Contract Payments, shall immediately and automatically terminate, without the necessity of any notice or action by any Holder, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or the Company, if, on or prior to either Stock Purchase Date, a Termination Event shall have occurred. Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Company shall promptly but in no event later than two Business Days thereafter give written notice to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Holders, at their addresses as they appear in the Security Register. Upon and after the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Collateral Agent shall release the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities from the Pledge in accordance with the

A-10

provisions of the Pledge Agreement. A Normal Common Equity Unit shall thereafter represent the right to receive the Trust Preferred Securities forming a part of such Normal Common Equity Units in accordance with the terms of, and except as set forth in, the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and the Pledge Agreement.

Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, at the option of the Holder thereof, Stock Purchase Contracts underlying Common Equity Units may be settled early ("EARLY SETTLEMENT") at any time on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date as provided in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement. In order to exercise the right to effect Early Settlement with respect to any Stock Purchase Contract evidenced by this Certificate, the Holder of this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate shall deliver to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent at the Corporate Trust Office prior to the time specified in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement an Election to Settle Early form set forth below duly completed and accompanied by payment in the form of immediately available funds payable to the order of the Company in an amount (the "EARLY SETTLEMENT AMOUNT") equal to the sum of:

(i) the product of (A) the Stated Amount times (B) the number of Stock Purchase Contracts with respect to which the Holder has elected to effect Early Settlement, plus

(ii) if such delivery is made with respect to any Stock Purchase Contracts during the period from the close of business on any Record Date next preceding any Payment Date to the opening of business on such Payment Date, an amount equal to the Contract Payments payable on such Payment Date with respect to such Stock Purchase Contracts.

Upon Early Settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts by a Holder of the related Common Equity Units, the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities shall be released from the Pledge as provided in the Pledge Agreement and the Holder shall be entitled to receive a number of newly issued or treasury shares of Common Stock adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the Settlement Rate is adjusted (the "EARLY SETTLEMENT RATE").

Upon the occurrence of a Cash Merger, a Holder of Normal Common Equity Units may effect Cash Merger Early Settlement of the Stock Purchase Contract underlying such Normal Common Equity Units pursuant to the terms of Section 5.04(b)(ii) of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement. Upon Cash Merger Early Settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts by a Holder of the related Normal Common Equity Units, the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities underlying such Normal Common Equity Units shall be released from the Pledge as provided in the Pledge Agreement.

Upon registration of transfer of this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate, the transferee shall be bound (without the necessity of any other action on the part of such transferee, except as may be required by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent pursuant to the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement), under the terms of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and the Stock Purchase Contracts evidenced hereby and the transferor shall be released from the obligations

A-11

under the Stock Purchase Contracts evidenced by this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate. The Company covenants and agrees, and the Holder, by its acceptance hereof, likewise covenants and agrees, to be bound by the provisions of this paragraph.

The Holder of this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate, by its acceptance hereof, irrevocably authorizes the Stock Purchase Contract Agent to enter into and perform the related Stock Purchase Contracts forming part of the Normal Common Equity Units evidenced hereby on its behalf as its attorney-in-fact, expressly withholds any consent to the assumption (i.e., affirmance) of the Stock Purchase Contracts by the Company or its trustee in the event that the Company becomes the subject of a case under the Bankruptcy Code, agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof, covenants and agrees to perform its obligations under such Stock Purchase Contracts, consents to the provisions of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, irrevocably authorizes the Stock Purchase Contract Agent to enter into and perform the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and the Pledge Agreement on its behalf as its attorney-in-fact, and consents to, and agrees to be bound by, the Pledge of such Holder's right, title and interest in and to the Collateral Account, including the Trust Preferred Securities underlying this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate pursuant to the Pledge Agreement. The Holder further covenants and agrees that, to the extent and in the manner provided in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and the Pledge Agreement, but subject to the terms thereof, payments with respect to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities on the applicable Stock Purchase Date shall be paid by the Collateral Agent to the Company in satisfaction of such Holder's obligations under such Stock Purchase Contract and such Holder shall acquire no right, title or interest in such payments.

Subject to certain exceptions, the provisions of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement may be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority in number of the outstanding Common Equity Units.

The Stock Purchase Contracts and Common Equity Units shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Prior to due presentment of this Certificate for registration of transfer, the Company, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and its Affiliates and any agent of the Company or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may treat the Person in whose name this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate is registered as the owner of the Normal Common Equity Units evidenced hereby for the purpose of receiving distributions payable on the Trust Preferred Securities, receiving payments of Contract Payments (subject to any applicable record date), performance of the Stock Purchase Contracts and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not any payments in respect thereof be overdue and notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, and neither the Company, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Stock Purchase Contracts shall not entitle the Holder to any of the rights of a holder of shares of Common Stock.

A copy of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement is available for inspection at the Corporate Trust Office.

A-12

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this instrument, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM:            as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT:  ______________ Custodian _____________  (cust)(minor)
                    Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act of  --------------------

TENANT:             as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN:             as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as
                    tenants in common

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto



(Please insert Social Security or Taxpayer I.D.


or other Identifying Number of Assignee)



(Please print or type name and address including Postal Zip code of Assignee)

the within Normal Common Equity Unit Certificates and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing attorney __________________, to transfer said Normal Common Equity Unit Certificates on the books of the Security Registrar, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                                Signature ______________________________
                                      NOTICE: The signature to this assignment
                                      must correspond with the name as it
                                      appears upon the face of the within
                                      Normal Common Equity Unit Certificates
                                      in every particular, without alteration
                                      or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

Signature Guarantee: _________________________________________________________

A-13

SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS

The undersigned Holder directs that a certificate for shares of Common Stock deliverable upon settlement on or after the {Initial} {Subsequent} Stock Purchase Date of the Stock Purchase Contracts underlying the number of Normal Common Equity Units evidenced by this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate be registered in the name of, and delivered, together with a check in payment for any fractional share, to the undersigned at the address indicated below unless a different name and address have been indicated below. If shares are to be registered in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay any transfer tax payable incident thereto.

  Dated:
                                             ___________________________________
                                             Signature

                                             Signature Guarantee: ______________
                                             (if assigned to another person)

  If shares are to be registered in the        REGISTERED HOLDER
  name of and delivered to a Person other
  than the Holder, please (i) print such       Please print name and address of
  Person's name and address and (ii)           Registered Holder:
  provide a guarantee of your signature:

____________________________                   _________________________________
  Name                                           Name

____________________________                   _________________________________
  Address                                        Address

____________________________                   _________________________________

____________________________                   _________________________________

____________________________
  Social Security or other Taxpayer
  Identification Number, if any

A-14

ELECTION TO SETTLE EARLY/CASH MERGER EARLY SETTLEMENT

The undersigned Holder of this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate hereby irrevocably exercises the option to effect {Early Settlement} {Cash Merger Early Settlement following a Cash Merger} in accordance with the terms of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement with respect to the Stock Purchase Contracts underlying the number of Normal Common Equity Units evidenced by this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate specified below. The undersigned Holder directs that a certificate for shares of Common Stock or other securities deliverable upon such {Early Settlement} {Cash Merger Early Settlement} be registered in the name of, and delivered, together with a check in payment for any fractional share and any Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate representing any Normal Common Equity Units evidenced hereby as to which {Early Settlement} {Cash Merger Early Settlement} of the related Stock Purchase Contracts is not effected, to the undersigned at the address indicated below unless a different name and address have been indicated below. Pledged Trust Preferred Securities deliverable upon such {Early Settlement} {Cash Merger Early Settlement} will be transferred in accordance with the transfer instructions set forth below. If shares are to be registered in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay any transfer tax payable incident thereto.

Dated: Signature _____________________

Signature Guarantee: _________________________________________________________

Number of Common Equity Units evidenced hereby as to which {Early Settlement} {Cash Merger Early Settlement} of the related Stock Purchase Contracts is being elected:

If shares of Common Stock or Normal Common      REGISTERED HOLDER
Equity Unit Certificates are to be
registered in the name of and delivered to
and Pledged Trust Preferred Securities are
to be transferred to a Person other than
the Holder, please print such Person's
name and address:

                                                Please print name and address of
                                                Registered Holder:

_______________________________                 ________________________________
  Name                                            Name

_______________________________                 ________________________________
  Address                                         Address

_______________________________                 ________________________________

_______________________________                 ________________________________

_______________________________                 ________________________________

  Social Security or other Taxpayer

A-15

Identification Number, if any

Transfer Instructions for Pledged Trust Preferred Securities transferable upon {Early Settlement} {Cash Merger Early Settlement} or a Termination Event:

A-16

{TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL CERTIFICATES}

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL CERTIFICATE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Certificate have been made:

                Amount of increase                               Number of Normal
               in Number of Normal    Amount of decrease in     Common Equity Units
               Common Equity Units      Number of Normal         evidenced by this         Signature of
                 evidenced by the      Common Equity Units      Global Certificate     authorized signatory
                   Date Global          evidenced by the          following such         of Stock Purchase
Date               Certificate         Global Certificate      decrease or increase       Contract Agent

A-17

EXHIBIT B

(FORM OF FACE OF STRIPPED COMMON EQUITY UNIT CERTIFICATE)

{For inclusion in Global Certificate only - THIS CERTIFICATE IS A GLOBAL CERTIFICATE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO., AS NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (THE "DEPOSITARY"), THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY. THIS CERTIFICATE IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR CERTIFICATES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.}

No. _________ CUSIP No.
Number of Stripped Common Equity Units: ___________________

METLIFE, INC.
Stripped Common Equity Units

This Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate certifies that {Cede & Co.} is the registered Holder of the number of Stripped Common Equity Units set forth above {for inclusion in Global Certificates only - or such other number of Stripped Common Equity Units reflected in the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in the Global Certificate attached hereto}. Each Stripped Common Equity Unit consists of (i) prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date, a 1/80 undivided beneficial ownership interest of a Treasury Security that matures as of the Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date having a principal amount at maturity equal to $1,000, subject to the Pledge of such interest in the Treasury Security by such Holder pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, (ii) a 1/80 undivided beneficial ownership interest of a Treasury Security that matures as of the Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series B Trust Preferred Securities, with a principal amount at maturity of $1,000 subject to the Pledge of such Treasury Security by such Holder pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, and
(iii) the rights and obligations of the Holder under one Stock Purchase Contract with MetLife, Inc, a Delaware corporation (the

B-1

"COMPANY"). All capitalized terms used herein which are defined in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement (as defined on the reverse hereof) have the meaning set forth therein.

Pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, the Treasury Securities constituting part of each Stripped Common Equity Unit evidenced hereby have been pledged to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Company, to secure the obligations of the Holder under the Stock Purchase Contract comprising part of such Stripped Common Equity Units.

Each Stock Purchase Contract evidenced hereby obligates the Holder of this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate to purchase, and the Company to sell, on each of the Initial Stock Purchase Date and on the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date, at a price equal to $12.50 (the "Purchase Price"), a number of newly issued or treasury shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Common Stock"), of the Company, equal to the applicable Settlement Rate, unless on or prior to the applicable Stock Purchase Date there shall have occurred a Termination Event or an Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement with respect to such Stock Purchase Contract, all as provided in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and more fully described on the reverse hereof. The Purchase Price for the shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to each Stock Purchase Contract evidenced hereby, if not paid earlier, shall be paid on the applicable Stock Purchase Date by application of the proceeds from the Treasury Securities at maturity pledged to secure the obligations of the Holder under such Stock Purchase Contract of the Stripped Common Equity Units of which such Stock Purchase Contract is a part.

Each Stock Purchase Contract evidenced hereby obligates the holder to agree, for United States federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes, (i) to treat itself as the owner of the Stock Purchase Contracts and the related ownership interest in the Treasury Securities pledged under the Pledge Agreement, and (ii) the fair market value of each Stock Purchase Contract as $0.

The Company shall pay, on each Payment Date, in respect of each Stock Purchase Contract forming part of a Stripped Common Equity Unit evidenced hereby, an amount (the "CONTRACT PAYMENTS") equal to (1) from and including the issue date to but excluding the Initial Stock Purchase Date, at an annual rate of 1.510% of the Stated Amount and (2) from and including the initial stock purchase date to but excluding the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date, at an annual rate of 1.465% of the remaining Stated Amount, subject to its rights provided for in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement to defer Contract Payments. Such Contract Payments shall be payable to the Person in whose name this Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such Payment Date.

Contract Payments will be payable at the office of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in New York City. If the book-entry system for the Stripped Common Equity Units has been terminated, the Contract Payments will be payable, at the option of the Company, by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto at such Person's address as it appears on the Security Register, or by wire transfer to the account designated by such Person by a prior written notice to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

B-2

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent by manual signature, this Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Pledge Agreement or the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Holder specified above have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

METLIFE, INC.

By: ________________________________
Name:
Title:

HOLDER SPECIFIED ABOVE (as to
obligations of such Holder under the
Stock Purchase Contracts)

By: J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
attorney-in-fact of such Holder
as Stock Purchase Contract Agent

By: ________________________________
Name:
Title:

Date: _____________________

B-3

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION OF
STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT

This is one of the Stripped Common Equity Units referred to in the within-mentioned Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

J. P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association,

as Stock Purchase Contract Agent

By: _____________________________________________
Name:
Title:

Dated: __________________________________________

B-4

(FORM OF REVERSE OF STRIPPED COMMON EQUITY UNIT CERTIFICATE)

Each Stock Purchase Contract evidenced hereby is governed by a Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2005 (as may be supplemented from time to time, the "STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT"), between the Company and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent (including its successors hereunder, the "STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT"), to which Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and supplemental agreements thereto reference, is hereby made for a description of the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, the Company, and the Holders and of the terms upon which the Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificates are, and are to be, executed and delivered.

Each Stock Purchase Contract evidenced hereby obligates the Holder of this Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate to purchase, and the Company to sell, on each of the Initial Stock Purchase Date and on the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date at a price equal to $12.50 (the "PURCHASE PRICE"), a number newly issued or treasury shares of Common Stock per Common Equity Unit equal to the applicable Settlement Rate, unless an Early Settlement, a Cash Merger Early Settlement or a Termination Event with respect to the Common Equity Units of which such Stock Purchase Contract is a part shall have occurred. The "SETTLEMENT RATE" is equal to the sum of the Daily Amounts. The "DAILY AMOUNT" for each Trading Day during the 20 consecutive Trading Days beginning on July 9, 2008 for the Initial Stock Purchase Date or the 20 consecutive Trading Days beginning on January 7, 2009 for the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date (each, a "DETERMINATION DATE") equals:

(1) for each Determination Date on which the Closing Price for the Common Stock is less than or equal to $43.35 (the "REFERENCE PRICE), a fraction of one share of Common Stock per Common Equity Unit equal to

1/20 times $12.50 divided by the Reference Price,

(2) for each Determination Date on which the Closing Price for the Common Stock is greater than the Reference Price but less than $53.10(the "THRESHOLD APPRECIATION PRICE"), a fraction of one share of Common Stock per Common Equity Unit equal to

1/20 times $12.50 divided by the Closing Price, and

(3) for each Determination Date on which the Closing Price for the Common Stock is greater than or equal to the Threshold Appreciation Price, a fraction of one share of Common Stock per Common Equity Unit equal to

1/20 times $12.50 divided by the Threshold Appreciation Price,

in each case subject to adjustment as provided in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement (and in each case rounded upward or downward to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share).

B-5

No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued upon settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts, as provided in Section 5.08 of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

Each Stock Purchase Contract evidenced hereby, which is settled through Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement, shall obligate the Holder of the related Stripped Common Equity Units to purchase at the Purchase Price, and the Company to sell, a number of newly issued or treasury shares of Common Stock equal to the Early Settlement Rate (in the case of an Early Settlement) or applicable Settlement Rate (in the case of a Cash Merger Early Settlement).

The "CLOSING PRICE" per share of Common Stock on any date of determination means:

(1) the closing sale price as of the close of the principal trading session (or, if no closing price is reported, the last reported sale price) per share on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the "NYSE") on such date;

(2) if Common Stock is not listed for trading on the NYSE on any such date, the closing sale price (or, if no closing price is reported, the last reported sale price) per share as reported in the composite transactions for the principal United States national or regional securities exchange on which Common Stock is so listed;

(3) if Common Stock is not so listed on a United States national or regional securities exchange, the last closing sale price per share as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market;

(4) if Common Stock is not so reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market, the last quoted bid price for the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market as reported by PinkSheets LLC (formerly known as the National Quotation Bureau) or similar organization; or

(5) if the bid price referred to above is not available, the market value of the Common Stock on such date as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained by the Company for purposes of determining the Closing Price.

A "TRADING DAY" means a day on which the Relevant Exchange is scheduled to be open for business and a day on which there has not occurred or does not exist a Market Disruption Event as provided by Section 5.01(a) of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

In accordance with the terms of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, the Holder of this Stripped Common Equity Units shall pay the Purchase Price for the shares of the Common Stock purchased pursuant to each Stock Purchase Contract evidenced hereby either by effecting an Early Settlement or, if applicable, a Cash Merger Early Settlement of each such Stock Purchase Contract or by applying a principal amount of the Pledged Treasury Securities underlying such Holder's Stripped Common Equity Units equal to the Stated Amount of such Stock Purchase Contract to the purchase of the Common Stock. A Holder of Stripped Common Equity Units who (1) on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day

B-6

prior to the Stock Purchase Date, does not make an effective Early Settlement or
(2) on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day prior to the Stock Purchase Date, does not make an effective Cash Merger Early Settlement, shall pay the Purchase Price for the shares of Common Stock to be issued under the related Stock Purchase Contract from the proceeds of the Pledged Treasury Securities.

The Company shall not be obligated to issue any shares of Common Stock in respect of a Stock Purchase Contract or deliver any certificates therefor to the Holder unless it shall have received payment of the aggregate purchase price for the shares of Common Stock to be purchased thereunder in the manner set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

The Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificates are issuable only in registered form and only in denominations of a single Stripped Common Equity Unit and any integral multiple thereof. The transfer of any Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate will be registered and Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificates may be exchanged as provided in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement. The Security Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents permitted by the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement. No service charge shall be required for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. A Holder who elects to substitute Trust Preferred Securities for Treasury Securities, thereby recreating Normal Common Equity Units, shall be responsible for any fees or expenses associated therewith. Except as provided in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, for so long as the Stock Purchase Contract underlying a Stripped Common Equity Unit remains in effect, such Stripped Common Equity Units shall not be separable into its constituent parts, and the rights and obligations of the Holder of such Stripped Common Equity Units in respect of the Treasury Security and the Stock Purchase Contract constituting such Stripped Common Equity Units may be transferred and exchanged only as a Stripped Common Equity Unit.

Subject to the conditions set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, a Holder of Stripped Common Equity Units may recreate, at any time on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the seventh Business Day immediately preceding any Remarketing Settlement Date, Normal Common Equity Units by delivering to the Securities Intermediary (1) prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date, Series A Trust Preferred Securities and Series B Trust Preferred Securities and (2) and after the Initial Stock Purchase Date, Series B Trust Preferred Securities, in each case with an aggregate liquidation amount, equal to the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the corresponding Pledged Treasury Securities in exchange for the release of such Pledged Treasury Securities in accordance with the terms of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and the Pledge Agreement. From and after such substitution, the Holder's Common Equity Units shall be referred to as a "NORMAL COMMON EQUITY UNITS." Any such creation of Normal Common Equity Units may be effected only in multiples of 80 Stripped Common Equity Units for 80 Normal Common Equity Units.

The Company shall pay, on each Payment Date, the Contract Payments (net of any withholding tax imposed on such payments, which shall be remitted to the appropriate taxing jurisdiction) payable in respect of each Stock Purchase Contract to the Person in whose name the Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate evidencing such Stock Purchase Contract is registered

B-7

at the close of business on the Record Date for such Payment Date. Contract Payments will be payable at the office of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in New York City. If the book-entry system for the Normal Common Equity Units has been terminated, the Contract Payments will be payable, at the option of the Company, by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto at such Person's address as it appears on the Security Register, or by wire transfer to the account designated by such Person by a prior written notice to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

The Company shall have the right, at any time prior to February 15, 2010, to defer the payment of any or all of the Contract Payments otherwise payable on any Payment Date, but only if the Company shall give the Holders and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent written notice of its election to defer each such deferred Contract Payment pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement. Any Contract Payments so deferred shall, to the extent permitted by law, accrue additional Contract Payments thereon at the rate of 6.375% per year (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months), compounding on each succeeding Payment Date, until paid in full (such deferred installments of Contract Payments, if any, together with the additional Contract Payments, if any, accrued thereon, being referred to herein as the "Deferred Contract Payments"). Deferred Contract Payments, if any, shall be due on the next succeeding Payment Date except to the extent that payment is deferred pursuant to the Section 5.11 of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement. No Contract Payments may be deferred to a date that is after the Stock Purchase Date and no such deferral period may end other than on a Payment Date. If the Stock Purchase Contracts are terminated upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Holder's right to receive Contract Payments, if any, and any Deferred Contract Payments, will terminate.

The Stock Purchase Contracts and all obligations and rights of the Company and the Holders thereunder, including, without limitation, the rights of the Holders to receive and the obligation of the Company to pay any Contract Payments, shall immediately and automatically terminate, without the necessity of any notice or action by any Holder, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or the Company, if, on or prior to either Stock Purchase Date, a Termination Event shall have occurred. Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Company shall promptly but in no event later than two Business Days thereafter give written notice to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Holders, at their addresses as they appear in the Security Register. Upon and after the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Collateral Agent shall release the Pledged Treasury Securities (as defined in the Pledge Agreement) in accordance with the provisions of the Pledge Agreement. A Stripped Common Equity Unit shall thereafter represent the right to receive the interest in the Treasury Security forming a part of such Stripped Common Equity Units, in accordance with the terms of and except as set forth in, the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and the Pledge Agreement.

Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, at the option of the Holder thereof, Stock Purchase Contracts underlying Common Equity Units may be settled early ("EARLY SETTLEMENT") as provided in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement. In order to exercise the right to effect Early Settlement with respect to any Stock Purchase Contract evidenced by this Certificate, the Holder of this Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate shall deliver to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent at the Corporate Trust Office an Election to Settle Early form set forth below duly completed and accompanied by

B-8

payment in the form of immediately available funds payable to the order of the Company in an amount (the "EARLY SETTLEMENT AMOUNT") equal to the sum of:

(i) $25.00 times the number of Stock Purchase Contracts being settled, if settled on or prior to the fifth business day immediately preceding the Initial Stock Purchase Date, and thereafter $12.50 times the number of Stock Purchase Contracts being settled, if settled on or prior to the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date, plus

(ii) if such delivery is made with respect to any Stock Purchase Contracts during the period from the close of business on any Record Date next preceding any Payment Date to the opening of business on such Payment Date, an amount equal to the Contract Payments payable on such Payment Date with respect to such Stock Purchase Contracts.

Upon Early Settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts by a Holder of the related Common Equity Units, the Pledged Treasury Securities underlying such Common Equity Units shall be released from the Pledge as provided in the Pledge Agreement and the Holder shall be entitled to receive a number of newly issued or treasury shares of Common Stock adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the Settlement Rate is adjusted (the "EARLY SETTLEMENT RATE").

Upon the occurrence of a Cash Merger, a Holder of Stripped Common Equity Units may effect Cash Merger Early Settlement of the Stock Purchase Contract underlying such Stripped Common Equity Units pursuant to the terms of Section 5.04(b)(ii) of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement. Upon Cash Merger Early Settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts by a Holder of the related Stripped Common Equity Units, the Pledged Treasury Securities underlying such Stripped Common Equity Units shall be released from the Pledge as provided in the Pledge Agreement.

Upon registration of transfer of this Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate, the transferee shall be bound (without the necessity of any other action on the part of such transferee, except as may be required by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent pursuant to the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement), under the terms of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and the Stock Purchase Contracts evidenced hereby and the transferor shall be released from the obligations under the Stock Purchase Contracts evidenced by this Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate. The Company covenants and agrees, and the Holder, by its acceptance hereof, likewise covenants and agrees, to be bound by the provisions of this paragraph.

The Holder of this Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate, by its acceptance hereof, authorizes the Stock Purchase Contract Agent to enter into and perform the related Stock Purchase Contracts forming part of the Stripped Common Equity Units evidenced hereby on its behalf as its attorney-in-fact, expressly withholds any consent to the assumption (i.e., affirmance) of the Stock Purchase Contracts by the Company or its trustee in the event that the Company becomes the subject of a case under the Bankruptcy Code, agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof, covenants and agrees to perform its obligations under such Stock Purchase Contracts, consents to the provisions of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, authorizes the

B-9

Stock Purchase Contract Agent to enter into and perform the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and the Pledge Agreement on its behalf as its attorney-in-fact, and consents to the Pledge of the Treasury Securities underlying this Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate pursuant to the Pledge Agreement. The Holder further covenants and agrees, that, to the extent and in the manner provided in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and the Pledge Agreement, but subject to the terms thereof, payments in respect to the aggregate principal amount of the Pledged Treasury Securities on the Stock Purchase Date shall be paid by the Collateral Agent to the Company in satisfaction of such Holder's obligations under such Stock Purchase Contract and such Holder shall acquire no right, title or interest in such payments.

Subject to certain exceptions, the provisions of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement may be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority in number of the Outstanding Common Equity Units.

The Stock Purchase Contracts, and Common Equity Units shall for all purposes be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Prior to due presentment of this Certificate for registration or transfer, the Company, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and its Affiliates and any agent of the Company or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may treat the Person in whose name this Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate is registered as the owner of the Stripped Common Equity Units evidenced hereby for the purpose of receiving payments of interest on the Treasury Securities, receiving payments of Contract Payments (subject to any applicable record date), performance of the Stock Purchase Contracts and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not any payments in respect thereof be overdue and notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, and neither the Company, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

The Stock Purchase Contracts shall not entitle the Holder to any of the rights of a holder of shares of Common Stock.

A copy of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement is available for inspection at the Corporate Trust Office.

B-10

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this instrument, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM:            as tenants in common

                                          Custodian
                    ----------------------------------------------------------
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT:    (cust)                                       (minor)

                              Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act of
                    ----------------------------------------------------------
TENANT:                           as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN:             as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as
                    tenants in common

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto



(Please insert Social Security or Taxpayer I.D. or other Identifying Number of Assignee)

the within Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificates and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing attorney __________________, to transfer said Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificates on the books of the Security Registrar, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                         Signature _____________________________________
                               NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must
                               correspond with the name as it appears upon the
                               face of the within Stripped Common Equity Unit
                               Certificates in every particular, without
                               alteration or enlargement or any change
                               whatsoever.

Signature Guarantee: _________________________________________________________

B-11

SETTLEMENT INSTRUCTIONS

The undersigned Holder directs that a certificate for shares of Common Stock deliverable upon settlement on or after the {Initial}{Subsequent} Stock Purchase Date of the Stock Purchase Contracts underlying the number of Stripped Common Equity Units evidenced by this Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate be registered in the name of, and delivered, together with a check in payment for any fractional share, to the undersigned at the address indicated below unless a different name and address have been indicated below. If shares are to be registered in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay any transfer tax payable incident thereto.

Dated: ____________________________________

If shares are to be registered in the name of and delivered to a Person other than the Holder, please (i) print such Person's name and address and (ii) provide a guarantee of your signature:


Name _____________________________________

Address




Social Security or other Taxpayer Identification Number, if any


Signature

Signature Guarantee: ____________________


(if assigned to another person)

B-12

ELECTION TO SETTLE EARLY/CASH MERGER EARLY SETTLEMENT

The undersigned Holder of this Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate hereby irrevocably exercises the option to effect {Early Settlement} {Cash Merger Early Settlement upon a Cash Merger} in accordance with the terms of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement with respect to the Stock Purchase Contracts underlying the number of Stripped Common Equity Units evidenced by this Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate specified below. The option to effect {Early Settlement} {Cash Merger Early Settlement} may be exercised only with respect to Stock Purchase Contracts underlying Stripped Common Equity Units with an aggregate Stated Amount equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The undersigned Holder directs that a certificate for shares of Common Stock or other securities deliverable upon such {Early Settlement} {Cash Merger Early Settlement} be registered in the name of, and delivered, together with a check in payment for any fractional share and any Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate representing any Stripped Common Equity Units evidenced hereby as to which Cash Merger Early Settlement of the related Stock Purchase Contracts is not effected, to the undersigned at the address indicated below unless a different name and address have been indicated below. Pledged Treasury Securities deliverable upon such {Early Settlement} {Cash Merger Early Settlement} will be transferred in accordance with the transfer instructions set forth below. If shares are to be registered in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay any transfer tax payable incident thereto.

Dated: _______________________________ Signature ____________________________

Signature Guarantee: _________________________________________________________

Number of Stripped Common Equity Units evidenced hereby as to which {Early Settlement} {Cash Merger Early Settlement} of the related Stock Purchase Contracts is being elected:

If shares of Common Stock or REGISTERED HOLDER Stripped Normal Common Equity Unit Certificates are to be registered in the name of [Please print name and address] and delivered to and Pledged Treasury Securities are to be transferred to a Person other than the Holder, please print such Person's name and address:

B-13

REGISTERED HOLDER

Please print name and address of Registered Holder:

_____________________        ___________________________________________________
  Name                       Name

_____________________        ___________________________________________________
  Address                    Address

_____________________        ___________________________________________________

_____________________        ___________________________________________________

_____________________        ___________________________________________________

Social Security or other Taxpayer
Identification Number, if any

Transfer Instructions for Pledged Treasury Securities Transferable upon {Early Settlement} {Cash Merger Early Settlement} or a Termination Event:

B-14

{TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL CERTIFICATES}

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL CERTIFICATE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Certificate have been made:

          Amount of increase
             in Number of                                 Number of Stripped
           Stripped Common      Amount of decrease in    Common Equity Units
             Equity Units        Number of Stripped       evidenced by this         Signature of
           evidenced by the      Common Equity Units      Global Certificate    authorized signatory
             Date Global          evidenced by the          following such        of Stock Purchase
Date         Certificate         Global Certificate      decrease or increase      Contract Agent

B-15

EXHIBIT C

INSTRUCTION TO STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT

J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association as Stock Purchase Contract Agent
Worldwide Securities Services
4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor
New York, New York 10004

Re: {Normal Common Equity Units} {Stripped Common Equity Units} of MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY").

The undersigned Holder hereby notifies you that it has delivered to JP Morgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Securities Intermediary, for credit to the Collateral Account, $_____ aggregate [liquidation] [principal] amount of {Trust Preferred Securities} {Treasury Securities} in exchange for the {Pledged Trust Preferred Securities} {Pledged Treasury Securities} held in the Collateral Account, in accordance with the Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2005 (the "PLEDGE AGREEMENT"; unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Pledge Agreement are used herein as defined therein), between you, the Company, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary. The undersigned Holder has paid all applicable fees and expenses relating to such exchange. The undersigned Holder hereby instructs you to instruct the Collateral Agent to release to you on behalf of the undersigned Holder the {Pledged Trust Preferred Securities} {Pledged Treasury Securities} related to such {Normal Common Equity Units} {Stripped Common Equity Units}.

  Date: ________________________                 _______________________________
                                                  Signature Guarantee:

                                                 _______________________________
  Please print name and address of
  Registered Holder:

                                                 _______________________________

________________________________                 _______________________________
  Name                                            Social Security or other
                                                  Taxpayer Identification
                                                  Number, if any

  Address

________________________________

________________________________


C-1

EXHIBIT D

NOTICE FROM STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT
TO HOLDERS

(Transfer of Collateral upon Occurrence of a Termination Event)

{HOLDER}



Attention:
Telecopy: ______________________

Re: {Normal Common Equity Units} {Stripped Common Equity Units} of MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY")

Please refer to the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2005 (the "PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT"; unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement are used herein as defined therein), between the Company and the undersigned, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent and as attorney-in-fact for the holders of Normal Common Equity Units and Stripped Common Equity Units from time to time.

We hereby notify you we have received notice that a Termination Event has occurred and that {the Trust Preferred Securities} {the Treasury Securities} comprising a portion of your ownership interest in ______, {Normal Common Equity Units} {Stripped Common Equity Units} have been released and are being held by us for your account pending receipt of transfer instructions with respect to such {Trust Preferred Securities} {Treasury Securities} (the "RELEASED
SECURITIES").

Pursuant to Section 3.15 of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, we hereby request written transfer instructions with respect to the Released Securities. Upon receipt of your instructions and upon transfer to us of your {Normal Common Equity Units}{Stripped Common Equity Units} effected through book-entry or by delivery to us of your {Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate}{Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate}, we shall transfer the Released Securities by book-entry transfer or other appropriate procedures, in accordance with your instructions.

In the event you fail to effect such transfer or delivery, the Released Securities and any distributions thereon, shall be held in our name, or a nominee in trust for your benefit, until such time as such {Normal Common Equity Units}{Stripped Common Equity Units} are transferred or your {Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate} {Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate} is surrendered or satisfactory evidence is provided that such {Normal Common Equity Unit Certificate}{Stripped Common Equity Unit Certificate} has been destroyed, lost or stolen, together with any indemnification that we or the Company may require.

D-1

Dated:                                    By: J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
       ___________________                        NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                             _________________________________
                                          By: Name:
                                              Title: Authorized Signatory

D-2

EXHIBIT E

NOTICE TO SETTLE BY CASH

J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association as Stock Purchase Contract Agent
Worldwide Securities Services
4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor
New York, New York 10004

Re: Normal Common Equity Units of MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY")

The undersigned Holder hereby irrevocably notifies you in accordance with
Section 5.02 of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2005 (the "STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT"; unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement are used herein as defined therein), between the Company and you, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent and as attorney-in-fact for the Holders of the Stock Purchase Contracts, that such Holder has elected to pay to the Securities Intermediary for deposit in the Collateral Account, at or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fourth Business Day immediately preceding the Stock Purchase Date (in lawful money of the United States by certified or cashiers' check or wire transfer, in immediately available funds), $[ ] as the Purchase Price for the shares of Common Stock issuable to such Holder by the Company with respect to Stock Purchase Contracts on the Stock Purchase Date. The undersigned Holder hereby instructs you to notify promptly the Collateral Agent of the undersigned Holders' election to make such Cash Settlement with respect to the Stock Purchase Contracts related to such Holder's Normal Common Equity Units.

Dated: ____________________                    By:

                                                   ___________________________
                                               By: Name:
                                                   Title: Authorized Signatory

E-1

EXHIBIT F

NOTICE FROM STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT
TO COLLATERAL AGENT
(Settlement of Stock Purchase Contract through Remarketing)

J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, National Association as Collateral Agent
Worldwide Securities Services
4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor
New York, New York 10004
Facsimile: (212) 623-6215
Attention: Worldwide Securities Services

Re: Normal Common Equity Units of MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY")

Please refer to the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2005 (the "STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGREEMENT"; unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement are used herein as defined therein), between the Company and the undersigned, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent and as attorney-in-fact for the Holders of Normal Common Equity Units from time to time.

In accordance with Section 5.02 of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and, based on notices of Cash Settlements received from Holders of Normal Common Equity Units as of 5:00 p.m. (New York City time), on the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the Stock Purchase Date, we hereby notify you that Trust Preferred Securities in an aggregate liquidation amount of $[ ] are to be tendered for purchase in the Remarketing.

Dated: ____________________           By: J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National
                                          Association, as the Stock Purchase
                                          Contract Agent

                                      By: ____________________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title: Authorized Signatory

F-1

EXHIBIT 4.86


PLEDGE AGREEMENT

among

METLIFE, INC.

and

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
As Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary

and

J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
As Stock Purchase Contract Agent

Dated as of June 21, 2005



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                       PAGE
                                                ARTICLE I
                                               DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01.     Definitions....................................................................        1

                                                ARTICLE II
                                                  PLEDGE

Section 2.01.     Pledge.........................................................................        6

Section 2.02.     Control........................................................................        7

Section 2.03.     Termination....................................................................        7

                                               ARTICLE III
                                   DISTRIBUTIONS ON PLEDGED COLLATERAL

Section 3.01.     Income and Distributions.......................................................        7

Section 3.02.     Payments Following Termination Event...........................................        7

Section 3.03.     Payments Prior to or on Stock Purchase Date....................................        7

Section 3.04.     Payments to Stock Purchase Contract Agent......................................        9

Section 3.05.     Assets Not Properly Released...................................................       10

                                                ARTICLE IV
                                                 CONTROL

Section 4.01.     Establishment of Collateral Account............................................       10

Section 4.02.     Treatment as Financial Assets..................................................       11

Section 4.03.     Sole Control by Collateral Agent...............................................       11

Section 4.04.     Securities Intermediary's Location.............................................       11

Section 4.05.     No Other Claims................................................................       11

Section 4.06.     Investment and Release.........................................................       11

Section 4.07.     Statements and Confirmations...................................................       11

Section 4.08.     Tax Allocations................................................................       12

Section 4.09.     No Other Agreements............................................................       12

Section 4.10.     Powers Coupled with an Interest................................................       12

Section 4.11.     Waiver of Lien; Waiver of Set-off..............................................       12

                                                ARTICLE V
                      INITIAL DEPOSIT; CREATION OF STRIPPED COMMON EQUITY UNITS AND
                                 RECREATION OF NORMAL COMMON EQUITY UNITS

Section 5.01.     Initial Deposit of Trust Preferred Securities..................................       12

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                                       PAGE
Section 5.02.     Creation of Stripped Common Equity Units.......................................       13

Section 5.03.     Recreation of Normal Common Equity Units.......................................       14

Section 5.04.     Termination Event..............................................................       15

Section 5.05.     Cash Settlement................................................................       16

Section 5.06.     Early Settlement and Cash Merger Early Settlement..............................       18

Section 5.07.     Application of Proceeds in Settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts..............       18

                                                ARTICLE VI
                           VOTING RIGHTS -- PLEDGED TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES

Section 6.01.     Voting Rights..................................................................       20

                                               ARTICLE VII
                                           RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

Section 7.01.     Rights and Remedies of the Collateral Agent....................................       21

Section 7.02.     Remarketing....................................................................       22

Section 7.03.     Successful Remarketing.........................................................       22

Section 7.04.     Substitutions..................................................................       23

                                               ARTICLE VIII
                                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS

Section 8.01.     Representations and Warranties.................................................       23

Section 8.02.     Covenants......................................................................       24

                                                ARTICLE IX
                THE COLLATERAL AGENT, THE CUSTODIAL AGENT AND THE SECURITIES INTERMEDIARY

Section 9.01.     Appointment, Powers and Immunities.............................................       24

Section 9.02.     Instructions of the Company....................................................       25

Section 9.03.     Reliance by Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary......       26

Section 9.04.     Certain Rights.................................................................       27

Section 9.05.     Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business....................       27

Section 9.06.     Rights in Other Capacities.....................................................       27

Section 9.07.     Non-reliance on Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and Securities
                  Intermediary...................................................................       28

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

                                                                                                       PAGE
Section 9.08.     Compensation and Indemnity.....................................................       28

Section 9.09.     Failure to Act.................................................................       29

Section 9.10.     Resignation of Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and Securities
                  Intermediary...................................................................       29

Section 9.11.     Right to Appoint Agent or Advisor..............................................       31

Section 9.12.     Survival.......................................................................       31

Section 9.13.     Exculpation....................................................................       31

                                                ARTICLE X
                                                AMENDMENT

Section 10.01.    Amendment Without Consent of Holders...........................................       31

Section 10.02.    Amendment with Consent of Holders..............................................       32

Section 10.03.    Execution of Amendments........................................................       33

Section 10.04.    Effect of Amendments...........................................................       33

Section 10.05.    Reference of Amendments........................................................       33

                                                ARTICLE XI
                                              MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01.    No Waiver......................................................................       33

Section 11.02.    Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction......................................       34

Section 11.03.    Notices........................................................................       34

Section 11.04.    Successors and Assigns.........................................................       34

Section 11.05.    Counterparts...................................................................       34

Section 11.06.    Severability...................................................................       35

Section 11.07.    Expenses, Etc..................................................................       35

Section 11.08.    Security Interest Absolute.....................................................       35

Section 11.09.    Notice of Termination Event....................................................       36

Section 11.10.    Incorporation by Reference.....................................................       36

iii

EXHIBITS:

EXHIBIT A - Instruction from Stock Purchase Contract Agent to Collateral Agent


(Creation of Stripped Common Equity Units)

EXHIBIT B - Instruction from Collateral Agent to Securities Intermediary


(Creation of Stripped Common Equity Units)

EXHIBIT C - Instruction from Stock Purchase Contract Agent to Collateral Agent


(Recreation of Normal Common Equity Units)

EXHIBIT D - Instruction from Collateral Agent to Securities Intermediary


(Recreation of Normal Common Equity Units)

EXHIBIT E - Notice of Cash Settlement from Collateral Agent to Stock Purchase Contract Agent

EXHIBIT F - Instruction to Custodial Agent Regarding Remarketing

EXHIBIT G - Instruction to Custodial Agent Regarding Withdrawal From Remarketing

SCHEDULE I - Contact Persons for Confirmation

i

PLEDGE AGREEMENT, dated as of June 21, 2005 among MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as collateral agent (in such capacity, the "Collateral Agent"), as custodial agent (in such capacity, the "Custodial Agent"), and as securities intermediary (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(14) of the UCC) with respect to the Collateral Account (in such capacity, the "Securities Intermediary"), and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as stock purchase contract agent and as attorney-in-fact of the Holders from time to time of the Common Equity Units (in such capacity, the "Stock Purchase Contract Agent") under the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent are parties to the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time, the "Stock Purchase Contract Agreement"), pursuant to which 72,000,000 Normal Common Equity Units (or 82,800,000 Normal Common Equity Units if the option granted to the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement is exercised) will be issued.

WHEREAS, each Normal Common Equity Unit, at issuance, consists of a unit comprised of (a) a stock purchase contract (a "Stock Purchase Contract") pursuant to which the Holder will purchase from the Company on each of the Initial Stock Purchase Date and the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date, for an amount equal to $12.50 on each such date, a number of shares of the Company's common stock, par value $1.00 per share, ("Common Stock") equal to the Settlement Rate, (b) a 1/80, or 1.25%, beneficial ownership interest in a Series A Trust Preferred Security with a liquidation amount of $1,000 (the "Series A Trust Preferred Securities"); and (c) a 1/80, or 1.25%, beneficial ownership interest in a Series B Trust Preferred Security with a liquidation amount of $1,000 (the "Series B Trust Preferred Securities" and, with the Series A Trust Preferred Securities, each a series of "Trust Preferred Securities").

WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and the Stock Purchase Contracts, the Holders of the Common Equity Units have irrevocably authorized the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, as attorney-in-fact of such Holders, among other things, to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Holders and to grant the pledge provided herein of the Collateral to secure the Obligations.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01 Definitions.

For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:


(a) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular, and nouns and pronouns of the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders;

(b) the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section, Exhibit or other subdivision;

(c) the following terms which are defined in the UCC shall have the meanings set forth therein: "Certificated Security," "Control," "Financial Asset," "Entitlement Order," "Securities Account" and "Security Entitlement;"

(d) capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement; and

(e) the following terms have the meanings given to them in this
Section 1.01(e):

"Agreement" means this Pledge Agreement, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

"Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date" has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Cash" means any coin or currency of the United States as at the time shall be legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

"Collateral" means the collective reference to:

(i) the Series A Collateral Account, the Series B Collateral Account and all investment property and other financial assets from time to time credited thereto and all security entitlements with respect thereto, including, without limitation, (A) the Trust Preferred Securities and security entitlements relating thereto that are a component of the Normal Common Equity Units from time to time, (B) any Treasury Securities and security entitlements relating thereto delivered from time to time upon creation of Stripped Common Equity Units in accordance with Section 5.02 hereof and (C) payments made by Holders pursuant to Section 5.05 hereof;

(ii) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing (whether such Proceeds arise before or after the commencement of any proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, by or against the pledgor or with respect to the pledgor); and

(iii) all powers and rights now owned or hereafter acquired under or with respect to the Collateral.

"Collateral Account" means the Series A Collateral Account and/or the Series B Collateral Account, as the context requires.

2

"Collateral Agent" means the Person named as the "Collateral Agent" in the first paragraph of this Agreement until a successor Collateral Agent shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement, and thereafter "Collateral Agent" shall mean such Person or any subsequent successor who is appointed pursuant to this Agreement.

"Common Stock" has the meaning specified in the second paragraph of the recitals of this Agreement.

"Company" means the Person named as the "Company" in the first paragraph of this Agreement until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, and thereafter "Company" shall mean such successor.

"Custodial Agent" means the Person named as the "Custodial Agent" in the first paragraph of this Agreement until a successor Custodial Agent shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement, and thereafter "Custodial Agent" shall mean such Person or any subsequent successor who is appointed pursuant to this Agreement.

"Failed Remarketing" has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Final Failed Remarketing" means a Failed Remarketing with respect to the Third Remarketing Settlement Date (as defined in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement) for each series of the Trust Preferred Securities,

"Initial Stock Purchase Date" has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Obligations" means, with respect to each Holder, all obligations and liabilities of such Holder under such Holder's Stock Purchase Contract, the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement and this Agreement or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, in each case whether on account of principal, interest (including, without limitation, interest accruing before and after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to such Holder, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to the Company or the Collateral Agent or the Securities Intermediary that are required to be paid by the Holder pursuant to the terms of any of the foregoing agreements).

"Permitted Investments" means any one of the following, in each case maturing on the Business Day following the date of acquisition:

(i) any evidence of indebtedness with an original maturity of 365 days or less issued, or directly and fully guaranteed or insured, by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support of the timely payment thereof or such indebtedness constitutes a general obligation of it);

3

(ii) deposits, certificates of deposit or acceptances with an original maturity of 365 days or less of any institution which is a member of the Federal Reserve System having combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500 million at the time of deposit (and which may include the institution acting as Collateral Agent);

(iii) investments with an original maturity of 365 days or less of any Person that are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by a bank referred to in clause (ii);

(iv) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements relating to marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or issued by any agency thereof and backed as to timely payment by the full faith and credit of the United States of America;

(v) investments in commercial paper, other than commercial paper issued by the Company or its Affiliates, of any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof, which commercial paper has a rating at the time of purchase at least equal to "A-1" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P") or at least equal to "P-1" by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"); and

(vi) investments in money market funds (including, but not limited to, money market funds managed by the institution acting as the Collateral Agent or an affiliate of the institution acting as the Collateral Agent) registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, rated in the highest applicable rating category by S&P or Moody's.

"Pledge" means the lien and security interest created by this Agreement.

"Pledged Securities" means the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities and the Pledged Treasury Securities, collectively.

"Pledged Series A Trust Preferred Securities" means Series A Trust Preferred Securities and security entitlements with respect thereto from time to time credited to the Series A Collateral Account and not then released from the Pledge.

"Pledged Series B Trust Preferred Securities" means Series B Trust Preferred Securities and security entitlements with respect thereto from time to time credited to the Series B Collateral Account and not then released from the Pledge.

"Pledged Trust Preferred Securities" means the Pledged Series A Trust Preferred Securities and the Pledged Series B Trust Preferred Securities.

"Pledged Series A Treasury Securities" means Treasury Securities and security entitlements with respect thereto maturing on the Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date for the Pledged Series A Trust Preferred Securities from time to time credited to the Series A Collateral Account and not then released from the Pledge.

"Pledged Series B Treasury Securities" means Treasury Securities and security entitlements with respect thereto maturing on the Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date for

4

the Pledged Series B Trust Preferred Securities from time to time credited to the Series B Collateral Account and not then released from the Pledge.

"Pledged Treasury Securities" means the Pledged Series A Treasury Securities and/or the Pledged Series B Treasury Securities, as the context requires.

"Proceeds" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the UCC and includes, without limitation, all interest, dividends, cash, instruments, securities, financial assets and other property received, receivable or otherwise distributed upon the sale (including, without limitation, the Remarketing), exchange, collection or disposition of any financial assets from time to time held in a Collateral Account.

"Reset Rate", in respect of either series of Trust Preferred Securities, has the meaning set forth in the Trust Agreement under which such series was issued.

"Securities Intermediary" means the Person named as the "Securities Intermediary" in the first paragraph of this Agreement until a successor Securities Intermediary shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement, and thereafter "Securities Intermediary" shall mean such Person or any subsequent successor who is appointed pursuant to this Agreement.

"Series A Collateral Account" means the securities account of JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent, maintained by the Securities Intermediary and designated "JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent of MetLife, Inc., as pledgee of J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as the Stock Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of and as attorney-in-fact for the Holders, Series A."

"Series B Collateral Account" means the securities account of JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent, maintained by the Securities Intermediary and designated "JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent of MetLife, Inc., as pledgee of J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as the Stock Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of and as attorney-in-fact for the Holders, Series B."

"Series A Trust Preferred Securities" has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

"Series B Trust Preferred Securities" has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

"Settlement Rate" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a) of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Stated Amount" means (i) $25 prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date and (ii) $12.50 thereafter.

"Stock Purchase Contract" has the meaning specified in the second paragraph of the recitals of this Agreement.

5

"Stock Purchase Contract Agent" means the Person named as the "Stock Purchase Contract Agent" in the first paragraph of this Agreement until a successor Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, and thereafter "Stock Purchase Contract Agent" shall mean such Person or any subsequent successor who is appointed pursuant to this Agreement.

"Stock Purchase Contract Agreement" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of the recitals of this Agreement.

"Subsequent Stock Purchase Date" has the meaning set forth in the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

"Trades" means the Treasury/Reserve Automated Debt Entry System maintained by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York pursuant to the Trades Regulations.

"Trades Regulations" means the regulations of the United States Department of the Treasury, published at 31 C.F.R. Part 357, as amended from time to time. Unless otherwise defined herein, all terms defined in the Trades Regulations are used herein as therein defined.

"Transfer" means (i) in the case of certificated securities in registered form, delivery as provided in Section 8-301(a) of the UCC, endorsed to the transferee or in blank by an effective endorsement, (ii) in the case of Treasury Securities, registration of the transferee as the owner of such Treasury Securities on Trades and (iii) in the case of security entitlements, including, without limitation, security entitlements with respect to Treasury Securities, a securities intermediary indicating by book entry that such security entitlement has been credited to the transferee's securities account.

"Trust Agreement" means each of the Amended and Restated Declarations of Trust, dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, as Sponsor, the Property Trustee, the Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees (each as named therein) and the several Holders (as defined therein) relating to MetLife Capital Trust II and MetLife Capital Trust III.

"UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York from time to time.

"Value" means, with respect to any item of Collateral on any date, as to (1) Cash, the face amount thereof, (2) Trust Preferred Securities, the aggregate liquidation amount thereof and (3) Treasury Securities, the aggregate principal amount thereof.

ARTICLE II

PLEDGE

SECTION 2.01. Pledge.

Each Holder, acting through the Stock Purchase Contract Agent as such Holder's attorney-in-fact, and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, acting solely as such attorney-in-fact, hereby pledges and grants to the Collateral Agent, as agent of and for the benefit of the

6

Company, a continuing first priority security interest in and to, and a lien upon and right of set-off against, all of such Person's right, title and interest in and to the Collateral to secure the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations. The Collateral Agent shall have all of the rights, remedies and recourses with respect to the Collateral afforded a secured party by the UCC, in addition to, and not in limitation of, the other rights, remedies and recourses afforded to the Collateral Agent by this Agreement.

SECTION 2.02. Control.

The Collateral Agent shall have control of the Series A Collateral Account and the Series B Collateral Account pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.03. Termination.

As to each Holder, this Agreement and the Pledge created hereby shall terminate upon the satisfaction of such Holder's Obligations. Upon receipt of notice from the Stock Purchase Contract Agent of such termination, the Collateral Agent shall, except as otherwise provided herein, instruct the Securities Intermediary to Transfer such Holder's portion of the Collateral to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for distribution to such Holder, free and clear of the Pledge created hereby.

ARTICLE III

DISTRIBUTIONS ON PLEDGED COLLATERAL

SECTION 3.01. Income and Distributions.

The Collateral Agent shall transfer to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for distribution to the applicable Holders as provided in the Stock Purchase Contracts or Stock Purchase Contract Agreement all income and distributions received by the Collateral Agent on account of (i) the Pledged Series A Trust Preferred Securities or Permitted Investments from time to time held in the Series A Collateral Account and (ii) the Pledged Series B Trust Preferred Securities or Permitted Investments from time to time held in the Series B Collateral Account.

SECTION 3.02. Payments Following Termination Event.

Following a Termination Event, the Collateral Agent shall transfer all payments of liquidation amounts or principal it receives, if any, in respect of (1) the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities and (2) the Pledged Treasury Securities, to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for the benefit of the applicable Holders for distribution to such Holders in accordance with their respective interests, free and clear of the Pledge created hereby.

SECTION 3.03. Payments Prior to or on Stock Purchase Date.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 5.06, and except as provided in Section 3.03(b) and Section 3.03(c) below, if no Termination Event shall have occurred,

7

(b) all payments of liquidation amounts or principal received by the Securities Intermediary in respect of (x) the Pledged Series A Trust Preferred Securities and (y) the Pledged Series A Treasury Securities shall be held in the Series A Collateral Account and invested in Permitted Investments until the Initial Stock Purchase Date;

(c) the Pledged Series A Trust Preferred Securities and the Pledged Series A Treasury Securities shall be transferred to the Company on the Initial Stock Purchase Date as provided in Section 5.07 hereof. Any balance remaining in the Series A Collateral Account on the Initial Stock Purchase Date shall be released from the Pledge by the Collateral Agent, and the Collateral Agent shall instruct the Securities Intermediary to, and the Securities Intermediary shall, Transfer to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent such balance for the benefit of the applicable Holders for distribution to such Holders in accordance with their respective interests, free and clear of the Pledge created thereby;

(d) all payments of liquidation amounts or principal received by the Securities Intermediary in respect of (x) the Pledged Series B Trust Preferred Securities and (y) the Pledged Series B Treasury Securities shall be held in the Series B Collateral Account and invested in Permitted Investments until the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date;

(e) the Pledged Series B Trust Preferred Securities and the Pledged Series B Treasury Securities shall be transferred to the Company on the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date as provided in Section 5.07 hereof. Any balance remaining in the Series B Collateral Account on the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date shall be released from the Pledge by the Collateral Agent, and the Collateral Agent shall instruct the Securities Intermediary to, and the Securities Intermediary shall, Transfer to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent such balance for the benefit of the applicable Holders for distribution to such Holders in accordance with their respective interests, free and clear of the Pledge created thereby;

(f) The Company shall instruct the Collateral Agent in writing as to the Permitted Investments in which any payments made under this Section 3.03(a) shall be invested; provided, however, that if the Company fails to deliver such instructions by 10:30 a.m. (New York City time) on the day such payments are received by the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent shall invest such payments in the Permitted Investments as described in clause (6) of the definition of Permitted Investments. The Collateral Agent shall have no liability in respect of losses incurred as a result of the failure of the Company to provide written investment direction. The Collateral Agent may conclusively rely on any written direction and shall bear no liability for any loss or other damage based on acting or omitting to act under this Section 3.03 pursuant to any direction of the Company and neither the Collateral Agent nor the Securities Intermediary shall in any way be liable for the selection of Permitted Investments or by reason of any insufficiency in a Collateral Account resulting from any loss on any Permitted Investment included therein.

(g) All payments of liquidation amounts or principal received by the Securities Intermediary in respect of (1) the Trust Preferred Securities and (2) the

8

Treasury Securities or security entitlements thereto, that, in each case, have been released from a Pledge pursuant hereto shall be transferred to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for the benefit of the applicable Holders for distribution to such Holders in accordance with their respective interests.

(h) In the event of a Failed Remarketing (other than a Final Failed Remarketing) with respect to the Series A Trust Preferred Securities, principal payments received by the Securities Intermediary in respect of the Pledged Series A Treasury Securities shall be invested in Treasury Securities maturing on the next Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series A Trust Preferred Securities in a principal amount equal to the aggregate stated amount of the related Stripped Common Equity Units, which Treasury Securities shall be considered Pledged Series A Treasury Securities for the purpose of this Agreement. The Collateral Agent shall remit any remaining funds, after application of principal payments received in respect of Series A Treasury Securities to purchase new Series A Treasury Securities, to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent who shall remit such funds to the Holders of the related Stripped Common Equity Units on a pro rata basis.

(d) In the event of a Failed Remarketing (other than a Final Failed Remarketing) with respect to the Series B Trust Preferred Securities, principal payments received by the Securities Intermediary in respect of the Pledged Series B Treasury Securities shall be invested in Treasury Securities maturing on the next Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date for the Series B Trust Preferred Securities in a principal amount equal to the aggregate stated amount of the related Stripped Common Equity Units, which Treasury Securities shall be considered Pledged Series B Treasury Securities for the purpose of this Agreement. The Collateral Agent shall remit any remaining funds, after application of principal payments received in respect of Series B Treasury Securities to purchase new Series B Treasury Securities, to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent who shall remit such funds to the Holders of the related Stripped Common Equity Units on a pro rata basis.

SECTION 3.04. Payments to Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

The Securities Intermediary shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver payments to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent hereunder, to the extent it has received the same, to the account designated by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for such purpose not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day such payment is received by the Securities Intermediary; provided, however, that if such payment is received by the Securities Intermediary on a day that is not a Business Day or after 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a Business Day, then the Securities Intermediary shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver such payment to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent no later than 10:30 a.m. (New York City time) on the next succeeding Business Day. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Securities Intermediary is required to deliver payments to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent on a Business Day that is in the next calendar year, then the Securities Intermediary shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver such payment to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent no later than 10:30 am (New York City time) on the immediately preceding Business Day; provided that such payment is received by the Securities Intermediary on or before 9:00 am (New York City time) on that Business Day.

9

SECTION 3.05. Assets Not Properly Released.

If the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or any Holder shall receive any principal payments on account of financial assets credited to either Collateral Account and not released therefrom in accordance with this Agreement, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or such Holder shall hold the same as trustee of an express trust for the benefit of the Company and, upon receipt of an Officers' Certificate of the Company so directing, promptly deliver the same to the Securities Intermediary for credit to the applicable Collateral Account or to the Company for application to the Obligations of the Holders, and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and Holders shall acquire no right, title or interest in any such payments of principal amounts so received. The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall have no liability under this Section 3.05 unless and until it has been notified in writing that such payment was delivered to it erroneously and shall have no liability for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken prior to its receipt of such notice.

ARTICLE IV

CONTROL

SECTION 4.01. Establishment of Collateral Account.

The Securities Intermediary hereby confirms that:

(a) the Securities Intermediary has established the Series A Collateral Account and the Series B Collateral Account and its records identify the Collateral Agent as the sole person having a securities entitlement against the Securities Intermediary with respect to each such Collateral Account;

(b) each of the Series A Collateral Account and the Series B Collateral Account is a securities account;

(c) subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Securities Intermediary shall identify in its records the Collateral Agent as the entitlement Holder entitled to exercise the rights that comprise any financial asset credited to the Series A Collateral Account or the Series B Collateral Account;

(d) all property delivered to the Securities Intermediary pursuant to this Agreement or the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, including any Permitted Investments, will be credited promptly to the applicable Collateral Account; and

(e) all securities or other property underlying any financial assets credited to a Collateral Account shall be (i) registered in the name of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and endorsed to the Securities Intermediary or in blank, (ii) registered in the name of the Securities Intermediary or (iii) credited to another securities account maintained in the name of the Securities Intermediary. In no case will any financial asset credited to a Collateral Account be registered in the name of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or any Holder or specially endorsed to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or any Holder unless such financial asset has been further endorsed to the Securities Intermediary or in blank.

10

SECTION 4.02. Treatment as Financial Assets.

Each item of property (whether investment property, financial asset, security, instrument or cash) credited to a Collateral Account shall be treated as a financial asset.

SECTION 4.03. Sole Control by Collateral Agent.

Except as provided in Section 6.01, at all times prior to the termination of the Pledge, the Collateral Agent shall have sole control of each Collateral Account, and the Securities Intermediary shall take instructions and directions with respect to each Collateral Account solely from the Collateral Agent. If at any time the Securities Intermediary shall receive an entitlement order issued by the Collateral Agent and relating to a Collateral Account, the Securities Intermediary shall comply with such entitlement order without further consent by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or any Holder or any other Person. Except as otherwise permitted under this Agreement, until termination of the Pledge, the Securities Intermediary will not comply with any entitlement orders issued by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or any Holder.

SECTION 4.04. Securities Intermediary's Location.

The Series A Collateral Account, the Series B Collateral Account, and the rights and obligations of the Securities Intermediary, the Collateral Agent, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and the Holders with respect thereto, shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. Regardless of any provision in any other agreement, for purposes of the UCC, New York shall be deemed to be the Securities Intermediary's jurisdiction.

SECTION 4.05. No Other Claims.

Except for the claims and interest of the Collateral Agent and of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and the Holders in the Series A Collateral Account and the Series B Collateral Account, the Securities Intermediary (without having conducted any investigation) does not know of any claim to, or interest in, the Series A Collateral Account or the Series B Collateral Account or in any financial asset credited thereto. If any Person asserts any lien, encumbrance or adverse claim (including any writ, garnishment, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process) against the Series A Collateral Account or the Series B Collateral Account or in any financial asset carried therein, the Securities Intermediary will promptly notify the Collateral Agent and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

SECTION 4.06. Investment and Release.

All proceeds of financial assets from time to time deposited in the Series A Collateral Account or the Series B Collateral Account shall be invested and reinvested as provided in this Agreement. At no time prior to termination of the Pledge with respect to any particular property shall such property be released from the Series A Collateral Account or the Series B Collateral Account except in accordance with this Agreement or upon written instructions of the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 4.07. Statements and Confirmations.

11

The Securities Intermediary will promptly send copies of all statements, confirmations and other correspondence concerning the Series A Collateral Account or the Series B Collateral Account and any financial assets credited thereto simultaneously to each of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, the Company and the Collateral Agent at their addresses for notices under this Agreement.

SECTION 4.08. Tax Allocations.

The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall perform all customary tax reporting with respect to all items of income, gain, expense and loss recognized in the Series A Collateral Account and the Series B Collateral Account, to the extent such reporting is required bylaw, to the Internal Revenue Service authorities in the manner required by law. None of the Securities Intermediary, the Custodial Agent or the Collateral Agent shall have any tax reporting duties hereunder.

SECTION 4.09. No Other Agreements.

The Securities Intermediary has not entered into, and prior to the termination of the Pledge will not enter into, any agreement with any other Person relating to the Series A Collateral Account or the Series B Collateral Account or any financial assets credited thereto, including, without limitation, any agreement to comply with entitlement orders of any Person other than the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 4.10. Powers Coupled with an Interest.

The rights and powers granted in this Article IV to the Collateral Agent have been granted in order to perfect its security interests in the Series A Collateral Account and the Series B Collateral Account, are powers coupled with an interest and will be affected neither by the bankruptcy of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or any Holder nor by the lapse of time. The obligations of the Securities Intermediary under this Article IV shall continue in effect until the termination of the Pledge with respect to any and all Collateral.

SECTION 4.11. Waiver of Lien; Waiver of Set-off.

The Securities Intermediary waives any security interest, lien or right to make deductions or set- offs that it may now have or hereafter acquire in or with respect to the Series A Collateral Account or the Series B Collateral Account, any financial asset credited thereto or any security entitlement in respect thereof. Neither the financial assets credited to the Series A Collateral Account or the Series B Collateral Account nor the security entitlements in respect thereof will be subject to deduction, set-off, banker's lien or any other right in favor of any person other than the Company.

ARTICLE V

INITIAL DEPOSIT; CREATION OF STRIPPED COMMON EQUITY UNITS AND
RECREATION OF NORMAL COMMON EQUITY UNITS

SECTION 5.01. Initial Deposit of Trust Preferred Securities.

12

(a) Prior to or concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, on behalf of the initial Holders of the Normal Common Equity Units, shall Transfer to the Collateral Agent, for credit to the Series A Collateral Account, the Series A Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements relating thereto, and, for credit to the Series B Collateral Account, the Series B Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements relating thereto and, the Securities Intermediary shall thereupon indicate by book-entry that such Trust Preferred Securities, regardless of whether received by the Securities Intermediary in the form of certified securities effectively indorsed in blank or as security entitlements, have been credited to the applicable Collateral Account.

(b) The Securities Intermediary may, at any time or from time to time, cause any or all securities or other property underlying any financial assets credited to the Series A Collateral Account or the Series B Collateral Account to be registered in the name of the Securities Intermediary, the Collateral Agent or their respective nominees; provided, however, that unless any Event of Default (defined in the Trust Agreement relating to the relevant series of Trust Preferred Securities) shall have occurred and be continuing, the Securities Intermediary agrees not to cause any Trust Preferred Securities to be so re-registered.

SECTION 5.02. Creation of Stripped Common Equity Units.

(a) A Holder of Normal Common Equity Units shall have the right, at any time on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the seventh Business Day immediately preceding any Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date, to create Stripped Common Equity Units by substitution of Treasury Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto for the Pledged Series A Trust Preferred Securities (if any) and Pledged Series B Trust Preferred Securities then comprising a part of all or a portion of such Holder's Normal Common Equity Units, in integral multiples of 80 Normal Common Equity Units, by:

(A) Transferring to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, for further Transfer to the Securities Intermediary for credit to the Collateral Account, Series A Treasury Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto having a Value equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Pledged Series A Trust Preferred Securities (if any) to be released and Series B Treasury Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto having a Value equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of the Pledged Series B Trust Preferred Securities to be released, accompanied by a notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, whereupon the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, (A) stating that such Holder has notified the Stock Purchase Contract Agent that such Holder has Transferred Treasury Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for further Transfer to the Securities Intermediary for credit to the applicable Collateral Account, (B) stating the Value of the Treasury Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto Transferred by such Holder and (C) requesting that the Collateral Agent instruct the Securities Intermediary to accept such Transfer of Treasury Securities and to release

13

from the Pledge to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent as attorney-in-fact of the such Holder an equal Value of Pledged Series A Trust Preferred Securities (if any) and an equal Value of Pledged Series B Trust Preferred Securities that are then a component of such Normal Common Equity Units; and

(B) delivering the related Normal Common Equity Units to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

Upon receipt of such notice, giving of instructions to the Securities Intermediary that such Transfer be accepted and confirmation that Treasury Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto have been credited to the Series A Collateral Account (if applicable) and Series B Collateral Account as described in such notice, the Collateral Agent shall instruct the Securities Intermediary by a notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, to release such Pledged Series A Trust Preferred Securities (if any) and Pledged Series B Trust Preferred Securities from the Pledge by Transfer to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for distribution to such Holder, free and clear of the Pledge created hereby.

(b) Upon credit to the Series A Collateral Account (if applicable) of Series A Treasury Securities and to the Series B Collateral Account of Series B Treasury Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto delivered by a Holder of Normal Common Equity Units and receipt of the related instruction from the Collateral Agent, the Securities Intermediary shall release the Pledged Series A Trust Preferred Securities (if any) and Pledged Series B Trust Preferred Securities from the Pledge and shall promptly Transfer the same to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for distribution to such Holder, free and clear of the Pledge created hereby.

SECTION 5.03. Recreation of Normal Common Equity Units.

(a) At any time on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the seventh Business Day immediately preceding any Applicable Remarketing Settlement Date, a Holder of Stripped Common Equity Units shall have the right to recreate Normal Common Equity Units by substitution of Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto for Pledged Treasury Securities in integral multiples of 80 Stripped Common Equity Units by:

(A) Transferring to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for further Transfer to the Securities Intermediary, for credit to the Series A Collateral Account, Series A Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto having an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the Value of the Pledged Series A Treasury Securities (if any) to be released, and Transferring to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for further Transfer to the Securities Intermediary, for credit to the Series B Collateral Account, Series B Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto having an aggregate liquidation amount equal to the Value of the Pledged Series B Treasury Securities to be released, accompanied by a notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, whereupon the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall deliver to the Collateral Agent a notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, stating that such Holder has Transferred the Series A Trust Preferred Securities or

14

security entitlements with respect thereto to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for further Transfer to the Securities Intermediary for credit to the Series A Collateral Account and has Transferred the Series B Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto to the Securities Intermediary for credit to the Series B Collateral Account and requesting that the Collateral Agent instruct the Securities Intermediary accept such Transfer and to release from the Pledge to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent an Equal Value of the Pledged Series A Treasury Securities and Pledged Series B Treasury Securities related to such Stripped Common Equity Units; and

(B) delivering the related Stripped Common Equity Units to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

Upon receipt of such notice, the giving of instructions to the Securities Intermediary that such Transfer be accepted and confirmation that Series A Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto have been credited to the Series A Collateral Account and Series B Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto have been credited to the Series B Collateral Account as described in such notice, the Collateral Agent shall instruct the Securities Intermediary by a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto to release such Pledged Series A Treasury Securities and Pledged Series B Treasury Securities from the Pledge by Transfer to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for distribution to such Holder, free and clear of the Pledge created hereby.

(b) Upon credit to the Collateral Account of Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto delivered by a Holder of Stripped Common Equity Units and receipt of the related instruction from the Collateral Agent, the Securities Intermediary shall release such Pledged Treasury Securities from the Pledge and shall promptly Transfer the same to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for distribution to such Holder, free and clear of the Pledge created hereby.

SECTION 5.04. Termination Event.

(a) Upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of written notice from the Company or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent that a Termination Event has occurred, the Collateral Agent shall release all Collateral from the Pledge and shall promptly instruct the Securities Intermediary to Transfer:

(A) any Pledged Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto;

(B) any Pledged Treasury Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto; and

(C) any payments by Holders (or the Permitted Investments of such payments) pursuant to Section 5.05 hereof,

to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for the benefit of the Holders for distribution to such Holders, in accordance with their respective interests, free and clear of the Pledge created hereby.

15

(b) If such Termination Event shall result from the Company's becoming a debtor under the Bankruptcy Code, and if the Collateral Agent shall for any reason fail promptly to effectuate the release and Transfer of all Pledged Trust Preferred Securities, Pledged Treasury Securities and payments by Holders (or the Permitted Investments of such payments) pursuant to Section 5.05 and Proceeds of any of the foregoing, as the case may be, as provided by this Section 5.04, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall:

(A) use its best efforts to obtain an opinion of a nationally recognized law firm to the effect that, notwithstanding the Company being the debtor in such a bankruptcy case, the Collateral Agent will not be prohibited from releasing or Transferring the Collateral as provided in this Section 5.04 and shall deliver or cause to be delivered such opinion to the Collateral Agent within ten days after the occurrence of such Termination Event, and if (A) the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be unable to obtain such opinion within ten days after the occurrence of such Termination Event or (B) the Collateral Agent shall continue, after delivery of such opinion, to refuse to effectuate the release and Transfer of all Pledged Trust Preferred Securities, Pledged Treasury Securities and the payments by Holders (or the Permitted Investments of such payments) pursuant to Section 5.05 hereof and Proceeds of any of the foregoing, as the case may be, as provided in this Section 5.04, then the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall, upon receipt of instructions in accordance with the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, within fifteen days after the occurrence of such Termination Event commence an action or proceeding in the court having jurisdiction of the Company's case under the Bankruptcy Code seeking an order requiring the Collateral Agent to effectuate the release and transfer of all Pledged Trust Preferred Securities, Pledged Treasury Securities and the payments by Holders (or the Permitted Investments of such payments) pursuant to Section 5.05 hereof and Proceeds of any of the foregoing, or as the case may be, as provided by this
Section 5.04; or

(B) upon receipt of instructions in accordance with the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, commence an action or proceeding like that described in Section 5.04(b)(i) hereof within ten days after the occurrence of such Termination Event.

SECTION 5.05. Cash Settlement.

(a) Upon (1) receipt by the Collateral Agent of a notice from the Stock Purchase Contract Agent promptly after the receipt by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent of a notice from a Holder of Normal Common Equity Units that such Holder has elected, in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 5.02(b)(i) of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, to effect a Cash Settlement and (2) receipt from such Holder by the Securities Intermediary for credit to the applicable Collateral Account on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fourth Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Stock Purchase Date of the applicable Purchase Price in lawful money of the United States by certified or cashier's check or wire transfer of immediately available funds payable to or upon the order of the Securities Intermediary, then the Collateral Agent shall instruct the Securities Intermediary promptly to invest any such Cash in Permitted Investments maturing on the Stock Purchase Date.

16

The Company shall instruct the Collateral Agent in writing as to the Permitted Investments in which any such Cash shall be invested; provided, however, that if the Company fails to deliver such written instructions by 10:30
a.m. (New York City time) on the day such Cash is received by the Collateral Agent or to be reinvested by the Securities Intermediary, the Collateral Agent shall instruct the Securities Intermediary to invest such Cash in the Permitted Investments described in clause (6) of the definition of Permitted Investments. The Collateral Agent may conclusively rely on any written direction and shall bear no liability for any loss or other damage based on acting or omitting to act under this Section 5.05 pursuant to any direction of the Company and in no event shall the Collateral Agent or Securities Intermediary be liable for the selection of Permitted Investments or for investment losses incurred thereon. The Collateral Agent and Securities Intermediary shall have no liability with respect to losses incurred as a result of the failure of the Company to provide written investment direction.

In the event of a Successful Remarketing, upon receipt of Proceeds upon the maturity of the Permitted Investments on a Stock Purchase Date, the Collateral Agent shall (A) instruct the Securities Intermediary to pay the portion of such Proceeds and deliver any certified or cashier's checks received, in an aggregate amount equal to the Purchase Price, to the Company on the Stock Purchase Date, and (B) release any amounts in excess of the Purchase Price earned from such Permitted Investments to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for distribution to the Holders in accordance with the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

(b) If a Holder of Normal Common Equity Units (i) fails to notify the Stock Purchase Contract Agent of its intention to make a Cash Settlement as provided in Section 5.02(b)(i) of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement or (ii) does notify the Stock Purchase Contract Agent of its intention to pay the Purchase Price in cash, but fails to make such payment as required by Section 5.02(b)(ii) of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, such Holder shall be deemed to have consented to the disposition of such Holder's Pledged Trust Preferred Securities in accordance with Section 5.02(b)(iii) of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

(c) As soon as practicable after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fourth Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Stock Purchase Date, the Collateral Agent shall deliver to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent a notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, stating (i) the amount of Cash that it has received with respect to the Cash Settlement of Normal Common Equity Units and (ii) the amount of Pledged Trust Preferred Securities to be remarketed in the applicable Remarketing pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, of the series that is to be remarketed in the applicable Remarketing.

(d) In the event of a Failed Remarketing, the Collateral Agent shall
(i) promptly return the Cash that it has received with respect to the Cash Settlement of Normal Common Equity Units to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for distribution to Holders who elected to effect a Cash Settlement and (ii) as soon as practicable after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Stock Purchase Date, deliver to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent a notice, stating (A) the amount of Cash that it has received and returned with respect to the Cash Settlement of Normal Common Equity Units and (B) the amount of Pledged Trust

17

Preferred Securities of the series subject to the Failed Remarketing in the Collateral Account.

(e) In the event of a Successful Remarketing, the Collateral Agent shall (i) instruct the Securities Intermediary to release from the Pledge such Holder's related Pledged Trust Preferred Securities of the series subject to the Successful Remarketing as to which such Holder has effected a Cash Settlement pursuant to Section 5.05(a), and (ii) instruct the Securities Intermediary to Transfer all such Pledged Trust Preferred Securities of the series subject to the Successful Remarketing to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for distribution to such Holder free and clear of the Pledge created hereby.

SECTION 5.06. Early Settlement and Cash Merger Early Settlement.

Upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of a notice from the Stock Purchase Contract Agent that a Holder of Common Equity Units has elected to effect either (i) Early Settlement of its obligations under the Stock Purchase Contracts forming a part of such Common Equity Units in accordance with the terms of the Stock Purchase Contracts and Section 5.07 of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement or (ii) Cash Merger Early Settlement of its obligations under the Stock Purchase Contracts forming a part of such Common Equity Units in accordance with the terms of the Stock Purchase Contracts and Section 5.04(b)(ii) of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement (which notice shall set forth the number of such Stock Purchase Contracts as to which such Holder has elected to effect Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement), and that the Stock Purchase Contract Agent has received from such Holder, and paid to the Company as confirmed in writing by the Company, the related Purchase Price pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Contracts and the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, then the Collateral Agent shall release from the Pledge, (1) Pledged Trust Preferred Securities in the case of a Holder of Normal Common Equity Units or (2) Pledged Treasury Securities, in the case of a Holder of Stripped Common Equity Units, in each case with a Value equal to the product of
(x) the Stated Amount times (y) the number of Stock Purchase Contracts as to which such Holder has elected to effect Early Settlement or Cash Merger Early Settlement, and shall instruct the Securities Intermediary to Transfer all such Pledged Trust Preferred Securities or Pledged Treasury Securities, as the case may be, to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for distribution to such Holder, in each case free and clear of the Pledge created hereby. A holder of Stripped Common Equity Units may settle early only in integral multiples of 80 Stripped Common Equity Units, and a Holder of Normal Common Equity Units may settle early only in integral multiples of 80 Normal Common Equity Units.

SECTION 5.07. Application of Proceeds in Settlement of Stock Purchase Contracts.

(a) If a Holder of Normal Common Equity Units has not elected to make an effective Cash Settlement by notifying the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in the manner provided for in Section 5.02(b)(i) of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement or does notify the Stock Purchase Contract Agent as provided in paragraph 5.02(b)(i) of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement of its intention to pay the Purchase Price in Cash, but fails to make such payment as required by paragraph 5.02(b)(ii) of the Stock Purchase

18

Contract Agreement, such Holder shall be deemed to have elected to pay for the shares of Common Stock to be issued under such Stock Purchase Contracts from the Proceeds of the Remarketing of the related Pledged Trust Preferred Securities.

In the event of a Successful Remarketing, the Collateral Agent shall instruct the Securities Intermediary to Transfer the related Pledged Trust Preferred Securities to the Remarketing Agent, upon confirmation of deposit by the Remarketing Agent of the Proceeds of such Successful Remarketing (less, to the extent permitted by the Remarketing Agreement, the Remarketing Fee) in the Collateral Account. The Collateral Agent shall instruct the Securities Intermediary to invest the Proceeds of the Successful Remarketing in Permitted Investments set forth in clause (6) of the definition of Permitted Investments. On the Stock Purchase Date, the Collateral Agent shall instruct the Securities Intermediary to remit a portion of the Proceeds from such Successful Remarketing equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of such Pledged Trust Preferred Securities to satisfy in full such Holder's obligations to pay the Purchase Price to purchase the shares of Common Stock under the related Stock Purchase Contracts and to remit the balance of the Proceeds from the Successful Remarketing, if any, to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for distribution to such Holder.

In the event of a Final Failed Remarketing with respect to the Series A Trust Preferred Securities, the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Company, will, at the written instruction of the Company, deliver or dispose of the Pledged Series A Trust Preferred Securities in accordance with the Company's written instructions to satisfy in full, from any such disposition or retention, such Holders' obligations to pay the Purchase Price for the shares of Common Stock to be issued on the Initial Stock Purchase Date under the Stock Purchase Contracts underlying such Normal Common Equity Units. Thereafter, the Collateral Agent shall promptly remit the Proceeds in excess of the aggregate Purchase Price for the shares of Common Stock to be issued on the Initial Stock Purchase Date under such Stock Purchase Contracts to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for payment to the Holders of the Normal Common Equity Units to which such Series A Trust Preferred Securities relate.

In the event of a Final Failed Remarketing with respect to the Series B Trust Preferred Securities, the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Company, will, at the written instruction of the Company, deliver or dispose of the Pledged Series B Trust Preferred Securities in accordance with the Company's written instructions to satisfy in full, from any such disposition or retention, such Holders' obligations to pay the Purchase Price for the shares of Common Stock to be issued on the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date under the Stock Purchase Contracts underlying such Normal Common Equity Units. Thereafter, the Collateral Agent shall promptly remit the Proceeds in excess of the aggregate Purchase Price for the shares of Common Stock to be issued on the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date under such Stock Purchase Contracts to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for payment to the Holders of the Normal Common Equity Units to which such Series B Trust Preferred Securities relate.

(b) A Holder of a Stripped Common Equity Unit shall be deemed to have elected to pay for the shares of Common Stock to be issued under the Stock Purchase Contract underlying the Stripped Common Equity Unit from the Proceeds of the related Pledged Treasury Securities. Without receiving any instruction from any Holder, the Collateral Agent shall instruct the Securities Intermediary (i) to remit the Proceeds of the

19

related Pledged Series A Treasury Securities to the Company in settlement of such Stock Purchase Contracts on the Initial Stock Purchase Date and
(ii) to remit the Proceeds of the related Pledged Series B Treasury Securities to the Company in settlement of such Stock Purchase Contracts on the Subsequent Stock Purchase Date. In the event the sum of the Proceeds from the related Pledged Treasury Securities exceeds the aggregate Purchase Price of the Stock Purchase Contracts being settled thereby, the Collateral Agent shall instruct the Securities Intermediary to transfer such excess, when received, to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for distribution to Holders.

(c) On or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day immediately preceding an applicable Remarketing Date, but no earlier than the Payment Date immediately preceding such date, Holders of Separate Trust Preferred Securities of the series of Trust Preferred Securities that is the subject of a remarketing may elect to have their Separate Trust Preferred Securities remarketed under the Remarketing Agreement, by delivering their Separate Trust Preferred Securities along with a notice of such election, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, to the Collateral Agent, acting as Custodial Agent. Any such notice and delivery may not be conditioned upon the level at which the Reset Rate for either series of Trust Preferred Securities is established in the Remarketing or any other condition. The Custodial Agent, shall hold Separate Trust Preferred Securities in an account separate from the applicable Collateral Account in which the Pledged Securities shall be held. Holders of Separate Trust Preferred Securities electing to have their Separate Trust Preferred Securities remarketed will also have the right to withdraw that election by written notice to the Collateral Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto, on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Remarketing Date, upon which notice the Custodial Agent shall return such Separate Trust Preferred Securities to such Holder. After such time, such election shall become an irrevocable election to have such Separate Trust Preferred Securities remarketed in such Remarketing.

Promptly after 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Remarketing Date, the Custodial Agent shall notify the Remarketing Agent of the aggregate liquidation amount of the Separate Trust Preferred Securities to be remarketed and deliver to the Remarketing Agent for remarketing all Separate Trust Preferred Securities delivered to the Custodial Agent pursuant to this Section 5.07(c) and not validly withdrawn prior to such date. In the event of a Successful Remarketing, after deducting the Remarketing Fee, the Remarketing Agent will remit to the Custodial Agent the remaining portion of the Proceeds of such Remarketing for payment to the Holders of the remarketed Separate Trust Preferred Securities, in accordance with their respective interests. In the event of a Failed Remarketing, the Remarketing Agent will promptly return such Separate Trust Preferred Securities to the Custodial Agent for distribution to the appropriate Holders.

ARTICLE VI

VOTING RIGHTS -- PLEDGED TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES

SECTION 6.01. Voting Rights.

20

Subject to the terms of Section 4.02 of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent may exercise, or refrain from exercising, any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement and in accordance with the terms of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement; provided that the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall give the Company and the Collateral Agent at least five Business Days' prior written notice of the manner in which it intends to exercise, or its reasons for refraining from exercising, any such right. Upon receipt of any notices and other communications in respect of any Pledged Trust Preferred Securities, including notice of any meeting at which holders of the Trust Preferred Securities are entitled to vote or solicitation of consents, waivers or proxies of holders of the Trust Preferred Securities, the Collateral Agent shall use reasonable efforts to send promptly to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent such notice or communication, and as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of a written request therefore from the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, execute and deliver to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent such proxies and other instruments in respect of such Pledged Trust Preferred Securities (in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) as are prepared by the Company and delivered to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent with respect to the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities.

ARTICLE VII

RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 7.01. Rights and Remedies of the Collateral Agent.

(a) In addition to the rights and remedies specified in Section 5.07 hereof or otherwise available at law or in equity, after an event of default (as specified in Section 7.01(b) below) hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall have all of the rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not the UCC is in effect in the jurisdiction where the rights and remedies are asserted) and the Trades Regulations and such additional rights and remedies to which a secured party is entitled under the laws in effect in any jurisdiction where any rights and remedies hereunder may be asserted. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such remedies may include, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (1) retention of the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities or the Pledged Treasury Securities in full satisfaction of the Holders' obligations under the Stock Purchase Contracts and the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement or (2) sale of the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities or the Pledged Treasury Securities in one or more public or private sales.

(b) Without limiting any rights or powers otherwise granted by this Agreement to the Collateral Agent, in the event the Company is unable to make payments from amounts transferred or transferable to the Company on account of the principal payments of any Pledged Treasury Securities as provided in Article III hereof, in satisfaction of the Obligations of the Holder of the Common Equity Units of which such applicable Pledged Treasury Securities are a part under the related Stock Purchase Contracts, the inability to make such payments shall constitute an event of default hereunder and the Collateral Agent shall have and may exercise, with reference to such Pledged Treasury Securities any and all of the rights and remedies available to a secured

21

party under the UCC and the Trades Regulations after default by a debtor, and as otherwise granted herein or under any other law.

(c) Without limiting any rights or powers otherwise granted by this Agreement to the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized to receive and collect all payments of (i) the liquidation amount of the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities and (ii) the principal amount of the Pledged Treasury Securities, subject, in each case, to the provisions of Article III hereof, and as otherwise granted herein.

(d) The Stock Purchase Contract Agent, as attorney-in-fact of the Holders, and each Holder of Common Equity Units agrees that, from time to time, upon the written request of the Collateral Agent or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, such Holder shall execute and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as the Company may reasonably request in order to maintain the Pledge, and the perfection and priority thereof, and to confirm the rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder. The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall have no liability to any Holder for executing any documents or taking any such acts requested by the Collateral Agent hereunder, except for liability for its own negligent acts, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct.

SECTION 7.02. Remarketing.

The Collateral Agent shall, by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding an applicable Remarketing Date, notify the Remarketing Agent of the aggregate liquidation amount of the applicable series of Pledged Trust Preferred Securities that are to be remarketed and without any instruction from any Holder of Normal Common Equity Units, present the related Pledged Trust Preferred Securities of the applicable series to the Remarketing Agent for Remarketing. In the event of a Failed Remarketing, the Trust Preferred Securities presented to the Remarketing Agent pursuant to this
Section 7.02 for Remarketing shall be redeposited into the applicable Collateral Account.

SECTION 7.03. Successful Remarketing.

In the event of a Successful Remarketing, the Collateral Agent shall, at the written direction of the Company, instruct the Securities Intermediary to (i) Transfer the applicable Pledged Trust Preferred Securities to the Remarketing Agent upon confirmation of deposit by the Remarketing Agent of the Proceeds of such Successful Remarketing (after deducting any Remarketing Fee in accordance with the Remarketing Agreement) in the applicable Collateral Account, (ii) apply an amount equal to the aggregate Purchase Price for the shares of Common Stock to be issued under the related Stock Purchase Contracts on the applicable Stock Purchase Date in full satisfaction of such Holders' obligations to pay the Purchase Price under the related Stock Purchase Contracts, and (iii) promptly remit the remaining portion of such Proceeds to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent for payment to the Holders of Normal Common Equity Units, in accordance with their respective interests and the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement. With respect to Separate Trust Preferred Securities, any Proceeds of such Remarketing (after deducting any Remarketing Fee in accordance with the Remarketing Agreement) attributable to

22

the Separate Trust Preferred Securities will be remitted to the Custodial Agent for payment to the holders of Separate Trust Preferred Securities. In the event of a Final Failed Remarketing, the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities shall remain credited to the Collateral Account and Section 5.07 shall apply.

SECTION 7.04. Substitutions.

Whenever a Holder has the right to substitute Treasury Securities, Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements for any of them, as the case may be, for financial assets held in a Collateral Account, such substitution shall not constitute a novation of the security interest created hereby.

ARTICLE VIII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS

SECTION 8.01. Representations and Warranties.

Each Holder from time to time, acting through the Stock Purchase Contract Agent as attorney-in-fact (it being understood that the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be liable for any representation or warranty made by or on behalf of a Holder), hereby represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent (with respect to such Holder's interest in the Collateral), which representations and warranties shall be deemed repeated on each day a Holder Transfers Collateral, that:

(a) such Holder has the power to grant a security interest in and lien on the Collateral;

(b) such Holder is the sole beneficial owner of the Collateral and, in the case of Collateral delivered in physical form, is the sole holder of such Collateral and is the sole beneficial owner of, or has the right to Transfer, the Collateral it Transfers to the Collateral Agent for credit to an applicable Collateral Account, free and clear of any security interest, lien, encumbrance, call, liability to pay money or other restriction other than the security interest and lien granted under Article II hereof;

(c) upon the Transfer of the Collateral to the Collateral Agent for credit to an applicable Collateral Account, the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Company, will have a valid and perfected first priority security interest therein (assuming that any central clearing operation or any securities intermediary or other entity not within the control of the Holder involved in the Transfer of the Collateral, including the Collateral Agent and the Securities Intermediary, gives the notices and takes the action required of it hereunder and under applicable law for perfection of that interest and assuming the establishment and exercise of control pursuant to Article IV hereof); and (d) the execution and performance by the Holder of its obligations under this Agreement will not result in the creation of any security interest, lien or other encumbrance on the Collateral other than the security interest and lien granted under Article II hereof or violate any provision of any existing law or regulation applicable to it or of any mortgage, charge,

23

pledge, indenture, contract or undertaking to which it is a party or which is binding on it or any of its assets.

SECTION 8.02. Covenants.

The Holders from time to time, acting through the Stock Purchase Contract Agent as their attorney-in-fact (it being understood that the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall not be liable for any covenant made by or on behalf of a Holder), hereby covenant to the Collateral Agent that for so long as the Collateral remains subject to the Pledge:

(a) such Holders will not create or purport to create or allow to subsist any mortgage, charge, lien, pledge or any other security interest whatsoever over the Collateral or any part of it other than pursuant to this Agreement; and

(b) such Holders will not sell or otherwise dispose (or attempt to dispose) of the Collateral or any part of it except for the beneficial interest therein, subject to the Pledge hereunder, transferred in connection with the Transfer of the Common Equity Units.

ARTICLE IX

THE COLLATERAL AGENT, THE CUSTODIAL AGENT
AND THE SECURITIES INTERMEDIARY

It is hereby agreed as follows:

SECTION 9.01. Appointment, Powers and Immunities.

The Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary shall act as agent for the Company hereunder with such powers as are specifically vested in the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary, as the case may be, by the terms of this Agreement. The Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary shall:

(a) have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, liabilities or obligations shall be inferred from this Agreement against the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary, nor shall the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary be bound by the provisions of any agreement by any party hereto beyond the specific terms hereof and none of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary shall have any fiduciary relationship to the Holders of the Common Equity Units or any other Person;

(b) not be responsible for any recitals contained in this Agreement, or in any certificate or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by it under, this Agreement, the Common Equity Units or the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement (other than as against the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary, as the case may be), the Common Equity Units, any Collateral or

24

the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or for any failure by the Company or any other Person (except the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary, as the case may be) to perform any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or for the validity, perfection, enforceability, priority or, except as expressly required hereby, maintenance of any security interest created hereunder;

(c) not be required to initiate or conduct any litigation or collection proceedings hereunder (except pursuant to directions furnished under Section 9.02 hereof, subject to Section 9.08 hereof);

(d) not be responsible for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or under any other document or instrument referred to or provided for herein or in connection herewith or therewith, except for its own negligence or willful misconduct; and

(e) not be required to advise any party as to selling or retaining, or taking or refraining from taking any action with respect to, any securities or other property deposited hereunder.

Subject to the foregoing, during the term of this Agreement, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary shall take all reasonable action in connection with the safekeeping and preservation of the Collateral hereunder as determined by industry standards.

The Collateral Agent, Securities Intermediary and Custodial Agent shall only be responsible for transferring money, securities or other property in accordance with the terms herein to the extent that such money, securities or other property is credited to the respective Collateral Account.

No provision of this Agreement shall require the Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or the exercise of any of its rights or powers hereunder. In no event shall the Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary be liable for any amount in excess of the Value of the Collateral.

SECTION 9.02. Instructions of the Company.

The Company shall have the right, by one or more written instruments executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent, to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for the realization of any right or remedy available to the Collateral Agent, or of exercising any power conferred on the Collateral Agent, or to direct the taking or refraining from taking of any action authorized by this Agreement; provided, however, that (i) such direction shall not conflict with the provisions of any law or of this Agreement or involve the Collateral Agent in personal liability and (ii) the Collateral Agent shall be indemnified to its satisfaction as provided herein. None of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary has any obligation or responsibility to file any UCC financing or continuation

25

statements or to take any other actions to create, preserve or maintain the security interest in the Collateral except as expressly set forth herein.

SECTION 9.03. Reliance by Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary.

Each of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary shall be entitled, in the absence of bad faith, to rely conclusively upon any certification, order, judgment, opinion, notice or other written communication (including, without limitation, any thereof by e-mail or similar electronic means, telecopy, telex or facsimile) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of the proper Person or Persons (without being required to determine the correctness of any fact stated therein) and consult with and conclusively rely upon advice, opinions and statements of legal counsel and other experts selected by the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary, as the case may be. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, hereunder in accordance with instructions given by the Company in accordance with this Agreement. In the event any instructions are given (other than in writing at the time of the execution of this Agreement), whether in writing, by telecopier or otherwise, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary are authorized to seek confirmation of such instructions by telephone call-back to the person or persons designated on Schedule I hereto, and the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary may rely upon the confirmations of anyone purporting to be the person or persons so designated. The persons and telephone numbers for call-backs may be changed only in writing actually received and acknowledged by the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary.

It is understood that the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary in any funds transfer may rely solely upon any account numbers or similar identifying number provided by the Company to identify (i) the beneficiary, (ii) the beneficiary's bank, or (iii) an intermediary bank. The Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary may apply any of the deposited funds for any payment order it executes using any such identifying number, even where its use may result in a Person other than the beneficiary being paid, or the transfer of funds to a bank other than the beneficiary's bank, or an intermediary bank, designated by the Company; provided, however, that payment is made to the account as specified by the Company.

In each case that the Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary may or is required hereunder to take any action, including without limitation to make any determination or judgment, to give consents, to exercise rights, powers or remedies, to release or sell Collateral or otherwise to act hereunder, the Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary may seek direction from the Company. The Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction from the Company. Unless direction is otherwise expressly provided herein, if the Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary shall request direction from the Company with respect to any action, the Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary shall be entitled to refrain from such

26

action unless and until such agent shall have received direction from the Company, and the agent shall not incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining.

SECTION 9.04. Certain Rights.

(a) Whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Agreement the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior totaling or suffering any action to be taken hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by one of the Company's officers, and delivered to the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary and such certificate, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary, shall be full warrant to the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under the provisions of this Agreement upon the faith thereof.

(b) The Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, entitlement order, approval or other paper or document.

SECTION 9.05. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any Person into which the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary shall be the successor of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper with any party hereto or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto except where an instrument of transfer or assignment is required by law to effect such succession, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

SECTION 9.06. Rights in Other Capacities.

The Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary and their affiliates may (without having to account therefore to the Company) accept deposits from, lend money to, make their investments in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust or other business with the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, any other Person interested herein and any Holder of Common Equity Units (and any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates) as if it were not acting as the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary, as the case may be, and the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent, the Securities Intermediary and

27

their affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and any Holder of Common Equity Units without having to account for the same to the Company; provided that each of the Securities Intermediary, the Custodial Agent and the Collateral Agent covenants and agrees with the Company that it shall not accept, receive or permit there to be created in favor of itself and shall take no affirmative action to permit there to be created in favor of any other Person, any security interest, lien or other encumbrance of any kind in or upon the Collateral other than the lien created by the Pledge.

SECTION 9.07. Non-reliance on Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary.

None of the Securities Intermediary, the Custodial Agent or the Collateral Agent shall be required to keep itself informed as to the performance or observance by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or any Holder of Common Equity Units of this Agreement, the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement, the Common Equity Units or any other document referred to or provided for herein or therein or to inspect the properties or books of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or any Holder of Common Equity Units. None of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary shall have any duty or responsibility to provide the Company with any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of the Stock Purchase Contract Agent or any Holder of Common Equity Units (or any of their respective affiliates) that may come into the possession of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary or any of their respective affiliates.

SECTION 9.08. Compensation and Indemnity.

The Company agrees to:

(a) pay the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary, as the case may be, for all services rendered by them hereunder;

(b) indemnify and hold harmless the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent, the Securities Intermediary and each of their respective directors, officers, agents and employees (collectively, the "Indemnitees"), from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, fines, penalties and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) and taxes (other than those based upon, determined by or measured by the income of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary) (collectively, "Losses" and individually, a "Loss") that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against, the Indemnitees or any of them for following any instructions or other directions upon which either the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary is entitled to rely pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, provided that the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary has not acted with negligence or engaged in willful misconduct with respect to the specific Loss against which indemnification is sought; and

28

(c) in addition to and not in limitation of paragraph (b)immediately above, indemnify and hold the Indemnitees and each of them harmless from and against any and all Losses that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against, the Indemnitees or any of them in connection with or arising out of the Collateral Agent's, the Custodial Agent's or the Securities Intermediary's acceptance or performance of its powers and duties under this Agreement, provided that the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary has not acted with negligence or engaged in willful misconduct with respect to the specific Loss against which indemnification is sought.

The provisions of this Section and Section 11.07 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary and the termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.09. Failure to Act.

In the event of any ambiguity in the provisions of this Agreement or any dispute between or conflicting claims by or among the parties hereto or any other Person with respect to any funds or property deposited hereunder, then at its sole option, each of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary shall be entitled, after prompt notice to the Company and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, to refuse to comply with any and all claims, demands or instructions with respect to such property or funds so long as such dispute or conflict shall continue, and the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary shall not be or become liable in any way to any of the parties hereto for its failure or refusal to comply with such conflicting claims, demands or instructions. The Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary shall be entitled to refuse to act until either:

(a) such conflicting or adverse claims or demands shall have been finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or settled by agreement between the conflicting parties as evidenced in a writing satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary; or

(b) the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary shall have received security or an indemnity satisfactory to it sufficient to save it harmless from and against any and all loss, liability or reasonable out-of-pocket expense which it may incur by reason of its acting.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, none of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary shall be required to take any action that is contrary to law or to the terms of this Agreement, or which would in its opinion subject it or any of its officers, employees or directors to liability.

SECTION 9.10. Resignation of Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary as provided below:

29

(A) the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary may resign at any time by giving notice thereof to the Company and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent as attorney-in-fact for the Holders of Common Equity Units;

(B) the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary may be removed at any time by the Company; and

(C) if the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary fails to perform any of its material obligations hereunder in any material respect for a period of not less than 20 days after receiving written notice of such failure by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, and such failure shall be continuing, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary may be removed by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, acting at the direction of the Holders of a majority in number of the Common Equity Units.

The Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall promptly notify the Company of any removal of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary pursuant to clause (iii) of this Section 9.10. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Company shall have the right to appoint a successor Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary, as the case may be. If no successor Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary shall have been so appointed and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Collateral Agent's, Custodial Agent's or Securities Intermediary's giving of notice of resignation or the Company's or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent's giving notice of such removal, then the retiring or removed Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary may petition any court of competent jurisdiction, at the expense of the Company, for the appointment of a successor Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary. The Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary shall each be a bank, trust company or national banking association with a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary hereunder by a successor Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary, as the case may be, such successor Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary, as the case may be, shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary, as the case may be, and the retiring Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary, as the case may be, shall take all appropriate action, subject to payment of any amounts then due and payable to it hereunder, to transfer any money and property held by it hereunder (including the Collateral) to such successor. The retiring Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary shall, upon such succession, be discharged from its duties and obligations as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary hereunder. After any retiring Collateral Agent's, Custodial Agent's or Securities Intermediary's resignation hereunder as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary, the provisions of this Article IX shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary. Any resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary hereunder, at a time when such Person is acting as the Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent or Securities Intermediary, shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement as the

30

simultaneous resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent, Securities Intermediary or Custodial Agent, as the case may be.

SECTION 9.11. Right to Appoint Agent or Advisor.

The Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary each shall have the right to appoint agents or advisors in connection with any of their respective duties hereunder, and the Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by, or in reliance upon the advice of, such agents or advisors selected in good faith. The appointment of agents pursuant to Section 9.11 shall be subject to prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

SECTION 9.12. Survival.

The provisions of this Article IX shall survive termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary.

SECTION 9.13. Exculpation.

Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary or their officers, directors, employees or agents be liable under this Agreement to any third party for indirect, special, punitive, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever, including, but not limited to, lost profits, whether or not the likelihood of such loss or damage was known to the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary, or any of them incurred without any act or deed that is found to be attributable to negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent or the Securities Intermediary.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENT

SECTION 10.01. Amendment Without Consent of Holders.

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when duly authorized by a Board Resolution, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, at any time and from time to time, may amend this Agreement, in form satisfactory to the Company, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, to:

(a) evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company;

31

(b) evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent, Securities Intermediary or Stock Purchase Contract Agent;

(c) add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders, or surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company, provided that such covenants or such surrender do not adversely affect the validity, perfection or priority of the Pledge created hereunder;

(d) cure any ambiguity (or formal defect) or correct or supplement any provisions herein which may be inconsistent with another such provisions herein; or

(e) make any other provisions with respect to such matters or questions arising under this Agreement, provided that such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect.

SECTION 10.02. Amendment with Consent of Holders.

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in number of the Common Equity Units at the time Outstanding, including without limitation the consent of the Holders obtained in connection with a tender or an exchange offer, by Act of such Holders delivered to the Company, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, the Custodial Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, the Company, when duly authorized by a Board Resolution, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Collateral Agent may amend this Agreement for the purpose of modifying in any manner the provisions of this Agreement or the rights of the Holders in respect of the Common Equity Units; provided, however, that no such supplemental agreement shall, without the unanimous consent of the Holders of each Outstanding Common Equity Unit:

(a) change the amount or type of Collateral underlying a Common Equity Unit (except for the rights of Holders of Normal Common Equity Units to substitute the Treasury Securities for the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities or the rights of Holders of Stripped Common Equity Units to substitute Trust Preferred Securities, as applicable, for the Pledged Treasury Securities), impair the right of the Holder of any Common Equity Unit to receive distributions on the underlying Collateral or otherwise adversely affect the Holder's rights in or to such Collateral; or

(b) otherwise effect any action that would require the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Common Equity Unit affected thereby pursuant to the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement if such action were effected by a modification or amendment of the provisions of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement; or

(c) reduce the percentage of Common Equity Units the consent of whose Holders is required for the modification or amendment of the provisions of this Agreement;

provided that if any amendment or proposal referred to above would adversely affect only the Normal Common Equity Units or only the Stripped Common Equity Units, then only the

32

affected class of Holders as of the record date for the Holders entitled to vote thereon will be entitled to vote on such amendment or proposal, and such amendment or proposal shall not be effective except with the consent of Holders of not less than a majority of such class; provided further that the unanimous consent of the Holders of each Outstanding Common Equity Unit of such class affected thereby shall be required to approve any amendment or proposal specified in clauses (a) through (c) above.

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

SECTION 10.03. Execution of Amendments.

In executing any amendment permitted by this Article, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 of the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement with respect to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent) shall be fully authorized and protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an officers' certificate stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Agreement and that all conditions precedent, if any, to the execution and delivery of such amendment have been satisfied. The Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent, Securities Intermediary and Stock Purchase Contract Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects their own respective rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

SECTION 10.04. Effect of Amendments.

Upon the execution of any amendment under this Article, this Agreement shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such amendment shall form a part of this Agreement for all purposes; and every Holder of Certificates theretofore or thereafter authenticated, executed on behalf of the Holders and delivered under the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement shall be bound thereby.

SECTION 10.05. Reference of Amendments.

Certificates authenticated, executed on behalf of the Holders and delivered after the execution of any amendment pursuant to this Section may, and shall if required by the Collateral Agent or the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, bear a notation as to any matter provided for in such amendment. If the Company shall so determine, new Certificates so modified as to conform, to any such amendment may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated, executed on behalf of the Holders and delivered by the Stock Purchase Contract Agent in accordance with the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement in exchange for Certificates representing Outstanding Common Equity Units.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.01. No Waiver.

33

No failure on the part of the Company, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent, the Securities Intermediary or any of their respective agents to exercise, and no course of dealing with respect to, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Company, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent, the Securities Intermediary or any of their respective agents of any right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

SECTION 11.02. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. The Company, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Holders from time to time of the Common Equity Units, acting through the Stock Purchase Contract Agent as their attorney-in-fact, hereby submit to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and of any New York state court sitting in New York City for the purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Holders from time to time of the Common Equity Units, acting through the Stock Purchase Contract Agent as their attorney-in-fact, irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection that they may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

SECTION 11.03. Notices.

All notices, requests, consents and other communications provided for herein (including, without limitation, any modifications of, or waivers or consents under, this Agreement) shall be given or made in writing (including, without limitation, by telecopy) delivered to the intended recipient at the "Address For Notices" specified below its name on the signature pages hereof or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when transmitted by telecopy or personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice, upon receipt, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.

SECTION 11.04. Successors and Assigns.

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the Company, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent, the Securities Intermediary and the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, and the Holders from time to time of the Common Equity Units, by their acceptance of the same, shall be deemed to have agreed to be bound by the provisions hereof and to have ratified the agreements of, and the grant of the Pledge hereunder by, the Stock Purchase Contract Agent.

SECTION 11.05. Counterparts.

34

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any of the parties hereto may execute this Agreement by signing any such counterpart.

SECTION 11.06. Severability.

If any provision hereof is invalid and unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the other provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and shall be liberally construed in order to carry out the intentions of the parties hereto as nearly as may be possible and (ii) the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 11.07. Expenses, Etc.

The Company agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary for:

(a) all reasonable costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary), in connection with (i) the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery or performance of this Agreement and (ii) any modification, supplement or waiver of any of the terms of this Agreement;

(b) all reasonable costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) in connection with
(i) any enforcement or proceedings resulting or incurred in connection with causing any Holder of Common Equity Units to satisfy its obligations under the Stock Purchase Contracts forming a part of the Common Equity Units and (ii) the enforcement of this Section 11.07;

(c) all transfer, stamp, documentary or other similar taxes, assessments or charges levied by any governmental or revenue authority in respect of this Agreement or any other document referred to herein and all costs, expenses, taxes, assessments and other charges incurred in connection with any filing, registration, recording or perfection of any security interest contemplated hereby;

(d) all reasonable fees and expenses of any agent or advisor appointed by the Collateral Agent and consented to by the Company under
Section 9.11 of this Agreement; and

(e) any other out-of-pocket costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary in connection with the performance of their duties and the exercise of their powers hereunder.

SECTION 11.08. Security Interest Absolute.

35

All rights of the Collateral Agent and security interests hereunder, and all obligations of the Holders from time to time hereunder, shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any provision of the Stock Purchase Contracts or the Common Equity Units or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or any other term of, or any increase in the amount of, all or any of the obligations of Holders of the Common Equity Units under the related Stock Purchase Contracts, or any other amendment or waiver of any term of, or any consent to any departure from any requirement of, the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement or any Stock Purchase Contract or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto; or

(c) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or discharge of, a borrower, a guarantor or a pledgor.

SECTION 11.09. Notice of Termination Event.

Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Company shall deliver written notice to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Custodial Agent and the Securities Intermediary. Upon the written request of the Collateral Agent or the Securities Intermediary, the Company shall inform such party whether or not a Termination Event has occurred.

SECTION 11.10. Incorporation by Reference.

In connection with its execution and performance hereunder the Stock Purchase Contract Agent is entitled to all rights, privileges, protections, immunities, benefits and indemnities provided to it under the Stock Purchase Contract Agreement.

[SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

36

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

METLIFE, INC.                       J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
                                    NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Stock
                                    Purchase Contract Agent and as attorney-in-
                                    fact of the Holders from time to time of the
                                    Common Equity Units

By: /s/ Joseph Prochaska, Jr.       By: /s/ Paul J. Schmalzel
    -----------------------------       ----------------------------------------
    Name:                               Name:  Paul J. Schmalzel
    Title:                              Title: Authorized Signer

Address for Notices:                Address for Notices:

MetLife, Inc.                       Worldwide Securities Services
27-01 Queens Plaza North            4 New York Plaza
Long Island City, New York 11101    15th Floor
Facsimile: (212) 578-0266           New York, New York 10004
Attention: Treasurer                Facsimile: (212) 623-6215
                                    Telephone: (212) 623-5233
                                    Attention: Worldwide Securities Services

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent,
Custodial Agent and Securities
Intermediary

By: /s/ L. O'Brien
    -----------------------------
    Name:  L. O'Brien
    Title: Vice President

Address for Notices

Worldwide Securities Services
4 New York Plaza
15th Floor
New York, New York 10004
Facsimile: (212) 623-6215
Telephone: (212) 623-5233

Attention: Worldwide Securities Services

37

EXHIBIT A

INSTRUCTION
FROM STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT
TO COLLATERAL AGENT
(Creation of Stripped Common Equity Units)

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent Facsimile: (212) 623-5216
Attention: Worldwide Securities Services

Re:         ____________Normal Common Equity Units of MetLife, Inc. (the
            "COMPANY")

            The securities accounts of JPMorgan Chase Bank, National
            Association, as Collateral Agent, maintained by the Securities
            Intermediary and designated "JPMorgan Chase Bank, National
            Association, as Collateral Agent of MetLife, Inc., as pledgee of
            J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as the Stock
            Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of and as attorney-in-fact for the
            Holders, Series A" (the "SERIES A COLLATERAL ACCOUNT") and "JPMorgan
            Chase Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent of MetLife,
            Inc., as pledgee of J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association,
            as the Stock Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of and as
            attorney-in-fact for the Holders, Series B" (the "SERIES B
            COLLATERAL ACCOUNT")

Please refer to the Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2005 (the "PLEDGE AGREEMENT"), among the Company, you, as Collateral Agent, as Securities Intermediary and as Custodial Agent and the undersigned, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent and as attorney-in-fact for the holders of Normal Common Equity Units from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Pledge Agreement.

We hereby notify you in accordance with Section 5.02 of the Pledge Agreement that:

[Include only if Notice is Delivered Prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date the holder of securities named below (the "HOLDER") has elected to substitute $ ___________ Value of Series A Treasury Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto in exchange for an equal Value of Pledged Series A Trust Preferred Securities relating to Normal Common Equity Units and has delivered to the undersigned a notice stating that the Holder has Transferred such Treasury Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto to the Securities Intermediary, for credit to the Series A Collateral Account.]

the Holder has elected to substitute $ Value of Series B Treasury Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto in exchange for an equal Value of Pledged Series B Trust Preferred Securities relating to Normal Common Equity Units and has delivered to the undersigned a notice stating that the Holder has Transferred such Treasury Securities or security

A-1

entitlements with respect thereto to the Securities Intermediary, for credit to the Series B Collateral Account.

We hereby request that you instruct the Securities Intermediary:

(A) [Include only if Notice is Delivered Prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date Upon confirmation that such Series A Treasury Securities or security entitlements thereto have been credited to the Series A Collateral Account, to release to the undersigned, on behalf of the Holder for distribution to such Holder, an equal Value of Series A Pledged Trust Preferred Securities in accordance with Section 5.02 of the Pledge Agreement.]

Upon confirmation that such Series B Treasury Securities or security entitlements thereto have been credited to the Series B Collateral Account, to release to the undersigned, on behalf of the Holder for distribution to such Holder, an equal Value of Series B Pledged Trust Preferred Securities in accordance with Section 5.02 of the Pledge Agreement.

Date:________________________

J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent and as attorney-in-fact of the Holders from time to time of the Common Equity Units

By:_________________________________________ Name:


Title:

A-2

Please print name and address of Holder electing to substitute Treasury Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto for the Pledged Trust Preferred Securities:

___________________________________  ___________________________________________
              Name                       Social Security or other Taxpayer
                                           Identification Number, if any

___________________________________
            Address

___________________________________
___________________________________

A-3

EXHIBIT B

INSTRUCTION
FROM COLLATERAL AGENT
TO SECURITIES INTERMEDIARY
(Creation of Stripped Common Equity Units)

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association as Securities Intermediary
Facsimile: (212) 623-5216
Attention: Worldwide Securities Services

Re:         ____________ Normal Common Equity Units of MetLife, Inc. (the
            "COMPANY")

            The securities accounts of JPMorgan Chase Bank, National
            Association, as Collateral Agent, maintained by the Securities
            Intermediary and designated "JPMorgan Chase Bank, National
            Association, as Collateral Agent of MetLife, Inc., as pledgee of
            J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as the Stock
            Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of and as attorney-in-fact for the
            Holders, Series A" (the "SERIES A COLLATERAL ACCOUNT") and "JPMorgan
            Chase Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent of MetLife,
            Inc., as pledgee of J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association,
            as the Stock Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of and as
            attorney-in-fact for the Holders, Series B" (the "SERIES B
            COLLATERAL ACCOUNT")

Please refer to the Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2005 (the "PLEDGE AGREEMENT"), among the Company, you, as Collateral Agent, as Securities Intermediary and as Custodial Agent and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent and as attorney-in-fact for the holders of Normal Common Equity Units from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Pledge Agreement.

[If Notice is Delivered Prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date When you have confirmed that (i) $ Value of Series A Treasury Securities or security entitlements thereto has been credited to the Series A Collateral Account by or for the benefit of , as Holder of Normal Common Equity Units (the "HOLDER") and (ii) $ Value of Series B Treasury Securities or security entitlements thereto has been credited to the Series B Collateral Account by or for the benefit of the Holder, you are hereby instructed to release from the Series A Collateral Account an equal Value of Pledged Series A Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto and to release from the Series B Collateral Account an equal Value of Pledged Series B Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto, relating to Normal Common Equity Units of the Holder by Transfer to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of the Holder for distribution to such Holder.]

B-1

[If Notice is Delivered After the Initial Stock Purchase Date: When you have confirmed that $ Value of Series B Treasury Securities or security entitlements thereto has been credited to the Series B Collateral Account by or for the benefit of , as Holder of Normal Common Equity Units (the "HOLDER"), you are hereby instructed to release to the undersigned, from the Series B Collateral Account an equal Value of Pledged Series B Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto, relating to Normal Common Equity Units of the Holder by Transfer to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of the Holder for distribution to such Holder.]

Dated: ______________________

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent

By:________________________________________ Name:


Title:

B-2

Please print name and address of Holder:

___________________________________  ___________________________________________
              Name                       Social Security or other Taxpayer
                                           Identification Number, if any

___________________________________
            Address

___________________________________
___________________________________

B-3

EXHIBIT C
INSTRUCTION
FROM STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT
TO COLLATERAL AGENT
(Recreation of Normal Common Equity Units)

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Securities Intermediary
Facsimile: (212) 623-5216
Attention: Worldwide Securities Services

Re:         _________ Stripped Common Equity Units of MetLife, Inc. (the
            "COMPANY")

            The securities accounts of JPMorgan Chase Bank, National
            Association, as Collateral Agent, maintained by the Securities
            Intermediary and designated "JPMorgan Chase Bank, National
            Association, as Collateral Agent of MetLife, Inc., as pledgee of
            J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as the Stock
            Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of and as attorney-in-fact for the
            Holders, Series A" (the "SERIES A COLLATERAL ACCOUNT") and "JPMorgan
            Chase Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent of MetLife,
            Inc., as pledgee of J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association,
            as the Stock Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of and as
            attorney-in-fact for the Holders, Series B" (the "SERIES B
            COLLATERAL ACCOUNT")

Please refer to the Pledge Agreement dated as of June 21, 2005 (the "PLEDGE AGREEMENT"), among the Company, you, as Collateral Agent, as Securities Intermediary, as Custodial Agent and the undersigned, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent and as attorney-in-fact for the holders of Stripped Common Equity Units from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Pledge Agreement.

[If Notice is Delivered Prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date: We hereby notify you in accordance with Section 5.03 of the Pledge Agreement that the holder of securities named below (the "HOLDER") has elected to substitute
(i) $ Value of Series A Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto in exchange for an equal Value of Pledged Series A Treasury Securities with respect to Stripped Common Equity Units and has delivered to the undersigned a notice stating that the Holder has Transferred such Series A Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto to the Securities Intermediary, for credit to the Series A Collateral Account; and (ii) $ Value of Series B Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto in exchange for an equal Value of Pledged Series B Treasury Securities with respect to Stripped Common Equity Units and has delivered to the undersigned a notice stating that the Holder has Transferred such Series B Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto to the Securities Intermediary, for credit to the Series B Collateral Account;

C-1

[If Notice is Delivered After the Initial Stock Purchase Date: We hereby notify you in accordance with Section 5.03 of the Pledge Agreement that the holder of securities named below (the "HOLDER") has elected to substitute $ Value of Series B Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto in exchange for an equal Value of Pledged Series B Treasury Securities with respect to Stripped Common Equity Units and has delivered to the undersigned a notice stating that the Holder has Transferred such Series B Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto to the Securities Intermediary, for credit to the Series B Collateral Account.]

We hereby request that you instruct the Securities Intermediary, upon confirmation that such Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto have been credited to the Collateral Account, to release to the undersigned, on behalf of such Holder for distribution to such Holder, an equal Value of Series A Treasury Securities and an equal Value of Series B Treasury Securities in accordance with Section 5.03 of the Pledge Agreement.

Dated: ______________________

J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent

By:________________________________________ Name:


Title:

C-2

Please print name and address of Holder electing to substitute Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto for Pledged Treasury Securities:

___________________________________  ___________________________________________
              Name                       Social Security or other Taxpayer
                                           Identification Number, if any

___________________________________
            Address

___________________________________
___________________________________

C-3

EXHIBIT D
INSTRUCTION
FROM COLLATERAL AGENT
TO SECURITIES INTERMEDIARY
(Recreation of Normal Common Equity Units)

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Securities Intermediary
Facsimile: (212) 623-5216
Attention: Worldwide Securities Services

Re:         __________ Stripped Common Equity Units of MetLife, Inc. (the
            "COMPANY")

            The securities accounts of JPMorgan Chase Bank, National
            Association, as Collateral Agent, maintained by the Securities
            Intermediary and designated "JPMorgan Chase Bank, National
            Association, as Collateral Agent of MetLife, Inc., as pledgee of
            J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as the Stock
            Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of and as attorney-in-fact for the
            Holders, Series A" (the "SERIES A COLLATERAL ACCOUNT") and "JPMorgan
            Chase Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent of MetLife,
            Inc., as pledgee of J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association,
            as the Stock Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of and as
            attorney-in-fact for the Holders, Series B" (the "SERIES B
            COLLATERAL ACCOUNT")

Please refer to the Pledge Agreement dated as of June 21, 2005 (the "PLEDGE AGREEMENT"), among the Company, you, as Securities Intermediary, Custodial Agent and Collateral Agent and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent and as attorney-in-fact for the holders of Normal Common Equity Units from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Pledge Agreement.

[If Notice is Delivered Prior to the Initial Stock Purchase Date:
When you have confirmed that (i) $ Value of Series A Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto has been credited to the Series A Collateral Account by or for the benefit of , as Holder of Stripped Common Equity Units (the "HOLDER") and (ii) $ Value of Series B Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto has been credited to the Series B Collateral Account by or for the benefit of Holder you are hereby instructed to release from the Series A Collateral Account and the Series B Collateral Account an equal Value of Series A Treasury Securities, Series B Treasury Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto relating to Stripped Common Equity Units of the Holder by Transfer to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of such Holder for distribution to such Holder.]

[If Notice is Delivered After the Initial Stock Purchase Date: When you have confirmed that $ Value of Series B Trust Preferred Securities or security entitlements

D-1

with respect thereto has been credited to the Series B Collateral Account by or for the benefit of , as Holder of Stripped Common Equity Units (the "HOLDER"), you are hereby instructed to release from the Series B Collateral Account an equal Value of Series B Treasury Securities or security entitlements with respect thereto relating to Stripped Common Equity Units of the Holder by Transfer to the Stock Purchase Contract Agent on behalf of such Holder for distribution to such Holder.]

Dated:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent By:

By:________________________________________ Name:


Title:

D-2

Please print name and address of Holder:

___________________________________  ___________________________________________
              Name                       Social Security or other Taxpayer
                                           Identification Number, if any

___________________________________
            Address

___________________________________
___________________________________

D-3

EXHIBIT E

NOTICE OF CASH SETTLEMENT FROM COLLATERAL
AGENT TO STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACT AGENT
(Cash Settlement Amounts)

J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent
Facsimile: (212) 623-5216
Attention: Worldwide Securities Services

Re: _________ Normal Common Equity Units of MetLife, Inc. (the "COMPANY")

_________ Stripped Common Equity Units of the Company

Please refer to the Pledge Agreement dated as of June 21, 2005 (the "PLEDGE AGREEMENT"), by and among you, the Company, and the undersigned, as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Pledge Agreement are used herein as defined therein.

In accordance with Section 5.05(c) of the Pledge Agreement, we hereby notify you that as of 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fourth Business Day immediately preceding { } (the "[INITIAL][SUBSEQUENT] STOCK PURCHASE DATE"), we have received (i) $___________ in immediately available funds paid with respect to the Cash Settlement of ___________ Normal Common Equity Units, and (ii) based on the funds received set forth in clause (i) above, an aggregate liquidation amount of $___________ of Pledged [Series
A][Series B] Trust Preferred Securities are to be tendered for purchase in the Remarketing.

Dated:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Collateral Agent

By:_________________________________________ Name:


Title:

E-1

EXHIBIT F

INSTRUCTION TO CUSTODIAL AGENT REGARDING
REMARKETING

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association The Custodial Agent
Facsimile: (212) 623-5216
Attention: Worldwide Securities Services

Re: Trust Preferred Securities of [MetLife Capital Trust II][MetLife Capital Trust III]

The undersigned hereby notifies you in accordance with Section 5.07(c) of the Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2005 (the "PLEDGE AGREEMENT"), among MetLife, Inc. (the "Company"), you, as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as the Stock Purchase Contract Agent and as attorney-in-fact for the holders of Normal Common Equity Units from time to time, that the undersigned elects to deliver $__________ aggregate liquidation amount of Separate [Series A] [Series B] Trust Preferred Securities for delivery to the Remarketing Agent on or prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Remarketing Date for remarketing pursuant to Section 5.07(c) of the Pledge Agreement. The undersigned will, upon request of the Remarketing Agent, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Remarketing Agent or by the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the Separate [Series
A] [Series B] Trust Preferred Securities tendered hereby. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Pledge Agreement.

The undersigned hereby instructs you, upon receipt of the Proceeds of such remarketing from the Remarketing Agent, to deliver such Proceeds to the undersigned in accordance with the instructions indicated herein under "A. Payment Instructions." The undersigned hereby instructs you, in the event of a Failed Remarketing, upon receipt of the Separate [Series A] [Series B] Trust Preferred Securities tendered herewith from the Remarketing Agent, to deliver such Separate [Series A] [Series B] Trust Preferred Securities to the person(s) and the address(es) indicated herein under "B. Delivery Instructions."

With this notice, the undersigned hereby (i) represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Separate [Series A] [Series B] Trust Preferred Securities tendered hereby and that the undersigned is the record owner of any [Series A] [Series B] Trust Preferred Securities tendered herewith in physical form or a participant in The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and the beneficial owner of any [Series
A] [Series B] Trust Preferred Securities tendered herewith by book-entry transfer to your account at DTC, (ii) agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of Section 5.07(c) of the Pledge Agreement and (iii) acknowledges and agrees that after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the Remarketing Date, such election shall become an irrevocable election to have such Separate [Series A] [Series B] Trust Preferred

F-1

Securities remarketed in the Remarketing. In the case of a Failed Remarketing, such Separate [Series A] [Series B] Trust Preferred Securities shall be returned to the undersigned.

Dated: ________________________________    By: ________________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:

                                               Signature Guarantee: ___________

___________________________________  ___________________________________________
              Name                       Social Security or other Taxpayer
                                           Identification Number, if any

___________________________________
            Address

___________________________________
___________________________________

F-2

A. PAYMENT INSTRUCTIONS

Proceeds of the remarketing should be paid by check in the name of the person(s) set forth below and mailed to the address set forth below.

Name (s)

(Please Print)
Address

(Please Print)

(Zip Code)

(Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number)

B. DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

In the event of a Failed Remarketing, [Series A] [Series B] Trust Preferred Securities that are in physical form should be delivered to the person(s) set forth below and mailed to the address set forth below.

Name (s)

(Please Print)
Address

(Please Print)

(Zip Code)

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number)

In the event of a Failed Remarketing, [Series A] [Series B] Trust Preferred Securities that are in book-entry form should be credited to the account at The Depository Trust Company set forth below.


DTC Account Number

Name of Account Party: ____________________________

F-3

EXHIBIT G

INSTRUCTION TO CUSTODIAL AGENT REGARDING
WITHDRAWAL FROM REMARKETING

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association The Custodial Agent
Facsimile: (212) 623-5216
Attention: Worldwide Securities Services

Re: Trust Preferred Securities of [MetLife Capital Trust II][MetLife Capital Trust III]

The undersigned hereby notifies you in accordance with Section 5.07(c) of the Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2005 (the "PLEDGE AGREEMENT"), among MetLife, Inc. and you, as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary, and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Stock Purchase Contract Agent and as attorney-in-fact for the holders of Normal Common Equity Units from time to time, that the undersigned elects to withdraw the $__________ aggregate liquidation amount of Separate
[Series A] [Series B] Trust Preferred Securities delivered to the Custodial Agent on _________ 200_ for remarketing pursuant to Section 5.07(c) of the Pledge Agreement. The undersigned hereby instructs you to return such [Series A]
[Series B] Trust Preferred Securities to the undersigned in accordance with the undersigned's instructions. With this notice, the Undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of Section 5.07(c) of the Pledge Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Pledge Agreement.

Dated: ________________________________    By: ________________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:

                                               Signature Guarantee: ___________

___________________________________  ___________________________________________
              Name                       Social Security or other Taxpayer
                                           Identification Number, if any

___________________________________
            Address

___________________________________
___________________________________

G-1

SCHEDULE I

Contact Persons for Confirmation

NAME                                     PHONE NUMBER
----                                     ------------
                               1


EXHIBIT 10.18

THIS DOCUMENT CONSTITUTES PART
OF A PROSPECTUS COVERING SECURITIES
THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

MANAGEMENT RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

MetLife, Inc. confirms that, on [GRANT DATE] (the "Grant Date"), it granted you, [NAME], [NUMBER] Restricted Stock Units (your "Units"). Your Units are subject to the terms and conditions of this Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (this "Agreement") and the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan").

1. STANDARD SETTLEMENT TERMS. Except as provided in Sections 2 (Change of Status) and 3 (Change of Control), the Period of Restriction for your Units will expire, and each of your Units will be due and payable in the form of a Share, on the third anniversary of the Grant Date (the "Standard Settlement Terms").

2. CHANGE OF STATUS. For purposes of this Section 2, your transfer between the Company and an Affiliate, or among Affiliates, will not be a termination of employment. In the event of a Change of Control, any applicable terms of Section
3 (Change of Control) will supersede the terms of this Section 2.

(a) Long-Term Disability. In the event of you qualify for long-term disability benefits under a plan or arrangement offered by the Company or an Affiliate for its Employees, the Standard Settlement Terms will continue to apply to your Units. Once this provision applies, no other change of status described in this Section 2 (except the provision regarding termination for Cause) will affect your Units, even if you subsequently return to active service or your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates other than for Cause.

(b) Death. In the event that your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates due to your death, each of your Units will be due and payable in the form of cash at a value equal to the Closing Price on the date of your death.

(c) Retirement. If your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates (other than for Cause) on after your early retirement date or normal retirement date (in each case determined under any ERISA qualified pension plan offered by the Company or an Affiliate in which you participate, if any) ("Retirement"), the Standard Settlement Terms will continue to apply to your Units.

(d) Bridge Eligibility. If your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates (other than for Cause) with bridge eligibility for retirement-related medical benefits (determined under the ERISA qualified benefit plan offered by the Company or an Affiliate in which you participate, if any) ("Bridge Eligibility"), and your separation agreement (offered to you under the severance program offered by the Company or an Affiliate to its Employees) becomes final, the Standard Settlement Terms will continue to apply to your Units.

(e) Termination for Cause. In the event that your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates for Cause, your Units will be forfeited immediately.


(f) Other Termination of Employment. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if no other provision in this Section 2 regarding change of status applies, including, for example, your voluntary termination of employment, your termination without Retirement or Bridge Eligibility, or the termination of your employment by the Company or an Affiliate without Cause, your Units will be forfeited immediately. To the extent you are offered a separation agreement by the Company or an Affiliate, the value of your forfeited Units may, in the discretion of the Company or Affiliate, be considered in determining the terms of that offer.

3. CHANGE OF CONTROL.

(a) Except as provided in Section 3(b), and unless otherwise prohibited under law or by applicable rules of a national security exchange, if a Change of Control occurs, your Units will be due and payable in the form of cash equal to the number of your Units multiplied by the Change of Control Price, and such sum shall be paid to you within thirty (30) day of the Change of Control.

(b) The terms of Section 3(a) will not apply to your Units if the Committee reasonably determines in good faith, prior to the Change of Control, that you have been granted an Alternative Award for your Units pursuant to
Section 15.2 of the Plan.

4. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS. Except as provided in Section 5 or as otherwise permitted by the Committee, you may not sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise alienate or hypothecate any of your Units, and all rights with respect to your Units are exercisable during your lifetime only by you.

5. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION. You may name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) who may then exercise any right under this Agreement in the event of your death. Each beneficiary designation for such purpose will revoke all such prior designations. Beneficiary designations must be properly completed on a form prescribed by the Committee and must be filed with the Company during your lifetime. If you have not designated a beneficiary, your rights under this Agreement will pass to and may be exercised by your estate.

6. TAX WITHHOLDING. The Company will withhold from payment made under this Agreement an amount sufficient to satisfy the minimum statutory Federal, state, and local tax withholding requirements relating to payment on account of your Units.

7. ADJUSTMENTS. The Committee may, in its discretion, make adjustments in the terms and conditions of your Units in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or its financial statements, or in recognition of changes to applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate to prevent unintended dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits of your Units. The Committee's determination in this regard will be conclusive.

8. TIMING OF PAYMENT. The Company will make payment to you as reasonably practicable after such payment become payable under this Agreement, unless you have earlier deferred such payment in accordance with arrangements offered to you for that purpose. If Shares are to paid to you, you will receive evidence of ownership of those Shares.

9. CLOSING PRICE. For purposes of this Agreement, Closing Price will mean the closing price of a Share as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system for the New York

2

Stock Exchange (or on such other recognized quotation system on which the trading prices of the Shares are quoted at the relevant time), or in the event that there are no Share transactions reported on such tape or other system on the applicable date, the closing price on the immediately preceding date on which Share transactions were reported. Closing Price shall constitute "Fair Market Value" under the Plan for all purposes related to your Units.

10. NO GUARANTEE OF EMPLOYMENT. This Agreement is not a contract of employment and it is not a guarantee of employment for life or any period of time. Nothing in this Agreement interferes with or limits in any way the right of the Company or an Affiliates to terminate your employment at any time. This Agreement does not give you any right to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate.

11. GOVERNING LAW; CHOICE OF FORUM. This Agreement will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws. Any action to enforce this Agreement or any action otherwise regarding this Agreement must be brought in a court in the State of New York, to which jurisdiction the Company and you consent.

12. MISCELLANEOUS. For purposes of this Agreement, "Committee" includes any direct or indirect delegate of the Committee as defined in the Plan, and the word "Section" refers to a Section in this Agreement. Any other capitalized word used in this Agreement and not defined in this Agreement, including each form of that word, is defined in the Plan. Any determination or interpretation by the Committee pursuant to this Agreement will be final and conclusive. In the event of a conflict between any term of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan control. This Agreement and the Plan represent the entire agreement between you and the Company, and you and all Affiliates regarding your Units. No promises, terms, or agreements of any kind regarding your Units that are not set forth, or referred to, in this Agreement or in the Plan are part of this Agreement. In the event any provision of this Agreement is held illegal or invalid, the rest of this Agreement will remain enforceable. If you are an Employee of an Affiliate, your Units are being provided to you by the Company on behalf of that Affiliate, and the value of your Units will be considered a compensation obligation of that Affiliate. Your Units are not Shares and do not give you the rights of a holder of Shares. You will not be credited with additional Units on account of any dividend paid on Shares. The issuance of Shares or payment of cash pursuant to your Units is subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to any approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. No Shares will be issued or no cash will be paid if that issuance or payment would result in a violation of applicable law, including the federal securities laws and any applicable state or foreign securities laws.

13. AMENDMENTS. The Committee has the exclusive right to amend this Agreement as long as the amendment does not adversely affect any of your previously-granted Awards in any material way (without your written consent) and is otherwise consistent with the Plan. The Company will give written notice to you (or, in the event of your death, to your beneficiary or estate) of any amendment as promptly as practicable after its adoption.

14. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS. The following is a brief summary of the federal income tax aspects of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, based upon the federal income tax laws in effect on the date of this Agreement. This summary is not intended to be exhaustive, and the exact tax consequences to you will depend upon your particular circumstances and

3

other factors. Generally, a Participant will not recognize income, nor will the Company or its subsidiaries be entitled to take a deduction, on the grant of Restricted Stock Units. A Participant will recognize ordinary income on the value of the cash or Shares receivable, if any, in the tax year in which the Participant receives, or has the right to receive, the cash or Shares. Future appreciation in the Shares issued will be taxed to the Participant, when the Participant sells any such Shares, at short or long term capital gain rates (depending on how long the Participant held the Shares). The Company or Affiliate that is the employer of the Participant generally will be entitled to a tax deduction equal to the amount recognized as ordinary income by the Participant in the same year that the Participant recognizes the ordinary income. The Company or Affiliate will not be entitled to a tax deduction for income recognized by a Participant on the sale of Shares or for compensation amounts that are determined to be "unreasonable" under the tax law.

15. AGREEMENT TO PROTECT CORPORATE PROPERTY. The grant of your Units is subject to your execution of the Agreement to Protect Corporate Property provided to you with this Agreement ("Property Agreement"). If you do not return a signed copy of the Property Agreement, this Agreement and the Units granted to you will be void. The Company may in its sole discretion allow an extension of time for you to return your signed Property Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its duly authorized officer to execute this Agreement, and you have executed this Agreement.

METLIFE, INC.                                  EMPLOYEE

By: Robert H. Benmosche                         [NAME]
    -------------------
    Name

    Chairman of the Board and CEO
    -----------------------------
    Title

    ------------------------------              --------------------------------
    Signature                                   Signature

                                                Date:
                                                     ---------------------------

4

Exhibit 10.19

AMENDMENT TO MANAGEMENT RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan"), MetLife, Inc. hereby amends your Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the "Agreement") as of December 31, 2005, as follows (this "Amendment"):

1. Section 2(b) of the Agreement is restated in its entirety as follows:

"(b) Death. In the event that your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates due to your death, your Units will be due and payable in the form of Shares (or cash at a value equal to the Closing Price on the date of your death, if so determined by the Committee)."

2. Any capitalized word used in this Amendment is defined in the Plan or the Agreement. This Amendment will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws. This Amendment, the Agreement, and the Plan represent the entire agreement between you and the Company, and you and all Affiliates, regarding your Units and no other promises, terms, or agreements of any kind regarding your Units apply. In the event any provision of this Amendment is held illegal or invalid, the rest of this Amendment will remain enforceable.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its duly authorized officer to execute this Amendment.

METLIFE, INC.

By: Robert H. Benmosche

Name

Chairman of the Board and CEO
Title

/s/ Robert H. Benmosche
---------------------------------------
Signature

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


Exhibit 10.20


This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

MANAGEMENT RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

MetLife, Inc. confirms that, on [grant date] (the "Grant Date"), it granted you, [name], [number] Restricted Stock Units (your "Units"). Your Units are subject to the terms and conditions of this Management Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (this "Agreement") and the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan").

1. Standard Settlement Terms. Except as provided in Sections 2 (Change of Status) and 3 (Change of Control), the Period of Restriction for your Units will expire, and each of your Units will be due and payable in the form of Shares, on the third anniversary of the Grant Date (the "Standard Settlement Terms").

2. Change of Status. For purposes of this Section 2, your transfer between the Company and an Affiliate, or among Affiliates, will not be a termination of employment. In the event of a Change of Control, any applicable terms of Section
3 (Change of Control) will supersede the terms of this Section 2.

(a) Long-Term Disability. In the event of you qualify for long-term disability benefits under a plan or arrangement offered by the Company or an Affiliate for its Employees, the Standard Settlement Terms will continue to apply to your Units. Once this provision applies, no other change of status described in this Section 2 (except the provision regarding termination for Cause) will affect your Units, even if you subsequently return to active service or your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates other than for Cause.

(b) Death. In the event that your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates due to your death, each of your Units will be due and payable in the form of Shares (or cash at a value equal to the Closing Price on the date of your death, if so determined by the Committee)."

(c) Retirement. If your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates (other than for Cause) on after your early retirement date or normal retirement date (in each case determined under any ERISA qualified pension plan offered by the Company or an Affiliate in which you participate, if any) ("Retirement"), the Standard Settlement Terms will continue to apply to your Units.

(d) Bridge Eligibility. If your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates (other than for Cause) with bridge eligibility for retirement-related medical benefits (determined under the ERISA qualified benefit plan offered by the Company or an Affiliate in which you participate, if any) ("Bridge Eligibility"), and your separation agreement (offered to you under the severance program offered by the Company or an Affiliate to its Employees) becomes final, the Standard Settlement Terms will continue to apply to your Units.

(e) Termination for Cause. In the event that your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates for Cause, your Units will be forfeited immediately.


(f) Other Termination of Employment. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if no other provision in this Section 2 regarding change of status applies, including, for example, your voluntary termination of employment, your termination without Retirement or Bridge Eligibility, or the termination of your employment by the Company or an Affiliate without Cause, your Units will be forfeited immediately. To the extent you are offered a separation agreement by the Company or an Affiliate, the value of your forfeited Units may, in the discretion of the Company or Affiliate, be considered in determining the terms of that offer.

3. Change of Control.

(a) Except as provided in Section 3(b), and unless otherwise prohibited under law or by applicable rules of a national security exchange, if a Change of Control occurs, your Units will be due and payable in the form of cash equal to the number of your Units multiplied by the Change of Control Price, and such sum shall be paid to you within thirty (30) days of the Change of Control.

(b) The terms of Section 3(a) will not apply to your Units if the Committee reasonably determines in good faith, prior to the Change of Control, that you have been granted an Alternative Award for your Units pursuant to
Section 15.2 of the Plan.

4. Nontransferability of Awards. Except as provided in Section 5 or as otherwise permitted by the Committee, you may not sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise alienate or hypothecate any of your Units, and all rights with respect to your Units are exercisable during your lifetime only by you.

5. Beneficiary Designation. You may name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) who may then exercise any right under this Agreement in the event of your death. Each beneficiary designation for such purpose will revoke all such prior designations. Beneficiary designations must be properly completed on a form prescribed by the Committee and must be filed with the Company during your lifetime. If you have not designated a beneficiary, your rights under this Agreement will pass to and may be exercised by your estate.

6. Tax Withholding. The Company will withhold from payment made under this Agreement an amount sufficient to satisfy the minimum statutory Federal, state, and local tax withholding requirements relating to payment on account of your Units.

7. Adjustments. The Committee may, in its discretion, make adjustments in the terms and conditions of your Units in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or its financial statements, or in recognition of changes to applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate to prevent unintended dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits of your Units. The Committee's determination in this regard will be conclusive.

8. Timing of Payment. The Company will make payment to you as soon as reasonably practicable after such payment become payable under this Agreement, unless you have earlier deferred such payment in accordance with arrangements offered to you for that purpose. If Shares are to paid to you, you will receive evidence of ownership of those Shares.

9. Closing Price. For purposes of this Agreement, Closing Price will mean the closing price of a Share as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system for the New York

2

Stock Exchange (or on such other recognized quotation system on which the trading prices of the Shares are quoted at the relevant time), or in the event that there are no Share transactions reported on such tape or other system on the applicable date, the closing price on the immediately preceding date on which Share transactions were reported. Closing Price shall constitute "Fair Market Value" under the Plan for all purposes related to your Units.

10. No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not a contract of employment and it is not a guarantee of employment for life or any period of time. Nothing in this Agreement interferes with or limits in any way the right of the Company or an Affiliates to terminate your employment at any time. This Agreement does not give you any right to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate.

11. Governing Law; Choice of Forum. This Agreement will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws. Any action to enforce this Agreement or any action otherwise regarding this Agreement must be brought in a court in the State of New York, to which jurisdiction the Company and you consent.

12. Miscellaneous. For purposes of this Agreement, "Committee" includes any direct or indirect delegate of the Committee as defined in the Plan, and the word "Section" refers to a Section in this Agreement. Any other capitalized word used in this Agreement and not defined in this Agreement, including each form of that word, is defined in the Plan. Any determination or interpretation by the Committee pursuant to this Agreement will be final and conclusive. In the event of a conflict between any term of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan control. This Agreement and the Plan represent the entire agreement between you and the Company, and you and all Affiliates regarding your Units. No promises, terms, or agreements of any kind regarding your Units that are not set forth, or referred to, in this Agreement or in the Plan are part of this Agreement. In the event any provision of this Agreement is held illegal or invalid, the rest of this Agreement will remain enforceable. If you are an Employee of an Affiliate, your Units are being provided to you by the Company on behalf of that Affiliate, and the value of your Units will be considered a compensation obligation of that Affiliate. Your Units are not Shares and do not give you the rights of a holder of Shares. You will not be credited with additional Units on account of any dividend paid on Shares. The issuance of Shares or payment of cash pursuant to your Units is subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to any approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. No Shares will be issued or no cash will be paid if that issuance or payment would result in a violation of applicable law, including the federal securities laws and any applicable state or foreign securities laws.

13. Amendments. The Committee has the exclusive right to amend this Agreement as long as the amendment does not adversely affect any of your previously-granted Awards in any material way (without your written consent) and is otherwise consistent with the Plan. The Company will give written notice to you (or, in the event of your death, to your beneficiary or estate) of any amendment as promptly as practicable after its adoption.

14. Federal Income Tax Consequences of Restricted Stock Units. The following is a brief summary of the federal income tax aspects of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, based upon the federal income tax laws in effect on the date of this Agreement. This summary is not intended to be exhaustive, and the exact tax consequences to you will depend upon your particular circumstances and

3

other factors. Generally, a Participant will not recognize income, nor will the Company or its subsidiaries be entitled to take a deduction, on the grant of Restricted Stock Units. A Participant will recognize ordinary income on the value of the cash or Shares receivable, if any, in the tax year in which the Participant receives, or has the right to receive, the cash or Shares. Future appreciation in the Shares issued will be taxed to the Participant, when the Participant sells any such Shares, at short or long term capital gain rates (depending on how long the Participant held the Shares). The Company or Affiliate that is the employer of the Participant generally will be entitled to a tax deduction equal to the amount recognized as ordinary income by the Participant in the same year that the Participant recognizes the ordinary income. The Company or Affiliate will not be entitled to a tax deduction for income recognized by a Participant on the sale of Shares or for compensation amounts that are determined to be "unreasonable" under the tax law.

15. Agreement to Protect Corporate Property. The grant of your Units is subject to your execution of the Agreement to Protect Corporate Property provided to you with this Agreement ("Property Agreement"). If you do not return a signed copy of the Property Agreement, this Agreement and the Units granted to you will be void. The Company may in its sole discretion allow an extension of time for you to return your signed Property Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its duly authorized officer to execute this Agreement, and you have executed this Agreement.

METLIFE, INC.                                   EMPLOYEE

By:  Robert H. Benmosche                        [name]
     -----------------------------              ------
     Name

     Chairman of the Board and CEO
     -----------------------------
     Title



    ------------------------------              --------------------------------
    Signature                                   Signature

                                                Date:
                                                     ---------------------------

4

EXHIBIT 10.29

CLARIFICATION OF MANAGEMENT PERFORMANCE SHARE AGREEMENT

MetLife, Inc. hereby clarifies your Management Performance Share Agreement as follows (this "Clarification"):

1. Section 1(c) of the Agreement is restated in its entirety as follows:

"(c) The Committee will determine your Final Performance Shares by multiplying your Performance Shares by the "Performance Factor." The Performance Factor means a percentage (from zero to 200%) which is the sum of two other percentages (each from zero to 100%), described in (1) and (2) below.

(1) The first percentage will be based on the Company's performance with respect to Change in Annual Net Operating Earnings Per Share during the Performance Period relative to the other companies in the Standard and Poor's Insurance Index, determined according to Table 1 of Schedule A to this Agreement. For this purpose, (a) "Net Operating Earnings Per Share" for any period means income, net of all taxes on income, less realized investment gains or losses and excluding any cumulative charges or benefits due to changes in accounting principles, divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during such period determined on a diluted basis under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles; and (b) "Change in Annual Net Operating Earnings Per Share" means Net Operating Earnings Per Share in the final calendar year of the Performance Period divided by Net Operating Earnings Per Share in the calendar year immediately preceding the beginning of the Performance Period.

(2) The second percentage will be based on the Company's performance with respect to Proportionate Total Shareholder Return during the Performance Period relative to the other companies in the Standard and Poor's Insurance Index, determined according to Table 2 of Schedule A to this Agreement. For this purpose, (a) "Initial Closing Price" means the average Closing Price (and, in the case of a company other than the Company, the most closely analogous price) in the twenty (20) trading days prior to the first day of the Performance Period; (b) "Final Closing Price" means the average Closing Price (and, the case of an entity other than the Company, the most closely analogous price) in the twenty
(20) trading days prior to and including the final day of the Performance Period; (c) "Total Shareholder Return" means the change (plus or minus) from the Initial Closing Price to the Final Closing Price, plus dividends (if any) actually paid on Shares (or, in the case of a company other than the Company, the most closely analogous security) on a reinvested basis from the first day of the Performance Period to and including the last day of the Performance Period; and (d) "Proportionate Total Shareholder Return" means Total Shareholder Return divided by Initial Closing Price."

2. The heading of the left column of Table 1 of Schedule A to the Agreement is restated in its entirety as follows: "Change in Annual Net Operating Earnings Per Share Company Performance (Percentile Relative to Other Companies in S&P Ins. Index)."

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933.


3. The heading of the right column of Table 1 of Schedule A to the Agreement is restated in its entirety as follows: "Proportionate Total Shareholder Return Company Performance (Percentile Relative to Other Companies in S&P Ins. Index)."

4. Any capitalized word used in this Clarification and not defined in this Clarification, including each form of that word, is defined in the Plan or the Agreement. This Clarification will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws. This Clarification, the Agreement, and the Plan represent the entire agreement between you and the Company, and you and all Affiliates, regarding your Performance Shares. No promises, terms, or agreements of any kind regarding your Performance Shares that are not set forth, or referred to, in this Agreement or in the Plan are part of this Agreement. In the event any provision of this Clarification is held illegal or invalid, the rest of this Agreement will remain enforceable.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its duly authorized officer to execute this Clarification.

METLIFE, INC.

By: Robert H. Benmosche

Name

Chairman of the Board and CEO
Title

/s/ Robert H. Benmosche
----------------------------------
Signature

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933.

2

Exhibit 10.30

AMENDMENT TO MANAGEMENT PERFORMANCE SHARE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan"), MetLife, Inc. hereby amends your Management Performance Share Agreement (the "Agreement") as of December 31, 2005, as follows (this "Amendment"):

1. Section 2(b) of the Agreement is restated in its entirety as follows:

"(b) Death. In the event that your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates due to your death, your Performance Shares will be due and payable in Shares (or cash at a value equal to the Closing Price on the date of your death, if so determined by the Committee)."

2. Any capitalized word used in this Amendment is defined in the Plan or the Agreement. This Amendment will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws. This Amendment, the Agreement (including any Clarification), and the Plan represent the entire agreement between you and the Company, and you and all Affiliates, regarding your Performance Shares and no other promises, terms, or agreements of any kind regarding your Performance Shares apply. In the event any provision of this Amendment is held illegal or invalid, the rest of this Amendment will remain enforceable.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its duly authorized officer to execute this Amendment.

METLIFE, INC.

By: Robert H. Benmosche

Name

Chairman of the Board and CEO
Title

/s/ Robert H. Benmosche
---------------------------------------
 Signature

This document constitutes part of a prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


Exhibit 10.31

MANAGEMENT PERFORMANCE SHARE AGREEMENT

MetLife, Inc. confirms that, on [grant date] (the "Grant Date"), it granted you, [name], [number] Performance Shares (your "Performance Shares"). Your Performance Shares are subject to the terms and conditions of this Management Performance Share Agreement (this "Agreement") and the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan").

1. Standard Performance Terms.

(a) The Performance Period for your Performance Shares will begin on
[date], [year] and end on the December 31 immediately preceding the third anniversary of the beginning of the Performance Period.

(b) Except in so far as Sections 2 (Change of Status) or 3 (Change of Control) apply to your Performance Shares, after the conclusion of the Performance Period, the Committee shall certify in writing the number of Performance Shares payable in accordance with Section 1(c) (your "Final Performance Shares"), and your Final Performance Shares will be due and payable in Shares.

(c) The Committee will determine your Final Performance Shares by multiplying your Performance Shares by the "Performance Factor." The Performance Factor means a percentage (from zero to 200%) which is the sum of two other percentages (each from zero to 100%), described in (1) and (2) below.

(1) The first percentage will be based on the Company's performance with respect to Change in Annual Net Operating Earnings Per Share during the Performance Period relative to the other companies in the Standard and Poor's Insurance Index, determined according to Table 1 of Schedule A to this Agreement. For this purpose, (a) "Net Operating Earnings Per Share" for any period means income, net of all taxes on income, less realized investment gains or losses, less any dividends paid on preferred shares, and excluding any cumulative charges or benefits due to changes in accounting principles, divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during such period determined on a diluted basis under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles; and (b) "Change in Annual Net Operating Earnings Per Share" means Net Operating Earnings Per Share in the final calendar year of the Performance Period divided by Net Operating Earnings Per Share in the calendar year immediately preceding the beginning of the Performance Period.

(2) The second percentage will be based on the Company's performance with respect to Proportionate Total Shareholder Return during the Performance Period relative to the other companies in the Standard and Poor's Insurance Index, determined according to Table 2 of Schedule A to this Agreement. For this purpose, (a) "Initial Closing Price" means the average Closing Price (and, in the case of a company other than the Company, the most closely analogous price) in the twenty (20) trading days prior to the first day of the Performance Period; (b) "Final Closing Price" means the average Closing Price (and, the case of a company other than the Company, the most closely analogous price) in the twenty (20) trading days prior to and including the final day of the Performance Period; (c) "Total Shareholder Return" means the change (plus or minus) from the Initial Closing Price to the Final Closing Price, plus dividends (if any) actually paid on Shares (or, in the case of a company other than the Company, the most closely analogous security) on a reinvested basis from the first day of the


Performance Period to and including the last day of the Performance Period; and (d) "Proportionate Total Shareholder Return" means Total Shareholder Return divided by Initial Closing Price.

(d) For these purposes, the Standard & Poor's Insurance Index means each company which is described by either of the following criteria:

(1) the company is included in such index for the entirety of the Performance Period; or

(2) the company is included in such index on the final day of the Performance Period, and at least fifty percent (50%) of the securities entitled to vote for the directors of that company were owned, directly or indirectly, immediately after and as the result of a merger, acquisition, or other similar corporate transaction, by a majority of the shareholders (determined immediately prior to such transaction) of a company that was either: (i) included in such index on the first day of the Performance Period, or (ii) described by this Section 1(d)(2).

(e) The terms of this Section 1 shall be referred to as the "Standard Performance Terms."

2. Change of Status. For purposes of this Section 2, your transfer between the Company and an Affiliate, or among Affiliates, will not be a termination of employment. In the event of a Change of Control, any applicable terms of Section
3 (Change of Control) will supersede the terms of this Section 2.

(a) Long-Term Disability. In the event you qualify for long-term disability benefits under a plan or arrangement offered by the Company or an Affiliate for its Employees, the Standard Performance Terms will continue to apply to your Performance Shares. Once this provision applies, no other change of status described in this Section 2 (except the provision regarding termination for Cause) will affect your Performance Shares, even if you subsequently return to active service or your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates other than for Cause.

(b) Death. In the event that your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates due to your death, your Performance Shares will be due and payable in Shares (or cash at a value equal to the Closing Price on the date of your death, if so determined by the Committee).

(c) Retirement. If your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates (other than for Cause) on after your early retirement date or normal retirement date (in each case determined under any ERISA qualified pension plan offered by the Company or an Affiliate in which you participate) ("Retirement"), the Standard Performance Terms will continue to apply to your Performance Shares.

(d) Bridge Eligibility. If your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates (other than for Cause) with bridge eligibility for retirement-related medical benefits (determined under an ERISA qualified benefit plan offered by the Company or an Affiliate in which you participate, if any) ("Bridge Eligibility"), and your separation agreement (offered to you under the severance program offered by the Company or an Affiliate to its Employees) becomes final, the Standard Performance Terms will continue to apply to your Performance Shares.

2

(e) Termination for Cause. In the event that your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates for Cause, your Performance Shares will be forfeited immediately.

(f) Other Termination of Employment. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, if no other provision in this Section 2 regarding change of status applies, including, for example, your voluntary termination of employment, your termination without Retirement or Bridge Eligibility, or your termination by the Company or an Affiliate without Cause, your Performance Shares will be forfeited immediately. To the extent you are offered a separation agreement by the Company or an Affiliate, the value of your forfeited Performance Shares may, in the discretion of the Company or Affiliate, be considered in determining the terms of that offer.

3. Change of Control.

(a) Except as provided in Section 3(b), and unless otherwise prohibited under law or by applicable rules of a national security exchange, if a Change of Control occurs, your Performance Shares will be due and payable in the form of cash equal to the number of your Performance Shares multiplied by the Change of Control Price, and such sum shall be paid to you within thirty (30) days of the Change of Control.

(b) The terms of Section 3(a) will not apply to your Performance Shares if the Committee reasonably determines in good faith, prior to the Change of Control, that you have been granted an Alternative Award for your Performance Shares pursuant to Section 15.2 of the Plan.

4. Nontransferability of Awards. Except as provided in Section 5 or as otherwise permitted by the Committee, you may not sell, transfer, pledge, assign or otherwise alienate or hypothecate any of your Performance Shares, and all rights with respect to your Performance Shares are exercisable during your lifetime only by you.

5. Beneficiary Designation. You may name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) who may then exercise any right under this Agreement in the event of your death. Each beneficiary designation for such purpose will revoke all such prior designations. Beneficiary designations must be properly completed on a form prescribed by the Committee and must be filed with the Company during your lifetime. If you have not designated a beneficiary, your rights under this Agreement will pass to and may be exercised by your estate.

6. Tax Withholding. The Company will withhold from payment made under this Agreement an amount sufficient to satisfy the minimum statutory Federal, state, and local tax withholding requirements relating to payment on account of your Performance Shares.

7. Adjustments. The Committee may, in its discretion, make adjustments in the terms and conditions of your Performance Shares in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company or its financial statements, or in recognition of changes to applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate to prevent unintended dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits of your Performance Shares. The Committee's determination in this regard will be conclusive.

8. Timing of Payment. The Company will make payment to you as soon as reasonably practicable after such payment becomes payable under this Agreement, unless you have earlier

3

deferred such payment in accordance with arrangements offered to you for that purpose. If Shares are to be paid to you, you will receive evidence of ownership of those Shares.

9. Closing Price. For purpose of this Agreement, "Closing Price" will mean the closing price of a Share as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system for the New York Stock Exchange (or on such other recognized quotation system on which the trading prices of the Shares are quoted at the relevant time), or in the event that there are no Share transactions reported on such tape or other system on the applicable date, the closing price on the immediately preceding date on which Share transactions were reported. Closing Price shall constitute "Fair Market Value" under the Plan for all purposes related to your Performance Shares.

10. No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not a contract of employment and it is not a guarantee of employment for life or any period of time. Nothing in this Agreement interferes with or limits in any way the right of the Company or an Affiliates to terminate your employment at any time. This Agreement does not give you any right to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate.

11. Governing Law; Choice of Forum. This Agreement will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws. Any action to enforce this Agreement or any action otherwise regarding this Agreement must be brought in a court in the State of New York, to which jurisdiction the Company and you consent.

12. Miscellaneous. For purposes of this Agreement, "Committee" includes any direct or indirect delegate of the Committee as defined in the Plan and the word "Section" refers to a Section in this Agreement. Any other capitalized word used in this Agreement and not defined in this Agreement, including each form of that word, is defined in the Plan. Any determination or interpretation by the Committee pursuant to this Agreement will be final and conclusive. In the event of a conflict between any term of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan control. This Agreement and the Plan represent the entire agreement between you and the Company, and you and all Affiliates, regarding your Performance Shares. No promises, terms, or agreements of any kind regarding your Performance Shares that are not set forth, or referred to, in this Agreement or in the Plan are part of this Agreement. In the event any provision of this Agreement is held illegal or invalid, the rest of this Agreement will remain enforceable. If you are an Employee of an Affiliate, your Performance Shares are being provided to you by the Company on behalf of that Affiliate, and the value of your Performance Shares will be considered a compensation obligation of that Affiliate. Your Performance Shares are not Shares and do not give you the rights of a holder of Shares. You will not be credited with additional Performance Shares on account of any dividend paid on Shares. The issuance of Shares or payment of cash pursuant to your Performance Shares is subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to any approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. No Shares will be issued or no cash will be paid if that issuance or payment would result in a violation of applicable law, including the federal securities laws and any applicable state or foreign securities laws.

13. Amendments. The Committee has the exclusive right to amend this Agreement as long as the amendment does not adversely affect any of your previously-granted Awards in any material way (without your written consent) and is otherwise consistent with the Plan. The Company will give

4

written notice to you (or, in the event of your death, to your beneficiary or estate) of any amendment as promptly as practicable after its adoption.

14. Agreement to Protect Corporate Property. The grant of your Performance Shares is subject to your execution of the Agreement to Protect Corporate Property provided to you with this Agreement ("Property Agreement"). If you do not return a signed copy of the Property Agreement, this Agreement and the Performance Shares granted to you will be void. The Company may in its sole discretion allow an extension of time for you to return your signed Property Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its duly authorized officer to execute this Agreement, and you have executed this Agreement.

METLIFE, INC.                                   EMPLOYEE

By:  Robert H. Benmosche                        [name]
     --------------------------------           ------
     Name

     Chairman of the Board and CEO
     --------------------------------
     Title



    ----------------------------------          --------------------------------
    Signature                                   Signature

                                                Date:
                                                     ---------------------------

5

Schedule A to Management Performance Share Agreement

                   Table 1                                      Table 2
                   -------                                      -------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Change in Annual Net    First Percentage     Proportionate Total   Second Percentage For
Operating Income        For Purposes of      Shareholder Return    Purposes of
Company Performance     Determining          Company Performance   Determining
(Percentile Relative    Performance Factor*  (Percentile Relative  Performance Factor*
to Other Companies in                        to Other Companies
S&P Ins. Index)                              in S&P Ins. Index)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         0-24                    0                   0-24                    0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          25                    25                    25                     25
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          26                    26                    26                     26
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          27                    27                    27                     27
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          28                    28                    28                     28
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          29                    29                    29                     29
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          30                    30                    30                     30
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          31                    31                    31                     31
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          32                    32                    32                     32
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          33                    33                    33                     33
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          34                    34                    34                     34
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          35                    35                    35                     35
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          36                    36                    36                     36
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          37                    37                    37                     37
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          38                    38                    38                     38
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          39                    39                    39                     39
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          40                    40                    40                     40
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          41                    41                    41                     41
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          42                    42                    42                     42
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          43                    43                    43                     43
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          44                    44                    44                     44
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          45                    45                    45                     45
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          46                    46                    46                     46
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          47                    47                    47                     47
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          48                    48                    48                     48
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          49                    49                    49                     49
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          50                    50                    50                     50
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          51                    52                    51                     52
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          52                    54                    52                     54
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          53                    56                    53                     56
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          54                    58                    54                     58
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          55                    60                    55                     60
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          56                    62                    56                     62
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          57                    64                    57                     64
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          58                    66                    58                     66
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          59                    68                    59                     68
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          60                    70                    60                     70
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          61                    72                    61                     72
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          62                    74                    62                     74
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          63                    76                    63                     76
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          64                    78                    64                     78
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          65                    80                    65                     80
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          66                    82                    66                     82
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          67                    84                    67                     84
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          68                    86                    68                     86
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          69                    88                    69                     88
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          70                    90                    70                     90
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          71                    92                    71                     92
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          72                    94                    72                     94
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          73                    96                    73                     96
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          74                    98                    74                     98
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        75-99                   100                  75-99                  100
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

* First percentage and second percentage are added together and the total is multiplied by the number of Performance Shares granted to determine the number of Final Performance Shares. See Section 1(c) of this Agreement.


EXHIBIT 10.48

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO
THE METLIFE ANNUAL VARIABLE INCENTIVE PLAN (THE "PLAN")

The Plan is hereby amended in the manner set forth below:

1. Article 4 of the Plan is amended to add a new Section 4.5 at the end thereof, to read as follows:

4.5 TIMING OF PAYMENT. Subject to Section 4.4, all Awards granted under this Plan shall, if payable, be paid on or before March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year with regard to which the performance criteria or other contingencies that pertain to the Award (other than continued employment with the Company or an Affiliate or other contingency related to continued service until the date on which the Award is payable) apply. No Participant or any other person shall have any right to receive any payment of interest or other remedy due to any payment of an Award on a date other than as provided in the immediately preceding sentence.

2. This Amendment will be effective immediately upon execution.

3. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Plan (including any amendments thereto) shall continue in full force and effect without amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this amendment is approved.

METLIFE, INC.

/s/ Gwenn L. Carr
-------------------------------------------------
Gwenn L. Carr
Senior Vice President and Secretary

Date:  December 15, 2005
       ----------------------------


Witness:  /s/ Christine Martinez
          ---------------------------------------
          Christine Martinez


Exhibit 10.52
 
MetLife, Inc.   (METLIFE LOGO)
 
 

Board of Directors
 
December 14, 2010
ON MOTION, it was RESOLVED:
(1)   That the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors approves that the Annual Variable Incentive Plan (“AVIP”) awards for 2011 performance shall constitute Cash-Based Awards under the MetLife, Inc. 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Stock and Incentive Plan”);
(2)   That the measures to be used to determine performance results for establishing the amount to be available for payment of awards under AVIP for 2011 performance (the “2011 Available Amount”) are approved in all respects substantially in the form described in the memorandum presented to the Board and filed with the records of the meeting, subject to Compensation Committee discretion to increase or decrease the 2011 Available Amount;
(3)   That the 2011 Section 162(m) Goals shall be of the following:
  (a)   Positive Company income from continuing operations before provision for income tax, excluding net investment gains (losses) (determined in accordance with Section 3(a) of Article 7.04 of SEC Regulation S-X), which includes total net investment gains (losses) and net derivatives gains (losses), as presented in the financial statements in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2010, for 2011.
  (b)   Positive MetLife, Inc. Proportionate Total Shareholder Return, as defined for MetLife, Inc. in Section 1(d)(2) of the form of Management Performance Share Agreement used for awards for the 2011-2013 Performance Period (the “Performance Share Agreement”), for 2011.
(4)   That the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (“CEO”) and each other member of the Company’s Executive Group shall be eligible for an AVIP award for 2011 of $10 million if any one or more of the 2011 Section 162(m) Goals is met; provided, however , that the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) shall retain the ability, in its discretion, to reduce the amount of the award payable (including reducing the amount payable to zero) based on such factors or considerations that the Committee shall deem appropriate, including but not limited to the amounts that would have been payable to the CEO or other

 


 

    member of the Company’s Executive Group, respectively, under the methodology applicable to other employees under AVIP;
(5)   That if the Company does not meet any of the 2011 Section 162(m) Goals, neither the CEO nor any of the other members of the Company’s Executive Group shall be eligible for any AVIP award for 2011; and
(6)   That the Officers of the Company be and hereby are authorized, in the name and on behalf of the Company, to (a) take or cause to be taken any and all such further actions and to prepare, execute and deliver or cause to be prepared, executed and delivered, and where necessary or appropriate, file or cause to be filed with the appropriate governmental authorities, all such other instruments and documents, including but not limited to all certificates, contracts, bonds, agreements, documents, instruments, receipts or other papers, (b) incur and pay or cause to be paid all fees and expenses and (c) engage such persons, in each case as such Officer shall in that Officer’s judgment determine to be necessary or appropriate to carry out fully the intent and purposes of the foregoing resolutions and each of the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

Exhibit 10.55
AMENDMENT NUMBER 2 TO THE
METROPOLITAN LIFE AUXILIARY
SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN
(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008)
1. Section 2.1 of the Plan is hereby amended as follows:
“2.1 ‘Administrative Participant’ means any Participant in the Plan who is not classified by the Company as a Commissioned Participant.”
2. There is hereby added to the end of Section 4.9 a new subsection to be known as subsection (c). Subsection (c) shall provide as follows:
     “(c) Effect of Rehire As Administrative Participant . In the event that an Administrative Participant has experienced a Termination of Employment and is later rehired by the Company, his or her rights with respect to any election made under this Section shall be determined as follows:
     (1) If such Participant made an election under subsection (b) of this Section prior to his or her Termination of Employment, whether or not payments under this Plan in accordance with such election had commenced prior to the date of his or her reemployment by the Company, then payments will commence when scheduled in accordance with the terms of such Participant’s election or continue if such payments have already commenced. Upon such Participant’s reemployment any Company Contributions allocated to such Participant’s Account under this Plan will be included as part of future payments under such election. Following the distribution of the final payment in accordance with such Participant’s election, such Participant’s election of the time and form of distribution will be governed solely by subsection (a), unless such Participant makes a subsequent election in accordance with subsection (b). Any Company Contributions allocated to the Participant’s Account following the distribution of the final payment in accordance with the Participant’s election shall be retained in such Participant’s Account until such Participant’s subsequent Termination of Employment, at

1


 

which time distribution of such Participant’s Account shall commence, either in accordance with subsection (a) or subsection (b).
     (2) If such Participant has not made an election in accordance with subsection (b) at the time of his or her Termination of Employment, then she or he will receive his or her Account under this Plan in the Default Mode of Payment at the Default Commencement Date, notwithstanding the fact that such Participant is reemployed by the Company prior to the Default Commencement Date. If Company Contributions are allocated to such Participant’s Account following the date of his or her Termination of Employment, but prior to the Default Commencement Date, such Contributions will be included in the Default Mode of Payment. Once such Participant has received a final distribution of his or her Account under subsection (a), any Company Contributions which are allocated to such Participant’s Account following his or her final payment shall then be distributed following his or her subsequent Termination of Employment in accordance with subsection (a), unless such Participant makes an election in accordance with subsection (b).”
3. Section 8.2(b) of the Plan is hereby amended as follows:
     “(b) Limitations of Time for Submitting Claims and Suits Challenging Denial of Claims . No suit to recover benefits under this Plan or to allege that the Plan was not administered in accordance with its terms and/or ERISA shall be brought more than six months following the expiration of the claims and review procedures described in subsection (a). If a Participant has received or has commenced to receive a distribution from the Plan, no claim for benefits under the Plan’s claims and review procedures described in subsection (a) shall be made regarding the calculation of the amount of the benefits more than six months following the date on which the Participant received or commenced to receive such distribution”

2


 

4. This Amendment shall become effective on January 1, 2010.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be executed in its name and behalf this 21 st day of December, 2010, by its officer thereunto duly authorized.
             
 
      Metropolitan Life Insurance Company    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Andrew J. Bernstein    
 
     
 
   
     
ATTEST:
   
 
   
/s/ Candice Martin
 
   

3

EXHIBIT 10.57

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO THE METLIFE DEFERRED
COMPENSATION PLAN FOR OFFICERS
(As amended and restated as of November 1, 2003)

WHEREAS, the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers, as last amended and restated November 1, 2003 (the "PLAN"), was adopted to permit certain eligible employees voluntarily to defer the payment of certain types of compensation;

WHEREAS, certain other nonqualified deferred compensation arrangements have been entered into with employees who are eligible to participate in the Plan, which arrangements either expressly or implicitly incorporate aspects of the Plan, and/or are otherwise administered, in whole or in part, in a manner consistent with the administration of the Plan;

WHEREAS, to facilitate the administration of such other arrangements, it has been recommended that such arrangements be incorporated into the Plan (cognizant of the need to preserve the differences from the Plan terms mandated by such arrangements, including, but not limited to, in order to avoid subjecting the amounts deferred under such arrangements and the Plan to the additional taxes imposed under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 20 of the Plan, the Plan Administrator has reserved the right to amend the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended in the manner set forth below:

1. Section 2 is amended to add a new Section 2.7 at the end thereof, to read as follows:

2.7. The Plan Administrator may permit other non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements between an Eligible Associate and any MetLife Company or an affiliate of any MetLife Company, whether or not elective, to be administered under and treated as part of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall establish a separate Alternative Compensation Account for an Eligible Associate who is party to a non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement treated as part


of the Plan. Unless otherwise specified herein, on Annex I or by the Plan Administrator in writing, the general provisions of the Plan shall apply to any such Alternative Compensation Account, including without limitation, those provisions related to (i) the value of the Alternative Contribution Account (including the Investment Tracking of such Account),
(ii) the timing, number and form of payments from such Account and (iii) the designation of any beneficiary(ies) to receive payment from such Account upon the death of the Participant. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, unless otherwise provided by the terms of the applicable non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement as in effect on October 3, 2004, no distribution shall be made from any Alternative Contribution Account pursuant to Section 12, 13 or 14 of the Plan.

2. Section 10 is amended to add a new Section 10.3.11 at the end of
Section 10.3 thereof, to read as follows:

10.3.11. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.3 to the contrary, payment in respect of any Alternative Compensation Account shall not be accelerated from the date payment would have been made under the corresponding nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement, as identified on Annex I or as otherwise specified in writing by the Plan Administrator.

3. Section 21 is amended to new Sections 21.2 and 21.3 thereto, to read as follows, and to appropriately renumber all other sections thereof to reflect the addition of such Section:

21.2 "Alternative Compensation Account" means a record-keeping account established for the benefit of an Eligible Associate in which is credited such amounts of compensation as are deferred under the nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement to which such Account relates.

21.3 "Annex I" means the schedule established by the Plan Administrator, as the same may be amended by the Plan Administrator at any time and from time to time, on which is specified the terms of any non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement that is to be administered as part of the Plan that deviate from the general terms of the Plan. Annex I, as in effect from time to time, is expressly incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

2

4. Section 21 is further amended to add a new second sentence to
Section 21.11 (as renumbered pursuant to item 3 of this Amendment), "Deferred Compensation Account", to read as follows:

To the extent the context so requires, the term Deferred Compensation Account, as applied to any Participant, shall also include any Alternative Compensation Account established for the benefit of such Participant.

5. Section 21 is further amended to add a new second sentence at the end of Section 21.23 (as renumbered pursuant to item 3 of this Amendment), "Participant", to read as follows:

To the extent that the context so requires, the term Participant shall also include any Eligible Associate for whose benefit an Alternative Compensation Account has been established under the Plan.

6. The Plan is further amended to add at the end thereof of a new Annex I, as is attached hereto, which is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

7. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Plan shall continue in full force and affect, without amendment. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this amendment shall, or shall be construed to, amend or modify any provision or term of the Plan with respect to amounts otherwise credited thereunder immediately prior to the execution of this Amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the amendment to the MetLife Deferred Compensation Plan has been executed by the Plan Administrator thereof, on this 4th day of May, 2005.

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

/s/ Graham Cox
__________________________

3

                             EFFECTIVE DATE OF
                                ARRANGEMENT                                                   TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS
   NAME OF ELIGIBLE         AND INITIAL DEFERRED          INVESTMENT TRACKING, IF                 FROM ALTERNATIVE
       ASSOCIATE                   AMOUNT                   DIFFERENT FROM PLAN                 COMPENSATION ACCOUNT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert Benmosche        July 20, 1995 (Sign-on bonus  Investment tracking to be based    Lump sum distribution upon
                        subject to 5 year vesting     solely on interest rate            retirement from service as an
                        condition)                    credited under MetLife SIP         employee of the MetLife Companies
                                                      Fixed Income Fund (as referenced
                                                      in Section 6.2 of the Plan) at
                                                      time of deferral

                        $400,000

Robert Benmosche        April 1, 1996 (elective       Investment tracking to be based    10 approximately equal annual
                        deferral of portion of        solely on interest rate credited   installments (adjusted for
                        future 1996 monthly salary)   under MetLife SIP Fixed Income     interest accrued) commencing in
                                                      Fund (as referenced in Section     June, 2009
                                                      6.2 of the Plan) at time of
                                                      deferral

                        $12,000 per month (aggregate
                        deferral of $108,000)

Robert Benmosche        January 1, 1997 (elective     Investment tracking to be based    10 approximately equal annual
                        deferral of portion of        solely on interest rate credited   installments (adjusted for interest
                        future 1997 monthly salary)   under MetLife SIP Fixed Income     accrued) commencing in June, 2009
                                                      Fund (as referenced in Section
                                                      6.2 of the Plan) at time of
                                                      deferral

                        $22,000 per month (aggregate
                        deferral of $264,000)

Lisa Weber              February 4, 1998 (Sign-on     N/A -- Investment Tracking in      In five annual installments
                        bonus subject to 5 year       accordance with terms of the Plan  commencing upon termination of
                        vesting condition)                                               service as an employee of the
                                                                                         MetLife Companies
                        $750,000


EXHIBIT 10.58

AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO TO
THE METLIFE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR OFFICERS
(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 2003) (THE "PLAN")

The Plan is hereby amended in the manner set forth below:

1. The final sentence of Section 8 is amended to read as follows:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Matching Contributions shall be credited in favor of a Participant during the suspension of such Participant's deferrals pursuant to Section 4.6 of this Plan, no Matching Contributions shall be credited in favor of a Participant to the extent such Matching Contributions would not have been vested under SIP as of December 31, 2004, and such Matching Contributions that would vest after December 31, 2004 shall be credited as provided under the MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan and not under this Plan.

2. This Amendment will be effective immediately upon execution.

3. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Plan (including any amendments thereto) shall continue in full force and effect without amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this amendment is approved.

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

/s/ Margery Brittain
------------------------------------------------------


Date:     12/14/05
          ----------------------------

Witness:  /s/ Rose Alston
          ------------------------------------------------------


Exhibit 10.65
AMENDMENT NUMBER FIVE TO THE
METLIFE LEADERSHIP DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(As amended and restated with respect to salary and Cash Incentive Compensation January 1,
2005, and with respect to Stock Compensation April 15, 2005)
     The MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan is hereby amended, effective January 1, 2011, as follows:
1. Section 8 is hereby amended to read as follows:
“8.   Matching Contribution . If a Participant has a valid deferral election to make contributions to SIP or the MetLife Bank 401(k) Plan throughout a calendar year, the Participant’s Matching Contribution Account shall be credited with the amount of Matching Contribution (if any) with which the Participant’s SIP or MetLife Bank 401(k) Plan account would have been credited under the terms and provisions of such plan without application of certain Tax Code limitations under Code sections 415 and 401(a)(17) with respect to compensation deferred into this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Matching Contributions shall be credited in favor of a Participant during the suspension of such Participant’s deferrals pursuant to Section 4.7 of this Plan. A Participant’s Matching Contribution Account shall vest or be forfeited to the same extent, and on the same vesting schedule, that such Matching Contributions would have vested or been forfeited under the terms of SIP, notwithstanding any accelerated vesting under the SIP for individuals who transfer to MetLife Bank.”
2. Section 22.11, “Eligible Associate”, is hereby amended by adding new subsection (d) as follows:
      “(d) an individual to whom an offer of employment in compensation grades 120 through 123 has been made, who is selected by the Plan Administrator for eligibility and has been so notified.”
3. Section 22.24, “Officer”, is hereby amended to read as follows:
  “22.24.   “Officer” shall mean each individual who is employed by a MetLife Company paid from the United States in United States currency and whose compensation is in an officer or officer-equivalent grades level, each as determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion. For eligibility to defer compensation, grade levels 32 and 120 through 123 are included in this definition.”
4. Section 22.29, “Qualifying Employee”, subsection (a) is hereby amended to read as follows:
      (a) classified in compensation grade 090, 112 through 119 or 152 through 161 and who earned annual total cash compensation (without regard to benefitability under the terms of SIP), for the twelve (12) months immediately preceding October 1 of the year prior to the year subject to the Deferral Election or in such twelve (12)
Amendment Number Five to The MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan

1


 

      month period otherwise designated by the Plan Administrator, in excess of the compensation limit under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code (as indexed annually for inflation) for the year the deferral election is filed;”
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Administrator has caused this Amendment to be adopted this 16 th day of December, 2010.
         
 
  PLAN ADMINISTRATOR    
 
       
 
  /s/ Andrew J. Bernstein
 
   
 
  Andrew J. Bernstein    
ATTEST:
/s/ Candice Martin        
Amendment Number Five to The MetLife Leadership Deferred Compensation Plan

2

Exhibit 10.80
AMENDMENT NUMBER FIVE TO THE
METLIFE AUXILIARY PENSION PLAN
(As amended and restated effective January 1, 2008)
     The MetLife Auxiliary Pension Plan is hereby amended, effective January 1, 2010, as follows:
1. Part I, Article 4, Section 4.6, the first paragraph of subsection (b) shall be amended to read as follows:
“(b)   The annual variable incentive component (“AVIC”) of the Participant’s Final Average Compensation representing the MetLife Annual Variable Incentive Plan or successor annual cash bonus plan or program shall have the same meaning given to this term under the Retirement Plan. However, this component of Final Average Compensation will be determined using the average of the Participant’s highest 5 annual variable incentives (not necessarily consecutive) with respect to the 10 annual variable incentives preceding such Participant’s date of Retirement or termination (including any projected payment(s) to be made beyond the Participant’s date of Retirement or termination calculated as provided immediately below).”
2. Part I, Article 4, Section 4.6, the second paragraph of subsection (b) through the end of subsection (b) shall be amended to read as follows:
“The AVIC, as set forth in subsection (b) immediately above, projected to be made beyond the Participant’s date of Retirement or termination will be deemed equal to the result of the following calculation, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion:
  (i)   the highest of the last 3 annual variable incentives paid while the Participant was in active Company service multiplied by
 
  (ii)   a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months (or part thereof) that the Participant was actively employed in the calendar year(s) for which the annual variable incentive would be payable and the denominator of which is 12.
 
  (iii)   If the fraction determined under (ii) immediately above, is less than 1, then, the fractional amount determined under (ii) shall replace an equivalent fractional amount in the lowest of the 5 highest annual variable incentives used in (b) above. This replacement shall occur only if the fractional amount determined under (ii) is greater than the fractional amount it is replacing in the lowest of the 5 highest annual variable incentives.
Notwithstanding (b)(i), (ii) and (iii), if a specific amount of annual variable incentive was already approved under its respective plan, prior to the Participant’s date of Retirement or

1


 

termination, such amount shall be used instead of the deemed estimate, and such amount shall also be taken into account in determining the highest of the Participant’s last 3 annual variable incentives with regard to any annual variable incentive payable for the Participant’s year of Retirement or termination.
If, at the time of Retirement or termination, fewer than 5 annual variable incentives have been made to a Participant, then the annual variable incentive component of Final Average Compensation shall be the average of all annual variable incentives actually made to the Participant and the projected payment (described above) for the year of Retirement or termination.
For an eligible Participant who is a Commissioned Employee Final Average Compensation will be the amount described in appropriate provisions of the Retirement Plan.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4.6, Final Average Compensation that can be taken into account to determine each Participant’s benefit under this Plan cannot exceed $4.6 million.”
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be adopted in its name and behalf this 21 st day of December, 2010, by its officer thereunto duly authorized.
         
  METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
 
 
  By:   /s/ Andrew J. Bernstein  
       
    Andrew J. Bernstein, Plan Administrator   
 
     
ATTEST:
   
 
   
/s/ Candice Martin
 
   

2

EXHIBIT 10.82

AMENDMENT NUMBER TEN

TO THE METLIFE PLAN FOR TRANSITION ASSISTANCE FOR OFFICERS

The METLIFE PLAN FOR TRANSITION ASSISTANCE FOR OFFICERS (the "Plan") is hereby amended as follows:

1. The Plan is hereby amended by adding the following Section:

"Section 10.2 2004-2005 State Street Sale. Notwithstanding the terms of Sections 1.4.05(b)(2) (part of "Discontinuation of Employment"),
1.4.08 ("Discontinuance of Employment under the Provisions of the Company's Staffing Adjustment Policy"), 1.4.11 ("Job Elimination"), and 1.4.12 ("Job Elimination Participant") to the contrary, an Employee whose employment is discontinued as direct result of the sale of the equity or assets of SSRM Holdings, Inc. or its subsidiaries initiated in 2004 and consummated in 2005 (the "State Street Sale") and who thereafter begins employment in any capacity with Blackrock Financial Management, Inc. or any of its affiliates (each, a "2004-2005 State Street Sale Affected Employee"):

(a) shall for all purposes other than those described in Section 10.2(b) of the Plan and otherwise as provided by applicable plan or arrangement, be deemed to be a Job Elimination Participant; and

(b) shall not be granted or eligible for Severance Pay or Outplacement Assistance under the Plan."


2. This amendment shall be effective as of August 25, 2004.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Metropolitan Life Insurance Company has caused this amendment to be executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized on the date(s) noted below the officer's signature.

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By: /s/ James N. Heston
    ---------------------------
    James Heston
    Senior Vice President

Date: January 26, 2005
      ------------------

2

EXHIBIT 10.83

AMENDMENT NUMBER ELEVEN TO
THE METLIFE PLAN FOR TRANSITION ASSISTANCE FOR OFFICERS

The METLIFE PLAN FOR TRANSITION ASSISTANCE (the "Plan") is hereby amended as follows:

1. Section 4.2 of the Plan is hereby amended by replacing it in its entirety with the following:

SS. 4.2 PAYMENT OF SEVERANCE PAY: Payment of Severance Pay shall be made in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the legally effective date of the Separation Agreement; provided, however, that a Participant whose Date of Discontinuance of Employment is on or before December 31, 2006, and who was notified by the Participant's management in writing no later than June 30, 2006 that the Participant's Date of Discontinuance of Employment was anticipated to be no later than December 31, 2006, shall have the opportunity (in such form as determined by the Plan Administrator) to elect to receive Severance Pay in installments paid on or about the same dates and by similar means as the Company's or Subsidiary's payroll payments, commencing after the effective date of the Separation Agreement and ending on the next payroll date following the number of weeks of Equivalent Week's Salary to be paid to the Participant in Severance Pay following the Participant's Date of Discontinuance of Employment; provided further, that if the Participant has elected to receive Severance Pay in installments and the time over which installment payments of Severance Pay are to be made has expired prior to the effective date of the Separation Agreement, Severance Pay will be paid in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the effective date of the Separation Agreement; provided further, that if the Participant has elected to receive Severance Pay in installments and the time over which installment payments of Severance Pay are to be made would otherwise end later than March 15 of the calendar year following the Date of Discontinuance of Employment (the "Payment Deadline"), any Severance Pay remaining unpaid as of the Payment Deadline will be paid in a lump sum on the later of the Payment Deadline or the effective date of the Separation Agreement; provided further, that unless waived by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion, a Participant's election shall be final and irrevocable. No interest on any delayed or installment payment of Severance Pay to the Participant shall be due.

2. Section 1.4.11 of the Plan is hereby amended by replacing it in its entirety with the following:

SS. 1.4.11 JOB ELIMINATION: "Job Elimination" means the Company's or Subsidiary's determination that an Employee's position has been or will be eliminated because of a Company or Subsidiary staffing adjustment or other organizational change, expense reduction considerations, office closings or relocations (including but not limited to adjustments in the number of staff in a department or unit or the elimination of all or some of the functions of a department or unit), in which the Employee will not be replaced by another person in the same position, except where the Employee was, as of or immediately before the Date of Discontinuance of Employment, on a leave of absence or otherwise in inactive status for more than one year (i.e., does not return from leave or inactive status by the first anniversary of the beginning of the leave or inactive status)


and is not returning immediately upon the conclusion of either (a) leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act or other law providing legally-protected leave, or (b) leave granted by the Company or Subsidiary as a reasonable accommodation of medical limitations.

3. Section 1.4.05(b) of the Plan is hereby amended by replacing each reference to "Affiliate" with "MetLife Enterprise Affiliate."

4. Section 4.4 of the Plan is hereby amended by replacing each reference to "Affiliate" with "MetLife Enterprise Affiliate."

5. Article 1 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding Section 1.4.22:

SS. 1.4.22 METLIFE ENTERPRISE AFFILIATE: "MetLife Enterprise Affiliate" means MetLife, Inc., any Affiliate, or any "affiliate" of MetLife, Inc. as that terms is defined in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, or other entity in which MetLife, Inc. owns, directly or indirectly, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total combined number of all securities entitling the holders thereof to vote in an annual election of directors of the company, or of the capital interests or profits interest of such partnership or entity.

6. Section 1.4.16(c) of the Plan is hereby amended by replacing it in its entirety with the following:

(c) if the Employee's performance rating on the most recent annual performance review is "2," whose performance rating for the annual performance review immediately preceding the most recent annual review is no lower than "3;"

7. Section 5.5 of the Plan is hereby amended by adding Section 5.5(c) as follows:

(c) Any person must exhaust the claims and review process described in this Section 5.5 of the Plan as a condition of bringing legal action under or related to the Plan. No claim for rights or benefits under the Plan, or otherwise arising under the Plan, will be valid if it is brought more than six (6) months after the end of the Plan Year in which that person's Date of Discontinuance occurred. No suit to recover benefits under this Plan shall be brought more than six months (6) months following the exhaustion of the claims and review process described in this Plan.

8. Section 1.4.05(b)(4) is hereby amended by replacing the reference to "Subsidiary" with "MetLife Enterprise Affiliate."

9. Section 1.4.21 is hereby amended by deleting Sections 1.4.21(b) "MetLife Securities, Inc.," 1.4.21(c) "MetLife Trust Company, N.A.," and
1.4.21(d) "Edison Supply and Distribution, Inc.," in their respective entireties, and relettering the resulting parts of Section 1.4.21 accordingly.

10. Section 1.4.19 is hereby amended by replacing each reference to "the Other Information" section of the MetLife Options Plus Summary Plan Description Book" and each reference to "the MetLife Options Plus


Summary Plan Description Book" and each reference to "the Company's Continuous Service Date Policy" with "the Summary Plan Description of the Metropolitan Life Retirement Plan for United States Employees."

11. Section 1.4.09(c)(1) of the Plan is hereby amended by replacing it in its entirety with the following:

"(1) an officer of the Company, MetLife Group, Inc., Metropolitan Property and Casualty Insurance Company, or MetLife Bank, National Association;"

12. Section 1.4.09(c) of the Plan is hereby amended by deleting Section
1.4.09(c)(2) "an employee of MetLife Trust Company, N.A. holding the title of President or Senior Vice President;" and relettering the resulting parts of
Section 1.4.09(c) accordingly.

13. This amendment shall be effective with regard to Participants with a Date of Discontinuance of Employment on or after March 2, 2006, but will not apply to any Participant whose Separation Agreement became final prior to January 1, 2006.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized on the date noted below the officer's signature.

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

By /s/ Debra Capolarello
   ----------------------------------------

Date: 2-28-06
      -------------------------------------

/s/ Judith N. Eidenberg
------------------------------------------
Witness


Exhibit 10.96
AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE TO
THE METLIFE PLAN FOR TRANSITION ASSISTANCE FOR OFFICERS
( Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2010 )
     THE METLIFE PLAN FOR TRANSITION ASSISTANCE FOR OFFICERS (the “Plan”) is hereby amended as follows:
Section 1.4.05 of the Plan is hereby amended, by way of clarification, by adding the following phrase at the end of subsection (b)(4) thereof to read as follows:
“or is eligible under any other severance plan maintained or sponsored by the Company, a Subsidiary or a MetLife Enterprise Affiliate”
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Metropolitan Life Insurance Company has caused this amendment to be executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized on the date noted below the officer’s signature.
METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
         
By:
  /s/ Lynne E. DiStasio    
 
 
 
   
Name/Title:
  Lynne E. DiStasio, VP    
 
 
 
   
Date:
  December 15, 2010    
 
 
 
   
Witness:
  /s/ Lucida Plummer    
 
 
 
   

Exhibit 10.97

[Execution Copy]

ONE MADISON AVENUE

PURCHASE AND

SALE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,

a New York corporation,

AS SELLER,

AND

1 MADISON VENTURE LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

AND

COLUMN FINANCIAL, INC.

a Delaware corporation,

COLLECTIVELY AS PURCHASER

As of March 29, 2005


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page #

ARTICLE I PURCHASE AND SALE

      Section 1.1    Agreement of Purchase and Sale ....................       1

      Section 1.2    Property Defined ..................................       2

      Section 1.3.   Purchase Price ....................................       2

      Section 1.4    Payment of Purchase Price .........................       2

      Section 1.5    Deposit ...........................................       3

      Section 1.6    Escrow Agent ......................................       3


ARTICLE  II TITLE AND SURVEY

      Section 2.1    Title Inspection Period ...........................       4

      Section 2.2    Pre-Closing .......................................       4

      Section 2.3    Permitted Exceptions ..............................       4

      Section 2.4    Violations ........................................       6

      Section 2.5    Conveyance of Title ...............................       6


ARTICLE III REVIEW OF PROPERTY

      Section 3.1    Right of Inspection ...............................       6

      Section 3.2    Property Reports ..................................       7


ARTICLE IV  CLOSING

      Section 4.1    Time and Place ....................................       7

      Section 4.2    Seller's Obligations at Closing ...................       8

      Section 4.3    Purchaser's Obligations at Closing ................      10

      Section 4.4    Credits and Prorations ............................      11

      Section 4.5    Transaction Taxes and Closing Costs ...............      14

      Section 4.6    Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Purchaser ..      15

      Section 4.7    Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Seller .....      15


ARTICLE V  REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

      Section 5.1    Representations and Warranties of Seller ..........      16

      Section 5.2    Knowledge Defined .................................      17

      Section 5.3    Modifications of Seller's Representations and
                       Warranties ......................................      17

      Section 5.4    Survival of Seller's Representations and
                       Warranties ......................................      18

      Section 5.5    Covenants of Seller ...............................      18

      Section 5.6    Representations and Warranties of Purchaser .......      19

      Section 5.7    Survival of Purchaser's Representations and
                       Warranties ......................................      20


ARTICLE VI  DEFAULT

      Section 6.1    Default by Purchaser ..............................      20

      Section 6.2    Default by Seller .................................      20

      Section 6.3    Recoverable Damages ...............................      21


ARTICLE VII  RISK OF LOSS

      Section 7.1    Minor Damage or Condemnation ......................      21

      Section 7.2    Major Damage ......................................      21

      Section 7.3    Definition of "Major" Loss or Damage ..............      21

      Section 7.4    General Obligations Law ...........................      21


ARTICLE VIII  COMMISSIONS

      Section 8.1    Brokerage Commissions .............................      22

ARTICLE IX  DISCLAIMERS AND WAIVERS

      Section 9.1    No Reliance on Documents ..........................      22

      Section 9.2    AS-IS SALE; DISCLAIMERS ...........................      22

      Section 9.3    Survival of Disclaimers ...........................      24


ARTICLE X  MISCELLANEOUS

      Section 10.1   Confidentiality ..................................      24

      Section 10.2   Public Disclosure ................................      25

      Section 10.3   Assignment .......................................      25

      Section 10.4   Notices ..........................................      26

      Section 10.5   Modifications ....................................      27

      Section 10.6   Entire Agreement .................................      27

      Section 10.7   Further Assurances ...............................      27

      Section 10.8   Counterparts .....................................      27

      Section 10.9   Facsimile Signatures .............................      27

      Section 10.10  Severability .....................................      27

      Section 10.11  Applicable Law ...................................      28

      Section 10.12  No Third-Party Beneficiary .......................      28

      Section 10.13  Captions .........................................      28

      Section 10.14  Construction .....................................      28

      Section 10.15  Recordation ......................................      28

      Section 10.16  Audit Rights and Tenant Reconciliation
                       Statements .....................................      28

      Section 10.17  Termination of Agreement .........................      29

      Section 10.18  1031 Exchange ....................................      29

      Section 10.19  One Madison Avenue Address .......................      29

      Section 10.20  MetLife Lease ....................................      29

      Section 10.21  Industrial and Commercial Incentive Program ......      30

      Section 10.22  Transfer Fee .....................................      30

      Section 10.23  Joint and Several Liability ......................      32


PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

This PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of March 29, 2005 (the "Effective Date"), by and between METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York corporation ("Seller") and 1 MADISON VENTURE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and COLUMN FINANCIAL, INC, a Delaware corporation (collectively, "Purchaser").

W I T N E S S E T H:

ARTICLE I

PURCHASE AND SALE

Section 1.1 Agreement of Purchase and Sale. Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, Seller agrees to sell and convey to Purchaser, and Purchaser agrees to purchase from Seller, the following:

(a) the condominium units (the "Units") designated and described by the unit numbers listed on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof together with the appurtenant percentage interest of Seller in the common elements in the building (the "Building") known as One Madison Avenue Condominium (the "Condominium") and by the street address One Madison Avenue, Borough of Manhattan, City, County and State of New York, which Units are described in the declaration (the "Declaration") establishing under Article 9-B of the Real Property Law of the State of New York a plan for condominium ownership of the Building and the land more particularly described on Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof upon which the Building is located (the "Land"), which Declaration is dated as of December 28, 2001 and was recorded in the Office of the Register of the City of New York, New York County (the "Register's Office") on December 31, 2001, in Reel 3418, Page 0945, as amended by Amendment to Declaration dated as of December 17, 2003 and recorded in the Register's Office on February 25, 2005 under CRFN 2005000115754, together with the undivided percentage interests in the Common Elements (as such term is defined in the Declaration, such definition being incorporated herein by reference) and any easements appurtenant to the Units as set forth in the Declaration. The Units are designated by the tax lot numbers listed on Exhibit A hereto on the Tax Map of the Real Property Assessment Department of the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, and on the floor plans of the Building certified by HLW International LLP, as Condominium Plan Number 1223 filed in the Register's Office on December 31, 2001; the Building consists of two interconnected buildings: (i) a two-basement and fifteen-story structure, including two mechanical floors (the "South Building") and (ii) a two-basement and fifty-story structure (the "Tower")

(b) any and all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to all tangible personal property (excluding cash, any software, any of the Wyeth or other paintings, sculptures or any other


"Works of Art" (as such term is defined in the Net Lease, which Net Lease is more particularly described in Section 1.1 (c) below, and also excluding any furniture or other personal property existing on the second floor of the Tower and the Liebert UPS device located on the 38th floor of the Tower) if any, located at the Land and Building (the Land and Building are sometimes herein collectively referred to as the "Physical Property"), and used exclusively in connection with the operation of any portion of the Physical Property (the property described in clause (b) of this Section 1.1 being herein referred to collectively as the "Personal Property"). So that there is no misunderstanding, it is understood and agreed between the parties that the Wyeth paintings listed on Exhibit R, attached hereto and made a part hereof, are included within Works of Art, are not included in the Personal Property, are not for sale, and shall remain the property of Seller;

(c) any and all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to that certain Amended and Restated Lease dated as of December 17, 2003, between Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, as Landlord, and Credit Suisse First Boston (USA), Inc., as tenant, which amended and restated in its entirety that certain Lease between Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, as landlord, and Credit Suisse First Boston (USA), Inc., as tenant (the "Tenant") dated as of February 22, 2001, covering those Units listed in Exhibit A-1 attached hereto and made a part hereof (the "Net Lease) and any other leases, licenses and occupancy agreements and amendments thereof covering all or any portion of the Units, to the extent they are in effect on the date of the Closing (as such term is defined in Section 4.1 hereof) (the property described in clause (c) of this
Section 1.1 being herein referred to collectively as the "Leases"), together with all rents, reimbursements of real estate taxes and operating expenses, and other sums due thereunder (the "Rents") and any and all security deposits in Seller's possession in connection therewith (the "Security Deposits"); and

(d) any and all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to (i) all assignable contracts and agreements and the Revocable Consents (as such term is hereinafter defined; collectively, the "Operating Agreements") listed and described on Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof, relating to the upkeep, repair, maintenance or operation of the Units or the Personal Property, and (ii) all assignable existing warranties and guaranties (express or implied) issued to Seller in connection with the Real Property (as hereinafter defined) or the Personal Property to the extent not assigned to the Tenant under the Net Lease, and (iii) all assignable existing permits, licenses, approvals and authorizations issued by any governmental authority in connection with the Property (as hereinafter defined) (the property described in clause (d) of this
Section 1.1 being sometimes herein referred to collectively as the "Intangibles").

Section 1.2 Property Defined. The Seller's right, title and interest in and to the Units and appurtenant common elements is hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the "Real Property." The Real Property, the Personal Property, the Rents, the Security Deposits, the Leases and the Intangibles are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the "Property."

Section 1.3 Purchase Price. Seller is to sell and Purchaser is to purchase the Property for the amount of NINE HUNDRED EIGHTEEN MILLION DOLLARS ($918,000,000) (the "Purchase Price").

Section 1.4 Payment of Purchase Price. The Purchase Price, as increased or decreased by prorations and adjustments as herein provided, shall be payable in full at Closing in

2

cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account or accounts designated by Seller in writing to Purchaser prior to the Closing.

Section 1.5 Deposit. Simultaneously with Purchaser's delivery of this Agreement, Purchaser shall deposit the Deposit (as hereinafter defined) in escrow with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the "Escrow Agent"), having its office at New York Escrow Services, 4 New York Plaza, 21st Floor, New York, New York 10004 (ABA No: 021-000-021; Account Number: 507955013), the sum of Sixty Million Dollars ($60,000,000) (the "Deposit") in good funds, either by certified bank or cashier's check or by federal wire transfer. The Escrow Agent shall hold the Deposit in an interest-bearing account reasonably acceptable to Seller and Purchaser, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. All interest earned on the Deposit shall become a part of the Deposit and shall be deemed income of Purchaser, and Purchaser shall be responsible for the payment of all costs and fees imposed on the Deposit account. The terms of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive Closing and any termination of this Agreement. The Deposit shall be distributed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The failure of Purchaser to timely deliver any Deposit hereunder shall be a material default, and shall entitle Seller, at Seller's sole option, to terminate this Agreement immediately.

Section 1.6 Escrow Agent.

Escrow Agent shall hold and dispose of the Deposit in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Seller and Purchaser agree that the duties of the Escrow Agent hereunder are purely ministerial in nature and shall be expressly limited to the safekeeping and disposition of the Deposit in accordance with this Agreement. Escrow Agent shall incur no liability in connection with the safekeeping or disposition of the Deposit for any reason other than Escrow Agent's willful misconduct or gross negligence. In the event that Escrow Agent shall be in doubt as to its duties or obligations with regard to the Deposit, or in the event that Escrow Agent receives conflicting instructions from Purchaser and Seller with respect to the Deposit, Escrow Agent shall not disburse the Deposit and shall, at its option, continue to hold the Deposit until both Purchaser and Seller agree in writing as to its disposition or until a final judgment is entered by a court of competent jurisdiction directing its disposition, or Escrow Agent shall interplead the Deposit in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Property is located.

Escrow Agent shall not be responsible for any interest on the Deposit except as is actually earned, or for the loss of any interest resulting from the withdrawal of the Deposit prior to the date interest is posted thereon or for any loss caused by the failure, suspension, bankruptcy or dissolution of the institution in which the Deposit is deposited.

Escrow Agent shall execute this Agreement solely for the purpose of being bound by the provisions of Sections 1.5 and 1.6 hereof.

3

ARTICLE II

TITLE AND SURVEY

Section 2.1 Title Inspection Period. Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that
(a) Seller has furnished to Purchaser prior to the Effective Date: (i) a current preliminary title report dated December 18, 2004 (the "Title Commitment"), issued by Chicago Title Insurance Company on the Real Property, accompanied by copies of all documents referred to in the report; (ii) a copy of the land title survey ("the "Survey") prepared by Link Land Surveyors, P.C. dated March 9, 2005, and (iii) copies of the most recent property tax bills for the Property;
(b) Purchaser has had an opportunity, prior to the Effective Date, to order its own title report and survey for the Physical Property; and (c) any and all matters (the "Existing Title, Tax and Survey Matters") referred to, reflected in or disclosed by, the materials referred to in the preceding sub-paragraphs (a)
(i) through (iii), inclusive, have been agreed to and accepted by Purchaser (including but not limited to, any and all exceptions of title set forth in Schedule B of the Title Commitment) and that, as of the Effective Date, Purchaser has approved the Existing Title, Tax and Survey Matters and the condition of title to the Real Property.

Section 2.2 Pre-Closing "Gap" Title Defects. Purchaser may, after the Effective Date but prior to the Closing, notify Seller in writing (the "Gap Notice") of any objections to title (a) raised by the Title Company (as defined in Section 2.5 hereof) between the Effective Date and the Closing and (b) not disclosed by the Title Company or otherwise disclosed in writing to Purchaser prior to the Effective Date; provided that Purchaser must notify Seller of such objection to title within two (2) business days of being made aware of the existence of such exception. If Purchaser issues a Gap Notice to Seller, Seller shall have five (5) business days after receipt of the Gap Notice to notify Purchaser (a) that Seller will remove such objectionable exceptions from title on or before the Closing; provided that Seller may extend the Closing for such period as shall be required to effect such cure, but not beyond thirty (30) days; or (b) that Seller elects not to cause such exceptions to be removed. The procurement by Seller of a commitment for the issuance of the Title Policy (as defined in Section 2.5 hereof) or an endorsement thereto (in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Purchaser) insuring Purchaser against any title exception which was disapproved pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be deemed a cure by Seller of such disapproval. If Seller gives Purchaser notice under clause (b) above, Purchaser shall have five (5) business days in which to notify Seller that Purchaser will nevertheless proceed with the purchase and take title to the Property subject to such exceptions, or that Purchaser will terminate this Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, then neither party shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder (except for any indemnity obligations of either party pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement), the Deposit shall be returned to Purchaser and each party shall bear its own costs incurred hereunder. If Purchaser shall fail to notify Seller of its election within said five-day period, Purchaser shall be deemed to have elected to proceed with the purchase and take title to the Property subject to such exceptions.

Section 2.3 Permitted Exceptions. The Property shall be conveyed subject to the following matters, which are hereinafter referred to as the "Permitted Exceptions":

(a) all liens, encumbrances, easements, covenants, conditions and restrictions, including any matters shown on any subdivision or parcel map affecting the Property which are set

4

forth in the Title Commitment and not set forth in the Gap Notice or if set forth in the Gap Notice, (x) are those which Seller has elected not to remove or cure, or has been unable to remove or cure, and (y) subject to which Purchaser has elected to accept the conveyance of the Property;

(b) those matters that either are not objected to in writing within the time periods provided in Section 2.2 hereof, or if objected to in writing by Purchaser, are those which Seller has elected not to remove or cure, or has been unable to remove or cure, and subject to which Purchaser has elected or is deemed to have elected to accept the conveyance of the Property;

(c) the rights of tenants under the Leases;

(d) the lien of all ad valorem real estate taxes and assessments not yet due and payable as of the date of Closing, subject to adjustment as herein provided;

(e) local, state and federal laws, ordinances or governmental regulations, including but not limited to, building and zoning laws, ordinances and regulations, now or hereafter in effect relating to the Property;

(f) items shown on the Survey;

(g) the Declaration and the By-Laws of the Condominium;

(h) those certain revocable consent agreements granted by the City of New York related to the bridge and tunnel connecting the Physical Property with a building on that certain property known as Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, New York, which revocable consent agreement was executed by Seller on September 19, 1995 (bridge), and was executed by Seller on June 18, 2001 (tunnel) (the "Revocable Consents");

(i) The existing designation of the Tower as a New York City Landmark by the New York City Landmarks Preservation Commission; the existing listing of the Tower in the National Register of Historic Places and as a National Historic Landmark by the National Park Service, Department of the Interior; and the existing listing of the Tower in the New York State Register of Historic Places by the New York State Historic Preservation Officer, Office of Parks, Recreation, and Historic Preservation; and all legal requirements of any public authorities in connection with such designations and listings.

(j) the occupancy of the South Building pursuant to a temporary certificate of occupancy, as the tenant under the Net Lease (the "Tenant") is obligated to obtain a permanent certificate of occupancy for such building;

(k) all matters which would be revealed or disclosed by a physical inspection of the Physical Property on the Effective Date;

(l) the license agreement between Seller and Tenant pursuant to which the Wyeth Paintings shall remain in the Building after the Closing. (Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that Seller shall retain ownership of the Wyeth Paintings and that Seller shall have the right, as set forth in such license agreement, upon ninety (90) days notice, to remove the Wyeth Paintings

5

from the Physical Property and Purchaser shall cooperate with Seller in connection with any such removal). The rights of Seller under this subdivision
(l), including the right to remove the Wyeth Paintings with the cooperation of Purchaser, shall survive the Closing and the transfer of the Property to Purchaser; and

(m) Seller has claimed federal rehabilitation tax credits for the Tower for a rehabilitation project that ended on March 31, 2003, and all of such credits are personal to Seller and are not being transferred to Purchaser.

Section 2.4 Violations. Purchaser shall accept title to the Property subject to any note or notices of violations of Law or municipal ordinances, orders or requirements noted or issued by any governmental department having jurisdiction over the Property, against or affecting the Property, or relating to conditions thereat at the date hereof or the Closing.

Section 2.5 Conveyance of Title. At Closing, Seller shall convey and transfer to Purchaser all of the estate and rights of Seller in and to the Units, by execution and delivery of the Deed (as defined in Section 4.2(a) hereof). If at the Closing there shall be any liens, encumbrances or charges affecting title which are not permitted pursuant to this Agreement, Seller may, at Seller's option upon request from Seller to Purchaser, require Purchaser to apply such portion of the Purchase Price as shall be necessary to discharge such liens, encumbrances and charges and pay the recording fees for the same, and in such event, Seller shall deliver to Purchaser instruments in recordable form sufficient to discharge the same of record. Evidence of delivery of title in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.5 shall be the issuance by Chicago Title Insurance Company, or another national title company (the "Title Company"), of a 1992 ALTA Owner's Policy of Title Insurance (the "Title Policy") covering the Real Property, in the full amount of the Purchase Price, subject only to the Permitted Exceptions.

ARTICLE III

REVIEW OF PROPERTY

Section 3.1 Right of Inspection. Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that it has had an opportunity prior to the Effective Date to make any and all physical, environmental and other inspections of the Physical Property as Purchaser has deemed necessary and/or appropriate in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, and that Purchaser has agreed, subject to the provisions of Section 2.2 and Article VII hereof, to accept the Physical Property at the Closing in the condition that exists on the Effective Date, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Purchaser further acknowledges and agrees that it has prior to the Effective Date had the opportunity to examine at the Physical Property (or the property manager's office, as the case may be) documents and files located at the Physical Property or the property manager's office concerning the leasing, maintenance and operation of the Physical Property (including without limitation, copies of permits, licenses, certificates of occupancy, plans and specifications, and insurance certificates related to the Physical Property, to the extent in Seller's or the property manager's possession), but excluding Seller's partnership or corporate records, internal memoranda, financial projections, budgets, appraisals, accounting and tax records and similar proprietary, confidential or privileged information (collectively, the "Confidential Documents").

6

It is further agreed by the parties hereto that in no event shall Purchaser provide any governmental entity or agency with information concerning the environmental condition of the Physical Property without first obtaining Seller's prior written consent thereto, which Seller shall provide in the event that Purchaser is required by applicable law to provide such information to a governmental agency or entity.

Purchaser agrees to protect, indemnify, defend and hold Seller harmless from and against any claim for liabilities, losses, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees), damages or injuries arising out of or resulting from the inspection of the Property at any time by Purchaser, its agents, employees, representatives or consultants or any act or omission by Purchaser or its agents, employees or consultants, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, such obligation to indemnify and hold harmless Seller shall survive Closing or any termination of this Agreement.

Section 3.2 Property Reports. PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT PRIOR TO THE
EFFECTIVE DATE (1) PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED COPIES OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REPORTS LISTED ON EXHIBIT D ATTACHED HERETO (COLLECTIVELY, THE "PROPERTY REPORTS"), AND HAS HAD MADE AVAILABLE TO IT BY SELLER OTHER PROPERTY REPORTS IN SELLER'S POSSESSION, (2) IF SELLER DELIVERS ANY ADDITIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS TO PURCHASER, PURCHASER WILL ACKNOWLEDGE IN WRITING THAT IT HAS RECEIVED SUCH REPORTS PROMPTLY UPON RECEIPT THEREOF, AND (3) ANY PROPERTY REPORTS DELIVERED OR TO BE DELIVERED BY SELLER OR ITS AGENTS OR CONSULTANTS TO PURCHASER ARE BEING MADE AVAILABLE SOLELY AS AN ACCOMMODATION TO PURCHASER AND MAY NOT BE RELIED UPON BY PURCHASER IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OF THE PROPERTY. PURCHASER AGREES THAT SELLER SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY OR OBLIGATION WHATSOEVER FOR ANY INACCURACY IN OR OMISSION FROM ANY PROPERTY REPORT. PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT HAS PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE CONDUCTED ITS OWN INVESTIGATION OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL, STRUCTURAL, ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND PHYSICAL CONDITION OF THE PHYSICAL PROPERTY TO THE EXTENT PURCHASER DEEMED SUCH AN INVESTIGATION TO BE NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE AND PURCHASER HAS APPROVED OF THE PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION OF THE PHYSICAL PROPERTY AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE THE CLOSING OR OTHER TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 3.3 Intentionally Omitted

ARTICLE IV

CLOSING

Section 4.1 Time and Place. The consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby (the "Closing") shall be held at 10:00 AM on April 29, 2005 at the offices of Seller, or as mutually agreed between the parties, subject to Seller's option as hereinafter described. Purchaser

7

acknowledges that it is a material condition to the obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement that the Closing occur not later than April 29, 2005. Purchaser agrees that, subject to the second paragraph of Section 3.3 and Article 2 hereof, it shall not be entitled to any adjournment of the Closing beyond April 29, 2005, time being of the essence as to the performance of Purchaser's obligations hereunder by such date. At the Closing, Seller and Purchaser shall perform the obligations set forth in, respectively, Section 4.2 and Section 4.3 hereof, the performance of which obligations shall be concurrent conditions; provided that the Deed shall not be recorded until Seller receives confirmation that Seller has received the full amount of the Purchase Price, adjusted by prorations as set forth herein. At Seller's option, the Closing shall be consummated through an escrow administered by Escrow Agent pursuant to additional escrow instructions that are consistent with this Agreement. In such event, the Purchase Price and all documents shall be deposited with the Escrow Agent as escrowee.

Section 4.2 Seller's Obligations at Closing. At Closing, Seller shall:

(a) deliver to Purchaser a duly executed bargain and sale deed without covenant against grantor's acts (the "Deed"), in proper statutory short form for recording, and shall contain the covenant required by Section 13 of the New York Lien Law, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E conveying the Units, together with the undivided percentage interests in the common elements of the Condominium, and any easements appurtenant to the Units as set forth in the Declaration, subject only to the Permitted Exceptions. At Seller's option, and for convenience, Seller may omit from the Deed the recital of any or all of the "subject to" clauses herein contained and/or any other title exceptions, defects or objections which have been waived by Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, or consented to in writing by Purchaser, but the same shall nevertheless survive delivery of the Deed. The terms of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the Closing;

(b) deliver to Purchaser a duly executed bill of sale (the "Bill of Sale") conveying the Personal Property, if any, without warranty of title or use and without warranty, express or implied, as to merchantability and fitness for any purpose and in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F;

(c) assign to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall assume, the landlord/lessor interest in and to the Leases, Rents and Security Deposits, and any and all obligations to pay leasing commissions and finder's fees with respect to the Leases and amendments, renewals and expansions thereof, to the extent provided in Section 4.4(b)(v) hereof, by duly executed assignment and assumption agreement (the "Assignment of Leases") in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G pursuant to which (i) Seller shall indemnify Purchaser and hold Purchaser harmless from and against any and all claims pertaining thereto arising prior to Closing and (ii) Purchaser shall indemnify Seller and hold Seller harmless from and against any and all claims pertaining thereto arising from and after the Closing, including without limitation, claims made by tenants with respect to tenants' Security Deposits to the extent paid, credited or assigned to Purchaser. In no event shall the Assignment of Leases assign any right, title or interest of Seller in and to the Works of Art or the right to display such Works of Art, and the Assignment of Leases shall exclude any rights of Seller which the Net Lease expressly provides are personal to Seller;

8

(d) to the extent assignable, assign to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall assume, Seller's interest in the Operating Agreements and the other Intangibles by duly executed assignment and assumption agreement (the "Assignment of Contracts") in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H pursuant to which (i) Seller shall indemnify Purchaser and hold Purchaser harmless from and against any and all claims pertaining thereto arising prior to Closing and (ii) Purchaser shall indemnify Seller and hold Seller harmless from and against any and all claims pertaining thereto arising from and after the Closing;

(e) join with Purchaser to execute a notice (the "Tenant Notice") in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I, which Purchaser shall send to each tenant under each of the Leases promptly after the Closing, informing such tenant of the sale of the Property and of the assignment to Purchaser of Seller's interest in, and obligations under, the Leases (including, if applicable, any Security Deposits), and directing that all Rent and other sums payable after the Closing under each such Lease be paid as set forth in the Tenant Notice and join with Purchaser to execute a notice (the "NYC Notice") in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I-1, which Seller shall send to the City of New York, Department of Transportation (the "NYCDOT") promptly after the Closing, informing the NYCDOT of the sale of the Property and of the assignment to Purchaser of Seller's interest in, and obligations under, the Revocable Consents, including the security fund deposited thereunder) and requesting that the NYCDOT consent to such assignment or alternatively, issue new Revocable Consents to the Purchaser;

(f) In the event that any representation or warranty of Seller made herein needs to be modified due to changes since the Effective Date, deliver to Purchaser a certificate, dated as of the date of Closing and executed on behalf of Seller by a duly authorized officer thereof, identifying any representation or warranty which is not, or no longer is, true and correct and explaining the state of facts giving rise to the change. In no event shall Seller be liable to Purchaser for, or be deemed to be in default hereunder by reason of, any breach of representation or warranty which results from any change that (i) occurs between the Effective Date and the date of Closing and is expressly permitted under the terms of this Agreement, or (ii) occurs between the Effective Date and the date of the Closing and is beyond the reasonable control of Seller to prevent; provided, however, that the occurrence of a change which is not permitted hereunder or is beyond the reasonable control of Seller to prevent shall, if materially adverse to Purchaser, constitute the non-fulfillment of the condition set forth in Section 4.6(b) hereof; if, despite changes or other matters described in such certificate, the Closing occurs, Seller's representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall be deemed to have been modified by all statements made in such certificate;

(g) deliver to Purchaser such evidence as the Title Company may reasonably require as to the authority of the person or persons executing documents on behalf of Seller;

(h) deliver to Purchaser a certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J duly executed by Seller stating that Seller is not a "foreign person" as defined in the Federal Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980;

(i) deliver to Purchaser originals (to the extent originals are in Seller's possession, or photocopies if originals are not in Seller's possession) of the Leases and the Operating Agreements, together with such leasing and property files and records located at the

9

Property or the property manager's office which are material in connection with the continued operation, leasing and maintenance of the Property, but excluding any Confidential Documents;

(j) deliver such affidavits as may be customarily and reasonably required by the Title Company, in a form reasonably acceptable to Seller;

(k) deliver to Purchaser possession and occupancy of the Property, subject to the Permitted Exceptions;

(l) execute a closing statement acceptable to Seller;

(m) deliver to Purchaser the Board Resignation Letters (as hereinafter defined); and

(n) deliver such additional documents as shall be reasonably required to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 4.3 Purchaser's Obligations at Closing. At Closing, Purchaser shall:

(a) pay to Seller the full amount of the Purchase Price (which amount shall be paid by Escrow Agent releasing the Deposit to Seller and Purchaser paying the balance of the Purchase Price to Seller), as increased or decreased by prorations and adjustments as herein provided, in immediately available wire transferred funds pursuant to Section 1.4 hereof;

(b) join Seller in execution of the Assignment of Leases, Assignment of Contracts, Tenant Notices and NYC Notice;

(c) In the event that any representation or warranty of Purchaser set forth in herein needs to be modified due to changes since the Effective Date, deliver to Seller a certificate, dated as of the date of Closing and executed on behalf of Purchaser by a duly authorized representative thereof, identifying any such representation or warranty which is not, or no longer is, true and correct and explaining the state of facts giving rise to the change. In no event shall Purchaser be liable to Seller for, or be deemed to be in default hereunder by reason of, any breach of representation or warranty set forth in Sections 5.6
(a) or (b) hereof which results from any change that (i) occurs between the Effective Date and the date of Closing and is expressly permitted under the terms of this Agreement, or (ii) occurs between the Effective Date and the date of the Closing and is beyond the reasonable control of Purchaser to prevent; provided, however, that the occurrence of a change which is not permitted hereunder or is beyond the reasonable control of Purchaser to prevent shall, if materially adverse to Seller, constitute the non-fulfillment of the condition set forth in Section 4.7(c) hereof provided nothing contained in this Section shall be deemed to waive any remedies Seller may have for a default by Purchaser; if, despite changes or other matters described in such certificate, the Closing occurs, Purchaser's representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall be deemed to have been modified by all statements made in such certificate;

(d) deliver to Seller such evidence as the Title Company may reasonably require as to the authority of the person or persons executing documents on behalf of Purchaser;

10

(e) deliver such affidavits as may be customarily and reasonably required by the Title Company, in a form reasonably acceptable to Purchaser;

(f) execute a closing statement acceptable to Purchaser;

(g) join Seller in the execution of a works of art agreement that shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit T attached hereto and made a part hereof;

(h) deliver such additional documents as shall be reasonably required to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 4.4 Credits and Prorations.

(a) All income and expenses of the Property shall be apportioned as of 12:01 a.m., on the day of Closing, as if Purchaser were vested with title to the Property during the entire day upon which Closing occurs. Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.4, such prorated items shall include without limitation the following: (i) all Rents, if any; (ii) taxes and assessments (including personal property taxes on the Personal Property) levied against the Property to the extent such taxes and assessments are not the obligation of the Tenant under the Net Lease to pay; (iii) utility charges for which Seller is liable (to the extent such utility charges are not the obligation of the Tenant under the Net Lease to pay), if any, such charges to be apportioned at Closing on the basis of the most recent meter reading occurring prior to Closing (dated not more than fifteen (15) days prior to Closing) or, if unmetered, on the basis of a current bill for each such utility; (iv) all amounts payable under brokerage agreements and Operating Agreements, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (v) all amounts payable by the landlord under articles 34(f), 35 and 37 of the Net Lease and (vi) any other operating expenses or other items pertaining to the Property (to the extent the same are not the obligation of the tenant under the Net Lease to pay) which are customarily prorated between a purchaser and a seller in the county in which the Property is located.

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 4.4(a) hereof:

(i) At Closing, (A) Seller shall, at Seller's option, either deliver to Purchaser any Security Deposits actually held by Seller pursuant to the Leases or credit to the account of Purchaser the amount of such Security Deposits (to the extent such Security Deposits have not been applied against delinquent Rents or otherwise as provided in the Leases), and (B) Purchaser shall credit to the account of Seller all refundable cash or other deposits posted by Seller with utility companies serving the Property, or, at Seller's option, Seller shall be entitled to receive and retain such refundable cash and deposits;

(ii) Any taxes paid by Seller at or prior to Closing shall be prorated based upon the amounts actually paid. If taxes and assessments due and payable by Seller during the year of Closing have not been paid before Closing, Seller shall be charged at Closing an amount equal to that portion of such taxes and assessments which relates to the period before Closing and Purchaser shall pay the taxes and assessments prior to their becoming delinquent. Any such apportionment made with respect to a tax year for which the tax rate or assessed valuation, or both, have not yet been fixed shall be based upon the tax rate and/or assessed valuation last fixed. To the

11

extent that the actual taxes and assessments for the current year differ from the amount apportioned at Closing, the parties shall make all necessary adjustments by appropriate payments between themselves within thirty (30) days after such amounts are determined following Closing, subject to the provisions of Section 4.4(d) hereof;

(iii) Charges referred to in Section 4.4(a) hereof which are payable by any tenant to a third party shall not be apportioned hereunder, and Purchaser shall accept title subject to any of such charges unpaid and Purchaser shall look solely to the tenant responsible therefor for the payment of the same. If Seller shall have paid any of such charges on behalf of any tenant, and shall not have been reimbursed therefor by the time of Closing, Purchaser shall credit to Seller an amount equal to all such charges so paid by Seller;

(iv) As to utility charges referred to in Section 4.4(a)(iii) hereof, Seller may on notice to Purchaser elect to pay one or more or all of said items accrued to the date hereinabove fixed for apportionment directly to the person or entity entitled thereto, and to the extent Seller so elects, such item shall not be apportioned hereunder, and Seller's obligation to pay such item directly in such case shall survive the Closing or any termination of this Agreement;

(v) Seller shall be responsible for the payment of all tenant improvement costs and leasing commissions with respect to the Net Lease, if any, that arose in the period prior to the Effective Date. Purchaser shall be responsible for the payment of all other Tenant Inducement Costs and leasing commissions (including the override commissions earned by Cushman & Wakefield pursuant to its exclusive agency agreement with Seller) with respect to the relocation of Guy Carpenter & Company from the Tower, the prospective New York Academy of Sciences ("NYAS") lease, and any other new leases. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall reimburse Purchaser for the Excess Costs (as defined below) with respect to not more than 50,000 rentable square feet in the South Building, but only to the extent that Purchaser's Tenant Inducement Costs and leasing commissions for such 50,000 rentable square feet exceed $3,000,000 (such excess hereinafter referred to as the "Excess Costs"), provided that in no event shall such reimbursement exceed $1,500,000. For purposes hereof, the term "Tenant Inducement Costs" shall mean any out-of-pocket payments required under a Lease to be paid by the landlord thereunder not later than 12 months after the Closing to or for the benefit of the tenant thereunder which is in the nature of a tenant inducement, including specifically, without limitation, tenant improvement costs, base building costs, lease buyout or relocation costs, and moving, design, refurbishment and club membership allowances. The term "Tenant Inducement Costs" shall not include loss of income resulting from any free rental period, it being agreed that Seller shall bear the loss resulting from any free rental period until the date of Closing and that Purchaser shall bear such loss from and after the date of Closing. In order to receive reimbursement of Excess Costs, Purchaser shall deliver evidence reasonably satisfactory to Seller that Purchaser has incurred the Excess Costs, and Seller shall promptly thereafter reimburse Purchaser therefor.

(vi) Unpaid and delinquent Rent collected by Seller and Purchaser after the date of Closing shall be delivered as follows: (a) if Seller collects any unpaid or delinquent Rent for the Property, Seller shall, within fifteen
(15) days after the receipt thereof, deliver to Purchaser any such Rent which Purchaser is entitled to hereunder relating to the date of Closing and any period thereafter, and (b) if Purchaser collects any unpaid or delinquent Rent from the Property, Purchaser shall, within fifteen (15) days after the receipt thereof, deliver to Seller any such Rent

12

which Seller is entitled to hereunder relating to the period prior to the date of Closing. Purchaser will make a good faith effort after Closing to collect all Rents in the usual course of Purchaser's operation of the Property. Seller and Purchaser agree that all Rent received by Seller or Purchaser after the date of Closing shall be applied first to current Rent and then to delinquent Rent, if any, in the inverse order of maturity. Purchaser will make a good faith effort after Closing to collect all Rents in the usual course of Purchaser's operation of the Property, but Purchaser will not be obligated to institute any lawsuit or other collection procedures to collect delinquent Rents. Seller may attempt to collect any delinquent Rents owed Seller and may institute any lawsuit or collection procedures, but may not evict any tenant after Closing. In the event that there shall be any Rents or other charges under any Leases which, although relating to a period prior to Closing, do not become due and payable until after Closing or are paid prior to Closing but are subject to adjustment after Closing (such as year end common area expense reimbursements and the like), then any Rents or charges of such type received by Purchaser or its agents or Seller or its agents subsequent to Closing shall, to the extent applicable to a period extending through the Closing, be prorated between Seller and Purchaser as of Closing and Seller's portion thereof shall be remitted promptly to Seller by Purchaser.

(vii) At such time as the NYCDOT consents to the assignment of Seller's interest in the Revocable Consents, Purchaser shall promptly following receipt of such consent, pay to Seller the amount of the security fund deposited under each of the Revocable Consents and Seller shall assign to Purchaser all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to such funds deposited.

(c) Seller may prosecute appeals (if any) of the real property tax assessment for the period prior to the Closing, and may take related action which Seller deems appropriate in connection therewith. Purchaser shall cooperate with and perform such ministerial and non-ministerial acts, and execute any and all documents reasonably requested by Seller, in connection with such appeal and collection of a refund of real property taxes paid. Seller owns and holds all right, title and interest in and to such appeal and refund, and all amounts payable in connection therewith shall be paid directly to Seller by the applicable authorities. If such refund or any part thereof is received by Purchaser, Purchaser shall promptly pay such amount to Seller. Any refund received by Seller shall be distributed as follows: first, to reimburse Seller for all costs incurred in connection with the appeal; second, with respect to refunds payable to tenants of the Real Property pursuant to the Leases, to such tenants in accordance with the terms of such Leases; and third, to Seller to the extent such appeal covers the period prior to the Closing, and to Purchaser to the extent such appeal covers the period as of the Closing and thereafter. If and to the extent any such appeal covers the period after the Closing, Purchaser shall have the right to participate in such appeal.

(d) Except as otherwise provided herein, any revenue or expense amount which cannot be ascertained with certainty as of Closing shall be prorated on the basis of the parties' reasonable estimates of such amount, and shall be the subject of a final proration one hundred eighty (180) days after Closing, or as soon thereafter as the precise amounts can be ascertained. Any reconciliation of revenue or expense amounts relating to Leases (other than the Net Lease) which needs to be made in connection with this Section 4.4 shall be prepared by Purchaser and submitted to Seller for Seller's review and approval. Purchaser shall promptly notify Seller when it becomes aware that any such estimated amount has been ascertained. Once all revenue and expense amounts have been ascertained, Purchaser shall prepare, and certify as correct, a final proration

13

statement which shall be in a form consistent with the closing statement delivered at Closing and which shall be subject to Seller's approval. Upon Seller's acceptance and approval of any final proration statement submitted by Purchaser, such statement shall be conclusively deemed to be accurate and final, and any payment due to any party as a result of such final proration shall be made within thirty (30) days of such approval by Seller.

(e) With respect to the Net Lease, Tenant bills Seller monthly for estimated "Operating Payments" (as such term is defined in the Net Lease), with a reconciliation of amounts billed and actual amounts incurred made within 120 days after the end of each calendar year. The estimated Operating Payment for the month in which the Closing occurs shall be pro-rated between Seller and Purchaser on the basis of each party's period of ownership during such calendar month. Upon the reconciliation by Tenant of the amounts billed for Operating Payments and the amounts actually incurred for Operating Payments for the calendar year 2005, Seller and Purchaser shall be liable for underpayments of Operating Payments ("Underpayments"), and shall be entitled to reimbursements for overpayments of Operating Payments ("Overpayments"), as the case may be, on a pro-rata basis based upon each party's period of ownership during such calendar year. Purchaser shall promptly remit to Seller Seller's pro-rata share of Overpayments received by Purchaser from Tenant. Seller shall promptly remit to Purchaser Seller's pro-rata share of Underpayments. Seller hereby reserves the right to exercise its right to dispute the correctness of the Operating Statement given by Tenant for the calendar year 2005 pursuant to the provisions of Section 35.6 of the Net Lease with respect to Seller's period of ownership.

(f) Subject to the final sentence of Section 4.4(d) hereof, the provisions of this Section 4.4 shall survive Closing.

Section 4.5 Transaction Taxes and Closing Costs.

(a) Seller and Purchaser shall execute such returns, questionnaires and other documents as shall be required with regard to all applicable real property transaction taxes imposed by applicable federal, state or local law or ordinance;

(b) Seller shall pay the fees of any counsel representing Seller in connection with this transaction. Seller shall also pay the following costs and expenses:

(i) one-half of the escrow fee, if any, which may be charged by the Escrow Agent or Title Company;

(ii) the fees for Seller's Broker; and

(iii) any transfer tax, sales tax, documentary stamp tax or similar tax which becomes payable by reason of the transfer of the Property from Seller to Purchaser;

(c) Purchaser shall pay the fees of any counsel representing Purchaser in connection with this transaction. Purchaser shall also pay the following costs and expenses:

14

(i) one-half of the escrow fee, if any, which may be charged by the Escrow Agent or Title Company;

(ii) the fee for the title examination and the Title Commitment and the premium for the Owner's Policy of Title Insurance to be issued to Purchaser by the Title Company at Closing, and all endorsements thereto;

(iii) the cost of the Survey;

(iv) the fees for recording the Deed; and

(v) the fees for any broker, other than Seller's Broker, that Purchaser has dealt with or engaged on its behalf or for its benefit, in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, if any;

(d) The Personal Property is included in this sale without charge and each party acknowledges that no portion of the Purchase Price is attributable to the Personal Property;

(e) All costs and expenses incident to this transaction and the closing thereof, and not specifically described above, shall be paid by the party incurring same; and

(f) The provisions of this Section 4.5 shall survive the Closing.

Section 4.6 Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Purchaser. The obligation of Purchaser to consummate the transaction hereunder shall be subject to the fulfillment on or before the date of Closing of all of the following conditions, any or all of which may be waived by Purchaser in its sole discretion:

(a) Seller shall have delivered to Purchaser all of the items required to be delivered to Purchaser pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including but not limited to, those provided for in Section 4.2 hereof;

(b) All of the representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of Closing (with appropriate modifications permitted under this Agreement);

(c) The members of the Board of Directors of the Condominium and the Officers of the Condominium shall deliver written notices resigning their respective positions of the Condominium effective the date of the Closing (collectively, the "Board Resignation Letters"); and

(d) Seller shall have performed and observed, in all material respects, all covenants and agreements of this Agreement to be performed and observed by Seller as of the date of Closing.

Section 4.7 Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Seller. The obligation of Seller to consummate the transaction hereunder shall be subject to the fulfillment on or before the

15

date of Closing of all of the following conditions, any or all of which may be waived by Seller in its sole discretion:

(a) Seller shall have received the Purchase Price as adjusted as provided herein, pursuant to and payable in the manner provided for in this Agreement;

(b) Purchaser shall have delivered to Seller all of the items required to be delivered to Seller pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including but not limited to, those provided for in Section 4.3 hereof;

(c) All of the representations and warranties of Purchaser contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of Closing (with appropriate modifications permitted under this Agreement); and

(d) Purchaser shall have performed and observed, in all material respects, all covenants and agreements of this Agreement to be performed and observed by Purchaser as of the date of Closing.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

Section 5.1 Representations and Warranties of Seller. Seller hereby makes the following representations and warranties to Purchaser as of the Effective Date, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been made again as of the Closing, subject to Section 4.2(f) hereof:

(a) Organization and Authority. Seller has been duly organized and is validly existing under the laws of the State of New York. Seller has the full right and authority to enter into this Agreement and to transfer all of the Property and to consummate or cause to be consummated the transaction contemplated by this Agreement. The person signing this Agreement on behalf of Seller is authorized to do so.

(b) Pending Actions. To Seller's knowledge, Seller has not received written notice of any action, suit, arbitration, unsatisfied order or judgment, government investigation or proceeding pending against Seller which, if adversely determined, could individually or in the aggregate materially interfere with the consummation of the transaction or make any of Seller's representations in this Section 5.1 materially untrue.

(c) Operating Agreements. To Seller's knowledge, the Operating Agreements listed on Exhibit C are all of the agreements concerning the operation and maintenance of the Physical Property entered into by Seller which have not been assigned to the Tenant under the Net Lease. Seller has provided to Purchaser true and complete copies of the Operating Agreements.

(d) Lease Brokerage. To Seller's knowledge, there are no agreements with brokers providing for the payment from and after the Closing by Seller or Seller's successor-in-interest of

16

leasing commissions or fees for procuring tenants with respect to the Physical Property, except as disclosed in Exhibit L hereto;

(e) Condemnation. To Seller's knowledge, Seller has received no written notice of any condemnation proceedings relating to the Physical Property.

(f) Litigation. To Seller's knowledge, except as set forth on Exhibit M attached hereto, and except for proceedings related to claims for personal injury or damage to property due to events occurring at the Property, Seller has not received written notice of any litigation which has been filed against Seller that arises out of the ownership of the Property and could, if adversely determined, materially affect the Property or use thereof, or Seller's ability to perform hereunder;

(g) Violations. To Seller's knowledge, except as set forth on Exhibit N attached hereto, Seller has not received written notice of any uncured violation of any federal, state or local law relating to the use or operation of the Physical Property which would materially adversely affect the Property or use thereof; and

(h) Leases. To Seller's knowledge, the rent roll attached hereto as Exhibit O is accurate in all material respects, and lists all of the leases currently affecting the Physical Property.

(i) Security Deposits. To Seller's knowledge, Exhibit P is a true, correct and complete list of the security deposits currently held by Seller under the Leases in effect as of the date hereof.

(j) Tenant Arrearage. To Seller's knowledge, Exhibit O includes a tenant arrearage schedule which, to the best of Seller's knowledge, was true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the date set forth thereon.

(k) Landlord Default. To Seller's knowledge, except as set forth in Exhibit Q, there are no uncured defaults which have been asserted in writing against Seller by any tenant under any Lease.

Section 5.2 Knowledge Defined. References to the "knowledge" of Seller shall refer only to the current actual knowledge of the Designated Employees (as hereinafter defined) of Seller, and shall not be construed, by imputation or otherwise, to refer to the knowledge of Seller or any affiliate of Seller, to any property manager, or to any other officer, agent, manager, representative or employee of Seller or any affiliate thereof or to impose upon such Designated Employees any duty to investigate the matter to which such actual knowledge, or in the absence thereof, pertains. As used herein, the term "Designated Employees" shall refer to the following persons: (a) Gregory R. Reed, Director and (b) William L. Engel, Associate Director, and (c) Jeffrey Marconi, asset managers of the Property since 2001.

Section 5.3 Modification of Seller's Representations and Warranties. Purchaser acknowledges that it has inspected (i) all of the documents delivered or furnished to Purchaser for inspection, (ii) such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate and (iii) the Property and Purchaser agrees that, in the event that during such inspection Purchaser discovered any material matter which would form the basis for a claim by Purchaser that Seller has breached

17

any representation or warranty of Seller made in this Agreement or has any actual knowledge of any such matter, Seller's representations and warranties hereunder shall be deemed amended so as to be true and accurate and Purchaser shall have no claim for any breach based thereon.

Section 5.4 Survival of Seller's Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Section 5.1 hereof as updated as of the Closing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, shall survive Closing for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days. No claim for a breach of any representation or warranty of Seller shall be actionable or payable if the breach in question results from or is based on a condition, state of facts or other matter which was known to Purchaser prior to Closing. Seller shall have no liability to Purchaser for a breach of any representation or warranty (a) unless the valid claims for all such breaches collectively aggregate more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), in which event the full amount of such valid claims shall be actionable, up to the Cap (as defined in this Section), and (b) unless written notice containing a description of the specific nature of such breach shall have been given by Purchaser to Seller prior to the expiration of said one hundred eighty (180) day period and an action shall have been commenced by Purchaser against Seller within two hundred forty (240) days of Closing. Purchaser agrees to first seek recovery under any insurance policies, service contracts and Leases prior to seeking recovery from Seller, and Seller shall not be liable to Purchaser if Purchaser's claim is satisfied from such insurance policies, service contracts or Leases. As used herein, the term "Cap" shall mean the total aggregate amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

Section 5.5 Covenants of Seller. Seller hereby covenants with Purchaser as follows:

(a) Tenant currently operates the Property pursuant to the Net Lease. From the Effective Date hereof until the Closing or earlier termination of this Agreement, Seller shall not request or consent to any change in the manner in which Tenant has operated and maintained the Property prior to the date hereof;

(b) From and after the Effective Date hereof until the Closing or earlier termination of this Agreement, neither Seller nor Purchaser will enter into any amendment, renewal or expansion of an existing Lease or any new Lease without the consent of the other party.

(c) Promptly after execution of this Agreement, Seller will deliver to Purchaser a copy of the form of application (the "Application") submitted to the New York State Department of Law (the "Department") in connection with the issuance of the "no action" letter dated December 19, 2001 (the "No Action Letter") relating to the Property. Purchaser shall have the right, at Purchaser's sole cost and expense, to submit an application (the "New Application") to the Department, requesting either (i) an amendment to the No-Action Letter, or (ii) issuance of a new no-action letter (either (i) or
(ii), the ("AG Approval")), permitting Seller to transfer Units comprising the Property to more than one transferee. Seller shall cooperate with Purchaser, at Purchaser's sole cost and expense, in connection with submission of the New Application and issuance of the Approval, including without limitation, executing any reasonable affidavits and/or providing any reasonable information or documentation required or requested by the Department in order to obtain the AG Approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall not be a

18

pre-condition to Closing that the AG Approval shall have been obtained and in no event shall the Closing be postponed or delayed by the failure of Purchaser to have obtained the AG Approval.

Section 5.6 Representations and Warranties of Purchaser. Purchaser hereby makes the following representations and warranties to Seller as of the Effective Date, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been made again as of the Closing, subject to Section 4.3(c) hereof:

(a) Organization and Authority.

(i) This Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Purchaser and, upon the assumption that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller, this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, as well as other laws affecting creditors' rights and general equitable principles. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (1) violate or conflict with the Certificate of Formation or Operating Agreement of Purchaser; (2) breach the provisions of, or constitute a default under, any contract, agreement, instrument or obligation to which Purchaser is a party or by which Purchaser is bound; and (3) require the consent or approval of any other third party or governmental agency.

(ii) Purchaser hereby represents that, and agrees to furnish Seller at or prior to the Closing evidence confirming that (i) 1 Madison Venture LLC is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Delaware beneficially owned and controlled by SL Green Realty Corp., a publicly traded corporation ("Green"), Column Financial, Inc. ("Column") is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Delaware beneficially owned and controlled by Credit Suisse First Boston (USA), Inc., and (ii) the parties executing this Agreement and the Closing Documents on behalf of Purchaser have the legal capacity and authority to execute the documents as executed or to be executed.

(b) Pending Actions. To Purchaser's knowledge, there is no action, suit, arbitration, unsatisfied order or judgment, government investigation or proceeding pending against Purchaser which, if adversely determined, could individually or in the aggregate materially interfere with the consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) ERISA. (i) As of the Closing, (1) Purchaser will not be an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), which is subject to Title I of ERISA, nor a plan as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (each of the foregoing hereinafter referred to collectively as "Plan"), and (2) the assets of the Purchaser will not constitute "plan assets" of one or more such Plans within the meaning of Department of Labor ("DOL") Regulation Section 2510.3-101.

(ii) As of the Closing, if Purchaser is a "governmental plan" as defined in
Section 3(32) of ERISA, the closing of the sale of the Property will not constitute or result in a violation of

19

state or local statutes regulating investments of and fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans.

(iii) As of the Closing, Purchaser will be acting on its own behalf and not on account of or for the benefit of any Plan.

(iv) Purchaser has no present intent to transfer the Property to any entity, person or Plan which will cause a violation of ERISA.

(v) Purchaser shall not assign its interest under this Agreement to any entity, person, or Plan which will cause a violation of ERISA.

Section 5.7 Survival of Purchaser's Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Purchaser set forth in Section 5.6 hereof as updated as of the Closing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, shall survive Closing for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days. Purchaser shall have no liability to Seller for a breach of any representation or warranty unless written notice containing a description of the specific nature of such breach shall have been given by Seller to Purchaser prior to the expiration of said one hundred eighty (180) day period and an action shall have been commenced by Seller against Purchaser within two hundred forty (240) days of Closing.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULT

Section 6.1 Default by Purchaser. In the event the sale of the Property as contemplated hereunder is not consummated due to Purchaser's default hereunder, Seller shall be entitled, as its sole remedy, to terminate this Agreement and receive the Deposit as liquidated damages for the breach of this Agreement, it being agreed between the parties hereto that the actual damages to Seller in the event of such breach are impractical to ascertain and the amount of the Deposit is a reasonable estimate thereof.

Section 6.2 Default by Seller. In the event the sale of the Property as contemplated hereunder is not consummated due to Seller's default hereunder, Purchaser shall be entitled, as its sole remedy, either (a) to receive the return of the Deposit, which return shall operate to terminate this Agreement and release Seller from any and all liability hereunder, or (b) to enforce specific performance of Seller's obligation to convey the Property to Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, it being understood and agreed that the remedy of specific performance shall not be available to enforce any other obligation of Seller hereunder. Purchaser expressly waives its rights to seek damages in the event of Seller's default hereunder. If the sale of the Property is not consummated due to Seller's default hereunder, Purchaser shall be deemed to have elected to terminate this Agreement and receive back the Deposit if Purchaser fails to file suit for specific performance against Seller in a court having jurisdiction in the county and state in which the Property is located, on or before thirty (30) days following the date upon which Closing was to have occurred.

20

Section 6.3 Recoverable Damages. Notwithstanding Sections 6.1 and 6.2 hereof, in no event shall the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 limit the damages recoverable by either party against the other party due to the other party's obligation to indemnify such party in accordance with this Agreement. This Section shall survive the Closing or the earlier termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

RISK OF LOSS

Section 7.1 Minor Damage or Condemnation. Tenant maintains the casualty insurance with respect to the Building and is obligated to repair and restore the Building except in certain circumstances set forth in the Net Lease. In the event of loss or damage to, or condemnation of, the Physical Property or any portion thereof which is not "Major" (as hereinafter defined), this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 7.2 Major Damage. In the event of a "Major" loss or damage to, or condemnation of, the Physical Property or any portion thereof, Purchaser may terminate this Agreement by written notice to Seller, in which event the Deposit shall be returned to Purchaser. If Purchaser does not elect to terminate this Agreement within ten (10) days after Seller sends Purchaser written notice of the occurrence of such Major loss, damage or condemnation (which notice shall state the cost of repair or restoration thereof as opined by an architect in accordance with Section 7.3 hereof), then Purchaser shall be deemed to have elected to proceed with Closing.

Section 7.3 Definition of "Major" Loss or Damage. For purposes of Sections 7.1 and 7.2, "Major" loss, damage or condemnation refers to the following: (a) loss or damage to the Physical Property hereof such that the cost of repairing or restoring the premises in question to substantially the same condition which existed prior to the event of damage would be, in the opinion of an architect selected by Seller and reasonably approved by Purchaser, equal to or greater than Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000), and (b) any loss due to a condemnation which permanently and materially impairs the current use of the Physical Property. If Purchaser does not give written notice to Seller of Purchaser's reasons for disapproving an architect within five (5) business days after receipt of notice of the proposed architect, Purchaser shall be deemed to have approved the architect selected by Seller.

Section 7.4 General Obligations Law The parties hereto waive the provisions of Section 5-1311 of the General Obligations Law, which shall not apply to this Agreement and agree that their respective rights in case of damage, destruction, condemnation or taking by eminent domain shall be governed by the provisions of this Section. The provisions of this Section shall survive the Closing.

ARTICLE VIII

COMMISSIONS

21

Section 8.1 Brokerage Commissions. With respect to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, Seller represents that its sole broker is CB Richard Ellis, Inc. ("Seller's Broker"), and Purchaser represents that it has not dealt with or engaged on its behalf or for its benefit any broker other than Seller's Broker. Seller shall be fully responsible for any and all commissions and other compensation due Seller's Broker in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, which shall be paid pursuant to a separate written agreement between Seller and Seller's Broker. Each party hereto agrees that if any person or entity, other than the Seller's Broker, makes a claim for brokerage commissions or finder's fees related to the sale of the Property by Seller to Purchaser, and such claim is made by, through or on account of any acts or alleged acts of said party or its representatives, said party will protect, indemnify, defend and hold the other party free and harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, cost, damage and expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees) in connection therewith. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive Closing or any termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

DISCLAIMERS AND WAIVERS

Section 9.1 No Reliance on Documents. Except as expressly stated herein, Seller makes no representation or warranty as to the truth, accuracy or completeness of any materials, data or information delivered or given by Seller or its brokers or agents to Purchaser in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby. Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that all materials, data and information delivered or given by Seller to Purchaser in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby are provided to Purchaser as a convenience only and that any reliance on or use of such materials, data or information by Purchaser shall be at the sole risk of Purchaser, except as otherwise expressly stated herein. Neither Seller, nor any affiliate of Seller, nor the person or entity which prepared any report or reports delivered by Seller to Purchaser shall have any liability to Purchaser for any inaccuracy in or omission from any such reports.

Section 9.2 AS-IS SALE; DISCLAIMERS. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT SELLER IS NOT MAKING AND HAS NOT AT ANY TIME MADE ANY WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS, GUARANTIES, COVENANTS OR STATEMENTS OF ANY TYPE, KIND, NATURE OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE PROPERTY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS, GUARANTIES, COVENANTS OR STATEMENTS AS TO HABITABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF THE PROPERTY FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, THE INCOME, EXPENSES, OPERATION OR PROFITABILITY OF THE PROPERTY, THE OPERATING HISTORY OF OR ANY PROJECTIONS RELATING TO THE PROPERTY, THE VALUATION OF THE PROPERTY, ANY TAX TREATMENT, WHETHER INCOME OR OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE PROPERTY, OR AS TO THE PHYSICAL, STRUCTURAL, OR ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY, ITS COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS OR WITH RESPECT TO THE ZONING OF, OR ANY APPROVALS, LICENSES OR PERMITS REQUIRED FOR THE PROPERTY, OR THE SUITABILITY OF THE PROPERTY FOR PURCHASER'S INTENDED USE THEREOF OR THE ABILITY OR FEASIBILITY TO CONVERT THE PROPERTY OR ANY PORTION

22

THEREOF TO ANY OTHER OR PARTICULAR USE, OR WITH RESPECT TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ACCESS, INGRESS OR EGRESS TO THE PROPERTY, THE NEED FOR OR COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL OR THIRD PARTY APPROVALS OR GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS, OR ANY OTHER MATTER OR THING OF ANY TYPE, KIND, NATURE OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER RELATING TO OR AFFECTING THE PROPERTY.

PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT UPON CLOSING SELLER SHALL SELL AND CONVEY TO PURCHASER AND PURCHASER SHALL ACCEPT THE PROPERTY "AS IS, WHERE IS, WITH ALL FAULTS", EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT EXPRESSLY PROVIDED OTHERWISE IN THIS AGREEMENT. PURCHASER HAS NOT RELIED AND WILL NOT RELY ON, AND SELLER IS NOT LIABLE FOR OR BOUND BY, ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, GUARANTIES, COVENANTS, STATEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS OR INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE PROPERTY OR RELATING THERETO (INCLUDING SPECIFICALLY, WITHOUT LIMITATION, OFFERING PACKAGES DISTRIBUTED WITH RESPECT TO THE PROPERTY) MADE OR FURNISHED BY SELLER, THE MANAGERS OF THE PROPERTY, OR ANY REAL ESTATE BROKER OR AGENT REPRESENTING OR PURPORTING TO REPRESENT SELLER, TO WHOMEVER MADE OR GIVEN, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ORALLY OR IN WRITING, UNLESS AND TO THE EXTENT EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT. PURCHASER ALSO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE PURCHASE PRICE REFLECTS AND TAKES INTO ACCOUNT THAT THE PROPERTY IS BEING SOLD "AS-IS, WHERE IS, WITH ALL FAULTS."

PURCHASER REPRESENTS TO SELLER THAT PURCHASER HAS CONDUCTED SUCH INVESTIGATIONS OF THE PROPERTY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE PHYSICAL, STRUCTURAL, AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, THE INCOME AND EXPENSES OF AND FROM THE PROPERTY AND THE PROFITABILITY OF THE PROPERTY AND ANY TAX TREATMENT, WHETHER INCOME OR OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE PROPERTY, AS PURCHASER DEEMS NECESSARY OR DESIRABLE TO SATISFY ITSELF AS TO THE CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY AND THE EXISTENCE OR NONEXISTENCE OR CURATIVE ACTION TO BE TAKEN WITH RESPECT TO ANY HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC SUBSTANCES ON OR DISCHARGED FROM THE PROPERTY, AND IS RELYING SOLELY AND WILL RELY SOLELY UPON SAME AND NOT UPON ANY INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OR ON BEHALF OF SELLER OR ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES WITH RESPECT THERETO, OTHER THAN ANY, IF ANY, REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF SELLER AS ARE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT. UPON CLOSING, PURCHASER SHALL ASSUME THE RISK THAT ADVERSE MATTERS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CONSTRUCTION DEFECTS AND ADVERSE PHYSICAL, ENVIRONMENTAL, FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC CONDITIONS, MAY NOT HAVE BEEN REVEALED BY PURCHASER'S INVESTIGATIONS, AND PURCHASER, UPON CLOSING, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE WAIVED, RELINQUISHED AND RELEASED SELLER (AND SELLER'S AFFILIATES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS) FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, CAUSES OF ACTION (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CAUSES OF ACTION IN TORT), LOSSES, DAMAGES, LIABILITIES, COSTS AND EXPENSES

23

(INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEYS' FEES) OF ANY AND EVERY TYPE, KIND, CHARACTER OR NATURE WHATSOEVER, KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, WHICH PURCHASER MIGHT HAVE ASSERTED OR ALLEGED AGAINST SELLER (AND/OR SELLER'S AFFILIATES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS) AT ANY TIME BY REASON OF OR ARISING OUT OF THE PHYSICAL, ENVIRONMENTAL, STRUCTURAL, FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY, ANY LATENT OR PATENT CONSTRUCTION OR OTHER DEFECTS RELATED TO THE PROPERTY, VIOLATIONS OF ANY APPLICABLE LAWS RELATED TO THE PROPERTY, THE HABITABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF THE PROPERTY FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, THE INCOME, EXPENSES OR PROFITABILITY OF THE PROPERTY, ANY TAX TREATMENT, WHETHER INCOME OR OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE PROPERTY, OF THE PROPERTY, ITS COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS OR WITH RESPECT TO THE ZONING OF, APPROVALS REQUIRED FOR, OR THE SUITABILITY OF THE PROPERTY FOR PURCHASER'S INTENDED USE THEREOF OR THE ABILITY OR THE FEASIBILITY TO CONVERT THE PROPERTY OR ANY PORTION THEREOF TO ANY OTHER OR PARTICULAR USE, OR WITH RESPECT TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ACCESS, INGRESS OR EGRESS, OPERATING HISTORY OR PROJECTIONS, VALUATION, GOVERNMENTAL OR THIRD PARTY APPROVALS, GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS OR ANY OTHER MATTER OR THING OF ANY TYPE, KIND, NATURE OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER RELATING TO OR AFFECTING THE PROPERTY, AND ANY AND ALL OTHER ACTS, OMISSIONS, EVENTS, CIRCUMSTANCES OR MATTERS OF ANY TYPE, CHARACTER OR NATURE WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PROPERTY. PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH ADVERSE MATTERS MAY AFFECT PURCHASER'S ABILITY TO SELL, LEASE, OPERATE OR FINANCE THE PROPERTY AT ANY TIME AND FROM TIME TO TIME.

Section 9.3 Survival of Disclaimers. The provisions of this Article IX shall survive Closing or any termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.1 Confidentiality. Purchaser and its representatives shall hold in strictest confidence all data and information obtained with respect to Seller or its business, whether obtained before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement which shall be used solely for the purposes of evaluating the proposed acquisition of the Property by Purchaser, and shall not disclose the same to others; provided, however, that it is understood and agreed that Purchaser may disclose such data and information to the employees, lenders, consultants, accountants and attorneys of Purchaser provided that such persons agree in writing to treat such data and information confidentially. In the event this Agreement is terminated or Purchaser fails to perform hereunder, Purchaser shall promptly return to Seller any statements, documents, schedules, exhibits or other written information obtained from Seller in connection with this Agreement or the transaction contemplated herein. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Purchaser or its agents or representatives of this Section 10.1, Seller shall be entitled to an injunction restraining Purchaser or its agents or representatives from disclosing, in whole or in part, such confidential information. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Seller from pursuing any other

24

available remedy at law or in equity for such breach or threatened breach. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

Section 10.2 Public Disclosure. Except as set forth below, prior to the Closing, any press release or other public disclosure of information with respect to the sale contemplated herein or any matters set forth in this Agreement made or released by or on behalf of either party shall be subject to the prior approval of the other party. Notwithstanding the provisions of this
Section 10.2 above, at any time after the date hereof, either party may, if in such party's reasonable discretion it is necessary (upon advice of counsel) to comply with law (including subpoenas, court orders or similar legal processes), rules or regulations or the requirements of a securities self regulatory organization, issue a press release or other public disclosure acknowledgement that Purchaser and Seller have entered into a contract of sale with respect to the Property, the anticipated closing date, and containing such other information which such party reasonably believes to be required to be disclosed. The provisions of this Section 10.2 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

Section 10.3 Assignment. Subject to the provisions of this Section 10.3, the terms and provisions of this Agreement are to apply to and bind the permitted successors and assigns of the parties hereto. Purchaser may not assign its rights under this Agreement without first obtaining Seller's written approval, which approval may be given or withheld in Seller's sole discretion, and any such attempted assignment without Seller's prior written approval shall be null and void. In the event Purchaser intends to assign its rights hereunder,
(a) Purchaser shall send Seller written notice of its request at least ten (10) business days prior to Closing, which request shall include the legal name and structure of the proposed assignee, as well as any other information that Seller may reasonably request, and (b) Purchaser and the proposed assignee shall execute an assignment and assumption of this Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Seller, and (c) in no event shall any assignment of this Agreement release or discharge Purchaser from any liability or obligation hereunder. Notwithstanding the second sentence of this Section 10.3 (i) Purchaser may assign this Agreement in its entirety to an entity which is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, and controlled by, any of Green, Column, Gramercy (as defined in Section 10.22) or any combination of such parties; and (ii) at Closing, provided that (x) the Department has issued the AG Approval, (y) the Tenant under the Net Lease has consented in writing to such transfers, and (z) Purchaser at its sole cost and expense has prepared an amendment to the Declaration to permit such transfers which amendment has been approved (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) by Seller's counsel (which legal expense shall be paid by Purchaser), Purchaser may designate one or more entities, each of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by any of SLG, Column, Gramercy or any combination of such parties, to acquire one or more Units comprising the Property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, under no circumstances shall Purchaser have the right to assign this Agreement (1) to any person or entity owned or controlled by an employee benefit plan if Seller's sale of the Property to such person or entity would, in the reasonable opinion of Seller's ERISA advisor, create or otherwise cause a "prohibited transaction" under ERISA, and (2) in any manner that is not in compliance with laws, rules, and regulations of any governmental authority having jurisdiction thereof (including but not limited to the US Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control and the US Patriot Act). Any transfer, directly or indirectly, of any stock, partnership interest or other ownership interest in Purchaser or of the persons and/or entities that control Purchaser shall constitute an assignment of this Agreement. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall survive the Closing or any termination of this Agreement.

25

Section 10.4 Notices. Any notice pursuant to this Agreement shall be given in writing by (a) personal delivery, (b) reputable overnight delivery service with proof of delivery, (c) United States Mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or (d) legible facsimile transmission, sent to the intended addressee at the address set forth below, or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the addressee shall have designated by written notice sent in accordance herewith, and shall be deemed to have been given upon receipt or refusal to accept delivery, or, in the case of facsimile transmission, as of the date of the facsimile transmission provided that an original of such facsimile is also sent to the intended addressee by means described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) above. Unless changed in accordance with the preceding sentence, the addresses for notices given pursuant to this Agreement shall be as follows:

If to Seller         Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
                     10 Park Avenue
                     Morristown, New Jersey  07960
                     Attention:  Managing Director, Real Estate Investments,
                                 Equity Investments Portfolio
                     Telephone No. 973-355-4409
                     Telecopy No. 973-355-4430

With a copy to:      Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
                     10 Park Avenue
                     Morristown, New Jersey 07960
                     Attention: William P. Gardella,
                                Senior Associate General Counsel,
                     Telephone No. 973-355-4902
                     Telecopy No. 973-355-4920


If to Purchaser:     1 Madison Venture LLC
                     c/o SL Green Realty Corp.
                     420 Lexington Avenue
                     New York, New York 10170
                     Attention: Marc Holliday
                                Andrew S. Levine
                     Telephone No. 212-216-1684
                     Telecopy No. 212-216-1785

with a copy to:      Column Financial, Inc.
                     11 Madison Avenue
                     New York, New York 10010
                     Attention: Mason Sleeper
                     Telephone No. 212-235-6858
                     Telecopy No. 212-325-8185

with a copy to:      Solomon and Weinberg LLP
                     900 Third Avenue, 29th Floor

26

New York, New York 10022 Attention: Craig H. Solomon, Esq.


Howard R. Shapiro, Esq.
Telephone No. 212-605-1000
Telecopy No. 212-605-0999

and                  Greenberg Traurig LLP
                     200 Park Avenue
                     New York, New York 10166
                     Attention: Stephen Rabinowitz, Esq.
                     Telephone No. 212-801-9295
                     Telecopy No. 212-801-6400


     Section 10.5 Modifications. This Agreement cannot be changed orally, and no

executory agreement shall be effective to waive, change, modify or discharge it in whole or in part unless such executory agreement is in writing and is signed by the parties against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification or discharge is sought.

Section 10.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the exhibits and schedules hereto, contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and fully supersedes all prior written or oral agreements and understandings between the parties pertaining to such subject matter, other than any confidentiality agreement executed by Purchaser in connection with the Property.

Section 10.7 Further Assurances. Each party agrees that it will execute and deliver such other documents and take such other action, whether prior or subsequent to Closing, as may be reasonably requested by the other party to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement. The provisions of this Section 10.7 shall survive Closing.

Section 10.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all such executed counterparts shall constitute the same agreement, and the signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended to, any other counterpart.

Section 10.9 Facsimile Signatures. In order to expedite the transaction contemplated herein, telecopied signatures may be used in place of original signatures on this Agreement. Seller and Purchaser intend to be bound by the signatures on the telecopied document, are aware that the other party will rely on the telecopied signatures, and hereby waive any defenses to the enforcement of the terms of this Agreement based on the form of signature.

Section 10.10 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall nonetheless remain in full force and effect; provided that the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision does not materially adversely affect the benefits accruing to any party hereunder.

27

Section 10.11 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State in which the Property is located. Purchaser and Seller agree that the provisions of this Section 10.11 shall survive the Closing or any termination of this Agreement.

Section 10.12 No Third-Party Beneficiary. The provisions of this Agreement and of the documents to be executed and delivered at Closing are and will be for the benefit of Seller and Purchaser only and are not for the benefit of any third party, and accordingly, no third party shall have the right to enforce the provisions of this Agreement or of the documents to be executed and delivered at Closing.

Section 10.13 Captions. The section headings appearing in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not intended, to any extent and for any purpose, to limit or define the text of any section or any subsection hereof.

Section 10.14 Construction. The parties acknowledge that the parties and their counsel have reviewed and revised this Agreement and that the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement or any exhibits or amendments hereto.

Section 10.15 Recordation. This Agreement may not be recorded by any party hereto. The provisions of this Section 10.15 shall survive the Closing or any termination of this Agreement.

Section 10.16 Audit Rights and Tenant Reconciliation Statements. For a period of three (3) years after the Closing, Purchaser shall allow Seller and its agents and representatives access without charge to (i) all files, records, and documents delivered to Purchaser at the Closing, and (ii) the financial records and financial statements for the Property (including but not limited to, financial records and financial statements related to the Reconciliation Statements, as such term is hereinafter defined) for the calendar year in which the Closing occurs and for the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the Closing occurs, upon reasonable advance notice and at all reasonable times, to examine and to make copies of any and all such files, records, documents, and statements, which right shall survive the Closing. Purchaser shall prepare and provide to the tenants under the Leases (other than the Net Lease) a statement of the reconciliation of expenses between the landlord and the tenants under the Leases in accordance with the terms of the Leases (the "Reconciliation Statements"), and Purchaser shall provide Seller with copies of the Reconciliation Statements at the same time that they are furnished to the tenants. If amounts are due from any tenants based on the Reconciliation Statements, Purchaser shall make a good faith effort after Closing to collect the same in the usual course of Purchaser's operation of the Property, and upon collection, to remit to Seller, Seller's share of those amounts in accordance with the terms of Section 4.4 hereof; however, Purchaser shall not be obligated to institute any lawsuit or other collection procedures to collect said amounts. Seller may attempt to collect amounts due to it pursuant to the reconciliation of expenses between the landlord and the tenants in accordance with the terms of the Leases, and Seller may institute any lawsuit or collection procedures, but Seller may not evict any tenant after Closing. The provisions of this Section 10.16 shall survive the Closing.

28

Section 10.17. Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by Purchaser or Seller in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement that give Purchaser or Seller the right to terminate this Agreement, then neither party shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder (except for indemnity obligations of either party pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement) and the Deposit shall be returned to Purchaser and each party shall bear its own costs incurred hereunder.

Section 10.18. 1031 Exchange. Purchaser agrees to reasonably cooperate with Seller (without liability or cost to Purchaser) in Seller's efforts to consummate the sale of the Property in a manner which qualifies as a so-called "deferred" or "like-kind" exchange pursuant to Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code for Seller, or any affiliate thereof (a "Seller 1031 Exchange"). Such cooperation shall include, without limitation, acquiring the Property or any portion thereof or interest therein from a qualified intermediary, Seller assigning all or any portion of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a qualified intermediary and Purchaser paying all or any portion of the Purchase Price to a qualified intermediary. Seller shall be responsible for all costs and expenses related to a Seller 1031 Exchange and shall fully indemnify, defend and hold Purchaser harmless from and against any and all liability, claims, damages, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees other than those incurred prior to Closing to review documents to facilitate the Seller 1031 Exchange), taxes, fees, proceedings and causes of action of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of, connected with or in any manner related to such Seller 1031 Exchange. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive Closing and the transfer of the Property to Purchaser.

Seller agrees to reasonably cooperate with Purchaser (without liability or cost to Seller) in connection with the acquisition of all or a portion of the Property by Purchaser or a designee permitted pursuant to Section 10.3 hereof as part of a "deferred" or "like-kind" exchange pursuant to Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code (a "Purchaser 1031Exchange"). Purchaser shall be responsible for all costs and expenses related to a Purchaser 1031 Exchange and shall fully indemnify, defend and hold Seller harmless from and against any and all liability, claims, damages, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees to facilitate the Purchaser 1031 Exchange), taxes, fees, proceedings and causes of action of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of, connected with or in any manner related to such Purchaser 1031 Exchange. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive Closing and the transfer of the Property to Purchaser.

Section 10.19. One Madison Avenue Address. Purchaser covenants that it will not change or seek to change the street address of the South Building, or permit the street address of the South Building to be changed or modified, to anything other than "One Madison Avenue" and the Deed shall contain a provision evidencing such restriction. The obligations of Purchaser in this Section shall survive the Closing.

Section 10.20. MetLife Lease. It is understood and agreed between the parties that from and after the Closing Seller will be leasing approximately 150 rentable square feet on the 11th Floor of the South Building pursuant to a lease between Purchaser, as landlord, and Seller, as tenant, in substantially the form and substance of Exhibit S attached hereto and made a part hereof (the "MetLife Lease"). At the Closing Purchaser and Seller shall execute and deliver to each other the MetLife Lease.

29

Section 10.21. Industrial and Commercial Incentive Program. Seller hereby notifies Purchaser that Seller has previously applied for the benefits provided by Sections 11-256 through 11-267 of the Administrative Code of the City of New York, authorized by Title 2-D of Article 4 of the New York Real Property Tax Law and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (herein collectively called the "Industrial and Commercial Incentive Program" or the "ICIP Program"). The New York City Department of Finance determined that the renovations made by Seller did not result in an assessable increase which would be subject to the benefits of the ICIP Program. No representation is made by Seller as to the availability of any reduction in real estate taxes as a result of the ICIP Program and there will be no adjustment in the Purchase Price hereunder as a result of the lack of benefits from the ICIP Program. Purchaser agrees to take any action it deems appropriate with respect to the ICIP Program at its own cost and expense.

Section 10.22. Transfer Fee.

(A) As additional consideration for the conveyance of the Property, Purchaser shall pay to Seller 25% of the Net Gain on any Transfer that occurs from and after the Closing Date to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, as follows:

(i) "Transfer" includes (a) any direct or indirect transfer of any direct or indirect interest in all or part of the Property or of Purchaser, (b) any transaction which causes ultimate beneficial ownership of all or any part of the Property or Purchaser to change, and (c) any option or similar contract which allows the holder to effectuate a Transfer by payment of consideration within twelve (12) months after its issuance. The term "Transfer" does not include any of the foregoing to an Affiliated Party (as hereinafter defined), and does not include (1) any mortgage loan or mezzanine loan made substantially on institutional loan terms or any preferred equity investment in Purchaser, (2) the sale or transfer of the Tower or any direct or indirect interest in Purchaser (or the entity acquiring fee title to the Units comprising the Tower in accordance with Section 10.3) in connection with the development and/or subsequent conversion of the Tower into a residential condominium and the subsequent sale of units of such condominium, (3) any sale of securities in either Green, Gramercy Capital Corp., a publicly traded company which as of the date hereof is 25% owned by Green ("Gramercy") or Column, or any Affiliated Party thereof or (4) the merger, consolidation or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of either Green, Gramercy or Column. As used herein, an Affiliated Party shall mean any party which is either (x) Green, or any affiliate of Green, (y) Gramercy, or any affiliate of Gramercy, or (z) Column, or any affiliate of Column. An "affiliate" for purposes of this Section means, when used with reference to a specified party, any person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with the specified party.

(ii) A Transfer shall be deemed to have occurred upon the delivery of a deed, assignment, stock purchase agreement, merger certificate or other evidence

30

of such Transfer to the transferee or its agent or designee and payment of consideration therefor. A Transfer pursuant to an option or similar contract described in item (A)(i)(c) above shall be deemed to have occurred upon the exercise of the applicable option, the delivery (if applicable) of a deed, assignment or other evidence of such Transfer to the transferee or its agent or designee and payment of consideration therefor.

(iii) "Net Gain" with respect to any asset or interest subject to a Transfer is the excess, as of the date of such Transfer, of (a) the fair market value of the gross consideration (including, without limitation, cash and all other property, notes, securities, contracts, and instruments) given to or for the benefit of Purchaser or any direct or indirect holder of an interest in Purchaser (other than the sale of stock in any publicly held company) or the Property in connection with the Transfer of such asset or interest over (b) the sum of (1) all reasonable Transfer expenses, such as legal fees, brokerage commissions, transfer taxes, recording fees, and other fees for customary transfer services paid to parties unrelated to Purchaser, the transferor, and the transferee in connection with the Transfer of such asset or interest, plus (2) the product of the Cost Percentage indicated below for such asset or interest multiplied by the Purchase Price, plus (3) the unamortized portion of any additional capitalized or expensed investment fully paid by Purchaser (as evidenced to the reasonable satisfaction of Seller) after the Closing Date and prior to the Transfer which is attributable to such asset or interest.

(iv) For purposes of this Section 10.22, the "Cost Percentages" for each of the portions of the Property shall be as set forth in the Deeds for the South Building and the Tower, or if separate Deeds are not delivered, shall be based upon values of 802 and 116, respectively (South Building: Tower). To the extent that, rather than a transfer of the South Building or the Tower, the applicable Transfer relates to an interest in the South Building and/or the Tower, the Cost Percentage will be the applicable percentage based upon the portion of the Property directly or indirectly represented by such interest. If the entire Property or all of the ownership interests in Purchaser are the subject of a Transfer, the Cost Percentage shall be one hundred percent (100%). If the interest subject to a Transfer represents less than one hundred percent of the ownership interest in Purchaser, the applicable Cost Percentage for such Transfer shall be equal to the percentage of ownership interest being transferred.

(B) The additional consideration payable by Purchaser to Seller under this Section 10.22 shall be due and payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds (to an account designated by Seller) within ten (10) days after the date the Transfer occurs, whether or not the gross consideration given in connection for Transfer is in cash or non-cash form.

31

(C) Any dispute arising from or in any way relating to this Section 10.22, including breach thereof, shall be determined in a federal or state court in the City of New York, to which Purchaser and Seller hereby submit for jurisdiction; provided, that by written notice to Purchaser given within twenty (20) days after Seller has been served with a complaint which has been filed in court, Seller may in its sole and absolute discretion cause such dispute to be resolved instead by expedited arbitration in accord with the Commercial Arbitration Rules for Expedited Procedures of the American Arbitration Association by a single arbitrator who is appointed by the President of the Real Estate Board of New York and has no affiliation with any party to such dispute.

(D) The provisions of this Section 10.22 shall survive Closing.

Section 10.23. Joint and Several Liability. Each of the entities comprising Purchaser shall be jointly and severally liable for all the obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement.

[NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]

32

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

SELLER:

METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
a New York corporation

By: /s/ Kevin Thorwarth
    ----------------------------
Name:  Kevin Thorwarth
Title: Managing Director

PURCHASER:
1 MADISON VENTURE LLC
a Delaware limited liability company

By: /s/ Marc Holliday
    ----------------------------
Name:  Marc Holliday
Title: President

and

COLUMN FINANCIAL, INC.
A Delaware corporation

By: /s/ Mason Sleeper
    ----------------------------
Name:  Mason Sleeper
Title: Vice President

Escrow Agent executes this Agreement below solely for the purpose of acknowledging that it agrees to be bound by the provisions of Sections 1.5 and 1.6 hereof.

ESCROW AGENT:

JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A.

a -------------------------

By: /s/ Jason M. Orben
    -----------------------
Name:  Jason M. Orben
Title: Vice President

33

Exhibit 10.98

METLIFE BUILDING
200 PARK AVENUE, NEW YORK, NY

PURCHASE AND

SALE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

METROPOLITAN TOWER LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,
a Delaware corporation,

AS SELLER,

AND

TISHMAN SPEYER DEVELOPMENT, L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited liability company,

AS PURCHASER

As of April 1, 2005


PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

This PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT") is made as of April 1, 2005 (the "EFFECTIVE DATE"), by and between METROPOLITAN TOWER LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, a Delaware corporation ("SELLER") and TISHMAN SPEYER DEVELOPMENT, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("PURCHASER").

WITNESSETH:

ARTICLE I

PURCHASE AND SALE

SECTION 1.1 Agreement of Purchase and Sale. Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, Seller agrees to sell and convey to Purchaser, and Purchaser agrees to purchase from Seller, the following:

(a) that certain tract or parcel of land situated in New York County, New York, more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, together with all rights and appurtenances pertaining to such property, including any right, title and interest of Seller in and to adjacent streets, alleys or rights-of-way (the property described in clause (a) of this Section 1.1 being herein referred to collectively as the "LAND");

(b) the building (the "BUILDING") structures, fixtures and other improvements affixed to or located on the Land, excluding fixtures owned by tenants (the property described in clause (b) of this Section 1.1 being herein referred to collectively as the "IMPROVEMENTS");

(c) excepting only those items of personal property more particularly identified on Exhibit B-1 attached hereto and all items of personal property owned by Seller or any affiliate thereof as tenant pursuant to any of the Leases (as hereinafter defined), any and all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to all tangible personal property located upon the Land or within the Improvements, including, without limitation, any and all appliances, furniture, carpeting, draperies and curtains, tools and supplies, plans, specifications, drawings, books and building records and other items of personal property owned by Seller (excluding cash and any software), located on and used exclusively in connection with the operation of the Land and the Improvements, which personal property includes without limitation the personal property listed on Exhibit B attached hereto (the property described in clause (c) of this
Section 1.1 being herein referred to collectively as the "PERSONAL PROPERTY");

(d) excepting only Seller's interest, if any, as tenant under any Leases and the interest of any affiliate of Seller, as tenant, under any Leases, any and all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to the leases, licenses and occupancy agreements and amendments thereof and any guarantees thereof, covering all or any portion of the Real Property (as defined in Section 1.3 hereof), (the property described in clause (d) of this Section 1.1 being herein referred to collectively


as the "LEASES"), together with all rents, reimbursements of real estate taxes and operating expenses, and other sums due thereunder (the "RENTS") and any and all security deposits in connection therewith, including letters of credit (the "SECURITY DEPOSITS");

(e) any and all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to (i) all assignable contracts and agreements (collectively, the "OPERATING AGREEMENTS") listed and described on Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof, relating to the upkeep, repair, maintenance or operation of the Land, Improvements or Personal Property, and (ii) all assignable existing warranties and guaranties (express or implied) issued to Seller in connection with the Improvements or the Personal Property, and (iii) all assignable existing permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations and certificates of occupancy issued by any governmental authority in connection with the Property (the property described in clause (e) of this Section 1.1 being sometimes herein referred to collectively as the "INTANGIBLES"); and

(f) such right, title and interest, if any, Seller may have in and to that certain grant of term dated October 29, 1959, recorded in the Office of the Register of the City of New York, County of New York, in Liber 5123 cp 235, as amended by Agreement dated April 19, 1961, recorded in said Office in Liber 5151, cp 676 and by Agreement dated as of June 15, 1963 recorded in said Office in Liber 5244, cp 402 (the "GRANT OF TERM"); and that certain Agreement of Lease dated as of October 30, 1959, a memorandum of which was recorded in said Office in Liber 5104, cp 598, as amended by certain Agreements dated as of June 27, 1960, April 19, 1961 and June 4, 1963, which were recorded in said Office in Liber 5152, cp 16, Liber 5152, cp 1 and Liber 5244, cp 410, respectively (the "PRIME LEASE"); (the Grant of Term and Prime Lease being sometimes herein referred to collectively as the "GROUND LEASE").

SECTION 1.2 Reservation of Existing Signs. It is expressly agreed by the parties hereto that Seller does except from the sale of the Property hereunder and reserve to and for the benefit of itself and its successors and assigns, all signs, sign panels, logos, names, insignias and other identifying symbols and marks that, as of the date hereof, name, identify, signify, or otherwise pertain or refer to MetLife, Met Life and the MetLife Building 200 Park Avenue and the conduits, equipment, utility lines and facilities and appurtenances serving, supplying, benefiting and securing the same in place (collectively the "Existing Signs") including specifically, without limitation, the illuminated signs, logos and insignias located near the top of each of the exterior facades of the Building, all as more particularly described and illustrated on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto. It is further acknowledged by the parties hereto, that Seller shall (or has) retained and/or granted, conveyed and assigned all right, title and interest in and to any and all such Existing Signs, together with all rights, reservations and easements to use, repair, replace, illuminate, modify and assign same, all as more particularly described in, and pursuant to, that certain perpetual easement to be contained in and reserved to and for the benefit of Seller and its successors and assigns in the Deed; as the same may be hereinafter assigned pursuant to the terms thereof.

SECTION 1.3 Property Defined. The Land and the Improvements are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the "REAL PROPERTY." The Land, the Improvements, the Ground Lease, the Personal Property, the Leases and the Intangibles are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as the "PROPERTY."


SECTION 1.4 Purchase Price. Seller is to sell and Purchaser is to purchase the Property for the amount of ONE BILLION SEVEN HUNDRED TWENTY MILLION and 00/100 DOLLARS ($1,720,000,000.00) (the "PURCHASE PRICE").

SECTION 1.5 Payment of Purchase Price. The Purchase Price, as increased or decreased by prorations and adjustments as herein provided, shall be payable in full at Closing in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account or accounts designated by Seller in writing to Purchaser prior to the Closing.

SECTION 1.6 Deposit. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Purchaser has deposited in escrow with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the "ESCROW AGENT"), having its office at c/o New York Escrow Services, 4 New York Plaza, 21st Floor, New York, New York 10004 (ABA No: 021-000-021; Account Number: 507955013), the sum of ONE HUNDRED MILLION and 00/100 DOLLARS ($100,000,000.00) (such sum, together with any and all interest earned thereon, the "DEPOSIT") in good funds, either by certified bank or cashier's check or by federal wire transfer. The Escrow Agent shall hold the Deposit in an interest-bearing account reasonably acceptable to Seller and Purchaser, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. All interest earned on the Deposit shall become a part of the Deposit, shall be credited against the balance of the Purchase Price due from Purchaser at Closing, and shall be deemed income of Purchaser. Purchaser and Seller shall each be responsible for the payment of one-half of all costs and fees imposed on the Deposit account. The Deposit shall be distributed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The failure of Purchaser to timely deliver any Deposit hereunder shall be a material default, and shall entitle Seller, at Seller's sole option, to terminate this Agreement immediately.

SECTION 1.7 Escrow Agent. Escrow Agent shall hold and dispose of the Deposit in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Seller and Purchaser agree that the duties of the Escrow Agent hereunder are purely ministerial in nature and shall be expressly limited to the safekeeping and disposition of the Deposit in accordance with this Agreement. Escrow Agent shall incur no liability in connection with the safekeeping or disposition of the Deposit for any reason other than Escrow Agent's willful misconduct or gross negligence. In the event that Escrow Agent shall be in doubt as to its duties or obligations with regard to the Deposit, or in the event that Escrow Agent receives conflicting instructions from Purchaser and Seller with respect to the Deposit, Escrow Agent shall not disburse the Deposit and shall, at its option, continue to hold the Deposit until both Purchaser and Seller agree in writing as to its disposition or until a final judgment is entered by a court of competent jurisdiction directing its disposition, or Escrow Agent shall interplead the Deposit in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Property is located.

Escrow Agent shall not be responsible for any interest on the Deposit except as is actually earned, or for the loss of any interest resulting from the withdrawal of the Deposit prior to the date interest is posted thereon or for any loss caused by the failure, suspension, bankruptcy or dissolution of the institution in which the Deposit is deposited.


Escrow Agent shall dispose of the Deposit in accordance with written instructions jointly executed by both Seller and Purchaser or as directed by order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

Escrow Agent shall execute this Agreement solely for the purpose of being bound by the provisions of Sections 1.6 and 1.7 hereof.

ARTICLE II

TITLE AND SURVEY

SECTION 2.1 Title Inspection Period. Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that (a) Seller has furnished to Purchaser prior to the Effective Date: (i) a current preliminary title report dated January 24, 2005, ("Title Commitment") issued by Chicago Title Insurance Company on the Real Property, accompanied by copies of all documents referred to in the report; (ii) a copy of the land title survey (the "Survey") prepared by Earl B. Lowell - S.P. Belcher, Inc. dated August 19, 1963, as updated by visual inspection as of February 23, 2005, for the Land and the Improvements; and (iii) copies of the most recent property tax bills for the Property; (b) Purchaser has had an opportunity, prior to the Effective Date, to order its own title report and survey for the Land and Improvements; and (c) any and all matters (the " Existing Title, and Survey Matters") referred to, reflected in or disclosed by, the materials referred to in the Title Commitment (other than Exceptions numbered 32 through 57) and the Survey, inclusive, have been agreed to and accepted by Purchaser and that, as of the Effective Date, Purchaser has approved the Existing Title and Survey Matters and the condition of title, including, without limitation, the Ground Lease, to the Real Property, and the Existing Title and Survey Matters shall constitute Permitted Exceptions.

SECTION 2.2 Pre-Closing "Gap" Title Defects. Purchaser may, after the Effective Date but prior to the Closing, notify Seller in writing (the "Gap Notice") of any objections to title (a) raised by the Title Company between the Effective Date and the Closing and (b) not disclosed by the Title Company or otherwise known to Purchaser prior to the Effective Date; provided that Purchaser must notify Seller of such objection to title within two (2) business days of being made aware of the existence of such exception. If Purchaser issues a Gap Notice to Seller, Seller shall have five (5) business days after receipt of the Gap Notice to notify Purchaser (a) that Seller will remove such objectionable exceptions from title on or before the Closing; provided that Seller may extend the Closing for such period as shall be required to effect such cure, but not beyond thirty (30) days; or (b) that Seller elects not to cause such exceptions to be removed. The procurement by Seller of a commitment for the issuance of the Title Policy (as defined in Section 2.5 hereof) or an endorsement thereto (in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Purchaser) insuring Purchaser against any title exception which was disapproved pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be deemed a cure by Seller of such disapproval. If Seller gives Purchaser notice under clause (b) above, Purchaser shall have five (5) business days in which to notify Seller that Purchaser will nevertheless proceed with the purchase and to take title to the Property subject to such exceptions, or that Purchaser will terminate this Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, then neither party shall have any further rights or obligations


hereunder (except for any indemnity obligations of either party pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement), the Deposit shall be returned to Purchaser and each party shall bear its own costs incurred hereunder. If Purchaser shall fail to notify Seller of its election within said five-day period, Purchaser shall be deemed to have elected to proceed with the purchase and take title to the Property subject to such exceptions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article II, Seller agrees that it shall at or prior to Closing: (i) with respect to mechanics liens against the Property (unless the same is the obligation of any tenant under any of the Leases), provided Purchaser furnishes Seller with written notice of the same within five (5) business days of Purchaser being made aware of the same, cure or remove the same by bonding or by agreeing to execute and deliver to the Title Company such documents in form, scope and substance satisfactory to Seller, that the Title Company, in its reasonable discretion, may request or require in order to remove from Schedule B of Purchaser's title insurance policy such mechanics or materialmen liens; (ii) with respect to judgment liens against Seller or its affiliates, Seller agrees to deliver to the Title Company, Seller's agreement to indemnify the Title Company against the enforcement of such judgments against the Property, or such other agreement of Seller as is mutually satisfactory to Seller and the Title Company; (iii) cure or remove other defects in title to the Property that can be cured or removed by the payment of a sum of money in a liquidated amount that does not exceed, in the aggregate, Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00); and (iv) to remove encumbrances against the Property willfully caused by Seller after the Effective Date; however nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed or construed to imply that Seller has any obligation to take any such action with respect to any of the Permitted Exceptions (as hereinafter defined). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained or implied in this Agreement, it is understood and agreed that Seller shall not be required to bring any action or proceeding in order to cure or remove any defects in or objections to title in the Property.

SECTION 2.3 Permitted Exceptions. The Property shall be conveyed subject to the following matters, which are hereinafter referred to as the "PERMITTED EXCEPTIONS":

(a) all liens, encumbrances, easements, covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Property which are set forth in the Title Commitment (other than Exceptions numbered 32 through 57) and not set forth in the Gap Notice or if set forth in the Gap Notice, (x) are those which Seller has elected not to remove or cure, or has been unable to remove or cure and (y) subject to which Purchaser has elected to accept the conveyance of the Property;

(b) those matters that either are not objected to in writing within the time periods provided in Section 2.2 hereof, or if objected to in writing by Purchaser, are those which Seller has elected not to remove or cure, or has been unable to remove or cure, and subject to which Purchaser has elected or is deemed to have elected to accept the conveyance of the Property;

(c) the rights of tenants under the Leases;

(d) the rights of the Seller and/or any affiliate thereof, as tenant, under those certain Leases to be entered into between Seller and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company for premises located on portions of the 12th floor, 32nd floor, 40th floor, 57th floor and the 56th floor of the Building;


(e) all rights reserved to Seller and its successors and assigns with respect to the Existing Signs as more particularly described in the Deed;

(f) the lien of all ad valorem real estate taxes and assessments and taxes and assessments levied against the Property resulting from its inclusion in the Grand Central Partnership Business Improvement District, not yet due and payable as of the date of Closing, subject to adjustment as herein provided;

(g) local, state and federal laws, ordinances or governmental regulations, including but not limited to, building and zoning laws, ordinances and regulations, now or hereafter in effect relating to the Property;

(h) items shown on the Survey and not objected to by Purchaser or waived or deemed waived by Purchaser in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof.; and

(i) the temporary certificate of occupancy for the Property.

SECTION 2.4 Violations. Purchaser shall accept title to the Property subject to any note or notices of violations of Law or municipal ordinances, orders or requirements noted or issued by any governmental department having jurisdiction over the Property, against or affecting the Property, or relating to conditions thereat at the date hereof or the Closing.

SECTION 2.5 Conveyance of Title. At Closing, Seller shall convey and transfer to Purchaser fee simple title to the Land and Improvements, by execution and delivery of the Deed (as defined in Section 4.2(a) hereof). If at the Closing there shall be any liens, encumbrances or charges effecting title which are not permitted pursuant to this Agreement, Seller may, at Seller's option, upon request from Seller to Purchaser, require Purchaser to apply such portion of the Purchase Price as shall be necessary to discharge such liens, encumbrances and charges and pay the recording fees for the same, and in such event, Seller shall deliver to Purchaser instruments in recordable form sufficient to discharge the same of record. Evidence of delivery of such title shall be the issuance by Chicago Title Insurance Company (the "TITLE COMPANY"), or another national title company, of a 1992 ALTA Owner's Policy of Title Insurance (the "TITLE POLICY") covering the Real Property, in the full amount of the Purchase Price, subject only to the Permitted Exceptions.

ARTICLE III


REVIEW OF PROPERTY

SECTION 3.1 Right of Inspection. Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that it has had an opportunity prior to the Effective Date to make any and all physical, environmental and other inspections of the Property as Purchaser has deemed necessary and / or appropriate in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, and that Purchaser has agreed, subject to the provisions of
Section 2.2 and Article VII hereof, to accept the Property at the Closing in the condition that exists on the Effective Date, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Purchaser further acknowledges and agrees that it has prior to the Effective Date has had access to due diligence files made available on the website (via peracom.com) for the Property and has had the opportunity to examine at the Property (or the property manager's office, as the case may be) documents and files located at the Property or the property manager's office concerning the leasing, maintenance and operation of the Property (including without limitation, copies of permits, licenses, certificates of occupancy, plans and specifications, and insurance certificates related to the Property, to the extent in Seller's or the property manager's possession), but excluding Seller's partnership or corporate records, internal memoranda, financial projections, budgets, appraisals, accounting and tax records and similar proprietary, confidential or privileged information (collectively, the "CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS").

It is further agreed by the parties hereto that in no event shall Purchaser provide any governmental entity or agency with information concerning the environmental condition of the Property without first obtaining Seller's prior written consent thereto, which Seller shall provide in the event that Purchaser is required by applicable law to provide such information to a governmental agency or entity.

Purchaser agrees to protect, indemnify, defend and hold Seller harmless from and against any claim for liabilities, losses, costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees), damages or injuries arising out of or resulting from the inspection of the Property at any time by Purchaser, its agents, employees, representatives or consultants or any act or omission by Purchaser or its agents, employees or consultants, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, such obligation to indemnify and hold harmless Seller shall survive Closing or any termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.2 (a) Property Reports. PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE (1) PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED COPIES OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REPORTS LISTED ON EXHIBIT D ATTACHED HERETO AND HAS HAD MADE AVAILABLE TO IT BY SELLER OTHER PROPERTY REPORTS IN SELLER'S POSSESSION, AS MORE PARTICULARLY LISTED ON EXHIBIT D-1 ATTACHED HERETO, (COLLECTIVELY, THE "PROPERTY REPORTS")
(2) IF SELLER DELIVERS ANY ADDITIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS TO PURCHASER, PURCHASER WILL ACKNOWLEDGE IN WRITING THAT IT HAS RECEIVED SUCH REPORTS PROMPTLY UPON RECEIPT THEREOF, AND (3) ANY PROPERTY REPORTS DELIVERED OR TO BE DELIVERED BY SELLER OR MADE AVAILABLE BY SELLER OR ITS AGENTS OR CONSULTANTS TO PURCHASER ARE BEING MADE AVAILABLE SOLELY AS AN ACCOMMODATION TO PURCHASER AND MAY NOT BE RELIED UPON BY PURCHASER IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OF THE PROPERTY.


PURCHASER AGREES THAT SELLER SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY OR OBLIGATION WHATSOEVER FOR ANY INACCURACY IN OR OMISSION FROM ANY PROPERTY REPORT. PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT HAS PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE CONDUCTED ITS OWN INVESTIGATION OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL, STRUCTURAL, ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND PHYSICAL CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY TO THE EXTENT PURCHASER DEEMED SUCH AN INVESTIGATION TO BE NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE AND PURCHASER HAS APPROVED OF THE PHYSICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY AS OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE THE CLOSING OR OTHER TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

(b) Reliance Letters. At Purchaser's request, Seller agrees to request in writing that such consultants who have issued a Property Report addressed to Seller provide a Reliance Letter to Purchaser.

SECTION 3.3 Review of Tenant Estoppels. Seller shall deliver copies of completed estoppel certificates in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached hereto (the "Tenant Estoppels"), that meet the tenant estoppel standards hereinafter described, to Purchaser on the Effective Date, and thereafter, as Seller receives them but in any event, no later than three (3) days prior to the Closing. Purchaser shall notify Seller in writing within three (3) business days of receipt of any Tenant Estoppel in the event Purchaser determines such Tenant Estoppel is not acceptable to Purchaser along with the reasons for such determination; however it is understood and agreed that any Tenant Estoppel shall not be deemed or determined to be unacceptable if in the form attached as Exhibit E or in the form required by the applicable Lease unless it (i) identifies a material default under the applicable Lease not previously disclosed to Purchaser or (ii) discloses material discrepancies between the Tenant Estoppel and the terms of the applicable Lease made available to Purchaser. In the event Purchaser fails to give such notice within such three
(3) business day period then any such Tenant Estoppel shall be deemed to be acceptable to Purchaser.

In the event that Seller fails to obtain the Tenant Estoppels that are satisfactory or deemed satisfactory to Purchaser with respect to tenants of the Property that meet the tenant estoppel standards described (or in lieu thereof, at Seller's option, Seller's estoppels therefor) on Exhibit F attached hereto, on or before three (3) days prior to Closing, Purchaser shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by written notice to Seller. Notwithstanding the immediately succeeding sentence hereof, if Purchaser has not received the Tenant Estoppels by the third day prior to the Closing, Seller shall have the right to extend the Closing for up to five (5) business days so that Seller may determine whether the Tenant Estoppels can be provided during such extended period. If Seller exercises the right to extend the Closing and if the Tenant Estoppels are not provided within such five (5) business day period or if same are received but same are not satisfactory to Purchaser, for the reasons permitted under this Agreement, Purchaser shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by written notice to Seller upon the expiration of such five (5) business day period. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, then neither party shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder (except for any indemnity obligations of either party pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement), the Deposit shall be returned to Purchaser and each party shall bear its own costs incurred hereunder. If Purchaser fails to give Seller a notice of termination as set forth above, Purchaser shall be deemed to have


approved the Tenant Estoppels and to have elected to proceed with the purchase of the Property pursuant to the terms hereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall have, with respect to up to three (3) Major Tenants (as defined on Exhibit F) and any other tenant only, the option to provide its own estoppel in the form of Exhibit E-1 attached hereto in lieu of any required Tenant Estoppel which Seller fails to obtain (the "Seller Estoppel Form"). In the event that such option is exercised, at least three (3) business days prior to the Closing, Seller shall deliver to Purchaser the Seller Estoppel Form or Forms that Seller intends to execute for each tenant for whom a Tenant Estoppel has not been received with all blanks filled in and information inserted therein.

The representations and warranties set forth in any Seller Estoppel Form shall survive the Closing for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days after the Closing and Seller's liability to Purchaser for a breach of any representation or warranty set forth in any Seller Estoppel Form shall be equal to the Seller's Estoppel Cap (as hereinafter defined) and shall not be subject to the Cap limitations of Section 5.4 hereof. As used herein, "Seller's Estoppel Cap" shall mean (a) Ten Million and 00/100 Dollars ($10,000,000.00) in the aggregate. Any Tenant Estoppel which is received from a tenant after Seller provides its own estoppel may be substituted for Seller's Estoppel Form and Seller shall have no further liability thereunder, provided that such Tenant Estoppel contains no changes or, if changed, is otherwise reasonably acceptable to Purchaser. The provisions of this Section 3.3 shall survive the Closing.

SECTION 3.4 Union Employees. Purchaser shall be obligated to and hereby agrees to continue to employ, or cause its property manager or cleaning contractor to continue to employ, after the Closing, union employees employed at the Property as of the Closing, which includes without limitation, the employees referenced on Exhibit S attached hereto and made a part hereof. The terms of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive Closing. At the Closing, Purchaser shall join with Seller in executing notices pursuant to the union contracts referred to on Exhibit T hereto, substantially in form of Exhibit U attached hereto and made a part hereof, which Purchaser shall send to such party or parties identified in such notices.

ARTICLE IV

CLOSING

SECTION 4.1 Time and Place. The consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby (the "CLOSING") shall be held at the offices of Seller, subject to Seller's option as hereinafter described. Purchaser acknowledges that it is a material condition to the obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement that the Closing occur not later than May 4, 2005. Purchaser, subject to the second paragraph of Section 3.4, Section 2.2 and Article VII hereof, shall not be entitled to any adjournment of the Closing beyond May 10, 2005, time being of the essence as to the performance of Purchaser's obligations hereunder by such date. At the Closing, Seller and Purchaser shall perform the obligations set forth in, respectively, Section 4.2 and Section 4.3 hereof, the performance of which obligations shall be concurrent conditions; provided that the Deed and the Assignment of Ground Lease shall not be recorded until Seller receives confirmation that Seller has received the full amount of the Purchase Price, adjusted by prorations as set forth herein. At


Seller's option, the Closing shall be consummated through an escrow administered by Escrow Agent pursuant to additional escrow instructions that are consistent with this Agreement. In such event, the Purchase Price and all documents shall be deposited with the Escrow Agent as escrowee.

SECTION 4.2 Seller's Obligations at Closing. At Closing, Seller shall:

(a) deliver to Purchaser a duly executed Bargain And Sale Deed Without Covenants Against Grantor's Acts (the "DEED") which shall contain the covenant required by Section 13 of the New York Lien Law, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, conveying the Land and Improvements, subject only to the Permitted Exceptions and expressly reserving in favor of Seller, its successors and assigns, the easement rights contained therein. Seller shall omit from the Deed the recital of any or all of the "subject to" clauses herein contained and/or any other title exceptions, defects or objections, other than that certain Distinctive Sidewalk Improvement and Maintenance Agreement dated 06/03/1991, which have been waived by Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or consented to in writing by Purchaser, but the same shall nevertheless survive delivery of the Deed. The terms of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the Closing;

(b) deliver to Purchaser a duly executed bill of sale (the "BILL OF SALE") conveying the Personal Property without warranty of title or use and without warranty, express or implied, as to merchantability and fitness for any purpose and in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H;

(c) assign to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall assume the landlord/lessor interest in and to the Leases, Rents and Security Deposits, and any and all obligations to pay leasing commissions and finder's fees with respect to the Leases and amendments, renewals and expansions thereof, to the extent provided in Section 4.4(c)(v) hereof, by duly executed assignment and assumption agreement (the "ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES") in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I pursuant to which (i) Seller shall indemnify Purchaser and hold Purchaser harmless from and against any and all claims pertaining thereto arising prior to Closing and (ii) Purchaser shall indemnify Seller and hold Seller harmless from and against any and all claims pertaining thereto arising from and after the Closing (including without limitation, claims made by tenants with respect to tenants' Security Deposits to the extent actually paid, credited or delivered to Purchaser) as provided therein;

(d) assign to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall assume such right, title, and interest, if any, Seller may have in the landlord/lessor interest in and to the Grant of Term and assign to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall assume, such right, title and interest, if any, Seller may have in the tenant/lessee interest in and to the Prime Lease by duly executed Quitclaim Assignment of Grant of Term and Prime Lease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit R, pursuant to which Purchaser shall indemnify Seller and hold Seller harmless from and against any and all claims pertaining thereto arising from and after the Closing;

(e) to the extent assignable, assign to Purchaser, or cause to be assigned to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall assume, Seller's and/or Seller's property manager's interest in the Operating Agreements and the other Intangibles by duly executed assignment and assumption


agreement (the "ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS") in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J pursuant to which (i) Seller shall indemnify Purchaser and hold Purchaser harmless from and against any and all claims pertaining thereto arising prior to Closing, and (ii) Purchaser shall indemnify Seller and hold Seller harmless from and against any and all claims pertaining thereto arising from and after the Closing;

(f) join with Purchaser to execute a notice (the "TENANT NOTICE") in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K, which Purchaser shall send to each tenant under each of the Leases promptly after the Closing, informing such tenant of the sale of the Property and of the assignment to Purchaser of Seller's interest in, and obligations under, the Leases (including, if applicable, any Security Deposits), and directing that all Rent and other sums payable after the Closing under each such Lease be paid as set forth in the Tenant Notice;

(g) join with Purchaser to execute a notice (the "OPERATING NOTICE") in a form reasonably acceptable to Purchaser and Seller, which Purchaser shall send to each party under each of those Operating Agreements which are assigned to Purchaser, promptly after the Closing, informing such party of the sale of the Property and of the assignment to Purchaser of Seller's interest in, and obligations under, the Operating Agreements;

(h) In the event that any representation or warranty of Seller made herein needs to be modified due to changes since the Effective Date, deliver to Purchaser a certificate, dated as of the date of Closing and executed on behalf of Seller by a duly authorized officer thereof, identifying any representation or warranty which is not, or no longer is, true and correct and explaining the state of facts giving rise to the change. In no event shall Seller be liable to Purchaser for, or be deemed to be in default hereunder by reason of, any breach of representation or warranty which results from any change that (i) occurs between the Effective Date and the date of Closing and is expressly permitted under the terms of this Agreement, (ii) occurs between the Effective Date and the date of the Closing and is beyond the reasonable control of Seller to prevent; or (iii) is discovered by Purchaser during the course of any inspections of the Property prior to the Effective Date hereof, provided, however, that the occurrence of a change which is not permitted hereunder or is beyond the reasonable control of Seller to prevent shall, if materially adverse to Purchaser, constitute the non-fulfillment of the condition set forth in
Section 4.6(b) hereof; if, despite changes or other matters described in such certificate, the Closing occurs, Seller's representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall be deemed to have been modified by all statements made in such certificate;

(i) deliver to Purchaser such evidence as the Title Company may reasonably require as to the authority of the person or persons executing documents on behalf of Seller;

(j) deliver to Purchaser a certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L duly executed by Seller stating that Seller is not a "foreign person" as defined in Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended;

(k) deliver to Purchaser originals (to the extent originals are in Seller's or Seller's property manager's possession, or photocopies if originals are not in Seller's or Seller's property manager's possession) of the Leases (and the Security Deposits), Ground Lease and the


Operating Agreements, together with such leasing and property files, books and records, licenses, permits, warranties and guaranties and keys, as are in Seller's possession, in connection with the continued operation, leasing and maintenance of the Property, but excluding any Confidential Documents;

(l) deliver such affidavits as may be customarily and reasonably required by the Title Company, in a form reasonably acceptable to Seller;

(m) deliver to Purchaser possession and occupancy of the Property, subject to the Permitted Exceptions;

(n) execute a closing statement acceptable to Seller;

(o) execute and deliver a direction letter to the Escrow Agent authorizing release of the Deposit to Seller;

(p) execute and deliver a Form TP-584 Combined Real Estate Transfer Tax Return and Credit Line Mortgage Certificate, and a New York City Real Property Transfer Tax Return, and such other returns and affidavits and instruments required under any other tax laws applicable to the transactions contemplated herein, together with payment of the amount of the transfer taxes shown as due thereon; and

(o) deliver such additional documents as shall be reasonably required to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

SECTION 4.3 Purchaser's Obligations at Closing. At Closing, Purchaser shall:

(a) pay to Seller the full amount of the Purchase Price (which amount shall include the Deposit), as increased or decreased by prorations and adjustments as herein provided, in immediately available wire transferred funds pursuant to Section 1.5 hereof;

(b) join Seller in execution of the Assignment of Leases, Assignment of Contracts, Assignment of Grant of Term and Prime Lease, the Deed and Tenant Notices;

(c) In the event that any representation or warranty of Purchaser set forth herein needs to be modified due to changes since the Effective Date, deliver to Seller a certificate, dated as of the date of Closing and executed on behalf of Purchaser by a duly authorized representative thereof, identifying any such representation or warranty which is not, or no longer is, true and correct and explaining the state of facts giving rise to the change. In no event shall Purchaser be liable to Seller for, or be deemed to be in default hereunder by reason of, any breach of representation or warranty set forth in Sections 5.5(a) or (b) hereof which results from any change that (i) occurs between the Effective Date and the date of Closing and is expressly permitted under the terms of this Agreement, or (ii) occurs between the Effective Date and the date of the Closing and is beyond the reasonable control of Purchaser to prevent; provided, however, that the occurrence of a change which is not permitted hereunder or is beyond the reasonable control of Purchaser to prevent shall, if materially adverse to Seller, constitute the


non-fulfillment of the condition set forth in Section 4.7(c) hereof; if, despite changes or other matters described in such certificate, the Closing occurs, Purchaser's representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall be deemed to have been modified by all statements made in such certificate;

(d) deliver to Seller such evidence as the Title Company may reasonably require as to the authority of the person or persons executing documents on behalf of Purchaser;

(e) deliver such affidavits as may be customarily and reasonably required by the Title Company, in a form reasonably acceptable to Purchaser;

(f) execute a closing statement reasonably acceptable to Purchaser;

(g) execute and deliver to Seller and as required pursuant to
Section 3.5 hereof, the Agreement Regarding Union Employees in the form attached hereto as Exhibit V;

(h) execute and deliver a direction letter to the Escrow Agent authorizing release of the Deposit to Seller;

(i) execute and deliver a Form TP-584 Combined Real Estate Transfer Tax Return and Credit Line Mortgage Certificate, and a New York City Real Property Transfer Tax Return, and such other returns and affidavits and instruments required under any other tax laws applicable to the transactions contemplated herein, together with payment of the amount of the transfer taxes shown as due thereon; and

(j) deliver such additional documents as shall be reasonably required to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

SECTION 4.4 Credits and Prorations.

(a) All income and expenses of the Property shall be apportioned as of 12:01 a.m., on the day of Closing, as if Purchaser were vested with title to the Property during the entire day upon which Closing occurs. Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.4, such prorated items shall include without limitation the following: (i) all Rents; (ii) taxes and assessments (including personal property taxes on the Personal Property) levied against the Property;
(iii) taxes and assessments levied against the Property resulting from its inclusion in the Grand Central Partnership Business Improvement District (iv) parking charges, if any; (v) utility charges for which Seller is liable, if any, such charges to be apportioned at Closing on the basis of the most recent meter reading occurring prior to Closing (dated not more than fifteen (15) days prior to Closing) or, if unmetered, on the basis of a current bill for each such utility; (vi) all amounts payable under brokerage agreements pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (vii) all amounts payable, from and after the Closing Date, under the Operating Agreements, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and (viii) any other capital expenditures as set forth in Exhibit W attached hereto and operating expenses or other items pertaining to the Property which are customarily prorated between a purchaser and a seller in the county in which the Property is located.


The parties hereto acknowledge that there shall be no adjustment for any rentals or other amounts due under the Grant of Term and/or the Prime Lease.

(b) The parties hereto acknowledge that the capital improvement projects and/or the agreements listed on Exhibit W hereto shall not be completed as of the date of the Closing and that capital expenditures being incurred or to be incurred pursuant thereto shall be apportioned between the Seller and Purchaser as set forth on Exhibit W. In no event shall the amount apportioned to Purchaser in respect of such Capital Improvement Projects and/or the agreements listed on Exhibit W exceed Three Million and 00/100 Dollars.

(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 4.4(a) hereof:

(i) At Closing, (A) Seller shall, at Seller's option, either deliver to Purchaser any Security Deposits actually held by Seller pursuant to the Leases or credit to the account of Purchaser the amount of such Security Deposits (to the extent such Security Deposits have not been applied against delinquent Rents or otherwise as provided in the Leases), and (B) Seller shall be entitled to receive and retain all refundable cash or other deposits posted with utility companies serving the Property;

(ii) Any taxes paid at or prior to Closing shall be prorated based upon the amounts actually paid. If taxes and assessments due and payable during the year of Closing have not been paid before Closing, Seller shall be charged at Closing an amount equal to that portion of such taxes and assessments which relates to the period before Closing and any late charges or fees imposed thereon. Any such apportionment made with respect to a tax year for which the tax rate or assessed valuation, or both, have not yet been fixed shall be based upon the tax rate and/or assessed valuation last fixed. To the extent that the actual taxes and assessments for the current year differ from the amount apportioned at Closing, the parties shall make all necessary adjustments by appropriate payments between themselves within thirty (30) days after such amounts are determined following Closing, subject to the provisions of Section 4.4(d) hereof;

(iii) Charges referred to in Section 4.4(a) hereof which are payable by any tenant to a third party shall not be apportioned hereunder, and Purchaser shall accept title subject to any of such charges unpaid and Purchaser shall look solely to the tenant responsible therefor for the payment of the same. If Seller shall have paid any of such charges on behalf of any tenant, and shall not have been reimbursed therefor by the time of Closing, Purchaser shall credit to Seller an amount equal to all such charges so paid by Seller;

(iv) As to utility charges referred to in Section 4.4(a)(iii) hereof, Seller may on notice to Purchaser elect to pay one or more or all of said items accrued to the date hereinabove fixed for apportionment directly to the person or entity entitled thereto, and to the extent Seller so elects, such item shall not be apportioned hereunder, and Seller's obligation to pay such item directly in such case shall survive the Closing or any termination of this Agreement;

(v) Seller shall be responsible for the Tenant Inducement Costs (as hereinafter defined) and leasing commissions listed on Exhibit M-1 attached hereto. Purchaser shall be responsible for the payment of (A) all Tenant Inducement Costs and leasing commissions


(including, without limitation, any override commissions payable pursuant to the Exclusive Brokerage Agreement between Seller and CB Richard Ellis Inc.) which become due and payable (whether before or after Closing) as a result of any new Leases, or any renewals, amendments or expansions of existing Leases (whether or not entered into pursuant to an option), or the exercise of any options contained in any Leases, arising or entered into during the Lease Approval Period (as hereinafter defined) and, if required, approved or deemed approved in accordance with Section 5.5 hereof; and (B) all Tenant Inducement Costs and leasing commissions with respect to new Leases, or renewals, amendments or expansions of existing Leases, arising, signed or entered into from and after the date of Closing, including but not limited to leasing commissions that become payable after the termination of a brokerage agreement referred to in
Section 5.1(d) hereof in accordance with the terms of such an agreement; and (C) all Tenant Inducement Costs and leasing commissions listed on Exhibit M attached hereto in the amount specified thereon. If, as of the date of Closing, Seller shall have paid any Tenant Inducement Costs or leasing commissions for which Purchaser is responsible pursuant to the foregoing provisions, Purchaser shall reimburse Seller therefor at Closing. For purposes hereof, the term "TENANT INDUCEMENT COSTS" shall mean any out-of-pocket payments required under a Lease to be paid by the landlord thereunder to or for the benefit of the tenant thereunder which is in the nature of a tenant inducement, including specifically, without limitation, tenant improvement costs, lease buyout costs, and moving, design, refurbishment and club membership allowances. The term "Tenant Inducement Costs" shall not include loss of income resulting from any free rental period, it being agreed that Seller shall bear the loss resulting from any free rental period until the date of Closing and that Purchaser shall bear such loss from and after the date of Closing. For purposes hereof, the term "Lease Approval Period" shall mean the period from the Effective Date until the date of Closing;

(vi) Unpaid and delinquent Rent collected by Seller and Purchaser after the date of Closing shall be delivered as follows: (a) if Seller collects any unpaid or delinquent Rent for the Property, Seller shall, within fifteen
(15) days after the receipt thereof, deliver to Purchaser any such Rent which Purchaser is entitled to hereunder relating to the date of Closing and any period thereafter, and (b) if Purchaser collects any unpaid or delinquent Rent from the Property, Purchaser shall, within fifteen (15) days after the receipt thereof, deliver to Seller any such Rent which Seller is entitled to hereunder relating to the period prior to the date of Closing. Seller and Purchaser agree that (i) all Rent received by Seller or Purchaser within the first ninety (90) day period after the date of Closing shall be applied first to delinquent Rent, if any, in the order of their maturity, and then to current Rent, and (ii) all Rent received by Seller or Purchaser after the first ninety (90) day period after the date of Closing shall be applied first to current Rent and then to delinquent Rent, if any in the inverse order of maturity. Purchaser will make a good faith effort after Closing to collect all Rents in the usual course of Purchaser's operation of the Property, but Purchaser will not be obligated to institute any lawsuit or other collection procedures to collect delinquent Rents. Seller shall have the right, after Closing, to proceed against tenants for Fixed Rents allocable to the period of Seller's ownership of the Property solely in a non-possessory plenary action seeking only money damages. In the event that there shall be any Rents or other charges under any Leases which, although relating to a period prior to Closing, do not become due and payable until after Closing or are paid prior to Closing but are subject to adjustment after Closing (such as year end common area expense reimbursements and the like), then any Rents or charges of such type received by Purchaser or its agents or Seller or its agents subsequent to Closing shall, to the extent applicable to a period extending through the Closing, be prorated between Seller and Purchaser as of Closing and Seller's


portion thereof shall be remitted promptly to Seller by Purchaser.

(c) Seller may prosecute appeals (if any) of the real property tax assessment for the period prior to the Closing, and may take related action which Seller deems appropriate in connection therewith. Purchaser shall cooperate with Seller and perform such ministerial and non-ministerial acts, and execute any and all documents reasonably requested by Seller, in connection with such appeal and collection of a refund of real property taxes paid. Seller shall be responsible for reasonable third party expenses incurred by Purchaser in connection with the foregoing. Seller owns and holds all right, title and interest in and to such appeal and refund, to the extent attributable to the period prior to the Closing, and all amounts payable in connection therewith shall be paid directly to Seller by the applicable authorities. If such refund or any part thereof is received by Purchaser, Purchaser shall promptly pay such amount to Seller. Any refund received by Seller shall be distributed as follows:
first, to reimburse Seller for all costs incurred in connection with the appeal; second, with respect to refunds payable to tenants of the Real Property pursuant to the Leases, to such tenants in accordance with the terms of such Leases; and third, to Seller to the extent such appeal covers the period prior to the Closing, and to Purchaser to the extent such appeal covers the period as of the Closing and thereafter. If and to the extent any such appeal covers the period after the Closing, Purchaser shall have the right to participate in such appeal and Seller shall not settle or compromise any such appeal without Purchaser's consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

(d) Except as otherwise provided herein, and expressly excepting such revenues and expense amounts which pertain to the calendar year 2005, which may be reconciled by June 30, 2006, any revenue or expense amount which cannot be ascertained with certainty as of Closing, shall be prorated on the basis of the parties' reasonable estimates of such amount, and shall be the subject of a final proration one hundred and eighty (180) days after Closing, or as soon thereafter as the precise amounts can be ascertained. Any reconciliation of revenue or expense amounts relating to Leases which needs to be made in connection with this Section 4.4 shall be prepared by Purchaser and submitted to Seller for Seller's review and approval. Purchaser shall promptly notify Seller when it becomes aware that any such estimated amount has been ascertained. Once all revenue and expense amounts have been ascertained, Purchaser shall prepare, and certify as correct, a final proration statement which shall be in a form consistent with the closing statement delivered at Closing and which shall be subject to Seller's approval. Upon Seller's acceptance and approval of any final proration statement submitted by Purchaser, such statement shall be conclusively deemed to be accurate and final, and any payment due to any party as a result of such final proration shall be made within thirty (30) days of such approval by Seller.

(e) To the extent that any Security Deposit is comprised of a letter of credit (an "L/C"), then, prior to the Closing, Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such L/C to name Purchaser as the beneficiary thereunder prior to the Closing (either pursuant to a transfer of such L/C which satisfies the issuing bank's transfer requirement, or by obtaining an amendment to the L/C naming purchaser as the beneficiary thereunder and, in the case of the foregoing, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser) (each, an "L/C TRANSFER"). At the Closing, Seller shall deliver to Purchaser the originals of all L/C's (and any amendments or modification thereof) whether or not an L/C Transfer has been consummated with respect to such L/C. If, as of the Closing, an L/C Transfer shall not have been consummated, then Seller shall, within five (5)


business days following Purchaser's request, execute and deliver to Purchaser any sight drafts, certifications, affidavits, or other documentation contemplated by the L/C or otherwise required by the issuing bank so as to enable Purchaser to draw upon and receive the proceeds of such L/C, provided that Purchaser has agreed (pursuant to documentation executed by Purchaser in a form reasonably acceptable to Seller) to indemnify and hold harmless Seller from any and all loss, cost, damage, liability or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees, court costs and disbursements,) incurred by Seller as a result of any such actions described in the preceding sentence which are taken by Seller at Purchaser's request.

(f) Subject to the final sentence of Section 4.4(d) hereof, the provisions of this Section 4.4 shall survive Closing.

SECTION 4.5 Transaction Taxes and Closing Costs.

(a) Seller and Purchaser shall execute such returns, questionnaires and other documents as shall be required with regard to all applicable real property transaction taxes imposed by applicable federal, state or local law or ordinance;

(b) Seller shall pay the fees of any counsel representing Seller in connection with this transaction. Seller shall also pay the following costs and expenses:

(i) one-half of the escrow fee, if any which may be charged by the Escrow Agent or Title Company;

(ii) any transfer tax, sales tax, documentary stamp tax or similar tax which becomes payable by reason of the transfer of the Property; and

(iii) the fees for Seller's Broker.

(c) Purchaser shall pay the fees of any counsel representing Purchaser in connection with this transaction. Purchaser shall also pay the following costs and expenses:

(i) one- half of the escrow fee, if any, which may be charged by the Escrow Agent or Title Company;

(ii) the fee for the title examination and the Title Commitment and the premium for the Owner's Policy of Title Insurance to be issued to Purchaser by the Title Company at Closing, and all endorsements thereto;

(iii) the fees for recording the Deed; and

(iv) the fees for Purchaser's Broker, if any.

(d) Except as set forth on Exhibit B-1 attached hereto, the Personal Property is included in this sale without charge, except that Purchaser shall pay to Seller the amount of any and all sales


or similar taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Personal Property and Purchaser shall execute and deliver any tax returns required of it in connection therewith;

(e) All costs and expenses incident to this transaction and the closing thereof, and not specifically described above, shall be paid by the party incurring same; and

(f) The provisions of this Section 4.5 shall survive the Closing.

SECTION 4.6 Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Purchaser. The obligation of Purchaser to consummate the transaction hereunder shall be subject to the fulfillment on or before the date of Closing of all of the following conditions, any or all of which may be waived by Purchaser in its sole discretion:

(a) Seller shall have delivered to Purchaser all of the items required to be delivered to Purchaser pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including but not limited to, those provided for in Section 4.2 hereof;

(b) All of the representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of Closing (with appropriate modifications permitted under this Agreement); and

(c) Seller shall have performed and observed, in all material respects, all covenants and agreements of this Agreement to be performed and observed by Seller as of the date of Closing.

SECTION 4.7 Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Seller. The obligation of Seller to consummate the transaction hereunder shall be subject to the fulfillment on or before the date of Closing of all of the following conditions, any or all of which may be waived by Seller in its sole discretion:

(a) Seller shall have received the Purchase Price as adjusted as provided herein, pursuant to and payable in the manner provided for in this Agreement;

(b) Purchaser shall have delivered to Seller all of the items required to be delivered to Seller pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including but not limited to, those provided for in Section 4.3 hereof;

(c) All of the representations and warranties of Purchaser contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of Closing (with appropriate modifications permitted under this Agreement); and

(d) Purchaser shall have performed and observed, in all material respects, all covenants and agreements of this Agreement to be performed and observed by Purchaser as of the date of Closing.

ARTICLE V


REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

SECTION 5.1 Representations and Warranties of Seller. Seller hereby makes the following representations and warranties to Purchaser as of the Effective Date, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been made again as of the Closing, subject to Section 4.2(g) hereof:

(a) Organization and Authority. Seller has been duly organized and is validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Seller has the full right and authority to enter into this Agreement and to transfer all of the Property and to consummate or cause to be consummated the transaction contemplated by this Agreement. The person signing this Agreement on behalf of Seller is authorized to do so.

(b) Pending Actions. To Seller's knowledge, Seller has not received written notice of any action, suit, arbitration, unsatisfied order or judgment, government investigation or proceeding pending against Seller which, if adversely determined, could individually or in the aggregate materially interfere with the consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) Operating Agreements. To Seller's knowledge, the Operating Agreements listed on Exhibit C comprise a true, complete and accurate list of all of the agreements concerning the operation and maintenance of the Property entered into by Seller and/or Seller's property manager and affecting the Property, true and complete copies of which have been made available to the Purchaser; expressly excepting however, those operating agreements that are not assignable, and any agreement with Seller's property manager or exclusive leasing broker which shall be terminated by Seller. It is further acknowledged that the agreement between Seller and/or Seller's property manager and Landmark Signs listed on Exhibit C shall not be assigned to Purchaser. Except as expressly hereinbefore provided, Seller makes no representation or warranty as to the truth, accuracy or completeness of any other information or data contained on Exhibit C and shall have no liability to Purchaser for any inaccuracy or omission in or relating to same.

(d) Lease Brokerage. (i) To Seller's knowledge, there are no written agreements with brokers providing for the payment from and after the Closing by Seller or Seller's successor-in-interest of leasing commissions or fees for procuring tenants with respect to the Property, except as disclosed in Exhibit N hereto, true and complete copies of which have been made available to Purchaser;

(ii) To Seller's knowledge, Seller has made available to Purchaser true and complete copies of those tenant brokerage agreements which are in the Seller's possession as of the date hereof, as more particularly described on Exhibit N-1 hereto.

(e) Condemnation. To Seller's knowledge, Seller has received no written notice of any condemnation proceedings relating to the Property.

(f) Litigation. To Seller's knowledge, except as set forth in the Title Commitment and on Exhibit O attached hereto, and except tenant eviction proceedings, tenant bankruptcies, proceedings for the collection of delinquent rentals from tenants and proceedings related to claims


for personal injury or damage to property due to events occurring at the Property, Seller has not received written notice of any litigation which has been filed against Seller that arises out of the ownership of the Property and would materially affect the Property or use thereof, or Seller's ability to perform hereunder;

(g) Violations. To Seller's knowledge, except as set forth in the Title Commitment and on Exhibit P attached hereto, Seller has not received written notice of any uncured violation of any federal, state or local law relating to the use or operation of the Property which would materially adversely affect the Property or use thereof; and

(h) Leases. To Seller's knowledge, the Lease Index attached hereto as Exhibit Q constitutes a true and complete list of all the leases currently affecting the Property, true and complete copies of which have been made available to Purchaser. Further, Seller makes no representation or warranty regarding the existence, terms or duration of any subleases which may affect the Property.

SECTION 5.2 Knowledge Defined. References to the "knowledge" of Seller shall refer only to the current actual knowledge of the Designated Employee (as hereinafter defined) of Seller, and shall not be construed, by imputation or otherwise, to refer to the knowledge of Seller or any affiliate of Seller, to any property manager, or to any other officer, agent, manager, representative or employee of Seller or any affiliate thereof or to impose upon such Designated Employee any duty to investigate the matter to which such actual knowledge, or the absence thereof, pertains. As used herein, the term "DESIGNATED EMPLOYEE" shall refer to Donald E.Svoboda, Jr., Associate Director and Gregory R. Reed, Director.

SECTION 5.3 Modification of Seller's Representations and Warranties. Purchaser acknowledges that prior to the Effective Date, it has inspected (i) all of the documents delivered or furnished to Purchaser for inspection, (ii) such offer documents and information as it has deemed appropriate and (iii) the Property; and Purchaser agrees that, in the event that during such inspection Purchaser discovered any material matter which would form the basis for a claim by Purchaser that Seller has breached any representation or warranty of Seller made in this Agreement or has any actual knowledge of any such matter, Seller's representations and warranties hereunder shall be deemed amended so as to be true and accurate and Purchaser shall have no claim for any breach based thereon.

SECTION 5.4 Survival of Seller's Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Section 5.1 hereof as updated as of the Closing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, shall survive Closing for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days. No claim for a breach of any representation or warranty of Seller shall be actionable or payable if the breach in question results from or is based on a condition, state of facts or other matter which was known to Purchaser prior to Closing. Seller shall have no liability to Purchaser for a breach of any representation or warranty (a) unless the valid claims for all such breaches collectively aggregate more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($ 500,000), in which event the full amount of such valid claims shall be actionable, up to the Cap (as defined in this Section), and (b) unless written notice containing a description of the specific nature of such breach shall have been given by Purchaser to Seller prior to the expiration of said one hundred eighty (180) day


period and an action shall have been commenced by Purchaser against Seller within two hundred forty (240) days of Closing. Purchaser agrees to first seek recovery under any insurance policies, service contracts and Leases prior to seeking recovery from Seller, and Seller shall not be liable to Purchaser if Purchaser's claim is satisfied from such insurance policies, service contracts or Leases. As used herein, the term "CAP" shall mean the total aggregate amount of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00).

SECTION 5.5 Covenants of Seller. Seller hereby covenants with Purchaser as follows:

(a) From the Effective Date hereof until the Closing or earlier termination of this Agreement, Seller shall use reasonable efforts to operate and maintain the Property in a manner generally consistent with the manner in which Seller has operated and maintained the Property prior to the date hereof;

(b) Except as provided herein below, a copy of any amendment, renewal or expansion of an existing Lease or of any new Lease which Seller wishes to execute between the Effective Date and the date of Closing will be submitted to Purchaser prior to execution by Seller. Purchaser agrees to notify Seller in writing within five (5) business days after its receipt thereof of either its approval or disapproval thereof, including all Tenant Inducement Costs, leasing commissions and attorneys' fees and expenses to be incurred in connection therewith. In the event Purchaser informs Seller within such five (5) business day period that Purchaser does not approve the amendment, renewal or expansion of the existing Lease or the new Lease, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, Seller shall not enter into such amendment, renewal or expansion of the existing Lease or the new Lease; provided, however, Purchaser shall have no right to disapprove and shall be deemed to have approved any renewal or expansion which occurs or is made pursuant to the terms of an existing Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Purchaser hereby approves (A) the pending Surrender Agreement with CSC for the 31st floor, (B) the UBS Paine Webber Lease for part of the 32nd floor, (C) the Fisher Francis Lease for the 45th and 46th floors, (D) the extension of the Tie Rack tenancy, (D) the extension of the Estee Lauder tenancy, extension of the Lease in favor of the Company Store, (F) the new Lease in favor of The New York Blood Center Inc., (G) the lease Amendment in favor of Winston and Strawn for additional space on the 40th, 43rd, 44th and 45th floors of the Building, (H) the exercise of Riad of the renewal option contained in its Lease, (I) the Leases between Seller and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company for premises located on portions of the 12th floor, 32nd floor, 40th floor, 57th floor and the 56th floor of the Building, and (J) the First Amendment of Lease between Seller and The Dreyfus Corporation, in each case on substantially similar terms and conditions as those set forth on Exhibit X attached hereto and made a part hereof. Any material deviations from the terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit X attached hereto, any terms and conditions that are inconsistent with the terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit X attached hereto and any material terms and conditions that are not set forth on Exhibit X attached hereto, shall be subject to Purchaser's prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, then neither party shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder (except for any indemnity obligations of either party pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement), the Deposit shall be returned to Purchaser and each party shall bear its own costs incurred hereunder. In the event Purchaser fails to notify Seller in writing of its approval or disapproval within the five (5) business day period set forth above, Purchaser


shall be deemed to have approved such new Lease, amendment, renewal or expansion, including all Tenant Inducement Costs, leasing commissions and attorneys' fees and expenses to be incurred in connection therewith. At Closing, Purchaser shall reimburse Seller for any Tenant Inducement Costs, leasing commissions and attorneys' fees and other expenses, incurred by Seller pursuant to an amendment, a renewal, an expansion or a new Lease approved (or deemed approved) by Purchaser.

It is agreed by Seller and Purchaser that if Dreyfus does not pay rent pursuant to its Lease for the new portions of the 8th and 54th floor premises on the basis that the Commencement Date has not occurred as of August 27, 2004, Seller shall reimburse Purchaser for the free rent period under its Lease after the Closing provided that in no event shall such reimbursement by Seller be in excess of eight (8) months of the rent abatement period as provided in the Lease. Purchaser shall agree to reasonably cooperate with Seller in resolving this dispute with Dreyfus.

SECTION 5.6 Representations and Warranties of Purchaser. Purchaser hereby makes the following representations and warranties to Seller as of the Effective Date, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been made again as of the Closing, subject to Section 4.3(d) hereof:

(a) Organization and Authority. (i) This Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Purchaser and, upon the assumption that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller, this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, as well as other laws affecting creditors' rights and general equitable principles. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (i) violate or conflict with the [Certificate of Incorporation] or [By-Laws of Purchaser;] (ii) breach the provisions of, or constitute a default under, any contract, agreement, instrument or obligation to which Purchaser is a party or by which Purchaser is bound; and (iii) require the consent or approval of any other third party or governmental agency.

(ii) Purchaser's Additional Representations. Purchaser hereby represents that, and agrees to furnish Seller at or prior to the Closing evidence confirming that (i) it is a, duly organized and validly existing under the law of the State of Delaware and Purchaser is owned by Tishman Speyer Real Estate Venture VI, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership which is controlled by Tishman Speyer Properties, L.P.; and (ii) the parties executing this Agreement and the Closing Documents on behalf of Purchaser or other party to the transaction have the legal capacity and authority to execute the documents as executed or to be executed.

(b) Pending Actions. To Purchaser's knowledge, there is no action, suit, arbitration, unsatisfied order or judgment, government investigation or proceeding pending against Purchaser which, if adversely determined, could individually or in the aggregate materially interfere with the consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.


(c) ERISA. (i) As of the Closing, (1) Purchaser will not be an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), which is subject to Title I of ERISA, nor a plan as defined in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (each of the foregoing hereinafter referred to collectively as "PLAN"), and (2) the assets of the Purchaser will not constitute "plan assets" of one or more such Plans within the meaning of Department of Labor ("DOL") Regulation Section 2510.3-101.

(ii) As of the Closing, if Purchaser is a "governmental plan" as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA, the closing of the sale of the Property will not constitute or result in a violation of state or local statutes regulating investments of and fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans.

(iii) As of the Closing, Purchaser will be acting on its own behalf and not on account of or for the benefit of any Plan.

(iv) Purchaser has no present intent to transfer the Property to any entity, person or Plan which will cause a violation of ERISA.

(v) Purchaser shall not assign its interest under this Agreement to any entity, person, or Plan which will cause a violation of ERISA.

SECTION 5.7 Survival of Purchaser's Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Purchaser set forth in Section 5.6 hereof as updated as of the Closing in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, shall survive Closing for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days. Purchaser shall have no liability to Seller for a breach of any representation or warranty unless written notice containing a description of the specific nature of such breach shall have been given by Seller to Purchaser prior to the expiration of said one hundred eighty (180) day period and an action shall have been commenced by Seller against Purchaser within two hundred forty (240) days of Closing.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULT

SECTION 6.1 Default by Purchaser. In the event the sale of the Property as contemplated hereunder is not consummated due to Purchaser's default hereunder, Seller shall be entitled, as its sole remedy, to terminate this Agreement and receive the Deposit as liquidated damages for the breach of this Agreement, it being agreed between the parties hereto that the actual damages to Seller in the event of such breach are impractical to ascertain and the amount of the Deposit is a reasonable estimate thereof.

SECTION 6.2 Default by Seller. In the event the sale of the Property as contemplated hereunder is not consummated due to Seller's default hereunder, Purchaser shall be entitled, as its sole remedy, either (a) to receive the return of the Deposit, which return shall operate to terminate


this Agreement and release Seller from any and all liability hereunder, or (b) to enforce specific performance of Seller's obligation to convey the Property to Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, it being understood and agreed that the remedy of specific performance shall not be available to enforce any other obligation of Seller hereunder. Purchaser expressly waives its rights to seek damages in the event of Seller's default hereunder. If the sale of the Property is not consummated due to Seller's default hereunder, Purchaser shall be deemed to have elected to terminate this Agreement and receive back the Deposit if Purchaser fails to file suit for specific performance against Seller in a court having jurisdiction in the county and state in which the Property is located, on or before thirty (30) days following the date upon which Closing was to have occurred.

SECTION 6.3 Recoverable Damages. Notwithstanding Sections 6.1 and 6.2 hereof, in no event shall the provisions of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 limit the damages recoverable by either party against the other party due to the other party's obligation to indemnify such party in accordance with this Agreement. This Section shall survive the Closing or the earlier termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

RISK OF LOSS

SECTION 7.1 Minor Damage or Condemnation. In the event of loss or damage to, or condemnation of, the Property or any portion thereof which is not "Major" (as hereinafter defined), this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect provided that Seller shall, at Seller's option, either (a) perform any necessary repairs, or (b) assign to Purchaser, (but expressly excluding from such assignment Seller's right and the right of any affiliate of Seller to casualty or condemnation proceeds in respect of the Existing Signs pursuant to the Deed) without representation, warranty or recourse to Seller, all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to any claims and proceeds Seller may have with respect to any casualty insurance policies or condemnation awards relating to the premises in question, after deduction of Seller's expenses of collection and amounts expended by Seller in Seller's reasonable discretion to prevent further damage to the Property or to alleviate unsafe conditions at the Property caused by casualty or condemnation. In the event that Seller elects to perform repairs upon the Property, Seller shall use reasonable efforts to complete such repairs promptly and the date of Closing shall be extended a reasonable time in order to allow for the completion of such repairs. If, subject to the provisions of the Deed, Seller elects to assign a casualty claim to Purchaser, the Purchase Price shall be reduced by an amount equal to the lesser of the deductible amount under Seller's insurance policy or the cost of such repairs as determined in accordance with Section 7.3 hereof. Upon Closing, full risk of loss with respect to the Property shall pass to Purchaser.

SECTION 7.2 Major Damage. In the event of a "Major" loss or damage to, or condemnation of, the Property or any portion thereof, either Seller or Purchaser may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the other party, in which event the Deposit shall be returned to Purchaser. If neither Seller nor Purchaser elects to terminate this Agreement within ten (10) days after Seller sends Purchaser written notice of the occurrence of such Major loss, damage or condemnation (which notice shall state the cost of repair or restoration thereof as opined by an


architect in accordance with Section 7.3 hereof), then Seller and Purchaser shall be deemed to have elected to proceed with Closing, in which event Seller shall, at Seller's option, either (a) perform any necessary repairs, or (b) assign to Purchaser, without representation, warranty or recourse to Seller, all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to any claims and proceeds Seller may have with respect to any casualty insurance policies or condemnation awards relating to the premises in question, after deduction of Seller's expenses of collection and amounts expended by Seller in Seller's reasonable discretion to prevent further damage to the Property or to alleviate unsafe conditions at the Property caused by casualty or condemnation. In the event that Seller elects to perform repairs upon the Property, Seller shall use reasonable efforts to complete such repairs promptly and the date of Closing shall be extended a reasonable time in order to allow for the completion of such repairs. If Seller elects to assign a casualty claim to Purchaser, the Purchase Price shall be reduced by an amount equal to the lesser of the deductible amount under Seller's insurance policy or the cost of such repairs as determined in accordance with
Section 7.3 hereof. Upon Closing, full risk of loss with respect to the Property shall pass to Purchaser. The foregoing notwithstanding, if there is a casualty or condemnation affecting any of the Existing Signs or all or any portion of the premises demised to Seller or any affiliate of Seller under any Lease, Seller shall have the sole option to terminate the Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by Seller in such instance, then neither party shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder (except for any indemnity obligations of either party pursuant to the other provisions of the Agreement), the Deposit shall be returned to Purchaser and each party shall bear its own costs hereunder.

SECTION 7.3 Definition of "Major" Loss or Damage. For purposes of Sections 7.1 and 7.2, "MAJOR" loss, damage or condemnation refers to the following: (a) loss or damage to the Property hereof such that the cost of repairing or restoring the premises in question to substantially the same condition which existed prior to the event of damage would be, in the opinion of an architect selected by Seller and reasonably approved by Purchaser, equal to or greater than Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000.00) and (b) any loss due to a condemnation which permanently and materially impairs the current use of the Property. If Purchaser does not give written notice to Seller of Purchaser's reasons for disapproving an architect within five (5) business days after receipt of notice of the proposed architect, Purchaser shall be deemed to have approved the architect selected by Seller.

SECTION 7.4 General Obligations Law The parties hereto waive the provisions of Section 5-1311 of the General Obligations Law, which shall not apply to this Agreement and agree that their respective rights in case of damage, destruction, condemnation or taking by eminent domain shall be governed by the provisions of this Section. . The provisions of this Section shall survive the Closing.

ARTICLE VIII

COMMISSIONS

SECTION 8.1 Brokerage Commissions. With respect to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, Seller represents that its sole broker is Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. ("SELLER'S BROKER"), and Purchaser represents that it has not dealt with or engaged on its behalf or for its


benefit with any broker other than Seller's Broker. Seller shall be responsible for any and all commissions and other compensation due to Seller's Broker in connection with the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, which shall be paid pursuant to a separate written agreement between Seller and Seller's Broker. Each party hereto agrees that if any person or entity, other than the Seller's Broker makes a claim for brokerage commissions or finder's fees related to the sale of the Property by Seller to Purchaser, and such claim is made by, through or on account of any acts or alleged acts of said party or its representatives, said party will protect, indemnify, defend and hold the other party free and harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, cost, damage and expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees) in connection therewith. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive Closing or any termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IX

DISCLAIMERS AND WAIVERS

SECTION 9.1 No Reliance on Documents. Except as expressly stated herein, Seller makes no representation or warranty as to the truth, accuracy or completeness of any materials, data or information delivered or given by Seller or its brokers or agents to Purchaser in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby. Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that all materials, data and information delivered or given by Seller to Purchaser in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby are provided to Purchaser as a convenience only and that any reliance on or use of such materials, data or information by Purchaser shall be at the sole risk of Purchaser, except as otherwise expressly stated herein. Neither Seller, nor any affiliate of Seller, nor the person or entity which prepared any report or reports delivered by Seller to Purchaser shall have any liability to Purchaser for any inaccuracy in or omission from any such reports.

SECTION 9.2 AS-IS SALE; DISCLAIMERS. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT SELLER IS NOT MAKING AND HAS NOT AT ANY TIME MADE ANY WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS, GUARANTIES, COVENANTS OR STATEMENTS OF ANY TYPE, KIND, NATURE OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE PROPERTY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS, GUARANTIES, COVENANTS OR STATEMENTS AS TO HABITABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF THE PROPERTY FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, THE INCOME, EXPENSES, OPERATION OR PROFITABILITY OF THE PROPERTY, THE OPERATING HISTORY OF OR ANY PROJECTIONS RELATING TO THE PROPERTY, THE VALUATION OF THE PROPERTY, ANY TAX TREATMENT, WHETHER INCOME OR OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE PROPERTY, OR AS TO THE PHYSICAL, STRUCTURAL, OR ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY, ITS COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS OR WITH RESPECT TO THE ZONING OF, OR ANY APPROVALS, LICENSES OR PERMITS REQUIRED FOR THE PROPERTY, OR THE SUITABILITY OF THE PROPERTY FOR PURCHASER'S INTENDED USE THEREOF OR THE ABILITY OR FEASIBILITY TO CONVERT THE PROPERTY OR ANY PORTION THEREOF TO ANY OTHER OR PARTICULAR USE, OR WITH RESPECT TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ACCESS, INGRESS OR EGRESS TO THE PROPERTY, THE NEED FOR OR COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL OR THIRD PARTY APPROVALS OR


GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS, OR ANY OTHER MATTER OR THING OF ANY TYPE, KIND, NATURE OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER RELATING TO OR AFFECTING THE PROPERTY.

PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT UPON CLOSING SELLER SHALL SELL AND CONVEY TO PURCHASER AND PURCHASER SHALL ACCEPT THE PROPERTY "AS IS, WHERE IS, WITH ALL FAULTS", EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT EXPRESSLY PROVIDED OTHERWISE IN THIS AGREEMENT. PURCHASER HAS NOT RELIED AND WILL NOT RELY ON, AND SELLER IS NOT LIABLE FOR OR BOUND BY, ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, GUARANTIES, COVENANTS, STATEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS OR INFORMATION PERTAINING TO THE PROPERTY OR RELATING THERETO (INCLUDING SPECIFICALLY, WITHOUT LIMITATION, OFFERING PACKAGES DISTRIBUTED WITH RESPECT TO THE PROPERTY) MADE OR FURNISHED BY SELLER, THE MANAGERS OF THE PROPERTY, OR ANY REAL ESTATE BROKER OR AGENT REPRESENTING OR PURPORTING TO REPRESENT SELLER, TO WHOMEVER MADE OR GIVEN, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ORALLY OR IN WRITING, UNLESS AND TO THE EXTENT EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT. PURCHASER ALSO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE PURCHASE PRICE REFLECTS AND TAKES INTO ACCOUNT THAT THE PROPERTY IS BEING SOLD "AS-IS, WHERE IS, WITH ALL FAULTS."

PURCHASER REPRESENTS TO SELLER THAT PURCHASER HAS CONDUCTED PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE, SUCH INVESTIGATIONS OF THE PROPERTY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE PHYSICAL, STRUCTURAL, AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS, THE INCOME AND EXPENSES OF AND FROM THE PROPERTY AND THE PROFITABILITY OF THE PROPERTY AND ANY TAX TREATMENT, WHETHER INCOME OR OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE PROPERTY, AS PURCHASER DEEMED NECESSARY OR DESIRABLE TO SATISFY ITSELF AS TO THE CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY AND THE EXISTENCE OR NONEXISTENCE OR CURATIVE ACTION TO BE TAKEN WITH RESPECT TO ANY HAZARDOUS OR TOXIC SUBSTANCES ON OR DISCHARGED FROM THE PROPERTY, AND IS RELYING SOLELY AND WILL RELY SOLELY UPON SAME AND NOT UPON ANY INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OR ON BEHALF OF SELLER OR ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES WITH RESPECT THERETO, OTHER THAN ANY, IF ANY, REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF SELLER AS ARE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT. UPON CLOSING, PURCHASER SHALL ASSUME THE RISK THAT ADVERSE MATTERS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CONSTRUCTION DEFECTS AND ADVERSE PHYSICAL, ENVIRONMENTAL, FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC CONDITIONS, MAY NOT HAVE BEEN REVEALED BY PURCHASER'S INVESTIGATIONS, AND PURCHASER, UPON CLOSING, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE WAIVED, RELINQUISHED AND RELEASED SELLER (AND SELLER'S AFFILIATES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS) FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, CAUSES OF ACTION (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CAUSES OF ACTION IN TORT), LOSSES, DAMAGES, LIABILITIES, COSTS AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEYS' FEES) OF ANY AND EVERY TYPE, KIND, CHARACTER


OR NATURE WHATSOEVER, KNOWN OR UNKNOWN, WHICH PURCHASER MIGHT HAVE ASSERTED OR ALLEGED AGAINST SELLER (AND/OR SELLER'S AFFILIATES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, SHAREHOLDERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS) AT ANY TIME BY REASON OF OR ARISING OUT OF THE PHYSICAL, ENVIRONMENTAL, STRUCTURAL, FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY, ANY LATENT OR PATENT CONSTRUCTION OR OTHER DEFECTS RELATED TO THE PROPERTY, VIOLATIONS OF ANY APPLICABLE LAWS RELATED TO THE PROPERTY, THE HABITABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF THE PROPERTY FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, THE INCOME, EXPENSES OR PROFITABILITY OF THE PROPERTY, ANY TAX TREATMENT, WHETHER INCOME OR OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE PROPERTY, OF THE PROPERTY, ITS COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS OR WITH RESPECT TO THE ZONING OF, APPROVALS REQUIRED FOR, OR THE SUITABILITY OF THE PROPERTY FOR PURCHASER'S INTENDED USE THEREOF OR THE ABILITY OR THE FEASIBILITY TO CONVERT THE PROPERTY OR ANY PORTION THEREOF TO ANY OTHER OR PARTICULAR USE, OR WITH RESPECT TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ACCESS, INGRESS OR EGRESS, OPERATING HISTORY OR PROJECTIONS, VALUATION, GOVERNMENTAL OR THIRD PARTY APPROVALS, GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS OR ANY OTHER MATTER OR THING OF ANY TYPE, KIND, NATURE OR CHARACTER WHATSOEVER RELATING TO OR AFFECTING THE PROPERTY, AND ANY AND ALL OTHER ACTS, OMISSIONS, EVENTS, CIRCUMSTANCES OR MATTERS OF ANY TYPE, CHARACTER OR NATURE WHATSOEVER REGARDING THE PROPERTY. PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH ADVERSE MATTERS MAY AFFECT PURCHASER'S ABILITY TO SELL, LEASE, OPERATE OR FINANCE THE PROPERTY AT ANY TIME AND FROM TIME TO TIME.

SECTION 9.3 Survival of Disclaimers The provision of the Article IX shall survive Closing or any termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 10.1 Confidentiality. Purchaser and its representatives shall hold in strictest confidence all data and information obtained with respect to Seller or its business, whether obtained before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement which shall be used solely for the purposes of evaluating the proposed acquisition of the Property by Purchaser, and shall not disclose the same to others; provided, however, that it is understood and agreed that Purchaser may disclose such data and information to the employees, lenders, consultants, accountants and attorneys of Purchaser provided that such persons agree in writing to treat such data and information confidentially. In the event this Agreement is terminated or Purchaser fails to perform hereunder, Purchaser shall promptly return to Seller any statements, documents, schedules, exhibits or other written information obtained from Seller in connection with this Agreement or the transaction contemplated herein. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Purchaser or its agents or representatives of this Section 10.1, Seller shall be entitled to an injunction restraining Purchaser or its agents or representatives from disclosing, in whole or in part, such confidential information.


Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Seller from pursuing any other available remedy at law or in equity for such breach or threatened breach. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive Closing or any termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 10.2 Public Disclosure. Prior to and after the Closing, any press release or other public disclosure of information with respect to the sale contemplated herein or any matters set forth in this Agreement made or released by or on behalf of Purchaser shall be subject to Seller's prior approval. Seller and the affiliates of Seller shall have the right without Purchaser's consent, to make prior to and after the Closing press releases and other public disclosures with respect to the sale contemplated herein and matters set forth in this Agreement. The provisions of this Section 10.2 shall survive the Closing or any termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 10.3 Assignment. Subject to the provisions of this Section 10.3, the terms and provisions of this Agreement are to apply to and bind the permitted successors and assigns of the parties hereto. Purchaser may not assign its rights under this Agreement without first obtaining Seller's written approval, which approval may be given or withheld in Seller's sole discretion, and any such attempted assignment without Seller's prior written approval shall be null and void. In the event Purchaser intends to assign its rights hereunder,
(a) Purchaser shall send Seller written notice of its request at least ten (10) business days prior to Closing, which request shall include the legal name and structure of the proposed assignee, as well as any other information that Seller may reasonably request, and (b) Purchaser and the proposed assignee shall execute an assignment and assumption of this Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Seller, and (c) in no event shall any assignment of this Agreement release or discharge Purchaser from any liability or obligation hereunder. Notwithstanding the second sentence of this Section 10.3 Purchaser may assign this Agreement in its entirety to an entity which is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by affiliates of New York City Employee Retirement Systems, New York City Teachers Retirement Systems, Lehman Brothers and Tishman Speyer Real Estate Venture VI, L.P. and controlled by Tishman Speyer Property, L.P. or Tishman Speyer Real Estate Ventures VI, L.P. Notwithstanding the foregoing, under no circumstances shall Purchaser have the right to assign this Agreement (1) to any person or entity owned or controlled by an employee benefit plan if Seller's sale of the Property to such person or entity would, in the reasonable opinion of Seller's ERISA advisor, create or otherwise cause a "prohibited transaction" under ERISA and (2) in any manner that is not in compliance with laws, rules and regulations of any governmental authority having jurisdiction thereof (including, but not limited to, the US Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control and the US Patriot Act). Any transfer, directly or indirectly, of any stock, partnership interest or other ownership interest in Purchaser shall constitute an assignment of this Agreement. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall survive the Closing or any termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 10.4 Notices. Any notice pursuant to this Agreement shall be given in writing by (a) personal delivery, (b) reputable overnight delivery service with proof of delivery, (c) United States Mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or (d) legible facsimile transmission, sent to the intended addressee at the address set forth below, or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the addressee shall have designated by written notice sent in accordance herewith, and shall be deemed to have been given upon receipt or refusal to accept delivery, or, in the case of facsimile transmission, as of the date of the facsimile transmission provided that an original of such facsimile is also sent to the intended addressee by


means described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) above. Unless changed in accordance with the preceding sentence, the addresses for notices given pursuant to this Agreement shall be as follows:

If to Seller:                       Metropolitan Tower Life Insurance Company
                                    c/o Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
                                    10 Park Avenue
                                    Morristown, New Jersey  07962
                                    Attn: David V. Politano
                                          Vice President
                                    Fax Number: (973) 355-4460

with a copy to:                     Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
                                    10 Park Avenue
                                    Morristown, New Jersey  07962
                                    Attn: William P. Gardella, Esq.
         Senior Associate General Counsel
         Real Estate Investments
                                    Fax Number: (973) 355-4920

If to Purchaser:                    c/o Tishman Speyer Properties, L.P.
                           520 Madison Avenue, 6th Floor
                           New York, New York 10022
                           Attention: Chief Legal Officer
                           Fax Number: (212) 588-1895

with a copy to:                     c/o Tishman Speyer Properties, L.P.
                           520 Madison Avenue, 6th Floor
                           New York, New York 10022
                           Attention: Chief Financial Officer
                           Fax Number: (212) 588-1895

and a copy to:                      Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
                           One New York Plaza
                           New York, New York 10004
                           Attention: Jonathan L. Mechanic, Esq.
                           Fax Number: (212) 859-4000

SECTION 10.5 Modifications. This Agreement cannot be changed orally, and no executory agreement shall be effective to waive, change, modify or discharge it in whole or in part unless such executory agreement is in writing and is signed by the parties against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification or discharge is sought.

SECTION 10.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the exhibits and schedules hereto, contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and fully supersedes all prior written or oral agreements and understandings between the


parties pertaining to such subject matter, other than any confidentiality agreement executed by Purchaser in connection with the Property.

SECTION 10.7 Further Assurances. Each party agrees that it will execute and deliver such other documents and take such other action, whether prior or subsequent to Closing, as may be reasonably requested by the other party to consummate the transaction contemplated by this Agreement. The provisions of this Section 10.7 shall survive Closing.

SECTION 10.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all such executed counterparts shall constitute the same agreement, and the signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended to, any other counterpart.

SECTION 10.9 Facsimile Signatures. In order to expedite the transaction contemplated herein, telecopied signatures may be used in place of original signatures on this Agreement. Seller and Purchaser intend to be bound by the signatures on the telecopied document, are aware that the other party will rely on the telecopied signatures, and hereby waive any defenses to the enforcement of the terms of this Agreement based on the form of signature.

SECTION 10.10 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall nonetheless remain in full force and effect; provided that the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision does not materially adversely affect the benefits accruing to any party hereunder.

SECTION 10.11 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State in which the Property is located. Purchaser and Seller agree that the provisions of this Section 10.11 shall survive the Closing or any termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 10.12 No Third-Party Beneficiary. The provisions of this Agreement and of the documents to be executed and delivered at Closing are and will be for the benefit of Seller and Purchaser only and are not for the benefit of any third party, and accordingly, no third party shall have the right to enforce the provisions of this Agreement or of the documents to be executed and delivered at Closing.

SECTION 10.13 Captions. The section headings appearing in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not intended, to any extent and for any purpose, to limit or define the text of any section or any subsection hereof.

SECTION 10.14 Construction. The parties acknowledge that the parties and their counsel have reviewed and revised this Agreement and that the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement or any exhibits or amendments hereto.

SECTION 10.15 Recordation. This Agreement may not be recorded by any party hereto. The provisions of this Section 10.15 shall survive the Closing or any termination of this Agreement.


SECTION 10.16 Audit Rights and Tenant Reconciliation Statements . For a period of three (3) years after the Closing, Purchaser shall allow Seller and its agents and representatives access without charge to (i) all files, records, and documents delivered to Purchaser at the Closing, and (ii) the financial records and financial statements for the Property (including but not limited to, financial records and financial statements related to the Reconciliation Statements, as such term is hereinafter defined) for the calendar year in which the Closing occurs and for the calendar year preceding the calendar year in which the Closing occurs, upon reasonable advance notice and at all reasonable times, to examine and to make copies of any and all such files, records, documents, and statements, which right shall survive the Closing. Purchaser shall prepare and provide to the tenants under the Leases a statement of the reconciliation of expenses between the landlord and the tenants under the Leases in accordance with the terms of the Leases (the "RECONCILIATION STATEMENTS"), and Purchaser shall provide Seller with copies of the Reconciliation Statements at the same time that they are furnished to the Tenants. If amounts are due from any Tenants based on the Reconciliation Statements, Purchaser shall make a good faith effort after Closing to collect the same in the usual course of Purchaser's operation of the Property, and upon collection, to remit to Seller, Seller's share of those amounts in accordance with the terms of Section 4.4 hereof; however, Purchaser shall not be obligated to institute any lawsuit or other collection procedures to collect said amounts. Seller may attempt to collect amounts due to it pursuant to the reconciliation of expenses between the landlord and the tenants in accordance with the terms of the Leases, and Seller may institute any lawsuit or collection procedures, but Seller may not evict any tenant after Closing. The provisions of this Section 10.16 shall survive the Closing.

SECTION 10.17 Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by Purchaser or Seller in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement that give Purchaser or Seller the right to terminate this Agreement, then neither party shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder (except for indemnity obligations of either party pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement) and the Deposit shall be returned to Purchaser and each party shall bear its own costs incurred hereunder.

SECTION 10.18 1031 Exchange. Purchaser agrees to reasonably cooperate with Seller (without liability or cost to Purchaser) in Seller's efforts to consummate the sale of the Property in a manner which qualifies as a so-called "deferred" or "like-kind" exchange pursuant to Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code for Seller, one or more of Seller's partners or principals, or of any affiliate thereof (a "SELLER 1031 EXCHANGE"). Such cooperation shall include, without limitation, acquiring the Property or any portion thereof or interest therein from a qualified intermediary, Seller assigning all or any portion of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a qualified intermediary and Purchaser paying all or any portion of the Purchase Price to a qualified intermediary. Seller shall fully indemnify, defend and hold Purchaser harmless from and against any and all liability, claims, damages, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees other than those incurred prior to Closing to review documents to facilitate the Seller 1031 Exchange), taxes, fees, proceedings and causes of action of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of, connected with or in any manner related to such Seller 1031 Exchange. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive Closing and the transfer of the Property to Purchaser.

SECTION 10.19. Transfer Fee.


(A) As additional consideration for the conveyance of the Property, Purchaser shall pay to Seller 100% of the Net Gain on any Transfer that occurs from and after the Closing Date to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, as follows:

(i) "Transfer" means any direct or indirect transfer of the Property which results in the Property not being controlled by Tishman Speyer Property, L.P., Tishman Speyer Real Estate Venture VI, L.P. and/or any affiliate thereof. The term "Transfer" does not include any of the foregoing to an Affiliated Party (as hereinafter defined), and does not include (1) any mortgage loan or mezzanine loan made substantially on institutional loan terms or any preferred equity investment in Purchaser. An "affiliate" for purposes of this Section means, when used with reference to a specified party, any person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with the specified party.

(ii) A Transfer shall be deemed to have occurred upon the delivery of a deed, assignment, stock purchase agreement, merger certificate or other evidence of such Transfer to the transferee or its agent or designee and payment of consideration therefor. A Transfer pursuant to an option or similar contract described in item (A)(i)(c) above shall be deemed to have occurred upon the exercise of the applicable option, the delivery (if applicable) of a deed, assignment or other evidence of such Transfer to the transferee or its agent or designee and payment of consideration therefor.

(iii) "Net Gain" with respect to any asset or interest subject to a Transfer is the excess, as of the date of such Transfer, of (a) the fair market value of the gross consideration (including, without limitation, cash and all other property, notes, securities, contracts, and instruments) given to or for the benefit of Purchaser or any direct or indirect holder of an interest in Purchaser (other than the sale of stock in any publicly held company) or the Property in connection with the Transfer of such asset or interest over (b) the sum of (1) all reasonable Transfer expenses, such as legal fees, brokerage commissions, transfer taxes, recording fees, and other fees for customary transfer services paid to parties unrelated to Purchaser, the transferor, and the transferee in connection with the Transfer of such asset or interest, plus
(2) the product of the Cost Percentage indicated below for such asset or interest multiplied by the Purchase Price, plus (3) the unamortized portion of any additional capitalized or expensed investment fully paid by Purchaser (as evidenced to the reasonable satisfaction of Seller) after the Closing Date and prior to the Transfer which is attributable to such asset or interest.

(iv) If the entire Property or all of the ownership interests in Purchaser are the subject of a Transfer, the Cost Percentage shall be one hundred percent (100%). If the interest subject to a Transfer represents less than one hundred percent of the ownership interest in Purchaser, the applicable Cost Percentage for such Transfer shall be equal to the percentage of ownership interest being transferred.

(B) The additional consideration payable by Purchaser to Seller under this Section 10.19 shall be due and payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds (to an account designated by Seller) within ten (10) days after the date the Transfer occurs, whether or not the gross consideration given in connection for Transfer is in cash or non-cash form.


(C) Any dispute arising from or in any way relating to this Section 10.19, including breach thereof, shall be determined in a federal or state court in the City of New York, to which Purchaser and Seller hereby submit for jurisdiction; provided, that by written notice to Purchaser given within twenty
(20) days after Seller has been served with a complaint which has been filed in court, Seller may in its sole and absolute discretion cause such dispute to be resolved instead by expedited arbitration in accord with the Commercial Arbitration Rules for Expedited Procedures of the American Arbitration Association by a single arbitrator who is appointed by the President of the Real Estate Board of New York and has no affiliation with any party to such dispute.

(D) The provisions of this Section 10.19 shall survive Closing.

SECTION 10.20. Exculpation. Seller agrees that it does not have and will not have any claims or causes of action against any disclosed or undisclosed officer, director, employee, trustee, shareholder, partner, principal, parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of Purchaser, including, without limitation, Tishman Speyer Properties, L.P., or any officer of, director, employee, trustee, shareholder, partner or principal of a any such parent, subsidiary or other affiliate (collectively, "PURCHASER'S AFFILIATE"), arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Seller agrees to look solely to Purchaser and its assets for the satisfaction of any liability or obligation arising under this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, or for the performance of any of the covenants, warranties or other agreements contained herein, and further agrees not to sue or otherwise seek to enforce any personal obligation against any of Purchaser's Affiliates with respect to any matters arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.20, Seller hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any and all claims and causes of action of any nature whatsoever it may now or hereafter have against Purchaser's Affiliates, and hereby unconditionally and irrevocably releases and discharges Purchaser's Affiliates from any and all liability whatsoever which may now or hereafter accrue in favor of Seller against Purchaser's Affiliates, in connection with or arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. The provisions of this Section 10.20 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Closing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

SELLER:

METROPOLITAN TOWER LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY,
a Delaware corporation

By: /s/ Robert R. Merck
    -------------------
Name: Robert R. Merck
Title: Vice President


PURCHASER:

TISHMAN SPEYER DEVELOPMENT, L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited liability company

By: /s/ Robert Speyer
    --------------------------
Name:
Title:


Escrow Agent executes this Agreement below solely for the purpose of acknowledging that it agrees to be bound by the provisions of Sections 1.6 and 1.7 hereof.

ESCROW AGENT:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,
a national banking association

By: /s/ Jason M. Orben
    -----------------------
Name:  Jason M. Orben
Title: Vice President


[EXECUTION COPY]


DOMESTIC DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

CITIGROUP INC.

AND

METLIFE, INC.

AS OF JULY 1, 2005



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                             Page
                                                                                                             ----
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS..................................................................................       1
   Section 1.1.  Defined Terms..........................................................................       1
   Section 1.2.  Purposes of Agreement..................................................................       4
   Section 1.3.  Construction...........................................................................       4
   Section 1.4.  Headings...............................................................................       5

ARTICLE II. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES..............................................................       5
   Section 2.1.  Representations and Warranties of Parent...............................................       5
   Section 2.2.  Representations and Warranties of Purchaser............................................       5

ARTICLE III. DOMESTIC DISTRIBUTION......................................................................       6
   Section 3.1.  Selling Agreements.....................................................................       6
   Section 3.2.  Exclusive Distribution Arrangements....................................................       7
   Section 3.3.  Non-Exclusive Distribution Arrangements................................................       7
   Section 3.4.  Private Label Products.................................................................       7
   Section 3.5.  New Products; Additional Products; Substitute Products.................................       8
   Section 3.6.  Acquisitions...........................................................................       9
   Section 3.7.  No Obligation..........................................................................      10

ARTICLE IV. ACCESS AND BRANDING.........................................................................      10
   Section 4.1.  Access.................................................................................      10
   Section 4.2.  Branding; Use of Names; Confidential Information; Approval of Certain Materials........      11

ARTICLE V. TERM OF THE AGREEMENT; CERTAIN CONDITIONS....................................................      13
   Section 5.1.  Term...................................................................................      13
   Section 5.2.  Surviva................................................................................      13
   Section 5.3.  Certain Conditions.....................................................................      13

ARTICLE VI. INDEMNIFICATION.............................................................................      15
   Section 6.1.  Indemnification of Parent..............................................................      15
   Section 6.2.  Indemnification of Purchaser...........................................................      15
   Section 6.3.  Indemnity Provisions in Domestic Selling Agreements....................................      15
   Section 6.4.  Indemnification Procedures.............................................................      15
   Section 6.5.  General................................................................................      17

ARTICLE VII. Miscellaneous..............................................................................      17
   Section 7.1.  Equitable Remedies.....................................................................      17
   Section 7.2.  Severability...........................................................................      17
   Section 7.3.  Further Assurance and Assistance.......................................................      17
   Section 7.4.  Notices................................................................................      17
   Section 7.5.  Successors and Assigns.................................................................      18
   Section 7.6.  Governing Law..........................................................................      19
   Section 7.7.  Jurisdiction; Venue; Consent to Service of Process.....................................      19
   Section 7.8.  Entire Agreement.......................................................................      19
   Section 7.9.  Amendment and Waiver...................................................................      19
   Section 7.10. Access to Records......................................................................      19
   Section 7.11. Counterparts...........................................................................      20
   Section 7.12. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL...................................................................      20


DOMESTIC DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

THIS DOMESTIC DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of July 1, 2005, is made by and between Citigroup Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), and MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Purchaser").

WHEREAS, Purchaser and certain of its Affiliates provide insurance and annuity products throughout the United States and in numerous countries around the world;

WHEREAS, Parent, through its Affiliates, has an extensive proprietary distribution network that distributes, on behalf of insurance companies, insurance and annuity products throughout the United States and in numerous countries around the world;

WHEREAS, Parent and Purchaser have entered into an Acquisition Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2005 (the "Acquisition Agreement"), pursuant to which Purchaser will acquire on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of certain subsidiaries of, and the equity interests owned by Parent in certain joint ventures of, Parent or its Affiliates, including the Travelers Insurers;

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement, the parties hereto desire to enter into a distribution relationship outside the United States pursuant to an International Distribution Agreement to be entered into on the date hereof and the distribution relationship inside the United States contemplated by this Agreement;

WHEREAS, this Agreement has been restated from the form hereof attached to the Acquisition Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to closing of the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements and promises herein contained, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Acquisition Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

"Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such first Person. The term "control" (including its correlative meanings "controlled by" and "under common control with") shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).

"Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.


"Comparable Distributor" shall mean a distributor using a substantially similar approach to the marketing, servicing, sales support and overall distribution of products.

"Competitive" means (i) the terms, total compensation, customer appeal, consumer pricing and value, wholesaler coverage, training and support, features and service standards and metrics of the applicable product, taken as a whole, are at least equivalent to those of other comparable products, considered as a group, then distributed by the applicable Domestic Parent Distributor and (ii) the financial strength rating of the applicable provider is substantially similar to the other providers (considered as a group) then providing such comparable products to such Domestic Parent Distributor.

"Confidential Information" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).

"Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor" means each Domestic Parent Distributor to which a Travelers Insurer is the exclusive provider of any Product on the date of this Agreement and such Person's successors and assigns.

"Domestic Parent Distributor" means (i) any Person Affiliated with Parent that, as of the date hereof, distributes any Product that a Travelers Insurer offers in the United States and such Person's successors and assigns and (ii) from and after the time of its acquisition by Parent or an Affiliate of Parent, a Target Affiliated Distributor that distributes any life insurance or annuity products for any Purchaser Insurer pursuant to Section 3.6(b), and such Target Affiliated Distributor's successors and assigns.

"Domestic Selling Agreements" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

"Exclusive Products" means the Products designated on Schedule 3.2(a) as being subject to an exclusive relationship.

"Existing Product" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(d).

"First Term" means the five-year period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

"Indemnified Party" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

"Indemnifying Party" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

"Law" shall have the meaning set forth in the Acquisition Agreement.

"Level Playing Field" means, with respect to a product, Parent (i) shall, and shall cause any Domestic Parent Distributor entering into a Domestic Selling Agreement with respect to such product pursuant to Section 3.1 to, afford the same access to its distribution platforms for such product offered by a Travelers Insurer (or a Purchaser Insurer, as applicable) as the access it affords to comparable products offered by a Third Party Insurer and (ii) shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates (including the Domestic Parent Distributors) not to, provide to its Sales Force any compensation or other economic inducement or benefit for the sale of comparable products sold in a comparable sales support and compensation framework offered by a Third Party Insurer that are more favorable than the compensation or other economic inducements or benefits provided to such Sales Force for the sale of such products offered by a Travelers Insurer (or a Purchaser Insurer, as applicable); provided, that a Level Playing Field may include variations in Sales Force compensation that are
(x) based upon neutral criteria that do not differentiate between product providers, such as achieving sales volume or persistency objectives, or (y) for products

2

(including combined product and service arrangements) for which distributor compensation is negotiated by the provider on a sale-by-sale basis, such as group retirement products.

"Licensing Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the Acquisition Agreement.

"Losses" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

"Marks" shall mean the Parent Distributor Marks, as defined in the Licensing Agreement in respect of this Agreement, including "PrimElite", "Blueprint", "Vintage" and "Marquis."

"New Products" means, (i) with respect to each Domestic Parent Distributor, any life insurance or annuity product that a Purchaser Insurer is authorized to offer but was not included among the types of insurance or annuity products distributed by such Domestic Parent Distributor on the date of this Agreement and (ii) any products offered by a Purchaser Insurer pursuant to arrangements contemplated by Section 3.6(b). For avoidance of doubt, (i) the addition of new features to Products shall not constitute New Products in whole or in part, regardless of whether any insurance regulatory filing is required in connection therewith and (ii) the following products shall not be deemed to be New Products with respect to PFSI: long-term care insurance, prepaid legal services and individual term life insurance the primary purpose of which is protection rather than investment.

"Non-Exclusive Products" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

"Parent" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

"Parent Indemnified Parties" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

"Parent Standards and Practices" means the client service and relationship standards, business practices, ethical standards, customer privacy and protection policies and general service quality standards, reputational considerations and industry standards, as determined from time to time by Parent or any of its Affiliates, provided that such Parent Standards and Practices, to the extent they relate to a Product or New Product and/or Domestic Parent Distributor, shall be applied, and changes thereto shall be made, without discriminating in any material manner against any Travelers Insurer or Purchaser Insurer, as applicable, relative to all other similarly situated providers of such Products or New Products distributed by such Domestic Parent Distributor.

"Person" shall have the meaning set forth in the Acquisition Agreement.

"PFSI" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(b).

"PLP Distributor" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(b).

"Private Label Product" means a life insurance or annuity product customized for a Domestic Parent Distributor that (i) is branded under the name of a Domestic Parent Distributor or (ii) is a variable life insurance or variable annuity contract that offers as an option more than two investment choices or mutual funds that are advised or managed by Parent or a Parent Affiliate (or any successor to the Parent or a Parent Affiliate of substantially all of the business or assets of the Parent or such Parent Affiliate which relate primarily to the asset management business), including a Domestic Parent Distributor (in all cases in the capacity of either an advisor or sub-advisor). For the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, a Private Label Product (whether existing on the date of this Agreement or thereafter) shall be deemed a Product for all purposes under this Agreement.

3

"Products" means the life insurance and annuity products issued by the Travelers Insurers and distributed through the Domestic Parent Distributors on the date of this Agreement which are listed on Schedule 3.2(a), and any Substitute Products distributed in replacement thereof pursuant to Section 3.5(d).

"Purchaser" shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

"Purchaser Indemnified Parties" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

"Purchaser Insurer" means any insurance company Affiliate of Purchaser, including the Travelers Insurers.

"Sales Force" means those point of sale representatives and their direct supervisors utilized by Parent, Domestic Parent Distributors or one of their respective Affiliates whose job responsibility includes the sale or promotion of Products or New Products offered by a Travelers Insurer (or a Purchaser Insurer, as applicable).

"Second Term" means the five-year period commencing upon the expiration of the First Term and ending on the tenth anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

"Substitute Product" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(d).

"Target Affiliated Distributor" means any Person Affiliated with Parent that (i) was an Affiliate of a Target Business (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) immediately prior to the acquisition of such Target Business by Parent or an Affiliate of Parent and (ii) is engaged in the business of distributing financial services products.

"Term" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

"Third Party Claim" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

"Third Party Insurer" means an insurance company that is not Affiliated with Purchaser.

"Travelers Insurers" means the Domestic Insurance Companies (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) to be acquired by Purchaser pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement and their successors and assigns, and with respect to a Substitute Product that is offered pursuant to Section 3.5(d), a Purchaser Insurer and its successors and assigns.

Section 1.2. Purposes of Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Purchaser and Parent agree that this Agreement is intended to set forth certain principal business terms upon which they will enter into Domestic Selling Agreements during the Term and that nothing herein creates a Domestic Selling Agreement.

Section 1.3. Construction. For the purposes of this Agreement: (i) words (including capitalized terms defined herein) in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa, and words (including capitalized terms defined herein) of one gender shall be held to include the other gender as the context requires; (ii) the terms "hereof," "herein" and "herewith" and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole (including all of the Schedules) and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Article, Section, paragraph and Schedule references are to the Articles, Sections, paragraphs and Schedules to this Agreement, unless otherwise specified; (iii) the word "including" and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean "including, without limitation"; (iv) all references to any period of days shall be deemed to be to the relevant number of calendar days

4

unless otherwise specified; and (v) "commercially reasonable efforts" shall not require a waiver by any party of any material rights or any action or omission that would be a breach of this Agreement.

Section 1.4. Headings. The Article and Section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 2.1. Representations and Warranties of Parent. Parent hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser as set forth below.

(a) Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation.

(b) Parent has all necessary corporate power and authority to make, execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform all of the obligations to be performed by it hereunder. The making, execution, delivery and performance by Parent of this Agreement and the consummation by Parent of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Parent. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Parent, and assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Purchaser, this Agreement will constitute the valid, legal and binding obligation of Parent, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar Laws, now or hereafter in effect, relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally and by legal and equitable limitations on the enforceability of specific remedies.

(c) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will (i) violate or conflict with any provision of the articles of incorporation or bylaws or other organizational documents of Parent or any Domestic Parent Distributor,
(ii) violate any of the terms, conditions, or provisions of any Law or license to which Parent or any Domestic Parent Distributor is subject or by which it or any Domestic Parent Distributor or any of its or their assets are bound, or
(iii) violate, breach, or constitute a default under any contract to which Parent or any Domestic Parent Distributor is a party or by which it or any Domestic Parent Distributor or any of its or their assets is bound. The distribution of any Products offered by a Travelers Insurer and distributed by a Domestic Parent Distributor on the date hereof does not violate, breach, or constitute a default under any contract to which Parent or any Domestic Parent Distributor is a party or by which any of them or any of their respective assets is bound.

(d) None of the arrangements by which any Domestic Parent Distributor distributes any Products on behalf of a Travelers Insurer in force on the date of this Agreement violates any of the Parent Standards and Practices in effect on such date.

Section 2.2. Representations and Warranties of Purchaser. Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to Parent as set forth below.

5

(a) Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation.

(b) Purchaser has all necessary corporate power and authority to make, execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform all of the obligations to be performed by it hereunder. The making, execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Purchaser. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Purchaser, and assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Parent, this Agreement will constitute the valid, legal and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar Laws, now or hereafter in effect, relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally and by legal and equitable limitations on the enforceability of specific remedies.

(c) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Purchaser, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will
(i) violate or conflict with any provision of the articles of incorporation or bylaws or other organizational documents of Purchaser or any Purchaser Insurer (other than the Travelers Insurers), (ii) violate any of the terms, conditions, or provisions of any Law or license to which Purchaser is subject or by which it or any of its assets is bound, or (iii) violate, breach, or constitute a default under any contract to which Purchaser is a party or by which it or any of its assets is bound.

ARTICLE III.
DOMESTIC DISTRIBUTION

Section 3.1. Selling Agreements. In order to effectuate the distribution arrangements contemplated hereby among the Travelers Insurers (and Purchaser Insurers, as applicable) and the Domestic Parent Distributors for distribution of the Products and New Products offered by the Travelers Insurers (and Purchaser Insurers, as applicable) within the United States, Parent shall cause the Domestic Parent Distributors, and Purchaser shall cause the Travelers Insurers (and Purchaser Insurers, as applicable), to negotiate in good faith and enter into written selling agreements that are consistent with industry practice and with the principles set forth in this Agreement and that contain terms and conditions taken as a whole that are no less favorable to the Travelers Insurers (and Purchaser Insurers, as applicable) and the Domestic Parent Distributors than the terms and conditions of the selling and selling-related arrangements existing on the date of this Agreement between the Travelers Insurers and the Domestic Parent Distributors (the "Domestic Selling Agreements"). For each Domestic Parent Distributor that distributes a Product for a Travelers Insurer on the date of this Agreement, a Domestic Selling Agreement for the distribution of such Product, to take effect on the date of this Agreement, shall be executed and delivered by such Domestic Parent Distributor and the applicable Travelers Insurer on or prior to the date of this Agreement. The Domestic Selling Agreements will contain provisions concerning the periodic readjustment of compensation as agreed by the parties thereto.

6

Section 3.2. Exclusive Distribution Arrangements.

(a) Parent represents and warrants that Schedule 3.2(a) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all life insurance and annuity products issued by a Travelers Insurer and distributed by a Domestic Parent Distributor in the United States on behalf of a Travelers Insurer on the date of this Agreement, the identity of each Domestic Parent Distributor that distributes each such product and whether or not a Travelers Insurer is the exclusive provider of such product to such Domestic Parent Distributor.

(b) During the First Term, each Travelers Insurer shall have the right to be the exclusive provider in the United States of any Exclusive Product to any Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor. During the Second Term, each Travelers Insurer shall have the right to be a provider, on a non-exclusive, Level Playing Field basis, to each Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor of each Exclusive Product distributed by such Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor on the date of this Agreement. During the First Term, Parent shall not make any change in the Parent Standards and Practices (except changes that may be reasonably appropriate to comply with applicable Law) that would conflict with the rights granted to the Travelers Insurers under the first sentence of this
Section 3.2(b).

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (including, without limitation, Section 3.5(d)), prior to the earlier of (i) the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date of this Agreement and (ii) December 31, 2005, (x) Purchaser shall cause the Exclusive Products to be marketed under the brand name and with such trademarks or trade names (including the identity of the underwriter of such Exclusive Product) as used on the date of this Agreement and (y) no Purchaser Insurer shall be permitted to provide a Substitute Product in place of an Exclusive Product.

Section 3.3. Non-Exclusive Distribution Arrangements. If any Travelers Insurer is a non-exclusive provider of a Product to any Domestic Parent Distributor on the date of this Agreement (the "Non-Exclusive Products"), such Travelers Insurer shall have the right to be a provider of such Product, on a non-exclusive, Level Playing Field basis, to such Domestic Parent Distributor during the Term.

Section 3.4. Private Label Products.

(a) If any Travelers Insurer is the provider of a Private Label Product to a Domestic Parent Distributor on the date of this Agreement, such Travelers Insurer shall have the right to be the provider of such Private Label Product during the Term.

(b) Subject to the last sentence of this Section 3.4(b), if, prior to the seventh anniversary of the date of this Agreement, any Domestic Parent Distributor desires to distribute, as a Private Label Product, a life insurance product (other than term life insurance) or annuity product that it does not distribute as a Private Label Product on the date of this Agreement, Parent shall cause such Domestic Parent Distributor (a "PLP Distributor") to notify Purchaser no later than the time of notification of any Third Party Insurer. If the PLP Distributor does not select a Purchaser Insurer as the provider of the new Private Label Product and the PLP Distributor desires to continue to seek a Third Party Insurer, as the provider, Parent shall cause

7

the PLP Distributor to include the Purchaser Insurers in the process for selection of such provider (whether by formal request for proposals or otherwise) to provide such Private Label Product prior to selecting a Third Party Insurer. Parent shall cause the PLP Distributor to entertain in good faith, and on terms no less favorable than those extended to any other proposed provider, proposals from the Purchaser Insurers to provide such new Private Label Product. Such PLP Distributor (i) shall have exclusive discretion in determining the process for selection of, and the criteria for evaluation of, potential providers of any such Private Label Product and (ii) shall make a good faith determination of the relative suitability of proposals from potential providers for satisfying the requirements of such Private Label Product (it being understood that if such PLP Distributor determines that a proposal from a Purchaser Insurer satisfies such requirements, considered as a whole, at least as well as the most favorable proposal or proposals of the other potential providers, such Purchaser Insurer's proposal shall be selected); provided, however, that such PLP Distributor shall not be required to select any such proposal. The rights granted to the Purchaser Insurers under this Section 3.4(b) shall not apply with respect to any new Private Label Product if an insurance company not Affiliated with Parent or Purchaser contacts or approaches the Domestic Parent Distributor, without solicitation by such Domestic Parent Distributor relating to such Private Label Product, about developing or the possibility of developing such Private Label Product. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section 3.5, nothing in this Section 3.4 shall be construed to limit such Domestic Parent Distributor's ability to offer Products substantially the same as any Private Label Product on a non-private label basis.

Section 3.5. New Products; Additional Products; Substitute Products.

(a) At any time during the Term, (i) Purchaser may propose to a Domestic Parent Distributor that such Domestic Parent Distributor or one or more of its Affiliates distribute a New Product offered by a Purchaser Insurer and
(ii) a Domestic Parent Distributor may propose to Purchaser that such Domestic Parent Distributor or one or more of its Affiliates distribute a New Product offered by a Purchaser Insurer.

(b) If, prior to the seventh anniversary of the date of this Agreement, PFS Financial Services Inc. ("PFSI") desires to offer a New Product on an exclusive basis, Parent shall cause PFSI to notify Purchaser no later than the time of any notification of any Third Party Insurer. If PFSI does not select a Purchaser Insurer as the provider of such New Product and PFSI desires to continue to seek a Third Party Insurer, as the provider, Parent shall cause PFSI to include the Purchaser Insurers in the process for selection of such provider (whether by formal request for proposals or otherwise). Parent shall cause PFSI to entertain in good faith, and on terms no less favorable than those extended to any other proposed provider, proposals from the Purchaser Insurers to provide such New Product. PFSI (i) shall have exclusive discretion in determining the process for selection of, and the criteria for evaluation of, potential providers of any such New Product and (ii) shall make a good faith determination of the relative suitability of proposals from potential providers for satisfying the requirements of such New Product (it being understood that if PFSI determines that a proposal from a Purchaser Insurer satisfies such requirements, considered as a whole, at least as well as the most favorable proposal or proposals of the other potential providers, such Purchaser Insurer's proposal shall be selected); provided, however, that PFSI shall not be required to select any such proposal. The rights granted to the Purchaser Insurers under this
Section 3.5(b) shall not apply with respect to a New Product if an

8

insurance company not Affiliated with Purchaser or Parent contacts or approaches PFSI, without solicitation by PFSI relating to such New Product, about providing or the possibility of providing such New Product to be provided on an exclusive basis.

(c) If, during the Term, any Domestic Parent Distributor proposes to issue a formal written request for proposals to any Third Party Insurer that involves any life insurance or annuity product that a Purchaser Insurer is authorized to offer, Parent shall, and shall cause such Domestic Parent Distributor to, give notice thereof to Purchaser and entertain proposals from the Purchaser Insurers to be a provider to such Domestic Parent Distributor of such product. Parent shall cause such Domestic Parent Distributors to consider such proposals in good faith and on terms no less favorable than the terms extended to any other proposed provider.

(d) At any time during the Term, Purchaser may propose in writing that any Purchaser Insurer offer, in place of any Product then offered by a Travelers Insurer through a Domestic Parent Distributor (an "Existing Product"), a substitute product and if (i) such Purchaser Insurer has been assigned a financial strength rating of at least Aa3 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. (or any successor thereto) or at least AA- by Standard and Poor's (or any successor thereto) and (ii) such substitute product is substantially the same as the Existing Product in the terms, total compensation, consumer pricing, wholesaler coverage, training and support, features and service standards and metrics (a "Substitute Product"), then Parent shall cause such Domestic Parent Distributor to distribute such Substitute Product in place of the Existing Product. The Purchaser Insurer that offers such Substitute Product shall have the same rights under this Agreement with respect to the Substitute Product as the Travelers Insurer that offered the Existing Product possessed with respect to the Existing Product. By way of illustration and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Travelers Insurer was entitled to provide the Existing Product on a non-exclusive, Level Playing Field basis through the Domestic Parent Distributor, the Purchaser Insurer shall be entitled to provide the Substitute Product on a non-exclusive, Level Playing Field basis through such Domestic Parent Distributor in place of such Existing Product. Parent shall cause the applicable Domestic Parent Distributor and Purchaser shall cause the Purchaser Insurer to enter into a Domestic Selling Agreement with respect to the Substitute Product that is substantially the same as the Domestic Selling Agreement with respect to the Existing Product. The Purchaser Insurer providing the Substitute Product shall bear reasonable costs incurred by the applicable Domestic Parent Distributor in connection with or arising out of the replacement of the Existing Product with the Substitute Product.

Section 3.6. Acquisitions.

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, but subject to Section 3.6(b), neither Parent nor any Domestic Parent Distributor shall be (i) deemed to be in violation of this Agreement or any Domestic Selling Agreement or (ii) obligated hereunder or under any Domestic Selling Agreement to take any action (including to make any adjustment to commissions, economic inducements or other benefits for the Sales Force), if such violation would arise, or such action would be required to be taken, solely as a result of Parent or one of its Affiliates acquiring assets or a business of any Person engaged in the distribution of financial services products following the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 3.6 (a) shall limit or restrict any obligations that Parent or any Domestic Parent

9

Distributor has to distribute on an exclusive basis a Product or a New Product offered by a Purchaser Insurer if such Purchaser Insurer has the right under this Agreement or any Domestic Selling Agreement to be the exclusive provider of such Product or New Product to such Domestic Parent Distributor.

(b) If, at any time prior to the seventh anniversary of the date of this Agreement, (i) Parent acquires a Target Business (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement), of which the net revenues and net earnings (in each case, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 6.17(a)(x) of the Acquisition Agreement, and, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding realized gains) derived from a Competitive Business (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) are more than a de minimis amount, and (ii) Parent or its Affiliates are permitted to acquire such Target Business pursuant to Sections 6.17(a)(x) or 6.17(a)(xi) of the Acquisition Agreement, then Purchaser through the Purchaser Insurers shall have the right during the remainder of such seven-year period to be a provider to each Target Affiliated Distributor, if any, on a non-exclusive Level Playing Field basis, of any life insurance or annuity product that is distributed by such Target Affiliated Distributor on a non-exclusive basis either immediately before or following such acquisition; provided, that such right shall be subject to any applicable contractual or other restrictions by which such Target Affiliated Distributor is bound.

Section 3.7. No Obligation. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement or any Domestic Selling Agreement shall (i) impose upon any Purchaser Insurer any obligation to distribute any Products or New Products offered by a Purchaser Insurer through the Domestic Parent Distributors, (ii) impose upon Parent or its Affiliates any obligation to provide to its or their employees any Product or New Product issued by Purchaser or any Travelers Insurers, (iii) restrict the ability of Purchaser or Parent or any of their Affiliates from acquiring or disposing of any assets of, or reorganizing or consolidating, any business, subject to the proviso in Section 3.6(a) or (iv) restrict the ability of any Purchaser Insurer to distribute insurance or annuity products through Persons other than Domestic Parent Distributors. Subject to Section 3.6(b), nothing in this Agreement shall impose upon any Affiliate of Parent that becomes an Affiliate of Parent after the date of this Agreement any obligation to distribute any Product or New Product on behalf of a Purchaser Insurer. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event any Domestic Parent Distributor ceases to be an Affiliate of Parent, Parent's obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Domestic Parent Distributor shall no longer be applicable.

ARTICLE IV.
ACCESS AND BRANDING

Section 4.1. Access.

(a) To the extent that as of the date of this Agreement, a Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor permits wholesalers or Product representatives of the Travelers Insurers to have access to such Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor, including its Sales Force, sales offices or sales, education or training meetings that involve the promotion of Products made available by a Travelers Insurer for distribution by such Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor, Parent shall, during the First Term, cause such Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor to continue to permit such access on the same terms and conditions as on the date hereof in a manner consistent with applicable Law and the Parent Standards and Practices. The applicable

10

Purchaser Insurer providing the Exclusive Products shall continue during the First Term to maintain wholesaler coverage, training, and sales support to the Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor on terms and conditions that are no less favorable than those provided by the applicable Travelers Insurer to such Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor on the date of this Agreement.

(b) To the extent that as of the date of this Agreement, a Domestic Parent Distributor (other than a Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor) permits wholesalers, Product representatives or bank marketing representatives of the Travelers Insurers to have access to such Domestic Parent Distributor, including its Sales Force, bank branches, sales offices or sales, education or training meetings that involve the promotion of Products made available by a Travelers Insurer for distribution by such Domestic Parent Distributor, in a manner consistent with applicable Law and with the Parent Standards and Practices, Parent shall, until the third anniversary of the date hereof, cause such Domestic Parent Distributor to provide such access on terms and conditions that are no less favorable than those generally applicable to any Third Party Insurer.

Section 4.2. Branding; Use of Names; Confidential Information; Approval of Certain Materials.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in a Domestic Selling Agreement and, in all cases in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Licensing Agreement, during the Term, Purchaser shall cause all Purchaser Insurers providing, and Parent shall cause all Domestic Parent Distributors distributing, Products (including Private Label Products in respect of which any Purchaser Insurer is the provider on the date of this Agreement) to cause such Products distributed through a Domestic Parent Distributor to be offered and branded utilizing the Marks that relate to each such Product as of the date of this Agreement; provided that Purchaser and the Purchaser Insurers shall have been granted adequate rights to use the Marks under the Licensing Agreement; and provided, further, that the parties hereto agree that any trademark or trade name on such product shall be appropriately altered to reflect any change to the trademark or trade name of the applicable Domestic Parent Distributor and, subject to Section 3.2(c), in the case of a Substitute Product, to reflect any change that is required by Law as a result of the change in the issuer of such Substitute Product. To the extent that a Private Label Product is distributed by a PLP Distributor on behalf of a Purchaser Insurer after the date of this Agreement in accordance with Section 3.4, then Parent shall cause such PLP Distributor and Purchaser shall cause all Purchaser Insurers providing such Private Label Product to cause such Private Label Product to be offered and branded using such trademarks or trade names as may be applicable to such Private Label Product by such PLP Distributor, provided that Purchaser and the applicable Purchaser Insurers shall own or shall have been granted adequate rights to use such trademarks or trade names.

(b) During the Term of this Agreement, the Travelers Insurers and, as applicable, the Purchaser Insurers will have access to confidential information and other proprietary information ("Confidential Information") of Parent and its Affiliates. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, the names, addresses, telephone numbers and social security numbers of applicants for, purchasers of and other customers of Products and New Products as well as other identity and private information in respect of Parent's or its Affiliates'

11

customers, employees, representatives, and agents. Confidential Information shall not include any customer information (i) that was previously known by a Purchaser Insurer from a source other than any Domestic Parent Distributor without obligations of confidence; or (ii) that was or is rightfully received by a Purchaser Insurer from a third party without obligations of confidence to any Domestic Parent Distributor or from publicly available sources without obligations of confidence to any Domestic Parent Distributor; or (iii) that was or is developed by means independent of information obtained from any Domestic Parent Distributor. As a condition to such access, neither Purchaser nor any Purchaser Insurer shall use, copy or disclose such Confidential Information in any manner (including without limitation, to sell or cross-sell their products). Confidential Information may be used to service Products and New Products, including, as appropriate, to accept additional contributions and premium for and to modify, add, or exchange coverage to any Product or New Product purchased by a policy owner who purchased from a Domestic Parent Distributor. Purchaser and its Affiliates shall take all appropriate action to ensure the protection, confidentiality and security of such Confidential Information. The Purchaser and its Affiliates acknowledge and agree that this Confidential Information is the property of the Domestic Parent Distributors. The parties also understand that the Purchaser Insurers may respond to inquiries from holders of Products or New Products concerning other Purchaser Insurer products and services, provided there was no solicitation of such inquiry using Confidential Information. The parties also agree that this Section 4.2(b) shall not apply to individuals with whom Purchaser or the Purchaser Insurers have a pre-existing relationship other than through a Domestic Parent Distributor.

(c) (i) Any marketing, training or other materials to be made available by any Purchaser Insurer to any Domestic Parent Distributor's Sales Force or customers in connection with Products and New Products (other than ordinary course communications to policyholders and contract holders) shall be made available only with the prior consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the applicable Domestic Parent Distributor; provided that all such materials that are used by the Travelers Insurers in connection with the distribution of Products through the Domestic Parent Distributors on the date of this Agreement shall not require any such consent. In the event that the applicable Purchaser Insurer or the applicable Domestic Parent Distributor determines to discontinue the use of any such materials, the parties shall cooperate with the applicable Purchaser Insurer to ensure that such use is discontinued by such Domestic Parent Distributor's Sales Force.

(ii) Any marketing, training or other materials prepared by a Domestic Parent Distributor and to be made available by such Domestic Parent Distributor to its Sales Force or customers that describes any Purchaser Insurer or any of its Affiliates or any insurance or annuity product offered by any of them may be made available only with the prior consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the applicable Purchaser Insurer; provided that all such materials that are used by the Domestic Parent Distributors in connection with the distribution of Products on the date of this Agreement shall not require any such consent. In the event that the applicable Purchaser Insurer or the applicable Domestic Parent Distributor determines to discontinue the use of any such materials, the parties shall cooperate with the applicable Domestic Parent Distributor to ensure that such use is discontinued by its Sales Force.

12

ARTICLE V.
TERM OF THE AGREEMENT; CERTAIN CONDITIONS

Section 5.1. Term. The term of this Agreement (the "Term") will commence on the date of this Agreement and shall continue until the tenth anniversary of the date of this Agreement; provided, however, the expiration of this Agreement shall not reduce or curtail the term of any Domestic Selling Agreement that extends beyond the end of the Term.

Section 5.2. Survival. Upon expiration of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 5.2 and Article VI and Article VII shall survive without modification.

Section 5.3. Certain Conditions.

(a) Subject to Section 5.3(b), but notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement or in any Domestic Selling Agreement, no Domestic Parent Distributor shall be required to enter into (and may refuse to enter into) a Domestic Selling Agreement in respect of, or have any obligation to offer (and may immediately cease to offer), any Product or New Product offered by a Purchaser Insurer, if:

(i) Parent reasonably determines that such Product or New Product offered by a Purchaser Insurer is not Competitive; provided, however, that this clause (i) shall not apply to any Exclusive Product during the First Term;

(ii) any change is made or any feature is added to such Product or New Product (or a fund or investment option therein) without Parent's or the applicable Domestic Parent Distributor's prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

(iii) such Product or New Product or the offering thereof (including on an exclusive basis) conflicts with:

(x) applicable Law, including any regulatory compliance procedures or restrictions in connection therewith;

(y) any material provision of any existing agreement by which Parent or its Affiliates or any of their respective assets or properties are bound; provided that this clause (y) shall not apply to any Product offered by a Travelers Insurer and distributed by a Domestic Parent Distributor pursuant to an arrangement in effect on the date hereof or any Substitute Products distributed in replacement thereof pursuant to Section 3.5(d), unless the violation is caused by or relates to (1) any difference between the Substitute Product and the Existing Product it replaced, or (2) solely the fact of the replacement of the Existing Product with the Substitute Product; or

(z) the Parent Standards and Practices, provided that in the case of the application of this clause (z) during the First Term to any Exclusive Product following a change in the Parent Standards and Practices, any such

13

change in the Parent Standards and Practices shall be in accordance with the third sentence of Section 3.2(b);

(iv) such Product is an Exclusive Product and (x) any Purchaser Insurer provides to any Comparable Distributor a product that is substantially similar to such Exclusive Product and (y) the terms, total compensation, consumer pricing, wholesaler coverage, training and support, features and service standards and metrics of such product, taken as a whole, are more favorable than the terms, total compensation, consumer pricing, wholesaler coverage, training and support, features and service standards and metrics of such Exclusive Product, taken as a whole; provided, however, that this Section 5.3(a)(iv) shall not apply to any distribution arrangements of any Purchaser Insurer in effect on the date of this Agreement;

(v) with respect to any Exclusive Product, the financial strength rating assigned to the provider of such Exclusive Product falls below both (x) A1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. (or any successor thereto) and (y) A+ by Standard & Poor's (or any successor thereto); or

(vi) with respect to any Exclusive Product, a federal, state or local domestic, foreign or supranational governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory authority, agency, court, tribunal, commission or other governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory entity, with jurisdiction over the Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor requests or mandates that the Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor cease offering or no longer offer the Exclusive Product on an exclusive basis; provided, however, in the case of such a request (but not a mandate), the Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor shall provide prompt notice of any such request to the Purchaser Insurer providing the Exclusive Product, and shall consult and cooperate with such Purchaser Insurer in its efforts to obtain from such regulatory agency an agreement that permits the Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor to continue to distribute such Exclusive Product on an exclusive basis. If such an agreement is reached, the Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor shall continue to distribute the Exclusive Product on an exclusive basis in accordance with the terms of Section 3.2. If such an agreement cannot be reached, the Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor shall distribute the Exclusive Product on a non-exclusive, Level Playing Field basis, for the remainder of the Term in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Prior to any Domestic Parent Distributor's exercising its right under Section 5.3(a) not to enter into a Domestic Selling Agreement with respect to any Product or New Product or to cease offering any Product or New Product, such Domestic Parent Distributor shall provide written notice to Purchaser, containing a reasonably detailed statement of the grounds for such exercise, and shall afford Purchaser a period of 30 days in which to cure the deficiency unless the deficiency is not capable of being cured. Such Domestic Parent Distributor shall consult and cooperate with Purchaser as reasonably requested during such period in identifying possible cures. If Purchaser is able to propose a cure that is reasonably satisfactory to such Domestic Parent Distributor before the expiration of such period, such Domestic Parent Distributor shall not be entitled to exercise its right to refuse to enter into a Domestic Selling Agreement or to cease offering the applicable Product or New Product, provided that if any cure involves a change in such Product's or New Product's terms or features that requires filing with

14

or approval (or non-disapproval) by any regulatory authority, such Domestic Parent Distributor shall, prior to exercising such right, afford Purchaser such further period of time as may be reasonably necessary to accomplish such filing or obtain such approval or non-disapproval. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.3(b), no Domestic Parent Distributor shall be required to continue to distribute any Product or New Product pending any cure period, if the offering of such Product or New Product would reasonably be expected to (i) violate applicable Law, including any regulatory compliance procedures or restriction in connection therewith, (ii) conflict with the Parent Standards and Practices insofar as they relate to reputational considerations or industry standards or (iii) in the case of an Exclusive Product under Section 5.3(a)(vi) above, conflict with a mandate from a federal, state or local domestic, foreign or supranational governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory authority, agency, court, tribunal, commission or other governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory entity, with jurisdiction over the Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor that such Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor cease offering or no longer offer the Exclusive Product on an exclusive basis; provided, in the case of this clause (iii), such Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor shall distribute the Exclusive Product on a non-exclusive, Level Playing Field basis, for the remainder of the Term in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI.
INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.1. Indemnification of Parent. Purchaser will defend and hold harmless Parent and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents (the "Parent Indemnified Parties") from and against any losses, liabilities, damages (including consequential damages), actions, claims, demands, regulatory investigations, settlements, judgments and other expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees and expenses ("Losses") which are asserted against, incurred or suffered by any Parent Indemnified Party and which arise from or are related to Purchaser's breach of any representation or warranty (except to the extent indemnification therefor is available under the Acquisition Agreement) or any covenant, condition or duty contained in this Agreement.

Section 6.2. Indemnification of Purchaser. Parent will defend and hold harmless Purchaser and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents (the "Purchaser Indemnified Parties") from and against any Losses which are asserted against, incurred or suffered by any Purchaser Indemnified Party and which arise from or are related to Parent's breach of any representation or warranty (except to the extent indemnification therefor is available under the Acquisition Agreement) or any covenant, condition or duty contained in this Agreement.

Section 6.3. Indemnity Provisions in Domestic Selling Agreements. Each Domestic Selling Agreement shall provide indemnification for Losses asserted against each of the parties thereto in respect of a failure of the other party to comply with applicable Law and a breach by such other party of any representation, warranty, covenant, condition or duty contained in such Domestic Selling Agreement.

Section 6.4. Indemnification Procedures. Upon receipt by a Parent Indemnified Party or a Purchaser Indemnified Party (each, an "Indemnified Party"), as the case may be, of notice of

15

any action, suit, proceedings, claim, demand or assessment made or brought by an unaffiliated third party (a "Third Party Claim") with respect to a matter for which such Indemnified Party is indemnified under this Article VI which has or is expected to give rise to a claim for Losses, the Indemnified Party shall promptly, in the case of a Purchaser Indemnified Party, notify Parent and in the case of a Parent Indemnified Party, notify Purchaser (Purchaser or Parent, as the case may be, the "Indemnifying Party"), in writing, indicating the nature of such Third Party Claim and the basis therefor; provided, however, that any delay or failure by the Indemnified Party to give notice to the Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure. Such written notice shall (i) describe such Third Party Claim in reasonable detail as is practicable including the sections of this Agreement, which form the basis for such claim; provided that the failure to identify a particular section in such notice shall not preclude the Indemnified Party from subsequently identifying such section as a basis for such claim, (ii) attach copies of all material written evidence thereof and (iii) set forth the estimated amount of the Losses that have been or may be sustained by an Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party shall have 30 days after receipt of notice to elect, at its option, to assume and control the defense of, at its own expense and by its own counsel, any such Third Party Claim and shall be entitled to assert any and all defenses available to the Indemnified Party to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law. If the Indemnifying Party shall undertake to compromise or defend any such Third Party Claim, it shall promptly notify the Indemnified Party of its intention to do so, and the Indemnified Party agrees to cooperate fully with the Indemnifying Party and its counsel in the compromise of, or defense against, any such Third Party Claim; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not settle, compromise or discharge, or admit any liability with respect to, any such Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), unless the relief consists solely of money Losses to be paid by the Indemnifying Party and includes a provision whereby the plaintiff or claimant in the matter releases the Purchaser Indemnified Parties or the Parent Indemnified Parties, as applicable, from all liability with respect thereto. Notwithstanding an election to assume the defense of such action or proceeding, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such action or proceeding, and the Indemnifying Party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if the (A) Indemnified Party shall have determined in good faith that an actual or potential conflict of interest makes representation by the same counsel or the counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party inappropriate or (B) Indemnifying Party shall have authorized the Indemnified Party to employ separate counsel at the Indemnifying Party's expense. In any event, the Indemnified Party and Indemnifying Party and their counsel shall cooperate in the defense of any Third Party Claim subject to this Article VI and keep such Persons informed of all developments relating to any such Third Party Claims, and provide copies of all relevant correspondence and documentation relating thereto. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Indemnified Party's cooperation shall be borne by the Indemnifying Party. In any event, the Indemnified Party shall have the right at its own expense to participate in the defense of such asserted liability. If the Indemnifying Party receiving such notice of a Third Party Claim does not elect to defend such Third Party Claim or does not defend such Third Party Claim in good faith, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, in addition to any other right or remedy it may have hereunder, at the Indemnifying Party's expense, to defend such Third Party Claim; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party shall not settle, compromise or discharge, or admit

16

any liability with respect to, any such Third Party Claim without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

Section 6.5. General.

(a) The provisions of this Article VI will survive the expiration of this Agreement.

(b) The rights and remedies provided herein shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the parties at law or equity, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise of any thereof by any party shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise of any other such rights or remedies by such party. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, nothing in this Agreement shall restrict or prevent any party from seeking indemnification under any applicable provision of the Acquisition Agreement, or any of the other Related Agreements (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement), provided that no party shall obtain duplicative recoveries.

ARTICLE VII.
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1. Equitable Remedies. The parties hereto acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for violations of this Agreement and that any party, in addition to any other rights and remedies which the parties may have hereunder or at law or in equity, may, in its sole discretion, apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance or injunction or such other relief as such court may deem just and proper in order to enforce this Agreement or prevent any violation hereof and, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, each party waives any objection to the imposition of such relief.

Section 7.2. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. To the extent permitted by applicable Law, the parties waive any provision of Law that renders any provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect. The parties shall, to the extent lawful and practicable, use their commercially reasonable efforts to enter into arrangements to reinstate the intended benefits, net of the intended burdens, of any such provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

Section 7.3. Further Assurance and Assistance. Parent and Purchaser agree that each will, and will cause their respective Affiliates to, execute and deliver any and all documents, and take such further acts, in addition to those expressly provided for herein, that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 7.4. Notices. All notices, demands and other communications required or permitted to be given to any party under this Agreement shall be in writing and any such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, courier or overnight delivery service or, if mailed, two (2) Business Days (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) after deposit in the mail and sent certified or registered mail, return

17

receipt requested and with first-class postage prepaid, or in the case of facsimile notice, when sent and transmission is confirmed, and, regardless of method, addressed to the party at its address or facsimile number set forth below (or at such other address or facsimile number as the party shall furnish the other parties in accordance with this Section 7.4):

(a) If to Parent:

Citigroup Inc.
399 Park Avenue
New York, New York
Attn: Andrew M. Felner Deputy General Counsel Facsimile: (212) 559-7057 e-mail: felnera@citigroup.com

With a copy to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP 4 Times Square
New York, New York 10036-6522 Attn: Eric J. Friedman, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 735-2000

(b) If to Purchaser:

MetLife, Inc.
2701 Queens Plaza North Long Island City, New York 11101 Attn: James L. Lipscomb Executive Vice President and General Counsel Facsimile: (212) 252-7288

With a copy to:

LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae L.L.P.

125 West 55th Street
New York, New York 10019
Attn: Alexander M. Dye, Esq.
Facsimile: 212-424-8500

Section 7.5. Successors and Assigns. Subject to the terms of this Section 7.5, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, provided that the Parent Indemnified Parties and the Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall be intended third-party beneficiaries of Article VI. No party hereto may assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld) and any purported assignment without such consent shall be void.

18

Section 7.6. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State, without regard to the conflict of laws principles of such State.

Section 7.7. Jurisdiction; Venue; Consent to Service of Process.

(a) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if such court will not accept jurisdiction, the Supreme Court of the State of New York or any court of competent civil jurisdiction sitting in New York County, New York. In any action, suit or other proceeding, each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise any claims that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of the above courts, that such action or suit is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such action, suit or other proceeding is improper. Each of the parties hereto also hereby agrees that any final and unappealable judgment against a party hereto in connection with any action, suit or other proceeding shall be conclusive and binding on such party and that such award or judgment may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction, either within or outside of the United States. A certified or exemplified copy of such award or judgment shall be conclusive evidence of the fact and amount of such award or judgment.

(b) Each party irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for the giving of notices pursuant to Section 7.4 of this Agreement. Nothing in this Section 7.7 shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.

Section 7.8. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with all schedules hereto, embodies the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements with respect thereto. The parties intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of its terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial proceeding involving this Agreement.

Section 7.9. Amendment and Waiver. No amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless it shall be in writing and signed by each party. Any failure of a party to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Agreement may be waived by the party entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument duly executed and delivered by the party granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure of compliance. In the event that the terms of a Domestic Selling Agreement shall conflict with the terms of this Agreement, the terms of such Domestic Selling Agreement shall control for purposes of such Domestic Selling Agreement.

Section 7.10. Access to Records. Parent shall cause the Domestic Parent Distributors to maintain adequate books and records related to the activities of the Domestic Parent Distributors under the Domestic Selling Agreements with respect to the Products and New Products

19

distributed thereunder. Upon written request, but no more frequently than annually, (i) Parent shall certify to Purchaser its material compliance with the terms of Sections 3.2(b), 3.3 and 3.4(a) of this Agreement during the period covered by such certificate and (ii) Purchaser shall certify to Parent that no Purchaser Insurer has, during the period covered by such certification, provided to any Comparable Distributor any product that is substantially similar to an Exclusive Product provided by a Travelers Insurer on an exclusive basis to a Domestic Exclusive Parent Distributor under a Domestic Selling Agreement with terms, total compensation, consumer pricing, wholesaler coverage, training and support, features and service standards and metrics, taken as a whole, that are materially more favorable to such Comparable Distributor than the terms, total compensation, consumer pricing, wholesaler coverage, training and support, features and service standards and metrics of such Exclusive Product, taken as a whole.

Section 7.11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties in multiple counterparts which may be delivered by facsimile transmission. Each counterpart when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 7.12. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

20

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed by their respective authorized representatives.

CITIGROUP INC.

By:  /s/ Anthony A. Lazzara
    --------------------------------
Name:   Anthony A. Lazzara
Title:  Managing Director
        M&A Execution

METLIFE, INC.

By:  /s/ William J. Wheeler
    --------------------------------
Name:   William J. Wheeler
Title:  Exectuive Vice President and
        Chief Financial Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO DOMESTIC DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT]


[EXECUTION COPY]


INTERNATIONAL DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

CITIGROUP INC.

AND

METLIFE, INC.

AS OF JULY 1, 2005



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                         Page
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS.................................................................................   1
   Section 1.1.    Defined Terms.......................................................................   1
   Section 1.2.    Purposes of Agreement...............................................................   5
   Section 1.3.    Construction........................................................................   6
   Section 1.4.    Headings............................................................................   6

ARTICLE II. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.............................................................   6
   Section 2.1.    Representations and Warranties of Parent............................................   6
   Section 2.2.    Representations and Warranties of Purchaser.........................................   7

ARTICLE III. INTERNATIONAL DISTRIBUTION................................................................   7
   Section 3.1.    Selling Agreements..................................................................   7
   Section 3.2.    Exclusive Distribution Arrangements.................................................   8
   Section 3.3.    Non-Exclusive Distribution Arrangements.............................................   8
   Section 3.4.    Private Label Products..............................................................   9
   Section 3.5.    New Products; New Countries; Substitute Products....................................  10
   Section 3.6.    Acquisitions........................................................................  11
   Section 3.7.    Reinsurance of Products Distributed on Behalf of Third Party Insurers...............  11
   Section 3.8.    No Obligation.......................................................................  13
   Section 3.9.    Credicard...........................................................................  13
   Section 3.10.   Corretora...........................................................................  14

ARTICLE IV. ACCESS AND BRANDING........................................................................  14
   Section 4.1.    Access..............................................................................  14
   Section 4.2.    Branding; Use of Names; Confidential Information; Approval of Certain Materials.....  15

ARTICLE V. TERM OF THE AGREEMENT; CERTAIN CONDITIONS...................................................  16
   Section 5.1.    Term................................................................................  16
   Section 5.2.    Survival............................................................................  17
   Section 5.3.    Certain Conditions..................................................................  17

ARTICLE VI. INDEMNIFICATION............................................................................  19
   Section 6.1.    Indemnification of Parent...........................................................  19
   Section 6.2.    Indemnification of Purchaser........................................................  19
   Section 6.3.    Indemnity Provisions in International Selling Agreements............................  19
   Section 6.4.    Indemnification Procedures..........................................................  19
   Section 6.5.    General.............................................................................  20

ARTICLE VII. MISCELLANEOUS.............................................................................  21
   Section 7.1.    Equitable Remedies..................................................................  21
   Section 7.2.    Severability........................................................................  21
   Section 7.3.    Further Assurance and Assistance....................................................  21
   Section 7.4.    Notices.............................................................................  21
   Section 7.5.    Successors and Assigns..............................................................  22
   Section 7.6.    Governing Law.......................................................................  22
   Section 7.7.    Jurisdiction; Venue; Consent to Service of Process..................................  23
   Section 7.8.    Entire Agreement....................................................................  23
   Section 7.9.    Amendment and Waiver................................................................  23
   Section 7.10.   Access to Records...................................................................  23
   Section 7.11.   Counterparts........................................................................  24
   Section 7.12.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL................................................................  24


INTERNATIONAL DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

THIS INTERNATIONAL DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of July 1, 2005, is made by and between Citigroup Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), and MetLife, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Purchaser").

WHEREAS, Purchaser and certain of its Affiliates provide insurance and annuity products throughout the United States and in numerous countries around the world;

WHEREAS, Parent, through its Affiliates, has an extensive proprietary distribution network that distributes, on behalf of insurance companies, insurance and annuity products throughout the United States and in numerous countries around the world;

WHEREAS, Parent and Purchaser have entered into an Acquisition Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2005 (the "Acquisition Agreement"), pursuant to which Purchaser will acquire on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of certain subsidiaries of, and the equity interests owned by Parent in certain joint ventures of, Parent or its Affiliates, including the Travelers Insurers;

WHEREAS, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement, the parties hereto desire to enter into a distribution relationship inside the United States pursuant to a Domestic Distribution Agreement to be entered into on the date of this Agreement and the distribution relationship outside the United States contemplated by this Agreement;

WHEREAS, this Agreement has been restated from the form hereof attached to the Acquisition Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to closing of the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements and promises herein contained, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Acquisition Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

"Adequate Financial Strength" means with respect to the applicable Purchaser Insurer's distribution of a Product through an International Parent Distributor, the financial strength of such Purchaser Insurer as it relates to such Product reasonably determined in good faith by the applicable International Parent Distributor on the basis of criteria which such International Parent Distributor reasonably believes are utilized in the industry or by similarly situated distributors in


evaluating other insurers (considered as a group) or any Purchaser Insurer, provided that to the extent other insurers provide products which are substantially similar to the Product sold by such Purchaser Insurer through the applicable International Parent Distributor such reasonable determination shall also be made on the basis of criteria which such International Parent Distributor has knowledge of and reasonably believes are utilized in evaluating such insurers as to such Product. Such criteria will take into account factors such as the availability of financial strength ratings in the country in which the products of such Purchaser Insurer are sold. For the avoidance of doubt, each International Parent Distributor acknowledges that immediately prior to the date hereof the Purchaser Insurer providing a Product to it had Adequate Financial Strength with respect to such Product on such date.

"Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such first Person. The term "control" (including its correlative meanings "controlled by" and "under common control with") shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).

"Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

"Asia-Pac RCA" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(e).

"Comparable Distributor" shall mean a distributor using a substantially similar approach to the marketing, servicing, sales support and overall distribution of products.

"Competitive" means (i) the terms, total compensation, customer appeal, consumer pricing and value, wholesaler coverage, training and support, features and service standards and metrics of the applicable product, taken as a whole, are at least equivalent to those of other comparable products, considered as a group, then distributed by the applicable Affiliate of Parent and (ii) the Purchaser Insurer shall have Adequate Financial Strength.

"Confidential Information" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(b).

"Covered Business" means all policies, certificates or coverages existing under, or in respect of, all Reinsured Products as of the date hereof, together with all new policies, certificates or coverages sold or effected under such Reinsured Products and any new product distributed by a Reinsured Product Distributor in any country that is substantially similar to a Reinsured Product distributed by such Reinsured Product Distributor in such country.

"CSL Agreement" has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.7(d).

"Covered Country" means each of the following countries: Argentina, Australia, Belgium, Brazil, Guam, Hong Kong, Hungary, Ireland, Japan, Poland and the United Kingdom.

"Exclusive Products" means the Products designated on Schedule 3.2(a) as being subject to an exclusive relationship.

"Existing Product" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(c).

2

"First Term" means the five-year period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

"Indemnified Party" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

"Indemnifying Party" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

"International Exclusive Parent Distributor" means each International Parent Distributor to which a Travelers Insurer is the exclusive provider of any Product on the date of this Agreement and such Person's successors and assigns.

"International Parent Distributor" means (i) any Person Affiliated with Parent that, as of the date of this Agreement, distributes any Product that a Travelers Insurer offers in any Covered Country and such Person's successors and assigns and (ii) any Person Affiliated with Parent that distributes any product offered by a Purchaser Insurer in any country other than a Covered Country pursuant to an arrangement contemplated by Sections 3.4(b), 3.5(b) and 3.6(b) (but in each case only from and after such time that such Person begins distributing such product for a Purchaser Insurer) and such Person's successors and assigns.

"International Selling Agreements" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

"Law" shall have the meaning set forth in the Acquisition Agreement.

"Level Playing Field" means, with respect to a product, Parent (i) shall, and shall cause any International Parent Distributor entering into an International Selling Agreement with respect to such product pursuant to Section 3.1 to, afford the same access to its distribution platforms for such product offered by a Travelers Insurer (or a Purchaser Insurer, as applicable) as the access it affords to comparable products offered by a Third Party Insurer and
(ii) shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates (including the International Parent Distributors) not to, provide to its Sales Force any compensation or other economic inducement or benefit for the sale of comparable products sold in a comparable sales support and compensation framework offered by a Third Party Insurer that are more favorable than the compensation or other economic inducements or benefits provided to such Sales Force for the sale of such products offered by a Travelers Insurer (or a Purchaser Insurer, as applicable); provided, that a Level Playing Field may include variations in Sales Force compensation that are (x) based upon neutral criteria that do not differentiate between product providers, such as achieving sales volume or persistency objectives, or (y) for products (including combined product and service arrangements) for which distributor compensation is negotiated by the provider on a sale-by-sale basis, such as group retirement products.

"Licensing Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in the Acquisition Agreement.

"Local Incumbent" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7.

"Losses" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

"Marks" shall mean the Parent Distributor Marks, as defined in the Licensing Agreement in respect of this Agreement.

3

"New Products" means (i), with respect to each Covered Country, any life insurance or annuity product that a Purchaser Insurer is authorized to offer but was not included among the types of insurance or annuity products distributed by an International Parent Distributor in such Covered Country on the date of this Agreement and (ii) products offered by a Purchaser Insurer pursuant to arrangements contemplated by Sections 3.5(b) and 3.6(b). For avoidance of doubt, the addition of new features to Products shall not constitute New Products in whole or in part, regardless of whether any insurance regulatory filing is required in connection therewith.

"Non-Exclusive Products" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

"Parent" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

"Parent Indemnified Parties" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

"Parent Standards and Practices" means the client service and relationship standards, business practices, ethical standards, customer privacy and protection policies and general service quality standards, reputational considerations and industry standards, as determined from time to time by Parent or any of its Affiliates, provided that such Parent Standards and Practices, to the extent they relate to a Product or New Product and/or International Parent Distributor, shall be applied, and changes thereto shall be made, without discriminating in any material manner against any Travelers Insurer or Purchaser Insurer, as applicable, relative to all other similarly situated providers of such Products or New Products distributed by such International Parent Distributor.

"Person" shall have the meaning set forth in the Acquisition Agreement.

"PLP Distributor" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(b).

"Private Label Product" means a life insurance or annuity product customized for a PLP Distributor in a Covered Country or Supplemental Country that (i) is branded under the name of the PLP Distributor in such Covered Country or Supplemental Country or (ii) is a variable life insurance or variable annuity contract that offers as an option more than two investment choices or mutual funds that are advised or managed by Parent or a Parent Affiliate (or any successor to the Parent or a Parent Affiliate of substantially all of the business or assets of the Parent or such Parent Affiliate which relate primarily to the asset management business), including an PLP Distributor (in all cases in the capacity of either an advisor or sub-advisor). For the avoidance of doubt and without limitation, a Private Label Product (whether existing on the date of this Agreement or thereafter) shall be deemed a Product for all purposes under this Agreement.

"Products" means the life insurance and annuity products issued by the Travelers Insurers and distributed through the International Parent Distributors on the date of this Agreement, and any Substitute Products distributed in replacement thereof pursuant to Section 3.5(c).

"Purchaser" shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereof.

"Purchaser Indemnified Parties" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2.

4

"Purchaser Insurer" means any insurance company Affiliate of Purchaser, including the Travelers Insurers.

"Reinsured Product Distributor" means each Affiliate of Parent who, on the date of this Agreement, distributes life insurance or annuity products on behalf of a Local Incumbent.

"Reinsured Products" means all life insurance and annuity products being distributed by an Affiliate of Parent, written by a Local Incumbent and reinsured by a Reinsurer as of the date of this Agreement.

"Reinsurer" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7.

"Sales Force" means those point of sale representatives and their direct supervisors utilized by Parent, International Parent Distributors or one of their respective Affiliates whose job responsibility includes the sale or promotion of Products or New Products offered by a Travelers Insurer (or a Purchaser Insurer, as applicable).

"Second Term" means the five-year period commencing upon the expiration of the First Term and ending on the tenth anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

"Substitute Product" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(c).

"Supplemental Country" means each of the following countries: Chile, China, India, Indonesia, South Korea, Taiwan, and Uruguay.

"Target Affiliated Distributor" means any Person Affiliated with Parent that (i) was an Affiliate of a Target Business (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) immediately prior to the acquisition of such Target Business by Parent or an Affiliate of Parent and (ii) is engaged in the business of distributing financial services products.

"Term" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

"Third Party Claim" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4.

"Third Party Insurer" means an insurance company that is not Affiliated with Purchaser.

"Travelers Insurers" means the International Insurance Companies (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) and the Joint Ventures (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) to be acquired by Purchaser pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement and their successors and assigns, and with respect to a Substitute Product that is offered pursuant to Section 3.5(c), a Purchaser Insurer and its successors and assigns.

Section 1.2 Purposes of Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Purchaser and Parent agree that this Agreement is intended to set forth certain principal business terms upon which they will enter into International Selling Agreements during the Term and that nothing herein creates an International Selling Agreement.

5

Section 1.3 Construction. For the purposes of this Agreement: (i) words (including capitalized terms defined herein) in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa, and words (including capitalized terms defined herein) of one gender shall be held to include the other gender as the context requires; (ii) the terms "hereof," "herein" and "herewith" and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole (including all of the Schedules) and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Article, Section, paragraph and Schedule references are to the Articles, Sections, paragraphs and Schedules to this Agreement, unless otherwise specified; (iii) the word "including" and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall mean "including, without limitation"; (iv) all references to any period of days shall be deemed to be to the relevant number of calendar days unless otherwise specified; and (v) "commercially reasonable efforts" shall not require a waiver by any party of any material rights or any action or omission that would be a breach of this Agreement.

Section 1.4 Headings. The Article and Section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 2.1 Representations and Warranties of Parent. Parent hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser as set forth below.

(a) Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation.

(b) Parent has all necessary corporate power and authority to make, execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform all of the obligations to be performed by it hereunder. The making, execution, delivery and performance by Parent of this Agreement and the consummation by Parent of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Parent. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Parent, and assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Purchaser, this Agreement will constitute the valid, legal and binding obligation of Parent, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar Laws, now or hereafter in effect, relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally and by legal and equitable limitations on the enforceability of specific remedies.

(c) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Parent, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will (i) violate or conflict with any provision of the articles of incorporation or bylaws or other organizational documents of Parent or any International Parent Distributor, (ii) violate any of the terms, conditions, or provisions of any Law or license to which Parent or any International Parent Distributor is subject or by which it or any International Parent Distributor or any of its or their assets are bound, or (iii) violate, breach, or constitute a default under any contract to which Parent or any International Parent Distributor is a party or by which it or any International Parent Distributor or any of its or their

6

assets is bound. The distribution of any Products offered by a Travelers Insurer and distributed by an International Parent Distributor on the date of this Agreement does not violate, breach, or constitute a default under any contract to which Parent or any International Parent Distributor is a party or by which any of them or any of their respective assets is bound.

(d) None of the arrangements by which any International Parent Distributor distributes any Products on behalf of a Travelers Insurer in force on the date of this Agreement violates any of the Parent Standards and Practices in effect on such date.

Section 2.2. Representations and Warranties of Purchaser. Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to Parent as set forth below.

(a) Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation.

(b) Purchaser has all necessary corporate power and authority to make, execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform all of the obligations to be performed by it hereunder. The making, execution, delivery and performance by Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Purchaser. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Purchaser, and assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Parent, this Agreement will constitute the valid, legal and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as may be subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar Laws, now or hereafter in effect, relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally and by legal and equitable limitations on the enforceability of specific remedies.

(c) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Purchaser, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will
(i) violate or conflict with any provision of the articles of incorporation or bylaws or other organizational documents of Purchaser or any Purchaser Insurer (other than the Travelers Insurers), (ii) violate any of the terms, conditions, or provisions of any Law or license to which Purchaser is subject or by which it or any of its assets is bound, or (iii) violate, breach, or constitute a default under any contract to which Purchaser is a party or by which it or any of its assets is bound.

ARTICLE III.
INTERNATIONAL DISTRIBUTION

Section 3.1. Selling Agreements. In order to effectuate the distribution arrangements contemplated hereby among the Travelers Insurers (and Purchaser Insurers, as applicable) and the International Parent Distributors for distribution of the Products and New Products offered by the Travelers Insurers (and Purchaser Insurers, as applicable) in the Covered Countries and the Supplemental Countries, Parent shall cause the International Parent Distributors, and Purchaser shall cause the Travelers Insurers (and Purchaser Insurers, as applicable), to negotiate in good faith and enter into written selling agreements that are consistent with industry practice and with the principles set forth in this Agreement and that contain terms and conditions taken as a whole that are no less favorable to the Travelers Insurers (and Purchaser Insurers, as applicable) and the

7

International Parent Distributors than the terms and conditions of the selling and selling related arrangements existing on the date of this Agreement between the Travelers Insurers and the International Parent Distributors (the "International Selling Agreements"). For each International Parent Distributor that distributes a Product for a Travelers Insurer on the date of this Agreement, an International Selling Agreement for the distribution of such Product, to take effect on the date of this Agreement, shall be executed and delivered by such International Parent Distributor and the applicable Travelers Insurer on or prior to the date of this Agreement. The International Selling Agreements will contain provisions concerning the periodic readjustment of compensation as agreed by the parties thereto.

Section 3.2. Exclusive Distribution Arrangements.

(a) Parent represents and warrants that Schedule 3.2(a) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all life insurance and annuity products issued by a Travelers Insurer and distributed by an International Parent Distributor (whether pursuant to a written agreement or de facto) in a Covered Country on behalf of a Travelers Insurer on the date of this Agreement, the identity of each International Parent Distributor that distributes each such product and whether or not a Travelers Insurer is the exclusive provider (whether pursuant to a written agreement or de facto) of such product to such International Parent Distributor. For purposes of this Agreement (other than Section 3.7), life insurance and/or annuity products shall be deemed to include any product listed on Schedule 3.2(a).

(b) If any Travelers Insurer is the exclusive provider (whether pursuant to a written agreement or de facto) of an Exclusive Product to any International Exclusive Parent Distributor in a Covered Country on the date of this Agreement, such Travelers Insurer shall have the right to be the exclusive provider of such Exclusive Product to such International Exclusive Parent Distributor in such Covered Country during the First Term. During the Second Term, each Travelers Insurer shall have the right to be a provider, on a non-exclusive, Level Playing Field basis, to each International Exclusive Parent Distributor of each Exclusive Product distributed by such International Exclusive Parent Distributor on the date of this Agreement. During the First Term, Parent shall not make any change in the Parent Standards and Practices (except changes that may be reasonably appropriate to comply with applicable Law) that would conflict with the rights granted to the Travelers Insurers under the first sentence of this Section 3.2(b).

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (including, without limitation, Section 3.5(c)), prior to the earlier of (i) the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date of this Agreement and (ii) December 31, 2005, (x) Purchaser shall cause the Exclusive Products to be marketed under the brand name and with such trademarks or trade names (including the identity of the underwriter of such Exclusive Product) as used on the date of this Agreement and (y) no Purchaser Insurer shall be permitted to provide a Substitute Product in place of an Exclusive Product.

Section 3.3. Non-Exclusive Distribution Arrangements. If any Travelers Insurer is a non-exclusive provider of a Product to any International Parent Distributor in any Covered Country on the date of this Agreement (the "Non-Exclusive Products"), such Travelers Insurer

8

shall have the right to be a provider of such Product, on a non-exclusive, Level Playing Field basis, to such International Parent Distributor in such country during the Term.

Section 3.4. Private Label Products.

(a) If any Travelers Insurer is the provider of a Private Label Product to an International Parent Distributor in any Covered Country on the date of this Agreement, such Travelers Insurer shall have the right to be the provider of such Private Label Product in such Covered Country during the Term.

(b) Subject to the last sentence of this Section 3.4(b), if, prior to the seventh anniversary of the date of this Agreement, any International Parent Distributor or any other Affiliate of Parent that distributes life insurance or annuity products desires to distribute, as a Private Label Product in any Covered Country or Supplemental Country, a life insurance product (other than term life insurance) or annuity product that it does not distribute as a Private Label Product in such country on the date of this Agreement, Parent shall cause such International Parent Distributor or other Affiliate of Parent (a "PLP Distributor") to notify Purchaser no later than the time of notification of any Third Party Insurer. If the PLP Distributor does not select a Purchaser Insurer as the provider of the new Private Label Product and the PLP Distributor desires to continue to seek a Third Party Insurer, as provider, Parent shall cause the PLP Distributor to include the Purchaser Insurers in the process for selection of such provider (whether by formal request for proposals or otherwise) to provide such Private Label Product prior to selecting a Third Party Insurer. Parent shall cause the PLP Distributor to entertain in good faith, and on terms no less favorable than those extended to any other proposed provider, proposals from the Purchaser Insurers to provide such new Private Label Product. Such PLP Distributor (i) shall have exclusive discretion in determining the process for selection of, and the criteria for evaluation of, potential providers of any such Private Label Product and (ii) shall make a good faith determination of the relative suitability of proposals from potential providers for satisfying the requirements of such Private Label Product (it being understood that if such PLP Distributor determines that a proposal from a Purchaser Insurer satisfies such requirements, considered as a whole, at least as well as the most favorable proposal or proposals of the other potential providers, such Purchaser Insurer's proposal shall be selected); provided, however, that such PLP Distributor shall not be required to select any such proposal. In the event a proposal from a Purchaser Insurer is selected by a PLP Distributor, Parent shall cause such PLP Distributor, and Purchaser shall cause such Purchaser Insurer, to negotiate in good faith an appropriate written selling agreement with respect thereto upon terms and conditions to be mutually agreed by the parties thereto. The rights granted to the Purchaser Insurers under this Section 3.4(b) shall not apply with respect to any new Private Label Product if an insurance company not Affiliated with Parent or Purchaser contacts or approaches the International Parent Distributor, without solicitation by such International Parent Distributor relating to such Private Label Product, about developing or the possibility of developing such Private Label Product. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section 3.5, nothing in this
Section 3.4 shall be construed to limit such International Parent Distributor's ability to offer Products substantially the same as any Private Label Product on a non-private label basis.

9

Section 3.5. New Products; New Countries; Substitute Products.

(a) At any time during the Term, (i) Purchaser may propose to an International Parent Distributor that such International Parent Distributor or one or more of its Affiliates distribute a New Product offered by a Purchaser Insurer and (ii) an International Parent Distributor may propose to Purchaser that such International Parent Distributor or one or more of its Affiliates distribute a New Product offered by a Purchaser Insurer.

(b) Subject to Section 3.6(b), if, prior to the seventh anniversary of the date of this Agreement, (i) any Purchaser Insurer that, as of the date of this Agreement, offers a life insurance or annuity product for distribution in any Supplemental Country desires to offer such product for distribution through an Affiliate of Parent in such country, (ii) such Affiliate of Parent distributes a life insurance or annuity product that is substantially the same as such product through an open architecture distribution platform in such country at the time and has multiple providers of such product and (iii) the product proposed to be offered by the Purchaser Insurer is Competitive, then such Purchaser Insurer shall have the right to provide such product to such Affiliate of Parent in such country on a non-exclusive, Level Playing Field basis for the remainder of such seven-year period. In such event, Parent shall cause such Affiliate of Parent, and Purchaser shall cause such Purchaser Insurer, to negotiate in good faith and enter into a written selling agreement that is consistent with industry practice and with the principles set forth in this Agreement.

(c) At any time during the Term, Purchaser may propose in writing that any Purchaser Insurer offer, in place of any Product then offered by a Travelers Insurer through an International Parent Distributor (an "Existing Product") in a Covered Country or a Supplemental Country, a substitute product and if (i) such Purchaser Insurer has Adequate Financial Strength and (ii) such substitute product is substantially the same as the Existing Product in the terms, total compensation, consumer pricing, wholesaler coverage, training and support, features and service standards and metrics (a "Substitute Product"), then Parent shall cause such International Parent Distributor to distribute such Substitute Product in place of the Existing Product in such country. The Purchaser Insurer that offers such Substitute Product shall have the same rights under this Agreement with respect to the Substitute Product as the Travelers Insurer that offered the Existing Product possessed with respect to the Existing Product. By way of illustration and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Travelers Insurer was entitled to provide the Existing Product on a non-exclusive, Level Playing Field basis through the International Parent Distributor, the Purchaser Insurer shall be entitled to provide the Substitute Product on a non-exclusive, Level Playing Field basis through such International Parent Distributor in place of such Existing Product. Parent shall cause the applicable International Parent Distributor and Purchaser shall cause the Purchaser Insurer to enter into an International Selling Agreement with respect to the Substitute Product that is substantially the same as the International Selling Agreement with respect to the Existing Product. The Purchaser Insurer providing the Substitute Product shall bear reasonable costs incurred by the applicable International Parent Distributor in connection with or arising out of the replacement of the Existing Product with the Substitute Product.

10

Section 3.6. Acquisitions.

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, but subject to Section 3.6(b), neither Parent nor any International Parent Distributor shall be (i) deemed to be in violation of this Agreement or any International Selling Agreement or (ii) obligated hereunder or under any International Selling Agreement to take any action (including to make any adjustment to commissions, economic inducements or other benefits for the Sales Force), if such violation would arise, or such action would be required to be taken, solely as a result of Parent or one of its Affiliates acquiring assets or a business of any Person engaged in the distribution of financial services products following the date of this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 3.6(a) shall limit or restrict any obligations that Parent or any International Parent Distributor has to distribute on an exclusive basis a Product or a New Product offered by a Purchaser Insurer if such Purchaser Insurer has the right under this Agreement or any International Selling Agreement to be the exclusive provider of such Product or New Product to such International Parent Distributor.

(b) If, at any time prior to the seventh anniversary of the date of this Agreement, (i) Parent acquires a Target Business (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement), of which the net revenues and net earnings (in each case, calculated in a manner consistent with Section 6.17(a)(x) of the Acquisition Agreement, and, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding realized gains) derived from a Competitive Business (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) are more than a de minimis amount, and (ii) Parent or its Affiliates are permitted to acquire such Target Business pursuant to Sections 6.17(a)(x) or 6.17(a)(xi) of the Acquisition Agreement, then Purchaser through the Purchaser Insurers shall have the right during the remainder of such seven-year period to be a provider to each Target Affiliated Distributor, if any, on a non-exclusive Level Playing Field basis, of any life insurance or annuity product that is distributed by such Target Affiliated Distributor on a non-exclusive basis either immediately before or following such acquisition; provided, that such right shall be subject to any applicable contractual or other restrictions by which such Target Affiliated Distributor is bound.

Section 3.7. Reinsurance of Products Distributed on Behalf of Third Party Insurers.

(a) During the Term, Parent shall, and shall cause each Reinsured Product Distributor who, on the date of this Agreement, distributes life insurance or annuity products on behalf of a Third Party Insurer ("Local Incumbent") where all or part of such business written by such Local Incumbent is reinsured by a Travelers Insurer (a "Reinsurer") to use its best efforts (x) to require the relevant Local Incumbent (which term shall include, for purposes of this Section 3.7, any successor or replacement Local Incumbent) to continue to reinsure the Covered Business to the Reinsurer on terms no less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Reinsurer than the terms on which such Covered Business is reinsured on the date of this Agreement (net of any payments made or deemed to be made by the Reinsurer to any Affiliate of Parent in respect of coordination or other services rendered in connection herewith) and (y) if any such Local Incumbent refuses to continue to reinsure such Covered Business in accordance with clause (x) (a "Refusing Insurer"), to find a replacement insurance company for such Refusing Insurer (which replacement insurer shall have comparable financial strength to the Refusing Insurer (if relevant to the product offered by the Refusing Insurer) and may be any insurance company Affiliate of Purchaser, if one is available to issue the relevant types of products issued by the

11

Refusing Insurer in the applicable country so long as such products are substantially the same as the products issued by the Refusing Insurer) that will agree to write such Covered Business and to reinsure it in accordance with clause (x) and, once such a replacement is found, to exercise any rights it has to terminate its distribution arrangement with the Refusing Insurer and to replace the Refusing Insurer with such replacement insurance company; provided that the Purchaser or Reinsurer shall be responsible for reasonable one time expenses incurred by the Reinsured Product Distributor solely as a result of such replacement; provided, further, that the Reinsured Product Distributor will not incur any such expenses without obtaining Purchaser's or Reinsurer's prior consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and provided, further, that the obligations of the applicable Reinsured Product Distributor under clauses (x) and (y) above shall be conditioned during the Second Term on the Reinsurer having Adequate Financial Strength. Parent shall cause each Reinsured Product Distributor not to change the terms of its relationship with any Local Incumbent that would significantly and adversely affect the profitability of the Covered Business reinsured by Reinsurer without obtaining the prior written consent of Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Nothing in this Section 3.7 shall be construed to limit the ability of a Reinsured Product Distributor to terminate a selling agreement with a relevant Insurer in accordance with its terms; provided that such termination shall not relieve Parent of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.7(a) to the contrary, in the event that Parent or a Reinsured Product Distributor determines that it is advisable or desirable to modify or restructure the reinsurance arrangements described in Section 3.7(a) in any country with respect to all or any part of the Covered Business, including to eliminate the reinsurance arrangements and effect the distribution of all or a portion of such Covered Business directly from a Purchaser Insurer, then, as long as in the reasonable good faith judgment of Purchaser or the applicable Reinsurer, there shall be no adverse impact on the profitability of the Covered Business as a result of such modification or restructuring or replacement for the remainder of the Term, Purchaser shall cause the Reinsurer to reasonably cooperate with such modification or restructuring to the extent necessary and the Reinsured Product Distributor may take such actions as are necessary or appropriate to effect such modification or restructuring; provided, that the Reinsured Product Distributor shall be responsible for reasonable one time expenses incurred by the Reinsurer solely as a result of Parent's or Reinsured Product Distributor's decision to modify or restructure such arrangements; provided, further, that Reinsurer will not incur any such expenses without obtaining Parent's or Reinsured Product Distributor's prior consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(c) At any time during the Term, Purchaser or a Reinsurer may propose to a Reinsured Product Distributor that distributes a product included within the Covered Business in any country, and Parent shall cause such Reinsured Product Distributor to consider in good faith, that, in lieu of the product being issued by the Local Incumbent, such Reinsured Product Distributor distribute products being issued by a Purchaser Insurer licensed to conduct business in such country; provided, that nothing contained in this Section 3.7(c) shall create any obligation on the part of a Reinsured Product Distributor to distribute any product issued by a Purchaser Insurer.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.7(a) to the contrary, the parties hereto acknowledge that to the extent the performance by Citibank Singapore Limited ("CSL")

12

satisfies its obligations under the letter agreement dated July 1, 2005 (the "CSL Letter Agreement"), between CSL and Citicorp Life Insurance Limited, Parent shall be in full satisfaction of the obligations of Parent under Section 3.7(a) with respect to the CS Covered Business (as defined in the CSL Letter Agreement).

(e) For purposes of Section 3.7(a), the Credit Shield Products (as such term is defined in the CSL Letter Agreement), together with all products distributed by a Reinsured Product Distributor, written by a Third Party Insurer and reinsured through a Travelers Insurer as of the date of this Agreement, and all products set forth on Schedule C of the Asia-Pacific Regional Reinsurance Coordination Agreement, dated as of the date of this Agreement, between Citicorp Life Insurance Limited and Citibank Singapore Limited (the "Asia-Pac RCA"), shall be deemed to be life insurance and annuity products. The parties will cooperate in good faith to develop a schedule of such products within 60 days of the date hereof.

(f) The parties acknowledge that, subject to Section 5(c) of the Asia-Pac RCA, any termination pursuant to Sections 5(a)(ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) of the Asia-Pac RCA shall terminate the obligations of Parent pursuant to
Section 3.7(a) hereof to the same extent that the obligations of the Coordinator (as defined in the Asia-Pac RCA) thereunder terminate.

Section 3.8. No Obligation. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement or any International Selling Agreement shall (i) impose upon any Purchaser Insurer any obligation to distribute any Products or New Products offered by a Purchaser Insurer through the International Parent Distributors,
(ii) impose upon Parent or its Affiliates any obligation to provide to its or their employees any Product or New Product issued by Purchaser or any Travelers Insurers, (iii) restrict the ability of Purchaser or Parent or any of their Affiliates from acquiring or disposing of any assets of, or reorganizing or consolidating, any business, subject to the proviso in Section 3.6(a) or (iv) restrict the ability of any Purchaser Insurer to distribute insurance or annuity products through Persons other than Affiliates of Parent. Subject to Section 3.6(b), nothing in this Agreement shall impose upon any Affiliate of Parent that becomes an Affiliate of Parent after the date of this Agreement any obligation to distribute any Product or New Product on behalf of a Purchaser Insurer. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event any International Parent Distributor ceases to be an Affiliate of Parent, Parent's obligations under this Agreement with respect to such International Parent Distributor shall no longer be applicable.

Section 3.9. Credicard.

(a) In the event Credicard Banco S.A. ("Credicard") (i) is reorganized or restructured on or before December 31, 2008 in such a manner that a surviving entity becomes an Affiliate of Citigroup and (ii) immediately prior to such reorganization or restructuring, distributes a life insurance or annuity product issued by a Purchaser Insurer in Brazil (a "Credicard Product"), then Citigroup shall cause such surviving entity to negotiate in good faith with such Purchaser Insurer and enter into an amendment to the Annex B (the "Brazil Annex") to the Latin America Selling Agreement, which is an International Selling Agreement hereunder, to include such entity as a Distributor thereunder and to include such Credicard Product as a "Product" under the Latin America Selling Agreement, provided that such amendment or the distribution of any such Credicard Product will not conflict with any agreement or arrangement by which Citigroup, Distributor or Credicard, any surviving entity or any of their respective

13

Affiliates or any of their respective assets or properties may be bound (including, without limitation, any agreements or arrangements among Credicard and any of its shareholders or their affiliates).

(b) For purposes of any amendment to the Brazil Annex to the Latin America Selling Agreement in respect of a Credicard Product, the determination of (i) whether to classify such Credicard Product as an Exclusive Product, a Non-Exclusive Product or a Private Label Product, (ii) the scope of access rights as provided in Section 4.1 and (iii) compensation to be paid for sales of such Credicard Product shall, in each case, be determined as of the date of such amendment and not as of the date of this Agreement.

(c) In furtherance of the foregoing, Citigroup agrees that prior to December 31, 2008, it and its Affiliates shall not take action to (i) finally terminate the distribution agreements in effect on the date of this Agreement between Credicard and a Travelers Insurer or (ii) amend any term of such agreements or enter into any new agreement or arrangement, in either case, in a manner that would significantly and adversely affect distribution arrangements thereunder in respect of the Credicard Products.

Section 3.10. Corretora. In the event that Citibank Corretora de Seguros S.A., which is the "International Parent Distributor" in Brazil as of the date of this Agreement, ceases for any reason to distribute Products in Brazil during the Term, then, to the extent that Banco Citibank S.A., directly or indirectly through another distributor in Brazil Affiliated with Banco Citibank S.A., is authorized to distribute and distributes any life insurance or annuity products in Brazil, Parent shall cause Banco Citibank S.A. or such other distributor in Brazil Affiliated with Banco Citibank S.A., to enter into an International Selling Agreement to distribute the relevant Products in Brazil for the remainder of the Term in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the applicable International Selling Agreement.

ARTICLE IV.
ACCESS AND BRANDING

Section 4.1. Access.

(a) To the extent that as of the date of this Agreement, an International Exclusive Parent Distributor permits wholesalers, Product representatives or bank marketing representatives of the Travelers Insurers to have access to such International Exclusive Parent Distributor, including its Sales Force, bank branches, sales offices or sales, education or training meetings that involve the promotion of Products made available by a Travelers Insurer for distribution by such International Exclusive Parent Distributor in a Covered Country, Parent shall, during the First Term, cause such International Exclusive Parent Distributor to continue to permit such access on the same terms and conditions as on the date of this Agreement in a manner consistent with applicable Law and the Parent Standards and Practices. The applicable Purchaser Insurer providing the Exclusive Products shall continue during the First Term to maintain wholesaler coverage, training, and sales support to the International Exclusive Parent Distributor on terms and conditions that are no less favorable than those provided by the applicable Travelers Insurer to such International Exclusive Parent Distributor on the date of this Agreement.

14

(b) To the extent that as of the date of this Agreement, an International Parent Distributor (other than an International Exclusive Parent Distributor) permits wholesalers, Product representatives or bank marketing representatives of the Travelers Insurers to have access to such International Parent Distributor in a Covered Country, including its Sales Force, bank branches, sales offices or sales, education or training meetings that involve the promotion of Products made available by a Travelers Insurer for distribution by such International Parent Distributor, in a manner consistent with applicable Law and with the Parent Standards and Practices, Parent shall, until the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement, cause such International Parent Distributor to provide such access on terms and conditions that are no less favorable than those generally applicable to any Third Party Insurer.

Section 4.2. Branding; Use of Names; Confidential Information; Approval of Certain Materials.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in an International Selling Agreement and, in all cases in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Licensing Agreement, during the Term, Purchaser shall cause all Purchaser Insurers providing, and Parent shall cause all International Parent Distributors distributing, Products (including Private Label Products in respect of which any Purchaser Insurer is the provider on the date of this Agreement) to cause such Products distributed through an International Parent Distributor to be offered and branded utilizing the Marks that relate to each such Product as of the date of this Agreement; provided that Purchaser and the Purchaser Insurers shall have been granted adequate rights to use the Marks under the Licensing Agreement; and provided, further, that the parties hereto agree that any trademark or trade name on such product shall be appropriately altered to reflect any change to the trademark or trade name of the applicable International Parent Distributor and, subject to Section 3.2(c), in the case of a Substitute Product, to reflect any change that is required by Law as a result of the change in the issuer of such Substitute Product. To the extent that a Private Label Product is distributed by a PLP Distributor on behalf of a Purchaser Insurer after the date of this Agreement in accordance with Section 3.4, then Parent shall cause such PLP Distributor and Purchaser shall cause all Purchaser Insurers providing such Private Label Product to cause such Private Label Product to be offered and branded using such trademarks or trade names as may be applicable to such Private Label Product by such PLP Distributor, provided that Purchaser and the applicable Purchaser Insurers shall own or shall have been granted adequate rights to use such trademarks or trade names.

(b) During the Term of this Agreement, the Travelers Insurers and, as applicable, the Purchaser Insurers will have access to confidential information and other proprietary information ("Confidential Information") of Parent and its Affiliates. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, the names, addresses, telephone numbers and social security numbers of applicants for, purchasers of and other customers of Products and New Products as well as other identity and private information in respect of Parent's or its Affiliates' customers, employees, representatives and agents. Confidential Information shall not include any customer information (i) that was previously known by a Purchaser Insurer from a source other than any International Parent Distributor without obligations of confidence; or (ii) that was or is rightfully received by a Purchaser Insurer from a third party without obligations of confidence to any International Parent Distributor or from publicly available sources without obligations of confidence to any International Parent Distributor; or (iii) that was or is developed

15

by means independent of information obtained from any International Parent Distributor. As a condition to such access, neither Purchaser nor any Purchaser Insurer shall use, copy or disclose such Confidential Information in any manner (including, without limitation, to sell or cross-sell their products). Confidential Information may be used to service Products and New Products, including, as appropriate, to accept additional contributions and premium for and to modify, add, or exchange coverage to any Product or New Product purchased by a policy owner who purchased from an International Parent Distributor. Purchaser and its Affiliates shall take all appropriate action to ensure the protection, confidentiality and security of such Confidential Information. The Purchaser and its Affiliates acknowledge and agree that this Confidential Information is the property of the International Parent Distributors. The parties also understand that the Purchaser Insurers may respond to inquiries from holders of Products or New Products concerning other Purchaser Insurer products and services provided there was no solicitation of such inquiry using Confidential Information. The parties also agree that this Section 4.2(b) shall not apply to individuals with whom Purchaser or the Purchaser Insurers have a pre-existing relationship other than through an International Parent Distributor.

(c) (i) Any marketing, training or other materials to be made available by any Purchaser Insurer to any International Parent Distributor's Sales Force or customers in connection with Products and New Products (other than ordinary course communications to policyholders and contract holders) shall be made available only with the prior consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the applicable International Parent Distributor; provided that all such materials that are used by the Travelers Insurers in connection with the distribution of Products through the International Parent Distributors on the date of this Agreement shall not require any such consent. In the event that the applicable Purchaser Insurer or the applicable International Parent Distributor determines to discontinue the use of any such materials, the parties shall cooperate with the applicable Purchaser Insurer to ensure that such use is discontinued by such International Parent Distributor's Sales Force.

(ii) Any marketing, training or other materials prepared by an International Parent Distributor and to be made available by such International Parent Distributor to its Sales Force or customers that describes any Purchaser Insurer or any of its Affiliates or any insurance or annuity product offered by any of them may be made available only with the prior consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the applicable Purchaser Insurer; provided that all such materials that are used by the International Parent Distributors in connection with the distribution of Products on the date of this Agreement shall not require any such consent. In the event that the applicable Purchaser Insurer or the applicable International Parent Distributor determines to discontinue the use of any such materials, the parties shall cooperate with the applicable International Parent Distributor to ensure that such use is discontinued by its Sales Force.

ARTICLE V.
TERM OF THE AGREEMENT; CERTAIN CONDITIONS

Section 5.1. Term. The term of this Agreement (the "Term") will commence on the date of this Agreement and shall continue until the tenth anniversary of the date of this

16

Agreement; provided, however, the expiration of this Agreement shall not reduce or curtail the term of any International Selling Agreement that extends beyond the end of the Term.

Section 5.2. Survival. Upon expiration of this Agreement, the provisions of Article I, Section 4.2(b), this Section 5.2, Article VI and Article VII shall survive without modification.

Section 5.3. Certain Conditions.

(a) Subject to Section 5.3(b), but notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement or in any International Selling Agreement, no International Parent Distributor shall be required to enter into (and may refuse to enter into) an International Selling Agreement in respect of, or have any obligation to offer (and may immediately cease to offer), any Product or New Product offered by a Purchaser Insurer, if:

(i) Parent reasonably determines that such Product or New Product offered by a Purchaser Insurer is not Competitive;

(ii) any change is made or any feature is added to such Product or New Product (or a fund or investment option therein) without Parent's or the applicable International Parent Distributor's prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

(iii) such Product or New Product or the offering thereof (including on an exclusive basis) conflicts with:

(x) applicable Law, including any regulatory compliance procedures or restrictions in connection therewith;

(y) any material provision of any existing agreement by which Parent or its Affiliates or any of their respective assets or properties are bound; provided that this clause (y) shall not apply to any Product offered by a Travelers Insurer and distributed by an International Parent Distributor pursuant to an arrangement in effect on the date of this Agreement or any Substitute Products distributed in replacement thereof pursuant to Section 3.5(c), unless the violation is caused by or relates to (1) any difference between the Substitute Product and the Existing Product it replaced, or (2) solely the fact of the replacement of the Existing Product with the Substitute Product; or

(z) the Parent Standards and Practices, provided that in the case of the application of this clause (z) during the First Term to any Exclusive Product following a change in the Parent Standards and Practices, any such change in the Parent Standards and Practices shall be in accordance with the third sentence of Section 3.2(b);

(iv) such Product is an Exclusive Product and (x) any Purchaser Insurer provides to any Comparable Distributor a product that is substantially similar to such Exclusive Product and (y) the terms, total compensation, consumer pricing, wholesaler coverage, training and support, features and service standards and metrics of such

17

product, taken as a whole, are more favorable than the terms, total compensation, consumer pricing, wholesaler coverage, training and support, features and service standards and metrics of such Exclusive Product, taken as a whole; provided, however, that this Section 5.3(a)(iv) shall not apply to any distribution arrangements of any Purchaser Insurer in effect on the date of this Agreement; or

(v) with respect to any Exclusive Product, a federal, state or local domestic, foreign or supranational governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory authority, agency, court, tribunal, commission or other governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory entity, with jurisdiction over the International Exclusive Parent Distributor requests or mandates that the International Exclusive Parent Distributor cease offering or no longer offer the Exclusive Product on an exclusive basis; provided, however, in the case of such a request (but not a mandate), the International Exclusive Parent Distributor shall provide prompt notice of any such request to the Purchaser Insurer providing the Exclusive Product, and shall consult and cooperate with such Purchaser Insurer in its efforts to obtain from such regulatory agency an agreement that permits the International Exclusive Parent Distributor to continue to distribute such Exclusive Product on an exclusive basis. If such an agreement is reached, the International Exclusive Parent Distributor shall continue to distribute the Exclusive Product on an exclusive basis in accordance with the terms of Section 3.2. If such an agreement cannot be reached, the International Exclusive Parent Distributor shall distribute the Exclusive Product on a non-exclusive, Level Playing Field basis, for the remainder of the Term in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Prior to any International Parent Distributor's exercising its right under Section 5.3(a) not to enter into an International Selling Agreement with respect to any Product or New Product or to cease offering any Product or New Product, such International Parent Distributor shall provide written notice to Purchaser, containing a reasonably detailed statement of the grounds for such exercise, and shall afford Purchaser a period of 30 days in which to cure the deficiency unless the deficiency is not capable of being cured. Such International Parent Distributor shall consult and cooperate with Purchaser as reasonably requested during such period in identifying possible cures. If Purchaser is able to propose a cure that is reasonably satisfactory to such International Parent Distributor before the expiration of such period, such International Parent Distributor shall not be entitled to exercise its right to refuse to enter into an International Selling Agreement or to cease offering the applicable Product or New Product, provided that if any cure involves a change in such Product's or New Product's terms or features that requires filing with or approval (or non-disapproval) by any regulatory authority, such International Parent Distributor shall, prior to exercising such right, afford Purchaser such further period of time as may be reasonably necessary to accomplish such filing or obtain such approval or non-disapproval. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.3(b), no International Parent Distributor shall be required to continue to distribute any Product or New Product pending any cure period, if the offering of such Product or New Product would reasonably be expected to (i) violate applicable Law, including any regulatory compliance procedures or restriction in connection therewith, (ii) conflict with the Parent Standards and Practices insofar as they relate to reputational considerations or industry standards in the applicable country or (iii) in the case of an Exclusive Product under Section 5.3(a)(v) above, conflict with a mandate from a federal, state or local domestic, foreign or supranational

18

governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory authority, agency, court, tribunal, commission or other governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory entity, with jurisdiction over the International Exclusive Parent Distributor that such International Exclusive Parent Distributor cease offering or no longer offer the Exclusive Product on an exclusive basis; provided, in the case of this clause
(iii), such International Exclusive Parent Distributor shall distribute the Exclusive Product on a non-exclusive, Level Playing Field basis, for the remainder of the Term in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI.
INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.1. Indemnification of Parent. Purchaser will defend and hold harmless Parent and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents (the "Parent Indemnified Parties") from and against any losses, liabilities, damages (including consequential damages), actions, claims, demands, regulatory investigations, settlements, judgments and other expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees and expenses ("Losses") which are asserted against, incurred or suffered by any Parent Indemnified Party and which arise from or are related to Purchaser's breach of any representation or warranty (except to the extent indemnification therefor is available under the Acquisition Agreement) or any covenant, condition or duty contained in this Agreement.

Section 6.2. Indemnification of Purchaser. Parent will defend and hold harmless Purchaser and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents (the "Purchaser Indemnified Parties") from and against any Losses which are asserted against, incurred or suffered by any Purchaser Indemnified Party and which arise from or are related to Parent's breach of any representation or warranty (except to the extent indemnification therefor is available under the Acquisition Agreement) or any covenant, condition or duty contained in this Agreement.

Section 6.3. Indemnity Provisions in International Selling Agreements. Each International Selling Agreement shall provide indemnification for Losses asserted against each of the parties thereto in respect of a failure of the other party to comply with applicable Law and a breach by such other party of any representation, warranty, covenant, condition or duty contained in such International Selling Agreement.

Section 6.4. Indemnification Procedures. Upon receipt by a Parent Indemnified Party or a Purchaser Indemnified Party (each, an "Indemnified Party"), as the case may be, of notice of any action, suit, proceedings, claim, demand or assessment made or brought by an unaffiliated third party (a "Third Party Claim") with respect to a matter for which such Indemnified Party is indemnified under this Article VI which has or is expected to give rise to a claim for Losses, the Indemnified Party shall promptly, in the case of a Purchaser Indemnified Party, notify Parent and in the case of a Parent Indemnified Party, notify Purchaser (Purchaser or Parent, as the case may be, the "Indemnifying Party"), in writing, indicating the nature of such Third Party Claim and the basis therefor; provided, however, that any delay or failure by the Indemnified Party to give notice to the Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder only to the extent, if at all, that it is prejudiced by reason of such delay or failure. Such written notice shall (i) describe such Third Party Claim in reasonable detail as is practicable including

19

the sections of this Agreement, which form the basis for such claim; provided that the failure to identify a particular section in such notice shall not preclude the Indemnified Party from subsequently identifying such section as a basis for such claim, (ii) attach copies of all material written evidence thereof and (iii) set forth the estimated amount of the Losses that have been or may be sustained by an Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party shall have 30 days after receipt of notice to elect, at its option, to assume and control the defense of, at its own expense and by its own counsel, any such Third Party Claim and shall be entitled to assert any and all defenses available to the Indemnified Party to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law. If the Indemnifying Party shall undertake to compromise or defend any such Third Party Claim, it shall promptly notify the Indemnified Party of its intention to do so, and the Indemnified Party agrees to cooperate fully with the Indemnifying Party and its counsel in the compromise of, or defense against, any such Third Party Claim; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not settle, compromise or discharge, or admit any liability with respect to, any such Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), unless the relief consists solely of money Losses to be paid by the Indemnifying Party and includes a provision whereby the plaintiff or claimant in the matter releases the Purchaser Indemnified Parties or the Parent Indemnified Parties, as applicable, from all liability with respect thereto. Notwithstanding an election to assume the defense of such action or proceeding, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such action or proceeding, and the Indemnifying Party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if the (A) Indemnified Party shall have determined in good faith that an actual or potential conflict of interest makes representation by the same counsel or the counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party inappropriate or (B) Indemnifying Party shall have authorized the Indemnified Party to employ separate counsel at the Indemnifying Party's expense. In any event, the Indemnified Party and Indemnifying Party and their counsel shall cooperate in the defense of any Third Party Claim subject to this Article VI and keep such Persons informed of all developments relating to any such Third Party Claims, and provide copies of all relevant correspondence and documentation relating thereto. All costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Indemnified Party's cooperation shall be borne by the Indemnifying Party. In any event, the Indemnified Party shall have the right at its own expense to participate in the defense of such asserted liability. If the Indemnifying Party receiving such notice of a Third Party Claim does not elect to defend such Third Party Claim or does not defend such Third Party Claim in good faith, the Indemnified Party shall have the right, in addition to any other right or remedy it may have hereunder, at the Indemnifying Party's expense, to defend such Third Party Claim; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party shall not settle, compromise or discharge, or admit any liability with respect to, any such Third Party Claim without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

Section 6.5. General.

(a) The provisions of this Article VI will survive the expiration of this Agreement.

(b) The rights and remedies provided herein shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the parties at law or equity, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise of any thereof by any party shall not preclude the simultaneous or

20

later exercise of any other such rights or remedies by such party.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, nothing in this Agreement shall restrict or prevent any party from seeking indemnification under any applicable provision of the Acquisition Agreement, or any of the other Related Agreements (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement), provided that no party shall obtain duplicative recoveries.

ARTICLE VII.
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1. Equitable Remedies. The parties hereto acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for violations of this Agreement and that any party, in addition to any other rights and remedies which the parties may have hereunder or at law or in equity, may, in its sole discretion, apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance or injunction or such other relief as such court may deem just and proper in order to enforce this Agreement or prevent any violation hereof and, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, each party waives any objection to the imposition of such relief.

Section 7.2. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. To the extent permitted by applicable Law, the parties waive any provision of Law that renders any provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect. The parties shall, to the extent lawful and practicable, use their commercially reasonable efforts to enter into arrangements to reinstate the intended benefits, net of the intended burdens, of any such provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

Section 7.3. Further Assurance and Assistance. Parent and Purchaser agree that each will, and will cause their respective Affiliates to, execute and deliver any and all documents, and take such further acts, in addition to those expressly provided for herein, that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 7.4. Notices. All notices, demands and other communications required or permitted to be given to any party under this Agreement shall be in writing and any such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, courier or overnight delivery service or, if mailed, two (2) Business Days (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) after deposit in the mail and sent certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and with first-class postage prepaid, or in the case of facsimile notice, when sent and transmission is confirmed, and, regardless of method, addressed to the party at its address or facsimile number set forth below (or at such other address or facsimile number as the party shall furnish the other parties in accordance with this Section 7.4):

21

(a) If to Parent:

Citigroup Inc.
399 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10043 Attn: Andrew M. Felner
Deputy General Counsel Facsimile: (212) 559-7057 e-mail: felnera@citigroup.com

With a copy to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP 4 Times Square
New York, New York 10036-6522 Attn: Eric J. Friedman, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 735-2000

(b) If to Purchaser:

MetLife, Inc.
2701 Queens Plaza North
Long Island City, New York 11101 Attn: James L. Lipscomb
Executive Vice President and General Counsel Facsimile: (212) 252-7288

With a copy to:

LeBoeuf, Lamb, Greene & MacRae L.L.P.

125 West 55th Street
New York, New York 10019

Attn: Alexander M. Dye, Esq.

Facsimile: 212-424-8500

Section 7.5. Successors and Assigns. Subject to the terms of this Section 7.5, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, provided that the Parent Indemnified Parties and the Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall be intended third-party beneficiaries of Article VI. No party hereto may assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld) and any purported assignment without such consent shall be void.

Section 7.6. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State, without regard to the conflict of laws principles of such State.

22

Section 7.7. Jurisdiction; Venue; Consent to Service of Process.

(a) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if such court will not accept jurisdiction, the Supreme Court of the State of New York or any court of competent civil jurisdiction sitting in New York County, New York. In any action, suit or other proceeding, each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise any claims that it is not subject to the jurisdiction of the above courts, that such action or suit is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such action, suit or other proceeding is improper. Each of the parties hereto also hereby agrees that any final and unappealable judgment against a party hereto in connection with any action, suit or other proceeding shall be conclusive and binding on such party and that such award or judgment may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction, either within or outside of the United States. A certified or exemplified copy of such award or judgment shall be conclusive evidence of the fact and amount of such award or judgment.

(b) Each party irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for the giving of notices pursuant to Section 7.4 of this Agreement. Nothing in this Section 7.7 shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.

Section 7.8. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with all schedules hereto, embodies the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements with respect thereto. The parties intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of its terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial proceeding involving this Agreement.

Section 7.9. Amendment and Waiver. No amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless it shall be in writing and signed by each party. Any failure of a party to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Agreement may be waived by the party entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument duly executed and delivered by the party granting such waiver, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure of compliance. In the event that the terms of an International Selling Agreement shall conflict with the terms of this Agreement, the terms of such International Selling Agreement shall control for purposes of such International Selling Agreement.

Section 7.10. Access to Records. Parent shall cause the International Parent Distributors to maintain adequate books and records related to the activities of the International Parent Distributors under the International Selling Agreements with respect to the Products and New Products distributed thereunder. Upon written request, but no more frequently than annually, (i) Parent shall certify to Purchaser its material compliance with the terms of Sections 3.2(b), 3.3 and 3.4(a) of this Agreement during the period covered by such certificate and (ii) Purchaser shall certify to Parent that no Purchaser Insurer has, during the period covered by such certification, provided to any Comparable Distributor any product that is substantially similar to

23

an Exclusive Product provided by a Travelers Insurer on an exclusive basis to an International Exclusive Parent Distributor under an International Selling Agreement with terms, total compensation, consumer pricing, wholesaler coverage, training and support, features and service standards and metrics, taken as a whole, that are materially more favorable to such Comparable Distributor than the terms, total compensation, consumer pricing, wholesaler coverage, training and support, features and service standards and metrics of such Exclusive Product, taken as a whole.

Section 7.11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties in multiple counterparts which may be delivered by facsimile transmission. Each counterpart when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 7.12. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank.]

24

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed by their respective authorized representatives.

CITIGROUP INC.

By: /s/ Anthony A. Lazzara
    ---------------------------------------
Name:  Anthony A. Lazzara
Title: Managing Director
       M&A Execution

METLIFE, INC.

By: /s/ William J. Wheeler
    ---------------------------------------
Name:  William J. Wheeler
Title: Executive Vice President and
       Chief Financial Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INTERNATIONAL DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT]


SCHEDULE 3.2(a)


Exhibit 12.1
MetLife, Inc.
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income tax
  $ 3,958     $ (4,334 )   $ 5,059     $ 5,778     $ 3,941  
Undistributed income and losses from investees
    (424 )     1,473       784       (596 )     (169 )
 
                             
Adjusted earnings before fixed charges (1)
  $ 3,534     $ (2,861 )   $ 5,843     $ 5,182     $ 3,772  
 
                             
Add: fixed charges
                                       
Interest and debt issue costs (2)
    1,565       1,083       1,157       1,117       900  
Estimated interest component of rent expense
    50       74       46       71       80  
Interest credited to bank deposits
    137       163       166       199       194  
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
    4,925       4,849       4,788       5,461       4,899  
 
                             
Total fixed charges
  $ 6,677     $ 6,169     $ 6,157     $ 6,848     $ 6,073  
 
                             
Preferred stock dividends
    174       228       181       193       182  
 
                             
Total fixed charges plus preferred stock dividends
  $ 6,851     $ 6,397     $ 6,338     $ 7,041     $ 6,255  
 
                             
Total earnings and fixed charges
  $ 10,211     $ 3,308     $ 12,000     $ 12,030     $ 9,845  
 
                             
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (1)
    1.53             1.95       1.76       1.62  
 
                             
Total earnings including fixed charges and preferred stock dividends
  $ 10,385     $ 3,536     $ 12,181     $ 12,223     $ 10,027  
 
                             
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred stock dividends (1)
    1.52             1.92       1.74       1.60  
 
                             
 
(1)   Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges at a 1:1 ratio by $2,861 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, primarily due to increased net investment losses on freestanding derivatives, partially offset by gains on embedded derivatives.
 
(2)   Interest costs include $411 million related to consolidated securitization entities for the year ended December 31, 2010. Excluding these costs would result in a ratio of earnings to fixed charges and ratio of earnings to fixed charges including preferred stock dividends of 1.56 and 1.55, respectively.

1

Exhibit 21.1
METLIFE, INC.
As of December 31, 2010
Wholly-Owned Active Subsidiaries 1
  1.   23 RD STREET INVESTMENTS, INC. (DE)
 
  2.   334 MADISON EURO INVESTMENTS, INC. (DE)
 
  3.   500 GRANT STREET ASSOCIATES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (CT)
 
  4.   500 GRANT STREET GP LLC (DE)
 
  5.   85 BROAD STREET LLC (DE)
 
  6.   85 BROAD STREET MEZZANINE LLC (DE)
 
  7.   A.I.G. LIMITED (NIGERIA)
 
  8.   AGENVITA S.R.L. (ITALY)
 
  9.   AHICO FIRST AMERICAN HUNGARIAN INSURANCE COMPANY (ELSO AMERIKAI-MAGYAR BIZTOSITO) ZRT. (HUNGARY)
 
  10.   ALGICO PROPERTIES, LTD. (T&T)
 
  11.   ALICO AKCIONARSKA DRUSTVOZA za ZIVOTNO OSIGURANJE (SERBIA)
 
  12.   ALICO ASIGURARI ROMANIA S.A. (ROMANIA)
 
  13.   ALICO ASSET MANAGEMENT CORP. (JAPAN)
 
  14.   ALICO COMPANIA de SEGUROS de RETIRO, S.A. (ARGENTINA)
 
  15.   ALICO COMPANIA de SEGUROS de VIDA, S.A. (URUGUAY)
 
  16.   ALICO COMPANIA de SEGUROS, S.A. (ARGENTINA)
 
  17.   ALICO COSTA RICA S.A. (COSTA RICA)
 
  18.   ALICO EUROPEAN HOLDINGS LIMITED (IRELAND)
 
  19.   ALICO FUNDS CENTRAL EUROPE SPRAV. SPOL., A.S. (SLOVAKIA)
 
  20.   ALICO GESTORA de FONDOS y PLANOS de PENSIONES S.A. (SPAIN)
 
  21.   ALICO HELLAS SINGLE MEMBER LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY (GREECE)
 
  22.   ALICO ISLE OF AMN LIMITED (ISLE OF MAN)
 
  23.   ALICO ITALIA S.P.A.
 
  24.   ALICO LIFE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED (IRELAND)
 
  25.   ALICO LIMITED(NIGERIA)
 
  26.   ALICO MANAGEMENT SERVICES LIMITED (UK)
 
  27.   ALICO MEXICO COMPANIA de SEGUROS, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)
 
  28.   ALICO NAGASAKI OPERATION YUGEN KAISHA (JAPAN)
 
  29.   ALICO OPERATIONS, INC. (US)
 
  30.   ALICO S.A. (FRANCE)
 
  31.   ALICO SERVICES CENTRAL EUROPE S.R.O. (SLOVAKIA)
 
  32.   ALICO SERVICES, INC. (PANAMA)
 
  33.   ALICO SOCIETATE de ADMINISTRARE a UNUI FOND de PENSII ADMINISTRAT PRIVAT S.A.
 
  34.   ALICO SOLUTIONS S.A.S. (FRANCE)
 
  35.   ALICO TRUSTEES LTD. (UK)
 
  36.   ALICO ZHIVOTOZASTRAHOVAT elno DRUZESTVO EAD (BULGARIA)
 
  37.   ALPHA PROPERTIES, INC. (US)
 
  38.   ALTERNATIVE FUEL I, LLC (DE)
 
  39.   AMCICO POJISTOVNA A.S. (CZECH REPUBLIC)
 
  40.   AMERICAN LIFE HAYAT SIGORTA A.S. (TURKEY)
 
  41.   AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (US)
 
1   Does not include real estate joint ventures and partnerships of which MetLife, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries is an investment partner.

 


 

  42.   AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY LTD. (PAKISTAN)
 
  43.   AMERICAN LIFE LIMITED (NIGERIA)
 
  44.   AMPLICO LIFE-FIRST AMERICAN POLISH LIFE INSURANCE & REINSURANCE COMPANY, S.A. (POLAND)
 
  45.   AMPLICO POWSZECHNE TOWARTZYSTWO (POLAND)
 
  46.   AMPLICO SERVICES SP Z.O.O. (POLAND)
 
  47.   AMPLICO TOWARTZYSTWO FUNDUSZKY INWESTYCYJNYCH S.A. (POLAND)
 
  48.   AMSLICO POIST’OVNA ALICO A.S. (SLOVAKIA)
 
  49.   BEST MARKET S.A. (ARGENTINA)
 
  50.   BETA PROPERTIES, INC. (US)
 
  51.   BOND TRUST ACCOUNT A (MA)
 
  52.   BORDERLAND INVESTMENT LIMITED (US)
 
  53.   CITYPOINT HOLDINGS II LIMITED (UK)
 
  54.   CML COLUMBIA PARK FUND I LLC (DE)
 
  55.   COMMUNICATION ONE KABUSHIKI KAISHA (JAPAN)
 
  56.   COMPANIA PREVISIONAL METLIFE S.A. (BRAZIL)
 
  57.   CONVENT STATION EURO INVESTMENTS FOUR COMPANY (UK)
 
  58.   CORPORATE REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS, LLC (DE)
 
  59.   CORRIGAN TLP LLC (DE)
 
  60.   COVA LIFE MANAGEMENT COMPANY (DE)
 
  61.   CRB CO., INC. (MA)
 
  62.   DELAWARE AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (US)
 
  63.   DELTA PROPERTIES JAPAN, INC. (US)
 
  64.   ECONOMY FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY (IL)
 
  65.   ECONOMY PREFERRED INSURANCE COMPANY (IL)
 
  66.   ECONOMY PREMIER ASSURANCE COMPANY (IL)
 
  67.   ENTERPRISE GENERAL INSURANCE AGENCY, INC. (DE)
 
  68.   ENTRECAP REAL ESTATE II LLC (DE)
 
  69.   EPSILON PROPERTIES JAPAN, INC. (US)
 
  70.   EURO CL INVESTMENTS, LLC (DE)
 
  71.   EURO TI INVESTMENTS LLC (DE)
 
  72.   EURO TL INVESTMENTS LLC (DE)
 
  73.   EXETER REASSURANCE COMPANY, LTD. (BERMUDA)
 
  74.   FEDERAL FLOOD CERTIFICATION CORP (TX)
 
  75.   FINANCIAL LEARNING KABUSHIKI KAISHA (JAPAN)
 
  76.   FIRST HUNGARIAN-AMERICAN INSURANCE AGENCY LIMITED (HUNGARY)
 
  77.   FIRST METLIFE INVESTORS INSURANCE COMPANY (NY)
 
  78.   FUNDACION METLIFE MEXICO, A.C. (MEXICO)
 
  79.   GBN,LLC (US)
 
  80.   GENAMERICA CAPITAL I (DE)
 
  81.   GENAMERICA FINANCIAL, LLC (DE)
 
  82.   GENERAL AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (MO)
 
  83.   GLOBAL PROPERTIES, INC. (US)
 
  84.   GREATER SANDHILL I, LLC (DE)
 
  85.   GREENWICH STREET CAPITAL OFFSHORE FUND, LTD (VIRGIN ISLANDS)
 
  86.   GREENWICH STREET INVESTMENTS, L.L.C. (DE)
 
  87.   GREENWICH STREET INVESTMENTS, L.P. (DE)
 
  88.   HEADLAND PROPERTIES ASSOCIATES (CA)
 
  89.   HEADLAND-PACIFIC PALISADES, LLC (CA)
 
  90.   HESTIS S.A. (FRANCE)
 
  91.   HOUSING FUND MANAGER, LLC (DE)
 
  92.   HPZ ASSETS LLC (DE)
 
  93.   HYATT LEGAL PLANS OF FLORIDA, INC. (FL)
 
  94.   HYATT LEGAL PLANS, INC. (DE)
 
  95.   INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENT HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED (RUSSIA)
 
  96.   INTERNATIONAL SERVICES INCORPORATED (US)

 


 

  97.   INTERNATIONAL TECHNICAL AND ADVISORY SERVICES LIMITED (US)
 
  98.   INVERSIONES INTERAMERICANA S.A. (CHILE)
 
  99.   INVERSIONES METLIFE HOLDCO DOS LIMITADA (Chile)
 
  100.   IRIS PROPERTIES, INC. (US)
 
  101.   KAPPA PROPERTIES JAPAN, INC. (US)
 
  102.   KRISMAN, INC. (MO)
 
  103.   LA INTERAMERICANA COMPANIA de SEGUROS de VIDA S.A. (CHILE)
 
  104.   LEGAGROUP S.A.
 
  105.   LEGAL CHILE S.A.
 
  106.   MET AFJP S.A. (ARGENTINA)
 
  107.   MET P&C MANAGING GENERAL AGENCY, INC. (TX)
 
  108.   MET1 SIEFORE, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)
 
  109.   MET2 SIEFORE, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)
 
  110.   MET3 SIEFORE BASICA, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)
 
  111.   MET4 SIEFORE, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)
 
  112.   MET5 SIEFORE, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)
 
  113.   META SIEFORE ADICIONAL, S.A. de C.V. (MEXICO)
 
  114.   METLIFE ADMINISTRADORA DE FUNDOS MULTIPATROCINADOS LTDA. (BRAZIL)
 
  115.   METLIFE ADVISERS, LLC (MA)
 
  116.   METLIFE AFFILIATED INSURANCE AGENCY LLC (DE)
 
  117.   METLIFE AFORE, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)
 
  118.   METLIFE ASSOCIATES LLC (DE)
 
  119.   METLIFE ASSURANCE LIMITED (UK)
 
  120.   METLIFE AUTO & HOME INSURANCE AGENCY, INC. (RI)
 
  121.   METLIFE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (USA)
 
  122.   METLIFE CANADA/ METVIE CANADA (CANADA)
 
  123.   METLIFE CANADIAN PROPERTY VENTURES LLC (NY)
 
  124.   METLIFE CAPITAL CREDIT L.P. (DE)
 
  125.   METLIFE CAPITAL TRUST IV (DE)
 
  126.   METLIFE CAPITAL TRUST X (DE)
 
  127.   METLIFE CAPITAL, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (DE)
 
  128.   METLIFE CHILE ADMINISTRADORA DE MUTUOS HIPOTECARIOS S.A. (CHILE)
 
  129.   METLIFE CHILE INVERSIONES LIMITADA (CHILE)
 
  130.   METLIFE CHILE SEGUROS DE VIDA S.A. (CHILE)
 
  131.   METLIFE CREDIT CORP. (DE)
 
  132.   METLIFE DIRECT CO.,LTD. (JAPAN)
 
  133.   METLIFE EUROPE LIMITED (IRELAND)
 
  134.   METLIFE EUROPE R LIMITED (IRELAND)
 
  135.   METLIFE EUROPE SERVICES LIMITED (IRELAND)
 
  136.   METLIFE EUROPEAN HOLDINGS, LLC. (DE)
 
  137.   METLIFE EXCHANGE TRUST I (DE)
 
  138.   METLIFE FUNDING, INC. (DE)
 
  139.   METLIFE GENERAL INSURANCE AGENCY OF MASSACHUSETTS, INC. (MA)
 
  140.   METLIFE GENERAL INSURANCE AGENCY OF TEXAS, INC. (TX)
 
  141.   METLIFE GENERAL INSURANCE LIMITED (AUSTRALIA)
 
  142.   METLIFE GLOBAL HOLDINGS CORPORATION (MEXICO)
 
  143.   METLIFE GLOBAL OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER PRIVATE LIMITED(INDIA)
 
  144.   METLIFE GLOBAL, INC. (DE)
 
  145.   METLIFE GREENSTONE SOUTHEAST VENTURES, LLC (DE)
 
  146.   METLIFE GROUP, INC. (NY)
 
  147.   METLIFE HOLDINGS, INC. (DE)
 
  148.   METLIFE INSURANCE AND INVESTMENT TRUST (AUSTRALIA)
 
  149.   METLIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF CONNECTICUT (CT)
 
  150.   METLIFE INSURANCE LIMITED (AUSTRALIA)

 


 

  151.   METLIFE INSURANCE LIMITED (UNITED KINGDOM)
 
  152.   METLIFE INSURANCE S.A./NV (BELGIUM)
 
  153.   METLIFE INTERNATIONAL HOLDINGS, INC. (DE)
 
  154.   METLIFE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, LLC (DE)
 
  155.   METLIFE INVESTMENT ADVISORS COMPANY, LLC (DE)
 
  156.   METLIFE INVESTMENT FUNDS SERVICES LLC (NJ)
 
  157.   METLIFE INVESTMENTS ASIA LIMITED (HONG KONG)
 
  158.   METLIFE INVESTMENTS LIMITED (UNITED KINGDOM)
 
  159.   METLIFE INVESTMENTS PTY LIMITED (AUSTRALIA)
 
  160.   METLIFE INVESTORS DISTRIBUTION COMPANY (MO)
 
  161.   METLIFE INVESTORS GROUP, INC. (DE)
 
  162.   METLIFE INVESTORS INSURANCE COMPANY (MO)
 
  163.   METLIFE INVESTORS USA INSURANCE COMPANY (DE)
 
  164.   METLIFE IRELAND HOLDINGS ONE LIMITED (IRELAND)
 
  165.   METLIFE IRELAND TREASURY LIMITED (IRELAND)
 
  166.   METLIFE LATIN AMERICA ASESORIAS E INVERSIONES LIMITADA (CHILE)
 
  167.   METLIFE LIMITED (HONG KONG)
 
  168.   METLIFE LIMITED (UNITED KINGDOM)
 
  169.   METLIFE MEXICO CARES, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)
 
  170.   METLIFE MEXICO S.A. (MEXICO)
 
  171.   METLIFE MEXICO SERVICIOS, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)
 
  172.   METLIFE NC LIMITED (IRELAND)
 
  173.   METLIFE PENSIONES MEXICO S.A. (MEXICO)
 
  174.   METLIFE PENSIONS TRUSTEES LIMITED (UK)
 
  175.   METLIFE PLANOS ODONTOLOGICOS LTDA. (BRAZIL)
 
  176.   METLIFE PRIVATE EQUITY HOLDINGS, LLC (DE)
 
  177.   METLIFE PROPERTIES VENTURES, LLC (DE)
 
  178.   METLIFE PROPERTY VENTURES CANADA ULC (CANADA)
 
  179.   METLIFE REAL ESTATE CAYMAN COMPANY (CAYMAN ISLANDS)
 
  180.   METLIFE REINSURANCE COMPANY OF CHARLESTON (SC)
 
  181.   METLIFE REINSURANCE COMPANY OF SOUTH CAROLINA (SC)
 
  182.   METLIFE REINSURANCE COMPANY OF VERMONT (VT)
 
  183.   METLIFE RENEWABLES HOLDING, LLC (DE)
 
  184.   METLIFE RETIREMENT SERVICES LLC (NJ)
 
  185.   METLIFE SAENGMYOUNG INSURANCE COMPANY LTD. (SOUTH KOREA) - (also known as MetLife Insurance Company of Korea Limited)
 
  186.   METLIFE SECURITIES, INC. (DE)
 
  187.   METLIFE SEGUROS DE RETIRO S.A. (ARGENTINA)
 
  188.   METLIFE SEGUROS DE VIDA S.A. (ARGENTINA)
 
  189.   METLIFE SERVICES (SINGAPORE) PTE LIMITED (SINGAPORE)
 
  190.   METLIFE SERVICES AND SOLUTIONS, LLC (DE)
 
  191.   METLIFE SERVICES EAST PRIVATE LIMITED (INDIA)
 
  192.   METLIFE SERVICES LIMITED (UNITED KINGDOM)
 
  193.   METLIFE SOLUTIONS PTE. LTD. (SINGAPORE)
 
  194.   METLIFE STANDBY I, LLC (DE)
 
  195.   METLIFE TAIWAN INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED (TAIWAN)
 
  196.   METLIFE TOWARZYSTWO UBEZPIECZEN NA ZYCIE SPOLKA AKCYJNA (POLAND)
 
  197.   METLIFE TOWER RESOURCES GROUP, INC. (DE)
 
  198.   METLIFE WORLDWIDE HOLDINGS, INC. (DE)
 
  199.   METPARK FUNDING, INC. (DE)
 
  200.   METROPOLITAN CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY (RI)
 
  201.   METROPOLITAN CONNECTICUT PROPERTIES VENTURES, LLC (DE)
 
  202.   METROPOLITAN DIRECT PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY (RI)

 


 

  203.   METROPOLITAN GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY (RI)
 
  204.   METROPOLITAN GLOBAL MANAGEMENT, LLC. (DE)
 
  205.   METROPOLITAN GROUP PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY (RI)
 
  206.   METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (NY)
 
  207.   METROPOLITAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF HONG KONG LIMITED (HONG KONG)
 
  208.   METROPOLITAN LIFE SEGUROS DE VIDA S.A. (URUGUAY)
 
  209.   METROPOLITAN LIFE SEGUROS E PREVIDÊNCIA PRIVADA S.A. (BRAZIL)
 
  210.   METROPOLITAN LLOYDS, INC. (TX)
 
  211.   METROPOLITAN MARINE WAY INVESTMENTS LIMITED (CANADA)
 
  212.   METROPOLITAN PROPERTY AND CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANY (RI)
 
  213.   METROPOLITAN REINSURANCE COMPANY (U.K.) LIMITED (UNITED KINGDOM)
 
  214.   METROPOLITAN TOWER LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (DE)
 
  215.   METROPOLITAN TOWER REALTY COMPANY, INC. (DE)
 
  216.   MEX DF PROPERTIES, LLC (DE)
 
  217.   MIDTOWN HEIGHTS, LLC (DE)
 
  218.   MISSOURI REINSURANCE (BARBADOS), INC. (BARBADOS)
 
  219.   ML CAPACITACION COMERCIAL S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)
 
  220.   ML/VCC UT WEST JORDAN, LLC (DE)
 
  221.   MLA COMERCIAL, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)
 
  222.   MLA SERVICIOS, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)
 
  223.   MLGP LAKESIDE, LLC (DE)
 
  224.   MLIC ASSET HOLDINGS II LLC (DE)
 
  225.   MLIC ASSET HOLDINGS LLC (DE)
 
  226.   MSV IRVINE PROPERTY, LLC (DE)
 
  227.   MTC FUND I, LLC (DE)
 
  228.   MTC FUND II, LLC (DE)
 
  229.   MTC FUND III, LLC (DE)
 
  230.   MTL LEASING, LLC (DE)
 
  231.   NATILOPORTEM HOLDINGS, INC. (DE)
 
  232.   NEW ENGLAND LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (MA)
 
  233.   NEW ENGLAND SECURITIES CORPORATION (MA)
 
  234.   NEWBURY INSURANCE COMPANY, LIMITED (BERMUDA)
 
  235.   ONE FINANCIAL PLACE CORPORATION (DE)
 
  236.   ONE MADISON INVESTMENTS (CAYCO) LIMITED (CAYMAN ISLANDS)
 
  237.   PANTHER VALLEY, INC. (NJ)
 
  238.   PARA-MET PLAZA ASSOCIATES (FL)
 
  239.   PARK TWENTY THREE INVESTMENTS COMPANY (UNITED KINGDOM)
 
  240.   PARTNERS TOWER, L.P. (DE)
 
  241.   PILGRIM ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENTS OPPORTUNITY FUND I, LLC (DE)
 
  242.   PJSC ALICO UKRAINE (UKRAINE)
 
  243.   PLAZA DRIVE PROPERTIES LLC (DE)
 
  244.   PLAZA LLC (CT)
 
  245.   PREFCO DIX-HUIT LLC (CT)
 
  246.   PREFCO FOURTEEN LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (CT)
 
  247.   PREFCO IX REALTY LLC (CT)
 
  248.   PREFCO TEN LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (CT)
 
  249.   PREFCO TWENTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (CT)
 
  250.   PREFCO VINGT LLC (CT)
 
  251.   PREFCO X HOLDINGS LLC (CT)
 
  252.   PREFCO XIV HOLDINGS LLC (CT)
 
  253.   SAFEGUARD DENTAL SERVICES, INC. (DE)
 
  254.   SAFEGUARD HEALTH PLANS, INC. (CA)

 


 

  255.   SAFEGUARD HEALTH PLANS, INC. (FL)
 
  256.   SAFEGUARD HEALTH PLANS, INC. (NV)
 
  257.   SAFEGUARD HEALTH PLANS, INC. (TX)
 
  258.   SAFEGUARD HEATLH ENTERPRISES, INC. (DE)
 
  259.   SAFEHEALTH LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (CA)
 
  260.   SERVICIOS ADMINISTRATIVOS GEN, S.A. DE C.V. (MEXICO)
 
  261.   SPECIAL MULTI-ASSET RECEIVABLES TRUST (DELAWARE)
 
  262.   ST. JAMES FLEET INVESTMENTS TWO LIMITED (CAYMAN ISLANDS)
 
  263.   TEN PARK SPC (CAYMAN ISLANDS)
 
  264.   TH TOWER LEASING, LLC (DE)
 
  265.   TH TOWER NGP, LLC (DE)
 
  266.   THE BUILDING AT 575 FIFTH AVENUE MEZZANINE LLC (DE)
 
  267.   THE BUILDING AT 575 FIFTH LLC (DE)
 
  268.   THE DIRECT CALL CENTRE PTY LIMITED (AUSTRALIA)
 
  269.   THE PROSPECT COMPANY (DE)
 
  270.   THORNGATE, LLC (DE)
 
  271.   TIC EUROPEAN REAL ESTATE LP, LLC (DE)
 
  272.   TLA HOLDINGS II LLC (DE)
 
  273.   TLA HOLDINGS III LLC (DE)
 
  274.   TLA HOLDINGS LLC (DE)
 
  275.   TOWER SQUARE SECURITIES, INC. (CT)
 
  276.   TRAL & CO. (CT)
 
  277.   TRANSMOUNTAIN LAND & LIVESTOCK COMPANY (MT)
 
  278.   TRAVELERS INTERNATIONAL INVESTMENTS LTD. (CAYMAN ISLANDS)
 
  279.   WALNUT STREET SECURITIES, INC. (MO)
 
  280.   WHITE OAK ROYALTY COMPANY (OK)
 
  281.   ZAO ALICO INSURANCE COMPANY (RUSSIA)
 
  282.   ZAO MASTER D (RUSSIA)
 
  283.   ZEUS ADMINISTRATION SERVICES LIMITED (UK)

 


 

METLIFE, INC.
As of December 31, 2010
Companies of which MetLife, Inc. directly or indirectly has actual ownership (for its own account) of 10% through 99% of the total outstanding voting stock 2
  1.   ADMINISTRADORA de FONDOS PARA la VIVIENDA INTERCAJAS (CHILE) 40%
 
  2.   ALICO AIG EUROPE, A.I.E. (SPAIN) 50%
 
  3.   ALICO COLOMBIA SEGUROS de VIDA S.A. (COLUMBIA) 94.989811%
 
  4.   ALICO DIRECT (FRANCE) 50%
 
  5.   ALICO MUTUAL FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY (GREECE) 90%
 
  6.   ALICO PROPERTIES, INC. (US) 51%
 
  7.   AMERICAN LIFE AND GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY(TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO) LTD. (T&T) 80.92373%
 
  8.   AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY LTD. (PAKISTAN) 66.47%
 
  9.   HELLENIC ALICO LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY LTD. (CYPRUS) 27.5%
 
  10.   HESTIS COURTAGE SARL (FRANCE) 66.06%
 
  11.   HESTIS S.A. (FRANCE) 66.06%
 
  12.   INVERSIONES 601 C.A. (VENEZUELA) 30%
 
  13.   INVERSIONES INVERSEGVEN C.A. (VENEZUELA) 50%
 
  14.   METLIFE INDIA INSURANCE COMPANY LIMITED (26%) (INDIA)
 
  15.   METROPOLITAN LLOYDS INSURANCE COMPANY OF TEXAS 3 (TX)
 
  16.   PHARAONIC AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY (EGYPT) 84.125%
 
  17.   PILGRIM ALTERNATIVE INVESTMENTS OPPORTUNITY FUND III ASSOCIATES, LLC (67%) (CT)
 
  18.   SEGUROS VENEZUELA C.A. (VENEZUELA) 92.797%
 
  19.   SERVICIOS SEGVECA C.A. (VENEZUELA) 50%
 
  20.   UBB-ALICO ZHIVOTOZASTRAHOVATELNO DRUZESTVO AD (BULGARIA) 40%
 
  21.   SINDICATO EL TRIGAL C.A. (VENEZUELA)
 
2   Does not include real estate joint ventures and partnerships of which MetLife, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries is an investment partner.
 
3   Affiliate

 

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-170876, 333-170876-01, 333-170876-02, 333-170876-03, 333-170876-04 and 333-170876-05 on Form S-3 and 333-170879, 333-162927, 333-162926, 333-148024, 333-139384, 333-139383, 333-139382, 333-139380, 333-121344, 333-121343, 333-121342, 333-102306, 333-101291, 333-59134 and 333-37108 on Form S-8 of our report on the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules of MetLife, Inc., and subsidiaries (the “Company”) dated February 24, 2011 (which expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding changes in the Company’s method of accounting for the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairment losses for certain investments as required by accounting guidance adopted on April 1, 2009 and its method of accounting for certain assets and liabilities to a fair value measurement approach as required by accounting guidance adopted on January 1, 2008) and our report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting dated February 24, 2011, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2010.
     
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
New York, New York
   
February 24, 2011
   

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
     I, C. Robert Henrikson, certify that:
     1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MetLife, Inc.;
     2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 


 

  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 24, 2011
     
/s/ C. Robert Henrikson
 
C. Robert Henrikson
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer


 

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
     I, William J. Wheeler, certify that:
     1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MetLife, Inc.;
     2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 


 

  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: February 24, 2011
     
/s/ William J. Wheeler
William J. Wheeler
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer


 

Exhibit 32.1
SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 1350 OF CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE
     I, C. Robert Henrikson, certify that (i) MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (the “Form 10-K”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (ii) the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of MetLife, Inc.
Date: February 24, 2011
     
/s/ C. Robert Henrikson
 
C. Robert Henrikson
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer


     A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to MetLife, Inc. and will be retained by MetLife, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

Exhibit 32.2
SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION
     CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 1350 OF CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE
     I, William J. Wheeler, certify that (i) MetLife, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (the “Form 10-K”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (ii) the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of MetLife, Inc.
Date: February 24, 2011
     
/s/ William J. Wheeler
 
William J. Wheeler
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer


     A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to MetLife, Inc. and will be retained by MetLife, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.